wapBaaa 


.'  \  .  :.  >v  '  •'■  ■  V 


THE  INDUSTRY  OF  ALL  NATIONS. 


The  objects  which  fill  page  207,  explain  them¬ 
selves  sufficiently  without  a  description.  We  cannot 
leave  them,  however,  without  directing  attention  to  the 
fine  workmanship  of  the  Vases  and  Decanters  mounted 


in  silver.  The  small  Antique  Vase  with  a  bas-relief  rep¬ 
resenting  a  procession,  is  also  a  work  of  perfect  beauty. 


It  is  executed  in  oxydized  silver.  On  this  concluding 
page,  we  have  engraved  a  Fruit  Dish  of  graceful  shape) 
executed  in  silver.  Opposite  is  a  bronze  bust  of  the 
Duke  of  Wellington,  modelled  by  WeigalL  The  likeness 


is  thought  to  be  good.. 

Between  these  objects  is  a  silver  Sideboard  Ewer, 


named  The  Challenge,  which  is  the  last  of  our  selections 
from  the  imposing  and  magnificent  collection  of  plate, 


contributed  to  our  Crystal  Palace  by  Messrs.  Garrard 
of  London. 


SCIENCE  AND  MECHANISM 


T 


NOW  READY,  UNIFORM  WITH  THIS  WORK. 


THE  WOULD  OF  SCIENCE,  ART,  AND  INDUSTRY; 

Illustrated  with  500  Drawings  from  the  New  York  Exhibition. 

Edited  by  Prof.  B.  SILLIMAN,  Jr.,  and  C.  R.  GOODRICH,  Esq. 

Complete  in  one  splendid  Volume,  4to.,  $4.50  ;  . Bevelled,  gilt  edges.  $5.00. 


OF  THE  504  ILLUSTRATIONS  CONTAINED  IN  THE  VOLUME, 


64  are  devoted  to 


120 

U 

17 

a 

90 

a 

80 

a 

40 

a 

93 

a 

SCULPTURE,  BAS-RELIEFS,  &c. 

MANUFACTURES  IN  METALS,  BRONZES  AND  SILVER  WARE. 
TEXTILE  FABRICS. 

ORNAMENTAL  FURNITURE. 

PORCELAIN,  TERRA  COTTA,  AND  GLASS  WARE. 

MACHINERY,  MODELS,  &c. 

MISCELLANEOUS  ARTICLES,  INTERIOR  VIEWS,  &c. 


The  letter-press  includes  a  series  of  valuable  papers  on  subjects  of  Scientific  and  Practical  interest,  by  some  of  our  most  competent 

original  investigators.  _ 

The  whole  volume  furnishes  information  and  examples  which  may  be  practically  useful  to  a  great  variety  of  THEORETICAL  and 
PRACTICAL  MEN— TO  SCULPTORS,  DESIGNERS,  and  ENGRAVERS— TO  MANUFACTURERS  and  MACHINISTS— 
SILVERSMITHS  and  METAL  FOUNDERS— to  SHIP-BUILDERS  and  CABINET-MAKERS— and  many  others  engaged  in  the 
various  mechanical  and  artistic  pursuits ;  while  as  a  DRAWING-ROOM  TABLE-BOOK,  it  will  also  prove  attractive  and  useful  to 
families  ;  suggestive  as  it  is  of  the  sources  of  information  on  the  various  branches  of  science  and  human  industry,  and  of  the  principles  of 
taste  which  should  govern  in  the  ornamental  and  useful  arts.  In  truth,  it  is  a  copiously  and  beautifully  illustrated  ENCYCLOPEDIA 
OF  MANUFACTURES  AND  THE  FINE  AND  USEFUL  ARTS ;  uniting  to  a  brief  but  comprehensive  history  of  each  particular 
subject,  up  to  the  date  of  publication,  the  theoretical  and  critical  views  of  distinguished  gentlemen  who  have  made  those  subjects  their 
special  study.  We  are  not  aware  that  any  other  work  of  the  kind  can  be  mentioned,  which  gives  so  much  valuable  information  and 
expensive  illustration  at  so  low  a  price.  We  have  aimed  to  place  it  within  the  reach  of  all  classes. 


The  above  Work ,  bound  in  the  same  Volume  with  the  Science  and  Mechanism,  quarto,  doth ,  price  $6.50. 


i 


a»<eir/act*; 


ita.  ...  .  , 


I 


.j.j 


••A  • 

:* 


^■r fl  ;| 

1 


. 


* 


SCIENCE  AND  MECHANISM: 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  EXAMPLES 

IN  THE  NEW  YORK  EXHIBITION,  1853-4. 

INCLUDING 

EXTENDED  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  MOST  IMPORTANT  CONTRIBUTIONS  IN  THE 

VARIOUS  DEPARTMENTS, 


WITH 

art  fUies 


RELATIVE  TO  THE 

PROGRESS  AID  PRESEIT  STATE  OE  APPLIED  SCIEICE,  AID  THE 

USEFUL  ARTS. 


EDITED  BY  C.  R.  GOODRICH,  ESQ., 

AIDED  BY 

PROFESSORS  HALL,  SILLIMAN,  AND  OTHER  SCIENTIFIC  AND  PRACTICAL  MEN. 


;Hcto  §M: 

P.  PUTNAM  AND  COMPANY,  10  PARK  PLACE. 

LONDON:  —  SAMPSON  LOW,  SON,  AND  COMPANY. 

M  .  D  C  C  C  .  L  I  Y. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1854, 

BY  G.  P.  PUTNAM  AND  COMPANY, 

In  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States,  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


PREFACE. 


Tiie  Annotated  Catalogue  of  the  New  York  Exhibition  contains  a  list,  usually  descriptive,  of  the  articles  exhibited 
in  each  class,  with  such  brief  notes  as  were  thought  necessary  to  explain  the  nature  and  origin  of  particular  articles,  or 
the  processes  involved  in  their  manufacture.  The  general  plan  and  the  classification  of  the  official  Annotated  Catalogue 
of  the  London  Exhibition  has  been  followed  in  this,  with  such  deviations  as  were  found  convenient  and  useful.  Under 
each  class,  the  contributions  of  the  several  countries  are  arranged  in  a  fixed  order,  which  is  preserved  throughout  the 
Catalogue.  The  exhibitors  are  numbered  in  uninterrupted  succession  in  each  class ;  articles  of  a  particular  kind  may 
be  found  by  referring  to  the  synopsis  of  classification  prefixed  to  the  body  of  the  work. 

The  compilation  of  the  Annotated  Catalogue  was  not  begun  until  towards  the  close  of  the  year  1853,  when  the 
editor  was  requested  to  undertake  its  preparation.  The  Commissioners  of  the  London  Exhibition  had  required  every 
applicant  to  furnish,  before  space  was  assigned  to  him,  a  detailed  description  of  the  articles  he  proposed  to  exhibit ;  but 
this  precaution  having  been  neglected  in  regard  to  the  New  York  Exhibition,  no  materials  existed  from  which  the  Catalogue 
could  be  compiled.  To  supply  this  deficiency,  circulars  containing  minute  specifications,  as  to  the  information  required, 
were  immediately  prepared  and  despatched  to  the  majority  of  American,  and  to  the  resident  agents  of  foreign  ex¬ 
hibitors.  With  few  exceptions  the  answers  returned  were  so  vague  and  imperfect  as  to  be  useless ;  and  in  a  great  many 
instances  no  notice  was  taken  of  the  circulars.  The  necessary  statistics,  &c.,  being  thus  withheld  by  the  apathy  of 
exhibitors,  the  editor  was  obliged  to  pass  over  several  subjects  which  might  have,  been  the  occasion  of  interesting 
annotations. 

The  Catalogue  contains  but  a  limited  number  of  engravings.  Exhibitors  were  allowed  to  insert,  at  their  own  expense, 
such  illustrations  of  their  articles  as  might  be  approved  by  the  editor ;  very  few,  however,  of  those  who  applied,  availed 
themselves  of  this  privilege  after  ascertaining  the  expense  of  the  engravings.  Illustrations  of  all  the  most  valuable  and 
beautiful  objects  in  the  Exhibition  having  been  already  published  in  the  World  of  Art  and  Industry,  or  Illustrated 
Record  of  the  Exhibition,  it  was  not  thought  proper  to  repeat  them  in  the  Catalogue,  the  companion  volume  of  that 
work.  For  the  same  reason  the  subjects  treated  in  the  essays  of  the  Record  are  not  discussed  in  the  Catalogue,  but 
frequent  references  are  made  to  them  and  to  the  illustrations.  Each  of  these  works,  the  Record  and  the  Catalogue, 
is  the  natural  complement  of  the  other ;  and  together  they  form  a  memorial,  which,  it  is  hoped,  will  not  be  thought 
unworthy  of  the  event  it  commemorates. 

New  York,  March ,  1854. 


) 


■ 


. 

I 


4 


. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAOB 


Preface, .  v. 

Table  of  Contents, .  vii. 

List  of  Contributors  to  the  Catalogue, .  vii. 

Synopsis  of  the  Classes  of  the  Catalogue. 

Class  I. — Minerals  and  Mining  Products .  1 

“  “  Appendix. — Report  on  the  Iron  and 

Coal  of  Pennsylvania, .  44 

Class  II. — Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  Products,  59 

Class  III. — Substances  used  as  Food, .  77 

Class  IV. — Substances  used  in  Manufactures,  ....  85 

Class  V. — Machines  for  direct  use . 103 

Class  VI. — Manufacturing  Machines  and  Tools,  .  . .  109 
Class  VII. — Civil  Engineering  and  Architecture, . .  119 
Class  VIII. — Naval  Architecture,  Ordnance,  Armor, 

Ac., .  123 


page 


Class  IX. — Agricultural  and  Horticultural  Im¬ 
plements, .  129 

Class  X. — Philosophical  Instruments  and  Pro¬ 
cesses, . 139 

Class  '  XI. — Manufactures  of  Cotton . 155 

Class  XII.  and  XV. — Manufactures  of  "Wool  and 

Mixed  Fabrics . 158 

Class  XIII. — Manufactures  of  Silk  and  Velvet,. . .  163 
Class  XIV. — Manufactures  of  Flax  and  Hemp,  ...  165 
Class  XVI. — Leather,  Skins,  Furs,  and  Hair,  ....  167 
Class  XVII. — Paper,  Printing,  and  Bookbinding,  .  175 


Class  XVIII. — Dyed  and  Printed  Fabrics,  shown  as 


such, . 181 

Class  XIX. — Tapestry,  Lace,  Embroideries,  Ac., . .  183 

Class  XX. — Wearing  Apparel, .  191 

Class  XXI. — Cutlery  and  Edge  Tools .  197 


PAGE 


Class  XXII. — Iron,  Brass,  Pewter,  and  General 

Hardware .  201 

Class  XXIH. — Works  in  Precious  Metals  and  Ar¬ 
ticles  of  Vertu, . 211 

Class  XXIV. — Manufactures  of  Glass, . 218 

Class  XXV. — Ceramic  Manufactures, . 221 

Class  XXVI. — Decorative  Furniture  and  Uphol¬ 
stery,  . 224 


Class  XXVH. — Manufactures  in  Marble,  Slate,  Ar¬ 
tificial  Stones,  and  Cement,  . . .  229 
Class  XXVHI. — Manufactures  from  Animal  and 
Vegetable  Substances,  not  wo¬ 


ven  or  felted . 233 

Class  XXIX. — Miscellaneous  Manufactures, . 239 

Class  XXX. — Musical  Instruments . 247 

Class  XXXI. — Sculpture, . 252 

“  “  Painting, . 258 


The  following  Gentlemen  contributed  more  or  less 

H.  S.  BABBITT,  Esq. 

Dr.  F.  A.  GENTH. 

CHARLES  R.  GOODRICH,  Esq. 

Prof.  GEORGE  W.  GREENE. 

WILLIAM  K.  HALL,  Esq. 

Prof.  JAMES  HALL. 

Lieut.  E.  B.  HUNT,  U.  S.  A 


to  the  preparation  of  this  Volume : — 

Dr.  SAMUEL  KNEELAND,  Jr. 
Prof.  B.  SILLIMAN,  Jr. 
SAMUEL  WEBBER,  Esq. 

DAVID  A.  WELLS,  Esq. 

Dr.  CHARLES  M.  WETHER  ILL. 
Prof.  JAMES  D.  DANA 
GRANT  WHITE,  Esq. 

HENRY  WURTZ,  Esq. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  CLASSES  OF  THE  CATALOGUE. 


SECTION  I.— RAW  MATERIALS. 

Class  I. 

Minerals  and  Mining  Products. 

a.  Minerals  of  economical  value. 

1.  Carbonaceous  Minerals — Coal,  Lignite,  Gra¬ 

phite,  Ac. 

2.  Ferriferous  Minerals — Magnetic,  Specular, 

Limonite,  Ac. 

3.  Ores  of  Common  Metals — Manganese,  Zinc, 

Copper,  Lead,  Tin,  Mercury,  Ac. 

4.  Precious  Metals  and  their  Ores. 

5.  Building  and  other  Architectural  Materials. 

6.  Minerals  otherwise  useful — Salt,  Gypsum, 

Clay,  Ac. 

b.  Minerals  of  Mineralogical  and  Chemical  Interest. 

Class  IL 

Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  Processes  and  Products. 
Class  III. 

Substances  used  as  Food. 

a.  Vegetable  Substances. 

1.  Agricultural  Produce — Cereals,  Pulses,  Seeds, 

Ac. 

2.  Dried  Fruits,  Nuts,  Ac. 

3.  Substances  used  in  the  Preparation  of  Drinks. 

4.  Fermented  Liquors,  Wines,  and  Intoxicating 

Drugs. 

6.  Spices  and  Condiments. 

6.  Starch  Series  used  as  Food. 

7.  Sugar  Series. 

b.  Animal  Substances. 

1.  Preserved  Meats,  Caviare,  Gelatine,  Isinglass, 
Honey,  Ac. 


Class  IV. 

Substances  used  in  Manufactures, 
a.  Of  Vegetable  origin. 

1.  Gum  and  Rosin  Series. 

2.  Volatile  and  Fixed  Oils. 

3.  Dyes  and  Colors. 

4.  Substances  used  in  Tanning. 

5.  Fibrous  Substances — Materials  for  Cordage. 

6.  Cellular  Substances — Corks,  Ac. 

7.  Timber — Ornamental  and  Fancy  Woods. 

8.  Miscellaneous  Substances. 

Of  Animal  origin. 

1.  For  Textile  Fabrics  and  Clothing. 

2.  For  Ornamental  or  Domestic  uses — Ivory, 

Tortoise-shell,  Ac. 

3.  Agents  in  Manufactures — Glue,  Gelatine, 

Ivory  Black,  Ac. 

4.  For  the  production  of  Chemical  Substances. 

5.  Dyes  and  Pigments. 

SECTION  II.— MACHINERY. 

Class  V. 

Machines  for  direct  use. 

1.  Steam  Engines  and  Boilers,  Water  and  Wind 

Mills,  and  other  Prime  Movers. 

2.  Separate  Parts  of  Machines. 

3.  Pneumatic  Machines. 

4.  Hydraulic  Machines,  Cranes,  Ac. 

6.  Locomotive  and  Railway  Carriages. 

6.  Railway  Machinery  and  Track. 

7.  Weighing,  Measuring,  and  Registering  Machines, 

for  commercial  use. 

8.  Carriages  generally — not  including  those  for  rail¬ 

way  and  agricultural  use. 


Class  VI. 

Manufacturing  Machines  and  Tools. 

1.  For  manufacturing  Spun,  Woven,  Felted,  or  Laid 

Fabrics. 

2.  For  manufacturing  Metals. 

3.  For  manufacturing  Mineral  Substances. 

4.  For  manufacturing  Vegetable  Substances. 

5.  For  manufacturing  Animal  Substances. 

6.  Apparatus  for  Brewing,  Distilling,  Ac. 

Class  VII. 

Civil  Engineering  and  Architecture. 

1.  Foundations  and  Building  contrivances  connected 

with  Hydraulic  Works. 

2.  Scaffolding  and  Centering. 

3.  Bridges,  Tunnels,  Ac. 

4.  Dock,  Harbor,  River,  and  Canal  Works. 

6.  Lighthouses  and  Beacons. 

6.  Roofs,  Ac. 

7.  Waterworks  and  Engineering — contrivances  con¬ 

nected  therewith. 

8.  Gas  Works  and  their  Apparatus. 

9.  Sewers,  Drains,  Pavements,  Ac. 

10.  Warming  and  Ventilating  contrivances. 

11.  Miscellaneous. 

Class  VIIL 

Naval  Architecture,  Ordnance,  Armor,  Ac. 

1.  Models  of  Commercial  Vessels. 

2.  Models  of  War  Vessels. 

8.  Models  of  Steam  Vessels. 

4.  Models  of  Yachts,  Boats,  Ac. 

5.  Rigging,  Anchors,  Capstans,  Ac. 

6.  Army  Clothing  and  Accouterments. 

7.  Camp  Equipage,  Tents,  Marquees,  Ac. 


8.  Naval  Gunnery  and  Naval  Weapons. 

9.  Equipments  for  Artillery. 

10.  Ordnance  and  Projectiles. 

11.  Small  Arms. 

12.  Military,  Engineering,  and  Field  Equipments. 

Class  IX. 

IMPLEMENTS  OF  AGRICULTURE  AND  HORTICULTURE. 

1.  Implements  for  Tillage. 

2.  Drilling,  Sowing,  Manuring,  and  Hoeing  Ma¬ 

chines. 

8.  Machines  for  Harvesting 

4.  Barn  Machinery. 

5.  Field  and  Yard  Machinery. 

6.  Agricultural  Carriages,  Gear,  and  Harness. 

7.  Implements  for  Drainage. 

S.  Implements  for  the  Dairy. 

9.  Miscellaneous,  and  Garden  Engines  and  Tools. 

Class  X. 

Philosophical  Instruments  and  Processes. 

a.  Philosophical  Instruments  Proper — 

1.  Instruments  for  the  Measurement  of  Space. 

2.  Instruments  to  Measure  the  Effects  of 

Physical  and  Mechanical  Forces. 

3.  Instruments  to  Illustrate  the  Laws  of 

Physical  and  Mechanical  Science. 

4.  Useful  Applications  of  Physical  and  Me¬ 

chanical  Science,  not  elsewhere  specified. 

5.  Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  Apparatus. 

b.  Horological  Instruments. 

1.  Turret  or  Great  Clocks. 

2.  Astronomical  Clocks. 

3.  Clocks  for  Registration. 

4.  Clocks  for  ordinary  use. 

5.  Marine  Chronometers. 

6.  Pocket  W atches. 

c.  Surgical  Instruments  and  Appliances. 

d.  Processes  depending  upon  the  use  of  Philosophical 

Instruments. 

SECTION  III.— MANUFACTURES. 

Class  XI. 

Manufactures  of  Cotton. 

1.  Cotton  Yarns  and  Thread. 

2.  Calicoes. 

3.  Cords  and  Beaverteens. 

4.  Muslins — Cambric,  Figured,  Ac. 

5.  Dimities. 

6.  Colored  Woven  Cotton. 

Classes  XII.  A  XV. 

Woolen,  Worsted,  and  Mixed  Fabrics. 

1.  Broad  Cloths. 

2.  Narrow  Cloths. 

3.  Flannels. 

4.  Blankets. 

5.  Woolen  Cloaking. 

6.  Serges. 

7.  Tartans — Plain  and  Fancy. 

8.  Worsted  Stuff  Goods. 

9.  Mixed  Woven  Fabrics. 

10.  Shawls. 

Class  XIII. 

Sulk  and  Velvet. 

1.  Silk  Yarns. 

2.  Plain  Silks. 

3.  Fancy  Silks. 

4.  Velvets. 

5.  Gauzes  and  Crapes. 

0.  Plain  and  Fancy  Ribbons. 

viii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Class  XIV. 

Flax  and  Hemp. 

1.  Flax  Fiber. 

2.  Linen  Yarn  and  Thread. 

3.  Plain  Linens. 

4.  Damasks,  Drills,  and  other  Twilled  Linens. 

5.  Cambrics,  Printed  Linens,  Lawns,  Ac. 

6.  Cordage  of  all  kinds. 

Class  XVI. 

Leather,  Skins,  Furs,  and  Hair. 

1.  Leather — Tanned,  Curried,  Dyed,  Enameled,  Ac. 

2.  Saddlery  and  Harness. 

3.  Skins  and  Furs. 

4.  Hair. 

Class  XVII. 

Paper,  Printing,  and  Bookbinding. 

1.  Paper  in  the  Raw  state. 

2.  Articles  of  Stationery. 

3.  Paper  Boxes — Cartonnerie. 

4.  Printing — except  Fine  Art  Printing. 

5.  Bookbinding. 

Class  XVIII. 

Dyed  and  Printed  Fabrics. 

1.  Printed  or  Dyed  Woolens,  Mousselaines  de  Saie, 

de  Laine,  Ac. 

2.  Printed  Calicoes,  Cambrics,  Muslins,  Ac. 

3.  Dyed  Cotton  Goods. 

4.  Dyed  Linen  Goods. 

Class  XIX. 

Tapestry,  Lace,  and  Embroidery. 

1.  Tapestry,  Carpets  of  all  kinds,  Matting,  Ac. 

2.  Lace  made  by  Hand  or  Machine. 

3.  Sewed  and  Tamboured  Muslins. 

4.  Embroidery. 

6.  Fringes,  Tassels,  Gimps. 

6.  Berlin  Wool-work,  Ac. 

Class  XX. 

Articles  of  Clothing. 

1.  Hats,  Caps,  and  Bonnets. 

2.  Hosiery,  of  all  kinds. 

3.  Gloves,  of  all  kinds. 

4.  Boots,  Shoes,  and  Lasts. 

5.  Under  Clothing. 

6.  Upper  Clothing. 

Class  XXL 

Cutlery  and  Edge  Tools. 

1.  Knives  and  Forks,  Pen  and  Pocket  Knives,  Ra¬ 

zors,  Scissors,  and  Shears. 

2.  Files  and  small  Edge  Tools  not  found  in  Class  VI. 

Class  XXIL 

Iron  and  General  Hardware. 

1.  Brass  Manufactures. 

2.  Copper,  Zinc,  Tin,  and  Pewter  Manufactures. 

3.  Iron  Manufactures. 

4.  Steel  Manufactures. 

5.  Buttons. 

6.  Wire  Work. 

Class  XXIII. 

Works  in  Precious  Metals,  Bronzes,  Ac. 

1.  Altar  Dishes,  Flagons,  Chalices,  Ac. 

2.  Gold  and  Silver  Plate  for  Decoration  or  Presen¬ 

tation. 

3.  Articles  for  General  and  Domestic  use. 

4.  Electro-plated  Goods  of  all  kinds. 

5.  Sheffield  and  other  Plated  Goods. 

6.  Gilt  and  Ormolu  Work. 

7.  Jewelry. 

8.  Enameling  and  Damascene  Work. 


Class  XXIV. 

Glass  Manufactures. 

1.  Window  Glass — Sheet,  Crown,  and  Colored. 

2.  Painted  and  Ornamented  Window  Glass. 

3.  Cast  Plate  Glass. 

4.  Bottle  Glass. 

6.  Chemical  and  Philosophical  Glass  Apparatus. 

6.  Flint  Glass  or  Crystal — Blown,  Moulded,  Cut, 

Engraved,  Ac. 

7.  Optical  Glass — Flint  and  Brown. 

Class  XXV. 

Ceramic  Manufactures. 

1.  Hard  Porcelain. 

2.  Statuary  Porcelain  or  Parian. 

3.  Tender  Porcelain. 

4.  Glazed  and  Unglazed  Stone  Ware. 

5.  Earthenware,  White,  Delft,  Majolica,  Ac. 

6.  Terra  Cotta  Vases,  Ac. 

7.  Decorated  Porcelain. 

Class  XXVL 

Furniture  and  Paper  Hangings. 

1.  Interior  Decorations. 

2.  Furniture  and  Upholstery. 

3.  Paper  Hangings. 

4.  Papier  Mach6,  Japanned  Goods,  and  Inlaid  Work. 

Class  XXVII. 

Manufactures  in  Mineral  Substances. 

1.  Manufactures  in  Common  Stones. 

2.  Manufactures  in  Slate. 

3.  Manufactures  in  Cement  and  Artificial  Stones. 

4.  Useful  and  Ornamental  Manufactures  in  Marble, 

Porphyry,  Alabaster,  Ac. 

5.  Inlaid  Work  in  Stone,  Marble,  Ac. 

6.  Plaster,  Composition,  Seagliola  Work,  Ac. 

Class  XXVIII. 

Manufactures  of  Animal  and  Vegetable  Substances, 
not  Woven  or  Felted. 

1.  Manufactures  of  Caoutchouc. 

2.  Manufactures  of  Gutta  Percha. 

3.  Manufactures  of  Ivory,  Shells,  Tortoiseshell,  Bone, 

Horn,  Ac. 

4.  Manufactures  from  Wood,  not  being  Furniture. 

5.  Manufactures  of  Straw,  Grass,  Ac. 

Class  XXIX. 

Miscellaneous  Manufactures. 

1.  Soap  and  Perfumery. 

2.  Writing  Desks,  Dressing  Cases,  Work  Boxes,  Ac. 

3.  Artificial  Flowers. 

4.  Confectionery. 

5.  Fans,  Beads  and  Toys,  not  being  Hardware. 

G.  Umbrellas,  Parasols,  Canes,  Ac. 

7.  Archery,  Fishing  Tackle. 

8.  Games  of  all  kinds. 

9.  Taxidermy. 

Class  XXX. 

Musical  Instruments. 

1.  Wind  Instruments. 

2.  Stringed  Instruments. 

3.  Keyed  Instruments  with  Fixed  Tones. 

4.  Instruments  of  Percussion. 

5.  Automatic  Instruments. 

6.  Miscellaneous  Articlos  connected  with  Musical 

Instruments. 

SECTION  IV.— FINE  ARTS. 

Class  XXXI. 

1.  Sculpture  in  Marble. 

2.  Sculpture  in  Bronze,  Ac. 

3.  Sculpture  in  Terra  Cotta. 

4.  Bas-Reliefs,  Ac. 

5.  Paintings  in  Oil  Colors. 

6.  Paintings  in  Water  Colors. 

7.  Engravings,  Lithographs,  Ac. 


* 


PSYCHE.  C.  M  .  FRAIKEN,  BELGIUM. 


CANDELABRUM - ALABASTER.  ITALY. 


BUST  OF  JENNY  LIND - MARBLE. 


DURHAM 


ENGLAND 


KOSEWOOD  PIANO  FORTE. 


GEO,  I1EWS,  BOSTON. 


— 

— 

mm 

lip  i  i  ll 

!  is  I  Iff 

1 

•  '  ' 


« 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


The  collection  of  the  materials  for  Class  I.,  “was  undertaken  about  the  middle  of  March,  when  it  was  still  the  intention  that  the  Exhibition  should  be  opened  on 
the  first  of  May  ;  owing,  however,  to  delay  in  completing  that  part  of  the  building  where  the  cabinet  of  minerals  was  placed,  the  collection  was  not  opened  to  the 
public  until  September,  and  it  was  then  decided  to  adopt  a  geographical  arrangement  of  the  collections  as  being  the  most  practicable  under  the  circumstances.  This 
arrangement  was  preserved  in  the  hand  catalogue,  but  for  obvious  reasons  is  not  followed  in  the  present  Annotated  Catalogue.  In  order  to  secure  any  measure  of 
success  in  forming  a  mineral  collection  in  such  a  brief  space  of  time  (about  four  months),  it  became  requisite  to  enlist  the  services  of  those  who  were  able  to  visit  in 
person  the  various  mineral  regions,  from  which  it  was  designed  to  collect  specimens  and  information.  It  is  but  just  to  mention  the  gentlemen  who  kindly  un¬ 
dertook  this  duty. 

William  Phipps  Blake,  Ph.  B.,  of  New  York,  visited  the  iron  regions  of  Lake  Champlain  and  the  phosphate  deposits  of  the  same  district ;  the  zinc  mines  of 
New  Jersey  and  of  Bethlehem,  Penn. ;  the  chrome  and  copper  works  at  Baltimore,  and  a  portion  of  the  gold  regions  of  Virginia.  Subsequently  Mr.  Blake  made  a 
speoial  journey  to  the  copper  regions  of  North  Carolina,  and  that  of  the  Haiwasse  in  Tennessee. 

George  J.  Brush,  Ph.  B.,  in  company  with  the  director,  visited  the  lead  and  copper  mines  of  Chester  and  Montgomery  counties  in  Pennsylvania,  and  selected 
from  the  cabinet  of  Mr.  Wheatley  the  beautiful  suite  of  specimens,  which  formed  so  conspicuous  an  ornament  in  the  Exhibition.  From  the  cabinet  of  J ohn 
Elders,  Esq.,  of  Hoboken,  Mr.  Brush  selected  a  very  full  and  instructive  suite  of  Mexican  Silver  ores,  collected  by  Mr.  E.,  during  his  long  residence  in  that  country. 

Prof.  W.  J.  Clarke,  of  Amherst,  visited  numerous  mines  and  owners  in  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Vermont. 

Dr.  F.  A.  Genth,  of  Philadelphia,  extended  his  services  for  the  Association,  over  a  very  wide  range  of  country,  and  with  remarkable  success,  visiting  the  iron 
and  lead  regions  of  Northern  New  York,  the  copper,  iron,  cobalt  and  chrome  regions  of  Maryland,  the  gold  and  copper  districts  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina.  Dr. 
Genth  also  induced  a  number  of  private  collectors  and  proprietors  of  mines  to  loan  to  the  Association  such  specimens  as  he  selected  from  their  cabinets,  and  often 
such  as  could  he  procured  in  no  other  way. 

Prof.  0.  P.  Hubbard,  M.  D.,  of  Dartmouth  College,  collected  and  forwarded  the  most  interesting  minerals  from  the  State  of  New  Hampshire. 

Me.  Ludwig  Stadtmuller,  of  New  Haven,  visited  the  iron  furnaces  of  Connecticut,  adjacent  to  New  York,  the  copper,  lead  and  cobalt  mines  of  Connecticut,  and 
of  Northampton  in  Massachusetts,  selecting  and  forwarding  specimens  from  numerous  proprietors  and  private  collectors.  He  also  visited  the  copper  region  of 
the  Blue  Ridge  in  Virginia,  at  Manasses  Gap. 

Dr.  Chas.  M.  Wetiierill,  made  an  extensive  exploration  of  the  iron  and  coal  regions  of  Pennsylvania,  confining  his  labors  chiefly  (from  want  of  sufficient  time) 
to  the  eastern  districts  of  this  most  productive  State.  His  collection  of  the  ores,  coals,  and  furnace  products,  of  the  fifty  furnaces  visited  in  this  exploration,  formed 
a  most  interesting  and  conspicuous  feature  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Exhibition.  While  the  valuable  details  gathered  on  this  occasion,  are  embodied  in  the  useful  and 
instructive  report  of  Dr.  W.,  which  appears  in  its  appropriate  place  in  the  following  pages. 

Special  acknowledgment  is  due,  also,  to  the  numerous  private  collectors,  who  kindly  permitted  selections  to  be  made  of  many  of  the  rarest  and  most  valuable 
specimens  in  their  cabinets.  By  this  means,  many  localities  were  represented  of  which  no  mention  was  to  be  found  in  the  geographical  arrangement.  Conspicuous 
among  these  were— the  contributions  of  Jos.  A.  and  J.  Randolph  Clat,  Esqs.,  Wm.  J.  Vaux,  and  Dr.  F.  A.  Genth,  of  Philadelphia  ;  Mi-.  L.  Wilder,  of  Hoosick 
Falls,  N.  Y. ;  Dr.  Conkey,  of  Antwerp,  N.  Y. ;  Chas.  M.  Wheatley,  Esq.,  of  Phcenixville,  Penn. ;  Lieut.  Gilliss,  the  United  States  Government,  and  the  Smith¬ 
sonian  Institution,  at  Washington;  John  Ehlers,  Esq., of  Hoboken;  Adams  &  Co.,  of  New  York;  Mr.  Roswell  King,  of  N.  C.  ;  and  the  cabinets  of  Union  and 
of  Hamilton  Colleges,  in  New  York. 

The  States  of  Missouri  and  Michigan,  aided  the  exhibition  of  their  mineral  products  by  special  grants  of  money  to  form  collections  from  their  most  important 
mining  districts.  It  is  believed  that  these  are  the  only  States  whose  governments  made  such  appropriations. 

This  collection  was  necessarily  deficient  in  many  important  particulars,  but  it  is  believed  that  it  was  as  complete  as  it  was  possible  to  make  it  with  the  time  and 
means  at  the  disposition  of  the  director.  Thoso  who  are  at  all  conversant  with  the  delay  and  difficulty  experienced  in  forming  a  private  mineralogical  cabinet,  will 
make  reasonable  allowance  for  all  deficiencies.  Is  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  manifest  advantages  growing  out  of  such  a  collection,  even  aside  from  its  general  scientific 
interest,  will  induce  the  attempt  at  no  distant  day  to  form  a  cabinet  which  shall  be  a  full  mineral  and  mining  map  of  the  United  States. 


A.  On  the  Geological  relations  of  American  Rocks  and  Minerals. 

The  physical  character,  and  topographical  features  of  a  country,  universally  im¬ 
press  certain  characters  upon  the  industrial  pursuits  in  its  different  regions ;  determin¬ 
ing  some  districts  as  agricultural,  and  others  as  manufacturing  or  mining.  The 
original  causes  producing  these  differences,  rest  in  a  great  measure  upon  the  geological 
structure  of  the  country.  In  the  United  States,  every  physical  arrangement  seems 


ordered  upon  a  scale  of  vast  magnitude.  Immense  areas  of  pre-eminent  agricultural 
capability,  with  scarcely  any  mineral  resources  except  limestone  and  ordinary  building 
materials,  with  soil  of  unexceeded  fertility,  determine  the  character  and  pursuits  of 
men  over  thousands  of  square  miles.  Otli^r  areas  of  great  extent  combine  certain 
mineral  resources  with  a  moderately  good  soil,  and  thus  support  a  population  divided 
between  the  manufacturing  and  agricultural  interests.  Again  other  districts  are  de- 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


voted  exclusively  to  mining  and  manufacturing,  and  rely  for  food  upon  the  agricultu¬ 
ral  regions.  These  lines  though  well  marked  in  nature,  are  not  yet  as  strongly  defined 
in  the  pursuits  of  the  people  as  they  will  be  in  future  times ;  and  it  is  by  this  know¬ 
ledge  of  the  physical  constitution  of  the  country  that  we  may  know  what  portions  are 
adapred  to  certain  pursuits,  and  predict  what  will  be  the  character  and  avocations  of 
their  future  inhabitants.  Certain  areas  containing  valuable  mineral  products  exist 
upon  the  confines  of  civilization,  and  others  are  still  almost  inaccessible  from  their 
remote  position.  These,  however,  are  gradually,  and  in  many  cases  rapidly  being  add¬ 
ed  to  the  available  resources  of  the  nation,  and  within  a  few  years  many  of  these 
points  will  be  the  midst  of  a  numerous  and  wealthy  population. 

In  the  early  settlement  of  a  country,  the  lands  of  highest  agricultural  value  will 
necessarily  be  first  sought ;  and  therefore,  while  vast  tracts  of  great  agricultural  ca¬ 
pacity  remain  still  sparsely  populated,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  mining  and  manu¬ 
facturing  enterprises  will  be  carried  on  to  the  extent  required  by  the  wants  of  the 
community,  or  warranted  by  its  resources.  But  with  the  increasing  population  and 
wealth,  all  branches  of  national  industry  are  rapidly  expanding.  The  mining  opera¬ 
tions  which  are  yet  in  their  infancy,  are  continually  modified  by  discoveries  of  new 
mineral  resources,  from  time  to  time,  made  even  in  the  best  known  regions.  Until  re¬ 
cently,  mining  enterprises  may  be  said  to  have  been  undertaken  more  as  chance  specu¬ 
lations  than  with  a  systematic  endeavor  to  develope  the  mineral  resources  of  the  coun¬ 
try;  and,  consequently,  extensive  regions  where  mineral  wealth  may  naturally  be 
expected,  remain  comparatively  unknown,  beyond  their  general  geological  features. 

In  view  of  this  changing  and  progressive  condition,  a  Report  on  the  industrial 
resources  of  this  country  can  make  only  approximation  to  their  actual  condition.  Geo¬ 
logical  explorations  have  shown  us  the  areas  of  future  mining  operations  in  the  United 
States;  but  the  present  condition  of  these,  gives  no  adequate  idea  of  the  future  mag¬ 
nitude  of  this  department  of  national  industry;  and  observation  of  the  rapid  advance¬ 
ment  of  these  interests,  proves  abundantly  the  immense  importance  of  our  inexhaustible 
mineral  resources. 

The  principal  physical  and  geological  features  of  the  Eastern  United  States,  or 
that  portion  of  the  country  on  the  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  may  be  presented  in 
a  few  brief  paragraphs.  Entering  the  United  States  from  New  Brunswick  and  Canada 
East,  a  mountainous  belt  of  country  extends  thence  in  a  south-westerly  direction, 
nearly  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  It  has  a  general  parallelism  with,  and  gives  form  and  out¬ 
line  to  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  States.  This  mountain  range,  rising  in  places 
to  the  height  of  six  thousand  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  is  represented  in  the 
mountains  of  Maine  ;  the  White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire;  the  Green  Mountains 
lying  between  the  Connecticut  valley  on  one  side  and  the  valleys  of  Lake  Champlain 
and  the  Hudson  on  the  other;  the  Highlands  upon  the  Hudson  River;  and  the  Alle¬ 
ghany  and  other  ridges  of  the  Appalachian  chain  farther  to  the  south,  which  finally 
terminate  in  the  State  of  Alabama. 

On  the  north  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  we  find  a  chain  of  mountains  lying  nearly  par¬ 
allel  to  the  course  of  the  river,  as  far  as  the  outlet  of  Lake  Ontario.  Thence  in  a  more 
westerly  direction  the  range  extends,  with  some  interruptions  and  deviations,  nearly 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  This  northern  range  of  mountains,  although  mainly  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  United  States,  nevertheless  forms  the  northern  boundary  of  that  great 
basin  which  we  are  about  to  describe. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  range  crosses  the  territory  of  the  United  States  in  a  general¬ 
ly  north  and  south  direction,  and  reaches  the  southern  limit  of  the  United  States  in 
about  the  one  hundredth  degree  of  west  longitude. 

The  country  limited  by  these  three  mountain  ranges,  forms  therefore  an  immense 
plain  or  basin,  having  its  principal  opening  to  the  ocean  southward  by  the  great  val¬ 
ley  of  the  Mississippi  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  On  the  northeast  the  communication 
is  mainly  by  the  valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence:  while  the  Hudson  River,  together  with 
the  artificial  communications  through  the  Mohawk  valley,  make  the  second  most  im_ 
portant  outlet  in  this  direction.  This  great  plain  or  basin,  bounded  as  has  been  just 
described,  is  mostly  occupied  by  rocks  of  sedimentary  origin,  which  are  still  scarcely 
changed  from  their  normal  condition,  and  retain  a  nearly  horizontal  position.  The 
inequalities  of  surface  are  almost  entirely  due  to  denudation,  the  action  of  water,  or 
other  causes  which  have  excavated  deep  and  broad  channels.  Extending  westward 
from  the  eastern  range  of  mountains  already  described,  and  forming  in  a  considerable 
degree  the  western  slopes  of  the  range  itself,  we  find  a  wide  area  of  the  older  forma¬ 
tions  from  the  lower  fossiliferous  rocks  to  the  coal,  inclusive,  extending  in  almost  un¬ 
broken  succession  from  the  valley  of  the  Hudson  to  beyond  Council  Bluffs  on  the 
Missouri  River,  over  twenty-four  degrees  of  longitude.  Farther  south  it  becomes  nar¬ 
rower,  as  the  Appalachian  chain  trends  to  the  westward;  and  it  reaches  its  southern 
termination,  as  a  continuous  area,  in  the  northern  part  of  Alabama.  From  north  to 
south  these  formations  extend  over  fifteen  degrees  of  latitude.  Of  this  great  extent 
nearly  one  half  is  occupied  by  the  coal  measures  of  the  carboniferous  period. 

On  the  east  of  the  Appalachian  chain,  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  formations  oc¬ 
cupy  a  broad  plateau  along  the  Atlantic  slope,  and  extend  southward  from  New  Jersey 
in  a  continuous  and  gradually  expanding  belt  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Thence  westerly 
and  south-westerly  they  spread  to  the  farthest  limits  of  the  State  of  Texas.  After 
passing  to  the  south  of  the  palaeozoic  rocks  in  Alabama,  this  belt  of  cretaceous  and 
tertiary,  but  more  especially  the  former,  trends  northward,  along  the  valley  of  the 
Mississippi,  extending  in  that  direction  as  far  as  the  State  of  Illinois.  Sweeping  around 
the  southern  extremity  of  the  older  formations  in  Arkansas,  they  bend  northward  and 
form  a  broad  expansion  between  the  western  limits  of  the  older  sedimentary  strata  and 
the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Leaving  out  of  view  for  the  present  the  regions  of  California  and  Oregon,  it  is 

2 


from  within  the  limits  here  described,  and  from  these  geological  formations,  that  the 
United  States  draws  its  industrial  resources ;  and  from  this  region  both  agricultural 
and  mineral  wealth  are  to  be  chiefly  derived.  All  parts  of  this  interior  region  are 
bound  together  and  opened  to  each  other  and  to  the  seaboard  by  natural  navigable 
waters,  or  by  railroads  and  canals ;  and  while  a  large  part  of  this  great  central  por¬ 
tion  of  the  United  States  has  hitherto  been  appreciated  mainly  for  its  agricultural 
products,  the  coal  and  iron  which  abound  in  its  extensive  carboniferous  districts  are 
beginning  to  exert  their  immense  influence  upon  the  country. 

°  From  this  hasty  sketch  of  the  great  physical  and  geological  features  of  the  United 
States,  it  will  readily  be  perceived  that  no  just  idea  of  the  mineral  resources  of  this 
country  can  be  formed  from  the  collections  brought  together  in  any  exhibition.  It 
will  be  rather  from  observing  the  characteristic  geological  features  which  determine 
the  occurrence  of  certain  mineral  resources,  and  the  extent  of  these  formations  within 
the  limits  of  the  States,  that  some  just  idea  can  be  formed. 

It  seems  necessary,  therefore,  that  a  special  review  of  the  mineral  productions  of 
the  United  States,  as  exhibited  in  the  Crystal  Palace,  should  be  preceded  by  a  short 
sketch  of  the  geological  formations  from  which  they  are  derived,  both  for  the  purpose 
of  enabling  us,  in  the  first  place,  to  refer  each  of  these  productions  to  its  true  geologi¬ 
cal  period  and  place  in  the  series;  and  also  to  enable  us  to  point  out  where  great  de¬ 
ficiencies  exist,  or  rather  to  those  formations  or  areas  which  are  but  partially,  or  im¬ 
perfectly  represented  in  these  collections.  The  principal  geological  formations  may  in 
a  general  manner  be  designated  as  follows :  beginning  with  those  recognized  as  the 
oldest  in  point  of  time. 

Gneissic  and  granitic,  or  older  metamorphic  rocks. 

Newer  crystalline  or  metamorphic  rocks ;  which  are  generally  recognized  as  of 
the  palaeozoic  age. 

Lower  Silurian  rocks. 

Upper  Silurian  rocks. 

Devonian,  or  old  red  sandstone  formation. 

Sub-carboniferous  rocks,  including  carboniferous  limestone. 

Coal  measures. 

Newer  Red  Sandstone.  (New  Red  Sandstone  of  Europe,  Triasic.) 

Oolitic  or  Liassic  formations. 

Cretaceous  formations. 

Tertiary  formations. 

Quaternary  formations,  or  drift  and  alluvial. 

Trappean  rocks  of  various  ages. 

GNEISSIC  AND  GRANITIC  ROCKS  OF  TOE  OLDER  METAMORPHIC  FORMATIONS. 

These  formations,  consisting  in  a  great  measure  of  sienitic  gneiss,  granite,  horn¬ 
blende,  mica  and  talcose  schists,  with  highly  crystalline  limestones,  and  inclosing  many 
crystalline  minerals,  occupy  extensive  areas  in  some  parts  of  the  United  States.  These 
rocks  preserve  evidences  of  stratification  so  distinct,  as  to  warrant  the  opinion  that 
they  were  originally  sedimentary  strata  which  have  been  metamorphosed  by  igneous 
agencies.  Among  the  evidences  of  the  causes  of  the  change,  we  find  these  rocks  pene¬ 
trated  and  disturbed  by  large  intrusive  masses  of  crystalline  granites  and  other  rocks 
generally  regarded  as  of  igneous  origin.  The  whole  system  is  likewise  traversed  by 
dykes  of  trap,  sometimes  of  great  extent.  Nor  is  it  always  easy  to  decide  where  the 
metamorphic  strata  end,  or  the  crystalline  masses  of  igneous  origin  commence ;  the 
stratification  not  unfrequently  becomes  obscure  or  obliterated,  and  the  entire  mass 
graduates  into  a  granitic  or  sienitic  structure. 

These  rocks  compose  for  the  most  part  the  chain  of  mountains  on  the  north  of  the 
St.  Lawrence  River,  and  extending  parallel  with  it  as  far  as  the  Thousand  Islands. 

In  the  northern  part  of  New  York  the  rocks  of  this  formation  rise  into  mountains 
five  thousand  feet  in  height,  but  this  is  much  above  their  usual  elevation. 

The  older  metamorphic  rocks,  extending  through  Canada,  on  the  north  of  Lake 
Huron,  pursue  the  same  westerly  course,  and  occur  in  the  same  parallel  on  the  south¬ 
west  side  of  Lake  Superior,  reaching  almost  uninterruptedly  from  Carp  River  to  Point 
Abbaye.  Thence  westerly  and  southwesterly  from  this  coast  line,  the  formation  grad¬ 
ually  increases  in  width  to  the  central  part  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin,  where  its  south¬ 
ern  limit  reaches  to  about  the  parallel  of  the  outlet  of  Lake  Winnebago.  In  this  region 
the  rocks  of  this  age  do  not  rise  to  any  great  elevation  above  the  general  surface  ot  the  : 

surrounding  country;  but  they  produce  numerous  interruptions  in  the  water-courses, 

giving  rise  to  falls  and  rapids  in  the  Wisconsin,  the  Black  River,  and  the  upper  branches 
of  the  Chippewa  River.  This  formation  reaches  the  Mississippi  River  above  the  Falls 
of  St.  Anthony,  and  thence  pursues  a  northwesterly  course  towards  the  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tains. 

In  the  State  of  Missouri  there  occurs  a  belt  of  metamorphic  rocks  of  considerable 
extent,  which,  from  their  lithological  character,  their  associated  minerals,  and  the  na¬ 
ture  of  the  surrounding  rocks,  are  known  to  be  of  this  age.  A  similar  belt  occurs  in 
Arkansas,  having  the  same  associations  as  that  of  Missouri.  A  belt  of  igneous  and 
metamorphic  rocks  likewise  occurs  in  Texas,  probably  of  the  same  age,  though  their 
relations  are  not  fully  known. 

It  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  formations  of  this  age  from  those  of  the 
succeeding  period;  so  nearly  do  they  in  some  of  their  phases  resemble  each  other,  i 
Certain  mineral  products  however  appear  to  accompany  the  one  formation  much  more 
constantly  than  they  do  the  other;  but  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  we  have 
not  the  means  of  fully  identifying  the  two  formations  by  mineral  products  alone.  It 
is  therefore  necessary  to  study  them  in  their  great  physical  features,  and  in  their  con- 
.  nection  with  the  surrounding  formations. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


Economical  Products  of  the  Older  Metamorphic  Rocks. — The  most  important  eco¬ 
nomical  products  of  these  formations,  are  the  magnetic  and  specular  oxydes  of  iron, 
which  occur  in  immense  quantities  as  beds  or  masses  of  each  kind  separately,  or  of 
the  two  combined.  The  abundance  and  wide  distribution  of  these  ores,  associated 
with  the  older  rocks,  renders  this  formation  of  the  highest  interest  in  an  economical 
point  of  view. 

Copper,  lead,  and  zinc  ores  occur  in  the  same  formation.  Phosphate  of  lime  is 
found  both  in  crystallized  and  massive  form ;  the  latter  in  sufficient  quantities  to  be 
of  economical  importance.  Kaolin,  from  the  decomposing  feldspar,  and  feldspar,  useful 
in  the  manufacture  of  different  varieties  of  porcelain,  are  obtained  in  large  quantities. 

The  building  materials  of  this  formation  consist  of  gneiss,  granite,  and  coarsely 
crystalline  limestones,  in  some  cases  producing  good  marbles.  Some  of  the  slates  con¬ 
tain  sufficient  silica  to  be  used  as  hones  or  whet- stones.  Plumbago  occurs  in  consider¬ 
able  quantities  in  rocks  of  this  period  in  the  northern  part  of  New  York. 

Among  the  beautiful  crystallized  minerals  of  the  older  metamorphic  rocks,  are: 
apatite,  zircon,  spinelle,  sphene,  augite,  tourmaline,  Labrador  feldspar,  Ac. 

NEWER  METAMORPHIC  ROCKS. 

The  term,  newer  metamorphic,  is  proposed  for  those  crystalline  and  semi-crystal¬ 
line  formations  which  are  known  to  be  derived  from  the  alteration,  or  metamorphism 
of  strata  newer  than  those  constituting  the  older  metamorphic  formations  previously 

described. 

This  class  of  rocks  is  of  great  extent  in  the  United  States ;  and  has,  like  the  pre¬ 
ceding  formation,  been  usually  termed  primary.  The  series  consists  of  various  slaty  or 
schistose  beds,  as  chlorite,  talc,  and  mica  schists,  gneiss,  hornblendic  rocks  of  different 
characters,  quartz  rocks,  granitic  and  sienitic  masses,  various  crystalline  limestones; 
together  with  numerous  intermixtures  of  these  and  passages  from  one  to  another. 

In  this  series  we  include  all  the  indurated  rocks  of  the  New  England  States,  with 
the  exception  of  the  red  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  River,  and  some  areas  of  the  coal 
measures  which  still  retain  their  unaltered  condition.  Numerous  observations,  which 
have  been  continued  through  many  years,  have  all  united  to  prove  that  the  various 
crystalline  strata,  between  the  Connecticut  and  Hudson  River  valleys,  are  the  product 
of  metamorphic  action  upon  various  slates,  sandstones,  and  limestones  of  the  series 
hereafter  to  be  described  as  Silurian  and  perhaps  Devonian,  and  which  were  deposited 
subsequent  to  the  formation  of  the  older  metamorphic  rocks. 

The  rocks  upon  the  west  side  of  the  Connecticut  River  dip  towards,  and  in  part 
surround  the  coal  fields  of  Rhode  Island  and  Massachusetts  ;  while  farther  north  the 
crystalline  rocks  of  .New  Hampshire  and  Maine  hold  the  same  relation  to  the  coal  fields 
of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick.  In  this  direction  we  find  a  constantly  ascending 
series  as  we  approach  the  coal  measures,  and  there  is  nowhere  evidence  that  the  rocks 
on  the  east  side  of  the  Connecticut  River  are  older  than  those  on  the  west;  but,  on  the 
contrary,  that  they  belong  to  the  higher  sub-divisions  of  the  palaeozoic  formations,  and 
chiefly  to  the  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  systems.  We  are  thus  able  in  a  very  satis¬ 
factory  manner  to  determine  the  age  of  this  broad  belt  of  metamorphic  formations ; 
while  we  omit  for  the  present  all  consideration  of  the  trap  and  porphyritic  masses 
which  at  numerous  points,  and  for  a  considerable  extent,  skirt  the  Atlantic  coast  on 
the  north  of  Cape  Cod. 

The  same  belt  of  formations  extends  southerly  through  the  southeastern  part  of 
New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  and  South  Carolina, 
Georgia,  and  Alabama,  forming  the  greater  part  of  the  belt  of  crystalline  and  semi- 
crystalline  rocks  of  the  Appalachian  chain,  which  are  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  un¬ 
altered  ancient  fossiliferous  strata,  into  which  they  graduate. 

The  true  method  of  studying  these  rocks  is  to  commence  from  the  western  side. 
In  the  valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  thence  by  the  Champlain  and  Hudson  valleys, 
southerly  in  the  direction  of  the  Alleghany  chain,  we  find  a  series  of  stratified  beds 
from  the  oldest  fossiliferous  rock  to  the  coal  formation  inclusive.  Tracing  these  beds 
eastwardly  or  towards  the  mountain  ranges,  we  find  that  the  beds,  at  first  nearly  hori¬ 
zontal,  gradually  exhibit  undulations,  and  that  these  increase  in  magnitude  and  abrupt¬ 
ness  until  they  form  sharp  anticlinal  axes,  and  are  even  overturned  and  folded  one 
upon  the  other  in  the  very  reverse  of  their  original  position. 

These  undulations,  foldings  and  plications  are  accompanied  by  other  changes.  The 
6lates  and  shales  at  first  lose  their  slaty  character,  and  are  traversed  by  numerous  short 
Beams  or  joints,  cutting  them  in  almost  every  direction.  Besides  the  joints  in  straight 
lines,  there  are  numerous  short  curves  and  glazed  surfaces  which  are  likewise  striated 
as  if  from  motion  among  the  parts  of  the  mass.  The  next  change,  indicating  a  further 
degree  of  metamorphism,  is  observed  in  the  presence  of  seams  of  calcareous  spar,  or 
silicious  matter,  which  appears  to  have  been  segregated  from  the  surrounding  mass 
during  this  partial  change. 

Beds  of  argillaceous,  or  argillo-calcareous  sandstones  which  accompany  the  shales, 
undergo  other  changes.  They  become  more  compact  and  tough  than  the  same  beds  in 
their  normal  condition,  and  are  found  to  contain  numerous  seams  of  calcareous  spar, 
and  sometimes  slightly  open  joints  lined  with  calc-spar  and  crystallized  quartz.  Some 
of  these  beds  become  peuetrated  with  a  net-work  of  quartz  veins,  which  appear  promi¬ 
nently  on  the  surface,  as  the  more  destructible  materials  are  worn  away  byr  the  action 
of  the  weather.  The  more  purely  silicious  sandstones  become  harder  and  closer  in 
texture,  often  assuming  the  character  of  quartz  rocks,  and  sometimes  showing  a  de¬ 
velopment  of  micaceous  laminae,  not  at  all  or  but  very  partially  visible  in  the  same 
rock  in  its  normal  condition. 

The  limestones  gradually  change  color,  become  penetrated  by  seams  of  calcareous 
spar,  and  the  silicious  matter  is  often  segregated  in  net-like  ramifications.  The  organic 


remains  become  obscure  or  are  obliterated;  the  matter  of  the  fossil  assuming  the  same 
character  as  the  rock,  and  becoming  absorbed  as  it  were  by  the  surrounding  mass. 
They  are  sometimes  recognized  by  their  more  crystalline  structure,  and  are  visible 
upon  weathered  surfaces  when  they  cannot  be  distinguished  on  the  fresh  fracture. 
Finally  the  slialy  beds  among  the  limestones  become  more  distinct,  the  impure  lime¬ 
stones  exhibit  micaceous  seams  or  partings,  and  the  whole  mass  becomes  crystalline, 
assuming  a  gray,  white,  or  variegated  color.  Even  after  the  mass  has  become  perfectly 
crystalline,  and  presents  the  fracture  of  the  so-called  primary  limestones,  the  forms  of 
organic  bodies  may  still  be  detected  upon  their  weathered  surfaces,  standing  out  in 
conspicuous  relief;  being  preserved,  either  from  their  more  perfectly  crystalline  struc¬ 
ture,  or  from  the  presence  of  less  soluble  material. 

Thus  far  it  is  easy  for  even  the  tyro  in  geology  to  trace  the  changes  which  super¬ 
vene  upon  the  strata,  and  the  partial  or  occasional  occurrence  of  organic  remains.  Be¬ 
yond  these  limits  the  changes  still  go  on.  The  slates  proper  gradually  assume  the 
aspect,  condition,  and  quality  of  talcose  and  chloritie  schists.  In  the  coarser  slates  we 
find  the  development  of  mica,  and  the  whole  assumes  the  character  of  mica  slates, 
thence  naturally  and  gradually  passing  into  gneiss.  From  a  larger  admixture  of  si¬ 
licious  matter,  some  of  the  slaty  sandstones  and  conglomerates  assume  the  character 
of  hornblendic  rocks;  the  sandstones  become  granular  quartz  rock  and  finally  com¬ 
pact  and  crystalline  quartz.  The  limestones,  losing  all  traces  of  organic  remains,  be¬ 
come  wholly  crystalline.  With  the  absence  of  fossils,  we  find  various  crystallized 
minerals  which  have  become  separated  from  the  surrounding  mass,  or  which  have  re¬ 
sulted  from  new  combinations  taking  place  among  the  elements  of  these  bodies  during 
the  progress  of  the  metamorphism. 

Accompanying  these  lithological  changes,  are  found  equally  great  physical  changes 
in  the  condition  of  the  rocks.  The  foldings  and  plications  of  the  beds,  becoming  more 
extensive,  the  rocky  ranges  are  elevated  into  mountain  masses  or  long  lines  of  ridges 
constituting  mountain  chains.  These,  as  already  described,  stretch  along  almost  the 
whole  extent  of  the  United  States  from  Canada  to  Alabama. 

The  crystalline  rocks  of  New  Englaud,  therefore,  and  the  extension  of  the  same 
formations  to  the  southward,  consist  of  the  various  rocks  and  groups  yet  to  be  described 
under  the  head  of  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  systems.  The  various  beds 
or  groups  of  these  systems  are  always  to  a  great  extent,  and  often  entirely  recognizable 
in  their  metamorphic  and  crystalline  condition,  even  when  not  directly  traceable  as 
continuations  from  the  unaltered  beds  themselves. 

Such  is  the  nature  and  origin  of  the  great  area  of  crystalline  rocks  in  the  Atlantic 
zone  of  the  United  States,  the  true  key  to  the  understanding  of  which  lies  in  the  study 
of  the  palaeozoic  or  older  fossiliferous  formations,  which  are  spread  out  on  the  west 
of  the  crystalline  deposits. 

The  Economical  Products  of  the  Newer  Metamorphic  Rocks. — Magnetic  iron,  chromic 
iron,  and  peroxide  of  iron,  gold,  the  ores  of  tin,  copper,  lead,  zinc,  cobalt  and  nickel. 
Building  stones  of  sienite,  granite,  porphyry,  marble,  Ac.  Flagging  stones  ami  roofing 
slates,  from  the  semi-altered  shales  and  shaly  sandstones,  from  the  quartz  rocks,  mica 
slate,  Ac.  Millstones  from  the  sienite :  statuary  marble,  serpentine  marble  or  verde 
antique,  ornamental  porphyry,  mica.  Quartz  sand  for  glass-making,  feldspar  for  porce¬ 
lain  and  pottery. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  OLDER  SEDIMENTARY  OR  PALAEOZOIC  ROCKS. 

The  series  of  sedimentary  strata  which  lie  above  the  older  metamorphic  rocks, 
and  extend  upward  so  far  as  to  include  the  coal  measures,  have  within  the  last  fifteen 
years  been  sub-divided  into  the  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  groups.  The 
two  former  include  what  were  once  known  as  Transition  rocks,  and  the  latter  retains 
essentially  its  original  signification.  The  whole  are  known  as  Palaeozoic  rocks.  They 
have  a  greater  extent  upon  the  North  American  continent  than  elsewhere  in  the  world. 
Of  all  the  geological  formations,  the  most  important  to  the  progress  of  civilization  and 
national  wealth  is  the  last  of  these  sub-divisions,  namely,  the  carboniferous,  or  coal 
formation. 

LOWER  SILURIAN  FORMATIONS. 

This  division  of  the  Silurian  system,  as  at  present  recognized  in  the  United  States, 
consists  of  the  following  members:  Potsdam  and  calciferous  sandstones,  or  No.  I.  of  the 
Pennsylvania  survey;  Chazy,  Birdseye,  Black  River,  and  Trenton  limestones,  or  No. 
II. ;  Hudson  River  group,  including  Utica  slate,  or  No.  III.  of  the  same  survey.  In 
geographical  range  these  three  divisions  are  nearly  co- extensive;  the  latter  having  a 
less  westerly  extension  than  the  others. 

Potsdam  and  Calciferous  Sandstones. — These  two  rocks  often  alternate  with  each 
other  at  the  line  of  junction,  and  in  many  places  a  friable  arenaceous  deposit  succeeds 
the  calciferous  sandstone,  being  evidently  a  repetition  of  the  preceding.  These  rooks 
are  found  mostly  in  connection,  though  the  Potsdam  sandstone  is  the  most  conspicuous 
member.  Entering  the  United  States  on  the  north  from  the  St.  Lawrence  valley,  the 
formation  stretches  across  the  northern  part  of  the  State  of  New  York  to  the  outlet 
of  Lake  Ontario.  It  may  be  followed  along  the  valley  of  Lake  Champlain  southward, 
and  thence  interruptedly  through  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Virginia,  and 
Tennessee.  Extending  through  Canada,  it  skirts  the  northern  shores  of  Lake  Huron, 
and  is  still  more  conspicuously  seen  upon  the  shores  of  Lake  Superior.  It  extends 
from  the  outlet  of  this  lake  westward  into  the  northern  part  of  Wisconsin,  where  it 
occupies  a  broad  area.  Along  the  Mississippi  River  the  high  cliffs  (so  conspicuous  a 
feature  in  the  scenery  between  Prairie  du  Chien  and  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony),  are 
formed  by  the  Potsdam  sandstone,  capped  by  the  calciferous  formation  which  has  here 
become  a  true  magnesian  limestone.  Owing  to  the  more  rapid  disintegration  of  the 

3 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  1. 


friable  sandstone  this  limestone  is  left  in  outliers.  It  is  here  known  as  the  lower  mag¬ 
nesian  limestone,  and  is  described  under  that  name  by  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  in  his  report  of 
Iowa,  Wisconsin,  and  Minnesota. 

Chazy,  Birdseye,  Black  River,  and  Trenton  Limestones. — These  four  members  of  the 
series  are  very  distinct  in  their  eastern  extension,  and  in  the  central  part  of  the  State 
of  New  York;  but  every  where  the  Trenton  limestone  is  the  most  conspicuous,  and 
often  gives  name  to  the  whole  group.  This  limestone  series  enters  the  United  States 
from  the  north  by  the  St  Lawrence  and  Champlain  valleys,  both  of  which  it  occupies 
throughout  their  extent.  It  continues  with  slight  interruptions  through  New  York, 
New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and  Virginia,  to  Alabama  In  New  Lork  it  extends  west¬ 
ward  along  the  valley  of  the  Mohawk,  Trenton  Falls,  and  Black  River,  to  the  eastern 
end  of  Lake  Ontario ;  thence  crossing  the  St.  Lawrence  it  passes  through  Canada  to  the 
shores  of  the  Georgian  Bay  and  the  north  side  of  Lake  Huron.  Forming  in  great  part 
the  Island  of  St.  Joseph,  it  crosses  the  upper  peninsula  of  Michigan,  from  the  St  Mary’s 
River  westward,  and  forms  the  west  shore  of  Green  Bay  from  Little  Bay  de  Noquet  to 
the  mouth  of  Fox  River.  'Thence  it  extends  southward  and  westward,  forming  a  broad 
belt,  embracing  the  southern  part  of  Wisconsin  and  northern  part  of  Illinois.  It 
crosses  the  Mississippi  River,  stretching  into  Iowa,  and  occurs  at  intervals  capping  the  j 
lower  rocks,  as  far  as  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony.  Beyond  this  point  north  or  west  little 
is  known  of  this  limestone  series  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States,  though  it  exists 
farther  to  the  north  and  northwest  within  the  British  territories. 

These  limestones  are  every  where  important.  For  econominal  purposes  they  are 
of  most  value  in  their  eastern  extension,  where  they  are  nearly  pure  limestones,  con¬ 
taining  only  occasional  interposed  layers  of  chert  and  thin  seams  of  slate.  Towards  the  ( 
west  the  procortion  of  shaly  matter  increases,  and  in  some  places,  as  at  the  Falls  of  St. 
Anthony,  this  exists  in  such  large  proportion  as  to  render  the  greater  part  of  the  rock 
unfit  for  any  economical  purpose. 

In  the  western  extension  of  this  group  of  limestones  we  find  an  important  member 
added  to  the  series.  The  galena  or  lead-bearing  limestone  of  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  and 
Iowa,  which  until  recently  has  been  included  among  the  Upper  Silurian  rocks,  is  now 
proved  to  belong  to  the  Lower  Silurian,  resting  directly  upon  the  Trenton  limestone 
proper,  and  apparently  forming  an  intermediate  mass  between  that  limestone  and  the 
Hudson  River  group.  The  most  easterly  extension  of  this  bed  of  limestone  is  about 
the  region  of  Little  Bay  de  Noquet  or  the  Escanaba  River,  but  it  becomes  of  importance 
only  after  entering  the  State  of  Wisconsin. 

Hudson  River  Group. — This  formation  has  a  great  development  towards  the  north¬ 
east.;  and  entering  the  United  States  from  Canada,  we  find  it  continuing  along  the 
eastern  shore  of  Lake  Champlain,  much  of  it  in  a  partially  metamorphic  condition. 
South  of  Whitehall  its  width  increases,  and  it  is  seen  on  both  sides  of  the  Hudson 
River,  more  generally  in  its  normal  condition.  It  follows  the  Hudson  valley  to  New¬ 
burgh,  thenoe  southwest  it  extends  through  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland  and 
Virginia,  sometimes  in  a  single  belt,  and  sometimes  in  two  which  again  unite.  The 
general  direction  is  the  same  as  the  Alleghany  range,  and  it  corresponds  in  outline  to 
the  preceding  and  superior  formations.  Between  Kingston,  on  the  Hudson,  and  the 
Mohawk  River,  these  strata  pass  beneath  the  lower  limestones  of  the  Helderberg:  and 
along  the  Mohawk  Valley  they  continue  Westward  with  numerous  undulations,  finally 
arising  to  the  summits  of  the  hills  on  either  side  of  the  river.  In  Oneida  County,  a 
■little  to  the  west  of  the  town  of  Rome,  the  southern  margin  of  the  rocks  of  this  group 
■crosses  the  Mohawk  and  continues  in  a  northwest  direction,  spreading  out  over  large  I 
j  areas  in  Lewis,  Oswego,  and  Jefferson  counties. 

The  line  of  these  rocks  may  again  be  taken  up  on  the  northern  shore  of  Lake 
Ontario,  and  followed  to  the  shores  of  Lake  Huron.  The  group  is  thence  traced  along 
the  northern  shore  of  the  Manitoulin  islands  and  across  the  peninsula  from  St.  Mary’s 
River  to  the  Bay  de  Noquet  Thence  it  trends  southwesterly,  and  having  been  there 
deeply  denuded,  its  place  is  occupied  by  the  waters  of  Green  Bay.  It  reappears  near 
the  southern  extremity  of  Green  Bay,  and  passes  to  the  east  of  Winnebago  Lake. 
Beyond  this  its  extension  in  Wisconsin  has  not  been  satisfactorily  traced,  though  it 
appears  probable  that  the  thin  bedded  shaly  limestone,  with  shaly  partings  and  some 
thicker  beds  of  shale,  on  the  Mississippi,  are  a  continuation  of' this  group.  The  arenace¬ 
ous  material  has  ceased  before  reaching  the  St.  Mary’s  River,  and  the  group  consists 
mainly  of  finely  comminuted  shaly  matter  with  calcareous  bands,  and  sometimes  thicker 
‘beds  of  the  same  material. 

The  shaly  and  marly  beds,  with  calcareous  bands  of  greater  or  less  thickness, 
which  are  so  well  known  in  the  neighborhood  of  Cincinnati  by  their  abundant  fossils, 
are  of  the  same  age  and  have  precisely  the  same  character  as  the  rocks  of  this  group 
on  Little  Bay  de  Noquet.  The  broad  area  of  this  group  around  Cincinnati  extends 
with  diminishing  width  in  a  southwesterly  direction,  but  again  expands  in  central 
Tennessee,  forming  a  zone  nearly  as  extensive  as  that  around  Cincinnati.  This  part  of 
the  group  is  even  more  calcareous  than  it  is  in  the  northern  localities,  and  offers  a 
'strong  contrast  with  the  strata  of  the  same  age  in  New  York  and  in  Canada,  where 
argillaceous  shales,  and  shaly  sandstones,  and  arenaceous  beds,  constitute  the  entire 
group. 

Economical  Products  of  the  Lower  Silurian  Rocks. — Iron  Ores  are  associated  with 
the  limestones  of  this  series  in  Pennsylvania,  and  almost  coextensive  with  them; 
though  the  ores  are  not  necessarily  connected  with  these  deposits,  and  are  confessedly 
of  a  posterior  geological  age.  So  far  as  we  know,  they  can  be  sought  successfully 
along  the  eastern  margin  of  the  Silurian  limestones,  in  certain  places  dependent  on 
geographical  situation  and  elevation.*  Iron  ore  occurs  sometimes  in  the  shales  of  the 

*  These  ores  will  be  described  more  in  detail  under  the  head  of  economical  products  of  the  Tertiary 
formations.  1 


Hudson  River  group,  but  generally  in  quantities  too  small  to  be  of  much  value.  Iron 
pyrites  is  often  found  to  be  an  abundant  product  of  this  group  and  the  succeeding 
formation. 

Lead  Ores. — The  most  important  product  of  the  unaltered  Lower  Silurian  rocks  is 
galena  (sulphuret  of  lead).  As  already  described,  the  galena  limestone  of  parts  of 
Wisconsin,  Illinois  and  Iowa,  is  of  Lower  Silurian  age;  and  the  production  of  lead  in 
these  rocks  is  restricted  to  this  limestone. 

The  lead  ores  of  Missouri  likewise  belong  to  rocks  of  the  Lower  Silurian  period, 
though  probably  occurring  in  a  different  member  of  the  series  from  those  just  enu¬ 
merated. 

In  the  Trenton  limestone,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  lead  ores  occur  at  numerous 
points;  but  none  of  the  veins  have  proved  remunerative  on  working. 

A  thin  vein  of  lead  ore  was  at  one  time  wrought  to  some  extent  in  the  Calciferous 
sandstones  of  the  Mohawk  valley,  and  thin  veins  or  strings  of  the  same  ore  are  not 
unfrequent  in  the  same  rock  in  other  places. 

Sulphuret  of  Zinc  (zinc  blende),  in  greater  or  less  quantities,  usually  accompa¬ 
nies  the  lend  ore  in  all  the  localities  mentioned. 

Carbonate  of  Zinc  likewise  occurs  with  the  sulphuret,  and  with  the  lead  ores  of 
Wisconsin,  Iowa,  and  Illinois ;  but  thus  far  it  has  attracted  little  attention,  either  from 
being  in  insufficient  quantity  for  working,  or  from  other  causes. 

Copper  Ores. — Sulphuret  and  carbonate  of  copper  occur  in  the  same  limestone 
with  the  lead  ore  of  Wisconsin ;  but  the  quantity  has  proved  insufficient  to  justify 
mining  operations.  Copper  ores  likewise  occur  in  the  same  formation  with  the  lead 
ores  in  Missouri,  and  have  proved  more  permanent  than  those  of  AVisconsin.  Sul¬ 
phuret  and  carbonate  of  copper  sometimes  occur  in  the  calciferous  sandstone,  or  lower 
magnesian  limestone,  but  no  permanent  veins  have  been  discovered. 

The  non-metallic  materials  of  economical  value  which  are  found  in  the  Lower 
Silurian  rocks,  may  be  enumerated  as  follows:  Building  and  flagging  stones  from 
the  Potsdam  sandstone,  in  all  its  eastern  localities.  The  stone  from  some  beds  of  this 
rock  are  used  for  furnace  hearths,  and  in  many  places  it  is  converted  into  sand  for 
glass  making.  In  most  of  the  western  localities  of  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  and  Minnesota, 
much  of  the  rock  is  too  friable  for  building  purposes,  but  is  admirably  adapted  to 
glass  making;  and  the  beds  in  many  places  are  in  a  condition  to  allow  of  being  shov¬ 
elled  up  like  ordinary  alluvial  sands. 

Excellent  building  stones,  and  stone  for  heavy  masonry  are  derived  abundantly 
from  the  limestones  of  the  Lower  Silurian  period.  Some  of  the  beds  furnish  a  good 
black  marble,  which  is  used  to  some  extent  for  ornamental  purposes,  and  a  much 
larger  quantity  which  is  used  for  floor  tiling  in  alternate  blocks  with  white  marble, 
which  is  derived  from  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks. 

Roofing  slates  are  derived  from  the  slates  of  the  Hudson  River  group  in  their 
partially  metamorphic  condition,  and  in  some  localities,  even  where  the  fossils  are  not 
entirely  obliterated.  Large  quantities  are  obtained  in  the  eastern  part  of  New  York, 
in  Vermont  and  in  Pennsylvania. 

The  thin  bedded  sandstones  of  the  Hudson  River  group  every  where  afford  flagging 
stones  of  an  excellent  quality,  which  are  best  where  the  rocks  are  partially  metamor¬ 
phic  ;  and  the  finest  localities  lie  upon  the  border  of  the  metamorphio  belt, 

UPPER  SILURIAN  ROCKS. 

The  upper  division  of  the  Silurian  system  in  the  United  States  may  be  regarded 
as  commencing  with  the  Shawangunk  or  Oneida  conglomerate;  and  includes  the 
Medina  sandstone  and  Clinton  group  (those  (two  constituting  No,  V.  of  the  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  survey)  ;  the  great  limestone  formation  of  Niagara  ;  the  Onondaga  salt  group, 
and  the  Lower  Helderberg  limestones.  The  latter  embrace  the  following  divisions: 
Water  limestone,  Pentamerus  limestone,  Dethyris  shaly  limestone,  Upper  Pentamerus 
and  Encrinal  limestones,  altogether  constituting  No.  VI.  of  the  Pennsylvania  survey. 
The  geographical  ranges  of  these  different  groups,  are  extremely  varied, 

Shawangunk  or  Oneida  Conglomerate.-— This  forms  the  lowest  deposit  in  this 
series  ;  and  is  composed  of  a  great  accumulation  of  massive  sandstones  both  coarse 
and  fine  in  texture,  and  strata  of  conglomerate,  with  thin  beds  of  sandy  shale.  The 
conglomerate  is  made  up  of  fragments,  often  but  partially  worn,  and  sometimes  of 
large  size  ;  they  are  nevertheless  so  firmly  cemented,  that  it  appears  as  if  siliciou3 
matter  may  have  been  in  partial  solution  at  the  time  of  the  aggregation  of  the  mate¬ 
rials.  In  comparison  with  the  conglomerate  of  the  coal  measures,  this  conglomerate 
is  more  massive  and  compact,  with  materials  less  worn  and  rounded,  and  the  finer 
arenaceous  portions  much  more  closely  aggregated,  forming  a  tougher  rock,  which  in 
many  places  is  broken  only  with  difficulty.  Many  of  the  beds  are  greenish,  and  some¬ 
times  brownish  or  reddish,  and  some  of  these  varieties  are  so  compact  and  tough  as  to 
resemble  porphyry  and  sienite.  There  is  perhaps  no  rock  in  the  series  that  so  nearly 
assumes  the  character  of  a  metamorphic  or  igneous  rock,  or  that  so  soon  becomes 
disguised  under  the  influence  of  metamorphism. 

This  rock  appears  in  the  valley  of  the  Mohawk,  south  of  Utiea,  as  a  mass  of  less 
than  twenty  feet  in  thickness,  gradually  thinning  out  both  in  an  oast  and  west  direc¬ 
tion,  while  to  the  southward  it  passes  under  superior  strata.  Seventy  miles  farther 
south  it  again  appears,  forming  the  Shawangunk  Mountain,  which  ranges  from  near 
tho  Hudson  River,  through  Ulster,  Sullivan,  and  Orange  counties,  to  the  Delaware  1 
River.  Thence  southwest,  the  same  formation  stretches  through  New  Jersey  and  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  where  it  constitutes  the  Kittatiny  Mountain,  and  through  Maryland  and  Vir¬ 
ginia;  forming  an  almost  continuous  mountainous  range  from  the  Hudson  River  to  the 
northern  part  of  Virginia.  Beyond  the  abrupt  northern  termination  of  the  Shawan¬ 
gunk  Mountain,  near  the  lludsou  River,  below  Kingston,  the  conglomerates  and  coarse 

4 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


sandstones  of  the  formation  are  found  mingled  and  intercalated  with  the  underlying 
metamorphic  slates  of  the  Hudson  River  group  in  New  York  and  Vermont.  The 
heavy  bedded  white  sandstones  of  this  period,  often  destitute  of  vegetation  over  con¬ 
siderable  areas,  give  a  peculiar  aspect  to  the  mountains  formed  by  this  rock. 

The  range  of  the  Shawangunk  conglomerate  marks  very  clearly  the  position  of 
an  ancient  coast  line  at  the  close  of  the  older  Silurian  epoch,  indicating,  by  its  accumu¬ 
lation  and  character,  a  period  of  disturbance  greater  than  had  taken  place  since  the  de¬ 
position  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone.  This  rock  likewise  marks  the  period  of  greatest 
change  in  the  fauna  of  the  Palaeozoic  rocks,  or  at  least  up  to  the  period  of  the  con¬ 
glomerate  of  the  coal  measures,  the  accumulation  of  which  preceded  the  appearance  of 
dry  land  within  the  present  limits  of  the  northern  continent 

Medina  Sandstone  and  Clinton  Group. — These  formations,  which  may  at  this  time 
be  treated  of  as  one,  consist  of  a  mass  of  soft,  shaly,  red  sandstone,  sometimes  almost 
destitute  of  visible  lines  of  deposition,  overlaid  by  a  series  of  shales,  shaly  sandstones, 
conglomerates,  limestone  beds,  iron  ore,  <fcc.  This  series  is  well  developed  in  the  cen¬ 
tral  part  of  New  York,  whence  westward  it  becomes  more  calcareous,  and  diminishes 
in  thickness,  and  at  the  Niagara  River  is  reduced  to  a  single  thin  bed  of  shale,  and  one 
of  limestone.  The  course  of  this  formation  may  be  followed  thence  through  Canada 
TVest.  It  is  seen  also  in  the  islands  of  Lake  Huron,  see  is  distinctly  characterized  on 
the  eastern  shore  of  Green  Bay,  and  has  been  traced  as  far  westward  as  into  Wisconsin. 
At  the  West,  some  of  the  limestone  beds  of  this  formation  mingle  with  the  overlying 
Niagara  limestone.  This  group  extends  from  the  southern  end  of  the  Shawangunk 
Mountain,  through  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  where  it  is  two  thousand  feet  thick. 
It  may  be  traced  in  some  of  its  members  through  Virginia  and  Tennessee,  and  termi¬ 
nates  with  the  Palaeozoic  rocks  in  Alabama. 

Niagara  Limestone. — This  group,  in  its  more  perfect  development,  consists  of  a 
mass  of  soft,  calcareous  shale,  resting  upon  the  strata  last  described.  This  graduates 
above  into  a  heavy  bedded  limestone,  the  intermediate  part  being  thin  bedded  and 
shaly  in  character.  In  its  eastern  extension,  this  group  is  scarcely  recognizable  on  the 
Hudson  River,  and  becomes  important  only  in  the  western  part  of  the  State  of  New 
York.  From  the  Genessee  River,  westward,  this  group  forms  a  distinct  feature  in  the 
topography ;  a  low  terrace,  called  the  “  mountain  ridge,”  commences  at  the  Genessee 
River,  and  gradually  increasing  in  height,  extends  westward  by  Lewiston,  N.  Y., 
Queenstown  and  St.  David’s,  Canada  West,  and  curves  around  the  head  of  Lake  Onta¬ 
rio.  It  forms  the  high  terrace  known,  near  the  Niagara  River,  as  Queenstown  Heights. 
Trending  more  to  the  northwest,  it  forms  the  projecting  headland,  Cabot’s  Head,  upon 
Lake  Huron,  and  its  line  of  strike  is  marked  by  the  range  of  the  Manitoulin  islands, 
near  the  northern  shore  of  Lake  Huron.  Passing  to  the  north  of  Mackinac,  it  forms 
the  northern  boundary  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  thence,  bending  southward,  it  constitutes 
the  bold  and  extended  peninsula  between  Green  Bay  and  Lake  Michigan,  extending 
into  Wisconsin.  Through  Wisconsin  and  Northern  Illinois,  it  is  traced  as  a  continuous 
formation,  and  as  outliers  above  the  lead-bearing  rocks,  forming  the  high  mounds  or 
conical  hills  of  this  part  of  the  country.  The  same  formation  skirts  the  broad  area  of 
Lower  Silurian  rocks  in  Ohio,  Kentucky  and  Tennessee,  and  extends  northward  in  a 
low  axis  to  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Erie. 

Along  the  eastern  margin  of  the  Palaeozoic  formations,  it  is  of  so  little  thickness, 
and  so  intimately  united  with  the  succeeding  limestones,  that  it  forms  no  important 
feature.  In  Canada,  it  has  been  recognized  by  Mr.  Logan,  and  traced  southward  into 
Vermont,  till  it  becomes  merged  in  the  great  metamorphic  masses  of  the  Green  Moun¬ 
tain  range. 

The  Onondaga  Salt  Group,  which  has  been  so  designated  from  being  the  source  of 
the  brines  in  the  State  of  New  York,  is  the  succeeding  member  of  the  Upper  Silurian 
system,  and  rests  directly  upon  the  Niagara  limestone.  It  consists  of  red  and  gray 
shales  and  marls,  thin  beds  of  impure  limestone,  with  thin  shaly  partings,  and  is  termi¬ 
nated  above  by  a  mass  of  thinly  stratified  limestone,  of  an  ashen  color,  which  is,  in¬ 
deed,  the  prevailing  color  of  the  greater  part  of  the  group,  with  the  exception  of  a  few 
hundred  feet  at  the  bottom.  This  group  has  its  greatest  development  in  Central  New 
York,  and  gradually  thins  out  in  an  easterly  direction,  so  as  scarcely  to  be  recognized 
upon  the  Hudson  River.  It  can  be  traced  through  Canada  A\  est  to  the  shores  of  Lake 
Huron,  from  the  bed  of  which  it  has  been  excavated.  It  appears  again,  forming  the 
base  of  the  promontory  at  Mackinac,  and  at  Point  St.  Ignace,  which  is  the  last  place  at 
which  it  is  seen  in  this  direction.  The  abundance  of  pebbles  of  drab-colored,  porous, 
or  vesicular  limestone  upon  the  islands  and  shores  of  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan,  suf¬ 
ficiently  testify  of  its  former  existence  in  that  region.  South  and  southwest  from 
thence,  it  forms  no  conspicuous  geological  or  topographical  feature. 

The  Niagara  and  Onondaga  Salt  Groups,  which  are  so  important  and  conspicuous 
in  Central  and  Western  New  York,  thin  out  rapidly  in  an  easterly  direction;  and  as 
they  pass  beneath  the  Helderberg  Mountains,  and  skirt  the  base  of  the  hills  along  the 
Hudson  River,  as  far  as  the  Rondout  Creek,  they  have  a  thickness  of  only  a  few  feet. 
Farther  to  the  south,  these  two  formations  are  undistinguishable  from  the  succeeding 
group ;  and  the  whole  together  are  recognized  as  a  single  formation  (No.  VI.)  in  the 
Pennsylvania  Survey. 

Lower  Helderberg  Group.— Resting  upon  the  formations  last  described,  and  form¬ 
ing  a  very  conspicuous  feature  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Helderberg  Mountains,  and 
along  the  base  of  the  hills  bordering  the  Hudson  River,  the  base  of  the  Catskill  Moun¬ 
tains,  and  thence  southward,  we  have  a  series  of  the  limestone  beds,  already  enumer¬ 
ated.  These  limestones,  both  in  their  lithological  characters,  and  in  the  nature  of  their 
fossils,  are  very  distinct  from  the  preceding  formations.  The  lowest  formation  consists 
of  a  series  of  thin  bedded  limestones,  which  are  extensively  wrought  for  hydraulic 

cement,  and  hence  have  received  the  name  of  water  limestone,  or  hydraulic  limestone, 

A* 


and  are  also  known  as  Tentaeulite  limestone,  in  the  reports  of  the  New  York  Geo¬ 
logical  Survey.  To  these  thin  layers,  succeed  heavy  bedded  limestones,  containing  an 
abundance  of  the  fossil  Pentamcrus  galcatus,  and  known  as  Pentamerus  limestone. 
Next  succeeds  thin  bedded  limestone,  with  shaly  partings,  passing  upwards  into  mas¬ 
sive  shaly  limestone  and  calcareous  shale,  which,  from  the  abundance  of  Spirifer,  or 
Delthyris,  has  been  called  Delthyris  shaly  limestone.  Then  follow  heavy  beds  of  lime¬ 
stone,  with  a  species  of  Pentamerus,  and  numerous  remains  of  crinoidea,  and  known  as 
Upper  Pentamerus  limestone. 

These  names  are  convenient  for  reference  in  portions  of  country  where  the  group 
is  fully  developed.  The  entire  group,  however,  may  be  known  as  the  Lower  Helder¬ 
berg  group  of  limestones,  and  is  sufficiently  distinct  from  the  Upper  Helderberg  group, 
which  will  be  described  in  the  succeeding  pages. 

This  group  has  its  greatest  development  along  that  portion  of  country  just  de¬ 
scribed,  and  extending  thence  across  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  is  as  well  charac¬ 
terized  in  Virginia  as  in  New  York.  In  a  southwesterly  direction,  it  is  coextensive 
with  the  Silurian  rocks.  West  from  the  Hudson  River,  the  group  thins  out  essentially 
before  reaching  the  central  part  of  New  York,  and  is  nowhere  recognized  in  a  westerly 
direction.  Still  farther  to  the  south  and  west,  it  appears  together  with  the  Niagara 
formation,  in  Tennessee. 

In  its  geographical  extent,  and  the  direction  of  its  development,  this  group  is  the 
reverse  of  the  Niagara  group.  The  latter,  beginning  in  Eastern  New  York  with  an 
insignificant  thickness,  trends  westerly  and  northwesterly  through  Canada,  and  pass¬ 
ing  round  the  northern  margin  of  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan,  it  stretches  away  to  the 
Mississippi  River,  which  it  reaches  just  north  of  the  mouth  of  Rock  River.  The  Low¬ 
er  Helderberg,  on  the  contrary,  has  an  increasing  thickness  from  Central  New  York 
towards  the  Hudson  River,  where  it  has  its  full  development,  and  follows  a  south¬ 
westerly  course,  as  the  line  of  its  greatest  development,  reaching  Tennessee  and  Ala¬ 
bama,  still  preserving  its  characteristic  features  and  fossils,  by  which  it  is  known  upon 
the  Hudson  River. 

In  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  we  regard  the  Silurian  system  as  terminat¬ 
ing,  in  the  ascending  direction,  with  this  formation. 

Economical  Products  of  the  Upper  Silurian  Rocks  — Among  the  more  prominent 
economical  products,  are  the  iron  ores  of  the  Clinton  group,  which  occur  in  one  or  two 
distinct  beds,  alternating  with  limestone  and  shale.  These  beds  are  of  great  impor¬ 
tance  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  and  Alabama,  and  are  not  unimportant  in 
Wisconsin. 

The  Onondaga  Salt  group  affords  an  abundant  supply  of  gypsum  throughout  the 
greater  part  of  its  extent  in  New  York,  and  likewise  to  some  extent  in  Canada. 

The  brines,  which  have  their  origin  in  the  Onondaga  Salt  group,  are  of  the  high¬ 
est  economical  value  in  the  State  of  New  York.  At  the  present  time,  more  than 
6,000,000  bushels  of  salt  are  annually  manufactured  from  these  brines. 

DEVONIAN  SYSTEM. 

At  the  present  time,  most  geologists  include  in  the  Devonian  System,  all  the  for¬ 
mations,  from  the  groups  last  described,  or  from  the  Lower  Helderberg  group,  to  the 
Catskill  Mountain  group  inclusive.  These  are  as  follows :  The  Oriskany  Sandstone 
(No.  VII.);  the  Upper  Helderberg  limestones,  composed  of  the  Onondaga  and  cornifer- 
ous  limestones  ;  and  the  Hamilton,  Portage  and  Chemung  groups  of  New  York,  or  all 
those  constituting  No.  VIII.  of  the  Pennsylvania  Survey ;  the  Catskill  Mountain  group, 
or  No.  IX.,  which  is  terminated  above  by  a  formation  of  coarse  sandstone  and  con¬ 
glomerate,  recognized  as  No.  X.  in  the  Pennsylvania  Survey. 

The  different  groups  here  noticed  have  a  very  unequal  development,  and  very  dif¬ 
ferent  geographical  extent.  The  materials  composing  them  are  of  different  character, 
and  as  a  consequence,  also,  the  economical  products,  which  vary  with  the  different 
groups,  and  have  a  geographical  extent  corresponding  thereto. 

The  lowest  member  (the  Oriskany  Sandstone)  included  in  this  series  of  forma¬ 
tions,  is,  when  best  developed,  a  porous  friable  sandstone,  with  numerous  cavities 
showing  casts  of  the  interior  of  shells,  the  testaceous  coverings  of  which  have  been 
dissolved  and  removed  by  the  percolation  of  water  through  the  surrounding  porous 
mass.  This  sandstone  has  its  greatest  development  in  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia, 
where  it  attains  a  thickness  of  seven  hundred  feet  or  more.  In  its  northern  exten¬ 
sion,  it  diminishes  rapidly  in  thickness ;  and  in  New  York,  it  never  exceeds  thirty  feet, 
and  is  often  less  than  three  feet  in  thickness.  Its  western  limit  is  near  the  line  of 
Cayuga  Lake,  in  New  York.  It  is  not  found  on  the  west  of  the  Alleghany  Coal  Basm. 

The  Upper  Helderberg  group,  composed  of  what  are  known  in  the  State  of  New 
York  as  Onondaga  and  Corniferous  limestones,  has  a  wide  range  and  very  marked 
character.  Forming  a  prominent  feature  in  the  Helderberg  Mountains,  near  the  Hud¬ 
son  River,  these  limestones  extend  thence  westerly,  and  are  conspicuous  throughout 
the  length  of  the  State.  Crossing  the  Niagara  River  at  Black  Rock,  we  find  the  same 
formation  extending  through  Canada,  and  in  places  skirting  the  shore  of  Lake  Huron, 
on  the  Michigan  side.  The  same  group  appears  forming  the  high  island  of  Mackinac, 
from  whence  its  course  is  southwesterly ;  but  the  excavation  of  Lake  Michigan  in  that 
direction  has  nearly  obliterated  the  evidence  of  its  existence.  South  of  Chicago,  how¬ 
ever,  we  take  up  the  same  formation,  tracing  it  across  the  State  of  Illinois.  Thence 
beyond  the  Mississippi  River,  it  extends  through  Iowa,  forming  the  soil  and  scenery 
of  the  beautiful  and  fertile  valley  of  Cedar  River. 

The  same  formation  occurs  on  Lake  Erie,  in  the  vicinity  of  Sandusky  and  Maumee, 
and  may  be  traced  on  both  sides  of  the  axis  extending  through  Ohio,  Indiana,  Ken¬ 
tucky  and  Tennessee. 

Southward  from  the  Helderberg  Mountains,  it  is  traced  through  New  Jersey  and 

S 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


into  Pennsylvania;  bat  although  recognized,  it  is  less  conspicuous  and  important  than 
over  those  portions  of  country  already  described. 

The  Hamilton,  Portage  and  Chemung  groups,  which  succeed  this  limestone  forma¬ 
tion,  have  a  nearly  equal  geographical  extent ;  and  though  varying  in  some  ports  very 
widely  in  their  lithological  characters,  they  may  be  described  in  connection.  In  New 
York,  the  base  of  the  formation  is  a  black,  slaty  shale,  succeeded  by  other  shales  and 
shaly  sandstones,  and  thicker  bedded  sandstones,  known  as  the  “  Olive  shale  forma¬ 
tion,”  from  their  prevailing  color;  and  also  as  the  “Waverley  sandstones,”  and  the  “fine 
grained  sandstones”  of  the  West. 

This  formation  has  its  greatest  development  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Alleghany 
Coal  Basin,  where  it  attains  a  thickness  of  several  thousand  feet.  Some  of  its  beds 
consist  of  hard,  argillaceous  sandstone;  and  in  its  eastern  margin,  the  arenaceous  in¬ 
gredient  prevails  over  the  argillaceous.  Extending  westward,  it  occupies  a  broad  belt 
of  nearly  the  width  of  two  ranges  of  counties  in  Southern  New  \ork,  and  thence 
bends  around  parallel  to  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  and  occupies  the  whole  breadth  be¬ 
tween  the  lake  and  the  coal  formation  to  the  southward.  It  continues  in  a  broad 
belt,  known  as  the  Black  Shale  and  Waverley  Sandstone,  through  Ohio,  from  north  to 
south,  and  thence  extends  into  Kentucky,  and,  with  some  modification,  reaches  the  State 
of  Tennessee.  It  flanks  the  eastern  side  of  the  Illinois  coal  field  ;  again,  on  the  Mis¬ 
sissippi  River,  it  is  seen  passing  beneath  the  carboniferous  limestone  of  Iowa  and  Mis¬ 
souri.  The  writer  has  recognized  several  fossil  species  from  localities  on  the  Missis¬ 
sippi  River,  which  are  common  to  the  same  formation  in  New  York. 

The  Catskill  Mountain  Group,  or  No.  IX.  of  the  Pennsylvania  Survey,  consists 
mainly  of  a  series  of  red  shales  and  sandstones,  with  sometimes  coarser  beds  which  as¬ 
sume  a  conglomeratic  or  brecciated  character;  and  which  would  appear  to  represent 
the  cornstones  of  the  English  Old  Red  Sandstone.  Some  of  the  beds  are  greenish,  and 
others  of  a  gray  color,  and  the  whole  mass  is  comparatively  destitute  of  fossils  with  the 
exception  of  remains  of  fishes.  This  formation  has  an  exceedingly  local  develop¬ 
ment  and  is  scarcely  recognizable  west  of  the  Alleghany  coal  field.  It  is  most  impor¬ 
tant  in  the  northeastern  part  of  Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  region  of  the  Catskill  Moun¬ 
tains,  in  New  York,  where  it  attains  a  thickness  of  three  thousand  feet,  and  constitutes 
nearly  the  entire  elevation  of  these  mountains  to  the  summit,  which  are  capped  with 
the  conglomerate  already  mentioned  as  resting  above  the  Catskill  Mountain  group. 
In  its  western  extension  this  group  thins  out;  and  in  the  northwestern  part  of  Penn¬ 
sylvania  and  the  southwestern  section  of  New  York,  it  is  nearly  lost.  A  few  feet  in 
thickness  can  sometimes  be  observed ;  and  elsewhere,  where  no  section  of  the  beds  is 
presented,  the  evidence  of  its  former  existence  is  preserved  in  the  red  color  of  the  soil.  In 
its  southern  extension  this  group  is  less  persistent  than  the  preceding,  but  follows 
the  same  direction. 

The  succeeding  beds  of  Conglomerate,  which  form  a  marked  feature  in  the  topog¬ 
raphy  of  the  country  along  the  eastern  side  of  the  great  Alleghany  coal  field,  may  be 
regarded  as  the  dividing  line  between  the  groups  below  and  the  groups  above,  or  be¬ 
tween  those  which  have  usually  been  regarded  as  Devonian,  and  those  of  the  Carbo¬ 
niferous  age. 

The  agencies  in  operation  through  the  entire  period  of  the  formation  of  the  Cats¬ 
kill  Mountain  group,  do  not  appear  to  have  ceased  during  the  production  and  deposi¬ 
tion  of  the  succeeding  conglomerates  and  sandstones ;  which  also  have  shaly  bands  in 
their  composition.  This  latter  formation  seems  due  to  the  accession  of  new  disturb¬ 
ing  forces,  or  to  an  increase  of  previously  existing  ones,  producing  the  conglomerates 
which  mark  this  period. 

Economical  Products  of  the  different  Rocks  and  Groups  included  in  the  Devonian 
System. — The  limestone  formation  of  the  Upper  Helderberg,  throughout  its  extensive 
range,  produces  some  of  the  best  building  stones  in  the  country.  The  quarries  in  the 
Onondaga  limestone  of  New  York  have  afforded  excellent  material  for  the  locks  and 
other  structures  upon  the  enlarged  Erie  Canal  in  New  York.  It  is  also  very  valuable 
for  the  production  of  lime. 

The  Hamilton,  Portage,  and  Chemung  groups  of  New  York,  the  Olive  slate  and 
sandstone  formation,  or  part  of  No.  VIII.  of  the  Pennsylvanian  Survey,  produce  little 
of  economical  value  beyond  building  and  flagging  stones.  These  latter  from  the  upper- 
part  of  the  Hamilton  group  along  the  Hudson  River,  are  very  superior,  and  for  large 
size,  smoothness,  and  the  even  thickness  of  the  slabs,  are  unsurpassed  in  the  United 
Stales.  Many  are  obtained  from  six  to  eight  and  ten  feet  square,  and  not  varying 
in  thickness  more  than  a  quarter  of  an  inch.  The  beds  are  from  one  to  four  inches  in 
thickness.  In  the  central  part  of  New  York  the  good  flagstones  are  restricted  to  the 
Portage  group ;  in  which  formation  there  are  also  some  good  building  materials.  In 
Ohio  and  Indiana  the  Waverley  sandstones  and  fine-grained  sandstones  often  furnish 
good  materials  for  buildings. 

In  the  lower  part  of  this  formation  in  Pennsylvania,  and  not  far  removed  from  the 
calcareous  beds  below,  there  is  a  thick  and  extensive  band  of  iron  ore.  The  geologi¬ 
cal  reports  of  Pennsylvania  represent  this  ore  to  be  from  three  or  four  to  ten  or  fifteen 
feet  hi  thickness.  Such  a  bed  of  ore,  widely  distributed  as  it  is  along  the  outcrop  of 
the  formation,  is  of  immense  value. 

In  the  upper  part  of  the  Catskill  Mountain  group,  there  is  a  bed  of  iron  ore  con¬ 
nected  with  the  shales  and  sandstones:  and  which  in  some  parts  of  Pennsylvania  is  of 
economical  importance. 

This  formation  of  Conglomerate  overlying  the  last,  or  No.  X.  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Survey,  produces,  in  eome  of  its  beds,  flagstones ;  and  some  of  the  harder  sandstones 
afford  good  building  materials;  as  well  as  heavy  stones  for  other  architectural  pur¬ 
poses  Some  of  the  conglomeratic  beds  are  well  adapted  to  furnish  heavy  and  rough 
stones  for  the  locks  of  canals,  for  which  they  have  been  used  in  Pennsylvania. 

6 


In  Virginia,  Prof.  W.  B.  Rogers  has  discovered  in  this  formation  some  thin  seams 
of  coal ;  but  nothing  which  justifies  the  expectation  that  valuable  deposits  of  this 
mineral  will  ever  be  obtained  from  the  rocks  of  this  age. 

The  Red  Shale  of  the  Carboniferous  period,  or  No.  XI.  of  the  Pennsylvania  Survey, 
though  separated  by  the  great  thickness  of  sandstones  and  conglomerates  from  the 
Catskill  Mountain  group,  bears  in  some  respects  a  close  resemblance  to  it;  consisting 
of  red  shales,  shaly  sandstones,  and  bands  of  limestone.  In  Pennsylvania  this  forma¬ 
tion  is  very  prominent,  though  scarcely  extending  northward  beyond  the  limits  of  that 
State.  It  surrounds  in  continuous,  narrow  valleys,  the  anthracite  basins  ot  the  State, 
bounded  on  one  side  by  the  ridges  of  the  formation  just  described,  and  on  the  other 
by  the  conglomerate  of  the  coal  measures.  Towards  the  northward  it  more  or  less 
thins  out  and  allows  the  conglomerate  of  the  coal  measures  to  rest  upon  the  arenace¬ 
ous  and  conglomeratic  beds  of  the  preceding  formation. 

In  tracing  this  formation  southward  into  Virginia,  its  calcareous  character  be¬ 
comes  more  fully  developed,  and  it  is  marked  by  distinct  bands  of  limestone  which  are 
of  immense  importance  to  the  region  occupied  by  these  rocks.  In  the  southern  part  of 
Virginia  the  group  would  be  most  appropriately  described  as  one  of  limestone,  shale 
and  sandstone.  Such  is  the  character  of  the  formation,  which  finally  graduates  into  a 
limestone  group,  elsewhere  designated  as  the  carboniferous  limestone. 

CARBONIFEROUS  LIMESTONE. 

The  limestone  formation  which  is  so  largely  developed  beneath  the  coal  measures 
of  the  West,  is  without  question  equivalent  in  part  to  the  great  carboniferous  limestone 
of  Europe.  The  coal  measures  in  the  United  States,  however,  do  not  every  where  re¬ 
pose  upon  a  limestone  formation.  Along  the  eastern  and  western  margin  of  the  Alle¬ 
ghany  coal  field  the  conglomerate,  which  is  here  the  fundamental  rock  of  the  coal 
measures,  generally  rests  upon  the  red  shale  formation  already  described. 

In  a  southerly  direction  the  latter  formation  becomes  highly  calcareous,  and  finally 
either  passes  into  a  limestone,  or  its  place  below  the  coal  measures  is  occupied  by  a 
heavy  limestone  formation.  This  limestone  does  not  become  conspicuous  till  we  reach 
the  southern  part  of  Virginia  ;  but  from  thence  southward  it  becomes  a  prominent  and 
important  member  in  the  series;  underlying  the  coal  measures  of  Tennessee  and  Ala¬ 
bama.  On  the  western  side  of  this  coal  field,  it  is  equally  conspicuous,  extending  as 
far  north  as  Kentucky,  but  has  entirely  thinned  out,  or  become  merged  in  the  under¬ 
lying  shales  and  sandstones,  before  reaching  the  Ohio  River.  To  the  north  of  this 
point,  the  entire  western  margin  of  the  Alleghany  coal  field,  rests  upon  what  are 
known  as  the  Waverley  Sandstones  of  Ohio — the  Chemung  group  of  New  York. 

This  limestone  has  its  greatest  development  in  the  broad  zone  which  encircles  the 
great  Mississippi  coal  field  ;  and  which  rising  in  a  low  axis  is  excavated  by  the  channel 
of  the  Mississippi  River,  from  below  the  mouth  of  Rock  River  nearly  to  the  mouth  of 
the  Ohio.  Farther  to  the  west  it  has  been  recognized  in  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Laramie, 
and  in  the  high  plateaux  around  the  great  Salt  Lake.  In  the  region  southwardly  it 
extends  to  the  southern  limit  of  the  United  States.  Throughout  the  Rocky  Mountain 
range,  and  in  the  country  for  some  distance  east  and  west,  this  limestone  is  interrupted 
by  large  areas  of  eruptive  and  metamorphic  rocks,  and  is  itself  often  metamorphosed 
to  such  a  degree  as  to  have  become  partially  crystalline. 

Economical  products  of  the  Red  Shale,  and  the  Carboniferous  Limestone. — In  the 
Red  Shale,  or  No.  XI.  of  the  Pennsylvania  Survey,  occur  extensive  beds  of  iron  ore, 
which  from  their  proximity  to  the  coal  measures  are  of  great  importance  to  the  iron 
trade  of  Pennsylvania.  This  ore  is  chiefly  found  near  the  junction  of  the  Red  Shale 
with  the  sandstone  below,  though  often  also  in  small  quantities  near  the  upper  part  of 
the  formation,  or  near  its  contact  with  the  conglomerate  of  the  coal  measures. 

The  same  ore  occurs  in  Maryland  and  Virginia,  and  is  of  equal  economical  value. 

The  calcareous  bands  of  this  formation  in  Pennsylvania  are  important  to  the  agri¬ 
cultural  interests  of  that  portion  of  the  State,  as  furnishing  lime,  fit  for  agricultural 
purposes,  in  a  tract  of  country  destitute  of  other  calcareous  formations.  Farther  to 
the  south,  in  Virginia,  this  red  shale  formation  is  so  calcareous  as  to  give  rise  to  a  soil 
of  great  fertility. 

The  economical  products  of  the  carboniferous  limestone,  are,  tnninly,  building  stones, 
lime,  and  hydraulic  cement.  Some  of  the  crinoidal  crystalline  layers  serve  the  place 
of  coarse  marbles;  and  some  of  the  more  compact  varieties  exhibit  buff  and  variegated 
colors,  and  are  capable  of  receiving  a  tolerable  polish.  These  marbles  are  used  to  some 
extent  in  the  West  for  ornamental  purposes. 

The  great  economical  value  of  this  formation  is  in  giving  fertility  to  a  wide  belt 
of  country ;  and  rendering  extremely  productive  not  only  the  tract  immediately  with¬ 
out  the  limits  of  the  coal  field,  but  more  or  less  the  area  within.  In  this  respect  the 
coal  measures  of  the  West,  and  the  surrounding  country,  present  a  striking  contrast 
with  similar  geological  and  geographical  positions  in  the  Alleghany  coal  field. 

COAL  MEASURES,  OR  COAL  FORMATION. 

Succeeding  the  Carboniferous  limestone,  where  that  rock  occurs,  or,  in  its  absence, 
resting  on  the  formations  previously  described,  we  find  a  series  of  sandstones,  shales 
and  beds  of  coal,  alternating  with  each  other  and  sometimes  with  beds  of  limestone  ; 
and  the  whole  usually  underlaid  by  a  heavy-bedded  conglomerate. 

This  series  of  beds,  so  named  from  the  coal,  its  most  prominent  and  important 
member,  has  a  very  great  extension  in  the  United  States,  and  in  the  adjoining  British 
provinces.  The  immense  thickness  of  this  formation  in  some  localities,  and  the  nu¬ 
merous  alternations  of  its  different  beds,  are  truly  astonishing. 

The  great  coal  formation  in  the  United  States  is  one  of  its  principal  and  most 
striking  geological  features ;  and  in  its  influence  upon  our  industrial  pursuits,  it  is  un- 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


questionably  the  most  important  of  all.  The  coal  measures  »r«  distributed  over  two 
principal  areas,  which  may  be  termed  the  great  eastern  and  western  coal  fields ;  being 
separated  from  each  other  by  a  wide  area  of  older  formations.  The  eastern  or  Alle¬ 
ghany  coal  field  may  be  traced  from  near  the  northern  limit  of  Pennsylvania  to  the 
southwest,  in  a  line  parallel  with  the  Alleghany  chain,  quite  to  the  central  part  of  the 
Stale  of  Alabama.  The  anthracite  basins,  which  arc  of  comparatively  small  extent,  lie 
beyond  or  to  the  east  of  the  line  here  traced  as  the  limits  ot  the  great  eastern  coal 
field. 

From  its  northeasterly  margin  it  is  traced  along  a  very  irregular  outline  as  far  as 
the  Alleghany  lliver  in  Warren  County ;  and  from  thence  it  follows  a  general  direction 
parallel  to  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  to  Portage  aud  Summit  counties,  in  the  State  of 
Ohio.  From  thence  it  follows  a  line  generally  parallel  to  its  eastern  margin,  though 
gradually  converging  to  its  southern  extremity  in  Alabama.  This  coal  field  has  a 
length  of  more  than  seven  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  and  an  extreme  breadth  of  one 
hundred  and  eighty  miles.  The  superficial  area  has  been  estimated,  by  Richard  C. 
Taylor,  to  be  sixty-five  thousand  square  miles ;  and  when  we  consider  the  aggregate 
thickness  of  the  different  beds  of  coal  over  this  wide  extent,  the  aggregate  amount 
of  fossil  fuel  appears  iudeed  incomprehensible. 

The  great  western  coal  field,  or,  as  it  has  been  usually  termed,  the  Illinois  coal 
field,  occupies  the  larger  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  parts  of  Indiana  and  Ken¬ 
tucky.  It  is  separated  only  by  a  narrow  belt  of  the  lower  formations,  along  the  Mis¬ 
sissippi  valley,  from  the  coal  fields  of  Iowa  aud  Missouri,  the  extent  of  which  has  lately 
been  shown  to  be  much  greater  than  had  been  supposed.* 

Including  the  parts  of  this  field  on  both  sides  of  the  Mississippi  River,  its  greatest 
extent  from  southeast  to  northwest,  or  from  the  headwaters  of  Green  River,  in  Ken¬ 
tucky,  to  its  northern  limit  on  the  Des  Moines  River,  in  Iowa,  is  more  than  five  hun¬ 
dred  miles;  while  its  greatest  breadth  across  the  States  of  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Mis¬ 
souri  is  more  than  four  hundred  miles;  and  from  its  northern  termination  in  low  a  to 
its  present  known  limits  on  the  Osage  River  at  the  south,  is  more  than  three  hundred 
miles.  This  western  coal  field,  therefore,  including  the  area  thus  occupied  on  both 
sides  of  the  Mississippi  River,  has  a  much  greater  superficial  extent  than  the  eastern 
coal  field  already  described.  We  may  perhaps  estimate  the  entire  area  at  once  and  a 
half  that  of  the  Alleghany  coal  field,  or  nearly  one  hundred  thousand  square  miles. 

Still  farther  to  the  south,  in  Arkansas,  there  is  a  coal  field  ot  considerable  extent, 
which  has  not  yet  been  fully  explored.  This  may  probably  be  connected  with  the  one 
in  Missouri. 

Besides  these,  there  is  a  smaller  coal  field  in  Michigan,  which  is  entirely  separated 
frum  either  of  the  others.  This  has  so  far  proved  unproductive,  and  from  its  position 
in  a  flat  country,  but  little  elevated  above  lake-level,  it  is  not  likely  soon  to  be  exten¬ 
sively  explored.  Otherwise  its  geographical  position,  and  proximity  to  navigable 
waters,  would  render  it  more  favorable  for  exploration,  than  either  of  the  other  coal 
basins. 

In  Rhode  Island  and  Massachusetts  we  have  a  considerable  area  of  the  coal  meas¬ 
ures,  though  affected  more  or  less  by  the  metamorphic  action,  which  has  obliterated 
the  coal  from  a  great  part  of  its  original  area  and  rendered  it  extremely  hard  and 

anthracitic. 

Added  to  these  inexhaustible  supplies  of  mineral  fuel  in  the  eastern  United  States, 
coal  has  been  brought  by  Capt.  Stansbury  from  near  Fort  Laramie ;  and  more  recently 
by  Capt.  Ottinger  from  Bellingham  Bay  and  Puget’s  Sound.  The  true  geological  po¬ 
sition  of  these  coals  has  not  been  determined,  though  they  have  the  appearance  of  or¬ 
dinary  bituminous  coal. 

The  entire  area  occupied  by  coal  measures  in  the  United  States,  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  is  nearly  or  quite  two  hundred  thousand  square  miles,  f 

Economical  Products  of  the  Coal  Formation.— Coal  is  an  element  of  national 
wealth  compared  with  which  all  other  economical  products  are  of  secondary  import¬ 
ance.  Mineral  fuel  lies  at  the  base  of  all  our  manufacturing  and  mining  operations; 
and  we  can  no  longer  make  progress  in  the  arts  of  civilization  without  the  increased 
and  extended  application  of  this  material  Manufacturing  enterprises,  which,  in  the 
infancy  of  our  country,  were  carried  on  mainly  through  the  agency  of  water  power, 
are  rapidly  extending  to  parts  of  the  country  where  this  motive  power  does  not  exist; 
and  the  proximity,  or  cheapness  of  mineral  fuel,  is  regarded  as  an  element  of  far 
greater  importance  in  the  calculations  of  manufacturing  entei  prise. 

No  other  department  of  our  national  resources  has  experienced  so  rapid  a  develop¬ 
ment  as  coalmining.  Until  recently,  anthracite  coal  alone  had  been  the  principal  fos¬ 
sil  fuel  supplied  to  the  towns  and  cities  east  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains.  The  increase 
of  this  trade  is  beyond  a  parallel  in  any  country.  In  1820  there  were  but  365  tons  of 
anthracite  consumed  iu  the  United  States;  in  1830  this  amount  had  reached  nearly 
143,000  tons;  while  in  1853  more  than  5,000,000  tons  have  been  mined  and  sent  to 
market.  Numerous  coal  mining  enterprises  have  sprung  up  during  this  period,  outside 
of  the  anthracite  region,  and  large  quantities  of  semi-bituminous  coal  are  furnished 
from  the  Cumberland  mines  in  Maryland,  and  from  the  Richmond  and  Chesterfield 
basin,  Vn. — the  latter  probably  of  the  age  of  the  Lias. 

While  these  immense  quantities  of  coal  have  been  consumed  in  the  country  east  of 
the  Alleghany  Mountains,  the  consumption  of  bituminous  coal  in  the  Ohio  valley,  and 
its  shipment  to  southern  ports  has 'nearly  kept  pace  with  the  development  of  the 
eastern  coal  field.  In  1851  it  was  estimated  that  the  bituminous  coal  consumed  in 

*  Report  of  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  on  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  and  Minnesota. 

+  The  coal  fields  of  Richmond  and  of  North  Carolina  are  not  Included  in  this  estimate,  these  being 
probably  (as  is  hereafter  mentioned)  of  a  more  recent  geological  age. 


Pittsburgh  and  shipped  to  ports  below,  including  that  from  the  Monongahela,  amount¬ 
ed  to  more  than  1,000,000  tons.  To  this  is  to  be  added  all  the  coal  mined  and  shipped 
upon  the  Ohio  River  and  its  tributaries  above  Cincinnati,  which  is  still  within  the 
eastern  basin ;  and  beyond  this  we  are  to  take  into  account  all  that  is  mined  from  the 
western  or  Illinois  basin,  which  is  becoming  of  great  importance  on  both  sides  of  the 
Ohio  River. 

It  is  probable  that  the  amount  of  bituminous  coal  consumed  in  the  United  States 
at  the  present  time  is  nearly  equal  to  the  anthracite ;  and  we  may  estimate  the  con¬ 
sumption  of  both  together  at  more  than  8,000,000  tons,  with  a  certainty  that  tilts 
amount  will  be  more  than  doubled  in  the  next  ten  years. 

Iron  Ores. — The  coal  formation  of  the  United  States  everywhere  contains  an 
abundance  of  iron  ore.  The  ores'are  chiefly  carbonate  and  hydrous  per-oxide  of  iron, 
the  latter  resulting  chiefly  from  the  decomposition  of  the  carbonate,  which  is  argillaceous, 
calcareous  or  silicious  in  its  composition,  decomposing  readily  on  access  of  atmospheric 
air  and  moisture. 

These  ores  are  wrought  in  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  to  a  far  greater  extent  than  else¬ 
where  in  the  United  Stares.  In  Tennessee,  Alabama,  Western  Virginia,  Illinois,  Ken¬ 
tucky,  and  Missouri,  iron  ores  also  abound  in  the  coal  measures.  In  Tennessee  iron  is 
manufactured  to  a  considerable  extent ;  and  in  Missouri  this  branch  of  industry  is  rap¬ 
idly  increasing.  Notwithstanding  the  great  area  of  coal  measures  in  Illinois,  there 
exist  at  the  present  time  but  two  furnaces  for  the  manufacture  of  iron  in  that  State. 

Although  great  progress  has  been  made  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  during  past 
years,  it  is  insignificant  when  compared  with  the  future  of  this  branch  of  our  national 
industry.  Besides  the  iron  ores  accompanying  the  coal  measures  in  their  wide  extent, 
this  formation  in  many  localities  reaches  to  the  proximity  of  iron  ores  in  other  geolo¬ 
gical  formations,  so  that  the  supply  of  ore  will  always  keep  pace  with  the  demand 
and  with  the  supply  of  fuel.  It  is  almost  needless  to  add  that  every  where  throughout 
the  coal  measures  of  the  United  States,  beds  of  fire  clay  and  of  fat  clays  fit  for  the 
production  of  fire  bricks,  common  bricks,  gas  retorts,  and  furnaces  of  every  description 
abound.  Many  of  the  sandstones  accompanying  the  coal  also  possess  every  requisite 
for  furnace  hearths,  and  others  are  sufficiently  pure  for  the  manufacture  of  glass, 
dearly  indicating  in  no  distant  future,  the  existence  of  numerous  and  productive 
branches  of  manufacture. 


RED  SANDSTONE  FORMATION  OF  TIIE  CONNECTICUT  RIVER  VALLEY,  NEW  JERSEY,  ETC. 


This  formation,  which  has  been  regarded  by  geologists  as  of  the  age  of  the  New 
Red  Sandstone  or  Trias  of  Europe,  consists  of  a  series  of  shales,  shaly  sandstones  and 
conglomerates;  often  alternating  with  each  other  in  thin  beds,  but  each  one  having  in 
certain  parts  of  the  formation  a  great  local  development.  The  shales  and  shaly  sand¬ 
stones  are  usually  highly  micaceous,  as  are  the  sandstones ;  but  some  of  the  softer 
shales,  or  marly  deposits,  do  not  exhibit  this  characteristic.  The  general  color  of  the 
formation  is  red,  or  redish  brown  ;  but  some  of  the  shales  are  of  a  dark  slate  color,  or 
nearly  black,  and  highly  bituminous  and  fetid. 

This  sandstone  formation  occupies  a  broad  belt  along  the  Connecticut  valley,  (with 
one  outlying  basin  in  the  western  section  of  Connecticut,)  extending  more  than  one 
hundred  miles  from  north  to  south,  with  an  average  width  of  twelve  to  twenty  miles. 
The  same  formation  occurs  along  the  valley  of  the  Hudson  River  below  West  Point; 
and  extends  thence  through  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  where  it  has  its  greatest  expan 
sion.  Contracting  as  it  enters  Pennsylvania,  it  gradually  diminishes  in  width,  until,  in 
Maryland  and  Virginia,  it  has  become  a  narrow  belt,  which  is  interrupted  in  Albe¬ 
marle  County,  Virginia,  and  reappears  only  in  outlying  basins  farther  south. 

The  peculiar  scenic  feature  of  this  formation  is  due  to  the  intrusion  of  dykes  and 
crescent-shaped  masses  of  trap  (diorite)  which  form  hills  sometimes  1500  feet  above  the 
sea,  with  bold  mural  faces  and  columnal  fronts  to  the  south-southwest,  and  gradually 
declining  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  level  of  the  surrounding  country:  e.  g.  East, 
and  West  Rocks  at  New  Haven,  the  Hanging  Hills  in  Meriden,  and  Mount  Tom  and 


[ount  Holyoke  in  Massachusetts. 

Economical  Products  of  the  Red  Sandstone  Formation.—  The  most  prominent  eco- 
omical  product  of  this  formation  is  the  “  freestone”  so  extensively  used  for  architectural 
nd  ordinary  building  purposes.  The  quarries  of  this  rock  on  the  Connecticut  River  at 
ortland,  furnish  it  to  all  the  maritime  cities  of  the  United  States.  More  building  ma¬ 
nuals  are  derived  from  this  than  from  any  other  geological  formation  in  the  United 
tates.  The  same  rock  is  likewise  extensively  quarried  in  New  Jersey,  and  at  some 
oints  on  the  Hudson  River  in  New  York. 

The  only  ores  of  importance  in  this  formation,  are  ores  of  copper.  They  occur  at 
averal  places  in  Connecticut,  but  have  never  been  wrought  with  much  success.  The 
est  known  of  these  deposits  is  in  the  town  of  Granby  (Simsbury);  at  this  mine  the 
re  is  vitreous  copper,  with  small  quantities  of  variegated  copper  and  malachite, 
’hose  deposits  of  copper  which  appear  upon  the  margin  of  the  Connecticut  sandstone 
nd  run  into  the  adjacent  metamorphic  rocks  offer  promise  of  permanent  value,  as  at 
iristol.  Conn.,  where  a  large  amount  of  copper  has  been  taken  out.  The  ore  there 

3  glance  copper,  copper  pyrites,  and  purple  copper. 

In  New  Jersey  copper  ores  occur  in  numerous  localities,  but  the  many  mining  en- 
erprises  have  all  proved  unsuccessful.  In  that  State  the  prevailing  ores  are  green 
arbonate  and  silicate  of  copper.  In'  some  mines  the  vitreous  and  variegated  copper 
,re  with  red  oxide,  and  more  rarely,  phosphate  and  silicate  of  copper,  and  nat.ve  cop¬ 
ier  are  found  These  ores  in  New  Jersey  appear  not  to  occur  in  regular  veins ;  but 
lt-e  disseminated  through  certain  slaty  layers,  and  sometimes  aggregated  in  such  quan- 
ities  as  to  give  promise  of  success  to  mining  enterprises. 

In  Pennsylvania,  particularly  in  the  counties  of  Montgomery  and  Chester,  produc 


SECTION  I- 


CLASS  I. 


tive  veins  of  lead  and  copper  ores  occur  at  the  junction  of  the  Gneissic  and  Red  Sand¬ 
stone  formations,  nnd  some  of  these  penetrate  the  latter  rock  and  continue  productive. 
In  the  sandstone  of  this  region  the  copper  ores  prevail  over  the  lead  ores,  while  the 
reverse  is  often  true  of  the  same  veins  in  the  gneiss  rocks.  The  principal  ores  are 
sulphuret  and  phosphate  of  lead,  and  sulphuret  and  carbonate  of  copper,  with  smaller 
proportions  of  other  ores  of  lead,  copper,  zinc  and  silver,  with  iron  nnd  manganese.* 
The  most  unique  feature  in  the  mineralogical  cabinet  of  the  New  York  Exhibition  was 
the  collection  of  the  ores  from  these  veins,  exhibited  by  Mr.  Wheatley;  for  a  more  ex¬ 
tended  notice  of  which,  reference  may  be  had  to  the  Illustrated  Record,  p.  Si. 

Barytes  (heavy  spar)  has  been  wrought  to  some  extent  in  this  formation.  Two 
veins  are  known  in  Cheshire,  Conn.,  which  are  now  worked,  and  from  which  laige 
quantities  of  this  mineral  have  been  taken  to  grind  for  mixing  with  white  lead  as  a 
pigment.  Another  vein  has  been  worked  at  Northampton,  Mass.,  where  it  carries  small 
quantities  of  galena  and  zinc  blende,  as  do  those  of  Cheshire,  copper  as  green  mala¬ 
chite  and  variegated  copper  ore. 

OOLITIC  OR  LIASSIC  FORMATION. 

[Including  the  Coal  Basins  of  Richmond,  Va.,  and  of  Deep  River,  A7.  Cl] 

To  the  east  of  the  belt  of  the  red  sandstone  formation  just  described,  and  forming 
what  is  known  as  the  Richmond  or  Chesterfield  Coal  Basin,  in  V irginia,  we  find  a  se¬ 
ries  of  shales,  sandstones,  and  conglomerates,  with  beds  of  coal.  The  vegetable  re¬ 
mains  of  the  coal  shales,  together  with  other  fossils  of  the  series,  have  been  regarded 
as  sufficient  evidence  that  the  contents  of  this  basin  are  of  the  age  of  the  Lias  and 
Oolites  of  Europe.  The  same  association  of  beds,  coal  and  organic  remains,  exists  in 
the  Deep  River  basin  in  North  Carolina,  lying  in  the  same  line,  in  a  southwesterly 
direction  from  the  Richmond  basin.  This  is  likewise  referred  to  the  age  of  the  Lias 
or  Oolite. 

The  evidence  which  is  relied  on  for  the  separation  of  these  two  belts,  lying  paral¬ 
lel  to  each  other,  appears  to  us  to  be  mainly  of  a  negative  character.  The  presence  of 
the  coal  shale  and  plants  in  the  one,  and  their  absence  in  the  other,  does  not  afford  the 
means  of  comparison.  The  occurrence  of  fishes  in  the  Richmond  basin,  as  well  as  in 
the  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  and  New  Jersey,  affords  means  of  comparison;  and 
the  similarity  of  forms  seems  hardly  to  warrant  their  separation  into  groups  belonging 
to  distinct  geological  periods.  In  a  sketch  like  the  present,  however,  it  is  unne¬ 
cessary  to  discuss  the  arguments  which  might  be  adduced  in  relation  to  the  age  of 
these  formations  ;  and  we  therefore  describe  them  under  those  names  by  which  they 
are  generally  acknowledged  by  geologists. 

Economical  Products  of  the  Oolitic  Period. — The  most  prominent  economical  pro¬ 
duct  of  the  formation  referred  to  this  period,  in  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  is  the 
coal  of  Richmond,  Chesterfield,  and  Deep  River.  In  the  two  former  localities,  large 
quantities  of  this  coal  are  mined  and  sent  to  market.  Although  we  have  no  reliable 
statistics  for  the  few  past  years,  we  may  presume,  from  former  statements,  that  the 
amount  exceeds  100,000  tons  annually. 

The  other  products  of  this  formation,  are  almost  identical  with  those  derived  from 
the  red  sandstone  formation,  viz.  building  and  flag  stones. 

THE  CRETACEOUS  FORMATION. 

This  formation  occupies  a  broad  belt  in  New  Jersey ;  extending  thence  through 
Delaware,  and  southward,  it  appears  at  intervals  in  Virginia,  and  North  and  South 
Carolina,  where  the  overlying  tertiary  beds  have  been  removed.  Thence  it  crosses  the 
northern  part  of  Georgia,  and  central  part  of  Alabama;  and  extending  into  Mississippi, 
it  passes  northwardly  along  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi,  by  the  western  margin  of 
the  Palaeozoic  rocks,  as  far  as  to  within  the  State  of  Illinois.  West  of  the  Mississippi 
River,  it  follows  the  line  of  the  Palaeozoic  formations  through  Arkansas,  becoming  of 
great  width  in  Texas.  To  the  northward,  it  extends  with  variable  breadth  along  the 
eastern  slopes  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  to  beyond  Fort  Mandan  on  the  Missouri  River. 
From  north,  to  south,  its  extent  is  more  than  twenty-four  degrees. 

Notwithstanding  the  great  area  occupied  by  the  cretaceous  formation  in  the  Uni¬ 
ted  States,  no  true  chalk  has  been  discovered. 

Economical  Products  of  the  Cretaceous  Deposits. — These,  when  compared  with 
those  of  the  preceding  systems,  are  generally  unimportant  Iron  ores  have  been  found 
in  small  quantities.  Lignite  occurs  on  the  Upper  Missouri  and  on  the  Yellowstone 
River  in  extensive  beds,  which  at  some  future  time  may  be  of  economical  value.  The 
materials  of  this  formation,  green  sand,  or  marl,  are  much  used  by  agriculturists  in 
New  Jersey,  and  the  Southern  States.  This  substance  is  sometimes  nearly  or  quite 
destitute  of  fossil  shells ;  in  other  localities  it  contains  them  in  great  numbers.  The 
fertilizing  effects  are  due  to  the  contained  potash,  and  also,  perhaps,  to  sulphate  of 
lime,  derived  from  the  double  decomposition  of  sulphate  of  iron  from  iron  pyrites,  and 
carbonate  of  lime  from  fossil  shells. 

TERTIARY  FORMATIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

The  tertiary  formations  of  the  United  States  are  of  marine,  estuary  and  fresh 
water  origin,  consisting  of  numerous  argillaceous,  arenaceous  and  calcareous  beds,  and 
of  others  where  these  materials  are  more  or  less  intermingled.  These  deposits  contain 
shells,  corals,  and  other  marine  organic  remains,  fresh  water  shells,  land  plants,  and 
numerous  mammiferous  quadrupeds,  some  of  which  are  of  large  size. 

These  formations  have  a  wide  range  in  the  United  States.  If  we  include  the  estu- 

«  See  a  very  interesting  report  upon  this  region  by  Prot  II.  D.  Rogers,  and  the  article  on  Pennsyl¬ 
vania  minerals  in  the  Record,  p.  57. 


ary  deposits  of  the  valleys  of  Lake  Champlain  and  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  some  others 
on  the  coast  of  Maine,  they  commence  at  the  northeastern  extremity  of  the  United 
States,  and  extending  southward,  become  well  defined  in  New  Jersey,  nnd  occupy  a 
broad  belt  between  the  base  of  the  Appalachian  mountain  range  and  the  Atlantic 
Ocean.  The  tertiary  deposits  spread  around  the  southern  termination  of  the  high  lands 
occupying  the  southern  parts  of  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Mississippi,  witli  a  large  part 
of  Louisiana  and  Texas,  bordering  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Along  the  eastern  base  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  these  formations  form  a  broad  belt,  flanked  on  both  sides  by  the 
cretaceous.  The  deposits  of  tertiary  age  are  found  around  the  sources  of  the  Missouri, 
and  form,  together  with  the  cretaceous,  the  vast  deserts  known  as  the  Mauvaises 
Terres. 

Between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra  Nevada,  these  formations  are  very 
extensive,  as  has  been  shown  by  fossils  brought  from  those  regions  by  Capts.  Fremont 
and  Stansbury,  from  many  widely  separated  localities.  They  are  also  known  to  exist 
in  extensive  areas  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

The  cretaceous  and  tertiary  formations  between  the  Mississippi  River  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  occupy  a  much  greater  extent  than  the  whole  area  of  Silurian,  De¬ 
vonian,  and  Carboniferous  strata  between  the  Alleghany  Mountains  and  the  Mississippi 
River;  and  probably  greater  than  the  space  occupied  by  all  the  rocks  together  east  of 
the  Mississippi  River. 

The  Economical  Products  of  the  Tertiary  Formations. — Brown  hematite  and  oohre- 
ous  iron  ore;  black  oxide  of  manganese;  brown  coal,  sometimes  found  associated  with 
the  hematites,  fire  clay,  porcelain  earth,  kaolin,  etc.,  potter’s  clay,  shelly  marl  and 
green  earth.  The  materials  for  building  are  neither  abundant  nor  durable,  the  coarser 
friable  sandstone  being  the  only  substance  of  this  kind.  This  want,  however,  is  in  a 
great  measure  supplied  by  the  abundance  of  clays  and  brick  earth,  which  become,  in 
these  formations,  a  substitute  for  building  stones.  This  deposit  is  one  of  the  most  im¬ 
portant  sources  of  iron  ore,  furnishing  an  excellent  material,  and  readily  wrought. 

QUATERNARY'  FORMATIONS,  OR  DRIFT  AND  ALLUVIAL. 

The  deposits  of  the  Drift  period  are  distributed  over  the  larger  part  of  the  United 
States.  In  mountainous  regions,  these  superficial  accumulations,  lying  next  to  the 
older  rocks,  are  usually  unstratified,  and  fragments  of  all  sizes,  from  pebbles  to  bowl¬ 
ders,  more  or  less  worn,  lie  confusedly  mingled  together.  Over  a  large  part  of  the 
great  plain  west  of  the  Alleghany  range,  this  deposit  is  more  or  less  stratified,  and  the 
materials  sorted.  Water-worn  rocks  and  fragments  are  every  where  found,  and  uni¬ 
versally  the  older  formations  bear  evidence  of  powerful  erosive  action. 

In  general,  the  character  of  this  drift  corresponds  with  the  strata  immediately 
underlying,  or  a  short  distance  north  of  the  locality ;  and  although  large  bowlders  of 
northern  rocks  are  found  one  or  two  hundred  miles  south  of  their  origin,  no  consider¬ 
able  proportion  of  the  superficial  materials  have  been  derived  from  such  distant 
points.  It  is  only  along  a  few  valleys  or  watercourses  that  large  quantities  of  these 
fragments  have  been  carried  ;  and  the  areas  occupied  by  them  are  therefore  small,  com¬ 
pared  with  those  covered  with  materials  derived  from  rocks  in  close  proximity’.  That 
the  underlying  geological  formations  can  therefore  mainly  be  relied  on  for  producing 
their  legitimate  results  upon  the  superincumbent  soil,  may  with  few  exceptions  be  re¬ 
garded  as  universal. 

The  most  important  economical  product  of  these  superficial  formations  is  Gold, 
which  existing  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks,  is  found  in  the  sands  and  gravels 
which  are  derived  from  those  rocks,  and  form  the  drift  and  alluvial  materials  along 
the  eastern  flanks  of  the  Appalachian  chain.  This  gold-bearing  drift  extends  from 
Maine  to  Georgia,  though  productive  only  in  Georgia,  the  Carolinas  and  Virginia.  It 
has  more  recently  been  wrought  in  Canada,  but  is  probably  not  highly  remunerative. 

In  California  the  gold-bearing  drift  is  derived  from  rocks  of  similar  character,  and 
probably  of  the  same  age  with  those  of  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  the  Appalachian 
chain. 

Iron  ore,  in  the  form  of  magnetic  iron  sand,  is  an  almost  universal  accompaniment 
of  the  drift ;  more  especially  in  the  vicinity  of  mountain  ranges.  Bog  iron  ore  is  a  mo¬ 
dern  alluvial  product.  Hematite  appears  sometimes  to  be  associated  with  the  clays 
of  this  formation,  though  these  more  usually  accompany  the  Tertiary  deposits. 

Sands  and  clays  for  brick-making  and  coarse  pottery  are  very  abundant.  Peat, 
shell  marl,  and  infusorial  earth,  are  products  of  this  formation,  which  can  be  applied 
to  agricultural  and  other  purposes ;  the  former  of  these  is  to  a  limited  extent  employed 
as  fuel.  The  drift  pebbles  are  sometimes  used  with  cement  for  building. 

TRAPPEAN  FORMATIONS. 

The  rocks  of  the  Trappean  formations  are  widely  distributed  in  the  United  States; 
though  their  principal  areas  are  those  of  the  New  Red  Sandstone  already  described, 
of  the  Lake  Superior  region,  and  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  chain. 

The  most  important  formation  of  this  kind  in  the  United  States  is  that  of  Lake 
Superior,  where  the  copper-bearing  Traps  of  the  south  shore  are  associated  with  rocks 
of  the  lower  Silurian  period.  This  formation  is  most  conspicuously  developed  upon 
Keweenaw  Point,  and  extends  west  and  southwest  in  a  broad  belt,  conforming  gene¬ 
rally  with  the  shore  of  the  Lake.  On  the  south,  this  belt  of  Trap  is  flanked  by  sand¬ 
stone  of  the  age  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone,  and  on  the  north  by  conglomerates ;  and 
through  the  latter  runs  a  narrow  belt  of  Trap,  parallel  to  the  main  or  central  formation. 
Towards  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Superior,  this  Trap  range  becomes  interrupted, 
and  occurs  only  in  insulated  dykes  or  ridges,  piercing  through  the  sandstone  formation. 

Isle  Royale,  near  the  northern  shore  of  the  Lake,  is  mainly  composed  of  Trap  rocks, 
and  presents  many  features  in  common  with  Keweenaw  Point. 


8 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


That  portion  of  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior  within  the  territory  of  the  United 
States,  is  marked  by  numerous  narrow  belts  and  dykes  of  Trap,  which  continue  entirely 
to  the  western  extremity  of  the  Lake.  In  the  country  between  the  western  end  of 
Lake  Superior  and  the  Mississippi  River,  the  Trap  appears  in  numerous  ridges  and 
dykes  rising  through  the  sandstone.  On  the  St.  Croix  River  at  the  falls,  and  on  the 
Mississippi  River  above  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony,  belts  of  Trap  are  of  frequent  occur¬ 
rence.  Throughout  the  whole  extent  here  described,  the  associations  of  this  Trap 
formation  are  so  similar  as  to  leave  no  doubt  that  it  is  all  of  the  same  age. 

The  Trap  formation  of  Lake  Superior,  where  occurring  in  its  greatest  development, 
is  the  repository  of  immense  quantities  of  native  copper.  The  Trap  of  Keweenaw  Point 
is  thus  characterized,  in  a  geological  map  of  that  region,  recently  published  by  J.  D. 
Whitney,  United  States  Geologist. 

Amygdaloidal  Trap,  bearing  native  copper. 

Crystalline  Trap,  in  which  the  veins  are 'not  productive. 

Porphyritic  Trap,  bearing  sulphuret  of  copper. 

The  principal  part  of  the  formation  of  Keweenaw  Point  is  composed  of  the  former- 
kind;  a  narrow  strip  extending  longitudinally  through  the  centre  represents  the  crys¬ 
talline  portions,  and  a  broader  belt  on  the  south  side,  adjoining  the  sandstone,  is  of  the 

latter  variety. 

The  Trappean  rocks  associated  with  the  red  sandstones  of  the  Connecticut  valley, 
and  elsewhere  with  rocks  of  the  same  age,  occur  in  such  force  as  to  produce,  as  already 
remarked  when  speaking  of  the  Trias,  marked  features  in  the  topography  of  the  coun¬ 
try  ;  as  Mount  Holyoke  and  Mount  Tom  in  Massachusetts ;  and  the  East  and  West 
Rocks  near  New  Haven  in  Connecticut.  The  Trap  likewise  occurs  in  numerous,  often 
parallel  ridges,  of  a  crescent  form  (as  first  indicated  by  Dr.  Percival  in  his  geological 
map  of  Connecticut),  and  in  long  continuous  belts,  throughout  the  extent  of  the  Connec¬ 
ticut  River  valley. 

The  Palisades  of  the  Hudson  River,  and  numerous  prominent  ridges  of  Trap  in 
New  Jersey,  are  all  ©f  the  same  age  and  have  the  same  associations.  Finally,  this  Trap 
formatien  may  be  traced  throughout  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Virginia  and  North 
Carolina,  every  where  accompanying  rocks  of  this  sandstone  formation. 

Native  copper  is  one  of  the  constant  accompaniments  of  this  Trap,  but  it  has  never 
been  found  in  available  quantities.  Some  ores  of  copper  occur  in  the  sandstones  adja 
cent  to  the  Trap  rocks,  and  there  appears  to  have  been  some  connection  between  the 
intrusion  of  these  Trap  dykes  and  the  segregation  of  the  copper-  ores. 

From  the  southern  limits  of  the  United  States  -on  the  borders  ©f  Texas  and  New 
Mexico,  northward  to  the  country  of  the  Blackfeet  Indians,  and  even  still  farther  to 
the  north,  Trappean  and  volcanic  rocks  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  Westward  from 
this  range  in  the  great  plain  between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra  Nevada, 
rocks  of  this  character  occur  at  numerous  points.  Along  the  Columbia  River  and  upon 
the  Pacific  coast,  there  are  numerous  and  extensive  formations  of  basaltic  and  volcanic 
rocks. 

All  these  western  and  south-western  formations  of  igneous  and  volcanic  rocks  are 
of  more  recent  age  than  those  ali-eady  described.  None  of  these  appear  to  be  older 
than  the  chalk  period,  and  many  of  them  are  of  Tertiary  or  more  modern  date. 

In  this  review  of  the  Trappean  and  volcanic  rocks  we  have  not  included  the  dykes 
of  Trap,  greenstone  and  porphyry,  which  traverse  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  the  periods 
already  described.  In  these  positions  they  rarely  produce  any  distinct  features  in  the 
topography  of  the  country  ;  nor  do  they  appear  to  have  had  any  connection  with  the 
uplifting  of  the  mountain  ranges  which  they  traverse.  These  dykes  are  found  eveiy 
where  in  the  older  rocks  of  the  United  States.  In  the  eastern  part  of  New  England, 
and  particularly  near  the  coast,  the  strata  are  traversed  by  these  dykes ;  and  more 
extended  belts  of  the  same  rocks  occupy  portions  of  the  metamorphic  regions.  The 
porphyry  belts  appear  sometimes  to  have  resulted  from  extreme  metamorphism,  01 
igneous  fluidity  of  previously  existing  formations. 

Economical  products  of  the  Trappean  and  Volcanic  Kochs.—  The  most  important 
product  has  already  been  mentioned  as  the  native  copper  and  ores  of  copper  on  Lake 
Superior.  The  Traps  of  the  age  of  the  red  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  valley  have 
yielded  no  metallic  products  of  importance.  In  the  southern  part  of  the  Rocky  Moun¬ 
tain  range,  these  igneous  masses  appear  to  have  some  connection  with  the  intrusion  of 
the  metallic  veins  of  sulphurets  of  lead  and  silver. 

The  rocks  of  these  formations  afford  ordinary  building  stones  of  a  very  enduring 
sort;  but  from  irregular  fracture,  and  difficulty  of  dressing,  they  are  little  used  except 
for  rough  walls  and  heavy  work  where  ornament  is  not  required.  When,  however, 
natural  faces  can  be  obtained,  they  make  beautiful  walls  of  several  soft  tints  of  color, 
as  is  seen  in  Trinity  Church  in  New  Haven. 


Having,  under  the  last  head,  given  a  brief  sketch  of  the  principal  geological 
formations  in  the  United  States  in  view  of  their  chief  economical  products,  we  will 
now  pass  in  review  these  products  as  represented  in  the  collections  of  the  New  I  ork 
Exhibition.  The  geographical  order  in  which  the  minerals  were  arranged,  had  of 
course  no  reference  to  their  geological  relations,  or  to  their  classification  as  substances, 
with  some  partial  exceptions.  In  the  following  annotations  the  subjects  have  been 
arranged  in  reference  to  their  economical  value.  The  order  adopted  is  as  follows: 

A.  MINERALS  OF  ECONOMICAL  VALUE. 

1.  Carbonaceous  minerals  and  products. 

Anthracites. 

Bituminous  coals  (of  the  true  coal  and  of  the  lias),  Cannel  coals. 


Lignites  and  Brown  coal. 

Cokes  and  artificial  fuels. 

Graphite. 

2.  Ferriferous  minerals  and  products. 

Magnetic  ores. 

Specular  “ 

Limonites  “ 

Spathic  iron  and  clay  iron  ores  (Argillaceous). 

Chromic  iron. 

3.  Ores  of  other  common  metals. 

Manganese. 

Zinc. 

Copper,  cobalt  and  nickel. 

Bismuth  and  antimony. 

Lead  and  mixtures  of  lead  w-ith  copper  and  zinc. 

Tin. 

Argentiferous  galena. 

Arsenic. 

Cinnabar. 

4.  Precious  metals  and  their  ores. 

Gold  and  auriferous  quartz. 

Silver  and  its  ores. 

Platinum  and  iridosmine. 

5.  Building  and  other  architectural  or  ornamental  stones. 

Marbles,  a.  Statuary,  b.  Architectural,  c.  Ornamental. 
Serpentines  and  verd  antique. 

Granite,  gneiss,  Ac. 

Freestone. 

Trap. 

Roofing  slates. 

Flags  and  tiles. 

Miscellaneous  (cements,  Ac). 

6.  Minerals,  otherwise  useful. 

Salt. 

Gypsum. 

Limestone. 

Phosphorite. 

Marl  and  greensand. 

Millstones,  whetstones,  grindstones. 

Potters’  and  fire  clay. 

Feldspars  and  Kaolins. 

Glass  materials. 

Firestones.  Mica. 

Tripoli  and  infusorial  earth. 

Substances  used  as  paints  (ochres,  mineral  paints,  barytes,  Ac). 


B.  MINERALS  OF  MINERALOGICAL  AND  CHEMICAL  INTEREST. 
Minerals  of  Economical  Value,  (including  Mineral  Aggregates  or  Rocks.) 
L  Carbonaceous  Minerals  and  Products. 

GENERAL  OBSERVATIONS. 


The  geographical  distribution  of  coal  in  the  United  States,  has  already  been 
sufficiently  described.  The  great  Alleghany  coal  field,  extending  from  North 
ern  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  to  Alabama;  and  the  Western  coal  field,  extending  from 
Northern  Illinois  and  Iowa,  to  Southern  Missouri  and  Kentucky ;  together  with  a 
smaller  field  in  Arkansas,  one  in  Michigan,  and  the  anthracite  of  Rhode  Island  and 
Massachusetts,  constitute  the  immense  area  of  our  coal  deposits. 

Anthracite.  We  have  in  the  collection  a  single  representative  specimen  from  the 
coal  mines  of  Rhode  Island;  and  none  from  Massachusetts. 

The  Pennsylvania  anthracites  are  well  represented  from  several  different  localities. 
Among  these  is  a  very  fine  collection  illustrating  all  the  different  varieties  of 
anthracite  from  Schuylkill  county.  The  specimens  numbered  (3  and  4),  from  the  citi¬ 
zens  of  Wilkesbarre,  illustrate,  in  a  very  striking  manner,  the  character  of  coal,  thick¬ 
ness  of  bed,  Ac.,  of  the  “  mammoth  vein,”  or  “  Baltimore  vein.”  The  column  shown  is  a 
shaft  nearly  thirty  feet  high  and  five  feet  square.  Several  other  large  masses  of  the 
same  coal  were  likewise  shown;  and  also  other  collections  of  anthracite  less  noticeable, 
though  representing  equally  valuable  beds. 

The  present  enormous  and  rapidly  increasing  consumption  of  anthracite,  renders 
this  mineral  of  extreme  interest  to  the  United  States,  but  more  particularly  to  the  in¬ 
habitants  of  the  Atlantic  coast.  The  annual  consumption  at  the  present  time  is  more 
than  five  millions  of  tons  ;  and  will  probably  reach  nearly  six  millions  for  the  ensuing 
year.  This  enormous  rate  of  increase  may  be  appreciated,  when  it  is  considered  that 
in  little  more  than  thirty  years,  the  amount  has  extended  trom  350  tons  consumed  in 
the  year  1820,  to  considerably  more  than  5,195,000  tons  consumed  in  1853.*  Even 


*  The  amount  consumed  during  certain  years,  and  the  rates  of  increase,  as  shown  by  the  statistics,  are 


about  as  follows : — 

For  the  year  1820,  about  330  tons. 

“  1825,  “  85,000  “ 

“  1880,  “  176,000  “ 

“  1835,  “  561,000  “ 


For  the  year  1840,  about  865,000  tons. 

“  1845,  “  2,023,000  “ 

“  1850,  “  8,357,000  “ 

“  1853,  “  5,195,000  “ 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


since  the  year  1845  the  quantity  has  been  more  than  doubled;  and  the  probable  amount 
required  for  the  year  1855  will  fall  little,  if  any,  short  of  8,000,000  tons. 

Afaluable  information  and  statistics  relating  to  the  coals  of  Pennsylvania  is  embodied 
in  the  Report  of  Dr.  C.  M.  Wetherill  on  the  Coals  and  Irons  of  that  State,  which  report 
is  given  as  an  appendix  to  the  next  group  (».  e.  of  furiferous  minerals). 

Bituminous  Coal.  The  amount  of  bituminous  coal  consumed  in  the  United  States, 
though  not  readily  ascertained,  because  much  of  it  is  not  registered,  can  scarcely  be 
less  than  three  millions  and  a  half  of  tons.  We  may  estimate  the  present  consump¬ 
tion  of  coals,  therefore,  at  nearly  9,000,000  of  tons,  which,  in  ten  years,  would  be  more 
than  quadrupled. 

The  coals  of  Indiana,  Illinois,  Iowa,  and  Michigan  were  not  represented  in  the  Ex¬ 
hibition. 

Lias  Coal.  The  official  catalogue  of  the  Exhibition  shows  no  coal  from  the  Rich¬ 
mond  and  Chesterfield  basins  in  Eastern  Virginia,  nor  from  Deep  River  in  North  Carolina ; 
the  former  of  these  has  been  proved  to  be  valuable,  and  both  belong  to  the  geological 
period  of  the  Lias. 

A  specimen  of  coal  from  Bellingham  Bay,  Puget’s  Sound  (No.  219),  appears  in  the 
Exhibition.  Should  this  prove  to  belong  to  the  age  of  the  true  coal  measures,  it  will  be 
of  incalculable  importance  to  the  States  upon  the  Pacific  coast. 

Lignite  and  Brown  Coal.  The  Brown  coals,  or  Lignites  of  the  Tertiary  and  Cre¬ 
taceous  periods,  though  important  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  are  represented  only  in 
a  single  specimen  from  Brandon,  Vermont,  where  this  fuel  has  recently  been  discovered, 
and  is  used  to  some  extent. 

Graphite.  The  geological  position  of  Graphite  is  in  the  metamorphic  rocks,  both  of 
the  Older  series  and  those  of  the  Palaeoroic  age.  It  occurs  in  large  masses  in  the  Gneiss 
of  Worcester  County,  Mass.,  and  at  St.  John's,  N.  B.,  and  is  probably  due  to  the  carbon¬ 
aceous  matter  derived  from  the  coal  originally  associated  with  the  strata  of  this  part  of 
the  country. 

The  large  specimen  (No.  22)  in  the  yard  at  the  Crystal  Palace  is  from  New  Hamp¬ 
shire,  probably  from  the  town  of  Nelson,  where  several  beds  or  veins  of  this  mineral 
occur. 

A  bed  of  Graphite  exists  at  Brandon,  Vermont,  which  has  been  worked  to  some  ex¬ 
tent;  and  it  occurs  at  other  localities  in  that  State.  The  specimen  (No.  25)  is  from 
Wells  River  in  Vermont.  A  bed  of  Graphite  was  formerly  worked  at  Ashford,  Connec¬ 
ticut.  It  is  found  at  Amity,  Orange  County,  New  York,  and  other  localities. 

The  specimens  (Nos.  23,  24,  and  25)  are  from  near  Ticonderoga,  where  a  beautiful 
foliated  variety  of  Graphite  occurs  in  large  quantities.  As  mineral  specimens,  and  in 
small  quantities,  it  is  found  in  several  places  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State  of  New 
York. 

Graphite  occurs  in  Wake,  North  Carolina,  in  the  same  geological  formation  as  in 
New  York ;  and  likewise  near  the  Cowpens  furnace  in  South  Carolina.  It  is,  doubtless, 
everywhere  associated  with  gneiss  and  mica  slate  rocks  throughout  the  extent  of  the 
newer  metamorphic  formation. 

Graphite  in  valuable  quantities  has  not  been  observed  in  the  older  metamorphic 
rocks  of  the  Lake  Superior  region. 


1.  Blackstone  Coal  Mining  Company  (E.  N.  Clarke,  Agent,  Valley  Falls,  Rhode 

Island). — Producers. 

Specimens  of  anthracite  coal  and  coal  plants,  quartz,  and  sandstone  from  the  Com¬ 
pany’s  mines  at  Valley  Falls. 

[The  anthracite  of  Rhode  Island  and  of  Massachusetts  is  much  less  combustible  than 
the  anthracites  of  Pennsylvania,  and  bear  evidence  of  having  been  subjected  to  a  much 
higher  metamorphic  action ;  its  lustre  is  plumbaginous. 

“  This  collection  of  specimens  illustrates  the  character  of  coals,  slates,  and  fossil 
plants  of  the  coal  formation  of  Rhode  Island,  and  merit  an  honorable  mention.”  Jury 
Report.] 

2.  Pennsylvania  Coal  Company,  Corner  of  Wall  Street  and  Broadway ,  JYew 

York. — Producers. 

Large  masses  of  anthracite  coal  from  the  Company’s  mines  at  Pittston,  Pennsylvania. 

3.  The  Citizens  of  Wilkesbarre,  Lucerne  County ,  Pennsylvania. 

Large  masses  of  Wyoming  Valley  Anthracite. 


1.  The  Baltimore  Coal  Company. — Producers. 

Large  masses  of  anthracite,  forming  a  complete  section  of  a  bed  thirty  feet  thick 
from  the  Company’s  mines  in  Wyoming  Valley,  near  Wilkesbarre,  Lucerne  Countv  Penn  ’ 
6ylvania.  J  ’ 

By  the  kindness  of  Capt.  Dana,  of  Wilkesbarre,  an  accomplished  professional  gen¬ 
tleman  unconnected  with  the  mines,  we  are  able  to  present  the  following  vertical  section 
of  “  the  Baltimore  vein,”  made  from  minute  measurements  taken  in  the  mine  : 

Section  of  the  Baltimore  Vein. 


^  Roof 

jg|p^-- 

B.  Soft  Coal.  1 

2  ft.  x' 

lUg--  _ 

—  ■ 

||S= — 

E.  2  feet  J  inch  of  coal. 

F.  10  inches  of  slate. 

G.  7  feet  1  inch  of  coal. 

II.  1  foot  of  slate. 

I.  1  foot  9  inches  of  coal. 

K.  3  inches  of  slate. 

L.  2  feet  10  inches  of  coal. 

M.  2  inches  of  slate. 

N.  2  feet  4  inches  of  coal. 

O.  The  floor  or  under-lying  rock  is  a  brown  silicious 

slate,  running  into  sandstone— is  thickly  im¬ 
bedded  with  iron  nodules  from  2  feet  in  diameter 
down. 


9  ft.  5  in.  Coal. 

i 

C. 


Slate  3  in. 


E.  Coal, 

2  ft.  i  in. 


Slate,  10  in. 


recapitulation  of  coal. 

Ft.  In. 

B .  2  0 

C .  9  5 

D .  0  3 

E .  2  0i 

F .  0  10 

G .  7  1 

H .  1  0 

1 .  1  9 

K .  0  3 

L .  2  10 

M .  0  2 

N .  2  4 

Total . 29  lli 


G. 


Coal, 

7  ft.  1  in. 


Slate,  lft. 


Coal, 

1  ft.  9  in. 


Slate,  3  in.  jg 


Coal, 

2  ft.  10  ill. 


The  following  facts  regarding  the  Wyoming  coal 
basin  are  from  an  authentic  source.  This  basin  is  in 
the  form  of  a  canoe  (the  form  usual  in  the  anthracite 
basins  of  Pennsylvania),  thirty-two  miles  long  by  four 
and  a  half  in  breadth.  It  is  protected  by  an  elevated 
range  of  mountains,  and  seems  entirely  to  have  escaped 
the  denuding  wash  and  distortion  visible  in  the  depos¬ 
its  of  higher  regions.  The  primitive  position  of  the 
vein  is  unchanged,  as  a  consequence  rendering  their 
investigation  and  development  greatly  more  easy,  and 
less  liable  to  the  occurrence  of  those  “  faults”  and 
“  breaks”  which  have  proved  so  disastrous  to  capital 
and  discouraging  to  labor  in  other  regions.  This  basin 
is  underlaid  by  the  following  coal  seams  : 

1st.  A  3  foot  seam  (represented  in  a  single  section 
at  the  C.  P.)  of  pure  coal  found  at  a 
depth  of  about  20  feet  below  the  sur¬ 
face.  In  the  presence  of  larger  scams 
this  is  little  worked,  except  by  the 
farmers  on  their  own  lands  for  domes¬ 
tic  uses. 

2d.  A  Gj  foot  seam  (represented  in  two  sections 
at  the  C.  P.),  5  feet  of  pure  coal,  tender, 
and  easily  broken  ;  the  remainder  li 
bony.  Average  depth  from  surface  45 
feet. 

3d.  A  4  foot  seam  (little  worked,  and  not  represented  at  C.  P.),  coal,  where  cut,  of 
an  indifferent  quality.  Average  depth  from  surface  67  feet. 

4th.  A  91  foot  seam  (represented  in  three  sections  at  the  C.  P.),  7  feet  of  excellent 
coal,  remainder  bony.  Distance  from  the  surface  about  105  feet. 

5th.  The  great  30  foot  seam  already  described.  Average  (lepth  from  surface  150  feet. 

(The  foregoing  are  all  white  ash  coals,  and  Nos.  1,  4,  and  5  esteemed  at  all  the  great 
iron  manufactories  on  the  Susquehanna  and  among  private  consumers  as  the  best  coals 
on  this  continent  for  the  manufacture  of  iron  for  steam  and  domestic  purposes.) 

6th.  A  19  foot  seam  of  red  ash  coal.  This  is  the  underlying  seam  of  the  basin, 
and  the  most  extensive  in  its  out-crop,  stretching  from  mountain  top  to 
mountain,  more  than  five  miles  in  width.  Its  basis  is  the  pudding  stone, 
below  which  no  coals  are  found.  It  is  esteemed  superior  coal  for  the 
manufacture  of  iron.  Depth  from  surface  350  feet. 


Scale  4  feet  to  an  inch. 

A.  The  roof  or  over-lying  rock,  varying  from  3  to  15  and  20  feet  in  thickness ;  abounds 
in  fossils,  impressions  of  ferns,  &c. 

B  and  C  are  coal-the  former  2,  the  latter  9  feet  5  inches  thick.  In  places  they  are 
separated  merely  by  a  seam  or  fracture— in  other  places  a  thin  stratum  of  slate 
shows  itself,  rarely  exceeding  2  inches  in  thickness. 

D.  A  slate  3  inches  thick. 

10 


It  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  enumeration  of  seams  that  the  total  thickness  of  all 
the  beds  in  the  Wyoming  basin  is  twenty  nine  feet  of  coal,  yielding  (allowing  a  fair  por 
centage  for  wasteage  and  support  to  roof)  at  least  sixty  thousand  tons  to  the  acre.  Dist¬ 
ance  from  New  York  in  an  air  line  120  miles. 

The  Jury  of  Class  II.  say,  “  they  are  sensible  that  too  much  praise  cannot  be  ex¬ 
pressed  for  the  manifestation  of  the  public  spirit  of  the  large  column  of  coal  and  other 
large  specimens  from  Wilkesbarre ;  and  it  would  give  them  pleasure  to  make  the  highest 
award  were  this  within  the  instructions  to  the  Jurors.  As  such  sections  have  an  im- 


mineral,  and  mining  products. 


portant  geological  interest,  and  are  highly  instructive,  independently  of  the  mere  quality 
of  the  coal,  the  Jury  would  award  in  such  cases  the  Prize  Medal. 


5.  Repplier  &  Brothers,  Philadelphia. — Producers.  Agents:  Phillips  &  Oakley, 
62  West  Thirteenth  Street,  J\'ew  York. 

Anthracite  coal  from  the  Mammoth  Vein  Colliery,  Norwegian  Township,  Schuylkill 
County,  Pennsylvania.  The  coal  at  this  locality  is  from  28  to  35  feet  thick. 


6.  Hollenback,  G.  M.,  Wilkesbarre,  Pennsylvania. — Producer. 

Anthracite  coal,  of  a  quality  apparently  equal  to  any  other  exhibited,  and  resem¬ 
bling  the  large  specimens. 


7.  Noble,  Hammell  &  Co.,  JVew  York. 

A  large  mass  of  bituminous  coal,  from  the  Parker  Vein,  at  George’s  Creek,  Alleghany 
County,  Maryland,  forming  a  complete  vertical  section  of  the  bed  fifteen  feet  thick. 

[This  mass  (and  the  following  one)  is  from  the  semi-bituminous  coal  basin  of  Cum¬ 
berland,  in  Maryland,  which  coals  are  much  in  request  for  ocean-going  steamers  as  well 
as  for  iron  smelting.  The  following  analyses  are,  No.  1  by  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  No.  2  by  Pro¬ 
fessor  W.  R.  Johnson  : 


Moisture . 

Volatile  matter . 

Earthy  matter  (ashes) . 
Fixed  carbon . 

No.  1,  Parker  Vein  Coal. 

14  foot  bed. 

.  0.04 . 

.  14.89 . 

.  3.30 . 

.  81.77 . 

No.  2,  Cleary  Coal. 
9  foot  bed. 

.  0.07 

.  17.24 

.  5.24 

.  77.45 

100.00  . 

. 100.00 

Coke . 

.  85.07  . 

.  80.24 

Specific  gravity . 

.  1.281 . 

.  1.305 

No.  2  is  from  the  9  foot  bed  five  or  six  miles  higher  up  the  valley  of  George’s  Creek, 
in  the  same  coal  basin.  Dr.  Owen  says,  “  the  Parker  Vein  coal,  in  common  with  most  of 
the  coal  of  George’s  Creek  Valley,  in  Maryland,  takes  the  very  highest  rank  in  the  whole 
list  of  American  coals  now  in  use,  for  purity,  strength,  economy,  and  efficiency.” 

For  evaporating  power,  under  equal  bulks  and  weights,  George’s  Creek  coal  stands 
at  the  head  of  the  best  American  coals  now  in  use,  generating  from  11  to  12  lbs.  of  steam 
at  212°  Fahr.,  for  one  of  combustible  matter. 

For  heating-power,  in  a  blacksmith’s  forge,  compared  with  other  bituminous  coals, 
they  take  the  highest  rank,  both  of  these  coals  being  capable  of  forming  from  18  to  20 
links  of  chain  cable,  while  Scotch  coal  only  makes  10,  the  Liverpool  13,  and  the  New¬ 
castle  14  links. 

The  above  statements  supply  conclusive  evidence  of  the  great  superiority  of  Parker 
Vein  coal,  and  explains  fully  why  the  Cunard  line  of  steamers  prefer  the  coal  from  this 
coal  field  to  any  American  coals  now  in  market,  though  they  have  yet  to  be  furnished 
from  the  best  bed  and  localities  in  this  carboniferous  basin. 

Besides  the  main  14  feet  bed  on  the  lands  of  the  Parker  Vein  Company,  there  are 
at  least  two  workable  beds  above  it  and  three  below  it,  and  intercalated  with  these  latter 
there  are  from  nine  to  ten  beds  of  iron  ore,  varying  from  one  to  five  feet  in  thickness. 

From  the  aggregate  thickness  of  all  the  coal  beds  (there  are  four  or  five  workable 
seams),  say  12  yards,  and  the  weight  of  the  coal,  which  averages  about  53  to  54  lbs.  per 
cubic  foot,  in  the  merchantable  condition,  and  allowing  for  waste,  we  would  have  about 
58,000  tons  of  coal,  or  1,624,000  bushels  in  each  acre ;  and  as  the  beds  of  coal  probably 
extend  over  at  least  1,200  acres  of  the  lands  owned  by  the  Parker  Vein  Company,  in  the 
George’s  Creek  Valley  alone,  we  have  the  approximate  safe  estimate  of  69,600,000  tons 
of  coal  on  this  portion  of  the  Company’s  property.] 

“  The  Jury  award  for  this  specimen  of  coal,  showing  a  section  of  the  vein  eleven  feet 
high,  a  Prize  Medal.” 

8,  Lonaconing  Ocean  Coal  Mining  and  Transportation  Company. — Produ¬ 
cers.  Agent :  J.  L.  Graham,  Metropolitan  Bank,  Arew  York. 

Large  mass  of  bituminous  coal,  from  the  Company’s  mines  at  George’s  Creek,  Alle¬ 
ghany  County,  Maryland,  forming  a  complete  vertical  section  of  the  bed,  being  fifteen 

feet  thick. 

[This  column  of  coal  measures  14  feet  6  inches  in  height,  and  3  — {—  3  feet,  and  is  a 
shaft  cut  with  the  design  of  showing  the  actual  vertical  section  of  the  large  vein  of  the 
Cumberland  region. 

It  was  taken  from  an  opening  upon  the  property  of  the  Lonaconing  Ocean  Coal 
Mining  and  Transportation  Company,  situate  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  central  or  syn¬ 
clinal  axis  of  the  basin,  and  therefore  at  a  point  where  the  dip  of  the  strata  was  but 
slight,  and  consequently  a  good  position  to  display  the  true  nature  of  this  valuable  deposit. 

The  property  of  this  Company  lies  upon  both  sides  of  the  synclinal  axis,  and  being 
cut  through  by  the  valley  of  George’s  Creek,  at  a  little  distance  from  this  line,  a  singular 
advantage  for  mining  operations  presents  itself,  in  an  easy  access  to  both  slopes  of  the 
basin. 

The  point  where  it  is  contemplated  to  commence  openings  upon  this  property  will 
give  access  to  an  area  of  about  800  acres  of  the  14  feet  vein,  and  openings  upon  the  op¬ 
posite  side  of  the  basin  will  relieve  1,400  acres  more,  making  a  total  of  2,200  acres.] 

“  For  great  size  of  specimen,  being  a  column  of  fifteen  feet  high,  exhibiting  a  section 
of  the  seam,  the  Jury  award  a  Prize  Medal.” 


9.  Morrow,  John  H.,  King’s  Creek,  Hancock  County,  Virginia. 
Bituminous  coal  from  King's  Creek. 


10.  New  Creek  Coal  Company. — Producers.  President,  Alfred  Ashfield,  JVew 

York. 

Coal  from  the  Company’s  mines  in  Hampshire  County,  Virginia. 

[This  coal  is  of  the  same  quality,  and  probably  from  the  same  beds,  as  the  semi- 
bituminous  coals  of  the  Parker  Vein,  George’s  Creek  Company,  before  mentioned.  Major 
Douglass  says,  in  his  report  on  the  coal  of  this  basin,  that  “  as  an  agent  for  the  genera¬ 
tion  of  steam  it  is  ascertained  to  be  more  efficient  than  either  the  anthracites,  on  the 
one  hand,  or  the  fat  bituminous  coals  on  the  other.”  It  is  remarkably  free  from  sulphur, 
and  produces  75  to  86  per  cent,  by  weight  of  a  very  porous,  strong,  and  silvery-white 
coke.  The  superiority  of  the  coals  of  this  semi-bituminous  region  for  ocean  steam  navi¬ 
gation  has  already  been  noticed.] 

11.  Barney,  D.  W. 

Specimens  of  coal,  iron  ores,  and  other  minerals,  from  localities  on  or  near  the 
Scioto  and  Hocking  Valley  Railroad,  in  Perry,  Hocking,  Vinton,  and  Jackson  counties, 
Ohio. 

[The  thick  coal  of  this  region  (bituminous)  is  seventeen  feet  thick  at  Straitsville, 
Perry  County,  and  is  associated  with  numerous  minor  beds  of  coal,  deposits  of  iron  ore, 
buhr  stone,  black  marble,  &c.] 

12.  Trabue,  Isaac  II.,  Hawesville,  Kentucky. — Producer. 

Coal  from  Peacock  Vein,  four  feet  six  inches  wide. 


13.  Ottinger,  Capt.  D.,  United  States  Marine. 

Specimens  of  coal  from  Puget’s  Sound,  Bellingham  Bay. 

[This  coal  has  the  appearance  of  ordinary  bituminous  coal,  and  is  in  large  masses. 
Should  it  prove  to  be  abundant,  and  of  good  quality  for  steam  navigation,  its  value  to 
the  Pacific  coast  of  America  is  incalculable.] 

11.  Breckenridge  Cannel  Coal  Association.  (Treasurer,  John  Thompson,  cor¬ 
ner  of  Wall  Street  and  Broadway ,  JVew  York.) — Producers. 

Specimens  of  cannel  coal  from  the  Company’s  lands  in  Breckenridge  and  Hancock 
counties,  Kentucky. 

[This  cannel  coal  is  peculiarly  rich  in  bituminous  matter ;  the  bed  is  three  feet  in 
thickness,  and  extends  under  at  least  4,000  acres  of  the  Company’s  lands,  lying  nearly 
horizontal,  with  a  dip  of  about  four  inches  in  one  hundred  feet,  to  the  south-west.  It  is 
the  upper  bed  of  the  region ;  a  bed  of  five  feet  of  ordinary  bituminous  coal  being  about 
one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  beneath  it  (probably  the  same  vein  that  furnishes  the  speci¬ 
mens  No.  12).  It  resists  atmospheric  influences  to  a  remarkable  extent,  and  possesses 
such  strength  and  tenacity  that  it  suffers  no  loss  by  transportation,  or  by  long  exposure 
in  the  open  air.  It  ignites  with  the  greatest  ease,  giving  a  flame  of  uncommon  volume 
and  endurance.  Professor  Silliman  gives  for  its  analysis  : 


I. 

II. 

Gas . 

.  60.27  . 

. 63.52 

Fixed  carbon . 

. 31.05 . 

. 27.16 

Ash . 

.  08.66  . 

. 08.47 

Moisture . 

. .  —  . 

. 00.77 

Total . 

. 99.92 

Coke . 

. 39.71 . 

. 35.63 

Density . 

. 01.15 . 

This  coal  is  eminently  electrical  on  friction,  in  which  respect  it  is  peculiar,  only  the 
“  Albert  coal”  of  New  Brunswick,  and  one  or  two  others,  having  this  characteristic  so 
far  as  has  been  observed.  Notwithstanding  its  remarkably  high  per  centage  of  bitumi¬ 
nous  matter  it  yields  nothing  to  the  action  of  solvents.  It  might  be  called  jet  coal,  as 
it  is  readily  wrought  in  the  lathe  and  by  tools  into  objects  of  art.  Its  position  is  nine 
miles  from  the  Ohio  River,  to  which  it  is  transported  on  a  railroad.] 

15.  Callaway  Mining  Company,  Cote  sans  Dessin,  Callaway  County,  Missouri. — 

Producers.  Agent :  Isaac  S.  Clarke. 

Cannel  coal  from  the  Mastodon  Cannel  Coal  Mines,  Calloway  County,  Missouri. 

16.  Smith,  Dr.  Crawford  E.,  Arrow  Rock,  Saline  County,  Missouri. 

Cannel  coal  from  Arrow  Rock. 

17.  Western  Virginia  Coal  Mining  Company,  Kanawha  County,  Jzirginia. — 

Producers.  Agent:  W.  H.  Peet,  5  Bowling  Green,  JVew  York. 

Very  superior  cannel  coal. 

18.  Oakley  Richard,  51  William  Street,  JVew  York. 

Cannel  coal  from  Little  Coal  River,  Kanawha  County,  Virginia. 

[These  specimens  (the  last  two)  of  cannel  coal  are  from  mines  in  Western  Virginia, 
where  this  kind  of  coal,  of  excellent  quality,  occurs  in  numerous  localities.  The  beds 
are  usually  thin,  but  its  superiority  for  domestic  and  other  purposes  causes  it  to  be  in 
demand  at  much  greater  prices  than  the  ordinary  bituminous  coals.  The  mines  at  pres¬ 
ent  wrought  in  the  Western  country  fall  very  far  short  of  furnishing  a  supply  for  the 
home  market.]  ■ _ 

19.  - 

Specimens  from  Vinton  County,  Virginia;  Vinton  County  cannel  coal,  from  a  vein 
four  feet  thick ;  bituminous  coal,  from  a  vein  four  feet  thick ;  buhrstone,  clay-ironstone, 
and  limonite. 


11 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


20.  Howell,  William  T.,  181  Market  Street,  Philadelphia.— Producer. 

Cannel  coal  from  Mount  Nebo  Mine,  Mahoning  County,  Ohio. 

21.  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Steam  Transportation  and  Mining  Company. 

Coke. 

[Coke  is  the  residue  left  after  the  distillation  of  bituminous  coal.  In  the  United 
States,  on  account  of  the  cheapness  of  charcoal  and  other  causes,  coke  is  not  manufac¬ 
tured  to  any  considerable  extent,  except  as  a  collateral  and  subsidiary  product  of  the 
gas  manufacture.  The  coke  left  behind  in  the  gas  retorts,  after  the  expulsion  of  the 
volatile  ingredients  of  the  coal,  is  found  by  experience  to  be  the  best  of  all  fuels  for 
heating  the  gas  retorts  themselves,  and  is  therefore  used  for  this  purpose.  It  is  found, 
however,  that  the  whole  quantity  produced  is  not  consumed  in  this  way.  In  England, 
and  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  coke  is  manufactured  on  a  very  large  scale  for  its  own 
sake,  being  produced  to  a  very  great  extent  from  the  “  breeze,”  or  small  coal  of  the  mines, 
for  manufacturing  and  domestic  purposes,  and  for  the  generation  of  steam  in  locomotive 
engines.] _ 

22.  Seabury,  J.  &  J.  L.,  156  Chrystie  Street,  JVew  York. — Producers. 

Graphite,  a  large  mass,  weighing  1,000  lbs.,  from  a  mine  in  New  Hampshire. 

[This  plumbago  contains  a  portion  of  iron  pyrites,  which  diminishes  its  value.] 

23.  Waddell,  William  H.  C.,  Mew  York  City. 

Graphite  from  Ticonderoga,  Essex  County,  New  York. 

21.  Arthur,  William,  Ticonderoga,  JVew  York. 

Graphite  from  Ticonderoga. 

25.  Blake,  William  P.,  JVew  York  City. 

Graphite,  in  fine  laminated  and  lustrous  masses,  from  Ticonderoga — remarkably  fine 
mineralogical  specimens,  as  showing  distinctly  the  crystalline  form  of  the  species. 

[The  plumbago  from  this  locality  is  not  firm  enough  to  admit  of  being  sawn  into 
slabs,  as  it  splits  in  the  direction  of  its  laminae.  Since  the  discovery,  however,  that 
graphite,  in  tine  dust,  can  be  consolidated  by  heat  and  pressure  in  iron  moulds  into  any 
desired  form,  it  is  no  longer  so  important  as  formerly  to  obtain  it  in  masses  of  great 
solidity,  like  that  from  Borrowdale,  in  Cumberland.] 

25a.  McLeran,  E.,  Wells  River. 

Large  specimens  of  graphite  from  Wells  River. 

[Graphite  is  one  of  four  familiar  forms  of  carbon.  Chemically  identical  with  the 
diamond,  the  hardest  of  all  bodies,  graphite  is  itself  one  of  the  softest.  Differing  from 
it  in  density,  hardness,  and  crystalline  form,  perfectly  opaque,  while  the  diamond  has 
the  most  lustrous  transparency,  they  agree  only  in  that  when  burned  they  both  form 
carbonic  acid  with  oxygen.  Coke  and  charcoal  ignite,  as  everybody  knows,  with  the 
greatest  ease,  while  diamond  and  graphite  demand  the  chemist’s  most  active  agencies  to 
effect  the:r  combustion.  “  Gas  carbon,”  a  product  of  the  decomposition  of  coal  gas,  and 
deposited  on  the  roof  of  the  retorts  where  the  coal  is  coked,  is  another  form  of  carbon,  dif¬ 
fering  from  charcoal  and  coke  in  that  it  has  no  porosity,  is  much  finer,  more  hard,  and 
very  incombustible.  Probably  the  cause  of  the  difference  in  the  combustibility  of  the 
several  forms  of  carbon  is  to  be  found  in  the  difference  of  porosity,  as  well  as  in  the  con¬ 
dition  of  the  molecules.  All  forms  of  carbon,  save  the  diamond  and  some  anthracites,* 
are  good  conductors  of  electricity ;  for  this  reason,  and  because  of  this  infusibility  and 
ability  to  resist  combustion,  they  are  much  used  as  the  poles  or  terminal  points  of  com¬ 
munication  in  voltaic  piles.  Bunsen,  in  Europe,  and  Silliman,  Jr.,  in  America,  about 
the  same  time  demonstrated  the  advantages  of  employing  carbon,  either  native  plum¬ 
bago  or  coke,  as  the  material  for  the  negative  element  of  voltaic  piles. 

The  several  forms  of  carbon  may  by  artificial  means  be  produced  the  one  from  the 
other.  Dumas,  by  an  intense  heat,  turned  the  diamond  into  coke.  Silliman,  Sen.,  thirty 
years  ago,  demonstrated  the  volatility  and  fusibility  of  carbon  by  the  galvanic  focus; 
a  fact  which,  although  often  denied,  has  been  re-affirmed  lately,  and  confirmed  by  new 
and  surprising  experiments  by  Despretz,  who  states,  that  carbon,  when  solidified  after 
fusion,  is  found  converted  into  graphite.  Despretz,  in  his  experiments,  has  found  that 
the  carbon  deposited  from  vapor  assumes  the  octahedral  form,  and  has  the  hardness  of 
the  diamond— being,  in  fact,  minute  black  diamonds.  Hitherto  all  attempts  to  form  the 
diamonds  (as  a  gem)  artificially  have  entirely  failed.  It  is  well  known  in  certain  condi¬ 
tions  of  the  ordinary  high  furnace,  that  the  pig  metal  is  highly  charged  with  graphite, 
which  the  iron  dissolves  in  large  quantities,  and  that  even  the  slags  contain  tufts  of 
lamellar  crystals  of  this  substance  in  cavities,  as  if  deposited  from  a  state  of  vapor. 
The  surface  of  gas  carbon  next  to  the  iron  retort  has,  as  was  first  shown  by  Despretz,  a 
thin  crust  of  graphite.  It  is  possible  that  the  ultimate  particles  of  all  the  several  forms 
of  carbon  may  be  equally  hard,  and  that  the  different  efficiency  of  these  substances  as 
cutting  agents  is  due  in  a  great  measure  to  the  state  of  aggregation.  It  is  well  known 
that  the  dies  of  ruby  through  which  the  “  leads”  of  ever-pointed  pencils  are  formed,  are 
very  soon  cut  to  pieces  by  the  action  of  the  graphite.  Next  to  the  diamond,  the  ruby  is 
the  hardest  known  mineral. 

The  results  of  Deville  lead  us  to  anticipate  the  possibility  of  obtaining,  by  the  com¬ 
bustion  of  the  denser  forms  of  carbon  in  our  ordinary  blast  furnaces,  degrees  of  heat 
heretofore  attributed  solely  to  the  oxyhydrogen  blowpipe  or  the  galvanic  focus.  This 

*  The  opinion  that  anthracite  is  the  coke  of  bituminous  coal,  deprived  of  its  bituminous  matter  by 
Plutonic  agencies,  during  the  upheaval  and  contortion  of  the  anthracite  basins,  is  very  general.  Pro¬ 
fessor  Silliman,  Jr.,  has  lately  shown  that  out  of  about  eighty  different  specimens  of  anthracite  from  Penn¬ 
sylvania  which  he  has  examined,  a  majority  are  conductors  of  electricity.  The  anthracites  of  New 
England  are  superior  in  conducting  power  to  coke,  and  equal  to  graphite.  Those  of  Pennsylvania  are 
less  perfect  conductors,  tins  property  being  connected,  no  doubt,  with  the  amount  of  metamorphic  action 
to  which  they  have  been  subject. 

12 


French  chemist  has  recently  succeeded,  by  means  of  a  small  table  blast-furnace,  fed 
with  the  cinders  produced  by  the  imperfect  combustion  of  bituminous  coal,  in  producing 
effects,  previously  considered  impossible,  with  such  means,  namely,  the  fusion  of  platinum 
and  silica. 

The  uniform  occurrence  of  graphite  in  rocks  of  highly  metamorphic  character  leads 
us,  in  view  of  the  observations  of  Despretz,  almost  irresistibly  to  the  conclusion  (what¬ 
ever  may  have  been  the  source  of  the  original  carbon)  that  it  owes  its  graphitic  fora 
to  the  action  of  heat.  One  cannot  keep  out  of  mind,  when  considering  this  subject,  the 
facts  presented  in  the  anthracites  of  Pennsylvania,  which  become  more  and  more  com¬ 
pletely  anthracitic  in  proportion  as  they  occupy  the  zones  of  greatest  metamorphic  action 
and  geological  disturbance ;  again,  passing  to  the  anthracite  beds  of  New  England,  we 
find,  with  a  still  higher  plutonic  agency,  a  remarkable  likeness  in  the  coal  to  gas  carbon, 
with  a  graphite-like  lustre;  while  at  St.  John’s,  in  New  Brunswick,  where  the  sedi¬ 
mentary  rocks  have  lost  all  traces  of  fossil  vegetation,  and  are  become  quite  crystalline, 
we  see  vast  beds  of  graphite,  the  probable  representatives  of  former  beds  of  fossil  coal. 

The  economical  value  of  graphite  is  in  its  use  for  black  lead*  pencils,  melting  pots 
of  a  refractory  nature,  and  as  a  polish  for  iron  stoves.  It  has  also  been  used  with  suc¬ 
cess  as  a  substitute  for  oil,  in  the  lubrication  of  chronometers  and  fine  machinery,  and 
more  lately  for  the  axles  of  railway  carriages.  Its  impalpable  dust  is  also  employed  as 
the  means  of  giving  conducting  power  to  the  surface  of  electrotype  moulds  of  wax, 
enabling  the  battery  to  deposit  the  copper  evenly  and  quickly  over  the  whole  surface.] 

2.  Ferriferous  Minerals  and  Products. 
general  observations. 

During  the  last  two  or  three  years  the  manufacture  of  iron  in  the  United  States  has 
grown  with  remarkable  rapidity,  and  has  been  attended  with  the  most  brilliant  com¬ 
mercial  results.  As  a  consequence  the  public  attention  has  been  directed  towards  the 
development  of  this  industry  in  a  way  and  to  an  extent  before  unknown  in  this  country. 

The  great  demand  for  railway  bars,  to  supply  the  rapidly  extending  system  of  our 
internal  connections,  has  stimulated,  probably  more  than  any  other  cause,  this  important 
branch  of  national  wealth,  while  the  general  prosperity  and  rapid  growth  of  the  country 
give  every  reason  to  hope  that  this  now  firmly  established  business  will  maintain  its  pro¬ 
gressive  character  under  all  changes  of  national  policy. 

Iron  Ores. — The  principal  ores  of  iron  in  the  United  States,  in  the  order  of  their 
value  and  importance,  are:  (1)  the  magnetic  ore  (magnetite  Fe  0  Fe2  Os  ),  consisting 
of  the  protoxyd  and  per-oxyd  of  iron;  (2)  specular  iron,  a  per-oxyd  of  iron,  including 
the  crystalline  form,  the  micaceous  iron  ore,  red  iron  ore,  jaspery  iron  ore,  and  red  argil¬ 
laceous  iron  ore ;  (3)  brown  iron  ore,  or  brown  hematite,  a  hydrous  per-oxyd  of  iron, 
including  bog  ore  and  ochreous  iron  ore;  (4)  carbonate  of  iron,  or  spathic  iron,  includ¬ 
ing  much  of  the  clay  ironstone  of  the  coal  measures,  as  wrell  as  the  sparry  or  crystalline 
form;  (5)  chrome  iron,  or  chromic  iron  (valued  for  its  chrome  rather  than  for  its  iron). 

Geological  Relations. — The  iron  ores  of  the  United  States,  so  valuable  and  abund¬ 
ant,  are,  in  some  of  their  different  varieties,  found  (with  a  few  important  exceptions) 
in  nearly  every  geological  formation,  and  for  the  most  part  follow  the  extent  and  geo¬ 
graphical  distribution  of  each. 

The  magnetic  iron  ore  (Fe  Oi  Fe2  On),  in  its  geological  relations,  is  confined  to  the 
older  and  newer  metamorphic  formations  of  the  United  States.  The  chief  repository  of 
this  ore  is  in  the  sienitic  gneiss  of  the  older  metamorphic  formations.  It  occurs,  likewise, 
in  less  quantities  in  the  gneissic  and  granite  rocks,  as  also  with  the  talcose  slates  and 
serpentine  rocks  of  the  newer  metamorphic  period.  It  is  found  in  isolated  crystals  (and, 
perhaps,  larger  masses),  in  the  chloritic  and  hornblende  slates,  and  in  the  epidotic  rocks 
of  the  same  formation.  So  far  as  yet  found,  none  of  the  beds  or  veins  of  magnetic  ore 
in  the  newer  metamorphic  formations  have  proved  of  equal  magnitude  or  importance 
with  those  of  the  older  metamorphic  rocks.  In  its  geographical  distribution,  however, 
this  ore  of  iron  may  be  regarded  as  coextensive  with  the  metamorphic  formations  of  the 
United  States. 

The  magnetic  ore  occurs  often  mechanically  intermixed  with  the  specular  ore  in  the 
same  bed,  and  either  one  or  the  other  may  predominate  in  different  localities. 

The  magnetic  ores  of  the  older  metamorphic  rocks  are  represented  in  several  collec¬ 
tions  of  the  ores  and -furnace  products  from  Clinton  and  Essex  counties  in  New  York. 
Large  masses,  and  smaller  specimens,  of  the  mixed  magnetic  and  per-oxyd,  with  iron 
made  therefrom,  are  shown  from  two  localities  on  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior  viz., 
Marquette  and  Jackson  Mountain.  Large  masses  of  the  mixed  magnetic  and  per-oxyd 
of  iron  are  shown  from  the  Pilot  Knob  and  Iron  Mountain,  Missouri. 

A  collection  of  specimens  of  magnetic  iron  ore  is  exhibited  from  the  Sterling  Mines 
in  Orange  County,  New  York.  Similar  ores  are  also  exhibited  from  several  localities  in 
New  Jersey,  from  more  numerous  places  in  Pennsylvania,  and  from  a  single  locality  in 
Maryland. 

The  magnetic  and  micaceous  iron  ores  of  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks  which  occur 
in  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont,  in  workable  beds,  with  few  exceptions,  are  not 
represented  in  the  Exhibition.  Notwithstanding  that  rocks  of  this  age  are  the  funda¬ 
mental  formation  of  the  whole  of  New  England,  not  a  single  specimen  of  iron  ore  has 
been  presented,  except  one  of  the  porpliyritic  ore  from  Rhode  Island,  which  is  not  enu  ¬ 
merated  in  the  Catalogue,]  and  a  few  from  New  Hampshire  shown  as  mineral  specimens. 

*  It  seems  hardly  necessary  to  remind  even  the  unscientific  reader  that  this  term  is  a  vulgar  misno¬ 
mer.  Plumbago  contains  no  lead. 

t  In  speaking  of  the  deficiencies  in  this  collection,  and  the  absenoe  of  representatives  of  important 
ores  and  other  materials  from  different  portions  of  country,  it  is  not  to  be  understood  that  the  writer  cen¬ 
sures  or  underrates  what  has  been  accomplished.  On  the  contrary,  he  offers  his  willing  testimony  to  the 
zeal  and  ability  with  which  this  part  of  the  Exhibition  has  been  managed.  It  was  impossible  in  the  space 
of  a  few  months  to  do  more,  and  our  surprise  is  rather  that  so  much  has  been  accomplished,  than  that 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


The  specular  iron  ore,  or  per-oxyd  of  iron,  either  in  its  crystalline  form,  or  as  mi¬ 
caceous  and  red  iron  ore,  is  likewise  associated  with  metamorphic  and  igneous  rocks. 
The  principal  valuable  deposits  of  this  ore,  as  of  the  magnetic  ore,  in  the  United  States, 
are  connected  with  the  older  metamorphic  rocks. 

The  specular  and  red  ores,  which  are  abundant  and  very  important  in  St.  Lawrence 
and  Jefferson  counties,  New  York,  and  which  are  rapidly  becoming  of  more  value  in  the 
manufacture  of  iron,  are  unrepresented  as  metallurgical  specimens,  but  have  a  place 
among  crystallized  specimens  in  the  cabinets  of  private  collectors  exhibited  in  the  Palace. 

Neither  magnetic  nor  specular  iron  ores  are  shown  from  any  point  south  of  Mary¬ 
land  ;  though  the  metamorphic  formations  which  contain  them  are  largely  developed  as 
far  south  as  Alabama,  and  contain  valuable  beds  of  iron  ore  throughout  the  greater  part 
of  their  extent. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  the  magnetic  and  specular  iron  ores  in  the  United 
States  follows  the  metamorphic  formations  from  the  north-eastern  part  of  Maine,  and 
from  northern  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  and  New  York,  southward  parallel  with  the 
coast  of  the  State  of  Alabama.  In  a  westerly  direction  from  northern  New  York  we 
take  up  the  line  of  the  same  formation  on  the  south  side  of  Lake  Superior,  where,  as 
just  pointed  out,  it  abounds  in  iron  ores ;  and  in  the  south-west  we  have  the  same  form¬ 
ation  in  Missouri  and  Arkansas. 

Red  Argillaceous  ( specular )  Iron  Ore. — Following  the  subject  of  iron  ores  in  the 
order  of  their  economical  importance,  we  shall  next  consider  the  ores  of  the  Silurian, 
Devonian,  and  Carboniferous  rocks. 

The  ore  first  to  be  noticed  in  importance  is  a  red  argillaceous,  or  calcareous  per- 
oxyd  of  iron,  of  concretionary  structure,  sometimes  termed  lenticular,  or  oolitic  iron 
ore.  It  occurs  in  the  upper  Silurian  rocks  of  Herkimer,  Oneida,  Wayne,  Cayuga,  and 
Monroe  counties,  New  York,  in  beds,  associated  with  limestone,  shale,  and  sandstone 
mostly  of  the  Clinton  group,  or  No.  V.  of  Pennsylvania.  The  same  ore  occurs  in  Juniata, 
Franklin,  Columbia,  Dauphin,  Perry,  and  Union  counties,  Pennsylvania,  and  extends 
through  the  States  farther  south  as  far  as  Alabama ;  it  exists  also  in  Wisconsin. 

This  iron  ore  is  represented  from  three  or  more  localities  in  Pennsylvania  and  from 
one  or  two  in  Maryland.  Although  occurring  in  large  quantities  in  Oneida,  Cayuga, 
and  Wayne  counties,  in  New  York,  it  is  entirely  unrepresented,  nor  is  it  represented 
from  Virginia,  Alabama,  or  Wisconsin,  where  it  is  known  to  exist  in  large  quantities. 

The  argillaceous  iron  ores,  or  fossiliferous  per-oxyd  of  iron  from  the  Devonian  and 
lower  part  of  the  carboniferous  periods,  are  represented  from  a  few  localities  in  Penn¬ 
sylvania.  Although  known  to  exist  in  the  same  geological  formations  in  Virginia  and 
farther  south,  these  ores  are  not  represented  from  these  States. 

The  brown  hematite  ( limonite )  of  the  Tertiary  formation  is  a  deposit  of  great  im¬ 
portance.  It  occurs  very  extensively  in  connection  with  an  older  Tertiary  formation, 
which,  from  the  northern  part  of  Vermont,  runs  parallel  to  the  Green  Mountains  and 
Alleghany  chain,  through  the  western  part  of  Massachusetts,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania, 
Maryland,  and  Virginia,  and  probably  as  far  south  as  Alabama.  The  hematite  is  usu¬ 
ally  compact,  fibrous,  and  stalactitic,  and  always  more  or  less  enveloped  in  clays  of 
various  colors.  The  Tertiary  formation  is  the  principal  source  of  the  iron  ores  of  this 
character  in  the  United  States,  and  large  quantities  of  excellent  iron  are  manufactured 
from  them  in  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Maryland. 

These  ores  are  represented  at  the  Exhibition  in  collections  from  Brandon  and  Ben¬ 
nington,  Vermont;  from  Salisbury,  Connecticut;  from  North-East,  New  York;  from 
numerous  localities  in  Pennsylvania,  and  from  several  in  Maryland. 

Compared  with  their  value  and  importance,  and  regarding  their  wide  distribution, 
Pennsylvania  is  the  only  State  presenting  a  fair  exhibition  of  the  ores  of  this  formation. 
While  in  Massachusetts  the  formation  extends  through  the  whole  State  from  north  to 
south,  and  is  very  extensively  used  in  the  manufacture  of  iron,  the  State  is  entirely  un¬ 
represented.  South  of  Maryland  we  have  no  collections  or  specimens  of  the  iron  ores  of 
this  formation,  though  they  exist  in  large  quantities. 

Ochreous  iron  ore,  or  the  iron  ores  of  this  kind  disseminated  through  clays,  are 
abundant  in  the  same  association.  The  mixture  with  clay  occurs  in  all  proportions,  and 
they  may  be  in  some  places  rich  enough  to  be  used  as  iron  ores,  in  others  they  simply 
afford  the  coloring  matter  to  the  clay,  and  exist  in  all  the  intermediate  gradations  of 
proportions. 

Specimens  of  brown  iron  ore  are  exhibited  from  near  Richmond,  Virginia. 

Bog-iron  ore ,  which  is  extensively  distributed  in  the  United  States,  belongs  to  the 
drift,  or  modern  alluvial  formation.  It  occurs  in  numerous  localities,  and  is  sometimes 
of  great  importance  when  in  proximity  to  other  ores,  for  the  purpose  of  mixing  with 
them.  This  ore  was  scarcely  represented  in  the  collections  at  the  Crystal  Palace. 

Carbonate  of  iron,  and  crystallized  spathic  iron,  occur  in  quantities  only  in  a  few 
localities  in  the  United  States.  The  chief  repository  of  this  ore  is  in  the  metamorphic 
strata,  and  a  bed  or  vein  of  considerable  extent  exists  in  Connecticut  (represented  in 
the  collection).  It  is  also  known  to  occur  in  large  quantities  in  a  few  localities  in  Mas¬ 
sachusetts  and  Vermont.  In  small  quantities  this  ore  may  occur  in  any  of  the  sedi¬ 
mentary  rocks  which  are  unaltered,  particularly  when  organic  remains  are  present. 

The  clay  iron  ores,  the  argillaceous  carbonates  of  iron,  and  the  brown  iron  ores 
resulting  from  the  decomposition  of  the  latter,  are  extremely  abundant,  and  widely  dif¬ 
fused  throughout  the  coal  formation  of  the  United  States.  These  are  represented  from 

there  are  still  deficiencies ;  and  nothwithstanding  these,  the  collection  presents  a  better  exhibition  of  the 
resources  of  the  country  than  is  to  be  found  in  any  cabinet  in  the  United  States.  What  we  greatly  need 
in  this  country  is  a  collection  giving  a  full  and  comprehensive  view  of  our  economical  resources  in  their 
just  and  proper  light;  and  the  writer  has  supposed  that  he  may  render  goodservice  by  pointing  out  the 
deficiencies  in  this  hastily  formed  collection,  that  while  it  remains  in  the  Exhibition  means  may  be  taken 
to  more  fully  represent  the  economical  resources  of  our  country.  And  it  is  to  tho  interest  of  all  to  have  the 
economical  products  of  importance  represented  here,  that  fair  and  just  comparisons  may  be  made,  or  at 
least  that  unjust  and  invidious  comparisons  may  be  avoided. — II. 


numerous  localities  in  Pennsylvania,  and  from  several  places  in  Maryland,  particularly 
a  fine  collection  from  the  Mount  Savage  Iron  Works.  A  few  specimens  from  Jackson 
County,  Ohio,  also  collections  from  three  localities  in  Missouri,  and  one  collection  from 
Alabama,  complete  the  exhibition  of  these  ores. 

Thus  we  see  that  while  these  iron  ores  follow  the  great  geographical  extent  and  dis¬ 
tribution  of  the  coal  formation  in  Virginia,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Hlinois,  and  Iowa, 
those  States  are  entirely  unrepresented ;  Ohio,  Missouri,  and  Alabama  are  but  meagrely 
represented,  compared  with  the  extent  and  importance  of  those  ores  and  their  manufac¬ 
ture.  In  this  department  Ohio  holds  a  very  prominent  position.  Large  quantities  of 
iron  are  likewise  manufactured  from  the  ores  of  the  coal  formation  in  Tennessee.  The 
iron  manufactures  of  Alabama  are  already  important,  and  its  ores  are  derived  from  the 
coal  formation  as  well  as  from  more  ancient  rocks. 

Franklinile,  which  consists  of  oxyd  of  iron  combined  with  oxyd  of  manganese  and 
zinc,  deserves  notice  in  this  place.  The  only  locality  where  it  occurs  in  quantities 
to  be  of  economical  importance,  is  in  Sussex  County,  New  Jersey.  It  is  here  associated 
with  metamorphic  rocks.  Iron  and  steel  of  excellent  quality  have  been  manufactured 
from  this  ore;  and  the  quantity  existing  in  the  mines  of  New  Jersey  promises  to  make 
it  an  ore  of  great  importance  in  the  manufacture  of  iron. 

Chromic  iron  ore,  chromate  of  iron,  is  associated  with  the  serpentine  rocks  of  the 
newer  metamorphic  formations  of  the  United  States.  In  this  association  it  extends  from 
the  northern  part  of  Vermont,  through  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Penn¬ 
sylvania, 

Along  this  range  it  is  known  in  numerous  localities,  among  which  are  Newfane  and 
Westfield,  Vermont;  Chester,  Massachusetts;  Milford,  Connecticut;  Hoboken,  New 
Jersey  ;  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania ;  Bare  Hills,  near  Baltimore,  and  in  Cecil  and  Mont¬ 
gomery  counties,  Maryland,  &c. 

The  representations  of  this  wide  distribution  of  chrome  iron  ore  were  from  Lancas¬ 
ter  County,  Pennsylvania,  and  Anne  Arundel  County,  Maryland,  the  other  States  pre¬ 
senting  no  collections  of  this  ore. 

The  serpentines  of  the  older  metamorphic  rocks  do  not  contain  chrome  iron  ore. 


26.  Root,  Albert,  80  Wall  Street,  JVew  York. 

Magnetite  ore  from  Fort  Ann,  Washington  County,  New  York,  and  pig-iron  made 
from  it. 

Iron  ore  from  Lawrence  County,  Ohio,  and  pig  iron  made  from  it. 

Cannel  Coal  from  Jackson  County,  Ohio,  and  bituminous  coal  from  near  Ironton,  Ohio. 


27.  Witherbee,  S.  II.  &  J.  G.,  Port  Henry,  Essex  County,  JVew  York. 

1.  Magnetite  iron  ore  from  “  New  Bed,”  Moriah,  Essex  County,  New  York,  about 
five  miles  west  of  Lake  Champlain.  This  deposit  is  about  40  rods  long,  from  6  to  18  feet 
thick,  and  dips  to  the  west;  the  ore  is  used  extensively  in  Northern  New  York  and  Ver¬ 
mont  for  making  bar-iron  and  blooms. 

2.  Magnetite  from  Fisher  Ore-bed,  about  a  mile  north  of  the  last — from  its  supe¬ 
rior  quality  used  for  making  railroad  axles. 

3.  Magnetite  from  a  very  large  deposit  called  “  Old  Bed,”  about  half  a  mile  east 
of  New  Bed. 

4.  Magnetite  containing  phosphate  of  lime. 


28.  Lockwood,  M.  J.,  Sing  Sing,  JVew  York. 

White  marble,  actynolite,  quartz  crystals,  magnetite,  calcite,  copper  pyrites  in  cal- 
cite,  soft  iron  made  from  the  ore,  from  Sing  Sing  and  Clinton  prisons. 


29.  The  Association  for  the  Exhibition  of  the  Industry  of  all  Nations. — 

Proprietors. 

(1).  Collected  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Genth,  of  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

a.  Iron  ores  from  Cheever  Ore-bed,  Port  Henry,  Essex  County,  New  York  : 

1.  Specimens  of  best  ore,  consisting  of  pure  magnetite.  _ 

2.  Specimens  of  average  ore,  consisting  of  magnetite  mixed  with  quartz. 

3.  Specimens  of  lean  ore,  magnetite  with  hornblende. 

4.  Iron  ores  from  Goff  Ore-bed  at  the  same  locality. 

6.  Rich  ore,  nearly  pure  magnetite. 

6.  Lean  ore,  mixture  of  magnetite  with  apatite. 

7.  Dressed  ore,  consisting  of  pure  magnetite. 

b.  From  Crown  Point,  Essex  County,  New  York  : 

1.  Pure  crystalline  magnetite,  a  rich  iron  ore,  from  Thompson’s  Ore-bed. 

2.  Magnetite  containing  garnet,  called  “  red  ore,”  from  same  ore-bed. 

3.  Average  ore  from  Peutield,  Harwood  &  Co. ;  magnetite  containing  a  little  quartz. 

4.  Rich  ore  from  ditto. 

6.  Magnetite,  with  hornblende. 

6.  Slags,  bar-iron,  steel  made  from  it,  and  horse-shoes. 

c.  From  the  Grown  Point  Iron  Company,  Crown  Point,  Essex  County 

1.  Specular  iron  ore,  with  quartz. 

2.  Average  ore,  limestone  flux,  and  pig-iron. 

3.  Crystalline  pig-iron. 

4.  Refined  iron,  bar-iron,  nails,  malleable  castings,  and  steel. 

5.  Slags  from  blast  furnace  and  refining  furnace.  The  iron  is  made  with  a  hot- 
blast  in  a  charcoal  furnace. 

d.  From  the  New  York  State  Prison  at  Clinton 
Magnetite  iron  ores,  dressed  and  undressed,  and  iron  made  from  them. 

e.  From  Lawrence  Myer’s  Forge,  at  the  Forks  of  the  Saranac,  New  York : 

1.  Sienite. 

2.  Sienite,  with  magnetite  iron  ore. 

3.  Rich  ore  and  dressed  ore. 

4.  Bar-iron. 

5.  Bar-iron,  hammered  until  cold. 

6.  Piece  of  a  car-wheel  axle. 


13 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


7.  Slags. 

[The  ores  of  Northern  New  York  have  long  been  famed  for  producing  iron  of  excel¬ 
lent  quality.  A  large  establishment  for  the  manufactory  of  blooming  iron  has  been  suc¬ 
cessfully  carried  on  for  many  years  at  Clintonville,  Clinton  County,  also  at  Keesville,  in 
Clinton  and  Essex  counties.  Numerous  smaller  establishments  have  also  long  existed 
in  other  parts  of  these  counties.  More  recently  furnaces  have  been  established  at  Port 
Henry,  West  Port,  Crown  Point,  and  other  places,  and  large  quantities  of  pig-iron  have 
been  produced  for  many  years  past. 

The  extensive  deposits  of  this  ore  at  the  Adirondack  mines,  about  the  sources  of  the 
Hudson  River,  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.  A  series  of  ores,  steel 
bars,  and  implements  of  steel,  from  the  manufactories  of  this  locality,  received  a  prize 
medal  in  the  London  Exhibition  of  1851. 

The  extensive  range  of  country  occupied  by  the  older  metamorphic  formations  in 
Northern  New  York,  the  numerous  beds  of  this  ore  already  known,  and  the  frequent 
discoveries  of  new  localities  of  the  same,  promise  to  render  this  portion  of  the  country 
one  of  the  most  important  in  the  United  States  for  the  production  of  this  excellent 
quality  of  iron  ore.  The  increased  facilities  of  transportation  will  readily  and  cheaply 
bring  this  ore  to  the  lower  valley  of  the  Hudson,  where  it  may  meet  the  coal  from  the 
anthracite  basins  of  Pennsylvania.] 

/.  From  Elba  Furnace,  Carroll  County,  Maryland.  Iron  ores,  &c. : 

1.  Magnetite  ore  from  Mineral  Hill. 

2.  Limonite  ore  from  Mount  Airy. 

3.  Argillaceous  ore  from  Baltimore. 

4.  Limestone  flux  (contains  hair-brown  tourmalines)  from  Mariettaville. 

5.  Gray  and  white  pig-iron,  made  by  cold-blast  with  charcoal. 

6.  Gray  pig,  cast  upon  an  iron  plate. 

7.  Slag  from  gray  pig. 

8.  White  pig  metal,  made  by  hot-blast  with  coke. 

9.  Slag,  from  the  last. 

g.  From  the  Carroll  Mines,  near  Sykesville,  Carroll  County,  Maryland  : 

1.  Specular  iron  in  quartz. 

2.  Magnetite  with  epidote. 

3.  Erubescite  in  quartz. 

(2.)  Collected  by  Professor  0.  P.  Hubbard,  of  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  New 
Hampshire. 

a.  From  Tyson’s  Forge,  Plymouth,  Vermont : 

1.  Magnetite  in  dodecahedral  crystals. 

2.  Spathic  iron,  roasted,  same  locality. 

3  &  4.  Green,  brown,  blue,  and  white  slags. 

5.  Limestone  flux. 

b.  From  Franconia  Furnace,  Franconia,  New  Hampshire : 

1.  Magnetite,  with  epidote  and  hornblende. 

I Magnetite ,  or  magnetic  iron  ore,  is  the  richest  of  all  the  ores  of  this  valuable  metal, 
yielding  72.40  of  iron.  It  is,  properly  speaking,  a  double  salt,  composed  of  one  equiva¬ 
lent  of  protoxyd  and  one  of  per-oxyd  of  iron  Fe  0+Fe2  Ox  It  occurs  in  prodigious 
abundance  in  Northern  New  York  in  extensive  beds  of  inexhaustible  extent.  Mingled 
with  specular  oxyd  of  iron  it  abounds  on  the  south  shores  of  Lake  Superior  and  in’ the 
well-known  Iron  Mountain  and  Pilot  Knob  of  Missouri. 


80.  Patterson,  Smalls  &  Co.,  Ashland  and  Oregon  Furnaces,  Betts  County,  Mary- 
land. — Producers  and  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  Maryland  iron  ores  and  limestone  fluxes, 


Magnetite  ore  from  McComas  bank,  Baltimoi 


Limonite  ore 
Magnetite  ore 
Limonite  ore 
(( 

Limestone 


Scott 
Norris 
Oregon 
Timonium 
Texas 


Silicious  iron  ore  from  Bell  bank 


e  County. 


Harford  County. 


Quartz  conglomerate  from  Raush  Gap,  Lebanon  County,  Pennsylvania. 


31.  Ames,  Oliver,  &  Co.,  JVew  York. 

Magnetite  iron  ore  from  Wawayanda,  New  Jersey. 


32.  Townsend,  William  H.  &  Peter,  Sterling  Works,  Orange  County, Mew  York- 

Manufacturers. 

Sterling  iron  ores  ;  pure  magnetite  from  Jennings  Hollow  Mine  •  magnetites  verv 

Wnm1  pputv  fM™  Leke  pl'om  Californi»  Mine,  from  House  Vein,  from  Alice  Vei/ 
fiom  Conklin  Mine,  from  Old  Sterling  Mine,  from  Old  Kane  Mine,  from  Oregon  Mine’ 
from  Crossway  Mine,  from  Belcher  Mine,  and  from  other  nlaces  •  *  g,?“ 

ing  wall  of  Oregon  Mine ;  specimens  of  slags,  and  a  large  piece  of  feldspar.  16  aUg" 

[These  ores  present  some  slight  differences  from  those  of  the  northern  part  of  the 
State  but  are  equally  productive  of  good  iron.  The  ores  from  the  mines  in  Orange 
County  have  long  been  known  and  appreciated.  They  were  many  years  since  trans- 

?Ve!t  P  Se^ral  rnaC6,S  al°ng  the  Hudson  River’  and  are  used  at  the  foundery  near 
West  Point  for  the  manufacture  of  cannon,  &c.  J 

.  Collections  of  similar  ores  are  exhibited  from  several  localities  in  New  Jersey,  where 
iron  has  been  extensively  manufactured  from  them  for  a  long  period.  The  magnetic  ores 
of  I  cnnsylvania  are  likewise  very  important,  but  in  the  Exhibition  bear  a  small  propor¬ 
tion  to  the  other  ores  presented  from  that  State.]  *  ^ 

33.  Taylor,  A.  S.,  Clinton,  Mew  Jersey.— Producer. 

These^rw ^re^rmn  ^three^istfncTveins  P,??T'y  °f,\he  eshibitor  at  Clinton, 

from  each  other.  They  are  from  3  to  16  ^  but  a  few  yarcls  distant 

y  u  irom  o  to  l^feet  in  breadth,  and  are  now  yielding  25  tons 


of  ore  per  day.  They  were  worked  seventy  years  previous  to  the  American  Revolution, 
and  supplied  the  ore  for  the  old  Union  Furnace  until  the  time  when  it  went  out  of  blast 
(about  the  year  1778). 

31.  Cooper  &  Hewitt,  17  Burling  Slip,  Mew  York. — Manufacturers. 

Micaceous  specular  iron  ore  ;  magnetite  ore,  nearly  pure,  mixed  with  a  little  calcite 
and  a  little  specular  iron,  from  Andover,  New  Jersey  ;  pig  iron  and  slags. 

[An  instructive  and  well-arranged  collection  from  one  of  the  most  successful  fur¬ 
naces  in  the  United  States.] 


35.  James,  Wm.,  &  Co.,  Maramec  Iron  Works,  Crawford  County,  Missouri. — Manu¬ 
facturers. 

Specimens  of  nearly  pure  specular  iron  ore;  specular  iron  in  minute  brilliant  scales, 
forming  a  mass,  which  smears  the  fingers  like  a  bronze  powder ;  pig  iron ;  specimens  of 
bar  iron,  twisted  and  bent  cold. 


36.  Madison  Iron  and  Mining  Company,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. Producers  and 
Manufacturers.  (L.  V.  Bogy,  President,  St.  Louis.) 

Large  masses  of  nearly  pure  specular  iron  ore  from  Pilot  Knob;  unrefined  iron 
made  from  this  ore  by  the  Catalan  process ;  cold -blast  iron ;  hot-blast  iron ;  liot-blast 
chilled  iron ;  specimen  of  specular  iron  ore  from  one  of  the  Company’s  Iron  Mountains, 
Pilot  Knob,  Missouri,  an  inexhaustible  deposit ;  slags  from  hot-blast,  cold-blast,  and 
forge  iron;  specular  iron  from  Bogy  Mountain,  about  five  miles  from  Pilot  Knob. 

[The  large  and  fine  specimens  of  mixed  magnetic  and  per-oxyd  (specular)  of  iron  in 
the  yard,  from  the  well-known  Iron  Mountains  of  Missouri,  attracted  well-deserved  at¬ 
tention.  These  deposits  are  probably  the  most  remarkable  at  present  known  in  any 
country. 

This  portion  of  Missouri  has  been  often  described.  The  geological  formation  is  of 
the  older  metamorphic  rocks,  and  the  supply  of  ore  may  be  regarded  as  inexhaustible. 
It  lies  along  the  southern  margin  of  the  great  coal  field  of  Iowa  and  Missouri  ;  and  its 
proximity  to  illimitable  supplies  of  mineral  fuel  and  to  the  poorer  ores  of  the  coal  forma¬ 
tion,  render  this  one  of  the  most  important  iron  regions]  in  the  United  States.  Though 
now  on  the  western  frontier  of  our  civilization,  it  will  one  day  be  the  great  centre  of  a 
region  where  all  the  means  for  the  highest  agriculture,  the  avenues  for  commerce,  and 
the  resources  of  manufacturing  industry  exist  in  the  fullest  degree  possessed  by  any 
country  on  the  globe. 

Pilot  Knob,  and  the  other  similar  hills  which  constitute  what  are  called  the  “  Iron 
Mountains”  of  Missouri,  are  situated  about  ninety  miles  south  of  St.  Louis  and  about 
fourteen  miles  from  the  La  Motto  lead  mines.  Pilot  Knob  is  a  conical  hill  about  700  feet 
high,  of  an  appearance  so  peculiar  that  it  served  for  a  land-mark  before  the  settlement 
of  the  country,  from  which  circumstance  its  name  is  evidently  derived.  From  about 
half  way  up  this  hill  to  the  top,  its  whole  mass,  as  nearly  as  can  be  determined  from  the 
exterior  surface,  is  composed  of  specular  iron  in  immense  blocks.  The  ore  is  both  mass¬ 
ive  and  micaceous,  and  vast  quantities  of  ochreous  red  oxyd  are  also  found.  Another 
of  these  hills  is  said  to  cover  a  surface  of  500  acres,  to  be  250  feet  high,  and  to  be  wholly 
composed  of  small  masses  of  specular  iron,  closely  packed  together,  the  interstices  being 
filled  with  a  brown  clay.  How  far  the  formation  extends  beneath  the  surface,  it  is  of 
course  impossible  to  tell.  The  iron  made  from  these  ores  is  generally  of  good  quality, 
some  of  it  however  being  somewhat  red  short.  The  mining  and  smelting  operations 
which  have  been  heretofore  carried  on  in  this  region,  owing  to  the  newness  of  the  enter¬ 
prise,  want  of  facilities  of  communication  with  the  proper  markets,  and  other  causes, 
are  wholly  unworthy  of  the  magnitude  of  the  interests  involved. 

The  associated  rocks  are  porphyritic  and  quartzose  granite,  the  whole  obviously  the 
result  of  igneous  causes,  and  uplieaved  from  below.  The  origin  of  such  immense  masses 
of  nearly  pure  specular  iron  ore  is  a  subject  of  curious  inquiry.] 


37.  Ely,  II.  B.,  Marquette,  Michigan. 

Specular  and  magnetic  iron  ore  from  the  Iron  Mountain  of  Michigan. 

[These  ores,  from  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  are  from  the  metamorphic  rocks 

of  the  same  age  as  those  of  Northern  New  York,  and  are  known  to  occur  in  inexhaust¬ 
ible  quantities.  The  points  mentioned  are  near  the  lake  shore ;  but  the  belt  of  the 
formation  containing  these  ores  extends  far  toward  the  Mississippi  River;  and  large 
quantities  of  this  iron  ore  are  known  at  numerous  localities  between  the  points  mentioned 
and  the  western  extremity  of  Lake  Superior.  As  the  country  south  and  south-west  of 
the  great  lakes  shall  become  more  fully  inhabited,  and  manufacturing  enterprises  be 
undertaken,  this  iron  ore  of  the  northern  peninsula  of  Michigan  and  of  Northern  Wis¬ 
consin,  will  be  transported  southward  to  meet  the  fuel  of  the  great  western  coal  basin, 
and  it  is  thus  destined  to  become  an  important  element  in  the  future  advancement  of 
the  Great  West.  The  specimens  next  mentioned  are  from  the  same  region.] 

38.  The  Sharon  Iron  Company,  Sharon,  Mercer  County,  Pennsylvania. — Proprie¬ 
tors  and  Producers  of  Iron  Ore  and  Manufacturers  of  Iron  Nails,  &c. 

Three  large  masses  of  specular  iron  ores  (magnetite)  from  the  Jackson  Iron  Mount¬ 
ain,  Lake  Superior ;  specimens  of  Lake  Superior  iron. 

[This  ore  is  found  on  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  in  the  State  of  Michigan, 
upon  section  No.  1,  in  township  47,  north  of  range  27  west,  as  surveyed  by  the  govern¬ 
ment,  in  latitude  46°  30'  north,  and  longitude  87°  58'  west.  It  was  discovered  in  1845, 
by  Major  James  Ganson  and  others,  under  the  guidance  of  the  Chief  of  the  Chippewa 
Indians.  The  discoverers  were  citizens  of  Jackson  County,  in  the  State  of  Michigan, 
and  the  mine  was  named  by  them  the  “  Jackson  Iron  Mountain.”  That  portion  of  the 
uppei  peninsula  of  the  State  was  then  an  unbroken  and  wholly  unexplored  wilderness. 
A  few  small  specimens  of  the  ore  were  brought  away  by  the  original  discoverers  and 
analyzed  by  Doctor  John  McLean,  of  Jackson,  since  which  time  the  mine  has  been  fre¬ 
quented  and  explored  by  the  curious,  and  worked  to  that  limited  extent  permitted  by  the 
obstacles  of  a  new  and  rugged  country.  Within  two  years,  this  mine  having  fallen  into 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


the  hands  of  the  Sharon  Iron  Company,  lias  been  worked  with  more  vigor,  and  the  road, 
now  in  process  of  construction,  from  the  mine  to  the  harbor  at  Iron  Bay,  in  connection 
with  the  ship  canal  around  the  Falls  of  the  Ste  Marie  River,  will  soon  open  this  mine  to 
easy  and  cheap  access. 

Analysis  of  Ores. 

Ore  from  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Jackson  Iron  Mountain,  Lake  Superior. — This 
ts  a  very  fine-grained  variety,  of  great  purity  and  solidity. 


Metallic  iron .  70.23 

Oxygen . . .  29.54 

Insoluble . . . 00.19 


99.96 

Slaty  Ore  from  the  same  Section. — It  is  found  westwardly  from  the  above  speci¬ 
men — is  slaty  in"  its  structure,  and  more  easily  mined  than  any  other  portion  of  the 


mountain. 

Metallic  iron . 69.09 

Oxygen . 29.09 

Insoluble .  1.64 


99.82 

Massive,  or  Crystalline  Ore,  from  the  same  Section. — This  is  a  coarse  ore,  com¬ 
posed  of  associated  crystals,  in  some  instances  adhering  so  slightly  that  they  may  be 
separated  with  the  point  of  a  knife. 


Metallic  iron . 68.07 

Oxygen . . 29.06 

Silica . . .  2.89 


100.02 

The  above  specimens  furnish  the  degrees  of  purity  of  the  three  principal  forms  in 
which  these  ores  are  found.  They  give  no  trace  of  sulphur,  phosphorus,  or  other  inju¬ 
rious  substance — the  insoluble  residuum  being  almost  pure  silica. 

Iron  Manufactured  from  Ores  of  the  Jackson  Iron  Mountain  ;  quality,  fyc. — A 
small  forge  was  constructed  on  the  Carp  River,  within  about  three  miles  of  the  Jackson 
Iron  Mountain,  in  1847,  and  something  over  1,000  tons  of  blooms  have  since  been  manu¬ 
factured  at  that  place.  Some  of  the  first  iron  made  was  sent  to  Washington  and  other 
places  for  trial.  (See  comparative  test  below.)  The  metal  tested  was  wrought  directly 
from  the  ore  in  the  Catalan  forge,  after  being  burned  and  stamped,  without  washing  or 
other  preparation.  The  reduction  was  made  with  charcoal  by  the  cold-blast  process.  In 
1851  the  hot-blast  was  introduced. 

Several  hundred  tons  of  the  Lake  Superior  blooms  have  been  worked  at  the  rolling 
mill  of  the  exhibitors  at  Sharon,  and  placed  upon  the  market.  It  has  been  fully  tested 
for  machinery  purposes,  boiler  plate,  railroad  axles,  wire,  nails,  fine  tacks,  &c.,  and 
stands  unsurpassed  by  any  iron  in  the  world. 

The  foUowing  extract  from  the  Report  of  Messrs.  Foster  and  Whitney  to  Congress, 
published  in  1851,  will  show  its  comparative  strength  with  other  iron  from  localities  at 
home  and  in  foreign  countries  : 

Strength  in  lbs.  per  sq.  inch. 


Iron  from  Salisbury,  Connecticut .  58.009 

“  Sweden . ‘ - 58.184 

“  Centre  County,  Pennsylvania .  58.400 

“  Lancaster  County,  Pennsylvania .  58.661 

“  Mclntire,  Essex  County,  New  York . 58.912 

“  England  (Cable  bolt,  E.  V.) . 58.105 

“  Russia . .  76.069 

“  Jackson  Iron  Mountain,  Michigan,  as  de¬ 
termined  by  Major  Wade .  89.582 


Extent  of  the  Jackson  Iron  Mountain  ;  facilities  for  Commerce  and  Manufac¬ 
ture.—  The  Jackson  Iron  Mountain  is  a  rugged  hill  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long 
and  half  a  mile  wide  from  base  to  base,  and  varying  from  50  feet  in  height  on  the  north, 
to  200  feet  on  the  more  southern  portion,  at  its  highest  points  along  the  general  level  of 
the  surrounding  country.  It  is  a  vast  ledge  of  iron  ore,  traversed  in  all  directions  by 
seams  which  divide  the  whole  into  masses  from  minute  sizes  to  several  thousand  pounds 
weight.  Elevated  above  the  level  of  the  surrounding  country,  therefore  there  are  count¬ 
less  thousand  tens  of  this  ore.  Its  extent  beneath,  the  labor  of  ages  only  can  approach. 

The  vast  and  increasing  consumption  of  iron  in  the  North-A\  est  for  railway  and 
other  purposes,  and  the  superior  quality  of  this  iron,  render  its  speedy  development  and 
general  use  a  matter  of  high  public  concern. 

Being  located  within  twelve  miles  of  the  waters  of  the  great  chain  of  American 
Lakes,  affording  the  cheapest  inland  navigation  in  the  world,  and  furnishing  a  highway 
to  the  shores  and  cities  of  seven  of  the  States  of  tho  Union,  with  exhaustless  quantities  of 
mineral  coal  and  charcoal  timber  within  their  borders,  affording,  it  is  believed,  unrivalled 
facilities  for  the  successful  manufacture  of  this  iron.] 

39.  Thurber,  Philip.  Detroit,  Michigan.— Producer  and  Manufacturer. 

Amorphous  nickeliferous  specular  iron  ore,  and  specimens  of  iron  made  from  it, 
from  Marquette,  Michigan.  * 

[Specular  iron  ore  or  sesqui-oxyd  of  iron,  is  a  very  abundant  ore  of  that  metal.  In 
the  United  States,  in  consideration  of  the  enormous  masses  of  it  found  in  Michigan  and 
in  Missouri,  it  may  be  said  to  be  probably  the  most  abundant  of  all  our  iion  ores.  It 
occurs  in  a  variety  of  forms,  sometimes,  as  on  the  island  of  Elba,  in  magnificent  rhom- 
bohedrons,  with  faces  which  present  a  splendid  metallic  lustre  (whence  the  name  specu¬ 


lar  iron  ore )  ;  sometimes  in  minute  brilliant  scales,  like  mica,  then  called  micaceous  iron 
ore  ;  and  sometimes  in  amorphous  compact  masses,  as  in  the  present  case.  This  ore,  like 
the  other  specular  ores  of  the  Lake  Superior  region,  is  entirely  free  from  sulphur, 
phosphorus,  manganese,  &c.  It  contains,  however,  a  considerable  per  centage  of  silica, 
arising  from  some  silicate  of  iron  which  it  contains  in  admixture.  The  peculiarity  of 
this  ore,  however,  which  has  not  been  observed  in  any  other  ore  from  that  region,  is  that 
it  contains  a  smaU  per  centage  of  nickel.  This  content  of  nickel  is  communicated  to  the 
iron  exhibited,  made  by  the  Catalan  process,  and  gives  it  remarkable  properties.  Thus 
it  has  a  silvery  white  appearance,  and  takes  and  retains  a  high  polish.  At  the  same 
time  it  resembles  in  its  high  degree  of  softness  and  toughness  the  other  varieties  of  Lake 
Superior  iron.  Iron  alloyed  with  three  per  cent,  of  nickel  was  observed  many  years  ago, 
by  Faraday,  to  possess  the  same  peculiarities  above  described.  Nickeliferous  iron  ores 
are  not  very  common,  but  among  the  North  Carolina  minerals,  collected  by  Mr.  Wm.  P. 
Blake  for  exhibition  in  the  Palace,  may  be  observed  a  nickeliferous  limonite  from  Lin¬ 
coln  County.] 

40.  Jackson,  Joseph,  Roclcaway,  New  Jersey. — Producer. 

Limonite  iron  ore,  two  varieties,  from  mines  situated  respectively  two  and  three 
miles  from  Rockaway,  New  Jersey  ;  limestone  containing  fossils  (flux). 

41.  Skews  &  Vallee,  Missouri. 

Specimens  of  limonite  iron  ore  and  pig-iron;  galenas  with  cerusite,  from  Cove 
Mines,  Franklin  County,  Missouri. 

42.  Grand  Tower  Iron  Works,  Perry  County,  Missouri.  (President,  S.  F.  Nidelet.) 

Limonite  iron  ore,  large  mass  weighing  1,500  lbs. ;  kaolin,  bituminous  coal,  and  fossils. 

43.  St.  Louis  and  Birmingham  Iron  Mining  Company,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

(President,  Thomas  E.  Courtenay.) 

Ores  from  the  property  of  the  Company  situated  on  the  Mississippi  River,  in  Perry 
County,  120  miles  below  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  principally  composed  of  limonite,  with  sili- 
cious  ores  and  specimens  of  the  gangue,  which  is  a  hard  amorphous  silicious  rock  ;  also 
specimens  of  baked  fire  clay. 

Specimens  of  bituminous  coal  frem  the  Coal  Banks  on  Big  Muddy  River,  in  Jackson 
County,  Illinois,  opposite  Birmingham,  Missouri. 

[Dr.  Jackson  has  made  an  analysis  of  this  iron  ore  which  gave  the  following  results : 

Hygroscopic  water .  1.20  per  cent. 

Combined  water .  10.60  “ 

Silica .  9.00 

Oxyd  of  manganese .  1.00  “ 

Alumina .  1-00  “ 

Sesquioxyd  of  iron .  77.30  “ 

This  quantity  of  oxyd  of  iron  corresponds  to  53.59  per  cent,  of  metallic  iron.  No 
traces  of  sulphur,  phosphorus,  or  arsenic  were  found. 

The  mines  from  which  these  ores  are  sent  are  situated  near  the  mouth  of  Apple 
Creek,  a  tributary  of  the  Mississippi,  in  Perry  County,  Missouri,  about  120  miles  below 
St.  Louis.  The  following  facts  are  condensed  principally  from  the  report  made  to  the 
Company  by  Mr.  J.  D.  Whitney.  The  surface  of  the  country,  from  a  mile  to  a  mile  and 
a  half  directly  west  of  the  landing  at  the  mouth  of  the  creek,  is  a  net- work  of  ridges 
running  in  every  direction,  and  elevated  about  150  feet  above  the  valleys,  the  whole 
height  above  the  Mississippi  being  from  200  to  250  feet.  The  principal  ridge  runs  nearly 
east  and  west,  but  towards  its  western  extremity  bends  to  the  north.  On  the  summit 
and  sides  of  the  elevation  is  found  an  abundance  of  loose  masses  of  limonite  ore,  and  the 
solid  ore  is  seen  in  two  or  three  places  where  the  surface  soil  has  been  removed.  The 
deposit,  as  seen  on  the  top  of  the  hill,  consists  of  limonite  in  bands  or  layers,  alternating 
and  interlacing  with  clierty  or  silicious  limestone.  Iron  ore  seems  to  be  scattered  with 
a  liberal  hand  on  the  ridges  in  this  neighborhood,  but  the  most  important  locality  at 
present  known  to  exist  upon  the  Company’s  lands,  is  that  called  “  the  iron  ridge,”  about 
a  mile  west  of  the  river.  This  ridge  is  elevated  from  125  to  150  feet  above  the  valley, 
and  is  made  up  entirely  of  more  or  less  pure  limonite,  over  an  extent  of  several  acres  at 
least.  The  ridge  runs  nearly  north  and  south.  Its  whole  surface  is  covered  with  frag¬ 
ments  or  masses  of  ore.  At  the  southern  end  it  is  composed  of  a  breccia  of  limonite  and 
silicious  matter.  The  silica  is  in  small  angular  fragments,  which  are  cemented  together 
by  a  paste  composed  of  limonite.  As  we  approach  the  centre  of  the  hills  going  north, 
the  masses  of  ore  which  cover  it  become  apparently  quite  pure  and  free  from  foreign 
matter.  In  short,  the  whole  ridge  is  made  up  of  limonite,  the  portions  along  the  centre, 
and  for  a  perpendicular  depth  not  yet  ascertained,  but  certainly  over  50  feet,  being 
almost  entirely  free  from  foreign  matter,  and  such  as  would  yield  at  least  50  per  cent, 
of  metallic  iron.  The  coal  fields  of  Illinois  are  close  at  hand,  and  coal,  specimens  of 
which  were  shown,  may  be  brought  from  the  coal  beds  of  the  Big  Muddy  River  to  the 
furnace  with  but  a  few  rods  of  land  transportation.  The  quality  of  this  coal,  according 
to  R  C.  Taylor,  in  his  great  work  on  coal,  “  is  most  excellent,  igniting  readily,  and 
caking  together  perfectly  without  making  much  clinker.  It  has  been  used  for  fifty  years 
by  the  old  French  settlers  to  make  edge-tools,  which  have  borne  a  high  reputation.  The 
Muddy  Creek  coal  seam  is  a  horizontal  bed  6  or  7  feet  thick,  above  which  is  another  vein 
not  heretofore  worked.  Coal  can  be  thrown  from  the  mouth  of  the  drift  into  a  boat.” 
Professor  C.  U.  Shepard  states  that  this  coal  is  quite  free  from  iron  pyrites,  and  conse¬ 
quently  well  adapted  for  metallurgic  uses,  that  its  specific  gravity  is  1.31,  that  it  con¬ 
tains  33.5  to  37.5  per  cent,  of  volatile  ingredients,  giving  58  to  55  per  cent,  of  coke  and 
and  8.5  per  cent,  of  ash.]  _ _ _ 

44.  Rogers,  Isaac,  Richmond,  Virginia. 

Botrvoidal  limonite,  very  curious  forms;  granular  specular  iron;  magnetite  con¬ 
taining  mica;  hearthstone,  a  green,  fine-grained  gneiss  ;  bituminous  coal. 


SECTION  I . 


CLASS  I. 


1 


45.  Ellis,  Dr.  II..  Wardensvil/e,  Hardy  County,  Virginia. 

Specimens  of  limonite  iron  ore  from  Trout  Run  Bank,  Hardy  County ;  from  Brad- 
field  Bank,  ditto,  and  from  Red  Bank,  ditto. 


4G.  Mount  Savage  Iron  Company,  Cumberland,  Alleghany  County,  Maryland  — 

Producers. 

No.  1.  Bituminous  coal,  Mount  Savage  Vein,  3  feet. 

2.  «  Bruce  Hill  Vein,  6  feet. 

3.  Coke,  burned  in  open  air. 

4.  “  “  oven. 

Fluxes  5.  Compact  limestone  from  Wills  Creek. 

0.  Crystalline  limestone  from  Wills  Creek,  below  the  coal  measures. 

7.  Slaty  limestone  from  Wills  Creek,  below  the  coal  measures. 

8.  Limestone  from  Bruce  Hill,  above  the  coal. 

0.  Iron  stone  from  Bruce  Hill,  of  the  coal  formation. 

10.  Fossiliferous  iron  ore  from  Wills  Creek. 

11.  Limonite  ore  from  Clear  Spring,  Maryland. 

12.  “  “  South  Branch. 

12  B.  Conglomerate  (hearthstone) 

13.  Grey  cinder  from  Blast  Furnace. 

14.  Black  cinder. 

15.  Grey  iron. 

16.  Grey  and  white  iron. 

17.  White  iron. 

18.  White  chilled  iron. 

19.  Riddled  bar. 

20.  Mill  bar. 

21.  Cinder  from  puddling  furnace. 

22.  “  “ 

23.  Compound  rail  (patent) 

24.  Hard  fire-clay. 

25.  “  “  burned. 

26.  Soft  fire-clay. 

27.  “  “  burned. 

28.  Mixture  of  hard  and  soft  fire-clay  for  brick. 

29.  “  “  “  “  burned. 

30.  Fire-clay  before  burning. 

Fire  brick. 

Clay-iron  stones,  called  hone  ore,  chocolate  ore,  etc. ;  slags  from  smelting  and  pud¬ 
dling  furnaces. 

47.  Lemmon  &  Glenn. 

Clay-iron  stones  from  White  Oak  Bottom,  Maryland,  with  specimens  of  slag. 


48.  Morrell  P.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Producer. 

Argillaceous  iron  ore,  pig-iron,  and  cinder,  from  Cedar  Point  Furnace. 

49.  Reese,  D.  M.,  Laurel  Foundry,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Iron  ore  and  pig-iron  for  puddling,  for  car  wheels,  &c. 

50.  Kerr,  Patrick,  St.  Charles  Furnace,  Clarion  County,  Pennsylvania. — Manu¬ 

facturer. 

Two  varieties  of  iron  ore ;  iron  for  foundry  and  for  forge  purposes  ;  limestone  flux  ; 
cinder. 

51.  Lackawanna  Iron  Company.  Agent:  J.  J.  Phelps,  45  Wall  Street,  Mew  Yor/c. 
Iron  ores. 

52.  Moore,  J.  M.,  Alabama. 

Iron  ores  from  Alabama. 


53.  Nuchols,  G.  S.,  Union,  Missouri. 
Iron  ores  and  pig  metal. 


54.  Quinnipiac  Malleable  Iron  Company,  Mew  Haven,  Connecticut.— Manufai 

turers.  H.  Bushnell,  Agent 

Boyden’spToces^  P!g'ir°n  **  ^  i4*  afterwards  rendered  malleable  1 

[Chemists  have  for  many  years  used,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  iron  free  fro 
carbon,  a  process,  the  invention  of  which  is  attributed  to  Boyden,  which  consists  i 
heating  together  iron  filings  and  the  black  oxyd  of  iron  from  the  blacksmith’s  forg 
The  carbon  and  other  foreign  substances  which  may  exist  in  the  iron  are  thus  burnt  o< 
by  the  oxygen  of  the  forge-scales,  and  the  iron  left  behind  pure.  Of  course  none  of  tl 
iron  itself  can  become  oxydized,  as  would  be  the  case  if  any  other  oxydizing  a-ent  we: 
employed;  because  iron  cannot  decompose  oxyd  of  iron,  or  rather,  because  oxygen  cai 
not  leave  one  portion  of  iron  merely  to  combine  with  another.  Thus  only  the  forein 
substances  can  by  any  possibility  be  oxydized.  This  ingenious  idea  was  seen  to  have 
practical  bearing,  and  it  was  conceived,  that  not  only  filings,  but  larger  pieces  of  iro 
might  be  decarbonized  in  this  way.  Experiments  were  made,  and,  in  short,  the  resu 
has  been  the  process,  now  well  known  to  practical  men  in  this  country  under  the  nan 
of  Boyden’s  process,  for  making  cast  iron  malleable.  Castings  of  small  objects,  sue 
as  keys,  buckles,  harness  and  carriage  trimmings,  are  made  in  the  most  brittle  ai 
highly  carbonized  cast  iron.  These  articles  are  then  completely  buried  in  pulverizi 
forge-scales,  packed  in  iron  chests,  and  heated  for  some  days  in  ovens  of  peculiar  coi 
struction  to  a  high  red  heat.  The  carbon  of  the  cast  iron  combines  with  the  oxygen  fro 
the  scales  to  form  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  this  gas  coming  everywhere  in  contact  with  tl 
highly-heated  mass,  combines  with  another  equivalent  of  carbon  to  form  oxyd  of  carbo 
An  escape  pipe  is  left  m  the  top  of  the  oven,  from  which  the  oxyd  of  carbon  is  deliver* 
and  being  a  combustible  gas  it  is  set  on  fire,  and  thus  furnishes  the  workmen  a  safe  ar 
certain  index  of  the  progress  and  completion  of  the  process;  for  when  the  iron  is  who! 

toX  aw  6  f  fl<lme  °f  thC  °Syd  °fcarbon  ccases-  The  fires  are  then  allow, 

to  d  e  away,  the  furnaces  are  closed  and  suffered  to  cool  gradually.  On  opening  tl 
ch,,„,  u»  before  bri.Ue  „  g,„  is  „  founJ  “ 


and  even  capable  of  being  welded.  The  operation  of  the  puddling  furnace  lias,  in  Diet, 
been  performed  upon  the  iron  without  destroying  its  form.  The  surface  of  the  articles 
when  first  seen  is  found  to  be  most  beautifully  tarnished  and  crystalline.  This  process 
is  necessarily  restricted  to  thin  and  light  articles.] 


55.  Renton,  James,  Mewarlt,  Mew  Jersey. — Inventor. 

Models  and  samples  illustrating  a  new  apparatus  and  process  for  making  malleable 
iron  directly  from  the  ore  with  one  fire. 

1.  A  specimen  of  the  ore  (magnetite). 

2.  “  “  crushed. 

4.  “  of  mixture  of  crushed  ore  and  coal  in  the  proportions  used. 

5.  “  of  pulverulent  metallic  iron  produced  by  the  deoxydation. 

6.  A  bloom  of  malleable  iron  made  from  the  above  ore  by  this  process. 

7.  A  variety  of  specimens  of  worked  iron,  bent  and  twisted  to  show  its  tenacity. 

8.  Specimens  of  slags  formed  in  the  balling  furnaces. 

9.  A  model  of  the  furnace,  with  drawings. 

[The  economy  of  fuel  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  is  one  of  the  most  important  objects 
which  can  occupy  the  ingenuity  and  research  of  scientific  and  practical  men.  It  is  well 
known  that  the  quantity  of  fuel  consumed  in  making  a  given  quantity  of  malleable  iron, 
is  a  considerable  multiple  of  that  which  would  be  necessary  if  a  complete  economy  of 
the  heat  could  be  effected.  Every  one  knows  that  there  are  two  distinct  varieties  of  iron 
in  use  all  over  the  world,  which  go  under  the  names  of  pig  or  cast  iron,  and  bar  or  mal¬ 
leable  iron,  and  most  persons  are  aware  also  that  bar  iron  is  the  purest  form,  and  that 
cast  iron  owes  its  brittleness,  fusibility,  and  crystalline  structure  to  the  presence  of  im¬ 
purities,  chiefly  carbon,  which  must  be  extracted  to  convert  it  into  malleable  iron.  Now, 
although  a  certain  quantity  of  cast  iron  will  always  be  required  by  the  world,  its  fusi¬ 
bility  being,  for  many  uses,  an  indispensable  property,  yet  the  quantity  used  compared 
with  that  of  malleable  iron  will  always  be  comparatively  very  small,  and,  in  fact,  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  pig-iron  is  made  for  the  express  purpose  of  being  subsequently  con¬ 
verted  into  malleable  iron.  This  is  the  almost  universal  modern  practice  of  making 
malleable  iron,  to  obtain  from  the  ore,  in  the  first  place,  an  impure  and  carbonaceous 
iron  by  one  process,  and  then  to  remove,  as  far  as  possible,  these  impurities  by  another 
process.  In  reality,  great  pains  and  expense  are  incurred  in  the  first  place,  partially 
for  the  purpose  of  introducing  into  the  iron  an  impurity  (for  the  ore  contains  no  carbon), 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  removing  which  an  additional  amount  of  labor  and  expense  is 
necessary.  In  this  light,  the  present  condition  of  the  iron  manufacture  seems  exceed- 
ingly  primitive  and  unscientific.  Roundabout  as  this  way  is,  however,  it  is  far  prefer¬ 
able  in  point  of  economy  to  the  older  “  bloomery”  process.  By  this,  malleable  iron  is 
obtained  directly  from  the  ore  by  one  fire,  which  fire  must  be  fed,  however,  by  the  most 
expensive  kind  of  fuel,  generally  charcoal;  and,  owing  to  the  very  great  quantity  of 
fuel  which,  from  the  nature  of  the  process,  must  necessarily  be  consumed  without  con¬ 
tributing  to  the  effect,  the  process  is  even  less  economical  than  the  other,  and  can  only 
be  used  where  charcoal  is  very  cheap.  Still,  however,  a  very  great  proportion  of  our 
very  best  qualities  of  iron  is  made  by  this  process,  for  example,  the  Russian  iron ;  the 
iron  from  which  the  Hindoo  prepares  his  celebrated  “wootz,”  or  Indian  steel,  and  others. 
This  superiority  is  due  to  the  greater  freedom  from  impurities  of  this  iron,  which  is 
owing  to  the  fact  that  it  comes  into  contact,  during  its  manufacture,  with  no  other  con¬ 
taminating  influence  than  that  of  the  ash  of  charcoal,  which  is  comparatively  free  from 
those  substances  which  are  most  injurious  to  iron.  The  alkali  contained  in  the  charcoal 
has,  undoubtedly,  also  an  important  effect,  having  the  property  of  combining  powerfully 
with  all  these  contaminating  substances,  thus  having  a  tendency  to  prevent  their  combi¬ 
nation  with  the  iron  ;  thus  it  has  been  proposed  recently  to  use,  in  the  ordinary  manu¬ 
facture  of  iron,  substances  containing  alkalies,  such  as  wood  ashes,  soda  ash,  or  even 
common  salt,  and  the  latter  substance  is  said  to  have  been  used  in  England,  where  it  is 
exceedingly  cheap,  with  marked  advantage.  It  is  evident,  however,  that  in  this  case 
prevention  is  better  than  cure,  and  that  the  submission  of  the  iron,  during  its  manufac¬ 
ture,  to  as  few  deteriorating  influences  as  possible,  is  far  preferable  to  the  adoption  of 
any  necessarily  imperfect  means  of  obviating  these  influences.  Thus  the  process  which 
combines  the  greatest  economy  of  fuel  with  the  least  possible  contact  of  the  iron  during 
its  formation  with  the  fuel  itself,  will  ultimately  supersede  all  others.  Now,  in  any  process 
of  obtaining  soft  iron  directly  from  its  ores,  there  must  necessarily  be  two  distinct  stages. 
All  iron  ores  consist  essentially  of  iron  and  oxygen,  and  the  first  stage  of  the  process 
must  consist  in  the  removal  of  the  oxygen,  so  as  to  reduce  the  iron  to  the  metallic  form, 
and  the  second,  in  the  agglutination  or  aggregation  of  this  iron  into  a  dense  homogeneous 
mass,  free  from  all  visible  pores.  Now  a  fact  has  been  long  known  to  chemists  which 
has  a  bearing  upon  the  first  stage  of  this  process  in  the  highest  degree  important.  This 
is,  that  the  oxyds  of  iron  of  which  iron  ores  are  composed,  do  not  require  for  their  oxy- 
dation  or  reduction  to  the  metallic  form,  the  intense  heat  of  a  blast-furnace ;  but  by  the 
proper  deoxydizing  agents  they  may  be  brought  readily  into  the  metallic  form  by  a  com¬ 
paratively  low  heat.  Thus  to  obtain  pure  metallic  iron  for  the  use  of  physicians,  or  the 
pulvis  ferri  of  the  pharmacopeias,  the  practice  has  been  for  many  years  to  submit  pre¬ 
pared  oxyd  of  iron  heated  in  a  tube  to  the  action  of  a  current  of  hydrogen  gas,  which 
abstracts  its  oxygen,  forming  water.  This  has  undoubtedly  suggested  the  recent  im 
provements  which  have  been  introduced  into  the  iron  manufacture.  It  is  of  course, 
however,  impossible  to  employ,  in  operations  on  a  manufacturing  scale,  so  expensive  a 
gas  as  hydrogen,  and  recourse  is  therefore  had  to  the  far  cheaper  gas  called  carbonic 
oxyd.  The  general  scheme  of  all  the  processes  which  have  been  recently  proposed  for 
obtaining  soft  iron  directly  from  the  ore,  is  to  crush  the  ore  to  a  coarse  powder,  mix  it 
with  some  carbonaceous  matter,  also  in  powder,  and  heat  the  mixture  in  a  closed  vessel 
to  a  red  heat  until  the  oxygen  of  the  ore  has  passed  off,  together  with  the  carbon,  in  the 
form  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  upon  which  the  metallic  iron  powder  is  transferred  to  a  rever¬ 
beratory  furnace,  where  it  is  caused,  by  an  intense  heat,  just  as  in  an  ordinary  puddling  . 
furnace,  to  agglutinate  together  into  a  mass,  which  the  workman,  with  his  tool,  can 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


work  up  into  balls,  and  put  under  the  trip-hammer.  The  first  person  who  succeeded  in 
accomplishing  this  practically  was  an  English  inventor  by  the  name  of  Clay,  who  heated 
his  mixture  of  iron  and  carbon  in  a  gas  retort,  and  after  deoxydation  transferred  it  to 
the  hearth  of  a  reverberatory  furnace.  His  patent  dates  about  the  year  1840.  The 
process  immediately  under  consideration  is  an  important  modification  of  this.  Its  pecu¬ 
liarities  consist  in  the  heating  of  the  mixture  of  ore  and  carbon  in  upright  flat  tubes , 
which  are  heated  by  the  waste  heat  of  the  reverberatory  furnace,  this  heat  being  found 
amply  sufficient  to  accomplish  the  deoxydation  of  as  much  ore  as  can  be  balled  in  a  given 
time.  The  quantity  of  carbon,  in  the  form  of  anthracite,  mixed  with  the  ore,  is  only 
from  15  to  20  per  cent,  of  the  ore.  Pure  magnetite  ore  requires  for  complete  deoxydation 
less  than  11  per  cent,  of  pure  carbon ;  but  on  account  of  impurities  in  the  coal,  and  the 
necessity  of  using  an  excess,  a  greater  proportion  is  found- desirable.  The  time  required 
for  the  deoxydation  depends  upon  the  fineness  to  w'hich  the  materials  are  pulverized ;  but 
even  lumps  of  ore  of  the  size  of  a  walnut  will  be  found  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours 
completely  converted  into  iron,  the  metallic  lustre  of  which  is  easily  developed  by  slight 
burnishing.  The  process  which  goes  on  in  the  interior  of  the  tubes  during  the  deoxyda¬ 
tion  is  undoubtedly  as  follows  :  By  the  combination  of  the  carbon  with  the  oxygen  of  the 
ore,  wherever  the  particles  of  the  two  are  immediately  in  contact,  a  portion  of  carbonic 
oxyd  gas  is  formed,  which  pervades  the  whole  mass,  and  on  account  of  the  porosity  of 
the  ore  can  penetrate  by  diffusion  into  the  centre  of  masses  even  of  considerable  size, 
and  having  the  power  of  combining  with  twice  the  quantity  of  oxygen  which  it  already 
contains,  to  form  carbonic  acid  gas,  gradually  combines  with  and  removes  the  oxygen 
from  every  part  of  the  mass.  So  that  this  process  is  precisely  the  reverse  of  Boyden’s 
process  of  converting  cast  into  malleable  iron,  as  already  described.  In  this  process  the 
object  is  to  remove  oxygen,  and  the  affinity  of  carbonic  oxyd  for  oxygen  is  taken  advan¬ 
tage  of ;  while  in  Boyden’s  process  the  object  is  to  remove  carbon,  and  the  power  used  is 
the  affinity  of  carbonic  acid  for  carbon. 

The  time  and  amount  of  fuel  required  to  make  one  ton  of  malleable  iron  from  the 
ore  by  this  process  are  about  the  same  as  those  required  to  make  a  ton  of  malleable  iron 
from  pig  in  a  puddling  furnace,  thus,  as  it  would  seem,  saving  the  whole  expense  and 
time  required  to  smelt  the  ore  in  a  smelting  furnace,  and  accomplishing  the  same  effect 
within  the  same  time  by  the  use  of  but  one  fire,  which  has  been  heretofore  accomplished 
with  two.  But  economy  of  fuel  is  not  the  only  advantage  claimed  for  this  process.  The 
other  grand  desideratum  mentioned  above  appears  to  be,  to  some  extent,  accomplished, 
namely,  a  very  much  less  degree  of  contact  of  the  iron,  during  its  formation,  with  the 
fuel  and  its  contaminating  ingredients.  Two  furnaces  on  this  plan  have  been  erected  at 
Newark,  New  Jersey,  and  have  been  in  operation  for  more  than  a  year.  The  ore  is  first 
crushed  by  stampers,  mixed  with  15  or  20  per  cent,  of  pulverized  Hazelton,  or  other 
superior  variety  of  anthracite  coal,  which  is  found  preferable  even  to  charcoal  for  the 
deoxydation.  The  mixture  is  raised  by  an  elevator  to  the  tops  of  the  tubes,  which  are 
filled,  loosely  covered  over,  and  exposed  to  the  waste  heat  for  some  hours.  The  deox- 
ydized  iron  is  then,  by  the  opening  of  a  valve,  allowed  to  fall  from  the  tube  and  slide 
down  a  short  inclined  plane  immediately  to  the  hearth  of  the  reverberatory,  where  it  is 
balled.  During  the  balling,  the  silica  contained  in  the  ore  and  in  the  ashes  of  the  fuel 
melts  down  with  a  portion  of  the  oxyd  of  iron  not  deoxydized,  together  with  the  other 
impurities  present,  into  a  slag,  which,  from  time  to  time,  is  drawn  through  an  aper¬ 
ture  at  the  side.  A  specimen  of  this  slag  gave  upon  analysis  60  per  cent,  of  iron  and 
about  12  per  cent,  of  silica.  The  loss,  however,  of  iron  in  the  form  of  slag,  owing  to 
the  small'  quantity  of  this  slag,  is  not  greater  than  in  the  usual  operation  of  smelting 
with  a  flux,  and  when  a  sufficient  quantity  of  this  richly  ferriferous  slag  has  accumula¬ 
ted,  it  may  be  smelted  in  a  blast-furnace  like  any  other  ore  of  iron,  and  converted  into 
pig.  These  two  furnaces  make  each  two  tons  of  blooms  in  twenty-four  hours,  which  is 
about  the  capacity  of  an  ordinary  puddling  furnace.  The  cost  of  making  these  blooms 
at  Newark,  according  to  the  estimate  of  the  Company  who  have  erected  the  two  furnaces 
spoken  of,  is  less  than  $30  per  ton.  One  fact  must  not  be  passed  over  without  mention, 
which  is,  that  silicious  ores  cannot  be  worked  to  any  advantage  by  this  process,  for  car¬ 
bonic  oxyd  gas  has  not  the  power  of  decomposing  silicate  of  iron,  and  in  working  such 
ores  it  is  always  necessary  to  add  lime  for  the  purpose  of  decomposing  the  silicate  of 
iron  before  a  deoxydizing  agent  will  act.  No  ores  are  therefore  adapted  for  this  process 
but  magnetites,  hematites,  including  limonite  and  specular  iron,  spathic  iron  ores,  and 
clay  ironstones  nearly  free  from  silica- 


56.  Orville  Dakin,  JVorth-East,  Duchess  County,  JVew  York. 

Limonite  from  the  North-East  Ore-bed ;  specimens  of  pig-iron  made  from  the  ore  in 
a  blast-furnace  of  the  common  size,  with  charcoal  and  a  cold-blast,  five  tons  of  iron  be¬ 
ing  produced  in  twenty-four  hours  ;  specimens  of  slags  and  hearthstones. 

[The  term  limonite  embraces  several  varieties  of  the  hydrous  per-oxyd  of  iron, 
viz.,  brown  hematite,  brown  iron  stone,  brown  ocher,  bog  ore,  etc.  Red  Hematite  is  a 
variety  of  specular  iron.  Limonite  contains  per-oxyd  of  iron  85.68,  water  14  :  42=100. 
It  is  rarely  quite  pure,  however,  and  usually  contains  a  small  portion  of  silica.  The 
bog-iron  ore  is  often  mixed  with  phosphoric  acid  (sometimes  10  or  11  per  cent.),  and  also 
with  some  salts  of  organic  acids  formed  in  marshy  grounds.  Limonite  often  occurs  in 
Btalactitilical  forms,  with  a  silky  and  submetallic  lustre,  as  well  as  massive  and  earthy. 
The  most  important  deposits  of  brown  hematite  belong  to  the  Tertiary  formation,  although 
brown  ore  often  results  from  the  decomposition  of  other  ores  (and  particularly  of  iron 
Pyrites),  and  is  therefore  found  in  crystalline  and  secondary  rocks,  in  beds  and  veins, 
associated  at  times  with  spathic  iron,  heavy  spar,  calcareous  spar,  arragonite,  and 
quartz  ;  and  it  is  often  associated  also  with  ores  of  manganese.  Limonite  is  one  of  the 
most  important  ores  of  iron,  and  has  a  wide  range  in  the  United  States.  Some  of  our 
best  iron  (e.  g.,  the  Cornwall  and  Salisbury  iron)  is  made  from  it  by  charcoal.  The  bog 
ore,  owing  to  the  phosphorus  it  contains,  usually  makes  a  cold  short  iron  far  less  valu¬ 
able.  For  further  information  on  this  subject  refer  to  No.  58.] 

B* 


57.  The  Association  for  the  Exhibition  of  the  Industry  of  all  Nations. — 

Proprietors. 

Collected  by  Ludwig  Stadtmueller,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

a.  From  Canfield,  Robbins  &  Co.,  Falls  Village,  Connecticut: 

Iron  ore  from  Salisbury  Mines  (mammillary  limonite)  ;  calcined  ore  ;  fluxes  ;  mix¬ 
ture  of  ore  with  fluxes  ;  different  qualities  of  pig-iron  ;  cinder  ;  forged  iron  ;  puddled 
iron ;  gun  iron  for  United  States  navy,  made  with  a  cold-blast  in  a  charcoal  furnace. 

b.  From  H.  Sage,  Lakeville,  Connecticut : 

Iron  ore  of  various  qualities,  washed  and  unwashed  ;  limonite  ore,  from  Lakeville. 

c.  From  the  Cornwall  Iron  Company,  West  Cornwall,  Connecticut : 

Samples  of  Salisbury  limonite,  crude,  calcined,  and  washed ;  flux ;  mixture  of  ore 
and  flux  ;  varieties  of  pig-iron  ;  varieties  of  slags  ;  hearthstone.  The  iron  is  made  in  a 
charcoal  furnace  with  a  cold-blast,  and  five  tons  of  pig  are  made  every  twenty-four  hours. 

d.  From  Richardson,  Barnum  &  Co.,  Salisbury,  Connecticut : 

Specimens  of  mammillary  specular  iron  and  limonite  ores  from  Salisbury ;  flux ; 
various  qualities  of  pig-iron  ;  cinders  ;  hearthstones ;  stalactites. 

[Salisbury,  in  Litchfield  County,  Connecticut,  is  the  location  of  some  of  the  ear¬ 
liest  iron  mines  worked  in  the  United  States.  About  the  year  1731  the  ore  was  first 
mined  to  any  extent,  and  was  used  at  the  iron  works  of  General  Henry  Livingston,  at 
Ancram,  New  York.  About  1762  a  blast-furnace  was  erected  in  Salisbury,  at  which 
cannon,  shot,  and  shells  were  made  for  the  United  States  Government  during  the  Revo¬ 
lutionary  War.  “  Old  Ironsides”  was  armed  with  cannon  made  at  this  furnace.  Since 
1784  a  record  has  been  kept  of  the  quantity  of  ore  taken  out :  from  1784  to  1800  this 
quantity  ranged  from  900  to  1,500  tons  annually;  from  1800  to  1815,  2,000  to  3,000 
tons  annually  ;  1815  to  1830,  about  3,000  to  4,000  tons ;  1830  to  1840,  about  5,000.  In 
the  year  1838,  however,  another  ore-bed  was  opened,  and  about  seven  years  ago  still 
another,  and  the  annual  average  now  mined  at  Salisbury  is  about  20,000  tons.  The  ore 
is  principally  limonite,  although  specimens  of  specular  iron  are  also  found.  The  three 
several  ore-beds  now  opened  are  described  as  being  composed  of  veins,  or,  rather,  ridges 
of  ore,  running  in  every  direction,  and  disconnected  bodies  of  the  ore,  from  500  to  2,000 
tons  weight,  are  frequently  found  imbedded  in  clay.  The  oldest  ore-bed  has  been  opened 
in  a  north  and  south  direction  to  a  distance  of  100  rods,  and  in  an  east  and  west  direction 
about  45  rods,  and  is  bounded  on  the  east  and  west  sides  by  walls  of  mica-slate.  Mica- 
slate  is  never  found  anywhere  between  these  walls,  but  the  ridges  of  ore  which  do  not 
reach  these  walls  generally  terminate  in  clay.  On  the  western  side  the  ore  lies  very 
near  the  surface,  and  slopes  downward  in  an  easterly  direction,  striking  the  eastern  wall 
of  mica-slate  sometimes  at  a  depth  of  75  feet.  The  north  and  south  range  of  this  bed  is 
supposed  to  be  much  greater  than  has  yet  been  explored,  and  the  quantity  of  ore  yet 
unmined  is  sufficient  to  supply  the  present  demand  for  an  indefinite  time.  In  one  of  the 
newer  ore-beds  the  ore  lies  within  four  feet  of  the  surface,  and  was  accidentally  discov¬ 
ered  about  ore  hundred  years  since  by  the  uprooting  of  a  tree.  It  is  mined  to  a  depth  of 
40  feet.  The  bed,  as  far  as  opened,  has  an  extent  of  about  twenty  acres,  and  is  apparently 
bounded,  not  only  on  the  east  and  west,  but  on  the  north  side  also,  by  walls  or  barriers 
of  limestone,  none  of  the  material  forming  the  walls,  as  in  the  former  case,  being  found 
in  the  bed  itself.  The  third  bed,  most  recently  discovered,  lies  but  half  a  mile  south  of 
the  old  ore-bed,  and  being  precisely  similar  to  the  latter  in  character,  and  yielding  iron 
of  the  same  quality  is  supposed  to  be  the  continuation  of  the  same  deposit.  The  quality 
of  the  ore  from  the  second  bed  differs  somewhat  from  that  of  the  first  and  third,  being 
smelted  at  a  lower  temperature,  and  producing  a  softer,  denser,  and  more  compact  iron ; 
but  opinions  differ  with  regard  to  the  relative  strength  of  the  two  varieties  of  iron,  and 
it  is  thought  by  some  that  a  mixture,  in  equal  proportions,  of  the  twro  ores,  makes  an 
iron  superior  to  either  worked  separately.] 

e.  Spathic  iron  from  the  great  vein  on  Mine  Hill,  in  Roxbury,  Connecticut : 

[This  vein  of  spathic  iron  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  most  remarkable  mineral  veins 
in  North  America,  and  deserves  a  more  extended  notice.  “  Mine  Hill”  is  situated  about 
three  miles  southeast  from  the  village  of  New  Milford,  and  close  by  the  Shepaug  River. 
It  is  a  portion  of  a  moderately  high  range  of  light-colored  gneiss  (y  of  Dr.  Percival’s 
map  of  Connecticut,  in  the  formation  g,  western  Primary),  easily  split  into  long  flag¬ 
stones.  The  beds  of  gneiss  preserve  a  uniform  southwest  and  northeast  direction,  and 
dip  at  an  angle  of  30o  toward  the  northwest.  Not  far  from  the  summit  of  the  hill 
(which  is  covered  with  soil  and  well  timbered),  and  on  its  northeast  slope,  a  shaft  has 
been  sunk  on  a  vein  of  spathic  iron  running  northwest  and  southeast,  and  crossing  the 
strata  of  the  gneiss  nearly  at  a  right  angle.  At  the  surface  this  vein  is  about  three  feet 
wide,  but  it  increases  very  much  as  it  goes  down  deeper.  The  vein  stone  is  crystallized 
quartz,  in  which  the  spathic  iron  is  so  abundantly  diffused,  as  to  form  the  larger  part 
of  the  mass.  Some  zinc  blende,  and  occasionally  a  little  galena  (argentiferous),  has  been 
observed.  The  working  of  this  vein  for  the  sake  of  its  argentiferous  galena  is  a  tradi¬ 
tion  of  the  country,  and  it  seems  certain,  from  the  abundance  of  the  sparry  iron  now 
visible  in  the  ore  heaps,  that  the  object  of  the  exploration  was  not  the  iron.  The  vein  is 
distinctly  traceable  in  the  northwest  a  distance  of  at  least  two  miles,  pursuing  a  re¬ 
markable  regularity  of  course  and  width,  still  presenting  essentially  the  same  character. 
The  amount  of  ore  above  water-level  in  this  mountain  is  very  large.  It  is  in  the  midst 
of  a  well- wooded  region,  where  charcoal  is  cheap,  and  considering  the  ease  with  which 
iron  and  coarse  steel  are  made  directly  from  the  sparry  iron.it  is  not  easy  to  explain  the 
lethargy  which  suffers  so  valuable  a  property  to  slumber. 

It  is  very  possible  that  in  depth  this  vein  may  carry  copper  pyrites  as  well  as  galena. 
An  adit  driven  in  the  course  of  the  vein  at  the  foot  of  the  hill  would  soon  expose  its  hid¬ 
den  resources,  and  lay  open  a  vast  store  of  mineral.  Several  attempts  have  been  made 
I  to  work  this  vein  for  silver,  but  it  is  certain  that  its  true  value  is  its  peculiar  and  rich 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


r~ 


;ron  ore.  It  is  from  this  ore  in  Austria  (in  Tyrol,  Carinthia,  and  Styria)  that  the  well- 
known  German  steel  is  made. 

Spathic  or  sparry  iron  is  composed  of  carbonic  acid  37.94  and  protoxyd  of  iron 
(52.06,  with  usually  a  trace  of  manganese,  lime,  and  magnesia.  Its  color  at  Roxbury  is  a 
very  light  yellow  when  first  opened,  but  on  exposure  it  becomes  rust-colored.] 

58.  Brandon  Iron  and  Car  Wheel  Company,  Brandon.  Rutland  County,  Ver¬ 

mont.  Treasurer,  James  Adams,  66  State  Street,  Boston. — Manufacturers. 

A  map  of  Brandon,  and  plans  of  the  ore-beds  belonging  to  the  Company. 

Specimens  of  wall  rock  (granular  limestone) ;  various  specimens  of  the  ore,  consist- 
|  ing  of  limonite,  more  or  less  pure  ;  roasted  limonite  ;  pig-iron ;  slags  ;  clay  ;  fire-brick ; 
slate ;  fine  white  marble  ;  lignite. 

[The  specimens  exhibited  from  this  locality  are  examples  of  a  group  of  iron  ores 
known  as  limonite  cr  brown  liematitic  ores,  which  have  a  wide  geographical  extent  in 
the  United  States,  and  belong  to  a  single  geological  epoch.  There  are  other  hematitic 
ores  resembling  these  and  of  different  geological  age,  but  we  propose,  for  the  sake  of 
convenience,  to  group  together  those  which  are  known  to  be  of  one  geological  age  or  to 
belong  to  the  same  formation. 

The  iron  ores  of  Brandon,  Bennington,  and  those  of  other  towns  in  Vermont  not 
represented  in  the  Exhibition ;  those  of  Stockbridge  and  Richmond,  Massachusetts ;  of 
Salisbury,  Connecticut,  exhibited  by  several  parties,  No.  57 ,  a  b  c  d  ;  those  from  North- 
East,  New  York,  No.  56,  and  from  numerous  localities  in  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland, 
belong  to  a  Tertiary  formation  which  extends  from  the  northern  limits  of  the  United 
States  to  Alabama.  This  formation  lies  near  the  western  base  of  the  Green  Mountains 
throughout  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  a  part  of  New  York  and  Connecticut.  The  forma¬ 
tion  is  less  conspicuous  in  New  Jersey,  but  becomes  of  great  importance  in  Pennsylvania, 
following  the  range  of  the  lower  Silurian  limestone  at  the  eastern  base  of  the  Alleghany 
Mountains,  and  extending  in  the  same  direction  into  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

This  ore  in  New  England  is  associated  with  manganese  ores,  with  a  variety  of  fine 
and  coarse  clays  or  porcelain  earth,  with  coarse  quartz  ore  gravel;  and  at  Brandon, 
Vermont,  with  a  bed  of  lignite,  containing  fossil  wood,  leaves,  and  fruits.  This  is  the 
only  known  locality  where  there  occurs  such  a  bed  of  lignite  or  fossil  fruits ;  though 
the  same  clays  and  other  associations  are  known  in  numerous  localities.  The  fruits  are 
all  of  extinct  species,  and  offer  for  the  first  time  means  of  comparison  with  other  deposits 
containing  remains  of  land  plants  and  fruits. 

The  fossil  fruits,  though  not  specifically  identical,  are  very  similar,  and  closely  allied 
to  the  fossil  fruits  of  the  brown  coal  of  Europe,  and  leave  no  doubt  of  the  identity  in 
age,  or  that  plants  of  the  same  general  character  existed  on  this  continent  at  the  time 
of  the  deposition  of  these  hematites  and  clays  which  are  associated  with  the  lignite. 

The  clays  are  variegated,  and  are  seen  in  beds  of  pure  white,  various  shades  of  yel¬ 
low  and  brown,  colored  from  iron,  and  of  pink  and  purple,  colored  from  manganese. 

The  iron  ore  of  this  formation  produces  some  of  the  best  iron  in  the  country,  and 
its  economical  importance  is  immense.  It  was  from  this  formation  that  some  of  the 
earliest-established  furnaces  in  the  United  States  obtained  their  ore.  The  Salisbury 
iron  ore,  long  famous  for  the  fine  quality  of  iron  which  it  produces,  is  one  of  the  longest 
wrought ;  and  now  furnishes  specimens  from  at  least  four  different  manufactories,  with 
samples  of  their  productions.  The  mines  at  West  Stockbridge  and  Richmond,  Massa¬ 
chusetts,  have  been  worked  for  more  than  half  a  century,  and  now  furnish  large  quan¬ 
tities  of  this  ore,  not  only  for  the  furnaces  in  the  neighborhood,  but  also  afford  the  chief 
supply  for  two  extensive  furnaces  on  the  Hudson  River,  at  the  city  of  Hudson.  Ben¬ 
nington,  Vermont,  has  long  been  known  for  its  manufactory  of  iron  from  the  hematite 
of  the  same  formation.  At  Brandon,  Vermont,  the  ore  is  extracted  in  large  quantities 
and  converted  into  various  forms  of  manufactured  iron.  The  ores  from  the  same  forma¬ 
tion  in  Pennsylvania  are  extensively  used,  and,  indeed,  are  regarded  as  among  the  most 
valuable  ores  of  that  State  so  rich  in  iron. 

In  nearly  all  the  localities  in  New  England  where  this  ore  has  been  wrought,  it  has 
been  sought  only  in  chance-discovered  isolated  localities.  Until  recently  it  has  not  been 
recognized  as  a  part  of  a  well-characterized  and  continuous  formation.  The  acquisition 
of  this  knowledge  gives  additional  confidence  in  its  permanence,  and  it  is  probable  that 
it  may  be  successfully  sought  in  an  almost  continuous  line  along  the  eastern  slope  of  the 
Green  Mountains,  where  so  many  separate  and  distinct  localities  are  already  known. 
The  knowledge  of  this  fact  is  of  great  importance  to  the  community,  and  particularly 
to  those  directly  interested  in  the  manufacture  of  iron.  The  proximity  of  this  valuable 
belt  of  iron  ore  to  the  navigable  waters  of  the  Hudson  and  Lake  Champlain,  suggests 
the  probability  of  its  extensive  use  in  manufactures  that  shall  be  established  along 
these  lines  of  communication.  The  two  furnaces  now  established  at  Hudson  are  but  the 
commencement  for  innumerable  similar  establishments,  when  the  coal  from  Pennsylvania 
shall  meet  the  hematites  of  the  Green  Mountains  and  the  magnetic  ores  of  the  Adiron¬ 
dack,  both  equally  accessible.  With  the  exception  of  the  two  furnaces  at  Hudson,  iron 
has  been  made  throughout  New  England  by  charcoal  alone,  and  no  iron  manufactured 
in  the  country  has  a  better  reputation  than  this.  J.  H.] 

59.  Association  for  the  Exhibition  of  the  Industry  of  all  Nations. 

Collected  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Gerith,  of  Philadelphia. 

From  the  Bichromate  of  Potash  Works  of  Jesse  Tyson,  Baltimore,  Maryland  : 

1.  Chromic  iron  from  Wood’s  pits,  Lancaster  County,  Pennsylvania. 

2.  Ditto  with  Kammererite  (pyrosclerite)  and  “  nickel  gymaite.” 

3.  Ditto  from  Soldier’s  Delight,  Anne  Arundel  County,  Maryland. 

4.  Sandy  chrome  ore  from  Delaware  County,  Pennsylvania. 

5.  Ditto  from  Chester  County,  Pennsylvania. 

6.  Gangue  from  Wood’s  pits. 

7.  Specimens  illustrating  the  manufacture  of  bichromate  of  potash,  and  samples 

of  the  product.  r 

[Chromic  iron  is  a  very  important  mineral,  and  occurs  in  considerable  abundance  in 


the  United  States  and  in  Canada.  It  is  composed  (that  from  Baltimore)  of  protoxyd  of 
iron  36,  sesqui-oxyd  of  chromium  39.51,  alumina  13,  silica  10;  but  its  composition  is  not 
always  the  same.  Its  use  in  the  arts  is  in  the  manufacture  of  chromate  and  bichromate 
of  potash,  salts  largely  used  in  dyeing  and  other  arts ;  and  also  in  producing  the  import- 
tant  pigments,  chrome  yellow,  chrome  green,  and  chrome  red,  usually  called  American 
Vermillion.  Zinc  yellow  is  also  another  color  formed  from  it,  less  brilliant  than  chrome 
yellow  (chromate  of  lead),  but  cheaper  and  more  enduring.  Chromic  iron  has  a  fixed 
geological  position,  and  is  almost  invariably  associated  with  the  serpentines  of  the  newer 
metamorphic  rocks.  In  this  position  it  occurs  from  the  northern  part  of  Vermont  to 
Virginia  ;  but  is  sufficiently  abundant  for  economical  purposes  only  in  the  serpentines  of 
Maryland  (Baltimore  Bare  Hills,  etc.),  and  those  of  Chester  and  Lancaster  counties  in 
Pennsylvania,  so  far  as  yet  observed.  It  gives  its  gay  and  lizard-like  markings  to  the 
serpentines  in  which  it  occurs.  The  chromic  iron  and  the  serpentines  of  Pennsylvania 
have  associated  with  them  a  small  portion  of  nickel,  existing  in  the  chromic  iron  as 
sulphuret  of  nickel,  and  by  atmospheric  agencies  converted  into  a  brilliant  emerald- 
green  coating,  which  lines  narrow  fissures  in  the  chromic  iron.  The  analysis  of  the- ser¬ 
pentine,  and  other  associated  minerals  from  Lancaster  County,  shows  always  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  nickel,  sometimes  to  the  extent  of  one  or  two  per  cent.  The  largest  deposit  of 
this  mineral  in  the  Old  World  is  that  lately  discovered  by  Dr.  J.  L.  Smith  in  Asia  Minor. 

I  Chromium  was  first  recognized  as  a  distinct  mineral  by  Vaquelin  in  1797,  and  was  so 
named  in  allusion  to  the  brilliant  colors  which  it  produces.] 

60.  James  D.  Curtis,  51  Liberty  Street,  J\rew  York. — Proprietor. 

Franklinite  from  the  mines  of  the  New  Jersey  Zinc  Company,  Sussex  County,  New 
Jersey. 

[This  was  a  mass  of  many  hundred  pounds  weight,  placed  among  other  large  speci¬ 
mens  in  the  yard.  Franklinite  is  an  ore  of  iron,  zinc,  and  manganese.  Its  composition 
in  100  parts  is,  according  to  Berthier,  sesqui-oxyd  of  iron  66,  per-oxyd  of  manganese  16, 
and  oxyd  of  zinc  17.  It  abounds  in  New  Jersey,  both  at  Hamburgh,  near  the  Franklin 
Furnace  (whence  its  name),  and  also  in  a  still  more  remarkable  deposit  at  Stirling,  asso¬ 
ciated  with  willemite  (silicate  of  zinc)  in  a  large  vein,  in  which  cavities  sometimes  con¬ 
tain  crystals  from  one  to  four  inches  in  diameter.  It  crystallizes  in  regular  octahedrons. 
By  exposure  to  heat  in  the  subliming  furnace  the  oxyd  of  zinc  is  driven  off  from  this 
ore,  and  attempts  have  been  made  to  employ  the  residue  as  an  iron  ore.  Indeed,  speci¬ 
mens  of  iron  made  from  it  were  exhibited  by  the  New  Jersey  Zinc  Company,  which  had 
apparently  excellent  properties.  Franklinite  is  an  ore  not  found  in  any  other  known 
locality  besides  those  named  above,  except  at  Altenberg,  near  Aix  la  Chapelle,  in  France.] 


3.  Ores  of  the  Common  Metals. 

61.  Lane,  A.  A.,  New  York  City. — Producer. 

Black  manganese  ore  (psilomelane),  from  Edgefield  District,  South  Carolina,  from  a 
deposit  estimated  to  contain  at  least  40,000  tons  above  the  water  level.  Analysis  indi¬ 
cates  76  per  cent,  of  deutoxyd  of  manganese. 

[These  specimens  of  manganese  are  remarkable  for  their  size  (weighing  some 
hundreds  of  pounds)  and  purity.  The  mineral  is  compact  and  crystalline,  and  would 
require  crushing  before  it  would  be  in  a  marketable  condition.  Those  specimens  sent 
to  tlie  Exhibition  were  entirely  free  from  adhering  gangue  stone. 

The  chief  ores  of  manganese  are  pyrolusite  and  psilomelane*  (the  present  ore), 
composed  of  mixed  protoxyd  and  peroxyd  of  manganese  and  water;  manganite  ( gray 
oxyd  of  manganese),  which  is  a  hydrous  peroxyd ;  and  wad,  which  is  an  earthy,  soft, 
and  often  impure  psilomelane,  bearing  the  same  relation  to  the  latter  that  bog  iron 
ore  does  to  limonite. 

The  silicate  of  manganese,  or  manganese  spar,  is  hardly  an  ore  of  economical 
importance,  although  of  frequent  occurrence.  It  is  a  flesh  or  pinkish  colored  mineral, 
found  at  Cummington  and  Plainfield,  in  Massachusetts ;  at  Hinsdale  and  Winchester, 
New  Hampshire ;  and  is  stated  to  be  very  abundant  at  Blue  Hill  Mountain,  in  Maine. 

The  other  ores  of  manganese  are  widely  diffused  throughout  the  United  States, 
and  usually  in  the  same  geological  relations  with  the  limonites  as  already'  described 
(§  13).  It  occurs  also  in  small  quantities  in  nearly  all  argillaceous  and  arenaceous 
beds,  in  every  geological  epoch,  owing  its  presence  to  the  infiltration  of  its  soluble 
salts,  derived  from  solution  of  the  ores  already  named,  under  atmospheric  and  other 
causes.  The  most  valuable  deposit  in  New  England  is  that  of  Brandon,  in  Vermont, 
where  pyrolusite,  psilomelane,  and  wad,  are  the  ores  of  greatest  abundance.  Manganese 
ore  was  shown  from  Brandon  and  Benington,  Vermont,  and  from  the  present  locality. 

Pyrolusite  and  psilomelane  (frequently  confounded  under  the  common  term,  black 
manganese  ore )  are  valued  in  the  arts  as  the  most  cheap  and  efficient  oxydizing  agents 
which  we  possess.  When  heated  to  near  redness,  they  part  with  one  equivalent,  or 
proportion,  of  their  combined  oxygen  ;  hence  their  use  in  the  art  of  glass-making  (see 
“Illustrated  Record;”  article,  Glass).  Indirectly,  they  serve  an  invaluable  purpose,  in 
furnishing  the  means  of  setting  at  liberty  the  chlorine  of  common  salt ;  and,  conse¬ 
quently,  they  become  of  indispensable  importance  in  the  manufacture  of  “  blenching 
powders”  (chloride  and  hypochlorite  of  lime),  and  other  bleaching  or  disinfecting 
substances,  in  which  chlorine  is  either  directly  or  indirectly  the  efficient  agent;  as, 
for  example,  in  bleaching  paper  stock,  where  the  chlorine  gas  is  used  directly,  or  in 
bleaching  wax  and  oils,  where  the  deoxydizing  power  of  the  permanganate  of  soda  or 
potassa  is  resorted  to.  All  the  cotton  and  linen  bleacheries  now  depend  entirely  upon 
chlorine  or  “  bleaching  powders,”  as  the  means  of  discharging  color.  Hence,  it  will 
readily  be  seen  that  an  abundant  supply  of  good  peroxyd  of  manganese  is  a  matter  of 

*  Psilomelane  is  derived  from  two  Greek  words,  signifying  smooth-black.  Pyrolusite  is  so  named 
!  in  allusion  to  its  power  of  discharging  the  green  and  brown  colors  of  glass,  when  in  fusion  (Greek  irvf, 
fire ,  Ann),  to  wash).  For  the  same  reason,  the  French  call  it  glass-makers'  soap. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


great  industrial  importance.  It  will  be  understood  by  the  unscientific  reader  that  the 
value  of  oxyd  of  manganese  as  a  bleaching  agent  is  only  indirectly,  as  a  means  of 
furnishing  oxygen.  The  ordinary  mixture  for  chlorine,  in  the  arts,  is  salt,  peroxyd  of 
manganese,  and  sulphuric  acid,  in  proper  equivalent  proportions.  The  acid  decomposes 
the  manganese,  forming  sulphate  of  manganese,  and  setting  at  liberty  an  equivalent 
of  oxygen ;  at  the  same  time,  the  common  salt  is  decomposed  by  the  sulphuric  acid, 
forming  sulphate  of  soda  and  hydrochloric  acid.  But,  as  these  actions  are  simultaneous, 
it  happens  that  the  oxygen  from  the  manganese  seizes  the  hydrogen  of  the  hydrochloric 
acid  and  forms  water,  while  the  chlorine  of  that  acid  is  set  at  liberty.  Hence,  the 
chemist,  in  his  laboratory,  places  the  hydrochloric  acid  directly  in  contact  with  the 
manganese  to  liberate  chlorine,  without  going  through  the  circuitous,  but  more 
economical  process  of  the  arts,  in  producing  his  hydrochloric  acid  as  it  is  used,  from 
the  action  of  oil  of  vitriol  or  salt,  as  just  described.  This  wonderful  power  of  chlorine 
to  act  as  a  bleaching  and  disinfecting  agent,  was  accidentally  discovered  by  Scheele,  a 
Swedish  chemist,  in  1774,  while  he  was  experimenting  upon  the  action  of  “spirit  of-salt” 
(hydrochloric  acid)  upon  various  earthy  and  metallic  oxyds,  among  which  he  used 
peroxyd  of  manganese. 

Manganese  is  as  widely  distributed  in  the  vegetable  and  animal  world  as  iron. 
It  is  found  in  nearly  all  waters,  in  which  its  presence  is  made  sensible  by  the  very 
delicate  test  of  Cowen,  of  Glasgow.  Its  soluble  salts  (sulphate,  acetate,  chloride,  &c.) 
have  lately  acquired  some  reputation  for  therapeutic  agents. 

The  manganese  minerals  were  first  distinguished  from  iron  ores,  by  Pott,  in  1740, 
subsequently  investigated  by  Kaim  and  Winterl  in  1770,  and  by  Scheele  and  Bergman 
in  1774 ;  but  the  peculiar  metal  contained  in  them  was  first  discovered  by  Gahn,  the 
master  of  the  illustrious  Berzelius.] 


62.  The  New  Jersey  Zinc  Company,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers.  (Office,  45 

Iky  Street,  New  York.) 

Red  zinc  ore,  from  Sterling,  New  Jersey. 

Red  zinc  ore,  with  franklinite,  from  New  Jersey. 

White  oxyd  of  zinc,  dry  and  ground  in  oil. 

Brown  zinc  paint. 

Metallic  zinc,  in  the  form  of  thin  foil,  very  white. 

Pig  iron,  made  from  franklinite;  very  brilliant  and  crystalline,  in  large  crystals, 
resembling  those  of  metallic  antimony. 

[The  red  oxyd  of  zinc,  which  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  ore,  and  peculiar  to  the 
United  States,  occurs  in  large  quantities,  associated  with  franklinite,  in  Sussex  county, 
New  Jersey,  where  it  is  largely  mined  for  the  manufacture  of  white  oxyd  of  zinc, 
for  paint,  at  Newark,  New  Jersey.  The  ore  is  also  ground  in  its  natural  state  (both 
the  red  oxyd  and  the  franklinite),  producing  a  brown  paint  of  considerable  value. 

The  earliest  scientific  notice  of  the  red  zinc  of  New  Jersey,  is  that  of  Dr. 
Archibald  Bruce,  in  1810,  published  in  his  '“American  Mineralogical  Journal,”  page 
96.  He  analyzed  it,  and  found  it  to  be  composed  of  zinc,  76;  oxygen,  16;  oxyd  of 
iron  and  manganese,  8.  It  was  subsequently  analyzed  by  Berthier  (Ann.  de  Mines,  iv. 
4S3),  who  expressed  the  opinion  that  its  red  color  was  due  to  manganese.  Mr.  A.  A. 
Hayes  and  Mr.  J.  D.  Whitney  have  since  examined  it  with  great  care.  A  valuable 
paper  on  this  vein  will  be  found  in  the  “American  Journal  of  Science,”  vol.  xlviii.  [i] 
page  259,  by  Francis  Alger,  Esq.  This  remarkable  deposit  appears  to  have  attracted 
attention  very  early  in  the  settlement  of  the  country,  but  there  is  no  evidence  that 
Lard  Stirling,  who  owned  the  property,  or  any  one  else,  at  that  time,  suspected  the 
real  nature  of  the  metal.  It  is  stated  that  large  quantities  of  this  ore  (red  oxyd  of 
zinc)  were  shipped  to  England,  under  the  impression  that  it  was  red  oxyd  of  copper, 
and  efforts  were  made  to  smelt  it  for  that  purpose.  The  first  economical  use  made  of 
this  ore  appears  to  have  been  by  the  late  Mr.  ITassler,  Superintendent  of  the  Coast 
Survey  of  the  United  States,  and  of  the  Weights  and  Measures  ;  who  employed  it 
to  make  the  brass  used  in  the  construction  of  the  standard  weights  and  measures. 

The  zinc  deposits-  of  New  Jersey  occupy  a  range  of  about  four  miles,  north  and 
south,  along  the  valley  of  the  Wallkill,  in  Sussex  county,  and  in  the  township  of 
Franklin.  A  range  of  granitic  or  gneissic  rocks  forms  the  eastern  boundary  of  the 
valley,  while,  southerly,  a  less  elevated  range  of  granular  limestone  commences  near 
Sparta,  and  extends  through  Stirling  to  Franklin.  This  range,  which  runs  also  nearly 
north  and  south,  is  the  great  repository  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  Sussex  county.  It 
abounds  in  forests  and  fine  water-power,  so  important  for  the  economical  working  of 
the  ample  stores  of  iron,  and  other  metals  held  in  its  hills.  The  zinc  beds  are  not 
found  north  of  Franklin,  nor  south  of  Stii-ling.  The  great  diluvial  current  has  trans¬ 
ported  and  scattered  numerous  fragments  of  the  characteristic  ores  of  this  region  in  a 
southerly  direction  from  their  points  of  origin.  The  geology  of  this  interesting  region 
is  ably  discussed  by  Professor  Henry  D.  Rogers,  in  his  “  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New 
Jersey.”  He  regards  this  limestone  as  a  metamorphic  member  of  the  lower  secondary, 
or  Apalaeliian  Rocks ;  an  opinion  sustained  by  characteristic  fossils  found  in  it,  in  one 
or  two-  places.  The  beds,  or  deposits  of  zinc  ore  and  franklinite,  are  conformable  to 
the  limestone  beds,  and  do  not  cut  them  in  the  manner  of  true  veins.  The  whole  mass 
of  limestone  (and  the  gneiss,  which  is  also,  in  the  main,  conformable)  is  uptilted  at  an 
angle  of  70°  to  80°  east  from  the  vertical.  Their  strike  is  nearly  north-west  and 
south-east.  A  vertical  section  of  this  group  of  deposits  shows,  first,  the  contact  of  the 
limestone  on  the  east ;  then,  an  outer  belt,  of  from  three  to  seven  feet  in  thickness, 
consisting  of  nearly  equal  parts  in  bulk  of  red  oxyd  of  zinc  and  franklinite ;  next,  a 
thin  seam  of  black  ferruginous  limestone,  from  two  to  six  inches  thick,  serving  as  a 
wall  of  separation  between  the  zinc  bedding,  or  portion  of  the  vein  above,  and  the 
heavy  mass  of  pure  franklinite  beneath,  which  is  often  no-t  less  than  twenty  feet  thick, 
and  in  some  places  is  much  thicker.  These  beds  appear  at  several  distinct  places  on 


the  same  line,  but  on  two  different  hills  (Stirling  Hill  and  Mine  Hill),  and  have  been 
thus  estimated,  from  actual  measurement,  as  containing  above  water  level  the  following 
quantities  of  franklinite  and  of  red  zinc,  viz. : — 

Franklinite  on  Stirling  Hill. 

Breadth,  36  feet ;  length,  528  feet ;  height,  200  feet. 

Contents,  3,801,600  feet  cube  =  543,085  tons. 

Franklinite  on  Mine  Hill. 

Breadth,  34  feet;  length,  732  feet;  height,  180  feet. 

Contents .  572,383  “ 


1,115,468 

Red  Zinc  on  Stirling  Hill. 

Vein  (1)*  528  feet  long  X  200  feet  wide  X  5  feet  wide. 

Contents .  120,000 

Vein  (2)*  estimated  as  being  1,500  feet  long  X  140  feet  high  X  39 
feet  wide. 

Contents .  353,857 


Total .  1,188,572  “ 

No  account  is  taken  of  the  beds  below  water  level.  Dr.  Jackson  presents  two 
new  analyses  of  the  franklinite,  by  Mr.  G.  I.  Dickinson,  his  assistant : — 

No.  1.  No.  2. 

Silica .  0-290  0-127 

Ox.  iron  (Fe2  O 3 ) .  66-072  66-115 

Ox.  zinc  (Zn  O) .  21-395  21-771 

Ox.  manganese  (Mns  O3) .  12-243  11-987 


100-000  100-000 


Some  notice  has  already  been  taken  of  the  value  of  franklinite,  as  an  ore  of  iron 
(No.  00).  Large  expectations  are  based,  by  the  proprietors,  upon  the  value  of  this  ore 
for  the  purposes  of  making  steel ;  and  specimens  of  this,  with  very  brilliant  crystalline 
pig,  made  from  the  franklinite,  were  exhibited. 

The  New  Jersey  Zinc  Company  have  hitherto  devoted  their  attention,  and  with 
much  evident  success,  to  the  production  of  zinc  white,  or  oxyd  of  zinc,  as  a  substitute 
for  white  lead.  The  whole  product  of  their  mines  is  at  present  converted  into  this 
pigment,  except  a  small  portion  of  the  crude  ore,  ground  up  for  a  colored  pigment. 

The  process  employed  at  the  Company’s  works  in  Newark,  New  Jersey,  is  suf¬ 
ficiently  simple  to  be  understood  by  a  few  words  of  explanation.  The  red  zinc  and 
franklinite,  crushed  to  a  coarse  powder,  are  mingled  with  a  small  per  cent,  of  anthra¬ 
cite  dust,  and  heated  in  low,  arched,  sublimation  ovens,  so  constructed  as  to  admit  the 
circulation  of  the  fire  above,  as  well  as  below.  When  the  heat  is  sufficient,  the  oxyd 
of  zinc  rises  by  sublimation,  and  is  conveyed  into  a  trunk  of  sheet  iron,  through  which 
a  current  of  air  is  propelled  by  a  fanning-wheel.  The  product  of  oxyd  of  zinc  is  thus 
drawn  on  through  the  trunk,  and  falls  into  bins  or  canvas  sacks  provided  to  catch  it. 
The  residuum,  in  the  retorts  or  ovens,  consists  of  the  iron  partly  reduced,  mingled  with 
the  excess  of  coal,  and  in  a  fit  state  for  the  high  furnace.  The  total  product  of  the 
several  grades  (1,  2,  and  3)  of  white  oxyd  made  in  1852  at  these  works,  was  2,425,506 
pounds;  and  in  1853  this  .product  was  increased  about  70  percent.,  being  4,043,415 
pounds,  of  which  3,832,036  pounds  was  of  No.  1,  or  the  best  quality.  The  product 
for  November,  1853,  the  first  month  of  the  efficient  operation  of  certain  new  machinery, 
was  nearly  700,000  pounds;  and  it  is  expected  that  the  product  of  zinc  oxyd  for  1854 
will  reach  very  nearly  8,000,000  pounds.  The  entire  safety  of  this  manufacture,  as 
regards  the  health  of  those  employed,  alike  in  producing  and  consuming  it,  should 
alone  suffice  as  a  sufficient  reason  why  zinc  white  should  be  universally  substituted  for 
lead.  It  is,  however,  preferable  to  lead  as  a  permanent  color,  because  it  does  not 
change  under  the  influence  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  as  in  privies,  aboard  ships,  and 
indeed,  to  some  extent,  every  where ;  because  the  sulphuret  of  zinc  is  colorless,  that 
of  lead  being  black.  Experience  has  shown  that  it  is  somewhat  more  difficult  to 
lay  on  zinc  white  than  lead,  but  the  difference  in  labor  is  more  than  met  by  the  differ¬ 
ence  in  density,  which  is  such  that  four  parts  of  zinc  white  will  cover  the  same  surface 
which  requires  seven  of  white  lead,  as  indicated  by  the  experiments  of  Mr.  Bunker,  a 
practical  painter  in  New  York.  Mr.  J.  Jarvis,  of  the  United  States  Navy  Yard  at 
Brooklyn,  states,  as  the  result  of  a  series  of  experiments  on  yellow  pine  wood,  painted 
with  various  pigments  and  coal-tar,  and  sunk  for  more  than  four  months  in  salt  water, 
that  those  prepared  with  two  coats  of  white  zinc  were  entirely  preserved  from  the 
attacks  of  “  teredo  navalis,"  and  from  the  adhesion  of  barnacles,  and  other  shell-fish ; 
while  the  trial-pieces  painted  with  white  lead,  “marine  paint,”  verdigris,  and  coal-tar, 
were  entirely  incrusted  with  barnacles.  The  colored  zinc-paints  afforded  much  more 
protection  against  the  barnacle  than  the  common  lead  and  other  pigments,  but  less 
than  the  white  zinc.  It  is  probable  that  the  emetic  properties  of  the  zinc  salts,  which 
must  be  produced  in  small  quantities,  from  the  action  of  the  sea  water,  are  sufficient 
to  prevent  the  animals  from  obtaining  a  foothold  upon  the  zinc  surfaces. 

The  ores  of  zinc  are  usually  very  constant  associates  of  those  of  lead,  and  the 
sulphuret  of  zinc  is  found  in  greater  or  less  quantity  in  nearly  every  lead  mine.  The 
geological  associations,  therefore,  are  the  same  in  both.  The  sulphuret  of  zinc  is  the 
most  widely  diffused  of  any  of  the  ores  of  zinc,  but  thus  far  it  has  not  been  economi¬ 
cally  wrought  in  the  United  States.  This  ore  occurs  in  considerable  quantities  in 


*  One-third  the  contents  of  which  was  estimated  as  zlno. 

19 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  and  Connecticut ;  in  the  States  of 
New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Tennessee,  and  in  large  quantities  in  the  lead  regions  of 
Missouri  and  the  Northwest. 

Calamine,  or  carbonate  and  silicate  of  zinc,  occurs  with  the  sulphurets  of  lead, 
in  Missouri,  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  Tennessee,  Arkansas,  and  Pennsylvania,  in  valuable 
quantities,  and  in  large  quantities  in  numerous  other  localities. 

The  numerous  localities  of  calamine  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States  were 
unrepresented  by  any  special  collections.  Isolated  specimens,  from  Pennsylvania 
(electric  calamine),  were  found  in  the  collections,  of  much  scientific  interest.  It  is 
stated,  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  that  vast  stores  of  this  metal  accompany 
J  the  lead  ores  of  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  and  Missouri,  and  have  thus  far  been  regarded  by 
j  the  miners  as  refuse.] 

63.  Blake,  William  P.,  New  York  City. — Observer. 

Artificial  crystallized  oxyd  of  zinc,  from  the  ore  heaps  and  furnaces  of  the  New 
Jersey  Zinc  Company. 

[The  blocks  of  red  zinc,  after  being  roasted,  preparatory  to  the  furnace  process, 
j  are  frequently  coated  with  patches  of  delicate  white  aeicular  crystals  of  oxyd  of  zinc ; 
and  the  same  are  formed  in  longer,  and  more  perfect  crystals,  when  the  red  zinc  is 
heated  with  reducing  agents  in  a  luted  crucible.  Masses  and  incrustations  of  crystal¬ 
line  oxyd  have  been  taken  from  the  cavities  of  the  large  furnaces  used  to  produce  the 
zinc  white.  These  artificial  products  are  very  beautiful,  occurring  in  broad  mammil- 
j  lary  masses,  of  a  delicate  greenish-amber  color,  as  delicate  aeicular  crystals,  beautifully 
j  arborescent,  more  frequently  in  globular  masses  and  coatings,  with  botryoidal  surfaces, 
which  are  drusy  or  covered  with  imperfectly  formed  crystals.  Some  specimens 
present  the  appearance  of  fusion,  being  adapted,  as  by  flowing,  to  the  crevices  of  the 
furnace.  Beautiful  tubes  have  been  found  of  compact  vitreous  oxyd,  two  inches  in 
diameter,  and  four  to  eight  inches  in  length,  the  inside  being  studded  with  small 
crystals.  The  stalactitic  masses  were  formed  by  the  percolation  of  the  fused  ore 
through  fissures  in  the  floor  of  the  oven,  in  which  the  charge  of  coal-dust  and  ore  was 
spread.  Whether  the  oxyd  of  zinc  was  in  reality  fused,  itself,  or  only  exhaled  in  vapor 
from  the  fused  ferruginous  mass  of  clay  accompanying  it,  does  not  appear  clear.  Mr. 
Blake  thinks  that  the  crystals  were  formed  by  sublimation,  and  not  by  fusion  of  the 
zinc  oxyd.  The  suite  of  specimens  illustrating  these  facts  was  very  beautiful  and 
instructive. 

In  this  connection,  we  call  to  mind  the  incrustations  so  often  observed  in  the 
throats  and  funnels  of  the  high  furnace  (and  of  which  abundant  examples  were 
exhibited),  to  say  that,  contrary  to  the  generally  received  opinion,  these  crusts  are  not 
carbonate  of  zinc  or  calamine,  but  are  the  oxyd  of  zinc,  similar  in  appearance  and 
origin  to  the  subject  of  this  note.] 

|  64.  Wurtz,  Henry,  New  York  City. — Inventor. 

Specimens  of  crystallized  iron  slags,  from  the  furnaces  of  the  American  Iron 
Company,  Newark,  New  Jersey. 

Samples  illustrating  a  new  metallurgical  process,  for  working  ores  containing 
copper  in  the  form  of  carbonate  and  silicate,  with  iron  ores.  The  samples  are  the 
result  of  the  application  of  the  process  to  the  ore  of  the  Warwick  Mine,  in  Berks 
county,  Pennsylvania,  which  is  a  mixture  of  magnetite  with  silicate  of  copper.  They 
:  are  as  follows : — 

1.  Sample  of  the  crushed  ore. 

2.  The  same,  roasted. 

3.  The  roasted  ore,  after  the  extraction  of  the  copper. 

4.  Sample  of  iron,  made  from  No.  3,  by  Renton’s  process  ^Class  I.,  No.  53). 

5.  Slag. 

6.  The  solution  produced  by  the  action  of  weak  sulphuric  acid  upon  the  roasted 
ore,  No.  2. 

7.  Sample  of  the  copper  produced  by  precipitation  of  the  solution  No.  6,  by  scrap 
iron  (fused  into  an  ingot). 

8.  Solution  left  after  the  precipitation  of  the  copper  from  No.  6,  containing 
copperas  and  sulphate  of  magnesia. 

9.  Specimen  of  the  alloy  of  copper  and  iron,  containing  free  copper,  which  is 
obtained  by  working  the  ore  by  Renton’s  process,  previous  to  the  separation  of  the 
copper  by  this  process. 

[The  “Warwick  Mine,”  so  called  in  New  York,  although  bearing  throughout  the 
|  surrounding  country  the  designation  of  “Johannes  Mine,”  is  a  very  extensive  deposit 
of  magnetite  iron  ore,  the  greater  portion  of  which  is  cupriferous,  the  quantity  of 
copper  varying  from  one,  to  probably  as  high  as  ten  per  cent  The  company  which 
has  recently  worked  the  mine,  in  searching,  unsuccessfully,  for  continuous  veins  of 
copper  ore,  have  laid  bare  a  very  large  quantity  of  cupriferous  magnetite,  besides 
having  taken  out  and  piled  up  on  the  surface  many  thousand  tons  of  the  same  ore, 

|  one  pile  containing  alone,  according  to  measurement,  from  two  to  three  .thousand 
tons.  There  are  also  indications  which  establish  a  probability  of  the  continuation  of 
the  deposit,  to  an  indefinite  extent,  in  hitherto  unexplored  directions.  The  only 
i  process  heretofore  practiced  in  working  this  ore  has  been  to  crush  it  to  coarse  powder, 
and  pass  it  through  a  magnetic  machine,  which  of  course  picked  out  all  the  particles 
|  of  magnetite,  together  with  any  particles  of  the  copper  mineral  which  might  adhere 
to  them,  leaving  behind  a  portion  of  the  copper  mineral,  which  was  sold  to  the  copper 
smelters.  The  magnetite  ore  which  was  picked  out,  was  found,  however,  to  contain 
too  much  copper  to  be  of  any  value  as  an  iron  ore,  and  could  only  be  used  in  admixture 
with  other  ores  to  a  small  extent.  This  new  process  is  intended  to  effect  a  per¬ 
fect  separation  of  the  two  metals  in  this  ore.  There  are  a  number  of  other  mines 
throughout  the  country,  similar  in  character  to  this  Warwick  Mine,  to  which  this 
process  is  also  applicable.] 

20 


65.  Lapham,  J.  A.,  IFtlwaukie,  Wisconsin. 

Mass  of  native  copper,  weighing  thirty-six  pounds,  found  in  the  drift  near  Mil* 
waukie,  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  from  the  nearest  mine  of  native  copper  on  Lake 
Superior. 

[Bowlders  containing  metallic  copper  are  not  unfrequently  found  throughout  the 
valley  of  the  Mississippi.  These  are  believed  to  have  been  transported  byT  floating  ice 
or  otherwise  from  the  region  of  Lake  Superior.  The  oldest  notice  on  record  of  the 
Lake  Superior  copper,  as  drifted  from  its  original  place,  is  due  to  Father  Lewis  Hen¬ 
nepin,  who  states,  in  1698,  in  his  description  of  the  “course  of  the  great  river  Mes- 
chasipi,”  that  in  the  country  then  occupied  by  the  Pimitewi  Indians,  now  called  Peoria, 
in  Illinois,  he  found  now  and  then,  “upon  the  surface  of  the  earth,  several  pieces  of 
fine  red  copper,  which  made  him  believe  that  there  were  mines  of  it.  ’  This  copper 
was  probably  drifted  by  the  agencies  before  named  from  the  Lake  Superior  region. 

General  Remarks  on  the  Distribution  of  Copper  Ores  in  the  United  States. 

The  ores  of  copper  in  the  United  States  in  permanent  workable  quantities  are,  so 
far  as  at  present  known,  confined  to  the  broad  belt  of  metamorphic  rocks  along  the 
Atlantic  slope,  and  to  the  trap  and  sandstone  formations  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Su¬ 
perior.  Ores  of  copper,  as  before  remarked  (see  Introduction),  occur  in  the  new  red 
sandstone  formation,  but  at  the  present  time  no  veins  in  this  rock  alone  are  profitably 
wrought.  The  copper  mines  in  the  limestones  of  the  lead  region  of  Wisconsin  have 
not  yielded  a  permanent  supply  of  ore,  and  it  may  be  doubted  if  this  district  will  ever 
prove  remunerative  in  working  of  copper  lodes.  The  metalliferous  region  of  Missouri 
has  likewise  yielded  copper  ores  in  considerable  quantities,  but  it  is  very  questionable 
whether  the  veins  will  prove  permanent.  We  still  know  little  of  the  value  of  the 
copper  veins  in  the  district  of  country  bordering  on  Mexico,  although  ores  of  copper 
have  been  discovered  in  considerable  quantities,  and  abandoned  mines  of  this  ore 
attest  the  former  knowledge  of  its  existence  in  that  region  of  country'. 

The  most  extraordinary  exhibition  of  this  metal  in  the  Crystal  Palace  was  from  the 
south  shore  of  Lake  Superior.  Several  large  blocks  of  native  copper,  cut  from  much 
larger  masses  in  the  mines,  are  presented  from  several  of  the  veins  of  Kewenaw  Point. 
One  of  these  is  especially  worthy  of  notice  (No.  61),  being  a  block  of  more  than  two 
feet  in  thickness  between  its  two  natural  faces,  and  cut  upon  the  four  other  sides. 
This  mass  weighs  6,300  pounds,  and  was  cut  from  a  mass  which  originally  was 
estimated  to  weigh  120  tons.  Other  blocks  of  native  copper  exhibited  weigh  2,000  and 
3,000  pounds  and  upwards. 

Fine  collections  of  native  copper  crystallized,  and  also  red  oxyd  of  copper,  are 
exhibited  from  the  Lake  Superior  mines.  The  black  oxyd  of  copper,  of  which  speci¬ 
mens  are  presented,  occurs  in  a  large  vein  in  the  conglomerate  on  the  south  shore  of 
Lake  Superior,  but  this  mine  is  not  wrought  at  the  present  time. 

The  principal  copper  ores  exhibited  are  copper  glance,  yellow  and  variegated 
copper  ores,  from  Bristol,  Connecticut;  yellow  copper  ore,  from  Ulster  county,  New 
York;  sulphurets  of  copper,  from  Phoenixville,  Pennsylvania;  yellow  sulphuret  and 
other  ores  of  copper,  from  several  localities  in  Maryland ;  copper  ores,  from  Orange 
county  and  Manassas  Gap,  Virginia ;  yellow  sulphuret  of  copper,  from  several  localities 
in  Guildford  and  Davidson  counties,  North  Carolina;  copper  ores  from  Tennessee  and 
from  several  localities  in  Missouri. 

Numerous  other  specimens  of  copper  ores  appear  in  the  several  private  col¬ 
lections.] 

66.  State  of  Michigan. 

A  mass  of  native  copper,  weighing  6,300  pounds,  and  cut  from  a  mass  which 
weighed  240,000  pounds,  or  120  tons,  produced  by  mines  of  the  American  Mining 
Company  at  Lake  Superior. 

67.  New  York  and  Michigan  Mining  Company. — Producers.  (Agent,  C.  M.  Guild,  79 

John  Street,  New  York.') 

A  large  mass  of  native  copper,  from  the  Company’s  mines  at  Copper  Harbor,  on 
Lake  Superior,  weighing  1,047  pounds,  and  two  smaller  masses. 


68.  Minnesota  Mining  Company. — Producers.  (Agent,  S.  M.  Barry,  187  Greenwich 

Street,  New  York.) 

Large  mass  of  native  copper,  from  the  Company’s  mines  at  Lake  Superior,  weigh¬ 
ing  5,072  pounds.  It  was  cut  from  a  mass  which  weighed,  when  entire,  80  tons,  or 
160,000  pounds. 

69.  The  National  Mine,  Ontonagon,  Michigan. 

A  piece  of  native  copper,  .cut  from  a  mass  which  weighed  8,000  pounds,  being  part 
of  a  first  shipment  of  20^  tons  of  copper,  the  result  of  the  first  seven  months’  opera¬ 
tions,  the  mine  having  been  first  opened  September  16,  1852. 


70.  Stevens,  William  IL,  New  York  City. — -(Exhibited  by  Professor  B.  Silliman,  Jr., 

Proprietor.) 

A  large  collection  of  specimens  of  crystallized  native  copper  and  silver,  from 
various  mines  in  the  Lake  Superior  region.  Among  them  wore  some  specimens  ol 
remarkable  beauty  of  crystallization,  highly  modified,  the  crystals  large,  perfect,  and 
of  a  fine  copper-red  color. 

Native  Copper  of  Lake  Superior. 

[The  remarkable  deposit  of  native  copper,  in  the  trap  rocks  of  the  south  shore 
of  Lake  Superior,  demands  more  than  a  passing  notice  among  the  raw  products  of  the 
Exhibition.  Although  by  no  means  a  recent  discovery,  its  important  influence  is 
scarcely  yet  beginning  to  be  felt  or  appreciated.  The  modern  mining  operations, 


mineral  and  mining  products. 


although  commenced  nearly  ten  years  since,  have  not  reached  a  condition  upon  which 
we  can  base  any  reliable  estimates,  as  to  future  productiveness  or  value,  except  the 
general  fact,  sufficiently  apparent,  that  the  region  is  one  of  vast,  and  probably  inex¬ 
haustible  wealth.  In  the  earlier  periods  of  these  enterprises,  much  time  was  wasted, 
and  money  uselessly  expended,  in  portions  of  the  tract  now  known  to  be  unproductive.’ 
The  surveys  undertaken  by  the  General  Government  have  determined  many  important 
points,  in  regard  to  the  extent  and  distribution  of  the  metal ;  and  the  limits  of  the 
copper-bearing  rocks  being  now  known,  the  more  recent  mining  explorations  have 
been  pursued  systematically,  and  with  better  success.  The  result  is  attested  by  the 
constantly  increasing  product  of  the  metal,  and  the  discovery  of  new  and  productive 
veins,  which  are  from  time  to  time  opened  and  explored. 

The  discovery  of  copper  in  that  region  dates  back  to  the  early  period  of  the 
establishment  of  the  French  in  Canada.  The  position  of  this  mineral  region  is  remote 
from  the  Colonies,  and  situated,  as  it  was  at  that  period,  in  the  midst  of  a  country 
occupied  by  the  aborigines,  it  is  not  surprising  that  it  led  to  no  results.  The  first 
known  discovery  of  this  copper  by  a  civilized  nation  was  made,  by  the  Jesuit  Fathers, 
in  the  early  part  of  the  17 th  century.  The  members  of  this  Order  arrived  in  Canada 
(Nouvelle  France)  in  1625,  and  their  published  “Relations”*  extend  from  1632  to  1672. 
We  have  not  the  means  of  ascertaining  at  what  period  this  discovery  was  first 
announced;  but  M.  Dufrenoy  asserts,  that  “the  antiquity  of  this  discovery  is  attested 
in  a  work  published  in  Paris,  in  1626,  by  M.  Logarde,  who  states  that  M.  Truchemont 
Brusl6  had  given  him  an  ingot  of  copper,  obtained  100  leagues  west  of  Lake  Huron. 
A  second  notice  of  the  existence  of  a  mass  of  copper  in  this  part  of  America,  is  given 
in  the  account  published  in  1666,  by  Father  Claude  Alloner,  of  the  Mission  of  the  Holy 
Ghost,  at  Ontaenoes,  in  Lake  Tracy,  or  Superior.” 

The  latter  author  gives  a  very  circumstantial  account  of  his  journey,  and  of  finding 
pieces  of  copper,  which,  he  sajs,  are  preserved  by  the  Indians,  and,  in  some  families, 
have  descended  from  generation  to  generation,  being  cherished  as  domestic  gods. 
Subsequent  relations  mention  the  occurrence  and  discovery  of  large  masses  of  copper 
on  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  f 

The  trace  of  these  early  discoveries  was  never  lost,  but  the  condition  of  the 
country  during  a  long  period  was  unfavorable  to  the  success  of  any  mining  operation. 
As  early  as  1771,  however,  a  mining  enterprise  was  commenced  by  Alexander  Henry, 
an  Englishman,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  forks  of  the  Ontonagon  River.  After  becoming 
discouraged  at  this  place,  and  transferring  the  seat  of  his  operations  to  the  north  shore 
of  the  lake,  and  working  for  some  time  unsuccessfully,  he  abandoned  the  experiment, 
concluding  that  the  copper  could  never  be  profitably  mined  till  the  country  should 
become  cultivated  and  peopled. 

“In  1819,  General  Cass,  under  the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  directed  an 
exploring  expedition,  which  passed  along  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  and 
crossed  over  to  the  Mississippi  River.”  One  of  the  principal  objects  of  this  expedition 
was  the  investigation  of  the  north-western  copper  mines.  Mr.  H.  R.  Schoolcraft 
accompanied  the  expedition  as  mineralogist  and  geologist.  Notwithstanding  that  the 
attention  of  the  Government  was  on  several  occasions  called  to  the  mineral  resources 
of  the  North-west,  still  nothing  effectual  was  accomplished. 

As  early  as  1830,  Mr.  George  Catlin,  of  New  York,  brought  from  the  neighbor¬ 
hood  of  Ontonagon  River  a  mass  of  native  copper,  weighing  130  pounds,  and  deposited 
it  in  the  cabinet  of  Yale  College,  where  it  still  is.  It  was  upon  this  specimen  that  the 
observation  was  first  made  by  Professor  B.  Silliman,  Jr.,  in  1837,  of  the  existence  of 
native  silver  attached  to  the  copper,  in  beads,  but  unalloyed  with  it. 

In  1837,  Dr.  Douglass  Houghton,  who  had  previously  explored  this  region  in 
connection  with  an  expedition  of  the  General  Government,  was  appointed  Geologist 
of  the  State  of  Michigan.  In  his  annual  Report  of  1838,  he  has  given  a  hasty  sketch 
of  the  several  geological  formations  of  the  lower  peninsula,  and  traced  the  succession 
in  the  descending  order  to  the  lower  sandstones  of  St.  Mary’s  River,  and  the  southern 
shore  of  Lake  Superior;  distinctly  recognizing  this  as  the  oldest  sedimentary  unaltered 
formation.  In  his  Report  of  1841,  the  geological  features  of  the  country  upon  the 
south  shore  of  Lake  Superior  were,  for  the  first  time,  sketched  with  some  detail,  accom¬ 
panied  by  definite  information  in  regard  to  the  occurrence  of  deposits  of  native  copper 
in  these  rocks,  and  given  to  the  world. 

Unfortunately  for  the  continuance  and  completion  of  a  work  so  well  begun,  Dr. 
Houghton  lost  his  life  while  engaged  in  the  arduous  labors  of  the  survey  of  this 

region. 

About  the  same  period,  the  “  copper  rock,”  a  mass  of  copper  of  which  traditionary 
and  published  accounts  had  long  existed,  was  removed  to  the  city  of  Washington. 
Since  that  period,  adventurers  and  explorers  have  flocked  to  the  shores  of  Lake 
Superior,  as  to  some  El  Dorado,  and  though  many  have  been  disappointed,  still,  many 
others  are  reaping  rich  harvests  from  well-directed  and  persevering  efforts.  At  the 
period  of  the  earlier  locations  of  mines,  or  mineral  permits  from  the  Government, 
nothing  was  definitely  known  of  the  extent  or  limits  of  the  cupriferous  deposit. 
Indications  of  veins  were  indiscriminately  sought  over  the  whole  peninsula,  from 
Keewenaw  Point  to  the  Ontonagon  River,  and  even  beyond  these  limits.  A  large 
part  of  the  locations  thus  made,  without  guide  or  knowledge  of  the  geological  struc¬ 
ture  of  the  country,  or  the  relations  of  the  copper  to  the  surrounding  rocks,  were  sub¬ 
sequently  abandoned;  and  it  was  not  till  after  several  years  of  experience,  that  it 
began  to  be  perceived  that  the  productive  copper  lodes  are  confined  to  certain  kinds 
of  trap  rock.  The  limits  of  this  formation  began  then  to  be  sought  out. 

*  Relation  de  ce  qui  s’est  passd  en  la  Nouvelle  France. 

t  The  masses  of  copper,  often  hammered  into  useful  forms,  found  by  Messrs.  Davis  and  Squier  in 
•he  Western  mounds,  were,  in  all  probability,  derived  by  the  aborigines  from  Lake  Superior. — Editor. 


ter  the  death  of  Dr.  Houghton,  the  geological  survey  was  continued,  first  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  C.  T.  Jackson,  and  subsequently  under  Messrs.  J.  W.  Foster  and 
J.  D.  Whitney,  who  completed  their  labors  in  1850,  and  their  final  Reports  were 
published  in  1851,  with  an  accurate  geological  map  of  the  copper  region.  Since  that 
time,  Mr.  Wlntney  has  continued  his  examinations,  and  during  the  present  year,  has 
published  an  enlarged  and  very  correct  map  of  Keewenaw  Point,  on  which  are  laid 
down  all  the  mines  in  operation  at  the  present  time,  the  places  of  known  veins,  and  the 
situation  of  abandoned  mines. 

Thus,  in  little  more  than  ten  years  from  the  first  geological  description  of  the 
region,  we  are  in  possession  of  accurate  geological  maps,  and  detailed  reports  of  the 
entire  region,  with  the  location  of  nearly  forty  mines,  in  operation  at  the  present  time, 
upon  Keewenaw  Point ;  and  others  further  up  the  lake-shore,  and  upon  Isle  Royale. 

From  half  this  number  of  mines,  it  was  estimated  that  the  product  of  copper,  in 
1851,  would  reach  the  amount  of  2,500  tons;  and,  in  the  present  year,  the  quantity 
will  fall  little  short  of  5,000  tons.  Few  of  the  mines  have  reached  the  limits  of  their 
productiveness ;  and  it  is  impossible  to  predict  the  future  rate  of  increase  in  the  pro¬ 
duction  of  this  metal  from  the  mines  of  Lake  Superior. 

In  this  connection,  it  is  interesting  to  refer  to  the  accompanying  statement  of  the 
production  of  the  “  Cliff  Mine,”  one  of  the  most  successful  of  the  Lake  Superior  mines. 
It  is  derived  from  the  office  of  the  Company,  in  Pittsburg,  through  the  kindness  of 
Thomas  W.  Howe,  Esq.,  Secretary  of  the  Company. 


Product  of  Cliff  Mine. 


Tear. 

Silver. 

Black  Oxyd. 

Copper  Ore. 

Yield  in  Ref.  Metal. 

1845, 

1846, 

1847, 

1848, 

1849, 
1S50, 

1851, 

1852, 

1853, 

33,171 

10,000 

19,903 

37,625 

410,783 

996,467 

1,282,127 

714,643 

846,486 

829,356 

929, 6 153- 
say  226,162 

2903  ounces. 
390  “ 

9733  “ 

297  “ 

2,868 

418  “ 

98,774 

729,848 

1,655,304 

2,285,050 

1,521,391 

1,528,465 

1,660,330 

2,062,958 

501,891 

Dec.  31st.  smelted 
“  “  on  hand 

Total, 

5,236f 

43,171 

12,044,011 

6,293,1673 

It  will  not  be  deemed  inappropriate  to  give  here  a  rapid  sketch  of  the  geological 
features  of  the  southern  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  as  presented  in  coasting  from  the  Saut 
de  St.  Marie  to  the  copper  region.  The  shore,  on  the  American  side,  at  first  presents 
low  sandy  or  pebbly  beaches,  with  occasional  higher  banks,  and,  finally,  terminated 
by  a  bluff  of  gravel  and  sand  three  hundred  feet  high.  Beyond  these,  succeed  the 
stratified  sandstones,  called  the  “  pictured  rocks,”  which  form  high  broken  cliffs  along 
the  lake,  and  produce  numerous  beautiful  and  picturesque  features  in  the  scenery. 

Between  Grand  Island  and  the  mouth  of  Carp  River,  this  feature  of  the  geology 
gives  place  to  rocks  of  granitic  and  sienitie  character,  which,  with  slight  interruptions, 
skirt  the  shores  nearly  to  Point  Abbaye  (Pt.  au  Baie).  This  belt  of  metamorphic  rocks, 
thus  marked  along  the  shore,  extends  into  the  interior  in  a  western  and  south-western 
direction,  and  is  the  formation  embracing  the  iron  ores  of  the  Lake  Superior  region. 
Keewenaw  Bay  occupies  a  space  between  this  and  the  copper  region  of  Keewenaw 
Point. 

Keewenaw  Point,  which  is  the  great  repository  of  the  native  copper,  is  a  promi¬ 
nent  point  of  land  stretching  into  the  lake,  beyond  the  adjacent  portions  of  the  south¬ 
western  shore  of  the  lake.  On  its  northern  side,  it  forms  the  southern  shore  of  Lake 
Superior  for  many  miles,  while  its  southern  side  is  bounded  by  the  waters  of  Keewenaw 
Bay.  This  Point  consists  mainly  of  a  broad  belt  of  trap  rock,  which  extends  centrally 
through  its  entire  length,  parallel  to  its  northern  shore.  On  the  northern  side,  this 
belt  of  trap  roek  is  bounded  by  a  border  of  conglomerate,  through  which  runs  a 
narrow  belt  of  trap  rock.  On  the  southern  side,  this  central  band  of  trap  is  bounded 
by  sandstone,  with  conglomerate,  towards  the  north-western  extremity.  This  central 
mass  is  mainly  amygdaloidal  trap,  with  a  narrow  belt  of  crystalline  trap  along  its  center, 
and  a  broader  belt  of  porphyritic  trap  upon  the  south  side,  adjoining  the  sandstone. 

The  productive  veins  of  native  copper  occur  in  the  amygdaloidal  trap,  and  become 
unproductive  in  the  crystalline  trap,  while  the  porphyritic  trap  bears  veins  of  sulphuret 
of  copper.  The  veins  which  penetrate  the  sandstone  and  conglomerate  are  either 
destitute  of  lodes,  or  yield  only  the  ores  of  copper.  The  mine  of  Copper  Harbor,  in  the 
conglomerate  rock,  which  at  one  time  was  wrought  as  the  only  productive  lode,  yielded 
black  oxyd  and  silicate  of  copper  in  considerable  quantities,  but  this  is  now  abandoned. 

It  may  therefore  be  regarded  as  demonstrated,  that  the  productive  veins  of 
metallic  copper  are  confined  to  trap  rocks  of  certain  character ;  that  the  more  crys¬ 
talline  portions,  which  assume  a  sienitie  character,  are  unproductive,  while  the  por- 
phyritie  varieties  yield  only  the  ores  of  copper.  These  determinations  of  the  limits 
of  the  productive  cupriferous  formation  are  of  very  great  importance,  since  the  area 
ig  thus  defined  in  which  search  may  be  successfully  carried  on ;  and  while  this  deter¬ 
mination  may  to  some  extent  circumscribe  the  limits  of  the  formerly  supposed  mineral 
region,  it  will,  nevertheless,  give  right  direction  to  energy  and  capital,  and  prevent  the 
waste  of  both,  in  a  search  as  useless  as  a  search  for  coal  beyond  limits  of  the  coal 
formations.  Nothing  can  be  more  important,  to  the  prosperity  of  the  region  itself, 
and  indirectly  to  the  country  at  large,  than  to  have  the  true  boundaries  and  limits  of 
mineral  districts  determined  by  accurate  geological  surveys.  As  a  case  in  point,  we 

21 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I . 


I 


are  prepared  to  assert,  that  the  surveys  of  the  Lake  Superior  lands  have  advanced  the 
permanent  interests  of  that  portion  of  the  country  more  than  half  a  century  beyond 
what  would  have  resulted  from  uncertain  and  desultory  operations,  like  those  proceed¬ 
ing  from  experimental  or  speculative  mining  enterprises. 

The  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  native  copper,  in  the  rock,  may  be  very  well 
inferred  from  the  specimens  shown  in  the  Crystal  Palace  Exhibition.  The  veins  occur 
penetrating  the  trap. 

The  sheet  of  copper,  which  is  of  variable  thickness,  is  usually  accompanied  by 
more  or  less  of  crystalline  mineral  matter,  which  divides  it  from  the  harder  rock 
walls.  These  sheets  of  copper  are  from  an  inch,  or  less,  to  two  feet  thick ;  sometimes 
continuous  for  a  long  distance,  while  often  the  metallic  mass  thins  out  entirely,  leaving 
the  vein  to  be  followed  by  the  other  crystalline  materials,  which  likewise  sometimes 
disappear,  leaving  scarcely  more  than  a  fissure  to  guide  the  miner.  The  lode  of  metal 
thus  lost  from  thinning  out  is  at  last  reached  again,  and  it  goes  on  increasing  in 
thickness  to  its  maximum,  when  it  again  thins  out  and  disappears.  The  metallic 
copper,  therefore,  though  occurring  in  veins  which  are  continuous,  is  itself  in  discon¬ 
nected  masses,  exceedingly  various  in  size,  weighing  from  a  few  hundred  pounds  to 
twenty,  forty,  and  even  eighty  tons. 

Since  the  copper  cannot  be  removed  in  masses  of  this  size,  it  is  necessary  to  find 
the  means  of  dividing  them.  Metallic  copper  cannot  be  blasted,  nor  broken,  as  ordi¬ 
nary  ores  or  rocks,  and  other  means  are  resorted  to  for  accomplishing  this  object. 
The  rock,  and  other  mineral  matter,  is  removed  from  around  the  mass,  and  it  is  cither 
thrown  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  mine,  or,  if  left  in  its  natural  position,  is  cut  into 
pieces  of  convenient  size  by  steel  chisels  and  hammers,  as  a  blacksmith  cuts  a  piece  of 
cold  iron,  except  that  in  cutting  the  copper  a  groove  has  to  be  cut  entirely  through 
the  mass.  This  is  a  slow  and  tedious  process,  and  adds  very  much  to  the  expense  of 
producing  the  metal.  The  masses  of  native  copper,  exhibited  at  the  Crystal  Palace, 
from  several  of  the  mines  of  Lake  Superior,  have  been  cut  from  larger  masses  in  this 
manner,  and  the  marks  of  the  chisel  may  be  seen  upon  the  cut  surfaces.  The  largest 
of  these  masses,  weighing  6,300  pounds,  is  cut  in  this  manner  on  four  of  its  sides. 
Other  smaller  and  thinner  masses  show  the  cut  edges,  and  the  thickness  of  the  original 
mass.] 

71.  American  Mining  Company,  Broadway,  New  York. — Producers. 

Specimens  of  ores  from  the  various  mines  worked  by  the  Company  in  the  United 
States  and  Cuba. 

a.  From  the  Warwick  Mine,  Berks  county,  Pennsylvania. — Specimens  of  magnetite 
with  fibrous  malachite ;  magnetite  with  chrysocolla ;  with  mammillary  malachite ; 
with  talc;  with  copper  pyrites;  with  octahedral  iron  pyrites;  with  emerald-green 
foliated  hexagonal  crystals  (copper  mica) ;  dodecahedral  magnetite ;  magnetite  with 
copper  pyrites  and  serpentine ;  specimens  of  trap  rock  containing  iron  pyrites  ;  speci¬ 
mens  of  crushed  ore ;  and  of  the  same  which  has  been  put  through  a  magnetic  machine 
to  separate  the  magnetite,  and  rich  in  copper. 

b.  From  the  Cabarrus  Mine,  North  Carolina. — Copper  pyrites  in  quartz. 

c.  From  the  Sharon  Mine,  Ontonagon  county,  Michigan. — Crystallized  native  cop¬ 
per  in  calcite ;  the  same  with  chabazite. 

d.  From  the  Windsor  Mine,  Michigan,  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior. — Crystallized 
native  copper  in  quartz,  with  calcite. 

e.  From  the  Derby  Mine,  Ontonagon  county,  Michigan. — Native  copper,  with  red 
oxyd  of  copper  and  malachite. 

/.  From  the  Norwich  Mine,  on  the  North  Fork  of  the  West  Branch  of  the  Ontona¬ 
gon  River,  Michigan. — A  large  variety  of  specimens  of  crystallized  native  copper  in 
serpentine  rock,  with  quartz  and  calcite. 

g.  From  the  Lebanon  Mine,  Cornwall,  Lebanon  county,  Pennsylvania. — Red  oxyd 
of  copper  and  malachite,  in  magnetite. 

h.  From  Lancaster  Mine,  Lancaster  county,  Pennsylvania. — Galena  with  quartz,  in 
gneissic  gangue. 

i.  From  the  New  London  Mine,  Frederick  county,  Maryland. — Copper  glance,  with 
malachite. 

j.  From  the  San  Antonio  Mine,  Cuba.— Fibrous  malachite,  with  specular  iron. 

k.  From  the  San  Augustine  Mine,  District  of  Bayatavo,  Cuba. — Copper  glance, 

with  copper  pyrites ;  incrustation  of  metallic  copper  on  wood  (?) ;  a  tube  of  copper 
containing  a  mass  of  limonite.  1 1 


72.  Stanton  Copper  Company. 

Ores  from  mine  situated  near  the  Merrimac  River,  in  Franklin  county,  Missouri. _ 

Veinstone,  composed  of  calcite  stained  with  sesquioxyd  of  iron;  copper  glance,  with 
malachite  and  quartz,  being  an  average  sample  of  the  ore. 

Ores  from  mine  situated  on  the  line  of  the  south-west  branch  of  the  Pacific  Rail¬ 
road,  seventy  miles  south-west  of  St.  Louis.— Copper  glance,  with  malachite,  and  speci¬ 
men  of  malachite  taken  from  sixty  feet  below  the  surface. 

.  Pig-copper  from  Stanton  Copper  Furnace,  made  by  a  first  smelting  of  the  ore 
with  charcoal ;  slag  from  the  operation,  mostly  composed  of  silicate  of  iron. 


73.  Park,  Andrew,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Copper  ores  from  Washington  county,  Missouri.— Malachite ;  malachite,  with  cop¬ 
per  glance;  malachite,  with  copper  pyrites;  malachite,  with  red  oxyd  of  copper- 
copper  pyrites;  malachite,  with  copper  pyrites,  limonite  and  calcite;  copper  pyrites • 
conner-Dicr.  A  *  1 J  * 


74.  Primrose,  Tuomas,  Missouri 

Copper  pyrites,  with  calcite,  from  the  Old  Mines,  section  No.  36,  township  No  < 
bnannon  county,  Missouri.  1 

Specimens  of  malachite,  copper  pyrites,  and  red  oxyd  of  copper,  with  a  mass 
me  allic  copper  made  from  them  by  smelting  with  charcoal,  from  the  New  Mines 
section  No.  6,  township  Ao.  29,  Shannon  county,  Missouri. 

22 


75.  Chilton,  J.,  Emeuce,  Missouri. 
Copper  ores  and  calcite. 


76.  - , - • 

Copper  glance ;  copper  glance  in  gneiss;  magnetite;  foliated  specular  iron,  from 
Lemesurier  Mine,  Lake  Superior ;  copper  pyrites  in  quartz,  from  Jackson  Mine,  Lake 
Superior ;  erubescite,  from  Inverness. 

77.  Gilbert,  Lyman,  W.,  No.  15  Insurance  Buildings,  New  York  City. 

a.  Copper  ores  from  Carroll  Mines,  Maryland ;  erubescite  with  copper  pyrites,  in 
quartz  gangue ;  erubescite,  black  oxyd  of  copper,  and  malchite  in  quartz ;  erubescite 
with  chrysocolla. 

b.  Copper  ores  from  Potomac  Mines,  Maryland;  massive  copper  pyrites;  copper 
pyrites  with  calcite  and  specular  iron  ;  copper  pyrites  with  magnetic  pyrites. 

c.  From  the  Old  Liberty  Mine,  Frederick  county,  Maryland. — Copper  glance,  with 
malachite  and  limonite,  in  quartz. 

d.  From  the  Dolly  Hide  Copper  Mine,  Frederick  county,  Maryland. 

1.  Malachite,  in  limonite. 

2.  Erubescite  and  malachite,  in  limonite. 

3.  Malachite,  copper  pyrites  and  silicate  of  copper,  in  quartz  gangue. 

4.  Erubescite,  in  calcite  gangue. 

5.  Galena. 

6.  Galena,  with  erubescite. 

[The  two  preceding,  together  with  the  New  London  Mine  in  Frederick  county, 
worked  by  the  American  Mining  Company,  are,  according  to  Dr.  Genth,  precisely 
alike  in  geological  character,  but  of  an  entirely  distinct  formation  from  that  described 
in  the  last  note.  “They  all  consist  of  large  deposits  of  ore  in  limestone  or  magnesian 
limestone,  which  is  imbedded  in  a  talcose  slate.  The  New  London  Mine  has  gray 
sulphurets  of  copper.”  The  contribution  of  the  American  Mining  Company  from  this 
mine  is  a  specimen  of  copper  glance  with  malachite  (No.  66,  i.)  The  word  erubescite, 
so  often  used  in  this  catalogue,  is  the  mineralogical  name  for  a  double  sulphuret  of 
copper  and  iron,  which  has,  when  freshly  broken,  a  bronze  color  and  metallic  luster, 
but  soon  tarnished  in  the  air,  and  presents  an  iridescent  appearance,  from  which  it  was 
formerly  called  variegated  copper.  Miners  call  it  “horse-flesh  copper  ore,”  from  some 
fanciful  resemblance  which  they  find. 

There  is  a  cupriferous  region  upon  the  Blue  Ridge  in  Virginia,  reaching  from  near 
Fredericksburg  for  forty  to  fifty  miles  along  the  course  of  the  chain.  The  copper  ap¬ 
pears  at  intervals  associated  with  an  epidotic  gangue,  quartz,  and  chlorite,  in  the  gray- 
wacke  rocks,  following  in  the  main  the  strike  of  the  outcrop.  It  is  doubtful  whether 
any  of  the  veins  observed  by  explorers  in  this  region  are  truly  such,  and  it  is  very 
possible  that  they  may  be  only  epidotic  and  quartzose  beds,  conformable,  for  the  most 
part,  to  the  surrounding  graywacke.  The  surface  indications  here  are  frequently  very 
encouraging  for  a  good  supply  of  copper.  It  is  very  possible  that  valuable  returns 
may  follow  their  exploration.  Many  of  the  masses  of  copper  resemble  the  Siberian 
ores,  being  red  oxyd  investing  metallic  copper,  and  coated  with  green  malachite. 
There  is  one  pretty  well  marked  quartzose  lode,  with  yellow  copper.  The  Manassas 
Gap  property  is  on  the  Orange  Railway,  about  70  miles  from  Alexandria.  Ernbescito 
and  copper  glance  are  also  found  disseminated  through  a  bed  of  very  hard  graywacke, 
and  there  is  a  very  general  diffusion  of  copper  through  the  whole  region,  as  evidenced 
by  the  green  coating  on  the  weather-surfaces  of  many  of  the  rocks.] 

e.  Collected  by  William  P.  Blake,  Ph.  B. 

From  Deep  River  Copper  Mine,  Guildford  County,  North  Carolina. 

Copper  ores. 

f.  From  Beck  &  Hadrick’s  Copper  Mine,  Lexington,  Davidson  County,  North 
Carolina. 

Copper  ores  and  slate. 

g.  From  the  Mines  of  the  Tennessee  Mining  Company,  Polk  County,  Tennessee. 

1.  Wall  rock  of  vein,  gneiss,  and  mica  slate. 

2.  Gozzan,  hydrous  red  oxyd  of  iron. 

3.  Magnetic  iron  pyrites,  with  a  portion  of  copper  pyrites. 

4.  Copper  glance. 

5.  Ores,  dressed  and  ready  for  the  market. 

h.  From  the  Hiwassee  Mine,  Polk  County,  Tennessee. 

1.  Copper  ores;  amorphous  sulphuret,  and  a  black  oxyd  of  copper. 

2.  Magnetic  iron  pyrites. 

3.  Copper  pyrites. 

[These  two  mines  are  situated  upon  one  and  the  same  course,  or  bed,  in  Polk 
county;  and  in  the  very  south-eastern  corner  of  the  State,  adjoining  Georgia.  The 
rocks  at  the  mines  are  micaceous  and  cliloritic  slates,  probably  of  silurian  age,  but 
so  metamorphosed  as  not  to  be  referable  to  any  subdivision  of  that  system.  There 
are  two  great  veins,  or  beds  of  cupriferous  pyrites,  stretching  through  this  region  for 
four  or  five  miles,  preserving  very  nearly,  as  far  as  has  been  observed,  their  parallelism 
throughout  their  course.  These  two  veins  are  about  a  mile  from  each  other,  and  have 
the  same  course  as  the  strata  in  which  they  are  inclosed,  that  is,  for  the  greater  part 
of  the  distance  north  20°  east,  south  20°  west.  Near  the  northern  line  of  the  township 
they  both  bend,  and  assume  a  course  nearly  north-east  and  south-west,  but  soon  resume 
their  original  direction.  These  two  veins  preserve  a  remarkable  uniformity  of  appear¬ 
ance,  and,  so  far  as  can  be  judged,  are  equally  valuable.  The  western  one,  however, 
only,  has  been  opened  to  any  extent  (May,  1843),  and  on  this  are  two  or  three  mines, 
opened  to  the  depth  of  eighty  or  ninety  feet.  The  appearance  of  the  veins  on  the  k 
surface  is  marked  by  a  heavy  outcrop  of  gozzan  (the  Cornish  term  for  the  hydrated 
peroxyd  of  iron,  which  results  from  the  decomposition  of  pyritiferous  ores).  This 
outcrop  appears  chiefly  on  the  ridges,  and  the  ground  is  thickly  strewn  with  masses 
of  ferruginous  material,  over  a  width,  in  some  places,  of  about  a  hundred  feet.  On 
penetrating  beneath  the  surface,  this  gozzan  is  found  to  extend  downward  to  very 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


nearly  water  level,  filling  the  entire  space  between  the  adjacent  walls  of  l-ock,  some¬ 
times  forty  or  fifty  feet.  Beneath  the  gozzcm,  is  found  a  bed,  or  mass  of  black  cupri¬ 
ferous  ore,  of  variable  thickness  and  width.  This,  ns  well  as  the  gozzan,  is  the  result 
of  the  decomposition  of  an  ore,  consisting  originally  of  a  mixture  of  the  sulphurets  of 
iron  and  copper,  which  was  associated  with  a  quartzose  gangue,  or  vein-stone.  The 
place  of  the  bed  of  copper  ore  marks  the  limit  of  the  decomposition ;  beneath  it,  the 
ore  exists  in  its  original  condition.  The  depth  to  which  the  decomposition  has  extended 
is  variable,  as  it  is  identical  nearly  with  the  level  at  which  water  is  found.  On  the 
ridges,  it  varies  from  eighty  to  ninety  feet ;  in  the  valleys,  it  is  nearer  the  surface. 
This  black  ore  of  copper  is  analogous  to  the  “  copper  smut,”  or  black  copper  (Kupfer- 
schwarze,  of  the  Germans),  and  is  a  common  product  of  decomposition  of  cupriferous 
ores,  though  Mr.  "W hitney  has  never  seen  it  exhibited  on  so  large  a  scale  in  any  other 
locality.  It  is  a  mixture  of  black  oxyd  of  copper  with  sulphuret  of  the  same  metal, 
and  some  silicious  or  earthy  matter.  There  is,  also,  considerable  sulphuret  of  iron,  in 
crystals  and  small  fragments,  scattered  through  it,  as  well  as  some  sulphate  of  copper, 
and  perhaps  a  little  manganese.  The  thickness  of  this  deposit  of  black  copper  is  very 
variable.  Mr.  Whitney  thinks,  however,  that  it  cannot  fall  below  two  feet,  and  it  is 
probably  more.  The  thickness  of  the  deposit  of  black  copper  cannot  be  taken  as  a 
guide  to  the  quantity  of  copper  pyrites  which  existed  in  the  vein,  when  compared 
with  the  body  of  gozzan  which  overlies  it,  as  a  large  portion  of  the  copper  has  been 
carried  away,  and  lost  in  the  form  of  the  sulphate.  The  water  which  runs  from  the 
excavations  in  this  ore  is  strongly  impregnated  with  copper,  and  the  tools  of  the 
workmen,  when  allowed  to  remain  in  contact  with  the  water,  become  coated  with 
copper. 

The  lateral  thickness  of  these  veins  is  in  some  degree  a  matter  of  conjecture. 
In  the  Hiwassee  mine,  the  black  ore  is  said  to  occupy'  a  width  of  forty-live  feet. 
Assuming  the  very  low  estimate  of  ten  feet  for  the  width,  and  an  average  of  only- 
twenty'  per  cent,  copper  (it  is,  in  fact,  richer),  and  it  is  found  that  a  mile  in  length  on 
the  vein  will  give,  of  this  peculiar  black  ore,  over  6,300  tons  of  copper,  worth,  at 
present  prices,  not  less  than  $750,000;  and  it  is  believed  that  this  estimate  is  far 
within  the  truth.  No  attempt  has  yet  been  made  to  mine  the  mixed  pyrites  below 
the  line  of  decomposition.  There  is  good  reason  to  believe  that,  whenever  the  black 
ore  is  exhausted,  the  pyrites  may  be  worked  to  advantage. 

These  are  not  true  vein x,  filling  fissures,  but  are  to  be  regarded  as  contemporaneous 
or  segregated  veins  ;  similar  in  their  conditions,  in  fact,  to  all  the  so-called  veins  of  the 
Southern  States.  They  are,  however,  developed  on  a  scale  of  such  magnitude,  that 
there  can  be  no  doubt  of  their  being  continuous  to  a  great  depth,  and  reliable. 

The  great  obstacle  to  the  early  and  profitable  development  of  these  mines,  lies  in 
their  distance  from  market,  and  consequent  expense  in  hauling  the  ore  by  teams  over 
rough  roads.  It  has  been,  therefore,  recommended  to  erect  a  suitable  furnace  to  take 
all  the  ore  from  these  mines,  and  bring  it  up  to  sixty  or  seventy  per  cent,  regulus. 
It  is  believed  that  these  mines  would  then  stand  about  on  a  par  with  those  of  Lake 
Superior,  as  far  as  transportation  is  concerned,  as  they  would  be  shipping  a  product 
of  about  the  same  percentage  of  copper,  at  about  the  same  expense. 

We  have  condensed  the  foregoing  note  from  Mr.  J.  I).  Whitney’s  lucid  Report  to 
the  owners  of  the  East  Tennessee  and  Cherokee  Copper  Company'.  The  specimens  of 
mixed  magnetic  and  copper  pyrites,  which  Mr.  Blake  brought  from  the  Hiwassee 
mine  a  year  ago,  have  undergone  the  pyritiferous  decomposition,  and  are  all  crumbling 
to  dust  Mr.  Blake  stated  in  conversation  that  the  odor  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  was 
distinctly  perceptible  in  the  drifts  of  the  mine,  and  that  the  temperature  of  the  air  in 
the  passages  was  sensibly  elevated,  indicating  the  existence  of  a  constant  oxydation  or 
decomposition  in  the  mass  of  pyrites  ore  as  fast  as  it  becomes  exposed  to  the  air. 
Should  the  present  water-level  be  lowered,  no  doubt  the  same  cause  would  extend  the 
change  to  parts  of  the  vein  yet  unaffected  ;  and  it  is  worthy  of  consideration  whether 
this  circumstance  may  not  be  advantageously  availed  of,  to  bring  the  ore  up  to  a 
certain  stage  of  preparation,  in  anticipation  of  the  time  when  the  present  accumu¬ 
lation  of  black  ore  (the  product  of  ages  of  a  like  change)  shall  be  exhausted.  We 
must  certainly  regard  the  history  of  these  Tennessee  veins  as  among  the  most  interesting 
metallurgical  facts  brought  forward  at  the  Exhibition.] 

78.  North  Carolina  Copper  Comp  ant,  Guilford  County,  North  Carolina. — Manager, 
William  L.  Faber.  Treasurer,  F.  W.  Cammaren,  New  York  City. 

Series  of  specimens  of  ore,  gangue,  and  accompanying  minerals. 

I.  Three  specimens  of  hornblendic  gneiss,  the  rock  in  which  the  vein  occurs,  taken 
at  different  distances  from  the  vein. 

2  and  3.  Hornblendic  gneiss,  very  much  altered,  nearest  the  vein. 

5.  Talcose  slate,  which  forms  the  hanging  wall  of  the  vein. 

6.  Specimen  of  “  fluking,”  or  a  soft  decomposed  talcose  slate,  which  occurs  between 
the  vein  and  each  of  its  walls. 

7.  Milky  quartz,  which  forms  the  mass  of  the  vein. 

8.  Spathic  iron,  in  large  crystals,  which  occurs  in  layers  and  aggregations  in  the 
vein,  chiefly  near  the  walls. 

9.  Iron  pyrites,  containing  a  small  percentage  of  copper  and  nickel,  which  occurs 
in  small  quantity'  in  the  vein. 

10.  Pure  copper  pyrites,  of  which  the  vein  yields  on  an  average  eight  and  four- 
sevenths  tons  to  the  cubic  fathom. 

II.  Specimen  of  the  vein  at  the  depth  of  fifty-five  feet  from  the  surface,  consisting 
of  a  mixture  of  copper  and  iron  pyrites  with  quartz  and  decomposed  pyrites. 

12.  Specimen  of  crystallized  spathic  iron  in  quartz. 

13.  Specimen  of  the  vein  at  eighty  feet  from  the  surface,  being  apparently  a  mix¬ 
ture  of  copper  pyrites,  spathic  iron,  and  quartz. 

14.  Crystals  of  copper  pyrites  in  quartz. 

15.  Geode,  containing  ciystals  of  quartz,  copper  pyrites,  and  spathic  iron,  the 
whole  being  an  average  of  the  poorest  part  of  the  vein. 

16.  Specimen  of  the  foot  wall  of  the  vein,  probably  altered  hornblendic  gneiss. 


17  and  18.  Two  specimens  of  the  ore  dressed  and  ready  for  market. 

19.  Ore  of  second  quality',  prepared  for  market. 

20.  Large  mass  of  pure  copper  pyrites,  weight  1,100  pounds. 

[It  has  long  been  known  that  copper  pyrites  is  generally'  found  associated  with 
iron  pyrites,  in  the  auriferous  veins  of  North  Carolina,  but  it  was  but  recently'  made 
known  that  the  copper  ore  was  in  quantity  available  for  mining  purposes.  The  mine 
fiom  which  the  above  specimens  were  sent  was  originally  opened,  with  some  success, 
as  a  gold  mine,  but  the  copper  pyrites  was  soon  found  to  form  so  large  a  proportion 
of  the  vein  as  to  warrant  the  working  of  it  for  copper.  The  rock  of  the  country, 
according  to  Hr.  Jackson,  “is  a  soft, bright  yellowish-green  talcose  slate,  very  analogous 
to  serpentine  rock,  overlaid  by  a  variety  of  hornblendic  gneiss,  and  underlaid  by  a  fine- 
giained,  compact  hornblende  and  feldspar  rock,  analogous  to  greenstone,  but,  still, 
not  in  the  form  of  a  dike,  but  of  a  regular  bed.”  At  this  mine  there  appears,  in  the 
midst  of  this  soft  talcose  slate,  a  large  vein  of  quartz,  more  than  six  feet  thick,  accom¬ 
panied  by  numerous  smaller  quartz  veins,  and  all  abundantly  intermixed  with  copper 
pyrites.  There  is,  also,  at  the  mine,  a  regular  vein  of  pure  copper  pyrites,  one  foot 
four  and  a  half  inches  in  thickness ;  the  large  quartz  vein,  itself,  being  full  of  nests 
and  bunches  of  the  copper  ore,  mingled  with  a  small  proportion  of  highly  crystallized 
tin-white  iron  pyrites,  which  has  not  been  analy’zed.  The  great  cupriferous  quartz 
vein  dips,  where  it  has  been  opened,  north,  25°  west,  35°  from  the  horizontal  on  the 
upper  side,  and  45°  on  the  lower  side  (a  too  rapid  widening,  as  Dr.  Jackson  remarks, 
to  be  otherwise  than  local),  with  a  tendency  to  become  more  vertical.  The  course  of 
the  vein  is  north,  45°  east  It  has  been  proved  to  a  distance  of  310  feet,  but  there  is 
every  reason  for  supposing  it  to  be  very  much  longer.  In  sinking  the  shaft,  it  is  stated 
that  40,000  pounds  of  ore,  yielding  24-J  per  cent,  of  copper,  were  extracted,  and  that, 
in  one  place,  a  ton  of  copper  pyrites  was  extracted  from  a  space  four  feet  wide,  two 
feet  deep,  and  five  feet  high. 

Dr.  Genth  has  supplied  the  following  additional  facts,  regarding  the  auriferous 
and  cupriferous  quartz  veins  of  North  Carolina.  He  calls  the  metalliferous  rock  of  the 
country  a  diorite  (a  rock  composed  of  hornblende  and  albite),  and  states  that  this 
formation  is  intersected  in  every  direction  by  quartz  veins,  all  of  which  are  auriferous, 
and  all  of  which  contain  indications  of  copper.  He  thinks  that  most  of  them,  after 
being  mined  to  a  certain  depth,  will  be  worked  for  copper  alone.  All  the  mines  which 
have  been  opened  give  gold  ore,  yielding  from  $1  to  $3  per  bushel,  between  the 
surface  and  the  water  level.  Below  the  water  level,  the  quartz  contains  copper 
pyrites.  It  is  very  rarely  the  case  that  these  quartz  veins  are  composed  of  pure  white 
quartz.  The  more  common  ore,  called  in  that  country  “  brown  gold  ore,”  is  a  cavern-  ; 
ous  quartz,  containing  quantities  of  limonite,  which  have  evidently  arisen  from  the 
decomposition  of  auriferous  copper  and  iron  pyrites,  by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere 
and  water  above  the  water  level,  while  below  it  the  pyrites  is  found  unacted  upon. 

In  some  veins,  the  auriferous  pyrites  is  still  found  pervading  the  mass.  Some  think 
that  the  auriferous  pyrites  is  distinguished  by  some  peculiar  crystallization,  but  Dr. 
Genth  found  the  cube,  the  octahedron,  the  cubo-octahedron,  the  pentagonal  dodeca-  I 
liedron,  and  other  modifications,  and  all  auriferous.] 

General  Observations  on  the  Mining  Region  of  North  Carolina,  by  Dr.  Genth. 

The  geological  formation  of  the  mineral  region  is  a  modern  granite  (syenite) ;  in 
some  counties,  diorite,  lined  to  the  east  of  these  formations  with  a  talcose,  and  some¬ 
times  chloritic  slate;  which  slate  formation  is  sometimes  intersected  by  South  Carolina 
dikes  of  trap  (diorite)  and  granite.  Most  of  the  veins  (about  99  per  cent.)  are  quartz 
veins.  The  veins  are  regular,  and  often  can  be  traced  for  many  miles.  Pockets  are 
not,  however,  of  rare  occurrence,  and  these  are  generally  found  in  the  diorite  forma¬ 
tion.  Their  occurrence  is  interesting.  It  is  generally  a  diorite  vein,  of  a  paler  color, 
and  more  silicious  nature,  which  intersects  the  dark-green  diorite,  and  in  which,  nearer 
to  the  surface,  the  silica  is  separated  as  white  quartz.  Such  pockets  have  often  splendid 
ores.  They  are  of  very  frequent  occurrence  in  Chatham  county,  and  variegated  and 
yellow  copper  pyrites  is  found  there  in  them.  In  Cabarrus  county,  I  have  also  observed 
several  such  pocket  veins,  and  the  first  locality  in  which  I  found  the  new  mineral', 
barnhardtite,  so  named  from  the  estate  on  which  it  was  found  (2  Cu.2  S  -f-  Fc-j  S3  — J; 
was  a  pocket  vein.  Most  of  the  true  veins,  more  especially  those  in  the  slate  forma¬ 
tion,  run  north  20°,  40°  east ;  but  so-called  cross  veins  are  also  often  found  with  a 
north-west  course.  The  quartz  rock,  which  mostly  forms  the  vein-stone,  or  gangue,  is 
generally  (at  least,  in  most  of  the  good  veins)  separated  from  the  diorite  by  a  small 
seam  of  slate,  often  of  a  talcose  or  chloritic  character.  The  quartz  of  these  veins  is 
often  of  a  snow-white  color,  and  does  not  contain  a  visible  particle  of  any  mineral, 
though  it  is  rich  enough  to  work  it  for  gold ;  generally,  iron  pyrites  are  found  in  those 
quartz  veins,  but  above  water  level  they  are  decomposed.  This  decomposition  is  very 
interesting  in  many  of  the  veins  ;  the  white  (sometimes  reddish)  quartz  often  does  not 
contain  a  trace  of  iron  pyrites,  but  the  space  which  the  crystals  once  occupied  is 
filled  with  sulphur.  The  quartz  becomes,  in  this  manner,  rotten,  and  the  name 
“  honeycomb  quartz”  is  then  applied  to  it  Most  iron  pyrites  yield  a  considerable 
amount  of  gold,  which  thus  (by  the  decomposition  of  the  iron  pyrites)  becomes 
visible  to  the  eye,  and  extractable  by  mercury.  At  other  places,  the  iron  pyrites  was 
changed  into  brown  hematite,  which  also  is  then  a  very  valuable  gold  ore.  Some 
veins  contain  larger  quantities  of  iron  pyrites,  and  in  many  of  those  the  quartz  is 
associated  with  sulphate  of  baryta,  which  latter  mineral  then  also  becomes  gold- 
bearing. 

Another  class  of  veins,  in  North  Carolina,  is  the  granite  veins  in  syenite  or  diorite, 
or  even  granite.  These  granite  veins  consist  principally  of  quartz,  and  may  be 
mistaken  for  quartz  veins ;  but  close  observation  shows  the  red  feldspar  associated 

28 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


•with  it,  and,  in  several  instances,  molybdenite,  substituting  mica.  Veins  of  this  class 
are  similar  to  some  of  the  veins  in  Cornwall  and  Saxony,  containing  tin  ores  and 
copper  minerals.  In  one  of  them,  I  succeeded  in  finding  wolfram,  tungstenic  acid, 
scheelite,  and  a  new  mineral  (tungstate  of  copper).  All  the  veins  which  have  been 
developed  to  a  greater  depth  show  more  or  less  copper  pyrites,  and  it  may  be  expected 
that  the  greater  number  of  the  veins,  worked  for  gold  at  present,  will  turn  into  copper 
veins.  The  most  common  copper  ore  is  yellow  pyrites ;  variegated  copper,  I  found, 
at  one  place,  near  Pioneer  Mills,  Cabarrus  county,  in  an  indifferent-looking  vein. 
Barnhardtite,  I  found  in  Mecklenburgh  county,  and  at  Barnliardt’s  land  and  Pioneer 
Mills  (Dr.  Leventhorp’s  mine),  Cabarrus  county.  At  the  latter  place,  I  found  also 
black  oxyd  and  sulphyd  of  copper,  as  well  as  silicate  of  copper.  A  few  of  the  copper 
veins  in  North  Carolina  are  already  so  productive  as  to  render  their  working  profitable. 
North  Carolina  and  McCulloch,  in  Guilford  county ;  Mecklenburgh,  in  Mecklenburgh 
county,  are,  it  is  believed,  at  present,  the  only  ones  which  would  pay,  if  worked  for  cop¬ 
per  alone.  The  Phoenix,  in  Cabarrus  county,  will,  in  all  probability,  be  a  good  copper 
mine  also.  What  the  annual  produce  of  gold,  of  any  of  these  mines,  is,  is  a  difficult 
matter  to  determine.  None  of  the  ores  are  worked  which  do  not  produce,  at  least, 
fifty  cents  per  bushel  (of  eighty  pounds) ;  much  of  it  is  far  richer,  and  will  yield  one 
dollar  to  two  dollars,  and  even  five  dollars  per  bushel,  on  the  average,  while,  occa¬ 
sionally,  pockets  are  found  worth  $500  to  $1,000  a  busheL 

Somewhat  different  from  the  veins  in  the  granite,  syenite,  and  diorite,  are  those 
in  the  slate  formation.  In  the  same  manner  in  which  the  former  turn  into  copper 
veins,  in  depth,  many  of  those  in  the  slate  formation  (but  by  no  means  all)  may  be 
expected  to  become  lead  veins  in  depth.  For  instance,  Goldhill,  the  most  interesting 
of  all  North  Carolina  mines,  may  become  a  copper  mine,  but  never  a  lead  mine,  though 
half  a  mile  from  it  a  lead  vein  is  found  in  the  same  slate.  Goldhill,  or  the  slate  mine, 
which  was  discovered  about  fourteen  years  ago,  has  been  constantly  worked  up  to  the 
present  time.  There  are  probably  six  veins  known  at  Goldhill,  but  only  two  of  these 
are  at  present  worked.  The  richest  of  the  two  is  the  so-called  Marton,  Peters  &  Co. 
vein.  Its  course  is  north,  35°  east.  It  has  been  developed  to  a  depth  of  360  feet. 
The  vein  is  a  quartz  vein,  in  chlorite  slate,  and  at  360'  depth,  between  three  and  six 
feet  wide.  The  ore  is  a  mixture,  often  intimate,  of  quartz,  chlorite,  iron  pyrites,  some 
copper  pyrites,  and  magnetic  iron  ore,  with  native  gold.  The  ore  is  worth  two  dollars 
a  bushel,  in  average.  Much  of  the  ore,  however,  goes  far  beyond  that  figure.  When 
we  say  that  the  ore  is  worth  two  dollars  a  bushel,  it  is  meant  that  the  Company  get 
out  two  dollars  a  bushel  (leaving  in  the  tailings  two  dollars  more).  The  gold  can,  of 
course,  be  extracted  from  the  tailings,  but  not  by  mercury.  The  vein  on  the  Heilig 
land,  or  Earnhardt’s  vein,  is  worked  to  a  depth  of  280  feet.  This  vein  is  from  one  to 
three  feet  wide,  and  is  poor  as  a  gold  ore  ;  rich  copper  ores,  however,  have  been  found. 
At  this  vein,  was  found  the  graphic  tellurium,  associated  with  native  gold.  The  slate 
formation  extends  through  Davidson,  Stanley,  and  Union  counties,  and,  in  all  proba¬ 
bility  farther.  In  Union  county,  several  mines  have  been  worked  for  gold  with  great 
success;  so  have  the  Houri  and  Washington  mines,  and  several  others.  The  gold  is 
mostly  invisible,  and  large  quantities  can  be  obtained.  Some  of  the  mines  in  this 
county  (for  example,  the  two  last  named)  are  very  rich,  the  ore  yielding  twenty-five 
dollars  to  fifty  dollars  a  bushel ;  at  others,  the  ore  is  poor,  but  abundant. 

We  will  next  mention  a  very  interesting  group  of  veins,  which  intersect  this  whole 
region,  parallel  with  each  other,  and  almost  parallel  with  the  slate.  These  are  the 
zinc-blende  veins,  with  gold  and  silver.  The  best  (known)  vein,  of  this  description,  is 
in  Davidson  county,  familiar  to  mineralogists  as  “Washington  silver  mine,”  where 
magnificent  cabinet  specimens  of  lead  salts  were  formerly  very  abundant.  The 
vein,  at  this  mine,  is  irregular,  swelling  to  almost  immense  dimensions,  and  then, 
again,  dying  out  at  its  extremities  to  a  mere  string.  Many  geologists  have  expressed 
the  opinion  that  this  is  a  pocket  vein,  but  this  opinion  is  erroneous.  In  neither 
direction  does  this  vein  disappear  entirely,  but  is  only  reduced  to  the  thickness  of  a 
knife-blade.  At  other  places,  in  Union  county,  which  I  had  an  opportunity  to 
examine,  I  found,  perhaps,  the  continuation  of  the  same  vein,  at  one  place,  only  a 
few  inches  thick,  and  about  100  yards  distant  it  was  ten  feet  wide.  As  the  Washington 
mine  is  the  best  known  of  these  blende  veins,  some  particulars  of  its  ores,  and  the 
mode  adopted  in  working  them,  will  not  be  inappropriate  in  this  connection.  The 
average  of  the  ores  of  Washington  mine  (an  average  taken  from  about  3,000  tons), 
which  was  on  the  surface  in  1849,  gave,  by  analysis,  the  following  quantities; _ 


Lead. . .  .=  190  per  cent,  or. 
Copper 
Iron  . . 

Iron  . . 

Zinc  . . 


100-0 


.galena. . .... . 21-9  contains  sulphur . 2'9 

=  ^°-6 
=  9T 
=  19-7 


.=  0-6  “ 

(« 

{  copper  pvrites . 

}  1,8 

.=  0-6  “ 

(( 

.=  8-9  “ 

(( 

iron  pyrites  . .  . 

.  .17-1 

.=  39-5  “ 

ti 

blende . 

.  .59-2 

=  32-3  “ 

tt 

100-0 

Cu.j  S 
Fes  S3 
Fe  Si 
Zn.  S 


32-3 


Tins  average  yields  about  eight  to  ten  ounces  of  silver  (with  three  to  four  percent, 
of  gold)  in  2,000  pounds  of  ore.  This  was  the  material,  which  the  Company  proposed 
to  work  advantageously,  without  giving  the  means  of  doing  so.  It  is  a  matter  of 
course,  that  ores  yielding  forty  per  cent,  of  zinc  to  nineteen  of  lead,  can,  only  with  the 
greatest  difficulty,  be  worked  for  the  latter  metal.  The  modes  of  working  such  ores 
are  various.  Beyond  question,  the  best  method  would  be  the  one,  the  introduction  of 
which  I  always  recommended  to  the  late  Washington  Mining  Company— to  roast  the 
ore  dead,  so  that  no  particle  of  sulphur  would  remain  (of  course,  with  the  help  of 
Bteam,  in  order  to  make  oxyds  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen),  then  to  separate  the  zinc 
by  distillation,  to  tap  the  lead,  which  by  this  process  has  been  reduced,  and  work  up 

24 


the  residues  for  the  remaining  copper,  lead,  silver,  and  gold.  There  were,  undoubtedly, 
some  difficulties  to  avoid,  and  experience  was  required  to  know  exactly  when  to  stop 
or  continue  an  operation,  Ac.,  but  these  difficulties  would  not  be  greater  than  with  all 
new  establishments.  The  Company  having  no  money  for  these  experiments,  they  were 
compelled  to  smelt  and  to  volatilize  the  zinc,  dec.  Although  it  was  urgently  recom¬ 
mended  to  the  Company  to  build  chambers  to  collect  the  metallic  oxyds,  the  advice 
was  unheeded,  and  the  volatilized  oxyds  were  lost.  They  smelted,  of  course,  with 
great  loss  of  material,  but  recovered  enough  to  cover  cost,  until  a  final  change  of 
policy  destroyed  the  whole  property.  It  may  be  interesting  to  give  the  analysis  of 
some  of  the  products  of  these  operations,  and  to  record,  in  a  few  words,  my  mode 
of  working  these  ores  : — 

The  ore  was  first  oxydized,  by  roasting  it  in  heaps  about  twenty  feet  square,  and 
six  to  eight  feet  high.  A  bed  of  small  wood  was  made,  and,  upon  it,  a  layer  of  char¬ 
coal,  about  3"  thick;  then  10  to  12"  of  ore  (previously  stamped  and  washed);  a 
second  layer  of  charcoal  and  ore ;  a  third  and  fourth,  Ac.  The  wood  was  kindled, 
and  thus  the  ore  heated  until  it  commenced  to  burn.  This  first 
roasting  lasted  about  four  weeks.  As  soon  as  the  heap  was  cold, 
it  was  roasted  in  the  same  manner  twice  more,  always  selecting 
the  completely  roasted  ore  from  the  remainder.  These  zine 
ores  roast  sufficiently  easy  if  they  are  well  powdered.  The  well- 
roasted  ore  was  reduced  in  upright  stack-furnaces,  of  about  4  to 
5'  high,  30"  deep,  and  24"  wide,  with  a  crucible  sole  (sumpf) 
shaped,  as  in  the  annexed  diagram.  As  flux,  and  in  order  to 
separate  the  metals  from  them,  “  tailings”  from  previous  workings 
were  used,  and  also  iron  ore  from  Conrad  Hill  (refuse  ore,  of 
course,  which  was  too  poor  to  work  for  gold) ;  and,  in  addition 
to  these,  old  slags  from  previous  operations. 

The  following  are  the  average  analyses  of  the  ores,  which  were  used  in  several 
campaigns  at  the  Washington  mines  (of  which  the  full  data  have  been  preserved),  in 
the  months  of  May  and  June,  1850.  The  substances  used  had  the  following  composi¬ 
tion  :  ore,  as  above,  but  roasted,  and  the  yield  of  lead  reduced  by  roasting  8-8  per  cent. ; 
silver,  per  ton  roasted  ore,  8T  ounces. 


1.  Old  tailings ; — 


Lead . =  8T  as  carbonate  and  phosphate. 

Copper . =  0-7  as  malachite. 

Iron . =  18‘5  as  hydrated  oxyd. 

Gangue . =  40  =  salts,  chlorite,  Ac. 

Silver . =  5-2  oz.  in  2,000  lbs 


2.  Iron  ore  from  Conrad  Hill : — 


Iron . =  40-2  as  oxyd. 

Lead . =  0-6 

Silica . =  33‘9 

Water . =  8-9 


Gold . =  0-000  6  per  cent.  gold. . .  .=  0775  oz. 


3.  Old  slags  contained : — 


Lead . =  9-2  as  oxyd. 

Copper . =  1-3  ditto. 

Iron . =  29T  as  FeO. 

Silica . =  39 -0 

Alumina,  magnesia, 
and  lime . =  12-0 


Silver . = 

2-3  ounces  per  2,000  pounds. 

4.  New  slag  contains  : — 

Silica . — 

28-5  contains 

oxygen. 

ti 

.  ..=  15-8. 

. . —  3. 

Alumina . = 

31-8 

it 

. .  .=  14-8. 

Oxyd  of  iron . = 

28-6 

it 

it 

...=  6-3 'I 

Oxyd  of  zinc . = 

7T 

ti 

it 

.  ..=  1-3 

Oxyd  of  lead . = 

Oxyd  of  copper  .  .= 

1-0 

0-7 

ti 

it 

ti 

ti 

...=  01 
...=  0-5 

-9.. 

Magnesia,  lime,  and 

alkalies . .  .= 

3-6 

it 

it 

...=  0-7  J 

This  is  very  near  in  the  proportions,  R  0,  Si  O3  +  R  0,  Al2  03. 

This  slag  runs  very  well,  though  it  has  such  a  large  quantity  of  alumina ;  but 
owing  to  the  substitution  of  this  constituent  for  the  silica,  as  the  electro-negative 
substance,  we  find  only  a  very  small  amount  of  lead  in  it. 

This  slag  contains  0-4  oz.  of  silver  in  2,000  lbs. 

The  analysis  of  the  matt  which  was  produced  in  this  campaign  was  as  follows: — 


Lead. . 

.=  13-6  per 

cent.,  requires 

S  for  PbS....  =  2-1 

gives 

Copper.  .=  10-2 

i<  tl 

tl 

CuS _ =  5-1 

a 

Zinc  . . 

.=  2-8 

ti  it 

it 

Zn  S. . .  .=  1-4 

u 

Iron  . . .  .=  40-6 

it  tl 

ll 

Fe  S _ =  23-2 

a 

Silver  . 

.=  0-058 

“  =17  ounces 

per  2,000  pounds. 

15-7  PbS. 
15-3  CuS. 
4-2  Zn  S. 
63-8  FeS. 


‘  t 


This  matt  is  a  mixture  of  the  sulphyds,  and  by  no  means  any  thing  like  a  chemi¬ 
cal  combination.  By  diluted  hj-drochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  sulphyds  of  iron  and 
zinc  can  be  extracted,  leaving  sulphyd  of  copper,  as  a  black  powder,  which  can  be 
easily  washed  off  from  the  sulphyd  of  lead. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


In  these  two  campaigns,  the  following  quantities  were  smelted: — 

Roasted  ore,  155,000;  slags  (half  old  and  half  new),  193,750;  old  tailings,  15,500; 
Conrad  Hill. iron  ore,  31,000;  litharge,  11,630.  Result:  Lead,  13,375;  matt,  16,950; 
slags,  300,000. 

Supposing,  from  the  difference  in  the  yield  of  silver  in  the  roasted  (80)  and 
unroasted  ore  (7  to  7’5  ounces),  that  200,000  pounds  of  ore  gave  the  above  155,000 
roasted  ore,  and  taking  for  litharge  (only)  75  per  cent.  Pb  and  nine  ounces  of  silver, 
we  find  that  the  above  quantities  contain  as  follows : — 

K.  O.  Slags.  Tailings.  Iron  Ore.  Litharge.  Lead.  Matt. 

Silver. .  750  oz.  132  oz.  40  oz.  2.7  oz.  gold.  53  oz.  824  oz.  142  oz. 

Lead  ..19,000  lbs.  9,784  lbs.  1,255  lbs.  186  lbs .  8,722  lbs .  2,305  lbs. 

Copper  1,200  lbs.  1,646  lbs.  108  lbs . ? .  1,728  lbs. 

100  tons  of  ore  yield  750  ounces  of  silver;  fluxes,  &c.  228  ounces,  =  978  ounces; 
of  which  were  obtained  in  the  lead  824  ounces,  and  in  the  matt  142  =  966  ounces. 
The  difference,  equal  to  twelve  ounces,  is  within  the  limits  of  unavoidable  mistakes  of 
observation,  and  remains  in  the  slag,  die. 

These  campaigns  do  not  show  such  good  results  with  regard  to  the  lead.  100  tons 
of  ore  contained  38,000  pounds.  Half  of  it  burned  off  in  roasting ;  the  roasted  ore, 
still,  ought  to  yield,  with  slags,  fluxes,  and  litharge,  38,947  pounds  of  lead.  There  was 
actually  obtained  only  13,375  pounds  of  lead,  and  16,950  pounds  of  matt,  with  2,305 
pounds  of  lead,  or,  in  all,  15,680  pounds  of  lead;  which  shows  the  loss  in  smelting  to 
be  23,267  pounds,  and  roasting  and  smelting,  together,  over  42,000  pounds.  The 
reasons  why  such  heavy  losses  were  experienced  at  that  time,  were,  simply,  the  fol¬ 
lowing  : — 

1.  Such  ores  cannot  be  smelted  without  a  great  loss  in  the  quantity  of  lead — say, 
about  twenty-five  per  cent,  unless  they  can  be  worked  jointly  with  other  richer  lead 

ores. 

2.  The  “  independent”  smelters  had  the  notion  of  burning  off  the  zinc  in  roasting, 
and  in  smelting  also.  It  is  plain,  that  they  succeeded  in  their  object.  It  is  unnecessary 
to  prolong  these  details.  It  is  understood  that  the  Washington  mine  is  now  in  the 
hands  of  a  new  Company.  The  experience  already  had  by  their  predecessors  will 
indicate  to  them,  that  if  they  do  not  separate  the  zinc  (as  they  may  do  perfectly  by 
Bradford’s  washing  machine)  they  will  fail,  unless  they  make  new  discoveries  of  rich 
pockets  of  native  silver. 

A  few  words  will  suffice,  with  regard  to  some  minerals  found  at  the  Washington 
mine*  and  mines  of  similar  ores  in  North  Carolina. 

1.  Native  gold. 

2.  Native  silver. — At  the  Washington  mine,  silver  was  met  with  sometimes  m  large 
quantities.  In  one  pocket,  there  was  found  a  mixture  of  blende,  with  native  and  sul- 
pliyd  of  silver  and  galena,  worth  about  .$6,000. 

The  native  silver  near  the  surface  was  found  in  carbonate  of  lead,  and  generally 
in  very  thin  laminae  or  films ;  rarely,  it  was  crystallized  in  minute  cubo-octahedrons. 
When  it  was  associated  with  sulphurets  of  other  metals,  it  was  in  lumps  of  the  size  of 
peas  and  beans,  sometimes  filiform  and  arborescent ;  in  the  latter  form,  usually  on  the 
foot  wall  of  the  vein. 

3.  Silver  glance,  mixed  with  the  native  silver. 

4.  Silver  ore,  which  I  have  described  as  probably  a  new  mineral ;  a  new  variety 
of  gray  copper,  from  Cabarrus  county  (only  locality  yet  known). 

5.  Galena. — Never  occurs  crystallized,  but  only  in  crystalline  masses,  sometimes 
in  cauliflower  concretions.  The  pure  galena  yields,  in  some  instances,  500  ounces  of 
silver,  but  such  ores  are  very  rare  in  this  mine.  In  Union  county,  in  the  same  slate 
formations,  are  galenas  which  yield,  according  to  Shepard,  a  large  amount  of  gold. 

6.  Blende. — Generally  brown  blende,  finely  granular,  and  intimately  mixed  with 
galena.  Coarser  blende,  in  some  gold  veins  in  Union  county,  but  only  in  small  quan¬ 
tities.  All  the  blende  of  this  region  which  has  been  examined  yields  silver,  sometimes 
only  one  or  two  ounces  a  ton ;  the  richest  which  I  have  assayed  was  34  ounces  in  2,000 
pounds;  this  had  three  per  cent,  of  gold  in  the  silver,  and  came  from  Davidson  county, 
from  Squire  Ward’s  mine.  An  interesting  mechanical  mixture  of  blende  with  copper 
pyrites  is  found  in  Davidson  county,  near,  and  sometimes  at  the  Washington  mine ;  it 
yields  about  seventeen  per  cent,  of  copper,  and  sixteen  ounces  of  silver  in  2,000  pounds 
of  ore. 

7.  Copper  pyrites,  already  alluded  to  ;  never  met  with  in  larger  masses,  and  always 
mixed  with  blende. 

8.  Iron  pyrites,  mixed  also  with  blende,  in  minute  cubes ;  also  in  the  talcose  slate, 
in  cubes,  and  combinations  of  the  cube  and  the  pentagonal  dodecahedron.  It  yields  but 
a  small  quantity  of  silver  and  gold  at  the  Washington  mine.  The.  iron  pyrites  of  Gold- 
hill  and  adjacent  localities  is  very  rich  in  these  metals. 

9.  Magnetic  iron  ore,  at  Goldhill  (above  alluded  to),  in  octahedral  crystals. 

10.  Brown  hematite,  common  everywhere. 

The  following  salts  are  very  interesting : — 

1.  Scheelite  (Ca  0.  W  03)  in  square  octahedrons,  of  a  grayish-blue  color ;  very  rare, 
and  not  enough  for  examination. 

2.  Pyromorpliite,  in  six-sided  prisms ;  the  yellowish-green  sometimes  with  the 
dodecahedral  planes  ;  of  all  colors  and  shapes.  A  crystal  in  Dr.  Genth’s  collection  is 
formed  of  an  aggregate  of  minute  six-sided  prisms,  is  about  one  inch  diameter,  by  half 
an  inch  high.  It  has  a  somewhat  chamois  color,  and  is  associated  with  orthoclase  and 

*  A  full  suite  of  the  ores  of  Washington  mine  were  shown  by  Mr.  Koswoll  Ying,  once  owner  of 
the  property  (see  No.  ).  Some  of  the  rarer  of  its  ores,  mentioned  by  Dr.  Genth,  were  included  in  his 
special  collection  (No.  165). 

C 


quartz.  It  is  interesting  that  the  latter  minerals  seem  to  have  undergone  the  action  of 
H  FI.  It  will  be  of  a  great  deal  of  interest  to  examine  carefully  the  phosphates 
of  the  Washington  mine,  with  a  view  to  detect  some  interesting  substitutions  of 
iromorphous  bases  which  may  be  expected.  Tire  green  varieties,  and  greenish-brown, 
is  also  found  at  Ward’s  place  and  McMakin’s,  in  Cabarrus  county;  the  brown  variety 
in  Union  county,  at  Steward’s  mine. 

3.  Another  phosphate,  found  at  the  Washington  mine  in  a  talcose  slate,  is 
wavellite,  in  botryoidal  forms,  but  sometimes  in  very  minute,  but  nice  stellated 
crystals. 

4.  The  carbonates  of  lead  of  the  Washington  mine  were  found  in  great  abun¬ 
dance,  and  beautiful  crystallizations,  in  its  early  history,  but  have  long  since  been 
exhausted. 

5.  The  sulphate  of  lead  (anglesite)  is  rare,  and  also  found  at  the  Washington 
mine  in  cavities  of  blende.  It  is  the  prism,  with  no  other  combination  but  plane, 
and  the  crystals  are  small,  and  not  very  distinct. 

6.  Sulphate  of  copper  is  sometimes  found,  in  well-defined  crystals  of  the  common  | 
form,  in  the  forty -feet  level  of  the  Washington  mine. 

7.  A  brown  garnet  is  sometimes  mixed  with  the  ores  of  the  Washington  mine,  in 
regular  dodecahedral  crystals. 

— 

79.  PAT.vrsco  CorPF.a  and  Cobalt  Company. — Producers.  (Superintendent,  Edward 

Remington,  Finksburg,  Carroll  County,  Maryland.) 

Malachite,  concretionary  forms  from  the  Orchard  vein  ;  copper  pyrites,  from  Mid¬ 
dlesex  vein ;  specimens  from  Windsor  vein  ;  wall  rock  and  gangue ;  gozzan  ;  fibrous 
malachite;  azurite(?);  copper  glance,  compact  and  amorphous  ;  erubescite  ;  epidote. 

Specimens  of  Carrollite  (a  new  cobalt  ore).  Large  rock  of  pure  copper  pyrites, 
weight  3,500  pounds. 

80.  The  Association,  <Sec. — Collected  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Genth,  of  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

a.  From  the  Springfield  Copper  Mines,  near  Sykesville,  Carroll  county,  Maryland. 

1.  Copper  pyrites,  with  octahedral  iron  pyrites. 

2.  Copper  pyrites. 

3.  Azurite. 

4.  Carrolite,  with  octahedral  iron  pyrites  in  quartz  gangue. 

5.  Magnetite,  with  native  gold. 

b.  From  the  Mineral  Hill  mines,  Carroll  county,  Maryland. 

1.  Magnetite. 

2.  Copper  pyrites. 

3.  Black  oxyd  of  copper,  with  chrysocolla. 

4.  Carrollite,  with  copper  pyrites. 

5.  Erubescite,  with  copper  pyrites  and  talc. 

6.  Copper  pyrites,  with  talcose  gangue. 

[There  is  a  striking  resemblance  between  the  ores  collected  from  several  of  the 
mines  in  this  district  of  Maryland,  as  is  seen  upon  a  comparison  of  the  last  four  or 
five  collections.  Speaking  of  these  mines,  Dr.  Genth  (private  commimication)  re¬ 
marks  : — 

“There  is,  in  this  section  of  the  country,  one  great  region  consisting,  generally, 
of  talcose,  but,  in  some  places,  of  cliloritic  or  hornblendic  slate,  with  large  parallel 
metalliferous  veins.  I  believe  that  the  ores  from  the  Springfield,  Carroll,  Fatapsco, 
and  Mineral  Hill  mines,  belong  either  to  one  and  the  same  vein,  or  to  veins  running 
parallel  to  each  other,  and  bearing  the  same  minerals.  None  of  these  veins  have  been 
worked  to  a  sufficient  depth  to  indicate  what  their  full  value  may  be.  The  vein  or 
veins  appear  to  run  in  a  north-easterly  and  south-westerly  direction.  The  most  north¬ 
easterly  opening  is  at  the  Patapsco  mine  ;  next  to  it,  I  think,  the  Mineral  Hill ;  next, 
the  Carroll ;  and  the  most  south-westerly,  the  Springfield  mine,  near  Sykesville.  The 
distance  from  the  Patapsco  to  the  Springfield  openings  is  about  ten  miles.  It  is  an 
interesting  fact,  that  the  top  of  the  vein  is  magnetite,  and  sometimes  polarized  (load¬ 
stone).  At  the  Carroll,  there  is  a  quartz  with  specular  iron,  but  very  subordinate,  j 
Epidote  occurs  at  the  Carroll  and  Patapsco.  There  is  native  gold  in  the  magnetite  j 
from  the  Mineral  Hill  and  Springfield,  which,  I  have  no  doubt,  was  originally  in 
solution,  and,  in  passing  through  the  magnetite,  was  reduced  by  its  protoxyd  of  iron  ;  | 

thus,  in  some  specimens,  a  pulverulent  brown  sesquioxyd  is  found  with  the  gold. 
This  gold  has  never  been  observed  below  a  depth  of  fifty  feet,  and  although  some 
specimens  are  very  rich,  it  is  probably  never  in  sufficient  quantity  to  be  worked  to 
advantage.  Next  below  the  magnetite,  in  the  vein,  is  found  quartz  with  magnetite 
and  erubescite  (except  at  Springfield) ;  next,  copper  pyrites,  cobalt  ore,  and  iron 
pyrites.  At  the  Carroll,  they  aro  not  yet  deep  enough  for  the  copper  pyrites  and 
cobalt  ore,  but  all  the  other  localities  have  them.  The  cobalt  minerals,  however,  are 
very  rare,  and  none  of  the  mines  can  properly  be  called  cobalt  mines.  The  iron 
pyrites  in  the  Springfield  suite,  however,  has  a  reddish  tint,  which  may  be  an  indi¬ 
cation  of  the  presence  of  an  important  amount  of  cobalt.”  It  is  evident,  from  Dr. 
Genth’s  valuable  notes,  that  this  region  deserves  a  far  more  thorough  exploration  than 
it  has  received.  Other  points  may  be  -found  where  the  vein  or  veins  in  this  large 
metalliferous  system  may  be  opened  to  advantage.  If  the  auriferous  magnetite  which 
forms  the  upper  part  of  the  veins  be  available  in  quantity  and  quality  as  an  iron  ore, 
the  paucity  of  the  gold  may  not  be  so  important.  The  carrollite,  which  is  the  principal 
cobaltiferous  mineral  in  this  formation,  is  a  new  mineral,  which  lias  been  found  only  at 
these  localities.  Although,  as  Dr.  Genth  states,  not  abundant,  it  is  still,  in  addition  to 
the  copper  ores,  of  more  or  less  value.] 

c.  From  the  Works  of  the  Baltimore  Copper  Company,  New  Canton,  Maryland. 

Specimens  of  the  copper  ores  used,  and  samples  illustrating  the  smelting  and 

refining  processes. 

1.  Copper  pyrites,  from  Cuba. 

2.  Erubescite,  from  Chili. 

25 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I’. 


3.  Malachite,  from  the  West  Coast  of  Africa. 

4.  Crystallized  slags  from  the  ore  furnace. 

6.  Average  slag  from  the  ore  furnace. 

6.  Slag  from  silicious  ores. 

7.  Matt  from  the  ore  furnace. 

8.  Matts  from  the  first,  second,  and  third  roastings. 

9.  Specimens  of  the  slags  from  each  of  these  matts. 

10.  Crude  metallic  copper. 

11.  Slag  from  the  crude  metal. 

12.  Refined  copper. 

13.  Slag  from  refined  copper  (apparently,  almost  pure  red  oxyd  of  copper). 
Collected  by  Mr.  Ludwig  Stadtmuller. 

d.  From  the  East  Haven  Copper  Smelting  Works,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

1.  Copper  ore,  from  Coquimbo,  Chili. 

2.  Metallic  copper,  smelted  at  Coquimbo,  Chili. 

3.  Copper  ore,  from  Bristol,  Connecticut. 

4.  Copper  ore,  from  Hiwassee  mine,  Tennessee. 

5.  Copper  ore,  from  Warwick  mine,  Pennsylvania. 

6.  Ore  ready  to  be  put  into  the  furnace  for  the  first  smelting. 

7.  Calcined  ore. 

8.  Mottled  “  regulus”  (from  rich  ores). 

9.  Mottled  “  regulus”  (from  poor  ore). 

10.  Slags. 

e.  From  the  Manassas  Copper  Mine,  Manassas  Gap,  Fauquier  county,  Virginia. 

1.  Copper  ores. 

2.  Native  copper. 

3.  Copper  glance. 

4.  Malachite  and  red  oxyd  of  copper. 


81.  Sheldon,  H.  H.,  Bristol,  Connecticut. — Agent. 

Copper  ores  of  the  Bristol  Copper  Mine,  viz. : — 

Copper  glance,  horseflesh  copper,  yellow  copper,  from  various  parts  of  the  mine. 
Specimens  of  the  gangue  (protogene  granite),  and  flukan,  and  associated  rocks. 
Coarse  and  fine  dressed  ores  from  the  jiggers,  puddled  ore,  and  slimes. 

Copper  glance,  in  large  and  magnificent  crystals,  with  quartz  and  calcite  ;  botryoi- 
dal  and  arborescent  copper  pyrites,  and  crystallized  copper  pyrites  in  quartz. 

82.  Union  College,  Schenectady,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Copper  ores,  from  Bristol  Copper  Mine,  Bristol,  Connecticut,  viz. : — 

Unique  and  splendid  crystals  of  copper  glance,  both  isolated,  and  implanted  in 
groups  on  a  white  quartzose  gangue,  offering  the  most  superb  examples  of  this  species, 
it  is  believed,  that  have  ever  been  seen. 

Other  ores  of  the  Bristol  mine  above  enumerated. 


[Bristol  copper  mine  has  been  before  alluded  to  (see  introduction  page),  a 
occurring  in  the  newer  metamorpliic  rocks  of  Connecticut,  near  the  western  margii 
of  the  new  red  or  trias  of  the  Connecticut  valley.  The  main  shaft  is  sunk  in  tin 
sandstone,  and  passes  into  the  metamorphic  rocks  which  underlie  the  sandstone  (ni 
an  angle  of  30°  south-east,  with  a  north-east  and  south-west  strike),  at  a  depth  o 
about  270  feet  or  45  fathoms.  The  predominant  rock  of  the  metamorphic  series  al 
this  place  is  a  coarse  silvery  mica-schist,  generally  accompanied  with  garnets.  At  the 
mine,  beds  of  a  finer  grained,  more  fissile  schists  occur  both  lighter  gray,  and  more 
quartzose  and  darker  gray  subfeldspathic  and  gneissoid.  The  mine  is  opened  upoi: 
a  large  vein,  of  a  coarse  reddish  subtalcose  granite  (protogene),  adjoining  which,  the 
gneissoid  rock,  just  referred  to,  is  also  talcose  and  chloritic,  with  decomposed  greenish 
chloritic  seams  and  nodules  ("fukan”),  and  with  more  or  less  copper  glance  and 
pyrites  disseminated  in  it.  The  richest  deposits  and  nests  of  copper  have  been  found 
in  the  coarse  reddish  granite  before  named,  which  may  be  regarded  as  the  vein, 
properly  speaking.  It  is  the  great  size  of  this  vein,  and  the  unequal  diffusion  o! 
the  copper  through  it,  that  has  been  the  great  obstacle  to  profitable  mining  at  Bristol 
At  times,  the  copper  glance  (which  has  always  been,  with  a  certain  portion  of  purple 
copper,  erubescite,  the  prevailing  ore  here)  has  been  found  in  such  large  and  con¬ 
tinuous  masses,  or  nests,  as  to  make  the  yield  for  weeks  very  large.  Again,  it  is  poor 
and  requires  the  raising  of  large  quantities  of  barren  gangue.  During  the  past  year, 
the  character  of  the  vein  has  decidedly  improved,  and  the  monthly  yield  of  the  mini 
has  been  very  steadily  some  $1,400  to  $1,500  net  profit,  above  all  charges.  During 
the  period  of  ten  years,  in  which  it  has  been  wrought  as  a  mine,  it  has  paid  rising 
$200,000  return  value,  but  upon  what  sum  expended  it  is  not  known.  The  average 
richness  of  the  ore,  as  it  is  sent  to  market,  is  thirty  per  cent.  New  and  powerful 
pumping  machinery,  driven  by  water,  has  just  been  completed,  and  is  about  going 
into  operation  (April,  1854).  With  this,  and  the  improved  arrangements  for  washing 
with  Bradford’s  machines,  it  seems  certain  that  the  monthly  returns  (already  very 
encouraging)  must  increase.  With  the  access  of  this  efficient  power,  the  sinking  ol 
the  shaft,  which  has  been  intermitted  for  three  years,  will  be  resumed,  and  the  lode 
may  then  be  proved  at  greater  depths.  The  ores  of  this  mine  bear  an  enviable 
reputation  in  the  market,  being  well  dressed,  and  free  from  all  troublesome  admixtures, 
as  of  arsenic,  antimony,  <fcc. 

Levels  have  been  driven  from  the  main  shaft  at  twenty,  thirty,  and  forty  fathoms, 
on  the  course  of  the  lode,  to  the  distance  of  some  500  feet  in  the  longest  reach.  The 
ore  is  almost  entirely  confined  to  the  primary,  although  some  valuable  nests  have 
been  found  in  the  secondary.  Ventilation  has  been  effected  in  the  20-fatliom  level  by 
a  new  shaft,  some  400  feet  north  of  the  main  shaft ;  this  new  shaft  has  been  sunk  tc 
the  depth  of  135  feet.  At  present,  some  sixty  or  seventy  hands  are  employed  in 
and  about  the  mine.  J 

Bristol  mine  has  become  classic  ground  in  the  memory  of  all  mineralogists  hav¬ 
ing  been  the  source  of  the  most  abundant  supply  of  fine  crystals  of  copper  glance 
ever  obtained;  and  there  are  probably  few  cabinets  in  the  world  that  do  not  owe 
their  chief  attractions  in  this  species  to  Bristol.  The  display  of  this  mineral  in  the 
Crystal  Palace  was  truly  magnificent,  embracing,  as  it  did,  many  of  the  largest  and 

26 


finest  specimens  ever  found,  selected  from  the  cabinet  of  Union  College,  whose  vener 
able  President,  Dr.  Nott,  is  the  proprietor  of  Bristol  mine.] 

83.  Wheatley,  Charles  M.,  Phaenixville,  Pennsylvania. — Manager  and  Proprietor. 

a  Copper  ores  from  Morris  copper  mine,  Chester  county,  Pennsylvania,  viz.  : — 

Copper  pyrites,  gozzans  and  quartz  veins-tones,  dressed  ores,  maps  and  plans  of 
the  mine  and  under-ground  workings. 

Elevation  and  plan  of  the  engine. 

b.  Copper  ores  from  the  Perkiomen  and  Acton  mines,  in  Montgomery  county, 
Pennsylvania,  viz. : — 

Copper  pyrites,  malachite  gozzans,  gangue  stone,  heavy  spar,  molybdate  of  lead,  <fec. 

c.  From  the  Wheatley  silver-lead  mines. 

1.  Twenty-four  specimens  of  magnificent  crystallizations  of  pyromorpliite  (phos¬ 
phate  of  lead),  of  an  olive-green  color,  associated  with  quartz. 

2.  Twenty-eight  specimens  of  anglesite  (sulphate  of  lead),  unique  for  beauty  of 
form,  transparency,  and  interesting  crystalline  forms. 

3.  Eighteen  specimens  of  white  lead  ore  (cerusite)  in  fine  crystals. 

4.  Ten  specimens  of  red  chromomolybdate  of  lead  (chromiferous  wulfenite)  pecu¬ 
liar  to  this  locality. 

5.  Copper  pyrites,  native  sulphur,  and  zinc-blende. 

6.  Specimens  of  cavernous  quartz  vein-stones  and  gozzans. 

7.  Argentiferous  galena — numerous  masses,  one  of  which  weighed  1  200  pounds. 

8.  Heavy  spar,  quartz  crystals. 

9.  Dressed  ores  of  galena  and  phosphate  of  lead,  ready  for  smelting. 

10.  Pigs  of  lead  extracted  from  the  ore. 

11.  A  mass  of  pure  silver,  weighing  75  ounces,  extracted  from  the  lead  by  Pattin- 

son’s  process. 

12.  Plans,  sections,  and  sketches  of  the  mines,  and  under-ground  workings,  and 
elevation  of  the  engines  in  use. 

d.  From  the  Brookdale  silver-lead  mine. 

Pyromorphite  ;  cerusite  ;  anglesite  ;  rich  argentiferous  galena ;  dressed  ores  ;  goz¬ 
zans  ;  vein-stones ;  maps,  and  plans  of  the  mine,  and  under-ground  workings ;  and 
plans  of  engines.  This  mine  is  on  an  extension  of  the  same  vein  as  the  “  Wheatley.” 

e.  From  the  Charlestown  silver-lead  mine. 

The  same  suite  as  from  the  Brookdale.  This  mine  is  on  a  vein  three-fourths  of  a 
mile  south  from  the  two  last,  but  parallel  to  it. 

[The  collections  of  this  exhibitor  formed  the  most  attractive  feature  in  the  cabinet 
of  the  Exhibition,  both  as  objects  of  general  interest,  and  illustrating,  in  an  admirable 
manner,  a  mining  region  of  peculiar  interest  and  promise.  The  whole  collection  was 
equally  valuable  to  the  man  of  science  and  to  the  practical  miner. 

The  geological  formations  productive  of  lead  ores  in  workable  quantities,  in  the 
United  States,  are  the  older  and  newer  metamorphic  rocks;  the  lower  silurian  rocks, 
both  in  localities  where  partially  metamorphic,  or  where  wholly  unaltered,  and  in 
upper  silurian  rocks.  Also  in  the  carboniferous  limestone,  and,  incidentally,  where 
penetrated  by  veins  from  the  older  formations,  the  new  red  sandstone. 

Sulphuret  of  lead  occurs  as  mineral  specimens  in  nearly  every  rock  of  the  geo¬ 
logical  series,  particularly  in  calcareous  rocks,  and  is,  after  iron,  perhaps  more  widely 
diffused  than  any  other  metal.  In  some  instances,  its  production  is  of  very  modem 
origin. 

The  principal  productive  lead  mines  of  the  United  States,  until  recently,  have 
been  those  of  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  Iowa,  and  Missouri,  which  occur  in  lower  silurian 

limestones. 

Having  already  given  a  pretty  full  notice  of  the  Wheatley  mines,  in  the  “Illus¬ 
trated  Record,”  page  57,  it  is  unnecessary  to  repeat  what  we  have  there  said.  The 
notice  alluded  to  is  accompanied  by  drawings  of  the  engines  in  use  at  three  of  these 
mines,  and  a  tabular  statement  of  their  “  duty.” 

It  is  proper  to  add,  as  several  months  have  elapsed  since  the  publication  alluded 
to,  that  these  mines,  and  particularly  the  lead-bearing  portion  of  the  lodes,  have  con¬ 
tinued  to  improve,  and  that  they  have  been  actively  explored  with  the  most  encour¬ 
aging  results. 

“  The  value  and  importance  of  the  objects  exhibited  from  the  Wheatley  mines, 
the  superior  excellence  of  the  specimens  and  prepared  materials,  the  fullness  and 
exactness  of  the  plans  of  the  mining  operations,  drawings  of  machinery,  <fcc.,  together 
with  the  fact  that  this  exhibition  is  the  result  of  mining  operations,  due  entirely  to 
the  labor  and  skill  of  the  exhibitor,  and  constitute  a  positive  addition  to  our  previous 
knowledge  of  the  resources  of  the  country,  claim  from  the  jury  the  highest  award, 
viz.,  the  silver  medal.” — Extract  from  Report  of  Jury  on  Class  I. 

We  have  received  from  Mr.  Wheatley  an  account  of  the  amount  of  ground  driven 
sunk,  and  stoped  at  these  mines,  up  to  the  17th  of  April,  as  follows,  viz. : — 


Wheatley  Silver  Lead  Mines. 

PnQSNIXVILLE,  CnESTEF.  COUNTY,  PENNSYLVANIA,  17th  April,  1954. 

.  _  Fathoms.  Ft.  In.  Feet.  Inch 

Sanderson’s  engine-shaft,  for  new  80-inch  cylinder  engine 
sunk  from  grass,  ‘ 

Cooking’s  engine-shaft  (on  which  is  a  24-inch  cylinder 
bull-engine,  60-horse  high-pressure),  is  sunk  from  grass,  ' 


Whim-shafts, 


•I 


No.  1,  for  hauling  ore 
No.  2,  for 


Ten-fathom  level,  east  and  west  of  engine-shaft  cross¬ 
cut,  has  been  driven  on  course  of  lode, 


Twenty-fathom  level  has  been  driven  east  and  west  from 
engine-shaft  cross-cut, 

Thirty-fathom  level,  driven  east  and  west  from  engine- 
shaft  cross-cut, 


10 

0 

0 

60 

50 

0 

0 

300 

39 

4 

0 

238 

29 

3 

0 

177 

35 

0 

0 

210 

208 

2 

0 

1,250 

220 

0 

0 

1,320 

11 

0 

0 

66 

130 

0 

0 

780 

68 

0 

0 

408 

800 

9 

0 

4,809 

Fathoms 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


which  is  extended 

Cross-cuts  from  engine-shaft  to  adit,  10,  20,  30,  and  40 
fathom  levels, 

Cross-cuts  from  levels  to  branches . . 

Winzes.  We  have  risen  and  sunk  winzes  to  the  different 

levels — say 

Stopes.  There  have  been  stcrped  the  following  ground 


Fathoms 

Ft. 

In. 

Feet.  Inch. 

..  800 

9 

0 

4,809 

i  ‘ 

0 

0 

30 

[  64 

3 

0 

387 

2 

0 

122 

£  73 

2 

0 

440 

0 

0 

600 

0 

0 

4,170 

0 

0 

4,764 

.2,553 

4 

0 

15,322  feet. 

Ore  raised  to  31st  December,  1853,  about  1500  tons;  sold  during  1853,  1000  tons 
phosphate,  carbonate,  sulphate,  and  galena. 

Machinery. — A  60-horse  power  high-pressure  engine,  as  described  in  “  Record,” 
p.  57  on  Cooking's  engine-shaft;  works  14-inch  plunger;  thirty  fathoms  in  one  column  ; 
and  12-inch  drawing-lift,  ten  fathoms.  The  80-inch  cylinder  for  Sanderson’s  shaft  will 
be  up  this  summer.  We  have  two  water-wheels:  one,  thirty  feet  diameter,  two  feet 
breast ;  one,  ten  feet  diameter,  twenty  feet  breast.  The  large  one  works  six  heads  of 
stamps  and  a  crusher,  the  small  one  works  the  trunks  and  round  cuddle. 


Brookdale  Silver  Lead  Mine. 


(On  the  same  lode  as  the  former.) 

Fathoms.  Ft.  In.  Feet.  Inch. 


Smith’s  engine-shaft,  from  grass . 

,  30 

0 

0 

180 

Whim-shaft,  from  grass . 

.  19 

0 

0 

114 

Fifteen-fathom  level  has  been  extended  east  and  west  on  ) 

lode,  j 

■  120 

0 

0 

720 

Adit-level,  driven  west . 

.  58 

0 

0 

348 

Thirty-fathom  level,  driven  east  and  west  in  lode . 

.  63 

0 

0 

378 

Cross-cut  15-fathom  level . 

,  7 

0 

0 

42 

Rises  and  winzes . 

,  44 

0 

0 

264 

Stopes.  There  have  been  stoped  for  ore . 

,  150 

0 

0 

900 

Fathoms . 

489 

0 

0 

2,934  feet. 

been,  as  yet,  sufficiently  abundant  to  deserve  particular  attention.  Such  a  deposit  of 
ore  in  rocks  of  this  age  is  extremely  interesting.  It  is  smelted  on  the  ground,  by  the 
Scotch  method,  using  pine  wood  as  fuel.  The  process  is  very  wasteful,  a  large  loss 
of  lead  resulting  from  volatilization  of  the  metal,  owing  to  the  overheating  of  the 
furnaces.] 

85.  Middletown  Silver-lead  Company,  Middletown ,  Connecticut. — (Dwight  Johnson,  Sec¬ 
retary,  New  York.) 

Argentiferous  galena ;  granular,  and  other  varieties  in  quartz,  with  a  little  yellow 
copper. 

Specimens  of  dressed  ores  from  the  stamps. 

[This  mine  is  situated  about  two  and  a  half  miles  south-east  of  Middletown,  near 
the  Connecticut  River.  The  main  vein  runs  nearly  with  the  strata  of  the  silicious 
slate  in  which  it  occurs,  viz.,  in  a  north  north-easterly  direction,  and  dips  west,  at  an 
angle  of  about  45°.  The  vein-stone  is  chiefly  crystalline  quartz,  occasionally  inter¬ 
mixed  with  calcite,  and  more  rarely  with  fluor  spar.  It  is  compact  and  hard.  The 
vein  varies  from  one  and  a  half  to  three  feet  in  width,  but  may  average  about  two 
feet  The  chief  ore  is  argentiferous  galena,  yielding  from  forty  to  seventy  ounces  to 
the  ton.  Zinc-blende,  antimony  glance,  copper,  and  iron  pyrites,  are  also  found 
intimately  associated  with  the  galena.  A  shaft  has  been  sunk  on  the  course  of  the 
main  vein  to  the  depth  of  175  feet,  and  they  are  driving  levels  on  the  course  of  the 
vein.  It  is  considered  as  having  returned  good  encouragement  for  the  extent  of  the 
explorations. 

Another  vein,  running  nearly  east  and  west,  has  not  yet  been  explored.  It  is 
believed  that,  when  this  vein  cuts  the  main  lode,  rich  ores  will  be  found. 

A  third  vein,  running  nearly  north  and  south,  is  said  to  carry  native  silver,  but 
has  not  yet  been  explored.] 

8G.  Southampton  Lead  Company,  Southampton ,  Massachusetts. — Producers.  (Agent, 

Samuel  Pinch,  Southampton. ) 

Galena  in  quartz ;  dressed  ore ;  galena,  in  quartz,  with  copper  pyrites ;  quartz 
containing  impalpable  black  powder. 


Ore,  about  150  tons  raised. 

Machinery,  60-horse  high-pressure  engine,  as  described  in  “Record.” 

Total  amount  of  ground  excavated  in  Brookdale  mine  to  date,  489  fathoms,  or 

2,934  feet 

Charlestown  Silver  Lead  Mine. 

(Lode  south  of  the  two  former.) 

Fathoms.  Ft.  In.  Feet.  Inch. 


Wheatley’s  engine-shaft .  37  3  0  225 

Three  ventilation-shafts .  28  5  0  173 

Adit-level .  243  5  0  1,463 

Ten-fathom  level,  east  and  west .  71  5  0  431 

Twenty -fathom  level,  east  and  west . 44  0  0  264 

Cross-cuts .  26  5  0  161 

Winzes .  25  2  0  152 

Stopes,  about  70  fathoms  stoped .  70  0  0  420 


Fathoms .  548  1  0  3,289  feet. 

Ore,  about  100  tons  raised. 


Machinery  a  low-pressure  60-horse  engine,  as  noticed  in  the  “  Record.” 


Morris  Copper  Mines. 


Morris’  engine-shaft . 

Fifteen-fathom  level . 

Thirty-fathom  level . 

Winzes . 

Cross-cuts . . . 

Stopes.  There  have  been  stoped . 

Total  amount  of  ground  excavated,  fathoms. . 


Fathoms.  Ft.  In.  Feet.  Inch. 

.30  4  0  184 

.89  0  0  534 

,35  5  0  215 

2  10  13 

.11  10  13 

,44  0  0  264 


212  5  0  1,277  feet. 


[This  mine  is  situated  on  a  powerful  vein,  long  known  to  those  interested  in 
such  matters.  It  occurs  in  granitic  gneiss,  eight  miles  from  Northampton.  It  is  six 
or  eight  feet  in  thickness,  and  is  known  to  extend  for  twenty  miles  ;  from  Montgomery, 
on  the  south-east,  to  Hatfield,  on  the  north-west.  It  has  been  opened  at  many 
intermediate  places,  and  it  is  possible  that  these  are  not  its  ultimate  limits.  Its 
walls  are  very  distinct  and  well  defined.  They  are  generally  parallel,  and  dip  at  an 
angle  of  about  80°.  The  gangue  is  crystalline  quartz,  very  hard ;  associated,  are 
heavy  spar,  calc  spar,  copper  pyrites,  zinc-blende,  and  manganese.  There  is  a 
crystalline  tendency  everywhere  manifested  in  this  vein,  which  is  a  great  facility  to 
the  miner  in  his  explorations.  The  galena  is  both  foliated  and  steel-grained,  and 
bears  but  a  small  proportion  to  the  whole  vein ;  it  is  segregated  chiefly  on  the 
eastern  wall.  This  vein  was  opened  before  the  American  Revolution,  and  again  in 
October,  1809.  Professor  Silliman,  Sr.,  reported  on  it  in  May,  1810.  [See  Bruce’s 
American  Mining  Journal.]  Its  exploration  was  abandoned  soon  after,  and  the  mine 
has  lain  dormant  until  taken  up  by  the  present  Company,  who  are  prosecuting  the 
work  with  vigor.  The  result  of  eleven  cupellations  gave  Professor  Silliman,  in  1810, 
the  proportion  of  about  twelve  ounces  silver  to  the  ton  of  lead,  or  l-2423rd  part. 

The  Southampton  vein  is  only  one  of  a  system  of  parallel  similar  veins  in 
Hampshire  county,  Massachusetts.  They  all  bear  a  great  general  resemblance  to 
each  other,  occurring  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks — mostly,  in  mica  slate ;  and 
all  follow  very  much  the  same  north-east  and  south-west  course.  As  a  group,  they 
are  hard  and  compact  veins,  showing  little  gozzan,  and  but  small  sprinklings  of  ore 
(galena)  in  the  outcrop.  They  have  not,  however,  received  any  suitable  exploration, 
except  the  one  at  the  head  of  this  article.] 


Ore.  150  barrels  shipped  to  New  York  ;  about  30  tons  on  surface,  to  dress. 

Machinery.  A  powerful  high-pressure  engine,  150-horse  power,  28)  inches  cylin¬ 
der  left  stroke,  has  been  erected,  and  works  splendidly ;  the  pumps  are  drawing  lifts 
16  inches  in  diameter. 

84.  Ulster  Mining  Company,  ElennUle,  Ulster  County,  New  York. — (Secretary,  S.  H. 

Butterworth,  30  Nassau  Street,  New  York.) 

Mass  of  galena  with  copper  pyrites,  weighing  three  tons,  being  a  portion  of  a 
larger  mass,  at  the  mines,  weighing  16,792  pounds. 

Copper  pyrites,  in  very  large  and  perfect  crystals,  with  crystallized  quartz  of 
great  beauty. 

Dressed  ores  of  lead  and  copper  pyrites,  separated  by  jigging. 

[The  Ulster  mine  is  situated  at  the  east  side  of  one  of  the  chains  of  the  Schawan- 
gunk  mountains,  about  a  fourth  of  a  mile  east  from  Elenville.  The  ore  is  found  in  a 
sandstone  of  the  carboniferous  era,  resembling  the  upper  coal  sandstone  of  Pennsyl¬ 
vania.  The  ore  occurs  in  nodules,  nests,  and  caverns  in  this  sandstone,  which, 
wherever  the  ore  is  present,  is  very  solid  and  hard,  and  more  generally  of  a  darker 
color.  Tli ere  is  no  regular  vein  or  wall.  Wherever  the  ore  occurs,  the  sandstone 
presents  crystals  of  iron  pyrites  (pentagonal  dodecahedra),  with  dark-brown  crystal¬ 
line  blende  surrounding  the  galena,  which  is  mixed  with  copper  pyrites.  The 
magnificent  crystals  of  copper  pyrites  and  quartz,  which  have  been  brought  from 
this  mine,  were  found  in  a  cavern.  Mr.  G.  J.  Brush  detected,  adhering  to  some  of  the 
quartz  crystals,  very  highly  finished  crystals  of  brookite  (oxyd  of  titanium).  The 
galena  appears  to  be  an  abundant  deposit  Most  of  it  is  of  a  coarse  grain,  but  fine 
granular  galena  is  also  observed  there.  It  has  not  been  tested  for  silver.  It  is  so  free 
from  foreign  admixture  that  it  requires  but  little  dressing,  and  the  larger  part  is 
prepared  for  the  smelting  furnace  6imply  by  the  hammers.  The  copper  has  not 


87.  St.  Lawrence  Mining  Company,  St.  Lawrence  County,  New  York;  17  Insurance 
Buildings,  New  York  City. — Producers. 

Lead  ores  from  Macomb  mines,  St  Lawrence  county,  New  York. 

Galena  with  calcite ;  limestone,  used  as  flux ;  dressed  ores ;  refuse,  consisting 
chiefly  of  calcite  ;  pig  lead. 


88.  Great  Northern  Lead  Mines,  St.  Lawrence  County,  New  York. — Collected  for  the 

Association,  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Genth. 

Lead  ores  from  the  Rossie  mines,  St.  Lawrence  county. 

Galena,  with  gozzan;  average  ore,  containing  fifteen  per  cent  of  lead;  fifty  per 
cent,  ore  ;  eighty  per  cent,  ore  ;  crystals  of  galena ;  calcite  crystallized  in  scalene  dode¬ 
cahedra  ;  crushed,  dressed,  and  washed  ores  ;  slag  ;  pig  lead. 

[These  last  two  mines  both  occur  in  the  older  metamorphic  rocks  of  northern 
New  York.  The  lodes  are  granular  and  crystalline  calcite,  carrying  galena  in  syenite. 
The  Great  Northern  Lead  Company  work  two  veins,  one  being  called  the  “  Coal  Hill 
Mine,”  and  the  other  the  “  Union  Mine.”  At  the  latter,  the  lode  is  about  two  and  a 
half  feet  thick,  yielding  on  the  average  about  fifteen  to  twenty  per  cent,  of  lead. 
The  calcite  is  easily  crushed,  and,  by  its  much  less  density,  is  readily  separated  from 
the  galena  by  any  of  the  usual  processes  of  washing  ores.  This  Company  have  lately 
erected  furnaces  of  a  peculiar  construction  (already,  however,  in  use  in  Great  Britain), 
having  chambers  in  the  rear  for  condensing  the  “lead  fume”  (oxyd  of  lead),  the 
product  of  volatilization  of  a  part  of  the  lead  in  the  reducing  chamber.  These 
mines  are  well  known  to  all  mineralogists  for  their  beautiful  crystals.] 

89.  Wythe  Lead  Mines,  "Wythe  County,  Virginia. — Producers.  (Agent,  Thomas  Mona¬ 

han,  165  Front  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Calamine,  and  electric  calamine  with  galena  and  quartz. 

27 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


[The  Wythe  lead  mine  is  situate  on  the  east  side  of  the  New  River,  in  Wythe 
county,  Virginia.  Magnesian  limestone  is  the  general  formation  in  which  the  veins  of 
lead  ore  are  found.  There  are  three  veins,  on  which  several  shafts  have  been  sunk  ; 
the  strike  or  direction  of  the  most  regular  one,  called  the  Long  Hole  vein,  is  north,  52° 
east;  the  dip  south-east,  at  various  inclinations  of  from  15°  to  60°.  This  vein  has 
been  worked  on,  for  nearly  one  mile,  from  east  to  west,  and  one  section  of  the  works 
is  connected,  for  nearly  1,000  feet,  which  is  being  worked  now  to  water  level  (150 
feet  below  surface) ;  the  average  width  of  this  vein  is  one  foot.  The  direction  of 
another  vein  (called  the  Whim  vein)  is  south,  85°  east;  dip  north,  inclining  from  20° 
to  60°.  At  the  low  grades  of  inclination,  it  forms  large  deposits ;  the  widest  worked 
was  fourteen  feet  thick,  at  a  depth  of  184  feet;  this  vein  is  open  for  about  300  feet, 
at  a  depth  of  191  feet.  The  third  (called  the  Bald  Hill  vein)  runs  nearly  parallel 
with  the  Long  Hole  vein,  and  has  the  same  dip ;  at  the  point  of  intersection  with  the 
Whim  vein  a  large  deposit  of  ore  was  formed,  at  a  depth  of  from  60  to  100  feet. 
Independent  of  these  veins,  there  occur,  in  the  ground  between  the  outcrops  of  them, 
large  deposits  of  ore  not  connected  with  the  veins,  lying  in  a  funnel  or  cup  shape, 
from  a  depth  of  20  to  120  feet.  The  mine  is  worked  exclusively  for  lead  ore 
(though  large  deposits  of  iron  ore  are  frequently  met  with).  The  ores  from  the  veins 
are  chiefly  sulphuret  of  lead.  The  large  specimen  of  steel-grained,  weighing  over  sixty 
pounds,  and  a  specimen  of  the  same  ore  in  box  No.  1  b,  are  from  the  extreme  east  end 
of  the  Long  Hole  vein.  One  specimen  of  broad-grained  galena,  in  carbonate  of  lime, 
from  the  same  vein,  west  end,  and  the  specimen  of  cubical  pure  galena,  and  the 
specimens  of  compact  carbonate  of  lead  in  box  No.  6,  and  one  in  No.  2,  are  from  that 
part  of  the  same  vein  which  is  worked  now.  The  sulphurets  with  crystals  of  car¬ 
bonate  of  lead  are  from  the  Whim  vein.  The  carbonates  and  oxyds  in  boxes  No.  2 
and  3  (with  the  exception  of  one  specimen  of  compact  carbonate  of  lead)  are  from 
deposits  between  the  veins.  The  produce  of  the  mine  is  from  500  to  7 00  tons  of  lead 
annually.  The  average  produce  of  the  ore,  as  it  comes  from  the  mine,  is  13  per  cent, 
of  lead.  The  ores  are  generally  accompanied  by  iron,  carbonate  of  lime,  and  gozzan, 
as  per  specimens  in  box  No.  4,  which  also  contains  specimens  of  the  various  vein-rock. 
The  deepest  shaft  used,  both  for  drawing  ores  and  water  from  the  mine,  is,  on  the  Whim 
vein,  191  feet  deep.  The  depth  of  the  level  or  adit  is  241  feet  (15,274  long);  at  the  ter¬ 
mination  of  the  adit  is  a  perpendicular  shaft,  6X8  feet,  connecting  with  it,  part  of 
which  is  used  instead  of  a  shot-tower.  There  is  but  little  water  at  the  depth  to  which 
the  mine  is  worked,  not  exceeding  15  gallons  per  minute.  The  number  of  men  and  boys 
employed  in  mining,  washing,  and  smelting,  is  130 ;  their  average  wages,  60  cts.  per  day.] 


90.  Mosely,  G.  W.,  &  Co.,  Neosho,  Newton  County,  Missouri, 
a.  Specimens  illustrating  the  lead  formation  of  Missouri. 

Specimen  of  the  lead-bearing  rock  of  Missouri,  from  Perry’s  mines,  St.  Francis 
county,  Missouri ;  specimen  of  the  rock  which  lines  the  lowest  cavities,  170  feet  below 
the  surface  of  the  earth,  from  the  same  locality;  dolomitic  limestone  with  chalcedony, 
and  a  specimen  of  the  dolomitic  rock,  which  is  found  just  above  the  ore,  from  the 
same  locality. 

Galena  with  cerusite,  from  McCormack’s  mines,  St.  Francis  county,  Missouri. 
Galena  from  Tarpley’s  mines,  St.  Francis  county,  “ 

Galena  from  Value's  mines,  St  Francis  county,  “ 

Galena  from  Wet  Diggings,  Washington  county,  “ 

“  “  Kendall’s  “  “  “  “ 


Haydon’s  “  “  “  “ 

Masson’s  “  “  “  “ 

Rocky  “  “  “  « 

Lambert’s  “  “  “  « 

Shaft  “  “  “  “ 

Shibboleth  “  “  “  « 

Williams’  “  Franklin  “  « 

Specimens  of  galena  and  metallic  lead,  from  Mosely’s  Furnace,  Newton  county. 
Electric  calamine  from  Washington  county. 

Specimens  of  galena  from  Center  Creek  and  Turkey  Creek,  in  Newton  county. 
b.  Specimens  from  Mine  la  Motte,  Missouri. 

Galena;  copper  pyrites,  with  galena;  pyrites  containing  cobalt  and  nickel ;  black 
oxyd  of  cobalt ;  specimen  of  the  substance  called  “  dry  bones”  by  the  miners  (calamine). 
Copper  pyrites,  with  malachite,  from  Deep  Diggings. 


[The  mines  of  Missouri  were  discovered  in  1720,  by  Francis  Renault  and  M.  La 
Motte;  they  are  situated  in  the  counties  of  Washington,  Jefferson,  and  Madison. 
The  ore  occurs  in  what  has  been  called  the  “  cliff  limestone,”  but  which  is,  in  reality, 
a  distinct  member  of  the  silurian  beds  between  the  Hudson  River  and  the  Trenton 
groups,  associated  with  blende,  calamine,  carbonate  and  sulphate  of  lead,  pyrites,  and 
often  an  ore  of  copper  and  cobalt.  The  lead-bearing  region  of  the  Western  States  is 
in  Missouri,  Illinois,  Iowa,  and  Wisconsin.  The  Wisconsin  lead  region,  according  to 
Dr.  D.  D.  Owen,  comprises  sixty-two  townships  in  Wisconsin,  eight  in  Iowa,  and  ten 


in  Illinois,  being  eighty-seven  miles  from  east  to  west,  and  fifty-four  from  north  to 
south.  The  metal  does  not  occur  in  veins  or  lodes,  but  is  found  loosely  disseminated 
in  the  clay.  It  is  wrought  by  diggings,  and  not  by  regular  mining  operations.  There 
is  scarcely  a  square  mile  of  all  the  region  where  lead  may  not  be  found.  The  adven¬ 
turers  (it  is  not  proper  to  call  them  miners)  judge  of  the  probable  presence  of  galena 
by  the  red  color  of  the  soil  on  the  surface,  arising  from  the  ferruginous  clay  in  which 
the  ore  is  often  imbedded ;  fragments  of  lead  or  of  calc  spar ;  a  line  of  depression  or 
elevation  from  the  general  surface,  with  “sink-holes,”  and  the  linear  arrangement  of 
trees  and  plants,  all  serve,  to  the  acute  observer,  as  indications  of  the  course  of  a  vein. 
The  diggings  seldom  exceed  twenty-five  or  thirty  feet  in  depth.  Over  3,000.000 
pounds  of  ore  have  been  raised  from  a  single  spot,  not  over  fifty  yards  square.’  A 
fair  day’s  work,  in  diggings  of  average  productiveness,  has  been  regarded  as  500 
pounds.  The  annual  product  of  lead  from  the  West  is  gradually  diminishing,  at  least 
such  has  been  the  general  statement  of  late  years.  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen  in  his  able 

23 


Report  on  Wisconsin,  &c.,  gives  (page  61)  a  table  of  the  shipments  of  lead  from 
Galena  and  Dubuque,  and  all  other  points  on  the  upper  Mississippi,  for  the  years 
1841  to  1850,  inclusive.  The  footings  for  these  years  are  as  follows,  in  pigs  of  lead 
averaging  seventy  pounds  each,  viz. : — 

1841.  I  1842.  I  1843.  I  1844.  I  1845.  I  1846.  1847.  I  1848.  I  1849.  I  1850. 

452,814|447,859| 561,321 1 624, 601 1778,460|7 30,7 14  77l,679|680,245|628,934|569,521 

It  appears  from  this  that  the  annual  produce  has  varied,  in  the  last  ten  years 
(ending  1851),  from  about  thirty-two  millions  to  upwards  of  fifty-four  millions  of 
pounds.  The  decrease  in  the  production  of  1848,  ’49,  and  ’50,  is  in  part  attributable 
to  the  number  of  miners  volunteers  in  the  Mexican  war,  and  in  part  to  emigration  to 
California. 

Dr.  Owen  expresses  the  opinion,  founded  on  more  recent  observations,  and  dis¬ 
covery  of  crystalline  plutonic  or  trappean  rocks,  in  some  parts  of  the  Dubuque  and 
Mineral  Point  districts  of  Wisconsin,  that  this  region  is  based  on  a  syenitic  and  granitic 
platform,  which,  in  all  probability,  would  be  reached  by  penetrating  from  two  to  four 
thousand  feet.  These  facts  must  be  regarded  as  favorable  to  the  continued  productive¬ 
ness  of  the  lead-bearing  region,  and  we  may  expect  that  new  supplies  of  galena,  and 
probably  of  copper,  will  be  found  by  deep  mining.  The  quantity  of  silver  in  the 
Western  galena  is  far  too  small  to  be  worked  with  any  profit.] 

91.  Cooledge,  E. 

Lead  ores,  Ac.,  from  Sandy  mines,  Jefferson  county,  Missouri. 

These  mines  are  not  worked  at  present,  on  account  of  water. 

Wiill  rock;  calcite ;  galena;  calamine;  galena,  with  calamine;  clay,  found  over 
the  ore  ;  galena,  taken  from  a  pocket. 

92.  Rogers,  Charles  H.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. 

Galena  from  Illinois. 

93.  Jefferson,  Crawford  &  Co.,  Wisconsin. — Producers. 

Large  mass  of  galena. 

91.  Bracken,  John,  Minnesota. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  pure  galena.  i 

95.  Chatham  Cobalt  Company,  New  York  City. — Producers. 

Cobalt  ores,  from  Chatham,  Middlesex  county,  Connecticut. 

a.  Specimens  from  the  old  mine. 

1.  Ore  from  the  outcrop  (nickeliferous  mispickel),  decomposed  by  the  action  of 
the  air. 

2.  Ore  ftom  two  fathoms  below  the  surface ;  nickeliferous  mispickel,  with  smaltine. 

3.  Ditto. 

4.  Three  fathoms  below  the  surface,  mispickel  with  cobalt  ore. 

b.  Specimens  from  the  new  mine. 

1.  Specimens  of  ore,  stamped  and  washed  free  from  the  gangue,  composed  of  smal¬ 
tine,  and  ready  for  market. 

2.  Specimen  of  the  vein  near  the  surface,  cobalt  bloom. 

3.  Smaltine,  disseminated  through  gneiss,  with  garnets  and  black  mica. 

4.  Specimen  of  the  vein  composed  of  gneiss,  with  disseminated  smaltine,  and 
exhibiting  a  contortion  which  the  vein  has  undergone. 

[The  principal  ore  of  cobalt  in  the  United  States,  and  the  only  one  hitherto 
of  economical  importance  in  this  country,  is  the  black  oxyd  of  cobalt,  or  earthy 
cobalt,  which,  in  mixture  with  the  oxyds  of  manganese,  iron,  copper,  and  nickel, 
occurs  in  considerable  quantities  at  Mine  la  Motte,  in  Missouri.  The  same  ore  occurs 
at  Silver  Bluff,  South  Carolina.  The  true  geological  position  of  this  ore  is  not  fully 
established,  but  its  present  condition  is  probably  a  derivative  one,  and  of  very  modern 
origin. 

The  ore  at  this  mine  is  diffused,  in  minute  grains,  through  a  gneissic  rock,  often 
in  almost  impalpable  powder.  The  mineral  species  to  which  this  ore  is  referable,  is 
called  cloanthite,  of  which  it  is  a  ferruginous  variety.  This  is  clearly  shown  by  the  fol¬ 
lowing  analyses,  made  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Genth,  for  this  catalogue,  and  communicated  to 
the  Editor.  No.  1  is  a  sample  collected  by  Professor  Dana,  at  the  mine,  and  No.  2  is  a 
sample  washed  by  Bradford’s  machine,  and  obtained  from  an  independent  source. 
The  results  show  a  remarkable  conformity  in  the  two  specimens. 


No.  1. 

No.  2. 

Nickel. .— . 

.  9-44 . 

. .  10-17 

Cobalt. . — . 

.  3-82 . 

. .  3-85 

Iron  ...  — . 

.  12-92 

Sulphur  — . 

.  4-78 . 

.  562 

Arsenic  — . 

.  70T1 . 

100-00 

100  00 

The  analysis  offered  evidence  of  the  presence  of  another  substance,  belonging 
apparently  to  the  same  group  with  molj-bdenum,  but  its  minute  quantity,  and  the 
limited  supply  of  material  at  the  disposal  of  the  analyst,  prevented  its  separate 
determination. 

It  would  appear,  from  these  analyses  (which  confirm  others,  that  have  been  made 
in  the  Yale  laboratory),  that  the  ore  in  question  is  rather  a  nickel  than  a  cobalt  ore.] 

96.  Fleming,  W.  W.,  Metallurgical  Works  at  Camden,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  nickel  and  cobalt  ores. 

Oxyd  of  cobalt ;  metallic  cobalt ;  protoxyd  of  nickel;  metallic  nickel ;  sesquioxyd 
of  nickel ;  sulphate  of  copper ;  large  slab  of  German-silver ;  ditto,  containing  20  per 
cent,  of  nickel. 

[Nickel  has  not  yet  been  announced  as  found  in  any  considerable  quantity  in 
the  United  States.  As  before  mentioned  (No.  ),  it  is  associated  with  the  chromia 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


iron  of  Lancaster  county,  in  Pennsylvania,  giving  origin  to  the  beautiful  emerald 
nickel,  which  is  found,  as  a  transparent  emerald-green  coating,  in  seams  in  the  chromic 
iron.  It  is  found,  also,  as  cloanthite  or  chathamite,  at  Chatham,  Connecticut  (No.  86), 
and  in  more  considerable  quantity  than  the  cobalt  ores,  for  which  the  mine  is  worked. 
In  Mine  la  Motte,  it  is  associated  with  the  black  oxyd  of  cobalt,  and  also  exists  as 
copper  nickel.  Millerite,  or  capillary  pyrites,  which  is  a  sulphuret  of  nickel,  with 
about  sixty  per  cent  of  nickel,  is  found  among  the  iron  ores  of  Antwerp,  in  northern 
New  York,  and  in  Pennsylvania.  A  limonite  from  Lake  Superior,  with  nickel,  has 
already  been  noticed  (No.  ),  and  a  similar  limonite  was  brought,  by  Mr.  Blake,  from 
Lincoln  county,  in  North  Carolina.  Nickel  is  one  of  the  two  or  three  metals  that 
obey  the  attractive  force  of  the  magnet  Its  hardness,  white  color,  freedom  from 
oxydation,  and  the  similar  properties  which  it  gives  to  its  alloys,  render  it  a  very 
desirable  metal,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  it  will  soon  be  found  in  profitable  quantity 
in  the  United  States.] 

97.  Jackson,  Dr.  Charles  T.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

1.  Specimens  of  cassiterite  (tin  ore),  Jackson,  New  Hampshire. 

2.  Specimen  of  ore  of  arsenic,  which  accompanies  the  tin  ore  (mispickel). 

3.  Specimen  of  porphyritic  trap  rock,  which  occurs  near  the  cassiterite. 

4.  Specimens  of  metallic  tin  made  from  the  ore,  and  of  brass  made  from  the  tin, 
with  Lake  Superior  native  copper. 

5.  Specimens  of  native  copper  and  silver,  from  Eagle  River,  Lake  Superior. 

6.  Crystals  of  apatite,  Hurdstown,  New  Jersey. 

7.  Franklinite,  from  New  Jersey. 

8.  Red  zinc  ore,  from  New  Jersey. 

[The  only  ore  of  tin,  known  in  the  United  States,  is  the  oxyd.  It  has  been  found 
in  small  quantities  in  many  of  the  gold  mines  of  the  Southern  States,  and  also  in 
rocks  in  Chesterfield  and  Goshen,  in  Massachusetts.  In  all  places  wherever  it  has 
been  found  in  the  United  States,  it  is  associated  with  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks. 

Dr.  Charles  T.  Jackson  (the  exhibitor)  made  known  a  locality  of  oxyd  of  tin, 
discovered  by  himself)  in  1840,  while  engaged  in  the  geological  exploration  of  New 
Hampshire.  These  veins  (there  are  five)  are  in  the  town  of  Jackson,  near  the  White 
Mountains.  They  occur  in  compact  mica  slate-rock,  on  a  hill  of  considerable  elevation, 
upon  the  estate  of  Mr.  William  Eastman. 

One  of  the  veins  runs  nearly  parallel  with  the  strata,  or  nearly  north  and  south  ; 
the  tin  ore  in  it  is  wholly  crystallized,  and  occurs  in  crystals  not  larger  than  a  grain  of 
wheat.  The  vein  is  eight  inches  wide  on  the  surface,  and  is  made  up  of  copper  pyrites, 
mispickel,  and  fluor-spar,  through  which  the  oxyd  of  tin  is  disseminated.  This  vein  is 
intersected  by  a  dike  of  brown  trap  rock.  A  trial  lot  of  this  ore  yielded  thirty  to 
forty  per  cent,  of  metallic  tin.  This  vein  is  crossed  by  a  second  east  and  west  vein 
(north,  80°  west;  south,  80°  east).  It  is  included  in  a  granite  vein,  which  intersects 
the  mica  slate  strata.  The  tin  ore  in  this  vein  is  also  in  crystals,  but  much  smaller 
than  the  last ;  not  generally  larger  than  a  pin’s  head,  and  closely  implanted  in  the 
gangue  of  quartz  and  arsenical  pyrites. 

The  three  other  veins  are  very  small  (J  to  £  of  an  inch),  and  are  wholly  filled 
with  the  compact  tin  ore,  without  any  foreign  admixture.  This  compact  ore  yielded 
on  assay,  seventy-three  per  cent,  of  metallic  tin.  Tile  rock,  near  the  vein,  yields  from 
two  to  ten  per  cent,  of  tin.  Vein  No.  2  was  first  observed,  by  Professor  Forest  Shep¬ 
herd,  in  1851.  These  are  the  only  regular  veins  of  tin  ore  as  yet  observed  in  the 
United  States,  and  well  deserve  exploration.  We  understand  that  they  have  fallen 
into  the  hands  of  a  party  who  will  give  them  a  thorough  exploration.] 

98.  Sedgwick,  Theodore,  New  York  City. 

Two  large  masses  of  cinnabar,  from  New  Almaden,  California. 

[The  only  known  locality  of  this  ore,  in  the  United  States,  is  this  one  in  California. 
Its  geological  position  is,  beyond  doubt,  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks;  of  what 
precise  age  remains  to  be  determined,  but  probably  of  the  same  age  with  the  gold- 
bearing  rocks.  The  New  Almaden  quicksilver  mines  appear  to  have  been  k*own  for 
a  very  long  period,  to  the  aboriginal  inhabitants,  as  a  "cave  of  red  earth,”  from  which 
they  obtained  paint  for  their  bodies.  It  became  known  to  Europeans  as  a  quicksilver 
mine  about  1844.  The  first  scientific  notice  which  we  find  of  it,  in  any  American 
journal,  is  in  the  “American  Journal  of  Science,”  Ac.,  vol.  vi.,  p.  270  (2d  series),  from 
the  pen  of  Mr.  C.  &  Lyman,  who  visited  it  in  1848.  The  ore  is  a  compact  cinnabar, 
very  bright  and  brilliant  in  the  fresh  fracture,  and  yielding  from  fifty  to  sixty  per  cent, 
of  mercury,  according  to  the  amount  of  gangue  (which  is  quartz  and  carbonate  of 
lime).  Mr.  William  P.  Blake  has  very  lately  written  an  account  of  this  mine  (Feb¬ 
ruary  14,  1854),  which  is  published  in  the  “American  Journal  of  Science,”  vol.  xvii., 
No.  51,  p.  438.  The  mine  is  midway  between  San  Francisco  and  Monterey,  a  few 
miles  from  the  coast,  and  in  one  of  the  ridges  of  the  Sierra  Azul  mountains.  The  ore 
occurs  in  strata  of  sedimentary  origin,  consisting  of  alternating  beds  of  argillaceous 
shales  and  layers  of  flint,  which  are  highly  tilted,  and  much  flexed.  The  mine  and 
reduction  furnaces  are  under  the  general  superintendence  of  Captain  H.  W.  Ilalleck, 
formerly  United  States  Topographical  Engineer.  An  adit  level  has  been  run  in  for 
900  feet,  cutting  the  old  workings  about  200  feet  below  the  former  entrance.  This 
adit  is  10'  X  10',  and  well  timbered.  All  the  ore  and  refuse  is  brought  out  on  a  rail- 
track,  four  feet  wide,  laid  down  in  this  main  adit  The  passages  of  the  mine  are  very 
irregular,  and  much  contorted,  owing  to  the  ore  being  followed  wherever  it  could  be 
found.  No  regular  system  of  adits  and  lifts  seems  to  have  been  followed.  Transit 
from  one  level  to  another  is  effected  by  rude  steps,  cut  in  the  rock,  often  replaced  by 
notched  poles,  in  place  of  ladders.  The  opinion  prevails,  among  the  miners  and 
others,  that  the  deposit  is  a  pocket,  or  “horse,”  and  not  a  regular  bed,  or  lead.  The 
great  width  and  uumber  of  the  beds  has  confounded  all  ideas  of  extension,  or  pro- 

C* 


longation  in  any  particular  direction,  and  led  to  the  belief  that  the  bed  is  “  as  broad 
as  it  is  long.”  The  character  of  the  deposit  may  not  be  that  of  a  true  vein,  but  that  it 
has  a  determinate  extension  and  direction,  Mr.  Blake  has  no  doubt,  and  has,  indeed, 
satisfactory  evidence  of  the  fact.  The  ore  is  divided  into  lenticular  masses,  by  inter¬ 
calations  of  rock  of  variable  thickness,  and  these  are  often  filled  with  seams  and  veins 
of  the  sulphuret.  Numerous  veins  of  carbonate  of  lime  traverse  the  rock,  in  various 
directions,  sometimes  crystallized,  and  containing  small  quantities  of  bitumen  in  cavi¬ 
ties,  and  implanted  in  globules  among  the  crystals.  Sulphurets  of  iron  and  copper, 
with  arsenical  pyrites,  are  also  associated  in  small  quantity.  Gold  is  said  to  have  been 
frequently  found  in  small  quantities.  Crystals  of  cinnabar  have  not  been  found  ;  the 
ore  is  all  massive,  and  presents  various  shades  of  color,  and  fresh  fractures  possess 
great  brilliancy  and  beauty.  The  mine  is  very  dry,  and  no  decompositions  have 
occurred,  to  give  rise  to  mercurial  salts.  The  mining  is  carried  on  by  Mexicans  and 
Yaqui  Indians — the  same  tribe  who  are  engaged  in  the  pearl  fishery  on  the  Gulf  of 
California ;  they  are  excellent  miners,  and  endure  hard  work  well.  It  is  very  interest¬ 
ing  to  behold  such  stores  of  rich  ore  as  this  mine  displays  on  all  sides.  The  furnaces 
for  reduction  are  upon  a  new  plan.  All  the  vaporized  sulphur  is  converted  into  sul¬ 
phurous  acid,  by  the  judicious  admission  of  air,  thus  separating  it  from  the  mercurial 
vapor,  and  preventing  a  recombination  in  the  condensing  chambers.  The  ore  is  not 
crushed,  nor  mingled  with  lime.  The  details  of  this  new  method  of  reduction  are  not 
given  by  our  correspondent,  nor  have  we  any  recent  statistics  of  the  product  of  the 
mine.  Mr.  P.  S.  Hart  (“American  Journal  of  Science,”  vol.  xvi.  [u.],  No.  46,  p.  137) 
states,  under  date  of  November,  1852,  that  the  mine  was  then  yielding  about  75,000 
pounds  a  month,  or  1,000  flasks,  of  seventy-five  pounds  each. 

A  new  locality  of  mercury  is  noticed  by  Mr.  Blake,  as  just  discovered  in  Sonora, 
of  which  he  had  seen  specimens,  the  sulphuret  mingled  with  running  mercury. 

The  discovery  of  abundant  supplies  of  quicksilver,  on  the  Pacific  coast,  must  be 
regarded  as  a  matter  of  material  importance  to  the  whole  world.  Now  that  the  great 
increase  in  the  supply  of  gold  has  rendered  the  ratio  between  that  metal  and  silver  of 
an  uncertain  value,  it  is  very  desirable  that  the  silver  mines  of  South  America  and 
Mexico  should  be  brought  into  a  more  active  state  of  productiveness.  It  is  well 
known  that  the  scarcity  and  high  price  of  mercury  has  forced  the  abandonment  of 
many  silver  mines,  which  can  now,  beyond  doubt,  be  worked  again  to  advantage.] 


4. — Ores  of  the  Precious  Metals. 

99.  Ward,  Brothers  A  Co.,  16  Exchange  Place,  New  York. 

Native  silver  with  blende  and  calcite  from  Prince’s  Vein,  Lake  Superior;  native 
silver  from  Phoenix  Mine,  Lake  Superior;  black  oxyd  of  manganese  from  Copper 
Harbor;  ingots  of  silver;  nodules  of  native  silver  with  copper;  agates  from  the  beach 
at  Kewaiwona  Point  and  Manitou  Island,  Lake  Superior. 

A  large  mass  of  native  copper  from  the  Toltec  Mine,  Lake  Superior,  weighing  1610 
pounds ;  specimens  of  native  silver  from  Prince’s  Bay,  Lake  Superior ;  bars  and  plates 
of  silver. 

[Among  the  phenomena  presented  by  the  Lake  Superior  native  copper  formations, 
which  throw  mystery  around  their  origin,  is  the  manner  in  which  nodules  of  metallic 
silver  occur  in  them,  examples  of  which  are  exhibited  in  this  collection.  These  nodules 
of  silver  are  frequently  found  inclosed  within,  and  wholly  surrounded  by  the  solid 
mass  of  copper,  and  are  sometimes  so  abundant  that  a  polished  surface  of  the  copper 
will  appear  mottled  all  over  with  large  spots  of  silver.  The  strangest  part  of  the 
matter  is,  that  upon  chemical  examination,  the  silver  is  found  to  be  wholly  free  from 
copper,  and  the  copper  also,  even  when  in  immediate  proximity  with  the  silver,  equally 
free  from  all  alloy  of  the  latter,  as  first  noticed  by  Professor  B.  Silliman,  Jr. 

The  rocks  of  the  United  States  have  thus  far  yielded  comparatively  little  silver. 
Native  silver  has  been  found  in  numerous  places,  of  which  the  most  remarkable 
example  is  before  us.  Masses  of  several  pounds  weight,  of  nearly  pure  native  silver 
have  been  furnished  by  the  Lake  Superior  Mines.  On  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior 
a  silver  mine  has  lately  been  wrought  to  some  extent  Silver  is  also  very  commonly 
associated  with  gold  in  the  United  States,  and  often  in  considerable  proportions.  The 
Washington  Mine  in  Davidson  county,  North  Carolina  (No.  60),  which  was  began  as  a 
gold  mine,  yielded  for  some  time  a  large  amount  of  argentiferous  galena.  The  yield 
of  this  mine  in  silver,  prior  to  1845,  had  been  $30,000.  Other  similar  mines  have  been 
more  recently  reported  in  the  same  district  of  country.  The  only  portion  of  the  United 
States  territory,  so  far  as  our  present  knowledge  extends,  which  promises  to  yield 
silver  in  any  considerable  and  reliable  quantity,  is  that  part  recently  acquired  from 
Mexico.  In  some  of  the  very  productive  mines  on  the  borders  of  the  United  States  and 
Mexico,  the  rich  silver-lead  ores  occur  at  the  junction  of  igneous  or  highly  metamor¬ 
phic  rocks,  with  the  carboniferous  limestone,  which  is  partially  or  completely  crystal¬ 
line  and  penetrated  by  the  metalliferous  veins. 

Several  mines  of  argentiferous  galena,  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks  of  the 
Northern  States,  have  already  been  noticed.  (Nos.  79,  80,  etc.) 

We  have  access  to  no  authentic  documents  giving  the  total  product  of  silver  in 
Mexico.  It  must  be  very  large,  and  still  owing  to  the  unsettled  state  of  the  country, 
and  to  the  restrictions  which  a  vexatious  public  policy  on  the  part  of  the  government 
throws  about  it,  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  the  total  amount  of  silver  raised  is  but 
a  small  part  of  the  capacity  of  productiveness  of  the  mines  already  known.  The 
Mexican  silver  ores  were  fairly  represented  by  the  very  interesting  collections  of  Mr. 
Elders,  No.  96.] 

100.  Meeks,  J.  C. 

A  number  of  masses  of  virgin  silver,  from  different  localities  in  Mexico;  from 
Morelo,  Ures,  and  other  places  in  Sonora ;  from  Arizona,  in  calcite,  Ac. 

29 


J 


SECTION  I 


CLASS  I. 


101.  Fitch,  Ret.  Dr.,  New  York  City.  _  . 

Pyrargyrite  (ruby  silver  ore),  Alisos,  Sinaloa,  Mexico;  native  silver,  in  calci  e, 
from  mine  of  St.  Peter  Morilos,  Chihuahua,  Mexico;  silver  ores,  copper  pyrites,  copper 
glance  and  pyrargyrite,  from  Mina  de  la  Descubridora. 


102.  Eulers,  John,  Weehawken  Heights,  New  Jersey. 

A  large  collection  of  cabinet  specimens  of  silver  and  other  ores  from  various 
Mexican  mines. 

A.  From  the  Valenciana  Mine,  Guanajuato: — 


72.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

73.  Selbite. 

N.  From  the  Casa  Blanca  or  Casa  de  Plata  Mine,  Fresnillo,  Zacatecas:— 

74.  Native  silver  and  calcite. 

75.  Native  silver. 

76.  Native  silver,  quartz,  and  pyrites. 

77.  Native  silver,  calcite,  and  pyrites. 

78.  Native  silver,  with  pyrites. 

79.  Native  silver,  green  silver, (?)  and  pyrites. 


1.  Selbite  (?)  (carbonate  of  silver). 

2.  Native  silver,  with  selbite. 

3.  Vein  of  selbite,  with  the  wall  rock.  . 

4.  Pyrargyrite  (dark-red  silver  ore),  crystallized,  with  pyrites  and  calcite. 

6.  Native  silver,  with  selbite. 

6.  Argentiferous  galena,  with  pyrites. 

7.  Pyrargyrite,  with  pyrites. 

B.  From  the  Marqui  de  Rayas  Mine,  Guanajuato: — 

8.  Blende,  pyrites  and  silver  glance. 

9.  Pyrargyrite  and  pyrites. 

10.  Argentiferous  galena  and  pyrites. 

11.  Silver  glance. 

12.  Pyrargyrite  and  pyrites. 

13.  Argentiferous  galena. 

14.  Py  rargyrite. 

15.  Selbite.(?) 

16.  Pyrargyrite. 

C.  From  mine  la  Gamarina  Guana  cevi,  Durango : — 

17.  Native  silver,  argentiferous  galena  and  pyrites. 

18.  Native  silver  and  pyrargyrite. 

19.  Native  silver,  selbite,  pyrargyrite,  and  pyrites. 

20.  Argentiferous  galena. 

21.  Argentiferous  galena.(?) 

22.  Pyrargyrite. 

D.  From  the  Iron  Mountain  of  Durango : — 

23.  Magnetite. 

E.  From  the  Palos  Mine,  Chihuahua : — 

24.  Auriferous  and  argentiferous  erubescite,  which  contains  37  marks  or  18)-  lbs. 
of  silver,  and  60  grains  of  gold  in  each  300  lbs. 

25.  Erubescite,  with  copper  pyrites. 

26.  Carbonate  and  red  oxj'd  of  copper. 

27.  Copper  pyrites. 

28.  Copper  pyrites. 

29.  Erubescite. 

30.  Copper  pyrites,  with  galena. 

31.  Azurite. 

32.  Copper  pyrites,  with  gray  copper. 


O.  From  the  Veta  Grande  Mine,  Zacatecas: — 

80.  Native  silver,  galena,  and  pyrites. 

81.  Selbite. 

82.  Native  silver  and  amethystine  quartz. 

83.  84,  and  85.  Native  silver  and  quartz. 

86.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

87.  Native  silver  and  galena.  From  the  year  1828  to  1842  this  mine  produced 
$1,000,000  annually. 

P.  From  la  Luz  Mine,  Real  di  Catorce,  San  Luis  di  Potosi : — 

» 

88.  Horn  silver  (chloride  of  silver). 

89  and  90.  Green  silver.(?) 

91.  Native  and  green  silver. 

92.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

93  and  94.  Native  silver. 

95.  Native  silver,  quartz,  and  galena. 

96.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

97.  Native  and  green  silver. 

98  and  99.  Native  silver  and  argentiferous  galena. 

100.  Green  silver.  (?) 

[This  mine  is  owned  by  the  Gordon  family,  has  been  very  productive,  and  still 
yields  plenty  of  good  silver.] 

Q.  From  the  San  Jose  Mine,  Real  di  Catorce,  San  Luis  di  Potosi : — 

101.  Copper  pyrites. 

102.  Native  silver  and  galena. 

103.  Green  silver.(?) 

104.  Bromic  silver. 

105  and  li>6.  Native  silver. 

107  to  110.  Earthy  silver  ores. 

111.  Chloride  and  bromide  of  silver. 

[The  San  Jose  Mine  is  1500  feet  deep.  It  is  now  worked  by  an  English  Company 
with  little  or  no  success.] 

R.  From  the  Jesus  Maria  Mine,  Durango : — 

112  to  115.  Native  silver. 

116  and  117.  Earthy  silver  ores. 


F.  From  the  Matapilas  Mine,  Chihuahua : — 

S3.  Massive  native  silver. 

G.  From  the  Guadalacazar  Mine,  San  Luis  Potosi : — 
34  and  35.  Quicksilver. 

36  and  37.  Cinnabar. 


S.  From  the  Boti  Mine,  Zacatecas : — 

118.  Native  silver  and  galena. 

119.  Native  silver  and  quartz. 

120.  Native  silver  and  pyrites, 

121.  Crystallized  iron  pyrites. 

122  and  123.  Veinstone. 


H.  From  the  Guadalupe  Caloo  Mine,  New  Mexico: — 

38  and  39.  Quicksilver  ore  (in  this  mine  is  found  some  native  quicksilver). 

I.  From  an  unknown  locality  in  Zacatecas : — 

40  and  41.  Wulfenite  (molybdate  of  lead).(?) 

J.  From  an  unknown  locality  in  Durango : — 

42.  Native  silver,  crystallized  pyrargyrite,  and  quartz. 

43.  Bromic  silver. 

44.  Native  silver  and  selbite, 

45.  Selbite. 

46.  Native  silver  and  calcite. 

47.  Selbite.(?) 

K.  From  the  San  Borga  Mine,  Zacatecas : — 

48.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

49  to  53.  Native  silver  and  argentiferous  galena. 

64.  Argentiferous  galena  and  pyrites. 

65.  Native  silver  and  argentiferous  galena. 

56.  Native  silver,  argentiferous  galena,  and  zinc  blende. 

67.  Pyrargyrite. 

68.  Argentiferous  galena. 

59.  Zinc  blende. 

L.  From  the  Collado  Mine,  Zacatecas: — 

60.  Native  silver,  argentiferous  galena,  and  pyrites. 

61.  Native  silver  and  argentiferous  galena. 

62.  Native  silver. 

63.  Selbite. 

64.  Quartz  and  native  silver. 

65.  Pyrites  and  native  silver. 


T.  From  the  Guadalupe  Calso  Mine,  New  Mexico: — 

124.  Native  silver  and  pyrites. 

125.  Native  silver. 

126.  Native  silver  and  galena. 

127.  Selbite. 

128.  Native  silver  and  galena. 

129.  130,  and  131.  Native  silver. 

[This  mine  was  at  one  time  worked  by  an  English  Company,  who  were  forced,  i 
however,  by  attacks  of  the  Indians  and  scarcity  of  provisions,  to  abandon  the  enter¬ 
prise.] 

U.  From  an  unknown  mine  in  Guanajuato : — 

132.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

133.  Crystallized  selbite.(?) 

134.  Copper  pyrites. 

135.  (?) 

136.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

137.  Native  silver  and  rock. 

138.  Native  silver  and  pyrargyrite. 

V.  From  the  Obscuro  Mine,  Sombrereto,  Zacatecas: — 

139.  Zinc  blende,  galena,  and  native  silver. 

140.  Pyrargyrite. 

141  and  142.  Selbite. 

143.  Native  silver  and  pyrites. 

144.  Selbite. 

145.  Galena  and  native  silver. 

146.  Pyrargyrite. 

147.  Native  silver  and  selbite. 

148.  Native  silver  and  pyrites. 

149.  Bromic  silver. 


M.  From  the  Celestina  Mine,  Zacatecas : — 

66.  Native  silver,  with  silver  mineral  of  a  green  color.(?) 

67.  Native  silver  and  amethystine  quartz. 

68.  Native  silver  and  quartz. 

69.  Argentiferous  galena  and  native  silver. 

70.  Native  silver  and  pyrites. 

71.  Quartz  aud  argentiferous  galena. 

80 


W.  From  the  Casa  Blanca  Mine,  Fresnillo,  Zacatecas : — 

150.  Horn  silver. 

151.  Native  silver  and  quartz. 

152.  Native  silver. 

X.  From  la  Victoria  Mine,  Fresnillo,  Zacatecas: — 

153.  Pyrargyrite. 

154.  Native  silver. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


155.  Pyrargyrite. 

156,  157,  and  158.  Native  silver,  the  last  with  pyrites. 

Y.  From  la  Luz  Mine,  Guanajuato: — 

159  to  162.  Native  silver,  with  quartz. 

163.  Native  silver. 

164.  Crystal  of  quartz,  containing  a  drop  of  water. 

[This  mine,  la  Luz ,  belongs  to  the  family  of  the  Count  Perez  Galoez  and  others, 
and  produced  in  the  years  1847  and  1848  about  $50,000  per  week,  or  $2,500,000  per 
annum.  In  1851  it  produced  a  net  profit  of  $1,500,000.] 

Z.  From - Mine,  Real  di  Catorce: — 

165  and  166.  Native  silver. 

167.  Laminated  native  silver. 

168.  Laminated  native  silver,  with  pyrites. 

169.  A  crystal  of  pyrargyrite. 

170.  Native  silver. 

AA  From  the  Conde  de  Regia  Mine,  Real  del  Monte : — 

171.  Horn  silver. 

172.  Horn  silver,  with  native  silver. 

173.  Native  silver. 

174.  Native  silver  in  the  form  of  wires  or  soft  flexible  fibers,  some  of  which  are 
of  an  extraordinary  length,  varying  from  three  to  fifteen  and  a  half  inches. 

175.  Thirty-five  small  specimens  of  various  silver  ores,  including  a  specimen  of 
native  silver,  in  capillary  fibers;  a  specimen  of  quartz,  in  which  is  a  fiber  of  silver 
encrusted  with  small  quartz  crystals  which  have  formed  upon  it ;  and  a  piece  of  native 
silver  fiber  of  extraordinary  thickness. 

176  to  180.  Specimens  of  silver  ore,  stamped  and  ground,  ready  for  the  process 
of  amalgamation,  from  Zacatecas. 

181.  A  vial  containing  a  specimen  of  the  amalgam. 

182  to  184.  Specimens  of  amalgam. 

185.  Piece  of  pure  silver,  obtained  from  the  amalgam  by  expelling  the  quicksilver 
by  means  of  heat. 

186.  Specimen  of  pure  porous  silver,  showing  the  form  in  which  the  silver  is  left 
after  expulsion  of  the  quicksilver. 

187  to  191.  Specimens  of  small  images,  for  toys,  composed  of  pure  silver,  being 
moulded  in  the  first  place  from  the  soft  amalgam,  and  the  quicksilver  afterwards 
driven  off  by  heat 

192.  Mexican  bridle  reins,  wrought  out  of  silver-wire. 

193.  A  piece  of  meteoric  iron  from  Zacatecas,  cut  from  a  large  piece  which  is  said 
to  have  been  brought  by  the  natives  of  Northern  Mexico  from  a  great  distance,  as  a 
present  to  the  Spanish  Governor  of  Zacatecas,  at  the  time  of  the  first  exploration  of 
that  part  of  Mexico  by  the  Spaniards.  The  original  mass  measured  about  five  feet  in 
length,  eighteen  to  thirty  inches  in  width,  and  nine  to  eighteen  inches  in  thickness. 

[The  occurrence  of  native  silver  in  slender  and  elongated  filaments  and  arborescent 
forms,  in  connection  with  the  sulphurets  of  iron  and  copper,  has  often  been  the  subject 
of  wonder  and  speculation.  It  was  not  easy  to  see  how  metallic  silver  could  have 
been  found  or  could  exist  in  circumstances  where  iron  and  copper  were  sulphuretted. 
A  recent  observation  in  the  laboratory  has,  however,  furnished  an  explanation  of  this 
fact,  as  simple  as  it  is  probable.  It  has  been  observed,  that  when  steam  was  passed 
over  a  mixture  of  the  sulphurets  of  copper,  iron,  and  silver,  at  a  high  temperature, 
the  silver  was  reduced  and  assumed  the  same  capillary  and  arborescent  forms 
observed  in  the  native  silver  of  the  mines,  while  the  other  metallic  sulphurets  were 
unaffected.  It  is  not  impossible  that  electro-dynamic  currents  may  have  deposited  the 
silver  in  some  eases  from  solution,  but  this  method  of  accounting  fo r  the  native  silvei 
of  the  mines  is  far  less  probable  than  the  former  one.  In  case  of  metallic  copper  (a 
metal  so  constantly  presented  in  the  form  of  its  soluble  sulphate  by  the  operation  of 
natural  causes)  we  may,  with  much  more  evidence  of  truth,  adopt  the  electrical  origin. 
“This  collection  presents  fine  specimens  of  the  ores  of  silver,  native  silver,  <fcc.,  and 
deserves  notice,  as  being  obtained  by  the  personal  exertions  of  the  exhibitor.  Jury 
Report ,  Class  /.] 

103.  Adams  <fc  Co.,  New  York  City.— Proprietors. 

One  hundred  and  seventy-seven  specimens  of  California  gold,  principally  from 
Mormon  Island:  Tuolumne,  Yuba,  Trinity,  Mopelumne,  Feather,  American,  Stanislaus, 
Shasta,  Bear,  Rogue’s,  De  Shute’s,  Calaveras,  Merced,  and  Sacramento  Rivers;  Jackson, 
Woods,  Sullivan’s,  Kanaka,  Dry,  Humbug,  Butte,  Poor  Man  s.  Deer,  Rush,  Wolf,  Angel  s, 
Agua  Fria,  Jacob’s,  Weber,  Irish,  Shingle,  Granite  and  Slate  Creeks,  Calaveras  and 
Mariposa  counties. 

Australia  gold  from  Bathurst,  Balaarat,  Owens,  Kangaroo,  Bendigo,  and  Mc- 

Vickar’s  Diggings.  .... 

Of  the  value  of  about  $85,000.  Five  ingots,  the  largest  of  which  weighed  about 
563  ounces,  of  a  value  of  $11,500 ;  the  ingots  collectively  weighed  1414|  ounces,  valued 

at  $28,997.50.  ,  . 

Specimens  of  cinnabar  and  auriferous  quartz  from  California. 

“This  collection  presents  specimens  of  remarkable  interest,  and  deserves  the 
highest  commendation.” — Jury  Report,  Class  1. 

[ The  gold  of  California  was  magnificently  represented  at  the  Crystal  Palace 
through  Messrs.  Adams  &  Co.,  who  deposited  specimens  of  virgin  gold  and  ingots  to 
the  value  of  $85,000.  The  display  was  not  simply  rich  in  external  beauty  and  intrinsic 
value,  but  historically  and  geologically  interesting,  showing,  by  the  worn  surfaces, 
evidence  of  the  alluvial  action  to  which  the  region  had  long  been  subjected,  and  by 
the  sizes  of  the  masses,  the  wonderful  profusion  of  gold  that  must  still  exist  in  the 
rocks. 

California  is  remarkable  for  the  simplicity  of  its  great  geological  features,  and  the 
vast  extent  of  its  interior  alluvial  region:  and  as  the  gold  has  been  obtained  mostly 
from  alluvial  deposits,  these  facts  account  in  some  degree  for  the  wide  diffusion  of  the 
precious  metal.  Instead  of  a  central  peak  or  clustered  ridges,  a  single  range  of  moun¬ 
tains  stretches  along  the  whole  length  of  the  country,  retaining  throughout  a  general 


uniformity  of  direction.  This  range,  the  now  well-known  Sierra  Nevada,  runs  nearly 
parallel  with  the  coast,  and  extends  beyond  the  Shasty  Peak  on  the  north.  The 
Cascade  Range  of  Oregon  is  properly  the  northern  continuation,  but  the  two  are  not 
continuous  lines ;  the  Oregon  range  gradually  dies  out  in  northern  California,  while 
the  Sierra  Nevada  is  rising  to  its  snowy  altitude  on  a  meridian  a  little  farther  to  the 
east,  exemplifying  a  common  feature  in  the  constituent  parts  of  mountain  chains — their 
interrupted  continuity  with  overlapping  ends — rather  than  a  direct  lineal  course.  The 
former  is  more  volcanic  in  character,  including  in  its  line  some  of  the  most  majestic 
volcanic  summits  in  the  world ;  while  the  latter  has  a  greater  average  height,  and  con¬ 
sists  very  largely  of  granitic  and  schistose  rocks.  Where  crossed  by  Fremont,  in  lati¬ 
tude  38°  44',  the  Sierra  was  9338  feet  high,  which  is  2000  feet  above  the  South  Pass 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  points  in  the  range  near  by  rose  above  them  several 
thousand  feet.  The  pass  at  the  head  of  Salmon  Trout  River,  in  latitude  39°  17',  is 
7200  feet.  The  same  mountains  continued  south  constitute  the  range  of  heights  form¬ 
ing  the  California  Peninsula. 

Alongside  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  lies  the  great  alluvial  region  alluded  to,  the 
Sacramento  Plain.  The  interior  of  California  is  often  called  a  valley,  inclosed  by  the 
Sierra  on  the  east,  and  the  coast  hills  or  mountains  on  the  west.  But  this  gives  no 
adequate  idea  of  the  country.  It  is  rather  an  open  prairie,  ten  to  fifty  miles  in  width, 
tying  between  the  lower  slopes  of  the  mountains,  and  gradually  rising  east  and  west, 
but  more  especially  on  the  east,  into  the  mountain  acclivities.  Through  this  vast 
prairie,  450  miles  long,  there  flows  from  the  north  the  Sacramento,  and  from  the  south 
the  Joaquin,  which  meet  half  way  along  the  plain,  and  turn  their  united  waters  into 
the  Bay  of  San  Francisco.  These  rivers  are  but  small  streams  compared  with  the  extent 
of  waters  that  have  occupied  the  region ;  for  the  whole  soil  of  the  plain,  from  one  side 
to  the  other,  has  been  distributed  by  flowing  waters — the  whole  is  a  single  alluvial  or 
diluvial  area,  through  which  one  system  of  operations  has  acted.  The  surface  consists 
partly  of  the  present  river  flats,  many  miles  wide,  and  partly  of  an  upper  terrace  of 
gravel,  sand,  or  clay,  which  reaches  back  to  the  hills.  This  terrace,  after  a  first  steep 
rise  of  seventy  feet,  increases  gradually  in  height  to  two  hundred  or  three  hundred  feet. 

Many  a  tributary  is  received  by  the  Sacramento  and  the  Joaquin  from  the  moun¬ 
tains  around.  On  the  north  is  Destruction  River,  which  rises  near  the  Shasty  Peak, 
and  after  flowing  as  a  torrent  among  the  mountains,  tin  ally  emerges  into  the  Sacra¬ 
mento  Plains.  More  to  the  east  are  Yuba,  Bear,  Feather  Rivers,  and  others  too  well 
known  to  require  mention  in  this  place.  They  all  form,  together  with  the  great  trunks, 
one  single  water  system.  And  they  are  not  only  so  now,  but  they  have  been  so  ever 
since  the  terraced  gravel  and  sand  of  the  country  were  deposited.  Such  is  the 
remarkable  unity  and  uniformity  of  the  interior  of  the  State  of  California. 

The  upper  terrace,  viewed  from  the  lower  flats  of  the  river,  presents  a  nearly  even 
height  to  the  eye;  but  once  upon  it,  and  all  its  apparent  evenness  is  often  lost.  It  is 
cut  through  by  numerous  deep  channels  or  valleys,  which  are  dry  except  in  the  rainy 
seasons,  and  in  many  parts  the  country  is  reduced  to  groups  of  rounded  hills,  200 
feet  or  so  in  height,  amid  which  only  an  experienced  eye  would  detect  the  remains  of 
the  old  terrace.  The  material  is  not  consolidated,  and  the  rains  therefore  find  it  easy 
work  to  gully  out  the  surface.  This  broken  character  increases  towards  the  mountains, 
where  the  larger  ravines,  that  cut  through  the  gravel  region,  are  found  to  be  a  con¬ 
tinuation  of  the  valleys  and  gorges  of  the  mountains. 

In  addition  to  this  uniformity  in  physical  features,  there  is  a  similarity  throughout 
in  geological  structure.  In  the  Sierra  Nevada  there  are  some  granitic  peaks  and 
ridges,  but  to  a  large  extent  the  rocks  are  more  or  less  slaty,  being  talcose,  chloritic, 
and  argillaceous  slates;  the  same  beds  which,  the  world  over,  most  abound  in  gold. 
They  are  intersected  often  by  veins  of  quartz,  which  in  some  parts  are  very  abundant, 
another  peculiar  feature  of  a  gold  region ;  for  gold,  when  in  place,  is  mostly  confined 
to  quartz  veins,  or  the  rock  adjoining  such  veins.  Pebbles  and  rounded  stones  from 
these  veins  and  the  silicious  slates  accompanying  are  profusely  strewed  over  the  surface 
of  the  upper  terrace  of  the  Sacramento.  Talcose  slates  exist  also  on  the  north  shores 
of  the  Gulf  of  San  Francisco,  but  there  are  no  quartz  veins. 

Besides  the  quartz,  and  the  slate,  and  granite  rocks  alluded  to,  there  are  also  some 
extinct  volcanic  summits ;  and,  moreover,  numerous  basaltic  dikes  intersect  the  hills. 
But  these  are  only  a  subordinate  feature  of  the  Sierra.  One  extinct  volcano,  the  Sacra¬ 
mento  Bute,  rises  out  of  the  Sacramento  Plains  like  an  island  from  the  sea.  But  it 
was  long  since  extinct,  and  it  has  been  reduced  by  degradation  or  the  shattering  forces 
now  dormant  beneath,  to  a  mere  mass  of  ridges  and  peaks,  within  an  inclosure  formed 
of  what  once  was  its  lower  slopes. 

The  distribution  of  gold  over  the  California  region,  through  its  gravel  beds  and 
soil,  is  owing,  beyond  doubt,  to  the  former  wear  and  tear,  by  aqueous  causes,  of  the  gold- 
bearing  rocks.  We  cannot  say  that  existing  causes  are  now  producing  the  results  as 
rapidly  as  in  former  ages,  still  the  same  kind  of  causes  are  at  work.  Torrents  in  the 
mountains,  especially  when  fed  by  the  rains,  are  tearing  rocks  from  their  places,  gully¬ 
ing  out  the  hills,  and  deepening  the  gorges,  and  all  the  surfaces  of  the  declivities  are 
subjected  at  times  to  the  action  of  running  water.  Gradual  decomposition,  through 
atmospheric  changes,  is  also  effecting  results  slowly  but  surely.  By  these  causes  the 
softer  shales  are  removed  and  the  quartz  veins  are  left  unsupported,  and  these  in  their 
turn  give  way.  The  action  of  freezing  water  is  superadded  in  some  places  during  the 
colder  season.  The  quartz  of  the  veins  is  often  much  fissured  or  cellular,  and  readily 
yields  under  such  agencies.  It  generally  contains  iron  pyrites,  and  as  this  mineral 
readily  decomposes  when  moisture  is  present,  the  means  of  the  destruction  of  the 
quartz  frequently  resides  within  itself.  The  quartz,  where  exposed,  is  commonly 
cellular  because  of  this  loss  of  the  pyrites,  or  of  some  allied  mineral,  by  decomposition. 

Another  cause  of  the  destruction  of  the  rock  and  vein  depends  on  the  very  nature 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I 


of  a  vein.  It  is  a  wall  of  rock  intersecting  other  beds,  usually  at  some  oblique  angle. 
Consequently  the  percolating  waters,  which  penetrate  through  the  most  solid  strata, 
tend  to  accumulate  and  flow  or  trickle  along  with  more  or  less  freeness  by  the  side  of 
the  vein,  especially  its  upper  side;  the  result  is,  that  the  rock  of  the  wall  becomes 
softened  or  decomposed,  and  the  destruction  of  both  rock  and  vein  from  subsequent 
changes  is  hastened. 

By  some  or  all  of  these  causes  the  gold-bearing  rocks  have  been  woro  down,  and 
their  ruins  have  been  strewed  throughout  the  Sacramento  region.  What  greater  force 
the  waters  may  have  had  in  former  times  from  their  greater  quantity,  or  whether 
glaciers  may  not  have  aided  in  the  degradation  of  the  mountains,  we  cannot  say.  The 
i  very  large  extent  of  the  upper  terrace  of  the  Sacramento  Plains  proves  the  action  of 
water  to  an  extent  vastly  beyond  any  thing  now  seen. 

While  such  processes  of  wear  were  at  work,  the  water  flowing  in  torrents  to  the 
valleys  were  conveying  thither  the  gold.  By  this  water-action  the  fragments  and  soil 
I  formed  is  subjected  to  a  system  of  washing  on  a  majestic  scale,  and  the  scattered 
results,  proceeding  from  the  process  of  grinding  carried  on  over  the  hills,  are  gathered 
together.  As  the  gold  is  heavy,  sixteen  to  eighteen  times  as  heavy  as  water,  it  requires 
the  most  rapid  waters  to  transport  it,  except  it  be  in  very  fine  grains;  and  even  in  this 
condition  it  sinks,  unless  the  current  of  the  stream  is  strong.  Hence  it  is  that  the  gold 
is  found  along  the  gorges  and  valleys  of  the  lower  parts  of  the  mountains ;  not  too 
high  up,  where  the  rocks  are  more  likely  to  be  granitic,  nor  too  low,  where  only  the 
sands  and  pebbles  are  transported,  the  gold  having  been  left  behind.  The  region  of 
gold-bearing  slates  averages  about  ten  miles  in  width  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  the 
Sierra,  from  its  southern  limit  in  the  Mariposa  district  to  the  Shasty  and  Klamath 
region. 

The  finest  grains,  to  some  extent,  must  have  reached  the  Sacramento,  and  been 
scattered  far  and  wide.  There  have  been  workings  in  the  tributaries  of  the  Sacra¬ 
mento,  not  far  above  their  mouths;  and  gold  has  been  reported  as  occurring  in  the 
soil  of  San  Francisco  itself. 

The  smaller  runs  of  water  about  the  upper  declivities  of  the  region,  and  any  gullies 
wherever  water  may  have  been  rapidly  carried  along,  promise  generally  some  returns  to 
I  the  miner.  The  slopes,  wherever  a  crest  of  rock  or  a  projecting  wall  served  as  a  barrier 
to  keep  part  of  the  gravel  and  its  contents  from  pouring  down,  under  the  action  of 
floods  from  the  rains,  into  the  main  valleys,  are  apt  to  contain  much  gold,  laid  away 
in  cavities  or  basins;  such  are  the  “pockets”  of  gold.  And  similar  pockets,  often  rich 
in  the  yellow  nuggets,  occur  along  the  beds  of  streams,  where  ledges  of  rocks  have 
served  to  bank  up  the  waters,  or  stay  their  course,  or  turn  them  off  in  eddies. 

The  gold  is  also  distributed,  more  oi  less  abundantly,  in  the  gravel  banks,  either 
side  of  the  streams,  or  the  alluvial  beds  that  occupy  the  valleys.  In  these  cases,  it  is 
mainly  confined  to  such  layers  as  were  formed  by  waters  running  with  considerable 
velocity,  as  only  such  could  transport  and  distribute  the  gold. 

Some  writers  have  ignorantly  attributed  the  diffusion  of  the  gold  in  California  to 
volcanic  action,  and  pointed  to  craters  in  the  mountains  that  were  supposed  to  have 
been  active  in  gold-making.  But  this  is  contrary  to  science  and  observation.  The 
volcanoes  have  had  other  work  to  perform,  and  have  produced  no  effect  on  the  distri¬ 
bution  of  the  gold. 

The  gold  of  California  has  been  discovered  in  the  rocks,  as  well  as  in  alluvial 
deposits,  and  the  veins  are  described  as  remarkably  productive,  especially  those  of  the 
Mariposa  and  Sonora  regions.  They  have  not  yet  been  worked,  however,  with  much 
profit.  Gold  never  forms  a  continuous  solid  vein,  like  copper  ores.  It  is  distributed 
in  thin  plates  or  irregular  masses,  strings,  leaves,  or  scales,  and  only  in  an  interrupted 
manner  where  most  abundant.  Generally,  the  grains  are  hardly  visible  points,  dis¬ 
tributed  through  the  quartz,  and  only  at  long  intervals  pieces  of  some  size  are  met 
with.  The  process  of  grinding  mountains  to  powder,  has  been  going  on,  under  the 
operations  of  nature,  and  the  result  is  seen  in  a  gold  region  like  that  of  the  Sacramento 
Valley.  But  man,  with  his  best  aids,  can  make  the  mountains  crumble  but  slowly. 
The  quartz,  which  toward  the  surface  is  cellular,  below,  after  sinking  one  or  two 
hundred  yards,  becomes  solid  and  compact,  as  no  decomposition  has  been  in  progress ; 
and  consequently,  the  grinding  becomes  more  difficult  as  the  shaft  sinks.  The  gold  is 
also  distributed  through  the  pyrites  of  the  vein,  which  nature  extracts  through  the 
slow  decomposition  of  this  sulphuret,  but  man  worries  over  almost  in  vain.  For  these 
reasons,  the  working  of  veins  of  gold  is  profitable  only  when  they  are  of  extraordinary 
richness. 

The  discovery  of  gold  has  increased  the  annual  yield  of  the  mines  of  the  United 
States,  from  less  than  half  a  million  of  dollars,  to  sixty  millions.  The  whole  amount 
estimated  to  have  been  taken  from  the  mines,  from  the  opening  of  them,  in  1849,  to 
January,  1854,  is  about  250  millions  of  dollars.  It  is  stated,  that  there  were  received, 
at  the  port  of  New  York  alone,  in  1852,  near  49  millions  of  dollars.  Nearly  onc-third 
of  the  gold  received  from  the  mines  of  the  world,  in  1852,  came  from  California. 

The  gold  region  of  California  affords  the  same  associated  minerals  as  those  of 
other  countries.  Grains  of  platinum  and  iridium,  or  iridosmine,  are,  to  some  extent, 
found  ;  and  the  latter  metal  is  rather  abundant,  affording  supplies  for  the  manufacture 
of  the  points  of  gold  pens.  It  is  separated  in  considerable  quantities,  in  the  working 
of  the  gold  at  the  United  States  Mint,  at  Philadelphia.  Magnetic  iron,  titanic  iron, 
chromic  iron,  zircon,  garnet,  and  rutile,  occur  in  the  sands  of  the  region  ;  diamonds 
have  been  reported,  but  the  discovery  needs  confirmation.  The  mistake  of  a  zircon 
for  a  diamond,  is  quite  possible  with  one  not  acquainted  with  the  former  mineral. 

I  lie  gold  of  the  United  States  is  entirely  restricted  to  the  newer  metamorphic 
rocks,  in  its  original  geological  associations.  The  range  of  this  formation  has  been 
already  indicated  (Introduction,  page  oO).  Certain  portions  of  this,  confined  to  a 

82 


comparatively  narrow  belt,  carry  gold,  throughout  their  entire  extent,  from  Canada 
to  Alabama,  on  the  Atlantic  side  of  the  continent,  and  through  at  least  an  equal 
latitude  on  the  Pacific  side.*  Beginning  with  the  north-eastern  part  of  the  United 
States,  gold  was  exhibited  from  Madrid,  Franklin  county,  Maine  (No.  112);  gold  in 
quartz,  from  the  rock,  in  place,  Bridgewater,  New  Hampshire  (No.  113);  gold  in 
magnetite,  from  Maryland  (No.  117);  gold  with  garnets,  Buckingham  county,  Vir¬ 
ginia;  native  gold,  Stafford  and  Goochland  counties,  Virginia,  (No.  114);  auriferous 
quartz,  from  Rowan,  Mecklenberg,  Lincoln,  and  Burke  counties,  in  North  Carolina 
(No.  115);  gold,  from  Davidson  county,  North  Carolina;  gold  ores,  from  Union 
and  Montgomery  counties ;  from  Charlotte ;  and  auriferous  pyrites,  from  Rowan 
county,  North  Carolina  (No.  155).  From  South  Carolina,  gold,  and  auriferous  quartz, 
and  sheets,  were  shown  from  Oakland  Grove,  in  Edgefield  District  (No.  110);  native 
gold  was  also  shown  from  Georgia.  Beside  the  fine  Californian  collection  of  Adams 
<k  Co.,  there  were  numerous  other  exhibitors  from  that  State;  and  from  a  single  local¬ 
ity  in  Oregon  (No.  111).] 

104.  Butler,  Mrs.  M.,  New  York. 

Auriferous  quartz,  from  Union  Mountain,  Grass  Valley,  California ;  quartz  crystals, 
from  the  same  locality;  specimens  of  gold  in  quartz,  from  Carson’s  Creek  ;  crystallized 
gold,  from  same  locality ;  specimens  of  crystallized  gold,  presenting  apparently  a 
fibrous  appearance. 

105.  - 

Specimens  of  gold  sand  and  auriferous  disintegrated  rock,  Yuba  River,  California. 
Gold  dust,  with  magnetic  sand,  after  washing,  very  rich,  from  Bear  Valley,  California. 


100.  Stearns  <fc  Jackson,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 

Crystallized  gold  in  quartz,  from  the  Volcano  Quartz  Mining  Company’s  location, 
El  Dorado  count}',  California. 


107.  Bekiiart,  F.,  New  York  City. 

Specimens  of  native  gold,  from  Sutter’s  Mills,  El  Dorado  county,  California. 


108.  Perry,  John,  Jr.,  San  Francisco. 

Crystallized  gold  with  quartz,  from  Mariposa  county,  California,  weighing  11 J 
ounces. 


109.  Arnold,  L.  M.,  Poughkeepsie,  New  York. 

Crystallized  native  gold,  from  Yuba  River,  California. 


110.  May,  Julius,  San  Francisco. 

Specimen  of  gold  quartz,  containing  97  per  cent,  of  gold,  and  weighing  more  than 
85  ounces,  from  California.  [This  was  a  fine  illustration  of  a  worn  boulder  of  gold.] 


111.  Burns,  Iluon,  Oregon  City,  Oregon. 

Flat  nugget  of  native  gold,  beautifully  crystallized  in  arborescent  forms,  from 
Rogue  River  valley,  Oregon. 

[This  was  the  only  specimen  of  gold  sent  from  Oregon,  and  was  remarkable,  not 
so  much  for  size  as  for  the  beauty  of  its  crystalline  lines  and  plates,  formed  by  the 
planes  of  the  regular  octahedron.] 

112.  Lucas,  Dr.  H.  S. 

Native  gold,  from  Madrid,  Franklin  county,  Maine. 

[This  is  the  most  northern  occurrence  of  gold  in  the  Eastern  United  States,  and 
is  interesting  as  marking  the  limits  of  what,  in  a  geological  sense,  may  be  regarded  as 
the  northern  range  of  the  great  auriferous  zone  of  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks. 
Gold  lias  also  been  found,  in  masses  of  considerable  magnitude,  in  the  valley  of  the 
Chaudifire  River,  in  Canada,  but  none  of  the  washings  in  New  England  or  Canada 
hold  out  any  promise  of  valuable  returns  for  labor.] 

113.  Hubbard,  Professor  O.  P.,  Hanover,  New  Hampshire. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  the  gold  and  associated  minerals  lately  found  at  Bridgewater,  Ver¬ 
mont,  viz. : — 

1.  Auriferous  quartz,  with  native  gold,  from  the  veins  in  situ. 

2.  Galena  (auriferous  ?)  in  the  same  vein. 

3.  Talcose  slate,  in  which  the  auriferous  quartz  veins  of  Bridgewater  occur. 

[We  are  informed  that  these  auriferous  quartz  veins  are  not  likely  to  prove  of 

economical  value  ;  but  they  are  all  interesting,  as  furnishing  the  only  example  yet 
observed  in  New  England  of  the  gold  in  situ .] 


111.  Mitchell,  W.  M.,  Fredericksburg,  Virginia. 

Native  gold  witli  tetradymite,  from  Monroe  Mine,  Stafford  county,  Virginia. 


115.  Allen,  Ethan  A.,  Jr.,  New  York  City. 

Auriferous  pyrites,  from  a  mine  at  Gold  Hill,  Rowan  county,  North  Carolina, 
which  has  yielded  on  an  average,  for  the  last  seven  years,  $200,000  worth  of  gold 
annually. 

11C.  Dorn,  William  B.,  Oakland  Cr*ve,  Edgefield  District,  South  Carolina. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  native  gold,  from  a  mine  belonging  to  the  exhibitor,  and  which  has 
produced  during  the  last  year,  with  the  labor  of  eight  or  ten  men,  $250,000  worth  of 
gold. 

*  Native  gold  lias  been  found  In  small  quantities  in  the  drift  of  central  Ohio  and  Indiana,  which  is 
far  removed  from  any  metamorphic  belt.  Some  other  localities  in  the  United  States  have  furnished 
gold,  beyond  those  mentioned,  but  in  minute  quantities. 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


[“The  Jury  regard  this  collection  as  worthy  of  honorable  mention,  since  it 
presents  an  exhibition  of  the  results  of  the  working  of  a  gold  vein  by  the  exhibitor.” 
— Jury  Report ,  Class  Z] 

117.  The  Perseverance  Mining  Company. — Producers.  (Agent,  T.  Tyson,  Baltimore, 

Maryland.) 

Gold  ores,  from  the  Russel  Mines,  Montgomery  county,  North  Carolina,  worked 
by  this  Company. 

[These  mines,  like  those  of  Dorn,  and  of  Goldhill,  are  represented  to  be  in 
talcose  slates,  the  gold-bearing  portion  being  in  seams  parallel  to  the  other  slates, 
which  are  nearly  vertical,  with  a  north-east  and  south-west  bend.  The  auriferous 
rocks  occupy  the  ridges  of  four  or  five  low  hills,  within  a  fourth  of  a  mile  of  each 
other,  and  have  been  opened  rather  in  the  mode  of  quarries  than  as  mines,  the  open¬ 
ings  being  free  to  the  light  of  day.] 

118.  Gregorie,  Charles,  Frederickton,  Missouri 

Magnetic  sand,  containing  gold,  found  mixed  with  clay  in  St  Francis’  River, 
Madison  county,  Missouri.  Has  been  washed  to  separate  the  clay. 

119.  Peyrot,  A.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  crude  platinum,  platinum  ware,  <fcc.,  including  crude  platinum  from 
Central  America,  French  and  English  platinum  plate,  French  and  English  platinum 
wire,  of  various  degrees  of  fineness,  very  fine  platinum  wire  wound  upon  a  spool, 
platinum  crucibles  of  various  sizes,  thin  foil  for  Grove’s  batteries,  thick  French  plati¬ 
num  plate,  and  palladium  plate. 

5. — Minerals  useful  in  Architecture. 

(Marbles,  Sandstones,  Slates,  Ac.) 

120.  Selden,  E.  D.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Very  beautiful  white  statuary  marble,  from  Brandon,  Vermont,  polished  and 
rough  specimens. 

121.  Parker,  Holly  <Se  Co.,  East  Dorsett,  Vermont. — Producers. 

Statuary  marble,  from  East  Dorsett. 

122.  Allen,  Adams  <fc  Co.,  Fairhaven. ,  Rutland  County,  Vermont. — Producers. 

Crystalline  granular  white  marble,  two  large  blocks,  from  a  quarry  belonging  to 

the  exhibitors,  in  West  Rutland,  which  produces  about  30,000  cubic  feet  annually.  It 
is  used  for  statuary,  for  monuments,  furniture,  <Ssc.  This  quarry  has  been  worked  for 

four  years. 

[Statuary  marble  of  good  quality  has  been  found  at  several  localities  in  the 
United  States,  all  of  which  occur  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks. 

In  many  cases,  it  has  proved  difficult  to  obtain  blocks  of  suitable  dimensions, 
free  from  cloudiness  or  fissures,  while  the  liability  to  the  latter  render  many  blocks, 
of  excellent  color  and  texture,  uncertain  in  working.  The  finest  statuary  marble 
which  has  yet  been  obtained,  in  large  blocks,  has  proved  too  friable,  and  does  not 
possess  sufficient  tenacity  to  allow  of  working  up  to  the  required  degree  of  sharpness. 
The  best  statuary  marble  in  the  country  is  obtained  from  the  State  of  Vermont. 

Common  marble,  for  ordinary  building  and  architectural  purposes,  as  well  as  for 
the  coarser  works  of  art,  is  abundant  in  the  United  States.  The  whole  range  of  the 
newer  metamorphic  rocks,  from  northern  Vermont,  at  least  as  far  as  Maryland,  afford 
abundant  supplies  of  white  granular  limestone.  The  character  varies  from  finely 
granular  to  coarsely  crystalline,  and  from  a  compact  close-grained  mass  to  a  friable 
crystalline  rock.  In  color,  it  presents  all  varieties,  from  pure  white  to  light  and 
deeply  clouded. 

These  marbles  all  result  from  the  metamorphism  of  lower  silurian  limestones ; 
and,  in  many  of  their  localities,  the  same  variations  in  the  successive  beds  are  still 
perceptible,  as  when  in  their  unaltered  condition. 

Along  the  western  slope  of  the  Green  Mountain  Range,  the  principal  localities 
are  Brandon,  Dorsett,  Pittsford,  Rutland,  Middlebury,  Fairhaven,  and  Sudbury,  Ver¬ 
mont.  The  principal  quarries  in  Massachusetts  are  at  West  Stockbridge,  Egremont, 
Great  Barrington,  Lanesborough,  New  Ashford,  Sheffield,  and  New  Marlborough. 

In  New  York,  marble  is  quarried  in  large  quantities  at  Sing  Sing,  and,  to  some 
extent,  also,  at  Dover,  in  Dutchess  county.  The  range  of  granular  limestones  extends 
through  Columbia,  Dutchess,  and  Putnam  counties;  and  marble  quarries  may  be 
opened  at  frequent  intervals  along  the  whole  extent  In  the  adjoining  counties  of 
Connecticut  the  same  granular  limestones  occur  abundantly,  but  they  have  nowhere 
been  quarried  to  the  same  extent  as  in  Massachusetts  and  Vermont 

In  the  same  range  of  limestones,  marble  has  been  quarried  to  some  extent  in 
New  Jersey;  a  few  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  in  Pennsylvania;  and  near  Hagers¬ 
town,  Maryland. 

The  marble  quarries  in  Rhode  Island,  eastern  Massachusetts,  and  Maine,  from 
some  of  which  very  fine  marble  has  been  obtained,  belong  to  metamorphic  limestones 
of  more  recent  date.  These  quarries,  though  furnishing  a  considerable  quantity  of 
marble,  are  not  wrought  to  nearly  the  extent  of  those  before  described. 

The  value  of  the  marble  sent  out  from  Berkshire  county,  Massachusetts,  was 
estimated  by  Professor  Hitchcock,  in  his  Geological  Report  of  that  State,  in  1839,  to 
be  $200,000.  It  is  doubtless,  at  the  present  time,  much  beyond  half  a  million  of 
dollars  annually.]  _ _ 

123.  Griscom,  William  M.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Producer. 

Marble  from  Texas,  Baltimore  county,  Maryland. 

121.  McPherson,  William,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Marble  from  quarry  in  Jefferson  county,  Missouri 


125.  - 

Specimens  of  white  and  variegated  fine-grained  marbles,  from  Talladega  county, 
Alabama. 

126.  Budlong  &  Stoughton,  New  York  City. — Producers. 

Ornamental  marble  from  Chazy,  Clinton  county,  New  York. 

[Encrinal,  or  bird's-eye  limestone  ( Official  Catalogue,  No.  51). — The  specimen  exhib¬ 
ited  in  the  collection  is  from  the  Chazy  limestone.  The  bed  is  a  compact  crinoidal 
limestone,  the  fragments  of  columns  and  joints  of  crinoids  being  of  a  bright  pink,  and. 
the  other  organisms  of  a  darker  color,  which  on  the  gray  ground  give  a  beautiful  variety. 
A  similar  limestone,  susceptible  of  receiving  a  polish,  occurs  in  the  lower  bed  of  the 
Niagara  limestone,  at  Lockport ;  also  at  Becraft’s  Mountain,  near  Hudson ;  where  the 
organic  remains  are  nearly  similar  to  the  specimens  from  the  Chazy.* 

The  Onondaga  limestone,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Le  Roy  and  Batavia,  New  York, 
affords  a  similar  marble,  which  receives  a  fine  polish,  and  presents  a  much  greater 
variety  of  organic  remains  than  either  of  the  others. 

Almost  all  the  limestone  formations  in  the  United  States  contain  beds  of  greater 
or  less  thickness,  and  wide  extent,  which  furnish  encrinal  marble ;  but  it  is  only  in  a 
few  localities  that  the  variety  of  the  color  in  the  organic  exuviae  is  sufficiently  brilliant 
or  contrasted  to  make  them  desirable  for  ornamental  purposes. 

The  marble,  formerly  known  as  “bird’s-eye”  marble  in  New  York,  is  a  limestone 
penetrated  by  numerous  stems  of  a  plant-like  body,  which  is  embedded  in»the  position 
in  which  it  grew,  and  the  surface  of  the  layers,  when  polished,  presents  sections  of  the 
stems ;  it  possesses  no  great  beauty  or  variety. 

The  encrinal  limestone  of  the  Niagara  group  has  proved  a  very  excellent  and 
durable  building-stone,  and  it  has  been  extensively  used  for  the  massive  and  beautiful 
locks  and  piers  on  the  Erie  Canal,  at  Lockport,  and  as  a  building-stone  in  Buffalo, 
Lockport,  and  Rochester ;  and  has  also  been  transported  from  Lockport  to  Chicago, 
for  the  construction  of  a  beautiful  city-hall  and  court-house  at  that  place. 

The  encrinal  layers  of  the  Onondaga  limestone  have  been  also  largely  used  for 
locks  on  the  Erie  Canal,  and  for  building  purposes  in  many  of  the  cities  and  towns  in 
central  and  western  New  York.  Excellent  building  materials  are  also  obtained  from 
the  limestone  ranges  of  the  northern  and  central  part  of  Ohio,  and  extending  into  Indi¬ 
ana  and  Kentucky,  though  generally  in  less  heavy  beds  than  in  New  York. 

Very  fine  and  durable  building-stones  have  likewise  been  obtained  from  the 
lower  silurian  limestones,  in  the  same  association  as  the  black  marbles  before  de¬ 
scribed. 

Limestone  fit  for  building  purposes,  and  sometimes  of  an  ornamental  character, 
may  be  found  throughout  the  entire  extent  of  the  several  limestone  groups  described. 

When  we  extend  our  inquiries  to  the  West  and  South-west,  beyond  the  limits  of 
the  silurian  and  devonian  limestones,  and  within  the  carboniferous  districts,  we  find 
the  place  of  the  former  supplied  by  numerous  varieties  of  the  carboniferous  limestone. 
Many  of  these  are  compact  dun  or  drab-colored  layers,  gray  and  sub-crystalline  beds, 
compact  and  fine-grained  oolitic  beds,  <fce.,  all  of  which  are  quite  sufficient  for  ordinary 
architectural  objects,  and  some  of  them  receive  a  fine  polish. 

Conglomerates  and  Breccia  Marbles. 

The  “Potomac  and  breccia  marble.” — This  rock,  of  the  newer  red  sandstone 
series,  is  in  some  places  sufficiently  calcareous  to  be  cut  and  polished  as  marble.  The 
Potomac  marble,  of  which  the  columns  of  the  Hall  of  Representatives  at  Washington 
are  made,  is  of  this  rock.  The  material  is  beautiful,  but  the  working  is  expensive,  and 
there  are  other  objections  to  its  general  use. 

Black  marble .  of  excellent  quality,  is  obtained  at  Glens  Falls,  New  York,  and  at 
Swanton,  Sho reham,  and  Isle  la  Motte,  Vermont.  It  may  also  be  obtained  at  numerous 
other  localities  along  the  same  range  of  limestones.  The  marble  of  the  localities 
named  is  a  stratified  unaltered  limestone,  of  the  lower  silurian  age,  being,  in  part  or 
entirely,  the  Chary  limestone  of  the  New  York  Geological  Reports.  A  fine  block  of 
this  marble,  with  the  arms  of  the  State  of  New  York  beautifully  sculptured  upon  it, 
by  Mr.  Palmer,  of  Albany,  has  been  sent  to  the  Washington  monument.] 

“The  Jury  on  Class  I.  award  a  prize-medal  to  the  exhibitors  123,  as  being  the 
first  to  bring  forward  this  material,  in  its  application  to  useful  and  ornamental  pur 
poses.” — (Jury  Report  MSS.) 

127.  Holmes,  Dr.  R.  S.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Marbles  and  limestones  from  Missouri,  comprising  the  following — 

Marble  from  a  quarry  at  East  Kirkwood,  about  twelve  miles  from  St.  Louis. 

Marble  full  of  organic  remains,  capable  of  taking  a  very  high  polish,  and  lying 
immediately  beneath  the  former. 

A  very  hard  and  durable  stone,  of  great  local  reputation  for  hearths,  <Stc.,  having 
an  extraordinary  powei  of  enduring  the  action  of  heat 

Marble  from  a  quarry  in  Jefferson  county,  twenty-five  miles  south  of  St.  Louis, 
and  about  two  miles  from  the  Mississippi  River,  near  the  railroad  from  St  Louis  to  the 
Iron  Mountains.  It  is  beginning  to  be  used  as  a  building  material  in  St.  Louis. 

Oolitic  limestone,  known  under  the  denomination  of  “St  Genevieve  marble,” 
from  a  locality  near  the  Mississippi  River,  in  St  Genevieve  county.  It  is  a  very  exten¬ 
sive  formation,  obtained  with  great  facility,  and  is  used  as  a  building-stone  in  St  Louis, 
and,  to  some  extent,  also  in  New  Orleans. 

128.  Cobb,  Henry,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Marble  containing  fossils,  from  St  Louis  county,  about  nine  miles  south-west  of 

the  city  of  St  Louis.  ,  . 

Coal  from  mines  three  to  eight  miles  west  and  south  of  St.  Louis,  which  furnish 
a  large  portion  of  the  coal  used  in  St.  Louis,  both  for  manufacturing  and  domestic 
purposes. 


*  See  Silllman’s  American  Journal  of  Science,  vol.  vi.,  p.  871. 
83 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


129.  McJilton,  James  T.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Polished  specimen  of  variegated  marble,  from  a  bluff  on  the  Mississippi,  near  St 
Louis.  _ _ _ 

1 30.  Dean,  James  E.  P.,  New  York. 

Polished  slab  of  verde  antique,  or  serpentine  marble,  from  Milford,  Connecticut. 

[ Serpentine  marble,  or  verde  antique,  occurs  in  numerous  localities  along  a  belt 
of  formation  -which  extends,  from  northern  Vermont,  through  the  -western  part  of 
Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  a  small  portion  of  southern  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Penn¬ 
sylvania,  and  Maryland.  It  has  been  clearly  shown  by  Mr.  Logan,  Geologist,  of 
Canada,  that  this  formation  is  metamorphic  of  a  part  of  the  Hudson  River  group,  and, 
as  is  well  known,  accompanies,  and  depends  for  its  existence  upon  the  presence  of 
chromic  iron. 

This  marble  occurs  in  beautiful  varieties  at  Cavendish,  Lowell,  and  Troy,  Ver¬ 
mont  ;  in  Cheshire,  Massachusetts ;  in  Milford,  Connecticut ;  and  other  localities  along 
the  line  indicated,  though  it  has  been  quarried  in  a  few  places  only. 

A  verde  antique  marble,  of  different  character,  occurs  at  Port  Henry,  Essex 
county,  New  York,  in  Warren  county,  and  in  St.  Lawrence  county,  in  the  same  State ; 
but  these  localities  belong  to  a  different  geological  formation,  and  are  not  accompanied 
by  the  chromate  of  iron. 

The  Connecticut  quarries  were  opened  as  long  ago  as  1812,  their  beautiful 
products  having  been  brought  into  notice,  in  1811,  by  Professor  R.  Silliman.*  They 
were  discovered  by  Mr.  Solomon  Baldwin,  then  a  student  in  Yale  College.  There  are 
two  quarries;  one,  two  and  a  half  miles  west  of  New  Haven,  and  one  near  the  village 
of  Milford,  about  nine  miles  from  New  Haven.  From  the  latter  was  derived  the 
specimen  at  the  head  of  this  note.  Both  the  true  verde  antique  marble  and  common 
serpentine  marble  are  found  here.  The  latter  variety  prevails  at  New  Haven,  the 
former  at  Milford.  It  is  a  matter  of  surprise  that  so  beautiful  a  material  should  have 
found  comparatively  little  favor,  especially,  considering  the  high  esteem  in  which  the 
verde  antique  is  held  in  Europe.] 

131.  Pond,  IIikam,  South  Malden,  Massachusetts,  and  New  York  City. 

Specimen  of  serpentine  from  Deer  Island,  (in  the  form  of  a  model  of  the  Bunker 
Hill  monument.) 

132.  North  River  Mining  Company.  (Agents,  Anthony,  Lawrence  &  Co.,  New  York) 

— Producers. 

Specimens  of  marble  composed  of  serpentine  and  dolomite;  white  and  flesh- 
colored  marbles ;  from  Sudbury,  V ermont. 

133.  - New  York. 

Drab-colored  and  brown  sandstone  from  the  Potsdam  sandstone,  Malone,  Frank¬ 
lin  county,  New  York. 

[“The  Jury  of  Class  I.  make  the  award  of  a  Prize  Medal  to  the  exhibitor,  as  having 
brought  before  the  public  and  used  this  very  durable  rock  as  a  building  stone.  Though 
long  known  and  used,  and  fully  appreciated  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  its  occurrence, 
in  many  places,  it  has  received  no  attention  from  the  public  generally.  Building  ma¬ 
terials,  though  abundant  and  various  in  many  parts  of  the  country,  have  thus  far  been 
to  a  considerable  extent  overlooked ;  and,  consequently,  those  who  seek  these  materials 
for  use,  have  little  choice  or  variety. 

“The  Jury  make  this  award  as  an  expression  of  their  appreciation  of  an  attempt  to 
introduce  to  public  notice  a  valuable  material  of  this  kind.” — Manuscript  Jury  Report. 

The  Potsdam  sandstone  is  capable  of  furnishing  immense  quantities  of  a  durable 
building  stone,  and  of  considerable  variety  of  color.  The  prevailing  tints  of  this  stone 
are  gray,  light  brown,  and  varying  from  this  to  brick  red.  It  is  well  worthy  of  being 
introduced  among  architectural  materials.  The  extensive  range  of  the  Potsdam  sand¬ 
stone  from  northern  New  York  southwards  through  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Mary¬ 
land,  and  Virginia,  will  afford  numerous  localities  favorable  for  transporting  and 
working. 

The  gray  sandstone  of  the  Hudson  River  group,  when  fit  for  building  purposes, 
lias  only  a  local  development,  and  is  therefore  not  likely  to  come  into  general  use.  It 
can  be  obtained  in  large  quantities  in  Oswego  and  Lewis  counties,  New  York. 

The  sandstones  and  grits  of  the  Shawangunk  mountain  range  afford  massive  and 
durable  material  for  building  purposes. 

The  Medina  sandstone,  in  some  parts  of  the  formation,  furnishes  a  good  building 
material,  the  prevailing  color  of  which  is  a  brick  red,  sometimes  variegated,  and  be¬ 
coming  dark  on  exposure.  This  rock  is  developed  principally  in  the  western  counties 
of  New  York,  along  the  Erie  canal ;  and  to  an  equal  or  greater  extent  in  Pennsylvania ; 
but  the  distance  for  transportation  will  prevent  its  introduction  into  the  eastern  cities. 

The  Oriskany  sandstone  breaks  with  an  irregular  fracture,  and  is  not  of  much  use 
except  for  rude  structures. 

Along  the  Ohio  valley,  and  elsewhere  in  the  west,  the  fine-grained  or  Waverly 
sandstone,  of  the  age  of  the  Chemung  group,  furnishes  good  freestone  for  building  pur¬ 
poses. 

Some  of  the  coarser  sandstones  of  the  Catskill  Mountain  group,  form  good 
building  materials ;  but  have  attracted  little  attention. 

The  sandstones  of  No.  X.  of  the  Pennsylvania  Reports,  the  shale  and  sandstone 
formations  below  the  coal,  furnish  heavy  masses  for  coarse  structures.  This  rock  is 
seen  in  outliers  upon  the  hills  in  some  of  the  southern  and  south-western  counties  of 
New  York,  and  is  a  useful  material  within  the  regions  where  it  occurs. 

*  Bruce’s  American  Mineralogical  Journal,  p.  147. 

34 


The  sandstone  of  the  coal  measures. 

A  coarse  and  conglomeratic  freestone  of  the  Tertiary  period,  has  been  extensively 
used  for  public  edifices  in  Washington  city.  The  Capitol,  Patent  Office,  and  others, 
have  been  constructed  of  this  stone ;  but  it  has  been  found  too  porous  and  friable  to 
resist  the  action  of  the  weather,  even  in  that  mild  climate.] 

131.  Middlesex  Quarry  Company,  Portland,  Connecticut. 

Freestone  dressed  and  undressed. 

[Freestones  for  building,  and  to  some  extent  for  ornamental  architecture,  are  de¬ 
rived  chiefly  from  the  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  valley ;  and  from  the  lock  of  the 
same  age  in  the  Hudson  valley  and  New  Jersey. 

This  extensive  formation,  from  which  building  stone  is  transported  to  all  the 
Atlantic  cities,  and  which  furnishes  over  ten  times  more  than  all  the  other  sandstone 
formations  together,  was  represented  only  in  the  single  specimen  cited  above.] 

Granite. _ Although  this  valuable  material  abounds  in  the  United  States,  it  was 

unrepresented  in  the  collection  of  the  New  \  ork  exhibition,  partly  for  want  of  room, 
but  more  from  the  apathy  of  proprietors  of  quarries  who  failed  to  send  ore  specimens, 
though  solicited  to  do  so.  A  few  remarks  upon  building  materials  may  not,  however, 
be  out  of  place  here. 

[Under  the  head  of  Granite,  arc  included  not  only  granite  proper,  but  also  syenite 
and  gneissic  rocks,  which,  in  ordinary  language,  faR  under  the  term  granite.  Mate¬ 
rials  of  this  character  may  be  sought  successfully  over  the  greater  part  of  the  area 
occupied  by  the  older  metamorphic  rocks,  and  to  some  extent  among  the  newer  meta- 
morphic  formations. 

Northern  New  York,  the  Highlands  on  the  Hudson  river,  New  Jersey,  and  Penn 
sylvania,  afford  numerous  localities  of  granite  rocks  of  good  quality.  In  the  New 
England  States,  building  materials  of  this  character  are  abundant;  but  at  the  present 
time  they  are  furnished  mostly  for  local  use,  with  the  exception  of  the  localities  along 
the  coast.  The  Quincy  granite  has  a  wide  reputation,  and  besides  being  used  exten¬ 
sively  in  Boston  and  the  vicinity,  it  is  largely  shipped,  and  particularly  to  New  \  ork. 
A  considerable  extent  of  country  around  Boston  can  furnish  similar  building  stone. 

The  continuation  of  the  same  formation  southward  affords  numerous  localities ; 
and  granite  is  quarried  in  this  direction  nearly  as  far  as  Providence,  Rhode  Island; 
also  at  Fall  River  and  Troy,  in  Massachusetts.  On  the  northern  shore  of  Massachusetts 
Bay,  between  Salem  and  Cape  Ann,  are  several  localities  of  granite  similar  to  that  of 
Quincy.  Granite  is  also  quarried  in  the  neighborhood  of  Lowell,  Massachusetts,  and 
in  Pelham,  New  Hampshire. 

“  Granite  or  syenite,  where  the  feldspar  is  lighter  colored  than  in  the  Quincy 
granite,  has  been  extensively  quarried  in  some  parts  of  Maine.  This  is  generally  pre¬ 
ferred  in  New  York  ;  still,  in  weathering,  the  stone  becomes  nearly  as  dark  as  that  of 
Quincy.  Numerous  quarries  might  be  mentioned  in  the  State  of  Maine,  among  which 
are  those  of  Blue  Hill,  Buck’s  Harbor,  and  Seal  Harbor,  near  which  are  several  quar¬ 
ries  belonging  to  the  State.  From  this  place  large  quantities  have  been  shipped  to 
New  York.  Granite  has  been  quarried  and  shipped  to  considerable  extent  from  Edge- 
court.,  Bath,  Brunswick,  Kennebeck,  and  other  places  on  the  coast  of  Maine. 

“Although  there  are  numerous  localities  in  the  States  south  of  Pennsylvania, 
where  granite,  syenite,  or  granitic  gneiss  of  good  quality  for  building  stone  may  be  ob¬ 
tained  ;  yet  the  general  character  of  the  rocks  of  this  style  is  far  from  being  as  good  at 
that  of  New  England.  They  are  more  or  less  subject  to  rapid  disintegration;  and  in 
many  places  this  character  prevails  to  such  a  degree  as  to  render  these  rocks  entirely 
unfit  for  any  economical  purpose  requiring  solid  and  durable  stone.  The  exceptions 
to  this  character  appear  to  be  few  and  limited  in  extent.  The  low  elevations  and 
rounded  summits  of  these  rocks  generally,  is  sufficient  to  show  the  influence  of  denu¬ 
dation  and  weathering  upon  their  exposed  surfaces. 

“  I  do  not  conceive,  indeed,  that  the  same  granite  formations,  which  occur  in 
Maine,  eastern  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  and  Rhode  Island,  extend  southward 
in  an  inland  direction  beyond  the  limits  of  New  England.  The  granites  of  the  eastern 
part  of  New  England  are  decidedly  distinct  from  those  of  western  New  England  and 
New  York.  The  former  are  doubtless  in  a  great  degree  metamorphic  of  rocks  of  the 
age  of  the  coal  measures  ;  while  the  latter,  with  the  exception  of  northern  New  T  ork, 
are  metamorphic  of  the  lower  silurian  rocks.  The  original  mineral  or  lithological 
character  of  the  sedimentary  rocks  has  been  the  cause  mainly  of  this  diversity  in 
character  of  the  mineral  products;  though  greater  or  less  degrees  of  metamorphism, 
upon  similar  materials,  have  resulted  to  some  extent  in  products  of  different  characters. 

“The  granites  of  metamorphic  carboniferous  rocks,  in  eastern  New  England,  are 
of  much  more  economical  importance  than  those  of  silurian  and  devonian  age. 

“  Other  sources  of  materials  for  construction  may  be  enumerated.  Trap  or  basaltic 
rocks  afford  an  extrem  ely  durable  stone,  and  w ell  adapted  to  many  purposes ;  but 
these  are  not  very  readily  quarried.  Mica,  talcous  and  hornblende  schists  are  some¬ 
times  used  for  rough  structures,  bridge  abutments,  dams,  etc.  Many  schistose  rocks, 
and  especially  the  partially  metamorphic  slates  of  the  Hudson  River  group,  afford  ex¬ 
cellent  materials  for  constructions  under  water;  and,  in  some  instances,  have  been 
found  superior  to  the  regular  forms  of  quarry-dressed  stones.  Very  recently  the 
compact  steatitic  rocks  of  New  England  have  come  into  use  as  a  building  stone  in 
New  York  city.  Although  soft,  and  the  surface  readily  injured,  it  is  claimed  that  it  is 
not  more  easily  defaced  than  white  marble  ;  while  its  modest  gray  color  offers  a  relief 
and  an  agreeable  contrast  to  the  dazzling  white  of  the  marble,  the  sombre  brown  of 
the  Connecticut,  and  the  glare  of  red  brick  walls.” — J.  H.] 

135.  Smith,  Isaac  T.,  New  York  City. — Producer. 

Red  slate,  from  Washington  county,  New  York. 


M1NEKAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


[This  article  is  the  product  of  quarries  recently  discovered,  where  it  occurs  in 
inexhaustible  quantity.  It  has  a  good  color,  and  is  adapted  for  paving  the  floors  of 
halls,  public  buildings,  churches,  die.  For  roofing,  also,  its  quality  is  good,  and,  on 
account  of  its  color,  will  present  an  unusual  appearance.  In  the  same  quarry  is  also 
found  a  light-green  colored  slate,  adapted  for  roofing  purposes.] 

136.  West  Castleton  Slate  Company,  West  Castleton,  Vermont. — Producers. 
Roofing-slates,  from  Castleton. 

» 

137.  Root  <t  Tomlinson,  Castleton,  Rutland  County,  Vermont. — Producers. 

Roofing-slates,  from  Castleton. 

138.  Eagle  Quarry,  Vermont. — (Agent,  F.  Hollin,  New  York  City.) 

Roofing-slates. 

139.  Hogan,  Edward,  West  Poultney,  Vermont. — Producer. 

Roofing-slates,  from  Washington  county,  New  York. 


140.  Parry,  Rowland,  Peach  Bottom,  York  County,  Pennsylvania. — Producer. 

Roofing-slates,  from  Peach  Bottom. 

[The  roofing-slates  of  the  United  States  are  all  derived  from  rocks  of  the  newer 
metamorphic  formation.  Numbers  135,  136,  137,  138,  139,  and  140,  are  from  the 
metamorphic  Utica  slate,  or  from  a  part  of  the  Hudson  River  group,  in  its  meta¬ 
morphic  condition.  These  slates  occur  in  Washington  and  Rensselaer  counties,  New 
York,  and  in  the  western  part  of  Vermont,  where  they  are  extensively  quarried. 

In  the  same  formation,  in  Pennsylvania,  these  slates,  in  a  similar  partially  meta¬ 
morphic  condition,  furnish  large  quantities  of  roofing-slates.  The  specimens  No.  140 
from  Peach  Bottom,  Pennsylvania,  are  of  this  formation,  as  are  numerous  other  quarries 
in  the  same  neighborhood. 

The  range  of  this  formation  may  be  traced  from  Rutland  count}',  Vermont, 
through  Washington,  Rensselaer,  Columbia,  Dutchess,  Ulster,  and  Orange  counties, 
New  York,  and  thence  it  passes  through  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and  Maryland. 

Roofing-slates,  of  a  different  character,  are  obtained  in  the  town  of  Guilford, 
Windham  county,  Vermont  (near  Massachusetts),  where  it  has  long  been  quarried, 
and  was  formerly  supplied  in  considerable  quantities  to  the  Boston  market.  This 
slate  belongs  to  a  formation  of  different  age,  and  probably  to  the  Marcellus  shales  of 
the  Hamilton  group,  which  have  become  metamorphic,  and  are  associated  with  the 
gneissic  and  micaceous  beds  which  succeed  them. 

Some  years  ago,  slate  quarries  were  opened  in  the  towns  of  Barnard,  Bingham, 
Kennebeek,  and  other  places  in  Maine.  Roofing-slates  are  also  obtained  at  other 
localities  in  New  England,  but  it  is  believed  that  they  are  not  extensively  wrought. 

Roofing-slate  occurs  at  the  Cove  of  Wachita,  in  Arkansas;  and,  very  recently,  an 
effort  has  been  made  to  work  these  quarries,  for  the  supply  of  the  Western  market.] 


141.  Goldsmith,  D.  M.,  Castleton,  Vermont. — Producer. 

Flagging-stones. — Specimen  of  the  adaptation  of  the  Vermont  slates  for  pave¬ 
ments.  The  pavement  in  the  yard  of  the  Mineralogical  Department  is  formed  of  slates 
furnished  by  this  exhibitor. 

[Flagging-stones  are  of  importance  to  all  cities  and  large  towns,  and  in  degree 
inversely  proportionate  to  the  supply  of  durable  brick,  which  is,  of  course,  dependent 
on  the  quantity  and  quality  of  clay  and  brick  earth  in  the  vicinity. 

Good  flagging-stones  are  obtained  in  the  United  States  from  many  different 

formations. 

In  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks  of  New  England,  in  many  places,  along  the  entire 
extent  from  Vermont  to  Long  Island  Sound,  excellent  flagging-stones  are  obtained  from 
the  gneiss  and  mica  slate,  and  quartz  rocks  with  mica.  They  are  less  abundant  on  the 
east  than  on  the  west  of  the  Connecticut  River. 

Owing  to  the  greater  facility  of  transportation,  and  proximity  to  larger  markets, 
the  flagstones  of  this  character  have  been  more  extensively  wrought  in  Connecticut 
than  in  any  other  part  of  the  United  States.  Nearly  every  city  on  the  Atlantic  coast 
has  made  use  of  them.  These  flagstones  are  chiefly  a  gneiss  or  gneissic  mica  slate, 
and  the  objections  which  may  be  urged  against  them  are  that,  when  used  for  curb¬ 
stones,  they  too  easily  split  in  the  direction  of  the  lamina; ;  many  of  them  wear 
unequally,  and  become  so  smooth  as  to  require  roughening  with  the  chisel,  and  not 
(infrequently  slabs  find  their  way  into  the  pavements,  which  are  soon  destroyed  by 
frosts. 

A  much  more  durable  material  is  found  in  Killingly,  Connecticut,  in  the  western 
part  of  Berkshire  county,  Massachusetts,  in  the  towns  of  Tyringham,  L<A,  and  Wash¬ 
ington,  and  extending  thence  northward.  This  is  a  compact  quartz  rock,  with  very 
little  mica,  and  splitting  into  layers  well  adapted  for  flagging-stones. 

In  the  same  relative  position,  in  the  metamorphic  rocks  farther  southward, 
flagging-stones  may  doubtless  be  obtained. 

In.  the  older  metamorphic  rocks,  good  flagging  materials  are  not  so  abundant, 
though  similar  aggregates  occur,  and  will  be  developed  when  the  demand  warrants 
the  preliminary  explorations. 

Tlie  Potsdam  sandstone  often  separates  into  layers  of  two  to  four,  and  six  inches 
in  thickness,  and  forms  a  good  flagging-stone  for  sidewalks.  The  rock  is  often  too 
granular  and  friable  to  bear  severe  wearing  or  concussion. 

The  Hudson  River  group,  in  numerous  localities  along  the  Hudson  River,  affords 
very  good  flagstones  in  its  compact  argillaceous  sandstones ;  and  the  same  is  true  of 


this  formation  in  its  western  extension,  and  likewise  southward,  through  New  Jersey 
and  Pennsylvania. 

The  specimens  No.  140,  cited  at  the  head  of  this  section,  are  from  the  partially  al¬ 
tered  shales  of  the  Hudson  River  group  ;  and,  indeed,  the  principal  part  of  all  the  gneiss 
and  mica  schist  flagstones  of  western  New  England,  already  described,  are  from  the 
same  beds,  in  a  more  extreme  degree  of  metamorphism.  As  this  condition  progresses, 
beds  which  are  entirely  shaly  in  their  normal  character  become  adapted,  by  increasing 
hardness,  to  uses  of  this  kind. 

The  Medina  sandstone,  in  some  part  of  its  extent,  affords  excellent  flagging-stones. 
Large  quantities  have  been  quarried  for  the  supply  of  the  towns  and  cities  on  the  Erie 
Canal,  and  on  Lake  Erie.  The  sidewalks  of  Buffalo  are  paved  with  these  slabs,  fine¬ 
grained,  and  compact,  and  still  preserving,  after  many  years,  the  beautiful  “wave¬ 
lines,”  indicative  of  their  littoral  origin. 

The  Clinton  group,  in  central  New  York,  affords  flagging-stones;  and  this  group, 
with  the  preceding,  furnish  similar  materials  in  Pennsylvania,  while  the  same  are  also 
used  in  the  streets  of  Lewistown,  on  the  Juniata. 

The  tentaculite,  or  water-limestone,  which  embraces  the  thin-bedded  impure  lime¬ 
stones  at  the  junction  of  the  Onondaga  salt  group,  with  the  lower  Hilderberg  group,  ! 
affords  good  flagging-stones ;  but  they  have  not  the  even  surfaces,  nor  are  they  so 
durable  as  those  of  arenaceous  character. 

The  Hamilton  group  furnishes  the  best  flagging-stones  in  the  United  States. 
These  are  obtained  from  numerous  localities  along  the  Hudson  River,  from  the  top 
of  the  Hilderberg  Mountains,  southward  toward  the  Catskill  Mountains,  and  even  still 
farther  south.  These  stones  are  compact  and  fine-grained  argillaceous  sandstones,  with 
smooth  surfaces,  and  retaining  sufficient  roughness  to  require  no  attention  after  being 
once  laid.  The  layers  are  from  one  to  six  inches  in  thickness,  and  can  be  obtained  in 
slabs  of  six  and  eight  feet  square.  Those  of  from  two  to  four,  and  six  inches  thick, 
are  used  for  sidewalks  in  the  streets  of  New  York,  Albany,  and  other  places  on  the 
Hudson  River;  in  many  instances,  replacing  the  old  walks  of  gneiss  and  mica  slate,  to 
which  they  are  preferable  in  every  respect.  The  larger  slabs  are  often  used  for  sides, 
bottoms,  and  tops  of  cisterns,  and  the  thinner  slabs  for  drain  coverings. 

Within  a  few  years  since  the  commencement  of  the  workings  of  these  quarries, 
the  quantity  shipped  has  increased  to  an  enormous  extent. 

The  Portage  and  Chemung  groups  (the  fine-grained  or  Waverly  sandstones  of  the 
West),  afford  an  unfailing  supply  of  good  flagstones  in  western  New  York,  Pennsyl¬ 
vania,  Ohio,  Kentucky,  and  Indiana.  To  the  south-west,  this  character  of  the  strata 
is  in  a  great  degree  lost;  and  by  far  the  best  examples  are  seen  in  north-eastern  Ohio, 
northern  Pennsylvania,  and  south-western  New  York. 

Flagging-stones  are  obtained  from  all  the  sandstone  formations  below  the  coal 
measures,  and  in  some  of  the  thin-bedded  sandstones  of  these  measures,  but  not  of 
equal  quality  with  those  below. 

The  red  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  Valley  (No.  134)  affords  good  flagging-stone 
in  numerous  localities,  in  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts,  some  of  which  are  wrought 
to  considerable  extent.  Similar  materials  will  be  afforded  throughout  this  formation, 
in  New  Jersey  and  southward.] 


6. — Minerals  otherwise  useful. 

(Salt,  Gypsum,  Agricultural  Minerals,  Paints,  Mill-stones,  Clay,  Polishing-powders,  &c.  Ac.) 

142.  Lattsom,  J.  W.,  Salt-  Lake  City,  Utah. 

Mass  of  native  salt,  from  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake. 

[The  various  specimens  of  manufactured  salt  were  referred  to  Class  II.,  where 
some  notes  will  be  found  on  them  under  their  appropriate  heads.  It  remains,  there¬ 
fore,  to  speak  here  only  of  the  geological  relations  of  the  various  salt-producing  regions 
of  the  United  States. 

At  some  period  in  the  history  of  the  United  States,  brine-springs  are  known  to 
have  existed  in  nearly  every  State  in  the  Union.  Many  of  these  have  proved  value¬ 
less,  and  the  locality  of  others  is  now  lost.  The  principal  sources  of  salt  from  brines, 
or  salt-springs,  at  the  present  time,  are  the  following : — 

The  Onondaga  salt-springs,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  have  their  origin  in  a 
formation  of  shales  and  marls,  with  bands  of  impure  limestone,  known  as  the  “  Onon¬ 
daga  salt  group.”  This  group,  as  already  shown,  extends  nearly  the  entire  length  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  passes  through  Canada,  and  is  recognized  at  Mackinac ;  the 
brine-springs,  however,  are  restricted  to  New  York. 

The  product  of  the  Onondaga  brines,  in  1853,  was  5,404,524  bushels.  Many 
of  the  brine-springs  formerly  known,  and  to  some  extent  used  for  the  manufacture  of 
salt  in  New  York,  are  in  the  Medina  sandstone,  a  formation  much  lower  in  the  series 
than  the  Onondaga  salt  group.  The  brine  salt  springs  of  Michigan  belong  to  a  formation 
of  much  more  recent  date  than  the  Onondaga  salt  group,  and  brine-springs  which  have 
thus  far  proved  of  little  value  occur  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
having  their  origin  in  rocks  of  the  Portage  and  Chemung  groups,  or  those  of  devo¬ 
nian  age. 

The  brines  of  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Virginia,  Kentucky,  and  Illinois,  have  their 
origin  chiefly  in  rocks  of  the  carboniferous  age. 

The  total  product  of  salt  manufactured  in  Pennsylvania,  according  to  the  census 
returns  of  1850,  is  184,370  barrels.  The  total  amount  manufactured  in  Virginia  is  set 
down  at  3,480,966  bushels,  of  which  3,025,966  were  manufactured  at  the  Kanawha 
Salines.  In  1853,  the  product  of  the  Kanawha  Salines  was  about  the  same  as  stated 
above,  though  several  wells  and  furnaces  are  not  in  operation.  It  is  estimated  that 

35 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


the  wells  and  furnaces  in  the  Kanawha  Yalley,  when  all  in  operation,  are  capable  of 
producing  half  a  million  of  bushels  of  salt  annually,  in  addition  to  the  above  amount. 

The  total  product  of  the  salt  wells  of  seven  counties  in  Ohio  is  552,100  bushels. 

The  total  product  of  two  counties  in  Kentucky  is  set  down  at  252,500  bushels. 

Gallatin  county,  Illinois,  produces  20,000  bushels  of  salt  annually. 

The  several  products  enumerated  above,  amounting  to  4,858,676  bushels,*  may 
be  regarded  as  essentially  derived  from  the  carboniferous  formation,  the  total  product 
being  somewhat  less  than  that  from  the  Onondaga  salt-springs  of  the  State  of  New 
York. 

The  only  rock-salt  yet  discovered  in  the  United  States  is  that  of  the  valley  of  the 
Holston,  in  the  southern  part  of  Virginia.  This  bed  of  salt  was  reached  at  a  depth  of 
220  feet  below  the  surface,  and  was  afterwards  proved  to  extend  to  a  depth  of 
386  feet,  without  the  bottom  having  been  reached.  The  geological  position  of  this 
salt  is  regarded  to  be  in  lower  carboniferous,  and  below  the  strata  furnishing  the  brines 
of  Kanawha,  and  other  localities  in  western  Virginia.  This  rock-salt,  and  the  salt- 
wells  of  the  vicinity,  are  reported  to  yield  265,000  bushels,  which  is  included  in  the 
preceding  summary.  Specimens  of  this  salt  were  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  Genth. 
No.  80. 

The  salt  of  Arkansas  is  believed  to  be  of  tertiary  age,  and  from  many  facts 
obtained  relative  to  the  salt  of  Texas,  which  is  probably  of  the  same  age,  we  may 
infer  that  it  is  even  of  the  modern  tertiary  period.  The  salt-works  of  Arkansas  are 
not  at  this  time  in  operation ;  from  Texas,  the  returns  are  6,000  bushels. 

The  salt  and  brines  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  Valley,  represented  by  No.  142,  have 
not  been  satisfactorily  referred  to  any  geological  formation.  On  the  west  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  and  between  that  range  and  the  Salt  Lake,  tertiary  formations 
cover  extensive  areas,  and  may  be  the  source  of  the  brines,  and  of  the  salt  itself, 
which  is  certainly  a  very  modern  accumulation.  On  the  other  hand,  it  has  been 
shown  that  carboniferous  rocks,  in  high  mountain  ranges,  occur  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  Salt  Lake,  and  for  a  long  distance  to  the  north,  west,  and  south ;  and 
it  is  not  improbable,  perhaps,  that  these  brines  have  their  origin  in  part  of  this 
formation.  With  our  present  knowledge,  however,  the  source  of  the  salt  and  brines 
of  this  region  cannot  be  with  certainty  determined. 

The  brine-springs  of  Michigan  are  near  to  the  outcropping,  or  within  the  limits 
of  the  carboniferous  formation  ;  and  the  source  of  this  brine  is  probably  in  rocks  of 
this  age,  or,  perhaps,  in  part,  within  those  lying  immediately  below  the  carboniferous 
beds.  No  returns  have  been  made  from  these  springs,  and  they  are  not  at  present 
in  use. 

Dr.  L.  D.  Gale,  who  examined  specimens  of  water  and  salt  from  the  Great  Salt 
Lake,  brought  home  by  Captain  Stansbury,  reports  that  the  water  of  this  lake 
contains  full  twenty  per  cent,  of  pure  chloryd  of  sodium,  and  not  over  ten  per  cent, 
of  other  salts,  being  one  of  the  purest  and  most  concentrated  brines  in  the  world. 
The  well  of  Syracuse,  in  New  York,  the  strongest  examined  by  Professor  L.  C.  Beck, 
contains  17 '35  per  cent,  of  salt.] 


whence  the  above  specimens  are  taken.  It  has  been  found  somewhat  abundantly,  in 
the  form  of  nodules,  in  the  lower  silurian  rocks  of  Canada,  and  in  the  shaly  limestones 
of  the  upper  silurian  period  in  New  York. 

Some  years  since,  a  vein  or  bed  of  this  mineral,  intermixed  with  carbonate 
of  lime  and  earthy  matter,  was  found  in  the  older  metamorphic  rocks,  near  Crown 
Point,  New  York  (as  above).  More  recently,  it  has  been  mined  in  considerable  quan¬ 
tities  by  the  Phosphorite  Company,  and  sold  in  market,  and  also  shipped  to  England. 
It  has,  however,  been  proved  to  contain  too  large  a  proportion  of  other  ingredients 
for  distant  transportation.  Some  portions  of  the  bed  yield  specimens  of  tolerable 
purity,  which  were  represented  in  the  collection. 

The  same  mineral,  where  occurring  in  massive  form  in  New  Jersey,  is  of  more 
crystalline  structure. 

Numerous  localities  in  the  United  States  furnish  mineral  specimens  of  this  sub¬ 
stance,  but  those  mentioned  are  believed  to  be  the  only  ones  promising  any  product  of 
economical  value  to  the  agriculturist.] 


145.  Sanford,  John,  Troy ,  Wisconsin. — Producer. 

Sample  of  marl,  from  Troy. 

146.  McGregor,  John  &  Co.,  Burlington,  Vermont. — Producers  and  Manufacturers. 
Specimen  of  white  limestone  (marble),  and  of  lime  made  from  it. 

147.  Jouonnot  &  Saunders,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers.  (Agent,  Cullum 

Haven,  New  York  City.) 

Tripoli  from  the  State  of  Maine. 

148.  Van  Amringe,  A.  Y.,  Rye,  New  York. 

Feldspar,  from  Rye  ;  emery  with  margarite;  a  large  number  of  specimens  of  mas¬ 
sive  emery,  and  twelve  samples  of  pulverized  emery  of  different  degrees  of  fineness, 
from  the  island  of  Naxos,  Grecian  Archipelago. 


149.  Hastings  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Crushed  and  pulverized  quartz,  prepared  for  use  as  a  polishing  powder. 

150.  McLeran,  E.,  Wells  River,  Vermont. — Manufacturer. 

Polishing  powder  (ground  quartz  rock  ?)  of  various  degrees  of  fineness  ;  specimens 
of  quartz  rock ;  graphite  ;  iron  slags,  etc. 

151.  Smith,  Rev.  D.  M.,  Durham,  Connecticut. 

Whetstones. 

152.  Phillips,  Professor,  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 

“Novaculite”  (?)  a  soft  granular  stone  used  for  oil  stones,  from  Chapel  Hill,  North 
Carolina. 


143.  Thompson,  John  A.,  Cayuga  Bridge,  New  York. — Producer. 

Plaster,  from  Cayuga  Bridge. 

This  is  known  in  commerce  as  “Premium  Cayuga  Plaster,”  and  is  from  a  bed  that 
has  been  worked  for  fifty  years.  It  is  associated  with  native  sulphur.  The  annual 
product  is  about  six  thousand  gross  tons,  and  its  market  is  chiefly  agricultural. 

[The  productive  source  of  gypsum,  in  the  United  States,  is  confined  to  the 
silurian,  carboniferous,  and  tertiary  formations,  so  far  as  yet  known.  The  red  sand¬ 
stone  of  the  Connecticut  Valley,  although  usually  referred  to  the  period  of  the  new 
red  sandstone  of  Europe,  which  is  one  of  the  chief  repositories  of  salt  and  gypsum, 
has  produced  neither  of  these  minerals.  i 

The  only  representatives  of  gypsum  in  the  collection  are  specimens  from  Cayuga 
county,  New  Y  ork. 

The  Onondaga  salt  group,  of  New  1  ork,  produces  immense  quantities  of  gypsum, 
but  within  a  limited  area,  extending  from  the  vicinity  of  Syracuse  on  the  east,  to 
within  Genessee  county  on  the  west.  The  same  strata  are  again  productive  of  gypsum 
in  Canada  West. 

Gypsum  in  large  quantities  is  associated  with  the  rock-salt  of  Washington  county, 
Virginia. 

The  carboniferous  strata  of  Iowa  contain  valuable  beds  of  gypsum,  according  to 
the  investigations  of  Dr.  D.  D.  Owen. 

The  tertiary  formations  of  the  south-west  contain  gypsum  widely  diffused,  and  it 
is  reported  that  large  quantities  occur  in  many  places  in  Texas  and  Arkansas. 

Large  quantities  of  massive  gypsum  are  imported  into  the  United  States  from 
Nova  Scotia.  Numerous  localities,  and  different  geological  formations  afford  crystal¬ 
lized  fibrous  gypsum,  and  small  massive  specimens  of  alabaster,  &c.,  but  not  in  quanti¬ 
ties  to  be  of  economical  importance.] 


144.  Phosphorite  Company,  New  York  City.— Producers. 

Specimens  of  phosphate  of  lime,  in  mammillary  concretionary  forms  (enpyrehro 
of  Emmons)  from  Crown  Point,  Essex  county,  New  York.  v  i  J 

Specimens  of  massive  apatite,  from  Hurdstown,  Morris  county,  New  Jersey  Ve 
large  crystal  of  apatite,  from  the  same.  J  J 

[This  mineral  is  of  economical  value  as  a  fertilizer,  and,  on  this  account 
occurrence  in  a  massive  form,  or  otherwise  in  quantity,  is  a  matter  of  much  intere 
It  is  known  to  occur  in  considerable  quantities  in  the  older  metamorphic  formatic 
of  northern  New  1  ork,  and  in  the  newer  metamorphic  rocks  of  New  Jersey,  fri 

*  Estimating  tbe  184,370  barrels  of  Pennsylvania  at  three  bushels  each,  or  553,110  bushels 

86 


153.  Dickinson,  Zelotes,  New  York  City. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  slates,  and  of  oil  stones,  exceedingly  fine-grained,  composed  of  pure  : 
silica,  from  Marquette,  Michigan.  Specimens  of  slate  from  the  quarries  of  the  New 
England  Mining  and  Quarrying  Company,  at  Vernon,  Vermont. 

[Whetstones  of  every  degree  in  quality  are  obtained  from  the  older  and  newer 
metamorphic  formations.  The  finer  varieties  of  mica  schist  and  talco-mieaceous  schist,  ! 
afford  a  great  abundance  of  common  whetstones,  scythe  stones,  etc. ;  and  large  quanti¬ 
ties  are  manufactured  in  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  Vermont,  New 
Hampshire,  and  Maine;  but  there  was  no  representative  in  the  collection  at  the  Crys-  ! 
tal  Palace. 

The  entire  extent  of  country  west  of  the  Green  Mountain  range,  is  almost  entirely 
supplied  with  these  articles  from  New  England ;  and  the  amount  consumed  is  very 
large.  The  quality  varies  from  compact  close-grained  quartzose  rock,  scarcely  yielding 
at  all  to  the  steel,  to  fine  and  fissile  material,  which  wears  rapidly,  and  of  which  great 
quantities  are  consumed ;  and  notwithstanding  the  abundance  of  good  material  exist¬ 
ing,  large  quantities  of  the  inferior  qualities  find  their  way  to  market. 

The  limited  space  assigned  to  the  mineralogical  collection,  forced  the  directors  to 
exclude  some  of  the  more  bulky  products  of  the  mineral  kingdom  entirely.  Among 
these  were  millstones  and  grindstones,  so  abundantly  produced  in  the  United  States. 

A  few  words,  upon  their  geological  relations,  may  not  be  out  of  place  in  this  connection. 

The  millstones  of  the  United  States  are  derived  from  the  newer  metamorphic 
rocks,  from  the  Silurian  conglomerates,  and  from  the  conglomerates  below  the  coal 
measures.  The  conglomerates  of  the  newer  red  sandstone  are  also  adapted  to  this 
purpose,  and  have  been  used  to  some  extent. 

In  the  eastern  part  of  Massachusetts,  syenite  is  principally  used  for  this  purpose: 
it  is  quarried  near  Salem  and  other  places.  In  the  western  part  of  Massachusetts  and 
Connecticut,  there  is  a  porous  quartz  rock  associated  with  the  mica  and  talcose  schists 
which  is  well  adapted  to  the  manufacture  of  millstones.  The  greenstone  of  New  Eng¬ 
land  is  also  proper  for  this  purpose,  but  has  scarcely  been  used.  The  coarse  granites 
or  syenites,  throughout  the  newer  metamorphic  formations,  have  been  found  adapted 
for  millstones,  and  more  or  less  used  from  Maine  to  Georgia.  In  Virginia  and  North 
Carolina  the  older  rocks  may -be  less  employed  on  account  of  the  substitution  of  mill¬ 
stones  from  the  conglomerate  of  the  newer  red  sandstone,  or  liassic  group. 

The  Shawangunk  conglomerate,  which  lies  at  the  base  of  the  Upper  Silurian 
strata,  has  been  largely  used  for  millstones ;  and  the  long  famous  “  Esopus  millstones" 
are  manufactured  from  this  rock  near  the  Hudson  river,  at  the  north-eastern  termina¬ 
tion  of  the  Shawangunk  mountain.  The  accessibility  to  water  transportation,  has 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


heretofore  given  great  advantages  to  this  locality ;  but  the  introduction  of  the  French 
bulir  stone  has  nearly  superseded  the  use  of  the  Esopus  millstones. 

The  conglomerates  of  the  coal  measures  have  but  rarely  the  firmness  or  tenacity 
to  fit  them  for  the  use  of  millstones. 

The  conglomerate  of  the  red  sandstone  o£  the  Connecticut  valley  has  been  used 
in  some  instances  for  millstones  ;  and  those  of  tlije  same  age  in  Virginia  and  North  Car¬ 
olina  have  also  been  wrought  for  this  purpose. 

The  bulir  stone  of  the  coal  measures  in  Ohio  is  a  kind  of  porous  sandstone,  well 
adapted  for  millstones ;  which  are  extensively  manufactured  in  several  towns  in 
Muskingum  county. 

The  buhr  stone  of  Georgia  is  of  tertiary  age.  It  has  not  proved  equal  to  the 
French  buhr  stone,  and  is  in  limited  use.  That  of  South  Carolina  is  represented  by  the 
State  geologist  to  be  equal  to  the  French  buhr  stone ;  but  it  is  not  much  employed. 

Grindstones  are  obtained  from  the  sandstone  of  the  upper  part  of  the  Hudson 
river  group,  in  Oswego  county,  New  York  ;  and  the  same  rock  is  adapted  to  their  pro¬ 
duction,  in  other  places. 

The  Medina  sandstone  has  been  used  locally  for  this  purpose,  but  it  is  usually 
too  coarse  and  sharp-grained. 

The  extensive  series  of  shales  and  sandstones  from  the  Hamilton  group  to  the 
coal  measures  inclusive,  furnish  almost  innumerable  localities  where  grindstones  can 
be  extensively  manufactured.  A  few  grindstones  are  manufactured  from  the  higher 
beds  of  the  Hamilton  and  Portage  groups  in  the  eastern  part  of  New  York.  In  west¬ 
ern  New  York  there  are  beds  of  sandstone  in  the  Chemung  group  which  afford  excel¬ 
lent  materials  for  grindstones,  and  the  same  formation  in  northern  Pennsylvania  is 
likewise  capable  of  producing  similar  grindstones  in  large  quantities ;  but  they  have 
been  manufactured  only  to  supply  the  local  demand. 

Some  beds  of  argillaceous  sandstone  of  corresponding  age  in  Ohio  have  furnished 
large  quantities  of  grindstones.  The  town  of  Besca  mainly  owes  its  commencement 
and  prosperity  to  its  grindstone  quarries,  from  whence  are  supplied  a  large  part  of 
the  western  States  bordering  the  Lakes.  The  same  formation  extends  southward 
through  the  entire  length  of  Ohio,  and  flanks  the  coal  measures  in  the  eastern  part  of 
Indiana;  affording  many  localities  where  the  rock  is  adapted  to  the  manufacture  of 
grindstones.  The  same  is  true  of  these  formations  flanking  the  eastern  margin  of  the 
Alleghany  coal  field ;  but  they  are  not  much  wrought,  except  for  the  local  wants ;  and 
it  not  unfrequently  happens  that  better  material  exists  in  the  neighborhood  than 
that  brought  into  use. 

Some  beds  of  the  newer  red  sandstone  of  the  Connecticut  valley  are  adapted  to 
the  manufacture  of  grindstones,  as  well  as  the  same  formation  in  its  southern  exten¬ 
sion  ;  but  they  are  produced  only  in  a  few  places,  and,  so  far  as  known,  in  quantity 
only  to  supply  the  local  demand. 

The  same  mineral  varieties  are  disseminated  throughout  the  metamorpliic  forma¬ 
tions  as  far  as  Georgia  and  Alabama,  and  locally  used  to  some  extent ;  but  the  greater 
part  of  these  materials  are  brought  from  the  north. 

Common  whetstones  of  very  good  quality  can  be  obtained  in  large  quantities  at 
L’ance  Bay,  on  Lake  Superior.  At  Marquette,  (whence  the  exhibitor  No.  153  has  his 
specimens),  in  the  same  region,  the  material  is  of  the  finest  quality,  and  fit  for  oil¬ 
stones,  being  quite  equal  to  any  to  be  found  in  the  market.  The  only  objection  ob¬ 
served  in  those  exhibited,  was  the  occurrence  of  narrow  veins  of  pure  quartz,  which 
being  harder  than  the  surrounding  mass,  would  cause  the  stone  to  wear  unequally. 
But  this  can,  doubtless,  be  avoided  by  proper  care  in  the  selection  of  the  materials. 

Some  specimens  of  common  whetstones,  of  excellent  quality,  of  the  finer  varieties 
of  talco-micaceous  schist,  were  sent  to  the  Exhibition  from  North  and  South  Carolina. 
(No.  152). 

An  oilstone  of  very  superior  quality,  obtained  in  Arkansas,  has  been  in  use  for 
some  years.  It  is  derived  from  a  siliceous,  metamorphic  formation. 

Other  sources  of  common  whetstones  might  be  named,  but  those  enumerated  are 
believed  to  be  the  chief  sources  of  supply  in  the  United  States.] 

154.  Rose,  J.  M. 

Feldspar,  from  Greenwich,  Connecticut. 

155.  Jones,  John. 

Feldspar,  white,  from  Newcastle  county,  Delaware. 

Specimens  of  belemites,  and  marl  (green  sand),  from  the  head-waters  of  the 
Bohemia  River,  Delaware. 

156.  Graham,  H.,  &  Co.,  New  Garden ,  Chester  County ,  Pennsylvania. 

Specimens  of  kaolin  and  fire-brick. 

[Kaolin,  or  porcelain  earth,  is  derived  from  the  decomposition  ot  the  feldspathic 
granites  of  both  the  older  and  newer  metamorphic  rocks. 

It  is  obtained  in  abundance  at  Wilmington,  in  Delaware,  and  occurs  in  con¬ 
siderable  quantities  in  several  localities  in  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland.  Beds  of 
great  extent  and  purity  are  represented  as  occurring  in  South  Carolina,  and  as  the 
granites  of  the  Southern  States  are  much  more  disposed  to  decomposition  than  those 
of  the  North,  we  may  expect  to  find  this  material  in  large  quantities  along  the  range 
of  this  formation. 

Clay  for  the  finer  kinds  of  pottery  exists  abundantly.  The  fine  tertiary  clays 
are  disseminated  throughout  the  whole  of  the  tertiary  belt  containing  the  hematite, 
which  has  been  previously  described.  Some  of  the  beds  of  this  formation  are  very 
pure,  resembling  kaolin  in  character.  This  belt  of  formation  will,  doubtless,  afford  an 
abundant  supply  of  clay  fit  for  pottery  and  for  fire-brick,  at  numerous  points  through¬ 
out  its  entire  extent.  (See  Brandon  Car  Wheel  Company,  No.  ) 

D 


Other  beds  of  tertiary  clay  are  fit  for  the  common  kinds  of  pottery,  and  for 
fire-brick. 

Numerous  beds  of  fire-clay  occur  in  the  coal  formation,  and  are  as  widely  diffused 
as  the  coal  itself ;  these  afford  abundant  supplies  for  fire-brick  and  common  stone- ware. 
The  tertiary  belt  and  the  coal  formation  may  be  regarded  as  reliable  for  producing  the 
so-called  fire-clays. 

The  most  constant  source  of  the  refractory  clays,  as  well  as  the  finer  varieties  of 
clay  for  earthen-ware,  if  not  also  for  porcelain,  will  be  found  the  tertiary  belt,  along 
the  Atlantic  slope  ;  including  in  this  term  those  beds  which  have  evidently  been 
derived  from  the  decomposed  granite,  but  which  have  been  transported  and  rede¬ 
posited.] 

157.  Ziegler,  S.,  <&  Co.,  St.  Genevieve,  Missouri. — Producers. 

White  sand,  for  glass-making. 

158.  Le  Due,  M.,  St.  Pants,  Minnesota. 

Quartz  sand  from  St.  Paul’s,  and  glass  made  from  it  Indian  pipe-bowl.  Speci¬ 
mens  of  Lake  Superior  native  copper. 

[The  materials  for  glass-making  are  widely  distributed,  and  so  numerous  are  the 
localities  where  such  can  be  obtained,  that  the  mere  enumeration  would  occupy  pages. 
We  shall  simply  mention  a  few  of  the  sources. 

The  granular  quartz  of  the  neWer  .metamorphic  formation  (the  altered  Potsdam 
sandstone)  in  Lanesborough,  Cheshire,  and  Stockbridge,  in  the  western  part  of  Massa¬ 
chusetts,  furnishes  an  abundant  supply  of  the  finest  material  for  glass-making.  In 
these  localities,  the  rock  is  in  such  a  state  of  disintegration  as  to  allow  the  material  to 
crumble  into  a  beautiful  white  sand.  Other  localities  could  doubtless  be  found  in  the 
same  range,  to  the  north  or  south  of  Berkshire  county.  Granular  quartz,  or  sandstone, 
in  similar  geological  position  in  the  Southern  States,  furnishes  sand  for  glass  manu¬ 
facture. 

The  Potsdam  sandstone,  throughout  its  wide  extent,  affords  material  for  glass¬ 
making.  In  northern  New  York  it  has  long  been  used  for  this  purpose,  and  there  are 
numerous  localities  along  its  northern  outcrop,  extending  westward  to  the  Mississippi 
River.  The  specimen  from  Minnesota  (No.  158),  is  from  a  sandstone  forming  essentially 
a  part  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone,  being  a  repetition  of  the  same  deposit  above  the 
calciferous  sandstone,  as  already  described. 

This  sandstone  along  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi  (as,  for  example,  at  St.  Paul’s 
whence  the  specimens  sent  were)  is  in  such  a  friable  or  disintegrated  condition,  that 
it  may  be  shovelled  up  like  ordinary  loose  sand,  and  in  many  places  it  is  admirably 
adapted  to  the  purposes  of  glass-manufacture. 

The  sandstones  of  the  Shawangunk  conglomerate,  though  usually  too  much 
stained  with  iron,  have  been  used  to  obtain  sand  for  this  object. 

Some  beds  of  sandstone  in  the  coal  formation  are  sufficiently  free  from  iron  to 
furnish  sand  well  adapted  for  glass-making,  and  which  is  extensively  used. 

Some  of  the  sands  of  the  tertiary  formation,  particularly  those  associated  with 
the  tertiary  belt  already  described,  and  also  sands  occurring  with  the  other  tertiary 
formations,  are  adapted  to  the  manufacture  of  glass. 

The  sands  on  the  sea-coast  are  often  sufficiently  pure  for  this  purpose,  while,  for 
the  more  common  kinds  of  glass,  sand  of  the  alluvial  formation  is  frequently  used. 

The  sandstones  of  several  of  the  formations  are  used  for  furnace  hearth-stenes ; 
the  more  porous  beds  of  the  Potsdam  sandstone,  the  Oriskany  sandstone,  and  many 
of  the  beds  of  sandstone  in  the  coal  measures,  as  well  as,  to  some  extent,  others  below 
these. 

Some  of  the  beds  of  the  newer  red  sandstone  are  adapted  for  this  purpose,  and 
also  the  porous  quartz  rock  of  western  Massachusetts.] 

159.  Ruggles,  George  H.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Specimens  of  mica  (Muscovite)  in  plates  of  immense  size,  two  to  three  feet  in 
diameter,  used  for  stove-plates  and  other  purposes,  from  Grafton,  New  Hampshire. 

160.  Bowers,  J.  &  J.  S.,  South  Ackworth,  New  Hampshire. 

Plumose  mica,  tourmaline,  feldspar,  rose-quartz,  and  beryl,  from  South  Ackworth. 

Mica  (Muscovite)  in  large  sheets. 

[The  use  of  mica  for  stoves  is  believed  to  be  an  American  peculiarity,  and  its 
use  is  confined  to  those  stoves  which  are  designed  to  burn  anthracite.  The  object  is, 
to  afford  a  view  of  the  fire  without  interrupting  the  draft.  For  this  purpose,  mica 
alone  possesses  the  requisite  properties.  It  is  elastic,  easily  cut,  and  adapted  to  fill 
the  openings,  and  it  is  uninjured,  except  by  long-continued  heat.] 

161.  Smith,  Thomas,  Bainbridge,  Geauga  County,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Yellow  and  red  ochres. 

[The  tertiary  belt,  so  frequently  referred  to  as  extending  throughout  the  greater 
part  of  the  length  of  the  United  States,  from  North  to  South,  affords  an  abundant 
supply  of  ochreous  materials.  The  clays  are  stained  yellow  or  brownish-yellow  with 
iron,  and  in  Vermont  and  Massachusetts  there  are  numerous  localities  which  may 
furnish  any  desired  amount  of  such  materials.  The  specimens  (No..  161)  are  from  the 
same  formation  as  the  hematite  ores  of  Vermont. 

Ochres  of  excellent  quality  are  mentioned  by  the  geologist  of  South  Carolina  as 
occurring  in  the  eocene  tertiary  of  that  State,  and  it  is  probable  that  such  deposits  will 
be  found  co-extensive  with  the  formation  of  this  age. 

Steatite,  or  soapstone  ground  in  oil,  is  used  in  many  places  as  a  paint,  and  is 
regarded  as  a  good  material  for  common  uses. 

37 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  1. 


Very  lately,  substances  called  mineral  paints  have  been  extensively  brought  into 
use.  None  of  these  can  have  any  superior  claim  to  merit,  as  they  all  consist  of  variable 
proportions  of  clay  and  sand,  sometimes  with  lime,  magnesia,  and  iron,  which  do  not, 
however,  give  them  any  additional  value.  The  shales  of  several  geological  formations 
have  been  used  for  this  purpose.  The  red  and  reddish  shales  of  the  Hudson  River 
group  have  lately  been  introduced  as  mineral  paints,  and  other  similar  materials  are 
before  the  public. 

If  these  are  valuable  as  paints,  then  the  whole  length  and  breadth  of  the  United 
States  are  supplied  abundantly  with  mineral  paints  in  their  beds  of  shales  and  clays, 
and  every  individual  may  manufacture  his  own.  It  is  extremely  doubtful,  however, 
whether  the  extra  quantity  of  oil  required  to  produce  an  equivalent  result  in  covering 
the  surface  of  the  wood  does  not  make  them,  finally,  more  expensive  than  the  ordinary 
colors  used  in  painting  before  these  materials  were  introduced. 

The  clays  of  the  tertiary  formation  are  often  of  a  bright  pink  or  purplish  color, 
and  might  be  used  to  some  extent  as  paints,  in  the  absence  of  better  materials.] 

162.  Gaston,  N.  H.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Large  crystals  of  heavy  spar,  from  Cheshire,  Connecticut  Masses  of  the  same,  fit 
to  grind  for  paint. 

[This  mineral  is  largely  used  for  adulterating  white  lead  for  paints ;  and  is  even 
used  by  itself  for  a  paint.  The  white  varieties  are  preferred,  but  it  is  possible  to 
remove  a  good  deal  of  admixed  impurity  of  color  (clay,  oxyd  of  iron,  etc.)  by  digestion 
in  dilute  sulphuric  acid  with  steam.  Beside  the  specimens  from  Cheshire,  there  are 
shown  others  from  Fauquier,  Orange,  and  Washington  counties,  in  Virginia.  It  is 
found  in  large  quantities  at  Hatfield,  Massachusetts,  in  Nova  Scotia,  and  at  other  places, 
less  abundantly.  A  vein  of  the  massive  and  compact  variety  of  this  mineral  occurs  in 
Trenton  limestone  at  Pillar  Point,  Jefferson  county,  New  York.  Its  color  is  objection- 
1  able  for  grinding,  but  it  furnishes  beautiful  ornamental  blocks  for  polishing. 

The  veins  at  Cheshire  have  been  worked  for  about  15  years.  Some  25,000  tons 
of  the  minerals  have  been  raised,  but  the  increase  during  the  latter  part  of  this  period 
has  been  rapid.  In  the  three  last  years  from  2,000  to  2,500  tons  have  been  raised  an¬ 
nually,  and  the  current  year  more  than  the  latter  quantity  will  be  raised.  The  mineral 
as  raised,  and  before  it  is  prepared  for  market,  may  be  worth  $12  per  ton.  The  active 
competition  of  the  foreign  article  prevents  the  business  from  being  very  lucrative.] 


7. — Minerals  of  scientific  interest. 

(Including  special  collections  loaned  for  exhibition). 

163.  Tomes,  Francis,  &  Sons,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 

Fine  crystal  of  emerald,  in  delomite,  containing  pyrites,  from  the  mines  of  Muzo, 
near  Bogota,  New  Grenada. 

Models  of  the  Koh-i-Noor  and  Grand  Mogul  diamonds. 

[This  emerald  is  from  the  most  celebrated  locality  of  that  gem  ever  discovered. 
They  occur  in  a  vein  of  dolomite  which  traverses  a  hornblende  rock  at  Muzo.  The 
emerald  and  beryl  are  varieties  of  the  same  species,  the  fine  green  of  the  emerald  being 
due  to  a  minute  quantity  of  oxyd  of  chrome  (=  0'30  in  100).  The  celebrated  crystal 
belonging  to  the  Duke  of  Devonshire  measures  2'36  inches  by  1'97  inch  on  the  ter¬ 
minal  plane,  and  the  height  of  the  prism  is  0T65  inch.  This  magnificent  specimen  was 
shown  at  the  London  exhibition. 

Emeralds  of  a  much  larger  size,  but  of  inferior  quality,  occur  in  Siberia.  All  the 
old  European  localities  afford  stones  of  very  inferior  beauty  compared  to  those  from 
the  New  Granada  mines]. 


161.  Suepard,  Professor  C.  U.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

Green  and  red  transparent  tourmalins,  Paris,  Maine. 

[These  are  probably  the  most  remarkable  crystals  of  tourmalin,  for  their  beauty 
as  gems,  that  have  ever  been  found.  They  were  discovered  by  the  proprietor  in  the 
soil  near  Paris,  in  Maine,  more  than  twenty-five  years  ago.  The  prisms  exceeded  an 
inch  in  diameter,  by  twice  that  length.  They  have  a  ruby  red  color  within,  sur¬ 
rounded  by  green,  or  are  red  at  one  extremity  and  green  at  the  other.  Portions  of  the 
crystals  are  perfectly  free  from  cracks  and  quite  transparent.  The  red  is  nearly  that 
of  the  spinelle  ruby,  and  the  green  is  lively  and  deeper  than  that  of  the  aqua  marine, 
but  entirely  free  from  that  heavy  blue  color  seen  in  the  Brazilian  stones ;  portions  of 
them  which  have  been  set  as  gems  possess  uncommon  beauty,  and  are  regarded  by 
jewellers  as  quite  unique.  The  electrical  properties  of  this  species  are  very  noticeable 
in  these  cut  specimens,  from  the  rapidity  with  which  they  attract  dust  and  light  bodies 
from  the  atmosphere.  Very  few  of  these  fine  crystals  were  found,  and  none  since  their 
first  discovery], 

- - - 

165.  Genth,  Dr.  F.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

A  collection  of  first-class  cabinet  specimens  of  minerals  from  various  localities. 

[This  collection  embraced  about  130  specimens,  mostly  metals  and  their  salts. 
Among  them  there  were  many  noticeable  for  special  interest.  Such  was  a  specimen  of 
gold,  pseudomorph  after  spathic  iron  (?)  It  presented  a  surface  of  splendid  brilliancy 
and  perfect  polish,  showing  a  cast  of  crystalline  faces  of  some  mineral  (probably 
spathic  iron,)  upon  which  the  gold  had  been  deposited.  The  substratum  upon  which 
the  gold  rested  appeared  to  be  tetradymite,  (or  telluret  of  bismuth,)  this  very  rare 
species  occurring  at  the  White  Hall  mine. 

Dr.  Genth’s  collection  was  also  of  special  interest  from  the  selection  which  it 
presented  of  the  characteristic  gold-bearing  rocks  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  and 
their  associated  minerals;  several  of  which  Dr.  Genth  has  for  the  first  time  observed 

83 


in  the  United  States,  e.  g.,  boulangerite  and  gray  copper  from  Buckingham  comity, 
and  tetradymite  from  several  localities.  The  yellow  copper  ore  of  Earnhardts  mine 
proves  to  be  a  new  species  of  ore,  yielding  48  per  cent,  of  copper.  The  rock-salt  from 
the  Holston  river,  Virginia,  is  of  special  interest,  as  being  the  only  place  where 
rock-salt  has  been  found  in  the  United  States  proper.  The  annual  yield  is  stated  at 
400,000  bushels  of  50  pounds,  and  of  a  very  superior  quality. 

The  gold  ores  from  Garnet’s  mine  are  of  considerable  interest,  as  showing  gold 
associated  with  garnets  in  a  quartzose  gangue  with  magnetic  pyrites,  the  gangue  not 
having  in  the  least  the  ordinary  aspect  of  an  auriferous  rock.  Indeed  in  this  particular 
the  collection  of  gold-bearing  veins,  made  by  Dr.  Genth,  was  novel  and  instructive, 
materially  enlarging  our  previous  notions  of  the  modes  of  occurrence  of  this  precious 
metal.  The  collection  of  ores  from  Washington  mine,  North  Carolina,  was  of  interest 
in  illustration  of  the  valuable  notes  on  the  mineralogy  of  that  mine  by  Dr.  Genth, 
under  No.  78.] 


166.  Vaux,  William  S.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

A  collection  of  select  cabinet  specimens  of  various  American  and  foreign  minerals* 
from  the  private  cabinet  of  the  exhibitor. 

This  collection  numbered  172  specimens,  of  peculiar  beauty  and  interest  to  the 
mineralogist.  It  was  strikingly  rich  in  finely  crystallized  specimens.  (See  note  to 
next  number.) 

1G7.  Clay,  Josepii.A-,  <&  J.  Randolph,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

A  series  of  106  very  choice  cabinet  specimens  of  various  American  and  foreign 
minerals  from  the  private  cabinet  of  the  exhibitors. 

[This  and  the  last  collection  (from  Mr.  Vaux)  were  of  much  general  and  scientific 
interest.  The  proprietors  are  well  known  as  zealous  and  well-informed  mineralogists, 
whose  cabinets  are  rich  in  the  choicest  and  rarest  specimens,  collected  during  many 
years  with  untiring  assiduity.  With  the  greatest  liberality,  they  permitted  selections 
to  be  made  from  all  that  was  most  choice  and  desirable  in  their  cabinets.  It  is 
impossible  to  enter  upon  a  specification  of  the  characters  of  individual  specimens, 
nor  is  it  necessary,  as  most  of  them  are  from  localities  which  have  become  classic 
with  mineralogists.  The  long  residence  of  Mr.  Randolph  Clay,  in  a  diplomatic  rela¬ 
tion,  near  the  Courts  of  Austria,  Russia,  Spain,  and  Chili,  have  given  him  uncommon 
facilities  for  the  collection  of  some  of  the  rarest  and  most  highly  valued  of  minerals, 
from  localities  usually  quite  inaccessible  to  those  engaged  in  mineralogical  pursuits  in 
this  country.] 

168.  Bynum,  J.  G.,  North  Carolina. 

Quartz  crystal  pseudomorph  of  calcite,  hollow,  and  nearly  filled  with  fluid. 

[These  pseudomorphs,  from  North  Carolina,  are  well  known  to  collectors,  but  it 
is  not  common  to  find  them  containing  water,  like  this  exceedingly  curious  one.] 

169.  Lockwood,  L.  J.,  New  York  City. 

Specimens  of  agate,  from  Lake  Superior. 

170.  Elllson,  J.,  Middleville,  New  York. 

Very  fine  crystals  of  quartz,  from  Middleville,  Herkimer  county.  New  York. 

171.  - 

Specimens  of  silicified  wood,  from  California. 

172.  Hitchcock,  E.,  Jr.,  Amherst,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Very  large  crystals  of  spodumene  and  almandite,  from  Norwich,  Massachusetts. 

[Spodumene  was  first  obtained  in  distinct  crystals,  by  Messrs.  Hitchcock  and 
Hartwell,  from  the  Norwich  locality.  Before  this,  it  was  known  only  as  a  mineral 
occurring  in  cleavable  masses,  and  possesses  a  considerable  scientific  interest  from  the 
fact  that  it  is  one  of  the  few  minerals  containing  the  rare  alkali  lithia.  The  analysis 
of  this  variety  by  Brush  showed  about  five  per  cent,  of  lithia.  The  crystals  from  this 
locality  have  been  most  carefully  studied  by  Dana,  who  has  described  them  in  his 
mineralogy.  The  two  most  interesting  forms  which  have  ever  been  found  at  this 
locality  are  in  the  cabinet  of  Professor  B.  Silliman,  Jr.,  and  were  among  the  specimens 
on  exhibition.  It  was  one  of  those  which  Professor  Dana  has  figured.  The  almandite, 
which  is  associated  with  the  spodumene  of  this  locality,  is  a  phosphate  of  iron  and 
manganese.  Both  these  minerals  occur  in  a  mass  of  granite,  in  the  newer  metamorphic 
rocks,  about  ten  feet  square  on  the  surface,  and  from  five  to  six  feet  deep.  This  granite 
is  in  a  matrix  of  mica  slate.  Black  tourmalins,  beryles,  and  one  crystal  of  oxyd  of  tin 
have  also  been  found  at  the  same  locality.  The  locality  is  now  quite  exhausted.  The 


having  been  found.] 


173.  Hamilton  College,  Clinton,  Oneida  County,  Neio  York.  (By  Professor  O.  Root.) — 

Proprietors. 

Crystallized  minerals  from  northern  New  York,  embracing  apatite,  twelve  crystals 
of  calcite  from  Rossie,  gypsum,  heavy  spar,  galena,  phlogopite,  feldspar,  zircon,  sphem, 
scapolite,  Ac.,  twenty -nine  specimens,  all  finely  crystallized. 

[The  metamorphic  rocks  of  northern  New  York,  in  the  counties  of  St  Lawrence,  1 
Jefferson,  and  Essex,  have  been  long  celebrated  for  the  size  and  beauty  of  their  crys¬ 
tallized  minerals.  This  region  was  very  amply  represented  in  the  Exhibition,  not  only 
by  the  present  collection,  but  also  by  that  of  Judge  Dodge  (No.  175),  Mr.  Wilder  (No- 
174),  Dr.  Conkey  (No.  176),  and  others.] 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


174.  "Welder,  L,  Hoosic  Falls,  New  York. 

A  large  collection  of  choice  cabinet  specimens  of  minerals,  principally  from  the 
localities  in  the  State  of  New  York,  extending  to  about  150  specimens. 

[This  was  a  very  rich  display  of  the  mineralogy  of  the  State  of  New  York,  from 
the  cabinet  of  a  well-known  and  most  industrious  collector.] 

175.  Dodge,  Judge,  Gouverneur,  New  York. 

Minerals  from  various  localities  in  St.  Lawrence  county,  New  York,  including  pig 
and  bar  iron  from  the  furnaces  at  Fullerville,  in  Fowler,  New  York. 


176.  Conket,  Doctor,  Antwerp,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  specular  iron  (amorphous  and  in  mammillary  concretions),  and 
acicular  crystals  of  millerite  (sulphyd  of  nickel),  Sterling  mine,  near  Antwerp,  New 

York. 

177.  Bourne,  William  Oland,  New  York. 

i  Choice  cabinet  specimens  of  American  minerals. — Brucite,  from  Hoboken ;  sphem, 
in  very  large  crystals,  from  Diana ;  and  from  Muscalunge,  orthoelase,  Ac.,  Ac. 


178.  Remington,  R.  P.,  Ogdensburg,  New  York. 

A  collection  of  mineralogical  specimens  from  various  localities,  domestic  and 
foreign,  embracing  thirty-one  specimens,  all  of  metallurgical  interest. 


179.  Silliman,  Professor  B.,  Jr.,  of  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Connecticut, 

Various  American  minerals,  selected  with  a  view  of  illustrating  some  of  the  best 
known  or  most  noted  American  localities  and  species. 

[This  collection  embraced  about  150  specimens,  chiefly  distinct  crystals.  Among 
the  more  remarkable,  was  a  tubular  crystal  of  columbite,  from  Haddam,  weighing 
about  two  pounds  and  a  half,  finely  finished,  and  with  the  characteristic  metallic 

tarnish.] 

180.  Union  College,  Schenectady,  New  York. 

Copper  glanee,  in  crystals,  and  copper  pyrites,  from  Bristol,  Connecticut ;  selected 
from  the  cabinet  of  Union  College. 

181.  Merriam,  Lewis,  Greenfield,  Franklin  County,  Massachusetts. 

Minerals  from  the  cabinet  of  Dexter  Marsh  (deceased)  of  Greenfield. 


182.  Leonard,  F.  B.,  Lansingburg,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Collection  of  fifty-two  cabinet  specimens  of  minerals,  from  various  American 

localities. 

[This  collection  contains  some  exceedingly  select  specimens,  and  among  them 
distinct  crystals  of  chrysoberyl,  from  Greenfield,  New  York,  the  only  locality  of  this 
rare  species  in  the  United  States  which  has  furnished  distinct  crystals.] 

183.  Hubbard,  Professor  O.  P.,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  New  Hampshire. — Pro¬ 

prietor. 

Specimens  of  native  gold  in  quartz,  from  Bridgewater,  Vermont. 

Large  mass  of  transparent  smoky  quartz,  penetrated  in  every  direction  by  beau¬ 
tiful  acicular  crystals  of  rutile. 

[The  latter  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  specimens  exhibited.] 

184.  Seal,  Thomas.  F.,  ITnionville,  Pennsylvania. 

Copper  glanee,  Bristol ;  rutile,  Pennsylvania. 

Corundum  (massive  and  granular),  kyanite,  white  feldspar,  white  marble,  from 
Unionville. 

Chromic  iron,  from  Texas,  Lancaster  county,  Pennsylvania. 

[The  specimens  of  rutile  shown  by  this  exhibitor  were  esteemed  the  finest  ever 
found,  and  excited  the  admiration  of  all  who  saw  them.] 


185.  Stone,  Charles  S.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. 

Marmolite,  talc,  and  asbestus  from  the  Quarantine,  Staten  Island,  Richmond 
county,  New  York. 

Minerals  from  Hoboken,  New  Jersey.— Magnesite,  arragomite,  crystallized 
hydro  magnesite,  amorphous  hydromagnesite,  marmolite,  brucite,  and  fibrous  brucite 

(nemalite). 

[The  masses  of  brucite,  from  the  long  celebrated  locality  at  Hoboken,  shown  by 
this  exhibitor,  were  truly  wonderful  for  size  and  purity.] 

186.  Gold,  Theodore  S.,  West  Cornwall,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

Minerals  from  Litchfield  county,  Connecticut. 

[The  iron  ores  from  Salisbury,  and  the  washingtonites,  of  Litchfield,  Connecticut 
(a  variety  of  titalliferous  iron),  were  particularly  worthy  of  notice.] 

187.  Blake,  William  Phipps,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  artificially  crystallized  oxyd  of  zinc,  from  the  flues  of  the  furnaces 
of  the  New  Jersey  Zinc  Company,  crystallized  in  needles  like  hair-salt,  and  in  drusy 

botryoidal  masses.  . 

Specimens  of  artificially  crystallized  oxrtl  of  chromium,  from  a  bichromate  of 

potash  furnace. 

Emerald  nickel,  Texas,  Lancaster  county,  Pennsylvania. 

Rhodochrome  (pyrosclerite),  Texas,  Pennsylvania. 

Lamellar  red  zinc  ore,  from  Sterling  Hill,  Sussex  county,  bew  Jersey. 

Specimens  of  beryl,  naerite,  pennite,  rutile. 

Red  copper  ore.  ...  .  , 

Willemite  (in  crystals  two  and  three  inches  in  diameter],  massive  apatite,  and 
franklin ite  in  very  large  octahedrons,  red  zinc  ore  with  calcite,  red  corundum,  red 
corundum  with  calcite,  and  chondrodite,  all  from  Sussex  county,  bcw  Jeisey. 


188.  Gillis,  Lieutenant  James  M.,  United  States  Navy,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 
.  Silver  and  other  ores  from  Chili,  collected  by  the  exhibitor  during  his  residence 
in  that  country,  while  engaged  as  the  head  of  the  United  States  Astronomical  Observ¬ 
atory  in  that  country. 

The  ores  were  native  silver,  horn  silver,  bromid,  chlorobromid,  and  iodyd  of 
silver,  ruby  silver,  polylarite,  and  other  silver  ores,  with  mispickel,  galena,  realgar,  Ac. 


1 89.  United  States  Government. 

Collection  of  Chilian  ores  of  silver,  copper,  mercury,  cobalt,  Ac.,  made  bv  Lieu¬ 
tenant  Giliis,  United  States  Navy.  J 

[These  two  collections  were  of  particular  interest,  and  embraced  ores  rarely  seen 
before  in  this  country,  although  sufficiently  common  in  Chill  It  is  a  fact  worthy  of 
record,  in  this  connection,  that  the  most  valuable  of  the  Chilian  mines  now  worked, 
have  been  discovered  since  1838,  and  the  most  valuable  of  all  since  1847.  The  shares 
in  this  mine  ( Buono  Esperenza )  originally  worth  $20  each,  are  now  worth  $80,000  each.] 


190.  Baird,  Professor  S.  F.,  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  District  of 

Columbia. 

Iron  ores  and  furnace  products,  from  Norway. 

Native  silver  from  Copiapo,  Chili ;  cinnabar,  California ;  native  gold,  Abbeville, 
South  Carolina ;  specimens  of  semibituminous  and  anthracite  coals,  from  the  Island  of 
Taewan  (Formosa),  on  the  coast  of  China ;  anthracite,  from  Fo-kien,  China ;  limonite, 
from  Kiang-si,  China. 

Minerals  from  Georgia. — Native  gold  in  quartz,  milky  opal,  hornstone,  buhrstone, 
and  kaolin. 

Marble  for  the  Washington  monument,  from  Symington’s  quarry,  Maryland. 

Hudson  River  slate,  New  York. 

Gneiss  from  Port  Deposit,  Maryland ;  granite  from  Owen’s  Mills,  Maryland ; 
granite  from  Ellicott’s  Mills,  Maryland. 

Minerals  from  New  Jersey. 


191.  Beadle,  Rev.  E.  R. 

Quartz  crystals  and  brookite,  from  Little  Rock,  Arkansas. 

[This  is  believed  to  be  the  largest  single  crystal  of  brookite  in  any  collection  in 
the  United  States.] 

(The  collections  from  bo.  168  to  No.  191,  inclusive,  were  kindly  loaned  to  the 
Director  of  the  Mineralogical  Department,  by  their  several  proprietors,  for  the  purpose 
of  exhibition,  with  no  other  object  than  a  laudable  desire  to  promote  the  interests  of 
science,  and  forward  the  purposes  of  the  Exhibition.) 


192.  King,  Roswell  A.,  Lexington,  Davidson  County,  North  Carolina. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  North  Carolina  minerals,  illustrating  particularly  the  Washington 
silver  mine  in  Davidson  county,  which  has  been  so  ably  treated  of  in  the  notes  of  Dr. 
Genth  (No.  78.)  The  species  exhibited  are  there  enumerated.  Mr.  King  exhibited 
bars  of  metallic  silver,  believed  to  be  the  first  ever  smelted  from  the  ores  in  the  United 
States.  The  collection  also  embraced  the  coal  of  Deep  River,  and  other  interesting 
minerals  of  that  State. 


193.  Smith,  Dr.  J.  B.,  New  York. 

Fossiliferous  limonite,  chabazite,  and  gypsum,  from  Nova  Scotia ;  gypsum,  from 
New  Brunswick ;  graphite,  from  St.  John’s ;  gypsum,  from  the  Mammoth  Cave,  Ken¬ 
tucky. 


191.  Lane,  E.,  Trumbidl,  Connecticut. 

Minerals  from  Fairfield  county,  Connecticut. 

Magnetic  pyrites  from  Lane’s  mine ;  native  bismuth,  moljbdenite,  tourmalin, 
topaz,  fluor  spar  (variety  of  chlorophane),  beryl,  rutile,  margarodite,  and  scheelite, 
from  Trumbull. 

[The  massive  topaz  of  this  locality  has  been  ground,  for  the  purpose  of  procuring 
a  polishing  powder  as  a  substitute  for  emery,  witli  tolerable  success.  Numerous  inter¬ 
esting  minerals  have  been  procured  from  “Lane’s  mine.”  Among  the  most  curious 
are  tungstic  ochre  and  wolfram  pseudomorpli  of  scheelite.] 


195.  Champlin,  Dr.  E.  II.,  New  York. 

Minerals  from  Iceland,  Egypt,  etc.,  being  silicious  sinta  from  the  great  Geyser ; 
lava  from  the  Salmon  river ;  volcanic  products  from  the  vicinity  of  the  extinct  volcana 
at  Klausturholar ;  native  sulphur  from  Kriswick ;  colored  sandstones  from  Petra; 
silicified  wood  from  the  Arabian  desert ;  fossil  fish  from  near  Beyroot,  etc.,  etc. 


196.  Peet,  Rev.  E.  W.,  Hector  of  St.  PauFs  Parish,  Rahway,  New  Jersey. — Proprietor. 
Trapezoidal  garnets,  in  mica-slate,  from  Diamond  Ledge,  Fairfield  county,  Con¬ 
necticut.  Specimens  of  calcareous  incrustrations  upon  grasses  and  reeds,  from  Solfatara 
lake,  between  Tivoli  and  Rome,  Italy. 

Chrysotile  (variety  of  fibrous  serpentine)  in  marmolite,  from  Montville,  New 
Jersey. 

197.  Hull,  S.  P.,  Morristown,  New  Jersey.—  Proprietor. 

Chrysotile  and  angite,  from  Montville,  Morris  eounty,  New  Jersey. 


198.  Gebhard,  John,  Albany,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Several  polished  specimens  of  variegated  marbles,  quartz,  eta,  from  Allahabad, 
in  India. 


199. - 

Specimens  of  apophyllite  and  chalcedony,  from  India. 

89 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  I. 


200.  Brewster,  S.  C.,  Geddes,  Onondaga  comity,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Artificial  crystallizations  of  gypsum,  formed  in  the  salt  vats. 


201.  Caldwell,  John  Henry,  Yonkers,  New  York. 

Crystallized  copper  pyrites,  from  Ellen ville,  New  York. 


202.  Cowles,  Calvin  J.,  Elkville,  North  Carolina. 

Specimens  of  flexible  sandstone,  graphite,  gold  ores,  and  Indian  relics,  from  North 
Carolina. 

[A  good  deal  of  interest  is  attached  to  the  occurrence  of  flexible  sandstone,  since 
it  is  commonly  regarded  as  the  accompaniment  of  gold  and  of  the  diamond.  Its  min- 
eralogical  name  is  itacolumite,  and  it  owes  its  lamination  and  flexibility  to  a  little 
talc  or  mica.  This  rock  accompanies  the  diamond  deposits  in  Brazil  and  the  Urals, 
as  well  as  in  Georgia  and  North  Carolina,  where  a  few  diamonds  have  also  been 
found.  The  flexible  sandstone  is  said  to  occur  at  three  places  in  North  Carolina,  viz., 
in  Stokes  county;  in  Wilkes  county,  about  ten  miles  from  Elkville;  and  in  Burke 
county,  on  Linvi.lle  mountain.  Small  diamonds  are  reported  to  have  been  found  in 
proximity  with  it  on  Linville  mountain.] 

203.  Payson,  Ira  F.,  Stapleton,  Staten  Island. 

Iron  pyrites  in  cubes,  from  the  Green  Mountains,  Vermont. 


204.  Cooke,  Robert  L.,  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey. 

Specimens  of  dogtooth  spar,  from  Weyer’s  Cave,  Virginia. 

[This  most  beautiful  and  unique  specimen  was  taken  by  the  exhibitor  from  a 
large  geode  in  the  floor  of  one  of  the  apartments  of  Weyer’s  cave,  where  it  was  acci¬ 
dentally  discovered  with  many  other  beautiful  calcareous  crystallizations,  the  fall  of  a 
crowbar  from  the  hand  of  the  explorer  having  broken  the  thin  crust  that  formed  the 
level  surface  of  the  floor.  This  apartment  had  been  avoided  before  1833  under  the 
impression  that  it  was  filled  with  carbonic  acid.  Owing  to  this  circumstance,  its 
beautiful  vaults  and  geodes  had  remained  uninjured  until  Mr.  Cooke,  in  the  course  of 
a  survey  of  the  cave,  ventured  safely  to  explore  its  dreaded  precincts.] 

205.  Knoepfel,  Wm.  H.,  New  York. 

Stalactites,  from  a  cave  in  Schoharie  county,  New  York;  with  a  pictorial  repre¬ 
sentation  of  the  cave  in  section. 


206.  Howe,  Lester,  Cobleskills,  New  York. 

Black  marble,  crystallized  calcite,  and  stalactites  and  stalagmites,  composed  of 
calcite,  from  Howe’s  cave,  Schoharie  county,  New  York. 


207.  Willing,  George,  M.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Human  footprint  rudely  sculptured  on  the  surface  of  a  sandstone  rock,  found  in 
Jefferson  county,  Missouri,  30  miles  south  of  St.  Louis. 

[This  is  one  of  a  pair  of  impressions  whose  discovery  some  six  years  ago  (viz.  in 
1847)  gave  rise  to  many  vague  and  curious  speculations.  The  slightest  inspection  of 
the  impression,  shows  its  artificial  origin.  Doubtless  it  was  designed  to  commemorate 
some  event  of  importance  in  the  annals  of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants,  whose  sculp¬ 
tured  rocks,  and  rude  pictorial  records,  are  found  at  many  places  in  the  valley  of  the 
Mississippi,  in  Mexico]. 

208.  Andrews,  E.  H.,  Charlotte,  Mecklenburg  county,  North  Carolina. 

Indian  relics  from  North  and  South  Carolina.  Quartz  pseudomorph  of  calcite 
and  other  minerals  of  North  Carolina. 


209.  Swift,  Dr.  Edward,  Easton,  Pennsylvania. 

Pig  iron,  crystallized  in  thin  elastic  plates,  some  coated  with  scales  of  artificial 
graphite ;  crystalline  silicates  in  slags,  from  furnace  at  Easton. 

A  large  collection  of  Indian  relics,  arrow  heads,  made  of  stone,  etc.,  from  Penn- 
syl  vania,  Kentucky,  and  Ohio. 

Stilbite  and  heulandite,  from  Iceland ;  quartz  crystals,  from  Easton  Pennsyl¬ 
vania ;  chalcedony,  from  Iceland;  chromic  iron,  from  California;  fossil  wood,  from 
California ;  semi-opal,  from  California. 

[The  owner  of  this  collection  of  Indian  arrow  points  is  very  desirous  of  increasing 
it  as  much  as  possible,  and  feels  that  he  may  ask  the  aid  of  all  who  may  be  able  to 
contribute  any  specimens  to  it]. 


210.  Hall,  Professor  James,  Albany,  Neui  York. 

A  chart  Of  the  successive  geological  formations,  with  an  actual  geological  section 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  Ocean ;  the  whole  illustrated  by  the  characteristic 
lossils  of  each  formation. 


211*  Marcoij,  Jules. 

A  geological  map  of  the  United  States  and  the  British  Provinces  in  North 
America. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

Carbonaceous  and  Ferriferous  Minerals  and  Products. 

212.  Bolcklow  dr  Vaughan,  Middlesbro’-on^Tees,  Yorkshire.- Producers  and  Manufac¬ 
turers. 

Specimens  of  ironstone  from  Cleveland,  Yorkshire,  of  superior  quality,  yielding 


thirty-three  to  forty  per  cent  of  iron  ;  the  bed  is  from  ten  to  fifteen  feet  thick.  The 
same,  calcined. 

Woodfield  main  coal,  remarkably  free  from  sulphur. 

Woodfield  ground  fire-clay,  coke,  and  fire-brick. 

Mountain  limestone  (flux). 

Specimens  of  slags  from  blast-furnace  at  Middlesbro’  Iron  Works. 

A  large  variety  of  specimens  of  iron  from  the  same  Works. — Railway  bars, 
window-sash  bars,  locomotive  tires,  pig  iron,  Ac. 

213.  Weardale  Iron  Company,  Weardale,  England. — Producers.  (Agent,  Charles 

Atwood.) 

Iron  ores  from  the  Company’s  mines. 

[This  Company  holds  all  the  iron  mines,  speaking  generally,  in  Weardale,  a 
valley  extending  westward  from  Darlington,  where  there  is  a  railway  station,  about 
twenty-five  miles,  and  of  an  average  width  of,  perhaps,  eight  miles.  The  geological 
formation  is  the  mountain  or  carboniferous  limestone.  It  contains  several  workable 
beds  of  coal,  say  three  to  five  feet  thick,  but  throughout  almost  the  whole  of  Weardale 
these  beds  are  confined  to  two  minute  seams  of  earthy  and  sulphureous  coal,  of  from 
two  to  seven  or  eight  inches  thick  (provincially  called  “  crow  coal”),  though  in  some 
places  these  thicken  to  from  three  to  four  feet,  and  are  at  such  places  somewhat 
better  in  point  of  quality,  and  good  enough  to  be  used  by  the  scattered  population 
in  the  want  of  wood,  as  better  fuel  than  their  peat  beds  yield.  Twenty  miles  further 
to  the  north  than  Weardale,  the  limestone  beds  become  split  into  a  greater  number, 
and  grow  thinner,  and  good  workable  beds  of  coal,  of  two  to  five  feet  thick,  become 
regularly  interstratified  with  them  for,  perhaps,  thirty  miles  further  to  the  north; 
and  the  other  beds  which  the  stratification  comprises  in  this  district,  consist  of  a 
succession  of  sandstone  beds  and  bituminous  slate  clay,  the  former  marked  by  no 
peculiar  characteristics,  and  the  latter  locally  called  “  plate,”  from  its  slaty  disposition 
in  plates  or  sheets,  uniformly  accompanying  the  limestone  and  the  sandstone  rocks. 

There  is  only  one  other  bed  in  the  system,  and  that  is  a  very  peculiar,  and,  in  a 
geological  point  of  view,  a  most  important  one.  It  consists  of  a  stratified  mass,  or 
bed  of  basalt,  which  may  be  seen,  forming  cliffs  and  causing  waterfalls,  along  the 
course  of  the  River  Tees  (which  pursues  a  course  parallel  to  that  of  the  Wear,  and 
about  ten  miles  to  the  south  of  it),  from  near  Middleton,  Teasdale,  to  the  river’s  source ; 
lies  under  the  whole  of  Weardale,  under  the  whole  of  Derwent  Dale,  the  two  dales 
called  Allendale,  and  the  dale  of  the  Tyne,  to  the  north  of  Weardale,  and  may  be  seen 
emerging  to  the  day,  a  few  miles  northward  of  the  Tyne,  for  the  length  of  above  ten 
miles,  in  columnar  cliffs,  regularly  and  conformably  disposed  in  the  same  position,  as 
regards  the  limestone,  sandstone,  plate,  and  coal  beds,  opposite  to,  and  from  a  point 
about  as  far  east  as  the  Haydon  Bridge,  to  near  the  watering-place  of  Gilsland,  west¬ 
ward,  the  summit  of  the  ridge  itself  having  been  taken  by  the  Romans,  as  the  line  of 
their  fortress  and  wall,  between  the  mouth  of  the  Tyne  and  the  Solway  Frith.  As  far 
as  the  mining  operations  have  extended,  in  the  mineral  veins  of  the  formation  which 
traverse  the  basalt,  without  destruction,  exactly  as  they  do  the  superjacent  and  sub¬ 
jacent  rocks  of  limestone,  plate,  and  sandstone,  affording  the  same  metallic  minerals, 
which  are  chiefly  lead  and  iron  in  such,  it  occupies  the  same  position,  and  appears  as 
uniform  as  they  are  in  respect  of  thickness;  and  though,  from  its  extreme  hardness,  and 
the  veins  being  usually  compressed  in  it,  they  have  not  been  generally  much  worked  in  it, 
yet,  in  some  cases,  they  both  have  been,  and  still  are;  and,  in  one  case,  within  the  last 
three  months,  the  managers  of  the  lead  mines  of  Wentworth  Blackett  Beaumont,  Esq., 
M.  P.  (who  has  all  the  mines  of  lead  in  Weardale  and  in  the  two  Allendales,  and 
works  them  most  expensively),  have  completed  a  task  of  several  years’  duration,  in 
sinking  regularly  through  it,  at  a  lead  mine  called  Burtree  Ford,  finding  it  just  40 
fathoms,  or  240  feet  thick,  and  the  rocks  below  as  regular  and  little  altered  as  above 
it.  It  may  be  as  well  to  mention  that  this  same  formation  (the  mountain  limestone 
formation)  extends  southward,  through  the  west  of  Yorkshire,  to  the  south  of  Derby¬ 
shire  ;  that  the  above  mentioned  basaltic  bed  appears  to  accompany  it,  as  a  subordinate 
rock,  all  the  way,  or,  at  any  rate,  prevails  in  it  through  Derbyshire,  where,  however, 
it  changes  its  appearance,  passing,  from  a  compact  crystalline  basalt,  into  a  decomposed 
and  softer  bed,  there  called  “  toad  stone,”  while  the  limestone  rocks,  which  are  here 
split  into  twelve  or  fourteen  separate  beds,  divided  by  beds  of  sandstone,  slate  clay, 
Ac.,  as  already  mentioned,  are  united,  in  Derbyshire,  into  one  or  two  only,  whose  total 
thickness  exceeds,  by  more  than  double,  the  total  thickness  of  the  total  greater  num¬ 
ber  here. 

From  the  spot  in  which  these  iron  works  are  situated  (the  Tow  Lane  Railway 
being  in  the  midst  of  them)  the  formation,  for  about  thirty  miles  westward,  is  this 
mountain  limestone ;  and  as  far  eastward,  to  the  sea,  it  is  entirely  a  superjacent  coal 
formation,  the  lowest  bed  of  coal  in  the  Newcastle  and  Durham  series,  which  have  a 
rise  for  the  whole  distance  from  the  sea,  coming  to  the  day  at  this  spot,  which  is  the 
junction-point  between  them.  The  whole  of  the  mountain  limestone  formation  is 
traversed  by  mineral  veins,  containing  copper,  zinc,  lead,  and  iron,  the  two  latter 
metals  being  by  far  the  most  considerable,  the  lead  belonging  to  (and  being  wrought 
by  Mr.  Beaumont),  the  iron  to  this  Company ;  but  the  two  metals  occurring  sometimes 
in  the  same  veins,  both  are  in  such  cases  worked  by  the  latter,  under  an  arrangement 
with  that  gentleman. 

The  lead  mines,  with  those  in  the  contiguous  estates  of  Mr.  Beaumont,  in 
the  two  Allendales,  and  those  also  contiguous,  of  the  Greenwich  Hospital,  in  Alston  j 
Moor,  form  by  far  the  most  extensively  wrought  district  of  lead  ore  in  this  kingdom. 
The  iron  ore,  which  throughout  the  district,  except  in  this  central  part  of  it,  occurs  in 
the  four  nodules  of  clay  ironstone,  diffused  through  the  slate  clay  beds,  exactly  as  in 
the  coal  fields  of  Wales  and  Staffordshire,  is  here,  apparently  by  the  action  of  the  true 
mineral  veins  which  everywhere  intersect  it,  and  are  nearly  vertical,  collected,  as  it 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


were,  into  those  veins,  and  where  it  lies,  deeply  hidden  from  the  da}’,  in  the  very 
unusual  form  of  extremely  pure  crystallized  or  spathose  carbonate  of  iron,  the  very 
best  of  iron  ores,  and  yielding  the  least  of  iron.  But  wherever,  from  its  depth,  or 
from  the  access  of  the  atmosphere,  to  which  the  shattered  and  cavernous  condition  of 
the  veins  affords  admission,  it  has  passed  from  that  state,  in  most  cases  to  the  condition 
of  brown  hydrated  peroxyd  of  iron,  or  brown  hematite,  by  spontaneous  decomposition  ; 
but  where  the  ground  is  very  dry,  to  that  of  red  anhydrous  peroxyd,  or  red  hematite ; 
and  where  the  moisture  is  very  great,  the  brown  hematite  has  become  softened  to  a 
sort  of  pitchy  consistency,  and  diffused  itself  with  the  water  into  the  contiguous  rocks, 
forming  a  mechanical  mixture  of  ore  therewith,  of  course  reduced  in  value,  as  being 
poorer  and  less  fusible.  The  iron  which  the  hematites  afford  is  good,  but  never, 
however  pure  the  ore,  at  all  equal  to  that  afforded  by  the  spathose  carbonate  of  iron, 
which  has  hitherto  been  found  in  workable  quantity  in  no  other  mines  in  Britain,  and 
being  in  this  case  closely  contiguous  to  the  best  and  cheapest  iron-making  coal  in 
Britain,  is  of  very  great  value,  but  in  much  less  abundance  than  the  hematite.] 

214.  Hird,  Dawson  <fc  Hardy,  Low  Moor  Iron  Works,  Bradford,  Yorkshire. — Manu¬ 

facturers. 

Specimens  of  best  coal  of  the  soft  and  hard  kinds ;  coke,  prepared  by  burning 
these  coals  in  ovens,  or  in  rows  on  the  ground,  to  purify  it  from  sulphur  and  other 
matters  which  would  be  injurious  to  the  iron;  it  is  used  in  the  blast  or  smelting 

furnaces. 

“  Black  bed  coal,”  used  for  steam-engine  boilers  and  house-fires,  and  coke  made 
from  it,  used  for  lime-kilns,  stoves  for  drying  cores,  for  moulding  castings,  and  other 
common  purposes. 

Black  ironstone  (two  vai’ieties),  which  lies  immediately  above  the  black-bed  coal, 
is  found  in  six  distinct  strata,  and  forms  a  bed  of  five  feet  in  thickness,  the  whole  being 
imbedded  in  shale ;  it  contains  about  twenty-eight  per  cent,  of  iron,  and  seventy-three 
hundred  weight  produce  one  ton  of  metal. 

White  ironstone,  which  lies  twenty-two  yards  above  the  black-bed  coal,  is  found 
in  seven  strata,  together  seven  feet  thick,  in  shale,  contains  twenty-eight  per  cent  iron, 
but  is  inferior  to  the  black  ironstone. 

Burnt  ironstones,  prepared  by  roasting  in  kilns  or  in  heaps  on  the  ground,  to 
separate  certain  injurious  matter ;  it  is  then  taken  to  the  blast  furnaces  to  be  smelted. 

Limestone  from  Skipton,  used  as  a  flux  for  the  ironstone ;  twenty-two  hundred 
weight  used  per  ton  of  iron. 

Pig  iron,  of  three  qualities,  used  for  different  purposes. 

Slag,  from  the  smelting  furnace,  used  for  making  roads. 

Refined  pig  iron,  prepared  by  exposing  pig  iron  of  the  third  quality  in  small  low 
furnaces  to  a  powerful  blast  These  furnaces  are  called  refineries,  and  the  refined 
metal,  when  run  into  moulds,  is  in  the  second  state  of  manufacture. 

Slag  from  the  refinery  furnace,  containing  from  forty  to  fifty  per  cent  of  iron, 
which  may  be  extracted  in  the  smelting  furnace  by  the  addition  of  a  flux. 

Puddled  iron,  which  is  iron  in  the  next  state  of  manufacture  after  the  refined 
iron,  being,  to  a  certain  extent,  malleable  and  ductile. 

Slag  from  the  puddling-furnace. 

Specimens  of  bar  and  rod  iron,  boiler-plate,  iron  rods  tied  into  knots  in  the  cold, 
showiug  the  flexibility  of  the  iron,  and  a  specimen,  the  strength  of  which  has  been 
tested  by  hydraulic  pressure  in  a  cold  state. 

[This  series  of  specimens  and  products  was  the  most  complete  and  systematic 
collection,  illustrative  of  the  iron  manufacture,  which  was  exhibited  by  any  party, 
and  highly  instructive  to  the  attentive  observer.] 

215.  Morgan,  Richard,  &  Sons,  Llanelly,  TRafra— Producers. 

Stone-coal,  or  anthracite,  from  Curn,  Amman,  Llanelly,  Geliy  Ceidrim.  Ditto, 
polished.  _ _ _ 

216.  Abercarn  and  Gwythen  Collieries  Company,  Newport,  Monmouthshire,  Wales. — 

Producers. 

The  Gwythen  charcoal-vein  steam  coaL 

211.  The  Exeottors  of  Robert  Couldwell  Clarke,  Old  Silkstone  Colliery,  near  Barnsley, 

Yorkshire. 

Iridescent,  or  “peacock”  coaL 

218.  Cameron’s  Coalbrook  Steam  Coal  Company,  London— Producers. 

Smokeless  steam  coal  (of  a  quality  intermediate  between  bituminous  and  anthra¬ 
cite),  from  the  mines  near  Longhor,  in  the  county  of  Glamorgan,  South  Wales. 


219.  Davis,  D.,  Hirwain,  near  Merthyr  Tydoil,  Wales—  Producer. 

The  Blaengwaur  steam  coal,  from  Aberdare. 

220.  Gilmocr,  A,  «fc  Co.,  Kilmarnock,  Scotland. — Producers. 

Steam  coal,  from  Hurlford  and  Skerrington  Colliery,  near  Kilmarnock. 

221.  Ramsay,  G.  H-,  Derwent  Haugh ,  Newcastle.— Producer. 

Cannel  coal  from  the  well-known  Ramsay  vein. 


222.  Harrison,  Ainslie,  &  Co.,  Newland  Furnace,  Ulverstone.— Producers. 

Hematite  iron  ore  (specular  iron)  from  Lindal  Moor,  in  Furness,  containing  66'47 
per  cent,  of  iron,  with  a  little  oxyd  of  zinc  and  silica. 


223.  Ulverston  Mining  Company,  Stainton,  England — Producers. 

Furness  iron  ore  (hematite),  produced  from  mines  belonging  to  the  Earl  of  Bur¬ 
lington,  and  used  in  Staffordshire,  Yorkshire,  and  South  Wales,  for  mixing  with  inferior 
iron  ores. 

224.  Monkland  Iron  and  Steel  Company. — Manufacturers.  (Agent,  William  Murray, 

Glasgow.) 

Iron  ore,  malleable  iron,  and  fire-clay. 

D* 


225.  The  Bowling  Iron  Company,  Bradford,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturers. 

Specimen  of  coke,  coal,  oven-coke,  boiler-plate  cuttings,  puddled  iron,  iron  ore, 
calcined  ore,  bar  iron  for  tires,  refined  iron,  three  qualities  of  pig  iron,  and  a  knot  of 
iron  tied  in  the  cold. 


226.  Seyssel  Asphalte  Company,  Stangate,  Westminster  Bridge,  London. 

Raw  asphaltum  and  samples  illustrating  various  applications  of  it,  such  as 
asphaltum  for  paving,  for  roofing,  etc. ;  mineral  tar,  and  grit. 


227.  Wolff  &  Son,  Church  Street,  Spitalfields. — Manufacturers. 

Cumberland  graphite,  in  crude  state,  and  prepared  by  purification  and  compres¬ 
sion.  Creta  levis  of  different  colors,  and  pencils  made  from  it. 


228.  Brockedon,  W.,  London. 

Graphite  from  Cumberland,  in  its  crude  state,  and  purified  and  condensed  into 
blocks  by  a  pressure  of  5,000  tons. 


229.  The  Patent  Fuel  Company,  London. — Manufacturers. 

W arlich’s  Patent  Fuel. 

[Warlich’s  patent  fuel  consists  of  bricks  made  by  compressing,  with  an  hydraulic 
press,  dust  of  coal  made  coherent  by  bituminous  matter,  and  partly  charred.  These 
bricks  measure  9  by  6-J-  and  5  inches,  are  dense,  and  require  breaking  before  using. 
They  burn  with  but  little  smoke  and  form  an  excellent  fuel,  particularly  where  econo¬ 
my  of  room  is  an  object,  as  it  can  be  stowed  very  compactly.  Hitherto  we  believe  no 
important  use  has  been  made  of  the  dust  coal  of  our  anthracite  regions.  By  similar 
treatment  every  pound  of  it  might  be  saved  with  a  good  profit  to  the  manufacturer], 

230.  Naylor,  Vickers  &  Co.,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cast  steel  for  saws,  tools,  etc. 


231.  Johnston,  Cammell  &  Co.,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cast  steel,  including  best  doubly  carbonized  and  refined  cast  steel 
for  chisels,  for  taps,  and  other  tools ;  highly  carbonized  double  shear  steel,  warranted 
extra  superior ;  prepared  elastic  spring  steel,  and  three  varieties  of  sepei'ior  extra  re¬ 
fined  cast-steel,  for  engineers’  and  machinists’  tools. 


Ores  of  Common  Metal. 

232.  The  Mining  Company  of  Ireland,  Dublin. — Producers. 

Large  masses  of  yellow  copper  pyrites,  from  Knockmahon  mines,  Waterford 
county,  Ireland. 

Lead  ores,  from  Wicklow  mines  Specimens  of  lead,  in  pigs,  sheets,  pipes,  and 
shot,  from  the  Ballycomer  smelting  works,  Dublin  county. 


233.  Byers,  J.,  Stockton-on-Tees — Manufacturer. 

Argentiferous  galena,  and  specimen  of  pure  silver  extracted  from  it ;  argentiferous 
galena  and  quartz ;  litharge. 

234.  Seccombe,  Samuel,  Phoenix  Mines,  Liskeard  Cornwall. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  tin  and  copper  ore. 


235.  Devon  Great  Consolidated  Copper  Mining  Company,  Devon — Producers. 

Copper  ore. 

23G.  Vivian  &  Sons,  Haford  Copper  Works,  Swansea,  Wales. 

Series  of  specimens  illustrating  the  smelting  of  copper,  including  the  Taw  and 
calcined  ore,  crude  metal  from  ore  furnace,  slag  from  ore  furnace,  calcined  ore-furnace 
metal,  white  metal  from  melting,  slag  from  ditto,  blistered  copper,  slag  from  ditto, 
refined  copper,  and  slag  from  ditto. 


237.  Buccleuch,  The  Duke  of,  Wanlock,  Lead  Hills,  Dumfriesshire,  Scotland. — Pro¬ 
prietor. 

Samples  illustrating  the  process  of  Pattinson  for  separating  silver  from  argentife¬ 
rous  lead. 

Specimen  of  massive  argentiferous  galena,  from  the  Wanlockhead  mines. 

Pig  of  unrefined  lead,  containing  1  oz.  9  dwts.  8  grs.  of  silver  per  ton. 

Pig  of  refined  lead,  containing  12  pennyweights  of  silver  per  ton. 

Condensed  fume,  from  Wanlockhead  lead  works,  (a  lead  gray,  not  very  heavy, 
powder).  _ 

Lead  obtained  from  condensed  fume,  containing  1  oz.  9  dwts.  20  grs.  of  silver 

per  ton. 

Washed  ore  (pure  galena). 

Roasted  ore. 

Crystals  of  lead,  obtained  in  Pattinson’s  desilvering  process. 

Litharge.  .  . 

Mass  of  pure  silver  weighing  437  ounces,  obtained  from  the  lead  of  the  vv  nnlock- 
head  mines,  by  Pattinson’s  desilvering  process. 


238.  Grey,  John,  D  Us  ton,  Cambridge. 

Blende  ore,  from  Alston  Moor,  Cumberland. 

239.  Rowe,  Richard,  Laxey  Glen,  Douglas,  Isle  of  Man.  Producer. 

Blende  ore  and  argentiferous  galena,  produced  from  the  Laxey  mines,  Laxey 
Glen,  parish  of  Lonan,  Isle  of  Man. 

240.  Breadalbane,  The  Marquis  of,  Taymouth,  Aberfeldy,  Perth.  Producer. 

Specimens  of  granite,  porphyry,  lead  ore,  and  argentiferous  lead  ore. 

241.  Barrett,  Captain,  Coniston,  near  Kendal,  Lancashire. — Producer. 

Cobalt  ore,  from  the  Coniston  mines. 

41 


SECTION  I . 


CLASS  I. 


Building  and  Architectural  Stones  and  Minerals,  otherwise  useful,  or  of  scientific 

interest. 

212.  Champernowne,  H.,  Darlington  House,  Totness,  Devon. — Producer. 

Polished  madrepore  marble. 

213.  The  London  A  Penzance  Serpertine  Company,  Penzance,  Cornwall. — Producers. 
Polished  serpentine,  from  Lizard,  Penzance. 

241.  Lomas,  John,  Bakewell,  Derbyshire. — Producer. 

Polished  Derbyshire  marble. 

215.  Vandeleur,  George,  Limerick,  Ireland. — Producer. 

Variegated  marble  (polished  slab),  from  Ballynamona,  near  Hospital  and  Knock- 
long  station,  county  Limerick ;  sand  from  Limerick. 

246.  - 

Slate,  from  Bradford,  county  Clare,  Ireland. 

247.  Webb,  George,  New  Pork  City. — Agent 

Specimen  of  light  brown  sandstone,  from  Ireland,  called  “Malone  sandstone.” 

248.  Wilson,  Sir  Thomas  Marion,  Bart.,  Charlton,  Kent. — Producer. 

Sandstone  for  foundations  of  buildings;  varieties  of  sand,  white  for  glass  making, 
strong  and  mild  Blackfoot  for  iron  castings,  red  for  ditto,  sand  for  brass  and  cock 
founders,  for  brass  castings,  for  silver  castings,  yellow  loam  for  casting,  strong  brown 
loam  for  gas  and  other  furnaces,  masons’  sand  for  stone  sawing,  coring  sand. 

249.  Greaves,  John  W.,  Port  Madoc,  Carnarvon,  Wales. — Producer. 

Blab  of  slate. 

250.  Welsh  Slate  Company,  Festiniog,  Merionethshire,  Wales. — Producers. 

Slab  of  roofing  slate. 

251.  Greaves,  R.,  Warwick. — Manufacturer. 

Blue  lias  stone,  and  cement  made  from  it;  specimens  of  Portland  and  Roman 
cement. 


colored  wood,  and  designed  to  convey  to  the  geological  pupil  a  clearer  idea  of  the 
attenuation,  upheaval  and  faults  of  local  strata,  than  can  be  obtained  from  drawings. 
They  are  copied  from  actual  surveys  of  some  of  the  coal  fields  in  northern  England. 

2G6.  De  La  Beche,  Sir  Henry,  London. 

Geological  maps  and  sections  from  the  Geological  Survey  Office,  England. 

[“The  Jury  take  pleasure  in  noticing  the  geological  maps,  plans,  and  sections, 
from  the  Geological  Office,  London,  Sir  H.  De  La  Beche,  Director.  They  believe  that 
these  admirable  maps  are  too  well  known  to  need  any  description,  and  that  no  award 
of  theirs  can  affect  their  value  and  importance,  or  enhance  the  estimation  in  which 
they  are  justly  held  by  all  scientific  men.  If  it  be  intended  by  the  Commissioners  that 
awards  be  made  by  the  Jurors  in  cases  of  this  kind,  then  they  have  no  hesitation  in 
recommending  the  award  of  the  silver  medal,  with  an  expression  of  their  high  appre¬ 
ciation  of  the  value  and  beauty  of  these  maps.” — (MSS.  Jury  Report,  Class  I.) 

The  Jury  add : — “  It  was  to  have  been  expected  that  something  in  the  way  of 
geological  maps  would  have  been  contributed  from  the  numerous  survey’s  in  the  United 
States,  but  nothing  has  appeared  in  the  Exhibition,  nor  from  any  source  have  maps 
been  contributed  which  add  to  our  previous  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the  United 
States.” 

“A  chart  of  the  succession  of  geological  formations,  illustrated  by  figures  of 
fossils,  Ac.,  by  James  Hall,  and  intended  for  instruction  in  geology  and  palaeontolgy, 
was  exhibited  at  the  request  of  the  Director  of  this  Department,  and  not  with  a 
view  to  competition,  from  which  it  would  have  been  precluded  in  any  event  by  the 
circumstance  of  the  author’s  being  a  juror  in  this  class.”] 

267.  Hall,  Elias,  Derbyshire,  England. 

A  mineralogical  and  geological  map  of  the  coal  field  of  Lancashire,  with  parts 
of  Yorkshire,  Cheshire,  and  Derbyshire,  England. 


BRITISH  COLONIES. 


252.  Francis,  Charles,  A  Sons,  Nine  Elms,  Vauxhall,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Parian  cement,  in  the  hard  and  soft  states. 

253.  Stevens  A  Son,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  Martin  cement,  in  the  soft  and  hard  states. 

274.  White,  John  Bazley  A  Sons,  Westminster. — Manufacturers. 

Roman  cement ;  Keene’s  cement,  two  varieties  ?  Atkinsons’s  cement,  and  Portland 
cement. 


268.  Albion  Mines,  Pictou,  Nova  Scotia. — Producers. 

Specimens  of  minerals  from  the  Albion  Mines,  and  the  neighboring  district,  with 
a  section  of  the  “  main  coal”  of  the  Albion  mine. 

Twenty-one  specimens  from  beds  overhung  main  coal. 

Seven  specimens  from  Dalhousie  pits. 

Twenty-three  specimens  from  sundry  places. 

Ten  specimens  from  Albion  Mines,  “  deep  seam.” 

Gray  freestone  from  Acadia  quarry. 

Brown  freestone  from  Acadia  quarry. 


255.  King  A  Co.,  Stourbridge,  England. — Producers. 

Fire  clay,  in  its  raw  state,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  glass-house  pots ;  peculiar 
to  the  Stourbridge  district. 


256.  Gawkroger  A  Hyman,  Finsbury,  London. — Producers. 

Fullers’  earth,  of  three  qualities,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cloth  made  of 
animal  fiber. 


257.  Squire,  John  A  William,  I  armouth.  Isle  of  Wight,  Hampshire. — Producers. 
Fine  white  sand,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  the  best  flint  glass. 

258.  Lee,  John,  LL.  D.,  Hartwell,  near  Aylesbury. — Proprietor. 

Sand  for  glass  making. 

259.  Collinson,  Charles,  Mansfield. — Producer. 

Red  casting  sand,  used  in  the  production  of  fine  castings. 


260.  Relf,  S.,  Reigate,  Surrey. — Producer. 

Silver  sand,  from  the  tunnel  caves  at  Reigate. 


261.  Worthington,  Wim.iam,  Northwich,  Cheshire.— Proprietor. 

Varieties  of  salt  Fine,  flaky,  butter,  common  unstoved,  extra 
unstoved,  middle-grain,  stove-dried,  and  fine  table  salt. 


coarse  common 


262.  British  Salt  Company,  Liverpool.— Manufacturers.  (Agent,  Wm.  McCulloch.) 
Rock-salt ;  coarse  crude,  and  refined  salt. 


263.  Damon,  Robert,  Dorsetshire,  England. 

Fluor  spar  and  specimens  of  fossils,  chiefly  from  the  lias  and 
many  of  them  extremely  fine. 


cretaceous  deposits, 


Section  of  the  entire  thickness  of  the  “  main  coal,"  of  Albion  Mines : — 


Numbers.  Thickness. 

.  .  .  .  Feet.  Inchest 

1.  Roof  shale,  containing  spinorbis  and  vegetable  fragments .  3. 

2.  Coal,  with  bands  of  carbonaceous-shale .  61). 

3.  Coal  laminated  with  bands  of  bright  coal  and  mineral  charcoal ;  in 

the  bottom,  a  layer  of  small  ironstone  concretions .  2. 

4.  Coal,  fine  cubical  and  laminated,  containing  much  mineral  charcoal  3  2. 

6.  Carbonaceous  shale  and  ironstone,  with  a  layer  of  coarse  coal  (called 

“holing  stone”),  contains  remains  of  fishes .  4J. 

6.  Coal,  laminated  and  cubical,  contains  mineral  charcoal .  9  3. 

7.  Ironstone  and  carbonaceous  shale,  with  coaly  layers  and  prostrate 

trunks  of  lepidodendrons,  ulodendrons,  sigillarisc,  and  stigmariic. .  8. 

8.  Coal,  as  before,  a  line  of  ironstones  at  bottom .  1  2. 

9.  Coal,  as  before,  with  a  few  small  ironstone  concretions.  In  this  and 

the  underlying  coal,  many  minute  smooth-pointed  spines  occur. . .  6  7. 

10.  Ironstone  and  pyrites .  3. 

11.  Coal,  as  before . 10  3. 

12.  Coarse  coal,  with  bituminous  shale  and  pyrites .  1. 

13.  Coal,  laminated  and  cubical,  with  a  layer  of  pyrites  at  the  bottom, 

with  apparently  fossil-trees .  2  1. 

14.  Coal,  as  before,  with  layers  of  shale,  passing  gradually  into  under¬ 

lay . 2  S. 

15.  Black  under-clay,  with  slickenslides,  coaly  bands,  and  obscure  traces 

of  roots .  io. 


Total .  40  8. 

The  above  measurements  are  perpendicular  to  the  horizon,  the  dip  of  the  co 
being  about  20°  north  and  42°  east. 


269.  Sydney  Mines,  Cape  Breton.  (Agent,  Richard  Brown). — Producers. 

Block  of  bituminous  coal,  from  Sydney  mines;  slab  of  flagging  stone,  from  a 
neighboring  quarry ;  blocks  of  syenite,  porphyry,  and  gypsum ;  specimens  of  fossil 
coal  plants. 


264.  Cowper,  John,  (Walton  A  Cowper)  Alston,  Cumberland,  England.— Proprietor. 

Aitherite  and  an  immense  crystal  of  heavy  spar,  weighing  112  pounds  avoir 
poise,  and  very  perfect  y  finished.  It  is  believe/ to  be  the  largest  on  record  Tl  i 
the  same  specimen  that  was  on  exhibition  in  London  in  1851.  S 


265*  Tennant,  James,  London.— ‘Proprietor. 

A  collection  of  minerals  and  geological  specimens 
A  youths’  mineral  cabinet. 

A  set  of  the  well  known  Sopurths  geological  models, 

42 


constructed  of  various 


270.  Steadman,  J.  A  J.,  Albert  county,  New  Brunswick. — Producers. 
Specimens  of  manganese  ore. 


271.  Cooke  A  Smith,  New  York  City. 

B  Albert  coal,  from  the  Albert  mine  in  Hillsborough,  Albert  county,  New 

This  is  the  material  which  has  evoked  so  much  controversy  among  geologists, 
chemists,  and  lawyers,  as  to  whether  it  is  coal  or  asphalt urn.  Its  position  is  hevond 
doubt  in  the  true  coal  formation,  although  this  particular  bed  has  been  thrown  into  a 
vertical  position,  and  irregularly  compressed.  The  material  is  one  of  the  most  beauti- 


MINERAL  AND  MINING  PRODUCTS. 


fill  of  all  carbonaceous  products.  It  is  jet  black,  brilliant  and  lustrous,  with  a  con- 
choidal  fracture,  and  extremely  brittle.  It  yields  about  20  per  cent,  of  its  weight  to 
the  action  of  solvents,  the  remainder  presenting,  after  washing,  the  appearance  of  the 
original  substance.  It  does  not  fuse,  and  softens  only  at  or  above  600°.  It  does  not 
run  when  burned  in  the  grate,  and,  in  short,  in  no  respect  resembles  asphaltum,  save 
in  its  lustre  and  fracture.  Its  composition  is — 


Carbon  (fixed  at  redness), .  36-04 

Volatile, .  61 '74 

Ash, .  2'22 


100-00 


Coke, . . .  38-26 

Specific  gravity, .  1*13 


[Compare  this  analysis  with  the  one  under  No.  14]. 


FRANCE. 

272.  Eloffe,  10  Rue  de  VEcole  de  Medecine,  Paris. — Proprietor. 

A  mineralogical  collection  containing  about  800  specimens,  from  all  parts  of  the 
world,  the  different  species  being  represented  by  a  great  number  of  varieties,  arranged 
according  to  the  method  of  Brand. 

273.  Bonbee,  M.  Neree,  Paris,  France. — Geologist. 

1.  A  table  of  the  materials  of  which  the  terrestrial  globe  is  formed,  arranged  as 
a  general  and  synoptic  chart  of  geology,  palaeontology,  and  mineralogy,  in  their  appli¬ 
cations  to  agriculture  and  to  industry  in  general;  its  object  being  to  facilitate  the 
study  and  demonstration  of  geology,  and  to  illustrate  the  methods  of  searching  for 
useful  minerals. 

2.  A  chart  representing  the  mineral  structure  of  the  earth. 

S.  A  chart  representing  the  geological  condition  of  the  globe  at  various  epochs. 

- - ■  «»>  ■ - 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

271.  The  Royal  Bavarian  Director  General  of  Mines. 

An  extensive  and  systematic  collection  of  minerals  and  rocks,  presenting  a  com¬ 
prehensive  view  of  all  the  mineral  resources  of  Bavaria,  admirably  well  prepared  and 
catalogued. 

["  The  Jury  conceive  this  to  be  the  most  perfect  collection  of  its  kind  in  the  exhi¬ 
bition,  illustrating  the  mineral  resources  of  a  country  in  connection  with  its  geology ; 
and  as  such  is  entitled  to  the  highest  award.” — Manuscript  Jury  Report,  Class  Z] 

275 - 

Specimens  of  pyrolusite  in  various  forms,  columnar,  radiated,  granular,  with  dog¬ 
tooth  spar,  mammillary,  massive  granular,  etc. ;  several  specimens  of  powdered  pyro¬ 
lusite,  labelled  “  Branstein.” 

Brannite,  in  beautiful  black  octahedrons. 


276.  The  Royal  Saxon  Mining  Academy,  at  Freiberg,  in  Saxony. 

A  series  of  very  large  cabinet  specimens,  illustrating  the  mineral  productions  of 
Saxony,  and  a  large  collection  of  geological  specimens  of  rocks,  fossils,  etc.,  from 
Saxony  and  other  countries. 

[Speaking  of  this  noble  collection,  the  Jury  say,  “This  collection  exhibits  in 
great  variety  the  ores,  their  mode  of  occurence  in  the  vein,  and  the  vein  stone 
organgue.  It  illustrates  by  a  great  variety  of  rich,  medium,  and  poor  specimens,  the 
character  and  produce  of  the  veins  or  lodes  viewed  simply  as  illustrating  the  character 
of  mining  products,  and  specimens  indicating  the  real  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  ore , 
this  collection  is  of  the  highest  interest ;  and  as  far  as  teaching  by  collections  is  to  be 
considered,  the  Jury  regard  this  as  the  most  perfect  example  presented  in  the  class, 
and  would  recommend  the  highest  award. 

«  Both  this  and  the  preceding  collection  may  be  regarded  as  models  of  their  kind 
which  may  be  advantageously  followed  in  the  illustration  of  similar  subjects.  Manu¬ 
script  Jury  Report,  Class  Z] 

277.  Ziervogel,  William,  Smelting  Inspector  at  the  Copper  and  Silver  Mining  and 

Smelting  Works  at  Mansfield,  Prussian  Saxony.  Inventor. 

Samples  illustrating  a  new  process  for  separating  silver  from  copper  in  argentif¬ 
erous  ores  containing  sulphyd  of  copper. 

No.  1.  Specimen  of  the  “  kupferschiefer,”  or  copper-slate  of 

No.  2.  Mass  produced  by  first  smelting  of  the  ore. 

No.  3.  The  same  pulverized. 

No.  4.  No.  3  roasted. 

No.  6.  Residue  after  lixiviation. 

No.  6.  Crude  copper  from  No.  5. 

No.  7.  Mass  produced  by  fusion  of  No.  5. 

No.  8.  Refined  copper. 

No.  9.  Refined  copper. 

No.  10.  Slag  from  the  refined  copper. 

No.  11  and  12.  Precipitated  silver. 

No.  13.  Silver  fused  into  a  lump. 

[This  would  appear  to  be  a  process  in  which  the  silver  is  separated  from  the 
copper,  in  ores  which  contain  the  two  metals  in  the  form  of  sulphyds,  by  first  roasting 
the  mass,  to  convert  a  small  portion  of  the  sulphyds  into  sulphates,  and  then  lixi¬ 
viating  the  mass  with  water,  which  dissolves  the  silver  in  the  form  of  sulphate  of 
silver,  together  with  a  quantity  of  sulphate  of  copper.  The  silver  is  then  precipitated 


from  the  argentiferous  solution  by  means  of  metallic  copper,  which  has  the  power  of 
decomposing  sulphate  of  silver,  converting  it  into  sulphate  of  copper,  while  the  silver 
is  thrown  down  in  the  metallic  form  as  a  coarse  powder.  The  sulphate  of  copper  in 
the  solution  is  then  decomposed  in  precisely  the  same  way  by  metallic  iron,  which  has 
the  power  of  throwing  down  copper  from  its  solution  in  the  metallic  form,  sulphate  of 
iron  being  formed.  The  mass  left  after  the  lixiviation,  represented  by  sample  No.  5, 
is  also  smelted  in  the  usual  way  to  obtain  the  copper  left  in  it.] 

278.  Guttler,  Wilhelm. 

Specimen  of  auriferous  mispickel,  and  a  series  of  samples  illustrating  the  process 
of  Plattner  for  extracting  gold  from  it ;  with  a  plan  of  the  works  where  his  process  is 
practiced,  at  Reichenstein,  Prussian  Silesia. 

279.  Strauss,  Charles  M. 

Specimens  of  lithographic  stone,  from  Solenhofen,  near  Munich. 

280.  Schwartz,  F.  A. 

Specimens  of  lithographic  stone,  from  Solenhofen. 

281.  Haberlein,  Carl,  Poppenhem,  Bavaria. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  the  Solenhofen  lithographic  stone,  and  a  complete  collection  of  the 
fossils  found  in  the  formation. 

[This  was  a  most  beautiful  suite  of  the  Solenhofen  fossils,  very  carefully  prepared, 
and  in  the  finest  possible  order.] 

282.  Krantz,  Dr.  A.,  Bonn  on  the  Rhine,  Prussia. — Proprietor. 

A  select  suite  of  first-class  and  rare  mineral  specimens,  from  various  foreign  local¬ 
ities,  embracing  minerals  from  Prussia,  from  other  parts  of  Germany,  from  Austria,  from 
Switzerland,  from  Italy,  from  France,  from  Scandanavia,  and  from  Russia  ;  fossils  from 
Germany,  very  select. 

a.  A  systematic  collection  of  200  mineral  specimens,  3X3  inches,  designed  for 
instruction  of  students. 

b.  A  systematic  collection  of  200  rock  specimens,  4X4  inches. 

c.  A  systematic  collection  of  300  characteristic  fossils,  according  to  the  various 
geological  periods. 

[These  collections  occupied  a  conspicuous  position  in  the  cabinet  of  the  Exhibi¬ 
tion,  and  attracted  much  well-deserved  attention.  As  a  proof  of  the  utility  of  the 
Exhibition,  it  is  proper  to  mention  that  a  large  number  of  these  systematic  collections 
were  ordered  by  preceptors  of  schools  and  by  students.  The  collection  of  200  mineral 
species  was  particularly  attractive,  as  well  for  the  general  excellence  of  the  minerals, 
as  for  the  very  low  price  at  which  they  were  offered.] 

- -  <»>  . - 

TUSCANY. 

283.  Hall,  Coppi  &  Sloane,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Producers. 

Specimens  of  the  copper  ores  and  associated  minerals  from  the  exhibitors’  mine 
at  Montecatini,  in  Yal  di  Cecina. 

Specimens  of  the  products  of  the  smelting  works  at  Briglia,  near  Prato. 

[This  is  the  richest  copper  mine  in  Tuscany,  and  has  been  wrought  since  1827, 
with  great  activity  and  profit,  yielding  a  large  amount  of  copper  annually.  The  ores 
are  yellow  and  purple  copper,  with  copper  glance  and  native  copper,  fine  masses  of  all 
of  which,  with  cake  and  tile  copper,  were  sent.] 

281.  Sloane,  R.  J.,  Florence. — Producer. 

Cinnabar  (sulphuret  of  mercury)  from  a  tertiary  (?)  formation,  accidentally  dis¬ 
covered  two  years  ago,  at  Jano,  a  small  village,  ten  miles  north  of  Yollena,  in  Tuscany. 

[The  mine  is  worked  by  a  Company,  with  a  capital  of  £22,000,  in  550  shares  of 
£40  each.  The  mineral  is  abundant,  and  easily  raised.  It  does  not  average  more 
than  twenty  per  cent,  produce.] 

SWEDEN. 

285.  Directors  of  the  Public  Iron  Depot,  at  Gothenburg,  Sweden. 

Specimens  of  iron  ore  (magnetite),  and  varieties  of  iron  and  steel  made  from 
them. 

- .  <^>  « - 

HOLLAND. 

286.  Bleckrode,  S.,  Delft,  South  Holland,  Netherlands.  Inventor.(?) 

Specimens  of  tin  ore  (cassiterite),  washed  out  by  the  Chinese  at  Banca.  Samples 
of  metallic  tin  in  pigs  and  bars,  smelted  by  steam-blast  from  the  ore ;  and  specimens 
of  slag. 


CUBA. 

287.  New  Society  of  Mines,  Havana,  Cuba. — Producers.  (Agents,  Robert  &  "WIlliams, 

New  York.) 

Copper  ore,  from  Holguin,  Cuba. 


J 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS, 


REPORT  ON  THE  IRON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA, 


By  Dr.  Charles  M.  Wetherill. 


The  extensive  series  of  ores  and  furnace-products  of  this  State  was  collected  at  the 
expense  of  the  Association,  and  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Charles  M.  Wetherill,  of 
Philadelphia,  who  visited  for  the  purpose  the  several  localities  mentioned  in  the  fol¬ 
lowing  pages.  The  collection  is  quite  extensive,  numbering  about  one  thousand 
specimens,  and  weighing  over  two  thousand  pounds.  It  is  believed  that  it  presents  an 
accurate  view  of  the  different  varieties  of  ores  and  furnace-products  of  a  State  so 
important  for  its  manufactures  of  iron.  It  embraces  the  various  ores  in  use  at  the 
fifty-four  different  furnaces,  together  with  their  several  fluxes,  slags,  fuel,  and  pig-metal 
(and  in  some  instances  wrought-metal),  through  every  stage  of  the  process,  from  the 
crude  ore  to  the  manufactured  article.  It  would,  no  doubt,  have  been  desirable  to 


have  had  a  representation  from  every  furnace  in  the  State,  but  experience  proved,  that 
a  simple  request  through  circulars,  however  urgent,  was  insufficient  to  obtain  the 
specimens,  and  as  the  space  to  be  traveled  over  was  very  extensive,  it  was  important  to 
lay  down  a  route  which  would  permit  us  to  assemble,  in  a  moderate  time,  at  least  the 
types  of  the  different  varieties  of  the  manufacture.  For  this  purpose  much  assistance 
and  valuable  information  were  afforded  by  the  kindness  of  Charles  E.  Smith,  Esq., 
who  traveled  over  the  State  in  1849  to  obtain  statistics  for  the  Convention  of  Iron 
Masters,  and  from  whose  Report  the  accompanying  table  has  been  compiled,  to 
illustrate  the  furnaces  which  have  contributed  to  this  department  of  the  New  York 
Exhibition : — 


STATISTICAL  TABLE  OF  THE  FURNACES  MENTIONED  IN  THIS  ARTICLE. 
(From  Charles  E.  Smith’s  Statistics  of  the  Pennsylvania  Iron  Manufacture.  1850.) 


*13 

C  . 
e  is 

•d 

c  . 

BLAST. 

STOCK. 

— 

Date 

Situation. 

Kind  of  Fur- 

Largest 

Actual 

c  9 

si 

«  4> 

ijr 

Tuyeres. 

Kind  of 

Kind  ©f 

Annual 

Name  of  Furnace. 

struc 

County. 

Owners  or  Leasees. 

Make, 

•_  s 

a  s 

«  . 

Power 

Metal 

Capac- 

lion. 

(Post  Office.) 

nace. 

Tons. 

1849. 

Tods. 

it. 

s  ° 

5» 

fc 

V  IS 

K  Oi 

o~ 

2 

Heat. 

No. 

L 

« 

s 

ft 

Pressure. 

U  a. 

i* 

Used. 

Made  and 
Number. 

>'>’• 

Tons. 

Mount  Laurel. . . 

1836 

near  Reading . 

Charcoal  . . 

850 

1,200 

1,500 

780 

1,430 

3.958 

450 

1,200 

1,500 

624 

40 

60 

53 

61 

40 

54 

Cold 

i 

i 

3 

o 

74 

8,9 

8A 

30 

Water 

t* 

1.2.  3, 
2,3, 

1.2, 

L 

1, 

1,2, 

1,550 

1,350 

2,000 

1,000 

1,200 

4,000 

Moselem  . 

1816 

Moselem  . 

Berks . 

o 

32 

Carbon . 

1838 

Mauch  Chunk . 

Anthracite 
Charcoal  . . 

500° 

500° 

34 

K 

E.  Pennsylvania* 

1S3T 

E.  Pennsylvania. . . 

Carbon  . 

55 

1 

21 

2J 

3 

7' 

30 

tt 

1S26 

1S40 

1 

3 

74 

n 

31 

45 

Crane,  1 . 

Catasauqua . 

Lehigh  Crane  Iron  Company. 

Anthracite 

3,639  ) 

612° 

4 

it 

“  2 . 

1842 

“ 

4,833 

4,494 

500 

300 

4 

ti 

ti 

13 

ii 

u 

ii 

5,000 

44  3 . 

1846 

“ 

tt 

7,144 

6,139  ) 

it 

6 

(f 

it 

17 

tt 

Steam 

ii 

7,200 

“  4 . 

“  5 . 

1850 

1850 

tt 

tf 

tt 

it 

tt 

tt 

ti 

7 

it 

it 

It 

•  i 

18 

ii 

40 

it 

ii 

it 

i» 

8,000 

ti 

Allentown,  l . . . . 

“  2.... 

1846 

1847 

Allentown . 

it 

ii 

ii 

D.  E.  Wilson  &  Co . 

it 

tt 

5,000 

tt 

4,200  | 

200 

ii 

250 

ii 

3 

2» 

21  to  3 

12 
♦  * 

35 

»t 

tt 

<t 

M 

ii 

5,000 

Hopewell . 

1759 

Brooke.  Buckley  &  Co . 

Darling  &  Smith . 

Eckert  &  Brothers . 

Bloomsburg  Iron  Company.. 
Montour  Iron  Company . 

Charcoal  . . 

1,150 

1,000 

80 

50 

Cold 

1 

„  , 

1, 

1.150 

1793 

ii 

31 

37 

35 

31 

Henry  Clay . 

1846 

1845 

Reading . 

U 

Anthracite 

1,050 

3,484 

1,050 

3,250 

50 

50 

30 

35 

500° 

3 

3 

3  @  4 

‘.6 

14 

Steam 

2,3, 

1, 

1,050 

8.500 

10,200 

?,150 

Montour,  1$ . 

1838 

10,200 

8,132 

180 

80 

550° 

3 

3? 

21 

14 

9 

Water 

Steam 

2,  3t 

3, 135 

70 

5 

612- 

3 

2} 

4 

3. 

«  3 . 

1839 

it 

it 

4,042 

i» 

tt 

•  t 

3 

ii 

44 

12 

33 

ti 

it 

4.100 

“  4 . 

1846 

it 

ii 

3,523 

1,953 

ti 

tt 

“ 

ii 

“ 

ii 

44 

“ 

"6,500 

4,500 

2,000 

Chulasky . 

1846 

1837 

1S30 

Red  Point . 

Northumberland 

S.  R.  Wood . 

tt 

6,449 

4,000 

6,449 

3  5ftn 

65 

ii 

4 

ii 

4 

H 

3> 

14 

34 

if 

tt 

ii 

2  3, 

Ralston . 

Mill  Hall . 

Ralston . 

Mill  Hall . 

Lycoming . 

Lycom.  Valley  Iron  Company 

Wharton,  Morris  &  Co . 

Valentine  &  Thomas . 

Charcoal  . . 

1,000 

44 

37 

600° 

3 

3i 

10 

35 

Water 

Logan*+  . 

Eagle*+ . 

1800 

1S4S 

Bellefonte . 

Milesburg  . 

Center  . 

u 

1,360 

1,320 

1,360 

1,320 

70 

40 

45 

36 

Hot 

Cold 

2 

1 

4 

3 

I 

84 

8 

28 

31 

« 

2,  3, 

3, 

1,600 

1,820 

Howard*+ . 

Pennsylvania*  .. 

Huntingdon . 

Alleghany . 

Springfield . 

Johnstown . 

1830 

ISIS 

1796 

1811 

1815 

Howard . 

Baileysville . 

Warriors  Mark _ 

TIolHdaysburg  .... 
Springfield  Furnace 
Johnstown  . 

i‘ 

Huntingdon  .... 

Blair . 

Irwin,  Thomas  &  Co . 

Lyon,  Sborl  4  Co. . . 

George  K.  Schoenbersrer  . . . 
Elias  Baker . 

ti 

l( 

ti 

ii 

800 

1,400 

2,309 

1,650 

800 

1,400 

1,792 

1,100 

1,062 

1,560 

80 

50 

120 

130 

45 

30 

50 

50 

60 

50 

•i 

Hot 

2 

1 

it 

ii 

*♦ 

2i 

ti 

21 

8 

8.V 

M 

t* 

30 

33 

35 

33 

tt 

it 

3, 

1,2,  3, 

1.400 

2.310 

1,650 

1.800 

1,S20 

Cambria . 

I).  Good  &  Co. . . . 

ti 

1,820 

u 

Ray,  Matthew  &  Co. . . 

10 

40 

Steam 

Conemaugh . 

1847 

Armagh  . 

Westmoreland  .. 

800 

600 

it 

3, 

1,800 

Cambria . 

1842 

Johnstown  . 

Cambria . 

Cambria  Iron  Company. . 

60 

30 

“ 

2 

44 

Black  Lick . 

1846 

t‘ 

1,300 

820 

90 

45 

Cold 

2 

8 

30 

W  nter 

3, 

1,800 

Mill  Creek  . 

1845 

u 

Cambria . 

1 ,000 

756 

80 

46 

Hot 

1 

8 

30 

2,3, 

1,400 

Ben’s  Creek . 

1846 

t* 

1,050 

840 

“ 

38 

Cold 

ii 

“ 

44 

3, 

1,100 

Pike . 

1845 

1848 

1796 

1845 

1845 

Cnrlsville . 

Clarion . 

Duff  &  Co . 

tt 

1,080 

1,000 

1,400 

800 

3,614 

1,080 

830 

1,400 

600 

3,360 

2,159 

1,500 

3,472 

3,763 

90 

77 

100 

48 

71 

50 

45 

46 
58 

35 

53 

70 

Hot 

Cold 

o 

1 

o 

\ 

9 

8.6 

9 

9 

12 

30 

Steam 

6.4W. 

Steam 

2,3, 

3, 

3, 

2, 3, 
1,2. 

1,2,3, 

1,800 

1,350 

1,400 

1,400 

3,800 

Fairchancet . 

Harrisburg . 

Henry  Clay . 

Chickiswalungo  . 

Uniontown . 

Harrisburg . 

Butler . 

Fayette . 

Wm.  L.  Spear . 

F.  H.  Oliphant  4  Son . 

ft 

ti 

36 

35 

Dauphin . 

D.  K.  Porter. ... 

Anthracite 

25 

48 

36 

40 

44 

45 

612" 

3 

3j 

3? 

2f 

1846 

it 

E.  llaldeman  A  Co... 

ti 

it 

2,678 

2,464 

3,472 

3,763 

3£ 

3 

9 

32 
35 

33 

it 

2.800 

2  500 

Eckert  A  Stein . 

it 

*5 

10 

10 

ii 

a  K00 

M 

1850 

.. 

tt 

Schoenberger  &  Musselman.. 

“ 

Ii 

ti 

31 

4 

3£ 

it 

!! 

Safe  Harbor^.... 

Conowingo . 

Phtenix,  Tt$ _ 

1848 

1809 

Safe  Harbor . 

Reeves,  Abbott  &  Co . 

tt 

2,879 

1,300 

2,879 

870 

100 

100 

34 

75 

it 

450- 

212- 

6 

1 

3* 

3 

3} 

ti 

14 

74 

45 

30 

u 

ii 

3. 

5,000 

1845 

Phasnixville . 

Chester . 

Jas.  M.  Hopkins . 

Charcoal  .. 

8.4  W. 

1,2, 

1.200 

“  2  .... 

1847 

44 

ti 

1,534  ) 

612° 

3 

3 

4 

12 

38 

Steam 

2, 3, 

3  .... 

it 

3,910 

3,910  V 

371 

114 

•  i 

ti 

ti 

ti 

ii 

ii 

44 

a 

5,000 

4  000 

Spring  Mill . 

1944 

Conshobocken  .... 

Montgomery  .... 

D.  Reeves . 

ti 

4,718 

2,581  ( 

ii 

It 

“ 

14 

40 

tt 

tt 

8.  Calwell  &  Co . 

tt 

4,000 

2,492 

3,174 

100 

40 

“ 

ti 

12 

3,  4, 

8,850 

8,500 

4,000 

1850 

near  Norristown . . . 

tt 

tt 

3,338 

3,174 

185 

120 

40 

40 

" 

** 

3 

11 

36 

tt 

1,2, 

Swede  Iron  Company. . . 

tt 

n 

34 

14 

38 

M 

110 

20 

6 

21 

4 

1 

42 

Charcoal  forge  at  same  works. 


44 


t  Rolling-mills  at  same  works. 


t  Rail-mills  at  same  works. 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


The  fine  collection  of  coals  from  Schuylkill  county,  which  occupies  a  place  in  this 
portion  of  the  cabinet  of  minerals,  together  with  the  table  of  statistics  accompanying 
the  same,  was  made  (also  at  the  expense  of  the  Association)  by  Col.  J.  M.  Wetuerill 
and  C.  W.  Peale,  of  Pottsville.  It  is  the  more  important  since  it  is  the  first  time  that 
sueh  extensive  and  reliable  information  of  this  coal  county  has  been  made  public,  and 
so  well  exemplified  by  illustrative  specimens. 

This  collection  has  been  arranged  in  the  order  in  which  it  was  gathered.  Since 
furnaces  for  the  most  part  use  materials  in  their  immediate  vicinity,  a  description  in 
this  order  will  group  the  furnaces  using  similar  ores.  This  method  will  be  pursued  in 
the  following  pages. 

The  route  adopted  in  crossing  the  State  traversed  the  different  formations  as  laid 
down  in  Professor  H.  D.  Rogers’  Six  Geological  Reports.  As  it  will  be  convenient 
when  treating  the  various  ores  of  the  collection,  to  refer  to  these  formations,  it  will  be 
well  here  to  recall  them  by  the  following  Table  from  Professor  Rogers’  Second  Annual 
Report  on  the  GeoLogical  Exploration  of  Pennsylvania: — 


TAB  L  E, 

Showing  the  order  of  Stratification,  Geographical  Position,  Composition,  and  the  Maximum 
Thickness  of  the  Lower  Secondary  Formations  of  Pennsylvania,  East  of  the  Susque¬ 
hanna  River. 

From  Rogers’  Second  Report. 


E 

'ormatiena 
in  the 
Ascending 
Order. 

Geographical  Position. 

Usual  Composition. 

Maximum  Thickuess. 

XIIL 

Anthracite  coal-basins. 

Dark-blue  shales,  bluisli-gray  argil¬ 
laceous  sandstones,  and  coarse 
quartz  ore ;  conglomerate  and 
seams  of  anthracite  coal. 

6750  feet.  Nearly 
at  Pottsville. 
Not  yet  posi¬ 
tively  ascer¬ 
tained. 

XIX. 

Sharp  Mountain  and  the  other 
mountain  barriers  of  the  anthra¬ 
cite  coal-basin. 

Coarse  quartzose  conglomerates, 
alternating  with  white  and  gray 
sandstone,  and  occasional  thin 
beds  of  dark  carbonaceous 
shale. 

1400  feet.  Tama- 
qua. 

XI. 

Surrounds  the  Mountain  barriers 
of  the  anthracite  coal-basins, 
usually  in  a  narrow  valley  im¬ 
mediately  outside  them. 

Red  shales  and  soft  argillaceous 
red  sandstones,  and  occasional 
beds  of  compact  silicious  red  and 
gray  sandstones;  also  a  few  thin 
calcareous  bands. 

2949  feet.  Mt. 
Carbon. 

X 

Second  Mountain,  Peter’s  Moun¬ 
tain,  Mahantango  Mountain, 
Berry’s  Mountain,  Line  Moun¬ 
tain,  Little  Mountain,  Cattavvissa 
or  Nescopeck  Mountain,  Wy¬ 
oming  Mountain,  Shickshinny 
Mountain,  and  the  south-eastern 
summit  of  Alleghany  Mountains. 

White  and  gray  silicious  sand¬ 
stones,  with  dark-bluish  and 
olive-colored  slates;  also  coarse 
6ilicious  conglomerates,  alter¬ 
nating  with  gray,  yellow,  and 
white  sandstones  and  bands  of 
black  carbonaceous  slate,  the 
latter  sometimes  erroneously 
taken  for  coal  slate. 

2400  feet.  Very 
nearly  Second 
Mountain. 

IX. 

Occupies  the  north-western  part 
of  Pike  and  M unroe,  the  eastern 
part  of  Wayne,  all  except  the 
northern  side  of  Susquehanna 
County,  the  whole  south-east 
side  and  base  of  the  Alleghany 
Mountains,  and  the  base  of  the 
mountains  consisting  of  Forma¬ 
tion  X.,  on  the  side  remotest 
from  the  anthracite  coal-basins. 

Red  shales  and  argillaceous  red 
sandstones;  also  brown,  gray, 
greenish,  and  buff-colored  sand¬ 
stones. 

6000  feet  or  more. 
Below  Mauch 
Chunk,  Lehigh. 

VIII. 

Middle  of  the  valley  between  Kit- 
tatinny  and  Second  Mts.;  Val¬ 
ley  of  Delaware  River,  from 
Water  Gap  to  Carpenters  Point; 
middle  of  Roaring  Creek  Valley, 
North  Branch,  from  Bloomsburg 
to  Berwick;  Muncy  Hills. 

Alternating  strata  of  dark-gray, 
greenish,  and  olive-colored  slates, 
and  gray  argillaceous  sandstones. 
Contains  many  fossils.  A  stratum 
of  blue  fossiliferous  limestone 
near  the  bottom  of  the  forma¬ 
tion. 

5000  feet  at  least. 
Below  Mauch 
Chunk. 

VII. 

The  sharp  rugged  ridge  next 
north  of  the  Kittatinny  Moun¬ 
tains. 

A  coarse  and  rather  loosely  ce¬ 
mented  white  and  yellowish 
sandstone,  with  cavities  showing 
the  forms  of  shells  and  other 
organic  remains. 

700  feet.  Susque¬ 
hanna  River, 
Dauphin  Coun¬ 
ty. 

VI. 

A  very  narrow  belt  occurring  in 
places  along  the  northern  base 
of  the  Kittatinny  Mountain,  and 
thicker  strata  along  both  the 
northern  and  southern  bases  of 
Montour  Ridge. 

A  blue  argillaceous  limestone, 
sometimes  gray  and  sandy,  and 
frequently  very  full  of  fossil 
shells,  enerini,  &c. 

900  feet.  Fishing 
Creek,  Blooms¬ 
burg. 

V. 

Northern  base  of  the  Kittatinny 
Mountain,  and  on  the  sides  and 
summit  of  Montour  Ridge. 

Red  and  variegated  sandstones  and 
shales.  The  lowest  layers  abound 
in  several  species  of  the  marine- 
vegetable  fossils  called  fucoides. 

2000  feet  at  least. 
Delaware  Water 
Gap. 

IV. 

Kittatinny  or  Blue  Mountain. 

Hard  white  and  gray  sandstones, 
and  coarse  marine-quartzose 
conglomerates.  Contains  im¬ 
pressions  of  several  species  of 
fucoides. 

1SS6  feet.  Lehigh 
Water  Gap. 

HI. 

Northern  aide  of  the  Kittatinny 
Valley. 

Dark  fissile  slates,  usually  blue, 
dark-gray,  black  and  dingy, 
olive,  and  sometimes  drab,  yel¬ 
low,  and  red.  Contains  also  some 
beds  of  sandstone  and  a  few  con¬ 
glomerates. 

6000  feet  at  least. 
Delaware  Riv¬ 
er,  below  the 
Water  Gap. 

II. 

Southern  side  of  the  Kittatinny 
Valley. 

A  blue  limestone,  with  their  inter¬ 
posed  layers  of  chert. 

6000  feet;  not  yet 
ascertained,  but 
probably  as 

much  as  stated. 

I. 

Southern  margin  of  the  Kittatinny 
Valley,  and  northern  side  of  the 
chain  of  hills  called  the  South 
Mountain. 

A  very  compact,  rather  fine¬ 
grained  white  and  light-gray 
sandstone. 

Not  ascertained, 
but  probably 
1000  feet. 

This  group  of  strata,  from  the  lowest  sandstone  which  is  in  contact  with  the  primary 
rocks  of  the  South  Mountain  to  the  uppermost  beds  of  the  anthracite  coal  measures,  is 
estimated  by  Professor  Rogers  as  no  less  than  forty  thousand  feet  in  thickness,  and 
occupying  the  entire  surface  of  the  State,  with  the  exception  of  the  corner  south-east 
of  the  South  Mountain  chain. 

This  south-eastern  corner  contains — 

1st.  The  primary  sedimentary  or  metamorphic  rocks,  gneiss,  serpentine,  marble, 
&c. 

2d.  Igneous  or  plutonic  rocks,  granite,  syenite,  trap  rocks,  &c. 

3d.  The  secondary  sedimentary  rocks ;  which  embrace  Formations  I.,  II.,  III.,  and 
in  addition  a  formation  of  red  shales,  and  red  and  gray  sandstones  and  conglomerates, 
which  series  is  posterior  to  the  coal,  and  to  which  Rogers  gives  the  name  of  “  middle 
secondary  strata,  in  contradistinction  to  the  appalachian  formations  on  the  one  hand, 
which  are  the  lowest  secondary  formations,  and  the  green  sand  deposits  of  New  Jersey, 
Ac.,  on  the  other,  which  are  the  uppermost  secondary  strata  of  our  country.” 

1.  The  first  furnace  visited  was  Mount  Laurel,  W.  H.  Clymer  &  Co.,  in  Berks  County, 
about  five  miles  distant  from  Reading.  This  is  at  present  a  cold-blast  charcoal  furnace, 
making  a  superior  car- wheel  iron.  Annual  product,  930  tons.  The  ores  used  are  hema¬ 
tites  from  the  Moselem  Mines,  and  ore  from  Wheat-field,  Cushing  Hill,  Cumru  township, 
Berks  County.  The  mines  are  on  its  boundary,  between  the  sandstone  L  and  the  red  sand¬ 
stone,  and  the  ore  is  found  in  beds  in  serpentine,  with  irregular  breccia  on  either  side. 
It  is  a  soft  ore,  mixed  with  magnetic  oxyd  and  magnesian  limestone.  The  harder  ores 
are  roasted  and  the  charge  is  moistened.  White,  gray,  and  mottled  pigs  are  made. 
The  flux  is  from  the  limestone  formation  No.  II. 

On  the  X'oad  to  the  next  furnace  the  Moselem  Mines  were  visited,  and  specimens 
obtained.  These  mines  are  open  excavations,  the  ore  being  imbedded  in  ferruginous 
clay,  which  rests  upon  the  limestone  of  formation  PL  The  ore  occurs  in  nests  in  the 
clay,  and  large  quantities  have  been  taken  from  the  mine,  which  supplies  several 
furnaces,  and  more  particularly  the — 

2.  Moselem  Furnace  of  N.  Y.  R.  Hunter.  This  is  an  anthracite  furnace,  using  hema¬ 
tites  from  Moselem,  Trexlertown,  Breinigsville,  and  the  magnetic  ore  from  Wheatfield. 
Their  flux  is  limestone  from  Kauffman’s,  in  Formation  II.  At  the  time  this  furnace 
was  visited  it  was  on  the  point  of  being  set  in  blast,  or  being  “  blown  in.”  It  was 
proposed  to  employ  charcoal  for  some  time,  and  subsequently  to  make  use  of 
anthracite.  The  slag  obtained  from  this  furnace  was  the  product  of  a  former  blast  by 
charcoal,  and  the  pig-metal,  from  all  Moselem  ore,  by  anthracite. 

The  deposits  of  Trexlertown  and  Breinigsville  are  similar  to  that  of  Moselem.  In 
all  such  cases,  where  the  iron  is  contained  in  ferruginous  clay  beds  upon  the  limestone, 
the  richness  of  deposit  appears  to  be  in  direct  proportion  to  the  thickness  of  the  clay. 
Professor  H.  D.  Rogers  supposed  all  these  deposits  to  have  originated  from  the 
filtration  of  water  through  soil  highly  impregnated  with  peroxyd  of  iron,  this  soil 
having  been  an  oceanic  sediment,  derived  from  the  formations  II.  and  III.  The  fol¬ 
lowing  is  the  composition  of  the  Moselem  ore  (Rogers’  Fourth  Report)  of  the  limestone 
formation  II.  Dark,  dull  brown,  compact 

Peroxyd  of  iron _ 77-20  =  53'53  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina .  2-60 

Silica  and  insoluble.  8 ’90 
Water . 11 ‘00 

99-70 

Analysis  of  the  Trexlertown  ore,  one  mile  west  of  Trexlertown,  Lehigh  County. 
(Rogers’  Fourth  Report  P-  179.) 

Brown,  compact,  stalactitic,  of  the  structure  usually  termed  “  pipe  ore.” 

Peroxyd  of  iron _  87-12  =  61-03  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina .  0‘40 

Silica  and  insoluble.  2 '30 

Sulphur . a  trace. 

Water . 10  "90 

100-72 

Analysis  of  ore  from  Breinig’s  Farm,  one  mile  north-west  from  Breinigsville, 
Lehigh  County,  in  Formation  II.  (Rogers’  Fifth  Report,  p.  112.) 

Structure  massive,  quite  compact,  and  close-grained.  Color,  blackish-brown ; 
surface  coated  with  a  velvet-like  oxyd. 

Peroxyd  of  iron _  75-54  =  52-87  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina . trace. 

Silica  and  insoluble.  11-90 

Water . 12-15 

Loss .  0*41 

100-00 


All  the  furnaces  of  the  neighborhood  of  Reading  use  limestone  of  the  formation 
IL  for  their  flux.  Rogers  has  given  a  large  number  of  analyses  of  limestone  for  this 
formation,  the  greater  portion  of  which  contain  carbonate  of  magnesia,  some  in  as  high 
a  proportion  as  47  per  cent.;  magnesia  to  50-8  per  cent  carbonate  lime.  We  quote 
the  following  analysis  of  a  Berks  County  limestone  from  this  formation.  (Fifth  Report, 
|  p.  162.) 


45 


KEPORT  ON  THE  IKON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


Limestone  from  George  Keim’s  quarry,  Pike  township. — Color,  light  bluish-gray; 
structure,  somewhat  laminated;  texture,  sub-crystalline ;  fracture,  angular,  contains  in 
some  parts  small  nodules  of  fluor-spar ;  the  part  analyzed,  free  from  these,  gave — 


Carbonate  of  lime .  8  8 '34 

“  magnesia .  7-  80 

Alumina  and  oxyd  of  iron .  0’24 

Insoluble .  2'81 

Water .  0-80 

Loss .  0-01 


100-00 

The  following  analysis  of  the  Mauch  Chunk  coal  is  by  Olmsted,  from  Taylor’s 
Statistics  of  Coal. 

Hard  white  ash.  Sp.  gr.  1-55. 

Carbon .  90-10 

Water,  hydrogen,  and  volatile  matter  6-70 
Ashes .  3-30 


Peroxyd  of  iron  ....  86'59  =  60-04  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina . a  trace. 

Silica  and  insoluble  .  3-08 
Water . 11-31 

100-98 

The  following  analyses  are  from  Rogers’  Fifth  Report,  pp.  110,  111 : — 

Iron  ore  from  Richards,  Lehigh  County. — Structure,  somewhat  nodular,  amor¬ 
phous,  color  brown,  coated  externally  with  a  yellow  clay,  in  some  parts  blue.  Average 
of  the  whole  selected  for  analyses  : 

Peroxyd  of  iron _ 71-72  =  49 -7 2  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 


Oxyd  of  manganese  .  10"42 

Alumina . a  trace. 

Silica  and  insoluble.  4-12 

Water . 13-21 

Loss .  0-63 


100-00 


100-00 

3.  The  Carbon  Furnace  (anthracite),  Carbon  County,  J.  Richards  <fc  Sons,  is  situated 
between  the  Canal  and  the  Lehigh,  half  a  mile  below  Mauch  Chunk.  An  excellent 
iron  is  manufactured  at  this  furnace,  where  the  hematites  of  Breinigsville,  Balliet’s, 
and  Freemansbury,  are  mixed  with  Cooper’s  magnetic  oxyd  from  Jersey.  The  fuel  is 
from  the  locality  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  furnace.  This  analysis 
belongs  to  the  description  of  the  Carbon  Furnace,  Mauch  Chunk. 

The  magnetic  oyxd  from  New  Jersey  possesses,  frequently,  a  very  strong  mag¬ 
netic  polarity.  The  analysis  of  the  Breinigsville  ore  has  been  already  given,  and  that 
of  the  ore  from  Balliet’s  mine  will  be  treated  of  with  the  next  furnace.  The  flux 
used  at  the  Carbon  Furnace  is  limestone  from  the  Lehigh  Valley  (F.  II.).  Among  the 
slags  are  found  several  that  are  partially  crystalline. 

The  East  Pennsylvania  Furnace,  near  Lehighton,  when  visited,  was  not  in  blast, 
but  was  undergoing  repairs.  The  ores  at  the  furnace  are  the  same  as  those  used  at 
the  Lehigh  Furnace  (North  Whitehall,  Lehigh  county),  belonging  to  the  same  pro¬ 
prietors,  S.  Balliet  &  Co.  From  the  latter  locality,  its  selection  of  material  was 
made.  The  Lehigh  is  a  cold-blast  charcoal  furnace,  using  the  hematite  of  Balliet’s 
mine,  which  is  designated  black,  gray,  or  red  ore,  according  to  its  color.  It  is  an  ore 
of  the  limestone  formation  II.,  occurring  like  those  ores  of  the  same  nature  already 
described.  Rogers  (Fourth  Report,  pp.  178,  179,.)  gives  the  following  analysis  of 
this  ore : — 

Iron  ore  from  Balliet’s  mine,  five  miles  north-west  from  Allentown,  Lehigh 
County.— Color,  lime-brown,  compact,  superficial  portion  crystalline,  radiated,  and 
mammillary.  The  latter  portion  was  selected  for  analysis. 


Peroxyd  of  iron -  83-22  =  57-61  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina .  0-21 

Silica  and  insoluble  .  4-81 
Water . . 12-40 


99-64 

Another  specimen  of  this  ore — color,  reddish  brown ;  structure  lamellar,  compact 
—gave, 


From  Moyer’s,  four  miles  north  north-west  from  Allentown,  Lehigh  County, 
called  lump  ore. — Structure,  compact,  massive  ;  color,  dark  chestnut  brown. 

Peroxyd  of  iron  ....  72-17  =  50 -51  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina .  1-50 

Oxyd  of  manganese  .  a  trace. 

Silica  and  insoluble  .  12-30 

Water . 14-00 

Loss .  0‘03 

100-00 

Pipe  ore  from  same  locality. — Irregularly  stalactitic,  pipes  closely  adhering,  color 
rich  chestnut  brown. 


Peroxyd  of  iron  ....  79-21  =  55"44  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 

Alumina .  0’75 

Manganese . none. 

Silica  and  insoluble.  7 "50 

Water . 11-00 

Loss .  0'54 


100-00 

The  following  analysis  of  limestones  used  as  a  flux  in  the  Lehigh  Crane  Iron 
Works,  from  Bierry’s  Bridge,  on  the  Lehigh,  three  miles  above  Allentown,  are  given 
in  Rogers’  Fifth  Report,  p.  161 : — 

No.  1. — Color,  grayish  blue;  texture  compact,  fine-grained,  sub-crystalline;  frac¬ 
ture,  slightly  conchoidal,  angular. 


Carbonate  of  lime . 52-70 

Alumina  and  iron  oxyd. . .  2-80 

Insoluble . 10-30 

Water .  0'42 


100-00 

No.  2. — Color  gray,  texture  distinctly  crystalline  and  sparry,  fracture  irregular. 

Carbonate  of  lime . 93-40 

Alumina  and  iron  oxyd  ...  1-80 

Insoluble .  4-30 

Water .  Q-50 


Peroxyd  of  iron  ....  84-00 

Alumina .  1--00 

Silica  and  insoluble.  6-50 
Water .  9-80 


=  58-24  per  centage  of  metallic  iron. 


101-00 

The  flux  used  is  limestone  of  the  Lehigh  Valley,  from  the  formation  II.  From 
this  furnace  was  obtained  a  slag  of  a  very  rich  light  blue  color,  but  which,  though 
the  only  one  obtained,  is  not  the  usual  slag  of  the  furnace. 


4.  The  Lehigh  Crane  Iron  Company,  at  Catasauqua,  five  miles  above  Allentown 
working  five  large-size  anthracite  furnaces,  using  fuel  from  the  Lehigh  region.  The* 
furnaces  are  advantageously  situated  upon  the  canal  and  river,  and  present  a 
imposing  appearance  on  the  approach  to  Catasauqua.  Every  facility  was  afforde 
by  their  gentlemanly  manager  for  obtaining  a  suite  of  average  specimens  of  the 
raw  materials  and  manufactured  products.  Their  ores  are  the  hematites  of  Lehig 
Valley,  and  of  Montgomery  County,  mixed  with  the  magnetic  oxyd  from  New  Jerse 
With  regard  to  all  of  these  deposits  of  hematite,  which  occur  in  ferruginous  clay  upo 
the  limestone  formation  II.  of  the  great  Kittatinny  valley,  Professor  Rogers  h, 
observed  that,  as  a  general  rule,  the  largest  and  most  numerous  deposits  are  found  o 
that  half  of  the  limestone  which  is  nearest  the  South  Mountain  ;  a  signal  exception  I 
this  rule,  however,  being  the  rich  ore  beds  lying  about  five  miles  to  the  north  c 
Allentown,  and  on  the  west  of  the  Lehigh  ;  these  beds  are  near  the  junction  of  tl 
limestone  with  the  slate  formation  III.  The  celebrated  Moselem  ore  has  a  simil, 
geological  position  with  respect  to  formation  III. 

The  following  is  the  analysis  of  the  above-mentioned  ore,  from  Miller’s  min 
Re^orTm"-  Allent°Wn’  and  west  of  LehiSh  (Rogers’  Fourt 

Brown,  stalactitic,  variety  “pipe-ore,”  the  cavities  partly  filled  with  yello 
pulverulent  oxyd  of  iron.  3 

46 


100-00 

From  this  furnace  several  specimens  of  slags  were  collected;  those  of  a  black 
and  vitreous  nature  indicating  an  iron  for  the  forge,  and  the  grayish  slag  metal  suitable 
for  foundry  purposes.  There  is  also  a  specimen  of  blue  slag,  in  which  are  crystals, 
and  specimens  of  crystallized  gray  slags.  The  opportunity  for  obtaining  crystalline 
slags  at  these  furnaces  is  very  good.  The  slags  are  run  out  into  boxes  or  moulds, 
which  are  transported  on  trucks  to  the  long  cinder  heap,  which  extends  to  a  great 
distance  both  up  and  down  the  river.  The  cooling  of  the  slags  under  these  circum¬ 
stances  is  conducive  to  the  production  of  a  crystalline  structure,  and  the  cr3'stals 
found  are  sometimes  very  large.  No  care  is  taken  to  preserve  them,  however,  as  they 
appear  to  the  workmen  to  be  of  “no  use.” 

5.  The  Allentown  Iron  Works,  D.  E.  Wilson  &  Co.,  are  situated  at  Allentcmm,  Lehigh 
County.  Two  anthracite  furnaces  were  in  operation  at  the  time  of  my  visit,  and  a 
third  of  large  size  was  in  progress  of  construction.  The  ores  in  use  here  are  the 
same  as  those  at  Catasauqua,  viz.,  hematites,  of  the  Lehigh  Valley,  and  magnetic  ores 
from  New  Jersey.  The  limestone  is  from  the  valley,  and  the  coal  is  from  the  Lehigh 
anthracite  region.  I  obtained  from  Mr.  Wilson,  the  son  of  the  principal  partner,  fine 
specimens  of  crystallized  slags,  as  well  as  the  interesting  copper-colored  cubes  of  the 
so  called  metallic  titanium  (Wohler’s  double  salt  of  titanium,  with  cyanogen  and 
nitrogen),  from  a  salamander  extracted  from  one  of  the  furnaces. 

The  furnaces  in  the  southern  part  of  Berks,  and  part  of  the  mines  in  Chester 
counties,  were  next  visited.  The  formation  here  is  red  sandstone  (the  middle 
secondary  of  Rogers),  with  hills  principally  of  syenite,  and  at  the  southern  point,  the  t 
limestone  formation  II. 

Messrs.  E.  &  G.  Brooke,  proprietors  of  the  Rolling  Mill  at  Birdsboro’,  have  pre¬ 
sented  a  suite  of  twenty-nine  specimens  of  minerals  from  their  locality,  and  elsewhere, 
comprising  ores  from  Pottsville,  Reading,  Yellow  Springs,  French  Creek,  Warwick 
and  Jones. 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS 


COAL  STATISTICS  OF  SCHUYLKILL  COUNTY. 

Specimens  of  Coal  from  the  various  Collieries  in  operation  at  present  in  the  first  Anthracite  Coal  Field  of  Pennsylvania ,  situated  in  Schuylkill  County ,  with  various 

Statistics  appertaining  to  the  same. 


Collected  by  C.  W.  Peale  and  Col.  J.  M.  Wetherill,  for  the  World’s  Fair  at  New  York,  United  States  of  America.  (1853.) 


©  J, 

a _ 

IB 

a 

STEAM  POWER  USED  FOR 

*.  .a 

F 

,o 

Total 
Length  of 
Gangway 
Driven. 

£  § 

®  '5 

Oft 

Colliery’s  Name. 

Operator's  Name. 

Situate  oq  the  Lands  Belonging  to 

■s  | 

o  'Z 
£  2. 
C/2 

Name  of  Vein. 

IQ  * 

O  g 

5  © 

H 

Color 

of 

Ashes. 

©CQ 

E-i 

o  'C 

■sS 

bl’® 

►ft 

Depth  of 
Slope  or 
Shaft. 

ht 

c 

(ft 

| 

th 

bD 
c  „• 
*e  s 
.2  © 

bD  . 
.C  t- 

J* 

be 

C_. 

£  a 

t* 3 

« 

_ .  ft 

a  v 
■©  * 

Dip  of 
Vein. 

ft  . 

eft 

C-1  — 

,  .g  ao 
CM- 

A  § 

a  >. 

o 

& 

£ 

o 

X 

o 

fc 

"= 

2 

o 

£ 

h  to 

5  G 

o 

fc 

Amount 

of 

Capital 

Invested. 

Sundry 

Remarks. 

Tnscarora  . . 

Feet. 

Below  ) 
Below  J 

Below 

Yds. 

horse 

horse 

horse 

horse. 

Tuscarora  .... 

John  Tucker. . 

C.  Stevenson  &  Co . 

-1 

1 

2 

14 

5 

White 

White 

Red 

If  miles. 

110 

115 

2 

60 

20 

80 

South 

39,S18 

75 

7 

7 

20 

45,000 

j  Tunnel  drlv- 
-( ing  toStaple- 

Diamond . 

J.  &  R.  Carter 

C.  Stevenson  &  Co . 

3 

Jackson  .... 

8 

100  yards 

4  mile  . . 

li  miles. 

50 

100 

3 

40 

40 

20 

100 

30 

40 

1 

30,000 

24,000 

20,000 

Locust  Moun- 

Alexander  Sil- 

Kentucky  Bank . 

.J 

4 

Big  Yein  ... 
Jackson  .... 
Big  Gate  . . . 
Little  Gate  . 

20 

White 

Red 

Eed 

Eed 

Above  1 
Above  f 
Above  1 
Above  j 

1 

25 

20 

25 

20 

South 

North 

New 

New 

o 

O 

( ton  Vein, 
j  This  is  anew 

East  Silver  Hill 

Charles  J.  Dob¬ 
bins  &  Co... 

Samuel  Bell  &  Lee  &.  Hart-j 

5 

6 

7 

7 

8 
51 

433 

1 

140 

4 

10 

18 

|  Colliery. 

United  States. 

Sager  Chad¬ 
wick  . 

Kentucky  Bank . 

8 

Peach  Moun- 

60 

Eed 

Above 

300  yards 

25 

N.&  S. 

4,268 

20 

2 

3 

6 

6,000 

57,000 

(  Large  body 
(  of  Coal. 

Brockville. . . . 

GeorgeH.  Potts 

John  Brock  A  Co . 

9 

Big  Creek. . 

8 

White 

Below 

4  mile. . . 

160 

2 

50 

20 

70 

South 

22,532 

100 

3 

3 

60 

Big  Creek .... 

Meyer  &  Sil- 

S.  Silliman  &c  others  . . . . 

-1 

10 

11 

A 

B 

8 

10 

White 

White 

Above  ) 
Above  >- 

lj  miles. 

100 

2 

60 

20 

SO 

South 

23,557 

80 

2 

5 

22 

22,000 

1 

12 

c 

8 

White 

Below  ) 

Milford . 

13 

14 

5 

Eed 

Eed 

Below  ) 
Above  y 

South 

ivuuu,  DrooKe  &  vv  ineDren-  i 

Red  Rock  . . 

miles. 

500 

100 

60 

25 

85 

7,717 

60 

3 

man . 

.  ■) 

2 

North 

- 

5 

96 

32,000 

Lawrence  0’- 

( 

15 

Palmer  .... 

2 

Red 

Above  j 

Middleport . . . 

J.  D.  Meredith  &  Co . 

1G 

Big  Gate  . . . 

ii 

Red 

Above 

70  yards. 

South 

3,774 

1,220 

9 

1 

2 

5,000 

2,000 

Lick  Eun  .... 

John  Williams 

Swaim,  Audcnried 
Hughes . 

&  ( 

17 

Peach  Moun¬ 
tain  . 

6 

Eed 

Above 

300  yards 

South 

16 

3 

Silver  Creek.. 

Henry  Guiter- 
man  &  Co. . . 

Swaim,  Audenried 
Hughes . 

&  i 

18 

Ledger  . 

9 

White 

Above 

U  miles. 

150 

i 

10 

10 

South 

23,075 

16,000 

31,000 

50,000 

Madison . 

James  Thomas 

ftr.  f!n 

Swaim,  Audenried 

| 

19 

Big  . 

25 

White 

Above 

i  mile... 

2 

35 

35 

South 

1,256 

80 

3 

7 

22 

J* 

« 

Silver  Creek.. 

John  Tucker. . 

Swaim,  Audenried- 
Hughes . 

&j 

20 

21 

North  . 

South  . 

10 

40 

White 

White 

Below  J 
Below  5 

1  mile. . . 

150 

3 

60 

40 

100 

South 

26,0S4 

250 

6 

14 

80 

Hi 

Black  Heath.. 

E.  Dodson  & 

Swaim,  Audenried 

&j 

22 

Black  Heath 

7 

Eed 

Above  ) 

f  mile. . . 

20 

20 

South 

7,547 

< 

Co . 

i 

23 

Little  Bast. . 
N.  Diamond 
S.  Diamond . 

81 

5j 

7 

Red 

Above  j 
Below  I 
Below  j 

50 

2 

6 

15 

10,000 

35,000 

> 

Diamond  • . . . . 

James  Neal. . 

Swaim,  Audenried 
Hughes . 

24 

25 

Red 

Eed 

f  mile. . . 

58 

110 

2 

50 

30 

80 

South 

20,149 

80 

7 

5 

18 

s 

Fair  view . 

Capewell  & 
Dovey . 

26 

6 

Eed 

Below 

£  mile. . . 

30 

60 

2 

25 

15 

40 

South 

1,197 

22 

16,000 

J 

r 

27 

Luther,  No.  1 

6 

Eed 

Below  *) 

28 

“  No.  2 

e 

Eed 

Below 

90 

South 

s 

o 

CD 

Kaska  William 

Rogers,  Sin- 
nickson&  Co. 

Spayd,  Luther  &  Brooke. .  - 

29 

30 

31 

32 

“  No.  3 

“  No.  4 

Black  Valley 
Black  Heath 

2 

2 

6 

8 

Red 

Red 

White 

White 

Below 

Below 

Above 

Above 

7  miles.. 

880 

4 

150 

50 

200 

South 

72,690 

250 

13 

23 

100 

100,000 

(  Part  of  these 
Improve- 
■{  ments  are 

33 

No.  2  Drift. . 

4 

Eed 

Above 

South 

34 

20 

8 

Below 

Above 

80 

l  year. 

De  Long . 

Meyer  &  Silli- 

W.  L.  Abbott  &  others. . 

35 

Big  Vein  . . . 

White 

1J  mileB. 

300 

1 

15 

15 

South 

South 

17,383 

7,274 

17,S43 

29,S97 

50 

1 

5 

40 

2,000 

17,000 

35,000 

Eagle  Hill. . . . 

Benj.  Titus... 
VV.  Y.  Agard 

36 

7 

Red 

1  mile. . . 

1  mile . . . 

1 

20 

110 

N.&  S. 

South 

25 

100 

25 

30 

Cumbola . 

Bell  A  Hubley . 

-1 

3T 

38 

39 

40 

Lewis  . 

4 

Red 

Below  > 
Below  j 
Below  1 
Below  j 
Below  1 
Below  v 

230 

3 

60 

35 

15 

2 

3 

Bellmont . 

W.  Y.  Agard 

Samuel  Bell . 

Lewis  . 

5 

Red 

Red 

t  mile. . . 

230 

353 

5 

120 

40 

25 

1S5 

South 

150 

12 

6 

58 

70,000 

<  This  is  a  new 

<  Lift  on  old 
(  Slope. 

41 

42 

Red 

Red 

l  146 

Connor& Roads 

Palmer  .... 

8 

11  miles. 

50 

•< 

43 

Charles  Pott 

3 

Red 

Below  ) 

(  12S 

4 

60 

60 

20 

*160 

South 

30,697 

80 

13 

1 

66 

50,000 

40,000 

Bear  Ridge  . . . 

North  Dale. . . 

J.  C.  Oliver. . . 

Rogers,  Sin- 
nickson  &  Co 

Shippen  A  Whitaker  . . . 

44 

45 

46 

47 

Black  Mine. 
Tunnel  .... 

3 

5 

20 

S 

Red 

Red 

White 

White 

Below  ( 
Above  \ 
Above  j 
Above  ) 

1  mile. . . 

50 

175 

2 

75 

20 

95 

South 

29,033 

130 

6 

2 

60 

Rogers,  ttinnickson  &  (Jo. .  -j 

Hubley  .... 

1  mile. . . 

800 

1 

20 

20 

South 

t 

30,000 

Lewis  Tract . . 

John  J.  Wil- 

Eobert  M.  Lewis . 

48 

Primrose  . . . 

20 

Eed 

Above 

450  yards 

Windy  Harbor 

Johauan  Cock- 

Swaim  &  Co . 

49 

Big . 

28 

White 

Below 

60 

North 

5,5S8 

20 

3 

2 

12 

3,500 

? 

30 

80 

South 

60 

12 

15 

10,000 

Wetherill,  Patterson 

50 

Red 

Red 

Mount  Holly. 

Edward  Colla- 

&  ( 

Below  ) 

60 

1,954 

50 

1 

20 

35'000 

1 

51 

450  yards 

50 

2 

Soutti 

— 

Mill  Creek. . . . 

Snyder  A  Mil- 

Seitzinger  A  Wetherill  . 

( 

52 

53 

Eed 

Eed 

Below  ) 

14  miles. 

30 

South 

16,490 

78 

10 

30 

40,000 

Yard . 

3 

215 

125 

2 

Mill  Creek. ... 

George  Mason 
k  Co 

Seitzinger  &  Wetherill  . 

54 

55 

Red 

Red 

Above  ) 

miles. 

20 

South 

IS, 587 

104 

18 

16,000 

••j 

3 

206 

1 

Peacock  . 

Lewis  &  Co... 

Thomas  Haven . 

Seitzinger,  Wetherill 
Keim . 

i 

56 

57 

58 

Peacock  .... 
Big . 

7 

30 

7 

Eed 

White 

White 

Below 
Above  1 
Above  >- 

70  yards. 

100 

2 

40 

8 

48 

South 

9S 

14 

1 

4,000 

Rainbow . 

Kirk  &  Baum . 

1 

Seven  Foot. 

SI  miles. 

130 

1 

20 

20 

South 

54,374 

135 

2 

14 

60 

50,000 

59 

Skidmore. . . 

7 

White 

Above  ) 

20 

20 

South 

50 

W.  Littlelieels 

Carey  &  Hart . 

60 

Diamond  . . . 

4 

Eeil 

Above 

£  mile. . . 

1 

30 

7,969 

2 

2 

2 

3,000 

<  Slope  90 
(  yards. 

Primrose . 

F.  J.  Parvin. . 
John  Pinker- 

Carey  &  Hart . 

Seitzinger,  Wetherill 

61 

62 

63 

61 

Primrose  . . . 

12 

25 

7 

Eed 

White 

White 

A  &  B 
Above  ) 
Above  S 

Below 

1  mile. . . 

5  miles.. 

3 

30 

30 

90 

20 

South 

South 

33,S25 

70,366 

60 

200 

5 

10 

4 

30,000 

22,000 

w 

St.  Clair . 

4 

1 

(  Perpendicu- 
<  lar  Shaft 
|  sinking. 
Two  Slopes. 

« 

o 

1-3 

►4 

Carey . 

E.  VV.  McGin- 

Carev  &•  Hart . 

Mammoth  . 

25 

White 

50  yards. 

212 

3 

90 

30 

120 

South 

New 

120 

2 

8 

40,000 

Pine  Forest. . . 

Snyder  A  Mil- 

Seitzinger,  Wetherill 

Af 
•  •  1 

65 

66 

Mammoth  . 
Seven  Foot. 

25 

7 

White 

White 

Below  ? 
Below  3 

3  miles. . 

l  190) 
j  2S0  4 

4 

60 

50 

24 

134 

South 

83,056 

200 

4 

35 

57 

100,000 

9 

Eagle . 

W.  &  Thomas 

Seitzinger,  Wetherill 

67 

Big . 

30 

White 

Abovo 

If  miles. 

8 

90 

50 

20 

160 

South 

57,045 

100 

4 

11 

40 

50,000 

j  New  Slope 
(  sinking. 

Concordia  .... 

Ostcrman  A  Co 

Seitzinger,  Wetherill 
Keim . 

&j 

68 

Skidmore. . . 

5 

White 

Above 

300  yards 

South 

3,170 

18 

1 

1 

3 

2,500 

Mammoth  . . . 

Geo.  S.  Repp- 

Pott  &  Bannan . 

69 

Mammoth  . 

18 

White 

Below 

2  miles. . 

160 

3 

60 

30 

15 

105 

N.&S. 

56,572 

125 

3 

4 

27 

50,000 

New  Castle. .. 

Rich.  Jones  & 
Co . 

Pott  &  Bannan . 

70 

Jugular  .... 

25 

White 

Above 

300  yards 

1 

10 

10 

N.&  S. 

21,795 

60 

5 

2 

16 

22,000 

Spring  Yale. . . 

Montelius  & 
Milnes . 

Pott  &.  Bannan . 

71 

Mammoth  . . 

30 

White 

Above 

115  yards 

28 

1 

15 

15 

N.&S. 

675 

15 

6 

3,000 

8addio  of  Yein. 

— 

Centerville  . . . 

Rogers,  Sin- 

72 

54 

Eed 

Below 

2  miles. . 

300 

2 

90 

30 

120 

South 

17,299 

100 

2 

G 

50 

10,000 

Delaware  East, 
No.  1 . 

Jonathan  VVas- 

Delaware  Coal  Co . 

73 

Peacock  .... 

5 

Eed 

Above 

300  yards 

i 

15 

15 

South 

12 

i 

2,000 

New  Colliery. 

3 

East  Norwc- 

Titus,  Alton  & 
Co . 

Titus,  Lossig  A  Cake . . . 

74 

Diamond  . . . 

6 

Red 

Above 

400  yards 

i 

20 

20 

South 

N.&S. 

South 

2,044 

20 

2 

1 

7 

12,000 

(  Slope  is  on 

4  the  hack 
(  of  Saddle. 
Flat  on  Saddle. 

w 

Flowery  Field 

Rich.  Jones  & 

Bonsell  A  Cumming. . . . 

"I 

75 

76 

Grey  Ask  . . 

6 

30 

Eed 

Below 

f  mile. . . 

230  ) 
150  4 

3 

110 

80 

140 

I 

19,062 

70 

2 

11 

70 

28,000 

c 

George  Mason 

77 

Orchard  .... 

5 

Eed 

Above 

f  mile. . . 

1 

20 

20 

N.&  S. 

15,099 

85 

4 

10 

4,000 

h 

Gate  Vein. . . . 

J.  M.  Thomas 

78 

8 

Eed 

Below 

1  mile. . . 

90 

2 

60 

20 

80 

South 

18,771 

75 

4 

30,000 

100 

130 

(  Part  of  this 

< 

79 

Selkirk.  .. 

4 

Eed 

Below  7 

8 

60 

30 

20 

110 

South 

4,457 

ICO 

2 

1 

66,000 

Junction . 

R.  Jones  &  Co. 

North  American  Coal  Co. .  ^ 

80 

81 

Tunnel  .... 
Black  Mine. 

5 

4 

Red 

Eed 

Below  [ 
Above  [ 

500  yards 

100 

|  Operation. 

S2 

Lawton  .... 

54 

Eed 

Below  J 

_ 

*  There  is  one  SO-horse  engine  used  at  these  Collieries  for  other  purposes  not  specified  in  the  Table,  which  makes  up  the  total  of  four  engines  Bnd  160-horse  power. 


47 


f  Soe  Knakft  Willis  <n  Collieries. 


REPORT  ON  THE  IRON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 


®  4 

c 

STEAM  POWER  USED  POR 

v.  a 

0  •— 

fi 

w 

,0 

1 

2% 

Total 
Length  of 
Gangway 
Driven. 

Amount 

of 

Capital 

Invested. 

g  5 

a- '« 
§> 

Colliery’s  Name. 

Operator’s  Name. 

Situate  on  the  Lands  Belonging  to 

C 

o  5 
c  ’« 

z  & 

Name  of  Vein. 

<8  c 
c  'r 

■s> 

Color 

of 

Ashes. 

H  a> 
> 
0  C 

Depth  of 
Slop©  or 
Shaft. 

to 

a 

W 

£ 

to 
c  . 

Is 

to  . 

•S  s 

to 

ll 

Dip  of 
Veto. 

00 

« tr 

-o  a> 
c5  o* 
Ea. 

I 

Is 

3 

£  K 

§  s 

Sundry 

Remarks. 

Oft 

(A 

^3 

H 

c  c 

3 

•0 

co 

X 

ft 

to 

ft 

f(£ 

og 

£ 

‘A 

£ 

Feet. 

Y.tn. 

horse 

horse 

horse 

horse. 

40 

Dollars. 

Geo.  H.  Potts . 

Carey,  Lea  &  Co . 

83 

Black  Mine. 

5 

Red 

Below 

3  miles. . 

285 

343 

4 

150 

40 

30 

220 

S.&N. 

36,283 

200 

2 

5 

68,000 

En.footofShaft 

4  N.Sl'pesink- 
-j  ing.N.Break- 

< 

George  Miller. 
Rogers,  Sin- 
nickson  &  Co 

8-1 

Lewis  . 

6V 

Red 

Below 

900  yards 

300 

346 

8 

110 

20 

130 

South 

10,108 

10c 

2 

18 

46,000 

W  est  Peach 
Mountain  .. 

Delaware  Coal  Co . | 

85 

86 

P.  Mountain 
Diamond  . . . 

8" 

7 

Red 

Red 

Below  t 
Above  J 

40 

ISO 

6 

ISO 

80 

40 

300 

South 

11,629 

70 

4 

4 

85 

50,000 

W 

l 

87 

Little  Vein. 

21 

Red 

Above  ) 

(  er  building. 

£ 

M 

Oak  IT  ill  . 

Schultz  &  Bell 

88 

Orchard .... 

5 

Red 

93 

1 

6 

6 

North 

6,737 

30 

4 

1 

5 

4,000 

‘  . 1 

89 

Primrose  . . . 

12 

Red 

Above  ) 

o 

Oak  Hill . 

Edward  Pugh . 
D.  P.  Brown  & 
Co . 

9(1 

Primrose  . . . 

9 

Red 

Above 

500  yards 
2  miles.. 

South 

5,089 

22,177 

20 

4 

1 

8 

3,000 

525 

Eh 

Oak  Hill . 

Wetherill . j 

91 

92 

Primrose  . . . 
Orchard  .... 

9 

5 

Red 

Red 

Below  i 

50 

2 

30 

15 

45 

South 

100 

14 

) 

20 

45,000 

m 

W 

£ 

Mt.  Laffee.... 

Charles  Miller 

Miller  &  Patterson . 

93 

Mammoth  . . 

40 

White 

Below 

1  mile. . . 

200 

2 

120 

40 

160 

South 

30,734 

200 

5 

60 

60,000 

j  New  Slope 
|  sinking. 

Glenn  Carbon 

John  Stanton. 

Dundas  &  Richards . -j 

94 

95 

Black  Valley 
Mammoth  . . 

10 

16 

White 

White 

Above  ) 
Above  > 

1  mile. . . 

92 

1 

20 

20 

South 

34,739 

130 

6 

7 

70 

54,000 

f 

96 

White 

White 

Above  ) 
Above  >■ 

Glenn  Carbon 

O.  F.  Moore.. 

Dundas  &  Richards . k 

97 

9S 

99 

Middle . 

3.1 

8' 

9 

10 

80 

2  miles . . 

164 

33 

2 

40 

15 

55 

North 

34,165 

81 

5 

3 

60 

20,000 

White 

White 

White 

White 

Above  ) 
Above  } 
Above  3 
Above  j 

Rich.  Hecks- 
cher  &  Co.. . 

20 

Thomastson . . 

Forest  Improvement  Co. . .  j 
( 

100 

101 

800  yards 

165 

1 

20 

North 

21,718 

9S 

4 

2 

31 

40,000 

Jugular . 

40 

60 

30 

Hecksclierville 

Wm.  Payne.. 

Forest  Improvement  Co. . .  k 

102 

Daniel  . 

20 

White 

Below  V 

4  miles. . 

450 

77 

3 

130 

South 

85,994 

300 

14 

21 

120 

80,000 

103 

Crosby . 

15 

White 

Below  J 

Mine  Hill . 

Coal  Castle... 

D.  E.  Nice.... 
John  McGin¬ 
nis  &  Co. . . . 

Brock  &  Culp . 

Miller  &  Patterson . -j 

104 

105 

106 

Daniel . 

Jugular  .... 
Daniel  . 

14 

60 

20 

White 

White 

White 

Above 
Above  l 
Above  S 

600  yards 
350  yards 

50 

1 

15 

North 

South 

13,036 

17,003 

40 

100 

3 

8 

2 

1 

4 

4,000 

18,000 

Mine  Hill  Gap 

L.  C.  Dough- 

Miller  &  Patterson . ■! 

107 

108 

Mammoth  . . 

IS 

8 

20 

White 

White 

White 

Above  l 
Above  3 
Below 

800  yards 

10 

1 

20 

North 

IS, 192 

60 

2 

4 

10 

20,000 

50,000 

30,000 

15,000 

Pine  Knot. . . . 

Adains&  Miller 

Miller  &  Patterson . 

109 

Mammoth  . . 

120 

3 

40 

60 

20 

120 

South 

36.068 

100 

7 

3 

50 

Mine  Hill  Gap 

John  Doherty 
Wallace,  Ro- 
thermel  &  Co 

James  Dundas . 

110 

111 

BigMineHill 
Black  Valley 

13 

9 

White 

White 

Below 

Below 

1  mile. . . 
260  yards 

150 

100 

2 

2 

15 

60 

10 

10 

25 

70 

South 

South 

15,590 

2,627 

60 

65 

7 

40 

14 

New  Colliery. 

2 

West  Wood  . . 

Rich.  Jones  & 
Co . 

Wood  &  Co . 

112 

Black  Mine. 

n 

Red 

Below 

650  yards 

1400  yds. 

70 

2434 

3 

40 

60 

20 

120 

South 

20,326 

11,836 

5 

1 

4 

74 

25,000 

12,000 

Rough  &  Ready 

John  A.  Stein- 
berger,  agent 

Silliman  &  Wood* . 

113 

Twin  Veins. 

5 

Red 

Above 

S3 

1 

15 

15 

South 

63 

0 

18 

Patten’s  Valley 

Wm.  &  Charles 

Charles  Miller  &  Co . -J 

114 

Flat  . 

4 

Red 

Above  > 
Above  3 

_ 

40 

15 

55 

Britton . 

115 

Li.  Diamond 

4V 

Red 

£  mile. . . 

South 

24,849 

70 

10 

6 

14 

20,000 

Great  Western 

Gideon,  Bast  & 
Co . 

Wadsworth,  Kimber  &  Co.  -j 

116 

117 

Reese  Davis 
Diamond  . . . 

10' 

6.* 

White 

Red 

Below  j 

1  mile. . . 

40 

C  190) 

)  240  \ 

4 

40 

60 

35 

135 

South 

91,460 

390 

29 

7 

60 

90,000 

Umberhower  . 

Henry  Eckel. . 

Swatara  Coal  Co . 

118 

UinberhowT 

3 

Red 

Above 

P'rp’n  f 

11,107 

25 

| 

2,000 

7,000 

Black  Valley.. 

Henry  Eckel.. 

Donaldson  &  Co . | 

119 

120 

Mammoth  . . 
Ten  Foot. . . 

20 

10 

White 

White 

Above  { 
Above  S 
Below  ? 

2  miles. . 

South  j 

50 

4 

2G 

8 

Cressonville  .. 

F.  Garretson  & 
Co . 

John  C.  Cresson  &  Co . ■! 

121 

122 

Tunnel . 

Black  Mine. 

5 

6 

Red 

Red 

1  mile. . . 

116 

200 

220 

5 

90 

110 

10 

210 

South 

12,S60 

90 

4 

2 

80 

50,000 

R.H.  F.  Horton. 

1 

123 

Mammoth  . . 

30 

White 

Above  ) 

Donaldson  &  Co  . k 

124 

125 

Black  Heath 

13 

Red 

Above  > 

600  yards 

330 

1 

20 

20 

South 

2,614 

140 

8 

4 

46 

23,000 

M.  G.  &  P. 
Heilner . 

Primrose  . . . 

9 

Red 

Above  ) 

w 

126 

127 

Salem  . 

44 

Red 

Below  ( 

14  miles. 

100  ? 

3 

110 

15 

125 

South 

18,577 

200 

1 

20 

40,000 

O 

Tunnel  .... 

4 

Red 

100  3 

£ 

< 

Black  Valley . . 

M.  G.  &  P. 
Heilner . 

Brock,  Culp  &  others . -j 

12S 

129 

Black  Heath 

5 

White 

White 

Red 

Below  1 
Below  > 

Above 

14  miles. 

150 

2 

60 

15 

75 

South 

37,373 

16,593 

150 

150 

8 

90 

55,000 

20,000 

W 

Kantner . 

M.  G.  &  P. 
Heilner . 

Joseph  Jeanes  &  others  . . . 

130 

Kantner  . . . 

7 

14  miles. 

1 

35 

20 

20 

South 

9 

H 

ffi 

W 

£ 

Wm.  Penn _ 

H.  C.  Harper. . 

131 

9 

6 

7 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Below 
Below 
Above  ? 
Above  > 

150  yards 
1£  miles. 

I5  miles. 

100 

200 

2 

10 

45 

South 

17.579 

37,813 

10,273 

40 

4 

4 

16,000 

55,000 

15,000 

Wadsworth,  Kimber  &  Co. 
Donaldson  &  Co . ■! 

132 

Orchard  .... 
P.  Mountain 
Five  Foot. . 

2 

40 

20 

60 

200 

50 

1 

5 

Peach  Moun- 

McCormick  & 

133 

134 

1 

7 

7 

South 

1 

5 

Branch  Bale.. 

F.  McDonald. 

Wm.  Dewart  &  M.  Weaver-! 

135 

136 

South  Spohn 
North  Spohn 

7 

6 

Red 

Red 

Below  ) 
Above  ) 

1  mile... 

70 

140 

2 

30 

20 

50 

( 

South 

16,4S7 

100 

9 

1 

50 

30.000 

Phoenix . 

Charles  Miller 

R.  F.  Stockton  &  Co . ■< 

137 

13S 

Big  Diamond 

8 

6 

5 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Below  ) 
Below  v 
Above  ) 

3  miles . . 

90 

70  ) 
100  5 

5 

140 

40 

180k 

South  > 
South  ) 

52.224 

300 

12 

65 

110,000 

l 

139 

LittleTunnel 

( 

Kantner  . 

F.  McDonald. 

Joseph  Jeanes  &  Co . j 

14ft 

141 

Kantner  . . . 
P.  Mountain 

10 

8 

Red 

Red 

Above  ) 

14  miles. 

20 

1 

15 

15 1 

South  t 
North  1 

15,056 

70 

10 

3 

10,000 

Fairview . 

L.  S.  Spangler. 

Donaldson  &  Co . 

142 

Ten  Foot... 

10 

Red 

1 

20 

20 

South 

16,216 

60 

2 

9 

2 

7,000 

Diamond . 

Geo.  Spencer. 

George  Spencer  &  J.  Jeanes 

143 

Diamond  . . . 

10 

Red 

Below 

120 

2 

40 

20 

60 

South 

15,677 

150 

6 

8 

20 

10^000 

Black  Heath.. 

Sutton  & 

Wright . 

Jacob  Serril . j 

144 

145 

Black  Valley 

74 

74 

4 

White 

White 

Red 

Above  i 
Above  ( 

miles. 

1 

15 

15 

South 

21,085 

no 

30 

10,000 

Spohn  Tunnel 

L.  S.  Spangle® 

Donaldson  &  Co . 

146 

Spohn  . 

200 

1 

20 

20 

S.&N. 

* 

50 

2 

12,000 

35,000 

Branch  Dale.. 

Martin  Weaver 

Dewart  &  Weaver . j 

147 

148 

P.  Mountain 
Kantner. . . . 

14 

24 

14 

Red 

Above  ) 

}  mile. .. 

i 

10 

10 

South 

5, SSI 

50 

8 

O 

12 

Franklin . 

F. McDonald. . 

Wharton  &  others . 

149 

Primrose  . . . 

Red 

Below 

New  .... 

110 

2 

40 

12 

52 

South 

40 

4 

20 

30,000 

Patten  Valley. 

Dolbin  &  Rog- 

Wadsworth  &  others . \ 

150 

151 

Reese  Davis 

White 

White 

Above  ? 
Above  3 

1 

20 

20 

South 

2S,300 

50 

4 

10 

20,000 

Kitz  miller, 
Stees  &  Co. . 

Lorberry . 

Swatara  Land  Co . 

152 

30 

White 

Above 

1  mile. . . 

S.&N. 

1 

7,000 

Spohn  Tunnel 

L.  S.  Spangler 

Hr.  Cn 

Donaldson  Land  Co . 

153 

Spohn  . 

4 

Red 

Red 

Above 

£  mile. .. 

200 

1 

20 

20 

S.&  N. 

S.&  N. 

50 

2 

12,000 

R.  Heckscher 

Forest  Improvement  Co. . .  j 
F orest  Improvement  Co  . . 

154 

T.  Williams 

10 

35 

4 

25 

100 

15 

175 

Muddy  Branch 

&  Co...... . . 

Edwards  & 

Morgan  .... 

153 

156 

White  Ash. 

Forestville. . 

12 

10 

White 

White 

Above  l 
Above 

2}  miles. 

200  yards 

170 

1 

100 

15 

115 

S.&  N. 

South 

71,659 

300 

10 

8 

2 

16 

2 

80 

10 

60,000 

2,000 

J  Shaft  sunk  45 
(  yards. 

Brown&White 

Forest  Improvement  Co  . .  j 

157 

Big . 

10 

5 

White 

White 

White 

White 

Above  } 
Above  $ 
Above 
Above 

1 

12 

12 

N.&  S. ) 
N.&  S.  f 
South 
South 

Tucker ville. . . 

158 

i  mile. .. 

21,757 

20,-339 

47,090 

130 

3 

9 

41 

20,000 

J.  B.  McCreary 

Forest  Improvement  Co  . . 
Forest  Improvement  Co  . . 

159 

10 

6 

1  mile. .. 
1$  miles. 

1 

15 

15 

15 

75 

42 

59 

20,000 

20,000 

Forestville. ... 

David  Glover. 
Rich.  Ilecks- 

16ft 

161 

162 

Forest  ville. . 

70 

33 

2 

CO 

66 

2 

15 

Black  Heath . . 

Forest  Improvement  Co  . . 

Black  Heath 

7 

White 

Above 

H  miles. 

125 

I  NewColliery 

Black  Vein. 

6 

White 

Above 

4  mile. .. 

150  yards 

South 

38,835 

2,000 

50 

2 

to 

40 

10,000 

70,000 

-<  putting  up 

8.C. 

Salem  Hill.... 

Waddington  & 

Thomas  Vermilye,  Trustee 

163 

Salem . 

5 

Red 

Below 

8SSi 

180 

30 

190 

60 

(  Breaker. 

Sill  i  man  &. 

S.V. 

Bear  Kidge... 

Silliman  &  Wistar . i 

164 

165 

Barclough  . . 
Three  Foot. 

7 

Red 

Red 

Above  ) 

miles. 

513 

1 

15 

15 

South 

10,500 

4 

18 

12,000 

( 

34 

Above  3 

E.  &  F.  West. 

J.  &  R.  Carter 
J.  &  R.  Carter 

Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 
Greenwood  Co . 

E.  &  F.  West 
E.  &  F . 

White 

Ab.&Bel. 

34  miles. 

890 

100 

8 

50 

50 

20 

120 

South 

37,589 

150 

8 

12 

10 

60,000 

►4 

D.  F.  Hr.  R 

White 

Ab.&Bel. 

1  mile. .. 

1320 

100 

3 

50 

50 

20 

120 

South 

37,585 

47,500 

100 

4 

20 

10 

60,000 

►4 

Heaton&Carter 

Lit.  Seh.Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 

D.E.&E.W. 

12*21 

White 

Ab.&Bel. 

3  miles. . 

42 

123 

3 

30 

40 

18 

«3 

0,4 

Newkirk . 

Bowman  & 

Richardson  . 

Lit.  Sell.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 

168 

J.  &  K . 

16 

Red 

Below 

14  miles. 

145 

110 

8 

30 

30 

10 

70 

South 

28,000 

2S,500 

100 

3 

7 

50,000 

50,000 

Providence . . . 

Geo.  Wiggan 

Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 

169 

C . 

Red 

Above 

1 

12 

100 

15 

Buckville . 

Newkirk . 

D.  West . 

Newkirk . 

P.  West . 

Jones  &.  Cole. 
Jones  &.  Cole. 
R.Ratcliff&Co 
R.Ratcliff&Co 

Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 
Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 
Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 
Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.  R.  &  C.  Co 

170 

E.E.E.U&CC 
E.  W.  &  C.  C 

B.  &  C . 

F . 

12*20 

3*18 

10 

10 

White 

White 

White 

Red 

Above 

Above 

Above 

Below 

1  mile... 

2  miles. . 
k  mile... 
£  mile. .. 

300 

300 

75 

3 

1 

1 

40 

60 

40 

20 

10 

10 

100 

10 

10 

80 

South 

South 

South 

South 

2S.627 

29,100 

22,233 

20,103 

100 

80 

60 

70 

2 

ft 

2 

5 

4 

6 

11 

2 

9 

60,000 

25,000 

10,000 

60,000 

65,000 

15,000 

35,000 

W.  Donaldson 
W.  Donaldson 
Wm.  Levan.. 

Lit.  8ch.  Nav.,  R.  It.  &  C.  Co 
Lit.  Sch.  Nav.,  R.R.  &  C.  Co 
William  Levan  .... 

Q.  Vein  .... 
P.  Vein  .... 
F.  Vein _ 

3 

Shaft  No.  1... 

40 

25 

White 

White 

Above 

Below 

£  mile. . . 

70 

100 

2 

1 

80 

30 

30 

10 

40 

60 

North 

90  deg. 
South 

16,185 

100 

18 

5 

10 

[sinking. 
This  shaft  just 
^ew  Colliery. 

10 

White 

Below 

~  mile. . . 

40 

100 

2 

40 

15 

I 

55 

8,000 

70 

1 

4 

*  Shipment*  included  in  works  above,  No.  142. 


Schuylkill  Canal.  &00,038  tons,  making  a- touf  0F2, 460, 950^011*8  thist  region,  including  the  Little  Schuylkill  district,  via  Reading  Railroad,  1,650,912  tons,  and  via 

tunnels,  and  116^  miles  in  gangways  through  coal.  There  are  210  °n/ej1-t  of+1this.  amount  825,099  tons.  There  are  122fc  miles  of  under-ground  railroad.  6£  miles  of  which  are  through  rock 

deepest  of  which  is  358  yards,  and  the  shortest  S3  yards  •  1  375  }lorR(>  nnwpr?nr  f(  irect.  y  at  J^1,0118  collieries  \  8,805  horse-power  for  hoisting  coal  and  pumping  water  from  slopes  and  shafts,  the 

arc  employed.  Inside  and  outside,  at  the  various  mines,  9,792  hands  468  horses  and  °Thp  Snd  1’8,9Lr°rs?'r’0.welr  for  preparing  the  coal  for  market,  making  an  aggregate  of  T.071  horse-power.  There 

amount  of  individual  capital  invested  in  the  coal  business  is  *3  462  non  i  ”  .  . T  ,e  ,e  f,rc.77'>6  miner  s  houses,  exclusive  of  houses  occupied  bv  miners  and  laborers  in  the  larger  towns.  The 

smallest  2  feet.  ousincss  is  *4,462,000.  Ihis  amount  does  not  inclnde  that  invested  by  the  land-owners,  which  is  also  very  large.  The  thickest  vein  worked  is  80  feet,  and  the 


48 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


6.  The  Hopewell  Cold  Blast  Charcoal  Furnace ,  Berks  County,  Brooke,  Buckley  &  Co., 
employs  but  one  ore  material,  that  of  the  Hopewell  ore  bank  in  Chester  county,  which 
is  fluxed  with  limestone  of  the  Conestoga  valley,  producing  an  excellent  iron.  The 
ore  is  a  magnetic  oxyd,  in  some  places  beautifully  crystallized  in  large  octahedra,  with 
highly  brilliant  planes.  It  occurs  in  the  red  sandstone,  or  middle  secondary  formation, 
and  is  an  injected  vein  or  lode,  of  great  thickness. 

The  Warwick  Mine,  near  St.  Mary’s,  Chester  county',  was  also  examined.  This 
mine  occurs  also  in  the  red  sandstone  formation,  in  the  vicinity  of  trap  dikes,  and 
appears  to  have  been  injected  into  the  sandstone  in  a  melted  condition  (Rogers).  The 
ore  is  a  magnetic  oxyd,  possessing  polarity  in  some  specimens.  It  is  worked  partly 
open,  and  partly  by  shaft ;  specimens  of  both  kinds  have  been  obtained  for  the  col¬ 
lection.  The  following  analysis  is  given  in  Rogers’  Fourth  Report,  p.  213 : — 

Color,  black;  luster,  metallic,  but  rather  dull;  contains  numerous  cavities,  the 
walls  of  which  are  covered  with  ferruginous  and  talcose  matter,  and  with  perfect  crys¬ 
tals  of  octahedral  iron  in  rhombic  dodecahedra ;  the  ore  possesses  magnetic  polarity. 


Magnetic  oxyd  of  iron... . 

. . .  97-61  =  metal,  70T9  per  cent. 

Alumina . 

. . .  trace. 

Titanic  acid . 

. . .  none. 

Silica  and  insoluble . 

. ..  1-69 

99-30 

Jones'  Mine,  near  Morgantown,  Berks  county',  possesses  the  same  geological 
position  as  those  last  mentioned.  This  mine  was  first  opened  for  copper,  and  subse¬ 
quently  abandoned.  Those  specimens  of  iron  ore,  for  which  it  was  subsequently 
worked,  which  contained  too  much  copper  to  be  used  in  the  furnace,  were  cast  aside, 
and  the  best  iron  ore  selected.  At  present,  mining  operations  are  very  extensive  at 
tjiis  locality,  both  for  iron  and  for  copper.  A  large  mill  has  been  erected  by  a  New 
York  Company,  where  the  ore,  after  having  been  roasted,  is  passed,  in  a  pulverulent 
state,  over  the  surfaces  of  a  number  of  cylinders  composed  of  magnetic  bars.  The  iron  and 
copper  are  thus,  to  a  certain  extent,  separated  at  the  same  time. 

Jones’  ore  consists  of  octahedral  or  dodecahedral  magnetic  oxyd.  Some  speci¬ 
mens  occur  with  crystallized  carbonate  of  lime ;  others  with  dodecahedral  iron  pyrites, 
and  with  copper  pyrites.  Malachite,  silicate  of  copper,  serpentine  and  crystallized 
carbonate  of  magnesia,  also  occur  at  this  locality. 

The  Elizabeth  Mine,  Chester  county,  near  Knauertown,  is  of  the  same  position  as 
the  former.  Fine  octahedral  crystals  of  magnetic  oxyd  are  found  at  this  locality ; 
they  occur  pure,  with  carbonate  of  lime,  octahedral  iron  pyrites,  and  actinolite.  The 
rhombic  spar  of  this  locality  is  filled  with  octahedral  iron  pyrites.  Specimens  of 
molybdenite,  on  quartz  and  actinolite,  are  sent  from  this  locality. 

7.  Joanna  Furnace,  Berks  County,  Darling  &  Smith,  a  cold-blast  charcoal  furnace, 
using  the  Jones’  and  Warwick  ores  just  mentioned.  Specimens  of  these  ores  are  in  the 
Exhibition,  among  which  are  Jones’  ore,  with  and  without  lime,  the  dodecahedral 
variety  of  the  same,  and  the  Warwick  magnetic  oxyTd.  These  are  fluxed  with  the  lime¬ 
stone  of  Formation  II.  Crystalline  slag,  from  gray  and  white  pig  metal,  was  also  sent 
from  this  locality.  The  iron  made  here  is  of  a  superior  quality. 

From  Reading,  the  following  collections  were  obtained: — 

8.  Henry  Clay  Anthracite  Furnace,  Eckert  &  Brother,  Reading. 

The  ores  used  at  this  furnace  are  magnetic  oxyds  and  hematites,  from  various 
localities  of  Berks  County,  and  are  fluxed  with  the  limestone  from  Reading  and  the 
anthracite  of  the  Pottsville  basin.  In  the  Collection  of  ores  are  several  specimens  of  a 
magnetic  ore  from  Roscombmanor  township,  which  was  tried  in  the  furnace  and  rejected 
as  not  yielding  a  good  metal.  This  ore  is-  full  of  crystals  of  zircon,  which  present  a 
fused  appearance  on  the  edges.  A  description  and  analysis  of  this  zircon*  is  as  follows : — 

“  It  occurs  in  large  brittle  crystals,  firmly  imbedded  in  magnetic  oxyd  of  iron. 
The  crystals  are  right  prisms,  terminated  by  right  pyramids,  the  angles  of  which  were 
frequently  modified.  The  planes,  edges,  and  angles,  frequently  uneven  and  rounded  as 
if  by  incipient  fusion.  Color,  chocolate  brown;  opaque;  luster,  adamantine;  hard¬ 
ness,  between  quartz  and  topaz ;  density,  4'595  ;  infusible ;  deepens  in  color  when  heated.” 

By  analysis,  it  yielded — 


townships,  that  from  Bern  being  called  the  Jefferson  ore  (situated  in  the  second  lime¬ 
stone  formation).* 

Messrs.  Eckert  Brother  are  building  an  additional  first-class  anthracite  stack 
adjoining  their  old  furnace.  Another  first-class  anthracite  furnace,  in  process  of  con¬ 
struction,  is  built  near  the  Henry  Clay,  by  Messrs.  Seyfert,  McManus  &  Co.,  who  intend 
to  rely  upon  the  Cornwall  ore  of  Lebanon  county. 

The  Beesport  Iron  Company,  also,  are  erecting  first-class  anthracite  furnaces  at 
Leesport.  The  first  stack  was  expected  to  have  been  finished  by  the  1st  of  July,  and 
the  second  some  time  in  the  summer  of  1854.  The  Moselem  ore  is  to  be  used  prin¬ 
cipally  at  these  furnaces. 

Quite  an  extensive  ^export  is  made  from  Berks  county  of  rifle  barrels,  aver¬ 
aging  from  sixteen  to  twenty  thousand  yearly.  They  are  distributed  over  the 
whole  country,  but  find  a  market  principally  in  the  West.  They  are  made  at  forges, 
which  are  worked  by  water-power,  in  various  parts  of  the  county  of  Berks.  Col.  J. 
H.  Keim  has  contributed  specimens  of  this  manufacture  in  its  several  stages,  which 
represent,  No.  1,  the  merchant  bar  from  which  the  barrel  is  made;  No.  2,  the  same  pre¬ 
paratory  to  welding  ;  No.  3,  barrel  welded  and  bored  ;  No.  4,  barrel  straightened  and 
finished,  as  exported.  The  barrels  are  rifled,  polished,  and  otherwise  finished,  by  the 
gunsmiths  who  purchase  them. 

George  M.  Keim,  Esq.,  has  sent  a  collection,  consisting  of  various  ores  and  min¬ 
erals,  from  the  neighborhood  of  Reading.  Of  these,  the  molybdenite  has  been  examined 
by  Dr.  C.  M.  Wetherill.  I  It  occurs,  of  considerable  purity,  in  plates  and  scales,  in  a 
quartz  matrix ;  color  of  plumbago,  but  more  brilliant ;  streak  on  paper  like  plumbago, 
on  porcelain  olive  green ;  impressible  to  the  nail ;  density,  4 '5 2 ;  composition, — 


Water .  0-297 

Sulphur .  38T98 

Silica . 2-283 

Oxyd  of  iron .  3  495 

Molybdenum .  53’727 


100-000 

P.  W.  Sheafer,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer  (of  Pottsville),  has  contributed  a  series  of  the 
red  shale,  under  the  coal  of  Schuylkill  county,  containing  fossils,  some  of  which  are 
said  to  be  new;  a  series  of  coal  slates,  and  the  iron  ores  of  the  coal  formation,  together 
with  coal  from  Scranton  and  from  Carbon  county. 

The  Coal  Formation  (XIII.)  of  Pennsylvania  consists  of  “dark  blue  shales,  bluish- 
gray  argillaceous  sandstones,  coarse  quartzose,  conglomerates,  and  seams  of  anthracite 
coal,”  and  rests  upon  the  coarse  conglomerate  of  Formation  XII.  (Rogers).  The  dark 
blue  shales  contain  “  highly  ferruginous  bands,  in  some  of  which  occur  layers  of 
tolerably  rich  iron  ore.”  Specimens  of  these  will  be  found  in  Mr.  Sheafer’s  collection 
just  mentioned;  that  of  the  Pinkerton  vein,  St.  Clair  tract,  has  been  analyzed.  (Rogers’ 
Fifth  Report,  p.  125.) 

Description. — Structure,  nodular,  concentric,  rather  compact ;  color,  internally,  slate 
blue — externally,  dirty  brown.  Average  of  the  whole,  taken  for  analysis : — 

Carbonate  of  iron . 42’38 

“  manganese....  3-64 

Peroxyd  of  iron .  21'32 

Alumina .  trace. 

Silica  and  insoluble . 27 -63 

Water .  5-03 

100-00 

Ore  from  same  locality: — 

Structure  somewhat  nodular ;  compact ;  color,  slate  blue. 

62  55  |  =  meta^  per  cent, 
traces. 

8-25 
2-25 
13-90 
610 
0-28 

100-00 


Carbonate  of  iron . 

Peroxyd  of  iron . 

Carbonate  manganese  ) 
Carbonate  magnesia  j 

Carbonate  lime . 

Alumina . 

Silica  and  insoluble. . . 

Water . 

Loss . 


|  metal  iron,  34-86  per  cent. 


Silica . 34-07 

Zirconia . 63-50 

Peroxyd  iron . , .  2’02 

Water .  -50 

100-09 

Dr.  Genth  has  also  discovered  ii*  this  ore  large  quantities  of  alanite,  which  yields, 
by  his  analysis,  26  per  cent,  of  oxyd  of  cerium. 


The  ores  of  the  coal  formation  are  partially  worked,  but  not  unmixed  with  other 
ores,  on  account  of  their  not  having  been  as  yet  sufficiently  developed.  The  follow¬ 
ing  ore  from  the  Lee  Lands  tract  was  examined  by  Dr.  C.  M.  Wetherill.  It  was  of 
dark  gray  color,  of  eonchoidal  fracture,  and  occurred  in  a  bed  said  to  be  eight  feet 
thick.  It  contained  carbonic  acid,  water,  carbon,  iron,  lime,  and  traces  of  manganese 
and  magnesia.  By  the  moist  waj',  it  yielded  49-21  per  cent,  of  iron  (the  alumina  was 
not  separated) ;  and  by  the  dry  way,  36'25  per  cent,  of  metallic  iron. 


The  Monocacy  Mine  is  situated  on  the  edge  of  the  red  sandstone  formation,  between 
Monocacy  Hill,  which  is  primitive,  and  the  Oley  limestone  formation  II. 

The  Oley  Mine  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  primitive  with  the  No.  1  sandstone. 

The  Penn  Mountain  Mine  is  opened  at  the  base  of  the  hill  east  of  Reading,  at 
the  junction  of  formations  I.  and  II.  Its  ore  is  found  in  beds,  covered  with  gravel, 
end  is  reached  by  shafts.  The  rock  beneath  it  is  chlorite  slate,  and  contains  veins  of 
magnetic  oxyd.  The  Cushing  Hill  ore  has  already  been  described  in  treating  of  the 
Mt  Laurel  Furnace.  From  the  Henry  Clay  Furnace,  the  Exhibition  possesses  specimens 
of  this  ore  with  lime,  and  in  serpentine.  The  hematites  are  from  Bern  and  Spring 

*  See  Dr.  C.  M.  IVetheril!,  in  Transactions  American  Phil.  Society. 

E 


From  Pottsville,  the  Exhibition  possesses  a  unique  and  very  valuable  collection 
of  168  specimens  of  coal  from  Schuylkill  county,  made  by  Col.  J.  M.  Wetherill  and 
Mr.  C.  W.  Peale.  This  interesting  collection  exhibits  the  mineral  so  important  to 
Pennsylvania  in  the  most  satisfactory  manner.  Important  statistical  information  with 
respect  to  this  region  is  embodied  in  the  valuable  table  appended  hereto,  and  which 
has  been  compiled  by  the  above-named  gentlemen. — (See  Coal  Table,  previous  pages.) 

*  A  geological  map  of  Berks  County,  by  Dr.  J.  P.  Hiester,  of  Beading,  will  be  found  in  the  Pro¬ 
ceedings  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Medical  Convention.  The  difficulty  of  reproducing  a  geological  map 
in  a  printed  page,  without  the  aid  of  colors,  has  rendered  it  inexpedient  to  republish  Dr.  Hiester’s  map 
in  this  place,  agreeably  to  Dr.  -Wetherill’s  intention. — Editor. 
t  Transactions  of  American  Philosophical  Society. 

49 


REPORT  ON  THE  IRON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


The  Ores  of  Montour  and  Columbia  Counties. — Red  fossiliferous  and  argillaceous 
iron  ore  (argil lo-caleareous,  lenticular,  and  oligiste  iron  ore,  of  various  authors). 

The  ore  used  by  the  furnaces  of  this  region  is  a  fossiliferous  red  oxyd,  which, 
from  its  nature,  great  extent,  and  the  valuable  iron  it  yields,  is  perhaps  the  most 
interesting  in  the  State.  It  occurs  in  the  formation  V.  of  Rogers.  The  IV.  formation, 
which  forms  the  Kittatinny  range,  and  upon  which  this  formation  rests,  consists  of 
“hard  white  and  gray  sandstones,  and  coarse  marine  quartzose  conglomerates;  the 
uppermost  layers  of  this  IV.  formation  contain  the  white  and  gray  sandstones.  The 
overlying  V.  formation  consists  of  red  and  variegated  sandstones  and  shales,  containing, 
like  the  last  formation,  impressions  of  fucoides.  Rogers  subdivides  this  formation  into 
three  groups.  The  lowest,  a  dense  and  heavy  dark-brown  cuboidal  sandstone ;  above 
this  are  strata  of  shales  of  different  colors,  the  olive  ones  of  which,  especially,  contain 
impressions  of  shells.  In  this  division  occur  thin  layers  of  highly  fossiliferous  lime¬ 
stone.  In  this  part  of  the  formation  is  found  also  the  fossiliferous  ore;  the  top  of  the 
formation  is  a  thick  mass  of  crumbling  reddish  brown  shale,  which  becomes  more  and 
more  calcareous  as  it  approaches  the  next  formation.  The  formation  "V  I.,  which  over- 
lies  the  preceding,  is  the  fossiliferous  limestone.  It  is  from  the  top  stratum  of  shale 
of  formation  V.  that  Rogers  supposes  the  iron  ore  has  been  derived,  the  menstruum 
holding  it  in  solution  penetrating  to  the  lower  bed,  and  taking  the  place  of  the  calca¬ 
reous  matter  of  the  shells,  which  it  expels  in  some  cases  almost  entirely.  Below  the 
fossiliferous  ore-bed  is  another,  somewhat  fossiliferous,  containing  but  little  lime  and 
much  silica;  it  has  the  appearance  somewhat  of  red  sandstone,  and  splits  in  cuboidal 
blocks.  Montour’s  Ridge,  where  the  ore  is  mined,  ranges  nearly  east  and  west,  from 
the  west  to  the  north  branch  of  the  Susquehanna,  a  little  below  Danville.  At  the 
north  branch  it  bends  to  the  northward,  and  dies  out  some  four  or  five  miles  north-east 
of  Bloomsburg.  It  presents  an  anticlinal  axis,  the  strata  having  been  upheaved  at  an 
angle  of  15°  to  25°,  dipping  to  the  north  and  south,  on  either  side  of  the  Ridge.  The 
ore  is  reached  at  its  outcrop,  on  the  flanks  of  the  hill  and  in  ravines,  by  drifts  and 
levels.  At  its  outcrop  the  ore  is  always  more  cellular,  or  porous,  and  softer,  having 
been  the  more  readily  exposed  to  the  dissolving  action  of  rain-water,  which  has 
removed  portions  of  its  lime.  The  deeper  part  of  the  stratum  is  more  compact. 
Specimens  illustrating  this  formation  are  in  the  collection.  The  mining  operations 
have  well  developed  the  fossiliferous  ore  of  Montour’s  Ridge,  several  distinct  layers  hav- 


The  red  fossiliferous  ore  is  here  associated  with  the  upper  silurian  rocks.  This 
ore  has  a  very  wide  distribution  in  the  United  States.  It  occurs  in  beds  of  greater 
or  less  thickness,  interstratified  with  limestones,  shales,  <fcc.,  and  is  usually  highly 
calcareous,  with  an  oolitic  or  concretionary  structure,  and  frequently  fossiliferous.  It 
appears  in  Oneida,  Madison,  Cayuga,  and  Wayne  counties,  in  the  State  of  New  York, 
and  it  likewise  extends  through  Maryland  and  Virginia.  It  is  also  largely  developed 
in  Alabama,  and  probably  occurs  along  the  intermediate  distance.  From  its  proximity 
to  the  anthracite  coal  in  Pennsylvania,  it  becomes  in  that  State  an  ore  of  the  greatest 
importance. 

The  same  ore  exists  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Devonian  rocks,  and  in  another 
position  near  the  base  of  the  coal  measures.  The  latter  is  an  important  ore  in 
Pennsylvania,  and  is  represented  in  the  Exhibition  by  numerous  specimens. 

9.  At  Bloomsburg,  Columbia  county,  the  anthracite  furnace  Irondale,  of  the 
Bloomsburg  Iron  Company,  is  in  operation.  From  here  are  several  specimens  of 
the  fossiliferous  ores  of  Montour’s  Ridge,  which  are  used  at  this  furnace,  namely, 
the  ore  of  Hemlock  Creek,  in  its  three  varieties  of  soft,  intermediate,  and  hard. 
As  has  been  already  stated,  the  soft  ore  occurs  high  in  the  bed  at  its  outcrop,  where 
it  has  been  altered  by  the  weather,  and  which  becomes  harder  the  deeper  it  is  found. 
The  following  analyses  are  from  Rogers’  Second  Report  of  the  porous  variety  from  the 
outcrop  of  the  north  dipping  bed,  west  side  of  Hemlock  Creek.  An  average  specimen 
yielded : — 

Peroxyd  iron . 85 '40  =  iron  about  60  per  cent. 

Silica .  7  TO 

Alumina .  5-00 

Water .  2T0 

Lime  and  carbonic  acid. . . .  trace. 

99-60 

Another  specimen,  from  a  depth  of  twenty  yards  below  its  outcrop,  gave — 


Peroxyd  iron . 61-30  =  iron  about  43  per  cent. 

Silica .  2 '80 

Alumina .  trace. 

Lime . 17  "84 

Carbonic  acid . 15-33 

Water .  2 '20 


99-47 

A  small  amount  of  protoxyd  is  combined  with  the  peroxyd  of  iron.  The  hemlock 
ore  is  deemed  the  best  at  this  furnace.  There  are  also  specimens  of  block  ore  of  a  seam 
400  feet  below  the  Danville  block  ore  from  Bittenlender’s  farm,  together  with  the  hard 
ore  from  the  other  side  of  Fishing  creek,  at  the  Fanandsville  farm  (of  which  there  is 
also  a  specimen  with  the  wall-rock).  At  the  time  of  Rogers’  Second  Report,  this  ore 
was  transported  100  miles  on  the  canal  to  the  Fanandsville  Furnace,  Clinton  county. 
Ore  of  the  same  kind  is  used  at  Irondale,  from  Opperman’s  and  Stroup’s  farms.  The 
limestone  used  for  flux  is  of  the  Ridge,  from  Schaefer’s  quarry,  and  the  fuel  the  Mount 
Pleasant  coal  of  Wilkesbarre  (Lance’s  mine).  The  yield  of  iron  of  this  Company 
since  the  publication  of  the  statistics  of  the  iron  manufacture  (see  table  prefixed  to 

50 


the  report)  is  as  follows,  the  year  commencing  the  first  of  May,  1 851-52,  7652  tons; 
and  from  1852-63,  8601  tons.  About  two  tons  of  the  ore  yielded  one  ton  of  pig  metal. 
The  iron  made  at  the  furnace  is  classified  as  follows : — 

1.  A  No.  1  Foundry. 

2.  No.  1  Foundry. 

3.  No.  2  Foundry. 

4.  Bare  No.  2  (between  Forge  and  Foundry). 

6.  Gray  Forge. 

6.  White  Forge. 

Several  slags  corresponding  to  the  various  kinds  of  iron  are  iu  the  collection. 
The  pumice  slag,  which  occurs  in  several  of  the  contributions,  always  indicates  a 
No.  1  iron.  It  owes  its  spongy  nature  to  water  thrown  upon  it,  and  consists  thus  of 
innumerable  glass  cells,  containing,  beside  other  gases,  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  These 
cells  are  continually  bursting  (the  action  lasting  for  years),  and  to  this  cause  is  due 
the  smell  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  which  this  kind  of  slag  always  possesses.  A 
remarkable  specimen  of  iron  is  T  18,  which  was  found  in  the  slag.  It  is  a  mass  of 
metallic  iron,  formed  of  interlaced  lance-shaped  and  branching  crystals,  resembling 
exactly  the  leaves,  or  fronds,  of  the  fern.  The  surfaces  appear  rounded  under  the 
microscope.  The  iron  is  hard,  brittle  (especially  across  the  crystal),  and  when  freshly 
broken,  of  a  brilliant  white  and  crystalline  appearance.  The  axes  from  which  its 
smaller  crystals  branch,  though  preserving  a  general  parallelism,  are  yet  inclined  to 
each  other  at  all  angles.  Owing  to  the  interlacing  of  the  fronds  (like  two  fern  leaves 
intertwined  with  the  same  stem,  and  two  systems  of  leaves  the  planes  of  which  are  at 
right  angles  to  each  other),  the  mass  presents  a  quadrated  appearance,  giving  a  first 
impression  of  resemblance  to  some  crystallizations  of  metallic  bismuth. 

The  following  section  of  the  Ridge  at  Hemlock  Creek,  the  property  of  Paxton 
&  McKelvey,  was  drawn  from  information  given  by  Mr.  D.  P.  Davis,  head-miner  of 
Danville,  and  shows  the  position  of  the  ore-beds  at  that  place. 


Section  of  Montour’s  Ridge  at  Hemlock  Creek,  on  the  property  of  Paxton  &  McKelvey. 

The  fossiliferous  ore  of  both  sides  of  the  Ridge  here  meets  at  the  summit,  at 
which  junction  there  is  a  large  depression  filled  with  water  and  clay. 

Rogers  has  given  (Second  Report)  the  following  measurements  of  a  section  from 
the  anticlinal  axis  on  Hemlock  Creek,  southward  to  the  Catawissa  Mountain : — 

Vertical  thickness 
in  feet. 

304-01  from  anticlinal  axis  to  iron  ore. 

257'68  “  iron  ore  to  red  shale. 

1,372-66  “  commencement  of  red  shale  to  limestone  No.  VI. 

1,934-35  “  anticlinal  axis  to  limestone. 

981-56  thickness  of  limestone  No.  VI. 

4,471  59  “  of  slate,  shales,  and  sandstones  No.  VIII. 

258-48  “  of  alternating  beds  between  Nos.  VHI.  and  IX. 

4,172  35  “  of  shales  and  sandstones  of  No.  IX 


The  accompanying  sketch,  from  Mr.  Davis,  shows  the  formation  of  the  Montour 
Ridge  ore  beds  at  Danville.  The  Ridge  at  this  place  runs  east  and  west,  and  the  section 
is  north  and  south  through  Danville  and  the  Forks,  or  Montour.  In  the  figure,  abed 
represent  the  shales  and  slates  containing  the  ore ;  the  thickness  of  the  strata  at  c  is 
300  feet ;  and  d  represents  the  stratum  of  slate,  with  layers  of  limestone  and  red  shale. 
The  ore  seam  No.  3,  which  is  from  six  to  nine  inches  thick,  is  the  silicious  or  New 
Danville  block  ore,  composed  of  sand  and  peroxjd  of  iron.  No.  5  is  the  Danville 
block  ore  (also  silicious),  and  No.  6  the  fossiliferous  ore,  or  limestone  ore,  containing 
numerous  impressions  of  shells.  The  outcrop  is  disintegrated,  and  the  ore  becomes 
more  and  more  solid  as  it  is  more  deeply  covered. 

10.  The  Montour  Iron  Company  of  Danville,  Montour  &  Co.,  have  at  present  two  large 
anthracite  furnaces  in  operation,  running  together  about  330  tons  a  week,  all  of  which 
is  forge  metal.  The  quantity  made  the  last  year,  ending  1st  Nov.,  1852,  was  15,210 
tons.  Two  additional  furnace  stacks  are  in  progress  of  construction,  and  are  expected  1 
to  be  completed  by  autumn  of  1853.  The  Columbia  Furnace,  of  Danville,  makes 
gray  foundry  iron  only,  at  the  rate  of  about  60  tons  a  week. 

The  ore  used  by  the  Montour  Iron  Company  is  from  their  mines  on  the  Ridge 
immediately  behind  the  works,  to  which  it  is  brought  from  the  openings  by  a  railroad. 
The  principal  ore  strata  of  the  formation  are,  as  has  been  already  stated,  those  marked 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


3,  5,  and  6,  in  the  last  diagram;  but  the  Company  propose  working  three  additional 
ores,  marked  1,  2,  and  4.  Specimens  of  these  six  ores  are  in  the  Montour  contribution, 
and  are  marked  in  the  Catalogue,  from  1  to  6  respectively.  Nos.  1  and  2  have  not  yet 
been  worked  to  any  extent,  and  do  not  appear  to  be  very  rich  in  metal ;  but  No.  4, 
called  the  middle  vein,  between  the  old  and  new  Danville  block  ore,  is  said  to  yield 
well.  The  Exhibition  contains  both  the  soft  and  hard  varieties  of  the  fossiliferous  ore 
No.  6 — the  ore  with  wall  rock,  and  the  top  slate  of  the  fossiliferous  ore  of  Yalleytown, 
two  miles  to  the  north  of  Danville. 

The  following  analyses  of  these  ores,  and  of  the  Danville  cast  iron,  are  from 
Rogers’  Fifth  Report : — 

Calcareous  variety. — Structure  somewhat  slaty;  micaceous,  fossiliferous;  luster, 
glimmering ;  color,  dark  bluish  brown. 


Peroxyd  iron . 

Oxyd  manganese . 

Carbonate  lime . 

_  6243 

“  magnesia .... 

_  2-79 

Silica  and  insoluble .... 

_  2-64 

Water . 

100-00 

Silicious  variety. — Structure  massive,  occurring  in  plates  of  variable  thickness, 
resembling  slabby  red  sandstone ;  color,  brick  red ;  somewhat  fossiliferous ;  not  mica¬ 
ceous,  and  free  from  luster. 

Peroxyd  iron . 70'63  =  iron,  48'97  per  cent. 

Alumina .  0-57 

Carbonate  lime .  2-46 

Silica  and  insoluble . 2377 

Water .  2-57 

100-00 

Cast  iron,  from  Danville. — Texture  soft ;  brilliantly  crystalline  ;  gray. 


Iron .  94-94 

Silicon .  2-03 

Manganesium .  0-05 

Aluminum . trace. 

Carbon . I .  2-98 


100-00 

There  are  also  two  varieties  of  the  limestone  flux  from  the  north  of  the  Ridge, 
and  two  from  the  south.  At  the  Montour  Works,  the  latter  is  esteemed  the  best.  The 
coal  is  from  Wilkesbarre.  There  are  also  contributed  from  these  works  specimens  of 
slag,  forge  pig,  puddled  bar,  and  rail.  The  latter  was  cut  off  from  a  rail  made  at  the 
time  of  visiting  the  works,  and  is  an  average  specimen  of  the  work  done  at  the  mill. 

Anthracite  is  used  in  the  puddling  furnaces.  During  the  year  ending  with  Nov. 
1st,  1852,  11,222  tons  of  rail  were  made  here.  The  mill  averages  now  about  1,000  tons 
a  month.  Extensive  additions  are  in  progress  of  construction,  which  will  double  the 
present  capacity  of  the  works. 

11.  The  Chulasky  (anthracite)  Furnace  of  Mr.  Samuel  R.  Wood,  at  Red  Point,  North¬ 
umberland  county,  was  also  visited.  The  ores  used  here  are  from  both  the  north  and 
south  side  of  Montour’s  Ridge,  and  mostly  from  property  owned  by  Mr,  Wood. 


12.  Ralston  (after  a  slumber  of  some  years,  is  again  becoming  the  scene  of  active  iron 
operations  under  the  stimulus  of  the  recent  prosperity  in  this  powerful  industry)  is 
eituated  in  the  Lycoming  coal  basin,  which  is  an  ellipse,  of  which  the  major  axis  is 


about  seven  miles  in  length,  and  in  direction  from  north-east  to  south-west,  and  the 
minor  axis  four  miles.  The  center  of  the  coal  basin  is  situated  near  Dutchman’s  Run. 
The  inclination  of  the  strata  is  very  slight,  being  1°  20'.  The  dip  (Rogers)  is  gently 
westward  at  the  Rock  Run  mines;  on  Dutchman’s  Run,  it  is  towards  the  east  south-east, 
and  a  few  miles  up  the  main  branch  of  Rock  Run,  to  the  north-west.  The  accom¬ 
panying  map,  by  D.  S.  Green,  Esq.,  Civil  Engineer,  of  Ralston,  will  illustrate  these 
localities,  as  well  as  the  different  coal  and  ore  openings.  The  hills  of  this  locality  are 
1,000  feet  in  height,  with  level  summits,  the  valleys  and  ravines  with  which  the  basin 
is  scored  being  the  result  of  erosion.  The  coal  is  found  near  the  tops  of  the  mountains, 
at  an  elevation  of  some  860  feet  from  Lycoming  Creek,  Ralston  itself  being  about  800 
feet  above  tide-water  (State  Reports).  The  coal  is  brought  down  from  the  mountains, 
by  a  railroad  of  steep  grade.  That  on  Rock  Run,  which  is  now  in  a  dilapidated  con¬ 
dition,  and  disused,  is  six  miles  in  length,  and  reaches  the  coal  openings  with  two 
zigzags,  and  distant  about  two  miles  from  Ralston.  The  following  tabular  section,  by 
Mr.  Green,  will  show  the  structure  of  this  region.  As  will  be  seen,  the  formations  rise 
here  from  Formation  X.  of  Rogers. 

Section  of  the  Lycoming  Coal  Vein,  at  Ralston.  Inclination  of  its  strata,  one  degree 

and  twenty  minutes. 


Conglomerate,  60  feet. 

Slate  and  Fire  Clay. 

- Iron  Ore,  and  seven  seams  of  Bituminous  Coal, - 

Sandstone,  46  feet. 

Quartzose  Conglomerate,  60  feet. 

Argillaceous  Cast  Iron  (white  ore),  3J  to  4  feet. 

Carboniferous  Sandstone,  93  feet. 

Red  Iron  Ore,  4  feet  thick. 

Sandstones  and  Shales. 

Formation  XI. 

Mountain  Limestone  (conglomeritic). 

Red  Sandstone.  Formation  X. 

Lycoming  Creek. 

13.  The  old  charcoal  furnace  at  Adonville,  of  eight-feet  boshes,  which  was  established 
in  1840,  has  been  out  of  blast  for  some  time.  The  iron  made  from  the  argillaceous 
carbonates  of  the  district  was  very  highly  esteemed  for  foundry  purposes.  A  small 
piece  of  pig  metal,  which  was  found  at  the  furnace,  is  sent  as  a  specimen,  together 
with  some  of  the  slag.  The  flux  was  limestone  of  Formation  VI.,  which  had  to  be 
brought  from  Williamsport,  and  of  which  the  following  is  the  analysis  (Rogers): — 
Color,  bluish-black ;  compact  fracture ;  conchoidal;  fossiliferous. 


C-arbonate  lime . 98-30 

Carbonate  magnesia .  trace. 

Alumina  and  oxyd  of  iron .  none. 

Insoluble .  1"30 

Water .  040 


100-00 

A  New  York  Company,  with  the  name  of  the  “Lycoming  Iron  Works”  (Mr. 
Freeborn,  Manager),  have  commenced  active  operations  on  Frozen  Run,  near  Acton- 
ville.  The  old  furnace  is  to  be  repaired,  and  set  in  blast  this  summer  as  a  charcoal 
furnace.  Two  new  bituminous  coal  furnaces,  of  15-feet  boshes,  are  in  progress  of 
erection  (see  map  for  their  position).  These  new  furnaces,  it  is  expected,  will 
commence  operations  within  a  year.  The  coal  and  ore  mines  of  the  Company  are 
restricted  on  both  sides  of  the  hill  above  the  level  of  the  furnaces,  at  an  altitude  of 
700  feet.  The  ore  and  fuel  will  be  delivered  at  the  trunnel-head,  by  means  of  a 
railroad  now  constructing,  and  the  works  will  communicate,  by  a  short  branch,  with 
the  Williamsport  and  Elmira  Railroad.  The  coal  will  be  coked  or  not,  according  to 
circumstances  and  the  kind  of  ore  used,  which  varies  with  the  different  seams.  It  is 
proposed  to  try  the  limestone  of  the  neighborhood,  a  specimen  of  which  from  Lick 
Run  Lycoming  county,  accompanies  the  collection.  This  limestone  contains  1 1  per 
cent,  of  iron.  The  ore  mines  are  open  in  two  places  on  the  furnace-side  of  the 
mountain,  and  have  been  proved  (though  not  opened)  upon  the  other  side.  The  ore 
is  an  argillaceous  carbonate  in  Formation  XI. ;  it  is  of  light-gray,  pinkish,  and  red 
colors.  At  the  outcroppings,  it  is  more  or  less  disintegrated,  and  quite  dark,  but  is 
solid  when  deeper  in  the  seam.  There  are  two  principal  ore-seams:  one,  the  red  ore, 
four  feet  in  thickness;  and  an  upper  seam,  the  white  ore,  which  is  from  3*  to  4 
feet,  and  immediately  under  the  conglomerate.  Besides  these,  are  slates  among  the 
coal  seams,  containing  much  nodular  iron  ore.  The  following  analyses  of  these  ores 
are  from  Rogers’  Fourth  Report: — 


51 


REPORT  ON  T  H  E  IRON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


Ore  from  Ralston,  upper  part  of  the  bed. — Spathose ;  texture  somewhat  laminated  ; 
6ilicious ;  color,  ash-gray. 

Silica  and  insoluble .  28 '80 

Alumina .  I'OO 

Protoxyd  of  iron .  42-22  =  iron,  32'06 

Lime .  0'50 

Carbonic  acid .  24 ’00 

Water .  4-28 

Loss .  0'50 

100-00 

Ore  from  the  bed  at  Actonville. — Light-gray,  mottled  ;  consists  of  minutely  crystal¬ 
line  carbonate  of  iron  ;  of  pinkish-yellow  color,  sometimes  velvet-like. 

Silica  and  insoluble .  28 '7 

Alumina .  0’8 

Protoxyd  iron .  42'2  =  iron,  32'8  per  cent. 

Carbonate  lime .  0-6 

Carbonic  acid .  25 -8 

Water .  1*5 

99-6 

At  the  old  coal  mines  on  the  Red  Run  the  first  mining  operations  of  this  region 
were  undertaken  some  twenty-five  or  thirty  years  ago,  but  these  mines  nave  not  for 
some  time  past  been  in  operation.  Iron  ore  has  been  recently  developed  at  this  locality. 
A  Schuylkill  County  Company  (Carter’s)  intend  working  these  mines  for  both  coal  and 
ore,  and  will  erect  three  or  four  furnaces.  The  coal  which  has  been  used  experimentally 
at  the  old  Actonville  Furnace  is  from  a  32-inch  seam,  106  feet  above  the  white  ore,  and 
is  of  a  dry  nature.  Seven  feet  above  this  seam  is  another  of  20  inches,  of  a  more  fatty 
nature,  and  a  much  better  coal  than  the  preceding.  Upon  these  two  seams  the 
Lycoming  Iron  Company  at  present  rely.  The  following  is  Rogers’  analysis  of  the 
Ralston  coal : — From  upper  part  of  large  bed  ;  columnar ;  irregularly  cubical ;  fracture 
irregular ;  color,  shining-black,  in  parts  dull. 

Volatile  matter  ....  20-50 

Coke .  79-50 

100-00  Ashes  in  coal,  500  per  cent. 

Ores  of  the  Kittatinny  and  Bald  Eagle  Valleys. — These  two  valleys  contain  the 
valuable  ores  of  Clinton,  Center,  Huntingdon,  and  Blair  counties,  which  are  used  in 
eight  of  the  furnaces  of  the  collection.  It  will  be  appropriate,  therefore,  in  this 
connection,  to  describe  the  geological  formation  of  these  valleys,  which  are  included 
between  the  Alleghany,  the  Bald  Eagle  Ridge,  and  Tussey’s  Mountain,  or  their  contin¬ 
uations;  mountains  which  have  a  north-east  and  south-west  direction.  The  Kittatinny 
Valley  lies  between  Tussey’s  Range  and  the  Bald  Eagle  Ridge,  and  contains  two 
parallel  anticlinal  axes,  which  have  upheaved  the  Kittatinny  and  Brush  Mountains.  It 
contains  the  limestone  formation  No.  II.  of  Rogers.  A  range  of  interrupted  hills 
of  sand  and  clay  runs  through  the  valley,  in  which  (especially  on  their  south-eastern 
slopes)  are  situated  the  hematite  ores  for  which  Center  county  is  celebrated.  The  ore 
occurs  in  pockets,  and  is  of  various  forms ;  compact  cellular  pipe-ore,  in  Good  & 
Curtin’s,  the  Bald  Eagle,  and  Huntingdon  furnaces,  have  their  ore-banks  in  the  hollows, 
between  the  hills.  The  Pennsylvania  furnace-mines  are  situated  in  the  south-eastern 
anticlinal  axis. — (Rogers.) 

The  Bald  Eagle  Ridge,  which  separates  the  two  valleys,  is  composed  of  the  sand¬ 
stone  rocks  of  Formation  IV.  Springfield  Furnace  possesses  several  ore  banks  of 
hematite  in  Formation  II. 

The  valley  between  the  Bald  Eagle  Ridge  and  the  Alleghany  Mountain,  contains 
the  shales  of  Formation  V.,  which  contains  the  fossiliferous  ore.  This  ore,  after  a  long 
and  patient  search  by  Mr.  Valentine,  of  Bellefonte,  was  at  length  discovered  in  this 
part  of  the  formation,  and  is  used  at  the  Howardville  Iron  Works.  The  limestone 
formation  VI.,  the  sandstone  VII.,  the  olive  slate  VIII.,  and  the  red  sandstone  IX.,  are 
all  in  this  valley.  The  latter  formation  skirts  the  base  of  the  Alleghany,  and  is  sur¬ 
mounted  near  the  summit  by  the  sandstone  of  Formation  X.  Ores  of  the  formations 
V.  VI.  have  been  collected  from  furnaces  having  mines  in  these  formations. 

14.  The  collection  from  the  Mill  Hall  (hot-blast  charcoal)  Furnace,  Clinton  County, 
Wharton,  Morris  &  Co.,  consists  of  pipe  ores  and  hematites  of  Formation  VI.,  together 
with  the  silieious  ore  of  V.,  and  limestone  flux  from  Formation  VII.,  all  from  localities 
adjoining  the  furnace. 

Limestone  from  near  Mill  Hall  (Rogers). — Color,  mottled  gray  and  white;  sparry; 
somewhat  saccharoidal ;  fracture  irregular ;  few  fossils. 


Carbonate  of  lime .  96-80 

“  magnesia .  0'50 

Alumina,  and  oxyd  iron .  traces. 

Insoluble .  2-30 

Water .  0-40 


100-00 

The  Bilicious  ore  is  found  on  the  hill  behind  the  furnace,  at  a  distance  of  90  rods, 
and  i3  of  cold  short  character.  The  pipe  ore,  according  to  a  communication  from  Mr. 
Morris,  “yields  60  per  cent,  of  malleable  iron  in  the  furnace,  and  makes  a  strong  iron, 
used  altogether  for  boiler  plate.” 

15.  At  Bellefonte,  Center  county,  near  the  town,  is  situated  the  Logan  Furnace  (char¬ 
coal  cold-blast),  and  Bellefonte  Rolling  Mill  and  Forge,  of  Valentine  <fc  Thomas.  Their 
ores  are.  hematites  and  pipe,  and,  with  the  limestone,  come  from  the  Kittatinny  Valley 

52 


in  the  2d  formation.  The  collection  from  this  furnace  is  complete  in  the  materials 
and  products,  from  the  ore  to  the  bar,  and  the  Association  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Franklin 
Smith,  of  Bellefonte,  for  having  obtained  it  from  the  proprietors  of  the  works. 

Bellefonte  is  a  celebrated  place  for  the  manufacture  of  axes.  There  are  four 
factories  in  Center  county,  viz.,  Mr.  Harveyman,  Messrs.  Wagner  &  Thomas,  Messrs. 
Loveland  ifc  Co.,  and  Messrs.  McMullin  <k  Co.  These  manufacture  about  300  dozen  of 
axes  a  week,  using  the  bar  iron  of  the  locality  and  English  east  steel.  The  grindstones 
used  in  the  manufacture  are  very  large,  and  turned  by  water-power;  the  stone  used 
for  this  purpose  is  found  in  large  quantities  in  Clinton  county,  of  this  State,  and  is 
excellent.  A  specimen  of  this  stone  accompanies  the  collection.  Mr.  Petriken,  of 
Bellefonte,  has  contributed  a  specimen  of  bituminous  coal  from  Clinton  county,  on  the 
lands  owned  by  the  Rock  Cabin  Coal  Company,  situated  on  the  Tangascootack  Creek, 
within  five  miles  of  the  West  Branch  Canal,  and  ten  miles  of  the  county-town  of 
Clinton.  In  the  collection  from  this  locality,  are  also  specimens  of  the  hematite  from 
Ross’  ore  bank  formation  of  Kittatinny  Valley.  The  bed  containing  the  ore  is  twenty 
feet  in  thickness,  and  rests  upon  the  limestone  of  Formation  IT.  There  are  also  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Bellefonte,  quarries  of  hydraulic  limestone,  from  which  cement  is 
manufactured  ;  and  within  eight  miles,  to  the  north-west,  in  the  Half-Moon  Valley, 
there  is  said  to  be  a  large  deposit  of  very  fine  fluor-spar. 

16.  Eagle  Works,  five  miles  below  Bellefonte,  C.  &  J.  Curtin,  consist  of  a  cold-blast 
charcoal  furnace,  a  forge,  and  a  rolling-mill,  all  using  the  bituminous  coal  from  Snoe- 
shoe,  Center  county,  and  which  is  the  same  used  in  all  the  mills  in  this  district.  This 
coal  is  situated  at  the  top  of  the  Alleghany  Mountain,  within  fourteen  miles  of  Belle¬ 
fonte,  and  between  the  Bald  Eagle  Mountain  and  the  west  branch  of  the  Susquehanna. 
The  following  analysis  is  from  Rogers’  Fifth  Report: — Massive;  brittle;  irregular  frac¬ 
ture  ;  tendency  to  columnar  structure ;  luster,  shining  jet  black. 


Volatile  matter .  21 '20 

Coke,  highly  intumescent  and  spongy . 78'80 


10000 

Ashes  in  the  coal,  2-07  per  cent.  - 

The  ores  and  limestone  flux  of  the  Eagle  Works  are  from  Kittatinny  Valley;  the 
ore  bed  varies  from  five  to  thirty  feet  in  thickness.  White  and  gray  pig  metal  are 
made  at  the  furnace,  which  is  wholly  manufactured  at  the  works  into  charcoal  blooms 
and  rolled  into  merchant  iron.  The  furnace  averages  about  35  tons  a  week ;  and  1400 
tons  were  made  from  Oct.,  1851,  to  Oct.,  1852.  The  iron  is  used  for  spades,  shovels, 
and  scythes;  and  the  greater  portion  of  it  is  used  in  Philadelphia  county,  though 
some  goes  to  the  East. 

17.  The  Howard  Iron  Works  (cold-blast  charcoal),  Irwin,  Thomas  <fc  Co.,  are  situated 
at  Howardville,  Center  county.  The  collection  from  these  works  is  very  creditable 
and  full,  containing  everything,  from  the  ore  to  the  merchant  iron.  The  ores  used  are 
the  hematites  and  pipe  ores  of  the  Kittatinny  Valley,  south  side  of  Muncy  Mountain,  and 
the  celebrated  fossiliferous  ore  (called  here  “  Charlie  ore”)  of  Formation  V.,  north  side 
of  same  range.  Of  the  pipe  ores,  the  proportions  are  If  tons  to  a  ton  of  metal,  which 
is  celebrated  for  its  strength,  and  for  bar-iron  purposes.  A  mixture  of  the  samples 
from  this  mine,  produces  both  best  pig  metal  and  bar  iron.  The  flux  (Formation  II.) 
is  from  the  same  locality ;  the  samples  of  ores  in  the  collection  are  from  a  depth  of 
forty  feet;  the  limestone  is  from  the  surface.  The  hematite  of  the  limestone  formation 
of  the  Kittatinny  Valley,  from  Howard,  occurs  in  a  basin,  and  from  within  ten  feet  of 
the  surface  to  an  unknown  depth.  The  deepest  shaft  that  has  been  sunk — 110  feet — has 
reached  neither  limestone  nor  water.  It  has  been  worked  open  for  sixty  feet,  and  in 
no  instance  has  anything  else  but  hematite  and  pipe  ores  (lying  in  large  nests)  been 
found.  It  is  unusual  in  this  region  to  find  the  two  ores  so  closely  united ;  the  pipe  ore 
generally  occurs  with  and  following  the  limestone,  even  when  it  is  thrown  up  to  the 
surface.  The  locality  of  these  ores  is  near  or  at  the  anticlinal  axis.  The  fossiliferous 
oxyd  (“Charlie  ore”)  from  the  north  side  of  the  Muncy  Mountain,  is  found  in  a  bed  of 
from  eight  to  ten  inches  thick,  and  dips  at  an  angle  of  70°.  The  vein  passes  within 
one-fourth  of  a  mile  of  the  furnace,  is  easily  worked,  and  will  yield  60  per  cent,  of  pig 
metal. 

The  flux,  as  has  been  already  stated,  is  the  limestone  of  Kittatinny  Valley,  Forma¬ 
tion  II.  Its  dip  is  nearly  vertical,  and  it  runs  east  and  west  along  the  south-east  base 
of  Muncy  Mountain.  It  is  much  crushed  in  the  upheaval,  and  is  readily  converted 
into  lime. 

The  finished  iron  of  the  Howard  Works  is  much  prized  for  its  malleability  and 
great  strength,  and  is  used  for  smithing  purposes,  boiler  iron,  <kc.  Some  of  their  horse¬ 
shoe  iron  accompanies  the  collection. 

18.  Pennsylvania  Furnace  (cold-blast  charcoal),  Huntingdon  County,  Lyon  <fc  Schorb. 
(The  line  of  Huntingdon  and  Center  counties  runs  through  the  furnace  stack.) 

The  ores  used  at  this  furnace  are  from  the  Kittatinny  Valley,  and  consist  of  hema¬ 
tites  from  Floyd’s  bank,  and  pipe  ores  from  the  furnace  banks.  The  latter  lie  on  an 
anticlinal  axis,  within  half  a  mile  from  the  furnace,  and  between  sandstone  and  lime¬ 
stone.  The  flux  is  limestone,  Formation  II. 

Gray,  white,  and  mottled  iron  are  made  at  this  furnace.  The  white  metal  is 
manufactured  into  blooms  at  the  Catelan  Forges,  owned  by  the  same  Company. '  The 
average  amount  of  pig  metal  made  in  a  blast,  which  is  less  than  a  year,  is  from  1,800 
to  1,900  tons.  The  Bald  Eagle  Furnace,  belonging  to  the  same  Company,  uses  the 
hematites,  but  not  the  pipe  ores.  The  following  analyses  of  Pennsylvania  Furnaoe 
ores  are  from  Rogers’  Reports : — 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


Ore  from  the  Bull  Bank  of  Pennsylvania  Furnace,  Center  county.— Ilematitic ; 
somewhat  mottled ;  compact ;  fracture  conchoidal ;  color,  chocolate  brown. 


Silica  and  insoluble.... 

Alumina . 

Peroxyd  of  iron . 

Manganese . 

Water . 

Loss . 

100-00 

Ore  from  the  Old  Pennsylvania  Furnace  Bank,  Center  county.— Pipe  ore ;  the  pipe 
small,  and  closely  set ;  color,  a  dark  chestnut  brown. 


Silica  and  insoluble.... 

Alumina . 

Peroxyd  iron . 

Oxyd  of  manganese . 

Water . 

Loss . 

100  00 

19.  The  Huntingdon  Furnace  (hot-blast  charcoal),  near  Warrior’s  Mark,  Huntingdon 
county,  Geo.  K.  Schoenberger. 

This  furnace  makes  use  of  the  Kittatinny  Valley  hematite  ores,  and  flux  similar  to 
the  furnace  already  described.  The  localities  of  the  ore  beds  are  in  different  directions 
from  the  furnace,  viz. :  Dry  Hollow,  four  miles  to  the  north-east.  A  specimen  is  sent 
of  beautiful  sfcalactitic,  or  needle  ore,  from  a  bed  near  the  Dry  Hollow  which  has  not 
yet  been  worked;  from  the  Strain  bank,  If  miles  west  from  the  furnace;  and  the 
Wilson  ore,  1|  miles  in  the  same  direction.  Mr.  Hamilton,  the  manager  of  the  works, 
communicated  the  following  information.  For  the  year  1849,  the  average  weekly 
yield  by  the  cold  blast  was  33£  tons : — 


1850,  weekly  yield  by  hot  blast . 38  tons. 

1851,  “  “  “  39£  “ 

1852,  “  “  “  401  “ 


The  year  commences  with  the  1st  of  April,  and  the  blast  lasts  for  about  eleven 
months.  A  fine  specimen  of  the  white  pumice  slag  from  No.  1  iron  of  this  furnace 
accompanies  the  collection. 

20.  Alleghany  Furnace  (charcoal  hot-blast),  near  Hollidaysburg,  Blair  county,  Elias 

Baker. 

The  ores  used  at  this  furnace  are  silicious  hematites  and  pipe  ores  from  Logan 
township,  Blair  county,  and  which  are  found  in  Formation  VI,  on  an  anticlinal  axis, 
between  Formations  VI.  and  VII. ;  and  are  derived,  according  to  Rogers,  from  the 
yellow  ferruginous  sandstones  of  the  lower  strata  of  Formation  VTI.  Mr.  Baker  has 
sent  samples  of  a  variety  of  ores  used  at  the  furnace,  which  differ  only  in  appearance, 
and  which  all  agree  in  yielding  from  56  to  59  per  cent,  metallic  iron,  except  No.  1, 
which  gives  61  per  cent.  The  pipe  ore,  No.  1,  is  the  best  adapted  to  making  bar  iron ; 
but  on  account  of  the  uncertainty  of  mining  it,  but  little  is  used  at  this  furnace.  Nos. 
2  and  3  of  the  collection  are  considered  the  best,  yielding  a  superior  quality  of  foundry 
pig,  now  almost  entirely  used  for  car-wheels,  as  it  chills  well  and  is  very  strong.  Nos. 
4  and  5  yield  well,  but  do  not  work  so  well  in  the  furnace. 

The  following  analyses  of  the  ores  from  the  Alleghany  Furnace,  are  from  Rogers’ 
Fifth  Report; — 

Alleghany  Furnace  Ore  Bank,  six  miles  from  Tuckahoe,  Huntingdon  county  from 
near  the  contact  of  Formations  VI.  and  VII. — Amorphous;  compact;  brittle;  fracture 
earthy;  color,  dark  bluish  brown. 

Silica  and  insoluble .  600 

Alumina .  trace. 

Peroxvd  of  iron .  82  02=  iron,  57 -54  per  cent. 

Peroxyd  of  manganese .  8'00 

Water .  4 '00 

100 '00 

Pipe  ore  from  Tuckahoe. — The  pipes  large;  portions  of  the  surface  iridescent. 

Peroxyd  of  iron .  86  91  =iron,  60‘26  per  cent. 

Alumina .  022 

Silica  and  insoluble .  193 

Water .  10  44 

99-50 

The  limestone  flux  (from  Formation  VI.)  contains  82  per  cent,  carbonate  of  lime. 

No.  9  is  a  piece  of  cinder,  made  at  the  blowing  in  of  the  furnace,  and  which,  when 
fluid,  so  much  resembled  pig  metal,  that  it  was  let  into  the  chills. 

No.  7  is  a  specimen  of  the  deposit  of  oxyd  of  zinc,  called  “  Cadmia,”  which  collects 
on  the  inner  walls  of  the  furnace;  it  contains  82  per  cent,  of  oxyd  of  zinc. 

Rogers  gives  the  analysis  of  Cadmia  from  the  Mary  Ann  Furnace,  Cumberland 
county,  as  follows  : — 


Oxyd  of  zinc . 92-48 

Oxyd  of  lead .  6  48 

Peroxyd  of  iron .  1-00 

Carbonaceous  matter . trace. 


99-96 


20.  Springfield  Furnace  (hot-blast  charcoal),  Blair  county,  D.  Good  &  Co.,  have 
contributed  a  collection  of  their  ores,  flux,  slag,  and  foundry  (car-wheel)  metal.  No 
information  as  to  the  locality  of  the  specimens  has  been  communicated  by  these 
contributors. 

Rogers  gives  the  following  analysis  of  limestone  from  near  Springfield  Furnace, 
obtained  about  400  yards  from  the  base  of  Lock  Mountain :— Color,  dull  dark-blue; 
compact,  finely  grained,  somewhat  sparry ;  fracture  conchoidal. 


Carbonate  lime .  99-20 

Carbonate  magnesia .  none. 

Alumina  and  oxyd  of  iron .  0"50 

Insoluble  matter .  trace. 

Water .  0‘30 


100-00 

We  pass  now  to  the  consideration  of  the  region  of  the  State  west  of  the  Alle- 
ghanies,  which  is  taken  up  here  as  having  been  visited  next  in  order,  although  very 
valuable  eastern  sections  remain  yet  to  be  described.  The  show  from  this  part  of  the 
State  is  not  imposing  in  point  of  numbers,  but  what  has  been  contributed  will  suffice 
to  exemplify  the  western  manufacture.  There  is  no  contribution  of  ores  and  minerals 
from  the  State  fuller  than  that  from  Johnstown,  nor  is  there  as  neat  a  collection  » 
exemplifying  the  manufacture  of  iron,  as  that  from  the  Fail-chance  Works.  The 
country  west  of  the  Alleglianies  contains  the  upper  members  of  the  series  of  deposits, 
according  to  Rogers.  The  strata  have  been  in  general  but  very  little  disturbed. 
The  Alleghany  Mountain  in  this  portion  of  the  State  is  an  elevated  table  land,  the  top 
being  two  miles  in  width,  and  with  the  south-eastern  slope  more  abrupt  than  the  north¬ 
western  one.  The  Conemaugh  Valley,  in  which  Johnstown  and  the  furnaces  about  to 
be  described  are  situated,  is  bounded  by  the  Alleghany  and  the  parallel  ridge  Laurel 
Hill,  through  a  gap  of  which  the  Conemaugh  and  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  pass,  not 
far  from  Johnstown.  Johnstown  is  at,  present  an  interesting  region  to  visit,  the 
mining  operations  and  exposure  of  strata  affording  much  for  the  observation  of  the 
geologist.  This  valley  obtains  from  formation  XI.  to  the  series  XIII.,  containing  the 
coal,  among  the  slates  of  which  occur  the  beds  of  argillaceous  iron  ore — some  six  or 
eight  in  number,  but  many  of  which  have  not  yet  been  fully  developed. 

22,  23.  The  furnace  at  Johnstown,  Cambria  county,  Messrs.  Bay,  Matthew  &  Co.,  was 
undergoing  enlargement  at  the  time  of  visiting.  The  same  firm  are  working  the 
Conemaugh  Furnace,  which  was  also  undergoing  enlargement,  distant  eight  miles 
below.  These  are  both  hot-blast  charcoal  furnaces,  of  10-feet  boshes  and  40  feet  in 
height ;  they  u$e  the  same  ores,  and  have  been  averaging  about  20  tons  a  week ;  but 
when  finished  a  yield  is  expected  of  from  40  to  50  tons.  The  iron  made  is  cold-short, 
and  of  superior  quality.  Both  white  and  gray  metal  is  manufactured,  which  is  used 
at  Pittsburg  for  forge  and  foundry  purposes.  The  ore  and  limestone  used  at  this 
furnace  is  taken  from  the  hill  immediately  behind,  and  is  the  same  as  that  used  by  the 
Cambria  Iron  Company.  This  hill  runs  east  and  west,  is  bounded  east  and  south  by 
the  Conemaugh  River,  and  west  by  Hinkson’s  Run.  The  southern  face,  where  are  the 
principal  openings,  is  a  mile  in  length  (see  map).  The  strata  are  nearly  horizontal, 
the  inclination  being  one  foot  in  sixty. 

24.  The  Cambria  IronCompany,  at  Johnstown,  are  making  very  extensive  preparations 
for  doing  a  large  business.  With  four  hot-blast  charcoal  furnaces  in  operation,  it  is 
purposed  to  erect  four  large  coke  furnaces  (two  of  which  are  in  progress),  and  a  large 
rolling-mill,  the  foundations  for  which  were  being  laid  at  the  time  of  visiting  the 
region  (July,  1853).  Johnstown  is  doubtless  destined,  from  its  position  and  its 
advantages,  both  natural  and  artificial,  to  become  the  seat  of  a  great  iron  manufacture. 
With  all  the  materials  needed  for  making  iron  in  abundance  upon  the  spot,  of  superior 
quality,  and'  most  easily  to  be  mined ;  with  a  descent  from  the  mines  to  the  trunnel- 
heads  of  the  furnaces,  and  from  the  furnaces  to  the  great  avenues  of  transport,  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  and  the  State  Canal ;  and  with  facilities  for  both  an  Eastern 
and  a  Western  market,  this  region  enjoys  an  enviable  position.  Reference  to  the 
specimens  will  show  that  the  Cambria  Iron  Company  has  made  the  largest  contribution 
to  the  Pennsylvania  collection.  Their  contribution  has  been  classified  under  five 
heads,  viz. : — 

(a.)  Specimens  from  their  lands  in  general,  including  ores  and  materials  intended 
to  be  used  in  their  four  new  coke  furnaces,  and  in  part  used  at  other  furnaces. 

(b,  c,  d,  e.)  The  ores  and  products,  respectively,  of  their  four  charcoal  furnaces  in 
Cambria  and  Indiana  counties. 

(a.)  The  lands  at  the  disposition  of  the  Company  embrace  about  30,000  acres 
of  wood,  coal,  and  ore  land.  The  accompanying  map  will  give  an  idea  of  the  geo¬ 
logical  formation  of  the  region,  and  of  the  position  of  the  localities  about  Johnstown. 
The  section,  in  the  map,  commences  with  the  great  ore-seam ;  above  this  is  a  vein  of 
an  entirely  different  nature,  and  which  has  not  been  much  worked.  It  is  said  to  have 
made  good  iron,  and  is  from  eighteen  inches  to  two  feet  thick.  The  specimen  has 
been  placed  No.  1  on  the  Catalogue,  and  in  general  the  numbers  of  this  part  of  the 
Catalogue  are  in  the  relative  position  of  the  minerals  of  the  collection,  as  they  occur 
in  the  earth,  proceeding  from  the  top  downward.  Next  is  found  the  great  ore-seam, 
of  from  3f  to  4  feet  in  thickness.  This  interesting  deposit  has  been  worked  for  the 
last  ten  years,  and  has  yielded  in  the  charcoal  furnaces  one  ton  of  iron  from  2)  to 
3  tons  of  ore.  It  extends  over  a  large  region,  and  has  been  proved  from  two  to 
six  miles  in  every  direction  from  Johnstown,  though  it  is  not  found  in  those  localities 
over  18  inches  in  thickness;  and  in  a  northern  direction  it  becomes  less  rich  in  metal, 
and  of  an  inferior  quality.  At  Johnstown  it  is  worked  on  the  southern  slope  of  the 

53 


E* 


ON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


REPORT  ON  THE  I R 


Map  of  Johnstown,  Cambria  County. 


hill  (A  on  the  map),  running  back  for  a  mile.  The  Cambria  mine’s  opening  is  at  the 
outcrop,  near  the  top  of  the  hill,  from  which  a  railroad  is  constructed  to  bring  the  ore 
down.  This  ore-seam  is  inclosed  between  strata  of  slate,  of  which  top  and  bottom 
specimens  are  sent.  It  is  also  divided  into  two  layers  by  a  stratum  of  slate,  which 
varies  from  four  to  twelve  inches.  Above  this  middle  slate  the  ore  is  coarse,  and 
contains  but  little  lime,  while  below  it,  it  is  fine-grained  and  with  a  considerable 
portion  of  lime.  When  the  ore  of  these  two  divisions  of  the  seam  is  taken  in  equal 
proportions,  it  will  flux  in  a  charcoal  furnace  without  addition  of  lime.  The  nature 
of  the  ore  is  that  of  an  argillaceous  carbonate,  and  like  such  ores  the  outcrop  has  been 
changed  by  atmospheric  influences  to  an  argillaceous  oxyd,  called  Bhell-ore ;  where  it 
is  heavily  covered  it  is  bluish-gray,  a  carbonate,  and  is  called  core-ore.  The  argil¬ 
laceous  oxyd  contains  53  and  two-tenths  per  cent  of  iron  (Chilton).  A  little  lower,  a 
vein  of  kidney-ore  eight  inches  thick  is  found.  Next  in  order,  below,  is  the  first  or 
upper  coal-seam,  8$  to  four  feet  in  thickness.  But  little  of  this  has  been  used ;  it  is 
proposed  to  convert  it  into  coke  (of  which  a  specimen  is  sent),  for  the  four  coke 
furnaces  of  the  Company.  In  the  30  feet  of  shales,  slates,  <fcc.,  below  the 'bituminous 
coal-seam,  are  found  four  veins  of  iron  ore  from  8  to  12  inches,  of  which  specimens 
are  sent  (specimens  12-15).  Below  the  shale  occurs  the  second  seam  of  coal  (specimen 
16),  2)  feet  in  thickness,  and  immediately  beneath  this,  from  21  inches  to  four  feet  of 
limestone,  which  is  used  as  a  flux  in  the  furnaces  of  the  region,  and  is  proposed  to  be 
used  in  the  new  coke  furnaces. 

It  is  interesting  to  begin  at  the  opening  of  the  great  ore  vein  at  the  top  of  the 
hill,  and,  walking  down  the  railroad  which  is  to  carry  it  to  the  trunnel-heads,  to  meet 
next  the  first  coal-vein  opening,  and  lower  down  the  limestone  opening,  and,  having 
thus  seen  in  situ  all  the  materials  used  in  the  manufacture,  to  look  still  lower,  and 

51 


spread  beneath,  the  valley  where  the  iron  is  to  be  reduced,  and  along  which  stretches 
the  railroad  and  canal  which  are  to  carry  it  off,  in  the  shape  of  railroad  bars,  to  the 

extremes  of  the  State. 

Below  the  bed  of  limestone  above  mentioned  are  20  feet  of  shales,  containing 
two  beds  of  iron  ore  from  9  to  13  inches  (specimen  17). 

Next  below  is  the  3 1-feet  seam  of  coal,  which  is  to  be  coked  and  used  in  the  new 
furnaces;  specimens  of  the  coke  and  coal  have  been  sent 

Under  the  coal  is  a  valuable  bed  of  hydraulic  limestone,  of  five  or  six  feet  in 
thickness.  This  limestone  is  opened  on  the  hill  on  the  other  side  of  the  river.  There 
are  two  mills  here  (Merryman,  and  Powers  &  Co.)  for  the  manufacture  of  cement  from 
this  limestone,  each  of  which  averages  about  100  bushels  a  day.  The  cement  is  supplied 
to  the  Alleghany  Portage,  the  Central,  the  Alleghany  Valley  railroads,  and  to  other 
places.  Specimens  of  the  cement,  in  its  crude  and  manufactured  state,  will  be  found  in 
the  collection. 

Immediately  under  the  cement  is  a  bed  of  fire-clay,  of  from  10  to  12  feet,  and 
below  this,  13  inches  of  black-band  iron  ore  (specimen  26).  This  ore  is  supposed  to 
be  of  good  quality,  although  it  has  not  yet  been  worked. 

There  is  another  vein  of  coal,  3f  feet  in  thickness,  still  lower  than  the  preceding. 

A  specimen  of  the  conglomerate  of  this  region  is  sent,  which  is  used  for  hearthstones 
in  the  furnaces. 

Specimen  29  is  from  the  outcrop  of  a  large  seam  of  cannel  coal,  which  is  believed  ] 
to  be  12  feet  in  thickness,  and  which  has  recently  been  discovered  upon  a  form,  near 
the  large  viaduct  of  the  Portage  Railroad,  and  within  four  miles  of  Johnstown. 

The  hot-blast  charcoal  furnaces  belonging  to  the  Cambria  Iron  Company  are : — 

25.  (6.)  Cambria  Furnace,  Cambria  County  (see  map). 


see 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  AND  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


26.  (c.)  Black-Lick  Furnace ,  Indiana  County  (see  map). 

27.  (d.)  Mill  Creek  Furnace,  Cambria  County,  and 

28.  (e.)  Ben's  Creek  Furnace,  Cambria  County. 

These  are  furnaces  of  eiglit-feet  boshes ;  and,  together,  average  120  tons  of  pig  metal 
a  -week.  They  are  distant  from  three  to  four  miles  from  each  other.  In  the  collection 
are  specimens  of  the  ores,  materials,  and  products  of  these  furnaces ;  the  ores  and 
materials  being  similar  to  those  from  this  region  already  described.  Near  Johnstown, 
at  the  place  indicated  on  the  map,  are  50  acres  of  bottom  land,  one-quarter  of  a  mile 
distant  from  the  town,  and  between  the  river  and  the  canal,  upon  which  a  large 
rolling-mill  for  the  manufacture  of  railroad  iron  is  being  erected,  nearly  600  feet  long 
by  about  200  in  width.  It  is  expected,  when  finished,  to  make  1 20  tons  of  rails  per  day. 

It  was  proposed  to  reach,  from  Pittsburg,  the  neighboring  counties,  in  which  are 
many  furnaces;  but  the  state  of  the  water  at  the  period  of  the  visit,  which  rendered 
the  transportation  of  the  specimens  difficult  to  be  effected  in  the  time  allowed, 
compelled  a  recourse  to  circulars,  sent  to  all  the  Iron  Furnaces,  84  in  number,  and  of 
which  but  three  were  answered  by  specimens,  viz.,  from  Pike  Furnace,  Clarion  county ; 
Winfield  Furnace,  Butler  county;  and  from  the  Fairchance  Iron  Works.  Fayette  county. 

All  that  is  to  be  seen,  therefore,  from  Pittsburg,  is  the  celebrated  bituminous  coal, 
to  which  the  city  owes  its  prosperity  and  its  color. 

The  Pittsburg  coal-seam  rests  on  the  great  bed  of  limestone ;  it  consists  of  two 
seams  of  coal,  divided  by  a  layer  of  clay,  and  separated  from  the  limestone  by  a  few 
inches  of  blue  clay,  and  is  from  54  to  8  feet  in  thickness  (Rogers).  The  stratification 
is  nearly  horizontal.  Professor  Rogers  has  observed  the  increase  in  bituminous  matter 
in  the  coals  of  Pennsylvania  going  westward.  .  In  his  State  Reports,  it  is  noted  that 
the  first  group  of  coals,  from  various  parts  of  the  basin  nearest  the  Alleghany  Mountain, 
averaged  21  per  cent,  volatile  matter;  the  next  basin  to  the  north-west  was  somewhat 
higher ;  the  third  range  averaged  34  per  cent, ;  and  the  great  western  basin  of  the 
Alleghany  and  Monongahela  averaged  nearly  40  per  cent,  of  bituminous  matter.  The 
sulphur  present  also  increases  as  we  proceed  westward. 

Iron  Ore  of  Clarion  County. — In  the  region  of  the  counties  of  Clarion  and  Butler, 
on  and  bordering  the  Alleghany  River,  there  is  an  important  and  extensive  deposit  of 
ore,  which  occurs  below  a  formation  of  shales  and  sandstones  (containing  nodular  iron 
ore),  and  overlying  a  formation  of  fossiliferous  limestone.  Upon  this  limestone  is 
situated  a  layer  of  silicious  nature  and  cellular  character,  like  the  buhr-stone  of  France, 
impregnated  with  varying  portions  of  oxyd  of  iron.  The  deposit  of  ore  is  upon  and 
passes  into  the  buhr-stone,  the  one  abounding  where  the  other  is  wanting.  The  ore  is 
a  mixture  of  protocarbonate  and  peroxyd  (the  former  changing  into  the  latter  at  the 
outcrops),  and  is  frequently  silicious.  The  next  stratum  above  the  shale  is  coal. 

Rogers  gives  the  following  analysis  of  this  ore  from  Clarion  county : — 

Peroxy  d  of  iron  )  87 '04  =  metallic  iron,  54T4  per  cent. 

Carbonate  of  iron  j  ’  r 


Alumina .  0’05 

Carbonate  of  lime .  4‘06 

Silica  and  insoluble. _  5 '08 

Water .  105 


97-28 

The  ores  from  the  two  following  furnaces  belong  to  the  above  formation. 

29.  Pike  Furnace  (cold-blast  charcoal),  Clarion  county,  Duff  &  Co. 

The  ores  Nos.  1  and  2,  designated  on  the  labels  “limestone  ore,”  are  said  to  repose 
upon  a  stratum  of  limestone  of  about  five  feet  in  thickness,  and  which  itself  varies  from 
six  to  twelve  inches.  The  kidney-ore,  which  is  sometimes  used  at  this  furnace,  is  found 
at  different  localities  in  the  neighborhood.  Coal  is  sent  with  the  collection,  occurring 
in  two  seams  above  the  ore.  The  stratum  of  bituminous  coal  is  44  feet  thick,  and 
cannel  coal  is  found  in  spots  of  from  seven  to  twelve  feet  in  thickness.  Specimens  of 
pig  metal,  slags,  and  the  flux  used  in  the  furnace  (which  is  from  the  stratum  of  lime¬ 
stone  under  the  ore),  are  also  contributed.  The  collection  is  aecmnpanied  by  a  section 
showing  the  position  of  the  beds  of  slate,  ore,  and  coal.  • 

30.  Winfield  Furnace  (charcoal  cold-blast),  Butler  county,  Wm.  L.  Spear. 

The  ore,  designated  No.  1  in  the  Catalogue,  is  found  in  a  stratum  of  from  eight 
to  twelve  inches  in  thickness,  and  upon  the  limestone.  This  is  thought  to  be  the  most 
productive  ore,  and  produces  a  superior  iron. 

The  ore  No.  2  is  found  100  feet  above  the  preceding.  At  its  outcrop  it  measures 
twelve  inches,  but  at  a  distance  of  fifty  yards  in  the  hill,  where  it  is  now  worked,  it  has 
thickened  to  four  feet.  Though  not  very  rich,  this  is  an  esteemed  ore,  being  the  more 
profitable  to  work,  since,  on  account  of  its  porous  condition,  it  requires  less  fuel  to 
make  a  ton  of  metal. 

No.  3  is  found  with  the  others  in  the  same  hill,  thirty  feet  above  No.  2,  and  in  a 
stratum  five  feet  in  thickness.  When  first  taken  out,  and  before  having  been  exposed 
to  the  action  of  the  weather,  the  ore  presents  much  the  appearance  of  limestone.  It 
is  considered  a  valuable  ore  to  work  with  the  silicious  ore  No.  2,  and  is  supposed  to 
owe  this  property  to  lime  which  it  contains.  When  mixed  in  the  proportion  of  one- 
third  with  No.  2,  a  very  fluid  slag  results,  and  a  fine  iron.  If  this  proportion  be  ex¬ 
ceeded,  the  appearance  of  the  slag  does  not  change,  but  hard  white  iron  is  produced. 

We  have  specimens  of  foundry  and  forge  metal,  with  their  corresponding  slags, 
made  from  the  ores  2  and  3.  Sixty  pounds  of  limestone  are  required  to  flux  1,000  lbs. 
of  ore. 

The  specimen  of  coal,  No.  7  in  the  Catalogue,  is  from  a  stratum  five  feet  in  thick¬ 


ness.  Coal  No.  8  of  Catalogue  is  four  feet  thick,  and  sixty  feet  above  the  preceding 
coal  seam. 

The  stratum  of  limestone  is  twenty-five  feet  thick,  and  twelve  feet  above  the  first 
coal  seam. 

These  minerals  all  occur  conveniently  to  the  furnace,  and  are  opened  upon  the 
south-west  side  of  the  hill.  As  they  are  found  in  the  same  order  upon  the  north-east 
side  of  the  same  hill,  they  are  estimated  to  extend  three-fourths  of  a  mile  through  the 
hill,  and  can  be  found  without  any  difficulty  at  any  places  of  the  same  level  within 
three  miles  of  the  furnace. 

About  fifty  tons  per  week  of  charcoal  pig  are  yielded  at  this  furnace.  The  metal 
has  to  suffer  the  inconvenience  of  an  eight-miles  land-carriage  to  the  Pennsylvania 
Canal,  which  will  be  obviated  when  the  North-Western  Railroad,  which  passes  the 
furnace,  is  completed. 

31.  Fairchance  Iron  Works,  Fayette  county,  F.  H.  Oliphant. 

This  complete  little  collection  well  exemplifies  the  manufacture,  from  the  ore  to 
the  variously  finished  merchant  iron,  and  with  specimens  illustrating  the  texture  of 
the  material  and  appearance  when  bent,  both  hot  and  cold.  The  ore  is  argillaceous, 
and  the  flux  is  in  the  proportion  of  100  lbs.  of  limestone  to  2,000  lbs.  of  ore.  The  pig 
metal  is  charcoal  cold-blast.  There  are  no  squeezers  nor  muck  rolls  used  at  the  mill, 
the  iron  from  the  boiling  furnaces  being  hammered  into  slabs  for  nails,  and  into 
blooms  for  bars. 

Recrossing  the  Alleghanies,  the  next  locality  visited  was  Harrisburg. 

32.  The  Harrisburg- Anthracite  Furnace,  Gov.  D.  R.  Porter,  uses  the  magnetic  ore 
from  Lebanon  county,  together  with  hematites  from  Cumberland  and  York  counties, 
specimens  of  which  are  in  the  collection.  The  Cornwall  ore,  from  Lebanon  county,  is 
an  ore  much  esteemed  and  used  by  a  number  of  furnaces  which  have  access  to  it.  Its 
position  is  in  the  red  sandstone  formation  (Middle  Secondary  of  Rogers),  in  the  vicinity 
of  a  trap  dike,  where  it  occurs  in  large  masses  or  hills.  It  is  found  with  copper,  and 
much  of  it  is  mingled  with  pyrites.  It  is  used  in  the  furnace  in  two  forms — soft,  or 
pulverulent,  and  a  dense  variety.  (See  specimens.)  The  following  analysis  is  given  by 
Rogers : — 

Magnetic  ore  from  Cornwall  Mine,  Lebanon  county.  Description. — Nearly  black ; 
aspect  dull,  with  brilliant  points ;  somewhat  cellular ;  the  little  cavities  containing 
small  octahedral  crystals  of  magnetic  oxyd,  and  also  a  whitish  asbestiform  mineral. 
The  ore  possesses  magnetic  polarity.  The  water  is  probably  hygrometric. 

Magnetic  oxyd  of  iron . 97 '99  =  iron,  70'34  per  cent. 

Alumina .  0‘84 

Silica  and  insoluble .  0’24 

Water .  0-12 

99- 19 

The  Cumberland  Valley  is  a  prolongation  of  the  Kittatinny  Valley,  which  has 
already  been  described,  when  noting  the  furnaces  in  the  neighborhood  of  Reading,  as 
embracing  the  limestone  formation  No.  II.  and  the  slate  formation  III.  The  hematite 
occurs  in  nests  in  clay  upon  this  limestone;  that  occurring  at  the  junction  of  the  lime¬ 
stone  Avith  the  sandstone  formation  I.,  is  a  cold  short  ore,  containing  manganese. 

The  Harrisburg  Furnace  uses  Cumberland  Valley  ore  from  near  Shippensburg.  The 
following  analysis  of  the  Cumberland  county  hematite  is  from  Rogers’  Fourth  Report: — 

From  the  old  diggings  at  Pilgrim  bank,  north-east  from  Shippensburg. — Structure, 
closely  adhering,  almost  obliterated  pipes  ;  color,  chestnut  brown. 

Silica  and  insoluble .  6-08 

Alumina .  4-00 

Peroxyd  of  iron . 77"07  =iron,  54'39  per  cent. 

Water .  II ’00 

Loss .  0’05 

100- 00 

The  limestone  used  as  a  flux  in  this  furnace  is  from  this  formation  of  Cumberland 
Valley,  being  obtained  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  furnace,  on  the 
railroad  from  Bridgeport  to  York. 

The  York  county  ores  are  from  Pigeon  Hill  and  Jefferson.  These  occur  in  lime¬ 
stone  formation  II.  of  the  York  Valley,  and  are  similar  to  those  already  described. 
The  Pigeon  Hills  are  the  slates  and  sandstones  of  Formation  I.  rising  through  the 
limestone  formation  of  the  York  Valley.  The  pumice  cinder  is  from  N o.  1  iron,  made 
from  Chestnut  Hill  ore,  which  is  not  now  used  at  the  furnace. 

The  sandstone  hearth  of  this  furnace  is  from  Rausch’s  Gap,  thirty  miles  from 
Harrisburg.  The  fuel  used  is  the  anthracite  of  the  Wyoming  basin,  of  which  several 
varieties  are  employed,  and,  among  others,  those  from  Coopers  and  Wadhans  veins, 
of  which  specimens  are  sent. 

The  three  different  kinds  of  iron  are  made  at  the  Harrisburg  Furnace,  although 
lately  but  little  foundry  iron  has  been  smelted.  The  average  of  pig  metal  manufactured 
throughout  the  year  is  at  the  rate  of  83  tons  a  week,  and  is  mostly  used  in  Pittsburg 
for  forge  purposes.  Since  last  November,  1,300  tons  were  sold  in  Pittsburg. 

The  following  interesting  group  of  furnaces,  in  Lancaster  county,  between  Columbia 
and  Marietta,  were  next  visited : — 

The  Henry  Clay,  H*ldeman  &  Small  ;  Chickiswalungo,  Dr.  E.  IIaldemax  &  Co. ; 
Donegal,  Eckert  ifc  Stein  ;  andY’Ac  Marietta  Furnaces  of  Schoenberger,  Musselman  & 
Co. 

55 


REPORT  ON  THE  IRON  AND  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 


i 


They  employ  the  ores  of  the  locality  from  Formations  I.  and  II.,  and  some 
furnaces  use  the  Cornwall  ore.  The  fuel  is  the  Wyoming  anthracite  of  the  Baltimore 
Coal  Company,  and  the  flux,  the  limestone  of  Formation  II.  This  limestone  formation 
is  invaded,  between  Columbia  and  Marietta,  by  a  ridge  of  hills  of  the  sandstone 
formation  I.  A  specimen  of  this  sandstone  is  sent  from  the  Chickiswalungo  Furnace, 
where  it  occurs.  Upon  this  sandstone,  at  Chestnut  Hill,  is  found  the  celebrated  hema¬ 
tite  ore  of  that  name.  “It  lies  (Rogers)  in  a  basin-shaped  depression  in  the  rock,  and 
is  sometimes  confusedly  mixed  with  sand,  clay,  and  steatitic  matter,  and  sometimes  lies, 
surrounded  by  a  less  proportion  of  foreign  matter,  in  nearly  horizontal  beds.”  It  is  a 
cold  short  ore. 

Rogers  gives  the  following  analysis  of  ore  from  Chestnut  Hill,  near  Columbia, 
Lancaster  county,  in  Formation  I. : — Brown  ;  compact ;  surface  mamillary ;  outer  por¬ 
tions  of  the  mass  crystalline  and  radiated.  The  analysis  was  performed  upon  a  piece 
representing  the  average  of  the  mass. 

Pei-oxyd  of  iron .  84-39  =  iron,  58'51  per  cent 

Alumina .  2-46 

Silica  and  insoluble .  2-38 

Water .  10'99 

100-22 

33.  The  Henry  Clay  Furnace  uses  the  coarse  and  fine  varieties  of  the  Cornwall  ore, 
together  with  the  hematite  from  Chestnut  Hill.  The  limestone  is  from  the  mouth  of 
the  Chickiswalungo  Creek,  300  yards  from  the  furnace  up  the  Susquehanna.  The 
furnace  averages  75  tons  a  week  at  present. 

34.  The  Chickiswalungo  Furnace ,  the  next  on  the  river  adjoining  the  Henry  Clay,  uses 
Cornwall  and  Chestnut  Hill  ores,  together  with  a  hematite  from  their  own  mine  near 
Chestnut  Hill,  which  is  a  red  short  ore,  and  occurs  in  nests  in  clay  upon  the  limestone 
formation  II. 

The  hematites  from  Chestnut  Hill,  and  from  Haldeman’s  Mine,  in  this  collection, 
are  very  fine.  Professor  S.  S.  Haldeman  has  contributed  specimens  of  Chestnut  Hill 
hematite  containing  a  compound  of  arsenic,  and  another  from  within  seven  miles  of 
Allentown.  There  are  also  crystallized  slags,  from  the  Chickiswalungo  Furnace,  of  a 
stellated  form,  and  a  fine  specimen  of  “  kisli,”  or  artificial  graphite. 

The  furnace  has  been  making  65  tons  of  metal  a  week,  and  is  enlarging  to  90 
tons. 

35.  The  Donegal  Furnace,  near  Marietta,  uses  Chestnut  Hill  and  Cornwall  ores.  Its 
dimension  is  11-feet  boshes,  having  been  enlarged  one  foot  since  1849.  From  83  to  90 
tons  of  the  different  varieties  of  pig  metal  are  made  per  week,  which,  this  season,  goes 
nearly  all  to  Pittsburg. 

36.  37.  The  two  Marietta  Furnaces  of  Schoenberger,  Musselman  &.  Co.  use  the  hema¬ 
tites  of  Sherks  and  Clarkes  ore  banks,  and  the  Stoner  hematite  of  York  county,  which 
is  argillaceous,  and  situated  in  detritus  from  a  sandstone  hill.  They  estimate  their 
present  yield  at  7,000  tons  of  white,  gray,  and  mottled  metal  per  year,  which  is  sent  to 
Baltimore  and  Pittsburg,  though  there  is  also  a  large  local  custom. 


4th.  Hopkins’ ;  slightly  cold  short,  and  rather  more  silicious  than  2  and  3 ;  is  2^ 
miles  to  the  south-east  from  the  rolling-mill. 

5th.  Good’s;  occurs  one  mile  south-east  from  the  rolling-mill,  and  is  slightly  sili¬ 
cious,  but  not  cold  short. 

6th.  Goutner’s  is  found  near  the  Hopkins  ore,  which  it  resembles  very  much. 

With  mixtures  of  these  ores,  to  which  the  mill  slags  are  added,  2£  tons  are 
required  for  a  ton  of  iron. 

The  hematite  deposit  of  this  part  of  Lancaster  county  has  been  traced,  here  and 
there,  along  a  zone  of  country  about  two  miles  in  width,  commencing  at  Safe  Harbor 
and  extending  for  perhaps  twelve  miles.  It  has  been  proposed  to  connect  Columbia 
and  Westchester  by  a  railroad,  which  would  pass  through  this  region,  and  would 
greatly  develop  its  ores,  as  many  of  them  are  now  inaccessible. 

39.  Conowingo  Furnace  (cold-blast  charcoal),  Lancaster  county,  Jas.  M.  Hopkins. 

The  ore  used  here  is  a  brown  hematite  from  the  Conowingo  Mine,  Bart  township, 
five  miles  north  of  the  furnace  in  Bart  township.  The  ore  and  its  geological  position 
are  the  same  as  those  of  the  Safe  Harbor  Works,  already  described.  The  limestone  is  to 
the  east,  and  the  dip  is  west,  at  an  angle  of  60°.  The  mine  is  an  open  bank  ;  it  was 
commenced  at  about  four  feet  from  the  surface,  and  has  now  reached  a  depth  of  80 
feet,  and  is,  where  worked,  from  60  to  80  feet  in  width.  The  water  which  is  discharged 
from  the  mine  amounts  to  200  gallons  per  minute.  This  ore,  which  is  neither  cold  nor 
red  short,  is  worked  raw,  and  yields  in  the  furnace  about  40  per  cent,  of  metal.  The 
iron  is  sold  for  car-wheels,  and  is  esteemed  for  its  equal  chilling;  it  is  also  used  for 
boiler-plate,  and  is  found  of  great  advantage  to  mix  with  Coleman’s  Cornwall  iron  for 
blooms. 

The  iron  made  here,  which  is  principally  lively  gray,  and  forge  metal,  averages  25 
tons  a  week,  and  is  used  in  Philadelphia,  and  at  the  forges  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
furnace. 

The  limestone  flux  is  obtained  from  the  banks  of  Beaver  Creek,  Strasburg  township, 
eight  miles  north  from  the  works. 

The  conglomerate  used  for  the  hearth  is  brought  from  the  Forest,  Berks  county 
near  Morgantown. 

Ores  of  lead,  copper,  zinc,  and  nickel  from  Lancaster. — From  Lancaster  Mr.  E.  S. 
IIubley  and  Mr.  R.  Clarksox  have  contributed  minerals  of  lead,  zinc,  and  copper  from 
the  neighborhood.  Two  of  these  mines,  within  half  a  square  of  each  other,  are  five 
miles  distant  from  Lancaster  (upon  the  Harrisburg  turnpike),  upon  Chestnut  Hill  ridge. 
They  are  at  present  held  by  a  New  York  Company,  who  expect  shortly  to  mine  them 
extensively.  The  silicate  of  zinc  at  this  place  was  once  quarried  for  the  purpose  of 
mending  the  turnpike! 

The  Gap  Mine,  which  yields  copper  pyrites  containing  nickel,  is  distant  twenty 
miles  from  Lancaster.  In  this  part  of  the  collection  are  specimens  of  this  pyrites  from 
Mr.  Hubley,  and  also  one  from  Dr  Genth,  who  analyzed  it.  Dr.  Gentli  found  that  “the 
Gap  specimens  containing  actinolite  were  the  richest  in  copper.  The  purest  nickel 
ores  do  not  contain  more  than  3  per  cent  of  nickel.  The  average  ores,  without  copper 
pyrites,  contain  by  analysis  1|  per  cent.,  and  those  with  copper  pyrites  give  nickel 
0  6;  copper  12  9;  and  gangue  36'5  per  cent.” 


38.  Safe  Harbor  Iron  Works,  Lancaster  County,  Reeves,  Abbott  &  Co. 

These  works,  situated  on  the  Susquehanna,  nine  miles  from  Lancaster,  and  about  the 
same  distance  below  Columbia,  were  commenced  in  1847,  and  consist  of  an  anthracite 
furnace  of  fourteen-feet  puddling  furnaces,  and  a  rail  mill— together  with  a  foundry, 
and  pattern  and  machine  shops,  of  a  capacity  for  manufacturing  everything,  including 
brass  castings,  necessary  to  the  machinery,  etc.,  of  the  works.  The  pig  metal,  which 
is  of  the  varieties  2  and  3,  averages  100  tons  a  week,  and  is  all  used  at  the  works  for 
rails,  together  with  about  200  tons  a  week  purchased  from  the  Shawnee,  Chulasky  and 
Franklin  Furnaces,  near  Danville.  The  present  average  product  of  rails  per  week  is 
280  tons ;  of  these,  1,000  tons  per  month  go  to  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad,  and  the 
remainder  to  the  railroad  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Twelve  additional  puddling  furnaces,  of  improved  construction,  are  being  erected 
and  two  additional  heating  furnaces,  which  will  increase  the  capacity  of  the  works 
fifty  per  cent.  During  the  present  year,  ending  with  the  1st  of  April  1854  it  is  ex¬ 
pected  that  14,000  tons  of  rails  will  have  been  made. 


For  puddling,  the  bituminous  coal  of  Hollidaysburg  is  used.  For  the  heatir 
furnaces,  and  for  the  blast  furnace,  the  Wyoming  Valley  anthracite,  from  sever 
Companies  at  Nanticoke,  Wilkesbarre,  Plymouth,  and  Pittston  (of  which  a  collectic 
is  sent),  is  employed.  The  furnace  hearth  is  of  fire-brick,  made  by  the  Company  fro 
fire-clay,  at  their  works  at  North-East,  Cecil  county,  in  Maryland.  The  limestone  fli 
is  obtained  from  the  Conestoga  Creek,  from  one  to  three  miles  distant  from  the  furnac 
m  ores  used,  six  in  number,  are  all  hematites,  and  all  slightly  silicious.  The 
geological  position  is  the  same,  being  found  in  nests  in  Formation  I.,  with  the  Lira 
stone  II.  on  the  north  side,  and  the  mica  slate  of  the  metamorphic  rocks  on  the  sou“ 
Ihese  ores  are  as  follows : — 


c.  "“her 0011  ,hort  »«■  *'»”*  "*>f  *  ■*. 

mind  rrS;r  \COllSll0rt  °re;  0CCUrS  600  feet  t0  the  ™st  of  the  rollii 
mill  The  deposit  here  has  the  appearance  of  a  vein,  eleven  feet  thick,  in  a  posit! 

nearly  vertical  between  the  mica  slate  and  limestone,  and  has  been  traced  by 
outcrops  east  and  west  for  nearly  half  a  mile  ^ 

u..SiSS h  'i"“*r  ,0  No- “d  in  the  «*•  «.« 

56 


The  remaining  furnaces  are  those  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia: 

40.  Phcenixville  Iron  Works,  Chester  County,  Reeves,  Buck  it  Co.— These  iron  works  at 
Phoenixville  have  in  operation  three  anthracite  furnaces,  which  together  yield  weekly 
250  tons  of  pig  metal.  This  is  puddled  and  converted  into  rails  by  extensive  furnaces 
and  mills.  The  present  yield  of  rails  is  1000  tons  a  month,  though  over  1200  tons 
have  been  made.  Extensive  improvements  are  going  on  at  these  works,  among  which 
are  furnaces  for  the  preparation  of  wrought  iron,  direct  from  the  ores,  and  arrange¬ 
ments  for  the  manufacture  of  merchant  iron.  The  fuel  used  is  hard  white  ash  anthra¬ 
cite  from  Tamaqua.  The  flux  is  blue  and  white  limestone  from  Cranford’s  quarry, 
below  Norristown.  The  charge  is  raised  to  the  trunnel  head  of  the  furnace  by 
balancing  by  water,  a  reservoir  of  which  at  the  top  of  the  furnace  is  supplied  by  the 
engine.  The  hot  gases  are  conducted  to  the  surface  of  the  ground  where  the  boilers 
are  placed.  The  ores  in  use  at  these  furnaces  are  in  great  variety;  they  comprise 
magnetic  ores  from  Cornwall,  Jones,  French  Creek,  Warwick,  Oakley’s  (at  Reading), 
and  Boyerstown.  These  ores  have  all  been  previously  described,  with  the  exception 
of  that  from  Boyerstown.  This  ore  is  from  Berks  county,  and  is  situated  in  the  red 
sandstone  formation  near  a  trap  dike,  and  near  its  contact  with  the  primary  rocks  of 
the  South  Mountain.  The  following  analysis  is  from  Rogers’  Report : _ 

Color,  dark  dull-gray,  approaching  black,  with  glimmering  crystalline  points; 
powder,  black ;  effervesces  very  slightly  by  an  acid ;  contains  some  green  chloritic 
clay;  acts  on  the  magnetic  needle. 


Magnetic  oxyd  of  iron. . . . 

Alumina . 

Carbonate  of  lime . 

Magnesia . 

Silica  and  insoluble . 

Water . . . 


86-67  =  iron,  62-22  per  cent. 

1- 36 
0-80 

2- 60 
7-72 
0-80 


99-95 

There  is  also  a  magnetic  ore  used  here  which  has  already  occurred  in  the  collection, 
although  it  has  not  been  desenbed,  viz.:  Green’s  ore  at  Isabella  Furnace,  West  Nant- 
meal  townsh.p,  Chester  county.  This  ore  is  titaniferous,  and  occurs  as  a  vein  in 
gneiss  rock  Is  of  a  dark  color,  metallic  luster,  cleavage  foliated,  sometimes  granular, 
and  has  polarity.  Its  density  is  4-95,  and  composition  (State  Reports)— 


APPENDIX  TO  CARBONIFEROUS  A>N  D  FERRIFEROUS  MINERALS. 


Titanic  acid . 22'39 

Protoxyd  of  iron .  76-86  =  iron,  59-44  per  cent. 

Loss .  0-75 


100-00 

These  magnetic  ores  are  mixed  with  the  following  hematites 1st  Roudenbusch’s, 
Berks  county  (see  Dr.  Hiester’s  Map).  This  ore  occurs,  in  nests,  in  the  Formation  I. 
2d.  Yellow  Springs  (Chester  county),  hematite.  This  ore  has  the  usual  appearance, 
but  is  of  resinous  luster.  It  occurs  in  a  ferruginous  loam,  upon  gneiss  rock.  The 
following  is  its  analysis,  from  the  State  Reports : — 

Peroxyd  of  iron . 82  91  =  iron,  57 '55  per  cent 

Alumina .  1-35 

Water . 13-90 

Silica  and  insoluble .  3-32 

101-48 

3d.  Hematite  from  Spring  Mills,  which  occurs  in  the  Limestone  L  of  the  Great 
Valley,  in  nests  of  clay,  and  in  some  places  with  earthy  plumbago  and  dentoxyd  of 
manganese. 

The  remaining  furnaces  to  be  noted  are  in  Montgomery  county,  below  Norristown, 
near  to  each  other,  and  form  a  natural  group,  using  the  ores  of  Montgomery  county, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Swede  Furnace,  which  uses  other  ores  in  addition.  These 
hematites,  opened  in  so  many  places,  are  all  similar  to  the  Spring  Mill  ore,  and  occur 
like  that  ore,  though  they  vary  in  quality,  some  being  more  silicious  than  others. 
Their  fuel  is  anthracite,  from  the  Pottsville  region,  and  their  flux  scraps,  from  the  blue 
and  white  marble  quarries  of  the  neighborhood. 

41.  The  Spring  Mill  Furnace,  David  Reese,  had  just  blown  in  at  the  time  of  visiting 
it,  and  was  producing  from  70  to  80  tons  of  pig  metal  per  week.  The  marble  flux  is 
from  David  Potts’  quarry;  the  coal  from  Ratcliff  &  Co.,  and  from  J.  &  R.  Carter. 
The  ores  sent  are  very  beautiful,  and  well  illustrate  the  variety  of  form  of  the 
hematites  of  this  region.  The  ores  are  obtained  from  the  following  banks:  David 
Reeves’  mine,  White  Penn  township,  near  Flowertown ;  William  Coulston’s,  near 
Flowertown ;  Rex’s  mine,  Springfield ;  Hitner’s,  Kirkner’s,  Andrew  Fil’s,  and  Lentz’s, 
all  in  Whitemarsh ;  Kunzi’s  &  Potts’  mines,  Plymouth  ;  and  Ottinger’s  mine,  Springfield. 

In  this  collection  is  placed  a  specimen  of  the  ore  of  the  Durham  Furnace,  con¬ 
tributed  by  Mr.  Rites.  This  ore  is  from  an  injected  magnetic  vein  in  the  gneiss  of  the 
South  Mountain,  at  Durham,  on  the  Delaware. 

42.  The  Plymouth  and  Merion  Furnaces,  at  Conshohocken,  are  both  worked  by  the 
same  firm,  S.  Colwell  &  Co.  Mr.  J.  B.  Roberts,  the  Director,  has  sent  their  collections. 
The  Plymouth  uses  hematites  from  Markley’s  mine,  Plymouth ;  Woods,  Whitemarsh  <Ss 
Treacy’s  (pipe  ore),  Penn  township.  The  flux  of  the  furnaces  is  from  Hooker’s  quarry, 
Whitemarsh,  and  the  fuel  from  the  Forest  Improvement,  and  from  other  Companies. 
Tile  specimens  sent  are  average  working  ones  of  the  furnaces;  all  the  ores  are  washed, 
and  thus  yield  from  38  to  40  per  cent,  in  the  furnaces.  At  this  furnace  is  a  foundry 
for  casting  the  large  main  water-pipes  of  Philadelphia.  The  average  weekly  yield  of 
the  Plymouth  is  from  65  to  70  tons.  The  Merion  hematites  are  from  Hitner’s,  White¬ 
marsh,  from  Freedly’s,  Plymouth,  and  from  Rambo’s  and  Dehaven’s,  Merion  townships. 
The  weekly  yield  of  this  furnace  is  from  90  to  95  tons. 

43.  The  Swede  Iron  Company,  below  Norristown,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  have 
two  large  furnaces  in  operation,  and  are  erecting  a  third,  of  14-feet  boshes  and  52  feet 
in  height,  which  is  expected  to  go  into  operation  by  the  1st  of  September.  The  boilers 
of  these  furnaces  are  heated  by  the  blast-furnaces,  and  are  situated  at  the  trunnel-head, 
where  they  are  supported  by  arches.  The  present  average  per  week  for  each  furnace 
is  120  tons,  the  market  for  which  pig  metal  is  in  Philadelphia.  The  coal  is  white  ash, 
from  L  C.  Dougherty,  Clarkson,  Davis,  Charles  Miller,  Ac.,  Schuylkill  county. 

The  ores  used  are  the  Cornwall  magnetic  oxyd,  and  the  magnetic  ore  of  Serpentine 
Ridge,  Chester  county,  near  West  Chester,  in  addition  to  the  hematites  of  the  already 
described  formation.  These  are  from  the  Swede  Iron  Company’s  mines,  situated  at 
Limestone  Ridge,  a  mile  and  a  quarter  westward  from  the  furnace,  and  are  to  be 
connected  with  it  by  a  short  rail  now  being  built.  The  Ridge  runs  east  and  west,  and 
the  ore  is  in  nests,  in  the  superincumbent  clay.  Hematite  from  the  Slate  Hills,  a  mile 
and  a  half  south-west  from  the  furnace,  is  also  used.  The  deposits  of  this  ore  lie 
between  traps  and  limestone.  We  have  also  from  this  furnace  five  specimens  of  iron 
and  slags,  some  of  which  are  crystalline.  The  spun  glass  slag  (19  of  Catalogue)  recalls 
certain  varieties  of  lavas.  It  is  blown  out  into  threads  by  the  blast,  and  indicates 
No.  1  iron.  We  have  this  slag  also,  and  in  finer  fiber,  from  the  Johnstown  Furnace. 
There  is  also  a  fine  specimen  of  kish,  or  artificial  graphite,  from  the  Swede  Company. 
No.  33  is  a  curious  piece  of  iron  from  the  slag,  which  shows  a  tendency  to  crystal¬ 
lization  in  large  octahedra. 

Crystallized  minerals  as  furnace  products. — No.  31  is  a  piece  of  metal,  covered  in 
parts  with  short  fibrous  crystals,  made  under  peculiar  circumstances.  The  furnace 
was  working  very  badly,  was  without  boshes,  and  just  about  going  out  of  blast. 
Where  the  pigs  were  broken  from  the  sows,  white  fumes  arose,  the  condensation  of 
which  is  supposed  to  have  given  rise  to  these  crystals. 

The  crystals  are  white,  opaque,  and  of  satin  luster,  composed  of  bunches  of  fibers, 
some  of  which  are  square  at  the  extremities,  others  pointed.  In  water,  under  the 
microscope,  they  are  translucent.  Adhering  to,  and  entangled  in  these,  are  exceedingly 
small  globules  of  white  iron.  They  are  easily  pulverized  in  an  agate  mortar,  and, 
when  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  emit  a  bright  light  (without  tinging  the  outer  flame 
either  full  yellow  or  purple),  and  experience  semi-fusion.  In  a  bead  of  borax,  the 


reactions  of  iron  takes  place;  and,  with  carbonate  of  soda  and  niter,  that  of  manga¬ 
nese.  In  hydrochloric  acid,  but  little  is  dissolved,  leaving  the  forms  of  the  crystals; 
the  iron  globules  of  course  dissolved  with  evolution  of  hydrogen.  A  small  portion 
was  analyzed  by  the  moist  way;  and,  after  fusion  by  carbonate  of  soda  (which  was 
colored  intensely  green),  silica,  alumina,  iron,  manganese,  lime,  and  magnesia,  were 
detected.  This  interesting  substance  merits  a  further  examination,  if  it  were  possible 
to  obtain  enough  of  it ;  and,  without  a  quantitative  analysis,  it  would  of  course  be 
premature  to  decide  to  what  mineral  it  corresponds.  From  its  appearance  and 
reactions,  it  would  appear  to  belong  to  that  variety  of  hornblende  called  “tremolite;” 
and  which  appears  the  more  probable,  since  several  crystalline  slags  have  been  shown, 
upon  analysis,  to  belong  to  the  augitic  or  hornblendic  classes.  There  are,  in  several 
parts  of  this  collection,  crystalline  slags  from  blast-furnaces.  They  are  of  three  different 
appearances -1st.  Short  square  prisms,  of  a  “stone”  color,  with  the  angles  replaced; 
with  planes  making  equal  angles  with  the  adjacent  faces,  as  1.  q.  in  the  contribution 
from  the  Allentown  Furnace.  2d.  Drusy  cavities,  filled  with  short  tabular  crystals, 
and  of  different  shades  of  color,  as  from  the  Crane  Furnaces  and  elsewhere;  and  3dly. 
Long  slender  prisms,  grouped  in  stars  or  radiating  from  a  Center,  as  in  the  slags  from 
the  Chickiswalungo  Furnace.  The  crystalline  blast-furnace  slags  of  Pennsylvania 
have  not  been  as  carefully  examined,  as  those  of  the  English  furnaces,  by  Dr.  Percy 
(Ch.  Gaz.  v.  p.  293).  Dr.  Percy  infers,  from  a  series  of  five  slags,  having  an  appearance 
similar  to  No.  1  above,  the  formula  of  Ala  03,  Si  O3  -f  2  (3(Ca,  Mg,  Mn,  Fe)  0,  Si  03  ); 
which  approximates  to  the  formula  of  the  mineral  called  Vesuvian.* 

Dr.  Percy  gives,  in  his  Memoir,  the  results  of  an  examination  of  slags  from  furnaces 
on  the  Rhine;  one  of  these  contains  a  drusy  cavity,  filled  with  crystals,  belonging 
apparently  to  the  oblique  prismatic  system,  being  composed  of  bisilicates,  and  approxi¬ 
mating  to  some  varieties  of  augite,  containing  alumina. 

A  specimen  of  slag  is  exhibited  resulting  by  the  remelting  of  cast-iron  with  lime  in  a 
small  cupola,  consisting  of  a  pearl  gray  mass,  with  long  yellow  crystals  imbedded 
therein,  which  were  square  prisms  with  the  angles  truncated,  and  connected  in  radiating 
groups.  The  analysis  of  this  slag  led  to  the  formula  of  the  species  Humboldtilite. 

All  of  these  minerals  are  found  in  the  lavas  of  active  volcanos;  and,  indeed, 
between  these  lavas  and  the  slags  of  blast-furnaces,  there  are  many  points  of  resem¬ 
blance,  both  physically  and  chemically,  and  the  two  have  of  late  years  thrown  much 
light  upon  each  other.  Berthier  (Essais  par  la  voie  s6che)  has  made  a  number  of 
analyses  of  furnace  slags,  found  during  different  phases  of  working  of  the  furnace. 

Conclusion. — Prospects  of  the  Iron  Manufacture. 

The  present  prospects  of  this  important  manufacture  in  Pennsylvania  are  very 
encouraging.  Every  where  is  found  the  greatest  activity ;  old  furnaces  are  increasing 
their  capacity  and  building  additional  stacks,  while  new  Companies  are  starting  into 
existence  and  emulating  their  predecessors.  In  1850,  when  the  iron  manufacture  was 
suffering  under  a  depression,  Mr.  Charles  E.  Smith  traveled  through  the  State,  for  the 
purpose  of  collecting  the  valuable  information  which  is  embodied  in  his  statistics. 
We  have  already  selected  from  his  tables  the  information  concerning  the  furnaces 
contributing  to  this  collection,  and  this  article  will  close  with  further  observations  on 
the  general  state  of  the  manufacture  in  1850,  drawn  from  the  same  source. 

Of  the  62  counties  in  the  State,  there  were  then  45  containing  iron  works ;  of  the 
17  containing  no  such  works,  nine  possess  abundance  of  ore  and  coal,  which  are  only 
waiting  for  a  cheap  road  to  market.  The  following  Table  illustrates  the  production 
of  iron  from  the  ore  : — 


Production  of  Iron  from  the  Ore. 


m  f  Anthracite  Coal . 

S  ^  Bituminous  Coal  .... 

tq  .2  H  Coke . 

3  p  Charcoal,  hot-blast  . . 
^  [ Charcoal,  cold-blast. . 

Bloomeries . 

Total . 

No. 

Investment. 

Present 

Capacity. 

Tuns. 

Make  1S47. 
Tons. 

Make  1S49. 
Tons. 

57 

7 

4 

85 

145 

6 

$3,221,000 

223,000 

800,000 

3,478,500 

5,170,376 

28,700 

221,400 

12,600 

12,000 

130,705 

173,654 

600 

151,331 

7,800 

10,000 

94,619 

125,155 

545 

109,168 

4,900 

58,302 

80,665 

335 

304  1  $12,921,576  !  550,959  1  389,350 

253,370 

Conversion  of  Cast  into  Wrought  Iron. 


Charcoal  Forges. 
Rolling  Mills. . . 

Total . 

New 

Works. 

Investment. 

No.  Forge 
Fires. 

No.  pud-  ^  Capacity, 
dling  for.  Tons. 

Actual  Make 
1847— Tons. 

Actual 
Make  1849. 

121 

79 

$2,026,300 

5,554,200 

402 

436 

50,250' • 
174,400:: 

39,997 

163,760 

28,495 

108,358 

200 

$7,580,500 

402 

436 

224,650 

203,727 

136,853 

*  The  beautiful  crystallized  slags  from  Easton  may  be  here  alluded  to.  They  were  collectedby  Dr. 
Swift,  of  Easton,  and  exhibited  by  Professor  B.  Silliman,  Jr.  They  have  not  been  accurately  studied, 
but  it  is  easy  to  recognize  among  them  beautiful  highly  polished  crystals  (oblique  prismatic),  sometimes 
transparent,  probably  augite,  and  opake,  light-brown  colored,  hexagonal  forms,  probably  idocrase. — Editor. 

t  402  fires,  at  125  tons  per  fire  per  annum. 

$  486  furnaces,  at  400  tons  per  furnace  per  annum.  Of  the  rolling-mills,  there  were  six  nail-mills. 
The  total  number  of  nail  machines  in  the  State  was  606.  Each  machine  averages  1,000  kegs  of  100  lbs. 
per  annum,  making  yearly  606,000  kegs,  or  30,300  tons. 

Two-thirds  of  the  product  of  the  forges  is  sold  in  blooms  to  the  rolling-mills,  for  the  manufacture  of 
boiler-plate,  horse-shoe  bar,  and  bars  for  cutting-instruments;  the  remaining  third  is  sold  as  hammered 
bar  Iron,  in  competition  with  the  Swedish  and  Russian  article. 

57 


REPORT  ON  THE  IRON  A*N I>  COAL  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 


Table  showing  all  the  Works  in  the  State,  in  1849,  engaged  in 

Steel. 


the  Conversion  of  Iron  into 


Table  showing  the  number  of  Iron 


Works  constructed  for  every  period  of  ten  years  from 
1730  to  1850. 


County. 

Situation  of 
Works. 

a 

a 

P-. 

'Philadelphia. . . . 

tt 

tt 

it 

Kensington. . . . 

it 

it 

tt 

Oxford . 

CO 

Lancaster . 

Mortio . 

w 

Castlefin . 

a 

a 

‘Alleghany . 

it 

tt 

£ 

<« 

tt 

a  -1 

tt 

<09 

it 

tt 

tn 

<v 

it 

tt 

Total  Tons. 


Owners. 


James  Howland  <fe  Co. . . . 

T.  Robbins . 

Earp  &  Brink . 

Robert  S.  Johnson . 

W.  ds  H.  Rowland . 

R.  &  G.  D.  Coleman . 

R.  W.  &  W.  Coleman _ 

Singer,  Hartman  &  Co.  . . 
Coleman,  Hailman  &  Co. . 

Jones  <Si  Quigg . 

Spang  <fc  Co . . 

G.  &  J.  H.  Schoenberger  . 

S.  McKelvy* . . 


Tons  annually 
converted. 


600 

600 

100 

400 

700 

400 

100 

700 

800 

1,200 

200 

200 

178 


6,078 


*  Have  been  in  operation  six  months ;  44  tons  of  the  above  amount  is  cast-steel. 

The  total  number  of  iron  works  of  all  kinds  in  the  State  in  1S50  was . 

Capital  invested  in  lands,  buildings,  and  machinery,  directly  dependent  on  the  iron  works 


for  their  value .  $20,502,076 

The  number  of  men  employed . *  80,103 

The  number  of  horses .  13,562 


The  consumption  of  fuel  in  all  the  iron  works  of  the  State  in  1S47  was,  anthracite  coal, 

483,000  tons,  at  average  of  $3.00  per  ton . . . $1,449,000 

Bituminous  coal,  9,007,600  bushels,  at  $5.00  .  450,380 

Wood  (at  a  price  which  would  convert  it  into  charcoal,  and  deliver  it  at  the 
furnace),  1,490,252  cords,  at  $2.00 . 2,9S0,504 


$4,879,880 


Blast F 

am  aces. 

Bloomeries, 
Forges  and 
Bolling  Mills. 

Total  of 
all  kinds. 

Mineral 

Coal. 

Charcoal. 

10  vftflTfl.  p.ndinfr  .Tun a  1st.  1780 

1 

i 

tt  tt 

tt  tt 

1740 

1 

1 

2 

tt  tt 

It  tt 

1750 

2 

1 

3 

tt  tt 

tt  tt 

1760 

2 

5 

7 

tt  tt 

tt  it 

1770 

tt  a 

tt  tt 

1780 

3 

2 

5 

<<  tt 

tt  tt 

1790 

1 

4 

5 

a  a 

it  tt 

1800 

9 

16 

25 

u  tt 

tt  it 

1810 

11 

19 

30 

a  tt 

tt  it 

1820 

14 

16 

30 

a  a 

it  it 

1830 

i 

18 

30 

49 

a  tt 

tt  tt 

1840* 

5 

72 

46 

123 

During  the  year. 

3 

3 

6 

12 

tt  tt 

1 

3 

2 

6 

it  tt 

.1842 

5 

8 

7 

20 

it  tt 

.1843 

5 

2 

7 

it  tt 

4 

13 

4 

21 

(«  << 

14 

15 

11 

40 

it  if 

11 

30 

12 

53 

tt  tt 

8 

12 

5 

25 

tt  tt 

5 

6 

6 

17 

tt  tt 

3 

2 

5 

10 

Four  months  in  . 

.1850 

3 

4 

7 

Unfinished  at  that  time  . 

5 

1 

6 

Total  .... 

. 

63 

230 

206 

604 

*  Two  years  prior  to  1840  the  value  of  anthracite  for  making  iron  was  discovered. 


58 


t 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


INTRODUCTORY  NOTE. 

The  chemical  arts  are  comparatively  in  their  infancy  in  the  United  States,  but  have,  nevertheless,  already  assumed  much  commercial  importance.  Vast  quan¬ 
tities  of  the  mineral  acids,  of  alum,  and  various  salts  used  in  dyeing,  are  not  only  made  upon  the  Atlantic  sea-board,  but  very  flourishing  establishments  of  this  sort 
have  arisen  in  the  valley  of  the  Ohio.  The  absence  of  all  internal  imposts,  or  restrictions,  has  had  the  effect  to  stimulate  some  branches  of  chemical  industry  to  a 
great  extent.  Thus,  alcohol  is  distilled  at  a  cheaper  rate  for  general  manufacturing  purposes  in  the  United  States,  than  in  any  of  the  European  states. 

The  more  refined  and  difficult  departments  of  manufacturing  chemistry,  required  for  the  proper  preparation  of  pharmaceutical  products  and  chemically  pure 
reagents,  have  been  by  no  means  neglected  in  the  United  States,  as  a  reference  to  No.  1,  of  this  class,  will  show;  and  many  other  exhibitors  bear  testimony  to  the 
name  fact. 

The  abundance  of  chromic  iron  in  the  United  States,  has  led  to  the  establishment  of  several  manufactories  of  the  chrome  colors,  the  most  important  of  which  is 
that  of  Tyson,  in  Baltimore. 

In  no  country,  perhaps,  is  less  attention  bestowed  upon  the  proper  economy  of  manufactures  in  saving  or  utilizing  the  effete  or  waste  products  of  various  pro¬ 
cesses.  A  single  example  will  illustrate  this  assertion.  The  coal  tar  and  ammonia  water,  obtained  in  the  manufacture  of  coal  gas,  are  nearly  all  thrown  away  for 
want  of  a  market.  Although  it  is  well  known  that  the  one  contains  benzole,  paraffine,  naphthaline,  and  various  other  valuable  products,  and  that  the  latter  is  one 
of  the  most  valuable  of  all  manures. 

This  is  not  from  ignorance,  as  the  facts  are  well  known,  but  it  must  arise  from  the  greater  gains  to  be  secured  by  following  other  branches  of  industry.  'With 
the  increase  of  population,  these  evils  will  be  remedied. 

The  almost  total  waste  of  the  bittern,  or  mother  water  of  the  salines,  in  Virginia  and  Kentucky,  although  they  are  known  to  be  rich  in  bromine,  is  another  fact 
of  the  same  sort.  Nor  is  any  better  use  made  of  the  vast  quantities  of  petroleum,  or  rock  oil,  which,  in  some  of  the  salines,  is  so  abundantly  discharged  with  the 
salt  water  of  the  Artesian  wells. 

The  direct  dependence  of  many  important  branches  of  industry  upon  chemical  manufactures,  cannot  be  questioned,  nor  does  it  need  any  amplification. 

The  most  complete  display  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  products  in  the  Exhibition,  was  undoubtedly  that  from  Gehe  &  Co.,  of  Dresden,  and  included  (as  may 
be  seen  by  reference  to  it),  many  substances  very  rarely  seen,  even  by  chemists.  It  was  also  most  accurately  and  fully  displayed  with  great  taste  and  skill. 

This  class,  although  not  a  large  one,  was  rather  numerously  represented  in  the  Exhibition,  and  was  regarded  as  very  interesting  and  instructive. 


UNITED  STATES. 

I, — Powers  &  Weightman,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania — Manufacturers. 

CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PREPARATIONS. 

Phosphate,  precipitated  carbonate,  citrate,  sulphate,  dried  sulphate,  sulphide,  valerate, 
iodide,  lactate,  and  tannate  of  iron.  Citrate  of  iron  and  quinine,  tartrate  of  iron  and  am¬ 
monia,  tartrate  of  iron  and  potash,  iron  reduced  by  hydrogen,  and  ammonio-ckloride  of 

iron. 

Cyanide,  arseniate,  arsenite,  iodide,  suboxide,  and  sulphate  of  copper.  Nitrate,  iodide, 
iodate,  and  acetate  of  lead.  Sulphate,  carbonate,  acetate,  cyanide,  ferrocyanide,  and 
chloride  of  zinc.  Nitrate  of  silver.  Protochloride,  subchloride,  red  oxide,  cyanide,  red 
iodide,  black  sulphide,  and  red  sulphide  of  mercury  ;  hydrargyrum  cum  creta  ;  crystallized 
calomel.  Ammonio-chloride  of  mercury  ;  tartar  emetic  in  powder,  and  in  large  crystals  ; 
precipitated  sulphide  of  antimony ;  subnitrate,  oxichloride,  and  valerate  of  bismuth ; 
oxalate,  phosphate,  and  arseniate  of  ammonia  ;  sulphate  and  carbonate  of  manganese ; 
sulphate  of  cadmium. 

Carbonate,  bicarbonate,  acetate,  hydrate,  and  citrate  of  potash ;  cyanide,  sulphide, 
and  bromide  of  potassium  ;  phosphate  of  soda ;  phosphate  of  soda  and  ammonia ;  nitrate 
of  strontia;  chloride  of  strontium;  kermes  mineral  (precipitated  sulphide  of  antimony); 
sal-prunella  (fused  saltpetre) ;  sal-acetosella ;  precipitated  phosphate  of  lime ;  nitrate  of 


baryta ;  chloride  of  barium  ;  iodide  of  sulphur  ;  crystallized  sulphur ;  alum ;  large  crys¬ 
tals  of  tartaric  acid ;  tartaric  acid  in  powder ;  Seidlitz  powders  ;  Rochelle  salt  (tartrate  of 
potash  and  soda) ;  sulphate  of  magnesia  (Epsom  salt) ;  sulphate  of  iron  (copperas) ;  tannate 
of  alumina. 

Morphine,  sulphate  of  morphine  in  lumps,  and  in  powder ;  valerate,  acetate,  and  chlo- 
rohydrate  of  morphine ;  citric  and  gallic  acids ;  cinchonine,  and  sulphate  of  cinchonine  ; 
brucine  and  sulphate  of  brucine ;  santonine ;  picrotoxine ;  pure  quinine  ;  arseniate,  iodate 
citrate,  sulphate,  bisulphate,  chlorohydrate,  acetate,  valerate,  and  ferrocyanohydrate  of 
quinine  ;  strychnine  in  white  powder,  and  in  yellowish  crystals :  acetate  and  nitrate  of 
strychnine;  caffeine  and  t.heine;  menispermine ;  meconine;  tannic  acid. 

Acetonie ;  chloroform ;  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  ;  spirits  of  ammonia ;  aqua  am¬ 
monia  FFF.;  concentrated  liquor  of  ammonia;  oil  of  vitriol;  concentrated  pure  sul¬ 
phuric,  chlorohydric,  and  nitric  acids ;  aquafortis  and  “  parting  acid  ;  ”  commercial  mu¬ 
riatic  acid;  butyric,  lactic  and  valeric  acids;  chloric  ether;  acetic  ether;  spirits  of  nitrous 
ether  (mixture  of  nitrite  of  oxide  of  ethyle,  alcohol  and  water);  commercial  and: 
concentrated  sulphuric  ether ;  butyric  ether ;  butyraceous  ether ;  essential  oils  of  cubebs, 
caraway,  copaiva,  cloves,  black  pepper,  and  pimento  or  allspice  ;  commercial  alcohol ;  de¬ 
odorized  alcohol ;  Fowler’s  solution  ;  Donovan’s  solution. 

[The  preparations  of  iron  are  called  in  medicine  hcematinics,  from  the  effect  which 
they  have  upon  the  composition  of  the  blood,  when  administered  internally.  The  substancer 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


which  gives  the  red  color  to  the  blood,  called  by  chemists  hcematine,  is  a  compound  of  iron, 
containing  six  aud  a  half  per  cent,  of  this  metal ;  the  blood  itself  containing  about  12£ 
per  cent,  of  hmmatiue,  so  that  in  the  circulation  of  a  person  whose  body  coutains  thirty 
pounds  of  blood,  which  is  a  very  common  average,  the  normal  quantity  of  metallic  iron  is 
very  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  pound  1  It  is  therefore  easily  seen  how  important  an  element 
iron  is  in  the  human  system,  and  experience  shows  that  when,  from  any  cause,  the  slightest 
diminution  takes  place  in  the  supply  or  assimilation  of  iron  from  the  food,  the  distressing 
condition  called  by  physicians  anaemia,  is  produced,  marked,  among  other  symptoms,  by  a 
pallid  complexion  and  colorless  lips,  due  to  a  deficiency  of  the  red  globules  of  the  blood, 
and  health  can  only  be  restored  by  administration  of  hasmatinic  medicines,  that  is,  of  pre¬ 
parations  of  iron.  All  the  substances  which  are  used  by  mankind  for  food  contain  iron, 
and  it  is  one  of  the  most  widely  distributed  of  all  the  elements. 

Preparations  of  copper  are  not  of  much  use  in  medicine,  and  it  is  doubtful  yet  whether 
it  ever  enters  into  the  constitution  of  animals  except  accidentally,  although  it  is  stated 
to  have  been  found  in  minute  quantities  in  the  ashes  of  many  plants. 

Preparations  of  lead  are  very  seldom  administered  internally,  and  as  an  external  ap¬ 
plication,  the  acetate,  or  “sugar  of  lead,”  is  the  only  one  of  frequent  use.  When 
lead  is  introduced  into  the  system  in  minute  quantities,  faster  than  it  can  be  eliminated 
in  the  excretions,  it  combines  with  the  tissues,  and  accumulates  in  the  system,  being 
what  is  called  a  cumulative  poison.  Mercury  and  silver,  aud,  as  some  think,  foxglove  and 
strychnine,  are  also  cumulative  poisons.  When  lead  has  accumulated  in  the  system,  it 
produces  emaciation,  paralysis,  and  other  distressing  symptoms.  The  Belgian  chemist, 
Melsens,  has  recently  pointed  out  a  chemical  method  of  removing  these  metallic  poisons 
when  they  have  accumulated  in  the  system,  which  promises  to  be  of  very  high  value.  He 
has  experimented  upon  persons  afflicted  in  this  way  with  iodide  of  potassium,  and  has  found,  as 
might  have  been  predicted  with  probability,  from  the  chemical  properties  of  this  substance, 
that  when  administered  in  minute  successive  doses,  it  carries  off,  or  washes  out,  the  poison 
from  the  system,  principally  through  the  kidneys,  lead  or  mercury  being  easily  detected 
in  the  urine  while  under  the  influence  of  the  iodide. 

Of  the  preparations  of  zinc,  the  sulphate  is  the  most  important  one  in  medicine.  It 
is  a  powerful  emetic,  and  on  account  of  its  quick  and  certain  action  in  this  way,  it  is  the 
emetic  generally  administered  in  cases  of  poisoning.  The  dose  as  an  emetic  is  from  ten 
to  twenty  grains.  The  valuable  medicine  known  under  the  name  of  “  tartar  emetic,”  is  a 
substance  which  crystallizes  in  beautiful  octohedions,,  and  hemihedral  forms  or  tetrahe¬ 
drons  of  the  dimetric  system,  which  are  sometimes  transparent  and  sometimes  opaque. 
As  used  for  medicinal  purposes,  it  is  generally  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder.  It  has  a 
feeble  and  metallic  taste,  and,  when  introduced  into  the  stomach,  produces  a  more  power¬ 
ful  nausea  than  any  other  emetic.  In  small  repeated  doses  it  produces,  among  other 
symptoms,  profuse  perspiration. 

Sulphate  of  Cadmium  resembles  very  closely,  in  all  its  chemical  characters,  the  sul¬ 
phate  of  zinc,  and  it  is  exceedingly  remarkable  that  it  also  resembles  it  in  its  action  upon 
the  human  stomach.  It  is  an  exceedingly  powerful  emetic,  and  it  is  stated  to  be  ten  times 
as  effective  in  this  respect  as  sulphate  of  zinc. 

Santonine  is  a  beautiful,  colorless,  tasteless,  crystalline  substance,  obtained  from  the 
commercial  substance  called  “  wormseed,”  which  is  composed  principally  of  the  flower 
buds  of  some  doubtful  species  of  Artemisia.  When  exposed  to  the  light,  it  becomes  of 
a  beautiful  golden  yellow  color  without  change  of  composition,  the  cause  of  which  has 
not  yet  been  explained.  It  appears  to  have  chemical  qualities  more  resembling  those  of 
acids  than  alkalies,  forming  compounds  with  bases.  The  singular  change  of  color  of  san¬ 
tonine  takes  place  under  any  circumstances,  in  air,  and  in  a  vacuum,  under  water,  or  under 
alcohol.  Both  the  yellow  and  white  kinds  dissolve  freely  in  warm  alcohol,  the  latter  with 
a  yellow  color,  but  the  solution  soon  becomes  colorless,  and  on  cooling  the  santonine  crys¬ 
tallizes  out  with  a  white  color.  But  this  white  santonine,  nevertheless,  differs  in  some  of 
its  properties  from  the  white  santonine  which  has  not  been  exposed  to  light,  so  that  san¬ 
tonine  appears  to  be  a  trimorphous  substance,  capable  of  assuming  three  distinct  forms,  or 
natures.  Although  not  an  alkaloid,  santonine  is  said  to  resemble  quinine  in  its  medical 
properties,  having  been  used  with  success  in  intermittents.  It  is  also  used  as  a  vermi¬ 
fuge,  being  the  active  principle  of  the  wormseed.  In  Germany  it  has  been  recently  intro¬ 
duced  largely  into  medical  practice,  being  a  medicine  very  easily  administered,  especially 
to  children,  on  account  of  its  tastelessness.  It  is  stated  that  a  case  of  poisoning  of  two 
children  from  an  overdose  of  it  has  recently  occurred,  and,  if  so,  its  tastelessness  might 
make  it  a  dangerous  instrument  in  the  hands  of  evil  disposed  persons  in  the  present  im¬ 
perfect  state  of  our  chemical  knowledge  of  its  reactions,  and  the  consequent  great  liability 
of  its  non-detection  by  the  analyst. 

Picrotoxine  and  menispermine,  shown  by  these  exhibitors,  are  two  substances  which 
are  extracted  from  the  substance  called  in  commerce  “  cocculus  indicus,”  which  is  the 
fruit,  according  to  Lindley,  of  the  plant  Anamirta  paniculata.  Cocculus  indicus  is  best 
known  from  its  being  sometimes  used  to  intoxicate  fishes  by  throwing  it  into  the  water,  thus 
causing  them  to  rise  to  the  surface  and  allow  themselves  to  be  caught.  The  picrotoxine 
is  the  ingredient  which  has  this  effect.  Its  name  refers  not  only  to  its  intoxicating  pro¬ 
perty,  but  to  its  bitterness,  in  which  quality  it  surpasses  most  known  substances,  and  it  is 
on  account  of  both  these  properties  that  the  cocculus  has  been,  and  probably  still  is,  used 
in  the  adulteration  of  beer.  Picrotoxine  kills  dogs,  but  no  case  is  known  of  death  of  a 
human  being  from  its  action,  although  in  large  doses  it  would  undoubtedly  be  fatal.  It 
forms  transparent  white  crystals,  contains  no  nitrogen,  and  appears  to  be  rather  acid  than 
alkaline  in  its  characters.  Menispermine,  which  is  found  exclusively  in  the  pericarp  of 
the  seed,  while  picrotoxine  exists  only  in  the  kernel,  is  one  of  the  nitrogenized  alkaloids, 
although  tasteless  and  inert  when  introduced  into  the  animal  economy.  The  preparation 
here  exhibited  is  of  very  great  beauty,  being  in  the  form  of  a  crystalline  mass  of  the 
most  brilliant  pearly  whiteness. 

60 


Caffeine  and  theine  are  two  crystalline  substances  which  exist,  the  one  in  coffee  and 
the  other  in  tea.  Caffeine  was  first  discovered  by  Runge,  in  1820,  theine  subsequently  by 
Oudry.  Mulder  discovered  that  caffeine  and  theine  were  one  and  the  same  thing.  Caf¬ 
feine  has  since  been  found  in  two  other  plants.  Paraguay  tea  (Ilex  Paraguayensis )  and 
guarana  ( Paullinia  sorbilis),  the  seeds  of  which  are  used  as  an  article  of  diet  by  the  na¬ 
tives  of  Brazil.  Caffeine  derived  from  either  of  these  sources,  is  a  substance  which  crystal¬ 
lizes  in  long,  white,  flexible  fibres,  like  asbestus,  but  of  a  more  silky  lustre.  It  has  a  hit¬ 
ter  taste,  resembling  that  of  quinine,  but  Dot  so  strong.  When  taken  in  a  pure  state  in 
doses  of  from  two  to  ten  grains,  according  to  Lehmann,  it  produces  violent  excitement  of 
the  vascular  and  nervous  systems,  palpitations  of  the  heart,  extraordinary  frequency,  ir¬ 
regularity,  aud  even  intermission,  of  pulse,  oppression  of  the  chest,  pains  in  the  head,  con¬ 
fusion  of  ideas,  ringing  in  the  ears,  scintillations  before  the  eyes,  sleeplessuess,  erections, 
and  delirium,  and,  in  all  cases,  an  increased  quantity  of  urea  formed.  Although  the 
quantity  of  caffeine  in  coffee  and  tea  is  very  small,  certainly  not  more  than  one  per  cent, 
in  any  case,  yet  to  it  the  sleeplessness  and  other  effects  produced  by  both,  must  be  attri¬ 
buted,  although  perhaps  essentially  modified  by  other  substances  existing  in  them,  or 
produced  by  the  roasting,  which  both  undergo  before  being  used.  Caffeine  volatilizes  un¬ 
changed  at  a  temperature  above  720°  Fahrenheit,  so  that  if  the  temperature  is  raised 
too  high  in  roasting  coffee,  a  little  of  the  caffeine  is  lost,  but  this  loss  is  generally  trifling. 
Caffeine  is  one  of  the  most  highly  nitrogenized  of  all  known  vegetable  substances,  con¬ 
taining  28  per  cent,  of  nitrogen,  and  from  this  fact,  and  that  of  its  being  found  in  so  many 
of  the  most  highly  prized  aliments  of  mankind,  together  with  the  existence  in  chocolate 
of  a  very  similar  substance,  called  theobromine,  which  contains  even  more  nitrogen  still 
(42  per  cent.),  many  chemists  and  others  have  thought  that  these  substances  must  play 
some  important  part  in  the  human  system,  which  causes  such  a  craving  for  them  ever  after 
in  those  who  have  once  tasted  them,  but  no  satisfactory  elucidation  of  this  matter  has  yet 
been  given. 

Gallic  and  tannic  acids  are  two  substances  which  bear  a  curious  relation  to  one 
another,  and  both  of  which,  but  especially  the  latter,  have  a  high  importance  in  the  arts 
of  life.  Tannic  acid  is  the  astringent  principle  of  gall  nuts,  oak  bark,  and  a  great  number 
of  other  vegetable  products.  Gallic  acid  also  exists  in  gall  nuts  in  small  quantity,  but  is 
usually  prepared  by  the  fermentation  of  tannic  acid.  It  has  recently  been  discovered 
by  Strecker  that  tannic  acid  is  what  is  called  by  chemists  a  copulate  of  gallic  acid  and 
sugar,  that  is,  it  is  produced  by  the  combination  of  gallic  acid  and  sugar,  with  the  elimi¬ 
nation  of  a  certain  quantity  of  water.  This  discovery  of  Strecker  is  entirely  confirmed 
by  the  phenomena  observed  during  the  fermentation  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  tannic  acid. 
During  this  fermentation,  not  only  is  gallic  acid  reproduced,  but  the  products  of  the  fer¬ 
mentation  of  sugar  have  been  found,  namely,  carbonic  acid  and  alcohol.  Strecker  also 
found  that  when  tannic  acid  was  boiled  with  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  gallic  acid  aud  sugar 
were  produced.  This  is  one  of  those  beautiful  discoveries  now  being  frequently  made  by 
chemists,  which  indicate  that  organic  chemistry,  which  a  few  years  ago  appeared  to  be  a 
chaotic  mass  of  isolated  compounds,  having  little  or  no  mutual  relations  or  dependence, 
will  soon  be  reduced  to  a  beautiful  systematic  arrangement,  and  will  undoubtedly  enable 
us  to  comprehend,  and  possibly  to  imitate,  the  complex  metamorphoses  which  take  place 
in  the  organs  of  plants.  The  most  important  use  of  tannic  acid  in  the  arts  is  in  the  form 
of  bark  in  the  tanning  of  leather,  from  which  it  derives  its  name.  It  has  the  property  of 
combining  with  the  gelatine  which  exists  in  large  quantity  in  hides,  forming  a  compound 
which  is  wholly  insoluble  and  unchangeable  by  water,  whereas  uncombined  gelatine, 
in  contact  with  water,  absorbs  the  latter,  swelling  up  and  becoming  soft.  Tannic  acid  is  also 
used  in  medicine  as  an  astringent.  The  most  important  uses  of  gallic  acid  are  in  photo¬ 
graphy,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  the  numerous  hair  dyes  which  are  so  much  in  vogue  at 
present. 

Chloroform,  the  anaesthetic  agent  which  is  now  so  commonly  preferred  to  ether, 
the  older  aud  safer  one  discovered  by  Dr.  Jackson,  was  first  prepared  in  1831  by  two 
chemists  named  Guthrie  and  Soubeiran,  the  one  in  America  and  the  other  in  France,  by 
precisely  the  same  method,  without  any  knowledge  of  each-  other’s  proceedings.  Dumas, 
who  first  discovered  its  true  composition,  gave  it  its  present  name.  The  cause  of  most  of  the 
deaths  which  have  resulted  from  the  use  of  this  agent  has  been  its  power,  when  too 
suddenly  introduced  into  the  circulation  in  large  quantities,  of  paralyzing  the  action  of  the 
heart ;  so  that  the  greatest  care  should  be  taken  in  administering  it  to  have  the  vapor 
very  largely  diluted  with  air,  and  it  should  never  be  given  at  all  when  there  is  a  suspicion 
of  any  circumstance  which  might  render  the  heart  more  susceptible  to  its  action,  such  as 
any  disease  of  that  organ,  etc.  In  many  cases  of  apparent  death  from  its  action,  the 
beating  of  the  heart  has  been  restored,  and  the  patient  saved,  by  the  immediate  use  of 
artificial  respiration. 

Sulphuric  acid,  or  “  oil  of  vitriol,”  as  it  was  called  of  old,  from  the  circumstance  of  its 
having  been  first  found  as  a  constituent  of  the  class  of  substances  then  called  “  vitriols,” 
now  known  by  name  of  sulphates,  is  a  compound  of  sulphur,  oxygen,  and  water,  which 
is  made  by  burning  sulphur,  and  conducting  the  sulphurous  acid  gas  thus  produced  into  a 
large  leaden  vessel,  where  it  is  exposed  to  the  combined  action  of  a  powerful  oxydizing 
agent,  water,  and  steam,  by  which  it  is  converted  into  sulphuric  acid.  When  pure,  sul¬ 
phuric  acid  is  an  oily  liquid,  transparent  and  colorless,  nearly  twice  as  heavy  as  water, 
powerfully  acid  and  corrosive  to  animal  tissues.  Sulphuric  acid  may  almost  be  said  to  be 
the  chemist’s  factotum,  to  so  great  a  multitude  of  uses  in  the  arts  is  it  applied.  Its  cheap¬ 
ness,  its  powerful  affinities,  the  concentrated  form  in  which  it  may  be  obtained,  and  other 
peculiarities,  render  it  by  far  the  most  valuable  reagent  in  manufacturing  operations  which 
we  possess.  It  is  not  only  used  almost  universally  whenever  it  is  necessary  to  displace 
another  acid  from  its  combinations,  but  also  as  a  subsidiary  to  a  great  number  of  mis¬ 
cellaneous  operations.  The  greater  part  of  the  sulphuric  acid  made  in  Europe  is  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  soda  from  common  salt,  by  the  celebrated  process  invented  by  the 


SECTION  I. 


rLASS  II. 


French  chemist,  Le  Blanc,  and  called  after  him,  “  Le  Blanc’s  process.”  Previous  to  the 
invention  of  this  process,  soda  was  obtained  in  small  quantities  in  a  very  impure  state 
from  the  ashes  of  seaweeds  on  the  coast  of  Spain ;  but  during  the  wars  of  the  French 
Revolution  and  of  the  Empire,  this  source  was  of  course  not  available  in  France,  and  the 
inconvenience  resulting  was  so  great,  that  very  numerous  efforts  were  made  to  supply  the 
deficiency.  Many  processes  were  proposed  and  tried  for  the  extraction  of  soda  from 
common  salt,  but  that  proposed  by  Le  Blanc  was  preferred.  It  was  immediately  adopted 
and  put  into  practice  on  a  large  scale ;  and  soon  introduced  into  England,  and  on  account 
of  the  low  price  of  salt,  has  there  reached  so  great  a  development  that  more  than  100,000 
tons  of  soda  ash  are  now  said  to  be  made  yearly  in  Great  Britain,  and  the  quantity  is 
rapidly  increasing.  The  cheapness  and  beauty  of  the  glass  made  at  the  present  day  is 
wholly  owing  to  the  process  of  Le  Blanc.  The  manufacture  of  soap,  as  well  as  a  multi¬ 
tude  of  other  arts  in  which  soda  is  used,  have  also  kept  pace  with  the  increased  production 
of  soda  ash.  The  following  may  be  given  as  a  list  of  some  of  the  more  important  sub¬ 
stances,  in  addition  to  soda,  in  the  manufacture  of  which  sulphuric  acid  is  indispensable : 
muriatic  and  nitric  acids,  upon  which  the  arts  of  refining  gold  and  silver,  the  jeweller’s 
art  to  a  considerable  extent,  the  great  modern  art  of  electroplating,  and  numerous  other 
branches  of  industry  depend ;  the  so-called  “  soda  water v  of  the  shops ;  acetic,  tartaric, 
citric,  oxalic,  and  fluohydric  acids ;  the  alkaloids,  a  class  of  substances  of  the  highest  im¬ 
portance  to  the  science  of  medicine ;  alum ;  ammonia,  and  sal-ammoniac  ;  blue  vitriol ;  iodine 
and  bromine,  upon  which  the  existence  of  the  daguerreotype  art  is  entirely  dependent; 
bleaching  powder,  or  chloride  of  lime,  the  application  of  which  in  bleaching  is  necessary 
to  the  existence  of  the  enormous  cotton  factories  of  Great  Britain  and  this  country  ;  borax ; 
corrosive  sublimate  and  calomel,  bichromate  of  potash,  and  consequently  the  pigments 
chrome-yellow,  chrome-green,  and  chrome-red;  Epsom  salt;  ether;  chloroform;  phos¬ 
phorus,  and  consequently  friction  matches  ;  platinum. 

Our  modern  art  of  telegraphing  by  means  of  currents  of  voltaic  electricity,  which 
promises  to  be  so  prolific  in  great  and  good  results,  can  hardly  be  supposed  to  have  ever 
been  reduced  to  a  sufficiently  practical  form,  without  the  use  of  sulphuric  acid,  or  one  of 
the  acids  dependent  upon  it.  The  manufacture  of  stearic  acid  candles  also,  which  promises 
to  be  of  such  extensive  application,  is  dependent  upon  this  chemical  Briareus;  and,  in  short, 
it  would  be  difficult  to  mention  a  single  branch  of  human  industry,  which,  for  its  present 
state  of  perfection,  is  not  more  or  less  indebted  to  the  use  of  sulphuric  acid.  ] 

2,  Rosengartex  and  Denis,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania — Manufacturers. 

Strychnine ;  sulphates  of  strychnine,  morphine  and  quinine  ;  nitrate  of  silver  ;  vera- 

trine  and  piperine. 

[Strychnine,  the  crystalline  alkaloid  to  which  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  nux 
vomica  and  some  other  plants,  are  partially  due,  and  which  is,  in  a  pure  state,  one  of  the 
most  powerful  poisons  known,  producing  in  minute  doses,  immediate  tetanus,  Boon  followed 
by  death,  is  now  becoming  a  quite  important  article  of  commerce,  being  used  in  various 
parts  of  this  country  for  the  destruction  of  vermin,  and  beasts  of  prey,  wolves,  foxes, 
crows,  (fee.,  with  great  success. 

Morphine  and  quinine  are  crystalline  medicinal  alkaloids  contained  in  opium  and  Pe¬ 
ruvian  bark.  Morphine,  discovered  by  Sertuerner,  in  1801,  is  the  most  reliable,  certain 
and  manageable  narcotic  known,  beiug  far  preferable  to  opium,  inasmuch  as  the  strength 
of  the  latter  is  exceedingly  variable,  and  that  of  the  former  always  the  same.  The  Pe¬ 
ruvian  barks  are  derived  from  different  species  of  Cinchona,  which  grow  in  the  mountainous 
regions  of  Peru,  Bolivia,  Ecuador  and  New  Grenada,  in  South  America ;  but  the  best  variety, 
the  Cinchona  regia  or  Calisaya  bark,  is  found  only  in  Bolivia,  and  of  late  years,  owiug  to 
various  causes,  among  which  are  the  interference  of  the  Bolivian  government,  a  duty  of 
15  per  cent,  imposed  by  our  government,  and  the  wars  between  Peru  and  Bolivia,  its  price 
has  risen  to  so  great  a  height  that  there  is  danger  of  quinine,  a  remedy  more  indispensable 
than  any  other  in  many  parts  of  this  country,  becoming  entirely  inaccessible  to  the  poorer 
classes,  that  is,  to  those  who  need  it  most.  Quinine  is  generally  used  in  the  form  of  sul¬ 
phate,  being  itself  so  little  soluble  in  water  that  it  is  only  very  slowly  absorbed  when 
introduced  into  the  stomach.  The  sulphate,  however,  and  indeed,  its  compounds  with 
nearly  all  acids,  are  very  much  more  soluble. 

Nitrate  of  silver  is  made  in  very  large  quantities  by  dissolving  silver  coin  in  nitric 
acid,  separating  the  copper  by  chemical  means,  for  which  there  are  several  processes  in 
use,  and  crystallization.  Lunar  caustic,  used  by  physicians,  is  fused  nitrate  of  silver,  gene¬ 
rally,  however,  adulterated  with  saltpetre.  The  commercial  form  of  nitrate  of  silver  at 
the  present  day  is  hard,  heavy,  transparent,  colorless,  sonorous,  flat  crystals,  sometimes  an 
inch  or  more  in  diameter.  Its  greatest  consumption  is  in  the  art  of  electroplating,  but  a 
great  quantity  must  be  consumed  in  the  manufacture  of  the  numerous  hair-dyes  which 
have  come  into  such  extensive  use  during  the  last  few  years,  all  of  which  probably  con¬ 
tain  nitrate  of  silver  The  modern  art  of  photography  on  paper,  glass,  ifec.,  or  Talbotype, 
must  soon  require  a  very  large  supply  of  nitrate  of  silver. 

Veratrine  is  an  alkaloid  contained  in  the  rhizoma  or  underground  stem  of  the  Veratrum 
album  or  white  hellebore,  and  is  probably  contained  also  in  the  "V  eratrum  viride  or  Ame¬ 
rican  hellebore.  It  is  also  contained  in  the  Veratrum  Sabadilla,  in  which,  in  fact,  it  was 
first  discovered  by  Pelletier  and  Caventou,  and  simultaneously  also  by  Meissner,  and  from 
which  it  is  usually  extracted.  When  pure  it  is  a  white  powder,  perfectly  inodorous,  but 
producing  when  introduced  into  the  nostrils,  exceedingly  violent  sneezing,  which  has  even 
resulted  in  death.  Its  taste  is  excessively  acrid.  Veratrine  is  used  in  medicine,  principally 
externally,  in  various  forms  of  neuralgia. 

Piperine  is  a  substance  crystallizing  in  beautiful  straw  yellow  crystals,  which  was  dis¬ 
covered  in  pepper,  by  Professor  Oersted,  of  Copenhagen,  the  great  Danish  philosopher. 
It  i9  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  acrid  principle  of  the  pepper,  but  when  obtained  in  its 
purest  state,  it  is  found  to  be  entirely  tasteless,  and  the  commercial  article  owes  its  acridity 

F 


to  a  portion  of  the  acrid  volatile  oil  of  pepper  which  strongly  adheres  to  it.  It  is  used  in 
some  parts  of  the  country  as  a  substitute  for  quinine  in  intermittent  fevers,  having  some 
reputation  as  a  remedy  in  these  diseases.] 


3.  Riofrey,  Horace,  <fe  Co.,  San  Francisco,  California — Manufacturers 
(Agents,  Davis  &  Henriques,  99  Wall-st.,  New  York  City.) 

Sulphate  of  quinine,  chemically  pure,  and  free  from  cinchonine,  made  from  the  best 
Calisaya  bark,  according  to  the  U.  S.  formula,  which  is  the  same  ns  that  of  the  French 
codex.  In  view  of  the  considerable  consumption  of  quinine  in  California,  its  manufacture 
there  seems  to  be  an  important  matter,  as  rendering  the  country  independent  of  uncertain 
supplies  from  abroad  of  a  remedy  so  precious  and  iudispensable. 

4.  Husband,  Thomas  J.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania — Manufacturer. 

Ponderous  calcined  magnesia,  chemically  pure,  free  from  unpleasant  ta9te  or  smell,  and 
from  roughness  to  the  touch  or  palate.  It  mixes  readily  with  water,  and  has  three  times 
the  density  of  ordinary  calcined  magnesia.  The  manufacture  was  commenced  in  1844. 

[Magnesia  in  a  chemically  pure  state  and  especially  entirely  free  from  lime,  is  a 
supreme  desideratum  for  medicinal  purposes.  A  trace  of  lime,  which  can  with  difficulty 
be  detected  by  any  ordinary  chemical  means,  will  still  communicate  to  magnesia  a  caustic 
and  exceedingly  unpleasant  taste  ;  and  chemical  purity  is  also  requisite  to  its  administra¬ 
tion  in  doses  of  known  strength.  It  is  also  equally  desirable  to  have  this  valuable  remedy 
in  a  dense  ponderous  condition,  so  that  it  will  mingle  readily  with  water,  which  the  ordi¬ 
nary  light  calcined  magnesia  will  not  do,  and  also  in  order  that  a  smaller  bulk  of  the  sub¬ 
stance  may  produce  the  desired  effect.  These  two  qualities  of  ponderosity  and  chemical 
purity  are  combined  in  the  highest  degree  by  an  article  which  has  been  known  for  years 
in  all  the  markets  of  the  world,  under  the  name  of  “  Henry’s  Magnesia,”  and  it  is  of  course 
an  important  object  with  all  manufacturers  to  emulate  its  excellence.  Purity  can  only  be 
ensured  by  using  materials  entirely  free  from  lime,  or  by  adopting  some  troublesome  and 
expensive  process  to  separate  the  lime  ;  but  the  property  of  ponderosity  is  more  easily 
attained.  It  is  best  accomplished  by  mixing  together  solutions  of  sulphate  of  magnesia 
and  carbonate  of  soda,  or  by  adding  crystallized  sulphate  of  magnesia  to  a  strong  solution 
of  carbonate  of  soda,  in  proportions  chemically  equivalent  to  each  other,  evaporating  the 
mixture  to  dryness,  igniting  the  residual  mass,  and  washing  out  the  sulphate  of  soda  with 
water,  upon  which  the  magnesia  is  left  behind  in  a  dense  form,  being,  when  dried  and 
reignited,  to  expel  some  carbonic  acid  which  still  remains  combined  with  it,  about  three 
times  as  heavy  as  common  commercial  magnesia.  The  cause  of  this  great  density  has  not 
yet  been  satisfactorily  investigated.  If,  in  this  process,  sulphate  of  magnesia  which  is 
free  from  lime,  and  carbonate  of  soda  which  is  free  from  silica  and  phosphate  of  soda,  are 
used,  the  magnesia  obtained  will  also  be  pure,  as  well  as  dense,  that  is,  provided  that  the 
water  used  for  washing  is  entirely  free  from  lime,  for  carbonate  of  magnesia  has  the  pro¬ 
perty  of  precipitating  carbonate  of  lime  from  all  lime  solutions;  which  carbonate  of 
lime  would  be  converted  into  caustic  lime  by  the  final  ignition,  and  so  ruin  the  product. 
If  the  sulphate  of  magnesia  which  is  to  be  used,  contains  sulphate  of  lime,  it  can 
only  be  purified  by  dissolving  it  in  diluted  alcohol,  which  cannot  dissolve  sulphate  of 
lime.] 

5.  Fearing  <fe  Aikin,  South  Yarmouth,  Massachusetts — Manufacturers. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia,  calcined  magnesia  and  ponderous  magnesia,  obtained  from  the 
bittern  of  salt-works  where  salt  is  made  from  sea-water. 

[Magnesia  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  of  the  small  number  of  metallic  oxides  which 
form  the  main  part  of  the  exterior  crust  of  the  earth.  It  is,  therefore,  contained  largely 
in  all  soils  and  is  indispensable  to  the  nutrition  of  all  plants,  forming,  in  many,  a  greater 
proportion  of  the  inorganic  constituents  than  even  lime,  although  an  excess  of  it,  in  certain 
forms  of  combination,  is  found  to  be  injurious  to  vegetable  growth.  In  the  animal  king¬ 
dom,  however,  lime  is  a  larger  ingredient  than  magnesia,  an  excess  of  the  latter  being 
undoubtedly  injurious  to  animal  life,  when  continually  and  habitually  introduced  into  the 
system ;  but,  nevertheless,  the  powerfully  cathartic  properties  of  magnesia  and  its  com¬ 
pounds  when  taken  in  a  concentrated  form,  and  their  comparatively  harmless  action  upon 
the  system  generally,  place  them  among  the  most  valuable  medicinal  substances  known  to 
mankind.] 

6> — Shepard,  Samuel  C.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania — Manufacturer. 

SOLUBLE  CITRATE  OF  MAGNESIA. 

[All  the  compounds  of  magnesia  with  acids,  except  the  citrate,  have  bitter  tastes, 
whence  the  German  name  for  magnesia  “  Bittererde,”  bitter  earth,  and  are  generally  ex¬ 
ceedingly  disagreeable  remedies  to  take.  The  citrate  of  magnesia,  however,  is  free  from 
all  unpleasant  taste,  although  nearly  as  powerful  a  cathartic  as  the  sulphate,  or  Epsom 
salt.  It  is  therefore  now  coming  into  use  more  and  more.  There  is,  however,  a  great  incon¬ 
venience-  attached  to  the  use  of  it ;  this  is,  that  it  can  be  kept  in  the  form  of  a  solution  but 
a  very  short  time,  because  it  decomposes,  and  undergoes  a  sort  of  change,  becoming  some¬ 
times  thick  and  ropy,  and  unpleasant  to  drink.  The  above  preparation  is  intended  to 
obviate  this,  being  of  such  a  nature  that  it  may  be  kept  for  an  indefinite  time  in  a  solid 
form,  and  only  dissolved  in  water  just  previous  to  use,  when  an  effervescing  solution  of 
citrate  of  magnesia  is  immediately  formed.] 

ij; _ Pfizer,  Charles  &  Co.  188J  Water  Street,  New  York  City — Manufacturers. 

CHEMICAL  PREPARATIONS. 

Creosote,  red  precipitate,  calomel  and  corrosive  sublimate ;  naphthaline  and  benzole ; 

refined  camphor  in  large  cakes,  in  a  glass  case. 

61 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES 


\Creosote  is  the  substance  which  gives  the  greater  part  of  the  odor,  as  well  as  the 
irritating  and  antiseptic  properties,  to  the  smoke  of  wood.  Its  antiseptic  properties  sug¬ 
gested  to  its  discoverer  Reichenbach,  its  name,  which  is  compounded  of  two  Greek  words 
meaning  Jlcsh-preserver.  It  is  always  a  product  of  the  distillation  of  vegetable,  and  of  most 
animal  substances.  Thus,  remarkably  enough,  a  product  of  the  artificial  destruction  of  organ¬ 
ized  matter  is  the  most  powerful  known  agent  in  arresting  their  natural  decay.  There  is  an 
important  fact  which  has  for  many  years  been  known  to  chemists,  which  should  be  gene¬ 
rally  known  by  the  whole  community,  but  of  which,  even  those  who  sell  creosote  are 
generally  ignorant.  This  is,  that  what  is  sold  under  the  name  of  creosote  at  the  present 
day,  is  generally  not  creosote  at  all,  and  sometimes,  although  having  the  most  perfect 
similarity  to  creosote  in  smell,  taste,  etc.,  may  actually  be  entirely  destitute  of  all  mix¬ 
ture  of  the  latter.  This  curious  state  of  affairs  is  due  to  the  fact  that  coal  tar,  which 
is  a  much  cheaper  material  than  wood  spirit,  or  crude  pyroligneous  acid,  the  materials 
from  which  the  true  creosote  is  obtained,  contains,  and  in  a  proportion  much  larger 
than  that  of  creosote  in  the  materials  named,  a  substance  called  by  chemists,  phcnole  or 
spirole,  which  so  closely  resembles  creosote  in  its  properties,  and  even  in  its  composition, 
that  the  two  are  frequently  confounded  even  by  chemists.  This  spirole  even  has, 
although  in  a  very  much  less  degree,  the  antiseptic  and  medicinal  qualities  of  the  true 
creosote.  The  use  of  this  false  creosote  to  so  great  an  extent  is  of  course  the  cause  of  the 
complaints  so  often  made  by  prescribing  physicians,  and  dentists,  of  late  years,  that 
creosote  no  longer  has  the  power  to  arrest  vomiting,  and  toothache,  for  which  it  was  once 
so  highly  esteemed.  It  may  also  occasion,  and  probably  has  already  occasioned,  serious 
accidents ;  for  the  true  creosote  is  very  much  more  corrosive  and  poisonous  than  the  false, 
and  a  person  who  had  been  accustomed  to  take  with  impunity  a  certain  dose  of  the  latter, 
might  be  poisoned  if  accidentally  furnished  with  the  former.  This  state  of  affairs  cannot 
be  too  widely  made  known,  and  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  important  that  some  simple  test 
should  be  devised  which  could  be  used  by  the  apothecary,  and  even  by  any  ordinary 
individual,  for  distinguishing  the  false  from  the  true  creosote.  This,  although  the  chemical 
characteristics  of  the  two  compounds  are  nearly  alike,  can  undoubtedly  be  accomplished, 
and  chemists  should  turn  their  attention  to  the  subject. 

Red  precipitate ,  calomel  and  corrosive  sublimate  are  compounds  of  mercury,  the  first 
being  the  protoxide,  the  second  the  sub-chloride,  and  the  last  the  protochloride  of  that 
metal.  The  discovery  of  the  metal  mercury  is  not  recorded  in  history  ;  it  is  supposed  to 
have  been  known  to  the  ancients.  Its  introduction  into  medicince,  as  an  internal  remedy, 
we  owe  to  random  experiments  of  the  illustrious  quack,  Paracel -us.  The  effects  of  its 
compounds  upon  the  human  system,  when  administered  internally  ia  small  doses,  are  to 
stimulate  the  whole  of  the  secreting  and  excreting  organs,  the  secretions  of  bile,  saliva, 
mucus,  urine  and  perspiration  being  increased.  The  secretion  of  saliva  is  especially  stimu¬ 
lated,  and  repeated  doses  give  rise  to  the  condition  of  ptyalism,  or  salivation.  In  fatally 
large  doses,  the  soluble  salts  of  mercury  are  corrosive  poisons,  and  produce  gastro-enteritis, 
or  inflammation  of  the  gastro-intestinal  membrane,  accompanied  previous  to  death  by  coma 
or  insensibility,  or  other  affections  of  the  nervous  system.  With  regard  to  the  sub-chloride 
or  calomel,  the  most  strangely  conflicting  statements  have  been  made  as  to  its  action, 
some  calling  it  an  irritant  poison,  some  a  sedative,  and  so  on.  The  truth  is,  that  sufficient 
attention  does  not  seem  to  have  been  paid  to  the  not  uncommon  occurrence  in  commercial 
calomel  of  corrosive  sublimate ,  due  to  carelessness  or  imperfection  in  the  manufacture  of 
it.  The  smallest  contamination  of  this  deadly  poison  should  be  always  guarded  against 
with  the  greatest  care,  by  chemical  examination  of  the  article  before  purchasing. 

Naphthaline  and  benzole  are  two  remarkable  substances  obtained  from  coal  tar,  the 
semi-fluid  substance  obtained  in  such  large  quantities  in  the  manufacture  of  gas.  As 
chemical  compounds  they  are  remarkable  for  the  very  large  quantity  of  carbon  which  they 
contain,  naphthaline  being  in  fact  the  most  highly  carbonized  substance  known  to  chem¬ 
ists,  containing  93'75  per  cent,  of  this  element.  It  is  obtained  by  sublimation,  crystallized 
in  the  form  of  beautiful  pearly  thin  scales,  which  are  so  light  and  take  up  so  much  room  that 
a  bottle  of  the  capacity  of  half  a  gallon  will  hold  only  a  few  ounces  of  them.  It  has  a  pecu¬ 
liar  sweet  smell,  and  an  aromatic  taste.  No  use  has  yet  been  made  of  it  except  to  a  small 
extent  in  medicine,  it  having  been  found  by  Dupasquier,  and  since  by  others,  to  be  an 
expectorant  agent  of  remarkable  power,  being  also  however,  stimulant  and  therefore  inap¬ 
plicable  to  all  cases  where  expectorants  are  required.  Benzole  at  present  promises  to  be 
of  more  value  in  the  arts  than  naphthaline.  It  is  a  transparent,  colorless,  volatile  liquid 
which  contains  92'3  per  cent,  of  carbon,  boils  at  175"  Fahr.,  and  has  a  pleasant  odor  recall¬ 
ing  to  some  that  of  chloroform,  like  which  it  is  anaesthetic.  It  freezes  at  the  same  tem¬ 
perature  as  water,  and  at  zero  is  a  transparent  solid  substance  as  hard  as  crystallized 
sugar.  When  benzole  is  set  on  fire  it  burns  with  a  very  smoky  flame,  owing  to  the  large 
quantity  of  carbon  that  it  contains,  but  when  a  current  of  air  is  passed  through  or  over  the 
surface  of  benzole,  it  becomes  impregnated  with  its  vapor,  and  then  burns°with  a  flame 
probably  more  brilliant  and  whiter  than  any  other  known,  so  that  if  benzole  should  ever  be 
made  cheaply  enough,  of  which  there  is  no  impossibility,  it  mny  be  a  very  valuable  source 
of  illumination.  This  liquid  has  also  very  remarkable  solvent  powers,  being  able  to  dis¬ 
solve  among  other  substances,  caoutchouc  and  gutta  perclia,  leaving  on  evaporation  these 
substances  with  their  properties  unchanged. 

Camphor  is  a  solid  essential  oil  obtained  from  the  tree  Lauras  camphora  which 
grows  in  China,  Japan,  Cochin-China  and  Java  It  occurs  in  every  part  of  the  tree  and 
even  in  the  root,  the  whole  wood  having  a  strong  smell  and  taste  of  camphor.  Crude  oil 
of  lavender  contains  camphor  in  solution  according  to  Dumas,  and  it  is  stated  that  it  also 
exists  m  the  oils  of  rosemary,  peppermint,  pennyroyal  and  origanum.  It  is  formed  ac¬ 
cording  to  Rochleder,  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  upon  oil  of  sage,  and  according  to  Dip¬ 
ping  by  the  prolonged  action  of  the  same  oxidizing  agent  upon  amber.  Every  person  is 
familiar  with  its  appearance  and  general  properties.  It  can  be  made  to  crystallize  in 
transparent  colorless  octohedrons.  It  is  very  volatile  even  at  the  ordinary  temperature 


and  should  be  kept  in  tight  bottles  or  a  considerable  loss  will  be  sustained.  Small  frag¬ 
ments  of  camphor  thrown  upon  water  float  upon  the  surface  and  assume  a  swift  rotary 
motion.  This  curious  phenomenon  is  due  to  the  combined  influence  of  the  evaporation  of 
the  camphor  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  of  a  strong  molecular  repulsion  which  ex¬ 
ists  between  it  and  water,  and  is  precisely  similar  to  the  phenomena  presented  by  water 
when  in  the  condition  called  the  spheroidal  state  of  Boutigny.  H.  W.] 


8, — Tildes  &  Co.,  98  John  Street,  New  York — Manufacturers 

MEDICINAL  EXTRACTS  PREPARED  in  vacUO. 

Ext.  Lactuca,  (Lettuce,) 

“  Leonlice  Thalictroides,  (Blue  Cohosh,) 
“  Lappa,  (Burdock,) 


Ext.  Aconiti, 

“  Apocyni  Andros.,  (Bitter  Root,) 
“  “  Canab.,  (Indian  Hemp,) 

“  Asari  Canaden.,  (Canada  Snake  Root,) 
“  Anthemidis,  (Chamomile,) 

“  “  Co  twice,  (Wild  Chamomile,) 

“  Amygdali  Pers.,  (Peach,) 

“  Artemisia,  (Wormwood,) 

“  Asclepias  Inc.,  (White  Indian  Hemp,) 
“  Belladonna :, 

“  Cornus  Florida:,  (Boxwood,  Dogwood,) 
“  Conii, 

(Princess  Pine,  Pipsissewa,) 
(Black  Cohosh,) 


Chimaphila, 

Cimicifugce, 

Colombce, 

Chelidonii, 

Cypripedii, 


(Celandine,) 
(Ladies’  Slipper,) 
Cannabis  Ind.,  (Indian  Hemp,  Foreign,) 
Colocynthiclis,  (Colocynth,) 

Composition, 


Menispermi  Canaden.,  (Parilla,) 

Marrubii,  (Horehound,) 

Myrieee  Cerifera,  (Bay  berry  Bark,) 

Phytollaccce,  (Poke  Root,) 

Poaophylli,  (Mandrake,  May  Apple,) 


Papaveris, 

Quercus  Alba, 

“  Tinctorice, 
Quassia,. 

Rhei, 

Rumicis  Crisper, 
Rutce, 

Rubi  Villosi, 
Sarsaparilla,  Arner., 


(p°ppy-) 

(White  Oak,) 
(Black  Oak,) 


(Yellow  Dock,) 
(Rue,) 
(Blackberry,) 


Comp'd, 

Rio  Negro, 

“  Comp'd, 


Digitalis, 

“  Sabina, 

(Savine,) 

Dulcamara, 

(Bittersweet,) 

“  Sanguinaria, 

(Blood  Root,) 

Eupatorii, 

(Boueset,) 

“  Solani  Ly  coper  sic; 

,  (Tomato-,) 

Filids  Maris, 

(Malefero,) 

“  Stramonii, 

Gentiana, 

“  Spiraa, 

(Hardback,) 

Geranii  Mac., 

(Cranesbill,) 

“  Saponaria, 

(Soapwort,) 

Glycyrrhiza, 

(Liquorice,) 

“  Senna  Alex., 

Hyoscyami, 

“  Spigelia, 

Ilellebori, 

(Black  Hellebore,) 

“  Taraxaci, 

(Dandelion,) 

lleraclei. 

(Master-wort,) 

“  “  Radicis, 

« 

Jalapa, 

“  Trifolii, 

(Red  Clover,) 

Juglandis, 

(Butternut,) 

“  Uva  Ur  si, 

Iridis  Versicol., 

(Blueflag,) 

“  Veratri  AIM, 

(White  Hellebore,) 

Lobelia  Inflata, 

•l  Verbasci, 

(Mullein,) 

Lycopi  Virg., 

(Bugle,) 

“  Valeriana, 

(English  Valerian) 

Humuli, 

(HoP,) 

[Medicinal  vegetable  extracts  are  the  masses  obtained  by  evaporating  down,  to  a  con¬ 
sistence  convenient  for  use  in  medicine,  either  the  expressed  juice  of  a  fresh  plant,  or  the 
solution  obtained  by  the  exposure  of  either  a  fresh  or  a  dried  plant  to  the  action  of  a  sol¬ 
vent.  The  object  is  to  obtain  the  medicinal  principle  of  the  plant  in  as  concentrated  a 
form  as  possible,  and  divested,  as  much  as  possible,  of  the  inert  matter  which  accompanies 
it ;  and  the  accomplishment  of  this  requires  not  only  that  the  solvent  used  should  be  of 
the  kind  ascertained  by  previous  <  xperience  to  be  best  adapted,  but  that  the  solution  and 
evaporation  should  be  so  conducted  as  not  to  admit  of  loss  or  chemical  alteration  of  any  ol’ 
the  active  principles,  which  are  sometimes  exceedingly  alterable  by  exposure  to  a  high 
heat,  or  even  to  a  low  heat  in  the  presence  of  atmospheric  oxygen  •,  the  frequent  inertness 
of  many  preparations  of  this  kind  being  generally  due  to  such  alteration  of  composition 
having  taken  place,  from  want  of  proper  precautions  in  the  manufacture.  The  preparations 
of  these  exhibitors  are  evaporated  in  vacuo,  a  precaution  which  to  a  great  degree  avoids 
such  sources  of  deterioration  to  the  product.  The  apparatus  is  similar  to  that  used  by 
sugar  refiners  in  evaporating  their  syrups,  and  consists  of  several  large  spheroidal  vessels, 
heated  by  steam,  into  which  the  vegetable  infusions  are  introduced,  the  vapor  formed 
being  continually  pumped  out  by  a  large  air-pump,  worked  by  steam.  The  evaporation 
may  be  conducted  in  this  manner  quite  rapidly  at  a  temperature  of  from  100°  to  110° 
Fahr.,  without  contact  with  the  atmosphere.  These  exhibitors  claim  the  credit  of  the  first 
introduction  of  this  mode  of  manufacture  into  this  country  on  an  extensive  scale.  Their 
apparatus  was  first  brought  into  successful  operation  in  2849,  and  during  the  past  season 
were  made  by  them  30,000  pounds  of  extracts,  consuming  nearly  1,000,000  pounds  of 
material.  The  greater  number  of  the  extracts  exhibited  are  made  from  indigenous  American 
plants,  and  being  therefore  of  especial  interest,  will  be  particularly  alluded  to,  together 
with  a  few  others,  which  present  points  of  interest,  and  have  not  been  elsewhere  noticed. 

Apocynum  androsamifolium,  “  dog’s-bane,”  or  “  bitter  root,”  is  an  herbaceous  plant 
which  grows  along  fences  and  the  skirts  of  woods,  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  The 
root  is  the  active  part,  and  like  the  rest  of  the  plant,  contains  a  milky  juice.  When 
recently  dried,  it  has  emetic  properties,  but  loses  its  activity  by  keeping. 

Apocynum  cannabinum,  called  “  Indian  hemp”  in  this  country,  a  name  which,  unfor¬ 
tunately,  has  of  late  been  applied  in  Europe  to  a  totally  distinct  plant,  the  East  IndiaD 
variety  of  Cannabis  sativa  see  below \  resembles  very  closely  in  appearance  the  “dog’s- 
bane,”  also  contains  a  milky  juice,  and  has  a  tough  fibrous  bark,  which  upon  proper  pre¬ 
paration,  yields  a  substance  resembling  hemp.  The  root  is  the  active  portion,  and  is 
powerfully  emetic  and  cathartic,  also  diaphoretic  and  expectorant,  and  sometimes  diuretic. 
From  15  to  30  grains  only  of  the  powdered  root,  are  necessary  to  produce  these  effects. 

Asarum  Canadense  or  “Canada  snake  root,”  sometimes  called  “wild  ginger,”  is  a 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


plant  which  grows  in  woods  and  shady  places  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  It  closely 
resembles  in  appearance  the  Asarum  Europccum,  or  “  asarabacca,”  but  differs  entirely  in  its 
medicinal  effects,  for  while  asarabacca  is  very  acrid,  emetic  and  cathartic,  the  root  of  our 
plant,  which  is  the  officinal  part,  is  an  aromatic  stimulant,  with  diaphoretic  properties, 
very  much  resembling  in  its  effects  the  Virginia  snake  root  ( Aristolochia  serpentaria), 
another  American  plant.  Its  taste  somewhat  resembles  that  of  ginger,  for  which  it  is 
sometimes  substituted  in  the  country. 

Anthemis  nobilis,  or  “chamomile,”  is  a  European  plant.  The  flowers  only  are  used, 
and  their  virtues  reside  in  the  volatile  oil,  which  gives  them  their  peculiar  odor.  This 
volatile  oil  is  a  very  singular  substance,  of  a  dark  blue  color.  Gerhardt  obtained  valeric 
acid  by  the  action  of  potash  upon  it.  It  has  not  yet  been  sufficiently  investigated. 

Anthemis  cotula ,  “  wild  chamomile,”  or  “  May-weed,”  as  it  is  usually  called,  is  also 
supposed  to  be  a  native  of  Europe,  although  it  is  a  common  weed  in  this  country.  It  has 
a  disagreeable  smell,  differing  from  that  of  chamomile,  but  its  medical  effects  are  essentially 
the  same,  stimulant  and  antispasmodic. 

Asclepias  incarnate.,  is  one  of  the  native  species  of  Asclepias  which  grow  so  abundantly 
in  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  which  are  called  by  the  country  people  “milkweed,” 
from  the  milky  juice  which  exudes  from  them  when  wounded.  This  species  has  sweet- 
scented  red  flowers  arranged  in  umbels.  Its  medical  properties  are  not  much  known, 
although  it  is  said  to  be  a  useful  emetic  and  cathartic. 

Cornus  Jlorida ,  or  “dogwood,”  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  growing  generally 
on  hill  sides,  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  It  is  a  tall  shrub,  or  rather  a  small  tree,  which 
grows  usually  to  the  height  of  15  or  20  feet,  but  sometimes  to  30  or  35  feet,  and  with  a 
diameter  of  3  or  4  inches.  It  flowers  in  May,  and  forms  a  very  beautiful  object,  being 
covered  with  a  profusion  of  brilliant  white  blossoms.  Its  bark  is  the  active  part,  and  has 
tonic  and  astringent  properties.  In  many  parts  of  the  country  it  has  considerable  reputa¬ 
tion  as  a  remedy  for  intermittents  and  other  diseases  in  which  quinine  is  now  used.  No 
satisfactory  chemical  examination  has  been  made,  but  it  is  supposed  to  contain  a  peculiar 
crystalline  principle,  to  which  the  name  of  cornine  has  been  applied. 

Cimicifuga  racemosa,  “  black  snake-root  ”  or  “  black  cohosh,”  is  a  tall  native  herb, 
6  or  8  feet  high,  with  large  leaves,  which  grows  every  where  in  the  woods  of  the  United 
States.  The  root,  which  is  the  active  part,  is  contorted  (whence  its  name),  has  a  peculiar 
disagreeable  odor,  and  bitter,  astringent,  somewhat  acrid  taste.  The  accounts  given  of 
its  medicinal  virtues  by  different  authorities,  are  so  various,  that  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge,  no  very  definite  opinion  can  be  drawn,  but  it  would  seem  from  all  the  accounts 
to  be  a  powerful  medicinal  agent. 

Colomba  root  is  the  root  of  Cocculus  palmatus,  a  Mozambique  plant,  and  is  one  of  the 
most  useful  of  our  tonic  and  stomachic  medicines.  Its  virtues  are  due  to  a  crystalline 
bitter  principle,  called  colombine,  which  crystallizes  in  fine,  transparent,  colorless, 
rhombic  prisms,  is  fusible  like  wax,  possesses  an  excessively  bitter  taste,  free  from  astrin- 
genev,  contains  no  nitrogen,  and  is  neutral. 

Chelidonium  majus,  or  “  celandine,”  is  a  native  of  Europe,  but  grows  wild  in  this 
country.  It  is  an  herb,  one  or  two  feet  high,  which  bears  small  yellow  flowers,  arranged 
in  umbels,  and  is  filled  with  a  milky  yellow  juice.  Probst,  of  Heidelberg,  found  in  this 
juice  no  less  than  four  distinct  crystalline  principles,  only  one  of  which,  however,  is  of 
particular  interest,  being  the  active  principle  of  the  plant.  This  substance  was  called  by 
hirn  Chelerythrine,  and  appears  to  be  identical  with  the  alkaloid  found  in  Sanguinaria 
canadensis  by  Dr.  Dana  of  New  York  (see  below).  It  is  also  found  in  Glaucium  luteum. 
From  its  alcoholic  solution,  it  crystallizes  in  wart-like  masses.  It  possesses  a  sharp  burn¬ 
ing  acrid  taste,  is  itself  colorless,  but  forms  neutral  salts  with  acids,  which  all  possess 
beautiful  red  colors.  In  its  medicinal  effectg,  it  is  similar  to  sanguinarine,  acrid  and 
narcotic. 

Cypripedium  parvijlorum,  or  “  ladies’  slipper,”  is  a  plant  bearing  beautiful  flowers, 
which  grows  wild  in  the  woods  in  the  United  States.  Its  medical  effects  are  similar  to 
those  of  valerian,  stimulant  with  a  tendency  to  the  nervous  system,  and  by  some  it  is  con¬ 
sidered  equal  in  power  to  valerian. 

Cannabis  Indica,  called  “  Indian  hemp  ”  in  Europe,  is  an  Asiatic  variety  of  the 
Cannabis  sativa,  or  common  hemp,  which  appears  to  possess  extraordinary  powers,  over 
the  human  organization,  entirely  dissimilar  from  those  of  any  other  plant.  I  he  intoxicating 
drugs  know  in  Eastern  countries  under  the  names  of  hatchis  or  hashish,  gunjah,  churrus, 
and  the  bhang,  so  often  mentioned  in  the  “Arabian  Nights  Entertainments,”  are  all  pre¬ 
parations  of  Cannabis.  The  active  principle  is  a  resinous  substance  with  which  the  leaves 
are  impregnated,  called  cannabine.  Pereira  describes  its  medicinal  effects  as  exhilarant, 
inebriant,  phantasmatic,  hypnotic  or  soporific,  and  stupefacient  or  narcotic.  The  effects 
upon  the  Orientals  appear  to  be  more  powerful  than  upon  Europeans  generally,  and 
not  precisely  similar  in  kind,  owing  probably  to  different  degrees  of  excitability  of  the 
nervous  system ;  and  several  cases  are  related  by  high  authority,  as  occurring  in 
India,  in  which  large  doses  produced  “  that  strange  and  most  extraordinary  of  all  nervous 
conditions,  that  state  which  so  few  have  seen,  and  the  existence  of  which  so  many  still 
discredit, — the  genuine  cataleptsy  of  the  nosologist.”  When  an  arm  or  leg  was  bent,  it 
remained  in  the  position  in  which  it  had  been  placed.  The  body  remained  in  any  posture  in 
which  it  might  be  placed-,  no  matter  how  contrary  to  the  influence  of  gravity  upon  its 
various  parts.  After  recovering  from  this  condition,  the  patients  generally  expressed 
themselves  excessively  hungry. 

Solanum  dulcamara,  or  “  bittersweet,”  is  a  climbing  shrub,  which  is  very  common,  es¬ 
pecially  in  damp  and  sheltered  places,  both  in  Europe  and  North  America.  It  deserves 
notice  as  containing  in  its  stems  an  alkaloid  identical  with  that  contained  in  the  stalks  of 
the  potato  plant  (Solanum  tuberosum),  which  alkaloid  is  also  otherwise  curious.  Solanine, 
as  it  is  called,  crystallizes  from  alcohol  in  microscopic  prisms.  When  dry  it  is  inodorous, 
but  when  moist  it  smells  like  water  in  which  potatoes  have  been  boiled.  Its  taste  is  feebly 


bitter,  and  it  produces  in  the  throat  when  swallowed  in  minute  quantity,  a  peculiar  un¬ 
pleasant  sensation,  which  remains  for  some  time.  Of  all  known  alkaloids,  it  possesses  the 
highest  equivalent  (10,187.5  on  the  oxygen  scale),  and  of  all  known  compounds  contains 
the  smallest  percentage  of  nitrogen  (1.72  per  cent.).  It  is  found  also  in  other  species  of 
Solanum.  It  is  supposed  to  be  the  medicinal  principle  of  bittersweet,  and  of  potato 
tops.  Bittersweet  is  diaphoretic  and  diuretic,  and  in  large  doses  said  to  be  acro-narcotic. 

Eupatorium  perfoliatum,,  “boneset,”  or  “thorough-wort,”  is  a  native  American  plant, 
which  is  tonic,  diaphoretic,  and  in  large  doses  emetic  and  aperient.  It  is  said  to  have  been 
successful  in  intermittents. 

Geranium  maculatum,  “  spotted  geranium,”  or  “  cranesbill,”  is  an  herb  which  grows  one 
or  two  feet  high  in  moist  low  grounds  in  the  United  States,  bearing  a  large  purple  flower. 
Its  root,  which  is  the  medicinal  part,  is  a  powerful  astringeut,  and  free  from  all  unpleasant 
taste  and  other  offensive  qualities,  which  renders  it  peculiarly  fit  for  administration  to  de¬ 
licate  patients. 

Heracleum  lanatum,  or  “  master-wort,”  is  a  very  large  umbelliferous  plant,  which 
is  indigenous  in  the  northern  United  States.  Its  root  has  a  strong,  disagreeable  odor,  an 
acrid  taste,  and  is  somewhat  stimulant  and  carminative. 

Juglans  cinerea,  “  butternut.”  The  inner  bark  of  the  root  of  the  butternut  tree  is  a 
mild  cathartic,  resembling  rhubarb  in  its  action. 

Iris  versicolor,  “blue  flag,”  is  a  native  of  the  United  States.  Its  rhizoma,  or  under¬ 
ground  stem,  has  a  nauseous  acrid  taste,  and  is  cathartic,  emetic  and  diuretic,  all  of  which 
properties  it  loses  by  age. 

Lobelia  injlata,  “  Indian  tobacco,”  is  a  native  American  plant,  which  grows  as  a  very 
common  weed  all  over  the  United  States,  by  the  roadsides  and  elsewhere.  It  grows  afoot 
or  more  in  height,  and  bears  a  delicate  blue  flower.  The  whole  plant,  but  especially  in 
the  seeds,  contains  an  alkaloid  called  lobe  line,  which  is  its  active  principle.  Lobeline  is  a 
light  yellow  liquid,  of  a  somewhat  aromatic  odor,  has  an  alkaline  reaction,  and  forms 
crystalline  salts  with  acids.  A  quarter  of  a  grain  excited  vomiting  in  a  cat,  and  one  grain 
rendered  the  animal  motionless  for  half  an  hour,  with  dilated  pupils.  The  therapeutical 
action  of  Lobelia  is  not  yet  very  satisfactorily  ascertained,  but  it  appears  to  be  very  similar 
to  that  of  tobacco,  though  milder.  Many  deaths  have  occurred  both  in  this  country  and 
Europe  from  its  use  by  quacks. 

Lycopus  Virginians,  or  “bugle-weed,”  is  an  iudigenous  herb,  which  grows  in  wet  and 
shady  places  throughout  the  United  States.  It  is  a  very  mild  narcotic. 

Marrubium  vulgare,  “  white  horehound,”  is  a  native  of  Europe,  but  grows  wild  in 
the  United  States.  It  was  formerly  used  by  physicians,  but  is  no  longer  considered  of 
any  value. 

Myrica  cerifera,  “  bayberry,”  or  “  wax  myrtle,”  is  an  aromatic  shrub,  which  grows  from 
one  to  twelve  feet  high  all  over  the  United  States.  The  berries  are  covered  with  white 
coats  of  a  peculiar  kind  of  wax,  called  “  myrtle  wax,”  which  may  be  separated,  and  is  some¬ 
times  used.  The  bark  of  the  root  is  acrid  and  astringent,  in  large  doses  emetic,  and  is  a  popu¬ 
lar  remedy  for  jaundice. 

Podophyllum  peltatum,  “  May  apple  ”  or  “  wild  mandrake,”  is  a  native  American  plant, 
which  grows  very  extensively  throughout  t  ie  United  States  in  moist  grounds.  The  stems 
are  herbaceous,  about  one  foot  high,  and  each  bears  at  the  top  two  large  palmate  leaves. 
Each  stem  bears  one  handsome  white  flower.  The  fruits  when  ripe,  are  large  oval  berries,  of 
a  lemon  yellow  color,  full  of  sweetish  pulp,  w  Inch  is  eaten  by  some,  and  are  known  to  the 
country  people  under  the  name  of  “  May  apples.”  The  root  is  the  medicinal  part,  and  is 
cathartic,  acting  certainly  and  powerfull,',  without  griping  or  other  unpleasant  sensations. 
It  is  highly  spoken  of  by  many  eminent  medical  authorities. 

Quassia  is  the  wood  of  Picraena  excelsa,  or  the  “  bitter  wood  tree,”  a  lofty  tree,  some¬ 
times  one  hundred  feet  high,  which  grows  in  Jamaica  and  the  Caribbean  Islands.  The 
wood  has  a  pure  bitter  taste,  and  conti  ins  a  crystalline  substance  called  quassine,  of  an 
insupportably  bitter  tast;.  which  contains  no  nitrogen,  and  is  neutral.  The  therapeutic 
effect  of  quassia  is  that  of  a  simpl  ■  bitter,  dev<  id  of  all  irritant,  stimulant,  and  astringent 
properties.  It  is  purely  tonic  in  its  action,  and  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  the  use  of  dys¬ 
peptics.  It  is  sai  1  to  be  sometimes  used  in  the  manufacture  of  beer,  instead  of  hops,  and 
if  so,  is  undoubtedly  an  improvement  over  the  latter. 

Rebus  villosus  is  the  most  abundaut  of  the  very  numerous  species  of  blackberry  which 
are  natives  of  the  United  States.  The  root  is  the  medicinal  portion,  and  is  tonic  and  strongly 
astringent,  and  its  use  is  spoken  of  very  favorably  by  high  authority,  in  bowel  complaints, 
such  as  diarrhoea,  <fcc. 

Sanguinaria  Canadensis,  “  bloodroot,”  is  a  small  herbaceous  plant,  which  grows  to  the 
height  of  a  few  inches,  in  shady  woods,  throughout  the  whole  United  States,  bearing  a  beauti¬ 
ful  white  flower  very  early  in  the  spring,  sometimes  while  the  snow  still  lies  upon  the  ground. 
The  plant  contains  a  yellow  thick  milky  juice,  and  the  root,  which  is  the  medicinal  part, 
is  also  full,  when  fresh,  of  a  bright  red  liquid,  which  exudes  from  it  copiously  when  wounded. 
Dr.  Dana,  of  New  York,  found  in  this  root  an  alkaloid,  which  he  called  sanguinarine,  but 
which  has  since  been  stated  by  Shiel  to  be  identical  with  chelerythrine,  the  alkaloid  found 
by  Probst  in  celandine  (see  above).  Like  the  latter,  it  is  itself  colorless,  and  forms  salts  of 
a  brilliant  red  color.  Its  medicinal  effects  are  also  very  similar  to  those  of  celandine,  San¬ 
guinaria  being  an  acrid  emetic,  with  stimulant  and  narcotic  powers. 

Spiraea  tomentosa,  “  hardback,”  is  a  shrub,  which  grows  native  in  the  United  States, 
especially  in  the  Northern  States,  to  the  height  of  two  or  three  feet,  and  bears  beautiful  red 
or  purple  flowers.  Its  root,  the  part  used,  is  tonic  and  astringent,  and  is  highly  recom¬ 
mended  for  debilitated  patients. 

Saponaria  officinalis,  “  soap-wort,”  vulgarly  known  by  the  name  of  “  Bouncing  Bet,’’ 
is  an  herb,  which  grows  wild  in  the  United  States,  but  has  probably  been  introduced  from 
Europe.  It  grows  to  the  height  of  one  or  two  feet,  and  bears  clusters  of  light  purple  flowers. 
The  namo  of  the  plant  is  derived  from  the  property,  which  the  root  and  leaves  possess,  of 


CHEMICAL  AND  PH 


ARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


formino’  a  lather,  like  soap-suds,  when  agitated  with  water.  This  property  is  due  to  the 
presence  of  a  peculiar  principle  called  saponine,  which  was  discovered  in  this  plant  by 
Blev,  and  which  has  been  found  in  several  other  plants,  such  as  Gypsophila  struthium, 
and'different  species  of  Silcne,  Dianthus,  Lychnis  and  Anagallis.  Saponine,  when  pure, 
is  white  and  uncrystallizable,  possesses  a  sharp,  persistent  taste,  and  when  inhaled  in  the 
form  of  powder,  provokes  sneezing  powerfully.  It  is  soluble  in  water  in  all  proportions; 
the  solution  is  turbid,  and,  on  agitation,  even  when  very  dilute,  foams  very  greatly.  The 
medicinal  properties  of  Saponaria  are  also  attributed  to  saponine,  and  seem  to  be  similar 
to  those  of  sarsaparilla,  to  which,  as  an  alterative  medicine,  it  is  thought  superior  by  some 
phv  sicians. 

Spigelia  Marylandica,  “Carolina  pinkroot,”  is  a  native  of  the  southern  and  soutli-west- 
eru  parts  of  the  United  States.  It  isan  herbaceous  plant,  from  twelve  to  twenty  inches  high, 
the  stems  being  four-sided,  and  each  stem  bearing  a  spike  of  flowers,  the  corollas  of  which 
are  colored  orange  yellow  internally,  and  rich  carmine  externally.  Its  medicinal  pioper- 
ties  were  first  learned  from  the  Cherokee  Indians.  The  root,  which  is  the  medicinal  part, 
acts  as  an  irritant  to  the  gastro-intestinal  canal,  when  taken  internally  sometimes  causing 
purging  and  vomiting.  It  is  used  only  as  a  vermifuge,  and  although  scarcely  known  in 
Europe,  in  this  country  it  is  among  the  most  powerful  and  highly  esteemed  anthelmintics 
in  use. 

Arctostaphylos  uva-ursi ,  “uva-ursi”  or  “  bear  berry is  a  low  evergreen  trailing  shrub 
with  a  red  berry,  which  is  found  growing  in  barren  soils,  in  the  northern  latitudes  of  both 
Europe  and  America.  The  leaves,  which  contain  more  than  30  per  cent,  of  tannic  acid, 
according  to  the  analyses  of  Meissner,  are  the  part  used  in  medicine.  Their  activity  depends 
upon  this  tannic  acid,  and  their  effects  are  those  of  other  vegetable  astringents,  but  their 
principal  use  is  in  chronic  affections  of  the  bladder.  Their  effect  in  these  diseases,  how¬ 
ever,  is  very  slowly  produced,  and  they  must  be  used  for  a  long  time. 

Verbascum  thapsus,  “mullein,”  is  considered  to  be  a  native  of  Europe,  and  to  have 
been  naturalized  in  this  country,  where  it  is  in  some  parts  of  the  country  one  of  the  most 
common  of  all  our  weeds  of  the  field  and  roadside.  The  leaves  are  the  parts  used  in 
medicine,  and  their  aqueous  decoction  has  emollient,  demulcent,  and  feebly  narcotic  pro¬ 
perties.  Mullein  seeds  are  known  to  have  a  narcotic  effect  upon  fishes.  It  has  been  em¬ 
ployed  in  catarrhs  and  diarrheas.] 

9.  United  Society  of  Shakers,  Enfield,  Grafton  County,  New  Hampshire,  Manu¬ 
facturers.  (Agent,  Hiram  C.  Baker,  Enfield.) 

Medicinal  extracts  of  English  valerian,  dandelion,  clover,  Hyoscyamus  (henbane),  night 
shade  (belladonna),  thornapple  (stramonium),  Phytolacca  decandra  (poke-weed),  and 
Conium  maculatum  (hemlock).  Essential  oils  of  English  valerian,  wormwood  and 
wormseed. 

[The  plant  called  valerian  ( Valeriana  officinalis)  is  a  native  of  Europe,  but  has  been 
cultivated  in  this  country  to  some  extent,  The  English  variety  is  most  esteemed,  and 
hence  is  called  “  English  valerian.”  It  is  a  large  handsome  herb,  bearing  bunches  of  small 
white  or  rose-colored  fragrant  flowers,  which  in  Europe  grows  wild,  both  in  moist  and 
dry  localities.  The  rhizoma  or  underground  stem,  is  the  portion  in  which  the  medicinal 1 
virtues  reside.  These  virtues  are  dependent,  at  least  partially,  upon  the  presence  or  for¬ 
mation  of  a  peculiar  substance,  called  by  chemists  valeric  acid.  This  acid  is  also  a  consti¬ 
tuent,  or  product  of  the  transformation,  of  numerous  vegetable  and  animal  substances.  It 
was  first  discovered  by  Chevreul  in  the  oils  of  whales  and  dolphins,  of  which  it  forms  a 
constituent.  It  is  also  a  product  of  the  root  of  angelica  ( Archangelica  officinalis),  of  the 
transformation  of  a  substance  found  in  the  root  of  Athamanta  oreoselinum,  of  the  bark 
of  the  Sambucus  Canadensis  or  elder,  of  the  fruit  of  Viburnum  opulus,  and  others.  It  is 
also  a  constituent  of  an  ethereal  substance  which  forms  the  aroma  of  apples  and  some 
other  fruits.  It  is  a  product  of  the  putrefaction  of  caseine,  and  has  been  found  by  several 
chemists  in  old  cheese.  Gerhardt  obtained  it  by  the  decomposition  of  oil  of  chamomile. 
The  method  usually  adopted  for  obtaining  it  in  a  pure  state  is  by  the  oxidation  of  a  sub¬ 
stance  called  fusel  oil,  which  is  the  product  of  the  fermentation  of  some  unascertained 
constituent  of  vegetable  tissues,  being  found  among  the  distilled  products  of  nearly  all 
fermented  alcoholic  liquids,  and  especially  in  grain  and  potato  spirits.  In  chemical  lan¬ 
guage  fusel  oil  is  an  alcohol,  and  valeric  acid  bears  the  same  relation  to  it  that  acetic  acid 
does  to  common  alcohol,  that  is,  it  can  be  formed  by  oxidating  it  to  a  certain  extent,  just  as 
acetic  acid  (acid  of  vinegar)  is  formed  by  oxidating  common  alcohol.  Thus  when  fusel  oil, 
or  amylic  alcohol,  as  chemists  call  it,  is  submitted  to  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
bichromate  of  potash,  valeric  acid  is  formed,  which,  however,  immediately  combines  with 
a  portion  of  the  unoxidized  fusel  oil,  aud  instead  of  valeric  acid,  there  distils  over  a  sweet 
smelling  liquid  which  is  the  valerate  of  oxide  of  amyle,  and  is  identical  with  the  volatile 
oil  of  apples.  From  this,  valeric  acid  may  be  obtained  by  distillation  with  potash.  Pure 
valeric  acid  is  a  transparent  colorless  liquid  of  a  sour  taste  and  a  strong  and  persistent 
smell  of  valerian,  which  adheres  to  every  thing  that  touches  it  for  a  long  time.  It  is  easily 
set  on  fire,  and  burns  with  a  white  smoky  flame.  Valeric  acid  is  contained  in  the  crude 
essential  oil  of  valerian,  a  specimen  of  which  is  exhibited  by  these  exhibitors,  but  the 
greater  portion  of  this  essential  oil  is  made  up  of  a  substance  called  by  Gerhardt  borneene, 
and  which  is  identical  with  the  essential  oil  of  the  camphor  tree  of  Borneo  aud  Sumatra, 
by  the  oxidation  of  which  the  Borneo  camphor  is  produced  (a  sort  of  camphor  which 
resembles  in  smell,  but  not  in  composition,  our  ordinary  camphor,  and  which  is  entirely 
consumed  by  the  Chinese,  being  so  highly  valued  by  them,  that  it  is  said  to  command  in 
their  markets  one  hundred  times  the  price  of  commou  camphor,  and  for  this  reason  never 
reaches  this  country  or  Europe,  except  as  a  curiosity),  and  also,  according  to  Brandes, 
with  the  volatile  oil  of  sweet-bay  berries  ( Laurus  nobilis).  The  medicinal  effects  of  vale¬ 
rian  root,  as  well  as  of  its  essential  oil,  and  its  fluid  extract,  are  similar,  and,  according  to 


some,  entirely  dependent  upon  their  content  of  valeric  acid.  They  act  upon  the  cerebro¬ 
spinal  system,  producing  headache,  restlessness,  giddiness,  optical  hallucinations,  such  as 
scintillations  of  light,  etc.  In  certain  morbid  conditions  of  the  nervous  system,  as  epilepsy, 
hysteria,  hypochondriasis,  etc.,  it  possesses  what  is  called  a  nervine  effect,  especially  when 
combined  with  ammonia,  stimulating  the  nervous  system  and  calming  the  patient.  It  is 
frequently  found  to  fail,  and  even  when  successful,  to  lose'  its  power  very  soon,  and  little 
confidence  is  placed  in  it  by  most  physicians.  Cats  and  rats  manifest  a  curious  fondness 
for  valerian,  and  upon  the  former  animal  it  produces  a  violent  specie*  of  intoxication. 

Dandelion  (Taraxacum  officinale),  which  is  so  common  a  plant  in  our  fields,  contains  a 
milky  juice  (especially  in  the  root)  which  possesses  stomachic  and  tonic  properties,  and  it 
is  sometimes  used  in  medicine.  Its  active  principle  is  probably  au  imperfectly  crystalline 
bitter  substance  called  taraxacine,  which  has  been  found  in  it,  but  which  is  little  known. 

Hyoscyamus  niger,  or  common  henbane,  is  a  plant  of  much  greater  Importance.  Every 
body  is  familiar  with  the  appearance  of  this  plaDt,  as  it  grows  as  a  common  weed,  in  all 
parts  of  this  country,  although  not  a  native  of  America,  having  been  introduced  from 
Europe,  where  it  also  grows  abundantly  every  where.  Its  active  alkaloid  principle, 
hyoscyamine,  was  discovered  in  1822,  by  Brandes,  but  its  existence  is  denied  by  some. 
Those  who  have  procured  it  describe  it  as  crystalline,  inodorous  when  dry,  but  when  moist 
having  an  excessively  offensive,  stupifying,  tobacco-like  smell.  It  is  a  powerful  narcotic 
poison,  and  a  very  trifling  quantity  produces  dilatation  of  the  pupil.  In  every  respect,  it 
is  very  similar  to  atropine  (see  note  to  No.  92,  Class  2).  It  contains  nitrogen,  but  no  ana¬ 
lysis  has  been  made.  The  extract  of  henbane  given  in  small  successive  doses  produces  a 
sedative  effect,  especially  in  cases  of  nervous  irritability,  and  in  large  doses  sometimes 
induces  sleep,  without  producing  the  constipation,  and  other  prejudicial  effects  of  opium.  On 
this  account,  it  is  frequently  used  instead  of  opium,  and  is  in  many  cases  a  very  valuable 
remedy.  In  poisonous  doses  it  produces,  among  other  symptoms,  loss  of  speech  and 
vision,  with  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  furious  delirium  with  phantasms,  and  paralysis,  some¬ 
times  followed  by  death. 

Stramonium  or  thornapple  ( Datura  stramonium)  is  also  one  of  the  most  common 
weeds  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  and  well  known  for  its  handsome  large  white  nauseously 
smelling  flowers,  and  thorny  pods  full  of  black  seeds.  The  active  principle,  aD  alkaloid 
called  daturine,  is  found  in  the  leaves  and  seeds.  It  resembles  generally  hyoscyamine 
and  atropine  in  its  chemical  properties,  and  it  has  been  asserted  to  be  chemically  identical 
with  atropine.  Its  effects  upon  the  human  system  also  closely  resemble  those  of  atropine. 

The  poke-weed  (Phytolacca  decandra)  is  a  native  American  plant,  not  being  even 
recognized  in  European  works  on  materia  mediea.  Every  schoolboy  is  familiar  with  this 
plant  as  it  grows  along  the  roadside,  with  its  elegant  pendulous  racemes  of  purple  berries, 
full  of  juice.  This  juice  may  yet  be  useful  for  dyeing  purposes.  The  berries  and  root  are 
emetic,  purgative  and  slightly  narcotic.  Its  properties  are  peculiar,  as  it  does  not  begin  to 
act  until  two  or  three  hours  after  its  administration,  and  then  continues  to  act  both  as  an 
emetic  and  purgative,  for  a  long  time,  with  little  or  no  pain  or  spasm.  It  possesses  other 
medicinal  virtues,  which  it  would  take  up  too  much  space  to  detail.  No  chemical  exami¬ 
nation  of  this  plant  has  yet  been  made. 

Hemlock  is  a  name  frequently  applied  in  this  country  to  the  tree  more  correctly  called 
spruce,  or  spruce-fir  (Abies  canadensis),  while  the  name  hemlock  should  only  be  applied 
to  the  poisonous  umbelliferous  herb  so  called  in  England.  This  plant  is  a  native  of  Europe, 
but  has  been  naturalized  in  the  United  States,  and  grows  as  a  common  weed.  The  nar¬ 
cotic  principle,  which  is  a  volatile  liquid  alkaloid  substance,  called  conine,  is  found  in  the 
leaves  and  seeds.  It  is  a  transparent  colorless  liquid,  one  drop  of  which  placed  in  the  eye 
of  a  rabbit,  killed  it  in  nine  minutes,  and  five  drops  poured  into  the  throat  of  a  dog  pro¬ 
duced  death  in  one  minute.  The  effects  of  hemlock  upon  the  human  system  when  given 
in  small  doses  are  uncertain,  and  generally  not  very  obvious  or  important.  In  large  doses, 
it  generally  produces  coma,  very  similar  to  that  of  opium,  followed  by  death. 

The  essential  oil  of  wormwood  (Artemisia  absinthium)  is  a  greenish  liquid  of  an  acrid 
taste  and  a  strong  odor  of  wormwood.  It  has  precisely  the  same  chemical  composition  as 
camphor,  or  in  chemical  language  it  is  isomeric  with  camphor.  Whether  the  medicinal 
properties  of  wormwood  are  due  to  this  oil,  is  yet  unsettled,  but  the  probability  is  that 
they  are  to  be  ascribed  rather  to  the  bitter  principle  of  the  plant,  called  absinthine. 

The  American  wormseed,  or  “Jerusalem  oak"  (Chenopodium  anihelminticum),  which 
is  a  very  different  tiling  from  the  European,  so  called,  “  wormseed  ”  (see  note  to  santonine, 
No.  1,  Class  2),  grows  as  a  common  weed  in  the  southern  portions  of  the  United  States. 
The  whole  herb  has  a  strong  offensive  odor,  and  contains,  especially  in  the  seeds,  a  pecu¬ 
liar  essential  oil,  of  very  strong  vermifuge  properties,  a  specimen  of  which  is  here  exhib¬ 
ited.  ] 

10.  Williamson,  Mann  &  Co.  94  Front  street,  New  York  City,  Manufacturers. 

Powdered  drugs  and  medicinal  extracts.  Powdered  gums ;  tragacanth,  Arabic,  kino, 
myrrh,  aloes,  gamboge,  opium,  olibanum,  catechu,  guaiacum.  Powdered  roots;  rhubarb, 
colomba,  ipecacuanha,  jalap,  squills,  liquorice  and  snake  root.  Powdered  hops,  rose  leaves, 
digitalis  (foxglove),  senna,  buchu  leaves,  bayberry  bark,  red  ditto,  slippery  elm,  burnt 
alum,  castile  soap,  sal-ammoniac,  borax,  cochineal,  wormseed,  dragon’s  blood,  sugar  of 
milk. 

[Apothecaries  always  possess  their  own  means  of  pulverizing  drugs  on  a  small  scale, 
but  the  large  quantities  of  some  drugs  required  in  a  state  of  the  finest  possible  powde^ 
and  the  very  laborious  and  tedious  manipulations  necessary  to  obtain  such  powders  by 
hand  labor,  have  led  to  the  establishment,  of  late  years,  of  drug  mills,  driven  by  steam 
power,  by  which  great  economy  of  time,  labor  and  material  is  effected.  This  invention,  if 
not  quite  equal  in  importance,  is  at  least  similar  in  kind  to  the  substitution  of  grist  mills 
for  grinding  grain,  for  the  old  hand  mills  used  for  the  same  purpose,  or  the  rude  mortars 
and  pestles  used  by  the  American  Indian  woman  for  the  manufacture  of  “hominy.”] 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


11*  E f .?- ( s,  Charles  Co.  56  Chcsttut  Street,  Philadelphia^,  Manufacturers. 

Chemical  and  pharmaceutical  preparations,  including  ponderous  magnesia,  blue  pills, 
solid  extracts  of  sarsaparilla,  oolocynth,  gentian,  rhubarb,  and  jalap,  citrate  of  magnesia, 
precipitated  carbonate  of  iron,  confection  of  senna,  solidified  copaiva,  pure  spirit  of  nitrous 
ether,  iodides  of  mercury,  chloride  of  sine,  soluble  citrate  of  iron,  tannic  acid  and  phos¬ 
phate  of  iron. 

( Blue  pills  (Pilwlm  Hgdrwgyti)  are  made  by  rubbing  together  in  a  mortar  metallic 
mercury  with  liquorice  root  in  powder,  and  other  substances  for  the  sake  of  giving  consis¬ 
tence  to  the  mass,  until  all  globules  of  mercury  disappear.  They  therefore  contain  metallic 
mercury  in  a  finely  divided  state.  According  to  the  directions  of  the  United  States  Pharma¬ 
copeia,  each  pill  contains  one  grain  of  mercury  in  this  condition.  They  are  preferred  to 
calomel  and  other  preparations  of  mercury  on  account  of  being  milder  and  safer,  and  less 
likely  to  produce  a  cathartic  action,  although  exerting  upon  the  system  all  the  other  effects 
of  mercurials. 

Sarsaparilla  is  composed  of  the  rhizomas  of  several  species  of  the  genus  Smilax, 
and  it  is  remarkable  that  the  very  species  to  which  the  drug  has  given  its  name,  the  Smilax 
sarsaparilla,  which  is  a  native  of  the  United  States,  does  not  yield  any  of  it.  The  sarsapa¬ 
rilla  of  commerce  is  brought  from  various  parts  of  South  America  and  Mexico.  It  contains 
a  crystalline  principle  called  smilacine ,  which  has  little  or  no  taste,  contains  no  nitrogen,  and 
is  neither  acid  nor  basic.  Its  effects  and  that  of  sarsaparilla  itself  upon  the  human  system 
in  small  doses  do  not  appear  to  be  of  much  importance.  In  extremely  large  doses,  it 
causes  nausea  and  vomiting.  Some  consider  it  a  sovereign  remedy  in  cases  of  syphilis. 

Colo cy nth,  the  fruit  of  Citrullus  colocynthis ,  is  a  drug  which  is  imported  from  the 
Levant.  The  plant,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the  common  watermelon 
vine,  is  a  native  of  Turkey,  and  grows  also  in  Nubia  and  lower  India.  The  drug,  as  imported, 
is  in  the  form  of  balls,  f  wo  inches,  more  or  less,  in  diameter,  nearly  full  of  seeds,  which  are 
enveloped  in  a  light  and  spongy  dried  pulp.  This  pulp  is  the  only  valuable  portion,  the 
seeds  being  inert,  aud  contains  a  large  percentage  of  a  nauseous  bitter  substance,  called  colo- 
cyntliine,  to  which  its  virtues  are  due.  Colocynth  is  used  in  medicine  as  a  purgative,  per¬ 
fectly  safe  in  small  doses,  although  in  excessive  quantities,  it  has  on  several  occasions  pro¬ 
duced  death. 

Rhubarb  is  a  drug  with  whose  appearance  and  medical  properties  every  one  is  familiar. 
The  best  variety  is  that  called  Russian,  or  sometimes  Turkey  rhubarb,  which  comes  to  us 
by  the  way  of  St.  Petersburg,  but  much  the  largest  quantity  comes  from  Canton,  and  is 
called  Chinese  or  India  rhubarb.  It  is  the  root  of  a  yet.  unascertained  species  of  Rheum. 
Rhubarb  contains  several  distinet  proximate  principles,  some  of  which  are  crystallizable, 
but  its  medicinal  virtues  have  not  yet  been  found  to  depend  upon  any  one  of  them  alone. 

Jalap  is  the  root  of  Exogonium  purga,  a  plant  which  grows  in  Mexico,  in  the  neigh¬ 
borhood  of  the  city  of  Xalapa,  in  Vera  Cruz,  from  which  its  name  is  derived.  That 
which  is  kept  ia  the  shops  is  always  in  powder.  Its  active  ingredients  are  resinous  sub¬ 
stances. 

Spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  called  also,  in  common  parlance  “sweet  spirits  of  nitre,”  is  in 
chemical  language  a  mixture  of  nitrite  of  oxide  of  ethyle,  or  nitrous  ether,  with  alcohol 
so  that  its  medicinal  effects  are  those  of  nitrous  ether,  modified  by  those  of  alcohol.  Pure 
nitrous  ether  is  a  pale  yellow  liquid  of  a  strong  smell  somewhat  resembling  that  of  apples, 
and  of  a  burning  sweet  taste.  It  is  very  volatile  when  pure,  boiling  even  below  the  ordina¬ 
ry  temperature  (its  boiling  point,  according  to  Liebig,  is  61.5  Fakr.),  so  that  it  would  be 
impossible  to  preserve  it  unless  it  were  diluted  with  alcohol.  In  this  diluted  form  it  is 
very  much  used  in  medicine,  its  effects  being  diuretic,  diaphoretic,  and  antispasmodic. 

The  iodides  of  mercury  are  three  in  number,  only  two  of  which,  however,  are  used  in 
medicine,  namely  the  subiodide  and  protiodide.  The  subiodide  is  a  dark  green  powder, 
corresponding  in  composition  to  calomel,  the  subchloride  of  mercury.  It  is  colored  black 
by  light,  is  insoluble  in  water,  and  on  sublimation  is  decomposed  into  metallic  mercury  and 
another  iodide  containing  less  mercury.  It  is  a  powerful  irritant  poison,  in  large  doses, 
and  it  has  been  used  in  cases  where  the  tivo  diseases  syphilis  and  scrofula  coexist,  for  the 
sake  of  producing  the  combined  effect  of  mercury  and  iodine.  Protiodide  of  mercury  is 
an  exceedingly  curious  eubstance,  which,  like  carbon  (see  note  to  Class  1,  No.  — ),  is  capable 
of  existing  in  more  than  one  distinct  form.  The  ordinary  form  is  that  of  a  rich  scarlet 
red  powder,  which,  upon  being  melted,  becomes  yellow,  and  upon  cooling  still  retains  its 
yellow  color  when  solidified,  above  a  certain  temperature,  but  upon  farther  cooling,  gene¬ 
rally  returns  to  the  red  condition.  Upon  sublimation  of  the  red  modification,  it  condenses 
in  prismatic  crystals  of  the  yellow  modification.  These  crystals  sooner  or  later  spontane¬ 
ously,  and  immediately  when  rubbed,  return  to  the  red  condition.  If  the  vapor  be  con¬ 
densed  upon  a  sheet  of  paper  so  as  to  cover  it  with  a  film  of  minute  crystals  of  the  yel¬ 
low  form,  this  paper  may  be  written  or  drawn  upon  with  any  pointed  body,  such  as  a 
sharpened  stick,  which  will  leave  brilliant  scarlet  traces,  and  these  traces  may  be  made  to 
disappear  again  by  warming  the  paper.  There  is  no  other  substance  which  furnishes  phe¬ 
nomena  precisely  parallel  to  these.  Protiodide  of  mercury  is  used  in  medicine  for  the 
same  purposes  as  the  subiodide,  being,  however,  much  more  energetic  than  the  latter.  It 
is  said  to  be  as  powerfully  iiritant  and  caustic  as  corrosive  sublimate. 

Chloride  of  Zinc ,  when  free  from  water,  is  a  white  translucent  substance,  which  is 
soft  and  plastic,  like  wax,  and  is  hence  sometimes  called  “  butter  of  zinc.”  It  is  an  exceed¬ 
ingly  deliquescent  substance,  that  is,  it  has  a  powerful  attraction  for  atmospheric  moisture, 
and  a  lump  of  it  exposed  to  moist  air,  melts  down  to  a  liquid  solution  in  a  few  minutes. 
It  has  also  the  property  of  coagulating  and  combining  with  albuminous  substances,  and  by 
virtue  of  these  two  properties  it  has  the  power  of  decomposing  and  destroying  the  vitality 
of  animal  tissues,  being  therefore  used  by  physicians  as  a  caustic.  It  has  also  been  pro¬ 
posed  as  a  disinfecting  agent,  a  solution  of  it  having  the  power  of  decomposing  the  bad 
smelling  sulphohydrate  of  sulphide  of  ammonium,  which  always  accompanies  the  exhala¬ 
tions  of  putrifying  substances.  From  its  power  of  combining  with  the  tissues,  it  is  some- 

F* 


what  antiseptic,  and  has  therefore  been  used  as  an  injection  for  bodies  which  are  to  be 
used  for  anatomical  purposes.  H.  W.] 

1-L  Haskell,  Merrick  and  Bull,  10  Gold  Street ,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Powdered  Drugs ;  aloes,  ergot,  lupuline,  castoreum,  digitalis,  Artemisia  santouica,  mix 
vomica,  arnica,  myrrh,  opium,  ipecacuanha,  Rheum  indicum,  gamboge,  etc. 

[Lupuline  is  a  substance  obtained  from  the  common  hop  ( Hamulus  lupulus).  It 
exists  in  the  form  of  small  glands,  or  grains,  adhering  to  the  surface  of  the  scales  which 
inclose  the  fruit  of  the  hop,  and  is  separated  by  rubbing  or  threshing,  and  sifting  the  hops. 
It  is  a  yellowish  powder,  which  contains  a  volatile  oil,  a  bitter  principle,  tannic  acid  and  a 
resin,  and  its  effects  upon  the  human  system  are  aromatic  and  tonic,  and  according  to  some, 
slightly  narcotic. 

Castoreum  is  an  ill  smelling  substance  produced  by  the  beaver  (Castor  fiber),  and  is 
found  in  two  small  glands  or  sacs  which  are  attached  to  the  abdomen  of  the  animal.  It  is 
a  eubstance  of  a  brown  or  reddish  brown  color,  and  unctuous  consistence.  Chemical  exam¬ 
inations  of  castoreum  have  been  made  by  several  Chemists  ;  but  of  these,  the  most  interest¬ 
ing  results  were  obtained  by  Wohler  and  Pereira.  Wohler  found  in  it  a  small  quantity  of 
vhenole  or  spirole,  the  substance  described  in  another  note  (Class  2,  No.  7,)  as  having  been 
introduced  largely  into  the  market,  under  the  name  of  creosote.  Wohler  considers  the 
odor  of  castoreum  to  be  partially,  if  not  wholly,  due  to  phenols.  He  also  found  in  it 
salicine,  the  erystallizable  principle  of  willow  bark  (note  to  No.  92,  Class  2),'  and  Pereira 
found  in  the  water  distilled  from  castor,  the  hydruret  of  salicyle,  or  oil  of  meadow-sweet, 
which  is  a  derivative  of  salicine.  Pereira  suggests  that  the  phenole  aud  oil  of  meadow¬ 
sweet  are  both  derived  from  salicine,  and  points  out  the  obvious  origiQ  of  the  salicine  in 
the  willow  and  poplar  barks  upon  which  the  animal  subsists.  The  medicinal  effects  of  cas¬ 
toreum,  which  are  probably  due,  wholly  or  partially,  to  the  phenole,  are  stimulant  and  anti¬ 
spasmodic.  It  was  once  in  great  repute  as  a  remedy  for  hysteria  and  epilepsy,  bu  t  now,  on 
accouut  of  its  bad  taste  and  smell,  high  price,  and  variable  quality,  has  fallen  into  disuse. 

Arnica  montana  (Leopard’s  bane)  is  a  plant  of  the  order  Composite,  which  grows  in 
mountainous  districts  in  Europe,  Asia  and  North  America.  Its  medicinal  effects  on  man 
are  those  of  an  acrid,  a  stimulant  to  the  whole  nervous  system,  a  diuretic  and  diaphoretic. 
It  is  not  much  u9ed  by  physicians. 

Myrrh  is  a  resinous  exudation  from  the  bark  of  Balsamodendron  myrrha,  which  is 
brought  from  India,  being  collected  in  Arabia  and  Abyssinia.  It  is  in  the  form  of  irregular 
fragments  or  tears,  from  the  size  of  a  pea,  up  to  two  or  three  inches  in  diameter,  of  a  red¬ 
dish  yellow  or  reddish-  brown  color,  of  a  peculiar  aromatic  agreeable  odor  and  taste.  Analy¬ 
sis  indicates  the  presence  of  resinous  substances  and  of  a  volatile  oil.  When  administered 
in  small  doses,  it  increases  the  appetite,  produces  a  feeling  of  warmth  in  the  stomach,  and 
slight  constipation.  In  larger  doses,  this  sensation  of  heat  is  increased,  and  a  general  febrile 
condition  of  the  system  is  produced. 

Ipecacuanha,  usually  called  by  contraction,  ipecac,  is  the  root  of  Cephaelis  ipecacuanha, 
which  grows  in  Brazil.  It  contains  an  alkaloid  called  emetine,  which  is  white,  uncrystal- 
lizable,  and  has  exceedingly  powerful  emetic  properties.  Two  grains  killed  a  dog,  and 
1-1 6  th  of  a  grain  caused  vomiting  in  a  man.  It,  is  inodorous,  and  nearly  tasteless.  Ipecac¬ 
uanha  is  used  as  an  emetic,  being  particularly  adapted  for  delicate  and  debilitated 
patients,  on  account  of  the  mildness  of  its  action. 

Gamboge,  is  the  resinous  exudation  of  an  uncertain  species  of  Garcinia,  and  is  brought 
to  us  from  Siam,  and  Cochin  China.  It  consists  principally  of  two  substances,  a  yellow 
resin  and  a  gum.  The  gum  is  soluble  in  water,  but  the  resin  insoluble,  and  gamboge 
therefore  forms,  when  mixed  with  water,  a  yellow  emulsion.  Gamboge  is  cathartic  and 
diuretic  in  small  doses,  and  in  large  doses  an  acrid  poison.  It  is  much  employed  by  phy¬ 
sicians,  and  is  also  used  in  water-color  painting.  ] 

13. — Rushton,  Clark  <fc  Co.,  165  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Medicine  Chests  and  medicinal  preparations.  Cod  liver  oil. 

[Cod  liver  oil.  Oleum  jecoris  aselli,  or  more  properly  Oleum  morrhuce,  is  obtained, 
usually  by  the  aid  of  heat,  from  the  liver  of  the  common  cod,  Morrhua  vulgaris,  and  from 
allied  species.  The  purest  and  lightest  colored  oils  are  obtained  by  heating  the  fresh 
livers  by  steam  ;  the  darker  and  more  offensive  varieties,  generally  known  as  currier's  oil, 
are  obtained  after  the  livers  have  begun  to  decompose.  A  fine  oil  is  sometimes  obtained 
by  expression. 

It  contains  a  peculiar  substance  called  gaduine,  which  is  supposed  to  be  of  biliary  ori¬ 
gin ;  oleic,  margaric,  butyric,  and  acetic  acids;  various  biliary  principles,  fellinic  acid,  etc.; 
iodine,  chlorine,  bromine,  phosphorus,  lime,  magnesia,  soda,  etc.  AmoDg  all  these  substan¬ 
ces,  it  is  difficult  to  say  to  which  its  active  properties  are  due;  the  proportions  of  iodine 
and  bromine  are  so  small  that  its  virtues  cannot  be  ascribed  to  them. 

Its  use  iu  medicine  seems  to  have  been  taken  from  the  Baltic  fishermen,  among  whom 
it  has  been  long  famous  in  the  treatment  of  rickets,  and  various  scrofulous  complaints. 
Since  1841,  its  use  has  greatly  extended,  and  it  is  now  considered  one  of  the  most  efficient 
remedies  in  chronic  rheumatism,  and  diseases  connected  with  a  scrofulous  diathesis. 

There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as  to  its  mode  of  action.  It  is  a  powerful  nutritive 
agent ;  and  besides  this  property,  it  Beems  to  have  a  special  action,  increasing  the  albumen 
and  diminishing  the  fibrine.  The  most  probable  supposition  is,  that  it  exerts  the  same 
influence  as  a  medicine  that  it  does  in  the  liver  of  the  fish,  by  modifying  the  processes  of 
assimilation  and  nutrition,  and  causing  the  formation  of  healthy  issue,  instead  of  the  amor¬ 
phous  albuminous  products,  knowu  as  tubercle. 


14. _ Elmer  and  Hendrickson,  No.  15  West  34 th  St.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Preparations  from  various  medicinal  plants. 


J 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


15, — Ayres,  G.  C.,  Lowell,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Pills,  manufactured  and  coated  with  sugar,  by  machinery. 

16, — Lyon,  Emanuel,  424  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  powdered  vegetable  substance,  used  for  the  destruction  of  vermin,  said  to  be  free 
from  all  kinds  of  mineral  poison,  and  to  be  innoxious  to  mankind,  although  fatal  to  insects. 

17. — Wills,  Charles,  50  East  Thirteenth  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Veterinary  medicine  chest. 

18, — Alter  &  Gillespie,  Freeport,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Bromine 

[It  is  a  peculiarity  of  many  of  the  salt  springs  of  our  western  country  to  contain  an 
unusually  large  quantity  of  bromine,  and  very  little  iodine,  reversing  the  relative  propor¬ 
tion  of  these  two  substances  which  is  found  in  sea  water,  and  most  other  mineral  waters ; 
the  iodine  being  generally  very  much  in  excess  over  the  bromine.  In  fact,  so  much  bro¬ 
mine  is  there  in  these  western  waters,  that  it  will  ultimately  become  a  considerable  source 
of  wealth  to  the  country,  whenever  a  sufficient  demand  shall  have  been  created  for  this  sub¬ 
stance,  which  is  sure  to  happen  sooner  or  later,  as  new  and  important  uses  will  inevitably  be 
found  for  a  substance  of  chemical  characters  and  relations  so  peculiar  and  striking  as  those 
of  bromine.  Bromine  is  an  elementary  substance,  discovered  in  1826,  by  Balard,  of  Mont¬ 
pellier,  in  the  liquid  left  after  the  evaporation  and  crystallization  of  the  salt  from  sea  water. 
It  occurs  in  small  quantity  also  in  most  mineral  waters,  in  many  sea  plants  and  sea  animals, 
in  some  land  plants,  and  in  some  minerals,  especially  the  argentiferous  ores  of  Mexico.  In 
a  pure  state  it  is  a  very  dark  red  heavy  liquid,  of  so  deep  a  color  as  to  be  opaque  except 
in  thin  layers.  It  is  nearly  three  times  as  heavy  as  water.  At  13°  F.  below  zero,  it 
freezes  to  a  yellowish  brown,  brittle,  crystalline  solid,  which  in  some  places  is  lead-gray.  It 
boils  at  117°  F.,  and  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  gives  off  deep  red  vapors,  which  have 
a  very  disagreeable  odor  (whence  its  name),  and  a  very  corrosive  action  upon  the  bronchial 
apparatus.  Of  all  substances,  bromine  is  probably  the  most  destructive  to  animal  tissues 
A  drop  coming  into  contact  with  the  flesh,  produces  a  deep  ulcer,  and  even  the  vapor, 
wherever  it  comes  into  contact  with  the  skin,  will  sometimes  produce  sores  which  last  for 
months.  Starch  forms  with  bromine  a  compound  of  a  deep  yellow  color,  very  distinct  from 
the  deep  blue  compound  formed  with  iodine.  In  medicine,  bromine  is  used  for  the  same 
purposes  as  iodine,  appearing  to  have  the  same  therapeutical  effects,  and  even  greater 
activity.  These  exhibitors  manufacture  their  bromine  from  the  “  bittern,”  or  residual 
liquid  after  the  separation  of  the  salt  from  the  water  of  a  brine  spring.  The  demand  for  their 
product  amounts  at  present  to  about  300  lbs.  per  annum,  aud  is  of  course  increasing.  They 
obtain  by  the  ordinary  process  of  manufacture  two  pounds  and  eight  ounces  of  bromine 
from  thirty  g  dlons  of  the  bittern.  They  have  examined  the  bittern  of  many  other  springs 
in  their  vicinity,  and  in  Virginia,  and  state  that  they  yield  equally  well,  while  some  springs 
yield  several  hundred  gallons  of  bittern  per  day.  The  quantity  of  iodine  which  they 
obtain  from  the  same  quantity  of  bittern,  is  not  more  than  half  an  ounce.  Bromine,  besides 
its  use  in  medicine,  is  used  to  some  extent  in  photography.  It  has  also  been  used  in  the 
form  of  bromide  of  potassium  for  the  purpose  of  falsifying  iodide  of  potassium.] 

19. — Hendrickson,  George  R.,  27  Barclay  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Double  refined  saltpetre,  or  nitrate  of  potash,  in  very  large  crystals. 

[The  uses  of  saltpetre  are  various,  but  of  course  the  principal  consumption  is  for  the 
manufacture  of  gunpowder,  and  especially  since  the  introduction  of  the  Peruvian  product 
called  Chili  saltpetre,  or  nitrate  of  soda,  which  has  replaced  it  for  the  manufacture  of  sul¬ 
phuric  a  d  itric  acids.  The  manufacture  of  common  saltpetre  from  the  less  valuable  nitrate 
of  soda,  is  now  practised  to  a  large  extent  in  Europe,  the  former  being  produced  by  the  re¬ 
action  of  the  latter  upon  commercial  carbonate  or  sulphate  of  potash  or  chloride  of  potassium 
In  the  manufacture  of  good  gunpowder,  which  contains  about  75  per  cent,  of  saltpetre,  it  is 
necessary  to  use  it  in  a  highly  purified  or  refined  form,  and  this  refining  is  accomplished  by 
recrystallization,  and  by  washing  with  water  which  is  already  saturated  with  saltpetre,  and 
which  of  course,  while  still  retaining  its  solvent  power  for  the  salts  which  contaminate  the 
mass,  is  not  capable  of  dissolving  any  more  of  the  saltpetre  itself.] 

20, — Nichols,  George  H.,  Salem,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer.  (Agents,  Wm.T. Hicks 
&  Co.,  214  Pearl  Street,  New  York.) 

Alum  in  large  crystals,  and  crystallized  sulphate  of  copper. 

21. — Perrin,  John  D.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Nitric  acid,  chlorohydric  or  muriatic  acid,  protochloride  and  bichloride  of  tin,  aqua 
ammonia. 

22. — Leroy,  Louis,  771  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Crystallized  biborate  of  soda  (borax).  Tartaric  acid.  Sulphate  of  copper  (blue  vit¬ 
riol).  Arseniate  ot  potash.  Crystallized  mannite.  Citrate  of  iroD.  Prussiate  of  potash. 
Prussian  blue.  Cyanide  of  potassium.  Acetate  of  zinc. 

[ Mannite  is  a  crystalline  substance  which  sometimes  forms  75  per  cent,  of  the  drug 
called  manna,  the  coucrete  juice  of  two  species  of  ash,  Fraxinus  rotundifolia  and  F. 
ornus,  which  is  collected  in  Sicily,  and  other  islands  in  the  Mediterranean.  Mannite  is  also 
found  in  a  great  many  other  plants,  as  many  varieties  of  cherry  and  apple  trees,  in  the  sap 
of  Pinns  larix,  and  ot  er  pines,  in  the  pomegranate  tree,  in  the  bark  of  Canella  alba,  in 
various  fungi,  as  ( antharellus  esculent  its  and  Clavellaria  coralloides,  the  so-called 
mushroom  sugar  being  mannite.  Stenhouse  has  also  found  it  in  a  great  number  of  sea¬ 
weeds.  Mannite  crystallizes  in  small  four  sided  prisms,  and  has  a  feeble  sweet  taste,  which 
is  nauseous  to  most  persons.  It  dissolves  easily  in  water,  and  forms,  like  sugar,  a  thick 


syrup.  Its  composition,  however,  differs  very  much  from  that  of  sugar.  The  medicinal 
operation  of  manna  upon  the  human  system  is,  in  small  doses,  nutritive,  but  in  larger  ones, 
gently  purgative ;  it  depends  upon  the  maunile.  The  longer  manna  is  kept,  the  more 
purgative  it  becomes.  On  account  of  its  sweet  flavor,  and  the  mildness  of  its  operation,  it 
is  frequently  preferred  to  other  purgatives  for  administration  to  women  and  children.] 


23, — Schols,  Frederick,  Kent  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  A ew  lork.  Manufacturer.  (Agent, 
James  Dixon,  41  Barclay  Street,  New  York.) 

Refined  sulphur  in  rolls  and  blocks. 

The  price  of  crude  brimstone  ranges  in  the  American  market,  from  $35  to  $55  per  ton  \ 
and  that  of  refined  sulphur  from  2  [  cents  to  3  cents  per  lb. 

24. — Jeffries  &  White,  145  Maiden  Lane,  A  ew  lock.  Manufacturers. 

Refined  sulphur  in  rolls  and  in  large  blocks. 

[Sulphur  is  one  of  the  elements  of  matter,  so  called  by  chemists  because  no  one  has 
yet  succeeded  in  separating  from  it  any  substance  differing  in  nature  from  itself.  Almost 
all  the  sulphur  of  commerce  is  brought  from  Sicily,  where  it  is  found  as  a  product  of  vol¬ 
canic  action.  It  is,  however,  one  of  the  most  widely  distributed  of  all  the  elements.  It 
forms  an  essential  ingredient  in  the  substance  of  animal  tissues,  and  must  therefore  exist 
uniformly  in  the  aliments  of  animals,  that  is  in  vegetable  tissues,  and,  as  a  necessary  conse¬ 
quence,  in  the  aliments  of  plants,  or  in  the  air,  waters  and  soils.  The  water  of  the  sea 
contains  it  in  several  forms  of  combination  ;  it  has  been  found  in  various  minute  quantities 
in  the  waters  of  most  springs  and  rivers,  and  even  in  fresh  rain  water  it  may  be  detected 
with  proper  precautions.  In  the  atmosphere  it  is  undoubtedly  present  in  most  localities 
near  the  earth’s  surface,  and  may  be  found  in  all  fertile  soils,  and  in  most  rocks,  while  in 
many  of  the  latter  it  exists  in  various  forms  of  combination,  in  veins,  or  in  isolated  masses, 
sometimes  of  great  magnitude.  The  common  mineral  iron  pyrites,  is  a  sulphide  of  iron, 
while  the  still  more  common  gypsum,  is  a  sulphate  of  lime.  The  most  abundant  metal¬ 
liferous  ores  are  also  mostly  sulphides.  -Sulphur  is  an  element  of  immense  importance, 
not  only  to  the  chemist,  but  also  to  the  whole  civilized  world.  Its  applications,  direct  and 
indirect,  in  the  arts,  are  almost  too  numerous  to  mention.  Directly,  it  is  used  in  the  manu¬ 
facture  of  gunpowder,  of  friction  matches,  of  ultramarine  (see  the  Record,  p.  86),  of  bisul¬ 
phide  of  carbon  (see  note  to  Class  2,  No.  96),  in  the  sulpliidizing,  or  so  called  “vulcanizing,” 
of  caoutchouc  and  gutta  percha,  etc.  (see  note  to  Class  28,  No.  ).  Its  indirect  uses  are 
principally  in  the  form  of  sulphuric  acid  (see  note  to  Class  2,  No.  1).  The  quantity  of  crude 
sulphur  annually  mined  in  Sicily,  is  supposed  to  approach  100,000  tons.  I  he  refining, 
which  consists  essentially  of  a  distillation  or  sublimation,  is  carried  on  here.  Every  one 
knows  the  appearance  and  general  properties  of  refined  sulphur.  The  two  forms  in  which 
it  is  brought  into  the  market,  namely,  the  roll  or  block  brimstone,  and  the  “  flowers  of 
sulphur,  are  due  to  the  different  temperatures  at  which  it  is  condensed  after  distillation ; 
thus,  when  the  temperature  is  low,  it  condenses  in  the  solid  form,  as  “  flowers,  but  when 
the  condenser  is  kept  heated  above  the  fusing  point  of  sulphur,  it  of  course  condenses  as  a 
liquid,  and  is  then  cast  into  sticks  and  blocks.  W  hen  obtained  in  the  finest  possible  state 
of  division,  as  when  precipitated  from  a  liquid  which  holds  it  in  solution,  sulphur  is  as  white 
as  milk,  and  hence  such  a  preparation  goes  by  the  name  of  “  milk  of  sulphur.  \\  lien 
crystallized  out  from  a  solvent,  sulphur  may  be  obtained  in  the  form  of  beautiful  amber 
yellow  transparent  crystals  of  a  brilliant  lustre,  and  in  a  crystalline  form  entirely  difter- 
ent  from  that  of  the  common  opaque  brimstone.  Sulphur  therefore,  like  carbon  (see  note 
to  Class  1,  No.  ),  is  polymorphous.  Native  sulphur  in  this  transparent  crystallized  form 
is  often  found,  and  specimens  of  it,  artificially  prepared,  are  exhibited  by  Messrs.  Powers 
<fc  Weightman  (Class  2,  No.  1).  Sulphur  also  exhibits  other  indications  of  polymorphism, 
thus,  if  it  be  heated  to  232°  F.,  it  melts,  and  becomes  as  fluid  as  water ;  but  if  the  heat  be 
now  increased  to  324°,  the  liquid  begins  to  grow  thick,  and  acquires  a  reddish  color  ;  at 
about  430°,  it  is  so  thick  that  the  vessel  containing  it  may  be  turned  upside  down,  without 
spilling  it.  If  now  the  sulphur,  at  or  above  the  latter  temperature,  be  thrown  into  water, 
and  thus  suddenly  cooled  down,  it  will  be  found,  on  taking  it  out  of  the  water,  to  have 
undergone  a  singular  modification.  It  is  still  sulphur,  and  chemically  the  same  as  before, 
but  instead  of  being  opaque  and  brittle,  it  is  now  transparent,  plastic,  and  somewhat  elastic, 
resembling  jelly.  It  retains  its  gelatinous  condition  and  transparency  for  a  short  time,  but 
gradually  returns  to  the  condition  of  ordinary  brimstone.  W  hile  in  this  plifstic  condition 
sulphur  lias  been  used  for  taking  impressions  of  coins,  medals,  seals,  etc.,  which  it  retains 
upon  hardening,  and  can  be  used  after  being  rubbed  over  with  graphite,  for  taking  electro¬ 
type  casts  identical  with  the  original.] 

25. — New  England  Glass  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Carbonate  of  potash,  litharge,  red  lead 

26. — Studley,  Wm,  Cedar  Creek,  Wisconsin. — Manufacturer. 

Pearlash. 

[  Pearlash  is  merely  common  potash  which  has  been  made  less  caustic  and  deliquescent 
bv  being  combined  w-ith  more  carbonic  acid,  and  has  also  undergone  an  imperfect  process 
of  purification,  to  which  it  owes  the  comparative  degree  of  whiteness  which  has  given  rise 
to  its  name.  For  household  purposes,  it  has  for  many  years  been  replaced  in  this  country 
by  the  preparation  called  saheratus,  which  contains  still  more  carbonic  acid,  and  when  of  ; 
the  best  quality,  twice  as  much  as  pearlash,  being  in  fact  bicarbonate  of  potash,  whereas 
pearlash  is  the  neutral  carbonate.  Pearlash  is  used  for  bleaching  and  other  purposes  « 
the  arts.] 

27. — Orinnell,  Lawrence,  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Salairatus. 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


28. — Andrews,  Thomas,  136  Cedar  Street ,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

SPECIMENS  OF  SALASRATUS. 

[There  are  two  kinds  of  sakeratus  known  in  our  market,  one  called  pearlash-salaeratus, 
and  the  other  soda-salaeratus,  the  former  being  made  by  exposing  purified  pearlash  to  the 
actiou  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  hence  being  essentially  a  bicarbonate  of  potash,  and  the 
latter  by  exposing  commercial  carbonate  of  soda  (called  in  the  market  “  sal-soda”)  to  the 
same  agent,  being  therefore  principally  bicarbonate  of  soda.  The  word  salieratus  signifies 
literally  aerated  salt,  and  evidently  originated  from  the  mode  of  production  of  these  sub¬ 
stances.  These  products  are  used  by  bakers  and  housekeepers,  together  with  some  acid 
substance,  such  as  cream  of  tartar,  sour  milk,  etc.,  for  mixing  with  flour,  for  the  purpose 
of  evolving  carbonic  acid  gas  from  the  bicarbonate  on  the  addition  of  water,  vesicles  of 
this  gas  being  thus  engendered  throughout  the  mass  of  dough,  which,  on  exposure  to  the 
beat  of  the  oven,  expand,  and  render  the  product  light  and  spongy.  They  are  also  used 
to  some  extent  by  manufacturers  who  require  a  mild  alkaline  substance  for  certain  bleach¬ 
ing  purposes.] _ 

29. — Ruffner,  Donally,  &  Co.,  Kanawha  Salines,  Virginia, — Manufacturers. 

SAMPLES  OF  BRINE,  BITTERN  AND  SALT. 

The  following  facts  and  statistics  are  given  with  regard  to  the  salt  manufacture  at  the 
Kanawha  Salines  in  Virginia.  The  brine  is  procured  from  borings  from  800  to  1200  feet 
deep,  and  generally  pumped  out  by  steam,  but  in  two  or  three  of  the  wells,  it  is  forced  up 
bv  the  pressure  of  confined  gas,  in  one  case  to  a  height  of  200  feet  above  the  surface. 
The  gas  alluded  to  is  carburetted  hydrogen,  and  its  value  is  very  great  to  the  manufac¬ 
turer,  since  it  is  found  to  be  sufficiently  abundant  to  supply  the  place  of  fuel  under  the 
evaporators,  saving  in  many  cases  all  the  coal  which  was  formerly  required.  There  are 
now  in  operation  28  furnaces  for  evaporating  the  brine,  and  the  quantity  of  6alt  made  is 
shown  as  follows,  by  the  returns  of  the  inspectors  of  salt  as  certified  by  the  Clerk  of  the 
County  Court  of  Kanawha  County.  The  bushel  contains  50  lbs. : — 

For  the  year  1849,  to  the  20th  of  March,  2,855,920  bushels, 


u 

14  1850, 

41 

ll 

3,251,492 

u 

“  1851, 

U 

U 

2,983,471 

u 

“  1852, 

U 

ll 

2,862,686 

u 

“  1853, 

ll 

ll 

2,645,007 

The  salt  is  shipped  extensively  to  the  West  and  South  West,  on  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi 
Rivers,  and  their  tributaries,  the  price  varying,  as  it  is  generally  shipped  on  account  of  the 
manufacturers  themselves.  The  price  for  limited  quantites  sold  at  the  works  is  25  cents 
per  busheL  The  bittern  is  known  to  contain  iodine  and  bromine,  especially  the  latter,  in 
large  quantity,  but  is  at  present  entirely  thrown  away. 


30. — Brewster,  Samuel,  C-,  Geddes,  Onondaga  County,  A ew  York. — Manufacturer. 

COARSE  SALT,  CRYSTALLIZED  BY  SOLAR  EVAPORATION. 

[ Common  salt  is  a  compound  of  chlorine  and  the  metal  sodium,  which  is  found  very 
widely  distributed  over  the  earth,  and  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  all  minerals  to  man¬ 
kind.  Besides  being  among  those  aliments  of  animals  which  are  indispensable  to  their 
healthy  condition,  and  its  use  for  the  preservation  of  food,  it  is  the  source  of  many  manu¬ 
factured  products  of  the  highest  importance  to  civilized  life,  such  as  soda,  upon  which 
depeud  the  manufactures  of  glass  and  soap ;  bleaching  salt,  the  value  of  which  in  the 
manufactures  of  textile  fabrics,  paper,  etc.,  is  so  great;  and  various  otfier  substances  moie 
or  less  useful.  The  manufacture  of  salt  therefore  is  a  very  important  branch  of  technology, 
and  is  practised  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  in  almost  every  inhabited  country  wheie  the 
materials  are  provided  by  nature.  These  materials  are  in  some  localities  furnished  by 
great  beds  of  native  salt  deposited  in  the  earth  in  some  former  geological  epoch ;  the  salt 
in  these  mines  being  sometimes  pure  enough  for  use  without  any  preparation,  and  in  other 
cases  requiring  to  be  purified  by  dissolution  in  water  and  crystallization.  In  many 
countries  the  only  source  offered  is  the  brine  of  the  ocean,  which  contain  about  25  per  cent, 
of  chloride  of  sodium,  and  on  sea  coasts  where  the  mean  surface  evaporation  considerably 
exceeds  the  quantity  of  rain  that  falls,  salt  is  obtained  from  this  source  by  means  of  the 
heat  of  the  sun.  But  in  many  inland  districts,  which  are  thickly  populated  by  an  agricul¬ 
tural  people,  and  consequently  require  a  large  quantity  of  salt,  and  where  the  materials 
for  the  manufacture  are  offered  in  the  shape  of  natural  springs,  the  water  of  which  contains  a 
large  percentage  of  salt,  and  where  fuel  is  cheap,  it  is  found  more  advantageous  to  boil  down 
the  brine  of  the  salt  springs  by  meaus  of  artificial  heat,  than  to  transport  salt  from  the 
coast.  Such  a  district  is  that  of  central  New  York,  where  the  salt  springs  of  the  Onondaga 
salt  group  furnish  any  desired  quantity  of  strong  brine,  where  fuel  is  cheap,  and  where  the 
rapid  increase  iu  the  population  of  one  of  the  richest  agricultural  countries  in  the  woild, 
promises  an  indefinite  increase  in  the  demand  for  salt,  the  market  being  at  the  very  doors 
of  the  factories. 

The  variations  in  the  quality  of  commercial  salt  are  worthy  of  notice.  All  native 
brines  contain  more  or  less  of  two  other  compounds,  the  chlorides  of  calcium  and  magne¬ 
sium,  which  are  very  deliquescent  and  therefore  communicate  to  the  salt  the  property  of 
becoming  moist  in  damp  air.  It  is  curious,  however,  that  this  deliquescent  salt,  although 
entirely  unfit  for  the  table,  is  preferred,  for  some  purposes,  to  pure  salt,  the  foreign 
chlorides  having  a  stronger  salt  taste  than  pure  chloride  of  sodium,  and  such  salt  is  there¬ 
fore  actually  salter  than  pure  salt.  It  is  said  also  to  be  more  antiseptic  than  pure  salt. 
The  Onondaga  brine  is  not  much  impregnated  with  the  deliquescent  chlorides,  and  the 
salt  made  from  it  should,  with  proper  management,  be  quite  pure.  The  following  state¬ 
ment  of  the  increase  iu  the  salt  manufacture  of  Onondaga  Co.,  since  1797,  will  show  in  the 
strongest  light,  the  future  prospects  of  this  brauch  of  industry.] 


Date. 

No.  of  bushels. 

Duty  per  bushel. 

Price  per  bushel. 

1797 

25,474 

4  cents. 

1798 

57,928 

ll 

1799 

42,574 

ll 

1800 

50,000 

ll 

60  cents. 

1801 

ll 

1802 

75,593 

“ 

60  “ 

1803 

90,335 

It 

1804 

ll 

1805 

154,071 

ll 

60  “ 

1806 

from  April  25, ....  122,557 

ll 

1807 

165,448 

“ 

40  “ 

1  soft 

j  to  April  13 .  131,808  [ 

ll 

60  “ 

(  from  April  13,...  187,872  J 

• 

1809 

from  June  14 .  128,282 

It 

1810 

450,000 

It 

40  “ 

1811 

200,000 

May  1,  3  cents. 

1812 

221,011 

U 

28  “ 

1813 

226,000 

“ 

44  “ 

1814 

295,215 

U 

50  “ 

1815 

322,058 

u 

30  “ 

1816 

348,234 

ll 

25  “ 

1817 

448,665 

August  1 2  £  cents. 

25  “ 

1818 

406,540 

“ 

1819 

626,049 

U 

25  “ 

1820 

548,374 

it 

I8£  “ 

1821 

458,329 

ll 

12*  “ 

1822 

481,562 

“ 

15  “ 

1823 

726,988 

It 

16£  “ 

1824 

816,634 

ll 

14  “ 

1825 

757,203 

It 

1826 

811,023 

M 

1827 

983,410 

ll 

1828 

1,160,888 

It 

1829 

1,291,280 

It 

1830 

1,435,446 

It 

1831 

1,514,037 

ll 

1832 

1,652,985 

It 

18*3 

1,838,646 

It 

1834 

1,943,252 

6  cents. 

13  u 

1835 

2,209,867 

ll 

1836 

1,912,858 

ll 

1837 

2,161,287 

* t 

1838 

2,575,033 

It 

1839 

2,864,718 

It 

1840 

2,622,305 

U 

16  “ 

1841 

3,340,769 

ll 

1842 

2,291,903 

ll 

1843 

3,127,500 

It 

11  “ 

1844 

4,003,554 

It 

7*  “ 

1845 

3,762,358 

it 

8*  “ 

1846 

3,833,581 

April  20,  1  cent 

9  “ 

1847 

3,951,351 

ll 

12*  “ 

1848 

4,737,126 

a 

11  “ 

1849 

5,083.369 

it 

10  “ 

1850 

4,268,919 

it 

9  “ 

1851 

4,614,117 

ti 

9  “ 

31.  Paoli,  Christian, — Manufacturer.  (Agent,  Lewis  J.  Maqnusson,  Springfield 

Ohio.) 

Pure  deodorized  alcohol,  for  medical  and  chemical  purposes,  free  from  fusel  oil  and  all 
other  unpleasant  and  deleterious  ingredients. 

[The  manufacture  of  alcohol  iu  this  country  has  of  late  years  reached  a  great  devel¬ 
opment,  and  the  price  of  the  article  has  in  consequence  become  very  low.  The  principal 
primary  sources  from  which  it  is  obtained  are  Indian  corn,  potatoes,  apples  and  molasses 
The  greater  portion  of  our  alcohol  is  probably  made,  however,  from  corn.  The  corn  is 
first  subjected  to  a  process  of  malting,  or  artificial  germination,  by  which  the  starch  which 
it  contains  is  converted  into  sugar  ;  an  infusion  of  this  malt  is  then  fermented  with  yeast, 
the  fermentation  consisting  of  a  breaking  up  of  the  sugar  into  alcohol  and  carbonic  acid, 
which  latter  escapes  in  the  form  of  gas.  The  alcoholic  liquid  is  then  distilled,  and  the  first 
product,  known  under  the  name  of  “  corn  whiskey,”  is  redistilled  or  rectified  in  stills  of 
peculiar  construction,  by  which  it  is  reduced  to  the  commercial  strength  of  95  per  cent,  of 
alcohol  to  5  per  cent,  of  water.  Alcohol  thus  made,  always  retains  a  nauseous  odor  and 
flavor;  which  is  due  to  the  presence  of  certain  substances,  which  approach  to  alcohol  in 
their  degree  of  volatility,  derived  from  the  whiskey.  These  substances,  the  nature  of 
which  has  never  been  thoroughly  investigated,  are  probably  ethers  of  the  ethylic  and  amy- 

lic  series,  possibly  valerates,  butyrates,  Ac.,  due  to  the  action  of  minute  quantities  of  these 

acids  upon  the  alcohol,  and  upon  a  little  fusel  oil  which  is  always  present,  being  produced 
by  some  collateral  metamorphosis  of  sugar,  or  other  ingredient  of  the  malt,  during  the 
fermentation.  All  these  ethers  have  very  powerful  odors  and  tastes,  and  very  minute 
traces  of  them  are  sufficient  to  communicate  their  own  odors  to  alcohol,  which,  when  pure, 
is  almost  wholly  destitute  of  odor.  Some  of  them  have  also  powerful  medicinal  properties. 
It  is  therefore  of  great  importance  that  alcohol  should  be  made  for  the  use  of  the  perfumer, 
apothecary,  liquor  and  cordial  manufacturer  and  others,  free  from  these  ethereal  compounds, 
and  the  article  of  this  exhibitor  purports  to  be  of  this  character.  A  method  used  by  some  for 
deodorizing  alcohol  is  to  distil  it  with  a  small  quantity  of  permanganate  of  potash  or  some 
other  powerful  oxidizer,  by  which  the  ill-smelling  ethers,  which  are  all  more  oxidizable  tliau  al¬ 
cohol  itself,  are  burnt  up.— HAV.  An  entirely  novel  method  of  rectifying  alcohol  without  heat 
or  distillation  has  lately  been  patented  by  a  Cincinnati  manufacturer.  It  is  found  when  dilute 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHAKMACEU 


TIG  AL  PRODUCTS  AND  PttOCJiilSSES* 


alcoholic  fluids  are  permitted  to  stand  in  very  tall  vessels  for  some  time  entirely  at  rest,  that  a 
separation  takes  place  under  the  influence  of  gravity.  The  upper  stratum  becomes  alcohol 
as  strong  as  can  be  prepared  by  distillation,  while  the  water  falls  to  the  lower  parts  o!  the 
vessel.  For  this  purpose  it  is  proposed  to  employ  cylinders  or  large  tubes  of  copper 
set  like  columns  in  a  vertical  position,  one  hundred  feet  high,  and  one  foot  or  thereabouts 
in  diameter.  These  are  filled  by  a  flow  pipe  situated  centrally ,  and  after  a  certain  time 
water  nearly  free  from  alcohol  is  drawn  off  from  the  lower  orifice,  and  high  proof  alcohol 
from  the  upper.  This  wholly  unexpected  result  wns  an  accidental  discovery,] 

31a.  Lill,  William  A  Co,  Chicago ,  Illinois.— Manufacturers!, 

Pure  deodorized  alcohol  for  manufacturing  perfumery  and  for  medical  purposes,  ttiade 
bv  means  of  the  patent  steam  Rectifying  Machine,  invented  by  Chas.  Delescluse  of  New 
York.  _ _ _ 

32.  Tue  Shakers  of  Shaker  Village,  New  Hampshire.— Manufacturers.  (Agent,  David 

Parker,  Shaker  Village .) 

Essential  oil  of  wintergreen,  or  Gaultheria  procumbent.  Medicinal  extracts.  This 
oil  of  wintergreen,  which  is  somewhat  turbid  and  deposits  a  sediment  in  diffused  daylight, 
becomes  as  clear  and  colorless  as  water  when  exposed  to  the  light  of  the  sun,  this  effect 
being  independent  of  the  heat  of  the  sunshine,  and  produced  in  some  way  by  the  action  of 
light. 

[The  Gaultheria  procumbent  is  exclusively  an  American  plant,  which  is  indigenous 
over  a  large  tract  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  It  is  a  small  evergreen  shrub,  which 
generally  grows  in  the  shade  of  larger  shrubs  in  barren  mountainous  places,  and  is  impreg¬ 
nated  throughout  with  a  volatile  oil  possessing  a  strong  and  highly  agreeable  odor,  which 
has  been  found  by  Professor  Proctor  to  be  identical  with  the  essential  oil  contained  in  the 
bark  of  the  sweet  birch  ( Betula  lenta).  It  is  among  the  heaviest  and  least  volatile  of  the 
essential  oils,  being  heavier  than  water  and  boiling  at  about  402°  Fahrenheit.  According 
to  the  elegant  researches  of  the  French  chemist,  Cahours,  this  oil  is  a  mixture  of  two  sub¬ 
stances,  one  of  which  is  called  Gaultherilene,  and  belongs  to  the  large  class  called  cam- 
phene t.  or  subs.tances  which  are  of  the  same  chemical  composition  as  oil  of  turpentine,  oil 
of  lemon,  Ac,  while  the  other,  which  forms  very  nearly  the  whole  of  the  mass,  is  one  of 
those  substances,  the  number  of  which  is  now  being  increased  every  day,  which  chemists 
have  succeeded  in  producing  artificially.  In  fact,  one  of  the  compound  ethers  or  oxygen- 
salts  of  organic  radicals,  which  may  be  generated  artificially  in  various  ways,  called  salicy- 
late  of  ordde  of  methgle,  is  identical  in  smell  and  taste,  and,  according  to  Cahours,  in  chemi¬ 
cal  composition  and  properties,  with  oil  of  wintergreen.  The  property  which  this  sample 
of  the  oil  is  stated  to  possess  by  the  exhibitors,  of  becoming  turbid  in  the  dark,  and  clear 
in  the  light,  without  any  influence  of  heat,  is  entirely  inexplicable  upon  any  known  prin¬ 
ciple.] 

33. — Hotchkiss,  H.  G.  and  L.  B,  Lyont,  Wayne  County,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Oil  of  peppermint,  oil  of  spearmint,  oil  of  wintergreen,  and  specimens  of  the  crystal¬ 
lized  stearoptene  of  oil  of  peppermint. 

[Oil  of  peppermint,  like  many  other  volatile  oils,  consists  of  two  substances,  the  one 
liquid  and  the  other  solid  and  crystallizable.  The  latter  is  called  the  steaaoptene  of  oil  of 
peppermint,  or,  more  generally,  peppermint-camphor.  It  has  been  analyzed  by  Dumas 
and  others,  and  found  to  be  identical  in  composition  with  the  liquid  part  of  the  oil,  and 
these  are  both  identical  in  composition,  or  itomeric,  with  common  camphor.  Peppermint 
camphor  crystallizes  out,  when  crude  American  oil  of  peppermint  is  exposed  to  cold,  in 
colorless  prisms,  which  have  the  smell  and  taste  of  peppermint.] 

34.  — Delluc  A  Co.,  581  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Flavoring  extracts.  Vanilla,  orange,  pineapple,  strawberry,  etc. 

35.  — Tyson,  Jesse  A  Co. 

Bichromate  of  potash. 

[This,  together  with  all  other  chromium  compounds  used  in  the  arts,  is  made  from  the 
mineral  called  chromic  iron,  which  is  composed  of  the  oxides  of  chromium  and  iron.  In  the 
manufacture  of  bichromate  of  potash,  this  mineral  is  pulverized,  mixed  with  lime,  and  the 
mixture  roasted  in  a  current  of  air.  In  the  presence  of  lime,  the  oxide  of  chromium 
acquires  the  power,  which  alone  it  does  not  possess,  of  combining  with  more  oxygen  from 
the  air,  and  becoming  chromic  acid,  which  then  combines  with  the  lime,  so  that  the  whole 
is  finally  converted  into  a  yellow  mass  of  impure  chromate  of  lime.  This  is  then  boiled 
with  a  solution  of  carbonate  of  potash,  by  which  it  is  converted  into  carbonate  of  lime,  while 
the  carbonate  of  potash  is  converted  into  neutral  yellow  chromate  of  potash,  which  remains 
in  solution.  To  the  solution  is  then  added  just  half  enough  sulphuric  acid  to  decompose 
entirely  the  chromate  of  potash,  the  liquid  then  evaporated,  and  the  bichromate  of  potasli 
separated  from  the  sulphate,  by  crystallization.  Bichromate  of  potash  crystallizes  in  very 
large  prisms  of  a  brilliant  red  color.  It  is  the  source  of  the  chrome  pigments,  and  is  also 
itself  used  for  various  purposes.  Thus  in  admixture  with  sulphuric  acid  it  is  used  as  a 
powerful  oxidizing  agent  for  bleaching  oils  and  fats.  It  is  also  used  in  dyeing.] 

3G. — Worthington,  H.  W.,  Kensington  Chemical  Works,  Philadelphia. — Manufacturer. 

(Agents,  John  Farnum  A  Co.,  Philadelphia .) 

Large  crystals  of  yellow  prussiate  of  potash.  This  product  is  manufactured  by  the 
exhibitor  to  the  extent  of  150,000  lbs.  per  year.  The  estimated  annual  production  in  the 
United  States  is  from  400,000  to  500,000  lbs.,  and  the  average  market  value  is  30  cents 
per  lb. 

[This  substance  is  best  prepared,  as  follows : — A  mixture  of  potash  or  pearlash,  as  free 
as  possible  from  sulphate  of  potash,  with  any  cheap  nitrogenized  animal  substance,  such  as 

68 


horn  waste,  hoofs,  (allow  waste  of  “  Ct addings”  Woollen  fags,  dried  blood,  hair  o t  bathe/ 
cuttings,  or  preferably,  with  any  of  these  substances  previously  carbonized,  is  heated  m  a 
Closed  iron  crucible  to  a  high  red  heat,  the  mass  after  Cooling  lixiviated  with  water,  and 
this  solution  digested  by  a  gentle  beat,  With  iron  filings  or  borings,  until  no  more  hyd/oge/i 
gas  is  given  off  The  solution,  on  evaporation  and  crystallization,  will  give  the  yellow 
prussiate  of  potash,  or  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  The  theory 
of  the  composition  and  formation  of  this  substance,  ns  elucidated  by  the  researches  of 
Liebig,  is  so  complex  that  it  must  be  omitted  here.  YelluW  prussiate  of  potash  crystal* 
ltzes  in  large  lemon-yelloW  tabular  crystals,  Which  belong  to  the  dimetric  system  and  have 
art  eminent  basal  cleavage.  It  has  a  sweetish,  salt  and  bitter  taste,  and  is  Very  poisonous, 
As  it  occurs  in  commerce,  it  is  frequently  falsified  with  Carbonate  of  potash,  which  may  U 
detected  by  mentis  of  turmeric  paper,  which  is  reddened  by  it,  while  pure  fert'oCyatiide 
of  potassium  has  no  actiou  upon  test  paper,  being  perfectly  neutral.  It  is  used  chiefly  in 
the  manufacture  of  Prussian  blue,  and  in  dyeing.  Of  late  years,  it  has  also  been  quite 
largely  used  for  the  manufacture  of  cyanide  of  potassium,  by  the  method  of  Liebig,  for  use  in 
the  new  art  of  electro-plating  with  gold  and  silver.  Nothing  can  illustrate  more  forcibly 
the  advance  of  the  arts  of  electro-plating,  and  other  arts  in  which  prussiate  of  potash  is  used, 
than  the  following  table,  showing  the  progress  of  the  manufacture  of  prussiate  of  potash 
in  Great  Britain,  and  the  alterations  in  its  price,  through  a  series  of  years.  The  annual 


From 

1825 

to  1830 

about 

10  tons,  at 

-per  IK 

i( 

1830 

to  1835 

U 

40  u 

2s.6d. 

“ 

It 

1835 

to  1840 

U 

200 

ls.4d. 

u 

1840 

to  1845 

u 

700 

ls.4d. 

U. 

it 

1845 

to  1850 

11 

1040 

ls.3d. 

U 

37. — Cuno,  Krause  A  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturers 

Chrome  green,  chrome  yellow,  indigo,  wash  blue,  Chinese  blue,  Prussian  Une. 

3S. — Roux,  John,  2  Cliff  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Carmine,  chrome  green,  chrome  yellow  and  varnishes. 

39.  — Bell,  James,  A.  H.,  149  Maiden  Lane,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Chinese  blue,  chrome  green,  American  vermilion,  and  Paris  green. 

40.  — Brumlen,  Ludwig,  Poughkeepsie,  New  York. — Manufacturer.  (Agent,  D.  Sare.\ti> 

176  Water  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Paris  green  and  sulphate  of  copper. 

41.  — Hainemann  Brothers,  269  Twenty-eighth  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Five  varieties  of  chiome  green,  three  of  chrome  yellow,  Prussian  blue,  Chinese  blue, 
and  six  varieties  of  Paris  green. 

[Chrome  trreen,  when  pure,  is  anhydrous  sesqir  oxide  of  chromium,  but  the  commercial 
article  is  often  so  much  falsified  that  little  of  the  chromium  compound  can  be  found  iu  it. 
The  fineness  of  the  color  depends  entirely  upon  the  mode  of  the  manufacture,  and  many 
precautions  are  necessary  in  order  to  obtain  a  good  chrome  green.  Chrome  yellow  is  a 
compound  of  chromic  acid  and  oxide  of  lead,  which  is  found  native  in  several  localities, 
forming  the  mineral  called  red  lead  ore,  or  crocoisite.  In  this  form  it  has  a  bright  hyacinth 
red  color,  but  when  in  the  form  of  a  fine  powder,  as  artificially  obtained,  it  is  of  a  bright 
lemon-yellow  color.  It  is  obtained  by  precipitating  a  solution  of  acetate  or  nitrate  of  lead 
with  either  the  yellow  chromate,  or  the  bichromate  of  potash.  Also  by  treating  white  lead 
which  is  the  carbonate  of  lead,  (or  sulphate  of  lead,  according  to  Liebig),  with  a  solution 
of  chromate  of  potash.  When  melted  by  a  red  heat  and  cooled  again,  it  forms  a  dark 
brown  mass,  which  gives  a  brownish  powder,  but  if  poured  into  cold  water  while 
melted,  it  forms  a  red  mass,  which  gives  also  a  red  powder. 

Prussian  blue  and  Chinese  blue,  are  varieties  of  the  same  preparation.  They  are 
prepared  by  adding  a  solution  of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  (see  note  to  No.  36,  Class  2) 
to  a  solution  of  the  sulphate  of  sesquioxide  of  iron.  A  deep  indigo-blue  precipitate  imme¬ 
diately  falls,  which,  when  collected,  washed  and  dried,  forms  Prussian  or  Berlin  blue. 
The  composition  and  mode  of  formation  of  this  substance,  like  those  of  ferrocyanide  of 
potassium,  cannot  be  elucidated  to  the  unscientific  reader.] 

42.  — Winchell  A  Cornell,  210  East  Nineteenth  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Paris  green,  emerald  green,  chrome  green,  chrome  yellow,  Chinese  blue,  American 
vermilion,  prussiate  of  potash. 

[Paris  green,  and  emerald  green,  are  varieties  of  the  same  preparation,  the  latter  being 
merely  of  a  finer  quality  than  the  former.  Other  varieties  are  known  under  the  Dame  of 
“Brunswick  greeD,”  “mountain  green,”  “mineral  green,”  “  Schweinfurt  green,”  “  Vienna 
green,”  and  various  other  names.  They  all  consist  essentially  of  arsenite  of  copper,  and 
are  properly  called  Scheele’s  green,  after  the  great  Swedish  chemist,  who  discovered  tins 
compound.  The  preparation  is  very  simple,  and  consists  merely  of  adding  a  solution  of 
arsenite  of  soda  to  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper,  washing  and  drying  the  siskin  green 
precipitate  produced.  Of  course,  however,  to  obtain  the  finest  shades  of  color,  certain 
precautions,  and  modifications  of  the  process,  to  be  ascertained  only  by  experience,  arc 
necessary,  and  the  various  names  mentioned  above,  are  applied  to  the  products  of  such 
modifications.  It  is  the  production  of  this  beautiful  pigment  which  has,  of  late  years, 
caused  that  great  demand  in  commerce  for  the  poisonous  arsenious  acid,  at  which  surprise  is 
frequently  expressed  by  those  who  are  unacquainted  with  the  facts.  Scheele’s  green  is 
used  for  ornamental  painting  and  paper-staining,  and  is  now  being  employed  for  the  latter 
purpose  to  so  great  an  extent,  that  it  behoves  every  individual  in  the  community  to  be 
aware  that  the  beautiful  green  papers,  which  are  so  common,  are  impregnated  with  a 
deadly  poison,  which  is  given  off  in  the  form  of  vapor  when  such  paper  burns  ;  and  it  is 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


very  easy  to  see  that  dangerous  and  even  fatal  consequences  may  arise  from  the  accidental 
inhalation  of  such  vapors,  or  even  from  lighting  a  cigar  or  pipe  with  a  piece  of  such  paper. 

American,  vermilion,  is  the  incorrect  term  usually  applied  to  a  preparation  which  con¬ 
sists  principally  of  chrome  red,  or  subchromate  of  lead,  and  does  not  necessarily  contain  a 
particle  of  true  vermilion,  which  is  a  sulphide  of  mercury.  The  reason  why  this  prepara¬ 
tion  has  received  the  name  of  American,  vermilion,  not  only  in  our  own,  but  in  foreign 
markets,  is,  that  it  was  first  manufactured  of  a  fiue  color  in  this  country,  after  a  process 
discovered  by  Dr.  Hayes,  of  Boston,  which  consists  in  melting  together,  in  proper  propor¬ 
tions,  chrome  yellow,  the  neutral  chromate  of  lead,  with  saltpetre,  or  nitrate  of  soda,  and 
washing  out  the  yellow  chromate  of  potash  or  soda  which  is  formed  in  the  mass.  Chrome 
red  made  iu  this  manner  has  a  fine  vermilion  red  color,  but,  of  course,  cannot  be  as  perma¬ 
nent  a  pigment  as  vermilion,  on  account  of  the  action  of  atmospheric  sulphohydrie  acid, 
and  sulphide  of  ammonium  upon  the  oxide  of  lead,  which  forms  its  base.] 

42, — Sinclair  &  Co.,  169  Front  Street,  Few  York  City. 

Refined  green  paints,  ground  in  oiL 

44  , — Springfield  Serpentine  Paint  Co.,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Various  samples  of  paints. 

[These  pigments  are  manufactured  under  a  recent  patent,  which  was  granted  for  a 
method  of  increasing  the  substance  of  the  common  pigments,  such  as  chrome  yellow, 
chrome  green,  etc.,  by  the  addition  of  a  substance  which  on  admixture  with  oil  becomes 
transparent,  and  consequently  while  increasing  the  volume  of  the  paint,  does  not  screen 
die  color,  or  act  as  a  diluent  of  it,  the  object  being  to  make  a  given  quantity  of  paint  cover 
a  much  larger  surface.  The  substance  used  for  mixing  with  the  pigments  is  amorphous 
tilica,  in  fine  powder,  prepared  by  the  decomposition  of  the  mineral  serpentine,  which  is  a 
hydrated  silicate  of  magnesia,  by  diluted  sulphuric  acid.  The  sulphate  of  magnesia  thus 
obtained  in  solution  is  crystallized,  and  sold  as  Epsom  salt.  It  is  stated  that  upon  the 
drying  of  such  paint  the  silica  remains  transparent  still,  and  consequently  does  not  eveD 
then  mask  or  diminish  the  intensity  of  the  color.  If  this  be  true,  the  improvement  would 
seem  to  he  as  valuable  as  it  is  ingenious.] 

45. — Kohnstamsi,  Joseph,  4  Tryon  Row,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Importer. 

Ultramarine,  seven  varieties,  used  for  printing  calico  and  muslin,  for  lithographic  print¬ 
ing,  for  making  ink,  for  coloring  ornamental  paper,  for  oil  painting,  and  for  water-color 
painting,  each  variety  being  differently  manufactured,  and  specially  adapted  for  one  of 
the  above  uses.  Manufactured  by  the  exhibitor. 

Carmine-lakes,  seven  varieties,  used  for  making  printers’  ink,  for  making  rouge,  and 
for  different  kinds  of  painting.  Imported  by  the  exhibitor. 

[  Ultramarine,  see  the  Record,  p.  86.] 

[  Carmine-lakes  are  compounds  of  the  coloring  matter  of  cochineal  with  alumina.  Hy¬ 
drate  of  alumina  appeal's  to  possess  a  certain  degree  of  affinity  for  the  coloring  matter  of 
cochineal,  as  well  as  for  many  other  organic  coloring  matters,  removing  them  from  their 
solutions,  and  rendering  them  insoluble.  These  phenomena  are  not  to  be  attributed  to 
*av  modification  of  chemical  affinity,  but  rather  appear  to  be  due  to  the  same  sort  of  force 
.by  which  atimal  eharceal,  and  many  other  solid  bodies,  presenting  very  great  extents  of 
surface,  remove  coloring  matters,  and  many  other  matters,  from  their  solutions,  that  is,  to 
that  Protean  molecular  force,  called  the  adhesion  of  liquids  to  solid  surfaces,  and  of  solid 
surfaces  to  one  another,  which  manifests  itself  in  so  many  and  various  aspects,  such  as 
capillarity,  endosmose,  etc.  For  the  red  coloring  matter  of  cochineal,  properly  called  car- 
me'ine,  does  not  exhibit  any  tendency  to  combine  with  bases,  so  that  an  acid  character 
cannot  be  attributed  to  it,  and  the  compound  with  alumina  is  not  definite.  The  best  car¬ 
mine  lake  is  made  by  mixing  freshly-precipitated,  washed  hydrate  of  alumina,  with  a  de¬ 
coction  of  cochineal,  in  quantity  sufficient  to  abstract  all  the  carme'ine  from  the  decoction 
and  leave  it  colorless.] 

46.— Deck,  Isaiah,  113  Nassau  Street,  New  York  City—  Manufacturer. 

Zinc-white,  ultramarine,  crystallized  double  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  oxide  of  zine. 

[Zinc-white,  the  oxide  of  zinc,  is  a  pigment  which  is  coming  into  use  very  largely  for 
the  same  purposes  as  white  lead,  being  considered  a  far  more  permanent  color,  on  account 
of  the  blackening  which  the  latter  sooner  or  later  undergoes  from  the  action  of  the  sul¬ 
phuretted  gases  of  the  atmosphere.  Another  great  advantage  which  it  has  over  white  lead 
is  that  it  is  not  poisonous.  Still  it  does  not  yet  appear  to  be  a  perfectly  satisfactory  sub¬ 
stitute  for  white  lead,  for  notwithstanding  the  very  large  quantities  of  it  in  use,  the  demand 
for  white  lead  still  continues,  and  is  even  constantly  on  the  increase.  This  is  probably  due 
to  custom,  and  to  the  greater  facility  of  its  use  by  painters,  over  that  of  white  zinc.  It  is 
to  be  hoped,  however,  that  the  universal  use  of  zinc-white  may  yet  banish  from  the  com¬ 
munity  the  most  fruitful  of  all  causes  of  the  horrible  lead  diseases,  which  are  of  such  fre¬ 
quent  occurrence.  The  zinc-white  of  this  exhibitor  is  one  of  the  products  of  a  new  metal¬ 
lurgical  process,  invented  by  the  exhibitor,  for  working  the  ore  found  in  the  Shawangunk 
mountain,  near  Wurtzboro’,  New  York,  which  is  a  mixture  of  the  sulphides  of  zinc,  lead 
oopper,  and  iron,  with  small  quantities  of  eobalt  and  silver.] 

47.  — Hellmanv  W.  H„  16  Cedar  Street,  New  York  City— Manufacturer. 

Bronze  powders  and  silver  leaf. 

48. — Brandeis,  Leofold  *  Co.,  11  Cedar  Street,  New  York.— Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Bronze  powders  and  metallic  leaf. 

Mr.  Brandei*  has  furnished  the  following  account  of  the  historv  and  present  condition 

•f  las  art: — 


“  The  art  of  making  bronzes,  or  to  speak  more  correctly,  of  producing  a  metallic 
powder  resembling  gold-dust,  was  invented,  according  to  my  strict  researches,  in  the  year 
1648,  by  Theophrastus  Allis  Bombergensis,  a  monk,  in  the  town  of  Fiirth,  in  Bavaria.  He 
took  the  scraps,  or  cuttings  of  the  metallic  leaves,  commonly  called  ‘  Dutch  leaf,’  the  art 
of  making  which  was  previously  known,  and  ground  them  with  honey.  This  roughly 
made  bronze  powder  was  used  tor  ornamenting  the.  capital  letters  in  parchment  choral 
books,  bibles,  Ac.  After  some  years,  the  consumption  of  Dutch  leaf  increasing,  and  the 
nature  and  composition  of  metallic  alloys  being  better  known,  the  metal-beaters  produced 
leaves  of  five  or  six  different  shades  of  color,  aud  accordingly  the  scraps  of  these  gave  as 
many  different  colored  bronze  powders.  The  art  of  making  bronze  colors  in  Europe,  is 
still  extensively  and  almost  exclusively  practised  at  Fiirth,  with  little  or  no  improvement 
over  the  original  invention.  I  will  first  describe  the  methods  now  used  by  the  German 
manufacturers  for  making  these  substances,  and  will  then  show  the  superiority  and  greater 
cheapness  of  the  American  method.  There  are  four  different  sorts  of  Dutch  leaf;  common 
leaf,  which  is  soft,  of  a  redlish  cast,  and  composed  of  25  or  30  per  cent,  of  zinc  to  75  or  70 
per  cent,  of  copper ;  French  leaf,  which  contains  more  zinc,  is  therefore  harder  and  less 
ductile,  and  has  a  purer  yellow  color ;  Florence  leaf,  which  contains  a  large  proportion  of 
zinc,  aud  is  of  a  greenish  gold  color;  and,  lastly,  white  leaf  composed  of  tin.  The  more 
zinc  these  alloys  contain,  the  harder  aud  more  brittle  they  are,  and  the  more  expensive  to 
work,  requiring  more  beating,  aud  giving  less  perfect  leaves.  The  manner  of  beating  out 
these  leaves  differs  little  from  that  of  making  gold  leaf.  The  scraps,  or  what  is  cut  and 
brushed  off  when  the  leaves  are  laid  between  layers  of  paper,  and  made  up  into  the  form 
of  books,  constitutes  the  material  from  which  the  German  manufacturers  make  their  bronze 
powders.  It  is  first  brushed  through  a  sieve,  then  ground  with  gum  water  on  a  marble 
slab  for  six  hours,  the  gum  then  washed  out,  the  different  qualities  assorted,  dried,  and  a 
coatiug  of  grease  given  to  them  to  make  the  particles  more  brilliant,  and  protect  them 
against  oxidation.  To  produce  different  shades  of  color,  such  as  orange,  etc.,  an  artificial 
film  of  oxide  or  suboxide  is  produced  upon  the  surfaces  of  the  particles.  The  German 
manufacturer  depends  for  his  material  entirely  upon  the  supply  of  waste  or  scrap  leaf, 
and  very  often,  therefore  the  demand  is  greater  than  the  supply,  and  prices  change  accord¬ 
ingly.  The  patented  process  of  L.  Brandeis  A  Co.,  is  as  follows;  The  metals  used  for 
making  the  bronze  are  copper  aud  ziuc.  The  copper  is  all  obtained  in  the  purest  possible 
form  by  Voltaic  precipitation,  and  is  afterwards  alloyed  with  the  proper  proportion  of  zinc 
according  to  the  color  required.  The  metal  is  then  drawn  out  to  a  ribbon  by  fourteen  inch 
rollers,  annealed,  and  cut  into  pieces  of  the  proper  size,  which  then  undergo  a  series  of 
alternate  rolling  and  aunealing  operations,  till  they  finally  pass  through  rollers  of  half  an 
inch  in  diameter,  when  they  become  as  thin  as  any  metallic  leaf.  This  leaf  is  then  pnt 
into  a  powerful  mill,  worked  by  steam  power,  and  ground.  When  finished,  the  bronze 
powder  runs  out  into  a  basin,  is  washed  and  dried.  It  is  then  introduced  into  an  airtight 
room,  containing  a  series  of  tinned  iron  boxes,  arranged  in  a  particular  manner.  The  air 
in  the  chamber  is  then  set  in  violent  motion  by  means  of  a  large  pair  of  bellows,  so  as  to 
diffuse  the  powder  throughout  the  chamber.  The  finest  powder  settles  in  the  uppermost 
box,  the  next  quality  in  the  next  box,  and  so  on.  After  the  whole  has  settled,  each  box  is 
fitted  with  a  tight  lid,  some  mineral  varnish  having  been  previously  introduced,  and  they 
are  made  to  revolve  rapidly  for  some  time,  by  which  means  all  the  particles  are  coated 
over  with  the  varnish,  and  the  highest  possible  degree  of  metallic  brilliancy  produced. 
The  different  shades  of  color,  such  as  flesh  color,  carmine,  crimson,  Ac.,  are  produced,  pre¬ 
vious  to  the  varnishing,  by  the  formation  of  films  of  oxide,  of  different  thicknesses,  by  expo¬ 
sure  for  a  certain  length  of  time  to  a  regulated  heat.  The  number  of  men  at  present  em¬ 
ployed  in  the  establishment  of  Brandeis  A  Co.,  is  about  twenty.  All  the  operations  are 
conducted  by  steam  power,  three  small  steam  engines  being  employed.  The  average 
quantity  of  bronze  powders  manufactured  is  about  three  hundred  pounds  weekly,  and  the 
prices  range  from  $4  50  per  pound,  downwards,  according  to  the  quality,  the  highest  price 
being  little  above  the  cost  of  the  raw  material  or  scrap  leaf  in  Germany,  which  is  about 
$4  00  per  pound.  Bronze  colors  are  now  exported  from  this  country  to  Europe,  South 
America,  and  China.  The  principal  uses  of  bronze  colors  are  for  japanning  and  bronzing 
tin  and  iron  goods,  railings,  statues,  chandeliers,  gas  fixtures,  Ac. ;  also  for  giving  a  brassy 
appearance  to  zine  and  iron  goods ;  for  papier  mache  work  ;  for  wood,  cloth,  leather,  oil¬ 
cloth,  paper  staining,  printing,  ornamental  painting  and  lithography  ;  for  lettering  signs 
and  in  a  hundred  other  cases  in  which  a  cheap  and  brilliant  metallic  surface  is  to  be  pio- 
duced.  Brandeis  A  Co.  have  recently  made  an  article  purposely  for  the  use  of  electro¬ 
platers,  for  coating  a  surface  of  any  material,  such  as  wax,  plaster,  Ac.,  and  rendering  it 
a  conductor  of  electricity.  In  the  decorations  of  the  Astor  Library,  of  Taylor  s  Saloon  in 
Broadway,  and  of  the  Crystal  Palace  itself,  may  be  seen  samples  of  their  products.” 

49. — Bullock  A  Crenshaw,  corner  of  Sixth  &  Arch  Streets,  Philadelphia.  Manufac¬ 
turers. 

Osborn’s  American  water-colors. 


50  _ Hanington,  William  J,  365  Broadway,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 

Colors  and  fluxes  for  the  use  of  glass  stainers  and  porcelain  painters 

5 1  .—Dixon,  J.  A  Co.,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturers.— (Agents,  Baldwin  A  M  any 

49  John  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Black  lead  crucibles  and  furnaces  for  assaying,  enamelling  and  other  purposes.  •  !ra- 
phite  cylinders  for  Voltaic  batteries. 

These  crucibles  are  used  for  melting  gold,  silver,  copper,  brass,  steel  and  other  metals, 
being  far  more  durable  and  safe  for  these  purposes  than  those  made  of  any  other  material. 
The  present  condition  of  the  manufacture  of  cast  steel  in  this  country  is  attributed  to  the 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACE 


UTICAL  products  and  processes. 


use  of  these  crucibles,  no  other  kind  being  able  to  endure  the  action  of  an  anthracite  coal 
fire. 

_ Phcenix  Manufacturing  Co.,  Taunton,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Black  lead  crucibles  and  stove  polish. 

[The  great  incombustibility  and  infusibility  of  graphite  (see  note  to  Class  1,  No.),  vul¬ 
garly,  and  very  incorrectly,  called  “  black  lead,”  makes  it  peculiarly  suitable  as  a  material 
for  crucibles  for  melting  metals,  and  it  is  therefore  used  for  this  purpose,  being  made  plas¬ 
tic  by  being  first  ground  finely,  and  then  mixed  with  a  sufficient  proportion  of  fireclay 
Mauo-re  the  immense  deposits  of  graphite  which  we  have  in  this  country,  it  is  said  that 
the  material  for  crucibles  is  still  brought  from  the  island  of  Ceylon,  our  own  graphite 
bein"  generally  not  sufficiently  granular  and  amorphous  in  its  structure,  and  being  on  the 
contrary,  of  a  laminated  or  scaly  structure,  which  renders  it  impossible  to  grind  it  to  a 
fine  powder.  The  price  of  Ceylon  graphite  is  now  about  $50  per  ton.] 

53. — Adee,  Daniel,  107  Fulton  street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Black  lead  crucibles. 

54. _ Seabury,  J.  A  J.  L.  156  Chrystie  street,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  or  stove  polish  and  black  for  coach  painters  ;  terra  di  Sienna  ;  pure  gra¬ 
phite  or  black  lead. 

55.  _ Youmans  A  Burdsall,  18  Park  Place,  New  York  City. — Publishers. 

A  Chart  of  Chemistry,  representing  the  elementary  principles  and  quantitative  laws 
of  the  science  to  the  eye  by  means  of  colored  diagrams. 

50, _ Lienau,  George  A.,  19  S.  Front  street,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  manure,  proposed  as  a  cheap  substitute  for  guano. 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


57, — Kent  J.  H.,  Stanton,  near  Bury  St. 

EXT.  Absinthii 
“  Aconiti  Napelli 
“  Anthemidis 
“  Bclladonnae 
“  Chyraitse 
“  Chelidonii  Majoris 
“  Colchici  Cormi 
“  “  Acet. 

“  Conii 

“  Cotyledon.  UmbiL 
“  Arctii  Lapps 
“  Digitalis 
“  Glycyrrhizse  Ang. 

“  Galii  Aperine 
“  Hyoscyami 
“  Lactucae 
“  Lupuli 

“  Menyanthis  Trifol. 

“  Mercurialis  Perennis 
“  Papaveris 
“  Rumicis  Aquat. 

“  Rutee  Graveolentis 
“  Stramonii 
“  Solani  Dulcam. 

“  “  Nig. 

“  Scoparii 
“  Taraxaci 
“  Valerians 

Ac.,  Ac. 

FOLIA  SICCATA. 

Aconiti  Napelli 

Absinthii 

Althss 

Agrimonis  Eupatoris 
Ari  Maculati 
ArtemisisV  ulgaris 
Belladonns 
Betonics  Officinalis 
Chelidonii  Majoris 
Conii  Maculati 
Chironis  Centaurii 
Digitalis  Purpures 
Daturs  Stramonii 
Galii  Aperine 
Glecoms  Hederaces 
Hyoscyami  Nigri 
Hyperici  Perforati 
Lamii  Albi 
Marrubii  Vulgaris 
Mercurialis  Perennis 
Menyanthis  Trifol. 


f’s,  Suffolk,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Malvs  Sylvestris 
Matricaris  Parthenii 
Ruts  Graveolentis 
Tussilaginis  Farfar. 

Taraxaci 

Tanaceti  Vulgaris 
Tami  Communis 

TULVERES. 

Conii 

Colchici 

Digitalis 

Hyoscyami 

Sabins 

DRIED  FLOWERS. 

Anthemis 
Malva  Sylvestris 
Rosa  Gallica 
Sambucus  Nigra 
Tussilago  Farfara 
Papaver  Rhsas 
Viola 
Cowslips 

dried  barks. 

Daphne  Laureola  (stem  and  root) 
Quercus  Pedunculata 
Ulmus  Campestris 

SEMINA. 

Semina  Colchici 
“  Conii 

Semina  Dauci  Carots 
“  Papaveris  Alb. 

“  Urtics  Dioics 

DRIED  ROOTS. 

Aconium  Napellus 

Arctium  Lappa 

Geum  Urbanum 

Polygonum  Bistorta 

Polypodium  Filix  Mas 

Taraxacum 

Valeriana 

Tamus  Communis 

Tormentilla  Officinalis 

Daphne  Laureola 

Colchicum  Autumnale  ( Corn .) 

Solanum  Dulcam.  ( Caules ) 

Spartium  Scoparius  ( Cacumina ) 

LIQUOR  TARAXACI  ( Pallidus ) 

FLUID  EXTRACTS. 

Taraxacum 


Papaveris  Alb.  )  For  making 
“  Rhoeados )  Syrups 
Rumex  Aquaticus 
Arctium  Lappa 

PRESERVED  JUICES. 

Aconitum  Napellus 
Conium 


Colchicum 

Cotyledon  Umbilicus 

Digitalis 

Hyoseyamus 

Lactuca 

Stramonium 

Taraxacum 

&c.  die. 


58,  — Smith,  Thomas  A  Henry,  21  Duke  Street,  Edinburgh,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

CAFFEINE  AND  ALOINE. 

[Aloine  is  a  beautiful  yellow  crystallizable  substance,  which  was  discovered  by  these 
exhibitors  in  aloes,  and  which  is  the  medicinal  principle  of  the  drug.  Aloes  is  the  inspis¬ 
sated  juice  of  the  leaves  of  various  species  of  Aloe.  Several  varieties  occur  in  this  market, 
but  two  only  are  much  esteemed ;  one  of  which,  called  “  Cape  aloes,”  comes  from  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  where  it  is  collected  by  the  natives  and  Dutch  residents;  and  the 
other,  called  Socotrine  aloes,  from  the  island  of  Socotra,  in  the  Straits  of  Babelmandel. 
These  two  varieties  differ  very  much  in  appearance.  The  first  is  in  the  form  of  masses 
of  a  yellowish  color  which  is  due  to  their  being  dusted  over  with  powder  of  the  drug, 
and  when  broken  presents  a  smooth  shining  fracture  of  a  dark  greenish  color  approach¬ 
ing  to  black.  The  latter  is  in  pieces  of  a  yellowish  or  reddish  brown  color,  the  color  being 
sometimes  very  light  and  sometimes  brownish  garnet  red.  The  powder  is  of  a  bright 
golden  yellow  color.  The  odor  of  Cape  aloes  is  disagreeable,  while  that  of  the  other  is 
rather  pleasant.  When  taken  internally  in  small  doses,  aloes  “acts  as  a  tonic  to  the  ali¬ 
mentary  canal,  assisting  the  digestive  process,  and  promoting  the  secretions,  especially 
that  of  the  liver,  which  organ  it  is  thought  to  influence  specifically.”  In  large  doses,  it  is 
purgative,  acting  very  slowly  but  certainly. 

59.  — Howards  &  Kent,  Stratford,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Pure  sulphates  of  iron,  zinc,  magnesia,  quinine,  cinchonine  and  quinidine.  Cinchonine 
and  quinidine  barks.  Flat  yellow,  and  quilled  yellow  barks.  Quinoidine.  Borax,  car¬ 
bonate  of  potash,  and  phosphate  and  bicarbonate  of  soda.  Calomel,  corrosive  sublimate 
and  red  precipitate.  Citric  and  tartaric  acids.  Rochelle  salt,  and  ammonio-citrate  and 
ammonio-tartrate  of  iron. 

CO. — Cooper,  John,  Ashton,  Cumberland,  England. — Manufacturer. 

LARGE  CRYSTALS  OF  SULPHATE  OF  MAGNESIA. 

[, Sulphate  of  magnesia,  or  “  Epsom  salt,”  derives  its  latter  name  from  having  been  at  one 
time  obtained  exclusively  from  the  springs  at  Epsom  in  England,  in  the  water  of  which 
it  occurs  in  solution.  It  is  of  very  frequent  occurrence  in  a  native  form,  constituting  tho 
mineral  species  called  Epsomite.  Tims  it  occurs  in  the  Mammoth  Cave  in  Kentucky,  and 
in  many  other  caves  west  of  the  Alleghany  mountains,  in  very  large  masses.  It  exists  in 
sea-water,  and  in  some  places,  where  common  salt  is  made  by  the  evaporation  of  sea¬ 
water,  a  great  deal  of  Epsom  salt  is  extracted  from  the  residual  liquid,  which  remains 
after  the  crystallization  of  the  salt.  By  far  the  greater  portion  of  the  Epsom  salt  of  com¬ 
merce  is  made,  especially  in  this  country,  by  the  action  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  upon  the 
mineral  serpentine,  a  silicate  of  magnesia.  Epsom  salt  is  the  material  from  which  the 
magnesia  and  carbonate  of  magnesia  of  commerce  are  prepared. — H.  W.] 


61.  — Jennings,  Thomas,  Brown  Street,  Cork,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

Calcined  magnesia,  carbonate  of  magnesia  and  solution  of  bicarbonate  of  magnesia. 

62.  — Dinneford  A  Co.,  172  New  Bond  Street,  London. — Manufacturers. 

SOLUTION  OF  BICARBONATE  OF  MAGNESIA. 

[This  is  a  form  in  which  magnesia  has  been  much  administered,  of  late  years,  as  a 
medicine,  having  a  less  unpleasant  taste  than  most  of  the  other  magnesian  preparations. 
It  is  made  by  dissolving  carbonate  of  magnesia  in  water  which  is  kept  saturated  with  car¬ 
bonic  acid  under  pressure,  and  wliicli,  under  such  circumstances,  takes  up  a  very  considerable 
quantity  of  the  carbonate.  Some  natural  mineral  waters  contain  this  compound  in  solu¬ 
tion.  The  saturated  solution  of  this  compound  under  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere, 
contains,  according  to  Soubeiran,  exactly  twice  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  contained  in 
the  neutral  carbonate.  The  solution  has  an  alkaline  reaction.] 

63.  — Trustees  of  the  late  J.  Buckley,  Manchester,  England. 

Large  crystals  of  copperas. 

64.  — Cookson  A  Co.,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — Manufacturers. 

Lead,  antimony,  sulphide  of  antimony,  red  lead,  litharge,  Venetian  red. 

65.  — Hawthorne,  James,  78  Charrington  Street,  London. — Inventor. 

New  preparations  for  staining  oak,  and  mahogany,  and  samples  of  wood  stained  with 
them. 

66.  — Power,  John,  Waterford,  Ireland. 

Indigo  and  button  blue. 

67.  — Ellam,  Jones  A  Co.,  Markeaton  Mills,  Derby,  England '. — Manufacturers 

Mineral  colors,  crude  and  manufactured,  for  painting  and  paper-staining,  mineral  yellow, 
ochres,  Indian  red,  vemilion,  burnt  umber,  Ac.  Specimens  of  emery  in  lumps  and  powder, 
varnishes,  emery  paper,  Ac. 

68.  — Rimmel,  E.  39  Ccrrard  Street,  Soho,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Essential  oils,  alcoholic  extracts,  soaps  and  artificial  fruitessences.  Extracts  of  jessa- 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


mine,  rose,  lily  of  the  valley,  rose  geranium,  sweet  pea,  magnolia,  bouquet,  jockey  club, 
Jenny  Lind,  Balmoral,  Victoria  bouquet  and  Albert.  Essential  oils  of  caraway,  pepper¬ 
mint,  lavender,  bitter  almonds,  verbena,  geranium,  citronelle  and  cassia.  Essences  of 
apple,  jargonelle  pear,  pine  apple  and  raspberry.  Eau  de  Cologne,  aqua  mellis,  lavender 
water,  toilet  vinegar,  odontalgic  elixir,  instantaneous  hair  dye,  aromatic  vinegar,  indelible 
ink,  dec. 

69.  — Squire,  Peter,  277  Oxford  Street,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Solution  of  permanganate  of  potash,  liquor  taraxaci,  solution  of  bimecouate  of  mor¬ 
phine. 

70.  — Garland,  Thomas,  Fairfield  Redruth. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  arsenious  acid,  impure  in  lumps  and  pure  in  powder. 

71.  — Bramwell,  Thomas,  Heworth  Chemical  Works,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — Manufacturer. 

Yellow  prussiate  of  potash. 

72.  — Hatmel  <fc  Ellis,  9  Sugar  Lane,  Manchester. — Manufacturers. 

Sulphate  of  copper,  nitrate  of  lead. 

73.  — Moberlev,  W,  Mulgrave  Alum  Works,  Landsend  near  Whitby. — Manufacturer. 

Crystals  of  alum. 

74.  — Hills,  F.  C.,  Deptford. — Manufacturer. 

Sal  ammoniac  and  carbonate  of  ammonia. 

75.  — Lindsat,  G.,  Sunderland. — Manufacturer. 

Crystals  of  copperas. 

76.  — May  A  Baker,  Battersea,  Surrey. — Manufacturers. 

Precipitated  chalk;  ponderous  carbonate  of  magnesia;  sulphate,  acetate  and  oxide  of 
line ;  white  and  red  precipitates ;  prepared  calomel ;  corrosive  sublimate ;  tartar  emetic ; 
antimonial  powder,  and  nitrate  of  bismuth. 

77.  — Scott,  Langston,  41  Moorgate  Street,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Oxide  of  zinc. 

8. — Spence,  Peter,  Pendleton  AlumWorks,  Manchester. — Manufacturer. 

Refuse  or  burnt  iron  pyrites  and  patent  zinc  cement. 

79.  — Collins,  Robert  Nelson,  Oxford  Court,  Cannon  Street,  London. — Inventor  and 

Manufacturer. 

Disinfecting  powder. 

80.  — Burnett,  Sir  W,  M.D.,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  53  King  William  Street,  London  Bridge. — 

Producer. 

Disinfecting  fluid. 

81.  — Wood  A  Bedford,  Leeds. — Manufacturers. 

Blue  and  red  cudbear ;  blue  and  red  archil  liquor  ;  archil  paste  and  liquid  ammonia 
FFF. 

82.  — Smith,  B.  T.  A  C.,  12  Church  Street,  Mile  End  New  Town. — Manufacturers. 

Celestial  blue ;  six  varieties  of  Brunswick  green ;  three  varieties  of  chrome  yellow ; 
zinc  yellow ;  Chinese  red ;  emerald  green  and  sal  acetosella. 

83.  — Pontifex  A  Wood,  Shoe  Lane,  Fleet  Street. — Manfacturers, 

White  lead. 

84.  — Rowney,  G.  A  Co.  Rathbone  Place,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Artists  colors.  Yellow  ochre,  emerald  green,  chrome  yellow,  Prussian  blue,  flake 
white,  red  lead,  Ac. 


BRITISH  COLONIES. 

85.  — Brennan,  P.,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Potash. 

86.  — Lyman,  Wm.  A  Co.,  Montreal. — Manufacturers. 

Raw  and  boiled  linseed  oils,  Canada  balsam,  pulverized  drugs,  including  ipecacuanha, 
jalap,  India  rhubarb,  Turkey  rhubarb,  squills,  Jamaica  ginger,  gamboge,  Turkey  opium, 
myrrh,  scammony,  cream  of  tartar,  Cinchona  bark  and  gall-nuts. 


FRANCE. 

87.  — Menier  A  Co.,  37  Rue  St.  Croix  de  la  Bretonniere,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Thirty-four  samples  of  pharmaceutical  preparations ;  including  powdered  quassia, 
digitalis,  liquorice,  Rhei  australis,  ipecacuanha,  aloes,  hemlock  and  colocynth ;  iron  reduced 
by  hydrogen ;  sixteen  varieties  of  medicinal  extracts  ;  samples  of  chocolate. 

88.  — Blanc ard,  H.,  12  Rue  de  Seine,  Paris. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Pills  composed  of  protiodide  of  iron,  so  made  as  to  be  unalterable  in  the  air. 

89.  — Reynal  A  Co..  32  Rue  Taitbout,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Pectoral  remedies,  in  the  form  of  syrups,  pastilles,  Ac. 


90.  — Lehuby,  M. — Inventor.  (Agent,  M.  Silberman,  154  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris.) 

Medicinal  envelopes  (Capsules  en  lichen ),  composed  of  a  digestible  vegetable  substance, 
for  containing  medicinal  substances  of  unpleasant  taste  and  odor. 

91.  — Zuber  A  Co.,  Rixheim,  Haut-Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

Seven  samples  of  ultramarine. 

92.  — Guimet,  J.  B.,  9  Place  de  Cannes,  Lyon,  Department  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 

Three  samples  of  ultramarine.  [  Ultramarine ,  see  the  Record,  p.  86.] 

93.  — Durif,  Jean,  Lyon,  Dep.  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 

Two  samples  of  ultramarine. 

94.  — Bonzel  Brothers,  Haubordin,  Dep.  Nord. — Manufacturers. 

Ultramarine. 

95.  — Coste, - ,  Lyon,  Dep.  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 

Ultramarine. 

96.  Lefevre,  Sen.,  Nantes,  Department  Loire  inferieure. — Manufacturer. 

Two  varieties  of  oxide  of  zinc,  twenty-four  kinds  of  varnishes. 

97.  — Camus,  Charles,  2  Rue  Barbette,  Paris. — Manufacturer 

Paris  green. 

98.  — Thomas  Brothers,  Avignon. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  madder  and  garancine. 

99.  — Faure  A  Escoffier,  Avignon. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  madder  and  garancine. 

100.  — Vallie,  H.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Seventy -nine  varieties  of  colors  for  dying  wool. 

101. — Viard,  Louis,  128  Rue  St.  Martin,  Paris.— Manufacturer. 

Thirty -six  samples  white  lead  and  other  colors. 

102.  — Serbat,  L.,  St.  Saulve,  Department  Nord. — Manufacturer 
Cement 

103.  — Pommier,  Senior,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Five  samples  of  varnishes. 

104.  — Soehnec  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Twenty-three  samples  of  variously  colored  varnishes. 

105.  — Eckman,  Carton,  10  Rue  St.  Andre,  Lille,  Department  Nord. — Manufacturer. 
Powder  for  producing  fermentation. 

106.  — Broccbieri,  P.,  21  Rue  Louis-le-  Grand,  Paris. — Inventor. 

Brocchieri  fluid. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

i07. — Merck,  E.,  Darmstadt,  Hesse. — Manufacturer.  (Agents,  Haskell,  Merrick  and 
Bull,  No.  10  Gold  Street,  New  York.) 


chemical  preparations. 


1.  Crystallized  veratrine. 

27.  Jalapine 

2.  Menispermine. 

28.  Veratrine. 

3.  Hippuric  acid. 

29.  Asparagine. 

4.  Digitaline. 

30.  Atropine. 

5.  Filicihe. 

31.  Meconine. 

6.  Inuline. 

32.  Narcotine. 

7.  Iodoform. 

33.  Peucedanint 

8.  Theobromine. 

34.  Phloridzine. 

9.  Valerate  of  iron. 

35.  Valerate  of  quinine. 

10.  Sulphate  of  atropine. 

36.  Acetate  of  morphine. 

11.  Cantharidine. 

37.  Gallic  acid. 

12.  Gentisine. 

38.  Chlorohydrate  of  morphine. 

13.  Chinicacid. 

39.  Mannite. 

14.  Pyrogallic  acid. 

40.  Tannic  acid. 

15.  Narceine. 

41.  Sulphate  of  morphine. 

16.  Papaverine. 

42.  Morphine. 

17.  Sulphate  of  bebeerine. 

43.  Caffeine. 

18.  Ononine. 

44.  Cinchonine. 

19.  Picrotoxine. 

45.  Chlorohydrate  of  cinchonine. 

20.  Valerate  of  magnesia. 

46.  Salicine. 

21.  “  zinc. 

47.  Strychnine. 

22.  Amygdaline. 

48.  Chlorohydrate  oi  strychnine. 

23.  Brucine. 

49.  Codeine. 

24.  Cubebine. 

50.  Nitrate  of  strychnine. 

25.  Santonine. 

26.  Succinic  acid. 

51.  Sulphate  of  strychnine. 

[This  collection  of  almost  unsurpassable  preparations,  exhibited  by  the  celebrated 
pharmacographist  and  chemist,  Merck,  is  principally  made  up  of  specimens  of  those  sub¬ 
stances  which  are  called  by  chemists,  the  crystallizable  principles  of  plants,  a  class  of  sub- 


CHEMICAL  A 


ND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


stances  of  the  highest  importance  to  mankind,  it  having  been  found  by  physicians  that 
among  them  are  to  be  generally  found  the  medicinal  vegetable  principles.  Whether  they 
fulfil  any  office  in  the  nutrition  of  plants,  our  almost  entire  ignorance  of  the  chemical 
changes  which  take  place  in  vegetable  tissues,  will  not  allow  us  to  decide  ;  and  much  less 
can  we  conjecture  the  mode  in  which  the  mysterious  forces  residing  in  the  solar  emanation 
are  made  to  work,  under  the  inscrutable  guidance  of  the  plant-vitality,  in  order  to  build  up 
the  molecules  of  these  substances  from  the  far  more  stable  atoms  of  carbonic  acid,  water, 
and  ammonia.  Nevertheless,  until  some  further  light  is  thrown  upon  the  nature  of  these 
metamorphoses,  we  cannot  reasonably  expect  to  attain  the  great  desideratum  of  being  able 
to  form  these  substances,  some  of  which  are  already  becoming  exceedingly  scarce  and 
costly,  by  metamorphoses  of  cheaper  compounds.  In  Merck’s  collection,  the  following  sub- 
stauces  may  be  noticed  as  of  particular  interest,  and  not  elsewhere  described. 

Digitaline  is  the  crystalline  substance  upon  which  the  medicinal  effects  of  the  fox¬ 
glove  ( Digitalis  purpurea)  depend.  In  its  effects  upon  the  human  system,  it  resembles 
nicotine,  the  poisonous  alkaloid  of  tobacco,  acting  upon  the  cerebro-spinal  system  and  still¬ 
ing  the  pulsations  of  the  heart,  but  it  is  uncertain  and  unsafe  in  its  action.  It  also  resem¬ 
bles  caffeine  in  producing  wakefulness.  Unlike  nicotine  and  caffeine,  however,  it  is  not  at 
all  basic  in  its  chemical  relations  and  contains  no  nitrogen. 

Filicine  is  an  alkaloid  substance  found  in  the  rhizoma  of  the  “  male  shield  fern’  (Ne- 
phrodium  filix  mat).  It  is  little  known. 

Innline  is  a  substance  resembling  starch,  and  of  precisely  the  same  composition,  which 
is  found  in  many  plants.  It  was  first  discovered  by  Marquart  in  the  root  of  “elecampane” 
(Inula  heleniun),  from  which  its  name  is  taken,  but  exists  also  in  the  roots  of  the  “  dahlia,” 
Helianthus  tuberosus,  “dandelion,”  “chicory,”  and  others  of  the  Compositae.  It  differs 
from  starch  in  forming  a  yellow,  instead  of  a  blue  compound,  with  iodine.  By  boiling 
dilute  acids,  and  even  by  boiling  water,  it  is  converted  into  starch  sugar. 

Iodoform  is  the  compound  corresponding  in  composition  to  chloroform,  which  contains 
iodine  instead  of  chlorine.  Instead,  however,  of  being  like  the  latter,  a  colorless  transparent 
volatile  liquid,  it  appears  in  the  form  of  beautiful  yellow  crystals,  of  a  pearly  lustre,  which 
possess  a  strong  smell  resembling  that  of  saffron. 

Theobromine  is  a  crystalline  principle  discovered  by  Woskresensky  in  “chocolate 
nuts”  (Theobroma  cacao).  It  resembles  caffeine  in  its  taste,  in  being  precipitated  by  tannic 
acid  from  its  solution,  and  in  containing  an  enormous  quantity  of  nitrogen  (42  per  cent.), 
but  is  not  in  the  least  degree  basic.  It  is  yet  doubtful,  although  probable,  that  the  pres¬ 
ence  of  this  substance  in  chocolate  contributes  wholly  or  partially  to  the  attractiveness  of 
the  latter  as  a  beverage.  (See  caffeine  in  note  to  No.  1,  Class  2.) 

Cantharidhie,  the  substance  to  which  is  due  the  blistering  power  of  “  cantharides,’’ 
and  other  vesicating  insects,  was  discovered  by  Robiquet.  It  is  a  beautiful  crystalline  sub¬ 
stance,  which  contains  no  nitrogen,  and  has  no  alkaloid  properties.  It  belongs,  in  fact,  to 
the  class  of  volatile  oils.  It  is  in  the  highest  degree  vesicatory,  and  even  its  vapor,  at  the 
ordinary  temperature,  produced  inflammation  of  the  eyes  in  Robiquet  and  one  of  his  pupils. 
When  swallowed,  it  is  one  of  the  most  horrible  poisons  known. 

Gentisine,  gentianine,  or  gentisic  acid,  is  a  pale  yellow  crystalline  substance  extracted 
from  the  root  of  “  gentian,”  an  excessively  bitter  plant,  used  in  medicine.  Not  being  in 
the  least  degree  bitter,  however,  gentisine  is  of  course  not  the  medicinal  principle  of  the 
root.  It  is  volatile  without  decomposition,  and  appears  to  possess  slightly  acid  properties. 

Chinic  or  kinic  acid  is  a  curious  substance,  existing  in  Cinchona  barks  in  combina¬ 
tion  with  quinine  and  cinchonine.  When  pure,  it  crystallizes  in  colorless  prisms,  has  a 
strong  acid  taste,  and  appears  to  be  one  of  the  most  powerful  of  the  organic  acids.  When 
chinic  acid  is  exposed  to  a  high  temperature,  Lt  is  converted  among  other  interesting  colla¬ 
teral  products,  principally  into  another  white  crystalline  substance  called  hydrochinone , 
and  when  the  latter  is  exposed  to  an  oxidizing  agent,  it  is  converted  by  the  abstraction  of 
hydrogen,  into  what  is  called  green  hydrochinone,  one  of  the  most  magnificent  compounds 
known  to  chemists.  It  forms  thin  long  crystals,  having  a  splendid  green  metallic  lustre, 
like  that  of  the  wings  of  the  humming  bird. 

Pyrogallic  acid  is  a  white  crystalline  substance  which  is  produced  from  gallic  acid  by 
sublimation,  with  loss  of  carbonic  acid.  A  solution  of  pyrogallic  acid  absorbs  oxygen  from 
the  air  with  very  great  avidity,  and  a  dark  brown  substance  is  formed  which  is  insoluble 
in  water  and  alcohol.  A  solution  of  impure  pyrogallic  acid,  prepared  in  a  certain  way,  is 
therefore  made  the  basis  of  one  of  the  hair  dyes  recently  devised.  It  stains  the  skin,  how¬ 
ever,  and  does  not  dye  so  quickly  as  the  dyes  now  so  common,  which  are  composed  of  two 
liquids,  successively  applied,  and  which  are  all  based  upon  some  photographic  change. 

Papaverine  and  narceine  are  two  crystalline  substances  which  exist  in  opium,  the 
former  having  been  discovered  very  recently  by  Merck,  and  the  latter  in  1832  by  Pelletier. 
The  juice  of  the  poppy,  from  which  opium  is  made,  is  a  very  curious  mixture,  no  less  than 

seven  crystallizable  substances  having  been  found  in  it  besides  the  above  two,  namely  :: _ 

morphine,  narcotinc,  thebaine,  codeine,  pscudomorphine,  meconine  and  meconic  acid  ;  of  the 
whole  nine,  however,  three  or  four  only  have  any  medicinal  effect,  namely,  morphine,  the 
most  important  one  of  all,  codeine,  thebaine  and  papaverine  (?)  ;  narcotine  and  narceine, 
notwithstanding  their  incorrect  names,  being  not  at  all  narcotic.  Morphine  has  already 
been  alluded  to  in  another  note.  Papaverine,  according  to  Merck,  crystallizes  in  needles, 
is  strongly  basic,  and  is  distinguished  from  all  the  other  principles  in  opium  by  becoming 
dark  blue  when  moistened  with  oil  of  vitriol  Narceine  crystallizes  in  long,  white,  silky 
fibres,  of  a  feebly  bitter  and  slightly  metallic  taste..  It  contains  nitrogen,  but  has  no  basic 
properties.  Diluted  acids  dissolve  it  with  a  fine  blue  color,  and  iodine  also  forms  with  it  a 
Compound  of  a  blue  color,  these  two  properties,  occurring  simultaneously,  being  sufficient 
to  distinguish  narceine  from  all  known  substances.  Narcotine  was  the  first  known  of  all 
the  crystalline  principles  of  opium,  having  been  discovered  by  Derosne  in  1803,  the  year 
previous  to  the  discovery  of  morphine  by  Sertuerner,  and  received  its  name  on  account  of 
the  erroneous  supposition  that  it  was  the  active  principle  of  opium.  It  crystallizes  in  color¬ 


less  tasteless  prisms.  It  differs  from  morphine,  in  being  soluble  in  ether,  but  insoluble  in 
alkalies  and  acetic  acid.  It  contains  nitrogen,  and  is  feebly  basic.  Narcotine  has  recently 
occupied  attention  as  a  substitute  for  quinine,  and  many  cases  of  intermittents  are  said  to 
have  been  treated  with  it  with  success.  Thebaine,  pseudomorphine  and  meconic  acid  are 
not  exhibited  by  Merck.  Codeine  was  discovered  by  Robiquet  in  1832.  It  crystallizes  in 
rectangular  prisms  and  in  rhombic  octahedrons.  It  contains  nitrogen,  and  is  a  strong  base 
like  morphine,  its  solution  in  water  having  a  strong  alkaline  reaction  upon  test  paper.  It 
is  destitute  of  taste,  but  its  medicinal  action  seems  to  be  similar  to  that  of  morphine.  Me¬ 
conine  crystallizes  in  white,  almost  tasteless,  hexagonal  prisms.  It  was  discovered  by 
Couerbe,  in  1 830.  It  contains  no  nitrogen,  and  is  not  in  the  least  degree  basic.  It  is  pro¬ 
bably  an  inert  substance,  although  this  point  is  not  yet  certainly  ascertained. 

Bebeerine, ox  bibirine,  the  sulphate  of  which  is  here  exhibited,  is  an  alkaloid  obtained 
from  the  bark  of  the  “  bibinc,'’  or  “  greenheart  tree”  ( Nectandria  rodiaei),  which  grows 
in  South  America.  Bebeerine  is  strongly  basic,  but  neither  its  salts  nor  itself  are  crystal¬ 
lizable.  In  composition  it  is  said  to  be  identical  with  morphine,  although  its  medicinal 
effects  are  rather  those  of  quiuine.  The  sulphate  is  recommended  as  a  cheaper  sub¬ 
stitute  for  sulphate  of  quinine. 

Ononinc,  is  from  Ononis  s pinosa. 

Amygdaline  is  a  substance  crystallizing  in  pearly  scales,  which  was  found  by  Rnbi- 
quet  in  “  bitter  almonds,”  the  bitter  taste  of  which  is  due  to  its  presence.  It  does  not 
occur  in  sweet  almonds.  It  contains  nitrogen,  is  not  basic,  and  wheD  taken  into  the  stomach 
in  a  pure  state,  is  not  poisonous,  although  when  taken  in  the  form  of  bitter  almonds,  it  is 
so  to  a  high  degree,  producing  the  same  symptoms  as  a  dose  of  cyanohydric  (prussic) 
acid.  This  apparently  anomalous  action  is  due  to  the  presence  in  bitter  almonds  of  a  sub¬ 
stance  (which  is  also  found  in  sweet  almonds)  called  emulsine,  or  synaptase,  the  atoms 
of  which  appear  to  be  in  an  exceedingly  unstable  state  of  equilibrium,  so  that  it  very 
easily  enters  into  spontaneous  decomposition,  and  while  in  this  condition  has  the  power 
of  communicating  to  the  atoms  of  amygdaline,  after  the  fashion  of  a  ferment,  a  tendency 
to  break  up  into  a  number  of  other  compounds,  among  which  are  the  so-called  “  hydruret 
of  benzoyle,”  and  cyanohydric  acid,  both,  but  especially  the  latter,  highly  poison¬ 
ous  compounds.  Thus,  when  bitter  almonds  are  swallow' ed,  this  metamorphosis  is  pro¬ 
duced,  and  the  symptoms  of  poisoning  produced  are  actually  due  to  prussic  acid.  In  the 
same  way  when  bitter  almonds  are  distilled  with  water,  the  highly  poisonous  so-called 
“  essential  oil  of  bitter  almonds”  is  produced,  which  is  essentially  a  mixture  of  prussic  acid 
with  hydruret  of  benzoyle. 

Brucine  is  an  alkaloid  which  always  accompanies  strychnine,  wherever  the  latter  is 
found.  It  has  the  same  action  upon  the  system  as  strychnine,  but  a  very  much  larger 
dose  is  required  to  produce  the  same  effects. 

Cubebine  is  a  crystalline  substance  obtained  from  “  cubebs,”  which  is  asserted  by  good 
authority  to  be  identical  with  the  piperine  of  “  pepper.”  (No.  2,  Class  2.) 

Jalapine,  or  rhodeoretine,  is  a  resinous  substance  contained  in  the  root  of  “jalap”  (isar- 
ogonium  pitrga).  It  possesses  acid  properties. 

Asparagine  takes  its  name  from  having  been  first  found  by  its  discoverers,  Vauquelin 
and  Robiquet,  in  “  asparagus”  shoots.  It  is  now  known,  however,  to  exist  in  all  kinds  of 
potatoes,  in  liquorice,  and  marsh  mallow,  and  other  roots,  and  in  the  extract  of  belladonna. 

It  crystallizes  in  very  fine  large  transparent  prisms  and  octahedrons,  has  little  or  no  taste, 
is  perfectly  neutral,  and  does  not  appear  to  have  any  appreciable  medicinal  actioa 

Atropine  was  discovered  in  1819,  by  Brandes.  It  is  the  active  principle  of  the  “dead¬ 
ly  night-shade”  or  Atropa  belladonna,  and  crystallizes  from  its  alcoholic  solution  partially 
in  very  light  white  masses  of  acicular  crystals,  like  sulphate  of  quinine ;  it  is  inodorous 
when  pure,  but  has  an  extraordinarily  bitter  and  unpleasant  taste,  with  a  very  sharp  metal¬ 
lic  aftertaste.  When  applied  to  the  eye,  it  destroys  the  contractility  of  the  iris,  causing 
the  pupil  to  dilate,  and  to  remain  dilated  for  some  time.  This  effect  is  produced  by  an 
excessively  minute  quantity  of  the  alkaloid.  It  produces  very  violent  and  singular  effects 
upon  the  nervous  system  when  taken  internally,  among  which  is  a  sort  of  delirium,  often 
accompanied  by  agreeable  or  amusing  phantasms,  sometimes  amounting  to  actual  frenzy, 
and  sometimes  even  ending  in  death. 

Peucedanine  is  from  the  root  of  Peucedannm  officinale,  and  was  discovered  by 
Schlatter. 

Phloridzine  is  a  yellowish  white  crystalline  substance,  which  was  discovered  by  Kon- 
inck  in  the  bark  of  the  roots  of  the  apple,  pear,  cherry,  plum,  and  other  fruit  trees.  It 
appears  to  form  definite  compounds  with  bases.  When  phloridzine  is  exposed  to  the 
action  of  acids  for  a  long  time,  it  decomposes  into  sugar  and  a  new  compound  called  phlort- 
tine,  which  also  possesses  a  sweet  taste. 

Salicine  (from  Salix)  the  crystalline  bitter  principle  of  willow  bark,  was  discovered 
in  1825  by  Fontana,  and  has  been  made  by  the  illustrious  Piria  the  basis  of  a  series  of  in¬ 
vestigations,  which,  in  ingenuity  of  contrivance  and  in  brilliant  and  unexpected  results  havo 
seldom,  iffever,  been  surpassed  by  any  others  upon  record.  But  it  is  impossible  to  do  more 
than  allude  to  these  results  here.  Salicine  crystallizes  in  microscopic  white  crystals,  pos¬ 
sesses  a  very  bitter  taste,  and  has  an  action  upon  the  system  similar  to,  though  much  less 
powerful  than  sulphate  of  quinine,  for  which  it  is  sometimes  substituted  in  the  treatment  oi 
intermittents.  In  passing  through  the  system,  salicine  undergoes  the  oxidation  which  every 
oxidable  substance  undergoes  under  the  same  circumstances,  and  becomes  converted  into 
a  substance  identical  with  that  which  gives  the  sweet  smell  to  the  flowers  of  the  Spiraea 
ulmaria  (meadow  sweet),  and  the  urine  of  a  person  who  has  taken  salicine  will  be  found  1 
to  be  strongly  scented  with  meadow  sweet.] 

93. — Gehe  &  Co.,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Proprietors. 

A  very  large  collection  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  substances,  among  which  are 
the  following : — 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


A. — Drugs. 

Verdigris;  alums  of  various  kinds  ;  ambergris;  Auacardia  orientales ;  mispickel,  from 
Freiberg  and  from  Munzig,  with  arsenious  acid  and  sulphide  of  arsenic  manufactured 
therefrom;  native  orpiment;  berries  of  acacia,  elder,  juniper  and  others;  bdellium,  bis¬ 
muth,  boracic  acid,  cadmium,  smaltine  from  Schneeberg  ;  barks  of  pomegranate,  horse- 
chestnut,  walnut,  mezereon,  and  others;  gum  damarum,  gum  euphorbium. 

Flowers  of  arnica,  orange,  chamomile,  pomegranate,  lavender,  mallow,  melilotus,  prim¬ 
rose,  poppy,  elder,  nettle,  mullein,  violet,  and  others. 

Fucus  amylaceus,  which  forms  the  food  of  the  bird  which  makes  the  Chinese  edible 
bird’s-nests ;  galbanum,  gelatine,  coccus  ilicis,  gamboge,  ivy. 

Leaves  of  orange,  waluut,  holly,  cherry-laurel,  yew,  wormwood,  aconite,  arnica,  bella¬ 
donna,  marigold,  Indian  hemp,  centaury,  maidenhair,  marshmallow,  toad -flax,  Venus’  hair, 
Mexican  wormseed,  hemlock,  foxglove,  fumitory,  hedge  hyssop,  henbane,  St.  John’s  wort, 
hyssop,  wild  lettuce,  club  moss,  marjoram,  mallows,  horehound,  melilot,  origanum,  patchouly, 
balm,  spearmint,  peppermint,  lungwort,  pipsissewa,  poison  oak,  rosemary,  rue,  savine, 
sage,  scabiose,  hartstongue,  serpyllus,  stramonium,  tansy,  thyme,  nettle,  uva  ursi,  and 
speedwelL 

Jujube  berries;  Illyrian  carbonate  of  potash,  a  very  pure  variety  of  crude  potash; 
refined  saltpetre,  kino,  kousso  brayera  authelmintica,  bleached  shellac,  bezoar  stones,  cala¬ 
mine,  hematite,  artificial  pumiee-stone,  emery,  Iceland  moss,  juniper  wood,  refined  litharge, 
lilhia  mica,  black  oxide  of  manganese,  mastic ;  musk  bags,  two  varieties,  Tonquin  and 
Cabardine ;  silk  from  the  muscular  portion  of  the  pinna  nobilis,  a  shellfish,  used  in  the  South 
of  Europe  for  making  gloves ;  pieces  of  Egyptian  mummy,  gum  myrrh,  nihil  album,  or 
white  oxide  of  zinc,  made  by  burning  zinc ;  metallic  nickel,  nux  vomica. 

Essential  oils  of  fir,  absynthe,  bitter  almonds,  dill,  angelica,  anise,  arnica  (crystalli- 
zable),  sweet  oranges,  bitter  oranges,  and  Portugal  oranges,  bergamot,  cajeput.  (white  and 
green),  calamus,  cardamoms,  caraway,  cloves,  cedrat,  chamomile,  several  varieties ;  cori¬ 
ander,  cumin,  dracunculus,  orange  flowers,  fennel,  hyssop,  jasmine,  juniper  berries  and 
juniper  wood,  laurel,  cherry  laurel,  lavender,  limes,  mace,  sweet  marjoram  (French  and 
German),  balm,  East  India  balm,  millefleurs,  milfoil,  origanum,  parsley,  rosemary,  roses, 
rose  geranium,  rue,  savine,  French  and  German  sage,  serpyllus,  mustard,  spike,  tansy,  white 
and  red  thyme,  valerian,  and  grapes. 

Expressed  oils  of  bitter  almonds,  cocoa,  laurel,  and  eggs  ;  fixed  oil,  impregnated  with 
odors  of  cassia,  heliotrope,  millefleurs,  orange  flowers,  reside,  tuberose,  aud  violet,  for  use 
in  perfumery  ;  white  and  yellow  petroleum,  coal  naphtha,  olibanum,  opoponax. 

Palladium,  native  platinum  from  Siberia,  platinum  wire  and  foil. 

Alcoholic  powders  of  charcoal,  colocynth,  Peruvian  bark,  euphorbium,  gum  arabic,  aco¬ 
nite,  belladonna,  hemlock,  foxglove,  henbane,  wild  lettuce,  pulsatilla,  savine,  stramonium, 
sandal  wood,  nux  vomica,  mallow  root,  roots  of  calamus,  elecampane,  male  fern,  white 
hellebore,  jalap,  ipecacuanha,  iris,  and  liquorice. 

Powdered  root  of  Pyrethrum  caucasicum,  or  Persian  pellitory,  used  in  Europe  to  kill 
and  drive  away  insects ;  alcoholic  powders  of  rhubarb  root,  salep,  ergot,  worm  seed,  fennel 
seed,  foenugreek  seed,  and  linseed. 

Roots  of  acouite,  alkanet,  marshmallow,  angelica,  aristolochia,  arnica,  arum,  worm¬ 
wood,  asaruin,  bardana,  belladonna,  bistort,  bryony,  calamus,  caryophyllata,  chicory,  col- 
chicum,  dictamus  albus,  elecampane,  male  fern,  fennel,  white  and  red  gentian,  white  and 
black  hellebore,  hennodactyls,  masterwort,  Iris  Florentina,  Russian  liquorice,  German 
liquorice,  mechoacan,  peony,  pimpinella  alba,  seneka,  polypodium,  German  and  Roman 
pellitory,  Muscovite  and  Austrian  rhubarb,  Levantine  and  German  salep,  saponaria  for 
washing  lamb’s  wool,  Brazilian  sarsaparilla,  squills,  scorzonera,  Solomon’s  seal,  sumbul, 
dandelion,  tormentilla,  English  valerian,  valerian  from  Thuringia  and  from  Millischauer- 
berg  near  Lobositz  in  Bohemia  grown  on  volcanic  soil.  Resin  of  guiacum,  crystallized 
sugar-  of  milk,  sagapenum,  sandarac,  dragon’s  blood,  Aleppo  and  Smyrna  scammony, 
ergot 

Seeds  of  abelmoschus,  dill,  angelica,  German,  Russian,  and  Pugliese  anise,  canary, 
hemp,  caraway,  colchicum,  coriander,  cumin,  Russian  and  German  quinces,  white  English 
mustard,  fennel,  foenugreek,  henbane,  rycopodium,  cucumber,  nigella,  peony,  white  and 
blue  poppy,  parsley,  water  hemlock,  Dutch  mustard,  stavesacre,  stramonium,  and  nettle. 

Indian  bean,  cowhage,  sponges,  tinfoil  of  different  colors,  stearine,  crude  sulphide  of 
antimony,  stipites  dulcamara;,  strontianite  from  Westphalia;  storax,  in  cakes  and  liquid; 
amber,  in  various  forms  ;  Tacamahaca,  Venetian  talc,  crude  tartar,  pure  cream  of  tartar, 
Venice  turpentine,  tragacanth;  Turiones  Pinguhar  Yambi,  the  product  of  a  kind  of  palm,  a 
new  anti-inflammatory  remedy;  Alexandrian  tutty;  pitchblende  from  Johann  Georgen- 
stadt ;  antimonial  glass,  wolfram,  genuine  civet. 

Colors  and  dye  stuffs :  dried  albumen,  from  blood  and  from  eggs ;  Berlin  and  Paris 
blues,  bronze  powders,  red  colcothar,  chrome  red,  vermilion,  cinnabar  from  Japan ;  black 
Italian  chalk,  Cremnitz  white,  Schweinfurt  green,  German  red  lead,  cudbear,  picric  acid, 
powdered  graphite  ;  true  sepia,  from  the  Adriatic,  in  the  bag ;  terra  di  Sienna,  tripoli ;  ultra- 
marine,  four  varieties,  made  from  lapis-lazuli,  at  the  Royal  Porcelain  Factory  in  Meissen  ; 
umber,  zinc  white. 

B. — Commercial  a x d  pure  Chemical  and  Pharmaceutical  Preparations,  from  the 
most  noted  manufacturers  of  Germany,  and  especially  of  Saxony,  comprising,  with  many 
others,  the  following; — 

Pure  acetone,  glacial  acetic  acid,  pure  benzoic,  boracic,  butyric,  chloric,  chromic,  chinic, 
chinovic,  citric,  formic,  gallic,  cyanohydric  or  prussic,  fluosilicohydric,  perchloric,  hippuric, 
iodic,  lactic,  malic,  meconic,  molybdic,  mucic,  oxalic,  phosphoric  (glacial),  nitropicric,  pyro- 
gallic,  succinic,  tannic,  tartaric,  uric,  uvic,  tungstic,  and  valeric  acids. 

Aconitine,  aesculine,  pure  absolute  alcohol,  alloxan,  pure  alumina  and  its  sulphate  ; 
pure  ammonia  salts,  bichromate,  carbonate,  iodohydrate,  chlorohydrate,  molybdate  nitrate, 


oxalate,  phosphate,  succinate,  sulphate,  sulphite  and  urate  of  ammonia ;  ammonio-sulphate 
of  copper,  phosphate  of  soda  and  ammonia,  tartrate  of  potash  aud  ammonia,  amygdaline, 
butyrate  and  acetate  of  oxide  of  amyle,  anemonine,  iodide  of  arsenic,  asarone,  asparagine, 
atropine  ;  antimony  compounds,  suboxide,  pure  teroxide,  terchloridc,  red  precipitated  tersul- 
phide,  black  native  tersulphide  and  golden  pentasulphide  of  antimony,  pure  tartar-emetic 
or  tartrate  of  potash  and  antimony. 

Barium  compounds :  pure  acetate,  carbonate,  chlorate,  hyposulphate,  crystallized 
hydrate  and  nitrate  of  baryta,  chloride  and  iodide  of  barium  ;  pure  bebeerine,  berberine, 
benzole ;  metallic  bismuth  and  precipitated  nitrate,  valerate  and  hydrated  oxide  of  bismuth ; 
bromine,  bromoform ;  pure  brucine,  aud  its  pure  sulphate. 

Carbonate  and  sulphide  of  cadmium,  chloride  and  sulphide  of  calcium,  and  sulphanti- 
moniate  of  sulphide  of  calcium;  cantharidine ;  capsules  of  various  kinds  filled  with  different 
substances,  such  as  balsam  copaiva,  castor  oil,  oil  of  cubebs,  oil  of  turpentine,  cod-liver  oil, 
assafeetida,  tar,  croton  oil,  etc.;  perchloride  of  carbon,  cardole,  carvacrole,  chelidonine, 
chloric  ether,  chloroform,  oxide  of  chromium,  chrome  alum,  oxalate  of  oxide  of  chromium 
and  potash,  chlorohydrate  of  cinchonine. 

Metallic  cobalt,  pure  ;  carbonate,  nitrate,  oxalate,  oxide  and  chloride  of  cobalt,  codeine, 
pure  ;  colocynthine ;  columbine,  crystallized ;  pure  caffeine  and  its  citrate,  collodion,  conine, 
cubebine ;  copper  compounds,  pure  acetate,  carbonate,  sulphate,  chloride,  protoxide  and 
suboxide  of  copper  ;  daturine,  digitaline,  delphinine. 

Elaterium,  white  and  black ;  pure  emetine,  ergotiue  ;  essences  (French,  alcoholic)  for 
perfumery,  of  bouquet,  heliotrope,  hyacinth,  jasmine,  jonquil,  miel  d'Anglelerre,  millefleurs, 
mousseline,  orange-flowers,  mignonette,  rose,  violet,  and  cucumbers. 

Ethers :  pure  sulphuric,  acetic,  formic,  iodohydric,  cenanthic,  oxalic  and  methylic,  pine¬ 
apple,  apple,  pear,  strawberry,  mulberry,  and  peach  ethers ;  also,  butter,  sugar,  rum,  and 
cognac  ethers,  used  in  the  preparation  of  artificial  rum  and  brandy. 

Dry  powdered  medicinal  extracts  of  aconite,  belladonna,  hemlock,  foxglove,  henbane, 
and  wild  lettuce ;  filicine  ;  fusel  oil ;  crystallized  gentisine  ;  glycerine ;  glycirrhizine  ;  gold, 
crystallized  chloride  and  solution  of  the  same ;  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium  ;  graphite  ; 
hematoxyline  ;  jalapine  ;  indigotine  ;  inuline  ;  iodoform. 

Iron  compounds  ;  yellow  and  red  prussiates  of  potash  ;  yellow  prussiate  of  soda ;  fer- 
rocyanidesof  barium  and  potassium;  tartrate  of  iron  and  potash;  oxalate  of  iron  and 
soda ;  cyanide,  iodide,  red  oxide,  crystallized  sesquichloride,  sublimed  sesquichloride  and 
sulphide  of  iron,  with  citrate,  carbonate,  lactate,  oxalate,  phosphate,  pure  sulphate,  tannate 
and  valerate  of  iron ;  creosote  ;  lactucarium  ;  lupuline ;  chloride  of  lithium ;  carbonate  and 
sulphate  of  lithia ;  magnesia  with  citrate,  chlorohydrate,  nitrate,  tartrate  and  valerate  of 
magnesia ;  pure  sulphate,  carbonate  and  crystallized  chloride  of  manganese ;  mannite ;  meco- 
nine ;  menispermine  ;  morphine,  pure  and  crystallized,  with  acetate,  chlorohydrate  and  sul¬ 
phate  of  morphine. 

Mercury  compounds ;  white  precipitate;  acetate,  nitrate,  phosphates  and  sulphates 
of  suboxide  and  protoxide,  bromide  and  subbromide,  cyanide,  subiodido  and  red  protiodide, 
protochloride,  sublimed  and  precipitated  subchloride,  red  oxide,  black  suboxide  and  black 
sulphide  of  mercury  ;  sulphantiinoniate  of  sulphide  of  mercury. 

Naphthaline  ;  narcotine  ;  nitrate,  oxalate  and  oxide  of  nickel;  nicotine  ;  ononine  :  oxya- 
canthiue  ;  chloride  of  palladium  in  solution  ;  papaverine  ;  peucedanine ;  phloridzine ;  amor¬ 
phous  red  phosphorus  ;  picrotoxiue  ;  piperine  ;  platinum  sponge  with  chloride  and  ammo- 
niochloride  of  platinum. 

Potassium,  metallic,  with  bromide,  chloride,  pure  and  commercial  cyanide,  iodide, 
fluoride  and  pure  sulphide  of  potassium;  acetate,  bicarbonate,  bichromate,  bisulphate,  pure 
carbonate,  citrate,  chromate,  pure  and  commercial  chlorates,  deutoxalate,  commercial  and 
pure  alcoholic  hydrates,  mangauate,  nitropicrate,  pure  oxalate,  perchlorate,  pure  phos¬ 
phate,  antimoniate,  basic  soluble  silicate,  crystallized  bitartrate,  valerate,  rhodanate  and 
fluosilicohydrate  of  potash. 

Quassine  ;  quinidine,  pure ;  acetate,  arseniate,  citrate,  chlorohydrate,  neutral  sulphate, 
disulphate,  and  valerate  of  quinine;  quinoidine;  rhabarbarine  ;  salicine;  sanguinarine  ; 
santonine  ;  soap  powder ;  selenium  ;  pure  silica ;  solanine,  crystallized. 

Silver  compounds ;  pure  chloride,  cyanide  and  iodide,  acetate,  carbonate,  crystallized 
and  fused  nitrate,  and  sulphate  of  silver ;  metallic  sodium,  aud  pure  bromide,  acetate,  bi¬ 
carbonate,  chlorate,  chloride,  choleate,  formiate,  hydrate,  hyposulphate,  hyposulphite,  iodat.e, 
iodide,  molybdate,  nitrate,  oxalate,  phosphate,  pyrophosphate,  succinate,  sulphite  and 
valerate  of  soda. 

Strychnine,  pure,  with  acetate,  nitrate  and  sulphate  of  strychnine  ;  hydrate,  chlorohy¬ 
drate,  carbonate  and  nitrate  of  strontia ;  precipitated  sulphur ;  iodide  of  sulphur  :  theobro¬ 
mine  ;  protochloride,  deutochloride  and  deutoxide  of  tin ;  oxide  of  uranium ;  crystallized 
pure  urea  and  crystallized  pure  nitrate  of  urea ;  pure  white  veratrine  ;  crystallized 
xylosteine. 

Pure  metallic  zinc  and  its  compounds ;  acetate,  pure  carbonate,  cyanide,  ferrocya- 
nide,  pure  chloride,  lactate,  pure  and  commercial  oxide,  pure  and  commercial  sulphate  and 
valerate  of  zinc. 

C. — Apparatus  for  the  use  of  chemists  and  apothecaries. 

Apparatus  for  impregnation  of  water  with  carbonic  acid  gas  on  a  small  scale,  various 
sizes,  made  of  earthenware  and  porcelain,  together  with  the  materials  for  generating  the 
gas  put  up  in  packages  containing  weighed  quantities. 

Pharmaceutical  apparatus  from  the  Royal  porcelain  factory  at  Meissen,  comprising 
mortars  and  pestles,  evaporating  dishes,  dippers,  crucibles,  funnels  of  various  kinds,  spa¬ 
tulas,  retorts  plain  anJ  tubulated,  matrasses,  sulphuric  acid  dishes  for  drying  under  bell 
glass,  dishes  and  tubes  for  furnace  operations,  measures  and  other  articles. 

Pharmaceutical  Apparatus  from  Elgcrsburg,  Fayence,  comprising  evaporating  basins 
of  various  forms  and  sizes,  graduated  measures  of  several  sizes,  porcelain  jars  for  con¬ 
taining  powders,  with  ground  stoppers,  jars  of  various  forms  and  for  various  purposes, 


CHEMICAL  AND  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES. 


■water  baths,  crucibles,  funnels,  spatulas,  mortars  and  pestles,  retorts  and  various  other 
articles. 

Chemical  apparatus,  among  which  are  evaporating  dishes,  Luhme’s  lamps,  bottles 
with  stoppers,  composed  of  opaque  white  glass.  Berzelius  lamps,  mortars,  spatulas,  specific 
gravity  bottle,  holding  100  grains  of  water  with  weights,  sets  of  graiu  weights,  brass  and 
platinum,  various  kinds  of  stoppered  bottles  with  labels  melted  into  the  glass,  beakers, 
funnels,  gas  generators  with  safety  tubes,  Liebig's  condensers  of  different  sizes,  Whitstock’s 
areometer,  two-necked  bottles,  florentine  receiver,  funnel  with  glass  stopcock,  Robiquet’s 
displacement  apparatus,  moulds  for  nitrate  of  silver,  pill  machines,  fine  sieves  of  various 
kinds,  Descroizilles’  alkalimcter,  alcohometer  with  thermometer  and  appurtenances,  sets  of 
cork  borers,  labels,  reagent  chests  of  different  sizes,  retort  holders,  filter-stands,  Woulfe’s 
bottles,  matrasses,  retorts,  etc. 

A  large  assortment  of  bottles,  jars,  etc.,  for  apothecaries,  composed  of  glass,  trans¬ 
parent  and  hyaloid,  and  porcelain,  with  stoppers  and  labels  of  different  patterns,  for  hold¬ 
ing  liquors,  powders,  etc. 

Numerous  articles  made  of  serpentine  rock,  by  turning,  carving,  etc.,  such  as  mortars, 
pestles,  tea-jars,  pomade-pots,  salt-cellars,  paper  weights,  etc. 

A  large  assortment  of  scales  and  weights  of  various  forms,  for  the  use  of  apothecaries, 
gold  and  silver  refiners,  assayers,  etc.  Pill  machines.  Trusses  of  different  kinds.  Iron 
spatulas ;  agate  mortars ;  horn  spoons  and  spatulas.  Specimens  of  amber  beads  and 
necklaces.  Many  varieties  of  pill  boxes  and  paper  boxes  for  other  purposes,  together 
with  an  extensive  assortment  of  colored,  glazed,  marbled  and  other  ornamental  papers. 

91. — Herman  0.,  Schoenebeck,  Prussia. — Manufacturer.  (Agents,  Haskell,  Merrick  and 

Bull,  No.  10  Gold  Street,  New  York) 

CHEMICAL  PREPARATIONS. 

Potassium  and  its  cyanide  ;  hydrate,  carbonate,  and  red  prussiate  of  potash  ;  sodium  ; 
hyposulphite  of  soda ;  metallic  cadmium ;  glacial  phosphoric  acid ;  gallic  and  succinic  acids  ; 
iron  alum ;  precipitated  subnitrate  of  bismuth  ;  nitrate  of  baryta ;  dry  nitrate  of  strontia ; 
oxide  of  zinc. 

[Potassium  and  sodium  are  two  metallic  substances,  the  first  of  which  exists  in  potash 
and  the  last  in  soda.  Potash  is  the  oxide  of  potassium  and  soda  is  the  oxide  of  sodium. 
These  two  metals  possess  a  brilliant  metallic  lustre,  a  lead  gray  color,  are  as  soft  as  wrax, 
so  that  a  mass  of  either  of  them  may  be  flattened  between  the  fingers ;  are  lighter  than 
water,  and  will  float  upon  it.  They  both  melt  below  the  boiling  point  of  water,  and  an 
alloy  of  the  two  is  fluid,  like  mercury,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  even  as  low  as 
the  freezing  point.  They  are  both  converted  into  vapor,  at  a  red  heat,  and  the  vapor  of 
potassium  is  of  a  splendid  green  color.  These  two  metals  were  discovered  by  Sir  Hum¬ 
phrey  Davy,  in  1807.  They  are  prepared  by  the  distillation  of  potash  or  soda,  or  com¬ 
pounds  of  these  alkalies,  with  carbon,  at  a  very  high  heat.  They  have  such  an  intense 
affinity  for  oxygen,  that,  when  exposed  to  the  air,  they  are  very  quickly  reconverted  into 
potash  and  soda,  and  when  thrown  upon  water,  decompose  it,  with  the  production  of  so 
much  heat  that  they  immediately  catch  fire,  and  burn  with  flame  :  this  flame,  in  the  case  of 
sodium,  being  of  a  pure  deep  yellow,  and  in  the  case  of  potassium,  of  a  violet  color. 

On  account  of  this  easy  oxidability,  it  is  necessary,  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  them, 
to  keep  them  under  the  surface  of  some  liquid  which  contains  no  oxygen,  and  the  best  and 
cheapest  liquid  for  this  purpose,  is  benzole.  (See  note  to  No.  7,  Class  2.) 

The  metal,  sodium,  which  is  much  more  easily  obtained  than  potassium,  will  yet  be 
employed  for  some  purpose  in  the  arts,  there  being  no  difficulty  in  making  it  on  a  large 
scale,  quite  cheaply  enough. 

Cadmium  is  a  metal  which  very  much  resembles  zinc,  in  its  chemical  relations,  and 
consequently  very  frequently  occurs  in  company  with  the  latter,  in  mineral  substances, 
especially  in  blende.  It  is  a  beautiful  tin-white  metal,  harder  than  tin,  and  very  ductile  and 
malleable.  It  melts  at  a  red  heat,  and  evaporates  very  fast.  The  only  native  compound 
of  cadmium  is  the  sulphide,  or  the  mineral  Greenockite.  Sulphide  of  cadmium,  prepared 
artificially,  is  now  used  by  artists,  as  a  yellow  paiut,  being  the  finest  and  most  permanent  of 
all  the  yellow  pigments  in  use.  It  is  known  in  commerce  by  the  name  of  “  cadmium  yellow.” 

Hyposulphite  of  soda  is  a  compound  of  soda  with  hyposulphurous  acid,  which  latter  is 
one  of  the  numerous  acids  formed  by  sulphur,  in  combination  with  oxygen,  and  contains 
precisely  three  times  the  proportion  of  sulphur  that  exists  in  sulphuric  acid.  Hyposulphite 
of  soda  has  the  property  of  dissolving  the  compounds  of  silver,  and  is  used  to  a  consider¬ 
able  extent  in  photography,  for  the  purpose  of  dissolving  off  the  coating  of  the  sensitive 
silver  compound  from  the  paper  or  Daguerreotype  plate,  after  the  formation  of  the  picture, 
thus  “  fixing  ”  the  picture,  as  it  is  called,  or  rendering  the  plate  no  longer  sensitive  to  light. 
The  picture  itself  being  composed,  in  the  Talbotype,  of  reduced  metallic  silver,  and  in  the 
Daguerreotype,  of  a  thin  film  of  metallic  mercury,  is  not  in  the  smallest  degree  soluble  in 
the  solution  ot  hyposulphite  of  soda,  and  remains,  therefore,  wholly  unaffected.] 

95. — Town  Authorities  of  Reichenstein,  Silesia. 

Samples  of  arsenious  acid,  in  powder  and  in  the  vitreous  form ;  orpiment. 

The  ore  of  the  arsenic  mine  «  Reicher  Trost,”  in  Silesia,  is  a  deposit  of  mispickel  in  a 
mica-slate  formation,  forming  a  bed  of  the  thickness  of  five  or  six  fathoms,  the  gangue  in 
which  it  occurs  being  composed  of  limestone,  serpentine  and  different  talcose  minerals.  In 
this  bed,  especially  in  the  serpentine,  the  ore  appears  in  masses  more  or  less  compact  and 
sometimes  finely  disseminated.  The  dressed  ores  contain  from  seventy  to  seventy-five  per 
cent,  of  arsenic  in  the  form  of  arsenious  acid.  The  ore,  after  being  stamped,  is  roasted  in 
a  reverberatory  furnace,  by  which  means  the  arsenic  is  oxidized,  and  the  arsenious  acid 
thus  obtained  is  conducted,  in  the  state  of  vapor,  into  an  apartment  called  the  “poison- 
rl, amber,  where  it  condenses  into  a  white  powder.  This  is  the  crude  arsenious  acid  and 
V  obtiUa  frora  11  the  other  commercial  forms  in  which  arsenic  is  found,  it  is  melted  in  iron 

74 


kettles,  which  gives  the  so-called  vitreous  arsenious  acid,  and  the  vapors  which  are  given 
off  during  the  melting  are  condensed,  and  form  the  common  “white  arsenic.”  The  residue 
after  the  roasting  of  the  ore  left  in  the  furnace  is  principally  oxide  of  iron,  with  salts  of 
arsenious  acid,  and  contains  also  a  little  gold,  which  is  now  extracted,  profitably,  by  the  pro¬ 


cess  of  Plattner. 

For  (lie  production  of  orpiment,  rolls  of  brimstone  are  thrown  into  the  kettles,  during 
the  process  of  refining.  The  products  of  the  Arsenic  Works,  at  Reichenstein,  from  1380 
to  1845,  inclusive,  were  as  follows: 

Vitreous  arsenious  acid .  19,940  cwts. 

Orpiment .  2,761  J  “ 

Refined  arsenious  acid,  .......  526J  “ 

Crude  arsenious  acid,  .......  32,058  “ 


96. — Marquart,  Dr.  L.  C.,  Bonn,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 


Nitrate  and  chlorate  of  baryta  ;  nitrate  of  strontia  ;  hyposulphate  of  soda  ;  bisulphide 
of  carbon  ;  uranic  acid ;  acetic  ether  ;  crystallizable  acetic  acid ;  acetate  of  oxide  of  amyle  ’> 
valerate  of  ditto ;  bromine ;  nitrobenzole  ;  solutions  of  caoutchouc  and  gutta-percha  in  bisul¬ 
phide  of  carbon. 

[Bisulphide  of  carbon  is  a  very  curious  compound,  and  one  of  the  only  three  known 
examples  of  the  combination  of  two  solid  elementary  substances  to  form  a  liquid.  It  is, 
when  pure,  a  transparent  colorless  liquid  like  water,  very  volatile,  and  possessing  an  odor 
disagreeable  beyond  all  description.  It  is  used,  notwithstanding  its  horrible  odor,  in  the 
beautiful  modern  art  of  silver-plating  by  voltaic  electricity,  having  the  curious  property 
of  causing  the  metal  to  precipitate  with  a  bright  metallic  surface,  when  added  in  very 
small  quantity  to  the  silver-solution.  Bisulphide  of  carbon  has  also  the  power  of  dissolv¬ 
ing  caoutchouc  and  gutta-percha,  forming  with  them  transparent  varnishes,  specimens  of 
which  are  here  exhibited.  By  chemists,  it  is  sometimes  called  sulphocarbonic  acid,  being 
the  sulphur-acid  corresponding  to  carbonic  acid,  and  forming  regular  series  of  sulphur-salts 
with  alkaline  sulphides. 

Uranic  acid  is  the  oxide  of  a  metal  contained  in  pitchblende,  and  some  other  minerals, 
called  by  Klaproth,  who  discovered  it,  in  1789,  uranium.  It  is  used  principally  for  the 
purpose  of  coloi  ing  glass,  to  which  it  commuuicates  a  very  much  admired  greenish-yellow 
opalescent  tint,  and  is  now  manufactured  for  this  use  on  a  large  scale,  in  Europe.  The 
compounds  of  urauic  acid  with  the  alkalies  and  other  bases,  are  all  insoluble,  possess 
beautiful  yellow  colors,  and  will  probably,  at  some  future  time,  come  into  use  as  pigments, 
for  which  their  perfect  unchangeability  in  the  air  highly  qualifies  them. 

Acetic  ether  is  a  substance  which  occurs  naturally  in  many  wines  as  a  product  of  fer¬ 
mentation,  and  may  be  found  in  the  brandy  distilled  from  these  wines.  It  is  obtained  arti¬ 
ficially  by  distilling  together  some  acetate,  such  as  acetate  of  potash,  soda,  or  lime,  sugar 
of  lead,  or  verdigris,  with  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid,  and  purifying  the  product.  When 
pure,  it  is  a  colorless,  transparent  liquid,  of  a  very  pleasant  aromatic  smell.  It  has  been 
proposed  as  an  amesthetic  agent  instead  of  common  ether,  and  is  used  for  flavoring  liquors, 
wines,  <fcc.  It  is  also  used  to  some  extent  in  Germany,  as  a  medicinal  agent,  having  dia¬ 
phoretic  properties. 

Crystallizable  acetic  acid  is  acetic  acid  entirely  freed  from  all  admixture  of  water,  and 
is  so  called  because  a  little  below  the  ordinary  temperature  (at  55°  Fahr.),  it  freezes  into  a 
solid  crystalline  mass.  Acetic  acid,  as  the  name  indicates,  is  the  acid  of  vinegar,  in  which 
it  occurs,  however,  in  a  very  much  diluted  state.  The  crystallizable  acetic  acid  has  a  very 
strong,  penetrating  smell,  and  an  excessively  pungent  acid  taste.  When  applied  to  the 
skin,  it  immediately  produces  redness  and  blisters,  and  when  swallowed,  acts  as  a  power¬ 
ful  corrosive  poison,  like  oil  of  vitriol.  The  universal  use  of  vinegar,  as  a  condiment,  is 
therefore,  a  remarkable  example  of  the  difference  which  exists  between  the  actions  of  most 
substances  upon  the  human  stomach,  in  the  concentrated  and  diluted  forms,  of  which  differ¬ 
ence  alcohol  is  another  instance.  It  is,  nevertheless,  the  very  property  by  reason  of  which 
concentrated  acetic  acid  corrodes  the  tissues  of  the  stomach,  which  gives  to  vinegar  its 
power  of  assisting  digestion,  and,  therefore,  its  virtue  as  a  condiment,  namely,  the  power 
possessed  by  acetic  acid  of  dissolving  fibrine  and  albumen. 

The  acetate  and  valerate  of  amyle,  here  exhibited,  are  two  ethers  which  are,  on  one 
account,  peculiarly  interesting.  Although  when  pure,  these  two  ethers  have  odors  and 
tastes  which  are  rather  penetrating  than  agreeable,  yet,  when  diluted  largely  with  alcohol, 
odors  are  developed  in  the  highest  degree  aromatic  and  fruity,  and  forming  the  most  per¬ 
fect  resemblance,  in  the  first  one,  to  that  of  pears,  and,  in  the  last  one,  to  that  of  apples. 
The  recent  discovery  of  these  facts  has  created  a  considerable  demand  in  commerce  for 
these  ethers,  for  the  purpose  of  imitating  the  flavors  of  these  fruits,  and  they  are  now  con¬ 
sequently  manufactured  in  quantities. 

IV  itrobenzole  is  another  preparation  which  is  also  interesting  for  precisely  the  same 
reason  as  the  above  two  ethers.  It  was  observed  by  Mitscherlich,  who  discovered  it  about 
twenty  years  ago,  to  have  the  most  perfect  resemblance,  in  smell  and  taste,  to  the  volatile 
oil  of  bitter  almonds  (see  note  to  amygdaline,  No.  92,  Class  2),  although  wholly  different  in 
composition.  It  was  not,  however,  till  very  recently  that  this  substance  has  been  proposed, 
aud  introduced  into  commerce,  as  a  substitute  for  the  poisonous  and  dangerous  oil  of  bitter 
almonds.  Nitrobenzole  is  made  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  upon  benzole  (see  note  to  No. 
i,  Class  2),  and  is  manufactured  in  England  to  a  considerable  extent.  It  has  a  smell  which 
is  not  perfectly  identical  with  that  of  oil  of  bitter  almonds,  but  so  closely  similar  as  to  be 
very  easily  mistaken  for  it.  It  is  used  for  flavoring  soaps,  and  confectionary,  and  is  sup¬ 
posed  to  be  not  at  all  poisonous.] 

97.  Wissenbach,  Carl,  Frankf ort-on-lhe-Mai ne, — Manufacturer.  (Agent,  A.  Seif- 
fert,  32  Maiden  lane,  New  York). 

Genuine  cognac  oil  (am  ant  hie  ether)  and  oil  of  juniper. 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  II. 


[Oenanthic  ether  is  the  name  given  to  the  substance  to  which  the  smell,  and  a  great 
part  of  the  taste,  of  many  wines,  are  due,  and  which,  being  volatile,  is  of  course  distilled 
over  in  the  manufacture  of  brandy  from  such  wines,  and  contributes  largely  to  the  flavor 
of  the  latter  beverage.  It  was  found  by  Liebig  and  Pelouze  to  be  composed  of  a  peculiar 
fatty  acid,  called  oenanthic  acid,  combined  with  common  ether  or  the  oxide  of  ethyle.  It 
has  also  been  stated  by  Wohler  to  be  identical  with  the  substance  which  gives  the  odor  to 
the  rind  of  the  quince  ( Cydonia  vulgaris),  but  a  more  recent  investigation  by  another 
chemist  has  thrown  some  doubt  upon  this  result.  Oenanthic  ether,  when  pure,  has  a  strong 
odor  of  Rhenish  wine,  which  odor  has  a  powerful  and  even  in  some  cases,  a  dangerous 
effect  upon  the  nervous  system.] 


[The  metallic  element  nickel  was  discovered  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century  by 
Cronstedt,  a  German  chemist,  and  is  used  at  the  present  day  to  a  very  large  extent  in  the 
arts,  being  remarkable  for  the  peculiar  whiteness  and  silver-like  lustre  which  it  communicates 
to  the  other  metals,  when  alloyed  with  them.  The  alloy  called  “  German  silver  ”  owes  its 
peculiarities  to  the  nickel  which  it  contains.  Nickel  in  the  proportion  of  only  three  per 
cent.,  alloyed  with  iron,  communicates  to  the  latter  a  greater  whiteness,  a  less  tendenev 
to  rust,  and  a  capability  of  receiving  a  high  silver-like  polish,  without  in  the  least  detract¬ 
ing  from  its  toughness  or  malleability.  The  principal  ore  of  nickel  is  the  mineral  called 
copper  nickel,  which  is  found  at  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  and  several  other  places,  and  con¬ 
sists  of  a  compound  of  arsenic  with  nickel.] 


98.  — Mining  Works  at  Bodenmais,  Bavaria. 

Sulphate  of  copper  and  other  products. 

99,  — Lennig,  Dr.  Clemm,  Wohlgelegen,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Refiued  sulphur  in  the  form  of  rolls  and  busts. 

_  V 

100.  — Saltworks  at  Berciitesgaden,  Bavaria. 

Samples  of  salt.  _ 

101.  — Tkefte  &  Ferko ,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Essences  and  essential  oils  for  the  manufacture  of  liquors,  dec.  Oils  of  valerian  root, 
juniper,  fennel,  coriander,  chamomile,  caraway,  calamus,  angelica  and  wormwood  leaves  ; 
essence  of  Jamaica  ginger  ;  essence  for  Jamaica  rum  ;  oil  of  Swiss  herbs  ;  oil  of  tansy  ; 
oil  for  Spanish  bitters ;  oil  of  bitter  herbs  ;  oils  of  dill  and  marjoram ;  oils  for  golduiasser, 
maraschino  and  “  railway  liquor.” 

102.  — Spahn  &■  Schimmel,  Leipsic,  Saxony — Manufacturers. 

Essential  oils  and  other  preparations  for  the  manufacture  of  liquors.  Oils  of  valerian 
root,  caraway,  fennel,  Roman  chamomile,  calamus,  and  coriander  seed ;  essences  for  the 
manufacture  of  cognac  and  Jamaica  rum. 

103. — Krimmelbein  &  Bredt,  Barmen,  Prussia. 

Chemical  preparations  for  dyers  and  calico-printers. 

Red  prussiate  of  potash ;  nitrate  of  ammonia ;  percliloride  of  tin ;  solution  of  cochi¬ 
neal  in  ammonia ;  prepared  catechu ;  sal  ammoniac ;  stanuate  of  soda ;  pink  salt ;  picric 
acid  ;  cyanide  of  potassium  in  powder ;  orseille  or  archil  and  extract  of  the  same  ;  cudbear  ; 
composition  for  royal  blue ;  safflower  carmine. 

[Red  prussiate  of  potash  (ferroevanide  of  potassium),  so  called  to  distinguish  it  from 
tlie  yellow  prussiate  of  potash  (see  note  to  No.  36,  Class  2.),  is  formed  by  the  action  of 
oxidizing  agents  upon  the  yellow  prussiate.  It  crystallizes  in  large  deep  red  prisms, 
which,  among  other  peculiarities,  are  remarkable  for  their  property  of  emitting  a  ringing 
metallic  sound  when  struck.  In  dyeing,  it  is  used  for  the  production  of  a  variety  of  Prus¬ 
sian  blue,  which  is  formed  when  it  comes  into  contact  with  a  salt  of  protoxide  of  iron. 

Bichloride  of  tin  is  a  very  curious  substance,  being  the  only  compound  of  chlorine 
with  any  one  of  the  common  metals  (except  arsenic),  which  is  fluid  at  ordinary  tempera¬ 
tures.  It  is  a  colorless  transparent  thin  liquid,  which  does  not  freeze  at  52°  Fahr.  below 
the  freezing  point  of  water,  and  bods  at  248°  Fahr.  When  exposed  to  the  air  it  gives  off 
white  fumes,  which  are  due  to  the  formation  of  a  solid  compound  between  its  vapoi  and 
the  moisture  of  the  atmosphere.  Its  solution  in  water  is  employed  by  dyers  as  a  source  of 
the  deutoxide  of  tin,  or  stannic  acid,  used  by  them  as  a  mordant.  Stannate  of  soda,  also 
here  exhibited,  is  used  by  them  as  another  source  of  the  same  material.  The  coloring 
matter  of  cochineal,  called  properly  carmeine,  though  usually  “  carmine,”  is  soluble  in 
water,  when  obtained  in  a  free  state,  but  the  fatty  matter  contained  in  the  insect  prevents 
the  action  of  water  upon  it.  Dilute  ammonia,  however,  readily  dissolves  it  from  the 
insect,  owing  to  the  combination  of  the  ammonia  with  the  fat,  forming  a  solution  which  is 
used  by  the  dyers. 

Catechu  is  the  inspissated  extract  of  the  wood  of  the  Acacia  catechu,  a  tree  which 
grows  in  various  parts  of  the  East  Indies  and  in  Jamaica.  It  is  used  by  dyeis,  not  as  a 
dyestuff,  however,  but  as  a  source  of  tannic  acid,  which  it  contains  in  very  large  quantity, 
and  which  has  the  property  of  forming,  with  a  solution  of  a  salt  of  sesquioxide  of  iron,  an 
exceedingly  deep  bluish  black  liquid  (ink).  Catechu  is  used  also  in  medicine,  as  an 
astringent,  on  account  of  the  large  quantity  of  tannic  acid  which  it  contains. 

Picric  acid  (“  nitropicric  acid,”  “indigo  bitter,”  “chrysolepic  acid”)  is  a  yellow  crys¬ 
talline  substance  prepared  by  the  action  of  strong  nitric  acid  upon  indigo,  or  upon  aloes. 
It  possesses  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  from  which  property  its  name  is  derived.  Its  salts 
are  mostly  insoluble  in  water  and  possess  fine  yellow  colors,  upon  which  two  properties 
its  recent  use  in  dyeing  is  founded.  These  picrates  have  the  extraordinary  property  when 
in  a  dry  state  of  exploding  when  heated,  with  great  violence. 

Safflower  is  composed  of  the  flowers  of  Carthamus  tinctorius,  an  East  Indian  plant. 
Its  coloring  matter  carthameine,  called  by  these  exhibitors  “  safflower  carmine,”  is  a  resinoid 
substance  of  a  very  beautiful,  but  unfortunately  not  a  very  permanent  red  color,  for  when 
exposed  to  action  of  air  and  light,  it  slowly  combines  with  oxygen  with  elimination  of  water 
and  carbonic  acid,  and  is  converted  into  a  yellow  substance.  The  “  pink  saucers  »  sold  in 
snaps,  for  various  purposes,  contain  carthameine,  and  mixed  with  talc,  it  forms  the  rouge 
used  by  females  for  painting  their  faces.] 

104. — Kayser,  L.  &  Co.,  Neuwalden,  Silesia.— Manufacturers. 

Mettallic  nickel. 


IOC. — Electoral  Hesse  Smalt  Works,  Schwarzenfels. — Manufacturers. 

Forty-two  samples  of  ultramarine  and  other  colors  ;  speiss  nickel  (nickel-glance) 
oxide  of  nickel  and  metallic  nickel  in  cubes. 


107.  — Curtius,  Julius,  Duisburg,  Rhenish  Prussia — Manufacturer.  (Agents  Cyrus  W. 

Field  Ac  Co.,  Cliff  street,  New  York). 

Four  varieties  of  ultramarine. 

108.  — Gademann,  Heinrich,  Schweinfurt,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 

Ultramarine  and  other  colors. 


109.  — Wolff  &  Co.,  Schweinfurt,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Twelve  samples  of  ultramarine  of  different  shades. 

110.  — Adam,  J.  N.  Rennweg  near  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. 

Ultramarine  and  other  colors  ;  red  prussiate  of  potash  ;  crystallized  mass  of  yellow 
prussiate  of  potash. 

111.  — Buchner,  Wilhelm,  Pfungsladt  near  Darmstadt,  Hesse- Darmstadt. —  Manufac¬ 
turer. 

Six  samples  of  ultramarine. 

112.  — Breuninger  &  Son,  Kirchheim,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 

Eighteen  samples  of  ultramarine. 

113.  — Fries,  C.  A.,  Heidelberg.  — Manufacturer. 

Six  samples  of  ultramarine. 

1 14.  — Widow  of  M.  Kohnstamm,  Niederuierrn,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Six  samples  of  ultramarine. 

115.  — Siegle,  Heinrich,  Stuttgardt,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Carmine  and  other  lakes. 

116.  — Horstmann  A  Co.,  Horst,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  blue  colors. 

117.  — Puscher,  Brothers,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 

One  hundred  and  twenty  different  colors. 

118.  — Halbich,  George  H.,  Cassel, Hesse. — Manufacturer. 

Twenty-four  samples  of  blue  colors. 

119.  — Dietel,  Gustav,  Saxe- Weimar. — Manufacturer. 

Chremnitz  white;  white  lead;  sugar  of  lead  ;  cudbear  and  archil. 

120.  — Voigt,  C.  W.,  Neuwerk  near  Honigsee. — Manufacturer. 

White  lead,  Paris  blue  and  other  blue  colors. 

J21, — Loebbecke,  C.  S.  &  Co.,  Breslau,  Silesia. — Manufacturers.  (Agent,  J.  W.  Schmidt, 
Prussian  Consul,  56  New  street,  New  York.) 

Zinc  white.  _ 

122.  — Loewenberg,  Dr.  P.,  Berlin. — Manufacturer.  (Agent,  Mr.  Cogswell,  Astor  Library, 

Lafayette  Place,  N cw  York.) 

Three  varieties  of  Prussian  blue,  two  of  chrome  yellow,  verditer,  white  lead,  chrome 
green,  <fec.  _ 

123.  — Kieser,  Carl  A.,  Langcweisen,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Forty-eight  samples  of  different  colors. 

124. — Benda,  George,  Furth,  near  Niirnberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Bronze  powders  and  metallic  leaf. 

125.  — Haenle,  Leo,  Munich,  Bavaria—  Manufacturer. 

One  hundred  and  twenty  samples  of  bronze  powders. 

126.  — Geitner  &  Co.,  Schneeberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

German  silver  and  colors  for  porcelain  painting. 

127.  — Schlosser,  J.,  Ratingen,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Black  lead  crucibles. 


105 _ Herbers,  Witte  &  Co.,  Iserlohn,  Prussian  Westphalia. 

nickel. 


128. _ KArELLER  &  Son,  Hafnerzell,  near  Passau,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers, 

Black  lead  crucibles. 


75 


CHEMICAL  AND  P 


harmaceutical products  and  processes. 


AUSTRIA. 

129—  Batka,  Wenzel,  Prague,  Bohemia. 

Chemicals;  selenium;  molybdenum;  nickel  and  cobalt,  metallic;  cadmium;  wolfram 
talc  and  other  minerals.  Various  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  apparatus.  Models  of 
crystals  in  glass. _ _ _ 

130.  _ Von  Herbert,  Ignatz,  Klagenfurt,  Carinthia. — Manufacturer. 

White  lead ;  orange  and  bright  red  lead ;  red  and  gold  litharge 

131.  — Setzer,  J.,  WeitenecJc  on  the  Danube . — Manufacturer. 

Ultramarine  of  various  shades ;  cadmium  yellow ;  red  and  rose  madder. 

132.  — Petz,  W.  Pesth,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

Two  samples  of  carmine. 

133 — Kinzelberger  dt  Co.,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 

One  hundred  and  eighty  different  colors. 

131. — Hardmuth,  L.  &  Co.,  Budweiss,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 

Naples  yellow  and  artificial  pumice  stone. 


ITALIAN  STATES. 

135.  — Puccio,  Antoine,  Genoa,  Sardinia, — Manufacturer. 

Three  samples  of  sulphate  of  quinine. 

136.  — Dueour,  Lorenzo,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Sulphate  and  citrate  of  quinine. 

137.  — Scola,  Bernardino,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Gelatine  capsules,  filled  with  copaiva  balsam  and  cod  liver  oil ;  camphor  cigarettes. 

138.  — Parola,  Luigi,  Cuneo,  Piedmont. — Manufacturer. 

Extract  of  ergot. 

139. -~-Bonjean,  C.  J.  Chambery,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Extract  of  ergot. 

[ Ergot  ( Secale  cornutum ),  is  the  product  of  a  morbid  development  of  the  seed  of 
the  rye,  and  of  some  other  gramineous  plants,  produced  by  the  growth  upon  them  of 
a  microscopic  fungus  (Oidium  abortifaciens,  Quekett ;  Hymenula  clavus,  Corda).  It  lias 
been  in  use  for  a  great  many  years  as  an  agent  for  accelerating  parturition,  both  in 
human  beings  and  in  animals.  When  administered  to  males,  except  in  very  large 
doses,  it  produces  no  obvious  effects,  but  if  to  females,  it  causes  violent  and  constant 
contractions  of  the  uterus,  which  tend  to  expel  the  foetus.  The  continued  use  of  ergot, 
as,  for  instance,  the  use  of  bread  made  from  rye  contaminated  with  it,  produces  a 
morbid  condition,  known  by  the  name  of  ergotism,  which  sometimes  has  assumed  an 
epidemic  form,  especially  in  certain  parts  of  France,  where  rye  bread  is  much  used  for 
food.  Its  symptoms  are  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the  extremities,  sensations  ns 
if  insects  were  crawling  over  the  skin,  and  other  disorders  of  the  nervous  system,  fol¬ 
lowed  in  some  cases  by  convulsions,  in  others  by  gangrene  of  the  extremities,  and  ending 
in  death.  Ergot  has  been  found  by  Wiggers  to  contain  aresinoid,  uncrystallizable  sub¬ 
stance  which  he  denominated  ergotine,  and  which  he  considered  to  be  its  active  princi¬ 
ple,  but  this  is  exceedingly  doubtful.  The  extract  prepared  by  this  exhibitor  possesses 
the  properties  of  ergot,  and  is  an  exceedingly  convenient  form  for  the  preservation  and 
administration  of  this  valuable  medicine.] 

140.  — De  Larderel,  Count,  Tuscany. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

boracic  acid. 

[This  is  an  acid  contained  in  the  common  substance  called  borax,  which  is  so  much 
used  as  a  flux  for  metals.  Borax  is  the  biborate  of  soda ;  it  was  originally  brought 
from  a  lake  in  Thibet,  which  contains  in  solution  in  its  waters,  both  borax  and  common 
salt.  Now,  however,  nearly  all  the  borax  and  boracic  acid  of  commerce  are  made  by 
this  exhibitor,  by  collecting  and  condensing  the  vapors  which  rise  from  the  lagoons 
of  Tuscany,  which  vapors  contain  both  boracic  acid  and  sulphohydric  acid  gas.  Bo¬ 
racic  acid  is  one  of  those  substances  which,  like  phosphoric  acid,  is  volatilized  only  at  a 
very  high  temperature  when  anhydrous,  but  whose  relations  to  water  and  heat  are 
such,  that  when  in  solution,  it  volatilizes,  in  company  with  the  vapor  of  water,  at  a 
temperature  below  the  boiling  point  of  the  latter.  Hence  its  occurrence  in  the  vapors 
of  these  Tuscan  boiling  springs.  Its  origin,  together  with  that  of  the  accompanying 
sulphohydric  acid,  has  been  ingeniously  explained  by  Dumas,  by  supposing  the  exist¬ 
ence  at  some  point  in  the  earth’s  crust  near  this  locality,  of  a  deposit  of  the  sulphide 
of  boron,  which,  upon  contact  with  water,  would  form  both  boracic  and  sulphohydric 
acids,  with  the  evolution  of  a  great  deal  of  heat,  which  would  account  for  the  im¬ 
mense  quantity  of  steam  accompanying  these  products.  Boracic  acid  wa9  early  dis¬ 
covered  in  the  steam  which  issues  from  these  lagoons.  M.  De  Larderel  in  1818  first 
attempted  to  utilize  it  for  industrial  purposes.  Obtaining  a  grant  of  that  wild  and 
desolate  region  of  the  Tuscan  maremma,  where  the  soil  was  reeking  with  volcanic 
heat  and  vapors,  he  has  converted  it  into  a  busy  and  fruitful  district,  with  immense 
advantages  to  the  Tuscan  people,  amassing  at  the  same  time  an  ample  fortune.  His 
happiest  conception  was  in  turning  the  hot  vapors  and  subterranean  heat  into  channels 
under  liis  evaporating  pans  with  an  absolute  saving  of  all  expense  for  fuel.  The 
water  inpreguated  by  the  boracic  acid  is  led  down  from  one  cauldron  to  another 
until  it  has  acquired  sufficent  concentration  to  crystallize.  The  crude  product  is 

76 


again  and  again  recrystallized  until  it  is  sufficiently  pure  for  commerce,  and  is  then 
shipped  for  market  to  be  made  into  borax,  chiefly  in  Paris.  A  large  demand  for  borax 
has  of  late  years  grown  out  of  its  use  in  the  arts  of  glass  making  and  pottery.  It  is 
used  in  the  latter  art  as  a  glazing  in  place  of  lead. 

The  Count  de  Larderel  has  established  hi3  works  at  nine  principal  places, 
namely:  at  Monte  Cerboli,  Castel  Nuovo,  Sasso  (from  this  place  boracic  acid  has  long 
since  derived  its  mineralogieal  name  of  Sassolin),  Monte  Rotondo,  St.  Frederic,  St. 
Edouard,  Lago,  Lustignano,  and  Serraggano.  At  all  these  he  has  erected  works,  on 
an  extensive  scale,  turning  out  a  vast  annual  product  for  the  supply'  of  European  manu¬ 
factures  and  commerce. 

Boracic  acid  is  also  found  at  the  Lipari  Islands  in  the  crater  of  a  volcano.  Native 
borax  (borate  of  soda)  is  found  in  considerable  abundance  in  Thibet,  where  it  occurs 
crystallized  and  also  dissolved  in  the  waters  of  a  lake.  It  is  called  by  the  East  In¬ 
dians  “Tincal.” 

It  is  also  found  in  a  state  of  combination  in  several  minerals,  such  as  hayesine,  bora- 
cite,  hydroboracite,  tourmaline,  datholite,  danburite,  <fcc.  Boracic  acid  has  very  feeble 
acid  properties,  and  indeed,  appears  sometimes  to  take  the  part  of  a  base.] 

14|. — Sclopis,  Brothers,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Chemical  products,  including  muriatic,  nitric,  and  sulphuric  acids,  phosphorus,  sulphur, 
sulphates  of  magnesia,  copper  and  iron,  &c. 

142.  — Albani,  Brothers,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Chemical  productions,  including  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids,  phosphorus,  matches, 
nitrate  of  baryta,  glue,  soap,  soda,  ifcc. 

143.  — Bo,  Augusto,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Chrome  yellow;  white  lead:  Prussian  blue,  <fcc. 


SWITZERLAND. 

144. — Lauterburg,  Frederic,  16  Rue  de  V Arsenal,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  a  mineral  water-proof  composition  for  linen,  pasteboard,  &c,  with  samples 
illustrating  its  application  to  cloth,  thread,  ropes,  <tc. 


BELGIUM. 

145.  — Kafellemans,  Deby  &  Co.,  Brussels. — Manufacturers. 

Chemical  preparations,  including  sulphate  of  zinc,  sulphates  of  copper,  iron,  magnesia, 
soda,  &c. 

146.  — Brasseur,  Eugene,  Ghent. 

Five  samples  of  ultramarine  and  five  samples  of  white  lead. 

147.  - . 

Oxide  of  zinc. 

HOLLAND. 

148.  — Van  Enst  &  Dyk,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

Crystallized  borax. 

149.  — Jorretsma,  A.,  DokTcum,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

V eterinary  medicines. 

150.  — Voule,  W.  &  Co.  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  indigo,  Dutch  madder  and  garancine. 

151.  — Noortveen  <fc  Co.,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 

Colors  and  varnishes. 

152.  — Suringer  &  Sons,  Groningen. — Manufacturers. 

Friesland  green  and  other  colors. 

153.  — Enthoven,  J.  L,  A  Co., — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  zinc-white  and  zinc-yellow. 

154.  — Beekiiuis,  Damste  &  Co,  Groningen,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

White  lead. 


SWEDEN. 

155.  — Hjerta  Micbaelson,  Stockholm. — Manufacturers. 

Chemically  pure  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  aud  potash  soap. 

156.  — Klefva  Mine. 

Metallic  nickel. 


SPANISH  COLONIES. 

157.  — Sauto,  Dr.  Ambrosio,  C,  13  Middle  St.,  Matanzas.  Cuba. 

Sarsaparilla.  Fifty-samples  of  chemical  preparations  among  which  are  sulphate, 
citrate,  and  valerate  of  quinine ;  strychnine  ;  morphine ;  piperiue ;  deutiodide  of  mercury ; 
white  precipitate ;  nitrates  of  iron,  bismuth  and  silver ;  iodide  of  lead,  <fcc. 

158.  — Henna,  Joseph,  Ponce,  Porto  Rico. — Manufacturer. 

Castor  oil,  without  taste  or  smell. 

RUSSIA. 

159.  — Pitancier,  G,  Odessa. 

Stearic  acid  caudles. 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  III 


SUBSTANCES  USED  AS  FOOD. 


This  Class  includes  all  those  articles  in  the  Exhibition  used  as  food,  as  well  as  some  others,  such  as  the  preparations  of  tobacco,  which  are  not 
properly  thus  designated.  The  Class  is  naturally  divided  into  two  distinct  series — the  one  belonging  to  the  vegetable  kingdom,  the  other  to  the  animal 
kingdom.  The  former,  from  the  greater  ease  of  preserving  vegetable  substances,  is  much  the  largest  and  most  diversified ;  the  latter  series  is  chiefly 
represented  by  the  modern  and  highly  important  discovery  of  alimentary  preserves. 

The  contributions  from  the  United  States  are  by  no  means  representative  of  the  agricultural  wealth  of  the  country.  With  a  few  honorable  exceptions, 
the  contributions  in  this  Class  are  meager  and  insignificant.  An  unusual  apathy  seems  to  have  pervaded  the  producers  of  the  country.  An  excellent 
series  of  the  productions  of  Great  Britain  is  contributed  by  the  Royal  Commissioners  of  the  London  Exhibition,  the  articles  being  selected  from  that 
Exhibition.  The  flourishing  and  fertile  colony  of  British  Guiana  sends  a  full  and  beautiful  suite  of  specimens  of  her  productions.  The  seeds  and  dressed 
fiber  of  a  remarkable  and  apparently  very  valuable  variety  of  flax,  are  sent  from  Russia. 


1.  IIecker  <fc  Brother,  Croton  Mills ,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Various  articles  manufactured  from  the  cereal  grains,  including  patent  self-raising 
flour,  Graham  flour,  rye  flour,  white  and  yellow  Indian  meal,  buckwheat,  wheaten  grits, 
samp  and  hominy,  and  Hecker’s  farina. 


2.  Raymond  &  Schuyler,  West  Farms,  Westchester  County,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  flour  and  pearl  barley. 

3.  Bulling  &  Vogel,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  vermicelli,  macaroni,  etc. 


4.  Chamberlin,  J.  H.,  &  Co.,  Akron  City  Mills,  Newbern,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  flour. 

5.  Miles  &  Peck,  Yonkers,  Westchester  County,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Wheat  and  rye  flour ;  specimens  of  pearl  barley,  split  peas,  hominy,  farina,  oat¬ 
meal,  etc. 


6.  Johnson,  B.  P.,  Albany,  New  York. — Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  New  York 

State  Agricultural  Society. 


Thirty  varieties  of  wheat  raised  in  the  State  of  New  York,  viz. : — 


1.  8cotch  Club. 

2.  Wild  Goose. 

3.  Spanish. 

4.  Botany  Bay. 

5.  Wiltshire. 

6.  Virginia  Red. 

7.  St.  Domingo. 

8.  Wldte. 

9.  Tuscany. 

10.  Soules. 


11.  Zimmerman. 

12.  Chatham. 

13.  Kentucky  White-beard, 

14.  White  Flint. 

15.  Hutchinson. 

16.  Mediterranean. 

17.  Red-beard. 

18.  Mummy. 

19.  Siberian  Spring  Wheat. 

20.  Talavera. 


21.  Orange. 

22.  Wheatland  Red. 

23.  Alabama. 

24.  Australian. 

25.  Etrurian. 

26.  Palestine. 

27.  Moab  seed,  from  Arabia. 

28.  White  Blue-stem. 

29.  Canada  Flint. 

30.  English  Red. 


7.  Welch,  J.  S.,  Shenandoah  Mills,  Clarke  County,  Virginia. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  family  flour. 

8.  Hinckley,  J.  N.,  Mumford,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  Genesee  flour. 

9.  Hotchkiss,  H.  G.  &  L.  B.,  Lyons,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Corn  meal,  maize  flour,  and  farina. 


12.  Addison  &  Meade,  Alexandria,  Virginia. — Manufacturers. 
Sample  of  Gale  wheat. 

13.  Hawk,  Isaac,  Navarre  Mills,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Two  barrels  of  flour. 


14.  Carpenter,  N.  B.  C.,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Samples  of  buckwheat. 

15.  Suydam,  Charles,  California. — Producer. 

A  sample  of  wheat. 

16.  Rob ards,  A.  S.,  <fc  Son,  Hannibal,  Missouri. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  flour. 

17.  Powell,  Joseph,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  flour. 

18.  Verdin,  P.  S.  L.,  St.  Charles,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Samples  of  wheat. 

19.  Hill,  C.  J.,  &  Son,  Rochester,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  superfine  Genesee  flour. 

20.  Burns,  Hugh,  Oregon  City. — Producer. 

Samples  of  Oregon  white  wheat. 

21.  Mosely,  W.  S.,  New  Madrid,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Samples  of  black  oats,  hominy,  and  pop  corn. 

22.  Laforge, - ,  New  Madrid,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Samples  of  white  oats. 

23.  Byrne, - ,  New  Madrid,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Samples  of  large  yellow  corn. 

24.  Thompson, - ,  New  Madrid  Missouri. — Producer. 

Samples  of  large  white  corn. 


10.  Thompson,  S.  L.,  Setauket,  Long  Island. 
Samples  of  wheat,  oats,  and  rye. 


11.  Earhart,  Roberts  <t  Co.,  Winchester,  Virginia. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  flour. 


G* 


25.  Le  Due, - ,  Commissioner  of  Minnesota  Territory. 

Specimens  of  manonim,  or  wild  rice;  yellow  and  striped  dent  corn;  flint  corn; 
barley,  winter  wheat,  and  maple  sugar. 

[For  description  and  figure  of  the  wild  rice,  see  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  76.] 


SUBSTANCES  USED  AS  FOOD. 


1 


I 


26.  Zerega,  Antiionv,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Macaroni  and  vermicelli.  _ 

27.  Loader,  Shelby  Center  Mills,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 

Sample  of  flour. 

28.  Stanford,  George,  Rhincbeck,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Sample  of  flour. _ 

29.  Kirtland,  Benjamin  P.,  Cantonment  Farm,  Greenbush,  New  lork.  Producer. 
Samples  of  Indian  corn,  and  preparations  of  the  same. 


Varieties  of  corn  in 

Eight-rowed  white. 
Twelve-rowed  red. 

Red  pop. 

Blue  pop. 

White  pop. 

Yellow  pop. 

Mixed  pop. 


ear : — 

Dutton. 

Eight-rowed  yellow. 
Sixteen-rowed  red. 

Red  blaze. 

Eight-rowed  yellow,  on  stalk. 
Ohio  flint. 

Old  Colony  sweet  corn. 


Evergreen  sweet  corn. 

Sweet  corn. 

Sixteen-rowed  Dutton. 

Early  Canada. 

Sweet  corn,  on  stalk. 

Rocky  Mountain,  or  white  corn. 


Preparations. 
Sweet-corn  hominy. 
Yellow-corn  meal. 
Hominy. 

White-corn  gists. 
Prepared  sweet  corn. 
Sweet  corn. 

Yellow-corn  gists. 

Corn  starch. 


Corn  Shelled. 
Eight-rowed  yellow. 
Red  blaze. 

Eight-rowed  white. 
Early  Canada. 

Popped  corn. 

Rice  corn. 


30.  Wayne,  Mrs.  William  C.,  Wilton  Bluff,  Smith  Edisto  River,  South  Carolina.— 

Producer. 

Four  sheaves  of  rice,  planted  10th  March,  and  harvested  20th  August,  1S53. 


31.  Allston,  Robert  F.  W.,  Georgetown,  South  Carolina. — Producer. 

Samples  of  rice;  and  rough  rice  (paddy),  of  several  years’  growth,  from  1845  to 
1853,  inclusive. 

[The  quantity  in  South  Carolina,  produced  in  1851,  was  about  140,000  tierces. 
Consumption : — 


Within  the  State,  including  loss  and  stock  on  hand . 

Shipped  to  West  Indies .  18,967  tierces 

Shipped  to  Great  Britain . 14,115  “ 

Shipped  to  France .  5,129  “ 

Shipped  to  North  of  Europe .  22,136  “ 

Shipped  to  South  of  Europe  _ .  697  “ 

Total  foreign . . . 

Shipped  coastwise  (some  of  which  also  was  reshipped,  and  con¬ 
sumed  in  Europe . 


14,881  tierces. 


61,044  “ 

64,075  “ 


Total 


140,000 


The  tierces  average  600  lbs.  net.  The  paddy,  or  rough  rice,  mentioned  above,  is 
included  in  this  statement  of  exports,  at  the  rate  of  twenty-one  bushels  to  the  tierce.] 


45.  Labiaux,  J.  L.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Brussels  mustard. 

46.  Abbatt,  W.  M.,  &  Co.,  Burling  Slip,  New  York. 

Specimens  of  preserved  food. 

47.  Bonnard,  Louis,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Alimentary  preserves. 

48.  Webber,  John  P.,  Beverly,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  manufactured  mustard. 

49.  Pickardt,  William,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  French  mustard,  put  up  in  bottles  and  jars. 

50.  Dixon  &  Darst,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  mustard. 

51.  Walker,  Charles  W.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  mustard  and  ground  spices. 

52.  Adams,  James  C.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Producer. 

Samples  of  bacon. 

53.  Tateosyan,  H.,  New  York  City. 

Oriental  fig-paste. 

54.  Giessan,  G.  C.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  mustard  prepared  in  various  styles. 


55.  Wait,  Geo.  W.  &  Wm.  C.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

Flour  of  mustard,  put  up  in  tin  canisters  and  in  bottles ;  ground  spices  of  seven 
kinds,  with  samples  of  the  crude  articles,  and  showing  the  stages  of  manufacture. 

56.  UsnER,  R.,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  sugar-cured  hams,  and  spiced  beef. 

57.  Smith,  Morgan  L.,  Texas. — Producer. 

Samples  of  muscovado  and  clarified  sugar. 

58.  Havemeyers  &  Moller,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  refined  sugar. 

59.  Kittredge,  E.  E.,  Elm  Hall,  Parish  of  Assumption,  Louisiana. — Producer. 

Samples  of  plantation  sugar,  made  directly  from  the  cane-juice  as  it  flows  from  the 

mill. 


32.  Heriot,  Dr.  E.  T.,  Waccamaw,  South  Carolina. — Producer. 
Samples  of  rice.  _ 


60.  La  Price,  P.  M.,  St.  James  Parish,  Louisiana. — Producer. 
Samples  of  sugar  made  directly  from  the  cane. 


33.  Baker,  Walter  &  Co. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  cocoa.  _ _ _ 

34.  Evans,  Joseph  D.  ( Pekin  Tea  Company),  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Specimens  of  fine  teas  in  small  packages. 

35.  Szadeczky,  E.  L.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Essence  of  Java  coffee. 

36.  Bohler,  Daniel,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 
Essence  of  coffee. 

37.  Borden,  Gail,  Galveston,  Texas. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  meat-biscuit;  extract  of  coffee. 

38.  Alden,  C.,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Concentrated  milk,  Cream-coffee,  and  prepared  cream  to  use  at  sea. 

39.  Govaerts,  Joseph,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  prepared  chocolate. 

40.  Bowen,  M.  D.,  South  Assolic,  Chenango  County,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  pine-apple  cheese. 

41.  Wardell  <&  Pease,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  pickled  oysters,  lobsters,  and  other  alimentary  preserves. 

42.  Crommelin,  J.  R.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  pure  mustard. 

43.  Harrison,  Eaton  <t  Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  mustard,  made  from  W estern  brown  seed. 

44.  Haine  &  Kinsley,  New  York  City. 

Samples  of  American  mustard. 


61.  Polk,  Leonidas,  Leighton  Plantation,  La  Fourche  Interior,  Louisiana. — Producer. 
Samples  of  refined  sugar,  powdered,  crushed,  and  in  the  loaf. 

62.  Fletcher,  Thomas  F.,  Canaan,  Vermont. — Producer. 

Samples  of  maple  sugar. 

[The  whole  amount  of  maple-sugar  manufactured  in  the  United  States,  according 
to  the  returns  of  the  last  census,  in  the  year  1850,  was  34,249,886  pounds.  This 
amount  undoubtedly  falls  short  of  the  real  quantity  manufactured  by  at  least  one- 
tliird. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  produce  of  the  several  States  and  Territories  for 


the  year  1850: — 

Pounds. 

Pounds. 

Vermont .  6,349,357 

Texas . No  returns. 

Connecticut  . .  50,796 

Rhode  Island  .  28 

New  York .  10,857,4S4 

New  Jersey .  2,197 

Pennsylvania .  2,326,525 

Delaware . No  returns. 

Tennessee  .  158,557 

Kentucky .  437,405 

Ohio  4,588,209 

Michigan  .  2,4-39,794 

Indiana .  2,921,642 

Illinois .  248.904 

Viro-inifi  .  1,227.665 

District  of  Columbia . No  returns. 

North  Carolina .  27,982 

South  Carolina .  200 

Georgia .  50 

Alabama .  643 

Florida . No  returns. 

"Wisconsin .  610,9  <6 

California .  o  returns. 

Minnesota  Territory .  2,950 

Oregon  . No  returns. 

Utah . No  returns. 

New  Mexico . No  returns. 

In  addition  to  the  large  production  of  sugar  in  the  States,  the  estimated  quantity 
manufactured  by  the  Indians  living  east  of  the  Mississippi  is  10,000,000  pounds  pel’ 
annum ;  the  quantity  manufactured  by  those  living  wast  of  the  river  i3  set  down  at 
2,000,000  pounds,  but  is  probably  much  greater. 

The  maple-sugar  product  of  the  Canadas  in  1849  is  stated  as  follows:  Lower 
Canada,  2,303,168  pounds;  Upper  Canada,  4,160,667  pounds. 

Of  the  several  States,  Vermont  makes  by  far  the  largest  quantity  in  proportion  to 
its  territory,  and  in  some  of  the  northern  districts  of  this  State  the  use  of  the  cane- 
sugar  is  almost  unknown. 


78 


SEQTION  I.  —  CLASS  III. 


In  addition  to  the  sugar  crop,  there  was  produced  from  the  sugar-maple  in  1850, 
in  the  United  States,  molasses  to  the  amount  of  40,000,000  gallons.  Of  this  quantity 
New  York  produced  56,538  gallons,  and  Pennsylvania  80,652  gallons. 

The  local  yearly  production  of  maple-sugar  in  the  United  States,  its  Territories, 
and  the  British  possessions,  may  be  fairly  considered  as  amounting  to  60,000,000 
pounds,  with  molasses  to  the  amount  of  50,000,000  gallons. 

The  improvements  which  have  been  made  in  the  manufacture  of  maple-sugar 
during  the  last  few  years  have  been  very  great.  Formerly  the  highest  attainments  in 
this  manufacture  only  resulted  in  the  production  of  a  fine  muscovado-like  sugar;  but 
now,  by  improved  processes,  specimens  are  annually  exhibited  at  the  various  agri¬ 
cultural  fairs,  vying  witli  the  most  beautiful  loaf-sugar.  This  has  been  effected  by  a 
greater  attention  to  cleanliness  in  the  preparation  of  the  sap,  and  the  improvements  in 
the  method  of  graining  and  refining  the  sugar. 

In  1841  a  premium  was  awarded  by  the  Oswego  County  Agricultural  Society, 
New  York,  to  Mr.  R.  Tinker,  for  the  following  improved  method  of  preparing  maple- 
sugar  : — The  sap  is  boiled  in  a  potash  and  caldron-kettle  to  a  thick  syrup ;  strain  it 
when  warm,  let  it  stand  twenty-four  hours  to  settle,  then  pour  it  off,  heaving  back  all 
that  is  impure.  To  clarify  fifty  pounds,  take  one  quart  of  milk,  one  ounce  of  saleratus, 
and  the  whites  of  two  eggs,  well  mixed ;  boil  the  sugar  again  until  it  is  hard  enough 
to  lay  upon  a  saucer ;  then  let  it  stand  in  the  kettle  and  cool.  Stir  it  a  very  little  to 
prevent  caking  in  the  kettle.  For  draining  use  a  tube,  tunnel-shaped,  fifteen  inches 
square  at  the  top,  and  coming  to  a  point  at  the  bottom.  Put  in  the  sugar  when  cold, 
tap  it  at  the  bottom,  and  keep  a  damp  flannel  cloth  of  two  or  three  thicknesses  on  the 
top  of  the  mass.  When  drained  dissolve  the  sugar  in  pure  warm  water,  and  clarify 
and  drain  as  before. 

The  sugar-maple  tree  flourishes  throughout  most  of  North  America.  Its  height  is 
often  upwards  of  one  hundred  feet.  It  is  a  highly  ornamental  tree,  loves  a  cold  cli¬ 
mate,  a'rul  makes  excellent  fuel.  The  sugar-maple  is  said  to  live  for  two  hundred  years. 

In  the  production  of  sugar,  an  orchard  of  maple-trees  is  almost  equal  to  a  field  of 
sugar-cane  of  the  same  area.  An  open  winter,  constantly  freezing  and  thawing,  is  the 
forerunner  of  a  bountiful  crop  of  sugar.  In  the  older  States  of  the  Union  the  great 
demand  for  timber  and  fuel,  and  the  increased  cutting,  tends  yearly  to  lessen  the 
amount  of  sugar  produced.  In  the  more  recently  settled  States  of  the  North-west,  the 
production  of  sugar  is  on  the  increase.] 

63.  Wines  manufactured  from  the  Isabella  and  Catawba  grape  are  exhibited  by  the 

following  persons : — 

Duhme,  H.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Rehfuss,  L.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Dolle,  — ,  Franklin  County,  Missouri. 

Gehling,  Ludwig,  Franklin  County,  Missouri. 

Wilkin-,  Theodore,  Franklin  County,  Missouri. 

Gerhard,  Julius,  Missouri. 

Bush,  G.  L.,  Franklin  County,  Missouri. 

Heinrichs  &  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Lemp,  A.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

McDonald,  J.  C.,  Dr.,  Aiken,  South  Carolina. 

Werk,  M.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Rommel,  Jacob,  Hermann,  Missouri. 

Paschal,  Michael,  Hermann,  Missouri. 

Frick,  Frederick,  Hermann,  Missouri. 

Wolf,  C.  J.,  Washington,  Missouri. 

Glasgow,  William,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Boller,  Joiin  II.,  Boonville,  Missouri. 

Bogen,  G  &  P.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

[The  following  note  upon  the  vine  culture  in  Missouri  is  taken  from  a  communi¬ 
cation  of  William  Glasgow,  Esq.,  of  St.  Louis : — 

The  history  of  vine  culture  in  Missouri  is  of  very  recent  date.  The  first  vineyard 
of  which  I  have  any  knowledge  was  planted  by  the  writer  at  his  present  residence,  in 
the  suburbs  of  St.  Louis,  in  the  spring  of  1844.  It  was  two  acres  in  extent,  and  com¬ 
prised  two  thousand  Catawba  vines.  They  bore  fruit  in  1847,  from  which  a  barrel  of 
wine  was  made,  a  sample  of  which  was  exhibited  before  the  Horticultural  Society,  and 
obtained  a  premium  the  following  year ;  and  this  it  is  probable  was  the  first  wine 
made  in  quantity  from  the  Catawba  or  any  other  cultivated  grape  in  this  State. 

Soon  after,  however,  other  small  vineyards  were  planted  in  this  vicinity,  but  it 
was  not  till  1846  that  any  important  progress  was  made  in  vine  culture.  In  the  spring 
of  that  year  the  German  residents  of  Hermann,  in  Gasconade  county,  planted  out 
twenty-five  thousand  Catawba  vines  on  the  slopes  and  liill-sides  around  that  town. 
They  grew  well,  and  in  1848  produced  a  good  crop  of  grapes,  from  which  wine  of  an 
excellent  quality  was  made ;  which  being  much  sought  after,  and  sold  at  fair  re¬ 
munerating  prices,  gave  great  encouragement  to  cultivators  and  additional  stimulus  to 
vine  culture  in  that  quarter.  Existing  vineyards  were  enlarged  and  new  ones  formed, 
and  as  each  succeeding  year  more  fully  demonstrated  the  fitness  and  capacity  of  soil 
and  climate,  the  culture  steadily  increased,  until  it  has  become  one  of  the  most  import¬ 
ant  sources  of  wealth  to  the  community,  and  Gasconade  county  the  chief  wine-growing 

district  of  the  State.  _  .... 

The  German  residents  of  the  adjoining  county  of  Franklin  also  engaged  in  it  with 
the  proper  energy  and  spirit,  and  their  romantic  and  picturesque  hills  bid  fair  to  rival 
in  the  quantity  as  they  already  do  in  the  quality  of  their  productions  the  older  and 
more  extensive  vineyards  of  their  enterprizing  neighbors. 


Numerous  and  well-conducted  vineyards  are  also  to  be  found  in  the  counties  of 
Cooper,  St.  Charles,  Warren,  St.  Louis,  and  St.  Genevieve,  from  all  of  which  wine  of  a 
good  quality  is  made. 

Most  of  the  vineyards  are  as  yet  small,  the  largest  being  about  ten  acres  in  extent, 
but  are  rapidly  increasing  in  magnitude  and  numbers. 

There  is  now  in  cultivation  about  as  follows: — 

Acres. 


In  the  county  of  Gasconade. . .  500 

In  the  county  of  Franklin .  100 

In  the  county  of  Cooper .  20 

In  the  county  of  St.  Louis .  10 

Other  counties . . . , . . . .  20 


Making  in  all .  650 


It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  most  of  these  vineyards  are  young,  and  have  not 
yet  come  into  bearing,  and  that  therefore  the  product  we  have  to  give  is  comparatively, 
small.  The  yield  last  year  was  about  15,000  gallons,  but  will  this  year  reach  40,000 
gallons,  and  probably  next  year  double  that  quantity. 

If  we  take  200  gallons  of  wine  as  the  average  yield  of  an  acre  in  full  bearing, 
which  is  not  far  from  the  truth,  we  ought  to  have  from  the  ground  already  devoted  to 
this  culture,  a  product  of  not  less  than  120,000  gallons,  worth  as  many  dollars;  but 
when  we  consider  that  every  year  is  strengthening  the  judgment  of  the  pioneers  in  this 
business  as  to  the  peculiar  fitness  of  our  hills  and  uplands,  there  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  the  product  will  be  steadily  increased,  and  that  the  day  is  not  distant 
when  our  rich  and  pleasant  wines  will  take  an  important  position  among  the  great 
staple  commodities  of  the  country. 

Missouri  is  naturally  a  wine-growing  State.  Our  river-bottoms  and  highest  hills 
are  covered  with  indigenous  vines,  so  thickly  set  in  some  localities  as  to  form  complete 
natural  vineyards,  bearing  abundance  of  fruit,  whilst  cultivated  vines  grow  with  a 
luxuriance  almost  unknown  elsewhere.  The  vines  here,  and  probably  also  throughout 
most  of  the  Western  States,  have  thrice  the  magnitude  of  those  in  the  French  and 
Italian  vineyards  of  the  same  age,  and  are  consequently  capable  of  bearing  correspond¬ 
ing  crops. 

The  only  drawback  we  have  to  almost  unlimited  production,  is  the  “  rot,”  which  is 
more  or  less  destructive  every  year. 

The  method  pursued  in  making  wine  is  generally  as  follows : — The  grapes  are 
gathered  when  thoroughly  ripe,  which  is  about  the  1st  of  October,  and  on  a  dry  day ; 
and  after  all  green  and  defective  berries  are  picked  out,  mashed  in  a  tub  with  a 
pounder.  They  are  then  thrown  into  a  cask  and  allowed  to  stand  from  twelve  to 
twenty-four  hours,  or  until  a  slight  fermentation  takes  place,  after  which  they  are 
pressed  out  and  the  wine  put  into  clean  casks,  previously  sulphured,  and  stored  in  a 
cool  cellar.  There  it  is  allowed  to  remain  until  about  the  1st  of  December,  when  it  is 
drawn  off  from  the  lees  and  returned  to  the  casks,  and  fined  down  with  isinglass  and 
bottled  about  the  first  of  May.  It  should,  however,  remain  in  the  cask,  bung-fnll 
during  the  following  summer,  and  be  bottled  the  next  winter  or  spring.] 

64.  Whitlock,  Nichols  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  tobacco,  sugar,  and  cotton  plants.  Samples  of  fine  manufactured 
Virginia  tobacco. 

65.  Allen,  Julius,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

Cigars  of  various  kinds. 

66.  Tannenbaum,  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  Connecticut  tobacco,  and  various  cigars. 

67.  Boggs,  William,  &  Co.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Fine  cut  tobacco. 

68.  Anderson,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  manufactured  tobacco. 

69.  Berry,  Walter  W.,  Baltimore,  Maryland, — Agent. 

Leaf  tobacco.  _ _ 

70.  Hoffman,  J.  B.,  &  Co.,  Albany,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

Tobacco  of  various  kinds. 

71.  Bryant,  W.  G.,  Warren  County,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Leaf  tobacco.  _ _ _ _ _ 

72.  McCall,  Charles  W.,  St  Louis,  Missouri.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  manufactured  tobacco. 

73.  IIackenburgii  &  Co.,  New  York  City.  Agents. 

Samples  of  leaf  tobacco. _ 

74.  Fortune,  R.  C.,  Clarkesville,  Missouri.— Producer. 

Samples  of  Oronoco  leaf  tobacco,  manufactured.  _  , ,  > 

75.  Hotchkiss,  Fenner  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers.  , 

Samples  of  manufactured  tobacco. 

-  "  •  •  fft 

76.  Maxwell,  E.,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Sample  of  tobacco.  •“*'  1 

79 


SUBSTANCES  USED  AS  FOOD. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

77,  Charlwood  &  Cummings,  Covent  Garden,  London. 

Twenty  samples  of  varieties  of  wheat,  and  twelve  varieties  of  oats,  from  the 
sheaf 


78.  Noble,  CoorER  &  Bolton,  London. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  garden-seeds  and  grass-seeds. 


79.  Moore,  Edward  Duke,  Ranton  Abbey,  Eccleshall,  Stafford.—- Patentee. 
Preserved  milk,  and  paste  of  chocolate  and  milk. 


80.  Noah,  W.  <fc  John,  Covcrcroft,  Salt  Works,  Droitwich. — Manufacturers. 

Brine,  and  varieties  of  salt;  brisk,  Lymington,  fine  table,  agricultural,  Malden, 
broad,  and  bay  salts. 

81.  Glass,  George  Michael,  Brandon  Street,  Walworth. — Manufacturer. 

Three  varieties  of  gelatine,  and  gelatine  voice-lozenges. 


82.  Dufaville,  W.,  Broughton  House,  Islington. — Manufacturer. 
Fish-isinglass  and  calf  gelatine. 

83.  Dewar,  Thomas,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — Manufacturer. 
White  and  brown  mustard-seed  and  mustard. 


84.  St.  Etienne,  Madame  Daniele,  Harberton  Ford,  Totness. — Producer. 

Preparations  from  potatoes,  in  the  form  of  macaroni,  for  preservation  in  long 

voyages,  and  for  making  puddings  and  soups. 

85.  H.  R.  H.  Prince  Albert. — Producer. 

White  Chidham  wheat,  winter  oats,  and  Augusta  beans. 


Scotch  here  or  big  (barley);  Annets,  Chevalier,  and  Peruvian  barleys. 

Wheats. — Hopetown,  Talavera,  red  chaff  pearl,  white  Essex,  Hunter’s,  Fenton,  red 
fern,  golden  drop,  red  Lammas,  Spalding’s  and  Clover’s  red  wheats ;  Hopetown  wheat, 
grown  at  Yester;  Tweedale  wheat. 

Peas  and  Beans. — Auvergne,  Milford,  marrowfat,  dwarf  imperial,  and  maple  or 
partridge-field  peas ;  common  Seottish-field,  small  winter-field,  and  winter-field  beans. 

Common  or  winter  rye ;  Scotch  and  Hopetown  tares ;  Scotch  perennial  and  Italian 
rye-grasses;  purple-top  Swedish,  purple-top,  yellow-globe,  and  yellow-tankard  turnip 
seeds. 

100.  Juson,  W.,  Red  Hill,  Shrewsbury. — Producer. 

Fine  white  flour. 


101.  Snowden,  Robert,  City  Road  and  East  Road,  London. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 
Coffee,  roasted  by  a  patent  process  in  enameled  cylinders ;  specimens  of  crushed 

coffee-berries;  refuse  fiber  and  coffee  after  the  removal  of  the  fiber. 

102.  Golding,  Robert,  Hinton,  Maidstone. — Manufacturer. 

Mid-Kent  hops. 

103.  Ashburniiam,  Lady  Juliana,  Broomham,  near  Hastings. — Producer. 

Hops  grown  in  Sussex. 

104.  Richardson,  Timothy,  &  Sons,  6  Duke  Street,  Southwark. 

Jones’  hops. 

105.  Taylor,  John,  &  Sons,  Bishop  Stortford,  Herts. — Manufacturers. 

Amber-colored,  white,  and  brown  malts. 

106.  Illingworth,  Alexander,  Banchory  Ternan,  Scotland. — Producer. 

Barley,  Scotch  birley-oats,  and  perennial  rye-grass  seed. 

107.  Payne,  George,  Cowes,  Isle  of  Wight. — Manufacturer. 

Royal  Osborne  sauce. 


86.  Wrench,  R.,  &  Son,  London  Bridge. — Producers. 

Specimens  of  various  grains  and  seeds,  familiarly  known  in  the  London  market. 

Wheats. — Hoary  rough-chaffed  (or  velvet),  Spalding,  Taunton  Dean  red  Lammas, 
white-chaff  red,  golden  drop,  Clover’s,  Talavera,  Chidham,  Hunter’s,  April  spring, 
Breton,  Fenton,  Fuller’s  blood-red,  and  Wellington  white  wheats. 

Oat9. — Potato,  sandy,  early  Birley,  Hopetown,  red  Kent,  black  Tartarian,  and 
Poland  oats. 

Naked,  Chevalier,  and  black  barleys ;  maple  peas ;  early  Mazagon,  old  English, 
and  Fullardstick  beans;  Kent  rye;  winter  tares;  flaxseed;  canary  and  rape  seed; 
trefoil-seed ;  red  clover-seed,  and  seed  of  trifolium  incarnatum. 


108.  Grace,  Daniel,  Brighton. — Manufacturer. 
Mushroom  spawn. 


109.  Heard  &  Son,  Fore  Street,  Bridgewater. — Manufacturers. 
Rich  Somersetshire  camp-sauce. 


110.  Bycroff,  Richard,  Paradise 
Samples  of  mustard. 


Walsoken,  near 
turer. 


Wisbech,  Cambridgeshire. — Manufac- 


87.  Asprey,  James,  Sandleford,  near  Newbury,  Berks. 

White  trump  wheat. 

88.  Croughton,  William,  Peel,  Tenterden,  Kent. — Producer. 
Light  golden-pod  and  dark  golden-pod  beans. 

89.  Paine,  H.,  Birdbrook,  Moab,  near  Halstead. — Producer. 
Defiance  rivet  wheat. 


90.  Raynbird,  Robert,  Hengrave,  near  Bury  St.  Edmund's. — Producer. 
Kessingland  wheat,  and  Chevalier  barley. 

91.  Raynbird,  Hugh,  Lavcrstoke ,  Andover  Road,  Hampshire. — Producer. 
Hybrid  wheat. 


111.  Du  Barry  <fc  Co.,  Regent  Street,  London. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  farinaceous  substances. 

112.  Maine,  Joseph,  7  Union  Court,  London. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  gelatine. 

113.  Lea  <fc  Perrins,  Worcester,  England. — Manufacturers. 
Worcestershire  sauce. 


114.  Fry,  J.  S.,  &  Sons,  Bristol. — Manufacturers. 

Soluble  cocoa,  native  and  manufactured. 

115.  Fandenilhe,  V.  B.,  Newington  Cross,  Surrey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Solidified  milk. 


92.  M’Killican,  James,  Piperhill,  Cawdor,  Scotland. — Producer. 
White  wheat 


93.  Cuitty,  Edward,  Guildford — Manufacturer. 
Best  white  flour. 


94.  Sutton,  John,  <fc  Sons,  Reading. — Producers. 

Skinless  Chevalier  barley;  a  new  variety. 

95.  Sadler,  William  James,  Swindon ,  Wilts. — Producer. 
Crystal  white  wheat. 


96.  Gibson,  Charles,  Pitlochry,  Perth. — Producer. 
English  barley. 


97.  Bexley,  Lord,  Footscray,  Rent. — Producer. 
White  chittim  wheat. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA 

116.  Blouin,  Hypolite,  Berthicr,  Eubas,  Canada  East. — Producer. 
Sample  of  timothy-seed. 

117.  Boivin,  Louis,  Cacouna,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Sample  of  wheat. 

118.  Racquet,  M.,  Quebec  District,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  beans. 

119.  Contine,  Francois,  St  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Producer. 
Samples  of  skinless  barley,  and  Canadian  oats. 


98.  Fordham,  Thomas,  Snelsmore  Hill  East,  near  Newbury.— Producer. 
Hybrid  white  wheat  and  prolific  beans. 


120.  Pare,  George,  St.  Roch’s,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  cigars. 


99.  Lawson,  Peter,  &  Sons,  Edinburgh. — Producers. 

followP“g”“‘  °f  V'sot*lU  ">“1  tor  food  in  Scotland,  competing 

Wi,“"  bkek  ton.  early  Liber 

80 


121.  Lambly,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Proprietor. 

Maple-sugar  and  syrup. 

122.  Dutille,  Louis,  St.  Joseph,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer 
Samples  of  maple-sugar. 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  III. 


123.  Bailey,  J.  W.,  Meg  antic,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Sample  of  maple-sugar. 

124.  Lamere,  Madame,  St.  Laureate,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  colored  beans. 

125.  Mum,  J.,  Hinchinbroke,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer  and  Producer. 

Samples  of  wheat,  of  cheese,  of  peas,  and  of  oats. 

126.  McNaughton,  Angus,  Hinchinbroke,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  honey,  and  of  peas. 

• 

127.  Robb,  John,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  wine-crackers. 

128.  Tkenholm,  Edward,  Kingsy,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  buckwheat-flour. 

129.  Reinhart,  C.,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  haws. 

130.  W estover,  Asa,  Dunham,  Canada  East. — Producer  and  Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  maple-syrup  and  of  maple-sugar. 

131.  Rousseau,  Betsy,  St.  Hilaire,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  maple-sugar  in  cakes  and  granulated. 

132.  Bartlett,  Smith,  Belleville,  Canada  West. — Producer. 

Sample  of  peas. 

133.  Carpenter,  John  B.,  Townsend,  Canada  West. — Exhibited  by  the  Agricultural 

Society  of  Toronto. 

Sample  of  wheat. 

134.  McMullen,  R.,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  snuff. 

135.  Sinclair,  P.  C.,  Cobourg,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

One  dozen  bottles  of  Cobourg  sauce. 

136.  Thompson,  E.  W.,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Producer. 

Samples  of  barley. 

137.  Herring,  James,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Producer. 

Sample  of  white  marrowfat  peas. 

138.  Priffier,  A.,  Ransom  Mills,  Watcrdown ,  Canada  West.  Manufacturer. 

Sample  of  flour,  extra  superfine. 

139.  Ewart,  J.  D.,  Dundas,  Canada  West.— Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  flour. 

140.  Silverthorne,  Francis,  Toronto  Township,  Canada  West.  Producer. 

Samples  of  pot  and  pearl  barley. 

141.  Cummer,  L.  A.,  Waterdown  Mills,  Canada  West.  Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  flour  (“  superfine  double-cooled”). 


BRITISH  COLONIES. — NEWFOUNDLAND. 

142*  Newfoundland  Agricultural  Society,  St.  John  s. 

Barley  and  oats. _ _ _ 

143.  Bully  &  Mitchell,  St.  John's. 

Preserved  salmon. 

144.  Des  Barres,  Judge,  St.  John’s. 

Caplin,  a  species  of  fish,  smoked. 

145.  The  Newfoundland  Committee. 

Dried  codfish  and  pickled  herrings. 


BRITISH  COLONIES. — PRINCE  EDWARD’S  ISLAND. 

146.  The  Royal  Agricultural  Society. 

Specimens  of  agricultural  productions,  comprising  wheat,  buckwheat,  white  oats, 
black  oats,  pearl  barley,  timothy  and  red  clover  seed,  and  raw  flax ;  also  oatmeal, 
cheese,  butter,  lard,  and  a  variety  of  furs. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— GUIANA. 

147.  Porter,  Thomas,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Vacuum  pan-sugar;  rum,  uncolored,  62°  per  cent,  over-proof,  temperature,  80° 
Fahrenheit;  colored  rum,  37°  per  cent  over-proof,  79°  Fahrenheit. 

148.  Anderson,  George,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Vacuum  pan-sugar,  and  loaf-sugar. 

149.  Laing,  James,  Berbice. — Producer. 

Various  samples  of  sugar. 

150.  Henery,  W.  P.  &  E.  T.,  Berbice. — Producers. 

Samples  of  sugar ;  keg  of  rum ;  rice  from  Canje  Creek. 

[The  Colony  of  British  Guiana,  in  addition  to  its  own  consumption,  produced 
and  shipped,  during  the  year  1852 — 


Sugar . 55,700  hogsheads. 

Rum . 24,520  puncheons. 

Molasses . 10,075  puncheons.] 


151.  Townsend,  G.  P.,  Berbice. — Producer. 
Rice  from  Canje  Creek. 


152.  Cullen,  John,  St.  Rose’s  Mission,  Fomcroon. — Producer. 

Samples  of  rice,  cocoa-seeds,  and  tobacco  ;  starch,  from  bitter  cassava. 

153.  McClintock,  W.  C.,  Fomeroon. — Producer. 

Maize  ;  coffee,  cultivated  by  the  Indians  ;  dried  and  sliced  bread-fruit. 


154.  Stuchbury,  J.  S.,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Maize;  pigeon-peas,  dried  ( Cajanus  jiavus,  L.) ;  capsicums,  dried  and  ground; 
fruit  of  the  birambi. 

155.  Netscher,  A.  D.  Vander  Von,  Demarara  River. — Producer. 

Coffee,  in  the  husk,  cleaned,  and  pearl ;  cocoa-seeds,  with  and  without  the  husks. 


156.  Tighe,  George,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Coffee,  pearl;  plantain-meal;  cassareep,  the  inspissated  juice  of  the  bitter  cassava 

root. 

[Cassareep  is  the  concentrated  juice  of  the  roots  of  bitter  cassava,  and  the  basis 
of  the  West  Indian  dish  “  pepper-pot.”  One  of  its  most  remarkable  properties  is  its 
high  antiseptic  power,  preserving  any  meat  that  may  be  boiled  in  it  for  a  much  longer 
period  than  can  be  done  by  any  other  culinary  process.  Cassareep  was  originally  a 
Buck  or  Indian  preparation,  and  has  often  been  described,  with  more  or  less  accuracy. 
It  is  well  known,  that  some  of  the  Dutch  planters  of  this  colony  have,  by  means  of 
the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  cassareep,  from  time  to  time,  to  varieties  of  animal 
food,  been  enabled  to  keep  up,  in  daily  use,  the  same  pepper-pot  for  many  years.] 

157.  Ross,  D.  J.,  Essequebo. — Collector. 

Seeds  of  stinking-weed  ( Cassia  occidentalis,  L.),  said  to  be  a  substitute  for  coffee. 


158.  Holmes,  W.  H.,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Capsicums,  preserved  in  acetic  acid  ;  varieties  of  pickles. 


159.  Blair,  Daniel,  Inner  Island,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Unripe  plantains,  preserved  in  alcohol;  plantains  sliced  and  dried,  to  be  con¬ 
verted  into  meal;  plantain-meal,  or conquin-tay ;  starch,  from  plantain;  vinegar,  made 
from  ripe  plantains  ;  and  plantain-fiber. 

[Plantain-meal  is  prepared  by  stripping  off  the  husk  of  the  plantain,  slicing  the 
core,  and  drying  it  in  the  sun.  When  thoroughly  dry,  it  is  powdered  and  sifted.  It 
is  known  among  the  Creoles  of  the  colony  under  the  name  of  “  conquin-tay.  It  ha3 
a  fragrant  odor,  acquired  in  drying,  somewhat  resembling  fresh  hay  or  tea.  It  is 
largely  employed  as  the  food  of  infants  and  invalids.  As  food  for  children  and 
convalescents,  it  would  probably  be  much  esteemed  in  Europe ;  and  it  deserves  a  trial, 
on  account  of  its  fragrance,  and  its  being  exceedingly  easy  of  digestion.  In  respect 
of  nutritiveness,  it  deserves  a  preference  over  all  the  pure  starches,  on  account  of  the 
proteine  compounds  it  contains.  The  plantain-meal  would  probably  be  best  and 
freshest  were  the  sliced  and  dried  plantain-cores  exported,  leaving  the  grinding  and 
sifting  to  be  done  in  Europe.  The  flavor  of  the  meal  depends  a  good  deal  on  the 
rapidity  with  which  the  slices  are  dried ;  hence,  the  operation  is  only  fitted  for  dry 
weather,  unless,  indeed,  when  there  was  occasion  for  it,  recourse  were  had  to  a  kiln  or 
stove. 

Plantain-starch  cannot  enter  into  commercial  competition  with  other  starches. 
The  difficulty  of  separating  it  from  the  rest  of  the  constituents  of  the  fruit,  its  unusual 
color,  and  the  high  value  of  the  fruit,  in  its  other  applications,  will  probably  prevent 
its  being  considered  but  as  a  curiosity.  The  color  in  this  sample  resisted  the  free 
application  of  chlorine  water.  A  few  particles  of  this  starch,  under  the  microscope, 
showed  irregularly  oval  corpuscles,  and  some  oblong,  varying  from  l-475th  to  the  1- 
950th  of  an  inch  in  long  diameter,  and,  in  most  cases,  the  l-425tli  of  an  inch  in  breadth. 
A  few  globules,  almost  spherical,  were  observed,  measuring  the  l-3800th  of  an  inch. 
As  the  color,  however,  is  sufficient  to  identify  this  starch,  no  aid  from  measurements 
|  or  shape  of  its  globules  is  required. 


81 


SUBSTANCES  USED  AS  FOOD. 


Vinegar  from  the  plantain  is  obtained  by  a  very  simple  process.  When  there  is 
a  temporary  glut  in  the  market,  the  surplus,  when  yellow,  is  thrown  into  baskets, 
supported  on  open  barrels.  The  fruit  liquefies  and  drops  into  the  receiver,  where  the 
juice  ferments,  and  speedily  becomes  vinegar.  No  water  is  used  in  the  process.] 

160.  Blair,  Mbs.,  Inner  Island,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Fruit  of  the  banana,  ripe,  and  dried  in  6ugar. 

161.  Ross,  George,  Demarara  River. — Producer. 

Plantain-meal,  or  conquin-tay. 


162.  Cartwright,  H.,  JEssequibo. — Producer. 
Farina  of  the  bread-fruit. 


163.  Donald,  Mrs.,  Demarara. — Producer. 
Dried  fruit  of  the  vanilla. 


164.  McClintock,  Mrs.,  Pomeroon. — Producer. 

Dried  roots  and  meal  of  bitter  cassava ;  cassareep. 


165.  Halt,  Mrs.,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Meal  of  bitter  cassava,  baked. 

166.  Garnett,  H.  T.,  Essequibo. — Producer. 

Bread,  made  from  bitter  cassava ;  arrow-root. 

167.  Stuchburt,  Mrs.,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Sweet  cassava,  and  meal. 

168.  Croal,  John,  Demarara. — Producer. 

Arrow-root 

- ■  f  >  ■ - 

FRANCE. 

169.  Jacquehin,  P.,  Mcursault,  Cote  d’  Or. — Producer. 

Flacons  of  mustard,  in  the  seed,  and  manufactured  for  use. 

170.  Bordin,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Mustard,  vinegar,  and  pickles. 

171.  Sigaut,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Rheims  biscuits,  dried  pastry,  and  gingerbread. 

172.  Leroy-Dubois,  lilies,  Nord — Proprietor. 

Samples  of  wheat. 

173.  Perron,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Decorated  chocolate,  of  various  descriptions. 

174.  Menier  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Superfine  chocolate ;  pearl  and  shelled  barley,  and  gruel. 

175.  Gremailet,  Sen.,  Gray,  Haute-Saone. 

Alimentary  preserves  (French  cooking). 

176.  Basset,  B.,  La  Rochelle,  Charante  Inferieure. 

Specimens  of  sardines  in  oil,  and  truffes. 

177.  Roedel  &  Sons,  Bordeaux,  Gironde. 

Specimen  of  preserved  food. 

178.  Fiton,  J.,  Sen.,  Bordeaux,  Gironde. 

A  variety  of  alimentary  preserves. 

179.  Ducuemin,  Jr.,  Tours,  Indre-et-Loire. 

A  large  variety  of  specimens  of  preserved  meats,  vegetables,  game,  and  choice 
fruits. 


180.  Rousseau,  Paris. 

Preserved  fruits,  of  various  sorts. 

181.  Pellier,  A.  &  E.,  Mans,  Sarthe. 

Bottles  and  boxes  of  alimentary  preserves. 

182.  Gillet,  Aug.,  Kneval,  Morbihan. 

Boxes  of  sardines  in  oil,  and  various  other  alimentary  preserves. 

183.  Bonzel  A  Hourriez,  E.,  Ilaubourdin,  near  Lille,  Nord. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  coffee  and  chicory,  in  powders,  cakes,  and  lozenges. 

82 


184.  Jeancloude  &  Co.,  Paris.  (Agent,  J.  P.  Brunemaire.) 
Specimens  of  butter. 


185.  Ciioquart,  C.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  chocolate. 

186.  Atperrt,  Chevalier,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Preserved,  roasted,  and  stuffed  mutton,  and  other  alimentary  preserves. 

187.  Bergeret,  E.,  &  Co.,  Roanne,  Loire. 

Six  jars  of  preserved  potatoes. 

188.  Mauprivez,  Cressy,  near  Cotnpiegne,  Seine. — Producer. 

Samples  of  prepared  chocolate. 

189.  Chollet  &  Co.,  Paris. 

Samples  of  desiccated  vegetables  of  various  sorts,  and  solidified  milk. 

[The  vegetable  designed  to  be  acted  upon  is  first  picked  and  washed;  then 
placed  in  a  large  drying-room,  fitted  with  shelves  and  sieves,  for  the  spreading, 
shaking,  and  turning  of  the  vegetables  during  the  drying,  and  supplied  with  dry  air 
at  a  temperature  of  95°  to  100°  Fahrenheit,  and  from  which  the  moist  air  is  discharged 
through  chimneys ;  after  this,  they  are  subjected  to  pressure,  formed  into  tablets  of  a 
certain  size,  wrapped  in  tin  foil,  and  then  packed  in  tin  cases  for  preservation,  and  for 
sending  away. 

To  prepare  this  for  use,  it  is  only  necessary  to  steep  it  for  one  hour  in  warm  water, 
and  then  cook  the  same  as  the  fresh  vegetable. 

The  following  is  an  extract  from  the  annals  of  the  Central  Horticultural  Society 
of  France,  1851 : — - 

“  It  appears  that  there  is  established  in  Paris,  at  No.  6  Rue  Marbeufj  under  the 
direction  of  Messrs.  Chollet  <fc  Co.,  a  manufactory  for  the  preparation,  by  the  process 
of  M  Masson,  of  vegetable  substances,  with  which  the  French  navy  and  commercial 
marine  are  furnished.  The  Horticultural  Committee  pronounce  the  opinion  that  the 
desiccating  process  of  M.  Masson  preserves  vegetables  without  altering  their  constitu¬ 
tion,  and  reduces  them  to  a  very  small  bulk  without  impairing  their  flavor  or  nutritive 
qualities. 

“  M.  Masson’s  processes  are  applied,  with  entire  success,  to  most  vegetables,  and  to 
several  fruits.  Thus  all  cabbages,  spinnage,  parsley,  cress,  chervil,  succory,  and  sorrel, 
are  dried  and  pressed  to  a  very  small  volume.  It  is  the  same  with  carrots,  turnips, 
parsnips,  celery,  salsify,  and  viper’s  grass,  which  are  cut  in  thin  slices,  and  into  small 
pieces,  to  make  julienne.  Cauliflowers,  Brussels  sprouts,  asparagus,  and  string-beans, 
in  order  to  resume  their  natural  appearance,  should  not  be  pressed.  Potatoes  are 
perfectly  preserved  in  thin  slices.  Peas  and  beans,  in  a  green  state,  are  succeeded  with 
very  well.  Lastly,  various  fruits  also ;  and  especially  apples  and  pears,  in  slices,  are 
dried,  and  keep  perfectly  well.”] 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

190.  Carstansen,  A.  F.,  Jr.,  Duisburg,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  tobacco,  snuffs,  and  cigars. 

191.  Eutrecht,  E.,  Mittelwalde,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  snuff. 

192.  GoTZENLEucnER,  Simeons  &  Co.,  Offenbach-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  snuff. 

193.  Engelhardt,  Fred.,  Resselshcim,  Hesse. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  chicory. 

194.  Bernard,  Brothers,  Offenbach-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturers 
Samples  of  rappee  and  other  snuffs. 

195.  Bestelmeyer,  Brothers,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 

Several  varieties  of  cigars. 

1 96.  Sciiroeder  &  Sandfort,  Mcntz,  Hesse. — Producers. 

Specimen  of  German  and  Bohemian  hops. 

197.  Seelig,  David,  D'usseldorf  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cigars. 

198.  Saloman,  J.  A.,  <k  Co.,  Brunswick. — Producers. 

Specimens  of  succory. 

199.  Dinkel,  Mater,  Mannheim,  Baden. — Producer. 

Samples  of  hops. 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  III. 


200.  Requard,  Bremen,  North  Germany. — Manufacturer. 

Cigars  of  various  descriptions. 

216.  Fer  Horst,  W.,  <fc  Co.,  Leeuwarden. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  chicory. 

201.  Carstens,  D.  H.,  Lubeck,  North  Germany. — Manufacturer. 

Preserved  vegetables,  poultry,  fish,  fruits,  and  milk. 

217.  Wilson  &  Co.,  Meppel. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  wine-vinegar. 

202.  Graff,  Carl,  Bingen,  Hesse-Barmstadt. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  snuffs  and  tobacco. 

218*  Heuveldop,  H.  &.  E.,  &  Co.,  Leeuwarden. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cliicory  mixture  for  coffee. 

203.  Seeliger,  Charles  S.,  Wolfenbuttel,  Brunswick. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  chicory ;  starch,  from  fine  wheat. 

219.  Herman,  Lobry  <fc  Co.,  Bochum. — Manufacturers. 

Chicory  mixture. 

220.  Schooneveld  &  Westerbaan,  Gouda. — Manufacturers. 

Farina,  sago,  and  syrup,  manufactured  from  potatoes. 

THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

204.  Frolicjh,  J.  S.,  Pesth,  Hungary. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  tobacco. 

NORWAY. 

221.  Thanlow,  D.  H.  A.,  Modum. — Producer. 

Samples  of  Yasa  rye. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

205.  Rubino,  Antonio,  Nice,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  chocolate  and  cocoa. 

206.  Tornielli,  Marquis,  Novara,  Sardinia. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  fine  white  rice,  cleansed  by  a  new  process,  invented  by  Signor  Ugli- 

etta,  of  Novara. 

RUSSIA. 

222.  Falkers-aborf,  Loon,  CourlandL 

Seed  of  winter  flax,  and  samples  of  a  beautiful  silk-like  flax  prepared  from  it. 
Samples  of  summer  flax. 

207.  Yiora,  Filippo,  Cherasco,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  syrup  and  lozenges  of  tamarinds,  prepared  by  a  new  method. 

208.  Astengo,  Matteo,  Savona,  Sardinia. 

Specimens  of  vermicelli,  or  paste  of  Genoa. 

CUBA. 

223.  Cook  &  Favarger,  Havana. 

Specimens  of  Havana  cigars. 

209.  Valdetaro,  G.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  fine  and  superfine  paste  of  Genoa,  or  vermicelli. 

210.  Cambi,  Pigliu,  Buti,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Superfine  olive  oil. 

211.  Ricasoli,  Baron  Bettino,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Superfine  olive  oil. 

224.  Mateo,  Saenz  &  Co. — Havana. 

Havana  cigars. 

225.  Garcia, - ,  New  York  City. 

Havana  cigars. 

226.  Casamajor,  H.,  New  York  City. 

Sugar. 

212.  Amadeo,  Giacomo,  Port  Maurizio,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimen  of  olive  oil. 

213.  Paoletti,  Giuseppe,  Pontedara,  Tuscany. 

Manufactures  of  flour. 

LIBERIA. 

227.  Lynch,  Captain,  United  States  Navy. 

Specimens  of  coffee,  cocoa,  and  sugar. 

BELGIUM. 

214.  Claus  &  Caron,  Ghent,  Hast  Flanders.— Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  candied  and  other  sugars. 

MEXICO. 

228.  Bromeu,  F.,  Papantla. 

Vanilla  beans. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

215.  Janssen,  N.  H.  A.,  Hertogenbosch. — Manufacturer. 

Alimentary  preserves. 

HAYTI. 

229.  Fausttn  I.,  Emperor  of  Hayti. 

Specimens  of  coffee,  chocolate-nuts,  castor-beans,  honey,  and  starch. 

83 

- 


'  V.T  ,  .  ■ 


■ 


.  rj  -  - ,  .  .  -  . 

.  .  -  ..  Site 


1 1  t  Vi'  ' 


,  j 


. 


-  '  •»•  no  ..’l  > 

’-<■  -i  .  . 

" - - - - ~ - -g  i 


-  ■ 


.  r"  ; 


.  '•  ..  -T 


'  Jf 


SECTION  I. 


CLASS  IT. 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL 


SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


The  first  section,  embracing  the  raw  materials  of  the  exhibition,  ends  with  the  present  class.  The  substances  included  in  this,  as  in  the  three  preceding  classes, 
present  great  diversities  in  their  qualities  and  origin.  They  belong  to  two  distinct  series — substances  of  vegetable,  and  substances  of  animal  origin.  The  extent  of  the 
class  was  not  so  great  as  to  make  it  expedient  to  observe  this  division  in  the  arrangement  of  its  sections.  Certain  articles,  as  gelatine  and  starch,  employed  in  some  of 
their  forms  for  food,  are  shown  in  this  class  as  they  arc  prepared  on  a  large  scale  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

Although  the  various  organic  products  in  this  class  are  called  raw  materials,  and  owe  their  value  chiefly  to  the  powers  and  operations  of  nature,  the  majority  of 
them  have  been  subjected  to  such  preliminary  operations  as  fit  them  for  the  manufacturer,  and  which  have  modified  their  natural  properties  and  greatly  enhanced  their 
worth.  The  individual  merit  of  exhibitors  is  shown  in  improving  and  perpetuating  useful  peculiarities  which  occur  in  nature  by  happy  accident — in  protecting  the  raw 
material  during  its  growth — and  in  removing  from  the  mature  product  useless,  less  valuable,  or  heterogeneous  substances.  The  invention,  skill,  and  patient  industry 
of  man  are  fully  required  to  ameliorate  and  perfect  for  human  use  the  substances  of  this  class;  several  instances  of  well-directed  and  successful  efforts  are  found  in 
its  catalogue. 

The  collection,  viewed  as  a  whole,  furnishes  a  very  incomplete  representation  of  the  multifarious  and  almost  endless  number  of  substances  employed  in  manufactures. 
This  necessarily  arose  from  the  widely  different  views  entertained  in  different  quarters  as  to  the  kind  of  substances  which  it  was  proper  and  useful  to  exhibit.  Some 
exhibitors  have  sent  full  examples  of  raw  and  partly  prepared  produce ;  while  it  is  manifest  from  the  meagre  collections  of  others,  that  mere  raw  materials  were  considered 
of  little  importance;  and  sometimes  staple  productions  are  not  represented  at  all.  The  extensive  collection  of  woods  from  British  Guiana  is  worthy  of  particular 
attention  for  the  novelty,  beauty,  and  promise  of  useful  qualities  of  the  specimens  exhibited. 


1.  Holmes,  Joseph  E.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  American  woods,  cut  transversely  from  the  log.  Among  them  are 
the  following : — 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 
9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 
10. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 
21. 
22. 

23. 

24. 

25. 


Pines,  Pinus  strobus  and  P.  rigida. 
Hackmatack,  Larix  Americana. 

Fir,  Picea  balsamifera. 

Hemlock,  Abies  Canadensis. 

Cucumber  tree,  Magnolia  acuminata. 
American  elm,  TJlmus  Americana. 

Slippery  Elm,  Ulmus fulva. 

Mockernut  Hickory,  Oarya  tomentosa. 
Shellbark  Hickory,  Carya  alba. 

Butternut,  Juglans  cinerea. 

Black  Walnut,  Juglans  nigra. 

Black  Birch,  Betula  lenta. 

lint  ton  wood,  Platanus  occidentalis. 

White  Oak,  Quercus  alba . 

Bed  Oak,  Quercus  rubra. 

Black  Oak,  Quercus  tinctoria . 

Bock  Oak,  Quercus  montana. 

White  Ash,  Fraxinus  acuminata. 

Black  Ash,  Fraxinus  sambucifolia. 
Mountain  Ash,  Pyrus  Americana. 

White  Wood,  Liriodendron  tulipefera . 
Sumach,  Rhus  typhina. 

Alder,  Alnus  serrulata. 

Black  Cherry,  Cerasus  serotina. 

\  ImZlfee,  ^  - 

(Red  Maple,  J  brum" 


26.  Sugar  Maple,  Acer  saccliarinum. 

27.  Striped  Maple  (Moosewood),  Acer  Pennsyl- 

vanicum. 

(  American  Beech,  Fagus  sylvatica. 

’  |  Red  Beech,  variety. 

29.  Chestnut,  Gastanea  Americana. 

30.  Iron  Wood  (Hop  Hornbeam),  Oetrya  Yirgi- 

nica. 

81.  Wild  Plum,  Prunus  Americana. 

32.  Willow,  Salix  up. 

33.  Osier,  Salix  viminalis. 

34.  Poplar,  Populus  grandidentata, 

85.  Aspen,  Populus  tremuli/ormis. 

86.  Tupelo  (Pepperidge),  Nj/ssa  multiflora. 

37.  Shad  bush  (Swamp  Pear),  Amelanchier 
Canadensis. 

88.  American  Boxwood  (Flowering  Dogwood,) 
Cornusflorida. 

39.  Thorn-tree,  Crataegus  crusgaUi. 

40.  Ba-s-wood  ( American  Lime  or  Linden ) 

Tilia  Americana. 

41.  Sassafras  tree,  Sassafras  officinale. 

42.  Grape  vine,  Vitis  vinifera. 

And  many  small  shrubs. 


nett’s,  by  chloride  of  zinc;  J.  Bethell’s,  by  oil  of  tar;  and  Boucherie’s,  by  sulphate  of 
copper.  Preservative  substances  generally  act  by  combining  with  the  albuminous  or 
nitrogenized  principles  of  the  wood,  and  thus  retarding  or  preventing  their  decompo¬ 
sition.  The  attacks  of  insects,  and  the  growth  of  fungi,  are  also  prevented  by  these 
processes ;  and  a  durability,  far  beyond  the  ordinary,  is  insured  to  the  wood.] 

3.  Mosely,  William  S.,  New  Madrid,  Missouri. — Proprietor. 

Section  of  Sassafras  ( Sassafras  officinale')  and  Paw-paw  trees  ( Uvaria  triloba ) ;  from 
trees  two  feet  in  diameter.  Section  of  a  wild  grape  vine,  eight  inches  in  diameter, 
which  might  be  of  use  for  posts. 

4.  Brigham,  J.  H.,  Prairie,  Jefferson,  Louisiana. — Proprietor. 

Section  of  a  wild  grape  vine. 

5.  - ,  California. 

California  red-wood,  from  Humboldt  Bay;  beautifully  curled,  waved,  and  ridged 
— hard  as  mahogany. 

6.  Saunders,  John  T.  U.,  Sibley,  Jackson  County,  Missouri. — Producer. 

Bale  of  Missouri  dew-rotted  hemp,  raised  in  Jackson  County.  Seed  sown  on  May 

1st,  one  and  a  half  bushels  per  acre,  yielded  1,000  lbs.  per  acre. 


2.  Stuart,  Charles  B.,  69  East  23 d  St.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Various  specimens  of  imperishable  timber,  prepared  in  Rochester,  New  York,  on 
the  patent  method  of  Charles  Payne,  of  England— consisting  of  specimens  of  Lime- 
tree,  Lilia  Americana ;  White  wood,  Liriodendron  tulipifcra ;  Scotch  fir,  Pinus  sylvestris ; 
Acacia ;  White  Oak  joists,  for  posts ;  Elm  paving  block,  exceedingly  hard  and  tough ; 
White  Cedar,  Cuprcssus  thybides ;  a  piece  of  railroad  tie;  Cotton-wood,  from  New 
Orleans;  Chestnut,  rendered  of  a  quite  dark  color;  White  Pine,  rendered  heavier  and 
darker  colored;  Ash;  Red  Elm,  for  fence  boards;  Black  Walnut;  a  piece  of  White 
Cedar,  to  show  the  difference  between  the  non-Rayneized  and  the  preserved  timber. 

[The  preservative  agent  is  an  insoluble  salt  of  iron,  from  decomposition  of  the  sul¬ 
phate  in  the  pores  of  the  wood.  Other  processes  have  been  used  for  the  same  purpose, 
the  most  noted  of  which  are  Kyan’s  method  by  corrosive  sublimate ;  Sir  William  Bur- 

H 


7. 


8. 


9. 


10. 


Douglass  &  Beer,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Dressers  and  Dealers. 
Bale  of  Missouri  dew-rotted  hemp. 

French,  James,  41  Exchange  Place,  New  York. — Producer. 
Specimens  of  dew-rotted  and  water-rotted  flax. 

West,  Joseph,  Eufaula,  Barbour  County,  Alabama. — Producer. 
Upland  short  staple  cotton,  grown  in  Alabama. 

Bond,  Dm  Samuel,  Green  Bottom,  Tennessee. — Producer. 
Golden  seed  cotton. 


85 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  IV. 


11.  Holladay  <fc  Dickey,  Weston,  Platte  County,  Missouri.  Producers. 

Bale  of  American  dew-rotted  undressed  hemp,  grown  in  Platte  County,  Missouri, 
and  chiefly  used  in  the  West  for  making  bagging  and  rope  for  baling  cotton.  The 
average  quantity  of  hemp  raised  to  the  acre  in  Platte  County  is  about  800  lbs.,  and  the 
quantity  shippe'd  from  there  about  3,000  tons  per  annum. 

12.  Baker,  Bell  &  Co.,  Weston,  Platte  County,  Missouri. — Producers. 

Bale  of  hackled  hemp,  and  coil  of  bale-rope  manufactured  therefrom. 

13.  Nailer,  Jefferson,  Vicksburg,  Mississippi. — Producer. 

Bale  of  fine  staple  cotton. 

14.  Batchelor,  James  M.,  Rodney,  Mississippi. — Producer. 

Bale  of  Mexican  short  staple  cotton. 

[This  bale  is  the  growth  of  1852,  and  the  product  of  selected  Mexican  seed  of  the 
exhibitor.  The  plantation  on  which  it  was  grown  is  situated  about  two  miles  from 
Rodney,  Miss.,  in  the  region  known  as  the  “Gulf  Hills,”  a  section  distinguished  for 
producing  and  preparing  a  material  remarkable  for  its  beauty  of  color,  cleanliness, 
firmness,  and  strength  of  staple. 

The  lands,  as  the  name  “  Gulf  Hills”  implies,  are  broken,  and  after  long  cultivation 
become  much  washed  and  impoverished,  but  can  be  in  some  degree  resuscitated  by 
circling,  and  by  manures.  The  native  forest  consists  of  poplar,  ash,  walnut,  sassafras, 
and  cane.  The  undisturbed  soil  is  a  deep  loam,  with  a  substratum  of  red  tenacious 
clay.  As  the  soil  is  exhausted,  the  planter  must  improve  his  cotton  seed,  in  order  to 
enhance  the  value  of  the  crop  as  an  equivalent  for  its  diminished  yield. 

The  seed  used  by  the  exhibitor  is  the  product  of  seed  originally  imported  from 
Mexico.  It  is  recommended  by  its  comparative  freedom  from  “rot.”  This  disease 
particularly  infected  the  “  black  seed  cotton,”  formerly  used  in  Mississippi ;  and  by  it 
the  crops  of  1811,  1812,  and  1813  were  almost  destroyed. 

This  cotton  is  called  short  staple,  to  distinguish  it  from  Sea  Island  Cotton ;  but  it  is 
really  a  long  staple  of  the  short  staple  variety.] 


15.  Price,  R.  M.  S.,  Clay  County,  Missouri. — Producer.  (Agents,  Lewis  S.  Morris  &  Co., 

Mew  York.) 

Bale  of  hemp. 

16.  Hunter,  John  J.,  Lexington,  Kentucky. — Producer.  (Agents,  John  MacGregor  & 

Co.,  New  York.) 

American  dew-rotted  dressed  hemp. 


17.  Hemingway,  Thomas,  Lexington,  Kentucky. — Producer.  (Agents,  John  MacGregor 

&  Co.,  New  York.) 

American  dew-rotted  hemp. 


18.  Pope,  John,  Memphis,  Tennessee. — Producer. 

Bale  of  golden  seed  cotton,  and  specimens  of  cotton  in  the  seed. 


19.  Seabrook,  William,  Charleston,  South  Carolina. — Producer. 

Sample  of  Sea  Island  cotton. 

20.  Hanna,  W.  it  J.,  Warren  County,  Illinois. — Producer. 

Madder. 

[The  manufacture  of  any  new  article,  or  the  cultivation  and  production  of  a 
product  in  general  use,  for  the  supply  of  which  we  have  heretofore  been  wholly 
dependent  upon  foreign  markets,  are  points  of  progress  in  the  history  of  the  nation, 
and  demand  more  than  a  passing  and  cursory  notice. 

Madder,  the  most  important  of  the  dyes  used  in  calico-printing,  is  obtained  from 
the  root  of  the  Rubia  tinctoria,  a  plant  indigenous  to  Turkey  and  Persia,  and  now  cul¬ 
tivated  extensively  in  France  and  the  countries  of  Central  Europe.  The  value  of  this 
madder-crop  of  France,  according  to  the  latest  returns,  is  given  at  from  six  to  seven 
millions  of  dollars  per  annum.  The  amount  of  the  crop  varies  greatly  during  succes¬ 
sive  years,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  give  exactly  the  value  of  the  mean  crop.  According 
to  the  Annales  de  1' Agriculture  Francaise,  a  hectare  in  well-manured  ground,  and  in 
favorable  circumstances  as  regards  temperature,  will  produce  5,000  kilogrammes  of  dry 
roots,  while,  under  unfavorable  circumstances,  it  will  not  yield  more  than  one-half  or 
one-fourth  of  this  amount.  The  greatest  crops  obtained  are  stated  not  to  exceed  25,000 
quintals  by  measure,  and  the  least  from  10  to  12,000. 

The  supply  of  madder  for  the  American  Print  Works  is  derived  principally  from 
France  and  Holland.  The  amount  imported  for  the  year  ending  July,  1853,  was 
upwards  of  18,000,000  pounds,  possessing  a  value  of  $1,000,000  to  $1,600,000.  The 
whole  amount  of  madder  imported  during  the  fiscal  years  1845,  1846,  into  the  ports  of 
New  York,  Boston,  Baltimore,  and  Philadelphia,  was  16,804,715  pounds.  Of  this  quan¬ 
tity,  8,092,200  lbs.  were  derived  from  France  upon  the  Mediterranean,  5,961,950  from 
Ireland,  and  1,785,387  from  England ;  the  balance  was  imported  from  Belgium,  Turkey, 
Sicily,  and  the  Spanish  Atlantic  ports.  Within  the  last  two  years,  various  attempts  to 
introduce  the  cultivation  of  madder,  as  a  staple  crop  in  the  New  England  and  Western 
States,  have  been  made,  and  thus  far  with  remarkable  success. 

At  Columbus  and  Birmingham,  Ohio,  and  at  Montague,  Franklin  County,  Massa¬ 
chusetts,  and  on  the  Connecticut  River,  good  and  profitable  crops  have  been  obtained. 
The  madder  with  which  the  goods  exhibited  by  the  Merrimack  Company  of  Lowell 
were  printed  was  raised  at  this  last-mentioned  locality.  In  its  composition,  this 
madder  was  somewhat  deficient  in  lime ;  but  this  being  restored  in  the  dyeing  process, 
the  colors  became  fully  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  best  French  madder. 

86 


From  the  experimental  trials  already  made,  madder  appears  to  be  nearly  as  certain 
a  crop  as  any  other  that  can  be  cultivated  in  this  country.  The  crop  is  not  an  annual 
one,  but  requires  from  two  to  four  years  to  attain  its  full  maturity.  It  is  entirely 
exempt  from  injury  from  insects,  and  also  from  the  weather,  after  the  first  season’s 
growth.  The  plant  is  perfectly  hardy— stands  frost  well,  and  also  heat  and  droughts- 
excepting  that  during  the  first  winter  after  planting  there  is  danger,  on  some  soils,  of 
the  ground  heaving  by  frost  so  as  to  expose  the  roots  to  the  air,  and  cause  them  to 
winter-kill  as  in  the  case  of  wheat. 

Madder,  in  the  United  States,  produces  little  or  no  seed.  In  Europe  seed  is  pro¬ 
duced,  and  it  has  on  several  occasions  been  imported  and  sold  in  this  country,  but  it  is 
said  not  to  vegetate  freely.  In  France  and  Holland,  the  madder-growers,  however,  do 
not  depend  at  all  upon  the  seed,  but  upon  the  roots,  or  sprouts.  The  yield  per  acre  of 
a  three-years  crop  of  madder,  in  the  United  States,  has  varied  from  2,000  lbs.  to  3,000 
lbs.  worth  15  cents  per  pound,  and  in  some  instances  18  cents 

The  soil  best  adapted  to  the  production  of  madder  is  a  deep  rich  loam,  containing 
a  good  proportion  of  salts  of  lime,  this  element  entering  largely  into  the  composition 
of  madder  and  affecting  its  quality.  The  sprouts  are  placed  in  small  furrows,  running 
three  inches  deep,  and  eight  to  ten  feet  apart,  across  the  whole  field,  each  plant  having 
about  one  foot  space  between  the  roots.  Little  care  is  required  for  the  crop  after  this, 
besides  occasional  hoeing  and  keeping  the  field  free  from  grass  and  weeds.  As  soon 
as  the  plants  are  twelve  or  fifteen  inches  high  the  tops  are  to  be  bent  down  to  the 
surface  of  the  ground  and  all  except  the  ends  covered  with  earth.  The  operation  is 
generally  repeated  three  or  four  times  during  the  first  season,  and  until  the  vacant 
places  between  the  furrows  is  nearly  filled  up.  The  plants,  at  the  end  of  the  third  or 
fourth  year,  are  ready  for  gathering,  which  is  usually  done  in  the  month  of  September. 
The  roots  are  then  thoroughly  washed  in  a  machine,  dried,  and  stacked  away.  Before 
grinding  and  preparing  for  market,  the  roots  require  to  be  further  dried  in  a  sort  of 
kiln,  or  oven,  constructed  in  the  simplest  manner.  They  are  then  extremely  brittle, 
and  can  be  ground  in  a  grist  or  bark  mill.  The  ground  madder  is  then  packed  in  casks 
or  barrels,  and  is  ready  for  market. 

The  preparation  of  madder  known  as  garancine,  which  is  largely  imported  from 
the  south  of  France,  is  formed  by  moistening  the  ground  root  with  sulphuric  acid,  and 
afterwards  subjecting  the  same  to  a  boiling  heat  by  means  of  steam.  By  this  process 
the  coloring  principle  is  altered  and  improved,  and  a  large  proportion  of  it  rendered 
soluble  in  water. 

Within  a  comparatively  recent  period  it  has  also  been  ascertained  that  the  spent 
madder,  if  treated  in  a  similar  manner,  can  be  made  to  yield  a  considerable  quantity 
of  additional  coloring  matter,  equal,  for  some  purposes,  to  that  obtained  from  the  fresh 
madder.  This  improvement  is  one  of  the  most  important  that  has  been  made  in  the 
preparation  of  dye-stuffs  during  the  last  twenty  years. 

The  amount  of  madder  imported  into  Great  Britain  during  the  years  1848,  ’49,  and 
’50,  was  as  follows:  1848,  22,072,400  lbs.  ;  1849,  25,472,200  lbs. ;  1850,  26,186,100  lbs. 

In  Russia,  the  cultivation  of  madder  has  been  undertaken  under  Government 
auspices;  and  the  yearly  production  is  already  considerable,  though  insufficient  for 
the  home  consumption.  Specimens  of  Russian  madder  were  exhibited  at  the  London 
Exhibition  of  1854. 

An  indigenous  variety  of  madder  grows  wild  in  Florida,  in  great  abundance  in 
the  savannahs  of  the  counties  of  Levy,  Marion,  and  South  Florida.  It  is  known  as 
the  “Florida  Paint  Root.”  The  root  forms  an  article  of  food  for  hogs,  cranes,  and 
various  other  animals ;  and  so  powerful  is  its  coloring  principle  that  the  bones,  marrow, 
and  to  some  extent  the  flesh,  become  deeply  tinged  with  red. 

The  “  Paint  Root”  has  a  top  somewhat  resembling  the  ordinary  flag,  with  a  root 
about  the  size  of  a  man’s  thumb,  of  various  lengths,  running  horizontally,  near  the 
surface  of  the  ground.] _ 

21.  Yeatman,  Robinson  &  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Coils  of  bale-rope,  manufactured  by  C.  L.  McGrew  A  Co.,  of  Lexington,  Missouri, 
from  American  hemp,  used  for  the  purpose  of  baling  cotton.  Large  quantities  are 
manufactured  in  Missouri  and  sold  to  the  Southern  markets. 


22.  Morgan,  Wm.  James,  Wilmington,  Clinton  County,  Ohio. — Producer. 
Two  fleeces  of  fine  American  wool. 


23.  Gillet,  Jesse  P.,  Sharon,  Washtenaw  County,  Michigan. — Producer. 

Four  fleeces  of  Saxony  wool  and  100  samples  of  Saxony  wool,  shorn  in  1853. 

[Wool  is  a  peculiar  variety  of  hair.  Under  the  microscope,  it  presents  fine 
transverse  or  oblique  lines,  (an  inch  containing  from  2,000  to  4,000,)  which  indicate  an 
imbricated  scaly  surface.  The  felting  property  of  wool,  and  its  consequent  value  for 
manufactures,  depends  upon  this  scaly  surface  and  twisted  form. 

The  under-clothing  of  most  quadrupeds  consists  of  wool,  but  its  quantity  is  small, 
and  it  is  hidden  by  the  smooth,  coarser,  and  straigliter  exterior  hair.  In  the  wild 
sheep  ( Ovis  ammon  and  O.  musimon)  the  woolly  variety  of  hair  is  developed  to  excess; 
and  in  the  domestic  sheep  this  peculiarity  has  been  increased,  and  the  quality  of  the 
fleece  improved,  by  crossing  the  breed,  choice  of  climate,  pasture,  die.,  until  its  original 
coarseness  has  disappeared. 

Wool  has  different  kinds  and  degrees  of  qualities,  which  may  be  divided  into  two  i 
general  classes — the  one  better  adapted  for  carding,  the  other  for  combing. 

In  the  examination  of  wool,  the  following  points  are  to  be  considered:  The  degree 
of  imbrication  of  the  surface,  as  shown  by  the  microscope;  the  quantity  of  fibre 
developed  in  a  given  space  of  fleece;  the  freedom  of  the  fleece  from  foreign  matters; 
the  skill  and  care  employed  in  the  “scouring”  and  other  processes  of  preparation.] 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


24.  Bicknell,  James,  West  Aurora,  Erie  County,  New  York. — Producer. 

Three  samples  of  wool  of  extraordinary  length — 

No.  1,  36  inches  long,  growth  of  six  years. 

No.  2,  32  inches  long,  growth  of  four  years. 

No.  3,  18  inches  long,  growth  of  two  years. 

[The  sheep  from  which  these  were  taken  were  all  ewes,  and  were  bred  by  the  ex¬ 
hibitor  upon  his  farm.  Their  weights  were  severally  as  follows: — No.  1,  275  lbs. ;  No. 
2,  330  lbs. ;  No.  3,  290  lbs. ;  and  the  weight  of  the  fleeces,  No.  1,  30  lbs. ;  No.  2,  35  lbs. ; 
and  No.  3,  18  lbs.] 

25.  Gough,  Hoag  A  Lawrence,  71  Pine  St.,  New  York. — Agents. 

Fleeces  of  Saxony  wool,  grown  in  Duchess  County,  New  York. 

26.  McFadden,  John,  Harrison  County,  Ohio. — Producer. 

Superfine  American  wool,  in  the  fleece. 

27.  Allston,  It.  F.  W.,  Pee  Dee  River,  South  Carolina. — Producer. 

Merino  wool. 

28.  Wood,  Thomas,  Ohio.  (Agent,  M.  W.  Cooper,  53  Exchange  Place,  New  York.) 
Various  fleeces  of  wool. 

29.  Vail,  William,  A  Co.,  New  Market,  New  Jersey. 

Bale  of  oakum. 

30.  Miller,  Harris  A  Co.,  New  Orleans.  (Agent,  John  G.  Miller,  83  Water  St.,  New  York.) 
New  Orleans  long  moss  {Tillandsia  usneoides),  for  upholstery  purposes. 

[The  Tillandsia  is  one  of  the  numerous  examples  of  air  plants  which  fix  themselves 
upon  the  trees  of  southern  and  tropical  countries  and  obtain  their  support  from  the 
moist  air.  It  is  not  a  moss,  but  one  of  the  family  of  plants  called  by  botanists  Brome- 
liacea ;  to  which  the  Pine-apple  belongs.  It  possesses  considerable  elasticity,  and  is 
prepared  as  a  substitute  for  horse-hair.  Naturalists  use  it  for  stuffing  birds.] 

31.  Russell,  Stiles  A  Hibbard,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Extract  of  logwood,  which  gives  a  dye  equal  to  that  given  by  logwood  itself 

32.  Gerker  A  Beekler,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Glue  and  isinglass. 

33.  Sanger,  Augustus  H.,  Danvers,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  glue. 

34.  Mixer  A  Gilbert,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Spermaceti  candles. 

35.  Rowe,  T.  G.  A  A  L.,  188  Front  St.,  New  York. — Manufactured  at  Montauk  Mills, 

Brooklyn,  New  York. 

Linseed  oil,  made  light-colored  without  bleaching,  and  especially  adapted  to 
painting  and  varnishing  purposes. 

3G.  Gueurier,  H.,  59  Warren  St.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Extract  of  saffron. 

37.  Weiss,  Frederick  William,  A  Co.,  West  Mount  Vernon,  Westchester  Co.,  New 

York. — Manufacturers. 

Glue,  of  three  varieties,  one  of  which  is  white,  and  quite  free  from  any  offensive 
odor,  being  therefore  suitable  for  the  use  of  bookbinders,  paper-hangers,  frame-gilders, 
card-manufacturers,  Ac. 

38.  Wilbur,  William,  A  Co.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Manufacturers. 

Cotton-seed  oil,  and  soap  made  from  it. 

[Cotton-seed  oil  has  been  produced  in  Egypt,  France,  England,  and  the  United 
States,  but  not  on  a  large  scale  and  for  commercial  purposes.  Each  pound  of  ginned 
cotton  yields  three  pounds  of  seed,  the  total  amount  in  the  United  States  being 
8,600,000,000  lbs.  One-half  being  retained  for  planting,  there  remains  1,800,000,000 
lbs.  which  might  be  manufactured.  100  lbs.  of  cotton  seed  will  yield  2  gallons  of 
oil,  48  lbs.  of  oil-cake,  and  6  lbs.  of  soap-stock ;  the  total  estimated  value  is  about 
$35,000,000,  no  appreciable  part  of  which  is  at  present  realized.  The  specimens  of  cot¬ 
ton  oil  prepared  by  the  exhibitor,  were  used  on  the  machinery  in  the  Crystal  Palace, 
and  found  to  possess  excellent  lubricating  qualities.  Soaps  of  every  variety  are  made 
from  it,  and  in  New  Orleans  it  has  been  used,  with  commendation,  as  a  substitute  for 
the  Italian  olive  oil.] 

38a.  Sizer,  Henry,  New  York. — Agent. 

Lubricating  oil,  for  machinery. 

38b.  Knight,  Isaac  D.,  Philadelphia ,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietor. 

Lubricating  oil,  for  machinery. 

38c.  De  La  Vergne  A  Yockney,  New  York. 

Machine  oil.  _ _ 

38d.  Rayner  A  Gillman,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Machine  oil. _ _ 

38e.  Priest,  James  H.  R.,  585  Broadway,  New  York. 

Machine  oil. 


39.  Farncrook,  Henry,  Elbridge,  New  York. — Inventor  and  manufacturer. 

Variously  colored  cements  for  wood,  glass,  marble,  earthenware,  Ac. 

40.  Mears,  Granville,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Refined  lard-oil,  bleached  and  unbleached. 

41.  Miller,  A.,  A  Co.,  Newbern,  North  Carolina. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  rosin  oil. 

42.  Frank,  F.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Lard  oil. 

43.  Cuthbert,  John  H.,  168  Fulton  St.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Munsell’s  refined  drying  oil  for  artists’  use. 

44.  Rowley,  Ashburner  A  Co.,  Philadelphia. — Manufacturers. 

Refined  rosin  oil,  three  varieties,  for  the  use  of  painters,  for  lubricating  machinery, 
and  other  purposes. 

45.  Baker,  George  T.,  A  Son,  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Blocks  of  spermaceti,  stearic  acid,  spermaceti  and  adamantine  candles. 

46.  Des  Brosses,  Frederick,  Manhattanville,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Stearic  acid  candles,  made  by  the  process  of  distillation  with  sulphuric  acid  by 
steam,  by  the  French  process,  patented  by  Messrs.  Poisab  A  Knab. 

47.  Litchfield  A  Co.,  154  Front  St.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Sperm,  sea-elephant,  and  lard  oils,  refined  for  burning  and  lubricating  purposes; 
also  specimens  of  spermaceti  candles,  and  refined  crystalline  spermaceti. 

48.  Sal vi,  Lorenzo,  Staten  Island,  New  York. 

Stearic  acid  candles. 

49.  Glenn  A  Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Lard  oil. 

50.  Samuel  Judd’s  Sons  A  Co.,  139  Front  St.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Spermaceti  and  patent  candles. 

51.  Burckhardt  A  Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Lard  oil,  made  by  a  purely  mechanical  process  without  the  use  of  chemical  agents. 

52.  Lyles,  Polhamus  A  Co.,  120  Front  St.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Sperm  oil,  in  the  crude,  manufactured,  and  bleached  state ;  specimens  of  refined 
spermaceti,  in  large  blocks,  splendidly  crystallized  and  variously  colored;  also  busts 
and  figures  of  various  kinds,  of  the  same  material,  with  candles  of  various  colors. 

53.  Mitchell,  R.  G.  A  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Candles  and  figures  made  of  stearic  acid. 

54.  Zinsser  A  Marx,  175  William  St.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Bleached  and  refined  shellac,  which  gives  a  colorless,  nearly  transparent  solution 
in  alcohol,  used  for  making  sealing-wax  and  different  colored  transparent  varnishes, 
varnish  for  hatters,  Ac. 

French  alcoholic  copal  varnishes,  which  dry  quickly  and  are  susceptible  of  being 
polished,  made  from  the  best  East  India  copal,  and  adapted  to  varnishing  leather, 
paper,  parchment,  oil  paintings,  horn,  whalebone,  ivory;  for  giving  color  to  metals, 
and  protecting  them  from  rust,  Ac. 

54a.  Lockwoods  A  Orvis,  Troy,  New  York. — Agents. 

Potato  starch,  used  extensively  by  calico-printers  and  cotton  manufacturers. 

54b.  Hoyer  A  Meiners,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin. — Manufacturers. 

Starch,  made  from  prime  white  winter  wheat. 

55.  Mitchener,  J.  L.,  A  Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers 
Lard  oil. 

- - -  , 

55a.  Backes,  Louis,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  starch,  for  manufacturers. 

55b.  Colgate,  William,  A  Co.,  6  Dutch  St.,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

Pearl  starch,  manufactured  from  Indian  corn. 

55c.  Spear,  Burke  A  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  potato  starch. 

56.  Nrx,  Arthur,  New  York. 

Sun-bleached  wax,  made  from  American  yellow  wax. 

57.  Stanton  A  Nevin,  2954  Pearl  St.,  New  York.—  Manufacturers. 

Patent  adamantine  candles,  and  figure  made  of  stearic  acid. 

57a.  Armstrong,  S.  J.  T.,  New  York.— Proprietor. 

A  series  of  specimens  of  the  milk  of  the  India-rubber  or  caoutchouc  plants,  col¬ 
lected  in  Brazil,  New  Grenada,  Peru,  Nicaragua,  Florida,  British  East  Indies,  Africa, 
and  prepared  so  that  it  may  be  kept  indefinitely  in  close  vessels  without  coagulating, 
according  to  a  method  discovered  in  1852,  by  H.  L.  Norris,  American  Consul  at  Para, 

A  sheet  of  India-rubber  formed  from  the  prepared  milk  by  evaporation. 

87 _ J 


% 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  JV 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

58.  Rathbome,  John  and  James,  Dublin. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  oils. _ 

58a.  Wotherspoon,  Robert,  Glasgow. — Manufacturer. 

Glenfield  patent  starch,  made  from  East  Indian  sago. 

59.  Burton  <fc  Garraway,  Bethnal  Green,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Archil,  cudbear  and  extract  of  indigo  in  the  raw  and  manufactured  states ;  silks 
and  wool  dyed  with  these  preparations,  and  samples  of  the  lichens  from  which  archil 
is  obtained ;  also  skins,  worsteds,  and  morocco  leather  and  gelatine  dyed  with  archil. 

[Archil  is  a  coloring  matter  prepared  from  lichens  ( Roccella  tinctoria  and  R.  fiuci- 
forrnis),  found  on  the  coasts  of  Sweden,  Scotland,  Wales,  dec.  The  most  esteemed  comes 
from  the  Canaries  and  Cape  de  Yerde  Islands.  The  colors  are  known  in  commerce  in 
the  following  forms  : — 

1st.  A  violet  red  paste,  called  archil. 

2d.  A  mass  of  a  drier  character,  called  persis. 

3d.  A  red  powder,  named  cudbear. 

To  prepare  archil,  the  lichens  are  ground  to  a  pulp,  with  the  addition  of  water ; 
the  pulp  is  then  put  into  a  closely  covered  trough,  sprinkled  with  a  mixture  of  urine 
and  ammonia,  and  left  to  ferment.  In  a  few  days  the  color  begins  to  develop,  and  the 
operation  is  finished  in  about  six  weeks.  The  product  is  stored  in  casks,  and  is  thought 
to  improve  by  age  in  the  intensity  of  its  color,  which  should  be  a  deep  reddish  violet. 

Prepared  archil  readily  imparts  its  color  to  water,  alcohol,  and  ammonia.  Spirit- 
of-wine  thermometers  are  filled  with  its  alcoholic  solution,  which  slowly  loses  its  color 
and  recovers  it  again  by  exposure  to  the  air ;  the  watery  infusion  in  vacuo  fades  in  a 
few  days,  and  the  tint  returns  on  access  to  the  air.  It  has  been  found  that  the  coloring 
principle  of  archil  depends  upon  the  oxydation  of  a  colorless  base,  existing  in  the 
lichen.  This  base  is  termed  orceine,  and  the  oxydized  color,  orcine. 

No  mordants  are  required  for  dyeing  with  archil.  It  is  not  used  for  cottons,  but 
extensively  for  silks  and  woollens.  The  tints  it  imparts  are  very  beautiful,  but  lack 
permanence.  It  is  also  used  to  give  depth  and  richness  to  other  dyes.] 

60.  C.  Haynes  &  Hogg,  Shrewsbury,  England. — Producers. 

Raw  silk. 

61.  Noble,  Cooper  &  Bolton,  London. 

Specimens  of  English  seeds  and  vegetable  productions. 

62.  Marshall,  John,  London  and  Leeds. — Manufacturer. 

Marshall's  lac-dye,  ground ;  turmeric ;  indigo ;  refined  indigo ;  extract  of  indigo ; 
indigo  carmine ;  blue  and  red  archil. 

[Indigo  is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of  the  Indigofera  tinctoria.  The  process  of 
dyeing  with  indigo  consists  in  depriving  it  of  a  portion  of  its  oxygen.  It  then  assumes 
a  green  color,  is  soluble  in  water,  and  enters  the  pores  of  the  cloth  immersed  in  the 
solution.  When  the  saturation  is  complete,  it  is  exposed  to  the  air;  the  indigo  re¬ 
absorbs  oxygen,  and  recovers  its  original  color  and  stability.  Mixed  with  a  yellow 
dye,  it  produces  green. 

Lac-d^e  is  the  coloring  matter  of  “lac,”  a  substance  produced  on  the  branches 
of  various  trees  in  the  East  Indies,  by  the  puncture  of  an  insect,  called  Coccus  lacca  or 
C.  ficus.  The  resinous  matter  separated  from  lac  forms  the  “  shellac”  of  commerce ;  the 
lac-dye  is  a  watery  infusion  of  the  ground  stick-lac,  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  made 
into  little  cakes  two  inches  square  and  half  an  inch  thick.  It  is  employed  for  dyeing 
wool  and  cloth  scarlet,  but  is  inferior  to  cochineal. 

Turmeric  is  the  root  of  Curcuma  longa,  a  native  of  India  and  China.  It  affords  a 
yellow  dye,  very  brilliant  and  very  fugitive.  It  is  occasionally  used  to  give  a  peculiar 
tint  to  greens  and  light  browns.  Its  coloring  principle  is  called  curcumine.  Paper 
dyed  with  turmeric,  and  kept  in  close  vials,  is  much  U3ed  as  a  test  for  alkalies,  which 
change,  it  to  reddish  brown.] 

63.  Fenton,  Son  &  Co.,  Belfast,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  flax  in  various  states  of  manufacture,  and  of  the  flax  plant  and  seed. 


63a.  Royal  Commissioners  of  the  London  Exhibition  of  1851. 

Collection  of  examples  of  British  productions  selected  from  the  Exhibition  of  1851 
by  the  Royal  Commissioners,  and  presented  by  them  to  the  United  States.  The  names 
of  the  producers  are  given  with  the  samples. 

1.  Simpson,  Humphrey  &  Yickers. — London. 

Isinglass,  cut  and  uncut. 

2.  W.  Dufaville. — London. 

Crystallized  fish  gelatine;  machine-cut  British  fish-isinglass;  calf-gelatine,  1st  and 
2d  qualities.  6 

8.  Samuel  Berger  &  Co.— Bromley,  Middlesex. 

White  and  blue  patent  rice-starch. 

4.  Robert  Burn. — Edinburgh. 

Cotton-seed  oil  and  oil-cake. 

5.  David  and  William  Miller.— Musselburgh,  Scotland. 

.  Household  white  starch ;  bleachers’  wheaten  starch ;  royal  patent  starch,  for 
laundry  use;  royal  blue  starch;  sago  starch;  Scotch  farina  made  from  potatoes,  Nos. 
1  and  2.  r  ’ 


6.  Brown  A  Poison. — Thrusheraig,  near  Paisley. 

Patent  wheat  starch ;  sago-powder  starch ;  pulverized  farina  from  diseased  pota¬ 
toes. 

7.  McGarry  &  Sons. — Dublin. 

Rape  oil  and  oil-caKe ;  linseed  oil  and  oil-cake. 

8.  J.  <fc  J.  Colman. — London. 

Cake  and  lump  blue ;  blue  satin-glaze  rice  and  wheat  starch ;  British  gum 

9.  Robert  Wotherspoon. — Maxwelton,  near  Paisley. 

Glenfield  patent  powder-sago  starch. 

10.  J.  Cox. — Edinburgh. 

Superfine  sparkling  gelatine ;  superfine  long  Scotch  glue. 

11.  Wood  &  Bedford. — Leeds. 

Blue  and  red  cudbear ;  archil  paste ;  blue  and  red  liquid  archil ;  liquid  ammonia, 
sp.  gravity  88°. 

12.  William  Brotherton  &  Co. — Wandeworth,  near  London. 

British  rape  seed ;  raw  and  purified  rape-seed  oil. 

13.  John  M.  Taverner. — London. 

Refined  spermaceti. 

14.  Henry  Penney. — London. 

Pure  bleached  linseed  oil ;  pure  copal  varnish;  black  Japan  varnish;  pale  gold  size. 

14.  A.  Markwick  &  Co. — London. 

Patent  epithem,  1st  and  2d,  for  applying  heated  fluids  to  the  surface  of  the  body. 

15.  W.  Watt  &  Son. — Dumfries. 

Glue,  made  from  refuse  pieces  of  hides  and  skins,  for  joiners’  use. 

1G.  Abbott  &  Wright. — Suffolk. 

Crown  glue,  manufactured  from  hides  and  feet  of  cattle. 

16.  Bevington  <fc  Sons. — Bermondsey,  London. 

Materials  used  in  England  for  tanning  and  dressing  hides  and  skins. 

17.  Benjamin  &  Smith. — Newtown,  London. 

Oxalic  acid;  oxalate  of  potash;  emerald  green ;  Chinese  red;  chrome  yellows ; 
zinc  yellow ;  Brunswick  greens ;  celestial  blue. 

18.  Benjamin  Smith  &  Son. — Spitalfields,  London. 

Samples  of  archil  and  cudbear,  and  the  lichens  from  which  they  are  produced. 

19.  David  Calm. — Finsbury,  London. 

Ivory  black  for  copper-plate,  lithographic,  and  letter-press  printers. 

20.  J.  C.  and  J.  Field. — Lambeth,  London. 

Stearine  produced  from  tallow. 

21.  William  Anderson  Rose. — London. 

Painting  materials. — Dry  and  ground  white  lead;  dry  and  ground  white  zinc; 
ground  chrome  yellow ;  ultramarine ;  vermilion ;  raw,  refined,  and  boiled  linseed  oil; 
wood-stain  and  varnish;  clarified  machinery  and  burning-oils;  neat’s-foot  oil;  patent 
black  for  preserving  iron-work ;  refined  vegetable  oil ;  palm-oil  grease ;  antioxyd 
paint  for  protecting  iron  and  wood  ;  creosote  for  preserving  timber ;  liquid  and  white 
grease ;  collection  of  carriage  varnishes. 

22.  Edward  Rea. — London. 

Ruby  and  orange  seed-lac ;  shell-lac  garnet ;  lump  dragon’s  blood ;  frankincense ; 
gum  animi ;  gum  damar  ;  Canada  balsam. 

23.  John  Marshall. — Leeds. 

Red  turmeric ;  red  and  blue  archil  liquor ;  red  and  blue  archil  paste ;  extract  in¬ 
digo  ;  ground  lac-dye ;  Persian  cudbear,  red  and  violet. 

24.  George  Mason. — Yately,  Hants. 

Flax  of  1st  and  2d  qualities. 

25.  Preston  &  Co. — (Belfast  Flax  Improvement  Society),  Belfast 
Prepared  flax 

26.  John  Adams. — Coleraine,  Ireland. 

Flax  grown  in  Ireland. 

27.  Edward  Davy. — The  Parks,  Devon. 

Carded  flax  prepared  from  flax  straw  unsteeped,  unretted,  or  unsteamed. 

28.  George  Mannings. — Wedliampton,  Wiltshire. 

Diamond  clothing  wool  from  Southdown  fleeces. 

29.  J.  G.  Rebow. — Wivenhoe  Park,  Essex. 

Southdown  sheep’s  wool. 

30.  C.  Dorrien. — Sennicots,  near  Chichester,  Sussex 

Merino  wool,  from  two-year-old  sheep,  sufficiently  long  and  fine  for  shawl  manu¬ 
facture. 

31.  Robert  Millner. — Dublin. 

Fleece  of  wether,  grown  in  County  Meath ;  fleece  of  hogget,  grown  in  County 
Wicklow. 

32.  Frederick  Puekridge. — Iiingsland,  London. 

Goldbeaters’  skin  ;  gold  and  silver  cloth ;  flexible  gold  and  silver  cloth. 

33.  John  Bethell. — Westminster,  London. 

Creosote  and  specimens  of  Scotch  fir  prepared  with  it,  and  unprepared. 

- ■  < » >  ■ - 

BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

61.  Pecquet,  M.,  Quebec  District,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Flax  seed  and  dressed  flax. 

65.  Joly,  G.,  Lotbiniere,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Samples  of  vegetable  fibre  prepared  from  the  “  Cottonier,”  or  wild  asparagus  of 
Canada,  believed  to  be  of  importance  as  a  substitute  for  flax  or  hemp. 


88 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


66.  McFarlane,  Ancii.,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  glue. 

67.  Fisiikr,  James,  Riviere  des  Prairies,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Seed  of  Camelina  sativa,  or  gold  of  pleasure,  commonly  called  “  Siberian  oil  seed.” 

68.  Overell,  E.,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

A  pine  board,  8  feet  X  28  inches  X  i  an  inch. 

69.  Parker,  William,  A  Co.,  Huntersville,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  pine  plank,  12  feet  X  38-J  X  2  inches. 

70.  Couture,  Madame,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Producer. 

Tuscan  straw,  bleached  and  unbleached. 

71.  Tetu,  C.  H.,  Riviere  Ouelle,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  porpoise  leather  oil,  patent  seal  oil,  patent  whale  oil  and  dog-fish  oil. 


BRITISH  COLONIES— NEWFOUNDLAND. 

72.  Dearin,  I.  J.,  St.  Johns. 

Codfish,  seal,  and  other  oils ;  dried  sarsaparilla  and  snake  roots. 

73.  Dillon,  Walter,  St.  Johns. 

Prepared  codfish  oil. 

74.  Stewart,  J.  A  W.,  St.  Johns. — Manufacturers. 

Seal  oil. 

[The  seal  fishery  is  now  the  most  profitable  branch  of  trade  in  the  colony  of 
Newfoundland.  Twenty-five  years  since,  about  50  vessels,  of  50  or  60  tons  each,  were 
engaged  in  it;  in  1852  it  employed  367  vessels,  of  35,760  tons  aggregate  tonnage,  and 
13,000  men.  The  vessels  are  from  75  to  200  tons;  but  those  of  130  tons,  which  carry 
crews  of  40  or  50  men,  are  preferred.  The  voyage  is  begun  early  in  March,  rarely 
exceeds  two  months,  and  is  often  completed  in  three  weeks.  Two  and  three  voyages 
are  sometimes  made  in  one  season. 

The  species  of  seal  which  chiefly  resort  to  the  Newfoundland  coast  are  the  Hood 
Seal  ( Stemmatopus  cristatus)  and  the  Harp  Seal  ( Phoca  grcenlandica  and  oceanica).  They 
whelp  their  young  in  January  and  February  on  the  ice-fields  of  Labrador.  The 
whelping  ice,  as  it  is  called,  is  floated  southward  by  the  ocean  currents,  and  is  always 
to  be  found  on  the  coast  of  Newfoundland  after  the  middle  of  March.  The  young 
seals  not  taking  to  the  water  until  they  are  three  months  old,  are  easily  killed ;  their 
skins  with  fat  attached  are  stripped  off,  and  the  worthless  carcasses  are  left  on  the  ice. 
A  majority  of  the  vessels  secure  from  3,000  to  9,000 ;  they  are  sorted  into  four  qualities ; 
young  harp,  young  hood,  old  harp  and  bedlamer  (year-old  hood),  and  old  hood,  the 
most  productive  being  young  harp. 

At  St.  Johns,  the  headquarters  of  the  trade,  the  skins  and  blubber  are  separated, 
and  the  latter  is  put  into  wooden  cribs,  beneath  which  are  wooden  pans  to  catch  the  oil 
No  artificial  heat  is  used  in  this  process.  The  oil  which  runs  for  the  first  two  or  three 
months  is-  termed  pale  seal  oil ,  and  forms  50  to  70  per  cent,  of  the  whole  quantity.  As 
putrefaction  takes  place,  the  oil  becomes  darker  and  more  offensive.  The  putrescent 
refuse  and  the  clippings  of  the  pelts  yield  further  quantities  of  oil  ( boiled  seal  oil)  by 
boiling.  This  old  process  is  being  superseded  by  a  steam  apparatus  invented  by  S.  G. 
Archibald,  of  St  Johns.  By  this  invention  a  uniform  and  much  better  quality  of  oil 
is  produced,  free  from  the  horrible  odor  of  that  prepared  by  the  old  method,  and  the 
time  required  is  only  twelve  hours,  instead  of  six  months.] 

- ■  ioi  ■ - 

BRITISH  COLONIES— GUIANA. 

75.  Mansfield,  Joiin,  Demerara. — Collector. 

A  collection  of  transverse  and  vertical  sections  of  woods,  for  building  and  other 
purposes,  from  Demerara  river. 

1.  Eturewici ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

2.  Couraballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

3.  Silverballi,  or  Siruaballi.  Yellow;  transverse  section. 

[This  wood  is  supposed  to  be  derived  from  a  species  of  Nectandra.  It  is  light,  and 
floats,  and  contains  a  bitter  principle,  which  protects  it  from  the  attack  of  worms. 
Hence  it  is  much  used  for  the  outside  planking  of  colony  crafts ;  specimens  are  often 
seen  which  have  formed  parts  of  the  bottom  and  planking  of  vessels  in  the  Demerara 
river  for  more  than  thirty  years.  It  is  also  used  for  booms  and  masts.  It  grows  to  a 
great  size,  but  then  is  often  hollow ;  it  will,  however,  square  sound  from  10  to  14 
inches,  from  40  to  60  feet  long.] 

4.  Arrakadaca ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

5.  Coutaballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[The  tree  which  yields  this  timber  grows  upon  sand  hills;  the  wood  is  very  hard 
and  durable,  if  not  exposed  to  the  weather.  It  is  abundant,  and  principally  used  for 
house  frames,  and  will  square  12  inches,  from  30  to  40  feet  long.] 

H* 


6.  Coorarunikika ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

7.  Etoure,  Wallaba;  transverse  section. 

[It  has  similar  properties  to  Wallaba,  but  is  of  smaller  size  and  finer  grain.] 

8.  Aroumatta :  transverse  and  vertical  section.  Excellent  for  planking  vessels. 

9.  Hymoracushi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

10.  Cururuburari ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

11.  Hooruwassa;  transverse  section. 

1 2.  Morabuci ;  trausverse  and  vertical  section. 

13.  Itikitibouraballi  ( Machcerium  Schomburgkii,  Benth);  transverse  section. 

[The  trunk  grows  to  the  length  of  from  30  to  40  feet,  and  squares  from  12  to  16 
inches.  It  is  chiefly  used  for  cabinet  work.  Its  purple  flowers  have  the  odor  of  violets.] 

14.  Coomaruballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  tough  wood  of  small  size,  used  as  framing  timber.] 

15.  Manie,  or  Manne  ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[Wood  hard;  used  for  staves,  <fec. ] 

16.  Mooraballi;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

17.  Wadaduri,  or  Wadadura,  or  Monkey -pot  tree  ( Lecythis  grandijlora,  Aubl.) ; 
transverse  section. 

[A  close-grained,  tolerably  hard  and  heavy  wood,  presenting,  however,  numerous 
open  cells ;  heart-wood,  bright  amber  yellow — recent  layers  narrow  and  white.  The 
wood  is  plentiful,  and  is  used  for  furniture,  staves,  die.] 

18.  Mora;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[The  tree  ( Mora  excelsa,  Benth,)  producing  this  wood  frequently  reaches  a  height 
of  more  than  100  feet  It  is  tough,  close,  and  cross-grained,  and  is  peculiarly  adapted 
for  ships’  timbers  and  planks,  for  which  purpose  it  is  extensively  used.  The  trunk  of 
this  tree  when  of  the  height  of  from  40  to  50  feet,  will  square  from  18  to  20  inches, 
but  when  grown  to  that  size  is  generally  faulty.  It  grows  abundantly  on  barren  sand 
reefs,  and  is  also  plentiful  on  the  banks  of  some  of  the  rivers.  Sir  Robert  Schomburgk 
states  of  the  Barima,  that  in  “lieu  of  palms,  the  most  stately  mora  trees  overshadowed 
the  river.  In  all  my  former  travels  in  Guiana,  I  have  nowhere  seen  trees  of  this  des¬ 
cription  so  gigantic  as  on  the  land  adjoining  the  Barima  at  its  upper  course.  Indeed, 
frequently,  when  our  boat  rounded  some  point  which  the  river  made  in  its  course,  and 
a  long  reach  was  before,  these  majestic  trees  appeared  in  the  background  as  hillocks 
clothed  with  vegetation,  until  a  nearer  approach  showed  our  mistake;  and  we  found 
that  what  we  considered  to  have  been  a  hillock,  was  a  single  tree,  rising  to  the  enor¬ 
mous  height  of  130  to  160  feet,  forming  by  itself,  as  it  were,  a  forest  of  vegetation. 
The  importance  of  the  mora  in  naval  architecture  is  now  fully  recognized  in  Great 
Britain,  and  a  new  export  trade  has  been  opened  to  the  colony.  On  the  upper  Barima, 
this  tree  is  so  abundant,  and  grows  to  such  a  size,  that  the  whole  British  navy  might 
be  reconstructed  merely  from  the  trees  which  line  its  banks — a  circumstance  well  worth 
consideration,  for  the  river  being  navigable  to  vessels  of  twelve  feet  draught,  the  craft 
intended  for  the  transport  of  the  timber  might  load  at  the  very  spot  where  the  trees 
are  cut  down.] 

19.  Simaruba,  or  Sumaruppa  ( Simaruba  officinalis;  S.  amara,  Aubl.);  transverse 
and  vertical  sections. 

[It  resembles  White  Pine  in  color  and  quality,  and  makes  good  boards  for  joiners’ 
work.] 

20.  Suradanni,  or  Seridani ;  transverse  and  vertical  sections. 

[A  moderately  hard,  rather  heavy,  but  not  even-grained  wood.  The  sap-wood  is 
not  perceptibly  lighter  in  color  than  the  heart-wood.  It  is  much  used  for  timbers, 
rails,  and  covering  boards  for  colony  craft,  and  for  naves  and  felloes  of  wheels;  it  is 
also  made  into  canoes  by  the  Indians.  It  squares  from  14  to  18  inches,  from  30  to  40 
feet  long.] 

21.  Doori ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

22.  Curahuri,  or  Caraliura  ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

23.  Wallaba  ( Eperua  falcata,  Aubl.). 

[A  tree  very  abundant  throughout  the  colony.  It  is  hard,  splits  freely,  and  is  very 
durable  from  being  impregnated  with  a  resinous  oil.  It  is  used  for  house-frames, 
palings,  shingles,  staves,  Ac.  It  has  been  ascertained  that  a  roof  well  shingled  with 
this  wood  will  last  upwards  of  forty  years.  It  may  be  had  from  15  to  20  inches  square, 
and  from  30  to  40  feet  long. 

The  taconba,  or  heart  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  trunks  of  Wallaba  trees,  which 
have  been  felled  in  the  forests,  and  from  which  the  sap-wood  has  decayed,  is  much 
used  for  paling  posts  and  other  out-door  purposes,  being  found  to  be  almost  imperish¬ 
able.  It  is  about  to  be  used  as  sleepers  on  the  Demerara  Railway,  for  which  purpose 
it  will  probably  prove  well  adapted.  The  defect  of  this  wood  is  its  inability  to  bear 
great  lateral  strain ;  it  should  not  therefore  be  used  for  beams  longer  than  12  feet 
Sir  R.  Schomburgk  states  that  the  wood  is  deep  red,  frequently  variegated  with  whitish 
streaks,  hard,  heavy,  and  shining.] 

24.  Bannia,  or  Ebony ;  vertical  section. 

[This  grows  from  20  to  30  feet  high,  attains  a  large  size  in  circumference,  but  is 
almost  always  hollow  or  faulty,  so  that  no  large  piece  can  be  got  out  of  it;  it  is  very 
hard,  and  is  used  for  walking-sticks,  inlaying  work,  veneering,  Ac.] 

25.  Uriballi,  or  Eurebally,  or  Guiana  mahogany;  vertical  section. 

[The  wood  of  a  large  tree,  excellent  for  planking  craft  and  making  wardrobes,  as 
neither  worms  nor  moths  will  attack  it.] 

89 


SECTION  I. - CLASS  IV. 


26.  Tataba,  or  Tatabo ;  transverse  section. 

[Excellent  for  flooring  and  partitions;  it  grows  from  40  to  60  feet  high,  but  is 
scarce.]  See  No.  95. 

27.  Hyriballi,  pale ;  vertical  and  transverse  section :  brown,  vertical  and  transverse 
gection. 

28.  Turanira,  Towranero,  or  Bastard  Bully  tree ;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close,  even-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  It  is  very  plentiful,  and  is  used 
for  framing  timber,  spokes,  Ac.  It  will  square  25  inches,  40  to  50  feet  long.] 

29.  Waremia ;  transverse  section. 

80.  Youquadanni;  transverse  section. 

81.  Sarabadanni;  transverse  section. 

32.  Carrasari ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

33.  Barramalli ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

34.  Wiaballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

35.  Cooracooruli ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

36.  Silbadani,  or  Sibadanni ;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  moderately  hard,  and  rather  heavy  wood;  the  bark  smooth, 
resembling  that  of  common  beech.  It  is  used  for  furniture.] 

37.  Hicka ;  transverse  section. 

38.  Moraballi ;  transverse  section. 

39.  Arewa ;  transverse  section. 

40.  Coolicishiri ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

41.  Saouari,  orSouwarri;  transverse  section.  (Caryocar  tomentosum,  Dec.;  Pekea 
tuberculosa ,  Aubl.) 

[A  coarse,  open-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  The  tree  which  yields  the  delicious 
nut  known  as  the  Saouari  or  Sewarri.  The  wood  greatly  resembles  in  its  properties 
the  Mora,  being  excellent  for  ship-building,  mill-timbers,  and  planks.  It  may  be  had 
from  16  to  20  inches  square,  from  20  to  40  feet  long.] 

42.  Manabadieu;  transverse  section. 

43.  Hyawa,  or  Incense-tree  (Idea  heptaphylla,  Aubl.)',  transverse  section. 

[A  light,  though  rather  fine,  close-grained,  white  wood ;  large  and  buoyant,  and 
proof  against  the  attacks  of  worms.  The  gum  hjTawa  is  obtained  from  this  tree.] 

44.  Awasaculi ;  transverse  section. 

45.  Waremiaballi,  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

46.  Aradanni ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 


7G.  Cartwright,  II.,  H.  M.  Penal  Settlement  Essequibo. — Collector 

47.  Fucaddi ;  transverse  section. 

[A  soft,  tough  wood;  plentiful,  growing  from  10  to  12  inches  in  diameter.] 

48.  Waddadura,  Waddauri,  or  Monkey-pot ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  See 
Number  17. 

49.  Manniballi,  Mannaballi,  or  Candle-wood ;  transverse  sections. 

[This  grows  from  6  to  10  inches  in  diameter,  very  straight,  from  30  to  35  feet  long, 
and  makes  good  framing-wood.  It  is  from  a  variety  of  this  tree  that  the  Indians 
procure  the  wax  ( curi-manni )  with  which  they  fasten  the  various  parts  of  their  hooks, 
arrows,  Ac.] 

50.  Silbadanni ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  Number  36.] 

51.  Hoobudi,  Ubudi,  or  Wild  Cashew;  transverse  sections. 

[A  common  soft  wood,  good  for  inside-work  or  boards.  It  grows  to  a  very  large 
size,  and  is  said  to  bear  only  once  in  every  four  or  five  years.  The  fruit  is  much  the 
same  in  appearance  as  the  cultivated  cashew,  but  is  a  little  smaller,  of  a  pale  yellow 
or  deep  puce  color,  with  a  pleasant  acid  taste.] 

52.  Banya,  Bannia,  or  Ebony  ;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  24.] 

53.  Urche;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  hard  wood,  growing  long  and  straight,  from  6  to  12  inches  in  diameter;  a  good 
frami  ng-timber.  ] 

54.  Siraballi,  or  Silverballi,  white  variety;  transverse  and  vertical  section:  brown 
variety,  see  Number  3. 

65.  Abuckka-Abucka-Danui ;  transverse  section.  [A  small  framing-wood.] 

66.  Baramalli,  or  Pump-wood ;  transverse  section. 

[A  soft  wood,  growing  to  a  large  size,  formerly  used  for  staves  of  sugar-hogsheads. 
The  Indians  and  wood-cutters  use  the  bark  to  floor  and  inclose  their  houses.] 

57.  Turanira,  Towranero,  or  Bastard  Bully  tree;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  38.] 

58.  Wooralli;  transverse  section. 

59.  Yaruri,  Yarooroo,  or  Paddle- wood;  vertical  section. 

[This  wood  is  obtained  from  Aspidosperma  cxcelsum,  Benth. 

The  whole  tree,  from  5  to  6  feet  in  diameter,  and  to  the  first  branches,  about  60 
feet  in  length,  has  the  appearance  of  being  fluted,  or  as  if  it  consisted  of  a  fasciculus 
of  numerous  slender  trees.  The  fluted  projections  of  the  trunk  are  used  by  the  Indians 
for  the  construction  of  tlieir  paddles.  The  wood  is  elastic,  very  strong,  and  preferred 
to  any  other  for  cotton-gin  rollers.  It  is  light,  and  not  apt  to  splinter,  and  might  on 
account  of  its  lightness  be  employed  for  floats  of  paddle-wheels  of  steam-vessels.] 

60.  Souari,  Sewarri,  or  Sewarra ;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  41.] 

61.  Coutaballi;  transverse  section.  See  No.  5. 

62.  llooriwassa,  or  Soap-wood ;  transverse  sections. 

[It  grows  from  30  to  40  feet  high,  is  soft,  makes  good  boards  and  heading  for 
sugar-hogsheads.  The  root  and  bark  are  used  by  the  Indians  as  soap.] 

63.  Greenheart,  or  Sipiri ;  transverse  section. 

[The  Greenheart-tree  ( Nectandra  Rodiwi,  Benth,)  is  very  abundant,  and  its  timbers, 
squaring  from  18  to  24  inches,  can  be  procured  without  a  knot  from  60  to  70  feet  long. 
It  is  a  fine-grained,  hard  wood,  well  adapted  for  planking  of  vessels,  house-frames, 
wharves,  bridges,  and  other  purposes,  where  great  strength  and  durability  are  required. 
Mr.  Manifold,  Engineer  of  the  Demerara  Railway,  states  that  this  is  the  best  timber  for 

90 


resisting  tensile  and  compressive  strains,  and  is  therefore  well  adapted  for  keelsons  for 
ships,  and  beams  of  all  kinds.  It  is  a  very  heavy,  but  not  even-grained  wood ;  the 
duramen  is  deep  brown,  the  recent  layers  broad  and  pale  yellow.] 

64.  Aramatto ;  transverse  section. 

65.  Garapa,  or  Crab-wood ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[This  wood  is  obtained  from  Xylocarpus  carapa,  Spreng.,  or  Carapa  Guianensis, 
Aubl.,  the  seeds  of  which  yield  the  crab-oil.  It  is  a  light  wood,  takes  a  high  polish, 
and  is  used  for  masts,  spars,  floorings,  partitions,  and  doors  of  houses.  There  are  two 
varieties,  the  red  and  white.  It  squares  from  14  to  16  inches,  from  40  to  60  feet  long. 

It  is  a  tolerably  hard,  even-grained  wood,  and  is  in  great  repute  in  the  colony  for 
interior  work.] 

66.  Mora;  transverse  section.  See  No.  18. 

67.  Simiri,  or  Locust ;  vertical  section. 

[A  rather  open-grained,  though  hard,  heavy  wood.  The  tree  producing  this  wood 
is  Hymencca  -Courbaril,  L.,  and  is  plentiful  in  various  parts  of  the  colony.  It  often 
attains  a  height  of  from  60  to  80  feet,  with  a  trunk  from  7  to  8  feet  in  diameter.  The 
wood  is  hard  and  compact,  and  its  durability  recommends  it  for  mill-rollers  and  similar 
purposes.  The  Indians  make  “wood-skins”  of  the  bark.  See  No.  123.  From  this 
tree  is  obtained  a  gum,  Gum  Anime,  used  often  for  the  same  purposes  as  gum  copal.] 

68.  Purplelieart,  or  Mariwayana ;  transverse  section. 

[The  Purpleheart  has  a  hard  and  heavy,  though  open-grained  wood ;  the  dura¬ 
men,  in  longitudinal  section,  is  bright  claret ;  in  transverse  section,  deep-brown  purple ; 
the  recent  layers  narrow,  and  pale  yellow.  This  tree  (Copaifera  pubijlora,  or  bracteata?) 
yields  a  timber  of  great  strength,  durability,  and  elasticity,  and  is  described  by  Dr. 
Lindley  as  “  invaluable  for  resisting  the  shock  of  artillery  discharges,  on  which  account 
it  is  used  for  mortar-beds.”  It  is  used  for  windmill-shafts,  rollers,  and  machinery.  It 
has  also  been  suggested  by  a  practical  ship-builder  that  this  wood,  if  better  known, 
would  be  likely  to  take  the  place  of  rose-wood  in  the  ornamental  work  of  ship’s  cabins, 

Ac.  It  is  plentiful  and  very  large ;  the  bark  is  used  by  the  Indians  to  make  “  wood- 
skins,”  or  canoes.  Like  the  Greenheart,  the  Purpleheart  belongs  to  the  natural  order 
Fuhacecc.  In  addition  to  its  timber,  it  is  valuable  for  the  quantity  of  balsam  which 
gushes  from  the  bark  on  being  wounded.] 

69.  Eperipessi ;  transverse  section.  [A  hard,  good,  small  wood  for  framing.] 

70.  Small  Monkey-Pot;  transverse  section.  (Lecythis parvijlora,  L.) 

[A  soft  wood,  not  much  used,  but  growing  to  great  size.] 

71.  Amooroo  ;  transverse  section. 

[A  species  of  the  Black  Y arri-Y arri,  or  Lance- wood.  It  is  seldom  larger  than  5  or 
6  inches  in  diameter,  but  is  strong  and  elastic ;  it  is  used  for  Logie  spars,  beams,  Ac. 

See  No.  83.] 

72.  Hubaballi,  or  Iloobooballi ;  transverse  section. 

[This  wood  is  very  close  and  fine-grained,  is  easily  worked,  takes  a  high  polish, 
and  is  much  used  in  the  colony  for  furniture;  it  makes  extremely  handsome  bedstead 
posts.  It  may  be  had  from  15  to  20  inches  square,  40  to  70  feet  long.  The  wood  is  i 
heavy  and  hard;  the  duramen  is  deep-red  chestnut;  the  alburnum,  nut-brown.] 

73.  Alsouroo;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  hard  wood,  plentiful  on  the  banks  of  rivers,  but  not  much  used.] 

74.  Acuyuri  palm ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  ( Astrocaryum  amleatum, 

Meyer.) 

[The  outside  or  woody  part  of  the  stem  takes  a  fine  polish,  and  is  used  for  cabinet 
work,  walking-sticks,  Ac.  It  bears  a  fruit  about  the  size  of  a  hen’s  egg,  containing  a 
large  seed  covered  with  a  pulp,  from  which  a  bright-yellow  oil  is  obtained.  Both 
pulp  and  oil  are  edible.] 

75.  Uriballi ;  transverse  section.  See  No.  25. 

76.  Burueli,  Bully  or  Bullet  tree;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  moderately  hard,  and  rather  heavy  wood.  The  tree  yielding 
this  wood  is  supposed  to  be  a  species  of  Mimusops.  It  is  found  throughout  the  colony, 
but  most  abundantly  in  the  county  of  Berbice.  It  is  of  great  size,  squaring  from  20  to 
30  inches,  20  to  30  feet  long.  The  weather  has  little  effect  upon  it,  and  it  is  employed 
for  house-frames,  posts,  floors,  Ac,  The  upper  portion  of  the  trunk  and  the  branches 
arc  manufactured  into  shingles,  wheel-spokes,  palings,  Ac.] 

77.  Wooralibali;  transverse  section.  [A  cross-grained  red  wood  ;  very  scarce.] 

78.  Lara-coo-sana,  or  Bastard  Yaruri;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[It  grows  to  a  great  size,  the  fluted  projections  being  sometimes  as  broad  as  8  or  9 
feet.  It  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  No.  59.] 

79.  Kewarroo-Cusi ;  transverse  section. 

[A  hard  wood,  of  a  bright-yellow  color;  not  much  used.] 

80.  Carra-Seri,  or  Black  Lance-wood  ;  transverse  section. 

[This  seldom  grows  larger  than  5  or  6  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  remarkable  for 
growing  with  but  little  taper.  The  specimen  sent  is  larger  than  usual ;  it  is  strong  and 
elastic,  making  superior  spars  and  beams.] 

81.  Waari ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  large  tree,  with  cross-grain,  and  exceedingly  tough ;  used  by  the  Indians  for  | 
making  canoes,  Ac.] 

82.  Sirabully-Bally ;  transverse  section. 

[A  small,  very  hard  wood,  fit  for  framing.] 

83.  Yarri-Yarri,  or  Lance-wood ;  vertical  section. 

[A  light,  yet  fine,  close-grained,  and  tolerably  hard  wood.  This  tree  is  stated  by 
Schomburgk  to  be  Duguetia  quitarensis,  Lindl.  It  is  a  slender  tree,  found  in  tolerable 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


abundance  in  the  interior  of  the  colony.  The  wood  possesses  much  toughness  and 
elasticity’,  and  is  used  for  gig-shafts,  and,  when  small,  for  whip-handles  and  fishing-rods. 
The  Indians  make  their  arrow-points  of  it  It  grows  from  4  to  6  inches  in  diameter  at 
the  lower  end,  and  from  15  to  20  feet  long.] 

84.  Youraballi;  vertical  section. 

[It  is  a  small  tree,  3  or  4  inches  in  diameter,  but  is  very  strong,  and  is  frequently 
used  for  the  pin  by  which  timber  is  hauled  out  of  the  bush.] 

77.  Buciianan,  A. — Collector. 

A  collection  of  woods  from  Massarooni  river. 

85.  Washiba,  or  Indian  Bow-wood;  transverse  and  vertical  sections. 

[A  very  durable,  elastic,  and  strong  wood;  used  for  windmill-shafts  and  spindles. 
The  specimens  of  vertical  section  were  taken  from  the  branch  of  a  tree  100  feet  from 
the  ground  ;  the  age  must  be  computed  by  centuries.  Scarce.] 

86.  Cabaealli ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  moderately  hard,  and  rather  heavy  wood.  This  wood  is 
impregnated  with  a  bitter  principle,  which  defends  it  against  worms;  it  lasts  well 
under  water,  and  is  much  used  for  planking  colony  craft ;  it  must,  however,  be  fastened 
with  copper  nails.  It  will  square  from  12  to  16  inches,  or  even  more;  from  40  to  50 
feet  long.  Specimens  are  from  a  young  tree.  Not  plentiful.] 

87.  Cucadi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[Durable,  tough,  and  difficult  to  split.  The  tree  might  be  from  70  to  90  years  old. 
Not  plentiful.] 

88.  Couraballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [A  young  tree.  Scarce.] 

89.  Sun-wood ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [Furniture-wood.  Very  scarce.] 

90.  Camara,  or  Touca ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  hard,  and  very  heavy  wood.  It  is  obtained  from  Dipteryx 
odorata,  Willii,  the  tree  which  produces  the  well-known  Tonquin  Bean.  It  is  tough, 
and  durable  in  an  eminent  degree,  and  it  is  said  that  a  portion  of  its  timber,  one  inch 
square  and  of  a  given  length,  bears  100  lbs.  more  weight  than  any  other  timber  in 
Guiana  of  the  same  dimensions.  It  is,  therefore,  peculiarly  well  adapted  for  any 
purpose  where  resistance  to  great  pressure  is  the  object,  and  for  shafts,  mill-wheels,  or 
cogs.  It  squares  from  18  to  20  inches,  from  40  to  50  feet  long.  Not  plentiful.] 

91.  Koqueretteballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

[A  hard  and  tough  wood,  forming  excellent  rafters  and  beams  for  cottages.  It 
grows  from  20  to  30  feet  long,  and  from  4  to  6  inches  in  diameter.] 

92.  Suradanni ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  No.  20.] 

93.  Siruaballi,  white;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  No.  3.] 

78.  Outiudof,  John. — Collector. 

A  collection  of  sections  of  woods  from  Demerara  river. 

94.  Camara,  or  Tonca ;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  26.] 

95.  Tataba,  or  Tatabo ;  transverse  section. 

[Used  for  mill-cogs  and  rollers.  Plentiful.  See  No.  90.] 

96.  Torch-wood ;  transverse  section. 

[Supposed  to  be  obtained  from  a  species  of  Amyris  or  Idea.  When  beaten,  so  as 
to  separate  the  fibres,  the  branches  are  used  as  torches  by  the  Indians.] 

97.  Ilackia ;  transverse  section. 

[This  wood,  known  in  the  colony  as  Lignum  vitce,  is  said  to  be  obtained  from  the 
Guaiacum  officinale,  L.;  but  this  seems  doubtful,  as  the  tree  producing  this  wood  attains 
a  height  of  from  50  to  60  feet,  and  squares  16  to  18  inches,  while  the  Guaiacum  offici¬ 
nale  is  described  as  a  comparatively  small  tree,  about  four  or  five  inches  in  diameter. 
It  is  used  for  mill-cogs  and  shafts.] 

98.  Crette ;  transverse  section. 

99.  Duca ;  transverse  section. 

100.  Crab-wood ;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  65.] 

101.  Serewa ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

102.  Hymokusi,  or  Hymora-kusi ;  transverse  section. 

103.  Siruaballi,  or  Silverballi.  Yellow.  Transverse  section.  [See  No.  3.] 

104.  Sumaruppa;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  19.] 

105.  Ducalliballi ;  transverse  section. 

[This  grows  to  a  pretty  large  size,  but  is  not  plentiful.  The  trunk  is  about  forty 
feet  high,  but  seldom  exceeds  twenty  inches  in  diameter.  The  wood  is  deep  red,  finer, 
more  equal,  and  more  compact  than  mahogany,  and,  like  the  Ducoballi,  is  much  used 
for  furniture.  It  takes  a  high  polish,  and  resembles,  or  perhaps  is  identical  with,  the 
Brazilian  Beef-wood.  The  specimens  sent  are  the  tacouba,  or  heart.] 

106.  Wild  Spiee-wood  ;  transverse  section. 

107.  Kakaralli ;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close,  even-grained  wood,  hard  and  heavy.  Duramen,  deep  red  brown  ; 
alburnum,  broad,  pale,  dirty  yellow.  The  wood  is  very  plentiful,  and  it  has  been 
proved  that  it  is  more  durable  than  Greenheart  in  salt  water,  as  it  possesses  the  quality 
of  resisting  the  depredations  of  the  sea-worm  and  barnacle.  It  may  be  had  from  six 
to  fourteen  inches  square.  The  specimens  sent  are  from  a  tree  supposed  to  be  about 
twenty  years  old.] 

108.  Sahou ;  transverse  section. 

109.  Sibadauni ;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  No.  36.] 

110.  Ilubaballi,  or  Hoobooballi ;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  72.] 

111.  Wadacluri,  or  Monkey-Pot  tree:  transverse  section.  [See  No.  17.] 

112.  Hooraballi ;  transverse  section. 

113.  Hucouya,  or  Iron-wood  ;  transverse  section. 

[This  is  the  produce  of  a  large  tree,  very  hard,  but  not  durable  if  exposed  to  the 

weather.] 


114.  Wamara,  Brown  Ebony,  or  Club-wood. 

[A  remarkably  fine,  close-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  Duramen  of  a  beautiful  deep 
Y andyke  brown  ;  alburnum,  three  inches  broad,  dirty  yellow.  This  wood  is  hard  and 
cross-grained,  consequently  not  apt  to  split,  and  it  would  therefore  answer  various 
purposes  in  naval  architecture.  It  may  be  had  from  6  to  12  inches  square,  and  from 
40  to  60  feet  long.  The  Indians  make  their  war-clubs  of  it.] 

115.  Saka,  or  Bastard  Purpleheart ;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  Duramen,  bright  purple;  alburnum, 
dirty  white.  In  brightness  of  color  it  excels  the  real  Purpleheart.  It  is  used  for 
furniture.] 

116.  Coonorubi ;  transverse  section. 

[The  bark  is  used  by  the  Indians  for  staining  their  war  implements.  Plentiful.] 

117.  Manaballi;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  49.] 

118.  Pacaddi ;  transverse  section. 

119.  Purpleheart;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  No.  68.] 

120.  Hyawaballi ;  transverse  section. 

[A  fine,  close-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  This  tree  is  scarce.  The  wood,  known 
as  zebra-wood,  is  used  for  furniture.] 

121.  Sumaruppa;  transverse  section.  [See  No.  19.] 

122.  Bartaballi ;  transverse  and  vertical  section. 

123.  Sinuri,  or  Locust-wood.  [See  No.  67.] 

[The  specimen  sent  is  part  of  the  frame  of  a  sugar-mill,  now  in  process  of  erection 
on  Plantation  Versailles,  the  property  of  the  Hon.  John  Croal.  This  frame  contains 
1,400  cubic  feet  of  solid  timber,  and  is  placed  on  a  foundation  of  2,464  cubic  feet  of 
solid  Greenheart  planks,  on  which  brick-work  for  the  mill  is  erected.  The  iron  rollers 
are  6  feet  6  inches  long,  and  3  feet  6  inches  in  diameter.  Weight  of  the  top  roller  and 
shaft,  12  tons  4  cwt. ;  entire  weight  of  iron  work,  103  tons  12  cwt. ;  entire  weight  of 
timber,  138  tons.] 

124.  Greenheart;  transverse  and  vertical  section.  [See  No.  63.] 

125.  Mora;  vertical  section.  [See  No.  18.  Contributed  by  A.  Hunter.] 

126.  Wallaba;  shingles  of.  [Contributed  by  Chas.  Benjamin.] 

127.  Wallaba;  staves  made  of.  [Contributed  by  Chas.  Benjamin.] 

[This  wood,  as  described  at  No.  23,  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  woods  of  this  colony 
for  house  frames,  shingles,  and  staves  for  vats ;  and  it  answers  well  for  rum  puncheons, 
but  for  that  purpose  is  not  much  used  when  White  Oak  can  be  had  at  a  fair  price. 
Nine-tenths  of  the  vats  which  receive  the  rain-water  from  the  roofs  of  buildings,  for 
drinking,  washing,  and  other  purposes  of  this  colony,  are  made  of  this  wood ;  and  a 
large  proportion  of  those  used  in  distilleries  are  also  made  of  the  same  material,  and 
are  more  durable  than  any  other. 

Shingles,  such  as  the  bundles  sent,  can  be  delivered  at  the  river  side,  100  miles 
from  its  mouth,  at  from  87  to  |8  a  thousand,  or  of  smaller  dimensions  at  a  correspond¬ 
ing  reduction.  Yat  staves,  such  as  those  sent,  are  worth  at  the  river  side  about  $80  a 
thousand. 

During  the  last  war  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States,  the  neighboring 
British  West  India  Islands,  Barbadoes,  St.  Vincent,  Grenada,  and  Dominica,  were 
supplied  altogether  from  British  Guiana  with  Wallaba  shingles,  instead  of  Cypress, 
Pine,  and  Cedar,  which  they  had  previously  received  from  the  United  States.] 


79.  Hunter,  A.,  Demerara. — Manufacturer. 

A  table-top,  exhibiting  133  specimens  of  woods,  the  growth  of  this  colony: — 


1.  Letterwood. 

2.  Annedein. 

8.  Sibadanni. 

4  Mooruballi. 

5.  Satin-wood. 

6.  Itipiribouraballi. 

7.  Moraburi. 

8.  Washiba. 

9.  Sea-grape. 

10.  Saouri. 

11  Lignum  vitje. 

12.  Black  Greenheart. 
18.  Purpleheart. 

14.  Tamarind. 

15.  Yonradnnni. 

16.  Coffee. 

17.  Sun-wood. 

18.  Avocado  Pear. 

19.  Silverballi,  yellow. 

20.  Fiddle-wood. 

21.  Cherry. 

22.  Red  Cedar. 

28.  Dark  Locust. 

24.  Mora. 

25.  Determa? 

26.  Star  Apple. 

27.  Red  Locust. 

2S.  Calabash. 

29.  Wallaba. 

80.  Soap  Berry. 

81.  Daknma. 

82.  Plum. 

33.  Carraseri. 

84.  Groogroo. 

35.  Black  heart. 

86.  Sapadilla. 

87.  Logwood. 

38.  Suradanni. 

89.  Carrahuri. 

40.  Etourewici. 

41.  Moabite. 

42.  Covacouralli. 

43.  Golden  Apple. 

44.  Bullet  Tree. 

45.  Wiaballi. 


46.  Etoure  Wallaba. 

47.  Tabicuslii. 

48.  Black  Hububalli. 

49.  Hymeracushi. 

50.  Wallaballi. 

51.  Cooloocookiseri. 

52.  Yarri-Yarri. 

53.  Silverballi. 

54  Gooseberry. 

55.  Coumaraballi. 

56.  Ducaliballi. 

57.  Turanira. 

6S.  Marabaduri. 

59.  Coutaballi. 

60.  Yaruri. 

61.  Aroamatto. 

62.  Tonquin  Bean. 

63.  Bastard  Fustic. 

64.  Wild  Cashew. 

65.  Curuburari. 

66.  Coaldamara. 

67.  Mango. 

68.  White  Locust. 

69.  Tatabo. 

70.  Orange. 

71.  Pale  Hydraballi. 

72.  Curacuralli. 

78.  Accouriebroed. 

74.  Cnmbodannt 

75.  Warernia. 

76.  Wamara. 

77.  Simarupa. 

78.  Guava. 

79.  Mammee. 

80.  Almond. 

SI.  Cabaealli. 

S2  Cedar. 

S3.  Yellow  Paddlewood. 

84.  Itikiribouraballl. 

85.  Yellow  Greenheart. 

86.  Cucadi. 

87.  Monkey  Apple. 

88.  Iperipessi. 

89.  Wild  Orange. 

90.  Coopa. 


91.  Waremiaballi. 

92.  Lana? 

93.  Bannia. 

94.  Urebe. 

95.  Baranealli. 

96.  Serewa. 

97.  Brown  Hydraballi, 

98.  Hymeracusi. 

99.  Koqueretaballi. 

100.  Huwaracusi. 

101.  Carrasiri. 

102.  Arradauni. 

103.  Awassacooli. 

104.  Hourewassa. 

105.  Coobaralli. 

106.  Sand  Box. 

107.  Manniballi. 

108.  Iron- wood. 

109  Lemon-wood. 

110.  Uriballi. 

111.  Serabatliballi. 

112.  Haekia. 

118.  Cashew. 

114.  Tooroo. 

115.  Kakaralli. 

116.  CoutabalH. 

117.  Doora. 

118.  Hyawaballi. 

119.  Crete. 

120.  Mannie. 

121.  Waari. 

122.  Crab-wood. 

123.  Courida. 

124.  Hoobooballi. 

125.  Curarureblka. 

126.  Aracadacera. 

127.  Hika. 

128.  Arava. 

129.  Amoura. 

180.  Wadaduri. 

131.  Marisiballi? 

132.  Couraballi. 

183.  Serabadannl. 


[Among  those  not  before  described,  are  the  following : — 

Letter-wood.  Called  by  the  Indians  “  Bourra  Courra.”  It  is  a  fine,  close-grained, 
hard,  and  rather  heavy  wood,  very  beautiful ;  of  a  bright  red  chestnut  color,  with 

91 


J 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  IV. 


small  rhomboidal  black  patches,  mostly  isolated,  though  occasionally  concurrent.  It 
is  used  for  ornamental  purposes,  especially  for  picture  frames.  It  never  attains  a  large 
size.  It  is  obtained  from  Brosimum  Aubletii ;  Peep,  or  Piratinera  guianensis ,  Aubl.,  and 
is  one  of  the  most  costly  woods.  The  black  spots  in  the  woods  have  been  compared 
to  hieroglyphics,  the  spotted  part  being  peculiar  to  the  heart,  which  is  seldom  more 
than  12  to  15  inches  in  circumference.  It  is  adapted  for  cabinet-work  of  small  size, 
and  for  veneering  only.  From  its  hardness,  it  is  difficult  to  work,  and  is  therefore  little 
used. 

Bloch  Greenheart.  A  very  hard,  fine,  close-grained,  heavy  wood ;  duramen,  deep 
brown  ;  alburnum,  narrow,  pale  ochre  yellow.  The  timber  of  this  tree  is  used  for  ship¬ 
building,  planks,  Ac.,  and  is  more  durable  than  the  common  Greenheart. 

Coffee-tree.  A  fine,  close-grained,  hhrd,  heavy  wood,  of  a  beautiful  cream-white 
color  throughout,  and  having  the  appearance  of  box,  both  in  structure  and  growth. 

Blackheart.  A  soft,  light  wood,  good  for  house  frames,  and  for  making  furniture. 
It  will  square  from  6  to  7  inches,  from  20  to  30  feet  long. 

Mammee.  (Mammea  Americana,  Lin.)  A  wood  very  like  that  of  the  Pear  tree. 
It  produces  the  Mammee  apple,  or  wild  apricot  of  South  America. 

White  Cedar.  ( Warracoeri.  Idea  altissima,  Aubl.)  An  open-grained,  soft,  light,  white 
wood,  easily  worked,  and  very  aromatic.  Sir  Robert  Schomburgk  states,  that  one  of 
his  canoes,  42  feet  long  and  5|  feet  wide,  was  made  from  a  tree  of  this  species.  It  is 
used  for  oars  and  paddles,  and  for  boards  for  inside  work  of  houses.  During  the 
American  War,  it  was  used  for  staves  for  sugar  hogsheads. 

Detcrma.  A  rather  hard,  but  not  very  close  or  even-grained  wood;  the  most 
valuable  of  the  British  Guiana  woods  for  ship-building  purposes,  where  it  is  chiefly 
used  for  the  bottoms  of  vessels.  It  is  used  also  for  masts,  booms,  and  planking  for 
colonial  craft;  and  as  insects  do  not  infest  it,  it  is  well  adapted  for  chests,  wardiobcs, 
<fec.  It  will  square  from  14  to  16  inches,  from  40  to  60  feet  in  length. 

Conrida.  ( Avicennia  nitida,  Jae.)  An  open-grained,  moderately  soft,  and  rather 
light  wood.  It  is  a  tree  of  surprising  rapidity  of  growth.  The  wood  is  perishable 
when  exposed  to  the  atmosphere,  but  is  very  durable  under  ground,  and  is  therefore 
used  in  the  foundations  of  buildings. 

Lana.  ( Gcnipa  Americana,  Lin.)  A  fine,  close-grained,  moderately  hard,  and 
rather  heavy  wood.  The  bark  resembles  that  of  the  Birch.  The  fruit  yields  the 
Indian  pigment,  known  as  Lana  dye.  The  tree  is  very  high,  and  the  trunk  will  fre¬ 
quently  square  from  14  to  18  inches.  The  wood  is  not  liable  to  split. 

Marisiballi.  An  exceedingly  close-grained,  hard,  heavy  wood.  The  tree  is  plen¬ 
tiful,  and  is  mostly  used  for  spars.  It  will  square  from  13  to  14  inches,  from  30  to  40 
feet  long. 

Satin-wood.  Said  by  Aublet  to  be  yielded  by  the  Ferolia  guianensis,  which  has 
both  white  and  reddish  wood,  both  satiny  in  appearance.  The  wood  is  close,  not  so 
hard  as  box-wood,  but  resembling  it  in  color,  though  rather  more  orange;  some  pieces 
are  beautifully  mottled  and  curled.  It  was  formerly  much  in  vogue  for  inside  decora¬ 
tion  and  furniture.  It  is  now  used  for  turning,  and  the  finest  specimens  are  cut  into 
costly  veneers.  It  has  an  agreeable  scent,  and  is  sometimes  called  “yellow  saunders.” 
The  Satin-wood  of  the  East  Indies  is  yielded  by  the  Chloroxylon  Sidelenia. 

Log-wood.  ( Heematoxylon  campcchianum.)  This  dark  purple  wood  is  generally 
used  as  a  dyewood.  It  is  occasionally  used  for  turning,  and  ornamental  purposes. 

Bastard  Fustic.  Fustic,  properly  so  called,  is  the  wood  of  a  species  of  Mulberry, 

( Morns  tinctoria,)  growing  in  most  parts  of  South  America,  the  United  States,  and  West 
Indies ;  a  large  and  handsome  tree.  The  color  of  the  wood  is  greenish  yellow.  Though 
it  is  chiefly  used  for  dyeing  greens  and  yellows,  it  is  also  employed  in  turning  and 
mosaic  work. 

Mango,  or  Mangrove,  is  a  fine,  straight-grained,  hard,  and  elastic  wood,  much  used 
by  cabinet-makers  for  straight  edges  and  squares,  as  it  stands  almost  as  well  as  Spanish 
Mahogany.  The  true  Mango  is  Rhizopora  mangle ;  but  other  trees  growing  in  the  same 
situations  are  also  called  by  this  name,  as  the  Conocarpus  racemosa,  the  Avicennia  tomen- 
tosa,  and  the  seaside  grape,  Coccoloba  uvifera,  which  is  a  large  tree,  with  wood  of  a 
reddish  color. 

The  Orange  and  Lemon  trees  have  a  wood  of  yellow  color,  more  frequently  used 
as  an  article  of  curiosity  than  as  really  useful. 

The  Almond-tree,  above  mentioned,  if  properly  named,  is  the  Amygdalus  communis. 
The  wood  towards  the  root  is  so  hard  that  it  is  sometimes  called  false  Lignum  vitce,  and 
is  used  for  similar  purposes. 

Iron-wood,  so  called,  is  imported  from  the  Brazils,  and  the  East  and  West  Indies. 
Its  colors  are  very  dark  browns  and  reds,  sometimes  streaked,  and  generally  straight¬ 
grained.  Almost  every  country  has  an  iron-wood  of  its  own,  so  called  for  its  great 
density.  The  Iron-wood  of  Guiana  is  Robinia  pavacoco,  Aubl.) 

Picture-frames,  made  of  thirteen  native  woods,  exhibiting  illustrations  of  Sir 
Robert  Schomburgk’s  “  Views  in  British  Guiana.” 

80  Allt,  .Totin',  Plantation  Beljield,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Fibre  of  Plantain  (Musa  paradisiaca),  prepared  by  scraping  the  stems  with  a  blunt 
cutlass,  without  maceration. 

Fibre  of  the  Wild  Ochro,  or  Jumby  ( Abelmoschus  spec.  ?).  This  plant  is  very  abun¬ 
dant,  susceptible  of  easy  cultivation,  and  yields  its  fibre  by  maceration  and  beating. 

81*  N  ktsciier,  A.  D.  vander  Gon,  Plantation  Klein  Pouderoycn,  Demerara . — Producer. 

Plantain  fibre,  from  stems  6  to  8  months’  old. 

“  “  from  stems  after  bearing  fruit. 

[The  Plantain  is  an  annual,  herbaceous  tree,  with  an  average  height  of  10  feet  and 
circumference  of  30  inches.  About  400  suckers  are  planted  to  the  acre,  in  squares  of 

92 


12  by  9  feet.  About  three-fourths  succeed,  and  give  on  an  average  five  good  plants  in 
two  years.  An  acre  yields  300  good  and  50  inferior  bunches  of  plantains  annually. 
To  obtain  the  fruit  the  trees  are  always  cut  down,  and  are  usually  left  to  rot,  for  want 
of  cheap  and  sufficient  machinery  to  separate  the  valuable  fibre,  of  which,  with  its 
connecting  cellular  tissue,  the  stems  contain  about  10  per  cent.,  the  remainder  being 
water,  with  various  salts  and  tannin  in  solution.] 

Fibre  of  the  Wild  Aloe,  or  Agave  (Agave  Americana). 

Cotton,  cleaned. 

[The  specimens  of  cotton  contributed  from  Guiana  are  the  produce  of  the  Gos- 
sypium  arboreum,  L.,  and  other  arborescent  and  indigenous  species.  Cotton  has  long 
been  cultivatetd  by  the  Indians,  who  usually  have  a  few  shrubs  around  their  huts,  and 
make  from  them  hammocks,  which  are  much  valued  for  their  strength  and  durability. 
By  the  colonists  cotton  has  been  cultivated  only  on  the  coast.  In  1803,  Demerara  and 
Essequibo  exported  46,435  bales  of  300  lbs.  each  ;  and  up  to  1820,  cotton  was  the 
staple  of  the  colony.  In  1821,  it  ceased  to  be  remunerative  in  comparison  with  coffee 
or  sugar,  and  has  consequently  been  in  a  great  measure  abandoned,  none  having  been 
exported  for  several  years.  With  every  advantage  of  soil  and  climate,  adapted  to  all 
the  varieties  of  cotton,  the  colonists  have  been  quite  unable  to  compete  with  planters 
in  the  United  States,  who  avail  themselves  of  the  more  regular,  efficient,  and  cheaper 
labor  of  slaves,  to  produce  this  great  staple.] 

82.  Laurie,  John,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Banana  fibre. 


83.  Betts,  II.  C.,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Samples  of  a  brown  variety  of  cotton,  from  the  interior  of  British  Guiana. 

81.  Blair,  Daniel,  Plantation  Batavier,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  cotton,  cleaned,  obtained  from  wild  plants,  on  a  plantation  aban¬ 
doned  27  years  since. 

Plantation  stem,  crushed  between  the  rollers  of  a  sugar-mill,  and  dried  to  exhibit 
the  mass  of  fibre. 

Mangrove  bark  (Rhizophora  mangle),  yielding  a  chocolate-colored  dye. 


85.  Cullen,  John,  St.  Roses  Mission,  Essequibo. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  silk  grass. 

Hammock  rope. 

Mahoe  fibre. 

Ita  Palm  fibre. 

Prepared  arnatto,  and  its  seeds. 

[Mahoe  fibre  is  the  production  of  a  species  of  Hibiscus,  a  plant  of  the  Mallow  family. 
It  has  a  coarse,  but  very  strong  fibre,  and  is  used  for  making  cordage,  coffee-bags,  Ac. 

The  Ita  Palm  (Mauritia  ffexuosa,  L.)  yields  a  valuable  and  abundant  fibre,  used  by 
the  Indians  for  making  hammocks,  ropes,  Ac.] 

Ilyawai  gum,  or  incense. 

[A  very  fragrant  gum,  suitable  for  pastilles,  Ac.,  supposed  to  be  obtained  from  the 
Idea  hcptaphylla .] 

86.  Latorff,  W.  P.,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Fibre  of  the  wild  ochro,  or  jumby. 


87.  Greene,  II.  M.,  Demerara. — Producer. 

Specimen  of  plant  yielding  silk  grass. 

[This  plant  is  supposed  to  be  a  species  of  Bromelia.  Its  fibre  is  very  strong,  and  is 
used  by  the  Indians  to  make  fish-nets,  bow-strings,  Ac.] 


88.  Ross,  George,  Demerara. — Producer. 
Arnatto  seeds,  in  their  capsules. 

Silk  grass  fibre. 


89.  M’Farlane,  George,  Demerara. — Collector. 

Wild  cotton,  or  down  from  the  seed  vessels  of  Ipecacuana  (Asclepias  curassavica, 
Willd). 

90.  MacClintock,  AV.  C.,  Pomeroon,  Essequibo. — Collector. 

Ita  Palm  fibre,  made  into  twine ;  Carapa  nuts  in  capsules  (Xylocarpus  carapa) ;  seed 
vessels  of  the  Monkey  Pot  (Lecythis  grandijlora) ;  seed  vessels  of  the  Troolie  Palm 
(Manicaria  saccifera)-,  of  the  Mora  excelsa ;  of  the  Buck-shot  (Canna  sp.) — from  the 
rhizomas  of  this  plant  the  Tous-les-mois  starch  of  commerce  is  obtained ;  seeds  of 
Acuyuri ;  inner  bark  of  Kakaralli  (Lecythis  Ollaria) ;  seeds  of  Palm  producing  vegeta¬ 
ble  ivory  ;  caoutchouc ;  Indian  dye ;  Ilyawai  gum. 


9).  Brotiierson,  E.  S.,  Demerara  River. — Collector. 

A  series  of  barks  used  for  tanning,  comprising  Hooboo  (Spondias  lulea);  Souari 
(Caryocar  tomentosum) ;  Carapaballi ;  It.ava  (Blakea  triplinervea) ;  Howassicoolli ;  Yarura 
(Aspidospermum  excelmm) ;  Siracla  (Acacia  sp.  ?) ;  Crab-wood  (Xylocarpus  carapa). 

Kakaralli  Gall  Nuts  (Lecythis  Ollaria). 

Seeds  of  Cucurite  Palm  (Maximiliana  regia)-,  and  of  Kuru-kururu. 

Arnatto,  prepared  in  oil. 

[This  orange-colored  dye  is  obtained  from  a  small  South  American  shrub,  Bixa 
orellana.  When  its  pods  are  ripe,  they  burst,  and  show  the  seeds  surrounded  by  a 
splendid  crimson  pulp,  the  part  which  yields  the  dye.  The  pulp  is  fermented  in  water 
the  seeds  separated  by  beating  with  paddles,  and  straining,  and  the  solution  boiled  in 
coppers  to  a  paste,  which  is  made  into  cakes  and  dried.] 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


92.  Stuchbury,  J.  S.,  Berbice. — Producer. 

Turmeric  (Curcuma  longa). 

Laurel  oil. 

[This  oil  is  supposed  to  be  obtained  from  the  Oreodaphne  opifera.  It  is  used  for 
affections  of  the  joints,  and  as  a  solvent  of  India-rubber. 

Crab  oil,  obtained  from  the  seeds  of  the  Crab-wood  (Xylocarpus  carapd),  is  used  by 
the  colonists  for  burning,  and  as  a  hair  oil.] 

93.  Knowles,  R.  J.,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Snake  nuts. 

[This  curious  production,  the  fruit  of  Ophiocaryon  poradoxum,  was  discovered  by 
Schomburgk.  The  embryo  of  the  nut  is  spirally  twisted,  and  resembles  a  snake  coiled 
up,  whence  it  has  both  its  scientific  and  vulgar  name.] 

94.  Lyng,  W.,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Snake  nuts. 

95.  Mrs.  Donald,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Snake  nuts. 

96.  Magill,  S.,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Spines  from  trunks  of  various  palms. 

Job’s  Tears  (bud-like  seeds). 

[This  singular  name  is  given  to  the  stony  seeds  of  a  grass,  the  Coix  lachryma,  L. 
They  are  used  in  Guiana  to  make  necklaces,  and  are  valued  for  supposed  medicinal 
qualities.] 

97.  Mrs.  Holmes,  Bemerara. — Producer. 

Tonquin  beans. 

[This  bean  is  the  fruit  of  Bipteryx  odorata,  Willd,  and  is  chiefly  used  to  give 
fragrance  to  snuff.] 

98.  Holmes,  W.  H.,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Milk  from  the  cow-tree. 

[The  Hya-Hya  (Taberncemontana  utilis)  grows  freely  in  the  forests  of  Guiana.  It 
is  one  of  the  numerous  trees  of  various  families  which  yield  a  milk-like  fluid,  in  almost 
all  respects,  comparable  to  that  furnished  by  the  cow.] 

99.  Morison,  John,  Bemerara. — Producer. 

Arnatto  seeds.  _ _ . 

100.  Blair,  Mrs.,  David  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Soap-berries. 

[These  are  the  kernels  of  the  fruit  of  Sapindus  Saponaria,  L. ;  they  are  used  for 
ornaments.] 

101.  Hunt,  Thomas,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Mimosa  seeds. 

102.  Murray,  Henry,  Bemerara. — Collector. 

Gum  resin  of  the  Locust  tree. 

[This  gum  exudes  in  vertical  masses  of  about  a  foot  in  length,  from  the  roots  of 
Hymencea  courbaril,  L.,  and  it  may  be  also  obtained  by  tapping  the  tree.  It  is  said  to 
be  the  gum  anime  of  commerce,  and  is  sometimes  used  as  a  substitute  for  copal.] 

103.  Morrison  &  Knox,  Bemerara. — Collectors. 

Isinglass,  or  fish-glue,  the  dried  swim-bladder  of  Silanes  Parkerii,  Traill,  a  very 
abundant  fish  in  the  rivers  and  estuaries  of  the  colony. 


FRANCE. 

104.  Godin,  sen.,  Chatillon-sur-Seine,  Cote  <T  Or. — Producer. 

Fleeces  of  rams  raised  in  France. 

105.  Graux,  J.  L.,  Commune  de  Juvincourt,  Aisne. — Producer. 

Fleeces  of  great  fineness,  from  a  peculiar  variety  of  the  merino  sheep. 

[These  specimens  are  of  very  great  interest.  They  were  produced  from  a  new 
variety  of  the  merino  sheep — one  of  those  very  rare  instances  in  which  the  origination 
of  a  distinct  variety  of  a  domesticated  animal  can  be  distinctly  traced,  and  all  the 
attending  circumstances  authenticated.  In  1828,  one  of  the  merino  ewes  of  M.  Graux 
produced  a  ram,  remarkable  for  the  long,  smooth,  straight,  and  silky  character  of  the 
fibre  of  the  wool,  and  for  the  smoothness  of  its  horns.  In  the  next  year,  M.  Graux 
employed  this  ram  with  a  view  to  obtain  others  having  wool  of  a  similar  kind.  The 
produce  of  1830  included  one  ram  and  ewe  with  fleece  of  the  desired  quality;  in  1831 
there  were  four  such  rams  and  one  ewe ;  and  in  1833  the  rams  were  numerous  enough 
to  serve  the  whole  flock.  In  each  subsequent  year  the  lambs  have  been  of  two  sorts, 
one  preserving  the  characters  of  the  ancient  race,  the  other  resembling  the  new  variety , 
and  some  combined  the  long  silky  wool  with  a  better  formed  body  than  had  belonged 
to  the  first  of  the  new  variety.  By  a  system  of  cross-breeding,  M.  Graux  succeeded  in 
eliminating  the  malformations  of  the  original  variety,  while  he  preserved  the  long 
silky  fleece.  The  new  breed  (Mauchamp)  is  now  numerous  enough  for  exportation ; 


and,  by  crossing  with  the  ordinary  merino,  has  also  produced  a  valuable  wool,  known 
as  “Maucliamp-merino.”  The  wool  of  the  pure  Mauchamp  is  glossy  and  silky,  similar 
to  mohair ;  and,  owing  to  its  length  and  fineness,  is  an  excellent  combing-wool.  It  is 
highly  esteemed  by  the  manufacturers  of  Cashmere  shawls,  being  second  only  to  the 
true  Cashmere  fleece  in  the  fine  flexible  delicacy  of  the  fabric;  and,  combined  with 
the  wool  of  Cashmere,  imparts  qualities  of  strength  and  consistence  in  which  that  is 
deficient.  The  quantity  of  wool  yielded  by  the  Mauchamp  breed  is  less  than  that  of 
the  merino,  but  this  is  more  than  compensated  by  its  greater  price.] 

106.  Butin,  Lecat,  Commune  de  Taurcoing. — Producer. 

Samples  of  peeled  flax. 

107.  Leroy-Dubois,  Bep.  Ele-et-Vilaine. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  flax,  raw  and  peeled. 

108.  Boulat,  Jr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Hare  and  cony  fur,  for  manufacture  of  hats. 

109.  Nicon  (widow)  &  Son,  Annonay,  Ardeche. — Producer. 

Eggs  and  cocoons  of  the  silk-worm. 

110.  De  Tillancourt,  E.,  Champs  Elysees,  Paris. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  raw  silk,  white  and  yellow. 

111.  Affourttt,  G.  F.,  Courbessar,  Gard — Producer. 

Cocoons  and  raw  silk. 


112.  Nogarede,  J.  L.,  St.  Jean  de  Gard. — Producer. 
Raw  silk  in  hanks. 


113.  Bonneton,  J.,  St.  Vallier,  Brome. — Silk-throwster. 
Cocoons,  and  specimens  of  raw  and  thrown  silk. 

114.  Vincent,  J.,  Valleraugue,  Gard. — silk-spinner. 
Samples  of  raw  silk,  white  and  yellow. 


115.  Ressegaire,  J.  B.,  St.  Ruf,  near  Avignon. — Producer. 

Samples  of  raw  silk  from  cocoons  from  Liban. 

[The  silk-moth  ( Bcmibyx  mori)  is  a  native  of  China,  and  was  introduced  inta 
Europe,  in  the  reign  of  Justinian,  by  two  Nestorian  monks,  who  brought  the  eggs  in  a 
hollow  cane.  The  rearing  of  silk-worms  was  confined  to  the  Eastern  Empire  for  six 
centuries ;  in  the  12th  century  it  was  introduced  into  Sicily,  and  not  long  after  into 
Italy;  whence  this  industry  has  passed  into  Spain,  France,  England,  and  the  New 
World. 

Silk  is  secreted  by  a  pair  of  glandular  tubes,  terminating  in  a  spinnaret  on  the  under 
lip  of  the  larva.  Before  their  termination  the  tubes  receive  the  secretion  of  another 
gland,  which  glues  together  the  filaments  of  the  two  sericteria,  the  apparently  single 
thread  being  therefore  double.  The  larva  commences  spinning,  when  fully  grown,  by 
attaching  threads  to  convenient  points,  until  its  body  is  loosely  inclosed  by  the  threads. 
The  thread  is  then  fastened  in  a  zig-zag  manner  in  all  directions,  and  the  cocoon  is 
usually  completed  in  about  5  days.  All  this  time  the  larva  diminishes  in  size,  and 
finally  casts  its  skin  and  becomes  a  chrysalis. 

The  breeding  of  silk-worms  has  been  for  many  years  the  object  of  systematic  care 
and  advancement  in  France,  and  in  that  country  are  produced  cocoons  of  the  largest 
size,  composed  of  long,  strong,  even,  fine,  and  lustrous  thread.  As  in  the  case  of 
domesticated  animals  of  a  higher  class,  the  silk-worm  has  become  the  subject  of  several 
varieties.  In  France  the  varieties,  Sina,  Syrie,  and  Novi  are  esteemed  and  cultivated. 
The  remarkable  and  successful  experiments  of  Major  Count  de  Bronno  Bronski,  of 
Chateau  de  St.  Selves,  near  Bordeaux,  can  be  only  alluded  to  here.  Major  Bronski 
commenced  his  trials  in  1836,  and  by  repeated  selections  and  cross-breeding  of 
individuals  of  the  three  varieties  just  mentioned,  conducted  with  the  most  exemplary 
patience  and  scientific  skill,  he  has  obtained  a  race  of  silk-worms  not  subject  to  disease, 
and  which  produce  large  and  equal-sized  cocoons.  The  silk  is  pure  white,  strong,  and 
lustrous,  equal  throughout,  and  certified  to  have  an  average  length  of  1057  metres  or 
1154  English  yards.] 

106.  Alleon-Canson,  II.,  Annonay,  Ardeche. — Manufacturer. 

Albumen  of  eggs,  dried  and  prepared  to  fix  the  ultramarine  employed  in  calico- 
printing. 


107.  Jolly,  F.,  Mer,  Loire  et  Cher. — Manufacturer. 

Purified  oil  for  watches,  fire-arms,  and  fine  machinery. 

108.  Pommier,  P.,  Rue  de  Veuve  Coyuenard,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Varnish  for  carriages. 

109.  Le  Fevre,  B.,  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  varnish  of  various  kinds,  for  carriages,  furniture,  and  the  fine  arts.  ! 


110.  Soehne,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Varnishes  for  leather,  woods,  metals,  and  for  oil  and  water-color  paintings. 

93 


SECTION  I. - CLASS  IV. 


1 


HI,  Steinbach,  James  J.,  Petit  Quevilly,  near  Rouen. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  starch,  fecula,  and  gums  employed  in  calico-printing. 


112.  Faure  A  Escoffier,  Avignon. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  madder,  the  root,  and  the  powder  prepared  from  it. 


133.  Eidolfi,  Michele,  Lucca,  Tuscany. 

Colors  employed  in  encaustic  painting,  and  specimen  of  painting  executed  with 

them. 


134.  Tranquilli,  Giovanni,  Ascoli,  Papal  States. — Producer. 
Specimens  of  raw  silk. 


TEE  GERMAN  STATES. 

113.  Roemer,  Carl,  Briihl,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 

Refined  oil,  obtained  from  bones,  and  other  animal  substances,  capable  of  resisting 
intense  degrees  of  cold. 

114.  Fabian,  C.  G.,  Breslau. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  Pine  Oil  ( Pinus  sylvestris). 

115.  Schramm,  P.  J.,  Neuss-on-Rhine. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  wheat  starch,  used  to  dress  fine  linen  and  cotton  goods. 

116.  Schramm,  L.  F.,  Dessau,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  vegetable-  oil  for  watches,  Ac. 


117.  Fleitman  A  Weddigen,  New  York. — Importers. 

Samples  of  Saxony  wool. 

118.  Schutza,  Henry,  Schwartza,  Saxony. — Producer. 

Samples  of  Saxony  wool. 

119.  Siegle,  Heinrich,  Stuttgart. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  carmine,  carmine  lac,  prepared  for  coloring  paper  and  paper  staining. 

120.  Knosp,  Robert,  Stuttgart. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  indigo  and  carmine. 

121.  Elsner,  J.  G.,  Breslau. — Producer. 

Samples  of  merino  fleeces. 

AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

122.  Radulowitz,  Brothers,  Weisskirchen,  Hungary. — Producers. 

Samples  of  raw  silk. 

123.  RAFFELsrERGER,  F.  G.,  Vienna. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  bristles. 

124.  Matiuzzi,  G.  B.,  Friuli. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  various  raw  silks. 

125.  Sozzi,  P.,  Bergamo,  Lombardy. — Producer. 

Samples  of  raw  silks. 

126.  Petz,  W.,  Pesth,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

Two  varieties  of  carmine. 


127.  Scheiffle,  G.  S., - . — Collector. 

Various  samples  of  wool,  selected  by  permission  from  fleeces  shown  at  the  Lon¬ 
don  Exhibition  of  1851. 


128.  Bachrich,  Johann,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  prepared  and  unprepared  agaric  for  German  tinder,  medicated 
agaric  for  rheumatism,  and  for  linings  of  clothing,  Ac. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

130.  Montu,  G.  A  Co.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  the  tribolo,  or  Piedmontese  heath  sprigs,  for  the  manufacture  of 
brushes.  Brushes  of  the  same. 

131.  Lanza,  Brothers  A  Co.,  Turin. — Manufacturers. 

Stearine,  and  stearine  candles. 


132.  Gerardi,  Martini,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 
Variety  of  oil-seeds. 

Specimens  of  colza,  nub  linseed,  and  castor  oils. 

94 


SWITZERLAND. 

135.  Fogliardi,  J.  B.,  Melaut,  Canton  Ticino. — Producer. 
Specimens  of  raw  silk. 


BELGIUM. 

136.  Van  Geetarungen,  Casimir,  Hamme,  East  Flanders. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  Indian  wheat  starch. 

137.  Claude,  Louis,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 

Oil  of  colza,  purified  for  the  use  of  Carcel,  Moderator,  and  similar  lamps. 

[This  is  one  of  the  valuable  vegetable  oils  but  little  known  in  America,  though 
manufactured  to  a  large  extent  in  Europe.  It  is  expressed  from  the  unctuous  seeds  of 
a  species  of  wild  cabbage  ( Brassica  napus  sativa).  It  has  been  found  better,  in  its 
pure  state,  than  any  other  oil  for  lubricating  machinery.  It  is  also  much  used  for 
burning  in  lamps,  and  in  the  French  lighthouses  it  is  preferred  to  any  other  oil  in 
use  on  account  of  its  “  greater  brilliancy  and  steadier  flame,  with  less  charring  of 
the  wick,  as  well  as  for  its  greater  cheapness.”] 

- ■  «»>  i - 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

138.  Oomen,  Antonius,  Maria,  Ginncken,  near  Buda. — Manufacturer. 

Collection  of  oil-seed  cakes,  for  feeding  cattle,  and  for  manure. 

Collection  of  vegetable  oils,  rape,  colza,  linseed,  hempseed,  and  from  Camelina 
Sativa. 

Glue  for  manufacturing  uses. 

Samples  of  gelatine. 

139.  Van  Berkiiout,  Teding,  Heuman. — Producer. 

Samples  of  dogs’  wTool. 

140.  Noortveen  J.  H..  A  Co.,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 

Varnishes  of  various  kinds. 


141.  Catz,  P.  S.,  A  Co.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  horse-hair,  of  extra  and  ordinary  length,  for  W’eaving  cloth,  sieve- 
cloth,  and  for  brushes. 

Curled  hair  for  stuffing  chairs  and  mattresses. 

[In  manufactures  two  kinds  of  horse  hair  are  employed — the  straight  and  the 
curled.  The  long  straight  hair  is  woven  into  cloth  for  sieves,  and  also  for  ornamental 
purposes,  as  the  damask  hair  cloth  for  furniture.  For  this  purpose  it  is  first  steeped  in 
some  alkaline  solution,  and  then  dyed  of  any  required  color.  The  lustre  of  the  cloth 
is  imparted  by  hot  calendering.  Hair  not  long  enough  for  weaving  is  made  into  ropes. 
These  being  boiled,  to  give  the  fibres  a  permanent  twist  and  springiness,  are  converted 
into  the  curly  hair.] 

142.  Poel-weyers,  J.,  Zaandam. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  linseed  oil  and  oil-cakes. 

143.  Poel,  J.  W.,  Zaandam. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  gelatine  and  glue. 


144.  Van  Vollenhoven  A  Co.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturers. 
East  Indian  rattans. 


145.  Verhagen,  0.,  Goes. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  salt. 


146.  Prins,  C.  C.,  A  Co.,  Wormerveer. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  Urling’s  patent  starch. 

147.  De  Jager,  Evert,  Zandyk. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  starch. 

148.  Stuurman,  J.,  Zandyk. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  starch. 


r 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


149.  Vandenbergii  <fc  Co.,  Zutphen. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  glue. 

150.  Vandenboscii,  J.  J.,  Wilhelminadorf  near  Goes. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  madder,  manufactured  by  steam. 

152.  V  oute,  W.  cfc  C.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

Collection  of  madder,  garancine,  and  indigo. 

[Garancine  is  a  chocolate-colored  powder,  without  taste  or  smell,  and  of  variable 
quality,  prepared  from  madder.  The  substance  and  mode  of  preparing  it  from  fresh 
madder  were  described  by  AIM.  Robiquet  and  Colin  in  1828.  In  1843  a  patent  was 
taken  out  for  a  mode  of  preparing  garancine  from  refuse  madder,  which,  having  been 
once  used  in  dyeing,  had  before  been  thrown  away  as  spent  and  valueless.  The  process, 
too  long  to  be  described  here,  is  chiefly  conducted  through  the  agency  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  steam,  and  has  been  productive  of  great  saving  and  advantage.] 

153.  Ellerman,  A.,  Rotterdam. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  Holland  flax. 

154.  Van  Catz,  J.  P.,  Gouda. — ’Producer. 

Samples  of  Holland  and  Friesland  flax. 

Samples  of  horse-hair. 

SWEDEN  AND  NOEWAY. 

155.  Theskn,  J.  P.,  Christiana. — Collector. 

Specimens  of  various  Norwegian  woods. 


SPAIN  AND  CUBA. 

156.  Martinez,  A.  Rey  &  Co.,  Cadiz. — (Aguine  &  Galway,  New  York,  Agents.) — Manu¬ 

facturers. 

Five  hanks  of  raw  silk  from  the  manufactory,  Talabera  de  la  Reyna. 

- ■  <»>  ■ - 

HAYTI. 

157.  Faustin  I.,  Emperor  of  IIaytl 

Bark  of  the  silkwood,  pepperwood,  and  rosewood  trees. 

Samples  of  hemp. 

Samples  of  white  and  yellow  wax. 

Block  of  mahogany  (acajou  a  fleur)  remarkable  for  its  size. 

General  Note  on  the  Structure  of  Woods,  cfc c. 

The  numerous  specimens  of  woods  exhibited  from  the  United  States  and  British 
Guiana  invite  a  more  extended  note  upon  the  structure  of  woods,  their  peculiar  prop¬ 
erties,  the  mode  of  preserving  them,  «fec. 

The  trunk  and  branches  of  a  tree  serve  as  the  support  of  the  organs  of  digestion 
and  respiration,  the  leaves  ;  and  they  also  contain  the  apparatus  for  the  circulation 
of  the  nutritive  fluids  of  the  tree,  and  receive  the  secretions  deposited  from  them. 
The  apparently  homogeneous  tissue  of  wood  is  seen  under  the  microscope  to  be 
j  made  up  of  minute  longitudinal  tubes,  which  vary  in  diameter  from  one  200th 
]  to  one  2,000th  of  an  inch,  and  are  arranged  in  concentric  rings  around  a  central 
pith.  These  tubes  are  the  circulatory  apparatus.  There  is,  besides,  a  cellular  tissue; 
so  called  because  it  is  made  up  of  numerous  little  shut  cells,  formed  of  a  delicate 
and  transparent  membrane.  Cellular  tissue  is  most  abundant  in  herbaceous  plants ; 
in  trees  and  woody  plants  it  forms  the  pith,  and  the  so-called  medullary  r:i\ s  which 
radiate  from  the  pith  to  the  bark. 

Trees  are  divided  into  two  great  classes,  exogens  and  endogens,  according  to  the 
manner  of  their  growth.  In  exogens  (outside  growers)  the  annual  growth  consists 
of  an  addition  to  the  external  ring  of  wood  and  to  the  internal  ring  of  balk;  these 
|  annual  rings  are  distinctly  marked,  and  indicate  the  age  of  the  tree.  They  compiise 
|  the  trees  of  temperate  climates;  in  fact,  nearly  all  the  woods  which  are  used  in  the 

j  arts.  Endogenous  trees,  as  palms,  bamboos,  die.,  have  only  one  set  of  fibers,  the 

i  longitudinal ;  their  structure  may  be  seen  by  cutting  across  a  rattan  or  cornstalk. 

The  fibers  appear  as  irregular  dots,  which  are  oldest  and  most  compact  near  the 
circumference,  while  the  newest  fibers  are  nearer  the  center,  loosely  scattered  in  the 
pith,  or  leaving  the  center  of  the  stem  hollow.  Only  a  small  part  (the  lower)  of  the 
I  stems  of  such  trees  is  available  as  wood. 

To  return  to  exogenous  trees:  a  section  of  the  6tem  will  show',  first,  a  center  or 

pith,  composed  of  cellular  tissue ;  second,  the  annual  rings  of  woody  tissue,  arranged 

concentrically  around  the  pith ;  third,  an  exterior  covering,  the  bark,  consisting  of 
several  layers;  fourth,  lines  of  cellular  tissue,  radiating  from  the  pith  to  the  bark, 
called  medullary  rays  or  plates. 


Vessels  running  among  the  fibers  convey  the  crude  sap  from  the  roots  to  the  leaves, 
in  which  it  is  elaborated ;  it  then  returns  through  the  bark,  combining  with  that  in 
the  external  layers  of  the  wood,  forming  a  viscid  gelatinous  liquid,  known  as  the 
cambruin  ;  this  eventually  becomes  consolidated  into  the  new  annual  ring,  forming  a 
part  of  the  substance  of  the  tree.  The  innermost  layer  of  the  bark  is  called  the  liber. 

The  medullary  rays,  though  often  imperceptible  to  the  naked  eye,  are  always 
present  in  exogenous  trees.  They  vary  in  length  from  a  quarter  of  an  inch  or  less,  as 
in  the  maple,  to  several  inches,  as  in  the  oak;  they  seem  to  constitute  the  principal 
source  of  strength  in  the  woods,  from  their  combining  and  holding  together  continuous 
parts.  The  plates  have  often  an  expanded,  flattened  character,  which  gives  to  polished 
vertical  sections  of  many  woods  the  glossy  appearance  known  among  carpenters  as  the 
silver-grain,  so  beautiful  in  cabinet  work. 

That  portion  of  the  annual  ring  which  grows  towards  the  close  of  the  season  is  the 
densest,  which  causes  the  rings  to  be  usually  well  defined ;  if,  from  mild  weather  or  a 
tropical  climate,  the  growth  should  be  of  nearly  the  same  density,  the  annual  circles 
will  be  indistinct — this  fact  has  frequently  been  noticed.  A  favorable  exposure,  to  sun 
and  air  W'ill  develop  one  side  of  a  tree  more  than  another ;  and  one  annual  ring  will 
be  thicker  than  another,  according  to  the  difference  of  seasons.  The  interior  hardened  | 
layers  arc  known  as  the  duramen,  or  heart-wood,  the  exterior  softer  ones  as  alburnum, 
or  sap-wood ;  the  latter  is  lighter  colored,  softer,  and  more  liable  to  decomposition 
than  the  former,  and  is  separated  from  it  in  the  working  up  of  timber.  The  quantity 
of  sap-wood  is  generally  about  the  same  in  thickness  in  the  same  kind  of  wood,  but  it 
is  very  different  in  different  woods. 

In  the  oak  and  teak,  sap-wood  is  rapidly  converted  into  heart-wood ;  in  our  locust 
tree  ( Robinia )  this  conversion  takes  place  in  three  years,  being  one  of  the  greatest 
advantages  of  this  valuable  wood;  while  in  the  poplar  and  willow  it  is  so  slow  that 
the  white  soft  wood  is  only  fit  for  temporary  uses. 

The  circulation  of  the  sap  is  considered  to  be  limited  to  the  alburnum;  the  dense 
heart-wood  would  seem  to  have  no  connection  with  the  bark  and  alburnum,  from  the 
fact  that  trees  of  vigorous  growth  externally  are  decayed  at  the  heart;  and  many  of 
the  hard  foreign  woods  are  rarely  sound  in  the  center,  showing  that  their  internal 
decay  must  have  commenced  while  they  were  standing  in  their  native  forests. 

The  tubes  of  woody  tissue  contain  the  substance  called  vegetable  albumen,  the 
principal  constituent  of  the  sap,  closely  resembling  animal  albumen  (or  white  of  egg) 
in  composition  and  properties.  This  albumen  contains  nitrogen,  and  is  therefore 
exceedingly  liable  to  decomposition ;  the  dry-rot  in  timber  is  caused  by  contact  with 
albumen  in  a  state  of  decomposition.  Different  woods  vary  in  the  amount  of  albumen 
they  contain ;  in  the  soft  woods  it  averages  from  one  to  two  per  cent. 

Starch  is  also  deposited  in  the  vessels  of  wood,  especially  in  the  winter  season, 
and  may  be  extracted  by  mechanical  processes. 

The  basis  of  wood,  constituting  95  or  97  per  cent,  of  its  dried  material,  is  lignin, 
a  white,  spongy,  powdery  cellular  substance,  obtained  by  digesting  wood  in  ether, 
alcohol,  water,  a  diluted  acid,  and  alkali.  It  possesses  properties  which  readily 
distinguish  it  from  all  other  vegetable  principles;  to  enumerate  these  would  lead  us 
too  far  into  the  domain  of  chemistry.  It  is  the  same  in  all  kinds  of  trees.  M.  Payen 
considers  lignin  as  made  up  of  the  primitive  woody  tissue,  which  he  calls  cellulose, 
and  the  true  ligneous  matter  which  gives  hardness  to  the  heart-wood — these  he  has 
separated  from  each  other.  Its  constituents  are  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen. 

When  subjected  to  destructive  distillation  in  close  vessels,  wood  gives  off  many 
volatile  products,  as  acetic  acid,  wood-tar,  many  oily  and  spirituous  substances,  carbonic 
oxyd,  water,  and  compounds  of  carbon  and  hydrogen.  The  flame  of  burning  wood 
arises  from  the  combustion  of  these  gaseous  matters ;  and  is  the  greatest  in  dry  wood, 
where  no  heat  is  lost  by  the  evaporation  of  contained  water;  the  carbon  becoming 
carbonic  acid,  the  hydrogen  becoming  water  by  uniting  with  the  oxygen  of  the  air 
and  of  the  wood ;  only  a  small  quantity  of  white  ash,  derived  from  the  earthy  and 
saline  matters  of  the  sap,  remains  behind.  According  to  AIM.  Peterson  and  Sebodler, 
the  amount  of  heat  given  out  by  the  dry  woods  is  as  follows,  the  first  named  giving 
the  greatest,  and  the  last  named  the  least:  European  lime,  elm,  fir  and  larch,  maple 
and  pitch-pine,  walnut,  oak,  ash  and  birch,  and  beech.  As  it  is  not  always  easy  to 
secure  the  conditions  necessary  for  perfect  combustion,  viz.,  high  temperature  and 
sufficient  air,  the  volatile  products  are  incompletely  consumed,  and  smoke  (consisting 
principally  of  solid  carbonaceous  particles)  is  produced ;  by  consuming  smoke,  therefore, 
which  is  practicable  in  large  manufacturing  establishments,  a  great  saving  of  heat 
would  be  effected ;  the  enforcement  of  a  law  to  that  effect,  as  recently  attempted  in 
England,  would  rid  large  manufacturing  cities  of  a  great  nuisance,  ns  well  as  add 
materially  to  the  economy  of  manufactures. 

Timber  is  generally  felled  during  the  cold  months,  when  vegetation  is  dormant 
and  the  amount  of  sap  the  least;  but  many  foresters  in  this  country  are  of  opinion 
that  September  is  the  best  month  to  fell.  The  growth  of  the  year  is  then  completed, 
and  the  leaves  have  not  yet  fallen ;  there  is  considerable  advantage  in  being  able  to 
avail  ourselves  of  the  great  evaporation  which  takes  place  from  the  surface  of  the 
living  leaves  after  the  tree  is  felled;  by  this  natural  means  most  of  the  moisture 
remaining  in  the  wood  is  soon  removed,  and  the  remainder  is  gradually  taken  up  as 
after  the  usual  time  of  felling. 

In  the  state  in  which  it  is  felled,  wood  is  unfit  for  use  in  the  arts ;  besides  the 
contraction  which  the  tissues  undergo  as  the  sap  evaporates,  the  albumen  is  very 
liable  to  become  decomposed,  and  cause  the  decay  of  the  wood.  Accordingly,  the 
wood  must  be  dried  or  seasoned,  either  by  exposure  to  a  free  current  of  air,  or  by 
drying  it  in  ovens,  in  a  vacuum,  in  a  highly  rarefied  atmosphere,  or  by  exposing  it  to 
the  action  of  steam.  Sometimes  wood  is  immersed  in  running  water  for  several  weeks, 

95 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  IV. 


in  order  to  dilute  and  wash  out  the  sap,  after  which  the  seasoning  is  supposed  to  be 
more  complete  and  speedy:  division  into  logs  and  planks  very  much  hastens  the 
process.  The  closer  the  grain,  the  longer  is  the  time  required  for  seasoning ;  several 
years  are  required  for  a  large  piece  of  oak  timber  to  become  properly  seasoned. 

Not  only  decay,  but  irregular  contraction  and  splitting  occur  in  unseasoned  woods, 
especially  in  the  direction  of  the  medullary  rays ;  there  is  rarely  any  material  altera¬ 
tion  in  the  length  of  timber.  This  shrinking,  warping,  and  twisting,  is  a  source  of 
great  trouble  to  the  carpenter  and  cabinet-maker.  Warping  and  winding  arise  from 
the  curved  direction  of  the  fibers,  and  from  their  spiral  arrangement  in  many  trees ; 
box-wood  is  often  much  twisted  in  this  manner.  In  straight-grained  woods,  as  deal 
and  mahogany,  there  is  generally  very  little  contraction ;  but  in  some  of  the  orna¬ 
mental  woods,  having  great  confusion  of  fibers,  the  shrinking  is  so  extremely  irregular 
that  much  distortion,  and  even  cracking,  is  the  result.  In  the  more  valuable  woods, 
the  thinness  of  the  veneers  into  which  they  are  cut  remedies  this  evil,  as  permanence 
of  form  may  be  cheaply  secured  by  glueing  them  upon  some  firm  straight-grained 
wood.  In  teak-wood,  such  contraction  is  hardly  perceptible ;  while  in  the  soft  woods, 
and  even  in  the  rock-elm  (according  to  some),  the  contraction  is  half  an  inch  in  a  foot. 
The  foreign  woods  of  hot  climates  are  very  apt  to  be  defective  from  shrinking  and 
cracking,  on  account  of  a  seasoning  improperly  conducted  in  a  hot  sun  or  wind. 
Woods  contain,  in  the  green  state,  from  38  to  45  per  cent,  of  water,  all  of  which  can 
never  be  removed  by  drying  in  air  of  the  ordinary  temperatures ;  when  thoroughly  dried, 
wood  will  reabsorb  water  from  a  moist  air,  usually  to  the  amount  of  10  per  cent. 
Furniture,  made  of  wood  thoroughly  seasoned  in  Europe,  when  brought  to  this  country, 
and  particularly  to  New  England,  is  very  apt  to  shrink  and  crack ;  this  is  now  known 
to  depend  on  the  exceeding  dryness  of  our  atmosphere,  compared  to  that  even  of  con¬ 
tinental  Europe. 

Woody  fiber  has  a  considerably  greater  density  than  water;  and  the  fact  that  most 
woods  float  is  owing  to  the  presence  of  a  large  quantity  of  air  in  the  pores  of  the 
wood,  which  is  not  ordinarily  displaced  by  water  unless  by  very  long  digestion ;  but 
under  strong  pressure,  or  under  an  air-pump,  water  readily  enters  the  pores  and  the 
wood  sinks.  A  fact  mentioned  by  Mr.  Scoresby  also  shows  this:  A  boat  had  been 
j  dragged  down  by  a  wounded  whale ;  on  coming  to  the  surface  the  animal  was  killed, 

I  but  the  boat,  instead  of  rising,  was  found  suspended  by  the  harpoon  beneath  the 
whale;  every  part  of  the  wood  was  so  completely  saturated  with  water,  under  the 
strong  pressure  of  the  depths  of  the  ocean,  that  the  boat  sunk  immediately  to  the 
bottom. 

The  specific  gravity  of  the  woods,  therefore,  indicates  their  porosity,  and  not 
i  the  weight  of  the  true  woody  fiber,  which  is  nearly  the  same  for  all  kinds  of  wood, 
j  In  general,  the  weight  of  a  wood  is  a  good  criterion  of  its  hardness;  for  instance, 
j  liguum-vitEc,  box-wood,  iron-wood,  sink  in  water,  while  the  soft  poplar  and  willow  are 
only  half  as  heavy  as  water.  The  densest  known  wood,  the  iron-bark  wood,  from 
New  South  Wales,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1-426;  and  its  strength  is  1-5,  that  of  oak 
being  1.  The  lightest  of  the  true  woods  is  the  Cortica,  or  Anona  palustris,  from 
Brazil,  whose  specific  gravity  is  only  0-206,  which  is  lighter  than  cork ;  it  resembles 
ash,  but  is  paler,  finer,  and  softer.  The  same  kind  of  wood  varies  in  density,  according 
to  soil,  climate,  age,  and  other  circumstances.  Many  woods  owe  their  density  to  resin 
or  gum,  which  fills  the  spaces,  which  would  otherwise  be  empty :  the  gum  seems  to  act 
as  a  cement,  and  to  unite  the  fibers  more  firmly  together ;  such  woods  are  also  more 
|  durable,  as  they  are  better  defended  against  moisture  and  insects. 

The  elasticity  of  wood  depends  on  the  straightness  of  the  longitudinal  fibers,  the 
freedom  from  knots,  and  the  simple  character  of  the  medullary  rays :  the  most  elastic 
woods,  as  lance-wood,  hickory,  ash,  are  the  easiest  to  split;  while  those  in  which  the 
fibers  are  much  interlaced,  as  the  lignum-vitse  and  gnarled  oak,  are  split  with  the 
greatest  difficulty — the  interlacement  of  the  fibers,  while  it  deprives  wood  of  elasticity, 
makes  it  exceedingly  tough,  and  at  the  same  time  gives  to  many  specimens,  when 
polished,  a  very  beautiful  appearance.  The  elasticity  of  woods  is  much  increased  for 
!  the  time  by  steaming,  which  is  the  method  employed  for  bending  them  for  sliip- 
I  timbers,  shafts,  staves,  <fcc. ;  the  curve  being  parallel  to  the  grain,  greater  strength,  as 
j  well  as  economy  of  material,  is  the  result.  Timber  steamed  at  482°  F.  has  its  fibers 
I  drawn  closer  together;  maple  and  pine  thus  treated  are  rendered  more  valuable  for 
musical  instruments,  as  sound-boards,  <tc. ;  walnut  becomes  darker  colored  from  the 
formation  of  a  kind  of  tar,  which  tends  to  preserve  it ;  the  loss  of  weight  is  from  one- 
tliird  to  one-half.  Mechanical  compression  greatly  increases  the  density  of  wood;  this 
is  practiced  in  making  the  tree-nails  for  ships,  by  driving  them  through  metallic  rings 
smaller  than  themselves  into  the  ship’s  side  (after  Mr.  Annersley’s  patent,  1821);  the 
j  fibrous  structure  is  not  lacerated,  and  the  wood  becomes  so  hard  as  to  ring  when 
struck ;  fir  may  thus  be  rendered  as  compact  as  pitch-pine. 

Professor  W.  II.  Johnson  has  given  a  very  interesting  series  of  experiments  on  the 
|  retaining  power  of  different  species  of  timber  on  iron,  in  Silliman’s  Journal,  Yol.  32. 
The  retentive  power  on  iron  spikes  holding  iron  rails  was  as  follows:  Locust  had  the 
greatest,  then  white  oak,  unseasoned  chestnut,  yellow  pine,  and  hemlock,  in  the  order 
|  of  enumeration.  As  the  total  retentiveness  of  the  wood  must  depend  on  the  number 
of  fibers  longitudinally  compressed  by  the  spike,  and  as  these  fibers  should  press  as 
neaily  as  possible  in  their  longitudinal  direction,  and  with  equal  intensity  throughout 
the  whole  length  of  the  iron,  a  broad  flat  spike  is  the  best.  An  obtusely-pointed 
spike,  in  soft  and  spongy  wood,  drives  the  masses  of  fibers  downwards  and  backwards 
so  as  to  place  the  faces  of  the  grain  of  the  timber  in  contact  with  the  surface  of  the 
j  metal,  greatly  impairing  its  retaining  power. 

Luster,  figure,  and  color,  are  the  elements  of  beauty  in  the  woods.  The  direction 
and  interlacing  of  the  fibers  has  been  alluded  to  as  one  source  of  beauty ;  a  hox-izontal 

90 


section  of  a  tree  shows  only  the  annual  rings  and  a  few  medullary  rays,  and  is  gener¬ 
ally  the  least  beautiful,  unless  there  is  variety  of  color  to  aid  the  appearance  of  the 
fibers ;  oblique  sections,  though  less  strong,  are  more  beautiful,  but  on  account  of  the 
waste  of  the  wood  are  only  employed  for  veneers  requiring  a  particular  figure; 
the  vertical  section,  through  the  heart  of  the  tree,  gives  the  strongest,  as  well  as  the 
most  beautiful  arrangement  of  the  longitudinal  fibers,  and  the  best  view  of  the 
medullary  plates,  with  the  origin  of  the  principal  branches.  The  confused  arrange¬ 
ment  of  the  fibres  in  the  fork  of  the  branches  causes  the  “curls”  so  desirable  as 
ornaments,  and  which  are  common  in  mahogany;  internal  knots,  by  disturbing  the 
fibers,  are  quite  ornamental  in  many  woods,  and  very  desirable  for  turning  operations. 

The  roots  of  trees,  as  of  the  yew,  the  oak,  and  the  walnut,  from  their  gnarled 
character,  may  often  be  cut  into  beautiful  veneers ;  the  excrescences  on  the  elm,  the 
yew,  and  Amboyna  wood,  are  highly  prized  for  cabinet  work. 

The  eyes  and  spots  of  bird’s-eye  maple  are  well  known  sources  of  ornament; 
according  to  Mr.  Iloltzapffel,  the  bark  of  the  maple  has  projecting  internally  spines  or 
points,  upon  which  the  layers  of  the  wood  are  moulded,  each  of  the  fibers  being  at 
these  points  abruptly  curved ;  when  cut  by  the  plane  obliquely,  they  give  the  appear¬ 
ance  of  projections  or  eyes;  the  lines  between  the  dots  are  the  edges  of  the  medullary 
rays — this  effect  of  the  spines  on  the  wood,  he  believes,  exists  only  in  the  bird’s-eye 
maple. 

The  medullary  rays  are  another  source  of  ornament ;  as  they  are  generally  darker 
colored  than  the  fibers,  in  different  lights  they  present  a  peculiar  effect,  like  that  of  a 
shot-silk  or  damask ;  considerable  skill  is  required  to  cut  the  different  woods  in  the 
manner  best  suited  to  display  the  silver  grain,  so  that  as  many  as  possible  of  the 
medullary  rays  may  “  crop  out”  on  the  surface  of  the  work.  In  the  plane-tree,  the 
raj's  are  of  a  rich  chestnut-brown,  and  the  fibers  almost  white;  also  in  some  specimens 
of  elm,  satin-wood,  and  mahoganj-,  there  is  a  similar  contrast  of  colors.  In  the 
laburnum,  according  to  Mr.  Aikin,  there  is  a  peculiarity  not  noticed  in  any  other 
wood,  namely,  the  medullary  plates  are  large,  distinct,  and  of  a  white  color,  while 
the  fibers  are  dark  brown,  which  gives  it  a  most  extraordinary  appearance. 

Different  colors  in  the  annual  rings  often  produce  beautiful  appearances,  when  the 
colors  are  bright  and  well  defined ;  this  may  be  seen  in  the  yew,  walnut,  rose-wood, 
mahogany,  king-wood,  tulip-wood,  and  lignum-vitse ;  in  the  plank  section,  such  woods 
become  veined,  Gtriped,  and  mottled  in  the  most  singular  and  beautiful  figures,  as  may  ) 

be  seen  in  any  piece  of  rich  furniture.  Most  elegant  pictures  in  Mosaic  work  majT  thus 
be  made  of  pieces  of  naturally  colored  woods,  applied  to  smooth  surfaces;  many  floors, 
made  two  centuries  ago,  now  exhibit  the  most  exquisite  contrast  of  colors  and  beauty 
of  design. 

The  brown  or  dark  woods  most  used  in  this  country  for  ornamental  purposes  are 
mahogany,  rose-wood,  walnut,  oak,  king,  and  zebra-wood,  lignum-vitse,  and  sometimes 
sandal-wood.  The  only  perfectly  black  wood  is  ebony;  the  bog-oak  (so-called),  some¬ 
times  quite  black,  owes  its  color  to  a  small  portion  of  iron,  contained  in  the  bog, 
having  united  with  the  gallic  acid  of  the  wood,  forming  a  chemical  stain,  analogous 
to  ink.  The  principal  light  woods  are  satin-wood,  box-wood,  bird’s-ej'e  maple,  ash, 
and  fustic.  The  red  woods,  cane-wood,  red  saunders,  are  used  principally  for  inlaid 
work.  Cedar,  juniper,  the  linden,  the  sjTcamore,  and  the  yew,  are  also  considerably 
used. 

The  properties  of  the  principal  American  woods  which  make  them  valuable  in  the 
arts  are  as  follows  : — 

Oak. — The  oaks  are  generally  very  strong,  but  cross-grained,  and  liable  to  warp 
and  crack  under  changes  from  moisture  to  dryness.  The  live  oak  ( Qucrcus  virens)  is 
the  hardest  and  densest  of  the  genus.  It  grows  in  the  Southern  States,  near  the  sea; 
the  sea  air  seems  necessary  to  its  existence,  as  it  is  rarely  found  more  than  15  or  20 
miles  in  the  interior.  The  rings  of  annual  growth  are  very  faint,  adding  to  the  density 
of  the  fibers ;  the  medullaiy  rays  are  very  distinct,  traversing  in  strong  pale  lines  the 
faint  waves  of  annual  growth.  The  chief  use  made  of  it  is  in  ship-building;  in  the 
United  States  Navy,  all  the  frames  and  principal  pieces  are  made  of  it;  vessels  made  j 
from  oak,  cut  on  the  coast  of  Georgia  30  years  ago,  are  now  in  excellent  condition. 

The  white  oak  ( Quercus  alba)  is  used  for  keels,  side-timbers,  and  planks  of  vessels; 
for  frames  of  houses,  spokes,  agricultural  implements,  staves  and  casks,  pumps,  <fcc., 
and  other  uses  requiring  great  strength ;  the  roots  often  will  make  most  beautiful 
furniture,  and  from  a  single  tree  will  sometimes  bring  thirty  dollars.  American  white 
oak  has  not  a  very  good  reputation  in  England,  for  the  reason  that  the  wood  generally 
introduced  there  is  from  Canada,  which  is  never  used  here  except  for  inferior  purposes; 
the  oak  from  the  seaboard  of  the  Middle  and  Southern  States  is  equal  to  the  best 
foreign  timber. 

The  red  oak  ( Quercus  rubra)  is  onlj-  used  for  ornamental  purposes,  aud  should  be 
cut  obliquely  to  show  the  reddish  silver-grain.  From  the  bark  of  the  black  oak 
( Qucrcus  tinctoria)  is  obtained  the  quercitron  used  by  dj’ers.  The  bark  of  most  of  the 
species  is  used  in  tanning,  and  thej’  all  furnish  valuable  fuel  and  charcoal. 

Pines  and  Firs. — This  class  of  trees  exceeds  all  others  for  the  variety  of  valuable 
uses  to  which  they  majT  be  put.  They  thrive  best  in  cold  climates;  they  differ  some¬ 
what  in  color,  according  to  the  amount  of  resinous  matter  they  may  contain,  whence 
has  arisen  most  of  their  popular  names.  The  general  characters  of  the  wood,  and  its 
innumerable  uses  in  ship-building,  house-carpentry,  and  the  commonest  articles  of  life, 
are  too  well  known  to  require  any  detail;  it  makes  the  best  masts  of  vessels;  it  is 
invaluable  for  the  production  of  pitch,  tar,  and  turpentine,  and  for  piles  and  founda¬ 
tions  in  wet  places ;  Amsterdam  and  Venice  are  built  upon  piles;  it  is  commonly  said 
that  what  their  houses  are  built  upon  costs  more  than  what  is  built  upon  it;  under  the 
Stadt-IIouse  of  Amsterdam  were  driven  nearly  14,000  pine  piles. 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


The  pitch-pine  (Pinus  rigida)  is  the  best  for  decks,  floors,  mill-wheels,  sleepers, 
aqueduct-logs,  and  for  the  fuel  of  steam-engines.  Its  great  defect  in  ship-building  is 
the  comparatively  insecure  hold  it  gives  to  spikes ;  it  is  very  durable  when  exposed  to 
alternate  wet  and  dry. 

The  white  pine  ( Pinus  strobus)  has  a  wood  remarkably  light,  soft,  homogeneous,  and 
easy  to  work ;  it  does  not  decay  in  the  open  air,  and  does  not  change  its  dimensions  on 
exposure  to  the  weather.  It  is  the  wood  of  the  joiner  and  the  ornamental  carver;  it 
receives  paint  better  than  any  other  wood.  The  roots  are  almost  indestructible,  and 
make  excellent  ragged  fences. 

In  Europe,  the  wood  of  the  P.  abies  is  used  for  the  manufacture  of  paper.  It  is 
reduced  to  a  pulp,  and  a  small  quantity  of  linen  added,  which  makes  a  fine  paper  not 
requiring  sizing;  it  is  not  so  white  as  that  made  from  rags,  but  it  is  excellent  for 
printing,  especially  in  colors,  and  for  pasteboard.  The  Germans  also  manufacture 
■what  they  call  “Pine-needle  wool,”  by  the  chemical  decomposition  of  the  leaves  of 
P.  sylvestris ;  it  is  used  for  purposes  of  upholstery  instead  of  hair,  over  which  it  has 
the  advantages  of  being  more  durable,  elastic,  and  free  from  insects  and  mould.  Both 
of  these  are  German  inventions. 

The  black  and  white  spruce  (Abies  nigra  and  alba)  are  light,  durable,  and  strong, 
and  are  much  used  for  spars,  ladders,  and  building  materials.  Hemlock  (A.  canadensis) 
is  coarse-grained  and  “  shaky,”  though  firm  and  durable  when  not  exposed  to  the  air ; 
hence  it  is  much  used  in  parts  of  houses  which  are  to  be  covered,  and,  for  its  hardness, 
for  threshing-floors.  It  was  formerly  much  used  for  wooden  pavements,  sawn  into 
hexagonal  blocks ;  from  their  slipperiness,  the}7  are  now  generally  discarded.  Its  bark 
is  valuable  in  tanning. 

The  Southern  pine  (P.  palustris)  is  appropriated  to  the  same  uses  as  the  white  pine 
in  the  North,  but  it  is  harder  and  stronger,  and  preferred  for  many  parts  of  ships. 

The  American  Larch,  called  Hackmatack  and  Tamarack  ( Larix  Americana),  has  a 
very  heavy,  compact,  strong,  and  durable  w'ood,  surpassed  only  by  the  oak ;  it  is  much 
used  in  ship-building,  especially  for  knees  and  beams,  and  will  outlast  even  oak  itself. 
It  is  so  compact  as  to  be  nearly  incombustible,  unless  splintered. 

The  cypress  family,  including  the  arbor-vitse  ( Thuya  occidcntalis),  the  white  cedar 
( Cupressus  thyoides),  and  the  red  cedar  ( Juniperus  virginiana),  are  remarkable  for  the 
durability  of  their  wood  and  agreeable  aromatic  odor,  preventing  the  attacks  of 
insects.  The  white  cedar  is  much  used  for  posts,  shingles,  and  wooden  ware ;  it  grows 
in  swampy  ground.  The  red  cedar  grows  in  dry  barren  soils  ;  the  heart-wood  is  of  a 
bright  red  color,  and  is  very  durable ;  it  is  used  for  making  pencils,  for  drawers,  posts, 
and  is  highly  esteemed  by  ship  and  boat  builders.  The  Southern  Cypress  (Taxodium 
distichum)  is  a  soft,  fine-grained  wood,  yet  strong,  and  sustaining  heat  and  moisture  for 
a  long  time  without  injury. 

Walnut. — The  Hack  walnut  ( Juglans  nigra)  is  a  wood  of  great  tenacity,  hardness, 
strength,  and  durability;  it  is  of  a  fine  grain  and  dark  color,  becoming  almost  black 
with  age.  Its  toughness  makes  it  very  valuable  for  gun-stocks.  The  beautiful  shades 
of  the  wood,  and  the  fine  polish  of  which  it  is  susceptible,  make  it  very  much  sought 
after  for  articles  of  furniture  and  costly  cabinet-work,  which  wall  compare  favorably 
with  mahogany  for  beauty.  The  two  polished  slabs  in  the  Canadian  Department  show 
admirably  the  peculiar  features  of  this  wood.  The  Butternut  ( Juglans  cinerea)  is 
lighter-colored,  tough,  and  not  liable  to  the  attack  of  worms ;  it  makes  excellent  gun- 
stocks,  drawer-fronts,  posts,  rails,  and  panels  of  carriages ;  it  receives  nails  and  paint 
extremely  well. 

Hickory. — This  genus  is  peculiar  to  America.  The  Shell-bark,  Mockernut,  and 
Pignut  Hickory,  respectively  (Garya  alba,  C.  tomentosa,  and  C.  porcina),  have  a  smooth, 
close-grained,  and  hard  tough  wood,  which  makes  them  very  valuable  in  the  arts ;  the 
wood  is,  however,  liable  to  warp  and  shrink,  and  to  be  attacked  by  worms,  unless  in 
salt  water,  where  it  is  very  durable.  As  fuel,  it  is  the  best  wood.  From  it  are  made 
canes,  hoops,  screws,  tool-handles,  and  handspikes — when  seasoned  it  is  as  durable  as 
lignum-vitae,  and  is  then  used  for  mallets  and  beetles,  being  tougher  than  oak.  As  a 
material  for  carriages  it  is  invaluable,  for  its  strength  and  lightness ;  witness  the 
“Gazelle  Wagon”  in  the  Exhibition,  most  of  which,  and  especially  the  running-gear, 
is  made  of  hickory ;  there  is  no  European  wood  from  which  a  carnage  equally  light 
and  strong  could  be  made.  The  superiority  of  our  materials  is  the  chief  reason  of  the 
excellence  of  our  vehicles,  contrasting  remarkably  with  the  heavy  and  clumsy  carriages 
of  Europe.  It  is  used  for  rake-teeth,  bows  of  yokes,  axe-handles,  axletrees,  tide-mills, 
Ac.  The  amount  of  alkali  in  its  ashes  make  it  valuable  in  soap-making;  charcoal 
made  from  this  wood  is  among  the  best. 

Maple. — The  red  maple  (Acer  rubrum)  has  a  fine-grained,  rose-colored  wood, 
compact  and  smooth,  the  silver-grain  being  in  very  narrow  and  close  layers.  It 
takes  a  fine  polish,  and  is  much  used  for  common  furniture,  as  it  turns  easily.  It  is 
not  strong,  and  decays  quickly  when  exposed  to  alternations  of  moisture  and  dryness. 
The  curled  variety  is  characterized  by  fibers  running  in  a  serpentine  direction,  having 
the  luster  of  changeable  silk,  which  has  a  fine  effect  in  cabinet-work ;  it  is  much  used 
for  panels  and  footboards. 

The  rock  maple  (A.  saccharinum),  besides  the  valuable  properties  of  its  sap,  is  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  of  our  native  woods ;  it  is  hard  and  close-grained,  and  takes  a 
fine  polish.  The  straight-grained  varieties  resemble  satin-wood  in  their  luster.  The 
most  beautiful  and  well  known  variety  is  the  Bird’s-eye  Maple,  the  cause  of  whose 
appearance  has  been  given  above  ;  according  to  the  section  the  wood  becomes  “eyed” 
or  mottled,  displaying  the  beautiful,  but  irregular  contortions  of  the  fibers,  in  a  manner 
sufficiently  familiar  in  cabinet-work.  The  straight-grained  variety  is  much  used  for 
tubs  and  buckets,  and  is  preferred  to  all  other  woods  for  the  making  of  lasts ;  of  this 
material  25,000  a  year  are  made  in  one  shop  in  Lynn,  Massachusetts.  It  is  next  to 

I 


white  oak  for  keels.  The  grain  may  be  rendered  more  distinct,  by  rubbing  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid. 

The  A.  macrophyllum,  indigenous  to  Oregon  and  the  North-West  Coast,  is  a  fine 
and  large  tree ;  it  has  the  bird’s-eye  and  curled  structure  in  almost  every  tree ;  it  is 
scarcely  inferior  to  the  finest  satin-wood. 

•Ash.  The  white  ash  (Fraximis  acuminata)  is  the  most  elastic  and  tough  of  our 
native  woods ;  it  is  light,  strong,  durable,  easily  split,  and  permanent  in  its  dimensions. 

It  is  excellent  for  works  exposed  to  sudden  strains,  as  the  frames  of  machines,  shafts 
and  springs  of  carriages,  oars,  felloes  of  wheels,  blocks  and  cleats,  and  other  nautical 
implements,  agricultural  tools,  handspikes,  spears,  bows,  billiard-cues,  pump-boxes, 
chair-frames,  carriage-bodies,  Ac.  The  wood  of  the  black  ash  (F.  sambucifolia),  beaten 
and  separated  into  their  uniform  ribbons,  is  much  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 
baskets,  and  for  the  bottoms  of  chairs. 

Chestnut. — The  wood  of  the  American  chestnut  (Castanea  vesca)  is  coarse  and 
porous,  but  strong,  elastic,  and  durable  in  unfavorable  circumstances.  It  is  much 
used  for  posts,  beams,  joists,  being  almost  imperishable ;  it  is  extensively  used  for  | 
sleepers  on  railroads ;  in  furniture  it  makes  the  best  frames,  as  it  receives  veneers 
better  than  any  native  wood.  As  a  fuel,  it  is  dangerous  from  its  tendency  to  snap. 

The  Chinquepin  (C.  pumila)  is  more  durable  for  posts  than  any  other  timber  except  i 
red  cedar  (C.  Americana );  will  take  a  fine  polish,  with  beautiful  waves  and  feathered 
figures,  distinctly  seen  through  a  pale  light  ground. 

Beech. — The  wood  of  the  American  beech  ( Fagus  Americana)  is  hard,  fine,  close- 
grained,  and  smooth  ;  it  is  not  liable  to  warp.  It  is  excellent  for  the  turner’s  use,  for 
wooden-ware,  plane-stocks,  chair-posts,  cart-bodies,  lasts,  saw  and  tool-handles,  common 
bedsteads  and  furniture.  It  lasts  well  under  water,  but  not  in  buildings.  Large  wooden 
printing-types  are  usually  made  of  it.  It  is  a  good  fuel.  It  is  readily  stained  to  imitate 
rosewood  and  ebony.  In  England,  glassblowers  use  beech-wood  almost  exclusively  in 
welding  or  fusing  on  the  handles  of  glass  jugs,  which  process  fails  when  the  smallest 
portion  of  sulphur,  Ac.,  is  present;  whence  it  may  be  concluded  that  this  wood  is 
almost  chemically  free  from  foreign  matters ;  oak  is  next  in  estimation  for  this  purpose. 

Elm. — The  American  elm  ( Ulmus  Americana)  is  highly  esteemed  for  the  toughness 
of  its  wood,  which  does  not  readily  split ;  it  bears  the  driving  of  nails  and  bolts  better 
than  any  other  wood,  and  is  exceedingly  durable  when  constantly  wet ;  it  is  therefore 
much  used  for  keels,  pumps,  wet  foundations,  water-works,  coffin-boards,  Ac.  From 
its  toughness  it  is  almost  always  used  for  the  hubs  of  wheels,  blocks,  and  yokes.  It  is 
liable  to  warp,  and  to  the  attack  of  insects.  Michaux  considers  the  wood  of  the 
slippery  elm  ( U.  fulva)  as  superior  to  the  common  elm  for  the  above  purposes,  which 
is  probably  true;  indeed,  it  is  much  employed  in  the  Western  States  in  the  construc¬ 
tion  of  houses  and  vessels ;  its  rarity  on  the  Atlantic  coast  is  the  cause  of  its  limited 
consumption  here.  The  English  elm  (U.  cainpestris)  has  been  extensively  introduced 
in  Massachusetts,  but  it  is  too  valuable  for  ornament  to  be  used  in  the  arts. 

Birch. — The  great  defect  of  birch  timber  is  its  liability  to  decay.  The  black  birch 
( Betida  lento)  has  a  wood  which  is  easily  worked,  but  firm,  strong,  and  durable ;  the 
difference  between  the  annual  rings  gives  a  clouded-landscape  appearance,  which 
makes  it  in  some  request  for  panels  and  cabinet-work.  It  is  easily  bent,  and  it  is 
used  for  yokes  and  chair-frames.  Some  specimens  are  ns  handsomely  figured  as  ' 
mahogany,  and  when  colored  and  varnished  can  hardly  be  distinguished  from  it ;  it 
is  sometimes  called  mahogany-birch.  It  makes  an  excellent  fuel.  The  yellow  birch 
(B.  excelsa)  is  more  easily  bent  than  the  former,  and  is  much  used  in  chair-making. 
The  red  birch  (B.  nigra)  has  a  nearly  white  wood,  longitudinally  marked  with  red 
vessels ;  the  twigs  are  used  in  Philadelphia  for  brooms  for  streets ;  the  same  use  is 
made  of  the  gray  birch  in  New  England.  The  canoe-birch  (B.  papyracea)  is  remarkable 
chiefly  from  the  use  made  of  its  tough  incorruptible  bark  in  making  canoes;  one  of 
these  canoes  is  exhibits!  in  the  Canadian  Department:  the  wood  is  soft  and  perishable, 
though  it  is  sometimes  used  in  chair-making,  cabinet-work,  for  making  hat-blocks,  and 
the  uses  of  the  turner. 

Locust-tree  ( Robinia  pseudacacia). — This  is  one  of  the  hardest,  strongest,  and  most 
valuable  of  our  native  trees.  The  wood  is  remarkably  compact,  fine-grained,  with  the 
medullary  rays  more  numerous  and  closer  than  in  almost  any  other  tree;  for  strength, 
durability,  hardness,  elasticity,  and  weight,  it  is  superior  to  any  northern  oak,  American 
or  European.  The  largest  pieces  are  used  in  ship-building,  the  smaller  being  used  as 
tree-nails  to  confine  the  planks  to  the  timbers.  Where  resistance  to  a  strain  is 
required  there  is  no  wood  equal  to  it;  the  durability  of  the  heart-wood,  often  used 
for  posts  and  in  situations  exposed  to  the  weather,  is  extraordinary.  In  the  Nor¬ 
thern  States  it  is  apt  to  be  perforated  by  insects;  in  the  Middle  States,  it  is  valued 
for  all  purposes  where  strength  and  durability  are  required;  for  floors  and  floor-timber 
of  ships  it  is  unrivalled.  It  is  much  used  in  the  South  for  sleepers,  mill-cogs,  and  articles 
exposed  to  constant  wear.  One  of  its  most  valuable  properties  is  its  very  rapid  growth ; 
it  converts  sap-wood  into  heart-wood  in  three  years. 

Willow  ( Salix ). — The  wood  of  the  willow  is  soft,  light,  elastic,  tough,  and  pliant 
The  Osier  (S.  viminalis )  is  cultivated  for  its  long  slender  shoots,  for  the  different  kinds 
of  wicker-work.  It  is  good  for  turning,  for  toys,  ladders,  druggists’  boxes ;.  when  dried, 
it  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  ebony;  it  is  much  used  in  works  constantly  exposed  to 
water;  its  charcoal  is  very  good  for  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder. 

Wild  Cherry  ( Gerasus  serotina).-. — The  wood  of  this  tree  is  a  fresh  mahogany  color, 
growing  darker  with  age ;  the  medullary  rays  are  very  numerous  and  closely  arranged ; 
it  is  close-grained  and  compact,  and  susceptible  of  a  high  polish,  and  permanent  in  its- 
dimensions  when  thoroughly  seasoned.  In  cabinet-work,  it  is  used  as  a  cheap  substitute 
for  mahogany,  from  the  beautiful  appearance  presented  on  an  oblique  section  of  the 
medullary  rays.  It  is  valuable  for  window-sashes,  stair-rails,  doors,  gunstocks,  Ac. 

97 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  IV. 


Bass-wood  ( Tilia  Americana).— This  tree,  also  called  American  Lime,  or  Linden,  has 
a  white,  soft,  fine-grained  wood ;  from  its  toughness  and  pliability,  it  is  extensively 
used  for  the  panels  of  carriages,  and  for  the  bottom  and  sides  ot  drawers.  It  is  well 
adapted  for  carving  and  turning;  the  famous  carvings  of  Gibbons,  at  Windsor  Castle, 
and  St.  Paul’s,  London,  are  in  the  European  lime,  which  has  become  naturalized  in  this 
country;  this  wood  is  eulogized  by  Virgil,  in  his  Georgies.  It  forms  an  excellent  charcoal 
for  making  gunpowder.  From  the  bark,  separated  by  maceration  into  fibers,  a  coarse 
cordage  is  made;  the  Russia  mats  are  made  from  the  inner  bark  of  the  European  tree. 

Tulip-tree,  or  White-wood  ( Liriodendron  tulipifera). — It  has  a  remarkably  white, 
soft,  fine-grained  wood ;  in  the  W est  it  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  pine ;  from  its  flexi¬ 
bility,  it  is  an  excellent  wood  for  coach-panels,  circular  mock-boards,  and  stair  ends. 

Button-wood,  or  Plane  ( Platanus  occidentalis).—  Notwithstanding  the  rapidity  of  its 
growth,  its  immense  size,  and  ornamental  appearance,  the  wood  is  of  very  little  value, 
from  its  liability  to  warp  and  decay.  According  to  Michaux,  the  roots  have  a  fine  red 
color  when  taken  from  the  earth ;  if  this  color  could  be  rendered  permanent,  the  wood 
would  be  valuable  for  ornament. 

Hornbeam  ( Carpinus  americana). — The  wood  is  white,  close-grained,  and  compact, 
and  exceedingly  strong  ;  it  is  used  for  beetles,  levers,  and  other  articles  requiring  great 
strength  and  solidity. 

Iron-wood,  or  Hop-Hornbeam  (Ostrya  virginica).— This  wood  is  remarkably  compact, 
tough,  and  stiff;  it  is  sometimes  called  lever-wood.  From  its  extreme  hardness,  it  is 
well  adapted  for  cogs  in  mill-wheels,  and  levers ;  it  is  almost  impossible  to  split  it. 

Ailanthus  ( Ailanthus  glandulosa). — This  much  abused,  but  ornamental  tree,  is  of 
very  rapid  growth ;  its  wood  is  close-grained,  and  admits  of  a  fine  polish ;  it  resembles 
satin-wood. 

Alder  ( Alnus  serrulata). — Though  a  tree  of  small  size,  the  wood  is  valuable,  not  only 
as  fuel,  and  for  charcoal  in  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder,  but  for  hoops,  pipes,  pumps, 
and  other  objects  continually  under  water.  It  is  readily  stained  to  imitate  ebony,  and 
acquires  a  high  polish  ;  the  roots  and  knots  of  the  larger  trees  are  sometimes  beautifully 
veined,  acquiring,  when  made  into  cabinet-work,  the  color  of  mahogany.  In  Europe, 
it  is  extensively  used  for  the  soles  of  clogs  and  for  sabots,  being  very  light  and  durable. 

Mulberry  (Moms  mbra). — According  to  Michaux,  its  wood  is  exceedingly  hard  and 
strong,  and  almost  as  durable  as  the  locust.  At  the  South,  all  that  can  be  obtained  is 
used  in  ship-building,  especially  for  tree-nails;  it  is  valuable  for  posts,  and  in  boat¬ 
building  and  the  light  timber  of  vessels,  it  is  preferred  in  Carolina  to  any  wood  except 
the  red  cedar. 

Dogwood  ( Cornus  florida). — The  wood  is  of  slow  growth,  hard,  heavy,  and  solid, 
fine-grained,  and  susceptible  of  a  high  polish.  It  is  sometimes  called  American 
box-wood,  and  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  this,  and  for  the  handles  of  tools. 

Pear-tree  ( Pyrus  communis). — The  wood  is  heavy,  firm,  reddish-white,  fine-grained, 
and  next  to  box-wood  for  the  purpose  of  wood-engraving.  It  takes  a  fine  and  per¬ 
manent  black  stain,  and  can  with  difficulty  be  distinguished  from  ebony.  From  its 
toughness  and  little  liability  to  warp,  it  answers  well  for  turning,  and  the  handles  of 
tools ;  as  a  fuel,  it  gives  out  a  great  heat. 

Apple-tree  (Pyrus  malus). — The  wood  is  of  a  reddish  color,  fine-grained,  hard,  but 
light.  It  is  much  used  by  the  turner,  and  is  frequently  made  into  walking-sticks ;  it  is 
durable  when  used  for  cog-wheels :  from  its  smoothness  and  hardness,  it  is  used  to  make 
shuttles  and  reeds  for  weaving. 

Tnpels,  or  Pepperidge  (Nyssa  multiflora). — The  wood  is  exceedingly  tough  ;  it  is 
remarkable  for  the  decussation  and  interweaving  of  its  fibers,  rendering  it  almost 
impossible  to  Bplit  it.  In  the  Middle  States,  it  is  sometimes  used  for  the  naves  or  hubs 
of  wheels,  though  it  is  inferior  to  the  elm  from  its  greater  liability  to  decay  on 
exposure  to  the  weather.  It  is  excellent  for  aqueduct-pipes,  as  it  requires  no  hoops, 
and  for  hatters’  blocks  and  objects  requiring  great  lateral  tenacity. 

Persimmon  (Diospyros  virginiana). — The  heart-wood  is  dark-colored,  compact,  hard, 
and  elastic ;  it  is  used  in  the  Southern  States  for  screws,  shafts  of  chaises,  and  various 
implements. 

American  Mountain  Ash  (Pyms  Americana). — The  wood  is  fine-grained,  hard,  and 
takes  a  good  polish  ;  of  use  in  tannery.  It  may  be  readily  stained  almost  any  color. 

Poison  Sumach  (Rhus  venenata). — This  most  beautiful  plant  of  the  swamps  rarely 
grows  of  size  sufficient  to  be  available  for  its  wood ;  some  larger  species  have  a  soft, 
close-grained  wood,  of  a  satiny  texture.  Some  persons  are  so  susceptible  to  its  poisonous 
influence,  as  to  be  poisoned  by  the  air  blowing  from  it,  or  by  being  near  where  it  is 
burning ;  while  others  handle  it,  and  even  chew  and  swallow  the  leaves  with  impunity. 
The  painful  swellings  and  eruptions  caused  by  it  are  said  to  be  greatly  benefited  by  a 
decoction  of  the  root  of  the  Indian  poke  (  Veratmm  viride).  It  may  one  day  be  valu¬ 
able  for  the  preparation  of  a  varnish  similar  to  the  famous  varnish  of  Japan,  which  is 
obtained  from  a  species  of  sumach ;  the  poisonous  property  disappears  by  boiling  or 
evaporation. 

Wild  Plum  (Pmnus  Americana). — The  wood  is  hard  and  fine-grained,  and  takes  a 
good  polish. 

Poplar  (Populus). — The  wood  of  all  the  species  is  soft  and  light,  of  a  white  or  pale- 
yellow  color.  It  is  not  much  used  in  the  arts,  except  in  some  departments  of  cabinet 
and  toy-making,  and  for  boarded  floors,  for  which  it  is  well  adapted  for  its  whiteness, 
the  ease  with  which  it  is  cleaned,  and  the  difficulty  with  which  it  takes  fire.  It  is 
generally  considered  not  durable,  but  when  it  is  kept  dry  it  is  exceedingly  durable. 

Thorn  (Cratiegtis). — The  wood  is  yellowish-white,  heavy,  close-grained,  hard,  and 
difficult  to  work.  Though  of  small  size,  and  liable  to  warp,  the  hardness  and  fine 
polish  which  it  takes  render  it  useful  for  canes,  handles  of  small  hammers  and  tools, 
and  sometimes  for  wedges.  Its  principal  use  is  in  the  formation  of  hedges. 

98 


Sassafras-tree  (Sassafras  officinale).— The  wood,  though  brittle  in  the  young  tree, 
when  thoroughly  seasoned  combines  lightness  and  toughness  in  a  high  degree ;  it  is 
soft  and  close-grained,  and  resists  decay  for  a  long  time  when  exposed  to  the  weather; 
its  odor  is  supposed  to  keep  off  worms  and  insects,  for  which  reason  it  is  sometimes 
made  into  bedsteads  and  clothes-drawers. 

Palmetto,  or  Cabbage-tree. — This  wood  is  much  used  at  the  South  for  wharves, 
being  secure  under  water  from  injury  by  the  sea-worms.  It  is  also  a  good  material  for 
forts,  as  it  closes  without  splitting  on  the  passage  of  a  cannon-ball ;  it  was  much 
employed  for  this  purpose  during  the  War  of  Independence. 

Yellow-wood,  or  Osage  Orange  (Maclura  aurantiaca). — The  wood  resembles  satin- 
wood,  of  a  rich  saffron-yellow  color;  from  its  fineness  and  elasticity,  it  is  used  by  the 
Indians  for  their  bows,  hence  called  Bow-wood.  It  is  very  hard,  and  rivals  the  oak  in 
its  durability  as  ship-timber.  It  makes  excellent  hedges,  as  it  is  thorny  and  .free  from 
insects. 

American  Nettle-tree  (Celtis  occidentalis). — Has  wood  extremely  compact,  interme¬ 
diate,  if  it  be  at  all  like  the  European  tree,  between  the  oak  and  the  box,  for  density 
and  hardness ;  it  takes  a  fine  polish,  and,  when  cut  obliquely,  resembles  satin-wood. 
The  young  branches  are  tough  and  elastic,  and  make  excellent  whip-handles,  lamrods, 
and  canes. 

The  Planer-tree  (Planera  ulmifolia  and  the  P.  Richardi)  has  a  very  beautiful,  hard, 
heavy  wood,  finely  veined,  and  taking  a  high  polish ;  surpassing  oak  in  durability,  and 
never  becoming  worm-eaten. 

The  Sweet-Gum  ( Liquulambar  styraciflua),  of  the  Southern  States,  is  said  also  to  be 
worm-proof,  when  exposed  to  water  for  many  years ;  it  grows  to  be  a  very  large  tree, 
and  is  extremely  difficult  to  split.  It  is  a  very  valuable  wood. 

The  wood  of  the  Holly  (Ilex  opaca)  is  very  close-grained  and  compact,  and  of  a 
satiny  texture ;  the  sap-wood  is  white,  the  heart- wood  brown.  When  seasoned,  it  is 
very  hard,  and  susceptible  of  a  high  polish.  As  much  as  can  be  obtained  is  used  for 
turning,  for  screws,  by  engravers,  whip-makers,  and  cabinet-makers. 

The  wood  of  the  Mountain  Laurel  (Kalmia  latifolia)  is  so  close-grained  and  hard 
that  it  is  substituted  for  box  in  engraving,  the  handles  of  tools,  screws,  and  musical 
instruments. 

The  Horse-Chestnut  (xEsculus  hippocastanum),  though  one  of  the  largest  and  hand¬ 
somest  trees,  is  comparatively  useless  for  its  wood. 

There  are  many  valuable  timber-trees  in  Oregon,  California,  and  in  the  neighbor¬ 
hood  of  Key  West,  whose  value  must  soon  be  acknowledged ;  as  the  Oregon  Ashes, 
Zanthoxylum,  Coccoloba,  Sapotilla,  Dog-Wood,  Crescentia,  the  Western  Yew,  the 
Thuja  gigantea,  &c. 

Mahogany,  of  which  there  is  a  magnificent  specimen  sent  from  Hayti,  is  the  wood 
of  Swietenia  mahogoni,  a  native  of  the  West  Indies,  and  the  country  around  Honduias, 
the  Spanish  and  the  Honduras  are  believed  to  be  products  of  the  same  tree,  growing 
in  a  different  soil ;  the  Spanish  is  considered  the  best,  being  the  closest  grained,  darkest 
in  color,  and  the  hardest.  When  it  grows  in  a  poor  soil,  the  tree  is  apt  to  be  contorted, 
forming  the  variety,  “Madeira  wood,”  so  much  sought  after  in  the  Bahamas.  Five 
specimens  of  the  mahogany  have  been  obtained  from  Ea.st  Florida.  The  value  of  this 
wood  depends  not  so  much  on  its  color,  as  on  its  hardness,  and  its  not  shrinking  and 
warping  for  an  indefinite  length  of  time ;  hence  it  is  always  used  in  works  requiring 
great  permanency  of  form.  It  is  the  best  to  cut  into  veneers,  as  it  holds  glue  better 
than  any  other  wood.  Its  properties  are  too  well  known  to  need  ample  details. 

Lignum-vitie  (Guaiacum  officinale)  is  another  well-known  hard  and  heavy  wood  of 
America.  When  first  cut,  it  is  soft  and  easily  worked,  but  becomes  intensely  hard  on 
exposure  to  the  air.  The  wood  is  cross-grained,  and  contains  a  great  quantity  of  lesin, 
which  makes  it  very  durable  in  water.  It  is  used  in  machinery  wherever  much  friction 
is  required,  and  wherever  hardness  and  strength  is  necessary.  The  fibrous  structure 
of  the  wood  is  very  remarkable,  the  fibers  crossing  each  other  very  obliquely;  it  can 
hardly  be  split,  and  can  only  be  divided  by  the  saw ;  its  fracture  resembles  more  that 
of  a  mineral  than  of  ordinary  wood.  Chips  will  burn  freely  from  the  amount  of  resin 
they  contain. 

Rose-wood  is  generally  brought  from  Brazil,  in  the  form  of  large  slabs,  or  halves 
of  trees ;  the  colors  vary  from  light  hazel  to  deep  purple,  and  nearly  black,  with  t.ie 
colors  sometimes  finely  contrasted.  It  is  very  heavy,  sometimes  fine,  and  at  others 
coarse-grained,  and  generally  very  hard.  Next  to  mahogany,  it  is  the  most  used  in 
cabinet-work  and  upholstery.  It  is  sometimes  called  Jacaranda,  or  Palisander,  in 
Europe,  from  the  belief  that  it  is  from  a  species  of  jacaranda.  Dr.  Lindley  supposes 
it  is  produced  by  a  species  of  Mimosa ;  but  it  is  quite  certain  that  the  real  tree  which 
produces  it  is,  ns  yet,  unknown,  except  to  the  native  residents. 

There  are  many  other  woods  much  used  for  ornamental  purposes,  of  which  the 
principal  may  be  briefly  enumerated: — 

Acacia,  called  Sabien  in  Cuba,  is  a  heavy,  durable  wood,  of  the  red  mahogany 
character,  much  esteemed  in  ship-building.  In  the,  English  Admiralty  Museum  are  to 
be  seen  specimens,  of  the  original  timbers  of  the  “  Gibraltar,”  of  80  guns,  launched  in 
1751 ;  some  of  the  wood  is  now  in  such  perfect  condition  that  it  has  been  proposed  to 
use  the  old  keel  for  that  of  a  new  frigate.  The  A.  latisiliqua ,  of  the  Bahamas,  is  next 
in  general  value  to  mahogany,  and  it  excels  it  in  its  shining  satiny  tints. 

Box-wood  (Buxus  sempervirens)  is  found  throughout  Europe,  and  especially  in 
Turkey.  This  yellow  wood  is  used  for  musical  instruments,  chucks  for  lathes,  and  is 
preeminently  the  wood  of  the  engraver;  it  is  also  much  used  for  rules  and  drawing 
scales. 

Jamaica  Box-wood,  so  called,  Schaffera  buxifolia,  grows  in  Florida,  and  is  easily 
mistaken  for  true  box,  for  many  of  whose  uses  it  is  fit. 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED  IN  MANUFACTURES. 


Coromandel,  or  Calamander  ( Diospyros  nirsuta ),  is  the  produce  of  Ceylon,  and  the 
coast  of  India ;  it  comes  between  rose  and  zebra-wood,  the  color  of  the  ground  being 
a  deep  brown,  with  black  stripes;  it  is  very  hard  and  turns  well,  and  is  a  very  hand¬ 
some  furniture-wood. 

Ebony,  the  produce  of  different  species  of  Diospyros,  is  generally  known  as  of  three 
kinds ;  the  Mauritius,  the  East  Indian,  and  the  African.  The  Mauritius  ebony  is  the 
blackest  and  finest  grained,  as  well  as  the  hardest  and  most  beautiful,  but  it  is  the  most 
costly  and  unsound;  the  East  Indian  is  less  wasteful,  but  of  inferior  color  and  coarser 
grained;  the  African  is  the  least  wasteful,  but  the  most  porous,  and  the  poorest  in 
color.  They  are  all  used  for  cabinet,  mosaic,  and  turnery  works ;  for  flutes,  handles 
of  knives  and  surgical  instruments,  die. ;  piano-forte  keys  are  usually  made  of  the  East 
Indian  variety ;  the  African  variety  is  the  most  permanent  in  shape,  and  is  the  only 
kind  used  for  the  best  sextants. 

Kiabooea,  or  Amboyna  Wood,  from  the  East  Indies,  appears  to  be  an  excrescence, 
resembling  the  burs  on  the  yew-tree;  it  is  quite  hard,  and  full  of  small  curls  and 
knots,  which  give  it  a  very  ornamental  character  when  polished.  The  color  is  from 
orange  to  chestnut-brown. 

Manchineel  ( Hippomane  mancinella),  of  the  West  Indies,  has  a  wood  of  a  yellowish- 
brown  color,  beautifully  clouded,  resembling  marble,  of  a  close,  hard,  and  durable 
texture.  It  is  used  for  similar  purposes  as  mahogany.  Th*  sap  of  the  tree  has 
poisonous  properties. 

Teak-wood  is  the  produce  of  the  Tectona  grandis,  a  native  of  the  coasts  of  Malabar, 
Java,  Ceylon,  and  Tenasserim.  The  wood  is  light  and  porous,  and  easily  worked,  but 
yet  strong  and  durable;  it  is  oily,  does  not  injure  iron,  and  shrinks  but  little  in  width. 
It  is  of  a  light-brown  color,  and  is  esteemed  in  India  the  most  valuable  timber  for 
ship-building  and  house-carpentry.  It  contains  much  silicious  matter,  which  is  very 
destructive  to  tools. 

Zebra-wood  is  the  produce  of  the  Brazils.  The  color  is  orange-brown  and  dark- 
brown  variously  mixed,  generally  in  straight  strips;  whence  its  name.  It  is  much 
esteemed  for  cabinet-work,  and  is  a  very  handsome  wood.  It  is  ranked  intermediate 
between  rose-wood  and  mahogany,  and  forms  a  fine  contrast  with  either  of  them. 
The  genus  is  not  positively  ascertained. 

The  above  are  all  the  principal  woods  used  in  the  arts  for  use  or  adornment,  which 
are  represented  in  the  Exhibition. 

From  the  immense  and  daily  increasing  consumption  of  timber  in  ship-building, 
in  the  construction  of  bridges,  railroads,  Ac.,  some  process  must  soon  be  generally 
adopted  for  preventing  its  well-known  rapid  decay  when  exposed  to  moisture  and 
the  attacks  of  insects.  Upon  the  sea,  according  to  the  documents  of  the  English 
Admiralty,  a  ship  lasts  fourteen  years  in  time  of  peace,  and  eight  in  time  of  war ;  in 
some  climates,  the  ravages  of  the  ants  are  such  that  a  very  few  months  is  sufficient  to 
destroy  wood  which  has  required  a  century  for  its  growth.  In  some  old  buildings,  as 
at  Nineveh,  in  Egypt,  and  even  old  cathedrals  and  churches  in  Europe,  the  durability 
has  been  extraordinary ;  and  it  does  not  appear  that  the  timber  has  been  submitted  to 
any  other  preparation  than  a  thorough  seasoning.  In  constructions  on  land,  previous 
seasoning  need  not  always  be  complete,  as  the  wood  may  dry  after  it  has  been  put  in 
place;  but  in  ship-building,  timber  will  decay  very  speedily  unless  properly  seasoned, 
on  account  of  the  manner  in  which  it  is  inclosed,  and  its  exposure  to  moisture. 

The  causes  of  rot  and  decay  in  wood  are  chemical,  and  must  be  guarded  against 
by  chemical  means.  Decay  may  take  place  under  two  conditions,  viz.,  in  a  moist 
condition,  with  free  access  to  air,  and  under  Water,  where  the  access  of  free  oxygen  is 
prevented;  and  the  products  of  decomposition  are  different.  The  decay  of  wood  is 
essentially  a  process  of  oxidation: — in  the  first  case,  with  the  free  access  of  oxygen,  a 
slow  oxidation,  or  eremacausis,  takes  place ;  the  wood  loses  carbon,  hydrogen,  and 
oxygen,  carbonic  acid  and  water  being  formed ;  the  process  being  one  of  slow  com¬ 
bustion  : — in  the  second  case,  the  order  of  decomposition  is  changed  ;  carbonic  acid  is 
evolved,  but  the  hydrogen  of  the  wood  remains  behind.  In  the  decay  of  wood  in 
contact  with  decomposing  vegetable  matter,  the  carbon  of  the  wood  is  shared  between 
the  hydrogen  and  oxygen,  the  products  being  light  carburetted  hydrogen  and  carbonic 
acid  and  water. 

The  albumen  which  wood  contains  is  intimately  connected  with  its  decomposition ; 
being  a  nitrogenized  substance,  it  is  highly  putrescible ;  it  is  also  adapted  for  the  food 
of  insects,  which  penetrate  the  wood,  thus  increasing  the  facilities  for  the  introduction 
of  air  and  water,  to  accelerate  decomposition.  Those  woods  which  contain  the  smallest 
quantities  of  this  albumen,  and  amylaceous  matters  upon  which  it  can  act  as  a  ferment, 
are  the  most  durable;  thus  the  wood  of  the  acacia,  containing  merely  a  trace  of  albu¬ 
men,  will  remain  perfect  for  nearly  twenty  years,  in  cases  where  oak  will  decay  in  two. 

Decay  has  not  only  to  be  guarded  against,  but  also  the  attacks  of  worms,  the  growth 
of  fungi,  and  the  dangers  of  fire.  These  are  distinct  objects  of  research,  and  require 
different  means  as  remedies.  Oils,  for  instance,  which,  as  a  class,  prevent  the  attacks 
of  sea-worms,  render  wood  more  inflammable ;  the  sulphates  of  alumina  and  lime, 
while  they  render  wood  more  durable,  also  render  it  less  inflammable  ;  and  sulphates 
of  iron  and  copper  prevent  the  growth  of  fungi,  which  often  accompanies  dry-rot. 

The  “sea-worms,”  so  called,  which  are  so  destructive  to  wood,  are  the  Teredo  navalis, 
and  the  Limnoria  terebrans.  The  former  is  a  small  mollusk,  which  bores  into  the  inte¬ 
rior  of  timber  in  salt  water ;  its  ravages  are  very  rapid,  and  continued  till  the  wood 
is  a  mere  shell.  Being  low  in  the  animal  scale,  it  is  very  tenacious  of  life,  and  proof 
against  agents  which  would  speedily  destroy  higher  animals  ;  various  chemical  matters 
have  been  tried,  but  they  have  failed  as  a  general  thing,  probably  because  they  were 
neutralized  by  the  action  of  salt  water ;  mechanical  means,  and  the  galvanic  action  of 
different  metals,  have  been  tried  without  much  practical  advantage.  Creosote  seems 


to  be  a  complete  preservative  against  their  attacks.  The  Limnoria  is  a  minute  crusta- 
ceau,  resembling  a  wood-louse,  which  attacks  the  outside  of  timber  in  salt  water. 
Among  the  earliest  substances  proposed  for  the  preservation  of  wood  was  the  sulphate 
of  copper,  by  Dr.  Hales.  In  the  process  patented  by  Mr.  Margary,  in  1837,  the  wood, 
previously  dried,  was  soaked  in  a  solution  of  one  pound  of  sulphate  of  copper  in  five 
gallons  of  water,  and  allowed  to  remain  two  days  for  every  inch  of  its  thickness. 
Instead  of  this,  a  pound  of  the  acetate  of  copper  in  fourteen  quarts  of  water,  with  two 
quarts  of  crude  pyroligneous  acid,  has  been  used.  Sulphate  of  copper,  like  most  of  the 
metallic  salts,  acts  by  coagulating  the  albumen,  and  forming  an  indissoluble  combina¬ 
tion  with  it  Sleepers  impregnated  with  this  have  been  in  use  for  six  years,  and  are 
still  sound ;  it  has  been  applied  by  the  aspirative  process,  so  successfully  employed  by 
Dr.  Boucherie,  in  which  it  advances  about  a  meter  in  twenty  hours ;  after  passing 
through  the  wood  the  liquid  is  nearly  colorless. 

•  Sulphate  of  iron  was  found  equally  efficacious  in  checking  dry-rot.  An  objection 
to  this,  and  especially  the  persulphate,  has  been  suggested  by  M.  Breant,  that,  from 
the  decomposition  into  the  insoluble  subsulphate  and  free  sulphuric  acid,  the  wood  is 
rapidly  corroded ;  but  this  is  said  to  be  prevented  by  the  previous  introduction  of  some 
oily  matter  into  the  pores.  Trees  possessing  tannin  and  gallic  acid,  as  the  oak,  elm, 
chestnut,  ash,  are  best  impregnated  with  the  salts  of  iron  ;  while  the  resinous  trees,  as 
the  pines,  are  but  little  affected  by  their  antiseptic  properties. 

From  the  long-known  durability  of  wood  in  alum-works,  the  sulphate  of  alumina 
has  been  used  as  a  preservative ;  this  prevents  the  decomposition  of  the  albumen,  but 
it  is  liable  to  the  objection  of  the  disengagement  of  free  sulphuric  acid.  This  might 
be  obviated  by  using  the  soluble  subsulphate  (basic  alum),  and,  if  made  without  an 
excess  of  alkali,  this  might  prove  an  efficient  application. 

The  durability  of  wood  in  salt-works  and  mines,  and  of  ships  employed  in  the  salt 
trade,  would  point  to  the  use  of  this  substance  in  the  preservation  of  timber.  From  the 
deliquescent  nature  of  the  salt  of  commerce,  this  could  hardly  be  used  with  advantage 
for  general  purposes. 

Seasoning,  by  means  of  lime,  was  tried  some  years  ago  in  England,  but  found  to  be 
worse  than  useless ;  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths  accelerate  the  decay  of  wood,  by 
enabling  its  constituents  to  absorb  oxygen,  which  otherwise  they  could  not. 

Arsenic  might  perhaps  be  a  valuable  preservative,  but  its  injurious  effects  on  the  ' 
workmen  will  prevent  extended  trials. 

Exposure  to  the  acids  arising  from  burning  wood  has  been  tried  in  Russia  and  in 
this  country ;  though  it  will  answer  for  many  common  purposes,  it  will  not  for  naval 
constructions,  from  the  rapidity  with  which  iron,  driven  into  wood  thus  prepared,  is 
corroded. 

The  most  ancient  mode  of  preserving  wood,  and  one  of  the  most  effectual,  con¬ 
sisted  in  the  application  of  some  resinous  or  oily  covering,  by  which  air  and  water  are 
effectually  excluded ;  if  the  wood  be  perfectly  dry  and  sound,  and  not  exposed  to 
abrasion,  this  would  be  the  easiest,  cheapest,  and  most  effectual  method.  This  method 
has  been  recently  proposed  by  MM.  Hutin  and  Boutigny,  in  the  Annales  de  Chimie  et 
de  Physique  (3d  serie.  vol.  23,  1848).  They  dry  the  ends,  by  slight  combustion  from 
any  carburet  of  hydrogen  (as  naphtha),  which  is  very  penetrating ;  after  this  they  dip 
the  ends  in  a  warm  mixture  of  pitch,  tar,  and  gum  lac,  which  hermetically  seals  the 
ends ;  the  wood  is  then  tarred  all  over  as  usual,  and  has  been  found  very  durable  for 
railroad-sleepers.  By  these  agents  are  avoided  the  expense  of  corrosive  sublimate — 
the  danger  of  arsenic — the  deliquescence,  and  alterative  action  from  the  disengage¬ 
ment  of  chlorine,  of  the  chlorides  of  calcium,  sodium,  and  zinc — the  evils  from  the 
disengagement  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  other  disadvantages  attending  the  use  of  the 
sulphates  of  copper  and  iron,  to  be  alluded  to  hereafter. 

From  the  smell  of  creosote,  an  objection  has  been  raised  to  its  use  in  naval  con¬ 
structions  ;  other  oils,  as  train  oil,  lard  oil,  have  been  suggested.  That  oil  of  some 
kind  will  be  valuable,  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  teak  and  greenheart,  two  of 
the  most  durable  woods,  and  free  from  the  attacks  of  sea-worms,  contain  naturally  a 
large  quantity  of  oil. 

It  would  be  desirable  to  ascertain  whether  the  long  duration  of  wood  depends  on 
the  bringing  closer  together  its  fibers,  or  otherwise  excluding  moisture — on  washing 
out  impurities,  or  on  chemically  decomposing  those  matters  and  rendering  them 
innocuous.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  mere  mechanical  action  has  considerable 
beneficial  effect;  even  simple  dessiccation  brings  the  fibers  closer  together;  impreg¬ 
nation  with  oils,  and  the  introduction  of  many  metallic  salts,  also  act  mechanically, 
by  filling  up  the  pores  of  the  wood.  As  chemical  changes  take  place  in  the  contained 
juices,  ordinary  water-seasoning  tends  to  preserve  timber,  by  washing  out  matters  sus¬ 
ceptible  of  fermentation.  The  principal  means,  however,  for  increasing  the  durability 
of  wood,  are  chemical;  and  of  the  processes  employed,  the  following  deserve  mention: 
Mr.  Kyan’s  patent,  of  1832,  for  impregnating  with  corrosive  sublimate;  Sir  William 
Burnett’s,  in  1836,  for  injecting  chloride  of  zinc;  Mr.  Payne’s,  in  1841,  for  impregnation 
with  metallic  oxyds  and  alkalies;  Mr.  Bethell’s,  in  1838,  for  impregnation  with 
creosote  and  oil  of  tar;  and  Dr.  Boucherie’s  aspirative  process  for  introducing  the 
pyrolignate  (or  impure  acetate)  of  iron. 

Corrosive  sublimate  has  proved  in  many  cases  an  excellent  antiseptic,  but  it  is  more 
expensive  than  equally  efficacious  agents.  Mr.  Kyan  proposed  it  (though  it  had  been 
previously  suggested  by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy)  as  a  preventive  of  the  dry-rotf  under  the 
idea  that  it  would  destroy  the  fungi  and  insects,  which  are  now  known  to  be,  not  the 
cause,  but  the  frequent  consequence  of  dry-rot.  Its  action  depends  on  its  forming  an 
insoluble  compound  with  the  vegetable  albumen,  which  is  thus  rendered  unsusceptible 
of  undergoing  spontaneous  decomposition  and  of  exciting  fermentation.  In  this  process, 
the  wood  is  sawed  into  blocks  and  planks,  and  immersed  for  about  a  week  in  a  solution 

99 


SECTION  I.  —  CLASS  IV, 


containing  one  pound  of  the  corrosive  sublimate  to  five  gallons  of  water;  this  may  be 
effected  in  an  open  tank.  Sir  Samuel  Bentham,  as  early  as  1794,  perceiving  that  the 
principal  obstacle  to  the  introduction  of  preservative  fluids  into  wood  was  the  air 
contained  in  it,  conceived  the  idea  of  exhausting  the  air  by  means  of  an  air-pump 
apparatus;  to  this  was  soon  added  a  contrivance  for  injecting  the  fluids  under  strong 
pressure,  sometimes  with  a  force  of  150  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  The  efficacy  of 
Mr.  Kyan’s  process  was  tested  at  the  Royal  Arsenal  at  Woolwich;  pieces  of  prepared 
and  unprepared  timber  were  placed  in  contact  with  putrefying  vegetable  matter,  and 
with  wood  affected  with  dry-rot,  at  a  somewhat  increased  temperature ;  the  Kyanized 
wood  was  found  unaltered  at  the  end  of  five  years,  while  the  other  was  considerably 
affected  before  the  end  of  the  first  year. 

Sir  William  Burnett’s  process  consists  in  impregnating  the  wood,  or  other  vegetable 
substance,  with  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc,  containing  one  pound  to  five  gallons  of 
water.  Under  common  atmospheric  pressure,  the  time  required  is  from  ten  to  twenty 
days ;  the  timber  should  be  dried  in  a  sheltered  situation,  and  it  is  well  to  cover  it  with 
a  paint  composed  of  oxyd  of  zinc  and  drying  oil.  The  protection  from  this  substance 
is  equal  to  that  from  corrosive  sublimate ;  and  it  is  better  for  shipping,  as  the  compound 
of  oxyd  of  zinc  with  albumen  is  not  soluble  in  sea  water  like  the  mercurial  compound. 
Specimens  of  oak,  elm,  and  fir,  remained  perfectly  sound  in  the  test-pit  at  Woolwich, 
above  alluded  to,  for  five  years;  the  protection  to  canvas  and  cordage  is  greater  than 
that  from  the  corrosive  sublimate.  This  liquid  is  also  applied  more  speedily  and 
effectually  under  strong  pressure;  the  apparatus  at  the  Portsmouth  (England)  dock¬ 
yard  consists  of  a  cylinder  fifty-two  feet  long,  and  six  feet  in  diameter,  holding  about 
twenty  loads  of  timber;  there  are  affixed  a  set  of  exhausting-pumps,  and  a  set  of 
pressure-pumps,  and  a  pressure  of  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch  has  been  tried  in  it. 

Payne’s  process,  by  the  double  decomposition  of  sulphate  of  iron  and  chloride  of 
calcium  within  the  pores  of  the  wood,  is  as  follows :  The  pieces  of  timber  are  intro¬ 
duced,  on  a  kind  of  sledge,  into  a  long  cylindrical  iron  vessel,  the  cover  of  which  is 
then  screwed  on  tight ;  steam  is  then  admitted,  first  to  drive  out  the  air  through  a 
valve  opened  for  the  purpose,  and  then  to  form  a  vacuum,  which  partially  occurs  when 
a  little  cold  solution  is  pumped  into  the  vessel  by  the  steam-engine  to  condense  the 
steam ;  the  vacuum  is  completed  by  an  air-pump ;  the  liquid  flows  in  as  the  air  is 
.exhausted,  and  is  finally  subjected  to  pressure  by  force-pumps  worked  by  the  steam- 
engine  ;  this  fills  all  the  pores  of  the  wood  with  sulphate  of  iron.  After  a  few  minutes 
the  sulphate  is  allowed  to  flow  out  by  the  readmission  of  air ;  the  vessel  is  again  heated 
with  steam,  and  is  similarly  filled  with  chloride  of  calcium.  Double  decomposition 
instantly  takes  place  in  the  pores  of  the  wood,  forming  chloride  of  iron  and  sulphate 
of  lime,  or  gypsum;  the  latter  is  said  to  remain  principally  in  the  pores,  while  the 
former  pervades  the  wood  generally.  The  whole  process  takes  from  one  to  three  hours, 
according  to  the  size  of  the  timber.  The  wood  becomes  much  heavier,  indisposed  to 
decay,  less  combustible,  darker  in  color,  and  proof,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  against 
rot  and  the  attacks  of  insects.  It  is  used  principally  for  railways,  buildings,  piles,  and 
wet  foundations. 

It  is  hard  to  say  whether  the  efficacy  of  this  process  depends  on  mechanical  or 
chemical  causes ;  if  it  depends  on  the  formation  of  crystals,  it  is  certainly  mechanical ; 
if  on  the  action  of  either  of  the  fluids  introduced,  since  both  may  act  chemically  on  the 
pieces  of  the  wood,  it  is  strictly  chemical.  From  the  instantaneous  manner  in  which 
the  double  decomposition  takes  place,  we  are  inclined  to  think  that  the  formation  of 
the  sulphate  of  lime,  at  the  moment  of  introduction  of  the  second  substance,  prevents 
the  decomposition  of  the  sulphate  of  iron,  except  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  process; 
and  that  the  real  preservative  agent,  after  all,  is  the  sulphate  of  iron,  aided,  on  the 
end  of  the  piece  of  timber,  by  the  obstruction  of  the  pores  by  the  sulphate  of  lime. 
Whichever  be  the  case,  the  process  is  open  to  the  objection  that  all  such  crystals  must 
separate  the  fibers  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  according  to  the  amount  of  liquid  forced 
in,  and  render  the  wood  to  that  extent  permeable  to  the  causes  of  decomposition ;  and 
if  the  sulphate  of  iron  be  the  preservative  agent,  this  "will  be  gradually  dissolved,  or 
it  will  be  decomposed,  and  free  sulphuric  acid  will  accelerate  the  decay  of  the  wood. 

Dr.  Boucherie  starts  from  the  principle  that  all  the  alterations  of  wood  depend  on 
the  soluble  matters  which  it  contains,  which  either  serve  as  food  for  worms  or  give 
rise  to  fermentation.  He  found  that  sound  timber  contained  from  three  to  seven  per 
cent,  of  these  matters,  while  decayed  wood  contained  only  from  one  to  two  per  cent. ; 
thence  his  idea  was  to  remove  these  matters,  or  render  them  insoluble  by  some  metallic 
salt  or  earthy  chloride.  After  many  experiments  on  very  perishable  vegetable  matters 
(detailed  in  the  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute  for  1841,  Yol.  2),  he  arrived  at  the 
conclusion  that  the  impure  pyrolignate  (or  acetate)  of  iron  was  the  best,  for  the  fol¬ 
lowing  reasons :  It  is  cheap ;  its  oxyd  forms  stable  combinations  with  almost  all  organic 
matters ;  its  acid  has  no  corrosive  properties,  and  is  volatile ;  lastly,  according  to  him 
(which  is,  however,  doubtful),  it  contains  the  greatest  proportion  of  creosote  which  an 
aqueous  liquor  can  dissolve ;  he  found  that  one-fiftieth  part  of  the  weight  of  the  green 
wood  was  more  than  sufficient  for  complete  protection.  Though  giving  this  preserva¬ 
tive  the  preference,  he  allows  that  the  chlorides  of  calcium  and  sodium,  when  the  wood 
is  not  constantly  in  the  water,  are  equally  efficacious. 

Having  satisfied  himself  that  ordinary  maceration,  and  previous  rarefaction  of  the 
air  in  the  wood,  were  incomplete  means,  he  ascertained  that  the  force  which  circulates 
the  sap  in  the  living  tree  might  be  used  to  impregnate  trees  with  various  solutions 
after  they  were  felled;  a  tree,  within  a  suitable  time  after  it  is  felled,  having  its  foot 
immersed  in  a  saline  solution,  will  soon  be  permeated  by  the  liquid,  through  the  force 
of  absorption,  even  to  the  terminal  leaves— a  poplar  tree  ninety  feet  high,  immersed  to 
the  deptli  of  eight  inches  in  the  pyrolignate  of  iron,  was  entirely  impregnated  with 
the  liquid  in  six  days,  absorbing  3*  cubic  feet.  He  pierces  the  stem  through  and 

100 


through,  opening  the  principal  sap-tubes  at  the  base,  and  leaves  only  enough  of  the 
tree  to  sustain  it  in  an  upright  position ;  the  greater  part  of  a  tree  may  be  penetrated, 
notwithstanding  the  removal  of  most  of  its  branches,  if  the  terminal  foliage  be  pre¬ 
served  ;  the  sooner  the  operation  is  commenced  after  felling  the  better,  as  the  absorp¬ 
tion  begins  to  decrease  after  the  first  day,  and  is  scarcely  perceptible  on  the  tenth,  ten 
days  being  sufficient  for  complete  impregnation.  The  quantity  absorbed  is  sometimes 
enormous,  as  much  as  ten  cubic  feet  of  chloride  of  calcium,  or  seven  of  the  pyrolignite 
of  iron ;  the  less  quantity  of  the  latter  being  doubtless  due  to  its  astringent  properties ; 
the  neutral  salts  are  always  absorbed  in  large  quantities,  the  acids  and  alkaline  salts 
sparingly. 

In  the  white  woods  there  is  a  central  tube,  of  variable  diameter,  which  resists 
impregnation ;  this,  having  no  longer  life,  as  the  circulation  has  ceased  in  it,  is  not 
impregnated ;  so  in  the  central  parts  of  the  heart  of  oak,  elm,  Ac. 

This  salt  of  iron,  while  it  preserves,  also  hardens  timber  to  such  a  degree  that  it 
presents  twice  its  usual  resistance  to  cutting-instruments. 

The  flexibility  and  elasticity  of  wood,  so  important  in  naval  constructions,  which 
he  thinks  due  to  a  certain  amount  of  moisture  retained,  was  increased  in  a  remarkable 
manner  by  the  chloride  of  calcium  and  other  deliquescent  salts,  and  even  by  the  stag¬ 
nant  waters  of  salt-marshes ;  the  degree  of  elasticity  depending  on  the  strength  of  the 
solution  introduced.  He  thus  was  able  to  twist  the  most  brittle  pine  into  a  complex 
helix,  which  would  instantly  return  to  a  straight  line  when  the  force  was  relaxed ;  and 
this  property  remained  at  the  end  of  eighteen  months.  For  greater  security,  he  adds 
one-fifth  of  the  pyrolignite  of  iron ;  wood  thus  prepared  takes  paint  and  varnish  as 
well  as  ordinary  wood. 

Mr.  Hyett  thinks  that  the  flexibility  of  wood  does  not,  in  all  cases,  depend  on  the 
presence  of  moisture.  Pieces  of  larch,  impregnated  with  acetate  and  sulphate  of 
copper,  he  found  more  flexible  than  a  piece  impregnated  with  chloride  of  calcium. 
From  his  experiments,  it  appears  that  the  strength  of  wood  is  most  diminished  by 
impregnation  with  those  substances  which  most  increase  its  flexibility.  Resinous  and 
non-resinous  trees  require  different  treatment ;  in  beech,  and  probably  in  all  non- 
resinous  trees,  prussiate  of  potash  and  pyrolignite  of  iron  are  the  only  agents  which 
do  not  impair  the  strength  of  the  wood  in  its  natural  state ;  while,  in  the  larch, 
prussiate  of  potash  and  sulphate  of  copper  are  the  only  substances  which  do  not 
increase  its  strength.  Prussiate  of  potash  gives  the  greatest  strength  to  the  beech, 
and  produces  no  alteration  on  larch ;  sulphate  of  iron  diminishes  the  strength  of 
beech,  but  increases  that  of  larch ;  sulphate  and  acetate  of  copper  also  diminish  the 
strength  of  beech,  but  not  that  of  larch.  From  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid,  the 
acetates  of  iron  and  copper  are  better  for  beech  than  the  Bulphates ;  corrosive  sub¬ 
limate  produces  the  same  effect  on  larch  as  on  beech  ;  the  pyrolignite  of  iron  is  the 
best  single  material  for  both  kinds  of  trees,  but  prussiate  of  potash  is  the  best  for 
beech,  and  chloride  of  calcium  for  larch. 

The  warping  and  splitting  of  wood,  due,  principally,  to  the  alternate  giving  out  to, 
and  receiving  moisture  from  the  air,  is  prevented  by  impregnation  with  a  weak  solution 
of  the  chloride  of  calcium,  to  which  one-fifth  of  the  pyrolignite  is  added. 

The  process  of  Dr.  Boucherie,  above  described,  is  the  same  as  the  one  patented  by 
Mr.  Bethell  in  England  two  years  before.  There  can  be  no  doubt  of  its  great  advan¬ 
tages.  This  method  was  favorably  reported  on  by  a  commission  of  the  French 
Academy,  consisting  of  MM.  Dumas,  Boussingault,  De  Mirbel,  Arago,  dec. ;  and  exten¬ 
sive  arrangements  were  undertaken  by  the  Minister  of  the  Marine  for  its  application 
in  the  French  Navy. 

In  order  to  apply  a  preservative  process  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  Dr.  Boucherie 
now  impregnates  timber  with  sulphate  of  copper,  pyrolignite  of  iron,  and  chloride  of 
calcium,  by  means  of  a  column  of  the  liquid  communicating  with  a  reservoir  cut  in 
the  center  of  the  log,  from  which  it  passes  readily  through  the  whole  extent.  He  has 
thus  prepared  many  thousands  of  railway-sleepers  with  sulphate  of  copper,  which 
have  been  down  on  the  great  Northern  Railway  of  France  for  five  years,  and  are  now 
perfectly  sound,  while  others  on  the  same  line,  not  prepared,  are  completely  destroyed. 

Various  processes  have  been  employed  for  rendering  timber  fire-proof.  Impregna¬ 
tion  with  the  chloride  of  zinc  will  render  wood,  and  even  linen,  so  incombustible  that 
even  in  a  most  intense  fire  it  will  not  be  charred,  only  bursting  into  flame. 

Mr.  Payne  has  taken  out  a  patent  for  introducing,  under  pressure,  sulphuret  of 
barium  and  calcium  in  solution,  and  afterwards  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  iron,  to  fix 
the  salt  of  barium  and  calcium.  The  earthy  chlorides,  as  introduced  by  Dr.  Boucherie, 
render  wood  inflammable  with  difficulty,  by  fusing  on  the  surface,  and  cause  it  to  burn 
with  great  slowness.  Mr.  Bethell  has  recommended  the  soluble  glass,  silicate  of  potash, 
for  fusing  on  the  surface,  and  giving  a  protective  filmy  coating. 

Mr.  Maugham’s  patent  consists  in  dissolving  phosphate  of  soda  and  muriate  or 
sulphate  of  ammonia  together,  and  then  submitting  the  wood,  previously  dried,  to 
this,  under  strong  pressure  ;  it  is  best  to  cut  the  wood  into  planks  first.  Twelve  hours 
are  sufficient  for  the  process.  He  gives,  as  the  best  proportions,  176  ounces  of  crystal¬ 
lized  phosphate  of  soda,  and  64  ounces  of  muriate  of  ammonia,  to  2-J  gallons  of  water ; 
the  clear  solution  is  drawn  off  for  use  ;  the  wood,  when  dry,  is  fit  for  use. 

The  above  salts  are  too  expensive  for  extensive  use.  The  best  and  the  cheapest  is 
the  sulphate  of  ammonia,  which  is  protective  by  the  coating  of  sulphuric  acid,  which 
requires  great  heat  to  volatilize;  and  by  sulphurous  acid  and  the  sulphate  of  ammonia, 
under  very  great  heat 

The  great  objections  to  the  introduction  of  any  of  the  metallic  salts  above  described 
are:  the  forcing  asunder  the  fibers  of  the  wood,  by  the  formation  of  crystals,  and  thus 
rendering  it  liable  to  decay  if  placed  in  the  water — these  salts  not  being  able  to  seal 
the  pores  of  the  wood,  the  fiber  is  still  exposed  to  the  slow  process  of  oxydation,  erema- 


VEGETABLE  AND  ANIMAL  SUBSTANCES  USED 


IN  MANUFACTURES. 


causis— they  are  objectionable  where  iron  has  to  be  driven  into  the  wood,  as  the  acids 
act  upon  and  destroy  it— and  the  great  objection  is,  that  when  the  albumen  is  coagu¬ 
lated  by  them,  the  woody  fiber  is  still  exposed  to  the  attacks  of  the  marine  worm  and 
the  white  ant,  it  being  a  property  of  albumen  to  render  innocuous  corrosive  sublimate 
and  other  poisons  combined  with  it. 

To  obviate  these  objections,  Mr.  Bethell  uses  a  material  obtained  from  the  distil¬ 
lation  of  coal-tar,  consisting  of  bituminous  oils,  combined  with  a  portion  of  creosote. 
This  coagulates  the  albumen,  gives  a  water-proof  covering  to  the  timber,  and  completely 
protects  it  against  the  attacks  of  the  worm  and  the  ant. 

This  substance  is  applied  to  the  timber,  previously  exhausted  of  its  air  and  moisture, 
either  under  strong  pressure  in  a  vacuum,  or  by  immersion  in  a  hot  solution.  Timber 
thus  prepared  is  called  “creosoted  timber,”  though,  strictly  speaking,  the  material 
contains  carbonic  acid,  or  phenole,  which  has  been  generally  confounded  with  creosote ; 
it  undoubtedly  does  contain,  however,  a  portion  of  creosote,  so  that  the  name  may  be 
retained,  with  the  above  explanation. 

One  gallon  of  oil  of  tar  is  necessary  per  cubic  foot  for  bridges  and  piers,  and  the 
increase  by  weight  ought  to  be  ten  pounds  per  cubic  foot ;  the  cost  of  saturation  is 
about  twelve  cents  per  cubic  foot;  for  railway-sleepers,  about  eight  pounds  of  oil  of 
tar,  at  about  nine  cents  per  cubic  foot ;  a  penetration  of  two  or  three  inches  deep  is 
generally  enough.  Where  expense  is  no  matter  for  consideration,  wood  might  be  first 
subjected  to  Sir  William  Burnetts  process,  and  then  be  creosoted,  which  would  render 
it  indestructible. 

This  system  has  been  practiced  on  several  railways  in  England  for  several  years. 
On  the  London  and  Is orth western  Railway,  creosoted  sleepers  have  been  in  use  eleven 
years  without  any  signs  of  decay ;  also  on  the  Stockton  and  Darlington,  and  on  the 
Lancashire  and  Yorkshire  Railways,  for  from  five  to  ten  years.  In  a  trial  made  in 
Gloucester,  for  the  last  twelve  years,  unprepared  timber  decayed  in  one  year,  Ivyanized 
in  seven,  while  the  creosoted  is  as  sound  as  when  first  put  down. 

This  timber  is  especially  valuable  for  piles  of  bridges  and  piers.  At  the  January 
Meeting  (1853)  of  the  Institution  of  Civil  Engineers,  the  President  exhibited  specimens 
of  unprepared,  Payneized,  and  creosoted  timber,  from  the  Southampton  Royal  Pier, 
placed  only  four  years  ago ;  the  first  two  were  completely  disintegrated  by  the  marine 
worm,  the  latter  was  perfectly  sound.  At  Lowestoft  Harbor,  and  at  the  Isle  of  Port¬ 
land,  creosoted  piles  have  remained  sound,  now,  for  more  than  five  years. 

Some  woods  take  up  more  oil  of  tar  than  others:  for  instance,  fir  more  than  oak; 
beech  is  the  best  wood,  as  it  will  receive  a  greater  quantity  than  any  other  wood,  from 
its  many  pores. 

The  ravages  of  ants  ( Germes  lueifuguin,  R.\  which,  in  some  villages  of  France, 
riddle  the  woodwork  of  houses  from  the  foundation  to  the  roof,  may  be  prevented, 
according  to  M.  Quatrefages,  by  the  use  of  chlorine  (tad  nitrous  vapors.  As  their 
name  implies,  these  creatures  leave  the  surface  of  the  wood  untouched,  and  apparently 
sound,  working  out  of  sight;  wood  should  be  submitted  to  these  vapors  before  using  it 

The  great  objection  to  the  use  of  creosote  on  land  is  the  danger  of  fire ;  and  this 
would  apply  to  other  oils,  as  lard-oil  and  whale-oil,  which  would  be  equally  effective, 
cheaper,  and  less  offensive ;  the  latter  would  not  do  so  well  to  protect  against  the  worm. 

Of  the  processes,  that  which  promises  best  on  land  seems  to  be  that  of  Sir  William 
Burnett,  which  is  quite  protective  against  ordinary  causes  of  decomposition,  and 
against  fire ;  and  for  the  water,  the  saturation  with  the  oil  of  tar. 

From  the  costliness  of  many  ornamental  woods,  various  processes  have  been 
devised  to  stain,  more  or  less  permanently,  the  softer  woods,  in  imitation  of  those 
unattainable  except  at  great  expense.  Attempts  have  been  made  to  stain  wood  during 
its  growth,  by  immersing  certain  portions  of  the  roots  in  vessels  filled  with  coloring 
matters ;  of  course,  this  has  only  been  undertaken  for  a  space  of  time  short,  compared 
with  the  entire  life  of  a  tree,  and  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  any  very  permanent 
results  will  in  this  way  be  effected.  Much  more  may  be  hoped  from  the  introduction 
of  coloring  matters  after  the  seasoning  of  the  wood,  under  high  pressure,  as  described  in 
some  of  the  preservative  processes, or  by  immersion  in  hot  solutions  of  coloring  matters. 

Both  mineral  and  vegetable  materials  are  used  in  the  artificial  coloration  of  wood ; 
the  former  are  generally  the  most  permanent,  and,  when  caused  by  chemical  decompo¬ 
sition  within  the  pores,  are  also  preservative  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  The  naturally 
light  colors  of  woods  are  rendered  darker  by  being  covered  with  oil  or  varnish,  though 
the  latter  somewhat  checks  the  change  into  the  deepest  hues  ;  the  yellowish  color  of 
most  varnishes  seriously  interferes  with  the  colors  of  light  and  delicate  woods,  for 
which  the  whitest  kinds  should  alone  be  used.  In  many  cases,  the  colors  of  the  woods 
are  modified  by  applying  coloring  matters,  either  before  or  with  the  varnish ;  in  this 
way,  handsome  birch-wood  may  be  made  to  assume  the  appearance  of  mahogany,  so 
exactly  as  often  to  escape  detection. 

A  yellow  color  may  be  given  to  wood  by  boiling-liot  solutions  of  tumeric,  Persian 
berries,  fustic,  <fcc. ;  the  color  is  very  fugitive ;  a  more  permanent  color  results  from 
nitric  acid,  and  best  of  all,  by  the  successive  introduction  of  acetate  of  lead  and 
chromate  of  potash ;  sulphate  of  iron  also  stains  timber  of  a  yellowish  color,  when 
used  as  a  preservative  agent,  so  much  so  that  it  is  recommended  to  use  corrosive 
sublimate  for  this  purpose  when  it  is  desirable  to  preserve  the  white  color. 

A  red  color  may  be  obtained  by  immersion  in  a  boiling-hot  infusion  of  Brazil-wood, 
and  afterwards  washing  with  alum-water ;  also  by  a  tincture  of  dragon’s-blood.  An 
orange-red  color  may  be  obtained  by  the  successive  action  of  bichloride  of  mercury 
and  iodide  of  potash,  madder,  and  ammoniacal  solutions  of  carmine. 

Blue  is  obtained  by  hot  solutions  of  indigo,  of  sulphate  of  copper,  and  by  the  suc¬ 
cessive  introduction  of  pyrolignite  of  iron  and  prussiate  of  potash. 

Green  is  the  result  of  the  successive  formation  in  the  pores  of  the  wood  of  a  blue  and  a 

1* 


yellow,  as  above  indicated,  and  by  a  hot  solution  of  acetate  of  copper  in  water.  A  yel¬ 
lowish-green  may  be  obtained  by  the  action  of  copper  salts  on  the  red  prussiate  of  potash. 

Purple  is  generally  obtained  by  immersion  in  a  boiling  solution  of  log-wood  and  Brazil 
wood,  one  pound  of  the  former  and  one-quarter  of  a  pound  of  the  latter,  to  a  gallon  of  water. 

Dark-brown  is  the  result  of  the  action  of  copper  salts  on  the  yellow  prussiate  of 
potash ;  the  sulphate  of  copper,  in  soft  woods,  gives  a  pretty  reddish-brown  color,  in 
streaks  and  shades,  which  is  rich  after  varnishing,  and  said  to  be  permanent.  A  mahog- 
any  color  is  obtained  by  different  proportions  of  madder,  log-wood,  and  Brazil-wood. 

Black  is  obtained  by  immersion  in  a  hot  decoction  of  log-wood,  and  afterwards  in 
a  solution  of  galls  ;  this  will  take  a  fine  polish ;  and  by  a  solution  of  copper  in  nitric 
acid,  and  afterwards  in  a  decoction  of  log-wood. 

Since  the  researches  of  Dr.  Boucherie  on  the  aspirative  power  possessed  by  trees, 
coloring  matters  have  been  introduced  with  ease;  those  most  easily  applied  are  such 
as  are  produced  by  double  decomposition  between  the  substances  in  solution,  one  being 
introduced  after  the  other.  For  instance,  a  black  tint  may  be  produced  by  introducing 
successively  solutions  of  sulpliuret  of  sodium  and  acetate  of  lead,  whereby  the  black 
sulpliuret  of  lead  is  formed;  a  similar  color  maybe  formed  by  an  infusion  of  galls 
and  the  pyrolignite  of  iron.  A  green  (Scheele’s  green)  may  be  produced  by  acetate  of 
copper  and  arsenious  acid ;  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper,  with  a  slight  excess  of 
ammonia,  penetrates  wood  easily,  producing  an  agreeable  blueish  tint.  As  the  coloring 
does  not  affect  equally  all  parts  of  the  wood,  the  tints  are  in  waves  and  veins,  which 
are  very  beautiful  when  the  wood  is  polished. 

According  to  Mr.  Hyett,  different  solutions  penetrate  with  different  degrees  of 
facility ;  in  applying,  for  instance,  acetate  of  copper  and  prussiate  of  potash  to  larch, 
the  sap-wood  is  colored  most  when  the  acetate  is  introduced  first;  but  when  the  prus¬ 
siate  is  first  introduced,  the  heart-wood  is  the  most  deeply  colored.  Pyrolignite  of  iron 
causes  a  dark-gray  color  in  beech,  from  the  action  of  tannin  in  the  wood  on  the  oxyd 
of  iron ;  while,  in  larch,  it  merely  darkens  the  natural  color.  Most  of  the  tints,  espe¬ 
cially  those  caused  by  the  prussiates  of  iron  and  copper,  are  improved  by  the  exposure 
to  light,  and  the  richest  colors  are  produced  when  the  process  is  carried  on  rapidly. 

Vegetable  coloring  matters  do  not  penetrate  easily  by  the  aspirative  process, 
probably  on  account  of  the  affinity  of  the  woody  fiber  for  the  coloring  matter^ 
whereby  the  whole  of  the  latter  is  taken  up  by  the  parts  of  the  wood  with  which  it 
first  comes  into  contact. 

Different  intermediate  shades,  in  a  great  variety,  may  be  obtained  by  combinations 
of  coloring  matters,  according  to  the  tint  desired  and  the  different  ideas  of  the  dyer. 

When  it  is  desired  to  give  to  wood  recently  worked  the  appearance  of  that  which 
has  become  dark  from  age,  as  is  often  the  case  in  repairing  antique  furniture,  it  is  gen 
emlly  effected  by  washing  it  with  lime-water,  or  by  putting  on  the  lime  as  water-color, 
and  allowing  it  to  remain  a  few  minutes,  hours,  or  days,  according  to  circumstances. 

Further  details  are  incompatible  with  the  object  of  this  article.  That  wood  is  a 
material  well  adapted  for  decorative  art  is  abundantly  proved  by  the  fine  carvings  and 
splendid  furniture  in  the  Exhibition. 

Wood-carving,  as  far  as  the  object  to  be  gained  is  concerned,  is,  to  all  intents  and 
purposes,  sculpture ;  varieties  of  color  cannot  usually  be  made  elements  of  beauty  in 
this  art,  the  whole  effect  being  produced  by  varieties  of  form. 

From  the  softness  and  abundance  of  the  material,  wood,  this  art  must  have  been 
the  first  practiced  by  man ;  even  the  most  barbarous  races  have  their  rude  and  gro¬ 
tesque  figures  carved  from  wood  by  sharpened  stones;  from  these  rude  beginnings, 
through  the  artistic  carvings  of  the  middle  ages,  in  the  days  of  the  pride  and  power 
of  the  Church  of  Rome,  to  the  more  elaborate  and  exquisitely  finished  specimens  in 
the  Exhibition,  we  perceive  a  progress,  not  so  much  in  artistic  ability  as  in  the  superior 
construction  of  tools ;  for  in  this  art,  more  perhaps  than  in  any  other,  must  the  exe¬ 
cution  of  the  work  depend  upon  mechanicul  dexterity  arising  from,  or  aided  by  the 
employment  of  superior  cutting-instruments. 

The  ancient  carvings  were  mostly  of  a  religious  character,  consequently  there  was 
less  room  for  complicated  design  and  florid  execution  than  at  the  present  time,  when 
this  mode  of  decoration  has  become  very  general  in  the  ornament  of  household  articles 
of  luxury,  and  in  the  exterior  and  interior  of  private  and  public  buildings. 

Some  of  the  specimens  are  so  overloaded  with  ornament  as  to  be  entirely  inap¬ 
propriate  for  their  intended  uses ;  we  do  not  allude  to  such  for  purposes  of  criticism, 
but  merely  to  show  to  what  extent  wood  may  be  rendered  subservient  to  purposes  of 
decoration.  Some  of  the  most  beautiful  specimens  of  wood-carving  are  the  panels 
representing  flower-pieces  and  the  instruments  of  the  chase  (figured  and  described  on 

page  66  of  the  “Illustrated  Record”),  executed  by  W.  G.  Rogers,  of  London _ the 

Ebony  Cabinet,  exhibited  by  R.  J.  Gamelkow,  of  Holland  (figured  on  page  62  of  the 
Record) — the  carved  black  walnut  articles  made  by  A.  Ellaers,  A.  Roux,  and  Herter 
and  the  carved  oak  by  Bulkley  &  Herter,  and  Charles  F.  Hobe  <fc  Son,  in  the  United 
States  Department — the  cabinet-work,  from  A.  E.  Ringuet,  Leprince  &  Co.,  Paris  and 
New  York — and  the  Console  Table,  exhibited  by  G.  Da  Fieno,  of  Genoa  (represented 
on  page  125  of  the  “Illustrated  Record”). 

The  woods  which  seem  the  best  adapted  for  carving  are  oak,  black  walnut,  ebony, 
zebra-wood,  mahogany,  and  rosewood. 

In  decorative  and  furniture  carving,  the  French  and  Austrians  are  especially  suc¬ 
cessful,  probably  because  they  pursue  it  as  a  branch  of  art,  and  not  as  a  mere  trade ; 
the  head  and  hand  of  the  true  artist  must  always  be  present  to  render  works  of  this 
kind  anything  more  than  florid  and,  in  many  cases,  ridiculous  ornament. 

Wood-carving,  being  done  almost  exclusively  by  hand,  will  always  be  too  costly  for 
extensive  application  as  an  art,  though  in  great  demand  as  a  trade.  The  application 
of  machinery  is  very  limited. 


101 


' 


t 


'  ' 

■ 

.  •  I 


* 


. 

,  •  * 


' 


. 1  '■/  V  \1 


. 

*  ■ 


,  •  ■ 

•  • 


' 

■ 

. 

■ 


■  ■•I' 


. 


■ 


. 


! 

. 

- 


,.M  ■  I  . 


1 

.  >■<  1  I 


' 


'  f 


'•  M. : 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  Y. 


MACHINES  FOR  DIRECT  USE,  CARRIAGES,  ETC. 


The  present  class  comprises  machines  for  direct  use.  They  are  generally  called  “Prime  Movers,”  being  employed  to  develop  power,  rather  than  apply  it 
The  machines  in  this  class  are  the  necessary  antecedents  of  the  manufacturing  machines  and  tools  arranged  under  Class  VI.  Steam-engines,  water  and  wind  mills, 
belong  to  the  first  section  of  this  class — several  steam-engines  are  shown  which  deserve  careful  attention.  Some  of  them  are  employed  in  driving  the  machinery 
in  the  Machine  Arcade.  Separate  parts  of  machines  are  also  arranged  under  this  class,  as  well  as  those  which  depend  upon  the  principles  of  pneumatics  and 
hydraulics.  An  important  division  is  formed  by  the  railway  machinery — no  locomotive  engines  were  exhibited.  Carriages  for  ordinary  use  form  the  last 
division  of  the  class.  They  are  represented  by  numerous  examples,  exhibiting  every  variety  of  structure  and  decoration. 


1.  Bristol,  Richard  C-,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Rotary  steam-engine.  A  cylinder  fastened  to  the  shaft,  which  constitutes  its  axle, 
and  carrying  four  radial  sliders,  which  are  caused  to  project  against  the  interior 
surface  of  a  stationary  cylinder,  carrying  appropriate  valves.  When  these  sliders 
project  beyond  the  cylinder  in  which  they  are  incased,  the  pressure  of  steam  against 
them  causes  the  axle  to  revolve  until  it  has  completed  a  portion  of  a  revolution,  when 
the  sliders  are  withdrawn  to  pass  one  of  the  valves,  and  the  opposite  sliders  come  into 
action  on  passing  a  corresponding  valve  opposite.  The  action  of  most  rotary  actions 
may  be  comprehended  by  examining  an  ordinary  rotary-pump,  and  considering  its 
action  as  if  the  water  was  driving  the  pump,  instead  of  the  pump  forcing  the  water. 
In  ordinary  rotary  engines,  the  sliders  receive  their  motion  from  a  cam,  but  in  Bristol  s 
their  movement  is  occasioned  by  the  direct  pressure  of  the  steam. 


2.  Lawrence  Machine  Shop,  Lawrence,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Double-cylinder  steam-engine,  with  the  respective  cranks  set  on  the  same  shaft,  at 

right  angles  to  each  other;  cylinders  are  horizontal,  and  are  worked  non-condensing 
and  expansively7 ;  steam-chests  on  sides;  flyT-wheel  is  cast  in  halves,  with  curved  aims, 
and  has  its  hub  banded  with  wrought-iron. 

— - - - 

3.  Horton,  William  H.,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. 

Model  of  a  working  locomotive. 


4,  Higgins,  Sylvester  B.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

High-pressure  atmospheric  engine,  upon  a  new  principle. 


5.  Strong,  Bush  <k  Forman,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Highly  finished  model  of  a  single  and  double-acting  rotary-engine,  with  new  motive 

power. 

6.  Kelley,  George,  Kelley's  Island,  Erie  County,  Ohio. — Inventor. 

Model  of  rotary  steam-engine,  convertible  into  a  force-pump  or  submerged  water¬ 
wheel. 


7.  Winter,  Joseph  H.,  Winter  Iron  Works,  Montgomery,  Alabama.  Manufacturer. 

Horizontal  steam-engine  of  thirty  horses’  power.  This  engine  is  of  an  elaborate 
ornamental  design  and  high  finish,  and  has  a  compensating  connecting-rod,  but  no 
expansion-gear.  The  uniform  texture  of  the  cast-iron  and  brass,  particularly  the  latter, 
is  the  main  point  that  will  command  the  attention  of  a  mechanic. 


8.  Corliss  &  Nightingale,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Steam-engine  of  sixty  horses’  power,  employed  for  driving  machinery  in  the  Machine 
Arcade.  This  beam-engine  is  well  fitted,  and  works  smoothly,  and  possesses  a  peculiar 
arrangement  of  expansive  valves,  which  has  been  a  subject  of  much  litigation. 


9.  Barrows,  Ebenezer,  New  York.—  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  direct  and  double-power  reversible  rotary-engine. 


10.  Hutchinson,  Alexander  C.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Working  model  of  a  condensing  beam-engine  for  a  side-wheel  steamer. 


11.  Johnson,  John  R.,  Geneva,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Portable  steam-engine ;  has  a  vertical  boiler,  serving  as  frame  and  standard  of  the 
engine. 

12.  Reynolds,  Samuel,  Smithville,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  water-wheel,  with  the  paddles  placed  angularly  across  the  face  of  the 
wheel ;  designed  to  diminish  the  force  of  the  blow  with  which  the  paddle  strikes 
the  water.  i 

[Similar  wheels  were  applied  and  rejected  by  Robert  L.  Stevens,  Esq.,  of  New 
York,  several  years  since.] 

13.  Harris,  Joseph,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  patent  steam-engine.  This  engine  is  designed  to  avoid  the  stoppage 
of  the  engine  on  what  is  technically  termed  the  “  dead  center.”  In  a  beam-engine,  for 
instance,  the  crank-end  of  the  beam  carries  a  short  beam,  swung  from  its  center,  at 
each  end  of  which  a  connecting-rod  depends  to  the  cranks,  set  at  right  angles  to  each 
other  on  the  shafts.  The  common  center  of  these  cranks  and  rods  makes  as  objection¬ 
able  a  “  dead  center”  as  is  obtained  with  the  ordinary  arrangement. 


14.  Secor,  James,  St.  Lends,  Missouri. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  submerged  current-wheel,  by  which  the  current  of  any  ordinary  stream 
may  be  caused  to  perform  some  useful  labor. 


15.  Winter  Iron  Works,  Montgomery,  Alabama. — Manufacturer. 

Model  of  Richly’s  center-vent  cast-iron  water-wheel.  The  speed  at  which  this 
wheel  is  run  is  said  to  be  constant,  notwithstanding  the  load  may  be  removed;  thus 
dispensing  with  a  regulator  or  intermediate  gearing. 

16.  Tompkins,  Caleb,  Cartersville,  Georgia. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  steam-engine. 


17.  Chambers,  Cyrus,  Jr.,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Lilliputian  high-pressure  steam-engine. 

18.  Warner,  Benjamin  J.,  London. — Manufacturer  and  Exhibitor. 

Miniature  oscillating  cylinder-engine;  standing  upon  a  silver  fourpence  (size  of 
half-dime),  worked  by  atmospheric  pressure  instead  of  steam.  The  diameter  of  the 
cylinder  is  one-sixth  of  an  inch,  the  length  of  stroke  three-eighths,  the  length  of  the 
cylinder  less  than  one-half,  and  the  diameter  of  the  piston  that  of  an  ordinary  needle. 
The  stuffing-box  is  no  larger  than  a  pin’s  head,  and  is  crammed  with  fine  wool ;  the 
piston  is  packed  with  a  fine  film  of  cotton ;  the  screw-heads  are  perfectly  hexagonal, 
as  may  be  seen  by  examination  with  a  glass ;  the  piston-rod  is  keyed  to  the  crank. 
Within  the  fine  tube  are  very  minute  four-way  valves,  and  the  machine  will  work  by 
the  imperfect  exhaustion  of  a  syringe. 


103 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  V. 


Miniature  beam-engine,  composed  of  more  than  200  pieces.  The  length  of  the 
stand  is  inches,  length  of  beam  2£  inches,  diameter  of  cylinder  £  of  an  inch,  and 
length  of  stroke  £  of  an  inch.  This  is  also  a  working  model. 

Also,  fine  duplex  and  lever  watch  movements. 


19.  Vergnes,  Profess6r  Maurice,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Electro-magnetic  engine  for  motive  power.  It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  mechanical 
power  is  developed  by  magnetism,  and  there  have  been  machines  invented  for  the 
purpose  of  applying  it  usefully,  but  none  of  them  have  gotten  over  the  general  objec¬ 
tions  which  apply  to  all,  and  among  which  the  great  expense  is  prominent. 


20.  Bodien,  H.,  New  York. 

Drawing  of  a  centrifugal  engine,  by  H.  L.  Suart. 


21.  Wright,  Benjamin  H.,  Rome,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Small  working  model  of  a  revolving-piston  engine,  for  direct  application  of  power 
and  uniform  motion. 


22.  Bryant,  Samuel,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Upright  steam-engine. 

23.  Mann,  Charles  E,  Troy,  New  York. 

Portable  steam-engine  and  pump.  The  steam  and  pump-cylinders  are  placed  in 
line  with  one  another,  with  their  rods  connecting  to  a  transverse  frame,  in  which  the 
crank-pin  has  its  horizontal  motion  in  converting  the  reciprocating  motion  of  the 
engine  into  a  circular  motion  of  the  shaft. 


24.  IIills,  Cassius  A. 
Eotary  steam-engine. 


25.  Allaire  Works,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Complete  cylinder  of  an  oscillating  engine. 

Original  cylinder  of  the  steamship  “Savannah,”  which,  in  August,  1819,  made  the 
first  steam  voyage  across  the  Atlantic. 

[This  exhibition  of  the  cylinder  of  the  “Savannah,”  in  connection  with  the  original 
logbook,  <fcc.,  exhibited  in  Class  IV,  No.  88,  by  Mr.  S.  S.  Ward,  puts  at  rest  any  question 
as  to  American  precedence  in  the  use  of  steam  for  transatlantic  voyages. 

In  August,  1819,  the  “Savannah”  left  the  United  States  for  England,  under  the 
command  of  Moses  Rogers,  Esq.,  a  gentleman  who  is  peculiarly  identified  with  the 
history  of  steam  navigation,  having  been  captain  of  Fulton’s  “  Clermont,”  on  the 
Hudson,  and  of  the  “  Phoenix,”  the  first  steamer  on  the  Delaware. 

Her  arrival  at  Liverpool  attracted  much  attention,  and  extracts  are  pasted  in 
the  log,  from  the  London  “Times”  and  other  papers  of  the  day,  commenting  on  her 
voyage.  From  Liverpool,  she  proceeded  to  St.  Petersburg,  stopping  at  Stockholm  to 
receive  as  passenger  Lord  Lyndock,  who  presented  to  the  Captain  a  silver  tea-kettle 
with  this  inscription : — 

“  Presented  to  Captain  Moses  Rogers,  of  the  Steamship  Savannah,  being  the  first 
6team-vessel  that  has  crossed  the  Atlantic,  by  Sir  Thomas  Graham,  Lord  Lyndock,  a 
passenger  from  Stockholm  to  St.  Petersburg,  September  15th,  1819.”] 


26.  Metcalf,  Albert  W.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Steam-valves,  stop  and  gauge-cocks,  steam- whistles,  globe  oil-cups  and  cocks,  &c., 
for  marine  and  stationary  engines. 

j  27.  Parker,  R.  W.,  Roxbury,  Massachusetts. — Patentee. 

Banding  pulleys,  exhibited  in  their  practical  application  to  machines  in  motion. 

;  28.  Hills,  Samuel  C.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Patent  steam-engine  regulator,  comprising  governor  and  valve. 

29.  Gilbert,  Isaac  I. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  banding. 

I  Wright,  W m.,  &  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Car,  carriage,  and  cart  springs. 


31.  Farnam,  Charles  N.,  Norwich,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Machine  factory-bands. 


32.  Scarlett,  Joseph,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Right-angled  crank.  A  pair  of  roller-cams  fitted  in  a  frame  the 
motion  of  which  is  changed  to  a  rotary  motion  of  the  cam-shaft. 


reciprocating 


35.  Kumbel,  William,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Machine-stretched  leather  banding,  and  the  materials  for  its  manufacture. 

36.  Dorter,  Edmund,  Bethelem,  New  Hampshire. 

Shafting-hangers,  in  which  both  brasses  are  loose,  and  shifted  by  set-screws. 

37.  Abbott,  Horace,  Rolling  Mills,  Canton,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Boiler-heads  and  plate-iron  girders. 


3S.  Judson,  Junius,  Rochester,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Regulator  for  steam-engines. 

39.  Wood  &  Hunter,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Brass  cocks,  valves,  <fcc.,  for  steam-engine  connections. 

40.  Berry,  Horatio  S.,  Westerly,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 

Stillman’s  patent  spring  jaw-temple  for  looms. 

41.  Westland,  C.  C.,  New  York. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  steam-propelling  engine. 

42.  Munroe,  Nathan,  Daysville,  Connecticut. — Inventor. 

Lathe  engine — seven  feet. 

43.  Smith,  Albert  M.,  Rochester,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  machine  belt-clasp.  This  useful  and  simple  invention  is  designed  to  super¬ 
sede  the  old-fashioned  contrivances  of  laces  and  rivets  in  making  machine-belts,  and 
consists  of  two  metal  clamps,  with  their  faces  fluted  to  give  them  a  hold  on  the  belt, 
screwed  together  over  the  joints. 

44.  Earle,  T.  Iv.,  <fc  Co.,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Machine-cards. 

_ 

45.  Kendrick,  John,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 

Cotton-worsted  and  wire  harnesses  for  machinery. 

46.  Warren  &  Bryant,  Lawrence,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Machine  card-clothing. 

47.  Hill,  Samuel  C.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Patent  steam-engine  regulator,  comprising  governor  and  valve,  fitted  on  a  badly 
proportioned  steam-engine. 

48.  Walker,  John,  Hoboken,  New  Jersey. — Inventor. 

Working  model  of  a  duplicate  motion,  by  which  a  screw-propeller  may  be  driven 
at  twice  the  speed  of  the  engines  without  the  intervention  of  gearing. 

— 

49.  Bloodgood,  William  E.,  Rahway,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  boiler-felting. 

50.  Minnigs,  Theodore,  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Lubricating  balance-box.  The  weight  and  power  of  the  axles  are  supported  by 
floating  boxes,  which  rotate  in  water  or  other  fluid. 

51.  Rose  &  Middleton,  New  York. — Agents. 

Collins’  cut-off  motion  for  steam-engines.  The  ordinary  eccentric  is,  in  this  inven¬ 
tion,  furnished  with  cogs,  and  drives  a  series  of  pinions  which  give  a  double  motion  to 
the  valve,  which  may  be  adjusted  by  means  of  a  screw. 


52.  Hopper,  Thomas,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Anti-friction  box  for  journals. 

53.  Burnett,  W.  J.  <fc  J.  II.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  graduating-valve  forge  tuyere. 

54.  W right,  Hanson,  Decatur,  Otsego  County,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 
Loomis’  improved  patent  forge-bellows.  Combination  of  bellows  delivering  into 

one  air-chamber,  for  the  purpose  of  securing  a  steady  blast. 

55.  Cary,  J.  C.,  48  Courtlandt  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Self-adjusting  rotary  fire-engine,  and  force-pump  and  hydrant  [For  a  description 
and  illustration,  see  page  of  the  “Illustrated  Record.”] 


33.  Dibben  &  Bollman,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

wheels 'are^mpl^e^^  multiplying  Sear>  for  application  to  machinery  where  cog- 


31 


Ashcroft,  E.  H.,  Boston,  Massachusetts.— Manufacturer. 

eftcam;SftUS°'  ,.1Th“  invention  is  of  French  origin,  and  may  have  tl 
Fet  of  Pi  f  fi  l0".  ^'iyiHustrated  by  coiling  an  ordinary  hose,  and  forcing 

wo?iTionJl  lir°HS  f'^  At  W,U  be  f°Und  that  the  hose  is  straightened  in  a  degr 
propoi  tioned  to  the  force  of  the  water.  In  the  steam-gauge,  a  portion  of  a  small  cc 

boilcrP-Pon  ^V8  ln?  °-9ed  m  6  C,aSu,  under  the  dial-plate,  and  connected  with  tl 
,  ltsfe.n,  ’?  Perma,'ent,y  fastened,  and  the  other  is  left  free  for  the  acti. 
of  the  pi  essure  of  the  steam,  and  is  connected  with  an  index  which  is  shifted  over  tl 

, 1."."“  **  "d  bj  ito  th.  varying  p^nr^.h 

104 


56.  Jeffers,  William,  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island — Manufacturer. 
Side-stroke  fire-engine.  [Engraved  in  “Illustrated  Record,”  page 

57.  Gay,  A.  W.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Agents. 

Warner’s  patent  suction,  forcing,  and  anti-freezing  pumps, 

58.  Pearce,  John,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

W ater-filter,  in  use. 

59.  Van  Ness  &  Torboss,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Side-stroke  fire-engine. 

60.  Eunson,  Robert  G.,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 

Hydrostatic  condenser. 


•  ] 


MACHINES  FOR  DIRECT  USE,  CARRIAGES,  ETC. 


61.  Chichester,  J.  B.,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Patent  fan-blower,  and  model  of  a  hydraulic  ram. 


62.  Cochran,  James,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 


A  hydrant 


Cochran’s  Hydrant. 


[The  object  of  this  apparatus  is  to  economize  water,  now  so  profusely  wasted  in 
hydrants  of  the  common  construction.  It  is  said  not  to  be  liable  to  freeze ;  it  is 
Belf-aeting  by  the  force  of  the  water  in  the  supply-pipes,  and  when  the  handle  is 
raised  it  serves  as  a  forcing  hydrant.  The  large  figure  shows  the  instrument  in 
condition  for  service ;  the  doors  of  its  inclosing-case,  It  R,  are  thrown  open ;  when 
the  handle,  V,  is  raised,  the  water  flows  from  the  discharge-pipe,  I.  The  motion  of 
the  lever,  V,  raises  by  means  of  the  cross-frame,  C ;  the  spherical  plunger,  A,  which 
is  seen  in  the  small  figures,  correspondingly  lettered.  This  plunger  acts  against  an 
India-rubber  disc  (R,  small  figure)  confined  by  the  hat-rim,  H ;  the  water,  entering  by 
the  supply-pipe,  S,  is  goverried  by  the  cock,  E,  connected  with  the  cross-frame,  D,  by 
the  lever,  L,  so  that  the  cock  is  moved  by  the  lever-handle.  This  connection  is  more 
distinctly  seen  in  the  plan  No.  2.  The  diaphragm,  R,  prevents  the  escape  of  the 
water  downward,  while,  at  the  same  time,  the  pressure  of  the  head  acting  upon  the 


diaphragm,  causes  it  to  descend,  carrying  with  it  the  spherical  plunger,  and  closing 
the  cock  as  soon  as  the  hand  is  removed  from  the  lever-handle.  The  circular  box,  B, 
called  the  top-piece,  receives  the  water  as  it  retires  from  the  discharge-pipe.  The 
whole  apparatus  is  made  of  cast-iron,  and  no  accurately  turned  or  ground  surfaces 
are  required  in  its  construction ;  the  cock,  E,  being,  in  fact,  the  only  piece  requiring 
any  accurate  fitting.  The  Chief  Engineer  and  Superintendent  of  the  Croton  Aqueduct 
Department,  in  New  York,  affirm  that  the  principle  involved  in  its  construction  is 
novel,  and  that  it  has  for  three  months  worked  to  their  entire  satisfaction  in  the  office 
of  the  Company  in  New  York.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  constantly  increasing 
demand  for  the  Croton  water,  and  other  similar  causes  in  the  larger  sources,  compels 
the  necessity  of  some  contrivance  like  this  to  insure  that  economy  in  the  use  of  water 
without  which  no  supply  can  long  prove  adequate.] 


Sections  of  Cochran’s  Hydrant. 


63.  Oetchel,  J.  F.,  Elkton,  Maryland. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Two  hydraulic  rams. 

[The  hydraulic  ram  is  a  truly  singular  device;  nor  is  it  easy  to  conceive  how 
Montgolfier,  of  Montpelier,  could  have  contrived  so  peculiar  a  machine.  In  1797  he 
patented  it  in  France,  and  since  that  date  numerous  small  changes  have  been  intro¬ 
duced  in  its  construction,  by  which  its  use  has  been  widely  extended,  though  the 
principles  of  all  its  forms  remain  unaltered.  The  ram  is  chiefly  useful  in  raising  small 
quantities  of  water  to  heights  considerably  above  the  source  of  supply.  For  supplying 
farm-houses  and  grounds,  or  for  any  other  purposes  requiring  small  but  constant 
water-elevation  from  a  stream  flowing  near  by,  and  at  a  low  level,  it  may  be  used 
with  great  advantage.  As  the  hydraulic  ram  involves  a  series  of  shocks  or  concussions 
in  the  valves,  which  react  against  its  tube  or  confining-walls,  it  is  not  well  fitted  for 
raising  large  quantities  of  water,  as  the  violence  of  its  blows  must  then  subject  it  to 
frequent  derangements. 

The  essential  parts  of  a  self-acting  hydraulic  ram  are  the  conducting-tube,  or  body 
of  the  ram,  which  leads  the  water  from  its  upper  reservoir  to  the  head  of  the  ram,  or 
the  air-vessel,  with  which  it  communicates  by  a  clack  ascension-valve  opening  inwards. 
A  stop, .or  pulse-valve,  is  arranged  in  an  orifice  of  the  head,  so  that  after  it  is  thrown 
open,  the  stream  of  water  issuing  with  an  increasing  velocity,  forms  so  strong  a  current 
that  the  valve  is  carried  back  and  closes  the  orifice.  The  living  force  which  the 
descending  column  of  water  has  thus  acquired  makes  it  then  act  instantly  against  the 
clack-valve,  which  it  opens,  and  a  certain  portion  of  water  rushes  into  the  air-vessel, 
until  the  living  force  of  the  column  is  exhausted  in  compressing  the  confined  air,  when 
the  air  acts  backward,  giving  a  returning  motion  to  the  water-column,  which  closes 
the  clack-valve,  and  opens  the  pulse-valve.  It  also  opens  a  valve  arranged  for  admit¬ 
ting  some  external  air,  which  at  the  next  beat  ascends  to  the  air-chamber,  and  thus 
keeps  up  the  Supply  in  the  chamber,  so  as  to  insure  a  continuous  water  discharge. 
An  ascension-tube,  opening  under  the  water  in  the  air-chamber,  conducts  it  to  the 
point  of  discharge,  it  being  propelled  by  the  compressed  air.  A  series  of  beats  or 
oscillations  thus  goes  on,  in  which  the  living  force  acquired  by  the  descending  main 
column  is  expended  in  compressing  the  confined  air,  the  resistance  of  which  is  propor¬ 
tional  to  the  height  of  the  discharging  point  Hollow  ball  valves  are  sometimes  used. 
The  air-chamber  may  be  dispensed  with  by  combining  two  or  more  rams  to  maintain 

105 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  V. 


a  continuous  discharge,  when  the  living  force  directly  lifts  the  elevated  column.  At 
Marly,  in  France,  a  continuous  jet,  187  feet  high,  is  thus  operated. 


The  efficiency  of  this  machine  is  measured  by  the  ratio 


q.  Hi 
Q^’ 


in  which  H  is  the 


main  fall,  Hi  the  height  of  elevation  above  the  ram-head,  S  the  quantity  of  water 
passing  through  the  ram,  and  q  the  quantity  raised.  Eytelwein,  in  some  experiments, 
found  this  ratio  as  high  as  0.90;  a  greater  useful  effect  than  any  other  water-machine 
has  been  known  to  give.  By  reducing  the  height  of  fall,  and  the  consequent  number 


85.  Ballard,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Jack-screws. 

[A  screw,  furnished  with  a  suitable  head  and  a  projecting  foot-claw,  traverses 
through  a  bevel-wheel,  which  derives  its  motion  from  another  bevel-wheel  placed  on 
an  axis  projecting  from  the  body  of  the  jack,  and  furnished  with  a  crank.] 

86.  Ransom,  Franklin,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Ransom’s  Improved  Vacuum  Pumps. 


of  beats,  this  ratio  becomes  very  small  (0.18); 


q.  Hi 

"onr 


1,42  —  0,28 


is  an 


87.  Strever,  Franklin  H.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Force-pump,  operated  by  steam  or  hand-power. 


approximate  formula  for  Eytelwein’s  results  from  1123  experiments.  Calling  P  and  p 
the  weights  of  water  expended  and  raised  in  a  given  time,  the  following  expression  for 
the  effect  will  be  nearly  correct  in  ordinary  cases :  p  Hi  =  1.20  P  (H  —  0,2  y/  jj  Hi). 
The  greatest  effect  of  a  hydraulic  ram  attained  in  France  is  from  123  to  144.7  lbs.  feet 
per  second.] 

61.  Douglass,  W.  <fe  B.,  Middletown,  Connecticut. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

Patent  double-action  metallic  pumps,  hydraulic  rams,  garden  engines,  iron  curbs,  <tc. 

65.  Newman,  Nelson,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Double-acting  force  and  lift-pump. 


88.  Pryor,  Samuel,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  valve  hydrant,  with  self-acting  lock-handle. 

89.  Lyon,  Elipiialet,  New  York. — Agent. 

Dugeon’s  Patent  Portable  Hydraulic  Press. 

[Motion  is  communicated  to  a  solid  cylinder  or  ram  by  the  pressure  of  water 
forced  into  the  exterior  cylinder  by  a  small  pump.  The  pressures  are  to  each  other 
as  the  squares  of  the  diameters  of  the  plunger  and  the  ram ;  so  that  a  man,  exercising 
a  pressure  of  100  lbs.  on  a  pump  of  one  inch  diameter,  will  produce  a  weight  of  10,000 
lbs.  with  a  press  having  a  ram  ten  inches  in  diameter.] 


66.  Clemens,  Stillman  A.,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer.  90.  Dodge,  Levi  P.  &  Wm.  F.,  Newburgh,  Nero  York. — Manufacturers. 

A  water-meter;  improved  machine  for  breaking  and  dressing  flax;  new  ventilator  Suction  and  force  pump,  with  horizontal  action, 
for  railway  cars.  _ 


67.  Johnson,  Richard  R.,  Covington,  Kentucky. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Patent  force  and  lift  pump. 


68.  Creamer,  Wm.  G.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Two  garden  engines ;  small  force-pumps  placed  inside  of  covered  buckets. 

69.  Tower,  Ambrose,  New  York. — Manufacturer.  * 

Submerged  force  pump. 

70.  Richmond,  E.,  Washington  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

New  rotary  forcing-pump  ;  cotton  coiler ;  a  machine  for  laying  cotton  in  factory- 
cans,  in  eccentric  helices,  at  a  great  saving  of  space. 

71.  Hitchcock,  Daniel  F.,  Warren,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Suction  and  force  pumps  of  improved  construction,  and  working  model  to  illustrate 
the  principle  involved. 

72.  St.  John,  James,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Double-acting  lever  jack-screws. 

73.  Williston,  George,  &  Co.,  Brunswick,  Maine. — Manufacturers. 

Lever-jacks,  consisting  of  a  rack  and  pinion  worked  with  a  lever  and  pall.  Rail¬ 
road  iron  straightener  or  curver;  a  heavy  beam  with  clamps  at  the  ends  to  hold  the 
iron,  which  may  be  sprung  to  any  shape  by  a  screw  and  stirrup. 

74.  Kent,  Joseph,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Designer. 

Model  of  apparatus  for  conveying  water  from  springs  and  wells  up  hill. 

75.  Hatch,  John  B.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Agent. 

Fire  engine  for  factories,  steamers,  Ac. 

76.  Harten,  John,  New  York. 

Patent  fluid-meter. 

77.  Huss,  Samuel,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Two  water-meters. 

78.  Brown  <fc  Ellis,  New'  York. — Manufacturers. 

Hot  water  apparatus. 


91.  Union  Power  Company,  New  York. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 

Gwynne’s  Patent  Reaction  Centrifugal  Pumps. 

A  drainage-pump ;  on  exhibition  as  the  Central  Fountain.  Its  capacity  is  6,000 
gallons  per  minute,  thrown  20  feet  high. 

A  force  and  lift  pump. 


Gwynne’s  Pumps. 


79.  Hanson,  TnoMAS,  New  York. — Agent. 
Hydraulic  ram. 


80.  Baker  &  Graver,  Ilonesdale,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietors. 

Hydraulic  pump. 

81.  Williams,  Ezra  S.,  Deep  River,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

are  “sl“ pomi,;  * IeMh™  !>*<*! 

82.  Woodruff,  Joseph,  Rahway,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  raising  water. 


[Discharging  water  through  four  pipes  at  the  rate  of  600  gallons  per  minute;  or 
forcing  water  through  one  pipe  to  the  tanks  on  the  top  of  the  building,  a  height  of 
63  feet,  at  the  rate  of  300  gallons  per  minute ;  or  as  a  fire-engine,  throwing  water 
through  two  pipes  of  one  and  one  and  a  half  inches  diameter  respectively,  vertically 
125  feet,  or  horizontally  200  feet,  at  the  rate  of  250  gallons  per  minute.  The  chief 
advantages  claimed  for  this  invention,  which  may  be  used  where  any  species  of  pumps 
are  employed,  are  economy  of  power,  simplicity,  and  non-liability  to  derangement  on 
account  of.  the  absence  of  valves  and  packings.] 

92.  Fields,  Wm.,  Jr.,  M.  D.,  Wilmington,  Delaware. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Improved  hydraulic  ram. 


83.  Reed,  Karon,  . — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Pump. 

84.  Farnam,  Gilbert  B.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Double-action  lifting  and  forcing  pumps. 

106 


93.  Cook,  Truman,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Instrument  illustrating  the  relative  motions  in-  a  steam-engine. 

94.  Lyman,  A.  S.,  Novelty  Works,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Improved  steam-boiler  water-gauge. 


MACHINES  FOR  DIRECT  USE,  CARRIAGES,  ETC. 


95.  Perrin,  Henry  S.,  New  York. — Agent. 
Dunn’s  Patent  Alarm  Steam-boilers. 


96.  Sloan  &  Leggett,  Empire  Iron  Works,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  hydrostat,  or  apparatus  for  preventing  explosion  of  steam-boilers. 


97.  Rice,  James  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 
Register  connected  with  boiler. 


98.  Clarke,  S.  J.,  New  York  Gas  Regulator  Company,  New  York, 

Gas  regulator. 

99.  Clark,  Patrick,  Rahway,  New  Jersey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  static  fire  regulator ;  has  India-rubber  diaphragm,  lifted  by  the  pressure  of 
steam  and  regulating  the  damper. 

100.  Judd,  Ilbert  H.,  Marvin  Town,  Illinois. 

Water-level  safety  gauge  and  indicator. 

[These  are  two  floats,  one  of  which  works  an  index  on  a  dial-plate  on  the  front  of 
the  boiler,  and  the  other  admits  steam  to  a  whistle  before  the  water  has  subsided  to  a 
dangerous  level.] 

101.  Dickson,  Perry,  Blooming  Valley,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Steam  and  water-gate  regulator. 

102.  Lowe,  Joshua,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Steam  pressure-gauge,  and  steam  pressure  and  vacuum  gauge. 

[A  flexible  metallic  diaphragm  sustains  the  pressure  of  steam,  and  moves  a  con¬ 
necting  index  over  a  properly  marked  dial-plate.] 

103.  Collins,  Jonathan  Ji  John  J.  G. 

Patent  self-acting  protective  safety-valve,  by  which  the  steam  is  allowed  to 
escape  when  the  water  becomes  low,  and  a  whistle  blown  when  the  steam  is  at  too 
high  a  pressure. 

101.  Jockley,  Robert  K.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Steam  alarm-whistle  and  water-indicator. 


105.  Leonard,  W.  A.,  New  York. 

Capstan  and  dynamometer. 

106.  McKinney,  Arthur,  Tuthill,  Ulster  County,  New  York. — Agent. 

Adjustable  gauge  for  setting  the  bows  of  carriage  tops. 

107.  Morse,  Stephen,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Iron  car-brake. 

108.  Alden,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Circular  ventilating  window,  applicable  to  railway  carriages,  steamboats,  or 

dwellings. 

109.  Woolcocks  &  Ostrander,  New  York. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Steam  alarm-whistle  indicator ;  a  substitute  for  bells,  used  by  acoustic  connection 
with  the  cars. 

110.  Potter,  Merrit  F.,  Charlmont,  Massachusetts— Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Railway  station  indicator. 

[Registers  the  distance  passed  over,  and  indicates  to  passengers  the  exact  position 
of  the  car  upon  the  track.] 

111.  Ames,  Horatio,  Falls  Village,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Cranks,  axles,  and  iron  for  locomotives. ' 

112.  Taylor,  H.  D.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Inventor. 

Model  of  an  arrangement  to  keep  cars  on  the  track.  , 

113.  Corning,  E.,  &  Co.,  Albany,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

Locomotive  screw-jack. 

[This  is  an  ordinary  screw-jack,  driven  by  a  lever  and  pall,  and  placed  upon  a 
base-frame,  in  which  it  may  be  made  to  travel  horizontally  by  a  second  screw.] 

111.  Denney,  S.  L.,  Christiana,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Section  of  a  railroad  axle  for  curved  track. 

115.  Baker,  Samuel,  Portsmmith,  New  Hampshire. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  railway  protector. 

[Side-rails  or  walls,  six  or  seven  feet  high,  are  built  outside  of  the  track,  for  the 
cars  to  fall  against  should  they  leave  the  rails.] 

116.  Woodward,  II.  M.,  Brooklyn,  New  York.— Designer. 

Model  in  brass  of  a  new  railway  truck. 


117.  Carpenter,  H.,  Rome,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  railway  switch  and  car. 

118.  Payne,  Glcott  &  Co.,  Corning,  New  York. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

Model  of  railway  carriage. 

119.  Murray,  Lindley,  New  York. — Inventor.  - 
Model  of  railway  car  for  curved  track. 

120.  Ball,  Leverett,  Auburn,  New  York. — Patentee. 

Patent  car  wheel ;  it  is  a  plane  disc  with  radial  ribs  and  double  flanges. 

121.  Brown,  H.  C.,  Mount  Morris,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  railway  chair. 

122.  Root,  Albert,  New  York. — Agent. 

Railroad  car  wheels. 

123.  Hart,  C.,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  wheels  for  railway  carriages,  and  veneer  cutting-machine. 

124.  Durant,  Edward  J.,  Lebanon,  New  Hampshire. — Agent. 

Model  of  railway  car,  with  Livermore’s  Self-coupling  and  Truck  Guide. 

[Designed  to  prevent  the  lateral  friction  caused  by  the  oscillation  of  the  trucks 
on  their  king-bolts  when  running  on  straight  tracks,  and  also  preventing  the  grinding 
of  the  flanges  of  the  wheels  against  the  rails  in  passing  curves.] 

125.  Thatcher,  J.  M.,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  stove  for  heating  and  ventilating  railway  cars. 

126.  Baldwin,  D.,  Godwinville,  New  Jersey. 

Railroad  telegraph. 

[The  locomotive,  in  its  passage  by  a  station,  closes  and  breaks  the  circuit  of  a 
battery  by  a  spring  passing  over  the  stationary  break  pieces,  the  number  of  which 
designate  the  station.] 

127.  Wildman,  Levi  K.,  Brookfield,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

Iron  railway  switch. 

128.  Harris,  R.  N.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Railroad  car  break. 

129.  Swanton,  William,  New  York. — Agent. 

Spark  arrester  and  deflector  for  locomotives,  and  model  to  illustrate  its  operation. 
[It  consists  of  a  series  of  wire  sieves  and  deflecting  planes,  designed  to  stop  the 
sparks,  and  performing  a  similar  office  for  the  draught.] 

130.  Boley,  JonN,  Van  Buren  Center,  Onondaga  County,  New  York. 

Model  of  self-adjusting  lock  railway  switch,  with  miniature  car. 

131.  Rice,  D.  E.,  Detroit,  Michigan. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Annunciator  for  railway  carriages,  to  indicate  the  name  of  the  station  upon  the 
arrival  of  the  train. 

132.  Hall,  Wm.,  North  Adams,  Massachusetts. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  platform  railway  car,  with  truck-frames  and  patent  brake. 

133.  La  Mothe,  Bernard  J.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  railway  carriage,  made  of  steel  bands,  for  preventing  loss  of  life  in 
railway  traveling. 

134.  Abbott,  J.  G.,  Manchester,  New  Hampshire. — Manufacturer. 

Cast-steel  tires  for  car  wheels  and  locomotive  driving  wheels. 

135.  Tuckerman,  E.  G.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Model  of  railway  car,  with  P.  O’Neill’s  attachment  for  ventilating  and  excluding 
dust.  _ 

136.  Arnett,  W.  D.,  Fairfield,  Iowa. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Railroad  car  brake. 

[Composed  of  a  series  of  compound  levers,  by  which  the  brakes  at  both  ends  of  a. 
car  may  be  brought  into  action  from  either  end.] 

137.  Kline,  John  F.,  Trenton,  New  Jersey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  railroad  switch  and  car. 

138.  Sherman,  B.  M.,  New  York. 

Safety  railway  car  wheels  and  axles. 

139.  Sherburne,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Lightner’s  Patent  Railroad  Axle  Box. 

[The  chief  feature  in  this  box  is  in  a  packing  plate  above  the  brass,  which  may 
be  taken  out  in  relieving  the  box  from  the  weight  of  the  car,  and  give  room  to  lift  out 
the  brass  clear  from  the  collars  of  the  axle.] 

107 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  V. 


161.  Robinson,  Thomas  L.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 
Elaborately  finished  sleigh. 

165.  Watson,  George  W.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Gazelle”  wagon.  See  page  000  “  Illustrated  Record.” 

166.  Lewis,  E.  E.,  Canandaigua,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
An  open  buggy,  fitted  with  Hubbard’s  patent  carriage-gearing. 

167.  Smith,  J.  L.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  buggy,  with  folding  top  and  bracket  front. 

168.  Edson,  J.  N.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

Buggy  hung  on  spiral  springs. 


y, 

'  -‘"f 

li  ft 


172.  Hope  Hose  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietors. 
Hose-carriage,  of  elaborate  finish. 

173.  Neptune  Hose  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietors. 
Hose-carriage,  richly  ornamented. 

174.  Wood,  Tomlinson  A  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Four-wheeled  dog-cart. 


169.  Scriptueb,  E.  S.,  Green  Point,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Patent-top  buggy. 

170.  Miller,  Henry,  Detroit,  Michigan. — Proprietor. 
Tobacco-chariot. 

171.  McKinstry,  Jr.,  R.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Buggy,  without  top. 


140.  Glendon  Iron  Works,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Railway  tuyere,  axles,  and  specimens  of  iron. 

141.  Schuyler,  J.  F ,  New  York. 

Locomotive  oil-can.  _ _ 

142.  Lee,  Edmund  T.,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Inventor. 

Working  model  of  a  pipe-railway. 

143.  Shattuck,  W.  F.,  Waterford,  New  York. 

Eddy’s  patent  railway-wheels,  and  a  model  of  a  fisli-joint  rail.  These  wheels  are 
so  formed,  with  a  convex  surface,  that  the  unequal  contraction  in  cooling  of  the  metal 
is  avoided. 

144.  Reeves,  Buck  A  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  railway  iron. 

145.  Fairbanks,  E.  and  T.,  A  Co.,  St.  Johnsbury,  Vermont.— Manufacturers. 

Railroad  depot  scale ;  rolling-mill,  platform,  flour-packing,  and  counter  scales,  of 

various  kinds.  _ 

146.  Person  A  Brockett,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Numerating  register  for  omnibuses,  railway  cars,  Ac.  The  fares  are  paid  through 
little  doors,  respectively  indicating  the  number  of  seats  taken,  up  to  four;  the  dial 
also  indicates  the  aggregate  per  day  or  week. 

147.  Ross,  Jonathan  A.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Dormant  platform-scales. 

148.  New  York  Scale  Makers’  Company,  New  York  City. 

Platform  and  other  scales. 

149.  Chalmers,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Jackson’s  patent  annunciator  for  hotels,  Ac. 

[This  is  intended  to  supply  the  place  of  the  present  complicated  system  of  bells 
for  calling  servants  to  the  different  rooms.  It  is  ornamental,  and  occupies  but  a  small 
space.  Each  signal  on  the  dial-plate  is  distinct  and  separate,  and  remains  exposed  till 
the  call  is  answered.  It  can  be  easily  attached  to  the  present  arrangement  of  bells.] 

150.  Laidlaw,  John,  339  West  24 th  Street,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Patent  transparent  gas-meter,  for  registry  of  the  amount  of  gas  consumed ; 

double  detector  gas-holder ;  patent  experimental  gas-meter,  to  show  the  rate  of  con¬ 
sumption  per  hour  of  different  burners ;  governors,  pressure  indicators,  and  gauges. 
Manufactured  by  American  Gas  Meter  Company  at  Waterbury,  Connecticut. 

151.  Down,  Samuel,  TPesf  22 d  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  dry  gas-meter.  The  same  as  is  used  for  measuring  the  gas  consumed 
in  the  New  York  Crystal  Palace. 

152.  Thorne  A  Co.,  Green  Point,  Kings  County,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Light  carriage,  of  superior  strength,  convenience,  and  economy. 

153.  Hubbard,  M.  G.,  Bochester,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Covered  buggy,  hung  on  peculiar  springs. 

154.  Stephenson,  John,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Omnibus  for  twelve.  The  whiffle-trees  are  independent  of  each  other,  and  curved 
back  in  the  middle  so  that  the  horses  may  travel  freely  with  short  traces.  The  wheels 
are  furnished  with  a  brake,  applied  by  the  foot  of  the  driver. 

155.  Miner. A  Stevens,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Barouche,  phaeton,  and  light  wagon. 

156.  Smith,  John,  A  Sons,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Light,  open  pleasure-wagon.  The  body  is  swung  high,  and  sprung  up  for  the 
front  wheels,  which  are  large,  and  furnished  with  round-edged  tires,  to  pass  under 
when  the  wagon  is  being  turned. 

157.  King  A  Wilcoxson,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Four-seat  rockaway  carriage. 

158.  Lawrence  A  Bradley,  New  Haven ,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Pleasure-carriage,  of  elaborate  finish,  lined  with  mazarine  blue  velvet. 

159.  Briggs,  John,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Patentee. 

Changeable  seat  for  railway  carriages. 

160.  Beardsley,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  light  carriage,  with  two  seats. 

161.  Ham,  John  C.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  light  wagon,  and  a  large,  handsomely  furnished  carriage,  lined  with  figured  silk. 

162.  Dusenbury  A  Arthur,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Light  trotting-wagon. 

163.  City  Hose  Company,  No.  8,  New  York.— Proprietors. 

Hose-carriage. 

108 


175.  Haussknecht,  Johnson  A  Co.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Large  carriage,  hung  on  a  multitude  of  springs,  and  furnished  with  Haussknecht’s 
patent  short-turning  gear. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

176.  Dunn,  Josepii,  Rainton  Colliery,  England. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  railway  turn-table,  for  reversing  locomotives.  The  rails  of  the  platform 
are  supported  throughout  their  entire  length  by  inclined  planes  or  wedges,  which  are 
brought  into  action  when  required,  and  render  the  table  perfectly  rigid  while  a  train 
is  passing  over. 


178.  Hutton,  John,  A  Sons,  Summerhill,  Dublin. — Manufacturers. 

New  brougham ;  new  Irish  jaunting-car ;  colored  drawing  of  a  dress-coach  build¬ 
ing  for  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  of  Great  Britain. 


BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 


180.  Saurin,  J.  I.,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

Carriages  and  sleighs.  The  carriages  are  low  and  easy  of  access,  and  are  hung 
on  small  wheels.  The  sleighs  are  lined  with  a  dark-colored  morocco. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

182.  Soeders,  G.,  Maarssen,  near  Utrecht. — Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  new  movable  or  double-acting  safety  carriage-axle,  a  railway  level, 
and  a  seal-press. 


183.  Diessenbrock  A  Reigers,  Ulft,  near  Ferborgh. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Fire-engine,  of  a  new  construction. 


184.  Lehman,  J.  S.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 
Phaeton  carriage. 


SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

185.  Thesen,  J.  P.,  Christiana,  Norway. — Proprietor. 

Norwegian  traveling  carriage,  called  “  Kariol.” 


177.  Stevens,  James,  Darlington  Works,  Southwark,  England. — Inventor. 
Railway  signals. 


179.  Gingrass,  E.,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

A  double  phaeton,  with  hood,  pole,  and  shafts. 


FRANCE. 

181.  Moussard,  Alexis,  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
A  heavy  state-carriage  for  gala  days. 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  VI. 


MANUFACTURING  MACHINES  AND  TOOLS. 

I 

- - 

The  machines  and  tools  included  under  the  Sixth  Class  are  employed  in  manufacturing  the  raw  materials  enumerated  in  the  First  Division  of  the 
Catalogue.  They  perform  those  operations  which  were  once  executed  only  by  the  direct  labor  of  man ;  and  they  perform  them  with  a  certainty  and 
precision  rarely,  if  ever,  attained  by  human  labor.  The  cotton  yarn,  for  example,  spun  by  the  skillful  hands  of  the  Hindoo,  though  rivaling  the  fineness 
of  English  machine-spun  yarn,  is  much  less  even  and  regular.  They  have  also  the  advantage  of  extending  their  productive  power  indefinitely  by  increasing 
the  number  of  their  individual  parts.  The  advantages  which  have  resulted  from  the  employment  of  manufacturing  machines  have  been  so  often  and  so 
clearly  stated  elsewhere,  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  enumerate  them  here.  The  substitution  of  machine  for  hand  labor  is  constantly  and  rapidly  going 
on  in  every  branch  of  industry  ;  machines  already  in  use  are  annually  becoming  more  nearly  automatic  by  the  improvements  made  in  their  construction ; 
and  as  often  as  the  necessities  of  commerce  demand  it,  new  mechanical  combinations  are  invented  to  bring  new  varieties  of  labor  within  the  control  of 
the  steam-engine  and  its  arms  of  steel. 

The  Class  embraces  the  following  sections  : — Machines  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  spun,  woven,  and  laid  fabrics  ;  in  the  manufacture  of  metals  ; 
in  that  of  mineral  substances  ;  in  that  of  vegetable  substances  ;  in  brewing,  distilling,  and  in  the  manufactures  of  chemistry. 

The  manufacture  of  cotton  and  similar  fabrics  is  but  sparingly  illustrated  in  the  present  Exhibition.  Those  machines  that  are  shown,  however,  are 
worthy  of  a  careful  study  ;  many  of  them  were  in  operation.  A  very  interesting  display  was  made  of  sewing  machines,  no  less  than  12  exhibitors 
presenting  these  novel  and  most  important  labor-saving  inventions.  In  the  manufacture  of  wood,  several  machines,  of  greater  or  less  novelty,  were 
shown  in  operation.  These  machines  are  peculiar  to  our  country  and  highly  honorable  to  its  mechanical  invention. 

All  the  machinery  in  the  Exhibition  was  arranged  in  a  long  arcade,  built  expressly  for  its  reception,  and  furnished  through  its  whole  length  with 
shafting,  driven  by  the  engines  noticed  in  the  preceding  class. 


1.  Dodge,  John  C.,  Dodgeville,  Attleborough ,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Spinning  frame,  known  as  the  Dodge  Cop  Spinner. 

[This  is  a  combination  of  the  self-acting  mule  and  throstle,  having  advantages 
over  the  common  method  of  spinning,  and  applicable  to  filling  and  warp  yarn.  In  the 
room  usually  occupied  for  1,000  mule  spindles,  1,500  may  be  placed,  which  will  do  the 


work  of  3,000  spindles.  It  occupies  the  usual  space  required  for  warp  spinning,  but 
will  spin  50  per  cent,  more  yarn  to  the  spindle  than  the  best  ring  bobbin  spinning 
known  to  be  in  use,  and  with  a  saving  of  two-fifths  of  the  power.  It  will  spin  100 
per  cent,  more  yarn  than  the  flyer  spindle,  and  with  one  half  the  power  compared  to 
the  quantity.] 


Dodge’s  Cop  Spinner. 


2.  King,  Obed,  Salem,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Hand  loom. 

3.  Benjamin,  Wm.,  A  Co.,  Stockport,  Columbia  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Reynold’s  Patent  Power  Loom,  in  practical  working  order. 

4.  Bates,  Hyde  A  Co.,  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 
Saw  cotton-gin.  Figured  in  Hlustrated  Record,  p.  8. 

K 


5.  Pratt,  Nathaniel  M.,  A  Sons,  Gloucester  City,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers  and 

Proprietors. 

Power-loom  harnesses  of  varnished  silk,  used  in  weaving  cloth. 

6.  Ligiitbody,  James,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Proprietor. 

Machine  for  all  kinds  of  figure-weaving. 

7.  Garretson,  John  A.,  Salem,  Iowa. — Inventor. 

A  hand-loom — simple  in  its  construction. 

109 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  VI. 


8.  Whitney,  Eli,  New  Haven ,  Connecticut,  Proprietor. 

Small  model  of  the  cotton-gin  invented  by  the  father  of  the  exhibitor,  and  patented 
in  1793.  [See  p.  8,  Illustrated  Record.] 


9.  Tainter,  Daniel,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 
Wool-carding  machine. 


10.  Calvert  &  Sargent,  Lowell,  Massachusetts.— Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 

Cotton-gin,  with  burred  iron  cylinders  as  a  substitute  for  the  saw ;  exhibited  as  an 
improvement  in  the  mode  of  separating  the  staple  from  the  seed. 


11,  Carver,  E.,  &  Co.,  East  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Saw  cotton-gin. 


12.  Collins,  Charles,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

Wylly’s  Patent  Drawing  Regulator,  for  equalizing  the  sliver  in  drawing  cotton,  dec. 
Wylly’s  Automatic  Power-machine,  for  manufacturing  roller  cots. 

IS.  Stokes,  William,  Manayunk,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Stocking-net  machine. 

- - - 

14.  Jenks,  Alfred,  Js  Son,  Bridesburg,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Looms  for  cassimcres  and  ginghams. 

[By  using  a  different  shuttle  from  the  ordinary  one,  silk  goods  may  be  woven  on 
this  loom  with  as  much  facility  as  cotton  or  wool ;  and  a  Jacquard  motion,  if  desired, 
may  be  easily  attached.  It  is  40  inches  wide,  and  has  four  shuttle  drop-boxes  at  one 
end  of  the  lay,  and  an  improved  pattern  wheel  for  controlling  the  boxes,  which  will 
run  1,200  picks  before  it  ends,  and  can  be  extended  to  a  greater  capacity.] 


Jenks  &  Son’s  Keystone  Loom. 


15.  Slaughter,  F.  i&  J.  W.,  Fredericksburgh,  Virginia. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Rope  and  cordage  machine,  with  samples  of  the  manufactures. 

16.  Kellogg,  E.,  it  Co.,  Pine  Meadow,  Connecticut. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 
Machine  for  carding  various  substances ;  wool  and  cotton  picker. 

17.  Kitson,  Richard,  Lowell,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Needle-pointed  card  clothing,  for  flax,  hemp,  &c. 

18.  Gowdy,  J.  A.,  &  Son,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Weavers’  reeds. 

19.  Taylor,  E.  T.,  <fc  Co.,  Columbus,  Georgia. — Manufacturers. 

Working  model  of  an  improved  saw  cotton-gin. 

20.  William,  N.  L.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Proprietor. 

Flax-breaking  and  dressing  machine. 

21.  Carver,  Washburn  &  Co.,  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Cotton-gin. 


28.  Wheeler,  Wilson  &  Co.,  Watertown,  Connecticut. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 
A  seaming-lathe,  for  stitching  linen,  cotton,  and  other  fabrics;  has  one  needle,  and 

forms  a  lock-stitch  with  a  revolving  hook.  The  feed  motion,  by  which  the  length  of 
the  stitch  is  regulated,  is  gained  by  a  double  cam. 

29.  Bartoolf,  Abraham,  New  York. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  sewing  machine. 

30.  Crosby,  Pearson,  Fredonia,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  self-feeding  sewing  machine. 

31.  Batchelder,  J.,  &  Co.,  Lisbon  Cotton  Mills,  Lisbon,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Sewing  machine. 

32.  Grover,  Baker  Ji  Co.,  Ilaymarket  Square,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventors  and 

Manufacturers. 

Sewing  machine,  working  with  a  straight  vertical  needle,  and  a  curved  needle, 
forming,  as  it  were,  a  four-threaded  stiteli — one  thread  on  one  side  of  the  cloth,  and 
three  on  the  under.  The  machine  both  sews  and  stitches,  and  works  on  either  coarse 
or  fine  fabrics. 


22.  Godwin,  J.  D.,  Fitchburg,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Weavers’  reeds. 

23.  Chichester,  L.  S.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  dressing  flax,  hemp,  &c. ;  represented  to  be  capable  of  dressing  one 
ton  of  straw  per  day  with  three  horse  power. 

Flax-breaking  machine. 

[These  machines  are  figured  and  described  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  135.] 

21.  Baldwin,  Joseph,  Nashua,  New  Hampshire. — Manufacturer. 

Bobbins  and  shuttles. 


33.  Wickersham,  William,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Boot  and  leather  sewing  machine.  Works  with  a  hook  and  needle;  and,  with  a 
single  thread,  makes  a  loop-stitch. 

31.  Ambler,  Daniel  C.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

AVorking  model  of  a  balance-beam  saw-mill,  of  new  design. 

Sewing  machine. 

35.  Ross,  Jonathan  A.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Inventor. 

Sewing  machine — is  a  shuttle-machine,  combined  with  a  slot  motion,  which  enables 
it  to  sew  button-holes. 


25.  Brandred,  B.,  &  Son,  Oldham,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 
Cotton  spinning  frame. 


36.  Palmer,  Freeman,  Conneaut,  Ohio. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 
Sewing  machine. 


26.  Hays,  Hezekiaii,  Orange,  New  Jersey. 

Lace  cutter. 

27.  Howe,  Jr.,  Elias,  Cambridgeport,  Massachusetts,  and  New  York  City. — Patentee. 
Sewing  machine. 

[An  accurate  idea  of  the  seam  formed  by  this  machine,  the  first  practical  one 
invented,  may  be  gained  by  twisting  two  threads  together,  and  imagining  them  so 
disposed  that  they  cross  in  the  cloth,  with  the  loops  on  either  side  forming  the  stitches.] 

110 


37.  Avery  Sewing  Machine  Company,  New  York. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

Three  sewing  machines,  respectively  adapted  to  sewing  woolen  goods,  muslin  and 
linen  fabrics,  and  leather. 

[These  machines  have  two  needles,  one  below  and  the  other  above  the  cloth  to  be 
sewed.  The  eyes  of  the  needles  are  near  the  points,  and  as  the  one  needle  passes 
through  the  cloth  and  then  withdraws  a  short  distance,  the  other  needle  passes  through 
the  loop  thus  formed,  and  proceeds  with  a  similar  operation,  which  is  alternately 
repeated  by  the  needles,  and  results  in  a  series  of  “  half-hitches,”  with  the  threads  on 


MANUFACTURING  MACHINES  AND  TOOLS. 


each  other.  The  cloth  is  carried  forward  by  a  reciprocating  motion,  which  may  be 
regulated  to  any  length  of  stitch  desired.] 


38.  Singer,  J.  M.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — -Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

Patent,  straight  needle,  vertical  sewing  machine. 

[The  needle  passes  through  the  cloth  and  beyond  a  shuttle,  which  enters  between 
the  needle  and  thread;  and,  when  both  are  withdrawn,  forms  a  stitch  with  their 
respective  threads  in  the  cloth.  The  cloth  is  shifted  for  the  stitches  by  a  wheel.] 


Singee’s  Sewing  Machine. 


39.  Nicolay,  John  G.,  Pittsfield,  Pike  Co.,  Illinois. — Inventor. 

New  rotary  power  printing-press,  differing  essentially  from  any  now  in  usa 


40.  Griffin,  Hermon,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Town’s  patent  machine  for  paging  the  sheets  of  blank-books. 


41.  Clayton,  E.  B.,  &  Sons,  New  York. — Agents. 
Copying  and  notarial  presses. 


42.  Marsh  &  Welch,  New  York. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 
Patent  cylinder,  steam  printing-press. 


43.  Hickook,  W.  0.,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania.—  Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Ruling  machine. 


44.  Bruff,  James  B.,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  press  for  stamping  bills  of  lading,  notes,  drafts,  Ac. 


45.  Parks,  John  A,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Lithographic  press. 

[In  nearly  all  printing  from  stone,  the  surface  from  which  impressions  are  taken 
may  be  regarded  as  essentially  flat,  the  amount  of  relief  or  depression  being  too  small 
greatly  to  influence  the  printing.  This,  with  the  brittle  character  of  the  stone  used, 
makes  it  impracticable  to  produce  the  printing  pressure  by  a  cylinder,  as  is  done  in  the 
copper  plate  and  typographical  presses.  Instead  of  this,  a  blunt  knife-edge  scraper  is 
uniformly  employed,  and  is  so  arranged  as  to  slide  over  a  protecting  covering  or 
tympan,  through  which  it  acts  on  the  paper  and  printing  surface,  giving  them  in 
progression  a  sharp  pressure  on  the  narrow  line,  under  the  scraper.  This  necessary 
feature  stamps  a  peculiar  character  on  the  lithographic  press,  which,  even  as  it  is  now 
used,  has  a  decided  appearance  of  clumsiness.  It  is  surely  not  due  to  lack  of  efforts 
that  lithographic  presses  are  still  confessedly  unsatisfactory,  since  a  very  great  variety 
of  modifications  and  rearrangements  have  been  made ;  though,  amid  many  partial 
successes,  it  is  apparent  that  much  inelegant  and  rude  contrivance  has  been  fruitlessly 
expended  on  this  machine.  Lithographers  are  not  machinists,  nor  are  machinists 
lithographers;  hence  the  requisite  elements  for  success  rarely  conspire  in  favor  of 
lithographic  presses. 

The  hand-press  in  most  common  use  consists  of  a  frame,  supporting  ro  ers  on 
which  the  bed-plate  of  the  stone  traverses,  so  as  to  pass  under  the  scraper,  which  is 
supported  in  guides,  underneath  a  strong  cast-iron  arch,  by  a  regulating  screw.  e 
tympan  is  a  large  sheet  of  leather,  stretched  on  an  iron  frame,  connected  by  a  hinge  to 
the  bed-plate.  This  is  folded  back  against  the  scraper  arch  between  printings,  and 
is  turned  down  over  the  stone  during  the  printing.  A  crank  and  cog-wheels  are 
arranged  to  drag  the  bed  and  tympan  under  the  scraper,  and  a  lever  is  provided  or 
throwing  on,  and  for  relieving  the  pressure,  which  is  received  on  an  iron  roller  under 
the  scraper.  On  throwing  off  the  pressure  after  printing,  the  bed  traverses  back  to 
the  position  for  wetting  and  inking  the  drawing.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  a  litho¬ 
graphic  press,  as  a  whole,  is  but  an  arrangement  for  passing  the  printing  surface  under 


a  scraper,  so  as  powerfully  to  press  the  paper  against  it,  while  both  paper  and  drawing 
are  protected. 

The  application  of  steam  power  to  lithographic  presses,  and  for  wetting  and  inking 
the  stones,  has  to  some  extent  been  made,  though  the  degree  of  success  reached  is  still 
a  matter  of  some  discussion.  More  rapid  printing  is  thus  accomplished,  but  the  style 
of  work  is  sacrificed  to  a  serious  extent.  Whether,  on  the  whole,  economy  favors  the 
side  of  steam  power,  depends  entirely  on  the  amount  and  quality  of  work  required. 
For  large  quantities  of  indifferent  work  it  is  of  undoubted  economy,  but  for  fine  crayon 
printing,  Ac.,  nothing  but  the  hand-press  can  yet  be  used  with  propriety  or  profit. 
For  small  establishments,  and  in  times  of  slack  work,  steam  lithographic  printing  is 
not  only  injurious  to  style,  but  is  positively  uneconomical  pro  rata.  It  is  likely  to 
grow  more  into  use  by  improved  machinery ;  but,  even  with  all  probable  meliorations, 
it  can  hardly  result  in  the  exaltation  of  lithographic  art.] 

46.  Bradford,  Joseph,  Portland,  Maine. 

Bookbinders’  press  and  planes. 

47.  Wilkinson,  Jordan  A  Co.,  New  York. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Wilkinson’s  cylindrical,  rotary  printing-press. 

48.  Jackman,  Storrs  E,  New  York. 

Paper-cutting  machines,  for  bookbinders. 


49.  Mahan,  Jason  M,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Patent  stereotyping  apparatus ;  machine  for  finishing  the  plates. 


50.  Taylor,  A.  B.,  A  Sons,  New  York. 

Patent  steam  cylinder  printing  machine. 

51.  Adams,  J.  A  S.,  A  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Patent  printing-press,  and  standing-press. 

[These  machines  were  employed  by  John  F.  Trow,  in  printing  the  World  of  Art 
and  Industry,  or  Illustrated  Record  of  the  Crystal  Palace,  published  by  G.  P.  Putnam 
&  Co.  The  machines  were  placed  in  the  east  nave  of  the  Palace ;  they  are  figured  and 
described  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  60.] 

52.  Snow,  George  K.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Machine  for  folding  newspapers,  and  for  bookbinders’  use. 

53.  Maxwell,  G.  S.,  New  York. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 

Lithographic  press. 

54.  Hussey,  John,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Lithographic  roller. 

55.  Starr,  Charles,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Machines  for  backing  and  finishing  books. 

[The  stitched  sheets  forming  the  book  are  fixed  in  clamps,  which  oscillate  under  a 
heavily-weighted  roller,  and  the  motion  and  weight  occasion  the  required  rounding  of 
the  back.  The  roller  may  be  engraved  with  any  design,  and,  heated  by  steam  passed 
through  its  axle,  will  transmit  its  pattern  embossed  upon  the  book.] 

56.  Eisenbrandt,  C.  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Printing  machine  for  the  blind. 

57.  Johnson,  L.,  A  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  casting  stereotype  and  electrotype  plates. 

Type-casting  machine. 

[This  machine  is  figured  and  described  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  43.] 

58.  Hanson,  Moses  P.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Machine  for  paper-makers  and  bookbinders. 

59.  Gaskill,  CorrER  A  Fry,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Side  dies,  stamps,  and  rolls,  for  the  use  of  bookbinders. 

60.  Pfister,  Guido,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Three  rolls  for  lithographers. 

61.  Foster,  C.,  A  Brothers,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Hand-printing  press. 

62.  Laing,  Joseph,  A  Co.,  New  York. 

Lithographic  press-work. 

63.  Law,  Henry,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Toggle-joint  standing-press,  with  double  sets  of  gearing  wording  the  screw,  bringing 
the  toggles  together.  The  platen  has  guide-rollers  running  on  the  columns  of  the  press. 

64.  McAdams,  John  A  William,  Boston. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Improved  ruling  machine.  Machine  for  paging  blank-books. 

[These  machines  afford  useful  protection  to  the  merchant  and  tradesman,  by  the 

consecutive  paging  of  account  and  other  manuscript  books.] 

Ill 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  VI. 


■n 


65.  Russell,  John,  Sing  Sing,  New  York. 
American  files. 


66.  Collett,  Oscar,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 
Machine  to  bend  tin-plate  and  sheet-iron. 

67.  Pelt,  John  G.,  Salem,  Mass. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  cutting  wheels  for  clocks  and  watches. 

68.  Rogers,  Calvin  B.,  Deep  River,  Connecticut. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Machine  for  filing  circular  saws. 


89.  Dick,  David,  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Boiler-plate  shears  of  great  power. 

[The  upper  jaw  of  the  frame,  which  is  a  massive  casting,  holds  a  shearing  knife 
with  an  inclined  edge,  against  which  the  plate  under  operation  is  lifted  by  the  action 
of  the  cams.  These  are  two  in  number,  case-hardened  and  attached  to  an  iron  shaft 
turned  by  a  lever  worked  by  a  double  crank,  on  which  the  lever  travels,  and  raising 
and  falling  with  the  revolutions  of  the  crank.  Iron  plates  with  curved  faces,  peculiarly 
adapted  to  the  curve  of  the  cams,  are  fitted  on  fulcrum  pins  above  and  below  the  cams, 
the  lower  ones  being  stationary,  and  the  upper  moving  the  frame  which  lifts  the  plate 
to  the  shear  as  the  cams  are  turned.  The  motion  of  the  crank  shaft  is  by  cog  gearing, 
furnished  with  levers  and  clutches  for  throwing  in  and  out  of  gear.] 


69.  Westerlt,  J.  M.,  Astoria,  L.  I.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Ornamental  punches,  cut  in  steel,  for  type-founders’  use. 

70.  W yckoff,  A.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  making  jack-chain  links. 

71.  Browning,  William  A.,  Matteawan,  Dutchess  Co.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Machine  for  cutting  the  teeth  of  wool  and  other  cards. 

[A  card,  in  cotton  or  woolen  machinery,  is  a  fine  wire  brush  on  a  leather  stock, 
used  to  arrange  the  fibers  of  cotton  or  wool  in  symmetrical  order.  The  fineness  of  the 
yarn  and  the  beauty  of  the  cloth  depends,  to  a  large  extent,  on  the  carding  operation, 
and  it  is  obviously  of  great  importance  that  the  teeth  should  be  of  uniform  length 
and  angle.] 

72.  Griffiths,  S.  &  J.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.- — Manufacturers. 

Patent  screw-cutting  die. 

73.  Fretschler,  W.  0.  C.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  rock  drill. 


74.  Fitoh,  George  S.,  A  Co.,  New  York. — Agents. 

Brunswick  grindstone. 

75.  Inslee,  A.,  &  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 
Vertical,  back-geared  power  drill. 

76.  Flagler,  Frederick  P.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Portable  forges  and  bellows  for  blacksmiths,  jewelers  and  dentists. 

77.  Leonard,  W.  A.,  New  York. 

Iron-planer  and  engine  lathe. 


78.  Isbester,  Caleb,  Alleghany  City,  Pennsylvania. 

Rotary  nail-plate  feeder.  The  plate  from  which  the  nails  are  cut  is  reversed  at 
every  operation,  so  that  the  nails  are  cut  alternately  with  head  and  point  from  either 
side. 


79.  Smith,  E.  H.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Model  of  a  machine  for  cutting  brads  and  shoe  nails. 


80.  Holmes,  J.  B.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Power  nail-driving  machine,  used  in  making  wash-boards. 


81.  Porter,  Jr.,  Norman,  Berlin,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

.  .Improved  patent  bench  vice,  with  Bliss’  attachment  for  holding  taper  work  con¬ 
sisting  of  a  separate  triangular  piece  of  metal  readily  detached  from  the  vice  bva  set 
screw,  and  moving  on  a  pivot  to  adapt  itself  to  any  angular  piece  of  work  which  mav 
be  placed  in  the  vice.  3 


82.  Daggett,  William,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 
Self-feeding  patent  hand  drill. 


83.  Vine,  William,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Gold-leaf  beating  machine.  The  package  of  gold  leaf  is  shifted  under  an 
ordinary  trip  hammer,  by  a  series  of  cams,  securing  the  uniformity  of  action  desired. 


84.  Bottom,  James  M.,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. — Patentee. 

staffsTc°Ved  Pat°nfc  lath®  and  lathe-chucks  f°r  turning  and  finishing  watch  pivots, 


85.  Rust,  Samuel,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Improved  power  punching  and  shearing  presses.  (Patent  applied  for.) 

86.  Whipple,  Solomon,  Albany,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 
Model  of  file-cutting  machine. 

87.  Leonard,  P.  A.,  New  York. — Agent. 

A  continuous  feed  drilL 


88.  Peacock,  James,  Paterson,  New  Jersey. — Proprietor. 

Two  sets  of  stocks  and  dies  for  screws  and  taps  of  various  dimensions. 

112 


Dick’s  Press. 


Embossing  press  for  bookbinders. 

[It  has  upper  and  lower  stocks  of  cast  iron,  connected  by  wrought  iron  standards. 
The  single  cam  used  in  this  press,  turns  on  a  shaft  by  a  lever  connected  with  it  between 
two  plates,  which  move  on  fulcrum  pins,  the  lower  being  stationary  and  the  upper 
raising  the  press  plate  by  the  thrust  of  the  cam. 

The  application  of  a  similar  cam  is  illustrated  by  a  boiler-plate  punch,  hand 
punch,  power  punch,  saw  gummer,  and  tobacco  press. 

The  first  practical  application  of  this  arrangement  of  cams  was  made  by  Charles 
B.  Stuart,  C.  E.,  in  drawing  out  the  coffer-dam  piles  of  the  United  States  Dry  Dock  at  the 
Brooklyn  Navy  Yard.  These  piles  were  sixteen  inches  square,  and  driven  close  to¬ 
gether,  with  square  grooves  into  which  tongues  were  driven  to  make  tight  joints. 
Their  lengths  varied  from  forty  to  sixty  feet,  the  tops  being  flush  with  the  embankment 
of  the  coffer  dam.  After  several  trials,  in  which  chain  cables,  steel  pins,  Ac.,  were 
broken,  an  arrangement  with  steel  links  and  pin  ssecured  to  the  pile  was  made  suffi¬ 
ciently  strong  to  sustain  the  pressure  of  the  cam,  and  the  first  pile  was  drawn  under 
circumstances  of  no  ordinary  difficulty,  the  force  used  being  calculated  at  not  less  than 
637  tons.  In  one  of  the  trials  a  portion  of  the  section  of  a  yellow  pine  pile  was  torn 
out  by  the  lifting  force  on  a  pin  three  inches  in  diameter,  driven  through  the  pile  six 
feet  below  the  top,  the  grain  of  the  wood  being  separated  the  whole  width  of  the  pin.] 


90.  Sands  A  Cummings,  Washington  City ,  D.  C. — Inventors  and  Proprietors. 
Model  of  a  brick  machine. 


91.  Sampson,  A  H.,  New  Orleans ,  Louisiana. 
Model  of  a  patent  brick  machine. 


MANUFACTURING  MACHINES  AND  TOOLS. 


92.  Wagner  <fc  Imlay,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventors  and  Proprietors. 
Model  in  brass  of  a  patent  brick  press,  for  making  bricks  from  crude  clay. 

93.  Smith,  F.  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Inventor. 

Brick  machine  and  six  bricks. 


94.  Norton  &  Gardiner,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  gold-washing  machine,  amalgamator  and  magnetic  seperator,  adapted  to 
quartz  rock,  and  to  all  the  earths  and  sands  in  which  gold  is  found. 


95.  Cutler,  Thomas,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Centrifugal  mill  for  crushing  quartz. 


96.  Knight,  Henry  G.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Patentee. 
Model  of  horizontal  and  vertical  steam  drills. 


97.  Karelsen,  E.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  cutting  glass  shades,  glaziers’  diamonds,  and  points  for  lithographing. 


98.  Adams,  N.,  Cornwall,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Model  of  a  machine  for  moulding  and  pressing  bricks. 


99.  Greely,  Joseph,  Nashville,  New  Hampshire. — Manufacturer. 

Eastman’s  patent  stone-dressing  machine,  for  plain  and  ornamental  work.  The 
cutters  in  this  machine  have  a  vibratory  motion  by  which  the  stone  is  dressed  similarly 
to  the  operation  of  hand. 

100.  Bussing,  Robert  S.,  Novelty  Iron  Works,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 
Buffum’s  Centripetal  Amalgamator ;  a  machine  for  separating  gold  from  pulver¬ 
ized  quartz  by  vortex  or  whirlpool  action. 

101.  Cochran,  John  W.,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  crushing  machine. 

Model  of  a  quartz-crushing  machine.  A  series  of  spheres  are  revolved  in  a 
circular  trough,  from  the  center  of  which  the  material  to  be  crushed  is  entered. 

Model  of  a  stone-dressing  machine.  The  stone  to  be  dressed  is  placed  on  a  bed¬ 
plate,  similar  to  that  of  a  planing  machine,  and  passes  under  a  series  of  circular 
cutters,  placed  on  a  rotary  traversing  frame. 

Sawing  machine ;  which  will  cut  ship  timber  to  any  curve  or  angle. 


102.  Whitney,  D.,  New  York. — Agent. 
Patent  brick  mills. 


103.  Ogden,  A  IL,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Steam-engine  of  glass  ;  in  working  order ;  designed  for  fancy  glass-blowing. 

104.  Hinckley,  Zenos  R.,  (Agent  for  Manomet  Company,)  Sandwich,  Massachusetts. 
Model  of  quartz-crushing  machine. 

Machine  for  manufacturing  nails. 

105.  Smith,  Isaac,  New  York. — Agent. 

Brick  machine  for  making  bricks  from  dry  clay. 

Self-clearing  anchor. 

[There  are  broad  extension  pieces  connecting  the  palms  and  giving  a  much 
greater  bearing  surface  than  is  obtained  with  the  ordinary  anchor.  The  stock  is 
braced  by  diagonal  stays,  riveted  over  at  each  end  and  bolted  to  the  shank.  A  long 
clavis  is  bolted  to  the  throat  of  the  anchor,  and  serves  to  clear  it  when  entangled  with 
the  bottom,  and  is  also  useful  when  it  is  being  fished.] 

106.  Shands,  Joseph  G.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Mill-stone  dressing  machine.  The  vertical  cutters  in  this  machine  are  worked 
by  a  cam  and  spring,  and  traverse  in  a  frame  swung  from  the  center  of  the  stone. 


107.  Smith  &  Knowles,  New  York. 

Patent  saw-mill.  The  peculiar  characteristic  consists  in  expanding  the  face  of 
the  teeth  of  the  saw. 


108.  Peteler,  Alois,  New  York. 

Machine  for  freezing  ice-cream;  in  which  a  motion  is  given  to  the  interior 
contrary  to  that  of  the  can,  and  the  surface  of  the  can  is  provided  with  helical  planes, 
which  give  a  second  motion  to  the  freezing  mixture. 

109.  Trapp,  William,  Elmira,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Keg  and  barrel-making  machines. 

[These  are  a  series  of  machines  and  tools  adapted  for  the  various  operations  in 
stave  and  head  cutting,  jointing,  and  planing.  They  are — 

A  cylindrical  saw  to  cut  the  staves  hollow. 

A  double  circular  saw  to  cut  the  staves  to  the  required  length. 

An  apparatus  for  planing  the  staves  inside  and  outside. 

A  circular  plane  for  jointing. 

A  holder  for  turning  the  croze  and  chanfrin. 

A  head  lathe,  with  sundry  hand  tools. 

The  machinery  works  dry  wood,  and  the  barrels  are  tight  and  perfect.] 

110.  Hartson,  G.  B.,  Globe  Grove  Works,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Centrifugal  sugar-cleaning  mill.  The  sugar  is  inclosed  in  cylindrical  strainers, 
to  which  is  imparted  a  rapid  rotary  motion,  throwing  off  the  moisture  and  rapidly 
draining  the  sugar. 

K* 


111.  Buck,  M.  &  J.  H.,  Lebanon,  New  Hampshire. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 
Machine  for  planing,  tenoning,  boring,  and  mortising  timber. 

112.  Titus,  Theodore,  Matteawan,  Dutchess  County,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Planing  and  mortising  machine.  5 

113.  Seaman,  C.  E.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Ice-cream  freezer. 

114.  Hutchinson,  C.  B.,  &  Co.,  Syracuse,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Machine  for  making  staves  and  barrels. 

[The  staves  are  cut  from  holts  previously  steamed,  and  presented  to  a  knife  placed 
on  a  cylinder,  provided  with  adjustable  gauges,  by  which  the  thickness  of  the  staves 
is  regulated.  In  the  jointer  the  stave  is  carried  endwise  on  a  curve,  between  circular 
saws,  inclined  so  as  to  give  the  correct  level,  and  jointing  both  edges  at  once,  while 
the  bilge  or  swell  is  determined  by  the  radius  of  the  circle  on  which  the  stave  moves. 
The  saws  are  hung  in  swinging  frames,  by  which  the  angles  are  so  varied  that  barrels 
of  uniform  shape  are  obtained  from  wide  or  narrow  staves.  There  are  also  head- 
turners,  and  cutters,  and  crozers.] 

115.  Vananden,  H.  A.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Prismatic  turning  lathe.  The  wood  is  chucked  between  a  pivot  and  a  face¬ 
plate,  divided  into  circular  segments  and  fed  by  hand,  under  a  series  of  rotary  cutters, 
which  finish  one  side  of  the  prism.  The  wood  is  then  shifted  and  the  operation 
repeated  for  another  side. 

116.  Selton,  John,  Columbus,  Mississippi. — Proprietor. 

Machine  called  “Wheelwright’s  Assistant.” 


117.  Morse,  Chamberlain  &  Co.,  St.  Johnsbury,  Vermont. — Manufacturers. 

Model  of  a  patent  pivot  blind  machine. 

118.  Shepherd,  Thomas,  Foxborough,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Patent  hand-rail  and  moulding  machine. 

119.  Roberts,  Milton,  Brook,  Maine. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  turning  in  wood. 

120.  Nichols,  Olden,  Lowell,  Mass. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  cutting  grain,  peas,  bark,  corn,  coal,  <kc. 

Machine  for  picking  mill-stones. 

Machine  for  holding  the  irons  of  planes  or  moulding  tools. 

121.  Harris,  Jr.,  Joseph,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Portable  circular  saw. 

[The  arbor  frame,  carrying  the  saw  and  its  pulley,  is  held  against  the  driving 
pulley  by  a  spring ;  and  is  placed  in  such  a  position,  that  the  act  of  feeding  the  stuff 
to  be  sawn,  presses  the  saw  pulley  against  the  driving  pulley.] 

122.  Lindsay,  Thomas  S.,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Treenail  hole  machine  for  horing  at  any  angle. 

123.  Bruce,  John,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  ship-biscuit  machine,  combined  with  revolving  metallic-bottom  oven. 

124.  Kennet,  L.  M.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Proprietor. 

Tobacco  press. 

125.  Robinson,  L.  F.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Burnap’s  Press,  for  laying  veneers. 

[With  this  ingenious  machine,  veneers  laid  on  a  curved  surface  are  pressed  by 
hydraulic  pressure  against  a  flexible  sheet  of  India-rubber.] 

126.  Beardslee,  George  W.,  Albany,  New  York. — Inventor.  1 

Machines  for  planing  and  tongueing  and  grooving  lumber,  dressing  one  or  both 

sides  of  the  board  at  once. 

[This  machine  has  a  series  of  vertical  plane  irons,  over  which  the  board  is 
traversed,  and  the  connecting  gear  is  of  a  peculiar  construction.] 

127.  Standish,  John,  Cuyahoga  Falls,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  for  pegging  boots  and  shoes. 

128*  Drew,  S.  &  W.  G.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Mahogany  beer  engine,  with  four  pulls. 

129.  Hager,  George,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Working  machine  for  hulling  rice. 

130.  Smith,  T.  Briggs,  Taunton,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Pulverizing  mill  of  bevel  wheel  rollers,  running  by  gearing  in  a  circular  pit. 

131.  Ingersoll,  Platt  C.,  Elmira,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Patent  centric  pestle  and  mortar. 


113 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  VI. 


132.  Ives,  Henry,  West  Meriden ,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

Cook’s  patent  circular  hand-saw,  without  cog  or  belt  gearing. 

133.  Weils  &  Hill,  Milwaukie,  Wisconsin. — Proprietors. 

Stare  dressing  and  jointing  machine. 

134.  Fat,  J.  A.,  &  Co.,  Norwich,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Sash,  slat,  and  moulding  machine. 


135.  Otis  &  Cottle,  Syracuse,  New  York. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

Machine  for  turning,  boring,  and  mortising  hubs — capable  of  making  any  variety 
of  mortise,  and  regulating  the  stroke  of  the  chisel  to  any  depth. 


Otis  &  Cottle’s  Mortising  Machine. 


136.  Chapin,  Nathan,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Scroll  and  serpentine  turning  machine,  for  turning  duplicate  profile  work  for 
window  blinds,  and  for  cutting  wood  in  every  variety  of  fancy  forms. 

137.  Parker,  Alfred  A.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Proprietor. 

Tobacco-plug  machine  press. 

[The  tobacco  is  pressed  into  a  series  of  polished  steel  moulds  by  a  toggle-joint 
movement,  and  the  moulds,  after  being  used  several  times,  are  thoroughly  cleansed  by 
the  action  of  the  machine  from  the  oil  and  gum  exuding  from  the  tobacco.] 


138.  Frazee,  Benjamin,  New  York. 

Mully’s  Portable  Saw-mill. 

139.  Andrews,  William,  Frederick,  Maryland.— Proprietor. 

Improved  bark-mill ;  cob-crushing  machine. 

110.  Note,  John  T.,  Buffalo,  New  York.— Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  double-geared  grist-mill  and  mill  spindle ;  and  a  model  of  flour-packer. 


MANUFACTURING  MACHINES  AND  TOOLS. 


141.  Nevins,  Wm.  R.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Biscuit  and  cracker  machine,  to  manufacture  100  barrels  of  flour  per  diem. 


142.  Greenough,  John  J.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 
Miniature  automaton  shoe  machine. 


144.  Sloan,  Willlvm  M.,  Agent  for  W right,  Rapp  &  Co.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Manu¬ 
facturer. 

Upright  saw,  for  scroll  sawing,  strained  by  atmospheric  pressure. 


146.  Bemis,  Charles  W.,  Waltham,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 
Machine  for  sawing  lumber. 


[The  log  is  first  cut  into  bolts  41  inches  thick,  and  of  the  length  of  the  desired 
stave,  and,  after  being  softened  by  steam  or  warm  water,  is  fastened  to  the  traversing- 
rack  of  this  machine,  which  presents  it  to  the  action  of  a  pair  of  horizontal  knives, 
which  cut  it  to  the  proper  curve  and  level  for  the  edges  of  a  single  stave.  As  these 
knives  are  withdrawn  by  the  action  of  the  machine,  a  third  knife  descends  nearly 
vertically,  and  cuts  the  stave  from  the  thickness  of  the  bolt.  This  ascends,  and  the 
rack  advances  a  distance  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  stave,  and  the  operation  is 
repeated  for  every  stave.] 

148.  Stull,  John,  Wilmington,  Maryland. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  saw-mill. 

150.  Slayton,  Phineas  L.,  Madison,  Indiana. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Planing  machine  for  picket  fences. 


152.  Steele,  Henry  <fc  Co.,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 
Planing  machine  and  lathe. 


153.  Ross,  Charles,  Rochester,  New  York. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 
Patent,  portable,  conical,  burr-stone  mill. 


154.  Johnston,  Joseph,  Wilmington,  Delaware. — Manufacturer. 
Iron  concave  bran-duster. 


155.  Harris,  F.,  &  Son,  Elizabethtown,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 
Scouring  and  smut  machine. 


156.  AsnwELL,  Thomas,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Rotary  machine  for  mincing  sausage-meat. 


157.  Page,  George,  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  Maryland — Manufacturers. 
Portable  saw-mill. 


158.  Dow,  Mrs.  C.  C.,  National  Hotel,  New  Tori'.— Proprietor  and  Inventor. 
Bonnet-pressing  machine. 


159.  Gallahue,  A.  C.,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 
Machine  for  pegging  boots  and  shoes. 


161.  Stuart,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Turning-lathe. 

162.  Holden,  Moore,  Lawrenceville,  Dearborn  Co.,  Indiana.  Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Shear-cut,  draft  grist-mill. 


163.  Butler,  E.  T.,  Buffalo,  New  York.— Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Portable  flour-mill. 


1(54,  Gibson,  John,  Albany,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Woodworth  Patent  Machine,  for  Planing,  Tonguing,  and  Grooving  Timber. 

[In  the  original  arrangement  of  this  machine,  the  boards  under  operation  were  j 
fed  in  and  worked  in  a  vertical  position  ;  but,  in  the  machine  now  exhibited,  and  used 
universally  they  are  worked  horizontally.  The  feed  motion  is  produced  by  a  set  of 
feed  and  pressure  rollers,  of  which  the  lower  has  a  stationary  aHe,  and  the  upper  is 
held  on  the  board  by  weights  or  weighted  levers ;  adapting  itself,  by  this  means,  to 
any  irregularity  in  the  thickness.  The  first  tool  of  the  machine  is  a  planing-cylinder, 
with  knives  secured  to  a  brass  stock,  which  revolves  rapidly  in  a  direction  opposite  to 
the  motion  of  the  board,  dressing  its  surface  with  a  “dip  and  lift  cut,”  and  working 
under  the  gritty  surface  of  the  board,  so  as  to  avoid  dulling  their  edges.  Behind  this 
planing-cylinder  a  pressure-roller  is  placed,  which  keeps  the  board  from  lifting,  under 
the  Planing  operation.  And  behind  this  roller,  on  each  side  of  the  board,  are  revolving 
cutter-wheels,  moving  on  axles  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  planing-cylinder,  and 


147.  Gwynnes  &  Sheffield,  Urbana,  Ohio. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 
Howry’s  Patent  Machine  for  Cutting,  Dressing,  and  Jointing  Staves. 


151.  Sanford,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Metallic  corner  dovetailing  machine.  (Davis’  patent.) 

[In  this  machine  an  inclined  saw  cuts  the  ends  of  the  box  to  a  miter  joint,  and  a 
vertical  saw  cuts  a  slot,  parallel  to  the  joint,  into  which  an  angular  clamp  is  fitted, 
and  forms  the  corner,  and  holds  the  sides  securely  together.] 


J60.  Adams,  N.,  &  Son,  Amherst,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Felloe  machine ;  designed  to  obviate  the  objections  involved  in  the  use  of  saws 
for  cutting  felloes,  and  produces  the  required  curve  smooth  enough  for  all  practical 
purposes. 

[It  has  a  substantial  frame,  with  a  table,  on  which  the  wood  to  be  manufactured 
is  secured  by  dogs  of  improved  form,  one  of  which  passes  through  holes  in  the  table, 
adapted  to  various  radii  of  wheels,  and  is  secured  to  an  under-brace  by  means  of  keys ; 
the  other  runs  in  a  slot  in  the  table,  and  is  secured  by  set-screws.  The  gouges,  or 
cutting-knives,  are  secured  to  opposite  ends  of  a  double-revolving  bar,  by  sliding-stocks 
furnished  with  suitable  set-screws  and  keys ;  one  being  used  for  cutting  the  inner,  and 
the  other  the  outer  curve  required.  The  compound  bar  is  attached  to  a  vertical  shaft, 
driven  by  fast  and  loose  pulleys.  This  is  raised  by  an  upright  lever,  and  when  in  use 
feeds  down  towards  the  tube  by  a  worm-wheel  and  endless  screw-shaft,  which  is  pro¬ 
vided  with  a  clutch  and  lever  for  throwing  it  in  and  out  of  gear.] 


Mowry’s  Stave  Machines. 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  VI. 


so  shaped  that  they  form  the  tongue  and  groove  on  the  edges  of  the  board  as  it  passes 
between  them.  The  board  is  caused  to  leave  the  machine  by  the  action  of  a  pair  of 
delivery-rollers.] 

Woodworth’s  Patent  Wood-moulding  Machine. 

[Similar  in  principle  to  the  planing  machine;  the  moulding  being  cut  by  a 
revolving  cutter-wheel,  pierced  with  knives  of  a  shape  corresponding  to  the  section 
desired.] 

165.  Harrison,  Edward,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Self-cooling  grist  mill ;  so  arranged  that  the  stones  do  not  come  in  contact  with 
each  other. 


167.  Barber,  Asa,  Hancock,  Berkshire  Co.,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Iron  mill  for  grinding  grain. 

New  coffee-mill ;  which  cuts  the  bean  instead  of  crushing  it. 

New  bark-mill  and  corn-cracker. 

168.  Saco  Water-Power  Company,  Biddeford,  Maine. — Manufacturers. 

Two  compound  planing-machines  or  shaping  engines,  for  planing  the  interior 
and  exterior  of  curved  surfaces. 

Drawing-frames. 

169.  Barlow,  Nelson,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Wood-planing  and  matching  machine. 

[The  boards  are  traversed  over  stationary  knives  or  planes  by  fluted  rollers,  and 
the  knives  have  an  independent  cross  motion.] 

170.  Parsons,  S.  E.,  Wilkesbarre,  Pennsylvania. — Agent. 

Self-straining  saw-irons  for  saw-mills. 

[The  invention  consists  in  hanging  the  saw  in  advance  of  its  front  or  cutting 
edge,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  pressure  of  the  log  against  it  is  in  a  line  with  the 
direction  in  which  the  carriage  is  advancing,  effecting  a  strain  of  the  saw  by  the 
friction  of  the  brass  on  the  front  upper  slide  and  by  the  action  of  the  pit-man  on  the 
lower  frame,  thus  dispensing  with  the  heavy  saw-gate  which  is  usually  required  to 
strain  the  saw.] 

171.  Dewitt  &  La  Moree,  Napanoc,  Ulster  County,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Revolving  last-holder ;  designed  to  hold  the  boot  or  shoe-last  while  the  workman 
is  sewing,  pegging,  or  nailing. 

[It  has  a  platform  or  bench,  with  two  bearings,  which  carry  a  shaft  with  a 
curved  arm.  The  boxes  of  the  bearings  are  provided  with  screws,  which,  when 
loosened,  permit  the  shaft  to  revolve  so  as  to  move  the  arm  to  any  convenient 
position.  A  counter-balance  is  also  attached  to  the  shaft.  On  the  curved  end  of 
the  arm  there  is  a  collar  in  which  the  taper  end  of  the  last-holder  fits,  having  a 
screw-thread  cut  on  its  lower  end,  on  which  a  nut  is  fitted  to  secure  the  holder;  by 
loosening  the  nut  the  holder  is  revolved  freely.  .The  holder  is  formed  of  two  supports; 
one  for  the  heel  and  the  other  for  the  toe  of  the  last,  the  former  being  stationary,  and 
haying  (passing  through  two  projecting  parts)  a  vertical  screw  which  binds  the  heel 
in  its  position.  The  other  support  has  a  rest  secured  to  it  by  means  of  a  fulcrum  pin, 
on  which  it  turns  by  right  and  left  hand  screws,  working  in  a  link-nut,  and  admits  of 
adjustment  to  lasts  of  various  lengths.  The  top  parts  of  the  rests  are  made  of  proper 
shape  to  suit  the  form  of  the  last.  By  bringing  the  holder  in  nearly  a  horizontal 
position,  the  screw  which  passes  through  the  fixed  support  may  be  secured  into  a  pair 
of  clamps,  to  hold  them  in  an  upright  position,  convenient  for  closing  boots  and  shoes. 
The  machine  is  compact,  easily  made,  and  durable.] 

172.  Townsend,  W.  II.  &  P.,  New  York.— Proprietors. 

Machine  for  testing  the  strength  of  iron. 

173.  Barry,  Samuel  S.,  Cleveland,  Ch  to. — Patent.ee  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  metallic  anti-friction  hub  and  axle. 


181.  Colton,  David,  Poughkeepsie,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  method  of  attaching  spokes  to  the  hubs  of  carriage- wheels. 

182.  Slater  &  Steele,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  machine  for  weighing  and  packing  ground  spices. 

[The  material  is  measured  into  cups,  in  which  the  paper  envelopes  are  folded, 
and  passes  under  a  series  of  dies  by  which  it  is  compressed.] 


Slater  &  Steele’s  Spice-packing  Machine. 


183.  Cotton,  David,  Poughkeepsie,  New  York. 

Noiseless  axles. 

[An  improvement  by  which  boxes  can  always  be  kept  tight,  and  a  new  mode  of 
attaching  spokes  of  wheels  to  hubs.  The  inside  of  the  pipe-box  is  larger  at  the  ends 
than  at  the  middle,  and  is  furnished  with  boxes  correspondingly  tapered,  which 
may  be  screwed  up  to  compensate  for  the  wear.  The  spokes  are  secured  by  a 
shoulder  inside  the  hub.] 


181.  Holmes  <fe  Taylor,  Holyoke,  Massachusetts. — Proprietors. 
Centripetal  press,  for  pressing  square  in  all  directions. 


Holmes  &  Taylor’s  Centripetal  Press. 


174.  McComb,  D.,  Memphis,  Tennessee. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  press  combining  the  principles  of  the  double  toggle-joint  and  pullev 
for  baling  hay,  hemp,  and  cotton.  65  J  Pulley> 


175.  Handee  &  Hansfield,  Concord,  New  Hampshire. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
New  method  of  driving  a  circular  saw,  dispensing  with  the  usual  arbor  attach- 


176.  La verne,  M.  Jules,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  machine  for  loading  and  unloading  ships. 

177.  Strait,  Hiram,  Cincinnati ,  Ohio.  — I  n  von  tor. 

Saw  Doctor,  for  setting  the  teeth  of  saws. 

178.  Fiokett,  H.  E.,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Machine  for  filing  saws  by  power. 

179.  Arnott,  W.  D.,  Washington,  I).  Cl— Inventor. 

Model  of  a  road-scraper. 

180.  Gardner,  George  A.,  New  York.— Patentee. 

Patent  steam  machine  for  drilling  blasts  and  wedge-holes,  and  for  tunneling. 


Holmes  &  Taylor’s  Centripetal  Press. 


MANUFACTURING  MACHINES  AND  TOOLS. 


186.  Fonde,  C.  H.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  dredging  machine. 

[The  wheel  carrying  the  scoops  is  adapted  to  the  depth  of  the  water  by  vertical 
screws;  the  scoops  swing  on  centers,  and  are  held  in  place  by  detents,  which  are 
detached  by  striking  a  cam  when  it  is  necessary  to  empty  them.] 

187.  King,  J.  T.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Steam  washing  and  drying  machine ;  for  laundries  and  hotels,  and  adapted  to  the 
use  of  families.  The  size  on  exhibition  is  said  to  wash  50  ordinary  pieces  per  minute, 
without  the  rubbing,  pressure,  or  friction,  so  injurious  to  the  fabrics. 


188.  Minniss,  Thomas  E.,  Madrid,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 
Invalid  locomotive  chair. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

189.  Straker,  Samuel,  London. — Manufacturer. 

A  side-lever,  improved  lithographic,  press-registering  machine ;  for  cliromo- 
lithographic  or  color  printing. 


190.  Gibson,  Wii.,  it  Co.,  Glasgow. — Manufacturers. 
Power  and  hand-loom  shuttles. 


191.  Preston,  Francis,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Spinners  and  flyers  used  in  preparing,  spinning,  and  doubling  cotton,  silk,  worsted, 
woolen,  and  flax. 


192.  Dart  it  Son,  Covent  Garden,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Two  frames,  illustrating  the  art  of  weaving  coach  lace,  with  specimens  of  ancient 
and  modern  manufacture. 


193.  Nicole,  H.  J.  it  Donald,  Regent  St.,  London. — Proprietors. 
Machine  for  cutting  out  clothes. 


194.  Blackmore,  “Walter,  Wandsworth,  England. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  bolting-mill,  for  dressing  flour  through  patent  bolting  cloths,  without 
seams,  and  with  revolving  gutta-percha  flaps,  for  clearing  the  cloth  while  dressing. 


195.  Mason,  John,  Globe  Works,  Rochdale,  England. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  slubbing-frame,  with  patent  collars,  separating  plates,  disengaging  and 
break  motion,  convex  and  concave  cones.  Patent  roving  frame,  with  the  same  im¬ 
provements.  Patent  chuck,  for  millwright  and  machine  purposes.  Patent  vice,  for 

the  same. 


196.  Faure,  Theodore,  London. — Inventor. 

Snow-sweeping  engine,  for  railways  and  common  roads. 


197.  Bryan,  Corcoran  &  Co.,  Mark  Lane,  London. — Manufacturers. 
Paper  machine  wires. 


198.  Watson,  H.,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  England. — Manufacturer. 
Patent  pulp-stainer  and  frame  for  paper  manufacturers. 


199.  Whitworth  &  Co.,  Manchester. — Manufacturers. 

Patent,  self-acting,  duplex  lathe,  for  sliding,  screwing,  and  surfacing. 

[This  lathe  has  two  cutting-tools,  acting  simultaneously  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
work.  The  bed  is  9  feet  long,  and  has  double-geared  8|-inch  headstocks.  The  bearings 
of  the  collar  and  mandril  are  of  cast-steel,  case-hardened.  The  lathe  is  particularly 
adapted  for  sliding  shafts,  cutting  screws,  and  turning  surfaces.  The  carriage,  or 
bottom-rest,  is  moved  by  a  screw  of  the  length  of  the  bed,  being  connected  with  it  by 
means  of  a  nut,  closed  and  opened  by  a  handle  on  the  left  hand  side  of  the  rest,  so 
that  it  may  be  connected  with  or  disengaged  from  the  guide-screw,  as  required. 

The  screw  is  connected,  by  change-wheels,  with  the  mandril.  Each  change-wheel 
can  be  used,  at  pleasure,  either  on  the  guide-screw  or  the  mandril,  or  as  an  intermediate 
wheel ;  thus  a  great  number  of  permutations  can  be  made,  and  a  proportional  number 
of  screws  be  obtained. 

On  the  right  side  of  the  bottom-rest  is  a  screw-wheel  that  works  in  the  guide- 
screw,  and  can  be  used  for  running  the  rest  along  the  bed  quickly  by  hand,  and  also 
for  turning  surfaces.  When  used  for  the  latter  purpose,  it  is  geared  to  a  right  and 
left-handed  screw,  which  works  simultaneously  two  transverse  slides  on  the  bottom-rest 
On  these  are  fixed  two  compound  slide-rests,  that  carry  the  two  cutting-tools,  which  are 
placed  in  inverted  positions  as  regards  each  other,  and  being  brought  to  bear  equally 
upon  the  work  on  opposite  sides,  the  transverse  forces  are  balanced,  and  all  undue 
strain  is  obviated,  and,  while  time  is  saved,  the  work  produced  is  more  correct.] 

A  patent,  general  shaping  machine,  for  shaping  levers,  cranks,  connecting-rods,  &c. 

[The  bed  of  this  machine  is  5  feet  long,  having  in  front  two  parallel  grooves,  in 
which  bolts  connected  with  two  tables  slide ;  the  tables  can  be  fixed  in  any  position 
required  for  supporting  the  work. 


There  is  also  in  the  center  of  the  machines  a  mandril  used  in  planing  straight 
lines,  and  external  and  internal  circular  work,  in  combination. 

The  slide  which  is  moved  along  the  bed  carries  the  tool-slide  at  right  angles  to  it ; 
and  in  front  of  this  is  fixed  the  tool-box  on  a  vertical  slide,  working  on  a  center  with 
a  segment-screw,  for  planing  internal  curves. 

The  tool  has  a  uniform  motion  given  to  it  while  in  the  act  of  cutting,  and  is  pro. 
vided  by  the  same  means  with  a  quick  return  motion. 

This  result  is  obtained  by  means  of  a  crank  fixed  in  a  sliding-plate,  having  an 
axis  working  eccentrically  to  the  wheel  by  which  it  is  driven. 

The  horizontal,  vertical,  and  circular  motions  of  the  machine,  are  made  self-acting.] 

Patent  slotting  and  shaping  machine,  admitting  work  of  -3  ft.  6  in.  in  diameter, 
and  having  a  12-inch  stroke,  and  a  vertical  adjustment  for  its  tool  slide. 

[The  horizontal  and  upright  part  of  the  frame  is  cast  in  one  piece,  and  the  whole 
is  cored  out,  thus  forming  double  sides  and  imparting  stiffness  and  strength  to  the  tool 
while  in  operation. 

The  cutting  tool  has  a  uniform  downward  motion,  and  a  quick  return  motion, 
provided  by  means  of  a  crank  fixed  on  a  sliding  plate,  having  an  axis  eccentric  to  the 
wheel  by  which  it  is  driven.  Horizontal  slides,  working  at  right  angles  to  each  other, 
are  made  to  slide  on  the  bed,  and  carry  a  table,  having  a  circular  motion,  for  support¬ 
ing  the  work. 

The  horizontal  and  circular  motions  of  this  machine  are  self-acting.] 

A  patent  self-acting  planing  machine,  9  feet  long,  3  feet  wide,  and  3  feet  high. 

[The  table  is  driven  at  a  uniform  rate  both  ways,  and  the  cutting  tool  is  made  to 
reverse  its  position  at  the  end  of  each  cut,  and  so  plane  in  both  directions. 

It  is  self-acting  in  the  horizontal,  vertical,  and  angular  cuts. 

All  the  slides  of  this  machine,  after  being  planed,  are  finished  to  true  standard 
surfaces.] 

A  patent  screwing  machine,  for  cutting  bolts  and  nuts. 

[This  machine  cuts  screws  from  \  inch  to  2  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  provided 
with  13  sets  of  dies  and  taps. 

The  bed  carries  a  geared  headstock  with  a  hollow  mandril,  and  the  patent  die- 
box  is  fixed  upon  it  in  any  required  position  according  to  the  length  of  the  bolt. 

The  forward  and  backward  motion  of  the  mandril  is  obtained  by  means  of  a 
strap  from  the  counter  shaft,  which  is  driven  by  a  cross  and  straight  strap  from  the 
main  shaft. 

In  the  patent  die-box  are  four  screwing  dies,  two  of  which  cut  in  each  direction ; 
they  are  themselves  cut  up  by  a  master  tap,  greater  in  diameter  than  the  working  tap, 
by  twice  the  depth  of  the  thread,  thus  enabling  a  screw  of  the  correct  pitch  to  be 
formed. 

The  angle  at  which  these  dies  are  moved  forward,  causes  them  to  cut  with  as 
much  facility  as  the  screw  tool  in  a  lathe,  producing  shavings  in  a  similar  manner. 

The  threads  and  pitches  of  the  screws  are  those  which  are  technically  called 
“Whitworth’s  Threads.”  They  are  now  adopted  by  the  English  Admiralty,  and  are 
used  throughout  England,  thus  establishing  a  system  of  threads  uniform  for  a  given 
diameter. 

They  have  also  been  introduced  in  some  works  in  the  United  States.] 

A  patent  guide  screw  stock. 

A  measuring  machine. 

[This  machine  is  fully  described  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  33.] 

Internal  and  external  cylindrical  gauges,  of  various  sizes. 

A  street  and  road  sweeping  machine. 

[The  principle  of  this  invention  consists  in  employing  the  rotary  motion  of  the 
wheels  of  a  carriage,  moved  by  horse  or  other  power,  to  raise  the  loose  soil  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground,  and  deposit  it  in  the  vehicle  attached. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  series  of  broad  brooms,  usually  about  2  feet  6  inches 
wide,  attached  to  two  endless  chains,  running  over  an  upper  and  lower  set  of  pulleys, 
which  are  suspended  in  a  light  frame  of  wrought  iron,  hung  behind  a  cart,  the  body 
of  which  is  near  the  ground.  As  the  cart-wheels  revolve  they  give  rotary  motion  to 
the  pulleys  carrying  the  endless  series  of  brooms,  which,  being  made  to  bear  on  the 
ground,  successively  sweep  the  surface,  and  carry  the  soil  up  an  incline,  or  carrier-plate, 
over  the  top  of  which  it  is  thrown  into  the  cart.  The  mechanism  is  exceedingly 
simple,  and  is  not  liable  either  to  derangement,  or  to  material  injury  from  accident.] 


FRANCE. 

200.  Villiet,  Sen.,  J.,  Paris.— -Manufacturer. 

Apparatus  for  making  effervescent  water. 

201.  Gaillard,  Jr.,  La  Ferte  sous  Jouarre,  Seine  and  Marne. — Manufacturer. 

Various  samples  of  millstones,  for  grinding  all  sorts  of  grain. 

202.  Charles  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Novel  machines,  made  of  galvanized  iron,  or  of  copper,  for  bleaching  linen;  ice¬ 
cream  churns,  water  and  wine  coolers,  and  knife  cleaners. 

203.  De  St.  Hubert,  E.,  Bouvignes,  Namur. — Manufacturer. 

Horizontal  and  perpendicular  millstones. 

117 


_ j 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  VI. 


201.  Montcharmont,  Lo  Tunetl,  near  Nevres,  Nievre. — Proprietor. 

Millstones  from  Nevres  quarry. 

205.  Roger,  Jr.,  La  Forte  sous  Jouarre,  Seine  and  Marne. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  burr-stones. 

216.  Reickborn,  H.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Machines  to  remove  soot  and  dust  from  the  narrow  Russian  chimneys.  The  es¬ 
sential  principle  consists  of  a  brush  furnished  with  a  spring,  with  which  it  adapts 
itself  to  the  varying  widths  of  the  chimney. 

206.  Mondollet,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Soda-water  apparatus. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

207.  Schmautz,  C.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Rollers,  straps,  and  frames  for  lithographic  and  copper-plate  printers. 

208.  Dubus,  T.,  Rouen,  Seine  Inferieur. 

Two  cylinders  for  grinding  emery. 

217.  Giordano,  T.,  Turin,  Sardinia. 

Model  of  a  machine  for  tunneling. 

218.  Repetti,  Dr.  Agostino,  Chiavari,  Sardinia. — -Proprietor. 

Steam-cylinder  for  heating  baths. 

200.  Pugeot,  C.,  &  Co.,  Audincourt,  Poubs. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  detached  pieces  of  spinning  machines. 

SWITZERLAND. 

210.  Deloambre,  A.,  Paris. — Agent. 

Machine  for  setting  and  distributing  type. 

219.  Mathey,  Auguste,  &  Son,  Lock,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 
Plattening-rollers  for  watch-springs. 

211.  Senechal,  Joseph,  Grenoble. — Inventor. 

Machine  to  measure  the  hand  for  gloves. 

BELGIUM. 

220.  JAWiuiNj  ^rwwc/i).-,i^Iuv tjiitoi  and  Manufacturer. 

Stocking-knitting  machine. 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

212.  Kruess,  Paul  Nummel,  Hamburgh,  North  Germany. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Models  of  two  machines  for  deepening  rivers ;  a  horizontal  wind-mill ;  and  a 
storm-anchor  protector. 

221.  Wynants,  Corneille,  Brussels. — Agent. 

Notarial  and  seal-press,  with  specimens  of  seals. 

213.  Thum,  Leo,  Annaberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  weavers,  reeds,  of  different  qualities. 

214.  Miohiels,  J.  Xavier,  Andcrnach,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Millstones. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

222.  Stoffels,  H.  de  Severin,  Hecmestede. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer 

Models  of  elevating  ladders,  for  fire-escapes  and  other  purposes,  and  centrifugal 
water-wheel.  The  fire-escape  consists  of  a  truck  carrying  a  jointed  ladder,  which  is 
expanded  and  raised  by  a  winch  handle. 

215.  Brockuaus,  T.  A,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Proprietor. 

Machine  for  casting  type,  with  instruments  for  two  sizes  of  letters. 

118 

223.  IIosewitz,  J.  M.,  Eindhoven. 

Weavers’  reeds. 

SECTION  II. 


CLASS  VII. 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  AND  BUILDING  CONTRIVANCES. 


The  present  class  occupies  a  large  field  of  human  industry.  It  includes  whatever  is  connected  with  the  construction  of  public  works  and  private 
dwellings,  and  therefore  embraces  architectural  and  civil  engineering  in  their  widest  sense. 

The  class,  however,  as  it  is  represented  in  the  present  Exhibition,  is  by  no  means  so  rich  in  examples  as  might  have  been  expected.  One  reason 
has  been  that  the  most  important  of  architectural  and  engineering  works  are  usually  shown  only  by  drawings.  The  great  works  of  which  our  country 
is  justly  proud,  its  railways,  canals,  and  the  Croton  Aqueduct,  could  not  be  exhibited  within  the  narrow  limits  of  the  Crystal  Palace.  The  Palace 
itself  was  the  best  exponent  displayed  at  the  Exhibition  of  our  architectural  taste  and  ability.  The  architectural  section  of  the  dome,  and  the  several 
interior  views  published  in  the  “  Illustrated  Record  ”  of  the  Exhibition,  sufficiently  show  the  harmonious  beauty  of  the  design  and  the  skillfulness  of 
the  construction. 

A  considerable  number  of  bridges  are  shown,  exhibiting  a  great  diversity  of  structure  and  materials.  An  explanation  of  the  principles  of  bridge 


construction,  illustrated  with  engravings  and  descriptions  of  those  exhibited, 


1.  O’Neil,  Patrice,  South  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Designer. 

Model  of  an  elevated  railway  for  Broadway,  designed  to  extend  over  the  road¬ 
way,  between  the  curbs,  from  the  Bowling  Green  to  Union  Park. 

[The  platform  or  upper  street  is  of  east-iron  plates,  perforated  for  glass,  and  supported 
on  wrought-iron  beams  and  cast-iron  girders,  resting  on  cast-iron  columns  with  granite 
bases.  The  columns  and  bases  are  hollow,  forming  a  passage  for  surface-water,  and  for 
Groton  and  gas-pipes  to  the  upper  street.  The  platform  will  he  about  18  feet  above 
the  main  street  and  about  42  feet  wide,  of  which  12  feet  on  each  side  is  reserved  as  a 
promenade,  and  the  central  line,  of  18  feet,  for  a  double-track  railroad.  The  cars  will 
be  propelled  by  a  stationary  engine  and  an  endless  wire  rope,  traveling  on  pullies  six 
inches  above  the  track,  the  car-brake  being  so  constructed,  that  when  operating 
against  the  wheels  it  is  detached  from  the  rope.  Access  to  the  upper  street  is  provided 
for  at  each  cross-street  corner,  by  an  iron  staircase  on  the  line  of  the  curb.  Short 
platforms  also  connect  with  the  second  stories  of  the  line  of  buildings  on  each  side.] 

2,  Fink,  Albert,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  suspension-bridge ;  or,  rather,  a  trussed-girder  bridge.  Illustrated  on 
page  57  of  the  Record. 

[Suspension-bridges  are  of  two  kinds : 

1st.  Bridges  in  which  the  weight  of  the  roadway  is  suspended  by  vertical  rods, 
chains,  or  wire  ropes,  to  chains  or  cables  which,  passing  over  high  piers,  hang  in 
catenary  curves  between  them,  and  are  firmly  fastened  to  abutments. 

2d.  Bridges  in  which  the  roadway  is  suspended  from  rigid  abutting  arches  of 
wood  or  iron,  or  both  combined. 

Bridges  composed  of  a  hollow  iron  plate  or  truss-work  tube,  such  as  the  new  Menai 
and  Conway  bridges,  are  often  called  suspension-bridges,  but  the  propriety  of  such  a 
name  is  by  no  means  evident.  They  do  not  involve  the  peculiar  suspension  principle 
any  more  than  the  common  forms  of  wood  or  stone  bridges. 

The  principle  of  suspension  consists  essentially  in  the  use  of  suspending  rods, 
chains,  or  ropes,  to  sustain  the  weight  of  the  roadway  on  flexible  catenary  or  rigid 
arch  supports  above  the  road  level.  In  rude  and  restricted  forms,  this  system  is  of  an 
ancient  date :  but  the  first  truly  systematic  arrangement  of  the  parts,  as  now  used,  is 
due  to  Mr.  Finlay,  whose  patent,  obtained  in*this  country,  dates  back  to  1801.  It  is, 
however,  only  since  the  fabrication  of  iron  has  been  so  wondrously  perfected,  that  the 
full  capacities  of  this  method  have  been  understood  or  employed.  The  strength  of  iron 
prescribes  a  limit  to  practicable  spans  which  has  never  yet  been  fully  reached.  No 
mode  of  bridging  approaches  this  in  its  capacity  for  spanning  wide  bays;  hence  many 
bridges  are  very  practicable,  on  this,  plan,  which  would  bo  totally  impossible  on  any 
other  system  of  construction.  Now  that  the  construction,  capacities,  proofs,  and  quali¬ 


may  be  found  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  55. 


ties  of  suspension-bridges,  are  so  well  established  by  experience,  they  are  rapidly  being 
erected  in  sundry  localities  where  before  bridging  had  been  regarded  as  impracticable. 

The  following  summary  of  several  remarkable  bridges  exhibits,  in  part,  what  has 
been  already  done : 


LOCALITY. 

SPAM. 

VERSED 

SINE. 

Tweed,  near  Berwick,  England,  . 

449 

feet 

30 

feet. 

Menai  Straits  Bridge  (Telford's),  . 

579,8 

ii 

43 

it 

Hungerford  and  Lambeth  Bridge, 

676,5 

it 

50 

ti 

Hammersmith  Bridge,  . 

422 

ii 

a 

it 

Montrose  Bridge, 

412 

ii 

u 

ii 

Fribourg  Bridge,  Switzerland, 

870,32 

ii 

63.26 

ii 

Pesth,  over  the  Danube, 

670 

“  in  one  span,  1,250  clear  water  way 

Bridge  over  the  Dnieper,  at  Kieff, 

in  Russia, 

has  6  bays; 

4  of  444  feet,  and  2  of 

222  feet  each.  Now  building. 

Monongahela  Bridge,  at  Pittsburg,  has  8  bays,  of  from  188  to  190  feet  each. 

Nashville,  Tenn.,  over  the  Cumberland,  538  feet  span. 

Wheeling  Bridge,  over  the  Ohio,  1,010  feet  span. 

The  construction  of  the  main  chains,  or  cables,  of  a  suspension-bridge,  requires  to 
be  executed  with  great  fidelity,  and  each  component  piece  should  be  proved  before 
using  it.  The  end-fastenings,  and  the  passings  over  the  pier-tops,  are  critical  points  in 
the  construction.  The  piers  for  wide  spans  require  to  be  carried  to  such  heights  as  to 
demand  the  best  foundations  and  masonry.  Nothing  involves  so  much  danger  to  a 
suspension-bridge  as  a  lack  of  rigidity,  either  in  the  vertical  or  horizontal  plane ;  for 
a  deficiency  of  this  kind  permits  oscillations  to  set  in  from  high  winds,  from  troops 
crossing  in  cadenced  step,  <fec.,  which  go  on  increasing  until  the  chains  or  cables  break, 
as  was  illustrated  in  a  late  disastrous  instance.  Perhaps  these  oscillations  assist  in 
time  also  to  develop  a  crystalline  structure,  and  consequent  brittleness  in  the  wrought- 
iron  parts.  Horizontal  stiffness  is  usually  produced  by  a  horizontal  truss  combination 
in  the  floor-supports,  and  the  vertical,  by  suspended  lateral  trusses.  In  railroad 
suspension-bridges,  the  need  of  vertical  stiffness  is  still  more  imperative,  though  the 
great  weight  then  suspended  forms  a  decided  check  on  oscillations.  Proper  proofs, 
inspections,  and  repairs  of  these  bridges,  are  indispensable ;  but  when  all  due  precau¬ 
tions  are  taken,  during  and  subsequent  to  the  construction,  there  is  no  special  reason 
for  distrusting  them. 

In  the  second  species  of  suspension-bridges,  where  the  roadway  is  suspended  on  a 
rigid  arch,  abutting  at  the  piers  and  abutments,  the  suspending  rods  are  arranged  on 
like  principles.  The  supporting  arch  has  been  made  of  wooden  solid-built  beams  of 
curved  truss-work,  and  of  cast-iron ;  the  construction  of  the  arches  throughout  being 

119 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  AND  BUILDING  CONTRIVANCES. 


19.  Tuttle  &  Bailey,  293  Pearl  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Various  patterns  of  ventilators  and  hot-air  registers. 


similar  to  that  when  the  road  is  above  their  crowns.  In  this  form,  when  the  whole 
arch  is  above  the  roadway,  stability  against  high  winds  is  rather  difficult  to  insure,  the 
center  of  gravity  in  each  truss  being  much  above  the  spring-line.  The  curved  beam  is 
often  made  to  abut  at  some  distance  below  the  road-level,  when  the  bridge  is  only 
partially  suspended ;  as  in  the  suspension-aqueduct  over  the  Calder,  at  Stanley,  Eng¬ 
land,  in  which  the  cast-iron  arch  has  155  feet  span.  In  the  Trenton  Bridge,  N.  J.,  the 
curved  beams  abut  at  the  road-level,  though  the  center  bay  has  200  feet  span,  the  two 
adjacent  ones  180  feet  each,  and  the  other  two  end  ones  160  feet  each. 

Various  combinations  of  suspension  and  truss-work  principles  have  been  executed; 
but,  in  most  cases,  when  skill  in  working  iron  can  be  freely  commanded,  a  simple  sus¬ 
pension  construction  seems  preferable.] 

3.  Lanagan,  Henry,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  bridge  in  wood  and  iron,  and  a  model  of  a  roof;  both  composed  of  a 
series  of  arched  trusses,  made  of  a  combination  of  straight  timber. 


20.  Winckworth,  James,  102  Canal  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  modeling  in  card-board. 

21.  Culver,  D.,  52  Cliff  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Variety  of  hot-air  registers  and  ventilators. 

22.  Cooper,  Minard  T.,  Pleasant  Valley,  Dutchess  County,  New  York. — Inventor  and 

Manufacturer. 

Gravitation  door-closer. 


23.  Boot,  Joan,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  progressive  coffer-dam  for  tunneling  under  rivers. 


4.  Jaeger,  Wm.  G.  W.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Proprietor. 
Model  of  Scott’s  Patent  Railway  Suspension-bridge. 


24.  Andrews,  Albert  F.,  Avon,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Coil  of  water-proof  safety-fuse  for  blasting,  die. 


5.  Bollman,  Wendell,  Mount  Clare  Works,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  railway  suspension-bridge.  See  page  56  of  the  Record. 

6.  Allen,  Wm.  H.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  self-sustaining  arch-truss  bridge.  Illustrated  in  page  56  of  the  Record. 

7.  Fretchsler,  W.  0.  C.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  suspension-bridge. 

8.  White,  George  H.,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  bridge. 

9.  Howe,  Hammond,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Mnnufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  railway  suspension-bridge.  Fully  described  on  page  57  of  the  Record. 

10.  Kime,  F.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Designer  and  Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  railroad  bridge. 

11.  White,  M.  M,  39  Wall  Street,  New  York. — Agent. 

Model  of  an  iron  railway-bridge.  (Col.  Long’s  or  Rider’s  patent.) 

12.  Wickersham,  J.  B.,  312  Broadway,  New  York. — Designer. 

Drawing  of  a  plan  for  an  elevated  or  balcony-railway  and  promenade  in 
Broadway. 

[This  plan  proposes  an  elevated  side-walk  or  terrace  over  each  side-walk  of  the 
main  street  The  terrace,  with  its  columns  and  supports,  to  be  made  of  iron ;  the 
flooring  of  flag-stones,  resting  on  woven  iron  gratings  supported  by  beams  firmly 
bound  together  at  the  columns,  and  underlaid  with  corrugated  iron,  forming  gutters, 
for  the  passage  of  such  water  as  oozes  between  the  stones,  to  the  main  canal  through 
which  it  is  led  off  by  the  columns  to  the  lower  gutters.  The  railway  is  laid  on  the 
outer  line  of  the  terrace,  directly  over  the  row  of  columns,  which  support  its  entire 
weight.  The  cars  are  to  be  drawn  by  horses,  and  the  rails  are  to  be  laid  on  India- 
rubber,  supported  by  wooden  sills,  to  prevent  noise.  An  ornamental  and  substantial 
iron  railing  incloses  the  track,  with  occasional  openings  from  the  promenade  to  admit 
passengers.  Access  to  the  terraces  is  had  by  staircases  inside  the  building,  and 
crossings  are  placed  at  intervals  for  passage  from  side  to  side.] 

13.  Randel,  Jr.,  John,  Chesapeake  City,  Cecil  County,  Maryland. — Designer  and  Inventor. 
Model  of  an  elevated  railway  for  Broadway  or  other  crowded  thoroughfares. 

[The  cars  are  propelled  by  steam,  on  a  railway  elevated  on  columns  placed  at  the 

edge  of  the  side-walks.  The  chief  feature  peculiar  to  this  plan  is  the  arrangement  for 
landing  and  taking  up  passengers  without  stopping  the  regular  cars,  by  means  of 
relay-cars.] 

11.  Dornbrach,  Ferdinand,  60  Chrystie  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  patent  ornamented  pine  floor,  constructed  without  nails  or  visible 
joints ;  models  of  parquette  floors;  and  a  model  of  a  circular  staircase,  sustained  by 
its  own  weight.  J 

15.  Colwell,  L.,  &  Co.,  27 th  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Corinthian  column  of  cast-iron. 


16.  Leroy,  Leon,  99  Duane  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Models  of  a  roof,  a  funeral  monument^  a  self-supplying  fountain,  and  a  cornice  and 
console  in  zinc. 


25.  McDougal,  C.  B.,  474  Hudson  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Ventilated  window-awnings  for  dwellings,  offices,  <kc.  It  is  hung  on  a  light  iron 
swinging-frame,  and  is  bailed  up  by  cords. 


26.  McMurray  &  Powley,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Proprietors. 

Patent  iron  door  for  prison  cells,  in  which  neither  the  lock  nor  the  hinges  are 
accessible  to  the  prison. 


27.  Philips,  N.  M.,  &  Co.,  480  Broadway,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Mathewson’s  Patent  Weather-strip.  The  same  applied  to  a  model  of  a  door. 

28.  Gibbs,  John  W.,  36  Maiden  Lane,  New  York. — Painter. 

Ornamental  sign  of  white  crystallized  ground,  with  gold  letters. 

29.  Brandon,  A  &  G.,  4  Tryon  Row,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  signs  in  writing,  block,  and  fancy  letters,  in  gold  and 
colors. 

[The  effect  of  signs  on  the  architectural  character  of  fronts,  especially  in  closely 
built  cities,  is  usually  but  imperfectly  appreciated.  Cases  are  not  unfrequent  in  which 
thousands  of  dollars  are  expended  on  the  fine  cutting  and  ornamental  finish  of  sand¬ 
stone,  marble,  or  granite  fronts,  which  are  at  last  so  overlaid  with  sign-boards  that  all 
architectural  beauty  is  destroyed,  and  a  species  of  deformity  substituted.  There  are 
fixed  principles,  doubtless,  which  should  be  constantly  borne  in  mind  in  this,  as  in  all 
other  matters  of  design. 

In  the  first  place,  the  character  of  signs  to  be  employed— their  sizes,  positions, 
style  of  lettering,  color,  and  composition,  are  all  truly  essential  points  to  be  considered 
in  designing  the  front  on  which  they  are  to  figure.  A  front  on  which  numerous  and 
conspicuous  signs  are  to  be  mounted,  ought  to  be  made  plain,  and  rather  unmeaning 
since  the  sign-board  fresco  will  surely  clash  with  decided  meanings,  unless  it  hides  them. 
Expensive  ornament,  in  such  a  case,  is  worse  than  thrown  away.  Throughout  each 
front,  the  character  of  signs  should  be  uniform,  and  should  be  rigidly  adhered  to. 
Change  of  occupancy  need  not  change  the  style  of  signs,  however  it  may  affect  their 
matter. 

In  determining  the  character  of  signs,  it  is  well  to  remember  that  simple  intelligi¬ 
bility  is  the  first  essential,  which  ought  as  little  as  possible  to  mar  the  architecture. 
As  signs  must  always  be  detracting  elements,  they  should  be  kept  as  small  as  distinct¬ 
ness  permits,  and  placed  where  they  will  least  deface  the  front.  Harmony  of  color  is 
particularly  important,  and  there  is  especial  need  of  guarding  against  that  glaring  and 
utterly  offensive  display  of  bright  colors  which  rude  taste  is  prone  to  patronize.  A 
sign  can  hardly  be  made,  with  propriety,  to  advertise  more  than  a  name  and  a  business. 
The  letters  used  ought  to  be  very  distinct  and  simple  in  styGe ;  the  block  letter  being  for 
elevated  locations,  rather,  the  best,  and  also  being  less  liable  to  be  deformed  from  lack 
of  skill.  For  shingles  and  low  signs,  the  pure  English  letter,  when  well  made,  is  pecu¬ 
liarly  clear,  neat,  and  appropriate.  Complex,  fantastic,  and  gaudily  colored  sign-letters, 
are  a  public  nuisance. 

Business  streets  take  a  great  part  of  their  general  expression  and  aspect  from  the 
signs  used  along  their  sides,  as  can  well  be  realized  by  conceiving  the  effect  on  Broad¬ 
way  or  Wall  St.  of  removing  all  the  signs.  There  is,  perhaps,  more  offending  against 
good  taste,  more  outrage  on  architecture,  and  less  of  becoming  modesty  displayed  in 
street-signs,  than  in  any  other  item.  A  reform  is  greatly  needed ;  and,  indeed,  many 
recent  buildings  indicate  that,  through  instinct  or  reason,  it  is  already  begun.] 

30.  Cragin,  Benjamin  F.,  20  Nassau  Street,  New  York. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 

Block-letters  for  signs,  carved  by  machinery,  and  gilded. 


17.  Casey,  John,  122  First  Avenue,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  Grecian  conservatory,  executed  in  satin-wood  and  mahogany. 

18.  Nowlan,  Samuel,  31  City  Hall,  New  York— Inventor  and  Proprietor 
Specimen  of  a  patent  metallic  pavement,  composed  of  hexagonal  plates,  fitt, 

^ and  with  the  nccessary  projccti°n3  to  prevent  siipp- 

190 


31.  Laning,  Wm.  M.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Elizabethan  block-letter  sign,  and  block-letter  foliated  script  sign. 

32.  Holmes  Butler,  122  Water  Street,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Model  of  a  new  ventilator. 


33.  Nutting,  Mighill,  Beverly,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 
New  and  improved  style  of  window-sash. 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  VII. 


34.  Mueller,  E.,  &  Morrell,  C.,  121  Third  Avenue,  New  York. — Stair-builders. 

Ground  and  elevation  plans  of  a  staircase. 

35.  Pell,  Alfred,  3  Great  Jones  Street,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Fire-proof  flooring,  composed  of  cast-iron  girders  filled  in  with  cement. 

36.  Pierce,  Oliver  B.,  Rome,  New  York. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  patent  fire-safety  staircase. 

37.  Cannon  &  Brothers,  134  Chapel  Street,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Camp’s  Ventilator  and  Chimney  Cap;  an  ingenious  combination  of  planes,  well 

gotten  up. 

38.  Barnard,  A.  B.,  94  Wall  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

New  chestnut-door. 


39.  Ford,  Franklin,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  Venetian  Blinds. 

[In  this  simple  and  useful  invention  there  is  combined  with  the  ordinary  blind, 
which  is  raised  or  lowered  from  the  bottom,  a  second  arrangement,  by  which  it  may 
be  lowered  from  the  top,  leaving  the  upper  portion  of  the  window  entirely  unob¬ 
structed.] 

40.  Doughtt,  J.  H.,  387  Grand  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  carved  capitals  for  columns ;  carved  and  sawed  trusses  and  brackets 
for  cornices;  ornamental  sawed  and  turned  picket-fence;  cornices  of  various  styles; 
veneered  stair-newells  ;  and  ornamental  signs  and  sign-boards  for  stores,  <tc. 

41.  Dubois,  J.  G.,  &  Co.,  306  IFesi!  Thirteenth  Street,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

New  style  of  parlor-door. 


BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

42.  Chatre,  Z.,  Quebec. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Model,  with  drawings  and  description  of  a  tubular  hot-iron  furnace. 

43.  Holwell,  W.  Antrobus,  Quebec. — Inventor. 

Models  and  descriptive  drawings  of  warming  and  ventilating  apparatus  and  con¬ 
trivances. 

L 


44.  Austin,  H.  IV.,  Quebec. — Civil  Engineer. 

Architectural  drawing. 

45.  Ostele,  John,  Montreal. 

Doors  and  door-frame,  with  architrave,  made  by  machinery. 

FRANCE. 

46.  Durand,  EL,  Bayonne,  B.  Pyrenees. 

Designs  for  churches. 

47.  Tordeux,  A,  J.,  Cambrai,  Nord — Designer. 

Model  in  wood  of  a  machine  used  in  the  construction  of  factory  chimneys. 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

48.  Bitterlich,  Carl,  Breslau-on-the-Oder,  Prussia. 

Zinc  model  of  the  council-house  in  Posen. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

49.  Santi,  Clemente,  Montaleino,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  floating  (light)  bricks,  made  without  baking,  from  fossil  flour  found 
on  Castel  del  Piano,  near  Sienna. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

50.  Beckerer,  G.,  Groningen. — Designer. 

Models  of  winding  and  circular  staircases. 

121 


•  ’ 


. 


■ 

•  .  ,  -  - 


. 

* 


- 


■  • 


* 


SECTION  H. 


CLASS  VIII. 


NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE,  ORDNANCE,  ARMOR,  AND  ACCOUTREMENTS. 


The  present  class  includes  two  distinct  series  of  objects;  naval  architecture  and  whatever  relates  to  the  equipment  of  vessels,  and  ordnance  with  arms 
and  means  of  general  military  equipment.  The  first  series  is  illustrated  by  numerous  models  of  vessels,  both  sailing  and  steam  ships,  and  several  yachts  and 
life-boats.  The  general  principles  of  naval  construction  and  of  life-boats  are  discussed  in  an  essay  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  87. 

The  second  series  of  the  class  is  more  completely  represented  than  the  first.  An  interesting  collection  of  ancient  arms  and  complete  suits  of  armor,  sent 
from  the  Tower  of  London,  are  in  striking  contrast  with  the  modern  weapons  near  them.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  have  allowed  the  exhibition 
of  a  large  collection  of  field  ordnance  and  their  equipments,  and  the  small  arms  manufactured  at  the  government  establishments  of  Springfield  and  Harper’s 
Ferry.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  ingenious  and  perfect  series  of  machines  and  tools,  by  which  these  arms  are  made,  could  not  have  been  shown  in 
connection  with  them.  These  machines  exhibit  the  perfection  of  mechanical  contrivance,  and  their  successful  operation  has  recently  been  referred  to  in  the 
British  Parliament  as  an  authoritative  precedent  for  similar  establishments  in  England. 

Beautiful  specimens  of  swords  are  shown  of  American  manufacture,  and  a  large  display  is  made  of  repeating  fire-arms,  an  invention  which  was  first  brought 
into  successful  use  in  this  country.  The  particular  character  of  these  arms  will  sufficiently  appear  from  the  following  catalogue  and  the  notes  appended  to  it. 


1.  Darling,  Edmund  Thomas,  Fort  Jefferson,  Long  Island,  New  York. — Builder. 

Model  of  a  fully  rigged,  fancy  yacht. 

2.  Raymond,  Lewis,  Avenue  D,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  life-boat,  of  galvanized  iron,  fitted  with  side  and  end  air-chambers,  and 

self-acting  bailing-valves. 

3.  Underhill,  Robert,  East  Broadway,  New  York. — Shipbuilder. 

Model  of  a  ship’s  hull. 

4.  Francis’  Metallic  Life-boat  Company,  Office,  10  Broadway,  New  York. 

Man-of-war  cutter,  31  feet  long,  made  entirely  of  copper,  and  furnished  with  air- 

chambers,  which  constitute  it  a  life-boat. 

5.  Grans,  Jens,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Designer  and  Maker. 

Two  models  of  clipper  ships. 

6.  Coply,  Frederick  S.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  yacht,  with  a  double  keel.  Illustrated  on  page  89  of  the  Record. 

7.  Fellows,  George  W.,  New  York. — Engineer. 

Model  of  a  patent  method  of  ship-building. 

8.  Brooks,  Thomas,  Portsmouth,  Virginia. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  ship. 

9.  Fannin,  L.,  New  York. — Designer  and  Builder. 

Model  of  a  yacht-rigged  cutter. 

10.  Bartlett,  — ,  Green  Point,  New  York. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  sloop-of-war  of  twenty-two  guns. 


11,  Lillie,  William  A,  New  York. — Shipbuilder. 

Model  of  a  clipper  ship,  constructed  to  exhibit  the  diagonals. 


12.  Westervelt,  Daniel  D.,  New  York. — Shipbuilder. 

Skeleton  model  of  a  clipper  ship,  showing  the  arrangement  of  beams,  timbers,  Ac. 
Model  of  pilot-boat  “  Enchantress.” 


14.  Crolius,  William,  New  York. — Designer  and  Maker. 

Model  for  a  clipper  corvette,  or  first-class  sloop-of-war,  of  216  feet  in  length  be¬ 
tween  perpendiculars,  46  feet  beam,  26  feet  depth  of  hold,  to  carry  22  8-inch  Paixhan 
gun,  to  throw  68  lb.  shot,  and  2  10-inch,  one  forward  the  other  abaft,  to  throw  134 
lb.  shot 

15.  Weed,  EL  A,  Brooklyn,  New  York. 

Working  model  of  a  steamboat 

16.  Dekke,  A,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Designer  and  Maker. 

Model  of  a  clipper  ship. 

17.  Christian,  S.  S. — Designer. 

Models  of  a  steamboat  and  a  pilot-boat 

18.  Davidson,  D.,  New  York. — Designer. 

Half-model  of  a  proposed  steamer. 

19.  Whitlock,  Nichols  A  Co.,  New  York 
Model  of  a  steamboat. 


20.  Smith  A  Dimon,  New  York. — Shipbuilders. 

Half-models  of  steamships  “Illinois”  and  “Georgia.”  See  page  89  of  the  Record. 

21.  Keppel,  Charles,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  steamboat,  proposed  by  the  designer  to  make  the  voyage  to  Liverpool 
in  thirty-six  hours. 

22.  Smith,  John,  New  York. — Designer. 

Model  of  ship  “  lone”  at  sea. 

23.  Wright,  George,  New  York. — Designer. 

Model  of  ship  “Josephine.” 

24.  Grotecloss,  J.  H.,  New  York. — Designer. 

Half-model  of  a  steamship,  with  a  side-screw  propeller  with  light  blades.  The 
propeller  is  nearly  three  times  its  diameter  in  length. 

25.  Collyer  A  RqpcRS,  Nineteenth  St.,  New  York. — Shipbuilders. 

Model  of  the  steamship  “  Black  W arrior.” 

123 


» 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  VIII. 


27.  Harding,  W.  R.,  New  York— Proprietor. 

Thompson’s  nautical  life-bucket  and  stool.  It  is  a  double-cylinder,  or  bucket,  with 
the  intervening  space  filled  with  cork. 

28.  Ingersoia,  Charles  L,  New  York — Manufacturer. 

Clincker-built  row-boat,  of  cedar  and  oak,  varnished  and  copper-fastened. 

29.  Kentish,  William  A,  New  York — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Patent  safety-anchors,  single  and  double.  The  stocks  of  these  anchors  have  a  semi¬ 
rotary  motion,  and  are  furnished  with  palms,  which  assist  those  on  the  flukes  in  holding. 

30.  Perley,  Charles,  New  York — Manufacturer. 

Ship-ventilators,  windlass,  and  capstan. 

31.  Young  &  Stiles,  New  York. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

Improved  capstan.  [Patent  applied  for.] 

32.  Page,  Ezekiel,  Erie  County,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Boat-oars  and  sweeps,  manufactured  by  machinery  from  the  log. 

33.  Simpson,  C.  B.,  New  York — Manufacturer. 

Brass-wheel  blocks,  shears,  eye-bolts,  butts,  ship-hinges  and  hasps,  and  all  kinds  of 
brass  hardware  for  naval  purposes. 

34.  Tucker,  James,  Washington  City,  District  of  Columbia. — Inventor. 

Grapnel,  with  a  hinge  on  the  shank. 

35.  Merrill,  Robert,  New  York — Manufacturer. 

Ship’s  binnacle,  in  rosewood,  and  ship-compasses,  with  illuminated  dials. 


36.  Cooke,  Benjamin  F.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Model,  exhibiting  a  new  method  of  caulking  vessels,  with  India-rubber  or  other 
elastic  substances.  It  is  essential  that  the  seams  of  ships  should  be  filled  with  some 
elastic  substance,  which  will  accommodate  itself  to  the  working  of  the  joints ;  and  for 
this  end,  the  tarred  oakum,  which  has  usually  been  used  with  pitch  for  the  purpose,  is 
proposed  to  be  superseded  by  the  more  elastic  India-rubber. 


36a.  Bonnell,  John  P.,  New  York — Manufacturer. 

Patent  ship’s  blocks. 

37.  Edson,  Nathaniel  F.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Proprietor. 

Model  of  a  steering-wheel  for  ships,  with  which  the  helmsman  cannot  be  thrown 
by  a  sea  striking  the  rudder. 

38.  Griffin,  Daniel,  47  Dey  St.,  New  York — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  steamboat-wheel. 


39.  Robinson,  Warren,  31  Bradley  St.,  New  Haven,  Conn. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Patent  ship-ventilators. 


40.  Maull,  James,  Delaware  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee. 

Patent  horizontal  topsail,  and  patent  seam-canvas  for  sails,  and  models  for  main 
and  top-gallant  6ails.  The  canvas  of  these  sails  is  sewed  with  horizontal  seams,  and 
strengthened  by  diagonal  strips. 


41.  Emerson,  Frederick,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Patent  corresponding  ship-ventilators,  and  model  to  show  their  operation.  These 
ventilators  are  in  pairs;  of  which  one  deflects  a  current  of  air  down  the  pipe  to  the 
interior  of  the  vessel,  and  the  action  of  the  other  promotes  the  current  up,  and  out 
from  its  pipe.  Frustums  of  cones  are  the  deflecting  planes  used  in  both.  The  annexed 
engravings  show  clearly  the  construction  of  the  ventilators,  and  how  they  are  applied 
to  a  vessel. 


Section  of  a  Ventilated  Ship. 


42.  Walker  &  Son,  Robert  S.,  New- York— Manufacturers. 

American,  British,  and  French  national  flags. 

43.  Reed,  Caleb,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Patentee. 

Patent  ship-steerer. 

44.  Burr,  Waterman  &  Co.,  New  York — Manufacturers. 

Waterman  &  Russell’s  patent  ship’s  blocks. 

45.  Corbierre  &  Tucker,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Life-preservers. 

46.  Hobbs,  John  W.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Capstan  for  ships  and  steamboats. 

47.  Tewksbury,  G.  P.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Life-preserving  stools. 


48.  Derby  &  Co.,  F.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Full-dress  uniforms  of  the  commissioned  officers  of  the  United  States  Army  an 
havy,  made  from  blue  cloth  manufactured  by  Slater  <fc  Sons,  of  Webster,  Mass. 


[In  1851,  an  order  was  issued  by  command  of  Major  General  Scott,  establishing 
the  uniform  of  the  United  States  Army  as  it  now  exists.  The  old  uniform,  established 
under  General  Macomb,  had  been  found  in  the  war  with  Mexico  to  be  open  to  grave 
objections.  The  fundamental  idea  of  a  full  dress,  distinct  from  the  undress,  was  much 
objected  to,  as  involving  two  outfits  where  one  should  be  made  to  suffice.  The  large 
cap,  the  complication  and  constraint  of  the  full-dress  uniform,  prevented  its  being 


worn  to  any  great  extent  during  campaigns,  and  led  to  the  almost  exclusive  use  of  the 
undress  in  various  composite  forms.  On  the  score  of  its  parade  appearance,  the  old 
full  dress  was  generally  well  liked,  but  the  practical  objection  was  so  strongly  felt  in 
field  operations  that,  shortly  after  the  close  of  the  Mexican  war,  a  revision  of  the 
uniform  was  directed.  A  first  essay  was  promulgated  through  the  Army,  in  a  partially 
experimental  manner,  but  it  gave  so  little  satisfaction  that  it  was  soon  abandoned  and 
revoked.  A  board  of  officers  was  next  convened  in  Washington  to  prepare  a  revised 
uniform,  and,  after  remaining  for  some  time  in  session,  the  uniform  mainly  as  it  now 
stands  was  reported.  The  system  and  details  were  to  some  extent  modified  in  the  War 
Department,  and  then  the  order  above  referred  to  was  promulgated,  positively  requiring 
the  new  uniform,  and  prohibiting  the  old  after  January  1st,  1852  (extended  till  January 
4th,  1852).  It  could  not  fail  to  be  a  matter  of  deep  regret  to  lose  all  the  service  asso¬ 
ciations  which  clung  to  the  old  uniform,  but  on  the  whole  the  change  has  been  welcome. 
The  cap  has  been  most  disliked.  It  was,  too,  a  ground  of  just  complaint  that  such 
radical  changes  made  in  the  uniform  were  ordered  at  the  expense  of  the  officers ;  no 
provision  having  been  made  for  compensating  the  cost  incident  to  such  a  change, 
involving  an  entire  new  outfit,  and  a  sacrifice  of  the  uniform  wardrobe.  In  other 
services  such  provision  is  made.  United  States  naval  officers  have  been  recently  still 
more  seriously  victims  of  a  change  in  uniform,  theirs  being  from  a  less  to  a  more  costly 
and  elaborate  full  dress. 

The  new  uniform  is  based  on  the  principle  that  the  undress  shall  be  convertible 
into  the  full  dress  by  the  simple  addition  of  epaulettes,  pompon,  sword,  belt,  sash,  die., 
so  that  the  full  dress  shall  embrace  the  entire  set  of  uniform  articles.  The  frock  coat 
of  dark  blue  cloth,  single-breasted  for  captains,  lieutenants,  and  enlisted  men,  and 
double-breasted  for  the  higher  grades ;  the  cloth  trowsers  throughout  the  year  for  all 


NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE,  ORDNANCE,  ARMOR,  AND  ACCOUTREMENTS. 


officers  and  enlisted  men,  of  light  or  sky  blue  for  regimental  officers  and  enlisted  men, 
and  dark  blue  for  all  other  officers ;  the  dark  blue  cloth  cap,  d  la  chasseur,  with  cover, 
and  arranged  to  receive  a  pompon ;  the  distinctive  buttons  of  different  corps  and  arms ; 
the  buff  silk  sash  for  general  officers,  the  emerald  green  for  medical  officers,  and  the 
crimson  silk  net  for  all  other  officers ;  the  distinctive  swords,  epaulettes  and  shoulder 
straps,  and  the  dark  blue  cloak-overcoat,  marked  by  distinctive  braids  and  knots; 
these  are  the  main  features  of  the  new  uniform. 

It  is  very  certain  that  matters  of  uniform  are  of  less  radical  importance  in  this 
country  than  in  Europe,  where  such  multitudes  spend  their  lives  in  military  dress,  and 
it  is  devoutly  to  be  hoped  that  their  importance  may  long  be  limited  to  a  few.  The 
uniforms  of  militia  officers  and  men,  being  generally  designed  for  show  more  than  for 
service,  fall  rather  into  the  domain  of  taste  than  practical  considerations.  It  is  unfor¬ 
tunate  that  a  perverse  taste  has  made  so  many  of  them  flashy  and  utterly  absurd  for 
all  save  gala-day  displays.] 


56.  Whitney,  Eli,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

New  model  of  an  United  States  percussion  rifle,  new  breech-loading  fire-arms,  and 
patent  revolvers. 


57.  Goldmark,  Joseph,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Percussion  caps. 

[In  1819  Mr.  Forsyth  proposed  to  replace  the  ordinary  match  locks  and  flint  locks 
with  detonating  powder,  placed  in  a  small  magazine  attached  to  the  lock.  Copper 
caps  charged  with  a  fulminating  powder,  composed  of  mercury,  nitric  acid,  and 
alcohol,  are  now  universally  used.] 


58.  Capewell,  Joseph  T.,  Woodbury,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Shot  belts  and  shot  pouches. 


49.  Thornton,  Grimsby  <fc  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturers. 

Complete  military  equestrian  equipments  for  major-general  and  colonel  of  the 
U.  S.  Army. 

50.  Allen  &  Thurbee,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Variety  of  fire-arms. 

51.  Colt,  Samuel,  Hartforii,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  revolving  fire-arms. 

52.  Kridee,  John,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Guns,  rifles,  and  pistols. 

53.  Sollace,  Ronald  D.,  New  York. — Agent. 

Anti-corrosive  percussion-caps  (United  States  Government  style),  for  muskets  and 

pistols. 

54.  Marston  Ftre-arms  Manufacturing  Company,  Office,  205  Broadway,  New  York. 
Breech-loading  and  self-cleaning  rifles,  shot  guns  and  pistols,  self-cocking  rifles  and 

pistols,  and  prepared  cartridges. 

55.  Foster  <fc  Co.,  George  P.,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Cast  steel,  patent  muzzle,  target  rifle ;  iron-breeched  sporting  rifle,  needle  rifle,  and 
needle  carbine. 


59.  Horstmann  <k  Sons,  Wm.  H.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 
Military  goods,  passementerie,  <tc. 


60.  Uigley,  W.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Corcoran’s  repeating  rifle  and  pistol. 


61.  Sharp,  C.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  primer,  attached  to  a  shot  gun. 

1 

62.  Tracy  <k  Brand,  Norwich,  Connecticut. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

Improved  percussion-lock  whaling  gun,  and  patent  bomb  lance,  for  killing  whales. 


63.  Columbian  Iron  Works,  Brooklyn,  New  York. 
Cook’s  patent  repeating  fire-arms. 


64.  Wolfe,  Gillespie  &  Co.,  New  York. 
Rifle  in  a  case. 


65.  Porter,  P.  W.,  Memphis,  Tennessee. — Inventor. 

New  revolving  guns  and  pistols.  Illustrated  on  page  49  of  the  Record. 


Mechanism  of  Porter’s  Rifles. 


66.  Foster,  William,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  powder  flasks. 


67.  Matthewman,  John,  New  Haven,  Connecticut- 
Copper  powder  flasks. 


-Manufacturer. 


68.  Ames  Manufacturing  Company,  Chicopee,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

A  complete  suite  of  United  States  Army  and  Navy  regulation  swords,  comprising: 
United  States  Field  .  .  .  Officers’  sword. 

“  “  Line 

u  “  Dragoon 

«  “  Staff 

"  “  Marine 

“  “  Non-Commissioned 

“  “  Revenue 

“  “  Medical  staff 

11  “  Paymasters’  “ 

“  “  Cadets’  “ 

"  “  Engineers’  “ 

“  “  Topog.  Engineers’  “ 

••  “  Horse  Artillery  officers’  “ 

“  “  “  “  privates’ " 

“  “  Navy  Boarding  “ 

“  “  Artillery  “ 

**  “  Musicians’  “ 

Collection  of  rich  gold  and  silver  mounted  fancy  swords.  > 

Sword  presented  to  Colonel  Sylvanus  Thayer,  U.  8.  A.  Engineers,  formerly  super* 

L- 


intendent  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  West  Point,  by  his  first  class  of  graduates. 
Sword  presented  by  South  Carolina  to  Colonel  Benjamin  Huger,  Chief  of  Ordnance 

of  General  Scott’s  Army  in  Mexico.  .  ,  n _ ,  • 

Sword  presented  bv  South  Carolina  in  memory  of  the  gallant  conduct  of  Captain 

James  Stewart,  Mounted  Riflemen,  U.  S.  A.  ,  ,  ™.  ,,  ,  r 

Sword,  mounted  in  gold  and  precious  stones,  presented  to  General  \V  orth,  by  L 

erress,  at  the  close  of  the  Mexican  war.  .  ,  , 

Patent  revolving  pistols  and  sporting  guns,  with  Maynard  s  self-primer  attached. 
For  engravings  of  these  pistols,  see  Illustrated  Record,  page  63. 

69.  Ames,  James  T.,  Chicopee ,  Massachusetts. 

Collection  of  arms  belonging  to  the  United  States  Government,  and  exhibited  by 

PerDCaSrriages  and  implements  manufactured  at  the  United  States  Arsenal,  Waterveliet, 

West  Troy,  New  York.  . 

One  six-pounder  field  gun  carriage,  complete. 

«  «  “  Caisson  “ 

One  mountain  howitzer  carriage 
One  traveling  forge  A 
One  battery  wagon  C 

Implements  and  Ammunition  for  Six-pounder  Carriage. 


1  water  bucket,  leather. 

1  tar  “  “ 

1  sponge  “  iron. 

2  handspikes,  trail. 

1  Lanyard’s  friction -primer. 
1  lint-stock. 

1  priming-wire. 


2  6-pdr.  sponge-covers. 

1  “  tangent-seale. 

2  thumb-stalls. 

2  tape-pouches;  1  vent-puneb. 
85  6-pdr.  shot,  fixed. 

10  “  cannisters 14 

10  fuses,  paper. 


125 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  VIII. 


20  priming  tubes. 

40  friction  “ 

1  cannon-lock. 

]  lock-cover. 

1  fuse  plug-rammer. 

1  gunners’  gimlet. 

2  “  haversacks. 

1  “  pincers. 

1  prolonge. 


2  6-pdr.  sponges  and  rammers. 

1  tarpaulin,  12  X  15  ft. 

1  tow -hook. 

1  6-pdr.  worm  and  staff. 

5  “  spherical  case-shot,  fixed. 

2  “  cartridges  (1£). 

60  percussion-primers. 

6  yds.  slow-match. 

4  port-fires. 


Implements  and  Ammunition  for  Caisson. 


1  water  bucket,  leather. 
1  tar  “  iron. 

1  handspike,  trail. 

1  shovel,  Caisson. 

2  tow-hooks. 

105  6-pdr.  shot,  fixed. 

15  “  case-shot,  44 

80  44  canisters,  44 

6  44  cartridges. 

80  fuses,  paper,  assorted. 


1  tarpaulin,  12  X  15  ft. 
1  pole,  spare. 

1  wheel,  44 
1  axe,  felling. 

1  44  pick. 

180  percussion-primers. 
60  priming-tubes. 

120  friction  44 
IS  yds.  slow-match, 

12  port-fires. 


1  gauge,  carpenters’ 

1  grindstone,  small  and  crank. 

2  hatchets,  claw. 

1  hammer,  44 

1  44  saddlers1. 

2  hooks,  bill. 

3  jacks,  screw. 

2  saws,  hand. 

1  44  frame. 

1  44  tenon. 

1  saw-set. 


6  spades. 

4  scythes,  grass. 

4  44  sheaths. 

4  44  stones. 

4  sickles. 

1  stone,  oil. 

1  4k  sand. 

3  shears,  laboratory. 
1  screw -driver. 

1  vice-table. 

1  wren  ch -screw. 


t 


Arms  manufactured  at  the  United  States  Armory,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. 

2  cases,  containing  30  U.  S.  muskets,  and  improvements  of  1853. 

1  44  44  10  “  cadet  muskets  and  improvements. 

1  44  44  10  44  artillery  musketoons. 

1  44  44  10  44  cavalry  44 

1  44  44  10  44  sappers’  44 

1  44  containing  samples  of  U.  S.  muskets,  showing  the  alterations  and  improve¬ 

ments  for  a  series  of  years. 


Implements  and  Ammunition  for  Mountain  Howitzer  Carriage . 


1  fuse  plug-rammer. 

1  gunners'  gimlet. 

1  “  haversack. 

1  44  pincers. 

2  Lanyard  8  friction-primer. 

1  linstock. 

1  priming- wire. 

4  12-pdr.  howitzer-shells,  fixed. 

10  “  spherical  case-shot. 

10  priming-tubes. 

20  friction  44 

1  pack-saddle  and  harness  complete. 


1  sponge-cover. 

1  tarpaulin,  10  X  6. 

1  sponge  and  rammer. 

2  tube-pouches. 

1  vent-cover. 

1  handspike. 

2  ammunition-chests. 

2  12-pdr.  howitzer  canisters,  fixed. 
2S  fuses,  paper,  assorted. 

2  port-fires. 

4  yds.  slow-match. 


Tools  and  Stores  for  Forge  A . 


1  tar  bucket,  iron. 

1  water  44  wood. 

1  water  44  leather. 

5  kegs  for  ammunition-chests, 

62  links,  cold-short  S.  No.  3,  50;  No.  5, 12. 

2  lbs.  nails,  Nos.  1  and  2. 

4  nave-bands. 

44  nuts,  assorted. 

20  fire-bolts. 

2  fire-bands. 

8  washers’  linch. 

44  “  bolt,  assorted. 

2  ft.  chain-coil.  Nos.  1  and  2. 

12  files,  assorted. 

300  lbs.  horses’  shoes. 

200  4‘  iron  bar. 

1  lock  (pad). 

50  lbs.  nails,  horse-shoe. 

2  rasps,  horse-shoeing. 

1  gross  screws,  wood. 

5  lbs.  steel,  blister. 

5  44  “  cast. 

1  anvil. 

2  aprons,  smiths’. 

1  buttress. 

6  boxes  B.  W.  stores. 

1  44  shoeing. 

1  callipers. 

2  chisels,  cold. 

2  44  44  hand. 

2  44  cutting  hot  iron. 

1  crease.r,  smiths’. 

4  dies,  pairs. 


1  die,  stock. 

1  fuller. 

1  tarpaulin,  10  X  15  ft. 
12  linch-pins. 

1  hammer,  hand. 

1  44  riveting. 

1  44  nailing. 

1  44  shoeing. 

1  hardie. 

1  iron,  clenching. 

1  knife,  toe. 

1  44  shoeing. 

1  nail,  claw. 

1  44  set. 

4  punches. 

1  pincers. 

1  poker. 

1  pritehell. 

1  shovel,  smiths1. 

1  44  coal. 

1  square,  iron. 

1  stone,  oil. 

1  sledge. 

1  screw -driver. 

4  taps,  assorted. 

1  tin  can. 

3  tongs,  smiths’. 

1  vice,  hand. 

1  wrench,  screw. 

1  44  tap. 

£  gall,  oil,  sperm. 

1  broom,  split, 
y  ton  coal,  bituminous. 


Tools  and  Stores  for  Battery  Wagon  C. 


1  tar  bucket,  iron. 

1  water  *•  leather. 

6  cannon,  spikes. 

1  gunners'  callipers. 

1  44  gimlet,  field. 

12  nose -bags. 

16  whips. 

4  lanterns,  common. 

50  yds.  slow-match. 

1  elevating  screw. 

1  pole  yoke. 

1  stock  battery -wagon. 

4  6-pdr.  rammer-heads. 

4  44  sponge  44 

6  bridles,  artillery  harness. 
6  collars,  44 

12  chains,  halter  harness. 

16  girths,  44 

6  halters’  44 

25  hame-straps,  44 

20  traces,  leather  44 

5  lbs  thread,  shoe. 

2  44  linen  (patent). 

£  gross  buckles,  black. 

14  files,  assorted. 

2  locks  (pad). 

20  lbs.  nails,  cut. 

8  lanterns,  dark. 


Lanyard’s  friction -tubes. 

3  priming- wires,  field. 

1  prolonge,  44 

16  6-pdr.  sponges. 

3  44  sponge-covers. 

3  44  sponge  and  rammers. 

2  tarpaulins,  5X5. 

1  “  12  X  15. 

1  rasp,  wood. 

6}  lbs.  sash -cords, 

3  M  tacks,  iron. 

2  lbs.  beeswax. 

50  lbs.  tallow. 

24  fellies. 

40  spokes. 

3  lbs.  black- wax. 
k  lb.  bristles. 

2  sides  leather,  bridle. 

1U  lbs.  44  harness. 

1  gall,  oil,  linseed. 
k  “  44  sperm. 

4  44  44  neat’s-foot. 

50  lbs.  paint,  mixed  olive. 

5  44  44  44  black. 

1  gall,  spirits  turpentine. 

2  kegs  packing. 

5  lbs.  candles,  sperm. 


3  axes,  felling. 

1  44  picks. 

1  44  Droad. 

1  44  hand. 

1  adze,  carpenters’. 

3  augers,  screw. 

8  aiuzer-handles. 

11  awl  44 
1  awl.  scratch. 

1  44  brad. 

11  44  saddlers’. 

1  44  strap. 

1  brace. 

14  bits,  assorted. 

11  brushes,  paint. 

8  boxes  B.  W.  stores. 

8  knives,  shoe. 

1  44  saddlers',  £  round. 

1  line-chalk. 

1  mallet. 


Tools  for  Battery  Wagon  C. 

100  needles,  assorted. 

2  punches,  saddlers’. 

2  pincers. 

1  plyers. 

2  planes,  bench. 

2  44  irons. 

2  rules,  carpenters’. 

1  square,  trying. 

1  spoke-shave. 

8  tin  cans. 

4  thimbles. 

1  compasses,  pair. 

2  chisels,  farriers'. 

2  44  framing. 

1  creaser,  saddlers'. 

1  clam,  saddlers’. 

1  claw-tool. 

24  corn -sacks. 

12  gimlets. 

2  gauges,  carpenters’. 

126 


Arms  manufactured  at  the  United  States  Armory,  Harper's  Ferry . 

One  case,  containing  10  U.  S.  rifles. 

Arms  manufactured  at  Middletown,  Connecticut . 

One  case,  containing  40  dragoon-pistols. 

Cannon  manufactured  for  the  United  States  Government,  by  Ames  Manufacturing 
Company,  Chicopee,  Massachusetts. 

2  6-pdr.  bronze  cannon,  weighing  each  884  pounds. 

2  24-pdr.  44  44  44  “  1764  44 

2  12-pdr.  44  howitzer-,  44  4  4  7  8  7  44 

2  32-pdr.  44  44  44  44  1925  44 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

70.  Her  Majesty’s  Board  of  Ordnance. 

Collection  of  arms  and  armor  from  the  Tower  of  London,  comprising: 

Suit  of  armor  of  the  time  of  Henry  VIII.  (1530),  with  effigy  complete. 

Suit  of  armor  of  the  time  of  Queen  Elizabeth  (1590),  with  effigy  complete. 

Suit  of  armor  of  the  time  of  Elizabeth  (1595),  with  effigy  complete. 

Suit  of  armor  for  a  cavalier  of  the  time  of  Charles  I.  (1630),  with  effigy  complete. 

Suit  of  armor  for  a  pikeman  of  the  time  of  Charles  II.  (1665),  with  effigy  complete. 

Miscellaneous  collection  of  ancient  and  modern  arms,  armor,  engines,  and  imple¬ 
ments  of  war  of  various  descriptions. 

[Arms  serve  for  attack  and  parrying,  armor  solely  for  defense.  In  the  fifteenth 
century,  before  the  effective  service  of  fire-arms  was  introduced,  the  following  arms 
were  in  general  use : — 

For  cavalry ;  the  lance,  the  straight-sword,  the  dagger,  the  bow  and  arrow,  the  i 
cross-bow,  the  mall,  and  the  arzegi. 

For  infantry ;  the  straight-sword,  the  spear  or  pike-staff,  the  battle-axe,  the  pike, 
the  halberd,  the  partisan,  the  bow  and  arrow,  and  the  cross-bow. 

The  defensive  armor  was : 

For  cavalry;  the  helmet  or  head-piece,  the  cuirass,  the  coat-of-mail,  the  coat-of- 
arms  or  tunic  which  covered  the  former,  the  corslet  or  light  cuirass  of  wrought  iron. 

For  infantry;  the  capellina  or  iron  helmet,  the  mail-jacket,  fitting  close  to  the 
body,  the  basket-shield,  and  sometimes  the  complete  corslet. 

In  1256,  Roger  Bacon  experimented  on  gunpowder,  and  about  1330,  small  cannon 
were  first  constructed,  so  as  to  be  worked  by  hand.  These  grew  in  time  into  heavy 
artillery.  About  1520,  the  arquebuss  was  extensively  introduced,  and  after  1567  the 
match-lock  became  a  common  arm.  In  1630,  the  flint-lock  was  invented,  and  the 
musket  became  essentially  complete.  The  wooden-handled  bayonet  was  added  in 
1671,  and  the  socket-bayonet  in  1699.  Before  these  slowly  improving  fire-arms, 
defensive  armor  became  gradually  powerless  for  protection,  and  was  by  degrees 
abandoned,  until  now  only  the  helmet  and  cuirass  for  dragoons,  and  tlie  same  made 
musket-proof  for  sappers  and  miners,  are  retained,  and  these  not  universally.  The 
changes  which  have  been  effected  in  offensive  arms,  aside  from  fire-arms,  are  very 
marked,  the  present  swords,  Ac.,  being  in  sundry  respects  characteristic  of  the  time. 

Ho  possible  collection  could  belong  more  totally  to  past  ages  than  the  exhibited  British 
arms  and  armor,  nor  has  any  modern  discovery  wrought  a  more  complete  and  extensive 
revolution  in  a  branch  of  fabrication  than  the  discovery  of  gunpowder  has  effected  in 
the  manufacture  of  arms  and  armor.  To  the  American  public  such  an  exhibition  is 
peculiarly  instructive,  and  grateful  acknowledgments  are  due  to  the  Board  of  Ordnance 
for  these  unique  contributions  from  the  Tower  of  London.] 

The  Ordnance-map  of  England  and  Wales,  on  the  scale  of  one  inch  to  the  mile, 
in  its  present  state  of  progress  consists  of  90  sheets,  double-elephant  size,  mounted  on  ^ 
linen,  and  forming  a  connected  map  28  J  feet  by  23  feet  5  inches. 

Ordnance-map  of  the  City  of  Liverpool,  on  the  scale  of  five  feet  to  a  mile,  mounted 
on  linen,  and  forming  a  map  of  26  by  15  feet. 

Ordnance-map  of  Dublin. 

Ordnance-map  of  Wigtonshire. 

Ordnanee-map  of  Lancashire,  on  the  scale  of  six  inches  to  a  mile,  mounted  on  linen, 
and  forming  a  map  40  feet  by  27  feet.  The  survey  was  commenced  in  1841,  and  the 
engraving  of  the  112  sheets,  of  which  it  is  composed,  has  just  been  completed.  The 
physical  relief  and  features  of  the  ground  are  exhibited  by  a  series  of  contour  lines,  or 
lines  of  equal  altitude,  at  every  25  feet  of  vertical  distance  apart.  A  very  large  pro¬ 
portion  of  the  ornamental  work,  and  the  whole  of  the  altitude  figures,  are  engraved  , 


NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE,  ORDNANCE,  ARMOR,  AND  ACCOUTREMENTS. 


on  the  copper  plates  by  the  aid  of  stamps;  and  the  tinting,  or  shading,  is  performed 
by  steam-machinery,  recently  introduced. 

[The  exhibited  maps  of  the  ordnance  surveys  of  England,  Wales,  and  Ireland,  are 
among  the  finest  products  of  that  extensive  series  of  surveying  operations  which  has 
long  been  progressing  under  the  Ordnance  Department  of  the  British  Army.  The 
Irish  map  was  undertaken  as  a  basis  for  town-land  valuations,  and  has  been  executed 
and  engraved  in  the  scale  of  six  inches  to  the  mile,  the  engraving  being  done  in  Dublin. 
A  reduction  of  this  to  the  scale  of  one  inch  to  the  mile  is  strongly  demanded,  and  will 
doubtless  soon  be  undertaken.  The  survey  of  England  and  Wales  was  made  and 
engraved  on  the  one-inch  scale,  except  the  six  northern  counties,  which  have  been 
surveyed,  and  are  being  engraved  on  the  six-inch  scale.  By  engraving  a  reduction  of 
these  to  the  one-inch  scale,  the  elaborate  topographical  map  now  exhibited  will  be 
completed,  thus  presenting  one  of  the  most  perfect  pictures  of  a  whole  country  which 
has  ever  been  executed.  The  six-inch  survey  will  probably  be  extended  over  the  entire 
United  Kingdom,  accompanied  with  contour  lines.  This  will  make  up  far  the  most 
sumptuous  and  extensive  surveying  operation  ever  yet  undertaken.  The  whole  organi¬ 
zation  for  this  great  work  is  under  the  central  direction  of  a  director  whose  head¬ 
quarters  are  at  Southampton,  England,  and  it  is  at  this  office  that  the  work  of  computing, 
drawing,  engraving,  and  electrotyping,  is  now  consolidated.  The  execution  of  this 
costly  survey  was  strongly  demanded  by  the  leading  interests  of  Great  Britain,  and 
it  is  highly  gratifying  that  such  uninterrupted  progress  has  marked  its  history.  Its 
present  direction  bears  evident  marks  of  that  union  of  liberal  administrative  policy 
with  a  scientific  study  of  methods  which  alone  is  appropriate  in  a  work  of  so  national 
and  peculiar  a  character.] 

71.  Denham,  Edmund,  London. — Inventor. 

Iron  life-boat,  with  buoyant,  expanding  fenders. 

72.  Dunn,  Joseph,  New  Durham. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  self-acting,  ship  alarm-whistle. 

73.  Hawker,  Col;  Peter,  Long  Parish  House,  Hants. — Inventor. 

Model  of  an  apparatus  for  improved  ignition  of  cannon-powder. 

74.  Fyfe,  Samuel  Holborn,  Glasgow. — Exhibitor. 

Model  of  a  British  frigate,  made  by  Robert  Urie,  painter. 


75.  Gilby,  John,  Beverly,  Yorkshire. — Inventor. 

Rifle  to  charge  at  the  breech. 

76.  Walker,  Richard,  Birmingham. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

A  ease  of  percussion-caps,  not  loaded. 

77.  Eley,  William  &  Charles,  Golden  Square,  London. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Sporting-ammunition,  comprising  wire-cartridges  to  use  for  long  distances,  percus¬ 
sion-caps  impervious  to  water,  bulleted  breech-caps,  metallic  cartridges,  concaved  felt¬ 
wadding,  &c.  _ _ 

78.  Thompson,  John,  Kent. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  patent  slip  at  the  Royal  Navy  Yard,  Harwich;  and  a  model  of  Her 
Majesty’s  ship  “Mars,”  of  80  guns. 

79.  Walker  <fc  Co.,  S.,  Birmingham. — Manufacturers. 

Percussion-caps. 

80.  Manton  <t  Son,  I.,  Piccadilly,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Two  double-guns. 

81.  Richards,  Westley,  New  Bond  St.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Guns,  pistols,  and  powder-flasks. 

BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

82.  Hudson’s  Bay  Comtany.— Proprietors. 

Y oyageurs’  bark-canoe. 


84a.  Rebanet,  Montillier,  St.  Etienne,  Loire. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  damask  double-barrels,  for  hunting. 

85b.  Prelat,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Pair  of  pistols. 

86.  Faulon,  A,  6  Cite  Odiot,  Paris. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  steamboat.  See  p.  of  the  Record. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

87.  Tanner  &  Son,  C.  D.,  Hanover,  North  Germany. — Manufacturers 
Pistols,  double-barreled  gun  and  rifle,  in  cases. 

88.  Sauer,  F.  J.,  Solingen,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Sabers,  scimitars,  daggers,  <tc. 

89.  Shuerigen,  E.  T.,  Meissen,  Bavaria. — Patentee  and  Manufacture. 
Double-barreled  percussion-gun,  upon  a  new  principle. 

90.  Klemm  &  Foerstner,  Ulm,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 

Hunting  percussion-caps. 

91.  Pistor,  G.  &  W.,  Schmalkalden,  Hesse-Cassel. — Manufacturers. 
Rifle-gun,  with  barrel  of  German  cast-steel. 

92.  Crause,  C.  P.,  Hersberg-in-the-Harz. — Manufacturer. 

Rifles  of  new  style,  and  pistols. 

93.  Funk  &  Sons,  J.  V.,  Suhl,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Rifle-gun,  with  rose-damasked  barrels. 

94.  Dreyse  &  Collenbusch,  Sommerda,  Prussian  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 
Needle-guns  and  water-proof  percussion-caps. 

95.  Eickhorn  (Widow)  &  Son,  Solingen,  Pi-ussia. — Manufacturers. 

Damascined  swords.  _ _ 

96.  Mergenroth,  C.  <fc  A.,  Gcrnerode,  Hanover. — Manufacturers. 

Pair  of  pistols,  in  case. 

97.  Hoestery,  J.  P.,  Barmen,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Percussion-caps. 


AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

98.  Sellier  &  Bellot,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 
Patent  copper  percussion-caps. 

99.  Sciiaschl,  Valentine,  Ferlaeh,  Carinthia. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fire-arms  and  gun-hardware. 

100.  Kiemer,  J.,  Pesth,  Hungary.— Manufacturer. 
Double-barreled  gun  and  a  pair  of  pistols. 

101.  Nowak,  F.,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 
Double-barreled  gun  and  target-pistols. 


SWITZERLAND. 

102.  Schlaepfer,  J.,  Glarus,  Canton  Glarus. — Manufacturer. 
Rifle  and  appurtenances. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

83.  Learney,  Richard,  St.  Johns. — Designer. 

Model  of  a  ship’s  hull. 


FRANCE. 

84.  Hcullier,  Blanchard,  Rue  de  Clery,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Double-barreled  gun,  lined  with  platinum. _ _ 

85,  Coulaux,  Sen.,  &  Co.,  Molsheim  and  Klingenthal,  Bas  Rhin.  Manufacturers. 
Side-arms  and  sabers. 


BELGIUM. 

103.  Petry,  J.  Aug.,  Liege. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  every  description  of  fire-arms,  including  fowling-pieces,  muskets, 
carbines,  pistols,  <fec.  ;  and  sabers  and  military  armament. 

104.  Schepers,  Francois,  Liege. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fire-arms. 

105.  Falisse  &  Trapmann,  Liege. — Manufacturers. 

Rifles,  guns,  pistols,  and  percussion-caps. 

106.  L’Honneux,  J.  P.,  Liege. — Manufacturer; 

Eight  double-barreled  guns. 

127 


J 


•  •  -  •  •  •  •  •  •  .... 


.... 


r 


. 


t 

' 

. 


y 


i  . 

■ 

, 


. 


■ 


!.  j,  si  •' 

«>  ate. 

. ii 

:  ■■■  -  - .  ■. 

*■  ~  ■  . . . -  •  — 


;  ■  -4  it  .  ,r- 


.V*  r  1  ■  J 

.  1.  j. 


. 


■  V- . _  . 


•i  . 


-r  1  '  ■  -  / ' 

i  ... 


.  k  ♦  A1  .’’.I 


..  ■  .  J  '  ;  H 


. 

. 


' 


.  ■-.,0 


- 


•• 


y'WM 


■  ■ 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  IX. 


AGRICULTURAL  AID  HORTICULTURAL  IACHIIES  AID  IMPLEMEITS. 


In  the  American  Department  of  the  Exhibition,  the  present  class  occupied  a  very  large  space,  and  was  justly  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  interesting  divisions,  and 
highly  creditable  to  the  mechanical  genius  of  our  countrymen.  The  periodical  exhibitions  of  agricultural  and  horticultural  implements  and  products,  held  so  generally 
throughout  the  country  during  the  past  few  years,  and  the  liberal  official  and  private  patronage  extended  to  them,  have  caused  improvements  to  be  introduced  with 
unusual  and  gratifying  rapidity.  Many  of  the  machines  and  implements  appear  to  have  reached  the  limits  of  economy,  efficiency,  and  convenience,  and  to  be  susceptible 
of  no  further  improvement.  In  particular,  this  is  true  of  American  plows,  hoes,  and  similar  implements,  and  of  some  of  the  separators  and  machines  of  a  like  kind. 
The  reapers,  which  illustrate  so  well  the  ingenuity  and  fertility  of  invention  of  Americans,  are  fully  represented  in  the  exhibition.  Horse-powers,  another  American 
invention,  are  also  shown  in  a  variety  of  excellent  examples.  Were  it  consistent  with  the  design  of  this  work,  it  would  be  a  pleasing  task  to  cite  and  commend  indi¬ 
vidual  instances  of  merit  in  this  class ;  such  merit  will  not  fail  to  secure  attention  upon  an  examination  of  the  articles  exhibited.  The  collection  of  models  illustrating 
the  fruits  cultivated  in  the  United  States,  and  the  various  insect  depredators  which  prey  upon  them,  is  deserving  of  particular  attention  for  its  novelty  and  importance. 

The  class  is  conveniently  divided  into  several  sections:— Implements  for  sowing,  manuring,  hoeing,  &c. ;  Machines  for  harvesting;  Barn  machinery,  threshers,  &c. ; 
Machinery  for  the  preparation  of  food  for  cattle,  &c. ;  Agricultural  carriages  and  gear;  Machines  and  apparatus  for  drainage  ;  Dairy  implements;  Miscellaneous  farming 
implements ;  Garden-engines  and  tools. 

The  whole  number  of  exhibitors  in  this  class  is  145;  of  these  117  are  from  the  United  States;  3  from  England;  5  from  Canada.  France  sends  but  3;  the 
German  States,  3 ;  Austria,  9,  all  of  whom  exhibit  scythes;  Italy,  2 ;  Belgium,  1 ;  and  the  Netherlands,  2.  From  this  very  unequal  representation  of  foreign  countries, 
no  very  extensive  comparisons  could  be  made  between  their  agricultural  implements  and  our  own.  Such  as  could  be  made,  however,  were  entirely  advantageous  to  the 

American  exhibitors. 


1.  Ruggles,  Nourse,  Mason  &  Co.,  Boston  and  Worcester,  Mass. — Manufacturers. 

A  series  of  Eagle  Plows,  constructed  for  deep  tilling,  according  to  a  scale  of  pro- 
portions  embracing  a  variety  of  sizes  and  patterns  adapted  to  every  kind  of  soil,  lhe 
scale  admits  longer  or  shorter  mould-boards,  with  lateral  straight  or  curved  lines,  pre¬ 


senting  an  equal  bearing  against  the  entire  surface  of  the  furrow-slice,  so  that  the 
flexure  of  the  slices  is  everywhere  even,  and  the  soil  thoroughly  pulverized. 

[Plow  No.  7 7,  here  engraved,  is  the  largest  of  the  series,  cutting  furrow-slices  9  to 
13  inches  deep,  and  15  to  17  wide.  In  stiff  soils,  filled  with  tangled  roots,  it  is  worked 
by  six  oxen  or  horses ;  elsewhere,  by  four. 


'■AA.V 


W.  HOWL  AND 


Plow  No.  77— Ruggles,  Nourse  &  Co. 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  MACHINES  AND  IMPLEMENTS. 


Plow  No.  75  resembles  the  last ;  turns  furrows  7  to  10  inches  deep  by  13  to  15  wide. 
Plow  No.  73}  is  next  in  size;  turns  furrows  5  to  8  inches  deep  by  11  to  14  wide; 
adapted  to  flat  and  lapped  plowing,  by  using  an  inclined  cutter  for  the  first,  and  a 
straight  cutter  for  the  latter  mode. 

Plow  No.  72},  with  long,  narrow,  convex  mould-board,  is  adapted  to  stiff  clay  soils. 
Its  furrows  are  7  by  10  inches,  and  incline  at  an  angle  of  45°,  presenting  the  greatest 
surface  to  the  air,  and  the  most  soil  to  the  harrow. 


Plow  No.  33 — Ruggles,  Nourse  &  Co. 


Plow  No.  71},  designed  for  loose  loams,  turns  furrows  5  to  8  inches  deep  by  11  to 
13  wide,  and  lays  the  slices  flat,  with  closely  matched  edges. 

Plow  No.  83,  a  hill-side  plow,  turns  furrows  5  to  7  inches  deep  by  10  to  12  wide, 
inverting  the  slices  with  precision  on  levels  or  on  hill-sides.  The  mould-board  is  easily 
revolved  from  one  side  the  beam  to  the  other,  making  a  right  or  left-hand  plow  at 
pleasure.'  With  this  plow,  the  furrows  may  be  all  turned  one  way. 


Double  Plow  No.  33,  for  sod  and  subsoil  plowing,  is  represented  by  the  engraving. 
The  forward  mould-board  is  connected  with  the  beam,  and  its  depth  of  furrow  is 
adjusted  as  follows:  A  substantial  iron  flange  is  fastened  to  the  under  side  of  the 
plow-beam,  by  two  bolts  passing  up  through  the  flange  and  the  beam,  and  made  tight 
on  top  by  rivets  and  screws ;  the  flange  has  two  rows  of  slots  to  receive  the  bolts  from 
the  land-side  of  the  forward  plow,  and  the  bolts  make  the  plow  entirely  and  substan¬ 
tially  fast  to  the  flange  when  the  rivets  are  tightened ;  and  by  means  of  the  slots  in  the 
flange  the  forward  plow  is  raised  or  lowered,  and  made  perfectly  secure  at  any  point 
wanted  for  the  regulation  of  its  depth  of  furrow.  The  forward  mould-board  turns  the 
sod-furrow  as  wide  as  the  working  of  the  whole  plow,  and  the  earth  on  top  assuming 
an  arch-like  shape,  is  naturally  opened,  while  the  effort  of  the  rear  mould-board  brings 
up  the  deeper  soil,  completely  covering  and  filling  the  surface,  so  that  the  sod-furrow 
is  liable  in  no  ease  to  be  brought  to  the  surface  by  harrowing  or  other  processes  of 
after-cultivation.  The  surface  of  the  furrow  lies  arching,  the  cohesion  of  the  soil  is 
neutralized,  its  integral  parts  are  disunited,  and  the  plowed  land  lies  light  and  mellow, 
and  almost  as  fine  as  if  harrowed.  Sod  and  Subsoil  Plow  No.  33  will  work  from  6  to 
10  inches  deep,  the  forward  mould-board  turning  the  sod  to  the  depth  of  two,  three,  or 
four  inches. 

Steel  Plow  No.  U.  G.  3  corresponds  in  size  and  form  with  Plow  No.  731,  already 
described.  Its  mould-board,  land-side,  and  share,  are  made  of  steel,  adapting  it  to  the 
working  of  the  rich  sticky  soils  of  the  Western  and  other  States. 

Steel  Plow  No.  X  4  is  extra  high  in  the  standard,  as  it  is  specially  designed  for 
stubble  or  old  land  plowing.  It  has  a  short  mould-board,  is  a  thorough  pulverizer, 
and  a  deep  worker,  carrying  furrow-slices  from  5  to  10  inches  deep,  and  10  to  14  inches 
wide,  and  will  brightly  polish,  and  work  free  and  clear  in  all  soils.  It  is  of  easy 
draught  for  two  horses  or  cattle. 


Plows  Nos.  30,  31,  33,  and  35,  are  of  cast-iron,  designed  for  plowing  stubble  or 
fallow  lands.  These  sizes  afford  a  range  of  work  of  from  four  to  ten  inches  deep, 
turning  under  any  amount  of  stubble,  manure,  or  other  vegetable  matter. 

The  Reversable  Subsoil  Plow  is  a  double-winged  plow,  with  an  inclined  plane  on 
each  side,  and  is  designed  for  loosening  and  pulverizing  the  lower  soil,  without  bringing 
it  to  the  surface.  This  plow  is  the  invention  of  Professor  Mapes.] 


Expanding  and  reversable  tooth  cultivator. 

Improved  horse-hoe,  with  plow-shaped  side  teeth,  which  may  be  changed  to  tur 
the  earth  from  or  towards  the  rows. 

Seed  sowers,  of  various  sizes. 

Batchelder’s  Corn-planter,  made  to  drop  any  number  of  grains,  in  hills  from  tv 
to  four  feet  apart,  as  desired. 

.  Hay  an<*  straw  cutters ;  vegetable  cutter,  with  cast-iron  wheel  containing  plan 
iron  cutters ;  corn-sliellers.  B  r 

Cylindrical  butter- worker.  A  fluted  roller,  18  inches  long,  and  6  inches  in  diamet. 

nP°"  “  ”0,,“a  ^  “  On™  from  tl 

chest1’1'11'"6  f°r  CUMing  “eat  and  8tUfBng  8aUSaSes 5  garden  engine;  horticultural  too 


130 


2.  Hall  &  Speer,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

1.  The  Patent  Hill-side  or  Flat-land  Swivel-beam  and  Double  Mould-board  Cast-iron 
Plow. 

[The  name  of  this  plow  indicates  the  novelty  of  its  construction,  and  its  adaptation 
to  different  circumstances.  It  may  be  used  either  as  a  right  or  left-hand  plow ;  and, 
being  double,  with  two  shares,  cutters,  and  mould-boards,  it  will  enable  farmers  to 
commence  plowing  on  one  side  of  a  field,  and  continue  on  the  same  side,  turning  the 
furrows  all  one  way,  without  a  single  back  or  opon  furrow.] 

2.  The  Patent  Iron  Centre-draught  Two-horse  Plow. 

[This  plow  has  also  wrought-iron  beam  and  handles,  with  cast-iron  mould-board, 
land-side,  and  share.  The  peculiarity  of  this  plow  is  in  the  termination  of  the  rear 
end  of  the  beam  in  a  socket  inside  the  mould-board,  making  the  draught  in  the  centre, 
exactly  at  the  point  of  greatest  resistance.  The  beam  is  adjustable  to  take  more  or 
less  land,  and  to  set  the  plow  so  that  it  may  run  to  a  greater  or  less  depth.  The  handles 
also  are  adjustable  to  suit  the  different  heights  of  the  plowman  or  boy.] 

3.  The  Patent  Iron  Centre-draught  Plow  for  One  Horse  is  constructed  upon  the  same 
principles  as  the  two-horse  plow  above  described. 

3.  Rodermann  &  Ronce,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturers. 

Improved  two-wheel  plow. 

[Calculated  for  broad  and  deep  tillage,  and  arranged  to  perform  its  work  with  the 
greatest  possible  ease.  It  has  a  pair  of  wheels  forward,  to  sustain  the  weight  of  the 
beam  and  facilitate  the  working.  The  wheels  are  separately  adjustable,  being  inde¬ 
pendent  of  each  other,  so  that  they  can  both  run  on  level  ground  or  with  one  in  i 
a  furrow.  The  draft-chain  is  arranged  to  govern  in  a  great  measure  the  depth  of  the 
furrow.  The  share  is  set  very  oblique,  the  mould-board  of  great  turning  capacity,  and 
the  land-side  of  such  great  length  and  surface,  requiring  so  little  power  to  guide  the 
plow,  that  this  is,  with  great  propriety,  called  the  “  Self-Holding  Prairie  Plow."] 


4.  Proseus,  Peter  F.,  Volatie,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

An  improved  plow. 

[The  peculiarity  of  this  plow  is  an  arrangement  by  which  it  is  claimed  that  it  will 
run  with  greater  freedom  and  more  nearly  level  than  other  plows.  The  improvement 
consists  of  a  moveable  roller  underneath  the  mould-board. 

It  will  plow  a  furrow  from  5  to  11  inches  in  depth,  and  from  11  to  16  inches  in  width.] 

5.  Tobey  &  Anderson,  Peoria,  Illinois. — Manufacturers. 

Steel  plows,  with  the  share  set  at  an  acute  angle,  adapted  to  work  easily  in  fibrous  soils.  | 

6.  Miller,  George  C.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Steel  mould-board  plows. 

7.  Garrett  A  Cottman,  Cincinnati, — Manufacturers. 

Steel  mould-board  plows. 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  IX. 


[Steel  is  by  some  considered  a  better  material  than  cast-iron  for  the  mould-boards, 
shares,  and  land-sides  of  plows  designed  to  be  used  in  the  rich,  sticky  soils  of  the  new 
lands  of  the  Western  States.  Steel  takes  a  higher  polish  and  is  less  liable  than  cast 
iron  to  be  rusted  by  the  vegetable  acids  of  virgin  lands.] 

8.  Minor,  Horton  &  Co.,  Peekskill,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Three  plows  of  different  sizes. 

0.  Criswell,  Robert,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor. 

A  double  swivel  plow. 

[This  plow  is  designed  for  the  cultivation  of  corn,  cotton,  or  potatoes,  and  is  so 
constructed  that  it  can  plow  two  rows  at  once  of  any  required  width,  and  adjustable 
to  throw  the  furrows  either  to  or  from  the  row,  thus  finishing  it  by  once  passing  along, 
and  by  this  feature  accomplishing  as  much  as  two  common  plows. 

It  consists  of  a  simple  frame  or  cross-beam,  with  a  tongue  and  two  adjustable  mould- 
boards.  The  frame  can  be  adjusted  to  wide  or  narrow  rows,  the  mould-boards  to  wide 
or  narrow  furrows,  the  depth  of  which  is  regulated  by  raising  or  lowering  the  tongue.] 

10.  Brownell,  Franklin,  Niles,  Michigan. — Proprietor. 

Baker’s  Patent  Gang  Plow  and  Seeder. 

[This  plow  has  been  thoroughly  tested  in  Michigan.  It  is  constructed  so  as  to  use 
one  or  more  plows,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  work  and  the  team,  or  to  use  any 
size  or  pattern  of  mould-board.  The  furrow  slices  are  out  of  the  same  depth  and  width, 
and  the  work  is  gauged  by  the  wheels. 

The  seeder,  which  is  attached  to  the  body  of  the  machine,  is  simply  constructed, 
and  can  be  taken  off  when  not  needed.] 

11.  Ramsay,  William  B.  and  George  M.,  Washington,  Pennsylvania. — Inventors  and 

Proprietors. 

Ramsay’s  Flexible  Harrows,  composed  of  three  parts,  united  by  three  hinges  or 
joints,  so  distributed  upon  a  right-angled  triangle  as  to  give  a  full  wide  sweep  and 
greater  freedom  and  diversity  of  motion  than  can  be  obtained  by  twice  the  number  of 
parts  and  hinges  in  any  other  arrangement  or  position. 

12.  Berlin,  William,  Berryville,  Virginia. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved,  adjustable,  double-iron-framed  harrow. 

[The  advantages  claimed  for  this  harrow,  over  the  common  wooden-framed,  are 
its  greater  durability.  The  double-frame  acts  as  a  trace  to  the  teeth,  always  keeping 
their  proper  places  and  all  of  the  same  length ;  the  teeth  in  the  wooden  harrows 
become  loose,  or  bend,  or  fall  out  of  their  places,  after  having  been  in  use  for  a  while 
or  exposed  to  the  weather.  The  frame  is  adjustable  by  means  of  the  upright  screws, 
which  can  compress  or  widen  it  as  may  be  necessary,  when  the  teeth  wear  oft  or  the 
situation  of  the  soil  may  require  it.] 

13.  Pratt,  Ralph  C.,  Canandaigua,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Pratt’s  Patent  Ditching  Machine,  or  Rotary  Spade. 

[This  machine  consists  of  a  wheel  with  shovels  on  the  outer  circle,  with  frame-work 
forming  a  beam  and  casing  hung  on  the  shaft  of  the  wheel,  with  a  plow  or  mine  to 
break  up  the  earth,  so  that  the  shovels  will  each  carry  up  their  load  through  the 
casing  and  discharge  the  same  by  inclined  slides  on  both  sides  of  the  ditch.  The  im¬ 
provement  combines  the  shovel  and  pick.  When  drawn  along  by  two  horses,  at  the 
rate  of  sixty  feet  per  minute,  it  will  discharge  a  shovelful  per  second,  and  cut  from 
fifty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  rods  per  day,  according  to  soils  and  circumstances,  the 
favorable  or  unfavorable  condition  of  which  affect  the  results  the  same  as  the  use  of 
the  spade  and  pick.  It  is  light  of  draught,  simple  in  principle,  and  strong  in  structure, 
and  when  of  the  ordinary  size  requires  only  one  man  and  a  pair  of  horses  to  work  it.] 

14.  Gibbs,  Lucius  H,  Washington  City,  D.  C.— Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Gibbs’  Rotary  Spade. 

[This  implement  consists  of  a  combination  of  a  hinged  lever  and  spade,  adapted 
to  a  rotary  motion  between  two  heavy  iron  circular  plates.  When  in  motion,  the 
lever-liinge  comes  down  upon  the  earth  in  front  of  the  iron  plates,  or  wheels,  and  acts 
upon  the  spade,  which  has  previously  entered  the  soil,  and  throws  it  out  with  its  load 
as  the  weight  of  the  machine  rests  upon  the  lever.  The  operation  is  repeated  rapidly. 
The  implement  sustains  itself,  and  does  not  require  a  holder. 

This  machine  may  be  made  to  spade  up  the  earth  for  any  reasonable  depth,  say 
from  six  to  fourteen  inches,  by  adding  to  its  weight ;  and  to  any  required  width.  Its  oper¬ 
ation  is  to  pulverize  the  soil  and  leave  it  loose  at  the  bottom  of  the  furrow  oi  spading.] 

15.  Woodward,  Joshua,  Haverhill,  New  Hampshire.  Inventor. 

Woodward’s  Seed  Planter. 

[It  is  constructed  with  a  hopper  to  contain  ashes,  plaster,  lime,  or  other  fertilizers, 
for  the  kind  of  seed  which  is  being  planted,  and  a  box  to  contain  the  seed. 

The  ground  undergoes  four  processes  of  pulverization  in  the  operation  of  planting : 

1st  By  means  of  a  smoothing  or  surface-board  in  front  of  the  planter. 

2d.  Through  the  action  of  the  plow,  in  making  the  furrow  for  the  seed. 

3d.  By  the  operation  of  the  coverer. 

4th.  The  broad-faced  wheel  crushes  all  the  clods,  and  packs  the  seed  with  just  the 
amount  of  pressure  required. 

This  machine  is  capable  of  planting  8  acres  per  day  with  the  ordinary  labor  of 
one  man  and  a  horse.] 


16.  Phillips,  George,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Corn,  seed,  and  grain  planter,  hoe,  harrow,  and  cultivating  plow,  combined  in  one. 


IT.  Pennook,  S.  P.  M.,  &  Co.,  Kennett  Square,  Pennsylvania. — Patentees  and  Manu¬ 
facturers. 

Pennock’s  Improved  Patent  Seed  and  Grain  Planter,  adapted  to  planting  wheat, 
rye,  oats,  barley,  rice,  clover  and  timothy  seeds,  Ac. 

18.  Wright,  John  S.,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Manufacturer. 

Atkins’  Automaton  or  Self-raking  Reaper  and  Mower. 

[Capable  of  reaping  all  kinds  of  small  grain  and  delivering  it  in  bundles  ready 
to  bind ;  and  also,  after  removing  some  parts  of  the  machine,  of  mowing  the  various 
kinds  of  grasses,  clover,  Ac.,  leaving  the  grass  spread  evenly  to  cure.  The  knife  is 
furnished  with  a  serrated  or  sickle  edge  on  the  back  to  prevent  clogging  or  choking  in 
cutting  grass  or  wet  grain.  The  raker  is  intended  to  be  attached  to  any  of  the  ordinary 
reapers,  by  means  of  a  bevel-wheel,  23  inches  in  diameter,  upon  a  spur  of  which,  on 
the  inside  of  the  rim,  is  a  knot  working  into  the  hollow  end  of  an  arm ;  and,  by  the 
turning  of  the  w'heel,  the  arm,  in  its  circular  motion,  creates  a  motion  of  the  rake, 
which  is  exactly  what  the  motion  of  a  man’s  hands  would  be,  in  stooping  down  and 
gathering  up  the  grain  cut  by  the  reaper  and  laid  upon  the  platform.  The  rake  then 
turns  round,  opens  its  fingers,  lays  down  the  wheat  ready  for  the  binder,  and  then 
repeats  the  series  of  actions  just  enumerated.] 

19.  Hussey,  Obed,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Reaping  and  mowing  machine. 

[The  peculiarity  of  Hussey’s  machine  is  in  the  cutting  apparatus,  wherein  the 
straw  is  held  both  above  and  below  the  edge  of  the  blades  while  being  cut.  The 
main  driving-wheel,  with  its  axle  running  in  a  frame-work,  rolls  on  the  ground  and 
follows  in  the  track  of  the  horses  on  the  stubble.  Attached  to  this  frame  is  a  platform 
extending  to  one  side  from  five  to  seven  feet  in  a  horizontal  position,  and  near  the 
ground.  On  the  front  edge  of  this  platform  is  the  cutting  apparatus.  This  consists  of 
a  row  of  strong  iron  points  or  guards,  each  having  a  horizontal  slat  through  which 
lancet-shaped  blades,  attached  to  a  rod,  are  made  to  vibrate  by  means  of  a  crank  at 
the  end  of  the  rod  connected  to  the  driving-wheel  by  cog  gearing.  The  rapid  motion 
of  the  blades  through  the  slats  in  the  guards  cuts  the  grain  as  it  enters  between  them ; 
as  fast  as  it  is  cut  it  falls  upon  the  platform,  whence  it  is  easily  removed  by  a  man 
who  rides  at  the  rear  of  the  machine.  It  is  converted  into  a  mower  by  simply 
removing  the  platform,  retaining  only  the  bar  to  which  cutters  are  fixed.  This 
allows  the  grass  to  fall  over  the  bar  evenly  spread.  The  superiority  of  the  execution 
of  the  reaper  over  hand  labor  is  acknowledged,  and  the  saving  in  the  grain  is 
estimated  at  from  one  to  two  bushels  per  acre.  The  saving  in  labor  is  the  important 
consideration,  and  is  fully  equal  to  five  or  six  men.  Hussey’s  machine  was  invented 
in  1833,  and  a  patent  issued  the  same  year.  In  1847  a  subsequent  patent  was  granted 
for  an  improvement  in  the  points  or  guards  by  which  the  choking  matter  found  a 
ready  escape  at  the  upper  side  of  the  knife,  while  the  edges  of  the  blades  chaffened  it 
out  on  the  lower  side.] 

20.  McCormick,  Cyrus  II.,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

The  Virginia  Reaper. 

[This  reaping  machine  was  originally  patented  in  1834,  though  it  is  in  evidence 
that  it  was  tested  in  the  field  in  the  harvest  of  1831.  More  recent  patents  have  been 
granted  to  the  inventor  for  improvements.  It  cuts  with  knives  of  a  peculiar  form, 
being  broad  at  the  base,  short  in  length,  and  having  a  sickle  edge,  working  between 
spear-shaped  teeth  or  fingers.  It  has  a  reel  for  bending  down  the  grain,  which  is 
raked  from  the  platform  by  a  man  riding  behind  the  driver.  The  distinctive  feature 
is  the  sickle  edge :  this  is  believed  to  constitute  the  essentiality  of  the  patent  in  Great 
Britain.  The  arrangement  for  carrying  the  raker  upon  reaping  machines  having  a 
reel  is  a  patented  improvement  of  1847.  The  method  of  supporting  the  cutting 
apparatus  by  an  iron  beam,  and  other  minor  improvements  over  the  original  machine, 
make  it  an  effective  implement  for  the  combined  purposes  of  reaping  and  mowing.] 

21.  Manny,  John  II.,  Freeport,  Illinois. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Manny’s  Patent  Adjustable  and  Combined  Reaper  and  Mower. 

[This  machine  is  adapted  to  the  harvesting  of  all  kinds  of  grains  and  grasses.  Its 
triangular  frame  is  so  nearly  balanced  on  the  wheels  that  the  cutters  are  rendered 
easily  adjustable  to  the  surface  and  the  grain  by  means  of  a  simple  lever  con¬ 
venient  to  the  driver.  The  construction  of  the  platform  and  rakers  greatly  facilitates 
the  discharge  of  the  grain  in  an  oblique  line  from  the  cutters,  and  sufficiently  far 
from  the  standing  grain  for  the  next  circuit  of  the  team.  The  cutting  apparatus  is 
a  series  of  lozenge-sliaped  blades  with  their  rear  points  extending  back  of  the  bar 
to  which  they  are  riveted,  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  off  and  clearing  out  all  clogging 
substances  that  gather  into  the  finger-guards.  The  machine  is  converted  from  a 
reaper  into  a  mower  by  simply  removing  the  easily  adjusted  platform  on  which  the 
grain  falls.]  _ _ 

22.  Burrall,  Thomas  D.,  Geneva,  Ontario  County,  New  York. — Inventor  and’  manu¬ 

facturer. 

Bun-all’s  Convertible  Reaper  for  Grass  or  Grain. 

[This  machine  is  made  to  discharge  the  grain  in  the  rear  or  at  the  side,  and  is 
convertible  into  a  grass-cutter  by  removing  the  apron  from  the  power  frame,  attaching 
a  finger-board  and  cutter-bar,  and  adding  a  gauge-wheel  in  front,] 

131 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  MACHINES  AND  IMPLEMENTS, 


|  23.  Forbush,  E.  B.,  Buffalo,  New  York.— Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  mowing  and  reaping  machine. 

[The  clamp  can  be  raised  and  lowered  on  a  perpendicular  line,  and  sustain  the 
finger-bar  at  any  height  required,  on  a  line  with  the  axis  of  the  driving  wheel.  The 
guard  finger  has  an  outside  and  an  inside  bar  for  the  cutting  tooth  to  cut  against.  The 
outside  bar  presents  an  angular,  and  the  inside  bar  a  straight  surface.  The  cutting  is 
principally  done  against  the  outside  brace  bar,  consequently  the  grass  or  grain  is  cut 
on  two  angles,  and  a  more  gradual,  even,  and  easy  cut  is  obtained.  "When  the  guards 
ire  arranged  on  the  finger-bar,  they  mutually  brace  and  support  each  other.  One 
span  of  horses  only  is  required  to  propel  the  machine,  and  to  cut  ten  or  fifteen  acres  in 

a  day.] _ 

2i.  Seymour  it  Morgan,  Brookport,  New  York. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

New  York  Reaper. 

[The  machine,  as  exhibited  at  the  Palace,  has  the  common  serrated  or  sickle-edged 
knife,  working  between  guiding  fingers,  the  standing  grain  being  pressed  up  to  the 
knife  by  a  reel.  The  cutting  edge  of  the  reaper  is  set  about  two  feet  from  the  gearing 
and  in  a  line  with  the  centre  of  the  driving  wheel. 

The  raker  rides  at  the  back  of  the  platform,  pushing  the  grain  off  with  a  fork  behind 
the  horses,  so  that  it  is  left  in  bundles  out  of  the  way  of  the  next  course.] 

25.  Gregg  it  Denton,  Peoria,  Illinois. — Proprietors. 

Denton’s  Self-Raking  Reapers. 

[In  this  machine  two  endless  aprons  carry  the  cut  grain  and  deposit  it  in  the 
hopper,  which  receives  and  straightens  the  grain,  and  drops  the  same  gently  on  the 
ground  ready  for  the  binder. 

The  sickle  or  knife  is  nine  feet  long,  two  and  a  half  more  than  most  others.  It 
vibrates  one  foot,  thus  reducing  the  speed  which  it  is  necessary  to  give  to  a  shorter 
vibration,  and  requiring  less  power  and  wear  of  machinery;  also,  by  passing  through 
a  number  of  guards  or  fingers,  it  is  not  liable  to  clog  in  wet  grain.  It  can  be  worked 
by  two  horses,  with  a  single  person  to  attend  it.] 

26.  Howard  &  Co.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Ketchum’s  Improved  Mowing  Machine. 

[The  shafts  have  bearings  at  both  ends,  which  overcome  all  cramping  and  cutting 
down  of  boxing. 

A  counterbalance  is  attached  to  the  crank-shaft,  which  gives  the  crank  a  steady 
and  uniform  motion.  The  machine  is  guaranteed  to  be  capable  of  cutting  and 
spreading,  with  the  aid  of  one  span  of  horses  and  a  driver,  from  ten  to  fifteen  acres  per 
day  of  any  kind  of  grass,  either  heavy  or  light,  wet  or  dry,  lodged  or  standing,  and  to 
do  it  as  well  as  is  done  by  the  best  mowers  with  a  scythe.] 

27.  Elliott,  Augustus,  San  Francisco,  California. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

The  Golden  Harvester,  a  self-bundling  reaper  and  mowing  machine  combined. 

[The  uses  of  this  machine  are  to  cut  the  grain,  pass  it  through  a  process  of  bundling, 
and,  while  compressed,  deliver  it  ready  to  be  bound  before  leaving  the  machine ;  it 
may  also  be  used  as  a  mower,  when  divested  of  the  bundling  apparatus.  It  is  the 


only  machine  hinged  in  the  centre  (from  the  cutter-bar  backwards)  to  overcome  uneven 
surfaces.  It  has  two  driving  wheels  geared  into  opposite  sides  of  the  crank-shaft,  is 
pushed  before  the  team,  and  is  guided  by  a  man  who  operates  the  steering  wheel  which 
is  behind  the  team.  The  crank-shaft  forms  the  centre  of  the  machine,  has  a  double 
right-angled  crank,  which  operates  a  cutter-box  each  way  from  the  centre,  by  revolving 
in  two  perpendicular  slots  (believed  by  the  inventor  to  be  a  new  mechanical  device)  in 
place  of  the  common  connecting  rods.  The  cranks,  being  at  right  angles  with  each 
other,  cause  one  bar  to  cut  while  the  other  is  at  rest.  The  centres  of  the  cutters  are 
indented  to  the  thickness  of  the  tooth  plate,  to  prevent  clogging,  and  still  preserve 
their  original  strength.  The  fingers  curve  downward,  which  tends  to  raise  lodged 
grain  or  grass  as  they  pass  back  to  the  cutter-bar.  This  machine  adapts  itself  to 
uneven  surfaces  in  two  ways,  being  attached  by  a  hinge  (at  the  end  of  the  pole  or 
tongue)  and  aided  by  a  lever  above.  It  avoids  all  side  draft,  and  cuts  its  own  road 
before  the  team,  unlike  other  machines.  Power  is  gained  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
knives,  and  the  bundling  apparatus  is  so  arranged  that  the  grain  can  be  bound  upon 
the  machine  at  a  saving  of  labor  equal  to  two-thirds  over  the  old  method  of  binding 
after  the  machine. 

28.  Nesen,  Joseph  E.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Nesen’s  Patent  Reaper  and  Self-bundling  Machine. 

29.  Fitzgerald,  Daniel,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Reaping  and  mowing  machine. 

[This  machine  is  constructed  with  two  cylinders  mounted  vertically  upon  a  pair 
of  wheels,  and  geared  so  as  to  revolve  toward  each  other.  On  the  bottom  of  each 
cylinder  a  set  of  knives,  like  short  scythe  blades,  are  set,  and  out  of  the  surface  of  the 
cylinder  fingers,  like  cradle  fingers,  which  carry  the  grain,  as  it  is  cut  by  the  knives, 
between  the  two  cylinders,  where  it  is  received  in  an  upright  manner  by  the  binders, 
who  stand  upon  a  platform  in  the  rear.  The  knives  and  fingers  are  made  to  withdraw 
into  the  cylinders,  by  a  very  ingenious  arrangement,  as  they  approach  each  other.] 

30.  Wagener,  Jeptiia  A.,  Poultney,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Clover  and  timothy-seed  harvester. 

[The  harvester  consists  of  a  simple  frame  and  box,  mounted  on  wheels,  in  front  of 
which  is  a  cylinder  set  with  spiral  knives,  acting  in  concert  with  curved  spring  teeth, 
in  combination  with  a  straight  knife,  which  forms  a  perfect  shear,  and  thus  severs  the 
heads  from  the  stalks,  which  are  at  the  same  time  discharged  into  the  box  The  teeth 
being  made  to  spring  and  vibrate,  not  a  stalk  of  clover  can  escape  being  cut,  or 
allow  the  teeth  to  become  clogged.  The  cylinder  and  knives  are  protected  by 
an  adjustable  guard-plate,  thus  allowing  only  the  heads  to  pass  to  the  knives, 
retaining  the  head,  and  the  head  only,  thus  leaving  the  stalk  to  the  soil.  The 
machine  can  be  adjusted  to  the  height  of  the  clover  and  timothy.  This  is  accom¬ 
plished  by  a  simple  lever  at  the  side.  With  the  aid  of  one  horse  and  a  boy  it  will 
harvest  twelve  acres  per  day. 

31.  Moffit,  John  R,  Piqua,  Ohio. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Improved  threshing  and  separating  machine. 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  IX 


Moffit’s  Thresher — Sectional  View. 


| 

A 

[The  straw  carrier  is  made  of  round  wooden  slats,  connected  with  cast-iron  links, 
and  driven  by  a  cog-wheel.  The  riddle  does  not  allow  the  straw  to  lodge  in  it.  At 
the  end  of  the  riddle  there  is  a  tail-hoard  and  spout,  to  catch  all  the  unthreshed  heads, 
which  are  conveyed  by  a  screw  back  to  the  cylinder,  to  pass  again  through  the 
machine.  A  rolling  screen,  when  necessary,  separates  the  chess  and  cockle  from  the 
grain.]  _ 

32.  Snyder,  Elisha  S.,  Charlestown,  Jefferson  Co.,  Virginia. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

The  Farmers’  Labor  Saving  Machine,  for  threshing,  separating,  cleaning  and 

bagging  grain. 

[The  operation  of  threshing,  separating,  cleaning  and  bagging  the  grain,  by  this 
machine,  are  perfect  in  their  united  action  ;  or  they  may  be  operated  separately,  i.  e., 
the  thresher  alone,  or  the  separator  and  cleaner  by  itself.  The  machine  on  exhibition 
requires  but  two  horse  power,  and  will  thresh  one  hundred  bushels  per  day,  cleaning 
it  perfectly  and  carrying  it  to  the  bags.  A  revolving  fender  prevents  any  waste  by 
throwing  out  the  grain,  the  revolutions  of  the  fender  preventing  the  choking  of  the 
machine  and  assisting  to  continually  remove  the  straw  from  the  cylinder  and  sepaxatoi 
ns  fast  as  it  is  threshed.  Slender  stationary  rods  or  fingers  facilitate  the  progress  of 
the  straw  and  prevent  the  riddles  from  choking.  The  grain  is  cleaned  by  a  double 
fan,  blowing  in  two  directions.] 

33.  Palmer,  William  R.,  North  Carolina. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Rotary  seed  and  grain  thresher,  capable  of  threshing  every  kind  of  seed  and  grain, 
except  maize. 

[This  is  effected  by  the  cast-iron  rubbers  on  the  inside  of  the  flail-case,  which 
have  furrowed  surfaces,  and  may  be  fixed  at  any  required  distance  from  the  tiack 
of  the  rotaries.  The  amount  of  seed  threshed  depends  on  the  length  of  the  straw,  &c. 
The  grain  is  also  cleaned  from  smut,  <fec.] 

Palmer’s  Improved  Spike-Thresher,  in  which  the  construction  of  the  feed-board 
and  cylinder  is  changed,  and  a  protective  roller  added,  as  a  safeguard  against  the 
dangerous  accidents  that  were  constantly  occurring  in  the  common  spike-thresher,  and 
caused  its  use  to  be  prohibited  in  England  by  law. 

A  horse-power  so  constructed  that  a  leverage  of  12  to  25  feet  may  be  obtained, 
and  several  bands  worked  at  the  same  time.  Different  velocities  are  given  by  conical 
pullies  on  the  large  wheel  of  the  horse-power. 

1  34.  Hathaway,  B.  G.  H.,  Hock  Stream,  Yates  Co.,  N.  Y. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Patent  huller  and  cleaner,  combining  the  essential  improvements  of  thieshing 
machines  with  the  power  to  hull  and  clean  clover-seed. 

35.  Glaze,  Joseph,  Frederick  City,  Maryland.— Proprietor. 

Feaga's  Grain  Cleaner,  patented  by  G.  <k  G.  W.  Feaga,  in  1853. 

[This  machine  cleans  wheat  by  a  current  of  water ;  and  after  washing  is  complete, 
the  grain  falls  into  dryers,  and  passes  out  ready  for  grinding.] 

36.  Zimmerman,  G.  F.  S.,  Charlestown,  Virginia. — Patentee. 

Machine  for  threshing,  separating,  cleaning  twice,  screening,  and  bagging  all  kinds 
of  small  grain  at  a  single  operation;  capable  of  turning  out  ready  for  the  mill  from 
300  to  500  bushels  of  wheat  a  da}-,  with  six  or  eight  horsey  or  from  800  to  1,000 
bushels,  if  twelve  horses  and  as  many  hands  are  employed.  The  machine  is  simple, 
having  but  one  fan  and  shoe  for  the  operation  of  cleaning  and  bagging. 

ST.  Gilbert,  Joseph  G.,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Thresher  and  cleaner,  adapted  for  threshing  and  cleaning  grain  by  one  operation. 

[The  skeleton  cylinder  is  formed  of  wrouglit-iron  bars,  21-  inches  wide,  i  ot  an 
inch  thick,  and  15  inches  long,  each  with  a  hole  punched  through  its  centre  for  the 
shaft;  four  pieces  of  iron,  each  4  inches  in  length,  are  riveted  to  each  end  of  the  bars, 
presenting  the  appearance  of  a  five-tined  fork,  the  prongs  being  about  half  an  inch 
apart.  These  bars  arc  rounded,  their  ends  describing  a  circle,  the  diameter  of  which  is 
represented  by  the  length  of  the  bars.  The  main  bars  are  keyed  upon  the  shaft  and 
bolted  to  each  other,  so  that  when  completed  the  points  are  equally  distant  from  each 

M 


other.  This  form  of  beater,  when  revolving  over  bars  of  iron,  set  diagonally  in  the 
concave,  combs  and  beats  the  grain  from  the  straw  effectually,  and  it  is  maintained 
with  less  liability  to  break  the  grain  or  straw  than  in  ordinary  threshers.] 

38.  Mansfield,  Martin  H.,  Ashland,  Ohio. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Mansfield’s  Patent  Clover  Hulling  and  Cleaning  Machine. 

[This  machine,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  used  for  hulling  and  cleaning  clover-seed. 
It  is  calculated  to  prepare,  ready  for  market,  in  a  perfect  manner,  from  three  to  ten 
bushels  per  hour,  with  a  power  of  from  three  to  six  horses. 

The  hulling  part  is  a  cylinder  22  inches  in  length,  to  which  is  attached  90  teeth, 
or  rubbers,  in  parallel  rows,  similar  to  the  drum  of  a  threshing  machine.  The  concave 
has  143  of  these  teeth,  or  rubbers,  also  in  parallel  rows.  These  rubbers  are  made  of 
the  best  malleable  iron,  and  project  from  the  surface  of  the  cylinder  and  concave  one 
inch  and  a  quarter  each,  being  one  inch  and  a  half  in  width.  Their  sides  are  neatly 
fluted,  and  taper  to  a  sharp  edge  in  front,  the  backs  being  broad  and  roughened,  and 
they  are  placed  in  the  concave  and  upon  the  cylinder  in  such  a  position  that  the  front 
edges  of  the  revolving  rubbers  on  the  cylinder  will  pass  between  the  front  edges  of  the 
rubbers  in  the  concave — the  clover-seed  being  pulled  by  the  diminishing  of  the  space 
from  the  front  edges  of  the  rubbers  to  the  corners  of  their  backs,  as  they  pass  each 
other  by  the  revolution  of  the  cylinder,  or  by  the  oblique  sides  of  the  rotating  rubbers 
passing  between  the  oblique  sides  of  the  stationary  rubbers. 

The  feed-board  is  so  arranged  that  stones,  sticks,  <fcc.,  are  thrown  out.  It  is  a  self- 
feeder,  with  an  endless  apron.] 

39.  Childs,  Augustus  B.,  Rochester,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Patent  grain  separator  and  winnower,  for  cleaning  all  kinds  of  grains  and  seeds. 

[This  machine  combines  the  principles  known  as  blast,  screen,  and  suction ;  and, 
according  to  size,  cleans  from  60  to  200  bushels  an  hour.  The  grain  is  first  received  on 
a  coarse  screen,  which  removes  all  impurities  larger  than  itself ;  it  then  falls  upon  a 
vibrating  board,  and  is  played  upon  by  a  blast  of  air  from  the  fan  ;  the  grain  next 
passes  to  the  chess-and-eockle  screen,  and  thence  into  an  upright  suction  pipe,  in  which 
all  remaining  impurities  are  removed  by  an  upward  blast  of  air,  and  deposited  in  the 
air-chamber.] 

40.  Elmore,  J.  N.  &  D.,  Elmira,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Booth’s  Grain  Separator ;  to  separate  pure  and  perfect  grain  of  every  kind  from  all 
impurities,  and  from  shrunken  and  imperfect  kernels,  delivering  the  latter  in  good  con¬ 
dition  for  feed.  [It  is  an  application  of  specific  gravity.] 

41.  Salmon,  George  B.,  Elgin,  Illinois. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Salmon’s  Improved  Grain  and  Grass-seed  Separator. 

[This  machine  will  separate  impurities  from  wheat,  clean  seeds  of  every  kind,  and 
separate  any  two  varieties,  where  there  is  a  material  difference,  either  in  size  or  weight. 

The  fan  is  made  of  iron,  18  inches  in  length  and  16  inches  in  diameter,  and  is 
placed  in  an  air-tight  trunk  at  the  bottom  of  the  frame,  two  feet  wide  by  three  feet 
long,  and  four  feet  high.  The  fan  is  driven  by  a  cog-wheel  two  feet  in  diameter,  which 
gives  it  great  velocity,  sending  the  air  up  a  tight  trunk,  through  which  the  grain  is 
falling  from  the  sieve,  the  dust  escaping  with  the  air  at  its  head,  which  is-partly  cov¬ 
ered  by  a  wire  sieve,  while  the  screenings  immediately  fall  through  the  mouth  of  the 
head  of  the  trunk,  free  from  dust  and  dirt,  the  good  grain  falling  through  the  blast  into 
a  receiver  at  the  bottom. 

The  sieves  are  so  arranged  that  the  heavy  seeds,  such  as  cockle,  red-root,  and 
yellow-seeds,  are  taken  out  without  the  aid  of  the  blast.  There  are  from  two  to  six 
sieves  used  for  different  seeds,  but  only  one  at  a  time;,  these  are  shaken  in  front  by  a 
cam  and  spring,  instead  of  a  side  motion.] 

42.  Coates,  William  Bailey,  Washington  City,  D.  C.— Inventor  and  Proprietor- 

Patent  hemp  and  corn  cutting  machine. 

[It  consists  of  a  strong  frame,  resting  upon  four  wheels,  with  a  slowly-revolving 

133 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  MACHINES  AND 


IMPLEMENTS. 


Childs’  Grain  Separator. 


i 


I 


grasper,  to  bend  down  the  hemp  or  corn  between  the  teeth  for  the  cutters.  A  strong 
elbow,  extending  about  five  feet  to  the  left  of  the  body,  and  running  back  to  the  hind 
axletree,  contains  all  the  simple  machinery,  which  has  never  to  be  adjusted  while 
working. 

Tlie  elbow  can  be  placed  at  the  elevation  necessary  to  cut  the  crops  at  a  proper 
height.  The  teeth  are  adjustable  to  suit  the  width  of  the  rows  of  corn ;  two  in  number 
are  used  in  harvesting  this  crop,  while  more  are  added  when  it  is  arranged  for  hemp. 
These  teeth  are  curved  to  the  right  and  left,  and  oblique  from  the  top  and  right  edge 
to  the  lower  and  left  side. 

The  corn  enters  between  the  curves,  and  two  rows  can  be  cut  at  once.  The 
choppers  work  on  a  rock-shaft,  which  has  a  combined  lateral  and  semi-rotary  motion ; 
this  throws  the  choppers  against  the  right  edges  of  the  teeth,  and  a  little  below  them 
cutting  the  stalk  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees.  A  light  frame-work,  with  a  spring- 
bottom,  is  secured  to  the  transverse  pieces  on  the  left  of  the  main  frame.  The  graspers 
having  drawn  the  stalks  downwards  and  forwards,  and  held  them  between  the  curved 
teeth,  or  arms,  while  the  choppers  were  cutting  them,  the  severed  portions  fall  back¬ 
ward  upon  the  spring-bottom  of  the  frame.  The  driver  pushes  back  a  lever  attached 
to  the  spring,  which  lets  the  corn  or  hemp  fall  to  the  ground  in  gavels  at  proper  inter 
vals.  The  machine  will  require  two  horses  when  arranged  for  cutting  corn,  and  four 
for  cutting  hemp.] 

43.  Ream,  Jacob  L.,  Pulaski,  Illinois. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Maize,  or  Indian  Corn  Harvester. 


[It  consists  of  broad  knives,  fastened  obliquely  to  the  lower  edge  of  an  axle  on 
either  side  of  the  thills,  and  just  within  the  wheels.  These  knives  are  adapted  to  the 
rows  of  corn,  of  which  they  are  calculated  to  cut  two  at  a  time,  the  horse  walking 
between  them,  while  the  wheels  run  outside.  The  stalks  fall  back  upon  a  frame-work 
projecting  from  the  axle  in  the  rear,  and  are  retained  until  enough  has  accumulated 
for  a  bundle,  when,  by  pulling  a  spring,  they  are  dropped  upon  the  ground.  There  is 
a  reel  above  the  axle,  which  bends  the  stalks  down  to  the  knives,  and  the  cutting  is 
«f ttected  bv  simply  drawing  the  blades  against  them. 

This  arrangement  might  easily  be  adapted  to  an  ordinary  set  of  wheels.] 


U.  Seely,  Oran  W..  Albany,  New  York. — Patentee. 

Straw  cutter,  patented  in  July,  1853. 

[If  has  the  genernl  features  of  a  machine  for  the  same  purpose,  patented  by  J 
“  J  8eVe™1  -V6aW  siucc'-  Jhe  fitter  box,  feeding  apparatus,  and  the  movement  of  t! 
knife,  are  the  same.  The 'knife  is  shaped  like  an  inverted  w  (At),  and  is  secured  in 
"t‘  metal  frame>  80  arranged  as  to  leave  space  enough  between  the  edge  of  the  kni 
and  lower  Irame,  or  bar,  to  permit  the  feed  to  be  cut  to  pass  freely  through  To  t 
ower  frame,  or  bar.  is  attached  a  rod,  connecting  it  with  a  lever  underneath  the  be 
from  which  it  receives  its  motion.  The  patentee  of  thi,  machine  claims  the  arrant 
ment  of  the  metallic  guide  in  combination  with  the  knife  frame,  and  the  knife  form 

r  IT  r1''ltVhC  fl:ame’  a(?ai,lst  wllose  front  edge  the  knife  is  designed 
boxes  J  "  *'  1)1  '|U*Ul  t0  ltS  J)laC°  springs  and  screws  contained  in  hollo 

13t 


45.  Moore,  John,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  self-sharpening  straw  cutters. 

[There  is  a  single  stationary  knife,  placed  across  the  mouth  of  the  machine,  with 
its  edge  toward  the  cutting  box,  having  both  sides  beveled;  two  cylinders,  with  spiral 
square-edged  blades,  placed  above  and  below  the  horizontal  knife,  and  revolving 
toward  each  other  against  its  edge.  The  action  is  similar  to  that  of  a  pair  of  shears, 
the  hay  or  straw  passing  out  both  above  and  below  the  knife,  which  the  spiral  blades 
serve  to  keep  continually  sharpened.] 


46.  Taylor,  Thomas,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Excelsior  Straw,  Hay,  and  Corn-stalk  Cutter. 

[The  cutting  is  done  by  circular  knives,  of  which  any  required  number  are  put 
upon  a  shaft,  at  a  distance  of  -f  to  1  inch  apart  A  wooden  cylinder  is  placed  with  its 
axis  parallel  to  that  of  the  knife-shaft,  and  at  such  a  distance  that  the  knives  may 
touch  it.  This  cylinder  and  the  knives  are  made  to  revolve  towards  each  other,  and 
the  straw,  ifcc.  being  placed  on  either  the  knives  or  the  cylinder,  is  drawn  in  and  cut 
between  them ;  thus,  a  bundle  of  straw  being  thrown  into  the  machine,  is  at  once  cut 
into  as  many  lengths  as  there  are  knives.] 

47.  Kunckel,  A.  S.,  Marietta,  Ohio. — Proprietor. 

Parker’s  Patent  Straw  Cutter. 


48.  Rose,  Ira  R.,  Hancock,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

ingo’s  Patent  Straw  and  Corn-stalk  Cutter,  represented  by  a  small  model. 

49.  Reading,  William,  Fleming  ton,  New  Jersey. — Inventor. 

Patent  power  corn  sheller,  capable  of  shelling  from  75  to  200  bushels  an  hour,  and 
discharging  the  corn  and  cobs  separately. 

Stover's  Corn-kiln,  represented  by  a  model. 


50.  Backus  &  Barstow,  Norwich,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Corn  shelters  and  straw  cutters. 


51.  Ro iiixsoN,  Ebenezer,  Greencastle,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietor. 

Mumma  s  Corn  Sheller  and  Grinder,  used  for  shelling  corn  and  grinding  roots,  <tc., 
into  a  pulp. 

[The  shelling  apparatus  consists  of  a  horizontal  concave  cylinder,  17  inches  in 
length,  11  inches  in  diameter  at  the  ends,  and  about  8  inches  in  diameter  in  the  centre, 
armed  with  spiral  rows  of  teeth.  Immediately  in  front,  and  as  near  the  cylinder  as 
possible,  is  placed  a  steeply-inclined  breast-beam,  on  which  the  cobs  pass  freely  and 
rapidly  out  at  the  side  of  the  machine,  separated  from  the  corn.  Over  the  breast- 
beam,  in  front  of  the  cylinder,  are  suspended  two  wooden  springs,  faced  with  thick 
plates  of  cast  iron,  which  hold  the  ears  against  the  cylinder  until  they  are  shelled  and 
pass  off.  The  springs  are  adjusted  at  pleasure,  by  means  of  thumb-screws,  according 
to  the  dampness  or  dryness  of  the  corn.  It  is  propelled  by  hand,  (one  crank  or  two,)  | 
or  by  horse,  water,  or  steam  power,  at  pleasure.  When  used  for  grinding,  the 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  IX. 


springs  and  breast-beam  are  taken  out  (which  is  readily  done  by  removing  four 
screws)  and  a  simple  slide  inserted,  cut  on  its  lower  edge  to  fit  the  shape  of  the 
cylinder,  with  small  spikes  driven  into  that  part  of  it  which  play  freely  between 
the  rows  of  teeth  on  the  cylinder,  and  serve  to  keep  it  clean,  also  to  assist  in  grind¬ 
ing-]  _ 

58.  Sharp,  Theodore,  Chatham  Four  Corners,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Improved  endless  chain  horse-power. 

[The  chain  is  made  of  crooked  or  curved  links,  with  cogs  on  their  outer  edge,  and 
supported  on  their  inner  or  under  edge,  at  each  extremity,  by  drums  of  twelve  inches 
in  diameter  that  revolve  witli  the  chain,  which  constitutes  a  regular  gear-wheel  of  16 
inches  diameter,  working  into  pinions  on  the  driving  shaft.  This  shaft  transfers 
sufficient  motion  for  threshing  or  any  other  use  to  which  horse-powers  are  applied,  and 
without  the  necessity  of  using  extra  shaftings  to  procure  the  necessary  speed.] 

53.  Jerome,  E.  J.  &  M.,  Hempstead  Branch,  L.  I.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Jerome’s  Improved  Belt-Geared,  Endless  Chain,  Railway  Horse-Power. 

[In  this  machine  belt  gearing  is  substituted  for  cogs,  and  are  arranged  so  that  one 
draws  against  and  tightens  the  other,  combined  with  a  movable  shaft,  allowing  the 
belt  to  be  tightened  with  a  thumb-screw.] 

51.  Crofut,  Charles,  Bridgeport,  Conn. — Manufacturer. 

Portable  grain  mills,  worked  by  hand  or  horse-power;  made  with  the  best  French 
burr  stones. 

55.  Owens,  James  D.,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietor. 

The  Farmer’s  Portable  Mill. 

[This  mill  is  but  three  feet  high,  nineteen  inches  square,  and  weighs  235  lbs.  The 
burrs  are  15  inches  in  diameter  by  11  in  depth,  made  of  hard-wood  with  iron  bands, 
and  faced  with  wrought-iron  plates,  one  inch  wide  by  f  inch  thick,  screwed  on  in  a 
radiated  manner  from  the  centre,  leaving  intermediate  spaces  of  one  inch.  These 
spaces  are  filled  up  by  driving  in  wrought-iron  spikes  without  heads,  until  space  is 
filled,  and  thus  presents  a  burr-face  as  solid  as  if  cast,  and  more  durable ;  and  being 
thus  constructed,  it  contains  the  double  principle  of  a  French  burr  and  a  cutting  file  or 
rasp,  consequently  presents  a  grinding  surface  far  superior  to  any  casting,  and  in  some 
respects  to  the  burr-stone,  obviously  requiring  less  power  to  do  the  same  work. 
Unlike  the  burr-stone  or  casting,  it  does  not  heat;  the  spike  pai't  does  not  require 
dressing,  only  the  plates,  and  these  can  be  dressed  with  a  cold  chisel.] 

56.  Deering  <fc  Dederick,  Albany,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Dederick’s  Patent  Parallel  Lever  and  Horizontal  Hay  Press,  for  packing  hay  or 
any  loose  materials. 

57.  Snyder,  George,  Rhinebeck,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Toggle-joint  Perpendicular  Lever  Press. 

[This  press  is  intended  for  baling  hay,  cotton,  tobacco,  &c.] 

58.  Filson,  John,  Milroy,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Self-Adjusting  Farm  Gate,  furnished  with  a  spring  operated  by  a  lever,  so  as  to  be 
readily  opened  by  a  person  on  horseback  without  dismounting.  The  lower  hinge 
swings  the  gate  open,  and  allows  the  front  to  be  lifted  up,  while  the  upper  hinge  is 
combined  with  a  cogged  wheel,  working  in  a  natchet,  so  as  to  sustain  the  front. 


59.  Cilley,  Nathaniel  W.,  Nottingham,  New  Hampshire. — Inventor. 
A  half-size  model  of  a  sliding  lever  farm  gate. 


60.  Massachusetts  Shovel  Company,  (S.  Balcom,  Agent,)  Worcester,  Massachusetts .— 

Manufacturers. 

Kimball’s  Patent  Shovel.  The  “D”  is  made  of  malleable  iron,  except  the  hand- 
piece,  and  is  connected  with  the  shaft  of  the  handle  by  a  socket  into  which  the  shaft, 
after  being  compressed,  is  forced  by  machinery.  The  shaft  is  fastened  to  the  blade  by 
a  malleable  socket  riveted  fast.  The  blade  is  cut  out  of  plates  of  the  best  cast-steel, 
and  after  heating,  receives  the  proper  form  in  a  drop-press.  The  implement  is  finished 
by  riveting  and  polishing. 


61.  Ames,  Oliver,  &  Sons,  North  Easton,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Shovels  and  spades  with  plain  backs.  The  steel  of  the  blades  is  welded  between 
two  pieces  of  iron,  and  being  tempered,  the  soft  iron  wears  away  and  makes  the  shovel 
a  self-sharpening  implement. 

[Messrs.  Ames  founded  their  establishment  in  1801;  they  employ  300  men, 
produce  2,400  shovels  and  spades  daily,  and  consume  each  year  1000  tons  Swedes  and 
Russia  iron,  and  450  tons  English  east-steel.] 

62.  Bussing,  J.  S.  &  Co.,  New  York.  (Agents  for  Old  Colony  Iron  Company,  Taunton, 

Massachusetts.)  • 

Highly  finished  shovels  and  spades. 

63.  Pierce  <fc  Wood,  Middleborough,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Shovels  and  spades,  long  and  short  handled,  made  after  the  patterns  and  with  the 
machinery  of  O.  Ames  &  Sons. 

64.  Duryea  &  Rhodes,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Highly  finished  shovels  and  spades. 

65.  Bolles,  Lemuel  &  Co.,  Oxford,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Solid  shank  cast-steel  hoes,  formed  from  one  solid  piece  of  steel,  with  solid  shanks, 
without  welding. 

Iron  and  steel-plated  hoes  of  the  same  shape  and  form,  being  manufactured  in  the 
same  manner,  with  the  steel  welded  and  plated  upon  the  iron. 

66.  The  American  Hoe  Company,  Winsted,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

American  Planters’  Cast-steel  Hoes. 

[These  hoes  are  strong,  heavy,  highly  finished  and  well  made.  They  are  specially 
adapted  for  Southern  culture.] 

67.  Homers  <fc  Ladd,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  Cast-steel  Concave  Hoes,  with  iron  shanks  welded  to  the  blades. 

68.  Partridge,  Henry,  Medfield,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Manure  forks  and  potato  rakes. 

69.  Tuttle  Manufacturing  Company, Naugatuck,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Hoes,  garden  tools,  potato  rakes,  hay  and  manure  forks,  etc. 

70.  North  <t  Denio,  Fly  Creek,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Hay  and  manure  forks,  made  of  cast-steel,  with  Swedish  iron  shanks,  keyed  into 
the  handles. 

71.  Lyman,  A.  C.,  Williamsburg,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Garden  rakes  and  hoes. 


72.  Rugg,  Amos,  Montague,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  bent  hay  rakes. 

73.  Stedman  William,  Tyringham,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Hand  hay  rakes,  made  with  white-ash  handles  and  heads,  having  hickory  bows 
and  teeth,  and  are  very  light  though  strong. 

74.  Broga  <fc  Childs,  West  Becket,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Hay  Rakes,  with  wliite-ash  heads  and  teeth,  bows  and  handles  of  seasoned  hickory. 

75.  Millard,  David  J.,  Clayville,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Grain,  grass,  bramble,  and  lawn  scythes. 

Hay  knives. 

Hay,  straw,  and  manure  forks. 

76.  Mansfield  &  Lamb,  Smithfield,  Rhode  Island — Manufacturers. 

Scythes  and  patent  snaths. 

78.  Smith  &  Fenwick,  New  York. — Inventors. 

Patent  machine  for  paring,  coring,  and  quartering  apples. 

[The  apple  and  the  fork  have  two  revolving  motions,  one  on  a  semicircular  hori¬ 
zontal  rack,  and  one  vertical  on  a  small  pinion  attached  to  the  revolving  fork.  The 
motion  feeds  the  apple  from  its  stem  to  the  blossom  end,  while  the  little  pinion  causes 
it  to  be  brought  rigidly  against  the  yielding  spring  knife,  which  pares  it  perfectly.] 

79.  Palmer,  Thomas,  Camden,  New  Jersey. 

Hardwick’s  Patent  Machine  for  Paring,  Coring,  and  Cutting  Fruit. 

[This  machine  pares,  cores,  and  slices  the  fruit,  and  separates  each  part  to  itself. 
The  apple  is  placed  upon  a  cutting,  tubular  fork,  which  cuts  the  core  free,  while  it 
effectually  retains  the  fruit  during  the  process  of  paring. 

The  knife  is  applied  to  the  apple  with  one  hand,  while  the  other  turns  the  crank 
on  the  shaft ;  then  the  knife  is  permitted  to  fall  and  a  lever  is  brought  against  the 
fruit,  which  is  forced  against  the  eutters,  and  falling  down  is  conveyed  by  a  spout 
below  to  its  proper  place ;  the  core  is  in  transit  through  the  hollow  shaft,  and  the 
next  apple  pushes  out  of  an  opening  near  its  extremity.  It  is  not  necessary  to  touch 
the  fruit  after  it  is  placed  upon  the  machine  until  it  comes  out  pared,  cored,  and 
sliced.]  _ _ 

80.  Carter,  Charles,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Patent  Apple  and  Peach  Parer  and  Discharger. 

135 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  M  ACHINLb  AND  I IV1 PLE  M  ENTS. 


81.  Phelps,  E.  W.,  A  Co.,  Westfield,  Massachusetts. — Proprietors. 

Phelps’  Combination  Bee-Hive.  Its  size  may  be  adapted  to  a  large  or  small  colony 
of  bees,  allows  the  removal  of  surplus  honey  or  old  comb  without  disturbing  the  bees, 
and  also  permits  the  operations*  of  the  hive  to  be  seen. 


82.  Dennis,  John,  A  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. — Inventor. 

Improved  Bee-Hive;  containing  feeding-chamber,  moth-trap,  and  removable  boxes 
for  honey.  _ _ _ 

83.  Davis,  Sylvester,  Claremont,  New  Hampshire. — Inventor. 

Patent  Platform  Bee-Hive;  guarded  against  bee-moths  and  robbery  from  other 
hives,  and  furnished  with  apparatus  to  prevent  swarming. 


84.  Dick,  David,  Meadville,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee. 

Anti-Friction  Cheese  Press ;  constructed  of  iron  on  the  principle  of  Dick  s  Patent 
Punches  and  Shears.  _ 


85.  Tyler  A  McIvenney,  Clarksfield  Ohio. — Inventor. 

Patent  Excentric  Lever  Press;  applicable  to  a  variety  of  uses. 


86.  Williams  A  IIackley,  Bellville,  New  York— Manufacturers. 

Hackley’s  Improved  Cheese  Press;  one  screw  is  operated  by  a  crank,  and  exerts  a 
power  of  1200  lbs.,  which,  by  a  lever,  may  be  increased  as  required. 


87.  Tillingiiast,  Joseph  B.,  Point  Harmar,  Washington  County,  Ohio. — Inventor. 

Patent  Centrifugal  Churn. 

[It  has  an  ordinary  upright  shaft,  with  spokes,  revolved  by  a  crank  at  the  top  of 
the  churn,  which,  put  in  motion,  sets  the  cream  into  a  horizontal  whirl.  Three  cleats 
on  the  inner  surface,  fastened  in  a  spiral  direction,  each  beveled  on  the  upper  side, 
break  the  eddy  and  produce  a  thorough  agitation ;  by  turning  the  other  way  the 
bevel  tends  to  quiet  the  agitation  and  collect  the  butter  separated  by  the  former 
process.] 

T  T  •  % 

88.  Blanchard,  Geo.  A.,  Concord,  New  Hampshire. 

Davis’  Patent  Self-Adjusting  Churn ;  the  cream  is  agitated  by  stationary  and 
movable  floats,  and  the  butter,  being  separated,  is  collected  by  a  few  half-revolutions 
of  the  crank.  The  butter  is  worked  by  reversing  the  movement  of  the  crank,  the 
dasher  being  closed  up  by  the  movable  float.  Salting  is  effected  by  the  same  means. 


89.  Crowell,  William  A.,  Lime  Roclc,  Connecticut. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Crowell’s  Thermometer  Churn ;  so  constructed  that  the  cream  is  brought  to  the 
desired  temperature  without  mixing  with  water,  and  the  temperature  determined  by  a 
thermometer  at  one  end. 

This  is  effected  by  a  double  bottom,  made  in  the  form  of  a  semicircle,  of  two 
sheets  of  metal,  placed  one  above  the  other,  at  a  sufficient  distance  apart  to  admit  cold 
or  warm  water,  as  may  be  required. 


90.  Francisco,  Samuel  P.,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 

Atmospheric  Churn. 

[A  square  tin  churn,  placed  in  a  wooden  box,  with  a  revolving  dasher  near 
the  bottom,  consisting  of  a  disk,  surmounted  by  a  tubular  stem,  extending  through 
the  top  of  the  tub  and  open  at  its  upper  end.  This  disk  has  nearly  the  same 
diameter  as  the  tub,  and  is  perforated  with  radial  tubular  channels,  communicating 
with  the  interior  of  the  stem ;  when  the  dasher  is  in  operation  the  air  passes  down 
the  stem  through  the  lower  part  of  the  dasher  into  the  cream.  The  sides  of  the 
dasher  project  into  the  cream,  and  when  it  is  rotated  rapidly,  a  partial  vacuum  is 
formed  in  the  cream,  behind  the  projecting  sides  of  the  dasher,  into  which  the  air 
rushes  and  mingles  with  the  cream.  The  dasher  is  mounted  on  a  spindle,  passing 
through  and  projecting  below  the  bottom  of  the  tub,  and  turning  in  a  water-tight 
bearing ;  to  this  the  motion  is  conveyed  by  means  of  a  pinion  and  bevel-wheel,  driven 
by  the  crank-shaft.  The  rapid  motion  of  the  dasher,  effecting  a  free  introduction  of 
air  into  the  cream,  produces  a  gentle  but  thorough  agitation,  which  the  smooth 
surfaces  of  the  dasher  and  tub  would  not  of  themselves  do.  The  time  of  producing 
the  butter  is  a  tenth  or  an  eighth  of  that  required  by  the  ordinary  mode. 

The  butter  is  gathered  by  reducing  the  speed  of  the  dasher,  when  the  small 
particles  cohere  and  form  into  large  rolls  or  balls.] 

91.  Hyam,  Abraham,  Baltimore,  Maryland — Inventor. 

Atmospheric  Churn ;  simple  in  its  construction,  being  the  ordinary  dasher-churn 
with  an  apparatus  attached  for  forcing  air  into  the  mass  of  the  cream. 


92.  Smith,  Miss  L.  A,  Windy  Bush,  Bucks  County,  Pennsylvania. — Inventor. 
Labor-Saving  Butter-Worker. 


93.  O’Neill,  John,  Xenia,  Ohio. — Inventor. 

Atmospheric  Lever  Churn. 

[  1  he  box  of  the  churn  is  divided  in  the  centre  by  an  upright  diaphragm,  pierced 
lengthwise  with  tubes,  open  to  the  air  above,  and  with  a  scalloped  cut  at  the  immersed 
end.  When  the  dasher— of  which  there  is  one  part  on  each  side  the  partition- 
works,  air  passes  down  through  the  tubes  and  aids  in  agitating  the  cream.] 

94.  Allen,  Richard  L.,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Agent. 

Collection  of  agricultural,  horticultural,  and  dairy  implements  and  machines. 

13fl 


1.  Plows  of  60  patterns,  for  various  kinds  of  soil  and  tillage. 

2.  Harrows — double,  Scotch,  square,  and  triangular,  adapted  to  all  kinds  ot  land. 

3.  Cultivators  for  corn,  potatoe,  tobacco,  coffee,  and  sugar-cane  crops. 

4.  Seed  drills,  for  hand  or  horse-power. 

5.  Cast-iron  garden  roller,  made  in  two  sections. 

6.  Bush  and  root  pullers,  with  two  and  four  claws,  for  extracting  roots,  Ac.,  by 
horse-power. 

7.  Post-hole  augers,  for  boring  holes  for  posts  from  6  to  12  inches  in  diameter. 

8.  Threshing  machines,  of, various  sizes. 

9.  Fanning  mills. 

10.  Corn-shellers,  with  single  or  double  hoppers. 

11.  Cylinder  hay-cutters. 

12.  Horse-powers,  adapted  to  one  or  eight  horses. 

1.3.  Revolving  horse  hay-rake. 

14.  Machine  to  cut  and  stuff'  sausage  meat, 

15.  Budding’s  Lawn  Mower. 

16.  The  Kendall  Cylindrical  Churn. 

Collection  of  garden,  field,  and  grass  seeds  and  fertilizers. 


95.  Mayher,  John,  A  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

A  collection  of  agricultural  implements  and  machines. 


96.  Lonuett  A  Griffing,  New  York. — Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

General  agricultural  implements  and  appliances,  including  Prouty  A  Means’  Plows, 
John  Rich’s  Patent  Iron-beam  Plow,  Ilickok’s  Patent  Cider-mill  and  Press,  Bryan’s 
Patent  Fanning-mill,  corn-shellers,  straw-cutters;  Emery’s  Threshing  Machine,  Circular 
Saw,  and  Seed  Planter;  Partridge’s  Forks,  and  Potatoe  Hoes;  L.  Bolles  A  Co.’s  solid 
Shank  Hoes;  W.  C.  Barker’s  Improved  Screw-nib  Scythe  Snaths;  and  a  large  variety 
of  horticultural  tools,  Ac. 

9*.  Ralph  A  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 

Collection  of  general  agricultural  and  horticultural  implements  and  machinery. 

98.  Thomas  A  Livingston,  Utica,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Patent  lever  gate. 


99.  Emery  A  Co.,  Albany,  New  York. — Proprietors  and  Manufacturers. 

1.  Emery’s  Patent  Changeable  Railroad  Horse-Power,  adapted  to  driving  threshing 
machines,  circular  saws,  cotton-gins,  corn-shellers,  Ac.,  Ac 

[The  angle  of  elevation  necessary  to  operate  this  power  is  less  than  one  inch  and  a 
half  to  the  foot.  It  has  also  an  arrangement  for  adjusting  the  chain,  and  a  brake  for 
stopping  the  whole  instantly,  all  within  the  power,  and  independent  of  the  band  and 
pulleys.] 

2.  The  Overshot  Thresher  and  Vibrating  Separator. 

[This  is  an  ordinary  spike  thresher,  but  admits  of  a  level  feeding  table,  thus  avoid¬ 
ing  the  accidents  which  often  occur  with  the  inclined  feeding  board,  by  preventing 
hard  substances,  sticks,  and  stones  from  getting  into  the  machine  and  breaking  the 
spikes.  A  separator  may  be  attached.] 

3.  Emery’s  Albany  Corn  Planter  and  Seed  Drill. 

[This  machine  makes  its  own  furrow,  counting  and  measuring  its  own  quantity  of 
seed ;  deposits  it  in  hills  or  drills  at  pleasure,  and  at  any  distance  apart ;  covering  the 
seed  after  it  is  dropped,  and  compressing  it,  after  it  is  covered,  by  means  of  a  roller; 
and  doing  the  whole  at  the  same  time. 

The  machine  is  quite  simple.  The  quantity,  ns  well  as  the  different  kinds  of  small 
seeds,  is  regulated  by  means  of  movable  tin  plates[  with  different  sized  holes,  which 
are  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  hopper,  the  seeds  being  forced  through  the  holes  with 
a  circular  brush.  For  planting  corn,  a  wooden  cylinder  is  substituted,  just  filling  the 
hopper-mouth,  the  bottom  of  which  is  left  open. 

The  cylinder  is  perforated  with  cavities  sufficiently  large  to  receive  any  number 
of  kernels  of  corn,  beans,  peas,  Ac.,  and  a  set  screw,  with  the  head  just  filling  the 
cavity,  is  inserted.  The  quantity  is  regulated  by  turning  the  screw  up  or  down,  at 
pleasure.  One  acre  per  hour  is  readily  planted,  and  is  a  fair  estimate  of  its  capability 
when  the  rows  are  three  feet  apart.] 

100.  Eddy,  Dyer  A  Co.,  Union  Village,  Washington  County,  New  York, — Manufacturers. 

Agricultural  implements  and  machinery,  including  Taplin’s  Patent  Lever  Horse¬ 
power;  Thresher;  Wrought-iron  Beam  Plows. 


101.  Hargreaves,  Thomas  C.,  Schenectady,  New  York. —Inventor. 

Corn-husking  machine. 

[The  unliusked  ears  of  corn  are  placed  in  grooves  upon  a  circular  iron  plate,  with 
the  stock-end  against  the  rim  near  the  centre ;  the  plate  moves  round  horizontally,  and 
conveys  the  ears  to  the  cutters  (a  double  blade  sliding  down  together),  which  descend 
and  partially  sever  the  upper  side  of  the  husk,  and  divide  the  cob  at  the  first  row  of 
kernels.  One  blade  retains  the  husk  while  the  other  forces  out  the  ear  into  the 
receiving  trough,  and,  as  the  next  ear  comes  ready  for  the  cutters,  a  spur  removes  the 
previously  severed  husk.  This  machine  will  husk  as  fast  as  a  man  can  place  the  ears 
in  the  grooves.] 

102.  Glover,  Townsend,  Fishkill  Landing,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Models  of  the  fruits  of  America. 

[These  models  are  designed  by  the  artist  for  the  use  of  horticultural ists,  or  horti¬ 
cultural  societies,  for  the  purpose  of  identifying  and  comparing  the  different  varieties 
of  fruit,  when  out  of  season  or  otherwise  unattainable,  and  likewise  for  the  instruction 
of  young  hortieulturalists  or  farmers  wishing  to  plant  fruit-treos  or  orchards,  and  not 


SECTION  II.  — CLASS  IX. 


yet  familiar  with  the  history  or  peculiar  habits  of  the  tree,  flavor  of  the  fruit,  time  of 
ripening,  soil  best  adapted  to  its  culture,  (fee.  A  full,  yet  concise  descriptive  label  will 
be  engrafted  to  each  specimen.  Models  of  blossoms,  young  wood,  leaves,  (fee.,  are 
classifi  d  and  arranged  in  a  similar  manner;  also,  the  insects  destructive  to 
orchards  or  gardens,  both  in  the  larva,  pupa,  and  perfect  state,  modelled  and 
presei  \  ed,  so  that  the  horticultural ist  and  agriculturalist  may  recognize  their  enemies 
whenever  and  wherever  they  may  be  seen,  and  have  the  most  approved  method  for 
their  destruction  in  their  various  states.  These  data  accompany  each  specimen.] 

103*  Kelsey,  Christopher  J.,  Living stonville,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Kelsey’s  Patent  Folding  and  Adjustable  Grain  Cradle. 

104.  Babcock,  A.  S.,  Albany,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Horse-shoe  and  sole  tiles  for  draining  land. 

105.  Hughes,  James,  Cambridge ,  Indiana. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 

Hominy  and  samp  mill. 

100.  Crossman,  Edward,  Canaan  Four  Corners ,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Scythe  rifles  or  sharpeners. 


107.  Downer,  John  R.  &  R.,  Castleton,  New  York. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 
Revolving  horse-rake,  and  an  improved  harrow. 


108.  Tuthill,  Thomas  J.,  Elmira,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Rotary  cutter  plow  or  cultivator. 

109.  Moody,  Edmund,  Birmingham,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Vegetable  cutter,  for  slicing  and  grating  vegetables  for  fodder. 

110.  Mann,  Terance,  <fe  Co.,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

MacGregor’s  Patent  Agricultural  Caldron  for  Furnaces. 

[Designed  for  boiling  vegetables,  lard,  oil,  sugar-maple  sap,  tar,  wax,  resin,  and 
for  various  other  manufacturing  and  agricultural  purposes.] 

111.  Dickson,  Perry,  Blooming  Valley,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee. 

Improved  sled  lock. 

112.  Abbe,  R.  M.,  Enfield,  Connecticut. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  pen,  illustrating  an  improved  method  of  feeding  swine. 

113.  Arnett,  William  D.,  Fairfield,  Iowa. — Inventor. 

Patent  improved  road-scraper. 


114.  Bell,  D.  D.,  Rochester,  New  York. — Patentee. 

Bell’s  Potatoe-digging  Machine. 

[A  four-wheel  carriage,  between  the  forward  wheels  of  which  is  suspended  a 
cylinder,  armed  with  iron  fingers,  like  potatoe-hoes,  which,  being  made  to  revolve, 
scoop  the  potatoes  out  of  the  ground,  carry  them  over  and  discharge  them  upon  a 
shaking-screen,  which  serves  to  rattle  off  the  dirt,  and  from  which  they  are  deposited 
in  a  cart  or  box  behind.] 


115.  Duncan,  Horace,  Lyman,  New  Hampshire. — Proprietor  and  Assignee  of  Patents. 
Dewey’s  Patent  Spring  Horse  Rack,  with  Haynes’  patented  improvement. 

116.  Baoon,  Almon,  Lyme,  Connecticut. 

Corn  and  fruit  baskets. 


117.  Dibboll,  Joseph,  Sidney,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
One  hand-made  ax-helve. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

118.  Croskill,  William,  Beverly,  near  Hull. — Manufacturer. 

Agricultural  implements  and  machinery. 

1.  Crosskill’s  Patent  Serrated  Roller,  or  Clod-Crusher. 

[This  roller  consists  of  cast-iron  metal  disks,  or  roller  parts,  placed  loosely  upon 
a  round  axle,  so  as  to  revolve  independently  of  each  other.  Each  alternate  ring  is 
made  larger  in  the  eye,  thereby  effecting  the  best  means  of  self-cleansing.] 

2.  Crossbill's  Improved  Norwegian  Harrows. 

[The  spikelets  pulverize  the  land  five  or  six  inches  deep,  without  clogging.  The 
frame  is  arranged  with  side-levers  and  regulators,  so  as  to  raise  or  adjust  the  harrows 
as  required.] 

3.  Williams’  Patent  Diagonal  Harrows. 

[This  set  consists  of  three  harrows,  and  whiffletrees.  Each  harrow  is  square,  or 
rather  diamond-shaped,  and  formed  of  straight  bars  of  iron,  placed  in  diagonal  positions, 
to  which  teeth  are  so  fitted  that  each  cuts  a  separate  track,  while  the  draught  is  from 

M* 


the  whiffletrees.  This  is  a  good  seeding-harrow,  and  was  awarded  the  bronze  medal 
for  that  feature.] 

4.  Crossbill's  Improved  Archimedean  Root-Washer. 

[Potatoes,  turnips,  etc.,  being  delivered  into  a  hopper  at  one  end,  pass  into  an 
inclined  cylinder  having  two  chambers,  in  the  first  of  which  they  are  confined  and 
threshed,  by  turning  the  handle  forward ;  when  thoroughly  cleansed,  by  turning  the 
handle  the  other  way,  they  pass  into  the  second  chamber,  which  is  constructed  in  the 
form  of  a  spiral,  along  which  the  vegetables  pass  until  they  drop  into  a  spout  outside.] 

5.  Crosskill’s  Model  Farm  and  Harvest  Cart. 

6.  Machine-made  cart-wheels  and  axles. 

7.  A  street-sweeping  machine. 


119.  Bigg,  Thomas,  London. — Inventor. 

Apparatus  for  washing  sheep. 

120.  Ball,  Robert,  Dublin. — Inventor. 

Improved  dredge  for  naturalists. 

[A  compact  net-work  of  small  cords  is  attached  to  a  mouth-piece  of  iron,  which 
drags  on  sea-bottoms,  and  secures  whatever  may  come  in  its  way.] 

- «  c>  « - 

BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

121.  Holwell,  Antrobus  W.,  Quebec. — Inventor. 

A  fruit  gatherer. 

[The  fruit  is  picked  by  two  fingers  at  the  end  of  a  long  pole,  and  passes  through 
a  wire  ring  into  a  cloth  tube  until  it  reaches  the  hand  of  the  gatherer.] 


122.  Von  Brocklin,  Winter  <fe  Co. — Brandford,  Canada  East. — Manufacturers. 
Threshing  machine. 


123.  Robertson,  John,  Long  Point,  Canada  East. — Patentee  and  Proprietor. 
Seed-sower. 


124.  Hurlburt,  Samuel,  Prescott,  Canada  East. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

[Patent  plow,  with  the  working  side  of  the  mould-board  uniformly  convex  from 
front  to  rear,  and  also  from  top  to  bottom,  so  that  a  concave  arc  of  a  circle,  when 
applied  vertically  to  the  line  of  the  base,  shall  adapt  itself  to  every  part  of  the  mould- 
board;  also,  when  applied  horizontally,  will  fit  every  part  accurately.] 

125.  Jones  &  Co.,  Gunanogue,  Canada  West. — Manufacturers. 

Shovels  and  spades. 


FRANCE. 

126.  Lavoisy,  Amedee  Desire,  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris. — Inventor. 

Mechanical  churns,  oval  in  form  and  made  of  tin,  with  wooden  ends,  placed 
horizontally,  and  appearing  somewhat  like  the  Kendall  Churn  of  American  invention. 
There  are  two  dashers  ranged  lengthwise  through  the  churn  upon  square  iron  shafts 
these  are  formed  with  arms  or  fingers  which  play  between  each  other  as  the  shafts 
revolve,  the  motion  being  communicated  by  cog  wheels  at  the  crank  end  of  the  churn. 
A  slide  closes  the  top  of  the  churn,  and  it  is  ventilated  by  a  tube  passing  through  it. 
This  is  removed  after  the  process  of  churning  is  commenced. 


127.  Coulaux  <fc  Co.,  Molsheim,  Bas-Rhin. — Manufacturer. 

.  Scythes  and  horticultural  implements,  pruning  knives,  garden  shears,  hoes,  and 
rakes. 

128.  Chateyer,  Firming,  near  St.  Etienne,  Loire. — Manufacturer. 

Scythes,  sickles,  and  shovels. 

- ■  c>  ■ - - 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

129.  Kaemmerer,  Capt.  E.,  Bromberg,  Prussia. — Inventor. 

A  seed  drill  or  sowing  machine,  arranged  to  sow  from  six  to  thirty-two  pecks 
(Prussian)  an  acre. 

130.  Schmiidt,  P.  L.,  Elberfield,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Shovels  and  spades. 

131.  Kade,  Jacob,  Achern,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 

Straw  cutters;  scythes  with  short,  broad  and  thin  blades,  forged  to  an  edge 
without  grinding. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

132.  Beyerle,  Jacob,  Waidhofen. — Manufacturer. 

Scythes  and  straw-cutting  knives. 

137 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  MACHINES  AND  IMPLEMENTS. 

133,  Penz,  J.,  Mulherau,  Tyrol— Manufacturer. 

Scythes  of  different  patterns. 

131,  Weinmeister,  J.,  BriXhthal. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  scythes. 

1S5.  Hierzenberger,  G.,  Leonstein. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  scythes. 

136.  Gabt,  A.,  Kufstein,  Tyrol.—. Manufacturer. 

Different  kind  of  scythes. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

111.  Per  a  Nervi,  E.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Hay  and  grain  mowing  machine. 

112.  Coccone,  Giuseppe,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Seed  and  grain  sowing  machine. 

[This  is  a  hand-machine,  and  consists  of  a  number  of  tubes  about  an  inch  in 
diameter  and  three  feet  in  length,  arranged  in  a  frame,  at  a  proper  distance  from  each 
other  for  sowing  in  drills.  The  seeds  are  placed  in  a  cavity  at  the  top,  and  the  quantity 
regulated  by  springs  easily  controlled.  It  is  drawn  after  the  operator,  the  ends  of  the 
tubes  describing  the  furrows.] 

137.  Pamer,  S.,  Schalchen. — Manufacturer. 

Scythes  and  chaff-cutters. 

138*  Offner,  Brothers,  Wolfsburg ,  Carinthia .  Manufacturers. 

Scythes  of  various  kinds. 

BELGIUM. 

113.  Df.  Beaune,  Ulric,  Jemmapcs. — Inventor. 

Apparatus  for  moistening  grain. 

139.  Weinmeister,  G.,  Spital. — Manufacturer. 

Scythes  and  sickles. 

140.  Feitlinger,  J.  A.,  Eppenstein. — Manufacturer. 

Various  scythes. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

111.  Jenken,  W.,  Utrecht. — Manufacturer. 

A  swing-plow. 

145.  Sondermeyer,  J.  K.,  Rotterdam. — Inventor. 

An  earth-borer,  designed  to  promote  the  growth  of  fruit-trees.  •  • 

The  following  cuts,  not  being  at  hand  when  the  pages  to  which  they  belong  were  made  up,  are  placed  at  the  end  of  their  class : 


A 


SECTION  II. 


CLASS  X. 


A « 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  AND  PRODUCTS  RESULTING  FROM 

THEIR  USE— MAPS,  ETC. 


This  is  one  of  the  most  important  classes  in  our  volume,  if  not  always  the  most  interesting  to  the  general  observer.  The  importance  of  the  instruments 
used  in  our  coast  survey  has  justified  a  description  of  them  which,  under  other  circumstances,  might  be  considered  too  minute;  although,  as  a  proof  of  the 
labor  and  scientific  skill  which  has  been  employed  upon  this  interesting  subject,  they  have  been  looked  upon  with  great  interest  even  by  the  unscientific  visitor. 
But  the  whole  class  is  one  which  is  too  well  understood  to  require  a  special  introduction. 


1,  Bureau  of  the  Coast  Survey  of  tite  Treasury  Department  of  the  United  States, 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia. — Proprietor. 

1.  One  tube  and  two  supporting  trestles  of  the  apparatus  used  in  measuring  the 
base  lines  of  the  Coast  Survey  Triangulution.  This  apparatus  was  made  in  the 
C.  S.  Office,  during  1845  and  1846,  by  Mr.  Wm.  Wurdeman,  then  in  charge  of  the 
C.  S.  Instrument-shop.  The  principles  and  the  general  plan  were  elaborated  by 
Professor  Bache,  and  the  details  were  devised  and  executed  by  Mr.  Wurdeman.  Mr. 
Joseph  Saxton  and  Capt.  A.  A.  Humphreys,  U.  S.  A.,  assisted  Professor  Bache  in  many 
of  the  fundamental  experiments  on  the  bars,  Ac.  Two  tubes  and  six  or  eight  trestles 
make  up  the  complete  apparatus. 

[During  the  past  season,  the  general  public  has,  for  the  first  time,  been  enabled  to 
inspect  the  apparatus  employed  in  measuring  the  base  lines  of  the  Coast  Survey  trian¬ 
gulation.  A  large  spar-shaped  tube,  sustained  on  two  tripod-trestles,  has  stood  just 
opposite  the  great  north  window,  a  total  enigma  to  most  observers,  until,  on  reading 
the  attached  descriptive  card,  it  proved  to  be  the  thing  probably  the  most  remote  from 
their  conjectures.  To  the  uninitiated,  its  mute,  plain  exterior  gives  but  little  idea  of  its 
objects,  mechanism,  and  mode  of  use.  Nor  would  a  casual  observer  at  all  appreciate 
the  delicate  experiments  whence  its  structure  was  deduced,  or  the  marvellous  accuracy 
of  results  which  it  affords.  The  lack  of  drawings,  and  the  complication  of  parts,  will 
here  prevent  the  presentation  of  all  the  smaller  details ;  but  a  general  synopsis  of  the 
theory,  structure,  functions,  and  method  of  using  this  apparatus,  will,  without  these, 
be  tolerably  intelligible. 

The  base  line  of  a  triangulation  is  that  distance,  carefully  measured  along  the 
ground  by  a  standard  measuring-apparatus,  from  which,  as  an  origin,  all  the  remaining 
triangle  sides  are  derived  by  angle  observations  and  computations.  This  line,  usually 
from  five  to  ten  miles  long,  being  selected  and  opened  conveniently  for  measurement, 
and  for  the  proposed  triangulation,  is  measured  with  the  utmost  accuracy,  to  determine 
the  number  of  standard  units  between  the  station-signals  at  the  extremities.  Any  error 
in  the  base-length  affects  proportionally  all  the  derived  distances ;  hence  the  need  of 
the  greatest  attainable  precision  in  its  measurement.  Also  any  error  of  comparison, 
between  the  apparatus  and  the  standard  unit,  affects  proportionally,  and  in  cumulation, 
the  entire  operation ;  thus  vitiating  the  geodetic  results  in  a  very  rapid  ratio.  Hence 
trigonometrical  surveys,  extensive  enough  to  afford  geodetic  results  of  value,  demand 
the  highest  accuracy,  delicacy,  and  constancy,  in  the  base-measuring  apparatus  used. 

The  United  States  sea-coast  is  distributed,  for  surveying  purposes,  into  eleven  sec¬ 
tions  ;  in  each  of  which  at  least  one  base  line  will  be  requisite,  and  on  the  Gulf  and 
Pacific  coasts  several  extra  bases  may  be  necessary.  Thus  there  will  be  a  total  of  nearly 
a  hundred  miles  actual  base-line,  to  be  measured  with  the  utmost  nccuiacy.  This  fact 
made  it  important,  even  in  an  economical  sense,  so  to  arrange  the  base  apparatus  as 
that  extreme  delicacy  and  constancy  should  be  combined  with  the  greatest  facility  of 
use  and  adjustment.  Experience  has  proved  the  solution  of  their  problem,  embodied 
in  the  C.  S.  apparatus,  to  be  highly  satisfactory. 

The  prime  condition  to  be  satisfied  in  this  apparatus,  is,  that  the  distance  between 
the  two  agate  ends  shall,  under  all  circumstances  of  temperature,  or  weather,  incident 
to  its  use,  remain  steadily  the  same  constant  quantity.  The  distance  between  the 
extremities  of  a  bar,  of  any  known  substance,  undergoes  such  variations  during  tem- 
uestuous  weather-changes,  as  can  by  no  means  be  disregarded  in  measuring  bases. 


Usually,  single  iron  bars  have  been  employed,  and  a  correction  for  the  observed  tem¬ 
perature  during  each  contact  has  been  applied,  to  reduce  the  length  to  the  standard 
value,  previous  experiments  having  determined  these  corrections.  But,  besides  the 
labor  of  reduction,  the  true  temperature  of  a  bar,  at  a  given  instant,  cannot  be  so 
thoroughly  known  as  to  make  the  proper  corrections  entirely  certain.  With  the 
purpose  of  wholly  eliminating  these  temperature  corrections,  the  principle  of  com¬ 
pensation  has  been  introduced  into  base-apparatus,  in  a  manner  essentially  analogous 
to  that  long  familiar  in  the  gridiron  or  compensating  pendulum-rod.  Colonel  Colby 
first  thus  applied  this  principle  in  1827,  when  constructing  the  apparatus  for  measuring 
the  Lough  Foyle  Base  in  the  Irish  Ordnance  Survey.  It  was  again,  and  independently 
applied,  in  a  mode  quite  his  own,  by  Mr.  Simeon  Borden,  of  Fall  River,  where,  during 
the  winter  of  1830-31,  he  constructed  his  base-apparatus  for  the  Massachusetts  State 
Survey.  Mr.  Borden  made  no  provision  for  producing  in  the  two  bars  used  an  equal 
rate  of  change  during  variations  of  heat,  but  the  double-case  used  by  him  imposed  an 
efficient  check  on  the  rapidity  of  these  variations  around  the  bars.  Colonel  Colby 
attempted,  by  the  aid  of  varnishes  and  lamp-black  coatings,  to  determine  by  numerous 
experiments  in  1827,  so  to  regulate  the  absorbent  powers  of  the  two  bars  as  to  equalize 
their  rates  of  temperature-change  when  exposed  to  the  same  source  of  heat.  But  this 
was  a  physical  impossibility  in  the  bars  which  he  employed,  presenting  equal  cross- 
sections  of  brass  and  iron ;  though  a  tolerable  approximation  was  thus  obtained. 
Colonel  Colby’s  method  is  faulty  in  failing  to  take  specific  account  of  the  different 
conducting  powers,  and  specific  heats  of  iron  and  brass.  The  method  introduced  by 
Professor  Bache  is  capable  of  making  the  rates  of  the  two  bars  perfectly  equal.  By 
numerous  experiments,  in  1845-46,  he  has  so  determined  the  two  cross-sections,  with 
reference  to  the  specific  heats  and  conducting  powers  of  the  two  metals,  that  the  two 
bars,  throughout  their  masses,  change  temperatures  a  given  number  of  degrees  in  equal 
times,  when  in  like  circumstances.  By  applying  the  same  varnish  to  both  bars,  the 
superficial  absorption  is  equalized,  and  a  slight  variation  of  the  varnish  on  one  bar,  as 
indicated  by  experiment,  completes  the  final  adjustment  of  this  equality.  Thus  the 
effects  of  ordinary  variations  of  heat,  in  displacing  the  end  agates,  has  been  rendered 
quite  inappreciable ;  and  hence  thermometric  correctives  are  eliminated.  In  addition 
to  this  modification,  the  C.  S.  apparatus  presents  several  valuable  points  of  novelty, 
among  which  may  be  specified  the  mode  of  sustaining  the  bars  on  the  truss-frame,  the 
application  of  Bessel’s  contact-lever,  the  trestle  movements,  and  the  arrangement  for 
the  fine  motion  of  contact. 

The  tube  is  six  meters  long  between  the  agate  plane  on  one  end,  nnd  the  horizontal 
blunt  agate  knife-edge  on  the  other.  A  bar  of  brass,  and  one  of  iron,  a  few  inches 
short  of  six  meters  long,  are  supported,  the  iron  being  above,  and  parallel  to  the  brass 
bar;  and  at  the  sector,  or  rear  end,  they  are  connected  firmly  by  a  notched,  iron  cross¬ 
piece,  screwed  to  each  bar  by  two  screws  sunk  through  it  into  their  plane-end  faces. 
The  brass  bar,  which  expands  more  rapidly,  and  has  a  longer  cross-section  thah  the 
iron  bar,  is  supported  on  rollers,  mounted  in  suspending  stirrups;  and  the  iron  bar 
rests  on  small  brass  rollers,  fastened  to  it,  and  running  on  top  of  the  brass  bar.  Thus, 
while  the  two  bars  are  relatively  fixed  at  one  end,  they  are  elsewhere  free  to  move,  and 
manifest  at  the  disengaged  ends  their  entire  expansions  and  contractions.  This  free  end 
is  called  the  compensation-end,  and  the  two  bars  are  here  connected  by  the  vertical 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC 


lever  of  compensation,  which  is  attached  to  the  lower,  or  brass  bar,  by  a  single  pin,  and 
carries  a  steel  knife-edge  above,  which  bears  against  a  steel  plane  on  the  end  of  the  iron 
bar;  at  the  top  of  this  lever  a  second  knife-edge,  facing  from  the  bars,  bears  against 
a  steel  plane  in  the  eye  of  a  loop,  made  in  a  small  horizontal  rod.  This  rod  extends 
through  two  supporting-guide3,  and  a  helical  zinc-spring,  through  which  the  rod  runs, 
acts  between  the  rear  guide  and  a  shoulder  on  the  rod  so  as  to  force  the  loop-plane 
against  its  knife-edge.  The  same  spring  maintains  an  equable  contact-pressure  of  the 
lower  knife-edge,  and  of  the  hinge-pin.  The  looped,  or  sliding  rod,  extends  some  inches 
forward  of  the  compensation-lever,  and  on  its  end  is  an  agate  plane,  forming  the  fore¬ 
extremity  of  the  tube,  against  which  the  contact  of  the  next  tube  is  made.  As  the 
iron  bar  expands  less  than  the  brass,  the  knife-edge  resting  against  its  end  can  be  so 
adjusted,  by  moving  it  up  or  down,  as  that,  in  all  temperature- variations,  the  limiting 
plane  agate  surface  shall  always  be  at  the  same  distance  from  the  opposite,  or  sector- 
end  of  the  tube.  The  three  bearings  of  the  compensation-lever  are  so  determined  as 
to  satisfy  this  condition. 

The  stirrups,  sustaining  the  rollers  on  which  the  brass  bar  runs,  are  riveted  at  top 
to  the  under-surface  of  the  truss  work,  and  the  two  bars  are  kept  in  place  in  the  stir¬ 
rups  by  lateral  adjusting-screws,  which  also  serve  to  rectify  the  bars.  There  are  two 
members  of  the  truss-work,  one  being  vertical  and  one  horizontal.  They  are  made  by 
shaping  for  the  purpose  plates  of  boiler-iron,  and  cutting  out  circular  discs,  so  as  to 
make  the  weight  a  practical  minimum.  The  vertical  sheet  is  joined  along  the  centre 
line  of  the  horizontal  sheet,  by  riveting  both  sheets  to  angle-irons  in  the  two  reentering 
angles.  A  continuous  iron  tie-plate,  turned  up  in  a  trough  form,  connects  all  the  lower 
ends  of  the  supporting  stirrups. 

The  sector  end,  or  the  rear  extremity  of  a  tube  in  use,  embraces  a  sector  for  reading 
the  inclination  of  the  bars,  a  contact-level  to  indicate  when  the  proper  contact  pressure 
between  the  two  extreme  agates  is  reached,  and  the  “fine  motion”  fixtures  by  which 
this  contact  is  made.  At  this  end,  too,  are  three  rods  leading  to  screws  in  the  rear 
trestle;  one  to  slide  the  tube  lengthwise,  another  to  slide  it  transversely,  and  the  third 
to  raise  or  lower  the  rear  end.  The  principal  observer  makes  the  sector  end  manipu¬ 
lations.  The  sector  end  terminates  in  a  sliding-rod,  which  plays  through  two  small 
upright  bars;  and  at  its  rear  extremity  bears  a  horizontal,  blunt,  agate  knife-edge, 
which,  in  measuring,  is  abutted  against  the  compensation-end  agate  plane  of  the  pre¬ 
vious  tube. 

This  rod  abuts  at  the  inner  end,  against  an  upright  lever  of  contact,  which  is  mounted 
at  bottom  on  a  hinge-pin,  sustained  by  two  small  drop-braces  abutting  for  the  purpose, 
and  it  is  steadied  by  a  projecting  pin  between  an  adjusting-screw  and  a  small  spring. 
Thi3  lever,  at  top,  is  so  arranged  as  to  press  against  a  tongue  or  lever  descending  from 
the  middle  of  a  level  of  contact,  which  is  mounted  on  trunnions,  resting  on  a  supporting 
bracket  above.  The  sliding-rod,  pressing  against  the  lever  of  contact,  bears  its  top 
against  the  tongue  of  the  level,  thus  turning  it,  and,  in  so  doing,  overcomes  a  prepon¬ 
derance  of  weight  given  to  the  forward  end  of  the  level.  This  preponderance  being 
constant,  a  constant  pressure  of  contact  will  always  be  requisite  to  bring  the  bubble  to 
the  centre. 

The  sector  is  an  arm,  bearing  a  long  level,  attached  by  a  eenter-pin  to  a  projection 
from  the  crossbar  connecting  the  two  main  bars.  At  the  other  end  is  a  graduated  arc 
of  10°  each  way  from  the  zero,  which  is  read  by  a  fixed  vernier,  along  which  it  moves 
by  a  tangent  screw.  ^Thc  readings,  with  the  bubble  at  the  center,  are  the  bar  inclina¬ 
tions.  Both  the  lever  of  contact  and  the  contact-level  make  part  of  the  sector,  and 
partake  in  its  motions.  The  end  of  the  sliding-rod  bears  against  a  cylindrical  surface 
on  the  lever  of  contact,  whose  axis  is  that  of  the  sector  motion;  and,  as  the  rod  also  is 
placed  radially  in  this  cylinder,  the  sector  motion  is  not  obstructed.  As  the  contact  is 
always  made  with  the  main  level  horizontal,  the  pressure  acts  always  alike  on  the  level 
preponderance. 

What  is  called  the  “fine  motion ,”  or  the  delicate  longitudinal  motion  given  to  the 
forward  system  of  bars,  in  adjusting  the  contacts  between  successive  tubes,  is  produced 
by  means  of  a  compensating-rod,  or  tube,  one  end  of  which  is  attached  to  the  truss- 
frame,  over  the  rear  trestle,  and  the  other  to  the  crossbar.  A  thumb-screw  turns  in  a 
collar,  which  bears  against  the  crossbar,  and  its  thread  acts  on  a  nut  in  the  rear  end  of 
the  compensating-rod.  This  rod  consists  of  a  series  of  alternate  iron  and  brass  tubes, 
arranged  concentrically,  and  fastened  alternately  at  opposite  ends.  The  end  is  attached 
to  the  truss  over  the  rear  trestle,  to  prevent  movements  of  the  bars  by  truss  expansions 
and  contractions.  A  spiral  spring  is  arranged  below  the  brass  bar,  to  so  react  against 
a  bracket  as  to  press  the  bars  back  against  the  collar  of  the  thumb-screw.  The  observer, 
in  turning  this  screw  with  his  left  hand,  can  easily  watch  the  contact  level. 

The  entire  arrangement  thus  described,  except  the  sliding  ends,  is  enclosed  in  a 
double,  tubular  tin-case,  composed  of  two  halves  riveted  together  in  the  middle,  and 
tapering  towards  the  ends.  The  truss-frame  is  sustained  in  it  on  two  diaphragms,  one 
over  each  trestle.  The  inner  and  outer  tin-easings  are  an  inch  and  a  half  apart,  and 
the  inclosed  air-stratum  forms  an  efficient  non-conductor.  The  outer  surface  is  also 
painted  white,  and  when  in  use  the  tube  is  covered  with  woolen  coatings,  which,  with 
the  double-casing  and  thorough  compensation,  obviates  all  need  of  covering  tents  or 
screens  in  measuring.  The  ends  of  the  case  are  closed  across,  and  guard-cylinders  are 
attached  to  protect  the  sliding-rods,  and  a  covering-cap  protects  the  agates  when  not  in 
use.  There  are  three  glazed  openings  in  the  case ;  one  being  at  the  compensation-point, 
one  exposing  the  sector,  ifcc.  During  the  measuring,  a  thermometer  is  placed  opposite 
to  each  opening,  and  is  regularly  read,  in  order  that,  if  any  new  conditions  to  which 
the  apparatus  is  liable  should  be  discovered,  the  data  for  their  application  may  be 
supplied.  For  transportation,  the  covers  are  screwed  over  the  ends,  and  the  whole  is 
put  in  a  wooden  box  tapering  towards  the  ends. 

140 


The  tube,  in  measuring,  rests  on  two  trestles.  Two  trunnions  are  attached  to  the 
tube  at  the  point  over  the  rear  trestle,  and  a  straight  block  with  two  small  pins  is 
arranged  to  rest  on  the  cap  of  the  foremost  trestle.  The  rear  trestle-cap  sustains  a 
strong  Y  liorned-fork,  with  a  spread  base  ;  the  tube-trunnions  rest  in  the  Ys.  Each 
trestle  has  three  legs,  composed  of  one  iron  cylinder  moved  in  another  by  a  rack  and 
pinion,  by  working  which  the  trestle-top  is  raised  or  lowered,  and  approximately 
leveled.  Each  leg  terminates  in  a  vertical  foot-screw,  which  together  gives  the  final  | 
leveling  adjustment.  In  measuring,  these  foot-screws  rest  in  three  radiating  grooves  of 
an  iron  bed-plate.  A  strong  screw  in  the  axis  of  the  trestle  supports  the  head-plates ; 
a  crank  and  bevel  wheels  turn  this  in  a  long  cylindrical,  or  tubular  brass-nut  On  the 
cap  of  each  rear  trestle  are  two  plates  arranged  to  slide,  the  one  transversely,  and  j 

the  other  lengthwise.  These  motions,  being  communicated  by  screws  attached  to  the  ji 

sliding-plate,  and  to  the  plate  underneath,  on  which  it  rests.  Movable  handles  extend 
back  to  the  position  of  the  observer’s  right  hand,  by  which  he  turns  the  transverse 
and  longitudinal  motion  screws,  and  the  axis-elevating  screw,  to  complete  the  general 
adjustment  of  the  tube.  The  fore  trestle-cap  is  also  provided  with  a  crank  and  screw 
or  a  transverse  adjusting  motion;  and  the  axis-elevating  screw,  the  leg-racks  and 
pinions,  and  the  fool-screws,  are  alike  in  both  trestles. 

Two  tubes  and  six  or  eight  trestles  are  used  in  base-line  measurements.  The  aligu-  ! 

meat  of  trestles  and  tubes  is  made  with  a  theodolite,  and  by  two  sights  on  each  tube.  I 

Four  men  readily  carry  forward  the  tubes,  and  the  total  force  of  a  measuring  party  is 
usually  twelve  men,  including  observers  and  workmen.  Great  care  is  bestowed  on 
marking  the  extreme  points  of  base  lines  so  as  to  insure  accuracy  and  permanence.  j 
Marks  are  established  at  the  end  of  each  day’s  work,  and  at  the  contact  nearest  each 
mile.  The  principal  observer,  with  an  aid,  makes  the  contacts;  the  first  assistant 
directs  the  forward  tube,  and  another  directs  the  alignment  with  a  theodolite.  A 
careful  recorder  notes  the  observations,  and  an  intelligent  aid  places  the  trestles.  The 
preparation  and  grading  of  the  line  rarely  requires  great  labor,  especially  on  level 
sand  lines.  Comparisons  before,  after,  and  sometimes  during  a  base-measurement,  are 
made  between  the  apparatus  and  a  standard  iron  bar,  taken  to  the  field  for  that  purpose. 
Thus  the  good  condition  of  the  apparatus  is  insured.  A  modified  reflecting  pyrometer 
is  used  in  these  comparisons. 

Three  Coast  Survey  bases  have  been  measured  with  this  apparatus. 

The  first  base  was  that  on  Dauphine  Island,  near  Mobile,  about  seven  miles  long,  j 
which  was  measured  by  Professor  Bache  in  1847.  The  party  was  six  weeks  on  the 
ground  (from  April  30  to  June  12),  though  only  seventeen  working-days  were  consumed 
in  the  actual  measurement  The  greatest  day’s  work  was  183  tubes,  or  near  seven-tenths 
of  a  mile.  The  greatest  supposable  error  for  this  base,  as  deduced  from  some  measure¬ 
ments,  is  less  than  six-tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  second  base,  measured  by  Professor  Bache  with  his  apparatus,  was  that  on 
Bodie’s  Island,  North  Carolina,  of  about  six  and  three-quarters  miles  in  length.  This 
measurement  was  completed  in  ten  working-days.  The  greatest  day’s  work  was  1,692  i 
meters,  or  1-06  miles,  in  eight  and  a  half  hours.  Several  partial  remeasurements  gave 
the  total  probable  error  at  less  than  one-tentli  of  an  inch  in  the  entire  base,  and  the 
greatest  supposable  error  as  less  than  three-tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  last  base  measured  (also  by  Prof.  Bache)  was  that  on  Edisto  Island,  South 
Carolina,  which  occupied  from  the  3d  to  the  18th  of  January,  1850,  thirteen  days  being 
occupied  in  the  actual  measurement.  Its  length  is  about  six  and  two-thirds  miles,  and 
its  line  was  much  more  uneven  than  the  previous  one.  The  greatest  day’s  work  was 
1,122  meters,  or  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile.  A  partial  remeasurement  gave  one-tenth 
of  an  inch  as  the  probable  accidental  error  of  measurement  for  the  whole  base. 

To  estimate  the  quality  of  these  results,  the  subjoined  facts  are  cited  as  the  most 
appropriate  for  comparison.  Captain  Yolland,  in  his  work  (published  in  1847)  on  the 
Lough  Foyle  Base  in  Ireland,  measured  with  Colonel  Colby’s  apparatus  in  1827,  says:  , 

“The  greatest  distance  measured  in  one  day  was  about  600  feet,  which  occupied  j 

upwards  of  fifteen  hours  of  almost  uninterrupted  labor;  but  a  very  fair  average  j 

quantity  would  be  performed  by  completing  half  the  quantity  daily.”  “The  general  j 

average  progress  of  the  whole  base  is  461  feet  per  diem.  ’  The  measuring  party  varied 
between  fourteen  and  fifty-five,  total  strength.  In  point  of  accuracy,  though  the  i 
elements  of  comparison  are  deficient,  the  advantage  is  surely  not  in  favor  of  the  Irish 
base-line.  The  probable  microscopic  errors,  alone,  exceed  those  of  the  total  apparatus 
with  the  contact-level.  In  the  Survey  of  Hindostan,  Col.  Colby’s  apparatus  was  also 
employed,  with  the  following  results:  The  Dehra  Dun  Base  was  measured  between 
Dec.  1st,  1834,  and  Jan.  31st,  1835;  and  it  was  remeasured  between  Feb.  19th  and 
March  28th,  1835,  specially  to  test  the  apparatus.  Its  length  is  39.183,87343  feet,  or 
7.42  miles.  The  difference  of  the  two  measurements  was  2,396  inches,  or  0.3  inches 
per  mile.  The  Seronj  Base,  38.413,367520  feet  long,  consumed  from  the  1st  of  Decern-  j 
ber  to  the  18th  of  January  in  its  measurement.  The  Manjra  Base,  41.578,586  feet  long, 
consumed  thirty-nine  days  of  nine  and  a  half  hours  in  its  measurement. 

Those  results  show  that  the  Coast  Survey  Base  Apparatus  combines  superior  accuracy 
and  facility  of  use,  in  a  degree  entitling  it  to  a  preference  over  any  other  combination 
the  workings  of  which  are  now  known  to  us.] 

2.  Saxton’s  Reflecting  Pyrometer,  or  Comparator  of  End-measures  of  Length, 

[This  instrument  is  almost  exclusively  employed  in  the  Coast  Survey,  and  in  the 
Office  of  Weights  and  Measures,  for  the  comparison  of  measuring  bars,  and  of  the 
base-measuring  apparatus,  with  the  ultimate  standards ;  and  is,  moreover,  peculiarly 
adapted  to  measuring  the  variations  in  length  of  a  bap  at  different  temperatures. 
Much  experience  of  its  operation  has  caused  it  to  be  most  highly  appreciated  for  its 
convenient  working,  its  sensibility,  its  simplicity,  and  because  it  obviates  the  disturbing 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  X. 


I 


action  of  the  observer’s  personal  heat.  This  device  is  due  to  Mr.  Joseph  Saxton,  of  the 
U.  S.  Weights  and  Measures  Office,  who  has  now  employed  it  in  various  forms  for  more 
than  twenty  years. 

The  reflecting  pyrometer  consists  essentially  of  a  small  mirror  mounted  on  a  vertical 
axle,  and  so  arranged  as  to  be  rotated  by  all  changes  in  the  length  of  the  experimental 
bar.  The  graduations  of  an  arc  whose  center  is  in  the  mirror-axle,  and  whose  radius 
is  about  eighteen  feet,  are  reflected  by  the  mirror  into  a  reading-telescope,  mounted 
permanently  over  the  middle,  or  zero  point  of  this  arc,  and  pointed  towards  the  mirror, 
which  direction  is  also  perpendicular  to  the  experimental  bar  length.  This  bar  abuts 
at  one  end  against  a  fixed  steel  plane,  and  running  thence,  over  supporting  friction 
rollers,  abuts  at  the  other  end  against  the  plane  steel  head  of  a  micrometer-screw,  with 
a  hundred  threads  to  the  inch.  This  screw  runs  in  the  end  of  a  small  rectangular 
sliding-bar;  and,  by  turning  it,  this  bar  may  be  so  moved,  through  its  supporting 
guides,  as  to  reach  its  zero  position.  These  guides  rise  from  the  general  bed-plate, 
which  supports  the  bar,  the  mirror,  and  all  its  fixtures ;  the  bar  and  bed  being  of  the 
same  kind  of  brass.  A  bracket,  springing  from  the  side  of  the  bar,  gives  a  fastening- 
point  for  one  end  of  a  small  silver  chain,  which  runs  parallel  to  the  sliding-bar,  and 
makes  one  turn  around  the  mirror-axle,  to  the  circumference  of  which  it  is  fastened  by 
a  pin  through  one  link.  It  then  extends  a  short  distance  farther,  parallel  to  the  bar, 
when  it  is  fastened  to  the  end  of  a  flat  spring,  standing  out  perpendicularly  from  the 
side  of  the  bar,  which  serves  to  keep  the  chain  always  drawn  equally  tight.  By  this 
chain  arrangement,  the  mirror-axle  is  turned  exactly  with  the  movement  of  the  sliding- 
bar.  Thus  the  minute  bar  movements  are  seen  magnified  in  the  double  ratio  of  the 
graduated  arc  radius,  to  the  radius  of  the  chain  mean  circle  around  the  mirror-axle ;  a 
ratio  experimentally  determined.  The  mirror  axle  is  mounted  vertically  between  two 
conical  pivots,  fitting  into  cups  in  the  axle  ends,  the  top  pivot  being  the  end  of  an 
adjusting  screw,  through  an  arm  of  a  supporting  column  back  of  the  mirror.  The 
mirror  is  firmly  and  permanently  attached  to  the  axle,  which  is  notched  to  receive  it. 
A  spring  or  weight  is  so  arranged  as  always  to  press  the  sliding-bar  against  the  experi¬ 
mental  bar  with  a  nearly  constant  pressure. 

With  the  present  radius  of  about  18  feet,  each  gradation  is  nearly  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  long,  and  corresponds  to  a  movement  of  the  sliding-bar  of  one  25,000th  of  an 
inch.  A  practiced  eye  can  read  quite  correctly  to  the  100,000th  of  an  inch,  as  the 
pyrometer  is  now  arranged.  This  minuteness  of  reading  could  readily  be  exceeded, 
either  by  an  increased  radius  or  by  gearing  up ;  but  the  present  degree  of  sensitiveness 
is  all  which  is  desired,  or  which  would  be  of  use,  while  incidental  errors  retain  their 
present  values. 

For  verifying  measures  required  to  be  always  of  the  same  length,  such  as  the  base 
apparatus  when  in  use,  a  simpler  form  of  the  reflecting  pyrometer  is  employed,  in 
which  the  end  of  the  measure  abuts  directly  against  a  ball  on  the  end  of  an  arm  pro¬ 
jecting  from  the  mintfr  axle.  In  experimenting  on  the  compensation  of  the  base 
apparatus,  as  also  in  measuring  the  dilatations  and  contractions  of  bars  at  various 
temperatures,  nothing  can  exceed  the  reflecting  pyrometer  in  delicacy,  steadiness,  and 
convenience.  For  different  cases  of  practice,  its  dimensions  and  combination  can  be 
widely  varied,] 

3.  A  zenith  telescope,  arranged  for  observing  latitudes,  by  Captain  Talcott’s 
method;  made  in  the  Coast  Survey  Office,  by  Mr.  Wm.  Wurdeman.  This  instrument 
is  preferred  by  the  Coast  Survey  observers  to  any  other  as  a  field  instrument  for  accu¬ 
rate  latitudes.  [See  C.  P.  Record,  p.  121.] 

4.  A  46-ineh  transit  instrument,  made  by  Troughton  &,  Simms,  London,  Used 
for  the  accurate  determination  of  local  time,  as  required  for  longitude  and  other 
observations. 

5.  A  12-inch  theodolite,  made  by  Gambey,  Paris,  and  verified  by  Arago.  Both 
limbs  are  12-incli  circles.  This  instrument  is  used  for  horizontal  and  vertical  angles, 
and  azimuths,  in  the  primary  triangulation  of  the  flat  and  wooded  Southern  coast;  it 
being,  in  many  instances,  elevated  on  wooden  framed  tripods  over  forty  feet  high.  Its 
size  permits  it  to  be  readily  raised  and  lowered.  The  peculiar  excellence  of  its  gradu¬ 
ation  gives  a  very  good  quality  of  primary  observations  in  the  restricted  triangles  of  a 
level  country,  especially  as  its  repeating  properties  are  of  a  high  order.  This  instru¬ 
ment  is  also  used  for  secondary  triangulation  observations  at  the  North ;  the  primary 
observations,  where  long  lines  are  practicable,  being  made  with  24  to  SO  inch  theo¬ 
dolites. 

6.  A  6-inch  theodolite,  by  Brunner,  Paris,  for  secondary  or  tertiary  triangulation. 

7.  A  heliostat.  This  instrument,  from  Silbermann,  Paris,  is  intended  to  reflect  an 

image  of  the  sun  into  the  telescope  of  a  theodolite  at  a  distant  station.  A  train  of 
clock-work  so  rotates  a  mirror  that,  on  being  once  adjusted,  it  follows  the  sun’s  motion, 
requiring  only  winding  and  occasional  adjustment  to  give  a  constant  vivid  station 
signal  when  the  sun  shines.  _  • 

8.  A  complete  plane  table,  including  the  tripod,  motion-work,  table,  and  alidade; 
all  made  in  the  Coast  Survey  Office.  Also  a  meter  scale  of  one  10,000th.  The  tripod 
supports  leveling  screws  and  a  motion-work,  to  permit  the  turning,  clamping,  and  firm 
support  of  the  board,  on  which  a  sheet  of  paper  is  held  by  curved  pinching-springs. 
On  the  board  rests  the  alidade,  which  is  a  simple  transit,  supported  vertically  on  a 
straight-edged  ruler.  The  station  occupied  being  plotted,  the  straight  edge  is  kept  on 
this  point,  and  the  transit  telescope  is  directed  successively  to  the  various  signals  and 
objects  to  be  located,  the  direction-line  of  each  being  drawn  in  pencil  by  tho  straight 
edge.  A  second  known  station  being  in  like  manner  occupied,  and  the  same  objects 
being  observed  upon  the  direction-lines,  intersect  the  corresponding  ones  from  the  first 
station,  at  the  relative  position  of  the  signal  or  object.  Thus  any  required  number  of 
points  are  obtained,  and  the  details  of  ground  are  worked  in  by  reference  to  them. 

9.  A  meter  chain  and  pins,  of  the  kind  used  in  connection  with  the  plane  table  for 
supplementary  measurements. 

10.  A  small  transit  and  tripod,  used  for  opening  lines  to  be  observed  over;  made  in 
the  Coast  Survey  Office. 

11.  A  sextant,  by  Troughton  A  Simms,  London,  of  the  kind  used  by  the  hydro- 

graphic  officers  in  determining  the  positions  of  auxiliary  signals,  and  of  sounding- 
lines.  . 

12.  A  sextant,  by  Gambey,  Paris ;  used  as  above,  and  esteemed  its  equal  in  quality. 

13.  Saxton’s  Self  registering  Tide  Gauge,  made  in  the  Coast  Survey  Office;  also  a 


roll  of  the  paper  used  on  it.  This  instrument  causes  a  long  sheet  of  paper  to  move  j 
forward  uniformly  by  a  clock-work,  and  a  pencil  is  so  connected  with  the  flood  that,  j 
as  this  rises  or  falls,  the  pencil  traverses  the  record-sheet  proportionally,  and  thus  pro¬ 
duces  a  very  perfect  record-curve,  which  exhibits  the  entire  tidal  movement,  and  its 
height  at  each  instant.  [See  C.  P.  Record,  p.  99.] 

14.  Saxton’s  Metallic  Thermometer,  for  deep  sea-soundings.  These  thermometers 
are  made  in  the  Coast  Survey  Office,  for  gulf-stream  and  oceanic  explorations.  A 
breguet  coil  of  soldered  silver  and  platinum  plates,  fixed  at  top  and  free  at  bottom, 
gives  rotation  by  the  unequal  expansions  of  the  two  metals  to  an  index-hand,  which 
carries  a  stop-hand.  All  is  so  arranged  and  incased  as  safely  to  be  sunk  to  any  depth, 
and  to  give  the  water  a  constant,  but  regulated  access  to  the  coil.  Thus  temperature  j 
readings  are  obtained  at  the  greatest  depths.  [See  C.  P.  Record,  p.  42.] 

16.  Stellwagen’s  Lead,  for  bringing  up  specimens  of  bottoms  from  great  depths; 
also  some  vials  of  ocean-bottom  specimens  thus  obtained.  This  lead,  invented  by 
Lieut.  Stellwagen,  U.  S.  N.,  when  on  Coast  Survey  duty,  and  patented  by  him,  consists 
of  a  bar,  ending  in  a  pointed  conical  cup  at  bottom.  A  soft  leather  washer  is  fitted 
on  over  the  bar,  so  as  to  cover  the  cup  on  its  being  drawn  up.  The  lead,  striking  the 
bottom  point  downwards,  buries  the  cup  in  the  sand  or  other  substance,  which  over¬ 
flowing  into  the  cup,  is  there  retained  by  the  washer  in  the  ascent.  Microscopic 
examinations  of  the  numerous  specimens  thus  obtained  have  been  made  by  Professor 
Bailey,  of  West  Point,  and  by  Assistant  L.  F.  Pomtales,  of  the  Coast  Survey,  and  have 
developed  numerous  interesting  facts  of  submarine  life ;  the  foraminiferee,  especially, 
abounding  among  the  varieties  of  infusoria  found.  Distinct  zones  of  species  are  found 
on  the  ocean  bottom,  depending  partly  on  depth  and  partly  on  latitude  and  relation 
to  the  Gulf  Stream.  Perfect  living  specimens  of  foraminifera:  and  corals  have  recently 
been  drawn  up  from  the  depth  of  1,050  fathoms,  being  much  deeper  than  life  had 
before  been  known  to  extend.  These  specimens  were  obtained  by  Lieut.  Craven, 
United  States  Navy  Assistant  Coast  Surveyor,  in  exploring  the  Gulf  Stream,  off  the 
Florida  coast. 

16.  A  case  crushed  by  the  pressure  of  the  ocean  on  being  sunk  to  a  great  depth. 
Attempts  to  protect  bulb  thermometers  by  strong  casings  proved  inefficient  at  con¬ 
siderable  depths. 

n.  Drawings. 

I 

17.  Specimen  plane-table,  or  topographical  sheets,  showing  the  prevalent  style  of  ] 
Coast  Survey  field  topography  and  contouring,  in  the  original  or  manuscript  sheets. 
Scale  yoyo  o  n- 

18.  Specimen  hydrographic  sheets.  Scale  These  illustrate  the  practice  of 

the  Coast  Survey  hydrographers  in  plotting  soundings,  and  in  presenting  the  other  ele¬ 
ments  of  complete  charts,  such  as  currents,  tides,  bottoms,  and  curves  of  depth.  The 
requisite  triangulation  and  plane-table  points,  as  also  the  shore  line,  are,  where 
practicable,  furnished  to  the  hydrographic  parties,  constituting  the  foundation  of  their 
charts,  as  also  the  means  of  uniting  several  sheets  in  reducing. 

19.  Eastern  series.  Sheet  No.  2.  Seale  •^.Vro-  A  finished  topographical  reduction, 
showing  the  style  of  drawings  made  in  the  Coast  Survey  Office,  by  combining  and 
reducing  to  the  general  coast  publication  scale  several  plane  table  sheets.  The  magni¬ 
fying  glass  is  constantly  used  in  making  this  class  of  reductions,  and  the  methods  by 
corresponding  squares  by  the  camera  lucida,  and  by  the  pentograph,  are  all  to  some 
extent  employed  in  reducing. 

20.  Santa  Barbara,  a  reduced  reconnoissance  drawing;  a  style  of  work  considerably 
used  for  the  preliminary  surveys  executed  on  the  Pacific  coast,  it  being  bold  and 
expressive,  but  resting  on  points  determined  in  advance  of  the  systematic  survey,  and 
hence  less  accurate  than  the  finished  maps. 

21.  Richmond’s  Island  Harbor.  This  chart  is  exhibited  in  all  its  stages.  Starting 
from  the  plane-table  sheet,  there  is  the  hydrographic  sheet,  the  topographical  reduc¬ 
tion,  the  hydrographic  reduction,  the  engraved  plate,  the  electrotype  alto,  the  elec¬ 
trotype  copy,  and  a  copper-plate  impression.  This  illustrates  the  usual  Office  order  for 
like  charts. 

c.  Plates. 

22.  The  engraved  copper-plate  original  of  the  general  coast  chart  from  Gay  Head 
to  Cape  Henlopen.  An  electrotype  alto,  deposited  by  electrolytic  action  on  the 
engraved  original,  and  presenting  all  its  lines  and  dots  in  relief  and  reversed.  An 
electrotype  basso,  duplicate  or  copy,  formod  by  the  electro-deposition  on  the  alto  of 
such  a  quantity  of  copper  as  to  give  the  thickness  of  one-eighth  of  an  inch,  required 
for  printing.  The  size  of  each  of  these  plates  is  42X38  inches,  and  the  first  electro¬ 
type  copy  taken  has  given  2,000  impressions,  a  number  much  exceeding  what  the 
original  would  afford. 

23.  The  original  plate,  the  electrotype  alto,  and  an  electrotype  copy  of  the  New 
York  Harbor  Chart.  Scale  ^ov0- n  o  ■ 

24.  The  original  plate,  the  electrotype  alto,  and  an  electrotype  copy  of  the  Rich¬ 
mond’s  Island  Harbor  Chart. 

25.  Specimens  of  electrotype  copper,  showing  its  tenacity,  flexibility,  ring,  and 
texture.  By  varying  the  battery  and  electrolytic  conditions,  the  mechanical  proper 
ties  of  copper  can  be  greatly  modified ;  thus  the  proper  regulation  of  these  actions  is 
essential  to  the  best  results  in  casting  plates. 

[All  the  above  specimens  of  electrotype  plates  were  formed  in  the  electrotype 
laboratory  of  the  Coast  Survey  Office,  under  the  charge  of  Mr.  George  Mathiol.  The 
process  is  used  to  facilitate  erasures  of  engraving,  to  extend  plates,  to  subdivide  urgent 
engravings  on  several  plates  subsequently  joined,  to  insert  views  and  engraved  parts 
of  plates,  to  deposit  the  silver  battery  plates,  to  heavy-gild  deep-sea  thermometers,  Ac., 
and  for  some  other  purposes.  By  its  agency  original  plates  are  entirely  preserved, 
and  the  impressions  from  the  most  elaborate  ones  are  made  cheap  and  perfeot,  without 
any  reengraving.  For  printing,  the  electrotype  plates  are  decidedly  superior  to  the 
planished  originals,,  requiring  less  wiping  and  exhibiting  less  cloudiness,  as  the 
deposited  copper  is  of  tho  highest  purity.] 

d.  Charts  and  Maps. 

26.  A  large  bound  volume,  containing  mounted  impressions  of  all  the  finished  Coast 
Survey  charts  published  up  to  July,  1853.  These  consist  chiefly  of  harbor  charts  and 
of  general  coast  charts,  which,  taken  in  connection,  give  the  navigator  all  requisite 
information  for  sailing  along  the  coast,  and  for  entering  its  several  harbors  and 

UV27.'  A  large  bound  volume,  containing  mounted  impressions  of  the  principal  tri¬ 
angulation  sketohes,  preliminary  surveys,  lighthouse  surveys,  hydrographic  recon- 
nonssances,  and  topographical  coast  reconnoissances,  which  had  been  published  bv  the 
Coast  Survey  up  to  July,  1853.  These  are  quite  numerous,  and  many  of  them  embrace 

141 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


n 


\ 


actual  hydrographic  discoveries  of  much  commercial  importance.  A  great  portion 
resulted  from  surveys  in  response  to  special  calls  by  commercial  and  municipal  bodies, 
to  Treasury  instructions,  or  to  requisitions  of  special  laws. 

28.  The  maps  and  charts  specified  in  the  following  list  are  all  exhibited  in  frames  or 
on  rollers,  some  being  colored,  but  most  being  plain : 

Richmond's  Island  harbor,  Maine. 

Nantucket  harbor,  Massachusetts. 

Harbor  of  Edgarton,  Massachusetts. 

Hyannis  harbor,  Massachusetts. 

Harbors  of  Holmes’  Hole  and  Tarpaulin  Cove,  Massachusetts. 


13.  A  set  of  the  French  capacity  measures,  from  the  double  decalitre  down  to  the 
centilitre,  with  their  glass  striking  plates. 


3.  Liohtiiouse  Board  of  thf.  Treasury  Department  of  the  United  States,  Washington, 
District  of  Columbia. — Proprietor. 

Revolving  and  flashing  fresnel  light,  of  the  first  order,  manufactured  by  Lepaute, 
of  Paris,  and  imported  by  the  United  States  Government  for  the  lighthouse  at  Cape 
Hatteras.  This  beautiful  apparatus  is  placed  in  the  South  Nave.  [For  a  description 
and  figures  of  this  apparatus,  see  the  Record,  page  145.] 


Harbor  of  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts. 

General  coast  chart  from  Gay  Head  to  Cape  Henlopen. 

[This  chart  gives  a  large  area  of  hydrography,  extending  about  300  miles  out  from 
New  York.  Scale  jjolooo'  Price,  $1.00.] 


Fisher’s  Island  Sound, 

Harbor  of  New  London, 

Harbor  of  New  Haven, 

Harbors  of  Black  Rock  and  Bridgeport, 

Huntington  Bay, 

Harbors  of  Sheffield  and  Cawkin’s  Islands, 

Harbors  of  Captain’s  Island,  East  and  West, 

Harbor  of  Oyster  or  Syossel  Bay, 

Hart  and  City  Island,  and  Sachem’s  Head  harbor, 
Hell  Gate,  New  York, 

New  York  bay  and  harbor,  and  the  environs.  Scale 


So.oWo- 


Long  Island  Sound. 


In  six  sheets.  Price, 


$1.50.  This  impression  is  colored  and  mounted  on  rollers;  size,  63X66  inches. 


Scale  ett.Votp 


New  York  bay  and  harbor,  and  the  environs. 

75  cents.  Size,  25X36  inches.  This  specimen  is  colored. 

Western  part  of  surveyed  coast  of  Long  Island,  New  York.  Scale, 
Little  Egg  harbor,  New  Jersey. 

Delaware  bay  and  river.  Scale  uo.Voo-  In  three  sheets.  Price,  $1.20, 
men  is  mounted  on  rollers. 

Mouth  of  Chester  river,  Chesapeake  bay. 

Harbor  of  Annapolis  and  Severn  river,  Maryland. 

Pasquotank  river,  Albemarle  Sound. 

Mobile  bay  entrance,  Alabama. 

Cat  and  Ship  islands  and  harbors,  Mississippi  Sound. 

West  coast  reconnoissance  from  San  Francisco  to  San  Diego,  California. 
San  Diego  bay  and  approaches,  California. 

Trinidad  bay,  California. 

Humboldt  bay,  California. 

Catalina  harbor,  California. 

Monterey  harbor,  California. 

Mouth  of  Columbia  river,  Oregon. 


In  one  sheet.  Price, 


50.000' 


This  speci- 


[The  principal  portion  of  the  above  harbor  charts  are  on  single  sheets,  14X17 
inches,  scales  from  25,W<r  BT.Vinr*  and  price  15  cents:  though  quite  a  number  vary 
irregularly  from  this  description.] 


i.  Office  of  Weights  and  Measures  of  the  Treasury  Department  of  the  United 
States,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. — Proprietor.  (Professor  A.  D.  Bache, 
Superintendent  of  Weights  and  Measures. — Exhibitor.) 

The  following  United  States  standards  were  made  in  the  Office  at  Washington,  as 
-directed  by  the  existing  United  States  laws  on  standards  for  Mints,  Custom  Houses,  and 
■other  federal  uses,  and  also  for  presentation  by  sets  to  each  State  in  the  Union.  [See 
C.  P.  Record,  p.  117.] 

1.  A  United  States  standard  yard,  in  two  bars;  one  giving  a  yard  by  end  measure, 
and  the  other  giving  a  traced  yard,  which  is  divided  into  feeCone  foot  into  inches,  and 
one  inch  into  tenths ;  also,  on  another  scale,  the  yard  is  divided  into  tenths,  and  one 
tenth  into  hundredths.  The  standard  temperature  is  62°  Fahrenheit. 

2.  A  United  States  standard  set  of  brass  liquid  capacity  measures,  with  their  striking 
glasses,  including  a  gallon,  a  half  gallon,  a  quart,  a  pint,  and  a  half  pint. 

3.  A  United  States  standard  half  bushel  of  dry  measure,  made  of  brass,  with  its  glass 
striking  plate. 

4.  A  set  of  United  States  standard  avoirdupois  weights,  including  the  following:  50 

lbs.,  25  lbs.,  20  lbs.,  10  lbs.,  5  lbs.,  4  lbs.,  3  lbs.,  2  lbs.,  1  lb. ;  also  a  standard  troy 
pound.  J 

5.  The  following  multiples  and  submultiples  of  the  avoirdupois  ounce :  8,  4,  2,  and 

1  ounces;  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  tenths;  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  hundredths;  5,  4,  3’  2,  and  1 
thousandths ,  and  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  ten-thousandths.  The  small  weights  are  made  by 
bending  wire  into  1,  2,  8,  4,  5-sided  forms.  J 

6.  The  following  troy  ounce  multiples  and  submultiples :  10,  6,  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1 
ounces;  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  tenths;  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  hundredths;  5,  4,  3,  2, ’and  1  thou¬ 
sandths  ;  5,  4,  3,  2,  and  1  ten-thousandtbs. 

,7.  A  large-sized  office  comparing  balance,  arranged  according  to  the  new  model, 
being  essentially  that  of  the  large  new  Mint  balance,  except  that  both  scales  are 
arranged  for  weights.  It  is  intended  to  be  used  with  weights  up  to  50  lbs.  on  each 
scale.  With  this  load,  when  in  good  adjustment,  this  balance  indicates  one-fiftieth 
of  a  grain,  or  one-thirty-five-millionth  of  the  double  load.  Somewhat  larger  loads  can 
be  safely  weighed  on  it  if  necessary. 

8.  A  large-sized  balance,  of  the  old  model,  for  weighing  up  to  50  lbs.  on  each 
scale. 

.  ,9-  .A  medium-sized  balance  for  weights  up  to  10  lbs.  on  each  scale,  with  which  load 
it  indicates  one-hundredth  of  a  grain,  or  one-fourteen-millionth  of  the  double  load. 

10.  A  small-sized  balance  for  weights  up  to  one  pound  on  each  scale,  with  which 
lt'  lnd'cates>  when  in  perfect  order,  one-thousandth  of  a  grain,  or  one-fourteen- 
millionth  of  the  double  load. 


4.  Richards,  John  B.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

House’s  electro-magnetic  printing  telegraph,  in  operation  between  two  offices,  one 
in  the  north  and  the  other  in  the  south  end  of  the  building.  [For  a  description  of 
the  electric  telegraph,  and  figures  of  House’s  and  Morse’s  apparatus,  see  the  Record, 
page  105.] 

5.  Batchelder,  John  M.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Electric  telegraph  register ;  various  kinds  of  telegraph  insulators. 


5a.  Barlow,  Thomas  IL,  Lexington,  Kentucky. — Inventor. 

Planetarium,  of  an  entire  new  construction,  including  the  earth  and  its  satellite, 
and  the  planets  between  it  and  the  sun ;  showing  the  actual  motions  of  the  Sun,  Mer- 
cury,  Venus,  Earth,  and  Moon,  with  the  phases  of  the  planets,  changes  of  the  seasons, 
and  other  astronomical  phenomena. 

[Perhaps  no  more  striking  account  of  a  planetarium,  considered  from  a  scientific 
point  of  view,  can  be  given  than  is  presented  in  the  following  paragraph,  by  Sir  John 
Ilerschel : 

“Choose  any  well-leveled  field  or  bowling-green.  On  it  place  a  globe,  two  feet  in 
diameter;  this  will  represent  the  Sun:  Mercury  will  be  represented  by  a  grain  of 
mustard-seed,  on  the  circumference  of  a  circle  164  feet  in  diameter,  for  its  orbit; 
Venus,  a  pea,  on  a  circle  284  feet  in  diameter ;  the  Earth  also  a  pea,  on  a  circle  of  430 
feet;  Mars  a  rather  large  pin’s  head,  on  a  circle  of  654  feet;  Juno,  Ceres,  Vesta,  and 
Pallas,  grains  of  sand,  in  orbits  of  from  1,000  to  1,200  feet;  Jupiter  a  moderate-sized 
orange,  in  a  circle  nearly  half  a  mile  across;  Saturn  a  small  orange,  on  a  circle  of  four- 
fifths  of  a  mile ;  and  Uranus  a  full-sized  cherry,  or  a  small  plum,  upon  the  circumference 
of  a  circle  more  than  a  mile  and  a  half  in  diameter.  As  to  getting  correct  notions  on 
this  subject  by  drawing  circles  on  paper,  or,  still  worse,  from  those  very  childish  toys 
called  orreries,  it  is  out  of  the  question.  To  imitate  the  motions  of  the  planets,  in  the 
above-named  orbits,  Mercury  must  describe  its  own  diameter  in  41  seconds;  Venus,  in 
4  minutes  14  seconds;  the  earth  in  7  minutes;  Mars,  in  4  minutes  48  seconds;  Jupiter, 
in  2  hours  56  minutes ;  Saturn,  in  3  hours  13  minutes ;  and  Uranus  in  2  hours  16  minutes.” 

In  another  point  of  view  some  merit  may  be  claimed  for  a  planetarium.  As  an  aid 
in  giving  a  wide  conception  of  the  solar  system,  and  of  the  planetary  movements,  it 
may  be  made  of  service  and  convenience ;  though,  for  minds'  capable  of  conceiving 
astronomical  facts  abstractedly,  all  such  machinery  is  an  ultimate  hindrance,  as  it 
tends  to  suppress  that  mental  effort  which  alone  gives  true  insight  The  case  is,  in 
some  respects,  like  that  of  geological  sections,  in  which  a  horizontal  scale  much  less 
than  the  vertical  is  employed  ;  a  step  indispensable  for  the  presentation  of  geological 
relations,  but  often  misleading  theorists,  who  are  prone  to  forget  that  two  scales  are 
used.  Astronomy  needs  no  such  scaffolding,  nor  do  real  astronomers  employ  orreries  or 
any  other  material  fictions ;  but  there  will  probably  be  always  men  who,  being  destitute 
of  the  power  of  abstraction,  will  indulge  in  mechanical  devices  to  represent  the  sublime 
realities  of  our  planetary  system.  Such  productions  belong  rather  to  the  department 
of  mechanical  puzzles,  than  to  science  or  philosophy.] 

6.  Riker,  J.  L.  D.  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

An  orrery,  moved  by  hand,  exhibiting  eight  planets  with  their  satellites,  and  the 
asteroids,  the  spindle  which  supports  them  has  a  diagram  of  the  zodiacal  signs; 
from  this,  iron  arms  extend  at  the  equinoctial  or  solstitial  points ;  to  these  arms  is 
attached  a  wire  hoop,  to  which  is  hung  a  blue  curtain,  on  which  the  signs  of  the 
zodiac  are  represented,  a  line  through  them  representing  the  path  of  the  sun.  Each 
planet  can  be  brought  to  any  particular  point  of  its  orbit,  so  that  its  phases  and 
movements  in  respect  to  the  earth  and  sun  may  be  observed.  The  earth,  being  on  an 
inclined  axis,  may  be  made  to  keep  its  polarity  so  as  to  illustrate  the  seasons.  The 
solar  and  lunar  eclipse,  and  the  rising  of  the  morning  and  evening  stars,  may  also  be 
illustrated. 


7.  Copley,  Charles,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer.  , 

Sixteen-inch  terrestrial  and  celestial  globes,  containing  the  most  recent  discoveries 
in  geography  and  astronomy. 


8.  Swain,  William  M.,  President  of  Morse’s  Magnetic  Telegraph  Company. 

Morse’s  patent  electric  telegraph  apparatus,  in  operation,  and  the  wires  in  direct 
connection  with  the  principal  lines  in  the  United  States. 


9.  Dusenberry,  William  C.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Portable  illuminator,  under  the  patent  of  the  United  States  Gas  Company. 


French  Standard  Weights  and  Measures. 

A  full  set  of  the  standard  weights  and  measures  of  France  was  presented  to  the 
United  States  Government  in  1852,  (through  M.  A.  Vatemare,)  in  exchange  for  s 
standard  set  of  United  States  weights,  measures,  and  balances,  previously  presented  tc 
France.  1  he  following  articles,  selected  from  the  French  donation,  are  exhibited: 

11.  A  standard  steel  metre,  prepared  and  carefully  verified  by  M.  Silbermann  in  s 
authority  ^  de81gmng’  first  used  in  this  instance.  This  metre  is  of  very  higli 

12.  A  standard  litre  and  kilogramme,  prepared  and  verified  by  Gambev.  The  work 

manship  is  of  a  high  order.  J  J 

142 


10.  Mallard  it  Napier,  Brooklyn ,  New  York. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Self-regulating  and  anti-corrosive  gas-burners. 

[When  the  supply  of  gas  is  partially  cut  off  at  the  gas-works,  the  flame  of  the 
burners  falls;  or  when  a  number  of  lights  are  turned  off,  those  which  still  burn  have 
their  flame  increased.  It  is  the  object  of  self-regulating  burners  to  obviate  this 
inequality  by  a  contrivance  which  adapts  the  flame  to  all  variations  of  pressure, 
preventing  it  from  rising  above  or  falling  below  any  height  to  which  they  may  be 
adjusted.] 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  X. 


11.  Grunow,  Brothers,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Achromatic  microscopes,  single  and  compound,  of  four  different  constructions. 

12.  Peters,  Otis  F.,  New  York  City. — Inventor. 

Improved  stereoscope. 

13.  Foote,  Edward,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Micrometro-cliemical  balance,  exhibited  for  simplicity  of  construction.  It  will 

weigh  from  the  one-thousandth  of  a  grain  to  two  ounces ;  from  its  simplicity  it  is  less 
easily  disarranged  and  cheaper  than  the  chemical  balance. 


11.  Barpenberg,  John,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  balance  and  weights,  exceedingly  delicate,  and  wrought  in  palladium. 
The  axis  and  layers  are  of  agate.  It  will  show  a  weight  of  one-thousandth  part  of  a 
gramme,  at  a  charge  of  ten  grammes. 

[Balances  have  been  made  in  Prussia,  which  will  turn  with  about  the  millionth 
part  of  the  extreme  weight  which  they  can  weigh.  A  balance,  made  by  Ramsden  for 
the  Royal  Society  of  Loudon,  which  was  capable  of  weighing  ten  pounds,  would  turn 
with  one-hundredth  of  a  grain,  or  the  seven-millionth  part  of  the  extreme  weight. 
Such  delicate  instruments  must,  of  course,  be  inclosed  under  glass.] 

15.  Kissam,  James  A.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Balances  for  druggists  and  for  weighing  gold ;  standard  weights  and  measures. 


16.  Myers,  Frederic  R.,  &.  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Bank  gold  scales,  with  set  of  weights. 

17.  Farmer,  Moses  G.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor. 

Electro-magnetic  telegraph  battery. 

18.  Derne,  A.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Telescopes,  spy-glasses,  and  opera-glasses,  of  various  descriptions;  microscope. 


19.  Waldstein,  II.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  optical  and  mathematical  instruments. 

20.  Fitz,  Henry,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  chromatic  telescope,  equatorial]}-  mounted  in  cast-iron,  with  detached  tangent 
screw.  This  instrument  is  adapted  to  equatorial,  altitude,  and  azimuth  observations ; 
the  circles  of  declination  and  right  ascension  are  four  inches  in  diameter,  divided  to 
degrees  in  arc,  the  former  reading  with  two,  and  the  latter  with  one  vernier.  It  is  4| 
inches  aperture,  t>  feet  long ;  with  an  improved  equatorial  mounting,  by  which  it  is 
adapted  to  slow  motion  by  tangent  screw,  or  free  motion  by  hand,  without  clamping 
or  unclamping ;  this  prevents  injury  to  clamping  screws,  by  trying  to  turn  the  instru¬ 
ment  without  unclamping  tangent  screw. 

[The  prismatic  elements  of  a  beam  of  white  light,  having  different  refractive  indices, 
the  effect  of  their  refraction  by  a  spherical  surface  is  to  converge  each  color  of  the 
light  from  a  radiant  point  into  a  focus  by  itself.  Thus  the  chromatic  parts  of  a  white 
beam  or  pencil  from  an  object  or  radiant  on  the  axis  of  a  lens,  are  so  refracted  by  the 
lens  as  to  produce  along  the  axis  a  series  of  colored  images  of  the  radiant,  the  violet 
image  being  nearest  the  lens,  and  the  red  the  most  remote.  The  effect  is  to  produce 
in  telescopes,  with  simple  object  glasses,  a  confusion  of  colored  images  quite  incom¬ 
patible  with  distinct  vision.  The  object  of  achromatic  combinations  is  to  correct  this 
defect  and  to  secure  the  coincidence  of  all  images  of  each  point  in  the  field.  All 
reflecting  telescopes  are  achromatic  of  course,  though  subject  to  the  same  spherical 
aberration  as  the  refracting  lenses. 

Newton  pronounced  a  combination  of  achromatic  lenses  an  impossible  thing,  but  for 
once  he  was  wholly  mistaken.  Euler,  led  by  the  analogy  of  the  human  eye,  argued  the 
practicability  of  achromatism,  and  in  1773,  Mr.  Hall  of  Essex  made,  in  obscurity  and 
without  publication,  various  combinations  of  this  kind;  and  again,  Dolland,  in  1758, 
independently  achieved  the  same.  The  history  of  achromatic  telescopes,  in  which  the 
object-glasses  are  compounded  of  flint  and  crown  glass,  is  closely  identified  with  that 
of  the  general  art  of  glass  working.  The  most  perfect  purity  and  homogeneousness  are 
essential  to  achromatic  object-glasses,  and  both  flint  and  crown  glass  must  be  worked 
with  the  highest  skill  to  obtain  large  pieces,  free  from  flaws,  specks,  or  threads,  and 
of  uniform  density  throughout.  The  British  excise-tax  long  drove  this  branch  of  manu¬ 
facture  out  of  England  by  its  excess  and  its  outrageous  penalties.  Fortunately  for 
science,  Guinand  of  Brcnetz,  in  Switzerland,  took  up  this  art  with  a  genius  and  perse¬ 
verance  capable  of  triumphing  over  all  obstacles.  Franenhofer,  of  Munich,  engaged  the 
cooperation  of  Guinand,  transferred  him  to  Munich,  and  by  his  own  science  and  appli¬ 
cation  wrought  out  a  vast  accession  to  the  perfection  and  powers  of  the  refracting 
telescope.  Franenhofer’s  untimely  death  left  much  of  his  work  incomplete,  but  the 
impulse  given  by  his  genius  was  not  lost  on  his  successors.  The  maximum  size  of 
achromatic  telescopes  has  been  steadily  increasing,  and  Messrs.  Merz  <fc  Mahler  of 
Munich  completed,  a  few  years  since,  two  very  perfect  achromatic  equatorials  of  fifteen 
inches  effective  aperture.  One  of  these  is  mounted  at  Pulkova,  under  the  charge  of 
Struve,  and  the  other,  purchased  chiefly  by  Boston  merchants,  is  mounted  at  Cambridge, 
under  charge  of  Professor  Bond.  Both  have  rendered  effective  service  to  astronomy 
already.  Professor  Bond’s  fine  discovery  of  Saturn’s  third  ring  was  due  to  the  high 
power  aiul  optical  excellence  of  the  great  Cambridge  equatorial. 

1  The  last  marvel  among  achromatic  telescopes,  is  one  erected  on  Wandsworth  Com¬ 
mon,  England,  for  the  Rev.  Mr.  Craig,  by  Mr.  Gravatt.  This  has  a  twenty-four  inch 
achromatic  object-glass,  of  which  the  flint  glass  was  furnished  by  Mr.  Chance  of  Bir¬ 
mingham,  and  the  plate  glass  by  the  Thames  Plate  Glass  Company.  It  is  .stated,  after 


limited  trials,  to  be  very  perfect  in  its  achromatism  and  in  its  defining  powers  generally, 
though  more  experience  will  be  requisite  to  prove  its  character  entirely.  Its  space 
penetrating,  resolving,  and  defining  powers  are  very  high,  and  if  it  is  thoroughly  cor¬ 
rect  in  the  figure  and  combination  of  its  lenses,  it  must  be  more  powerful  than  any 
other  telescope.  This  is  a  first  consequence  of  the  repeal  of  those  fatal  glass  taxes 
which,  through  many  years,  made  it  impossible  for  English  artists  to  produce  any 
thing  of  value  in  this  department. 

The  refracting  telescope  is  of  the  highest  importance  to  astronomy,  not  only  for  these 
large  equatorials,  but  for  transit,  mural  circle-telescopes,  and  other  like  cases,  in  which 
graduated  circles  are  read  to  determine  astronomical  positions.  Being  lighter  and 
simpler  than  reflecting  telescopes  of  equal  power,  and  producing  less  loss  of  light,  they 
will  usually  deserve  the  decided  preference  when  the  cost  of  their  construction  is  not 
too  great.  Thus  both,  in  the  ordinary  fields  of  astronomical  labor,  and  in  that  grander 
one,  wherein  the  resolution  of  nebula;,  of  double  stars,  of  all  that  is  knowable  in  stellar 
astronomy,  engrosses  the  astronomer’s  energies ;  throughout  all  the  unfolded  and  un¬ 
folding  domains  of  astronomical  research,  there  is  still  ample  need  of  progressive  im¬ 
provement  in  the  construction  of  achromatic  telescopes,  in  the  increase  of  their  power, 
and  in  the  economy  of  their  production.  The  time  may  be  near  when  some  American 
will  do  for  the  refracting  telescope  what  Spencer  has  already  done  for  the  micro¬ 
scope.] 

21.  Pike,  Benjamin,  Jr.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Air-pump  and  pneumatic  instruments ;  plate  electrical  machine,  with  the  cushions 
at  upper  and  lower  portions,  finely  mounted  on  rosewood  stand ;  magnetical  and 
electrical  apparatus. 

22.  Chamberlain  &  Ritchie,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

American  lever  air-pump  ;  very  complete  and  beautifully  finished,  mounted  on 
rosewood. 


Chamberlain’s  Air  Pump. 


[The  barrel  of  the  above  instrument  is  13  by  4 J  inches;  the  piston  is  half  an  inch 
thick.  It  has  three  valves — on  base-plate,  on  piston,  and  on  cylinder-head  ;  the  plate 
is  15  inches  in  diameter;  the  barometer-gauge  is  34  inches  long,  and  is  furnished  with 
a  guard  at  the  top.  The  general  form  is  an  improvement  of  that  constructed  by  Leslie 
It  is  simple  and  effective,  combining  power,  convenient  form,  durability,  and  beauty. 
The  improvements  claimed,  which  originated  with  N.  B.  Chamberlain,  and  which  have 
been  almost  universally  copied  by  others,  are  as  follows : — 

In  the  construction  of  the  piston,  it  occupies  but  one-twenty-sixth  of  the  barrel ; 
it  is  cup-formed  and  elastic,  and  packed  with  a  single  piece  of  prepared  leather.  The 
depth  of  contact  is  less  than  one-eighth  of  an  inch  on  the  barrel ;  the  friction  is  thus 
almost  removed,  while  the  edge  of  contact  with  the  sides  of  the  cylinder  is  perfect. 

In  the  upper  and  most  important  valve,  which  is  a  simple  clapper-valve,  and  in 
the  mode  of  securing  it.  It  is  placed  under  a  dome-cap  in  the  cylinder-head;  it  is  free 
and  quick  in  action,  always  in  place,  and  readily  removed  and  replaced  ;  it  closes  over 
four  holes,  thus  avoiding  the  pueumatic  paradox.  In  the  piston-valve,  which  is  a  light 
disc,  held  in  place  by  the  piston-rod,  working  by  its  own  inertia. 

The  first  close-barrel  lever-pump  made  in  this  country  was  by  Mr.  Chamberlain, 
for  Harvard  College,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  in  March,  1839;  this  is  now  in  use, 
and  has  the  above  improvements. 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  this  pump  is  put  together  with  metallic  joints,  without 

143 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


I 


1 

1 


! 


I 


“washers:”  the  barrel  was  planed  out  longitudinally.  It  is  a  duplicate  of  one  made 
for  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  now  in  use  there.  Its  working  capabilities  are  to 
one-twentieth  of  an  inch  mercury  gauge,  or  to  five  hundred  and  ninety-nine  600ths  of 
a  vacuum,  freezing  water  by  its  own  evaporation,  Ac.] 


tight;  second,  the  slide  can  be  passed  over  the  pot  with  great  rapidity,  which  prevents 
the  plate  from  becoming  coated  more  on  one  side  than  the  other;  third,  the  pots  are 
longer  and  wider  (for  the  same  size  plate)  than  any  made  before,  so  that  the  largest 
plate  the  slide  will  admit  can  be  coated  at  the  outer  edges  equal  to  the  center;  fourth, 
the  chemicals  can  be  kept  at  any  required  temperature  at  any  season  of  the  year. 

Card-distributing  apparatus.  (Patents  applied  for.) 


23.  Belcher,  William,  221  Pearl  Street,  New  York. — Agent. 

Scales  and  rules  for  mechanics,  architects,  surveyors,  Ac.,  in  box-wood  and  ivory. 


24.  Adams  A  Tagliabue,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Barometers  and  thermometers,  in  various  styles ;  glass  hydrometers  for  spirit,  beer, 
oil,  and  acids ;  hydrostatic  gold  test. 

[The  barometer  has  two  chief  uses.  1st.  As  an  instrument  for  determining  differ¬ 
ences  of  height ;  and  2d.  As  an  indicator  of  atmospheric  changes.  It  has  also  two 
principal  forms,  both  of  which  are  widely  used,  namely,  the  mercurial  and  the  aneroid 
barometers. 

The  mercurial  barometer,  first  applied  to  the  measurement  of  heights  by  the  cele¬ 
brated  Pascal,  is  simply  a  column  of  mercury,  whose  weight  is  hydrostatically  an  exact 
counterpoising  measure  of  the  atmospheric  pressure,  or  of  the  weight  of  the  vertical  air 
column  above  the  instrument.  The  weights  of  the  atmospheric  columns  at  two  adjacent 
stations  differing  only  by  the  weight  of  a  vertical  column  between  their  respective 
levels,  we  have  simply  to  connect  the  variation  of  height  with  that  of  the  pressure  by 
the  proper  law  in  order  to  determine  the  difference  of  station  elevations.  This  law  of 
atmospheric  pressure,  or  density,  is  involved  in  the  form  required  for  use  in  the 
following  formation : 

2=60345  ft.  [1+, 001042  (t-ft—  64)]  (1-f, 002837,  Cos.  2  ip) 

X  (Log.  h' — Log.  li — ,0000446*) 

in  which  Z  is  the  difference  of  height  between  the  two  stations  occupied ;  t  and  V  the 
Fahrenheit  temperature  of  the  air  in  the  shade  at  the  upper  and  lower  place  during 
the  barometer  readings;  ip  is  the  latitude;  h  the  height  in  inches  of  the  barometric 
column  at  the  higher  station,  and  h'  the  same  at  the  lower;  and  8  is  the  difference  of 
readings  of  the  attached  thermometers,  indicating  the  temperature  of  the  mercury. 
Simultaneous  observations  by  two  observers  are  desirable  when  practicable,  or  other¬ 
wise  observations  at  one  station  should  be  made  at  equal  times  before  and  after  that 
at  the  other.  Long  continued  reading  at  a  station  may  be  reduced  and  averaged  for 
comparison  with  the  ocean  surface  or  other  standard  level. 

The  aneroid  barometer  is  graduated  on  an  arc  of  its  face,  in  divisions  corresponding 
to  the  mercurial  scale.  This  instrument  is  of  recent  origin,  but  is  now  widely  used  as 
an  indicator  of  weather-changes.  Its  range  is  rather  limited,  and  its  operation  is  not 
reliable  beyond  the  ordinary  changes  of  height.  Its  principle  is  that  of  measuring  the 
varying  extent  of  collapse  of  the  flexible  end  of  a  case  inclosing  a  vacuum.  The  case 
is  of  corrugated  metal,  and  the  broad  yielding  end  communicates  its  slight  variations 
or  motions  to  a  spring;  this  motion  is  then  geared  up  and  conveyed  to  an  index-hand 
on  the  face.  Its  compact  portable  character  gives  a  great  advantage  to  this  over  the 
mercurial  barometer,  were  it  not  that  its  indications  are  less  certain  and  too  restricted 
in  range  for  a  mountain  barometer.  They  have  usually  been  made  quite  rudely  in  the 
essential  parts,  and  it  is  probable  that  improved  fabrication  might  overcome  some  of 
the  defects  to  which  the  common  forms  are  found  to  be  liable.  But  they  can  never 
become  trustworthy  standards,  or  replace  the  direct  mercurial  column  for  the  most 
refined  observations. 

The  extensive  meteorological  crusade  which,  for  almost  twenty  years,  has  been  pro¬ 
gressing  with  varying  zeal  on  both  continents,  has  served  to  direct  a  large  amount  of 
attention  to  the  details  of  barometric  construction.  The  principle  of  the  mercurial 
barometer  involves  only  the  existence  of  a  perfect  vacuum,  and  the  arrangements 
requisite  for  measuring  in  standard  inches  the  vertical  distance  between  the  mercurial 
level  in  vacuo  and  that  in  the  communicating  open  fountain  or  cistern  ;  this  principle 
is  of  such  simplicity  as  to  admit  of  barometric  improvements  only  by  directing  care  to 
the  materials  and  workmanship  through  which  it  is  expressed.  There  is  abundant 
need  of  this  care,  for  there  is  almost  no  end  to  the  barometric  observations  which  are 
well  nigh  valueless  through  faults  in  the  configuration,  materials,  and  workmanship  of 
the  instruments  used.  Unfortunately  the  scale  of  a  mercurial  barometer  gives  but 
limited  changes  of  reading  for  ordinary  atmospheric  changes,  hence  great  accuracy  is 
requisite  in  all  parts  of  the  construction  and  in  the  readings  when  it  is  proposed  to 
measure  such  elements  as  the  diurnal  barometric  wave. 

Another  rather  singular  and  ingenious  barometer  of  the  aneroid  species,  and  not 
much  in  use,  is  worthy  of  mention  here.  M.  Bourdon  of  France  has  availed  himself  of 
the  fact,  that  a  tube  bent  into  a  circular  arc,  and  exhausted  of  air,  coils  and  uncoils,  or 
changes  its  curvature  with  the  external  pressure,  to  obtain  a  measure  of  that  pressure. 
Tlius  the  opposite  ends  approximate  or  recede  along  a  scale  constructed  by  means  of  a 
mercurial  barometer,  and  so  indicate  the  pressure.  This  form  of  construction  is  free 
from  the  objections  incident  to  the  machinery  for  magnifying  the  motion  in  the 
ordinary  aneroid.] 


25.  Blake,  William  Pmrrs,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Reflective  goniometer  and  polariscope,  for  measuring  the  angles  of  crystals  and 
the  inclination  of  the  optic  axes.  Made  to  order  by  Duboscq-Soleil,  of  Paris  from 
drawings  by  the  exhibitor. 


2b.  Lew  is,  M  illiam  A  William  II.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Improved  coating-box  for  the  daguerreotype  process.  Its  advantages  are,  firs 
the  iriction  is  taken  off  the  edge  of  the  pot,  and  the  upper  and  under-side  of  the  slid 
which  prevents  them  from  wear,  thereby  always  keeping  a  tight  pot  when  once  ma< 

144 


27.  Isenring,  John,  New  York. — Inventor. 

Electro-magnetic  conductor  and  storm  indicator.  This  apparatus  is  put  in  con¬ 
nection  with  a  lightning-rod,  and  will  indicate  a  storm  three  to  seven  hours  in  advance. 


28.  Yale,  G.,  Bowery,  New  York. — Patentee. 

Globe  and  sphere,  combining  celestial  and  terrestrial  globe ;  the  terrestrial  turns 
within  the  celestial.  Problems  in  the  real  and  apparent  astronomy  are  performed  in 
imitation  of  nature.  The  globe  and  sphere  combines  astronomy  with  geography  and 
spherical  trigonometry ;  it  is  a  perfect  sun-dial  for  all  places,  and  can  be  used  as  a 
planetarium. 

29.  Roosevelt,  Clinton,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Pantcchna,  or  master  of  various  arts. 


30.  Finn  A  Baker,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  scales  and  protractors,  in  ivory,  box-wood,  ebony,  and  metal,  for  all 
kinds  of  drawing  and  mapping.  Some  of  these  measures  are  graduated  as  fine  as  200 
divisions  to  the  inch. 


31.  Warring,  C.  B.,  Poughkeepsie,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Various  philosophical  instruments,  to  illustrate  statics  and  dynamics;  the  inclined 
plane,  the  lever,  the  composition  of  forces ;  stability  apparatus,  and  the  transmission 
of  forces  and  motion. 


32.  Alt,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Optical  instruments,  lorgnettes,  Ac. 


33.  Prentice,  James,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Importer. 

Specimens  of  mathematical  instruments. 

[The  successful  practice  of  mathematical,  mechanical,  and  engineering  drawing, 
depends,  to  no  small  extent,  on  the  character  of  the  instruments  used.  The  principle 
which  should  prevail,  in  respect  to  drawing  instruments,  is,  to  limit  the  varieties 
employed  to  the  smallest  number  adequate  for  the  purpose  in  hand,  and  to  make  each 
instrument  with  the  utmost  precision,  simplicity,  lightness,  and  solidity  of  workmanship. 
There  are  very  few  cases  of  instruments  not  containing  some  pieces  which  even  long 
practice  of  drawing  will  fail  to  bring  into  effectual  requisition.  Good  steel  rulers  and 
triangles;  right-line  pens  with  even,  fine  points,  one  of  which  opens  out  for  cleaning; 
even,  sharp,  round-pointed  dividers,  of  two  or  three  sizes;  two  sizes  of  pencil  and  pen 
compasses,  a  protractor,  and  a  good  magazine-scale,  will  be  found  sufficient  for  most 
purposes  of  drawing.  It  may  be  requisite  to  add  the  beam-compass  for  laying  down 
long  distances,  and  proportional-compasses  for  passing  from  one  scale  of  drawing  to 
another.  The  use  of  reducing-squares,  the  camera  lucida,  or  the  pentagraph,  will  be 
requisite  when  considerable  reducing  of  irregular  drawing  is  to  be  executed. 

The  pencils,  ink,  colors,  brushes,  color  and  ink  cups  used,  are  worth  much  consid¬ 
eration,  as  they  greatly  influence  the  facility  and  pleasantness  of  drawing.  Fine  hard 
(H.H.H.)  pencils,  sharpened,  one  to  a  round  and  one  to  a  flat  point,  with  pumice-stone 
or  fine  sand-paper,  on  which  to  renew  the  point,  are  among  the  first  essentials  to 
good  drawing.  A  clean-working  right-line  pen,  capable  of  ruling  from  the  finest  to 
the  coarsest  gauge  of  lines,  and  easy  in  the  fingers,  is  the  next  essential,  and  one 
which  needs  to  be  seconded  by  good  India-ink.  By  rubbing  this  ink  well,  and  keeping 
the  liquid  ink  covered,  only  opening  it  for  dipping,  its  drj-ing  is  obviated,  while  dust 
and  fibers  are  prevented  from  mixing  in  it,  and  thus  the  ink  of  one  rubbing  may  be 
made  to  answer  for  several  days,  saving  the  hand  from  the  tremulousness  caused  by 
rubbing  the  ink  daily.  If  the  India-ink  cake  is  very  hard,  a  gentle  warming  of  the 
cup  makes  it  dissolve  more  readily,  but  too  high  a  heat  injures  the  ink.  In  using 
water-colors,  a  good  assortment  of  flat  and  pointed  brushes  is  needed,  and  all  washes 
should  be  made  in  such  quantity  as  to  permit  dipping  with  the  brush  without  disturb¬ 
ing  the  sediment.  Brushes  should  always  be  well  cleaned  and  laid,  or  pointed  after  use. 

Few  drawing  articles  are  more  difficult  to  obtain  in  the  requisite  perfection  than 
scales,  the  graduation  being  generally  either  incorrect  or  inconvenient.  A  good  quality 
of  paper  scales  is  now  made  cheaply,  and  in  considerable  variety  of  subdivision.  These 
vary  with  drawing-paper  pretty  nearly  during  hygrometrio  changes.  Ivory  or  wooden- 
edge  scales  are,  on  the  whole,  most  convenient,  but  for  miscellaneous  drawing  the 
requisite  variety  is  quite  expensive. 

In  practicing  drawing,  it  is  an  advantageous  plan  to  use,  by  preference,  the  few 
simple  instruments  necessary  in  elementary  constructions,  always  reducing  more 
complex  problems  to  their  elements,  and  using  computed  rather  than  protracted 
quantities,  when  they  are  readily  obtained.  This  course  produces  an  independence 
of  elaborate  instruments  which  is  often  highly  convenient,  and,  in  the  end,  it  insures 
the  greatest  facility.] 

34.  Hoffman,  Louis  C.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Hydrostatic  instruments;  graduated  specific  gravity  jars,  tubes,  measures,  and 
chemical  thermometers. 


35.  Fehrkns  A  Albrecht,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  mathematical  instruments. 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  X. 


36.  Amsler,  Charles  T.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 
Elliptical  compass,  for  drawing  ovals  of  any  curve. 


37.  Doughtt,  Samuel  H.,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Parmlee’s  computing-scales,  for  adding  and  testing  the  addition  of  long  columns 
of  numbers. 


38.  Fleischel,  Charles. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Galvano-electric  and  bell-alarm  clocks,  of  novel  and  curious  construction. 


39.  Cambel,  Jno.  R.,  Weehawken,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturer. 

Chronometer  and  tine  watch ;  diamond  points  for  bank-note  engraving,  worked  in 
the  axis  of  crystallization,  and  warranted  to  stand. 


40.  Mary  Gray,  P.  L.  D.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Marine  chronometers,  with  improved  escapement,  highly  finished. 

[An  escapement  is  a  mechanical  contrivance  for  transmission,  at  equal  intervals, 
of  the  maintaining  power  to  the  regulator ;  its  office  being  to  allow  a  tooth  of  the 
wheel  to  escape,  or  pass  onward,  at  such  intervals  of  time  as  are  measured  by  the 
regulator.] 

41.  Burnet,  Joseph,  <fc  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

New  style  of  bronzed  clocks,  vases,  and  ornaments. 


42.  Crane,  Aaron  D.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  year-clock,  with  torsion  pendulum.  Astronomical  year-clock,  showing  the 
day  of  the  month,  time  of  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun  and  moon,  and  other  astro¬ 
nomical  periods ;  as  when  the  sun  and  moon  enter  the  signs,  the  phases  of  the  moon, 
high  and  low  tides :  it  can  be  set  to  any  latitude  below  60  degrees ;  it  compensates  for 
difference  of  motive  power  and  temperature,  and  will  run  376  days  without  winding. 


43.  Trott,  Stanley  G.,  New  London,  Connecticut. — Part  Proprietor. 

Abbott’s  apparatus  for  showing  apparent  time  at  sea,  from  an  altitude  or  a  star, 
without  logarithms.  Abbott’s  geological  chart. 

[Abbott’s  horometer  belongs  to  the  highly  important  and  useful  class  of  inven¬ 
tions  which  are  intended  to  give  increased  certainty  and  facility  to  navigation.  It 
presents  a  graphic  or  mechanical  method  of  rapidly  solving  several  of  the  principal 
practical  problems  of  frequent  recurrence  at  sea,  the  solutions  being  as  accurate  as  is 
requisite  in  ordinary  cases.  It  should  not  supe  rsede  calculations  when  time  permits 
the  making  of  them,  but  it  is  a  very  trustworthy  check  in  numerical  errors,  and,  in 
many  cases,  it  can  be  used  with  Buck  facility  as  to  make  useful  observations,  which 
otherwise  the  time  and  labor  of  computation  would  prevent  from  being  used  at  all,  or 
in  the  right  time.  It,  moreover,  enables  the  navigator  to  obtain  a  more  intelligent 
conception  of  the  quantities  with  which  he  is  dealing  in  his  observations. 

Mechanical  or  graphic  methods  are  rarely  as  good  as  strict  computations,  but  in 
some  cases,  among  which  should  probably  be  included  the  horometer  solutions  of 
nautical  problems,  the  results  possess  all  the  requisite  accuracy,  and  the  facility  with 
which  they  are  obtained  justly  commends  the  mechanical  method  for  extensive  practical 
adoption.  It  is  really  desirable  that  this  instrument  should  make  part  of  the  outfit  for 
all  ocean  vessels :  nor  can  it  reasonably  be  doubted  that  its  general  adoption  would 
afford  an  additional  safeguard  against  those  errors  of  position  which  so  often  involve 
the  safety  of  vessels,  crews,  and  passengers.] 

44.  Terry,  T.,  President  of  the  Ansonia  Clock  Company,  Ansonia,  Connecticut. — Manu¬ 

facturers. 

Plain  and  ornamental  marine  and  pendulum-clocks,  and  time-pieces,  of  superior 

construction. 


45.  Sherry  &  Bryam,  Say  Harbor,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Turret  or  steeple-clock,  ornamented;  a  variety  of  time-pieces;  new  pendulum. 


46.  Leconte,  Adolphe,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  bronze  and  electro-plated  clocks.  Statuettes,  in  metal. 

47.  Jerome,  A.  S.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Eight-day  clocks  of  various  descriptions  ;  thirty-hour  clocks. 

[He  also  exhibits  an  antique  clock,  made  in  1509,  in  an  oak  case,  whose  rude 
carvings  contrast  strangely  with  the  ornamented  clocks  of  the  present  day.] 


48.  Sperry,  Henry,  <fc  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Clocks  and  time-pieces  of  various  descriptions. 


49.  Litchfield  Manufacturing  Company,  Litchfield,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Various  styles  of  clocks,  with  brass  movements,  in  papier-mache  cases. 


50.  Sons,  Frederic,  Forestville,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Variety  of  ornamental  clocks. 


51.  Billon,  Louis,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Watch  which  goes  nine  days,  showing  the  hours,  days  of  the  week  and  month, 
the  months  and  years. 

62.  Taylor,  E.,  <k  Co.,  Rochester,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Barometers  and  thermometers. 

N 


53.  Shea,  Roland  H.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  instruments ;  leveling  and  transit  instruments ;  surveyors’  com¬ 
passes. 

54.  Murray,  Alexander,  M.  D.,  157  West  Sixteenth  Street,  New  York  City.— Manu¬ 

facturer . 

Microscopic  objects,  mounted  upon  slips  of  glass,  illustrating  comparative  anatomy, 
botany,  chemistry,  entomology,  geology,  and  zoology. 

54a.  Burnett,  W.  J.,  M.  D. — Boston,  Massachusetts.— Proprietor. 

Microscopes  and  microscopic  specimens. 


55.  Kline,  Samanos  &  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 
Marine  chronometers,  highly  finished. 


56.  Negus,  Thomas  S.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Large  marine  chronometers,  highly  finished. 

56a.  Durkee,  Silas,  M.  D.,  27  Howard  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer 

A  collection  of  one  hundred  and  seventy  specimens  of  microscopic  anatomy,  beau¬ 
tifully  mounted,  and  arranged  in  mahogany  cases. 

The  specimens  are  mounted  on  glass  slides,  one  inch  wide  and  three  inches  long. 
They  are  secured  in  glass  cells,  with  twin  covers  cemented  to  the  cells  ;  some  of  them 
are  mounted  dry,  others  in  fluid.  They  are  designed  to  represent  the  minute  anato¬ 
mical  structure  of  the  different  organs  and  tissues  of  the  human  system. 

They  consist  of  the  following  speeimens  : 

1.  Epidermis,  or  cuticle,  of  foetus,  showing  the  sudoriferous  tubes  on  its  under 
surface.  Some  of  these  tubes,  the  excretory  ducts  of  sudoriferous  glands,  which 
separate  the  sweat  from  the  blood,  may  be  seen  outside  of  the  margin  of  the  specimen, 
and  can  be  examined  advantageously  with  a  power  of  from  40  to  80  diameters. 

2.  Individual  Epidermic  scales,  requiring  a  power  of  from  70  to  150  diameters. 

3  Epidermis  of  the  scrotum  of  the  negro,  showing  the  pigment  or  color-secreting 
cells  ;  requiring  about  300  diameters. 

4,  5,  6.  Vertical  sections  of  the  skin  of  the  heel,  showing  the  sudoriferous  tubes  de¬ 
tached  from  the  dermis,  or  true  skin.  Some  are  seen  (as  in  No.  6)  passing  through  the 
dermis  and  terminating  at  the  base  of  the  papillae.  The  papillae  are  seen  naked  ;  20  or 
30  diameters  required. 

7.  Cuticle  from  dorsal  surface  of  forefinger  of  an  adult  female,  showing  the  perfora¬ 
tions  of  the  papillae. 

8.  Skin  of  palm  of  the  hand  of  an  adult  male,  injected,  and  showing,  especially  on 
the  left  of  the  field,  several  rows  of  loop-like  capillaries,  corresponding  to  the  rows  of 
papillae.  The  papilla!  are  little  conical  projections  on  the  external  surface  of  the  der¬ 
mis  and  in  contact  with  the  cuticle,  to  which  they  give  a  furrowed  appearance ;  they 
are  composed  of  a  tine  net-work  of  vessels  and  nerves,  and  their  size  and  number,  in 
part,  are  proportioned  to  the  acuteness  of  its  sense  of  touch. 

9.  Skin  of  back  of  hand  of  the  same  subject,  showing  the  reticulated  distribution  of 
its  vessels.  The  cutiele  is  removed  in  the  last  two  specimens.  A  very  fine  specimen. 

10.  11.  Transverse  sections  of  the  thumb  nail,  showing  its  laminated  structure,  and 
the  mode  of  its  connection  with  the  papillary  layer  of  the. subjacent  integument  by 
mutually  interlocking  processes ;  thus  making  an  exceedingly  firm  union — what  is 
called  by  carpenters  “  dovetailing.” 

12.  Transverse  section  of  integument  beneath  the  thumb  nail,  injected  ;  it  may  be  ex¬ 
amined  both  by  transmitted  and  direct  light.  Some  of  the  twisted  loopings  of  the 
blood-vessels  are  well  seen  with  about  30  diameters. 

13.  Longitudinal  view  of  the  same,  injected.  In  separating  the  specimen  from  its 
attachment  to  the  boire,  some  of  the  vessels  were  thrown  out  of  their  normal  arrange¬ 
ment,  as  may  be  seen,  especially  on  the  left. 

14.  The  same  injected.  This  specimen  was  taken  near  the  root  or  matrix  of  the  nail, 
and  shows  the  vessels  very  satisfactorily.  The  nails  are  analogous  to  the  claws  and 
hoofs  of  the  lower  animals-;  the  root,  or  posterior  edge,  and  the  sides,  are  received  into 
an  elliptical  groove  in  the  dermis,  and  are  partly  covered  by  the  cuticle.  The  nails 
are  non-vascular  and  insensible,  like  the  epidermis  and  hair. 

15.  Epididymis.  This  is  an  elongated,  flattened  body,  situated  along  the  posterior 
body  of  the  testicle ;  its  structure  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  the  body  of  the 
testicle,  consisting  of  an  assemblage  of  minute  tubes,  finally  uniting  to  form  a  single 
canal,  afterwards  becoming  the  vasdefereus. 

16.  Upper  portion  of  oesophagus,  injected. 

17.  18.  Pancreas,  injected. 

19.  Mesenteric  glands  of  foetus,  injected. 

20  to  28.  Represent  the  development  of  the  teeth,  from  the  sac  of  a  foetal  tooth  of 
three  months  to  that  of  an  aged  person.  In  the  large  tricuspid  (No.  27)  the  stellate 
lacunae  are  very  abundant ;  and  in  the  longest  fang,  a  little  distant  from  its  extremity, 
the  lamellated  bone  structure  is  well  defined  ;  the  cementum  along  the  inner  border  of 
the  fangs  is  remarkably  thick.  The  dentine  tubes  are  large,  and  their  curved  direction 
in  the  crown  may  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye,  by  holding  the  specimen  up  to  the  light 
The  tooth  has  two  cavities,  each  containing  a  pallet  of  gold — a  cavity  just  at  the  union 
of  the  crown  with  the  longest  fang,  may  also  be  seen  in  the  specimen.  The  primitive 
dental  papillie  are  formed  in  grooves  on  the  surface  of  the  mucous  membrane ;  these 
become  inclosed  in  follicles  which  shut  over  them :  the  tooth  afterwards  bursts  forth 
from  the  inclosing  capsule,  generally  between  the  fifth  and  seventh  month  of  life  (for 
the  first  teeth),  the  summit  of  the  tooth  being  carried  upwnrds  by  the  growth  of  its 
root.  The  hard  part  of  a  tooth  consists  of  three  substances — dentine,  enamel,  and 
cementum.  The  dentine,  or  ivory,  is  formed  by  the  calcification  of  the  dental  pulp  ;  it 
constitutes  by  far  the  greatest  portion  of  the  tooth,  being  covered  externally  by  the 
enamel  and  cementum ;  it  is  harder  than  bone,  destitute  of  blood-vessels  and  nerves, 
and  penetrated  by  a  very  great  number  of  minute  tubes,  commencing  by  open  mouths 
on  the  walls  of  the  internal  cavity,  and  passing  in  an  undulating  direction  to  the  ex¬ 
ternal  surface,  often  bifurcating.  The  enamel,  the  hardest  part  of  the  tooth,  is  made  up 
of  long  prismatic  fibers  of  hexagonal  form,  looking  on  transverse  section  like  a 
mosaic  pavement;  in  man  it  covers  the  crown  of  the  tooth  only;  this,  though  the 
hardest  substance  in  the  body,  is  extremely  brittle.  The  cementum,  crusta  petrota,  or 
cortical  substance,  has  the  characters  of  true  bone,  possessing  its  distinctive  stellate 
lacuna:  and  radiating  canaliculi ;  it  forms  a  thin  layer,  which  envelops  the  root  of  the 
tooth,  commencing  near  the  termination  of  the  cap  of  enamel ;  it  is  this  part  which  so 
often  becomes  thickened  on  the  fangs  of  the  teeth,  rendering  extraction  difficult. 

29  to  40.  Illustrates  the  structure  and  development  of  cartilage  and  bone  in  the 
_  various  stages,  from  the  cartilage  cells  of  the  foetal  femur  of  six  weeks  to  the  adult 

145 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


No.  34  is  a  portion  of  the  outer  condyle  of  the  adult  femur,  showing,  among  other 
things  ultimate  bone  granules.  No.  38,  if  examined  with  about  2'70  diameters,  dis¬ 
plays  the  laminated  structure  very  satisfactorily;  it  is  a  transverse  section  of  an  adult 
numerus.  In  No.  40,  which  is  a  longitudinal  portion  of  the  femur,  a  transverse  section 
of  many  of  the  canaliculi  can  be  seen ;  as  thus  examined  they  seem  to  be  about  one- 
third  the  size  of  ordinary  dentine  tubes.  On  microscopic  examination  of  a  thin  lamella 
of  bone,  in  the  midst  of  an  apparently  homogeneous  substance,  are  seen  dark  spots 
with  numerous  very  minute  radiating  prolongations;  these  spots,  formerly  called 
Purkinjean  corpuscles,  from  the  name  of  their  discoverer,  are  now  known  as  bone  cells, 
or  lacuna,  and  are  highly  characteristic  of  true  bone  structure;  they  are  open  spaces, 
and  the  minute  prolongations,  or  canaliculi,  are  delicate  tubes;  the  Haversian  canals, 
surrounded  by  concentric  lamime  of  bone,  serve  for  the  transmission  of  bloodvessels 
into  the  osseous  substance ;  they  vary  in  diameter  from  „th  to  of  an  inch,  the 

average  being  about  7j-jth  of  an  inch.  The  development  of  bone  is  commonly  pre¬ 
ceded  by  a  cartilaginous  structure,  which  occupies  the  place  the  bone  is  afterwards  to 
take ;  bone  is  not,  however,  formed  by  the  ossification  of  cartilage,  the  process  of  bone 
formation,  according  to  Carpenter,  al ways  commencing  in  the  neighborhood  of  blood¬ 
vessels,  which  pass  down  in  canals  excavated  in  the  cartilage,  forming  centers  of 
ossification;  the  cartilage  cells  degenerate  and  die,  and  in  the  spaces  thus  left  a 
formative  blastema,  containing  cells,  is  formed  from  the  neighboring  vessels ;  this  is 
gradually  consolidated  into  fibrous  tissue,  which  subsequently  becomes  calcified,  the 
interspersed  cells  being  changed  into  lacuna;  and  canaliculi. 

41.  Papilla  of  under  lip,  injected;  this  may  be  examined  by  direct  or  transmitted 
light,  with  a  power  of  20  to  30  diameters.  By  turning  the  specimen  upside  down,  and 
examining  it  by  transmitted  light,  a  few  mucous  glands  are  seen. 

42.  Papilla  of  upper  lip,  injected. 

43.  44,  45.  Different  portions  of  the  gall-bladder,  injected.  Very  fine. 

46  to  51.  Different  views  of  the  kidney,  including  the  corpora  Malpighiana,  with 
their  afferent  and  efferent  vessels ;  the  vessels  that  accompany  the  uriniferous  tubes ; 
aud  the  stellate  appearance  of  the  vessels  on  its  surface.  No.  50,  a  fcetal  preparation, 
shows  the  latter.  Corpora  Malpighiana  are  knots  of  minute  bloodvessels,  formed  by 
the  convolutions  of  delicate  capillaries,  included  in  little  flask-shaped  capsules,  the 
necks  of  which  are  continuous  with  the  uriniferous  tubes;  they  appear  like  little 
dark  points,  studding  the  cortical  or  external  substance  of  the  kidney.  (Fine  pre¬ 
paration.) 

52  to  55.  Injected  specimens  of  the  liver,  showing  the  acini,  a  portion  of  the  portal 
circulation,  vascularity  of  the  serous  coat,  <fcc.  The  liver  is  made  up  of  a  vast  number 
of  minute  lobules  or  acini,  about  the  average  size  of  a  millet  seed ;  each  contains  the 
elements  of  which  the  entire  organ  is  composed,  viz.,  a  network  of  biliary  ducts,  con¬ 
nected  with  their  main  trunks,  and  a  mass  of  biliary  cells,  each  connected  with  the 
three  bloodvessels  of  the  organ,  the  hepatic  artery,  vena  portse,  and  hepatic  vein. 

56  to  57.  Foetal  surface  of  placenta,  injected;  also  a  vertical  section.  From  the 
chorica,  one  of  the  membranes  of  the  embryo,  vascular  tufts  are  developed  in  one 
portion,  which  dip  down  into  cavities  formed  by  the  enlarged  veins  or  sinuses  of  the 
uterus ;  these  tufts  form  the  fatal  portion  of  the  placenta,  as  this  compound  organ  is 
called ;  the  blood  of  the  foetus  receives  its  nutritious  properties,  and  is  freed  from  its 
impurities,  through  these  tufts,  which  are  bathed  in  the  maternal  blood  of  the  sinuses, 
just  as  the  gills  of  aquatic  animals  are  bathed  in  the  water. 

58,  59,  60.  Appendix  caci,  injected ;  it  may  also  be  examined  as  a  transparent  object. 
With  a  low  power  its  structural  resemblance  to  the  stomach  and  intestines  may  be 
seen. 

61.  Upper  portion  of  duodenum,  injected ;  showing  villi,  <fec. 

62.  Ileum,  showing  villi  and  Peyer’s  glands.  The  small  intestine  is  divided  into  the 
duodenum,  jejunum,  and  ileum;  the  large  intestine  into  coecum,  colon,  and  rectum. 

63.  64,  65.  Different  portions  of  the  stomach,  injected. 

66,  67.  Fcetal  cauda  equina,  showing  its  nucleated  cell-structure ;  this  is  the  terminal 
portion  of  the  spinal  marrow. 

68,  69.  Ligamenta  subfava,  from  the  space  between  the  arches  of  the  vertebra;  of  an 
adult ;  showing  the  characters  of  the  yellow  fibrous  tissue,  which  is  remarkable  for 
elasticity;  it  shows  the  characteristic  curling  of  the  ends  of  the  fibers. 

70.  Gkuis  penis,  injected ;  transverse  section. 

W.  Spermatozoa. 

>72,  73.  Vessels  connecting  the  membrana  decidua  of  the  uterus  with  the  chorion ;  in  a 
fortus  of  six  weeks,  and  in  one  of  twenty  days  old. 

74,  75.  Muscular  fibers,  showing  striae  and  a  plexus  of  nutrient  capillaries,  appealing 
!  to  run  parallel  to  the  fibers,  and  to  inosculate  with  each  other  at  considerable  distances. 

76.  Muscular  fibers  of  the  heart. 

77,  78.  Hairs,  with  their  follicles  and  related  sebaceous  glands. 

The  hair  is  developed  in  the  interior  of  a  follicle,  formed  by  a  depression  of  the 
true  skin;  the.  cells  of  the  epidermic  lining  are  most  developed  at  the  bottom;  the 
dense  exterior  is  called  the  bulb;  the  soft  interior  is  called  the  pulp.  The  sheath  of  the 
hair  is  the  external  layer  of  cells,  flattened  and  hardened  by  exposure ;  the  growth  of 
the  hair  takes  place  by  a  successive  formation  of  cells  at  the  base ;  the  color  is  owing 
to  a  deposit  of  pigment  in  the  cells  while  they  constitute  the  soft  part  of  the  bulb. 
Human  hair  is  not  tubular,  the  dark  band  in  the  interior  is  owing  partly  to  the 
presence  of  pigmentary  matter,  and  partly  to  the  refraction  of  light  by  the  cylindrical 
surface.  The  sebaceous  glands  are  little  sacs  grouped  together,  and  connected  with  a 
common  duet,  opening  usually  into  a  hair  follicle  just  within  its  orifice,  at  others  on 
the  cuticle ;  they  are  most  numerous  on  the  scalp  and  face. 

79.  Mucous  membrane  and  follicles  of  intestine  ;  not  injected. 

80.  Blood  corpuscles,  from  a  healthy  child.  The  human  blood  corpuscles  appear  like 

piles  of  flattened  discs,  or  pieces  of  honey,  of  an  average  size  of  of  an  inch. 

SI  to  108.  Preparations  of  the  eye ;  some  injected,  others  as  transparent  objects,  com¬ 
mencing  with  the  epithelium  of  the  infant’s  cornea,  and  including  its  different  tunics 
nnd  appendages;  the  Meibomian  glands  (the  sebaceous  glands  of  the  lids),  nearly  as 
they  lie  in  their  natural  position,  and  imbedded  in  the  torsal  cartilage;  the  gland  of 
the  caruncula  lachry mails,  with  a  portion  of  its  duct  (seen  best  with  a  low  power);  the 
iris  and  ciliary  processes,  injected;  the  choroid,  showing  the  vena  vorticosce,  injected,  and 
also  as  transparent  objects;  the  tunica  Ruyschiana,  injected;  the  crystalline  lens,  foetal 
and  adult,  showing  numerous  series  of  arches,  formed  by  the  arrangement  of  its  fibers; 
i  the  artery  ot  the  capsule  of  the  lens,  mounted  by  itself;  the  canal  of  Petit,  surrounding 
the  lens  ;  hexagonal  pigment-cells  of  the  choroid-hyaloid  membrane,  inclosing  the  vitreous 
bn, nor.  with  the  epithelium  on  the  iolds  or  processes  of  this  membrane;  the  membrana 
piipdlaris,  at  different  periods  of  fcetal  lile;  the  sclerotic,  or  white  fibrous  coat,  injected 
showing  its  connection  with  the  cornea,  which  fits  into  it  like  a  watch-glass;  fibers  of 
the  capsule  of  the  lens,  <fcc. 

109.  Tubes  of  the  Testis. 

110.  Thym us  gland,  injected. 

111.  Membrana  tympani ;  fibrous  lamina:  transparent  object. 

!  .  J,1"  „XI!e  sam£  injected;  showing  a  non-vascular  spot  about  the  attachment  of  the 

handle  ol  the  malleus :  very  fine. 


113.  Lung ,  injected. 

114,  115.  Nerve,  from  incisor-tooth.  Dentine  pulp,  perfectly  developed,  can  be  seen 
Taken  from  specimen  No.  26. 

116.  Tongue,  finely'  injected;  showing  filiform  papilla;,  and  the  vessels  beneath. 
These  are  the  smallest  of  the  papilla;,  and  cover  all  the  forepart  and  middle  of  the 
surface  of  the  tongue. 

117.  One  muscular  fiber  of  the  ox,  showing  strife. 

118.  Fibers  of  crystalline  lens  of  the  haddock,  showing  the  serrations  on  the  edges  of 
the  fibers  much  more  distinctly  than  in  the  Mammalia. 

119.  Corpora  cavernosa,  from  adult ;  30  to  40  diameters. 

120.  Epithelium  of  ureter,  of  adult;  about  300  diameters. 

121.  Sac  of  fcetal  tooth;  fifth  month  ;  about  100  diameters. 

122.  Sac  of  fcetal  tooth  ;  seventh  month ;  about  60  diameters.. 

123.  Dentine  cells,  forming  into  tubes;  at  upper  part  of  specimen. 

124.  Dentine  and  cementum',  adult.  (See  No.  20.) 

125.  126.  Hexagonal  enamel  cells  of  man,  and  the  mastodon. 

127.  Longitudinal  section  of  enamel,  showing  its  cross-lines. 

128.  Longitudinal  section  of  enamel,  of  crown  of  tooth. 

129.  Individual  enamel  rods,  from  mastodon’s  tooth. 

130.  Transverse  section  of  crown  of  sheep's  tooth,  showing  on  a  small  portion  the 
cementum  external  to  the  enamel. 

131.  Inf erior  maxillary  bone,  of  human  embryo,  fifteen  weeks  old;  showing  dental 
groove  and  the  alveoli  of  the  two  front  teeth — right  half  of  the  jaw — may  be  seen 
without  a  magnifier. 

132.  Alveolar  process  of  foetus  of  four  months. 

133.  Transverse  section  of  femur. 

134.  Temporal  bone  of  foetus  of  twelve  weeks;  requires  60  diameters. 

135.  Laminae  of  bone. 

136.  Under  surface  of  cuticle  of  skin  of  negro;  pigment  cells. 

137.  Epithelium  of  glans  penis  of  negro,  showing  pigment  granules  in  clusters;  the 
nuclei  and  cell-wall  are  scarcely  visible. 

138.  Shows  the  development  of  muscle. 

139.  Longitudinal  section  of  femur. 

140.  Articular  cartilage  of  foetus  of  eight  months. 

141.  Ileum;  showing  villi,  glands  of  Licberkuhn,  elastic  fibrous  tissue,  &c. 

142.  Epithelium  of  cornea. 

143.  Vertical  section  of  cornea. 

144.  Crystalline  lens,  showing  tripartite  division  and  series  of  arches. 

145.  Venae  vorticosce ;  direct  or  transmitted  light. 

146.  Shows  junction  of  cornea  and  sclerotica,  and  vessels  of  the  latter. 

147.  Inner  circle  of  iris,  ciliary  processes,  <fec. ;  direct  or  transmitted  light. 

148.  Duodenum  of  foetus,  near  pyloric  orifice  of  stomach. 

149.  Pupillary  membrane. 

150.  Artery  of  capsule  of  crystalline  lens ;  100  diameters. 

151.  Filiform  papillce  of  tongue ;  direct  or  transmitted  light. 

152.  Papillce  beneath  the  thumb-nail. 

153.  154.  Placenta;  vertical  section  and  foetal  surface. 

155.  Appendix  coed. 

156.  Duodenum  of  foetus;  about  five  months. 

157.  158,  159.  Surface  of  liver,  showing  the  portal  circulation. 

160.  Stomach,  of  foetus  of  four  or  five  months,  near  cardiac  orifice,  showing  ridges, 
areolee,  but  no  villi :  very  fine. 

161.  Foetal  kidney,  showing  the  veins  that  accompany  the  uriniferous  tubes. 

162.  Sympathetic  nerve. 

163.  Cauda  equina,  showing  its  nucleated  cell-structure. 

164.  Kidney.  Malpighian  bodies. 

165.  Skin  from  palm  of  hand. 

166.  Kidney ;  showing  stellate  arrangement  of  external  veins. 

167.  Gall-bladder ;  mucous  follicles. 

168.  Kidney ;  corpora  Malpighiana,  with  afferent  and  efferent  artery. 

169.  Cuticle  from  dorsal  surface  of  forefinger,  showing  inter-papillary  perforations. 

170.  Transverse  section  of  thumb-nail  and  subjacent  integument. 

The  art  of  minute  injection  has  not  been  practiced  in  this  country  with  any 
success  till  within  a  few  yTears,  and  only'  since  the  microscopic  study'  of  the  tissues  has 
become  general.  Teachers  of  anatomy  and  physiology  have  been  forced  to  rely  on 
foreign  sources  for  the  preparations  necessary  to  illustrate  microscopic  science.  The 
specimens  prepared  by  Messrs.  Hett  and  Topping,  of  England,  and  by'  Dr.  John  Neill, 
of  Philadelphia,  have  been  the  best  to  be  had;  Dr.  Durkee,  in  his  preparations,  has 
met  with  remarkable  success,  and  many  of  them  are  unsurpassed,  and  some  of  them,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  best  mieroscopists,  not  equaled  by  the  best  of  foreign  manufacture. 
It  is  very  gratifying  to  know  that  we  can  now  do  for  ourselves  what  others  have 
hitherto  done  for  us,  and  that,  too,  in  a  way  that  comes  very  near  perfection.  Micro¬ 
scopic  anatomy  has  now  become  a  necessary'  branch  of  medical  education,  and  yet 
there  is  no  Institution  provided  with  any  thing  like  the  proper  means  for  its  illustra¬ 
tion  ;  the  collection  of  Dr.  Durkee  would  make  a  College  prominent  among  our  Medical 
Institutions,  by'  adding  to  its  cabinet  what  this  country  has  never  before  had  the 
chance  of  procuring,  or  Europe  the  means  of  supplying.  We  trust  that  such  will  be 
its  destination,  and  that  this  unique  collection  will,  ere  long,  be  available  for  public 
instruction,  equally  honorable  to  the  Institution  which  possesses  it  and  to  the  man  who 
has  had  the  disposition  and  ability  to  prepare  it.] 

57.  Warren,  Ira,  M.  D.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  nnd  Proprietor. 

Syringes  for  the  larynx,  pharynx,  and  nose;  tonsil  instrument;  powder  inhaler. 
(Patented.) 

[Since  physicians  and  surgeons  have  become  acquainted  with  the  alterative  and 
antiphlogistic  properties  of  nitrate  of  silver,  as  well  as  of  its  escliarotic  qualities,  a 
new  era  has  dawmed  in  the  treatment  of  many  diseases  formerly  little  understood,  nnd 
considered  the  opprobria  of  medicine.  Among  the  diseases  eminently  benefited  by 
the  nitrate  of  silver,  is  the  subacute  nnd  chronic  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane 
lining  the  nasal  passages,  the  fauces,  larynx,  and  trachea,  and  of  the  air-passages  gen¬ 
erally.  A  very  common  affection  is  a  chronic  inflammation  of  the  larvnx,  nnd  of  its 
follicles,  the  first  being  Laryngitis,  and  the  latter  Follicular  Laryngitis,  or  Folliculitis, 
as  it  is  sometimes  called ;  the  popular  name  of  Bronchitis  is  erroneous,  this  term 


I 


146 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  X 


implying  an  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  air-tubes  of  the  lungs, 
which  may  or  may  not  be  implicated  in  the  disease;  it  is  also  popularly  known  as  the 
“  Clergyman’s  Sore-throat,”  this  class  of  the  community  being  peculiarly  liable  to  it 
from  their  frequent  public  speaking. 

The  shower-syringes  of  Dr.  I.  Warren  are  intended  to  take  the  place  of  the 
probang  and  sponge  in  the  application  of  nitrate  of  silver  and  other  caustics  to  the 
laryngeal  surfaces.  The  laryngeal  shower-syringe  has  a  long  curved  tube  attached  to 
the  barrel,  having  a  round  globe  at  the  end,  pierced  with  very  minute  holes  around 
the  center. 

The  pharyngeal  shower-syringe  has  a  straight  tube,  with  a  minutely  perforated 
ball,  which  showers  the  fauces  and  pharynx  in  any  desired  direction.  The  nasal 
syringe  has  a  short  curve,  otherwise  the  same ;  this  is  introduced  by  the  mouth,  and 
is  the  only  proper  means  of  reaching  the  nasal  passages.  These  instruments  are 
generally  made  with  glass  barrels  and  silver  or  gold  tubes ;  the  barrels  are  also  made 
of  gold.  Besides  nitrate  of  silver,  the  acid  nitrate  of  mercury,  and  other  caustics, 
may  thus  be  easily  and  thoroughly  brought  into  contact  with  the  inflamed  mucous 
membrane  of  these  parts. 

The  powder  inhaler  consists  of  a  glass  tube,  inclosing  a  smaller  one,  perforated 
with  holes,  in  which  the  powder  is  placed ;  it  is  a  simple  and  efficacious  method  of 
inhaling  nitrate  of  silver  and  other  impalpable  powders,  for  the  relief  of  chronic 
inflammation  of  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane. 

The  tonsillotome  is  a  very  efficient  instrument,  much  more  certain  than  Velpeau’s 
or  the  guillotine  instrument ;  it  is  so  easy  to  manage  that  the  most  inexperienced 
hand  cannot  fail  to  remove  the  tonsil.  The  ring  is  passed  over  the  gland,  the  crescentic 
blades  being  concealed  under  the  guards ;  a  tenaculum  then  seizes  the  gland,  draws  it 
through,  and  retains  it  by  a  spring  in  the  circle;  the  blades  being  then  closed  like  a 
pair  of  scissors,  the  gland  is  cut  off  clean  and  smooth.] 

58.  Powell,  James  W.,  M.  D.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Self-acting  eye  and  ear  fountains,  improved  eye  magnet,  auriscope,  otoscope  (for 
the  Eustachian  tube),  human  artificial  eyes,  aural  instruments,  and  ear-trumpets. 


59.  Pooley,  S.amdel  J.,  Warren,  New  Jersey. — Maker. 
A  variety  of  surgical  instruments. 


60.  Matson,  Morris,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  syringe ;  a  very  convenient  and  excellent  instrument,  made  of  metal, 
and  inclosed  in  a  portable  case. 


Cl.  Hughes,  William,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Catheters,  probes,  porte-caustique,  syringes,  and  other  surgical  instruments,  in 

silver. 


62.  Ball,  J.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Patent  eye-cups,  of  vulcanized  rubber,  for  attempts  at  restoring  sight  which  has 
failed  from  age. 

63.  Gray,  James,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Human  artificial  eyes. 


64.  Bartlett,  Joel,  New  York. — Agent. 

American  mechanical  leech,  and  a  variety  of  surgical  instruments — cups,  breast- 
pump,  cervix  uteri,  eye  and  ear-glasses,  dental  leech. 

[The  principle  of  the  mechanical  leech  is  the  same  as  the  ordinary  cupping- 
apparatus  ;  its  three  lancet-points  make  a  wound  like  that  of  the  leech-bite  instanta¬ 
neously  ;  the  blood  is  drawn  either  by  a  pump,  or  by  a  simple  India-rubber  tube,  or  cup.] 

65.  Bryan,  James,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Proprietor. 

Case  of  trepanning  instruments. 


66.  Kellogg,  George,  Birmingham,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Surgical  adjuster,  for  reducing  fractures  and  dislocations;  instrument  for  the 
examination  of  narrow  passages  in  the  human  system ;  improved  obstetrical  forceps, 
with  adjustable  blades;  Signiorini’s  tourniquet. 


6T.  Welch,  Benjamin,  Lakeville,  Connecticut. — Maker. 

Surgeons’  splints,  of  wood  and  gutta-percha,  and  improved  extension-apparatus 
for  reducing  fractures.  The  splints  are  composed  of  alternate  layers  of  wood  and 
gutta-percha ;  they  are  light,  thin,  but  firm,  elastic,  and  durable.  By  immersing  them 
in  hot  water  they  become  flexible,  and  may  be  moulded  to  the  limb ;  on  cooling  they 
become  firm. 


68.  Selpiio,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  limbs.  The  famous  Anglesea-leg,  so  called  from  the  Marquis  of  Anglesea, 
who  lost  a  limb  at  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  and  who  wore  one  of  these  legs.  It  was 
invented  by  Mr.  Potts,  of  whom  Mr.  Selpho  was  a  pupil.  The  muscles  and  tendons 
are  imitated  by  elastic  bands. 


69.  Palmer,  B.  Frank.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania t — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  artificial  legs. 

[The  peculiarities  consist  in,  1st.  An  arrangement  of  cords  and  springs  in  the 
inside  of  the  limb,  by  which,  in  an  erect  position,  the  leg  is  extended  and  the  foot 
flexed :  2d.  By  a  similar  arrangement,  the  foot  and  toes  are  easily  and  gradually 
extended  when  the  heel  comes  to  the  ground;  thus  avoiding  the  limping  gait  and 


unpleasant  click  made  by  the  sudden  stroke  of  the  ball  of  the  foot  on  the  ground, 
which  is  so  obvious  in  the  ordinary  leg:  3d.  By  a  peculiar  arrangement,  the  knee- 
joint  is  rendered  little  liable  to  wear,  and  all  lateral  rotary  motion  is  prevented.  The 
pressure  of  the  artificial  limb  is  made  uniformly  on  the  sides,  and  not  on  the  end  of 
the  stump,  thus  avoiding  the  danger  of  ulceration  of  the  flaps  covering  the  end  <f  the 
bone.  A  full-length  limb  for  a  medium-sized  adult  may  be  made  to  weigh  lest  than  3^ 
pounds,  and  one  below  the  knee  less  than  two  pounds. 

The  limb  is  supplied  with  tendons  and  springs  which  imitate  nature,  giving 
firmness  to  the  joints,  elasticity  to  the  step,  and  freedom  from  all  shocks  and  jarring 
sounds.  The  exterior  is  polished  with  a  new  preparation,  impervious  to  water,  and 
giving  an  enameled  surface.] 

70.  Drake,  John  S.,  <fc  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Artificial  self-acting  leg. 

71.  North,  John,  Middleboro,  Connecticut. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  trusses  for  rupture,  with  papier-mache  and  wooden  pads,  and  new 
method  of  adjustment 

72.  Glover,  Ralph,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Trusses  for  inguinal  and  umbilical  hernia,  laced  stockings  for  varicose  veins,  knee¬ 
caps,  abdominal  supporters,  spinal  elevators  for  curvature,  extension-apparatus  for 
elbow-joint,  clubfoot-apparatus. 

73.  Butler,  Frederick  M.,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Trusses,  spinal  instruments,  supporters,  braces,  and  all  the  surgical  appliances 
recently  patented  and  entered  by  the  exhibitor. 


74.  Briggs,  II.  F.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Suspender  for  males,  and  skirt-supporter  for  females,  combining  a  spinal  and 
shoulder-brace ;  improved  waist,  for  ladies’  wear  ;  abdominal  supporter. 


75.  Wilson,  Norman,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 
Supporters  and  braces. 


76.  Phelps,  J.  W.,  M.  D.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  fine  and  extensive  collection  of  trusses,  spinal  braces,  supporters,  artificial  limbs, 
and  hands.  _ __ 

77.  Fitch,  S.  S.,  <Se  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Shoulder-braces,  abdominal  supporters,  and  trusses. 


78.  Banning,  E.  P.,  M.  D.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Body-braces,  supporters  and  girdles,  spring  shoulder-braces,  attachment-braces. 


79.  Potter,  John  Hamilton,  M.  D.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Abdominal  supporter,  suspender  shoulder-brace,  and  shoulder-strap  brace.  Hood 
&  Sanderson’s  patent  abdominal  supporter  and  truss. 


80.  MARsn  it  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Trusses,  abdominal  supporters,  shoulder-braces,  spinal  elevators,  and  various  instru¬ 
ments  for  treatment  of  physical  deformities. 


81.  Vallaise,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Surgical  elastic  apparatus,  for  varicose  veins  and  swelling  of  the  knee-joint. 


82.  Davidson,  J.  M.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Adhesive  plaster,  of  great  smoothness  and  evenness,  and  resisting  well  changes  of 
temperature. 

83.  Shivers,  Charles,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Adhesive  plaster,  for  surgeons’  use,  spread  by  machinery,  of  a  whitish  color,  and 
very  smooth  and  even ;  necessary  to  keep  it  in  tin  canisters  in  hot  climates. 


84.  Woodward,  Edward  T.,  Middletown,  Connecticut. — Exhibitor. 

Judd’s  medicated  liquid  cuticle,  to  supply  the  place  of  the  skin  in  burns,  scalds,  <fcc. 
[The  principle  of  healing  wounds  by  strict  exclusion  from  the  air,  has  given  rise 
to  many  preparations  of  collodia,  and  articles  of  similar  properties,  which  are  of 
constant  and  successful  application  in  surgery.] 

85.  Allen,  Dr.  J.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Inventor. 

Specimen  of  new  method  of  setting  teeth. 


86.  Ballard  &  Kingsley,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  operations  on  natural  teeth ;  varieties  of  artificial  teeth,  and  opera¬ 
tions  therewith ;  jaw,  with  cavities  of  various  sizes  filled  with  gold. 

[The  following  proportions  are  recommended  (in  the  Repertory  of  Patent  Inven¬ 
tions,  1845)  as  alloys  for  dentists’  use  : 


Gold, 

1st. 

1 

2d. 

1 

8d. 

1 

4th. 

5th. 

6 

Silver, 

— 

1 

1 

1 

— 

Platinum, 

2 

4 

2 

2 

10 

Palladium, 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8 

The  gold  and  silver  are  first  fused,  and  the  platinum  and  palladium  then  added ; 
they  are  fused  in  small  crucibles,  and  require  a  blast.  The  solder  for  these  alloys  is 

either  pure  gold,  or  an  alloy  of  gold  and  silver. 

147 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


i 


Pettenkofer  (Ann.  del-  Chem.  and  Pharm.,  1849)  describes  an  amalgam  used  by 
dentists.  It  is  very  hard,  adhesive,  and  of  a  grayish  color;  and,  owing  to  the  very 
slight  diffe-ence  of  density  in  the  hard  and  soft  state,  it  occupies  the  same  space  when 
cool  as  whe*.  soft.  The  mass  becomes  soft  by  heating  the  amalgam  to  nearly  the 
boiling  point  01  mercury,  and  then  triturating  it  in  a  mortar.  After  cooling,  it  is  soft, 
and  easily  worked  with  the  fingers  or  by  tools ;  in  a  few  hours,  it  becomes  intensely 
hard.  To  prepare  it,  weigh  out  a  quantity  of  pure  mercury,  and  dissolve  it  in  hot 
sulphuric  acid ;  triturate  the  resulting  paste  of  sulphate  with  pure,  finely  divided 
copper,  diffused  in  water  at  140°  to  158°.  There  must  be  copper  enough  to  form  a 
composition  of  70  parts  of  mercury  and  30  parts  of  copper,  or  enough  to  reduce  all 
the  mercury  salt  employed,  and  to  alloy  the  mercury  eliminated.  After  rubbing  for 
some  time,  the  amalgam  is  to  be  well  washed,  pressed  in  a  leather  bag,  and  formed 
into  small  cakes  for  use.] 

87.  Brown,  Solyman,  M.  D.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Dental  instruments  and  materials  of  all  kinds,  dentifrices,  and  teeth. 


88.  Porter,  Robert  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  dental  operations. 

89.  Reynolds,  R.  T.,  M.  D.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  artificial  teeth,  set  and  unset. 

90.  Rowell,  Warren,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  artificial  palate,  with  teeth. 

91.  Jones,  White  &  McCurdy,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania . — Manufacturers. 

Porcelain  teeth,  gold  foil,  corundum-wheels,  files,  and  slabs,  for  dentists;  moulds 

and  casts. 

92.  Palmer,  Drs.  Thomas,  &  Brown,  J.  D.,  Fitchburg,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  mechanical  dentistry ;  newly  improved  artificial  teeth,  in  blocks  and 

on  plates ;  specimens  of  the  minerals  (feldspar  and  quartz)  from  which  the  teeth  are 
made,  found  in  Fitchburg ;  dentifrices. 

93.  Ambler  &  Avery,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  mechanical  dentistry,  machine  for  making  gold  plate3  for  artificial 
teeth. 

94.  Mermier,  Charles  F.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  mechanical  dentistry  and  dentists’  materials. 

95.  Chapman,  Drs.  W.  Z.  W.,  <fe  John  W.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Artificial  teeth,  single  and  in  blocks ;  sets  of  teeth  on  gold  plates ;  various  mechan¬ 
ical  devices  pertaining  to  dentistry. 

90.  Hall,  H.  B.,  Malden,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  gold-filling  in  teeth. 

[Artificial  teeth  were  for  a  long  time  made  of  the  tusk  of  the  hippopotamus,  which 
nearly  resembles  the  human  tyoth,  and  is  susceptible  of  a  high  polish.  They  are  now 
made  of  a  kind  of  porcelain,  of  silex  and  feldspar,  of  such  hardness  as  to  resist  a  file ; 
they  are  ground  with  corundum-wheels.  Different  makers  use  different  proportions  of 
these  materials,  giving  a  more  or  less  natural  appearance  and  color. 

There  is  scarcely  any  art  which  has  made  greater  progress  within  the  last  few 
years  than  the  dental  art,  and  Done  in  which  American  skill  and  ingenuity  stand  more 
preeminent  This  superiority  is  silently  acknowledged  by  the  well-known  fact  that  the 
best  dentists  of  the  capitals  of  England  and  France  are  Americans ;  American  dentists 
have  operated  on  the  mouths  of  half  the  crowned  heads  of  Europe. 

No  art  is  more  important,  and  none  in  more  demand.  Disease  and  loss  of  the 
teeth  seems  one  of  the  consequences  of  the  unnatural  customs  of  civilization  ;  savage 
races  uniformly  have  sound  teeth  to  remote  age.  As  mastication  of  the  food  is  half 
its  digestion,  it  may  readily  be  conceived  that  loss  of  the  teeth,  in  addition  to  the 
consequent  deformity,  is  a  fruitful  cause  of  dyspepsia  and  general  derangement  of  the 
system. 

Many  decayed  teeth  are  saved  by  a  judicious  and  timely  system  of  filling;  gold 
leaf  is  usually  employed  for  this  purpose,  and  is  the  best,  perhaps,  though  costly. 
Various  other  substances  have  been  used,  as  tin-foil,  various  hardening  pastes,  wax, 
gutta-percha,  vulcanized  rubber,  <fcc. ;  a  good  material,  cheap,  durable,  and  easy  of 
introduction,  is  yet  a  desideratum  in  dental  surgery. 

But  it  is  chiefly  in  the  manufacture  and  adaptation  of  artificial  teeth  that  American 
dentists  have  displayed  their  skill.  The  beautiful  imitation  of  the  teeth  and  gums,  and 
the  practical  as  well  as  ornamental  purposes  to  which  they  are  applied,  is  quite  sur¬ 
prising.  No  loss  of  teeth,  or  absorption  of  socket  and  gum,  or  deficiency  of  palate 
even,  seems  too  difficult  to  admit  of  remedy.  The  moulds  and  casts,  from  actual  cases 
displayed,  show  that  the  art  has  reached  a  high  degree  of  perfection  among  us.  The 
teeth  are  attached  in  various  ways,  by  pivot,  by  springs,  and,  in  cases  of  blocks,  by 
atmospheric  pressure ;  the  latter  mode  is  of  great  advantage  in  cases  where  otherwise 
relief  would  be  attended  by  a  weight  and  arrangement  of  springs  which  would  be 
extremely  inconvenient;  artificial  palate  and  teeth,  kept  in  place  by  atmospheric 
pressure,  will  sustain  a  weight  of  fifteen  pounds  suspended  from  them,  which  is  very 
much  more  than  they  can  ever  be  required  to  sustain  naturally. 

Even  the  specimens  presented,  good  as  they  are,  give  but  an  imperfect  idea  of 
what  the  dental  art  has  accomplished  in  this  country;  but,  as  far  as  they  go,  they 


abundantly  prove  that  we  have  here  all  the  materials,  ingenuity  and  mechanical  skill 
necessary  for  the  complete  prosecution  of  dental  surgery.] 

97.  Stewart,  Joseph,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Pulvermacher’s  patent  hydro-electric  voltaic  chains  and  chain-batteries. 

98.  Smito,  Samuel  B.,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  electro-magnetic  machines,  combining  primary  and  secondary  currents ; 
electro-magnetic  walking-cane ;  parlor,  office,  and  pocket  electro-magnetic  machines, 
of  primary  currents. 

99.  Sandford,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Magneto-electric  machine,  for  medical  purposes. 

[The  many  points  of  resemblance,  though  far  from  identity,  of  the  electric  and 
magnetic  currents  to  the  impressions  sent  to  and  from  the  nervous  centers  in  the  human 
system,  have  for  some  years  past  led  to  the  extensive  employment  of  electricity  and 
electro-magnetism  in  many  chronic  diseases,  characterized  by  a  diminution,  increase,  or 
irregular  distribution  of  the  nervous  power.  Numerous  machines  have  been  employed 
for  this  purpose,  most  of  which  have  been  of  considerable  advantage  in  the  treatment 
of  disease. 

The  first  of  the  above  instruments  is  an  ingenious  modification  of  the  common 
voltaic  pile,  consisting  of  a  chain  composed  of  a  series  of  zinc  and  copper  wires, 
arranged  on  pieces  of  porous  wood ;  by  immersing  this  chain  in  vinegar  for  a  short 
time,  the  porous  material  absorbs  sufficient  fluid  to  keep  it  in  action  a  half  an  hour. 
A  chain  consists  of  sixty  metallic  elements,  any  number  of  which,  to  meet  cases,  may 
be  joined  together.  The  instrument  develops  a  primary  galvanic  current,  by  many 
considered  as  less  perturbating  than  the  secondary  electro-magnetic  and  magneto¬ 
electric  currents.  The  chain  is  perfectly  flexible,  and  is  intended,  if  desirable,  to  be 
worn  for  a  long  time  under  the  garments ;  its  mild,  but  long  continued  influence,  is 
sufficient  to  obtain  many  of  the  results  expected  from  this  agent.  They  give  a  con¬ 
tinuous  or  interrupted  current,  accompanied  by  shocks,  by  a  very  simple  mechanical 
contrivance ;  it  may  be  used  for  gal vano- puncture ;  it  is  sufficiently  powerful  for  the 
decomposition  of  water  and  metallic  salts  in  solution,  and  for  galvano-plastic  and 
galvanotyping  operations. 

The  testimony  of  the  most  eminent  surgeons,  in  this  country  and  in  Europe,  goes 
to  prove  that  it  is  an  efficacious,  portable,  always  available,  and  economical  instrument 
for  medical  purposes. 

The  second  instrument  is  of  a  somewhat  different  construction,  as  its  name 
imports,  depending  for  its  efficacy  on  a  magnetic  force,  developed  by  the  passage  of 
the  galvanic  current  through  the  coils  of  wire  around  the  magnet.  Its  efficacy  as  a 
remedial  agent  has  been  thoroughly  tested ;  and  such  instruments  are  universally 
acknowledged  to  be  valuable  auxiliaries  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system.  From  their  very  power,  they  are  liable  to  abuse  in  the  hands  of  persons 
unacquainted  with  the  physiology  of  the  nervous  system,  and  the  nature  and  laws  of 
electricity. 

The  last-named  machine  differs  from  the  second,  in  that  the  electro-magnet  is 
formed  by  a  current  of  electricity  from  magnetic  induction,  instead  of  that  generated 
in  a  galvanic  battery.  An  armature  of  soft  iron,  surrounded  by  a  coil  of  wire,  is 
made  to  revolve  rapidly  before  the  poles  of  a  horse-shoe  magnet;  at  each  revolution 
the  polarity  is  changed,  and  currents  which  may  be  considered  continuous,  of  great 
intensity,  are  produced.  The  advantage  of  such  instruments  is,  that  they  are  self- 
operating,  without  the  agency  of  acids  or  liquids  of  any  kind.  From  them  may  be 
obtained  all  the  power  necessary  for  the  successful  application  of  electricity  in 
disease. 

All  of  the  above  instruments  will  be  found  of  advantage,  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  disease  and  the  purpose  of  the  surgeon.] 

100.  Fisher,  Thomas,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Mathematics  simplified ;  a  collection  of  diagrams  to  facilitate  and  insure  the 

acquisition  of  mathematical  knowledge.  Dial  of  the  seasons ;  a  chart  to  illustrate 
the  sun’s  declensions  at  all  seasons,  with  the  coincident  effects  of  light  and  heat  upon 
animal  and  vegetable  life  in  all  climates. 

101.  CnAPMAN,  James,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Author. 

An  improved  historical,  chronological,  and  analytical  chart,  in  colors,  of  the 
principal  nations  of  Europe  and  Asia,  from  the  foundation  of  the  City  of  Rome  to  the 
present  time,  embracing  a  period  of  2,500  years. 

102.  Thayer,  Bridgeman  <fc  Fannin,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Maps  of  the  World,  United  States,  and  North  America  (with  the  lines  of  commu¬ 
nication  between  the  New  and  Old  World  across  the  North  Atlantic  Ocean),  Europe, 
and  the  State  of  New  York. 

103.  DRiprs,  Matthew,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Map  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

104.  Colton,  Joseph  H.,  New  York. — Publisher. 

Maps  of  the  World,  United  States,  and  Mexico. 

[All  general  maps  of  the  United  States  are  of  necessity  chiefly  compilations  from 
imperfect  materials.  The  portion  of  this  country  which  has  been  systematically  and 
correctly  surveyed,  so  as  to  furnish  the  elements  necessary  for  a  good  map,  is  very 
small  in  comparison  with  the  remainder.  The  Coast  Survey,  the  Topographical 
Bureau  Lake,  and  other  surveys,  the  State  Survey  of  Massachusetts,  and  sundry  local 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  X. 


surveys  of  limited  extent,  are  the  chief  accurate  materials  for  the  construction  of 
maps,  either  of  the  States  individually,  or  of  the  collective  United  States.  The  United 
States  Land  Surveys  afford  much  valuable  matter  for  compilation,  but  these,  being 
made  only  for  a  special  purpose,  are  quite  insufficient  for  the  preparation  of  complete 
maps.  All  the  remaining  materials  the  compiler  must  derive  from  boundary  laws  and 
written  descriptions,  or  from  maps  constructed  to  a  great  extent  conjecturally,  and  with 
no  basis  of  actual  survey  or  measurement  except  such  as  the  land-boundary  surveys 
may  chance  to  afford.  Thus  the  compiler  of  State  and  general  maps  is  constrained  to 
use  much  very  imperfect  material,  and  to  reconcile  discrepancies  as  he  can.  Even  the 
most  conscientious  geographer  could  not,  from  existing  sources,  make  up  a  reliable 
map  of  the  country,  in  all  its  civil  divisions,  boundaries,  rivers,  roads,  railroads,  canals, 
villages,  and  topography  generally.  A  reckless  compiler,  with  low  ideas  of  accuracy 
and  responsibility,  must  commit  exceedingly  gross  errors,  and  errors,  too,  very  difficult 
of  detection,  which  could  not  be  the  case  were  there  good  maps  with  which  to  make 
comparisons. 

Even  in  the  older  States,  there  is  a  conspicuous  and  almost  uniform  lack  of  well- 
determined  interior  points,  and  of  those  details  of  surface  which  county  and  town 
maps  should  exhibit  Such  States  as  New  York  and  Virginia  are  deficient  in  state 
and  county  maps  on  which  confident  reliance  can  be  placed.  In  the  western  portion 
of  our  national  domain,  the  amount  of  information  is  still  restricted  to  the  sketches  of 
a  few  routes  over  which  Government  exploring  parties  have  passed.  California, 
Oregon,  and  Washington  Territories,  have  been  explored  with  unparalleled  rapidity, 
and  the  materials  for  a  general  map,  of  moderate  accuracy  and  abundance  of  detail, 
are  rapidly  accumulating.  The  great  hiatus  of  information  between  the  Mississippi 
valley  and  the  Pacific  border  is  rapidly  being  invaded  by  population,  and  it  will  not 
probably  be  many  years,  now,  before  a  tolerable  knowledge  of  the  prominent  geo¬ 
graphical  features,  and  of  their  positions,  will  be  attained  over  the  entire  area  of  the 
United  States.  Meantime,  it  only  remains  to  foster  the  best  and  most  conscientious 
compilation  of  available  materials,  and  by  all  means  to  increase  their  stock,  not  resting 
content  till  the  entire  United  States,  and  each  of  the  component  States,  shall  have 
trustworthy  surveys  and  maps,  adequate  for  the  daily  and  extraordinary  wants  of 
commerce,  of  common  life,  of  legislation,  and  of  science.] 

105.  Cowterthwaite,  TnoMAS  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Publishers. 

Maps  of  the  World  and  of  the  United  States;  Mitchells  Universal  Atlas. 

10G.  Cooke,  William  D.,  Raleigh,  North  Carolina. — Designer  and  Maker. 

Terrestrial  globe,  with  elevations  of  surface  to  mark  the  mountains,  and  depres¬ 
sions  of  surface  to  mark  seas,  lakes,  die.,  for  the  use  of  the  blind. 


107.  Mason,  J.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Mammoth  cosmoramic  and  astronomical  globe  for  colleges  and  schools,  with  the 
continents  in  relief.  It  also  represents  the  relations  of  the  sun  and  moon  to  the  earth, 
and  to  each  other.  _ 

108.  Root,  Samuel,  New  York. — Artist. 

Collection  of  large  crayon  daguerreotypes,  and  daguerreotypes  by  the  ordinary 
process ;  showing  remarkable  effects  of  light  and  shade,  and  a  most  life-like  expression 
of  the  eyes. 

[The  process  of  taking  crayon  daguerreotypes  is  understood  to  be  a  French 
invention;  the  following  is  Mr.  Mayall’s  process,  from  the  London  Athenamm,  No. 
1197:— 

“  First,  take  a  daguerreotype  image  on  a  prepared  plate  as  usual,  taking  care  to 
mark  the  end  of  the  plate  on  which  the  head  is  produced.  When  taken,  and  before 
mercurializing,  remove  the  plate  and  place  on  it  a  plate  of  glass,  prepared  as  follows : 
Second,  cut  a  piece  of  thin  plate-glass,  of  the  same  size  as  the  daguerreotype  plate ;  gum 
upon  one  side  of  it  a  thin  oval  piece  of  blackened  zinc,  the  center  of  the  oval  to  coincide 
with  the  center  of  the  image  upon  the  plate.  Having  carefully  placed  the  glass  thus 
prepared,  with  the  center  of  the  zinc  disc  upon  the  center  of  the  image,  expose  the 
whole  to  daylight  for  twenty  seconds.  The  action  of  the  light  will  obliterate  every 
trace  of  the  image,  from  every  part  of  the  plate,  except  that  which  is  covered  with  the 
blackened  zinc;  and  also,  from  the  thickness  of  the  glass,  the  action  will  be  refracted 
under  the  edges  of  the  zinc  disc,  and  will  soften  into  the  dark  parts.  Thin],  mercu¬ 
rialize  the  plate  as  usual ;  the  image  will  be  found  with  a  halo  of  light  around  it, 
gradually  softening  into  the  background.  By  grinding  the  glass  on  which  the  disc  is 
fixed,  and  by  altering  the  size  and  shape  of  the  disc,  a  variety  of  effects  may  be 
produced.]  _ _ 

109.  Root,  M.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Artist. 

Collection  of  specimens  of  the  arts  of  daguerreotyping,  talbotyping,  and  crystnl- 
otyping. 

[The  daguerreotype  is  taken  on  a  silvered  metallic  surface ;  the  talbotype,  or 
calotype,  is  taken  on  iodized  paper.  A  crystallotype  is  a  daguerreotype  taken  by 
means  of  glass  on  prepared  paper.] 

110.  Gurnet,  Jeremiah,  New  York. — Artist. 

Collection  of  fine  daguerreotype  portraits. 

111.  Haas,  Phillip,  New  York. — Artist. 

Daguerreotype  pictures  and  frames ;  plain  and  colored. 

[The  daguerreotype  process  has  called  into  existence  many  arts  which  yield  sup¬ 
port  to  thousands.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  the  makers  of  frames  and  cases; 

N* 


the  preparers  of  the  refined  chemicals,  as  bromine,  iodine,  the  salts  of  gold,  and  the 
hyposulphite  of  soda ;  the  preparers  of  silver  plates,  and  the  makers  of  cameras  and 
lenses;  gilders,  glass-cutters,  <Scc.] 

112.  Hawkins,  E  C.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Plain  and  colored  solographs ;  nebular  daguerreotypes. 

[A  solograph  is  only  another  name  for  talbotype  or  calotype,  or  sun-pictures  on 
paper.] 

113.  Bisbee,  A.,  Dayton,  Ohio. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Specimens  of  the  daguerreotype  art  on  extra  large  plates ;  a  picture  taken  on  the 
Ohio  river,  in  which  the  reflections  of  the  steamboats  in  the  water  is  very  fine. 

114.  North,  William  C.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Fine  specimens  of  daguerreotyping,  in  which  the  effect  is  much  increased  by  the 
thick  convex  glass  covers. 

115.  Webster,  E.  L.,  &  Brothers,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Daguerreotype  Artists. 

Fine  specimens  of  the  daguerreotype  art. 

116.  Van  Schneidan,  P.,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Daguerreotype  pictures. 

117.  Long,  Edward,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Daguerreotype  portraits  of  members  of  the  English  and  Classical  High  School,  St. 
Louis,  in  inlaid  frames ;  representations,  very  fine,  of  birds  and  insects. 

118.  Kelst,  C.  C.,  Chicago,  Illinois. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Various  specimens  of  daguerreotypes. 

119.  Fitzgibbon,  T.  H.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Tableau  of  elegantly  mounted  daguerreotypes. 

120.  Hesler,  Alexander,  Galena,  Illinois. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Daguerreotype  pictures,  embracing  panoramic  views  of  Galena  City,  Falls  of  St. 

Anthony,  Min-ne-ha-ha  Falls,  and  a  fine  collection  of  portraits. 

121.  Whitney,  T.  F.,  St.  PauTs,  Minnesota. — Daguerreotype  Artist 
Views  of  the  Falls  of  St  Anthony,  and  a  collection  of  portraits. 

122.  Whitehurst,  T.  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

Very  fine  views  of  Niagara  Falls,  a  collection  of  portraits,  stereoscopes. 

[The  representation  of  falling  water  is  perfect,  as  also  is  the  spray  from  the 
cataract  and  the  sheets  of  foam  on  the  surface ;  these  form  a  beautiful  contrast  with 
the  shores  and  the  trees,  and  give  a  singular  beauty  to  the  pictures  of  the  Falls  of  St 
Anthony  and  Niagara.] 

123.  Nichols,  Sheldon  K.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Daguerreotype  Artist 
Specimen  of  daguerreotyping. 

124.  Zuky,  Antony  C.,  New  York. — Daguerreotype  Artist 
A  variety  of  daguerreotype  pictures. 

125.  Vannerson,  J.,  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia . — Daguerre¬ 

otype  Artist. 

A  collection  of  daguerreotypes  and  compound  cameras. 

126.  Clark,  David,  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey. — Daguerreotype  Artist 
Daguerreotype  portraits. 

127.  Lawrence,  Martin  M.,  New  York. — Daguerreotype  Artist. 

A  collection  of  daguerreotypes,  very  fine  heads  and  figures,  remarkable  for  their 
clearness  of  definition. 

128.  Moissinet,  Dobtns,  Richardson  &  Co.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Daguerrean 

Artists. 

Specimens  of  daguerreotypes,  plain  and  colored. 

129.  McDonnell,  Donald  &  Co.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Daguerreotype  Artists. 

Collection  of  daguerreotype  pictures. 

130.  Beals,  A.  T.,  New  York.— Producer. 

Collection  of  daguerreotypes  in  frames. 

131.  Harrison  &  Hills,  Brooklyn,  New  York.— Producers. 

Descriptive  daguerreotypes. 

132.  Meade,  Brothers,  New  York. — Producers. 

Fine  daguerreotypes,  representing  Shakspeare’s  “Seven  Ages  of  Man,”  taken 
from  life  subjects.  Portrait  of  Daguerre,  from  life.  Groups  of  portraits,  plain  and 
colored,  of  full  length  and  half  sizes.  Pictures  of  Broadway  and  its  numerous  objects, 
taken  instantaneously. 

133.  Brady,  Matthew  B.,  New  York. — Producer. 

A  collection  of  daguerreotypes,  remarkable  for  beauty  of  execution  and  bold 
relief. 


149 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


134.  Brown,  James,  New  York. — Producer. 

A  collection  of  daguerreotype  portraits  of  Commodore  Perry  and  officers  of  the 
United  States  Expedition  to  Japan. 


135.  Howe,  George  M.,  Portland,  Maine. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  daguerreotypes,  among  which  are  some  fine  heads. 

136.  Williamson,  Charles  H.,  Brooklyn,  Neui  York. — Producer. 
Framed  tableau  of  fine  daguerreotypes. 


137.  Kimball,  J.  A.,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Producer. 

Portraits  of  the  “  Kentucky  Brothers”  in  daguerreotype. 

138.  Mascry  <is  Silsbee,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Producers. 

Fine  collection  of  daguerreotype  miniatures,  plain  and  colored. 


139.  Whipple,  John  A.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Patentee  and  Producer. 

Fine  daguerreotypes  by  the  common  method.  Specimens  of  crystallotypes,  or 
daguerreotypes  taken'  by  means  of  glass  upon  prepared  paper.  Daguerreotype  of  the 
surface  of  the  moon. 

[Mr.  Whipple's  daguerreotypes  of  the  moon’s  surface,  taken  by  means  of  the  large 
twenty-three  feet  equatorial  of  the  Cambridge  Observatory,  show  satisfactorily  that 
much  may  be  expected  from  photography  in  the  delineation  of  the  surface  of  our 
satellite.  The  pictures  admit  of  being  considerably  magnified.  Supposing  pictures 
should  be  made  sufficiently  perfect  to  bear  high  magnifying  powers ;  for  instance,  a 
first  image  of  twelve  inches  in  diameter  (Mr.  Whipple’s  being  about  two)  and  magni¬ 
fied  eight  times.  In  the  words  of  Professor  Phillips,  before  the  British  Association, 
“  this  diameter  of  ninety -six  inches  is  about  Ai  of  an  inch  for  a  mile.”  .  .  .  “  By 

such  means  we  may  have  a  record  of  the  moon’s  physical  aspect  under  every  phase  of 
illumination,  under  every  condition  of  libration,  nearly  as  we  should  see  her  at  a  dis¬ 
tance  of  twenty-four  miles  through  the  earth’s  atmosphere.  We  should  see  and  measure 
on  the  glass  or  the  metal  her  mountains  and  valleys ;  her  coasts  and  cliffs ;  her  glens 
and  precipices;  her  glacial  moraines,  eschars,  and  sand-banks;  her  craters  of  eruption, 
of  upheaval,  or  explosion ;  her  lava  streams,  or  the  scattered  heaps  projected  from  the 
interior.  We  should  spy  out  the  various  actinic  powers  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
surface,  compare  these  with  their  obvious  reflective  powers,  and  thus  come  to  some 
reasonable  conjectures  on  the  mysterious  light-streaks  which  radiate  from  some  of  her 
mountains.” 

The  surfaces  for  taking  these  pictures  must  be  very  sensitive,  generally  of  highly 
sensitive  collodion.  It  must  be  remembered,  that  moonlight  is  100,000  times  weaker 
than  sunlight,  and  would  not  appear  bright  were  it  not  for  the  surrounding  darkness. 
The  moon’s  image  in  the  telescope  has  not  more  actinic  (chemical)  effect  on  the  sensitive 
surface  than  some  of  the  dull  terrestrial  objects  which  are  slowly  depicted  in  the 
camera.  In  the  telescope  used  by  Professor  Phillips,  with  a  sidereal  focus  of  eleven 
feet,  the  moon’s  surface  a  little  exceeds  one  and  a  quarter  inches  in  dinameter;  the 
time  required  for  the  firm  impression  of  this  image  does  not  exceed  five  minutes, 
when  the  moon  has  a  maximum  south  declination.  In  the  great  mirror  of  Lord  Rosse, 
with  a  sidereal  focus  of  fifty-two  feet,  a  picture  of  the  above  size  might  be  impressed  in 
one-fourth  of  the  time,  or  in  the  same  time  would  give  a  picture  twelve  inches  in 
diameter. 

lhe  telescope  is  made  to  follow  the  movements  of  the  moon  by  an  ingenious 
system  of  clock-work. 

The  structural  peculiarities  of  the  moon’s  surface,  according  to  the  latest  researches 
of  Mr.  T.  Nasmyth,  are; 

1st.  A  vast  number  of  annular  mountains,  thrown  up  around  valleys  and  plains, 
of  a  rugged  character,  with  frequently  a  central  conical  hill.  Sir  John  Ilerschel,  who 
places  the  height  of  the  highest  of  these  mountains  at  one  and  three  quarter  miles 
(though  others  have  estimated  them  at  five  miles),  states  that  they  offer  the  true  vol¬ 
canic  characters,  and  says,  from  his  own  observation,  that  “in  some  of  the  principal 
ones,  decisive  marks  of  volcanic  stratification,  arising  from  successive  deposits  of  ejected 
matter,  may  be  clearly  traced  with  powerful  telescopes.” 

The  number  and  size  of  these  crater-formed  mountains,  and  the  frequent  occurrence 
of  the  central  cone,  leads  to  the  conclusion,  that  they  are  the  result  of  the  same  kind 
of  action  as  has  produced  volcanoes  on  the  earth ;  that  they  are,  in  fact,  the  craters  of 
extinct  volcanoes. 

The  cause  of  their  vast  numbers  has  been  assigned  by  some  to  the  rapid  consolida¬ 
tion  and  contraction  of  the  crust.  From  the  proportions  of  the  mass  and  surface  of  the 
moon,  compared  with  the  earth,  the  former  has  a  heat-dispensing  surface  four  times 
greater  than  that  of  the  latter,  in  relation  to  its  bulk.  Mr.  Nasmyth  therefore  sug¬ 
gests,  that  by  the  rapid  cooling  and  contraction  of  the  crust  on  the  molten  interior,  the 
fluid  matter  has  been  forced  out  in  those  volcanic  actions  which  formerly  covered  the 
surface  of  the  moon  with  the  vast  numbers  of  immense  craters  and  volcanic  features 
which  now  give  it  its  characteristic  appearance.  He  conceives  the  moon’s  surface  at 
present  to  indicate  perfect  repose,  no  change,  in  all  probability,  having  taken  place  for 
ages. 

The  vast  ranges  of  mountains  are  believed  to  have  been  caused  by  the  continued 
progress  of  the  collapse  action,  by  the  crushing  down  and  wrinkling  of  the  surface  of 
the  crust,  no  longer  in  contact  with  the  molten  interior,  and  its  consequent  arrange¬ 
ment  in  the  form  of  mountain  ranges. 

The  bright  lines,  radiating  from  some  of  the  volcanic  centers,  are  supposed  to 
have  been  caused  by  the  pressure  of  the  molten  material  from  underneath,  causing 


cracks  in  the  surface  radiating  from  the  point  where  the  chief  discharge  was  to  take 
place,  as  occurs  on  the  surface  of  a  frozen  pond,  the  molten  material  issuing  at  the 
same  time  through  all  the  cracks,  and  appearing  on  the  surface  as  a  basaltic  or  ig¬ 
neous  overflow,  irrespective  of  irregularities  of  the  surface.  These  are  seen  especially 
diverging  from  the  volcanic  center  called  Tycho. 

2d.  Slightly  undulating  plains  of  vast  extent,  relieved  by  a  few  crater-formed 
mountains  (Copernicus,  Kepler,  Aristarchus,  Ac.),  small  rocky  eminences,  and  circular 
depressions  of  various  sizes.  These  “  large  regions,”  as  Herschel  calls  them,  are  scattered 
over  with  fragments  of  rock,  ashes,  Ac. 

3d.  Many  cup-shaped  valleys  and  cavities,  in  all  parts,  supposed  by  Mr.  Nasmyth 
to  have  been  the  result  of  the  crust  settling  down  on  the  receding  molten  interior.] 

140.  Harrison,  C.  C.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Daguerreotype  instruments  and  cameras,  of  various  sizes. 

[The  camera,  the  principal  instrument  of  the  photographist,  by  which  light 
becomes  a  chemical  agent,  is  the  invention  of  Baptista  Porta,  towards  the  end  of  the 
sixteenth  century.  In  its  simplest  form,  it  was  merely  a  dark  chamber,  furnished 
with  a  single  double-convex  lens,  which  gave  an  inverted  image ;  this  last  incon¬ 
venience  was  afterwards  removed  by  the  use  of  a  mirror.  A  lens,  concave  toward 
the  object,  and  convex  toward  the  image,  made  the  picture  clearer,  without  correcting 
the  colors  of  the  spectrum ;  an  achromatic  lens,  the  flint  of  glass  toward  the  object, 
corrected  this;  and  finally,  M.  Daguerre  determined  the  relative  proportions  of  the 
camera,  which  are  still,  for  the  most  part,  adopted.  An  achromatic  lens  is  made 
double,  one  portion  being  made  of  flint-glass,  the  other  of  crown-glass,  of  different 
refractive  powers ;  these  correct  each  other,  and  give  a  perfect  and  colorless  image. 

The  daguerreotype  art,  in  America,  has  arrived  at  great  perfection,  which  is  in  a 
great  measure  due  to  the  extreme  clearness  of  the  atmosphere ;  aided,  however,  by 
skillful  manipulation.  The  pictures  exhibited  are  remarkable  for  a  brightness  and 
distinctness  observable  in  no  other  country. 

The  two  principal  divisions  of  photography,  or  light-drawing,  are  the  daguerre- 
otype  and  the  talbotype  ;  both  of  these  are  sun-pictures,  the  former  on  plates  of  silvered 
copper,  the  latter  on  paper.  They  are  the  results  of  researches  carried  on  at  the  same 
time,  though  without  any  knowledge  of  each  other’s  investigations,  by  M.  Daguerre 
in  France,  and  by  Mr.  Fox  Talbot  in  England.  There  has  been  considerable  dispute 
as  to  whether  the  first  step  in  photography  was  taken  in  France  or  in  England  ;  it 
seems,  however,  clear  that  Mr.  Talbot’s  process  was  known  to  the  public  six  months 
before  the  process  of  M.  Daguerre  was  published.  The  daguerreotype  process  had  its 
origin  in  France,  was  improved  in  England,  and  perfected  in  America;  the  talbotype 
process  is  due  to  England. 

Daguerreotypes. — Daguerre’s  discovery  of  the  sensitiveness  of  iodized  silver  plates 
to  light,  and  the  development  of  pictures  made  thereon  by  the  action  of  mercurial 
vapor,  was  first  made  known  to  the  French  Academy  of  Sciences,  Paris,  in  January 
1839. 

Daguerreotype  plates  are  of  copper,  plated  with  silver,  and  highly  polished.  The 
agent  employed  to  act  chemically  on  the  plate,  must  be  in  such  a  condition  that  the 
affinity  may  be  easily  destroyed  by  the  agency  of  sunlight ;  the  compounds  of  bromine 
and  iodine  produce  the  greatest  degree  of  sensibility.  The  polished  plate  is  accordingly 
exposed  to  the  mixed  vapors  of  iodine  and  bromine ;  this  colors  the  silver  with  a  very  del¬ 
icate  coating  of  bromo-iodide  of  silver.  The  plate  is  then  placed  in  the  camera-obscura, 
properly  adjusted,  when  the  image  which  falls  on  the  prepared  plate  effects  a  chemical 
change,  in  exact  proportion  to  the  intensity  of  the  radiations  from  the  object  to  be 
taken.  The  image  is  not  yet  visible ;  to  develop  it,  the  plate  is  exposed  to  mercurial 
vapor,  which  is  condensed  on  the  surface  in  exact  relation  to  the  amount  of  chemical 
change;  the  picture,  in  nil  its  details,  results  therefore  from  the  contrast  between  the 
pulverulent  deposit  of  mercury  and  the  polished  silver  plate.  The  picture  is  rendered 
permanent  against  the  further  action  of  the  sun’s  rays  by  washing  with  the  hydro- 
sulphite  of  soda;  it  is  rendered  proof  against  the  operation  of  time  by  subsequent 
washing  with  a  solution  of  the  double  hyposulphite  of  soda  and  gold,  and  heating 
with  a  strong  spirit-lamp,  which  brings  out  the  picture  in  all  its  brightness;  after  this 
the  plate  is  washed  and  dried. 

The  colored  daguerreotypes  are  the  result  of  subsequent  painting  by  hand;  these 
are  generally  more  sought  after  than  the  plain,  though  the  beauty  and  delicacy'of  the 
picture  is  in  a  great  measure  destroyed  by  this  process. 

The  enameled  daguerreotypes  have  merely  an  addition  of  some  preparation  resem¬ 
bling  a  varnish,  floated  over  the  plate  by  the  agency  of  heat;  this  transparent  covering 
removes  the  glare  of  the  polished  plate. 

An  engraved  border  is  sometimes  produced  by  means  of  a  perforated  plate  of 
metal,  placed  over  the  picture,  and  momentarily  exposed  to  the  light;  on  exposure  to 
the  mercury  the  engraved  appearance  is  produced. 

Ta.lbotxypcs.-t This  name  was  given,  by  Sir  David  Brewster,  to  the  process  discov¬ 
ered  by  Mr.  Fox  Talbot;  ealotype  and  “sun-picture”  are  synonymous  words.  In  this 
process,  paper  is  used  instead  of  a  silvered  copper  plate.  Mr  Talbot’s  process,  as 
described  in  the  specification  of  his  patent,  is  as  follows:  100  grains  of  crystallized 
nitrate  of  silver  are  dissolved  in  six  ounces  of  distilled  water;  the  best  writing-paper 
is  washed  with  a  soft  brush,  on  one  side,  with  this  solution ;  when  nearly  dry  (which 
should  be  done  cautiously  at  a  distance  from  the  fire,  or  spontaneously  in  a  dark  room), 
it  should  be  dipped  in  a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium,  500  grains  to  a  pint  of  water, 
for  two  or  three  minutes;  being  then  dipped  in  water,  and  lightly  dried  with  blotting- 
paper,  it  should  be  thoroughly  dried  by  the  fire.  This  is  called  iodized  paper,  from  its 
having  a  pale-yellow  coating  of  iodide  of  silver;  it  is  not  very  sensitive  to  light,  and 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  X. 


maybe  kept  for  any  length  of  time,  without  undergoing  any  change,  if  protected  from 
the  sunlight.  When  the  paper  is  wanted  for  use,  it  is  washed  in  a  gallo-nitrate  of  silver 
solution,  consisting  of  equal  volumes  of  a  saturated  solution  of  crystallized  gallic  acid 
in  cold  water,  and  a  solution  of  50  grains  of  crystallized  nitrate  of  silver  in  an  ounce 
of  distilled  water,  to  which  is  added  one-sixth  of  its  volume  of  strong  acetic  acid. 
This  being  allowed  to  remain  for  about  half  a  minute,  the  paper  must  be  dipped  in 
water,  and  lightly  dried  with  blotting-paper;  this  operation  requires  the  total  exclu¬ 
sion  of  daylight.  Such  paper  is  exquisitely  sensitive  to  light,  less  than  a  second  of 
diffused  daylight  being  sufficient  to  set  up  a  change.  The  paper  being  placed  in  the 
camera,  and  the  image  of  any  object  presented  to  it,  should  then  be  removed  to  an 
artificially  and  dimly  lighted  room,  and  washed  with  the  solution  of  the  gallo-nitrate 
of  silver.  When  the  picture  is  sufficiently  intense,  the  paper  is  soaked  in  water,  and 
afterwards  in  a  solution  of  hyposulphite  of  soda,  to  remove  the  sensitive  coating,  and 
render  it  permanent. 

The  image  thus  obtained  is  a  negative  one,  that  is,  the  lights  and  shadows  are  the 
reverse  of  those  of  nature ;  to  obtain  a  positive,  or  correct  picture,  a  second  copy  must 
be  taken  from  the  original  negative.  Positives  made  on  albumenized  paper  are  better 
than  those  taken  on  ordinary  paper. 

The  advantages  of  the  talbotype  are  very  great :  First,  the  papers  may  be  pre¬ 
pared  at  leisure,  before  they  are  wanted  for  use,  and  may  be  carried  in  a  portfolio ; 
second,  from  one  good  negative  original,  many  positives  may  be  taken  (in  a  rainy  day), 
and  therefore  very  cheaply  supplied;  third,  they  may  be  obliterated,  so  as  to  reduce 
them  to  the  condition  of  white  paper,  and  yet  be  susceptible  of  revival  at  any  instant, 
for  an  indefinite  period  of  time. 

Talbotype  pictures  may  be  produced  also  on  silk  and  other  fabrics ;  on  porcelain, 
coated  glass,  stone,  steel,  wood,  and  iron.  Treated  with  caustic  potash  and  a  lead  salt, 
they  present  an  agreeable  tint,  the  tone  of  which  is  a  fine  sepia-brown. 

The  cyanotype  process  of  Sir  John  Herschel  consists  in  the  change  of  persalt  of 
iron  into  a  protosalt,  by  the  solar  rays;  the  paper  is  then  washed  with  a  compound 
of  cyanogen,  and  the  picture  is  represented  in  Prussian  blue. 

The  chrysotype  process  of  Sir  John  Herschel  is  similar,  only  that  a  solution  of 
gold  is  applied  to  the  altered  iron  salt,  and  oxyd  of  gold  is  formed  instead  of  Prussian 
blue. 

The  chromatype  process  of  Mr.  Robert  Hunt  is  formed  by  washing  paper  with  a 
mixture  of  the  bichromate  of  potash  and  sulphate  of  copper;  and  after  the  picture  has 
been  faintly  developed  by  the  chemical  principle  of  the  solar  light,  it  is  washed  with 
nitrate  of  silver,  by  which  a  positive  picture,  or  one  with  correct  light  and  shadows,  is 
produced  by  one  operation. 

Hyalotypcs,  or  photographic  pictures  on  glass,  are  of  more  recent  introduction, 
though  the  principles  are  the  same  as  in  the  talbotype  process.  From  the  inequality 
of  paper,  pictures  are  very  apt  to  have  a  confused,  blurred,  or  woolly  appearance, 
which  is  entirely  obviated  by  taking  the  negative  on  glass  or  porcelain.  Albumen, 
gelatine,  serum,  collodion,  have  been  recommended  for  application  on  glass,  but  albu¬ 
men  has  been  found  to  answer  best.  To  about  five  ounces  of  the  albumen  of  fresh  eggs 
are  added  100  grains  of  iodide  of  potassium,  20  grains  of  the  bromide,  and  10  grains 
of  common  salt.  This  is  used  for  the  coating  of  the  glass;  ground  glass  is  the  best,  on 
which  the  adherence  is  more  perfect,  the  success  of  the  proof  depending  principally  on 
the  evenness  of  the  coat  of  albumen.  When  required  for  use,  a  solution  of  the  nitrate 
of  silver,  with  the  addition  of  some  gallic  acid,  is  applied,  and  the  picture  is  developed 
in  the  ordinary  manner.  The  “prints”  from  these  plates  are  of  an  exquisitely  beautiful 
character. 

Collodion,  which  is  gun-cotton  dissolved  in  ether,  is  applied  in  a  similar  manner, 
mixed  with  the  iodide  of  silver;  this  is  exceedingly  sensitive,  pictures  being  obtained 
in  a  few  seconds.  Instantaneous  pictures  have  been  made  by  the  introduction  of  a 
new  element,  by  Mr.  Talbot,  the  illumination  being  for  an  instant  only,  by  an  electric 

spark. _ Condensed  chiefly  from  Mr.  Robert  Hunt's  Handbook  to  the  Official  Catalogues, 

London ,  1852. 

The  crystalotype  of  Mr.  Whipple  appears  to  be  a  positive  picture,  on  paper,  taken 
from  a  negative  on  glass. 

Mr.  R.  Langton,  of  Manchester,  England,  has  taken  some  very  fine  photographs 
on  box-wood;  such  blocks  are  all  ready  for  the  engraver’s  burin.  This  must  save  great 
time  and  expense  in  wood-engraving,  as  all  the  preliminary  labor  of  the  draughtsman 
is  dispensed  with.  It  will  be  of  great  value  in  drawings  of  machinery  in  perspective, 
doing  in  a  few  seconds  what  an  artist  could  not,  so  well,  in  many  hours;  it  opens  the 
way  for  a  vast  system  of  decoration  on  any  prescribed  wood,  and  at  a  very  cheap  rate: 
indeed,  it  is  impossible  to  say  where  this  process  may  not  find  a  useful  application. 

The  discoveries  of  Daguerre  and  Talbot  are  valuable,  not  only  as  specimens  of 
art,  but  they  are  of  vast  importance  for  the  extension  of  almost  every  branch  of  human 
knowledge.  Natural  objects,  animate  and  inanimate,  scenery,  architectural  ornaments, 
old  inscriptions  and  manuscripts,  magnified  views  of  microscopic  structure,  and  a 
thousand  other  representations  of  beautiful  and  important  objects,  may  be  multiplied 
with  the  utmost  accuracy,  at  a  trifling  expense,  and  to  any  desired  extent. 

M.  Plant  is  the  author  of  a  process  of  vitrification  of  photographic  pictures.  A 
photograph  is  first  taken  on  albumenized  glass,  which  is  subjected  to  a  strong  heat,  so 
as  to  redden  the  glass  ;  the  albumen  is  destroyed,  and  the  photograph,  if  negative, 
becomes  positive  by  reflection.  The  picture  is  made  of  pure  silver,  which  adheres  so 
strongly  to  the  glass  that  it  may  be  polished  without  alteration.  On  exposing  this 
glass  to  the  action  of  hydrofluoric  acid,  in  vapor,  an  engraving  of  the  design  is  obtained 
over  parts  not  covered  by  the  silver  image;  the  image  may  be  strengthened  by  a  gal¬ 
vanic  deposit,  and  makes  a  kind  of  plate  from  which  engravings  may  be  taken.  If, 


instead  of  arresting  the  process  at  a  red  heat,  it  is  continued  till  the  glass  enters  into 
fusion,  the  image  sinks  into  the  interior  of  the  glass,  without  being  altered,  and  covers 
itself  with  a  vitreous  varnish.  The  design  appears  as  if  inclosed  between  two  plates 
of  glass ;  and,  if  positive  proofs  are  employed,  the  method  may  be  used  for  making 
pictured  glass,  which  may  doubtless  be  colored  by  the  usual  processes. 

Mr.  Wulff  has  succeeded  in  taking  photographic  portraits  on  linen  cloth  covered 
with  collodion. — From  Silliman's  Journal,  January,  1854.] 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

141.  Goddard,  James  T.,  Whitton,  near  Isleworth,  Middlesex,  England, — Manufacturer. 
Achromatic  52-inch  astronomical  telescope. 

142.  Ackland,  William,  93  Hatton  Garden,  London. — Inventor. 

Hydrometers,  alkalimeters,  eudiometers,  saccharometer,  urinometer,  thermometers, 
to  illustrate  the  application  of  Ackland’s  dividing  machine. 

143.  Davis,  John,  Derby,  England. — Manufacturer. 

New  anatomical  microscopes,  anemometers  (Biram’s  patent)  for  measuring  the 
force  and  amount  of  the  wind,  letter  balance. 


144.  Rowlet,  John,  Wolverhampton,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  steel-bowed  spectacles  having  the  front  framework  made  in  one  solid  piece, 
one  pair  whose  extreme  weight  is  two  pennyweights ;  spectacles  adapted  for  both  a 
long  and  a  short  distance  ;  railroad  spectacles ;  eye-glasses. 


145.  Langdon  <fc  Taberez,  Derby,  England — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

Patent  self-adjusting  and  other  surgical  elastic  stockings,  abdominal  supporters, 
knee-caps,  <kc. 

146.  Solomon,  Joseph,  Red  Lion  Square,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Stereoscopes,  with  improved  meniscus  lenses ;  telescopes ;  achromatic  microscope  ; 
Dupuis’s  measurer;  spectacles,  common  and  railway ;  lenses;  opera-glasses. 

[The  stereoscope  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  instrument,  recently  invented,  in 
its  first  form,  by  Mr.  Wheatstone,  and,  in  the  form  now  chiefly  used,  by  Sir  David 
Brewster.  It  throws  much  light  on  the  nature  of  vision  and  perspective,  and  has  led 
to  the  investigation  of  numerous  singular  phenomena  of  sight.  Its  theory  is  simple, 
and  its  application  gives  results  of  peculiar  beauty. 

If  two  plane-pictures  be  made  of  any  near  object,  as  a  statue  for  instance,  one  of 
which  is  drawn  for  each  eye  of  a  spectator,  so  that  all  the  perspective  or  projecting 
rays  shall  converge,  for  one,  to  the  right  eye,  and  for  the  other  to  the  left,  these 
pictures  will  be  very  sensibly  unlike  each  other.  Indeed,  each  position  of  perspective 
view  for  a  single  eye  gives  a  special  relation  of  the  perspective  rays,  and  brings  into 
view  a  field  on  the  object  slightly  different  from  the  field  visible  from  any  other  point. 
The  plane  of  representation  cutting  these  rays  must,  therefore,  give  a  special  drawing 
for  each  position  of  the  eye.  If  two  perspectives  of  the  same  subject,  taken,  one  from 
the  right-eye  point,  and  the  other  from  the  corresponding  left-eye  point,  be  so  placed  as 
to  be  at  once  viewed  naturally,  by  their  respective  eyes,  the  resulting  effect  is  marvel¬ 
ously  life-like  and  solid.  The  apparent  relief  is,  essentially,  that  given  by  both  eyes 
looking  naturally  at  the  object  itself. 

Wheatstone’s  stereoscope  consists  of  two  plane-mirrors,  meeting  in  a  right  angle, 
the  pictures  being  placed  respectively  to  the  right  and  left,  so  that  the  right  eye  sees 
the  right-eye  picture  in  the  right-hand  mirror,  and  similarly  for  the  left  eye.  A  simple 
box-frame  receives  the  whole.  Brewster’s  binocular  camera  has  an  adjustable  eye-glass 
for  each  eye,  through  which  it  looks  directly  at  its  appropriate  picture,  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  case,  the  arrangement  being  made  for  distinct  vision  at  the  fixed  distance 
of  the  pictures.  Brewster  and  others  have  proposed  various  modifications  and  appli¬ 
cations,  the  one  of  most  general  interest  being  that  employed  in  daguerreotype  cases, 
in  which  binocular  daguerreotypes,  taken  in  a  special  double  camera,  are  so  arranged 
that,  on  folding  out  a  card  containing  two  eye-lenses,  stereoscopic  vision  is  obtained, 
and  the  portrait  assumes  the  relief  of  nature.  As  stereoscopic  drawings  require  accu¬ 
rate  mutual  adaptation,  to  insure  their  harmonious  blending  in  one  clear  pictorial 
perception,  simultaneous  daguerreotypes  or  photographs  are  far  the  best  possible 
pictures  for  this  purpose.  Except  in  geometrical  figures,  binocular  drawings  are  too 
difficult  to  construct  for  the  experiment  to  succeed. 

The  stereoscope  brings  into  full  view  the  importance  of  the  third  dimension,  in 
giving  relief  to  our  habitual  eye-pictures  of  externals,  and  shows  that  the  apparent 
flatness  of  plane-pictures  is  an  incurable  fault,  incident  to  single  delineations  on  a 
plane.  The  mental  actions,  whence  our  optical  perceptions  of  external  solidity  and 
depth  are  derived,  seem,  in  no  small  degree,  based  on  the  binocular  character  of  our 
vision.  The  distance  between  the  optical  centers  of  our  two  eyes  is  the  primary  1 
line  of  our  visual  triangulation,  and  to  this,  as  an  optical  unit,  experience  1  ■■ ' 
unconsciously  to  refer  external  distances.  For  near  objects,  the  two  T,;'' 
dissimilar  as  to  give  great  vividness  to  the  perception  of  perspc^- 
mind  extends  its  triangulation,  or  mental  location,  from  ’■ 
chiefly  dwelling  on  the  mutual  relations  of  external* 

151 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC. 


117.  Frodshaw,  Charles,  Strand,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Astronomical  clocks,  eight-day  clocks,  chronometer  watches. 


118.  Cowderoy,  Richard  F.,  New  Road,  London. — Manufacturer. 
Gold  chronometers,  duplex  levers,  <kc. 


119.  Donegan,  John,  Upper  Ormond  Quay,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 
Watches,  of  gold  and  silver,  made  in  Dublin. 


150.  Johnson,  E.  D.,  City  Road,  London. — Manufacturer.  William  Baker,  45  A.nn 

Street. — Agent 

A  fine  display  of  chronometers  and  watches,  in  departments  illustrating  the 
movements,  balances,  works,  dials,  faces,  and  backs. 


151.  Glover,  Thomas,  Clerkenwell,  London. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Model  of  Croll’s  patent  dry  gas-meter.  This  meter,  of  3,000  lights,  measured  all 
the  gas  consumed  in  the  London  Crystal  Palace. 


152.  Collins,  Henry  George,  Paternoster  Row,  London. — Proprietor. 

Pair  of  globes,  celestial  and  terrestrial,  with  the  most  modern  discoveries;  new 
atlas,  maps,  <kc. 

153.  Gray  &  Keen,  Liverpool. — Manufacturers. 

Compasses. — Royal  floating  compass,  with  complete  insulation,  which  has  become 
necessary  by  the  destruction  of  the  centers  of  action,  by  the  velocity  with  which  iron 
vessels  are  driven  through  the  water.  No  compass  can  indicate  correctly,  unless  the 
centers  of  action  are  kept  in  perfect  order;  the  destruction  of  these  centers  in  the 
above-named  vessels  has  been  often  accomplished  in  the  short  time  of  six  hours.  This 
arrangement  provides  against  any  direct  communication  from  the  machinery,  blowing 
off  the  boilers,  Ac.  It  is  used  in  nearly  every  steamer  sailing  from  Liverpool. 

Barometers,  improved  sympiesometer,  and  thermometers. 


151.  Elliott  &  Sons,  56  Strand,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Mathematical  and  drawing  instruments  and  materials,  telescopes,  opera-glasses, 
spectacles,  rules,  surveyors’  instruments. 


155.  Watson,  Henry,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Three  safety-lamps  for  coal-miners :  the  Davy  Lamp,  the  Stephenson  Lamp,  and 
the  Clauny  Lamp. 

[All  these  instruments  depend  for  their  protective  powers  on  the  principle  dis¬ 
covered  by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy,  that  flame  is  so  cooled  by  passing  through  wire-gauze, 
which  is  an  excellent  conductor  and  radiator  of  heat,  that  it  will  not  inflame  the 
explosive  gases  on  the  outside  of  the  lamp.  The  inflammable  gas  of  coal  mines,  or 
fire-damp,  as  it  is  called  by  the  miners,  is  chiefly  carburetted  hydrogen ;  this,  mixed 
with  air,  forms  a  highly  explosive  mixture,  which  has  been  the  cause  of  fearful  loss  of 
life.  The  flame  of  the  safety -lamp  is  surrounded  by  a  cylindrical  frame  of  fine  wire- 
gauze  ;  the  gas  burns  on  the  inside,  but  does  not  communicate  its  flame  to  the  outside. 
The  patent  lamps  for  burning  “eamphene”  and  other  “burning  fluids,”  depend  for  their 
safety  on  this  principle ;  while  the  wire  is  intact,  explosion  is  impossible.  With  all  this 
provision  for  their  safety,  miners  are  often  careless  enough  to  open  their  lamps  to  light 
their  pipes  and  for  other  reasons,  and  have  thus  caused  many  severe  explosions.] 

156.  White,  T.,  Clerkenwell,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Enameled  watch  faces. 


157.  Stlrrock,  Thomas,  Duke  Street,  Leith,  Scotland. — Inventor. 

Model  of  a  bed  for  invalids. 

[This  is  a  simple  and  useful  arrangement,  adapted  to  any  ordinary  bedstead,  and 
must  prove  of  great  advantage  to  an  invalid.  It  is  convenient  for  change  of  posture, 
as  the  head  may  be  raised,  and  the  feet  lowered,  by  simply  turning  two  winches  at  the 
side,  easily  accessible  to  the  invalid.  A  fold  is  attached  to  the  footboard,  which  hinges 
over,  and  may  be  made  either  a  writing-desk  or  a  table ;  the  footboard  also  may  be 
removed  for  applying  a  bath.] 


158.  Watson,  John,  Jersey,  Great  Britain. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  foot-warmer,  consisting  of  a  tin  box,  with  covered  depressions  for 
both  feet;  it  has  two  bottoms,  between  which  water  of  the  required  temperature  is 
poured.  1 


159.  Badcock,  John,  Brighton,  England. — Producer. 

Photographic  specimens  of  vaccine,  produced  by  inoculating  the  cow  with  small¬ 
pox,  illustrating  the  progress  of  the  vaccine  vesicle  in  all  its  stages. 

ICO.  Peterman,  Augustus,  Charing  Cross,  London. — Exhibitor. 

Maps,  plans,  and  geographical  illustrations;  embracing  geographical  views  of  the 
Great  Exhibition  of  1851. 


161.  M  yld,  James,  Leicester  Square,  London. — Manufacturer. 
A  block-map  of  Sicily. 


olden,  — ,  Dublin. — Proprietor, 
meal  maps. 


Proprietor. 


BRITISH  COLONIES — CANADA. 

161.  Kerr,  Dr.,  Galt,  Canada  West. — Inventor. 

A  set  of  splints  for  fractures,  made  entirely  of  tinned  iron. 

[They  are  firm  and  inflexible ;  they  are  perforated  every  where  by  small  holes, 
and  large  portions  are  taken  out  for  the  purpose  of  lightness,  wherever  it  was  com¬ 
patible  with  strength.  Surgeons  would  be  of  different  opinions  as  to  the  propriety  of 
using  such  splints  on  all  occasions,  but  there  is  no  question  of  their  utility  in  many 
cases.] 

165.  Esinhart,  JonN,  La  Prairie,  Canada  East. 

A  map  of  the  United  States,  Mexico,  and  Guatimala,  executed  with  a  pen  by  a 
boy  fourteen  years  of  age,  in  1850.  A  work  requiring  great  patience,  labor,  and 
mechanical  skill. 


FRANCE. 

167.  Beranger  &  Co.,  Lyons. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  French  balances. 

168.  Vedy,  F.,  52  Rue  de  Bondy,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  astronomical  instruments  for  the  Navy.  Varieties  of  sextants,  highly 
finished. 


169.  Gavard,  Adrien,  9  Quai  de  VHorloge,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  pantagraph. 

[The  improvement  consists  principally  in  a  better  arrangement  of  the  steadying 
weight  of  the  pivot  and  the  larger  size  of  the  wheels ;  this  adds  greatly  to  the  smooth 
working  of  the.  instrument,  so  much  so  that  even  persons  unaccustomed  to  its  use  may 
produce  smooth  and  unbroken  lines. 

The  pantagraph,  when  constructed  in  the  best  manner,  affords  a  very  good  means 
of  mechanically  changing  line-drawings  from  one  scale  to  another,  or  of  copying  them. 
Its  mathematical  principle  is  contained  in  a  word,  being  simply,  proportionality.  The 
tracing  and  pencil  points  are  similarly  carried  on  the  same  or  similar  jointed  quadrilat¬ 
erals,  so  as  to  describe  by  constraint  exactly  similar  motions,  while  the  tracer  is 
guided  over  the  lines  to  be  copied.  Various  combinations  have  been  tried,  but  all 
agree  in  principle.  Any  combination  used  should  prevent  the  original  and  copy- 
sheets  from  interfering  with  each  other,  and  it  is  peculiarly  important  that  the  frame 
should  move  freely  before  the  hand,  as  a  considerable  resistance  or  weight  of  the  mov¬ 
ing  parts  makes  the  motion  uneven  and  jumping.  Nice  workmanship  is  indispensable 
to  accurate  results,  and  unless  this  be  to  a  good  extent  secured,  the  pantagraph  should 
give  place  to  the  method  of  corresponding  squares.  One  person  manages  the  trace,  and 
one  regulates  the  pencil.  In  reducing  or  enlarging  maps,  including  an  extensive  ter¬ 
restrial  area,  the  projections  of  the  two  sheets  must  be  identical  in  character,  or  the 
pantagraph  will  not  reduce  correctly.  The  pantagraph,  and  also  the  camera  lucida, 
are  inferior  to  the  method  of  squares,  when  the  materials  reduced,  copied,  or  enlarged, 
are  to  be  reviewed  critically  in  the  process. 

The  complicated  and  beautiful  medal-ruling  machine,  sometimes  called  a  panta¬ 
graph,  and  much  used  for  copying  coins,  dies,  and  other  low  reliefs,  to  be  etched  and 
used  in  bank-note  plates,  is  quite  too  intricate  to  permit  a  brief  analysis. 

The  pantagraph  was  invented  by  the  Jesuit,  Christopher  Scheiner,  in  1603.] 


170.  Miraud,  Sen’r,  Rue  St.  Jacques,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Microscopes  on  the  English  plan,  with  six  eye-glasses  and  micrometer,  camera 
lucida  and  polarizing  apparatus,  prepared  objects,  and  various  microscopical  appliances. 


171.  Nachet,  16  Rue  Serpente,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Microscopes,  of  various  descriptions,  mounted  for  anatomical  and  general  purposes. 


172.  Lebrew,  Alexandre,  St.  Pierre  le  Bitry,  near  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Microscopes,  simple  and  compound ;  telescopes,  spy-glasses,  loupes,  lenses,  opera- 
glasses. 


173.  Duboscq-Soleil,  Rue  de  V Od'eon,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Large  collection  of  philosophical  apparatus.  Cyanometer  and  polarimeter,  of  M. 
Arago,  for  measuring  the  intensity  of  the  polarization,  and  of  the  blue  color  of  the 
sky ;  heliostat,  of  Mr.  Silbermann ;  Wheatstone’s  chromatic  clock,  improved,  with  a 
double-rotation  plate ;  stereoscopes ;  apparatus  for  experiments  with  artificial  light. 


171.  Boutems,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Mechanical  birds,  as  ornaments  to  clocks.  These  imitate  admirably  the  singing 
and  motions  of  birds,  which  are  perched  in  the  branches  of  trees ;  at  the  root  of  one 
flows  a  crystal  fountain  in  a  moss-covered  grotto. 


175.  Rengars,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Optical  glasses. 


176.  Jacquemin  <t  Brother,  Mores,  Jura. — Manufacturers. 
Spectacles  and  dials. 


152 


SECTION  II.  —  CLASS  X. 


177.  Lem  atr  e,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Optical  glasses. 


178.  Goldbacher,  M.,  France,  and  Bowery,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Compound  microscope,  highly  ornamented  opera-glasses,  spectacles,  loupes,  Lava- 
ter  level,  for  ascertaining  either  the  horizontal  or  vertical  line,  or  the  inclination  of 
any  oblique  line. 


179.  Lereoux  Bouilly  de  Vauveks,  Caucale,  llle  and  Vilaine. — Manufacturer. 
Clock,  with  a  new  system  of  striking  mechanism. 


180.  Pierret,  Y.  A.,  Hue  des  Bons  Enfans,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Small  skeleton-clocks  and  alarm-clocks,  with  glass  cases. 


181.  Montandon,  J.  H.,  Jr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Springs  for  clocks,  watches,  mechanical  lamps,  musical  boxes,  Ac.  The  yearly 
manufacture  is  about  60,000  dozen  watch-springs  and  60,000  pairs  of  clock-springs. 
The  establishment  is  on  a  large  scale. 


182.  Minal,  Alex.,  Hue  de  FEchequier,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Three  musical  clocks,  ornamented  with  trees  and  flowers,  among  which  are 
mechanical  singing  birds  and  butterflies  in  motion. 


182a.  Fouque,  Sen.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  bronze-gilt  clock,  with  astronomical  appliances,  supported  on  four  Egyptian 
figures,  in  the  form  of  a  temple,  on  which  is  a  planetarium,  representing  the  relations 
of  the  sun  and  moon  to  the  earth ;  a  highly  finished  piece  of  mechanism. 


183.  Maes,  J.,  Cour  des  petites  Ecuries,  Paris. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 
Objectives,  for  daguerreotype  apparatus ;  discs,  for  the  same  apparatus ;  glasses 

for  optical  instruments,  and  prisms,  of  extraordinary  clearness. 

[The  clearness  of  this  glass  is  very  remarkable ;  in  its  manufacture,  sulphate  of 
zinc  is  employed,  instead  of  lead,  as  in  the  ordinary  method.  From  their  clearness, 
they  have  received  the  name  of  Crystals  of  Clichy;  they  are  manufactured  at  Clichy, 
near  Paris.] 

184.  Biondetti,  Henri,  Rue  Neuve  Vivienne,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Hernia  trusses ;  apparatus  for  clubfoot ;  artificial  foot  and  hand,  in  wood,  with 
joints  and  springs  to  imitate  the  natural  movements. 


185.  Varnout  &  Galante,  Place  JDauphine,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Surgical  apparatus  and  appliances  of  vulcanized  India-rubber. 

[The  advantages  which  vulcanized  India-rubber,  or  caoutchouc,  combined  with 
sulphur,  has  over  the  ordinary  rubber,  are  very  great,  and  such  as  make  the  former 
admirably  adapted  for  surgical  apparatus ;  when  stretched,  it  resumes  exactly  its  first 
dimensions ;  it  is  much  stronger,  it  is  not  softened  by  oils  and  fatty  bodies,  and  is  not 
affected  by  heat  or  cold ;  it  is  equally  impermeable  to  moisture,  and  resists  chemical 
agents  as  well  as  ordinary  rubber,  and  has  a  more  velvety  and  polished  surface.] 

186.  Luer,  Arnatus,  Place  de  FEcole  de  Medecine,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  surgical  instruments,  of  great  ingenuity,  and  highly  finished. 


187.  Charriere,  Jr.,  Rue  de  FEcole  de  Medecine,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Surgical  instruments  in  great  variety,  in  a  library-case. 

[In  the  above  collections  are  displayed  the  excellence  and  finish  peculiar  to  French 
instruments  of  surgery.  They  contain  all  the  principal  instruments  and  appliances 
used  in  modern  surgery,  from  the  simplest  to  the  most  complicated.] 

188.  Cosquin,  J.,  Rue  de  Cherche  Midi,  Paris. — Exhibitor. 

Three  frames  containing  topographical  drawings. 


189.  Delsol,  T.  T.,  Paris. —Engraver. 

Maps  and  plans  of  Switzerland  and  vicinity,  and  of  Constantine,  in  Algeria. 


190.  Collin,  C.  E.,  Quai  Conti,  Paris.— Engraver. 

Hydrographic  engravings.  Maps,  plans,  and  charts,  of  the  French  coasts  and 
other  regions,  forming  a  part  of  those  published  by  the  “D6p6t  General  de  la  Marine 
de  France.” 


191,  Blanquart,  Evrard,  Lille,  du  Nord. — Inventor  and  Producer. 

A  frame  containing  photographic  illustrations  of  various  subjects. 

[The  science  and  the  art  of  photography  are  still  in  a  highly  progressive  state, 
nor  can  it  be  rationally  doubted  that  many  practical  facilities  and  untried  applications 
yet  remain  to  be  made.  In  1839,  Daguerre’s  discovery  was  first  announced,  and  in  the 
same  year  Mr.  Fox  Talbot  published  his  mode  of  producing  negative  and  positive 
pictures,  as  employed  in  photography,  on  paper.  From  these  beginnings,  photography 
has  steadily  and  rapidly  advanced,  adding  yearly  to  its  resources,  by  new  processes, 
new  materials,  improved  manipulations,  and  also  by  the  researches  and  reasonings  of 
such  men  as  Niepce,  J.  Herschel,  Brewster,  Robert  Hunt,  and  Blanquart-Evrard.  So 
extensive  is  the  list  of  methods  and  materials  used,  of  modifications  and  applications 
effected  or  proposed,  that  photographic  journals  are  sustained,  societies  are  formed, 
and  treatises  are  written  in  furtherance  of  the  new  photographic  profession,  now 
numerous  and  rapidly  increasing. 


The  name,  Photography,  literally  includes  all  the  arts  for  producing  pictures  by 
the  chemical  agency  of  light  In  point  of  fact,  light-rays  are  not  the  true  graphic 
agents  in  photography ;  but  invisible  chemical,  or  actinic  rays,  are  the  chief,  if  not  the 
only  source  of  those  subtile  molecular  movements,  which  serve  to  fix  lights  and  shades 
on  polished  silver  plates,  on  sensitive  paper,  on  glass  coated  with  albumen,  with 
collodion,  or  combined  collodion  and  gutta-percha,  or  on  artificial  ivory  made  sensitive. 
In  photography  on  paper,  glass,  or  ivory,  a  negative  picture  is  first  taken,  giving  the 
lights  and  shades  reversed,  and  from  this  any  number  of  positive  pictures  being  taken, 
afford  true  and  harmonious  representations  o<f  landscapes,  paintings,  statues,  human 
figures,  or  any  other  subjects.  The  great  present  desideratum,  is,  the  permanent, 
correct  fixation  of  natural  colors ;  which,  if  superadded  to  light  and  shade,  would 
realize  the  highest  fidelity  of  delineation.  Niepce’s  researches  show  a  high  probability 
of  the  ultimate  realizing  of  this  effect,  for  he  has  photographed  with  much  fidelity  the 
prismatic  spectrum.  The  combination  of  the  stereoscope  with  binocular  daguerreo¬ 
types  and  photographs,  already  produces  unequaled  likenesses,  though  much,  doubtless, 
remains  to  be  done,  for  giving  full  perfection  to  this  union. 

The  photographic  pictures  exhibited  by  Evrard  Blanquart,  on  paper  prepared 
by  an  excellent  process  ©f  his  discovering  (An.  de  Chimie  et  de  Phys.  XX.),  do  real 
honor  to  this  art.  The  reproductions  of  old  pictures  are,  on  the  whole,  highly 
successful.  The  French  photographs  of  Egyptian  and  Nubian  antiquities  and  scenery 
are  among  the  most  successful  products  of  the  art ;  and  the  Zoological  Photography, 
published  by  Lemercier  &  Bisson,  at  nine  francs  for  each  livraison  of  six  small  folio 
sheets,  each  giving,  in  the  greatest  beauty  of  detail,  several  select  subjects  from  the 
Paris  Natural  History  Museum,  seems  to  present  a  clear  foreshadowing  of  the  part 
this  beautiful  art  may  bear  in  future  pictorial  publications.] 

192.  Laass  d’Aguen,  Victor,  Boulevard  des  Invalides,  Paris. — Inventor. 

Maps  in  relief,  and  system  of  writing  for  the  blind,  used  in  the  Institution  for  the 
Young  Blind  at  Paris,  and  by  the  institutions  and  blind  of  France.  By  this  system, 
the  blind  are  enabled  to  write  with  considerable  rapidity,  and  to  acquire  a  very  com¬ 
plete  knowledge  of  geography. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

193.  Ansfeld,  Herman,  Gotha,  Saxe- Gotha. — Manufacturer. 

Dr.  Flaussen’s  Planimeter,  for  measuring  the  area  of  any  surface  by  determining 
how  many  squares,  of  certain  measures  of  length,  are  contained  in  it.  The  measure¬ 
ments  are  given  in  English  square  lines. 


194.  Luhme,  J.  F.,  &  Co.,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Air-pump  and  accompanying  apparatus ;  ehemical  balances  and  scales,  and 
apparatus;  chests  of  chemicals;  polarizing  apparatus  for  saccharine  fluids;  Kipp’s 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  Apparatus ;  chemical  lamps ;  mathematical  instruments. 


195.  Schmiot,  Julius  H.,  Halle-on-tlie-Saale,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  and  chemical  instruments,  thermometers,  microscopes,  and  optical 
instruments. 


196.  Rudell,  Alwin,  Halle-on-the-Saale,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  apparatus  for  analytical  purposes ;  chemical  reogents ;  areameter ;  tests ; 
chemical  materials. 


197.  Busch,  Emil,  Ratlienow,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Optical  and  photographic  apparatus ;  spectacles ;  eye-glasses ;  spy-glasses ;  opera- 
glasses  :  highly  finished. 


198.  Schlosser,  J.,  Ratingen. — Manufacturer. 
Black-lead  crucibles. 


199,  Riedel,  — ,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Spectacles  and  eye-glasses. 


200.  Egberts,  J.  H.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Air-gun. 

[In  these  instruments,  instead  of  the  explosive  force  of  gunpowder,  the  force  of 
condensed  and  compressed  air  is  employed.  The  air,  condensed  by  a  syringe  in  the 
stock,  is  allowed  to  escape,  by  means  of  a  valve  behind  the  ball,  which  it  forces  out 
with  considerable  power.  These  guns  are  generally  so  complicated,  so  liable  to  get 
out  of  order,  and  so  expensive,  that  they  are  of  little  use  except  as  scientific  toys.] 

201.  Braun,  — ,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Scales  for  apothecaries. 


202.  Sichleb,  G.  H.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Scales  in  pocket-cases. 

203.  Salziger,  J.  P.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria.— Exhibitor. 
Terrestrial  globes. 

204.  Korulein,  'W.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Scales  for  apothecaries. 

153 


PHILOSOPHICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  MAPS,  ETC 


205.  Landgraf,  J.  G.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Eye-glasses. 

20G.  Kapeller,  L.,  &  Son,  Hafuerzell,  near  Passan,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 

Black-lead  crucibles  for  melting  gold,  silver,  steel,  &c. ;  these  will  support  the 
highest  temperatures,  and  are  very  cheap. 

207.  Gundermann,  S.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Syringes  of  various  descriptions. 

208.  Blumenthal,  — ,  Darmstadt,  Hesse  Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 

Press  for  extracting  the  juices  of  herbs  and  medicinal  plants. 

209.  Probster,  — ,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  mathematical  instruments. 

210.  Schade,  Ferd.,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  instruments. 

211.  Pokorny,  J.  A.,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  lamps,  balances ;  chemical  and  pharmaceutical  instruments. 

212.  W eiiefritz,  Sigmund,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Scales  of  various  kinds  and  capacities. 

213.  Kisskalt,  — ,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  instruments. 

214.  Greiner,  F.  F.,  Stulzesbaeli,  near  llmenau. — Manufacturer. 

Glass  chemical  apparatus. 

215.  Becker,  Gustav,  Freiburg. — Manufacturer. 

Eight-day  clocks. 

[The  invention  of  clocks  has  been  ascribed  to  Boethius,  in  510.  The  first  re¬ 
sembling  those  now  used  was  made  at  Bologna,  in  1356.  Henry  de  Wyck,  a  German, 
made  clocks  about  1364,  the  nature  of  whose  machinery  is  preserved.  Clocks  were 
introduced  into  England  in  1368  by  Edward  III.,  and  became  common  in  the  four¬ 
teenth  century.  Pendulum-clocks  were  invented  in  1641,  by  Richard  Harris,  of 
London.  To  distinguish  them  from  sun-dials,  they  were  at  first  called  “nocturnal- 
dials.”] 

216.  Friedrick,  C.  A,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  calendar,  showing  the  day  of  the  month ;  eight  and  fourteen-day  clocks ; 
alarm-clocks. 

217.  Grimm,  Gustav,  Koestritz,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Tellurians,  or  instruments  illustrating  the  changes  of  the  seasons. 

[The  sun  is  represented  by  a  lamp  in  the  center,  around  which  the  earth  is  made 
to  revolve  by  machinery  under  the  stand.  The  instrument  also  illustrates  the  phases 
of  the  moon.] 

218.  Geue  &  Co.,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Meissen  porcelain  pharmaceutical  apparatus. 

219.  Kalb,  Jr.,  J.  G.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Spectacles,  optical-glasses,  <fcc. 

220.  Bkoemel,  Aug.,  Arnstadt,  Schwartzburg-Sondershaussen. — Manufacturer. 

Heavy  scales  and  decimal  balances. 


228.  3.  Products  resulting  from  the  use  of  philosophical  instruments. 

229.  Badeker,  J.,  Iserlohn, — Publisher. 

Map  of  America. 

230.  Wunsche,  Moritz,  Leipzig,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  surgical  instruments,  including  amputating  cases;  lithotomy  and 
lithotrity  instruments ;  trepanning  instruments  ;  pocket-cases ;  veterinary  instruments ; 
dental  instruments;  osteotome,  a  very  complicated  instrument;  eye-cases;  scarifica¬ 
tors  ;  tonsillotome ;  forceps  and  obstetrical  instruments :  of  high  finish  and  of  approved 
forms. 


AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

231.  Batka,  Wenzel,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  and  pharmaceutical  instruments. 

232.  Pfleuderer,  J.,  Stadt  Steyer,  Austria  Proper. — Manufacturer. 
A  pair  of  scales. 

232a.  Becker,  F.  G.  A. — Manufacturer. 

Geometrical  models  in  wood. 


233.  Pucker,  G.,  Veldes,  Carinthia. — Artist. 

Daguerreotypes  on  glass. 

231.  Raffelsperger,  Franz,  Vienna. — Patentee  and  Printer. 

Various  maps  and  charts,  in  ten  languages,  namely,  English,  German,  Hungarian, 
French,  Illyrian,  Arabic,  Italian,  Ilindostani,  Russian,  and  Servian ;  printed  with  ordi¬ 
nary  type. 

235.  Pauling,  Jacob,  Vienna. — Designer. 

Section  of  plastic  map  of  Switzerland. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

236.  Asvisio,  Gio.  V.,  Pinerolo,  near  Turin,  Sardinia. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  balances  of  a  new  invention,  the  works  being  hidden  in  a  marble- 
covered  box,  like  the  “balance  pendule.” 

237.  Crotti,  G.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  solid  figures,  in  wood,  for  geometricians,  and  for  elementary 
instruction  in  geometry. 

238.  Griffoni,  Ettore,  Genoa,  Sardinia  (from  Naples). — Inventor. 

Terrestrial  globe,  of  hard  wood,  exhibiting  the  seas,  rivers,  and  lakes,  in  depres¬ 
sions,  and  the  mountains  in  relief. 

239.  Tirone,  E.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Civil  Engineer. 

Topographical  picture  of  the  Alpine  valleys,  in  water  colors. 

210.  La  Marmora  (Minister  of  War),  Turin,  Sardinia. — Exhibitor. 

Topographical  maps  of  the  Sardinian  States. 


221.  Menke,  R.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Chronometer. 

222.  Nietschmann,  F.,  Halle-on-the-Saale,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Mathematical  and  drawing  instruments. 

223.  Holzscbuber,  Brothers,  Schleiz,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Collection  of  Reaumur  thermometers,  barometers,  and  thermometrographs. 

221.  Gressler,  Edward,  Erfurt,  Prussian  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  and  physical  apparatus ;  boxes  of  chemicals ;  retorts,  gasometers,  lamps, 
thermometers,  scales ;  galvanic  batteries  and  apparatus ;  birds’  eyes ;  test  tubes ;  <fcc.  ' 


225.  Spindler,  Paul,  Stuttgard,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Leveling  and  mathematical  instruments;  highly  finished.  Alarum-watch  ma¬ 
chine. 


22G.  Breithaupt,  Fred.  W.,  Son,  Cassel,  Hessen. — Manufacturers. 
Mathematical  and  surveying  instruments,  of  high  finish. 


227.  Reimer,  Dietrich,  Berlin,  Prussia.— Manufacturer. 

Observatory  apparatus  for  seeking  stars;  globes,  common  and  in  relief,  showing 
1853°CCanl°  CUrreDl'  phenomena  of  physical  geography,  brought  down  tc 


'S4 


SWITZERLAND. 

241.  Enard,  E.  P.,  St.  Blaize,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer, 

Three  watches. 

242.  Montandon,  Brothers,  Locle,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 

Twelve  watches,  highly  finished. 

243.  Mermod,  Brothers,  St.  Croix,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  specimens  of  gold  repeating  and  chronometer  watches,  plain  and  enameled 
backs. 

[The  base  of  all  kinds  of  enamel  is  pure  glass,  rendered  semi-transparent,  or 
opaque,  by  the  metallic  oxyds ;  white  enamel  is  made  by  mixing  the  oxyd  of  tin  with 
the  glass.  The  colors  used  for  enamel-painting  have  all  a  metallic  base ;  the  reds  being 
made  from  the  oxyd  of  gold,  greens  from  copper,  yellows  from  lead,  blues  from 
cobalk  <kc.] 

244.  Grandjf.an,  Henri,  Locle,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  watches;  pocket  and  marine  chronometers. 


245.  Paillard,  E.  <k  A.,  Brothers,  St.  Croix,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  gold  and  enameled  watches,  chronometers,  and  musical  boxes;  enameled 
and  jeweled  backs. 


SECTION  II. - CLASS  X. 


216.  Lequin  A  Ye  us  in,  Fleurier,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 

Eighteen  watches  in  a  variety  of  styles. 

217.  Rauss,  Jules,  Chaux  de  Fonds ,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

A  case  of  gold  engine-turned  watches  in  various  styles. 

218.  Bomaud,  E.,  A  Co.,  St.  Croix,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturers. 

Chronometer  and  other  watches  in  various  styles. 

249.  Favre  A  Andrie,  Lode,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 

Astronomical  timepiece. 

250.  Favre,  Henry  August,  Locle ,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Watches  in  various  styles;  an  instrument  for  astronomical,  physical,  and  geo¬ 
graphical  observations. 

251.  Patek,  PuiLirrE  A  Co.,  Geneva. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Chronometers  and  watches,  repeaters,  Ac.  New,  winding  up  by  the  pendant  ; 

plain  enameled  and  beautifully  pointed,  and  jeweled  backs ;  independent  second- 
hands.  Watch  in  a  heart-shaped  locket,  of  the  size  ot  a  dime,  and  one  of  the  same  size 
in  a  double  eye-glass ;  and  a  perfect  watch,  of  the  size  of  a  three-cent  piece. 

252.  Breitling  A  Laedericii,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  and  silver  watches,  and  watch-movements. 

253.  Fatio-Junod,  J.  H.,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

Three  chronometers,  and  other  watches. 

254.  Favre-Brand,  F.  E.,  Lode,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Clocks  of  various  descriptions. 

255.  Grosclaude,  Cn.  Henri,  Fleurier,  Canton  Neuchatel— Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Various  watches. 

256.  Borel,  H.  J.,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Two  watches. 

257.  Racine,  John  H.,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Two  enameled  dials. 

[Surmounted  by  two  magnifiers,  which  disclose  on  one,  in  the  hair-line  of  figure 
4,  the  name  of  Charles  Frederic  Racine,  quite  unnoticed  by  the  naked  eye.  The  other 
dial  has  the  Lord’s  Prayer  around  its  circumference,  in  French— around  the  second¬ 
hand,  “I  make  not  the  circuit  of  this  narrow  face,  before  some  mortal  departs,  never 
to  return”— around  the  circle  indicating  the  phases  of  the  moon,  “A  new  world 
discloses  itself  to  our  eyes  when  we  know  how  to  raise  the  veil  which  covers  it  — 
around  the  face  indicating  the  months,  “Both  heavens  and  earth  present  in  a  single 
point  a  wonderful  infinite  world”— and  around  the  circle  showing  the  days  of  the 
month  the  same  maker’s  name  and  residence.  All  the  above  is  so  fine  that  the 
unaided  eye  cannot  read  it,  and  would  hardly  notice  any  thing  but  an  ordinary  divided 
circle.  It  is  in  French.] 

258.  Borel,  Henry  G.,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 
Chronometers  and  dial. 

259.  Bock,  II.,  Lode,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Movements  of  clocks  and  watches. 

260.  Matile,  H.  L.,  Jr.,  Lode,  Canton  Neuchatel— Manufacturer. 

Fine  gold  chronometer-balance  and  independent-second  watches;  two  chronometer- 
movements. 

261.  Perret,  Augustin,  Locle,  Canton  Neuchatel.  Manufacturer. 

Pocket-chronometer  and  independent-second  watch. 

262.  Bachklard,  D.,  A  Son,  Geneva.— Manufacturers. 

Fine  watches.  _ 


Vaud,  and  the  Bernese  Jura.  This  depends  entirely  on  local  circumstances,  which, 
in  the  cantons  of  Geneva  and  Neuchatel,  are  abundant  capital,  cheap  labor,  and 
absence  of  other  trades,  with  a  natural  love  and  aptitude  for  fine  and  delicate  work ; 
and,  in  the  Jura,  the  inclemency  of  the  winters,  which  force  the  orderly,  patient,  and 
industrious  people  to  in-door  employments. 

The  division  of  labor  is  carried  to  such  an  extent,  that  a  movement  of  a  watch, 
worth  perhaps  twenty-five  cents,  passes  through  fifty  or  sixty  hands.  The  above- 
mentioned  cantons  probably  manufacture  two-thirds  of  the  watches  in  the  world ;  the 
total  annual  number  has  been  estimated  at  1,200,000. 

The  most  expensive  and  finest  watches  are  made  in  Geneva,  ns  also  many 
chronometers.  Watch-cases  are  chiefly  manufactured,  and  it  is  calculated  that  several 
hundred  chasers  and  many  enamel-painters  are  employed  in  this  work.  The  small 
watches  mounted  in  bracelets,  Ac.,  are  principally  made  here.  In  the  canton  of 
Neuchatel,  the  towns  of  Locle  and  Chaux  de  Fonds  are  the  chief  localities  of  the 
trade ;  all  the  valleys  surrounding  these  towns  are  inhabited  by  watchmakers  and 
their  families.  These  valleys  contain  many  factories,  which  however  generally  manu¬ 
facture  cheap  and  inferior  watches ;  there  are  also  many  factories  in  which  are  made 
the  machines  and  instruments  used  in  the  trade,  and  the  articles  connected  with  it, 
such  as  dials,  hands,  springs,  keys,  Ac.  Comparatively,  few  clocks  are  made.  The 
watches  exhibited  are  of  exquisite  design  and  high  finish.] 

267.  Hommel-Esser,  F.,  Aarau,  Canton  Argovie. — Manufacturer. 

A  case  of  mathematical  instruments  in  German-silver,  one  in  brass;  a  reduction- 
compass,  with  micrometer. 

268.  Gysi,  Frederic,  Aarau,  Canton  Argovie. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  variety  of  mathematical  instruments. 

269.  Rohr,  Ferdinand,  Leutzbourg,  Canton  Argovie. — Manufacturer. 

Several  cases  of  mathematical  instruments,  in  German-silver  and  other  materials, 
well  finished. 

270.  Keru,  J.,  Aarau,  Canton  Argovie. — Manufacturer. 

A  large  and  very  complete  case  of  mathematical  instruments. 

271.  Favre-Brand,  A.,  Locle,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  new  compass. 

272.  Keigel  A  Petitrierre,  Couvet,  Neuchatel. — Manufacturers. 

A  new  style  of  compass. 

[There  are  many  mathematical-instrument  makers  in  the  cantons  of  Argovie  and 
Geneva,  whose  instruments  are  much  sought  after  for  their  high  finish  and  moderate 
price.]  _ 

273.  Daguet,  Theodore.  Soleure,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 

Crown  and  flint-glass  for  optical  purposes;  objectives,  for  daguerreotype  instru¬ 
ments.  The  flint-glass  is  clear,  homogeneous,  and  resists  all  decomposition  from  the 
action  of  the  air. 

274.  Masset,  L.,  Yverdon,  Canton  Vaud.— Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

A  planetarium. 

275.  Lombard,  A.  C.,  dit  Jampenn,  Geneva.— Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Wooden  leg,  for  use  in  cases  of  amputation  either  above  or  below  the  knee. 

276.  Piece,  Louise,  Rue  Verdaine,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

India-rubber  stockings  for  varicose  veins,  knitted  in  tricot;  and  a  pair  of  sus¬ 
penders.  _ _ 

277.  Ebersold,  Gabriel,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Stereometric  apparatus,  and  a  variety  of  linear  designs ;  invalid-chair. 

278.  Isenring,  J.  B.,  St.  Gall,  Canton  St.  Gall  Artist. 

Various  specimens  of  photography. 


263.  Leresche,  A.  Golay,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  watches-  pocket-chronometer;  very  small  watches;  plain  and  enameled 
backs1;  showing  days  and  months,  with  independent-second,  indicating  one-fifth  of  a 

second.  _ _ _ _ 


261.  Audemars,  Louis,  Brassus,  Canton  Vaud.  Manufacturer. 

Fine  watches,  chronometers  and  repeaters,  with  plain,  enameled, 

backs.  _ 


and  jeweled 


265. 


Barbezat,  F.  L.,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel— Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  gold  and  silver  watches. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

279.  Uhlman,  K.  W.,  Zwolle,  Netherlands.— Inventor. 

An  equatorial  sun-dial. 

280.  Becker,  C.,  Arnhem. — Inventor. 

Balances  for  analytical  purposes. 

281.  Bruyn,  H.  W.  de,  Leyden. — Manufacturer. 

Large  clocks,  with  striking  and  alarum  mechanism. 


266.  Capt,  H.,  Geneva. — Manufacturer.  . 

Eig„3“  r- s  awifs 

Mechanical  singing-bird. 

[The  manufacture  of  watches  forms  one  of  the  principal  branches  of  Swiss 
industry;  it  is  confined,  however,  particularly  to  the  cantons  of  Geneva,  Neuchatel, 


282.  Ivaiser,  A.,  Hague. — Manufacturer. 

Small  counting-house  clock,  very  simple  and  neat. 

283.  Oomkens,  T.,  Jr.,  Groningen.  Manufacturer. 

Map  and  atlas  of  the  Netherlands. 

155 


' 

* 


. 


- 

I  * 


- 


'  • 


SECTION  in. 


CLASS  XL 


MANUFACTURES  OF  COTTON. 


The  cotton  manufacture  forms  the  most  important  feature  of  the  commercial  activity  of  this  country.  It  is  intimately  connected  with  our  agricultural  pros¬ 
perity.  According  to  the  last  census,  641,240  bales  of  cotton  were  manufactured  in  the  United  States,  principally  in  New  England.  The  value  of  this  amount  of 
cotton  was  $34,800,000;  the  capital  employed  wras  $74,501,000  ;  and  the  value  of  the  product,  consisting  of  about  763,000,000  yards  of  sheetings,  shirtings, 
calicoes,  & c.,  and  27,000,000  lbs.  of  yarn,  was  estimated  at  $61,869,000.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in  this  manufacture  in  the  United  States  in  the  year 
1850  was  92,286,  of  which  number  33,150  were  males,  and  59,136  were  females.  The  wages  paid  to  them  monthly  amounted  to  $1,357,192.  The  State  of 
Massachusetts  contains  about  one-third  of  the  whole  number  of  spindles  in  the  United  States;  and  the  other  New  England  States  another  third;  and  about  one- 
half  of  the  capital  invested  in  the  manufacture  is  owned  in  Massachusetts.  The  cotton  manufacture  is  rapidly  increasing ;  its  machinery  has  been  brought  to  such 
perfection,  and  its  resources  so  far  developed,  that  it  is  quite  independent  of  tariffs,  and  able  to  compete  successfully  with  the  industry  of  any  other  country.  It* 
rapid  growth  and  magnitude  are  unparalleled,  except  by  the  rise  of  the  same  manufacture  in  Great  Britain.  The  first  cotton  mill  with  Arkwright’s  machinery  was 
erected  in  1790,  in  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island,  by  the  late  Samuel  Slater.  The  first  spinning  machine  was  a  water  frame  containing  twenty-four  spindles;  it  was 
on  the  throstle  principle.  In  striking  and  gratifying  contrast  with  this  humble  commencement  of  the  cotton  manufacture  is  the  present  condition  of  the  city  of 
Lowell.  In  1819  the  site  of  Lowell  was  the  resort  of  sportsmen.  It  is  now  occupied  by  51  mills,  having  342,722  spindles  and  10,608  looms,  and  employing  a 
capital  of  $13,900,000,  under  the  direction  of  twelve  companies.  Nearly  all  are  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  cotton. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  this  branch  of  our  own  and  foreign  industry  was  not  more  fully  represented. 


1>  Wamsutta  Mills  (Thos.  Bennet,  Jr.,  Agent),  JVew  Bedford,  Massachusetts. 

Manufacturers. 

Fine  cotton  fabrics,  various  kinds  and  qualities. 


2.  Dudley,  J.  G.,  &  Co.,  JVew  York  City.— Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

Cotton  goods,  brown  and  bleached,  from  the  Reading  (Pennsylvania)  Manufactur¬ 
ing  Company. 

3.  Gladding,  Joseph  S.,  Moosup,  Windham  Co.,  Connecticut.  Manufacturer. 
Cotton  fabrics,  brown,  bleached,  and  colored. 


4.  Saunders  Cotton  Mills,  Grafton,  Massachusetts . — Manufacturers. 
Bale  of  cotton  printing  cloths,  64  +  68  and  30  inches  wide. 


5,  Mason  &  Lawrence,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Agents. 

Cocheco  prints,  264  to  27  inches  wide,  count  68  +  72,  all  madder  dyed,  made  and 

irinted  at  Dover,  New  Hampshire.  ,  ,  ,, 

Salmon  Fall  sheetings. . ....  count  46  -f-  50,  3/  inches  wide,  weight  2.77  yards  to  lb. 

“  drills  7? .  “  44  +  43,30  “  “  2.82 

“  cotton  flannels .  “  “  „0 

“  wide  drills .  “  “  37  “  “  ^.28 


6.  Buffington,  Nathan,  Fall  River,  Massachusetts.  Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  three-cord  spool  cotton. 

7.  Brownell  &  Co.,  Moodus,  Connecticut.— Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  cotton  seine  twine. 

8.  Nichols,  W.  E.,  &  Co.,  Moodus,  Connecticut.— Manufacturers. 
Cotton  cords  and  cotton  seine  twine. 


11a  Fitch,  Asa,  Fitchville,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Drills  and  sheetings,  bleached,  unbleached,  and  indigo  blue. 

12.  Atlantic  Cotton  Mills,  Lawrence,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  wide  shirtings  and  sheetings. 

13.  Mills,  Charles  H.,  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Agents. 

From  the  Hadley  Falls  Mills : 

Fine  printed  lawns,  brilliants,  cambrics,  and  jaconets. 

From  the  Great  Falls  Company  : 

Fine  and  heavy  bleached  shirtings,  and  Number  43  yarns. 

From  the  Whittenton  Mills  : 

Canada  plaids,  all  cotton. 

11.  Canfield,  M.,  &  Co.,  Cedar  Street,  JVew  York. — Agents. 

Cotton  carpet  warp ;  cotton  yarn ;  seamless  bags ;  cotton  battings ;  Osnaburghs 
sheetings  and  shirtings. 

15.  Demarest  &  Joralemon,  Vesey  Street,  JVew  York. 

Cotton  twine  for  seines ;  cotton  lines  for  drift  and  other  nets. 

16a  Bertine,  Peter  J.  (Executor  of  D.  McEwing),  JVew  1  ork. 

Specimens  of  book  and  foundation  muslins ;  mosquito  nettings ;  crown  linings ;  and 
various  kinds  of  cotton  yarns. 

17.  Goddard,  Brothers,  Providence,  Rhode  Island—  Manufacturers. 

Various  cotton  fabrics. 

18.  Wortendyke,  A.,  Godwinville,  JVew  Jersey.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cotton  wick ;  chandlers’  wick ;  counter-twist  wick  for  patent  machine 
moulds. 


9.  Boston  Duck  Company.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cotton  duck. 

19.  Glasgow  Mills  (G.  W.  Atwater,  Treasurer),  Springfield,  Massachusetts.— 

Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  ginghams ;  gingham  handkerchiefs;  white  and  colored  cotton  yarns. 

O 


19.  Herrick,  M.  A.,  JVashville,  JVew  Hampshire. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  sheetings  and  shirtings. 

20.  Flanders,  Benjamin  &  Co.,  J\rew  York  City.— Agents. 

Specimens  of  cotton  duck,  manufactured  by  the  Atlam  >  Duck  Company,  East  Had- 
dam,  Connecticut. 

157 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XI. 


21.  Taft  &  Bartlett,  Willimantic,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Six-cord  white  spool  cotton;  three-cord  colored  spool  cotton. 

22.  Manderson  &  Lammott,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Agents. 
Cotton  bed  tickings. 


42.  Erman,  Godfrey,  Manchester. — Manufacturer. 
Sewing  cotton,  on  spools  and  in  skeins. 


23.  Conestoga  Steam  Mills,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Cotton  prints  and  print  cloths;  cambrics;  brown  sheetings;  drillings,  tickings,  and 
Bhirtings ;  canton  flannels ;  cotton  counterpanes  and  blankets. 

21.  Parker,  Wilder  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  Monadnock  bleached  sheetings. 

25.  Masonville  Manufacturing  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. 

Cotton  sheetings  and  shirtings. 


28.  Willi ams ville  Manufacturing  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manu¬ 
facturers. 

Superfine  cottons,  extra  twist ;  brown  and  bleached  shirtings. 

27.  McMullen,  John,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Cotton  seines  and  fishing  nets. 

[This  netting  is  all  made  by  machines  having  a  general  resemblance  to  power-looms, 
and  which  are  driven  by  steam-power.  The  knot  is  the  well-known  fisherman’s  knot,  but 
by  the  machine  it  is  drawn  much  more  firmly  than  when  made  by  hand ;  the  netting  is 
also  uniform  throughout.  Two  machines,  with  one  person  to  attend  them,  make  from 
1,500  to  2,000  knots  a  minute.] 


2S.  American  Cordage  Company,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  patent  cotton  cordage  and  rope  for  rigging,  towlines,  &c. 

[Cotton  cordage,  and  the  method  of  its  manufacture,  are  both  new  inventions.  A 
machine  is  made  to  answer  all  the  purposes  of  a  long  rope- walk.  Cotton  is  capable  of 
a  tighter  twist,  and  is  less  injured  by  friction,  than  hempen  cords.  The  rope  is  more 
pliable  and  runs  more  freely  through  the  blocks  than  hemp  rope.  The  fibres  are  laid 
together  more  compactly  and  with  greater  tension  by  this  process  than  by  any  other 
known.  The  cotton  used  is  a  long  staple  “  Macon,  Georgia.”] 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

43.  Von  Kulmer  &  Minnei,  Arnsadt. — Manufacturers. 
Ginghams  and  doileys. 


44.  Schuffner,  C.  W.,  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  checked  ginghams. 


45.  Oelsner  &  Rahlenbeck,  Hohenstein,  near  Chemnitz. — Manufacturers. 
Cotton  quilts ;  cotton  hosiery  and  gloves. 


46.  Danneberg  &  Sons,  Eilenberg,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Furniture  cottons. 


47.  Schone,  J.  G.,  Dresden. — Manufacturer. 

Cotton  trimmings  and  tapes ;  laces,  suspenders,  and  ribbons. 


48.  Kochlin  &  Son,  Laerach,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 
Cotton  goods  of  various  description. 


49.  Becker  &  Schraps,  Chemnitz. — Manufacturers. 
Printed  cotton  fabrics. 


50.  Neuman,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 
Cotton  plushes  of  various  colors. 


51.  Bergmann,  F.  Offenbach,  Hesse  Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 
Cotton  canvas. 


29.  Malcolm  &  Haskett,  Paterson,  JYew  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Bleached  American  quilts ;  drab,  all  cotton  quilts ;  colored  cotton  table  covers ; 
linen  and  cotton  table  covers. 


.<>.  Milledgeville  Manufacturing  Company,  Milled geville,  Georgia. 
Heavy  Osnaburghs,  of  superior  quality. 


52.  Teltzner,  C.  A.  &  Son,  Burgstadt,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 
Cotton  fabrics ;  samples  of  cotton  yarns. 


53.  Hendel,  J.  C.;  Schivartzenbach,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Cotton  goods. 


31.  Hook,  Charles  G.,  JYew  York  City. — Proprietor. 
Fine  Marseilles  quilts. 


32.  Nesmith  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City. — Agents. 

Sheeting  and  shirtings,  bleached  and  unbleached ;  drilling ;  tickings ;  and  diapers. 

33.  Merriam,  Brewer  &  Co.,  Mew  York  and  Boston. — Agents. 

Sheetings,  drillings,  denims,  cotton  flannels,  corset  jeans,  and  ticking. 

[These  cotton  goods  are  manufactured  by  the  Amoskeag  Company,  Manchester,  New 
Hampshire.  The  aca  ticking,  one  of  the  earliest  cotton  fabrics  woven  in  this  country, 
sold  forty  years  ago  at  75  cents  a  yard,  is  now  sold  at  16  cents.] 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

31.  Dawbarn,  William,  Wisbech,  Cambridgeshire. — Manufacturer. 
Wisbech  sheeting ;  specimens  of  reel  and  ball  sewing  cotton. 


35.  Brook,  Jonas,  &  Brothers,  Meltham  Mills,  Huddersfield. — Manufacturers. 

Sewing  cottons  on  spools,  and  in  skeins ;  cotton  cords ;  cotton  wools,  exhibiting  the 
various  stages  of  manufacture.  & 


36.  Robertson,  J.,  &  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 
J  aconets. 


AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

54.  Grillmayer,  J.,  Linz,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  cotton  twists. 


55.  Lang,  J.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fancy  cambrics. 


56.  Jenny  St  Schindler,  Vorarlburg. — Manufacturers. 
Printed  cotton  fabrics. 


SWITZERLAND. 

57.  Wolfers,  Emben  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City.— Importers. 
Muslin  fabrics. 


37.  Clark,  John,  Leicester. — Manufacturer. 

Sewing  cotton,  upon  fancy  wood  and  metallic  reels. 


38.  Clark,  Jr.,  John,  &  Co.,  Mile  End,  Glasgow. — Manufacturers. 
Spool  cotton,  white,  black,  and  colored. 


39.  Ford,  Francis,  Stanley  Street  Mill,  Manchester.— Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  sewing  cottons. 


ii).  The  Blackball  Company  (R.  Russell,  Manager),  Paisley.— Manufacturers. 
Cotton  sewing  thread. 


41.  Paul,  James,  Glasgow. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  ginghams;  embroidered  muslin  robe. 

158 


BELGIUM. 

58.  Guequier  &  Co.,  Ghent. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  cotton  yarns. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

59.  Scheli.eus,  J.,  &  Son,  Eindhoven. 

Printed  cotton  handkerchiefs,  East  India  pattern. 


60.  Arntsenius,  G.  A.,  Goor. — Manufacturer. 
Cotton  shirtings,  bleached  and  unbleached. 


61.  V  andenberg,  J.,  Leyden. — Manufacturer. 
Fly  nets  for  open  windows. 


S  E  CTION  III. 


CLASS  XT. 


[The  art  of  manufacturing  cotton  was  derived  by  Europeans  from  the  Hindoos,  who 
have  made  cotton  cloth  from  the  most  ancient  times,  and  still  surpass  all  other  nations 
in  the  exquisite  delicacy  of  their  fabrics.  The  Mexicans,  also,  at  the  conquest  of  Cortez, 
were  clothed  in  cotton  fabrics  of  superior  beauty  and  fineness. 

All  the  ordinary  cotton  fabrics  are  imitations  of  the  original  manufactures  of  India, 
and  bear  the  native  names  of  the  places  where  they  were  once  made.  Calico  is  a  general 
name  applied  to  the  plain  white  cloths  made  from  cotton.  It  is  derived  from  Calicut, 
from  which  it  was  first  imported  in  1631.  As  the  quality  and  strength  of  calico  is  in¬ 
creased,  it  is  called  long  cloth,  duck,  and  double  warp.  Calico  shirting  is  made  to  imi¬ 
tate  linen,  which  it  has  superseded.  Sheeting  is  a  calico  in  like  manner  substituted  for 
linen  sheeting.  Printed  calicoes,  or  briefly,  prints,  were  originally  imitations  of  Indian 
fabrics,  but  have  long  been  produced  in  infinite  variety  and  quality.  In  the  United 
States  the  term  calico  is  restricted  by  popular  usage  to  prints.  Chintz  is  a  variety  of 
print  in  which  the  figure  has  at  least  five  different  colors.  They  often  possess  great 
beauty  of  design  and  richness  of  color. 

Muslin  is  distinguished  from  calico  by  no  essential  difference,  except  its  superior 
fineness.  The  name  is  supposed  to  be  derived  from  Masulipatam,  from  which  place  mus¬ 
lins  were  first  imported.  The  Indian  muslins  are  made  of  a  tissue  so  exquisite  as  to  jus¬ 
tify  the  name  given  them  in  the  East,  “  webs  of  woven  wind.”  Of  a  specimen  in  the 
museum  of  the  East  India  Company,  twenty  yards  of  the  yarn  weighed  only  a  grain  ;  a 
pound  would  have  reached  115  miles.  In  England  yarn  has  been  spun  so  fine  that  a 
pound  would  extend  167  miles ;  but  this  could  not  be  woven  by  machinery.  Though 
some  machine-made  muslins  are  finer  than  those  of  India,  they  are  less  rich,  soft,  and 
durable. 


Jaconet  is  a  light,  open,  and  soft  kind  of  muslin,  but  stouter  than  mull.  The  name  is 
thought  to  be  a  corruption  of  Jaghernout.  Mull  is  a  very  thin  and  soft  muslin  used  for 
dresses  and  trimmings.  Buke,  or  book  muslin,  is  plain  and  clear,  woven  for  working  in 
the  tambour.  Foundation  muslin  is  open,  and  used  for  stiffening  bonnets  and  dresses. 
Leno  is  a  thin  gauze  used  for  window  blinds.  Cambric  is  an  imitation  of  linen  cambric  , 
its  varieties  are  glazed,  white,  and  colored  for  linings ;  twilled,  figured,  striped,  and 
corded.  Cord  and  fancy  check  muslins  are  cambrics  marked  with  cords  and  stripes,  by 
heavy  threads  introduced  in  the  warp  and  weft.  Figured  muslins  are  woven  in  the  loom 
to  imitate  tamboured  muslins  which  are  embroidered  by  hand.  Cotton  cambrics  are 
either  printed  for  dresses,  or  used  as  French  cambric. 

Cotton  damasks,  diapers,  etc.,  are  made  to  imitate  linen  fabrics  of  the  same  name. 
Cotton  ticks  are  plain  or  twilled,  and  sometimes  composed  partly  (union  tick)  of  linen. 
Ginghams  are  thin  checked  cottons.  Counterpanes  (counterpoint)  are  woven  with  little 
protuberances  of  various  patterns.  A  more  elegant  species  is  the  Marseilles  quilts.  These 
have  a  double  cloth,  with  a  softer  fabric  quilted  between  them  in  the  loom.  Jeans  are 
twilled  cottons ;  satin  jeans  have  a  glossy  satin  surface,  and  are  used  for  stays.  Dimity, 
a  curtain  fabric,  is  both  plain  and  striped.  Fustian  is  a  coarse,  stout,  twilled  fabric, 
including  many  varieties,  as  corduroy,  jean,  velveteen,  thickset,  etc.  Plain  fustian  is 
called  pillow ;  strong-twilled  fustian,  cropped  before  dyeing,  is  called  moleskin,  when 
cropped  after  dyeing,  beaverteen. 

The  downy  fibres  of  the  web,  as  it  comes  from  the  loom,  are  removed  from  the  finer 
kinds  of  cotton  goods  by  passing  the  web  rapidly  over  a  semi-cylindrical  red-hot  iron 
placed  horizontally.  The  iron  has  been  replaced  by  a  gas-tube,  pierced  on  its  upper 
surface  with  numerous  minute  orifices  for  jets  of  gas,] 

159 


SECTION  III. 


CLASSES  XII.  &  XY. 


WOOLLEN  AND  WORSTED  FABRICS. 


The  two  classes,  comprising  woollen  and  worsted  fabrics,  are  arranged  together  in  the  catalogue  on  account  of  tho  difficulty,  or  rather  impossibility  of  separating  them. 
Many  manufacturers  make  both  classes  of  goods,  and  the  mixed  fabrics  are  usually  made  to  imitate  all  wool  goods.  These  classes  are  largely  represented  in  the 
exhibition. 

In  the  United  States  the  manufacture  of  wool  stands  next  to  that  of  cotton,  as  an  important  branch  of  national  industry.  It  employs  a  capital  of  about  $28,000,000  ; 
and  with  an  annual  consumption  of  71,000,000  lbs.  of  wool,  worth  $25,000,000,  its  production  is  valued  at  $43,000,000.  The  number  of  work-people  employed  is  about 
40,000,  and  their  monthly  wages  amount  to  $700,000,  being  rather  more  than  half  the  sum  paid  in  the  cotton  manufacture.  The  woollen  manufacture  of  the  United  States 
is  more  generally  distributed  than  the  cotton  manufacture.  Yet  Massachusetts  employs  in  it  one  third  oi  the  whole  capital,  and  consumes  one  third  of  the  wool.  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio,  however  each  consume  a  larger  proportion  than  of  cotton.  Tho  manufacture  is  rapidly  extending  in  the  United  States,  and  every  year  fur¬ 
nishes  examples  of  an  application  of  new  processes  and  a  production  of  new  results,  while  there  are  yet  important  classes  of  fabrics  of  wool  which  have  not  been  attempted 
in  this  country  or  only  to  a  very  trifling  extent,  when  compared  with  the  importations. 

The  woollen  manufacture  of  England  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  important  of  the  kingdom,  employing  over  300,000  operators,  and  producing  annually  goods  to  the 
value  of  $120,000,000.  The  manufacture  is  singularly  distributed  in  various  parts  of  England,  particular  localities  being  recognised  as  the  head  quarters  of  the  various  branches 
of  the  business.  The  finer  broadcloths  are  produced  in  the  West  of  England,  at  Stroud,  Frome,  Chippenham,  Tiverton,  and  Bradford  ;  worsted  goods  of  various  qualities, 
or  the  product  of  the  long  English  wool,  combed  and  spun  to  a  smooth  thread  and  not  felted,  for  ladies  dresses,  &c.,  at  Bradford,  in  Yorkshire,  and  the  surrounding  villages; 
heavy  cloths  for  over-coats,  &c.,  at  Leeds;  pantaloon  stuffs  and  vestings  at  Huddersfield;  blankets  at  Dewsbury;  carpets  and  damasks  for  furniture  at  Halifax- 
all  iu  Yorkshire — and  twTeeds,  tartans,  shawls,  &c.,  at  Galashiels  and  Hawick,  while  the  imitation  cashmere  shawds  are  largely  produced  at  Paisley,  in  Scotland. 

F'annels  are  very  largely  produced  in  Wales,  and  also  at  Rochdale,  near  the  borders  of  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire;  and  many  heavy  goods,  such  as  blankets,  horse 
cloths,  &c.,  in  Oxfordshire,  at  Witney  (whence  Witney  blankets),  Chipping  Norton,  and  at  Kendal,  in  Westmoreland. 

The  growth  of  the  worsted  business  at  Bradford  has  been  equal  in  its  rapidity  to  anything  in  America.  The  population  of  Bradford  in  1800  was  about  6,400;  in 
1831,  23,000;  in  1841,  66,708;  in  1851,  103,782.  This  great  increase  is  due  to  the  growth  of  the  manufacture  of  worsted  goods,  and  of  goods  mixed  with  cotton  and 
silk,  as  well  as  of  the  alpaca  wool,  all  of  which  articles  are  very  largely  produced  there,  and  form  an  important  portion  of  the  exports  of  England  to  this  country,  amounting 
at  present  in  value  to  about  $6,000,000. 

Another  large  item  of  our  imports  from  England  is  the  coarse  cloth  over-coats,  made  in  the  neighborhood  of  Leeds  and  Dewsbury,  from  shoddy,  or  old  rags,  tom  up 
in  a  “  devil,”  as  it  is  technically  termed,  and  re-spun  into  yarn,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  fresh  wool. 


1.  Gilbert,  George  IT.,  Ware,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Four  pieces  all  wool  flannel,  and  two  pieces  all  wool  gauze  flannel,  manufactured 
from  American  wool ;  two  pieces  silk  warp  flannel  and  two  pieces  silk  warp  gauze 
flannel,  with  filling  of  American  wool. 

2.  Morrison,  Alva,  Braintree,  Mass. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  woollen-stocking  yarns. 

3.  Stewart,  A.  T.,  &  Co.,  Neu>  York  City. — Importers. 

Heavy  beaver  cloths ;  fine  all  wool  blankets. 

4.  Lounsbury,  Bissell  &  Co.,  Norwalk,  Conn. — Manufacturers. 

Woollen  felt  beavers  from  the  Winnipank  Mills. 

5.  Barnes,  Bowers,  <fc  Beekman,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  fine  broadcloths,  tweeds,  cassimeres,  satinets,  and  merino  casei- 
meres. 

6.  Union  Manufacturing  Company,  Norwalk,  Conn. 

Worsted  felt  beavers,  and  other  worsted  felt  goods,  made  from  a  series  of  thin 
sheets  of  worsted,  without  spinning  and  weaving. 

[These  goods  are  manufactured  by  a  process  new  as  applied  to  cloth,  but  essen¬ 
tially  the  same  as  that  formerly  used  for  hat  bodies,  and  still  used  iu  making  the 

160 


felt  hats  worn  by  travellers.  The  process  consists  in  carding  the  wool  and  delivering 
it  in  the  form  of  a  fine  batt  or  lap,  which  is  immediately  converted  into  cloth  by  a 
peculiar  rubbing  that  causes  the  interlocking  of  the  fibres  (felting)  without  going 
through  the  usual  process  of  spinning.  The  process  is  peculiarly  valuable  for  heavy 
cloths,  in  which  resistance  to  water  is  a  desired  quality.] 

7.  Bush  &  Munkittrtck,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Fancy  cassimeres,  manufactured  by  the  Broadbrook  Company ;  doeskin  and  fancy 
cassimeres,  manufactured  by  Wethered,  Brothers,  Maryland;  fancy  cassimeres  of 
various  colors,  manufactured  by  Manufacturing  Company,  Melville,  Mass. 

[These  goods  constitute  a  very  important  branch  of  American  manufacture. 
They  are  designed  expressly  as  pantaloon  cloths,  and,  except  in  the  case  of  black 
cassimeres,  have  almost  entirely  monopolized  that  branch  of  the  cloth  trade.  The 
newer  and  more  costly  styles  are,  to  a  certain  extent,  imported  every  year,  but  they 
are  instantly  imitated  by  American  manufacturers  at  about  half  the  cost  and  scarce 
any  difference  in  quality.] 

8.  Slade,  John,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

All  wool  flannels,  and  silk  and  wool  flannels,  from  the  Ballard  Yale  Company, 
Mass.  ;  fine  black  cassimeres,  from  the  Alderbrook  Mill,  Eaton,  N.  Y. ;  fancy  tweeds, 
all  wool,  from  the  Dexter  Manufacturing  Company,  Oriskany,  N.  Y. ;  fine  cassimeres, 
and  silk  warp  Codringtons,  from  the  Salisbury  Manufacturing  Company. 


WOOLLEN  AND  WORSTED  FABRICS. 


9.  McGregor,  Timpson,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

American  cashmerets  of  extra  fineness. 

10.  N  ESMiTH  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents.  1 

Specimens  of  blankets,  flannels,  and  other  woollen  fabrics. 

11.  Ferkins  Mills,  Akron,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  fine  satinets. 

12.  Bassett,  D.,  <fc  Co.,  Lee,  3/ass. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  fine  satinets. 

13.  Lawrence,  Stone,  &  Co.,  Boston. — Agents  and  Manufacturers. 

Square  and  long  shawls,  and  embroidered  merino  shawls ;  specimens  of  blankets, 
colored  flannels,  woollen  plaids,  fine  cassimeres,  (fee.,  manufactured  at  the  Bay  State 
Mills;  doeskin  and  fancy  cassimeres,  manufactured  by  the  Middlesex  Company. 

[The  Bay  State  Mills  form  the  largest  establishment  for  the  manufacture  of 
woollens  in  the  United  States,  and  probably  in  the  world,  having  a  capital  of 
$2,000,000,  and  employing  2500  operatives.  The  fine  colored  flannels  which  they 
exhibit,  they  were  the  first  to  produce  in  this  country,  and  the  beaver  cloths  and  cas¬ 
simeres  will  compare  with  the  best  on  exhibition.  The  striking  feature  of  this  esta¬ 
blishment,  however,  is  their  stock  of  plaid  shawls,  a  branch  of  manufacture  which 
they  introduced  in  1848,  and  which  they  have  carried  to  a  production  of  800,000 
shawls  in  1853.  This  result  was  accomplished  by  the  invention  of  new  and  important 
machinery  for  many  branches  of  the  manufacture — twisting  the  fringes,  for  example — 
Uius  accomplishing  by  machinery,  at  a  very  small  cost,  what  had  previously  been 
done  by  hand.  The  machine  for  twisting  the  fringes  was  the  invention  of  Mr.  Milton 
I).  Whipple,  a  very  ingenious  and  intelligent  mechanic,  of  Lowell,  Mass.,  and  the 
accuracy  and  ease  with  which  it  performs  its  labor  is  only  to  be  imagined  by  those 
who  have  seen  it  in  operation.] 

14.  Almt,  Patterson,  <fe  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Black  cassimeres. 

15.  Harris,  Edward,  Woonsocket,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  cassimeres. 

16.  Parker,  Wilder,  <fc  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. — Agents.  „ 

Extra  superfine  Cocheco  blankets ;  specimens  of  Eagle  cashmerets. 

IT.  Talcott,  John,  TUrst  Hartford,  Conn. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  superfine  knitting  yarn,  of  various  colors. 

18.  Vassalboro’  Manufacturing  Comp  an  y,  North  Vassalboro',  Maine. 

Specimens  of  cashmeres. 

19.  Derby,  F.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  black  cloths,  manufactured  by  Messrs.  Slater  <&  Sons,  from  American 
wool ;  patent  wool  beaver  cloths,  impervious  to  rain,  but  free  for  perspiration ; 
clastic  summer  woollen  goods ;  samples  showing  the  various  stages  of  the  manufacture 
of  woollen  cloths;  cashmere  waistcoatings  and  pantaloon  stuffs. 

20.  Plantner  &  Smith,  Lee,  3/ass. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  cassimeres,  doeskins,  and  satinets. 

[These  goods  are  very  largely  worn  by  the  laboring  part  of  the  community, 
taking  tire  place  of  the  fustians  or  velveteens  worn  in  Great  Britain.  The  warp  of 
satinet  is  cotton,  and  the  filling  is,  to  a  large  extent,  the  short  waste  of  other  branches 
of  the  woollen  manufacture.  This  is  mixed  with  a  sufficient  portion  of  long  wool  to 
enable  it  to  be  spun,  and  after  being  woven  in  a  peculiar  way,  so  as  to  bring  the  wool 
to  the  face  of  the  cloth,  it  is  then  felted  heavily,  and  the  cotton  is  entirely  hidden 
by  the  wool.  It  forms  a  very  cheap  and  durable  fabric,  and  is  an  important  branch 
of  manufacture.  _ _ 

21.  Seagrave,  J.  T.,  &  Co.,  Burrillville,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  cassimeres  and  doeskins. 

22.  IIoTCIIKISSVILLE  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY. 

Woollen  shawls,  richly  printed. 

23.  Roy,  James,  &  Co.,  Watervliet  3/ills,  New  York.—  Manufacturers. 

Plaid  woollen  long  shawls;  worsted  shawls,  printed  and  embroidered. 

21.  Marsh,  George  W.,  Pascoag,  R  I. — Manufacturer. 

Cotton  warp  fancy  cassimeres. 

25.  Stkvevs,  Charles  A.,  Ware,  Mass. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  warp  and  ull  wool  flannels. 

26.  Pomeroy,  T.,  ife  Sons,  Lew  I  or k  City. — Manufacturers. 

Cotton  warp  broadcloths. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

2T.  Dewar,  D.,  A  Sons,  Kings  Arms'  Buildings,  London. — Manufacturers. 
Table  and  pianoforte  covers,  richly  printed  and  embossed. 

'o* 


28.  Bliss,  William,  Chipping  Norton,  Oxfordshire. — Manufacturer. 

Kersey  checks  for  horse  clothing,  summer  and  winter  tweeds,  woollen  shawls, 
beaver  cloths,  press  bagging,  and  saddler’s  serges. 

29.  Early,  Edward,  Whitney,  Oxfordshire. — Manufacturer. 

Whitney  blankets,  made  from  English  wool. 

30.  Wilson,  George,  Hawick,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Shepherd  plaids,  tweeds,  and  travelling  plaids. 

31.  Bull  <fe  Wilson,  St.  3/artin's  Lane,  London. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

Fancy  cassimeres,  cloths,  and  beavers. 

32.  Brown,  J.  <fc  H.,  &  Co.,  Ettrick  3/ills,  Selkirk. — Manufacturers. 

Scotch  tweeds  and  fancy  woollens. 

33.  Sykes,  David,  Leeds,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturer. 

Black  cloths. 

34.  Craven  <fe  Harrop,  Bradford,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturers. 

Silk,  cotton,  and  wool  damasks;  alpacas;  dresses  of  alpaca  and  crape  cloth. 

[For  engravings  of  designs  of  these  damasks  see  Illustrated  Record,  page  26.] 

35.  Pease,  Henry,  <fc  Co.,  Darlington,  Durham. — Manufacturers. 

W orsted  yarns  and  piece  goods. 

36.  York  <fc  Sheepshanks,  Leeds. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  woollen  cloths. 

3T.  Burgess,  Alfred,  &  Co.,  Bath  lane,  Leicester. — Manufacturers. 

Various  kinds  of  woollen  yarns ;  samples  showing  wool  in  its  various  stages  of 
manufacture. 

3S.  Middleton  <fe  Ainsworth,  London  and  Norwich. — Manufacturers. 

Figured  barege  dresses,  and  corded  and  brocaded  poplins ;  superfine  silk  warp 
paramatta  cloth. 

39.  Jones,  Richard,  <fe  Co.,  Surrey  and  London. — Manufacturers. 

Felt  cloth  for  piano  hammers  and  damped,  of  various  thickness ;  doeskins;  felt 

hats. 

40.  Pim,  Brothers,  <fe  Co.,  Dublin. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

Single  and  double  poplins;  watered  and  gold  double  poplins;  corded  poplins ; 
Scotch  plaid,  figured,  and  antique  poplins ;  fancy  poplin  vestings ;  white  tissue  bro¬ 
cade,  and  glac6  silks,  of  various  mixed  shades. 

41.  Dobson,  John  <fe  Adam,  Innerleithen,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  long  woollen  plaid  shawls. 

42.  Saxton,  Alfred,  Nottingham. — Manufacturer. 

Jacquard  and  embroidered  shawls,  table  covers,  cloves,  <fec. 

43.  Abercrombie  <fe  Yuill,  Paisley,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

A  great  variety  of  printed,  square,  and  long  shawls ;  imitation  oashmere  and 
plaids. 


BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

44.  Tetu,  Joseph,  Berthier,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

A  piece  of  mixed  woollen  cloth,  a  woollen  counterpane,  blue  and  white  woollen 
check,  and  woollen  plaids 

45.  Beaudoin,  F.  X.,  St.  Henri,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  piece  of  mixed  flannel ;  gray  freize  cloth  ( etoffe  da  pays),  and  woollen  plaids. 

46.  Morin,  Jacques,  St.  Henri. — Manufacturer. 

A  piece  of  mixed  striped  cloth ;  samples  of  white  wool  and  blue  cloth,  and 
blanket. 

47.  Lameureitx,  Madame,  St.  Henri. — Manufacturer. 

A  white  knitted  and  a  woollen  plaid  shawl. 

48.  Aube,  Madame,  St.  Jervais,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  woollen  shawl. 

49.  Bouchard,  Madame,  St.  Valierc,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  plain  shawl. 

50.  Campeau,  Madame,  St  Jervais. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  woollen  shawl ;  a  piece  of  blue  cloth,  and  one  of  plaid. 

51.  Picard,  Madame  S,  St.  Pierre,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  woollen  plaid  shawl ;  a  card  containing  forty  shades  of  worsted  ;  a  blanket 
and  plaid  counterpane. 

52.  Martel,  Miss  P.,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  woollen  shawl. 


161 


—  CLASSES  XXI.  &  XV 


SECTION  III. 


53.  McDonald,  Mas.,  Portneuf,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  black  and  gray  woollen  shawl. 

51.  Bouchard,  Madame  I.  B.,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  white  and  colored  worsted  yarn ;  samples  of  flannel  and  worsted 


55.  Andy,  Francois,  St.  Aurelinc. — .Manufacturer. 

A  blanket  _ _ _ _ 

56.  Paradis,  Francois,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  piece  of  flannel.  _ 

57.  Quebec  Local  Committee. 

A  piece  of  blue  cloth.  _ _ , _ 

58.  Clark,  W.  A.,  Toronto. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  clouded  blue,  grey,  white,  and  superfine  white  knitting  yarns. 

59.  Patterson,  J.,  Elgin  Mills,  Dundas. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  woollen  blankets. 


FRANCE. 

60.  Aubert,  Nicholas,  Sen.,  Lyons. — Manufacturer. 

Imitation  blond  veils,  scarfs,  mantillas,  robes,  and  various  other  fabrics. 

61.  Steiner,  Charles,  Ribeanville,  Haut-Rhin — Manufacturer. 

Plain  cotton  fabrics,  dyed  Turkey-red;  shawls  and  handkerchiefs  of  the  same 
color. 

62.  IIennequin,  II.,  it  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Various  styles  of  shawls. 

63.  Sirot  it  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  square  and  long  cashmere  shawls,  of  various  colors. 

61.  Hartweck,  E,  Paris. — Manufacturer  and  Designer. 

Specimens  of  shawls,  and  patterns  for  shawls. 

65.  Rouques,  A.,  Clichy  la  Garrenne,  near  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Superfine  cashmeres,  of  all  colors. 

06.  Fanfernot  <fc  Dulac,  Belleville,  Seine. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  table  covers. 

67.  Paret,  Sedan,  Ardennes. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  broadcloths,  satins,  and  kerseymeres. 

68.  Marechal,  T.,  it  Sister,  Sedan. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  woollen  cloths. 

69.  Dietch,  T.  G.,  &  Co.,  Strasbnrg,  Bas-Rhin. — Manufacturers 
Specimens  of  fine  kerseymere  cloths  and  zephyr  cloths,  of  various  colors. 

70.  Sentis,  Son,  <fe  Co.,  Rheims. — Woolspinners. 

Specimens  of  woollen  and  worsted  yarns. 

71.  Chenest  it  Buisson,  Bischeville,  Bas-Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  fine  black  and  blue  Amazon  cloth. 

72.  Bacot  it  Son,  Sedan,  Ardennes. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  cassimere. 

73.  Desmares,  T.  T.,  Vire,  near  Lyons. — Manufacturer. 

Blue  Napoleon  cloth  and  bronze-colored  cloth. 

71.  Legrix  A  Brugant,  Rue  de  V Hospice,  Elbeuf. — Manufacturers. 

Various  cassimeres  and  vestings. 

75.  Wattine-Prouvast,  Roubaix,  Nord. — Manufacturer. 

Rich  satin  cloths,  of  various  colors. 


76.  Grosjean,  Hofer. — Manufacturer. 

Mousseliues-de-laine. 

- +*+ - 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

77.  Sciilief,  E.  P.,  Gubcn,  near  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  black  cloth. 

1G2 


78.  IIauerland,  G.  A.,  Finsterwalde,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Black  cloths.  _ _ 

79.  Meissner,  F.  T.,  Grossenhayn,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Superfine  thin  black  cloths;  olive,  blue,  and  bronze  cloths. 

80.  Mueller,  A.  F.,  Mulhausen,  Prussian  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  coatings  and  buntings. 

81.  Sciilief,  Samuel,  Guben,  near  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Black  cloths,  exhibited  for  beauty  and  cheapness. 

82.  Broesel,  Edward,  Greiz,  Reass. — Manufacturer. 

Various  colored  thibets,  mousselines-de-laine,  and  other  worsted  fabrics. 

83.  Morand  it  Co.,  Greiz,  Reuss. — Manufacturers. 

Comb-wool  stuffs,  mousseliues-de-laine,  drap  d’ete,  and  cuir-de-laine. 

81.  Sciiwedler  it  Son,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

Buckskins  and  printed  table  covers. 

85.  Strauss  &  Loesciiner,  Glauchan,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  worsted  fabrics;  mixed,  and  all  worsted  goods  ;  lama,  with  thread  naps. 

86.  Busse,  Brothers,  Potsdam,  near  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  cloths,  of  various  colors. 

87.  Fiedlers,  F.,  Oederan,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  broadcloths. _ 

88.  Kenzel  it  Birkner,  Crimntitzchau,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  buckskin  cloths. 

89.  Schweitzer  it  Heller,  Greitz,  Reuse. — Manufacturers. 

Black  thibet  cloth ;  cashmeres,  of  different  colors  ;  mandarines. 

90.  Boettger,  B.,  Jr.,  Leissnig,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  .ivoollen  cloths. 

91.  IIilger,  Brothers,  Lenness,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  twilled  cloths  from  German  wool. 

92.  Feaux  it  Riedel,  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Manufacturers. 

Various  woollen  goods;  black  royal  cashmere. 

93.  Geissler,  Ernst,  Gorlitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Woollen  cloths,  of  various  colors. 

91.  Schimpff  it  Gladitsch,  Gera,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  thibet  cloths. 

95.  Strom,  Adam,  it  Son,  Burtschied,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Cloths  for  billiard  tables. 

96.  Ludwig  it  Samson,  Silesia. — Manufacturers. 

Superfine  clot)  s. 

97.  N  ellesson,  C.,  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  superfine  cloths. 

98.  Feller  it  Son,  Guben. — Manufacturers. 

Variety  of  cloths. 

99.  Weissflag,  E.  F.,  Gera,  Reuss. — Manufacturer. 

Meriuoes,  mousselines,  ahd  satins-de-laine. 

100.  Gevers  &  Schmidt,  Gorlitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Broadcloths,  black  anil  colored  ;  broad  buckskin. 

101.  Meyer,  J.  B.,  Grunberg,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  woollen  cloths. 

102.  Forstman  it  Huffman,  Werden-on-Ruhr,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Black  and  green  cloths 

103.  Pintus,  Jr.  H.,  it  Co.,  B randenburg-on-thc-Havel,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Embroidered  lama,  cashmere,  chine,  and  other  goods,  made  from  carded  yarns. 

101.  Haussman,  Aug.,  Brandenburg-on-thc- Havel. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  cloths  for  ladies’  mantles. 


105.  Ruffer,  S.  B.,  it  Son,  Liegnitz,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Imperial  woollen  cloths,  of  superfine  quality. 

106.  Mulberger,  L.  W.,  Erbach,  Hesse- Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 
Cloths  and  buckskins. 

107.  Breiime  it  Son,  Weida,  Saxe-Weimar. — Manufacturers. 

Cloths  and  figured  doeskins  ;  cassinets. 


WOOLLEN  AND  WORSTED  FABRICS. 


10S.  Hasliciit,  Heinrich,  Brunswick. — Manufacturer. 

Woollen  coatings  and  beaver  cloths. 

1 Petgold,  Fred.,  Lingcnfcld,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  black  cloth. 

110  Maiiuacti  it  Weigel,  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Tartans,  lamas,  itc. 

111.  Wolf,  J.  G.,  Kirchberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Woollen  cloths — black,  scarlet,  and  crimson — of  various  qualities. 

112.  Loewen,  S.,  <t  Co.,  Brandenberg-on-the-Havel. — Manufacturers. 

Woollen  figured  goods  for  ladies’  cloaks. 

113.  Braun,  Johannes,  Nordlingen,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Blankets  and  table  covers. 

111.  Beyscjiilag,  A.  F.,  Nordlingen. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  moltons. 

115.  Munsch,  F.,  Nordlingen. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  moltons. 

1 1(1.  Ehrhart  it  Wieland,  Lambrecht,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Broadcloths. 

117.  Groehe  it  Son,  Gbrlitz. — Manufacturers 
Specimens  of  woollen  cloths. 

1 1 8.  ZscniLLE,  O.  C.  it  IL,  Frankfort-on-the-  Oder. — Manufacturers. 

Saxony  fine  cloths ;  blue  and  black  doeskins ;  satins,  itc. 

111).  Sciioeller,  Leopold,  it  Sons,  Duren,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Woollen  cloths.  _ 

1 20.  Fleck,  John  F.,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  superfine  satin  broadcloth. 

121.  Borman,  F.  A.,  Goldberg,  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cloths. 

122.  Bergmann  it  Co.,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  fine  Berlin  zephyr  worsted  yarns,  of  nearly  1500  different  tints. 

123.  Marx  it  Weigert,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Plush,  velvets,  and  cashmere  shawls,  of  various  colors  and  designs. 

121.  Cohn,  Philip,  it  Co.,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Shawls  of  woollen,  and  half-woollen,  and  mixed  with  silk  and  cotton  ;  plaid 
patterns.  _ _ __ 

125.  Fudickar,  FI.,  Elberfeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Horsehair  cloths,  with  silk  and  cotton  plush,  for  upholstery. 

12G.  Beyer’s  Widow,  it  Co.,  Zittau,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  and  cotton  damask  table  and  tray  cloths;  table  napkins,  and  doileys. 

127.  Koechlin,  P.,  it  Sons,  Loarrach,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Woollen  shawls  and  cottons. 

128.  Busse,  Bernhard,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Damask  curtains.  _ _ 

120.  Tischendorf,  W.,  it  Co.,  Collenberg,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Yestings,  quiltings,  and  cassimeres. 

130.  Simon,  Moritz,  Jr.,  Brandenberg. — Manufacturer. 

Aluiaviva  cloths. 

131.  Spielberg,  Franz,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Damask  and  other  half-wool  furniture  coverings. 

132.  Priebs,  Edward,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

Half-silk  damasks. 

133.  Ambronn  it  ScnREiBER,  Penig,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Utrecht  velvets  and  woollen  cloths  ;  specimens  of  printing  on  cotton  and  wool. 

131.  Cohen,  S.,  Arnstein,  it  Co.,  Elberfeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Cashmeres  and  quilted  vestings. 

135.  Schuffner,  C.  W.,  Glauchau,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Furniture  damask  and  table  covers. 


136.  STzrG,  Adolph,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fancy  vestings. 


137.  K  auffmann,  Hermann,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Printed  furniture  and  livery  plushes,  in  mohair,  worsted,  and  cotton ;  cotton 
velvets. 


138.  Schiffner  it  Zimmer  a.  ann,  Glauchau,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 
Varieties  of  mixed,  worsted,  and  silk  stuffs. 

139.  Grafe  it  Neviandt,  Elberfeld. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cashmere  vestings. 

110.  Lang,  H.,  Plauen,  Saxony — Manufacturer. 

Brocades  and  chintz  furniture  goods. 

HI.  Louse,  Edward,  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Curtain  and  furniture  damasks. 

112.  Albrecht,  Robert,  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Furniture  and  table  covers  in  silk,  wool,  cotton,  and  mixed  goods. 

113.  FAsen,  G.  A.,  Glauchau,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  mixed  wool  and  silk  goods. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

111.  Bossi,  Joseph,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  long  and  square  barege,  satin,  and  cashmere  shawls;  mousse- 
lines-de-laine.  _ _ 

115.  Jenny  it  Schindler,  Hard,  Voralburg. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  shawls;  printed  mousselines-de-laine. 

116.  Kanitz,  C.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  shawls. 

117.  Echinger,  Brothers,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  vestings. 

118.  Kumpan,  Ig.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  broche  shawls. 

119.  Kral,  A.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Vestings,  of  various  kinds. 

150.  Bieneut,  Florian,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  vest  and  pantaloon  stuffs. 

151.  Fial,  J.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  vestings. 

152.  Rockstroh,  IL,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  vestings.  _ 

153.  Buerger  it  Co.,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  shawls. 

151.  Willfort,  A.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer 
Mousselines-de-laine. 

155.  Stepanek,  D’,  Bruch,  Styria. — Manufacturer. 

Gray  Styrian  weaver  cloth. 

- ♦♦♦ - 

BELGIUM. 

156.  Schmidt  it  Co.,  Brussels. — Manufacturers. 

Pantaloon  stuffs. 

157.  Dk  Moor  Muys,  Loperen. — Manufacturer. 

Shawls  and  plaids  for  dresses. 

158.  Keyser,  Michel  de,  Brussels — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  various  woollen  fabrics. 

159.  Simonis,  Juan,  Vervicrs. — Manufacturer 
Specimens  of  fine  broadcloths  of  various  colors. 

160.  Berge,  Verdure,  Tournay. — Manufacturer. 

Cloths. 


SECTION  III 


CLASSES  XII.  &  XV. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

101.  Geiirels,  W.  O.,  Ootmarsum. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  wool  blankets. 

162.  Zuurdeg,  J.,  &  Son,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 

Blankets  made  of  Butch  wool,  of  fine  texture,  and  of  fast  colors. 


1 63.  Visskr,  E  E,  Amenfoort. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  blankets. 

161.  IIoogeboom,  J.  II.,  <t  Son,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 
Blankets  made  of  fine  Butch  wool. 

164 


165.  Zaalberg,  J.  C.,  <t  Son,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  blankets  for  exportation. 

166.  Van’t-Hooft,  Widow  of  E,  Leyden. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  worsteds. 

1 67.  Krantz,  L.  J.,  <fc  Son,  Leyden. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  broadcloths. 

168.  Poes,  J.,  Leyden. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  blankets. 

169.  Sciiober  &  Son,  Utrecht. — Manufacturers. 

Variety  of  woollen  yarns. 


J 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XIII. 


MANUFACTURES  OF  SILK. 


1.  Gurnet  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  silk  twist  in  balls. 

2.  Eagle  Manufacturing  Co.  (J.  P.  Humaston,  Sup.),  Seymour,  Conn. 

Silk  brocatelles  for  drapery ;  set  of  furniture  covered  with  the  same ;  linings  for 
carriages,  die. 

[These  are  particularly  interesting  from  being  entirely  the  production  of  the 
power-loom,  whereas  all  the  imported  fabrics  of  a  similar  kind  are  woven  by  hand. 
The  loom  used  is  the  invention  of  E.  B.  Bigelow,  Esq.,  of  Boston,  Mass.,  and  will  be 
referred  to  again  in  connection  with  Class  19.] 


3.  Crossley,  Charles  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  silk  in  all  stages  of  its  manufacture;  sewing  silks  in  gum,  and  dyed 
in  hanks;  sewing  silks  in  skeins  and  spools;  twist  and  embroidery  silks;  drapery 
tassels,  and  all  upholstery  trimmings;  fine  trimmings  for  ladies’  dresses,  of  all 
descriptions.  _ _ 

4.  Neustcedter,  Jacob,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Upholstery  silk  damasks;  rich  woven  brocades  of  modern  styles  and  of  the 
middle  ages ;  church  ornates. 

5.  Newport  Silk  Factory,  Newport,  Ky. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  silk  fabrics. 

6.  Wright,  S.,  &,  Son,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturers. 

Oiled  silks. 

7.  Hayward,  George  M.,  New  York  City. 

China  raw  and  thrown  silk  and  silk  fabrics. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND 

8.  Hamilton,  Hyde  &  Co.,  7  Finsbury  place  South,  London. 

Window  valence,  chintz  hangers,  and  ornaments;  fancy  silk  fringes,  gimps,  curtain 
cords,  die.  _ _ 

9.  Walters,  S.,  <fc  Sons,  15  Wilson  street,  London—  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  plush  for  bonnets,  cloaks,  and  trimmings. 

10.  Hall  &  Nichols,  42  Noble  street,  London. 

Fancy  silk  trimmings,  braids,  gimps,  fringes,  tassels,  girdles,  and  sewing  silk. 

11.  BooTn  &  Pike,  43  Oldham  street,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Imperial  plush  for  hats,  bonnets,  die.,  tips  for  hat  linings,  galloons,  hat  bands,  die. 

12.  Grosvenor,  Wm.,  Kidderminster,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Silk  brocade,  brocatelle,  and  figured  damask. 

13.  Houldsworth,  J.,  &  Co.,  Portland  street  Mills,  Manchester,  England.— Designers 

and  Manufacturers. 

Rich  figured  silk  fabrics,  brocades,  satins,  <tc.  (See  engravings  in  the  “Illustrated 
Record,”  page  170-1. 


14.  Coventry  Ribbon  Manufactory,  Coventry,  England. 

Patterns  of  ribbons. 

15.  Milson  &  Clarke,  36  Spring  Carden,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 
Variety  of  silk  fabrics. 

16.  Courtauld,  Samuel,  Je  Co.,  Carey  lane,  London. 

Black  and  colored  crapes. 

17.  Grout,  J.,  Co,  Foster  lane,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Folded  and  rolled  crapes,  and  gauzes  in  many  varieties. 


18.  Brown,  Wm,  Halifax,  England. — Manufacturer. 
Rich  figured  silk  fabrics,  brocades,  table  covers,  die. 


FRANCE. 

19.  Donat,  A,  &  Co,  Lyons  (Rhone). — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  fancy  stuffs  for  ladies’  hats. 

20.  Huber,  A,  di  Co,  2  Rue  du  Braque,  Paris. 

Silk  plush  for  hats. 

21.  Michelin,  Theodore,  139  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  silk  and  velvet  ribbons. 


22.  Grellou,  Henry,  84  Rue  Rambutcau,  Paris. 

Samples  of  silk  buttons,  of  various  kinds,  sewed  upon  satin. 

23.  Bonnal,  V,  <fc  Co,  Montauban,  Tarn  and  Garonne. — Silk  Throwster. 

Samples  of  white  and  yellow  raw  silk;  unbleached  silk;  cloth  for  bolting  flour. 

24.  Leblond,  F.  J.,  12  Rue  Mauconsell,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  patent  silk  buttons. 

25.  Boggio,  Prosper,  dc  Co,  St.  Etienne. — Manufacturer. 

Striped  velvets,  watered  taffetas,  black  velvets,  watered  galoons,  embroidered 
velvets,  trimmings,  Ac.  _ _ _ 

26.  Maupin,  Girard  4e  Houdard,  Lyons. — Manufacturers. 

Rich  dress  silks,  of  various  descriptions,  watered,  colored,  and  embroidered. 

27.  CniLLiAT,  Edouard,  127  Rue  St.  Denis,  Paris. 

Samples  of  sewing,  embroidery,  and  netting  silks,  of  all  shades. 

28.  Thomas,  Brothers,  Avignon. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  white,  cherry,  azure,  and  rose-colored  Florence  silks;  specimens  of 
ruby,  black,  white,  and  rose-colored  satins. 

29.  Must  &  Galtier,  2  Place  Croix  Paquet,  Paris. 

Specimens  of  purple,  violet,  maroon,  and  black  velvets;  dressed  velvets;  black 
serge. 


1C5 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XIII 


30.  Montessuy  A  Ciiomer,  25  Place  de  la  Comedic,  Lyons. — Manufacturers. 
Plain  silks,  tartan  silks,  silk  muslins,  crapes,  tulles,  Ac 

31.  Brosse  it  Co.  (Association  of  Velvet  Workers),  1  Rue  de  Lorrette,  Lyons. 
Velvet  stuffs  and  ribbons. 


32.  Stewart,  A.  T.,  it  Co.,  New  York  City. — Importers. 

Rich  silk  goods. _ _ _ 

33.  Lambert,  Edward,  it  Co.,  New  York  City. — Importers. 
French  embroidered  silks. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

34.  Mengen,  Christian,  Vierscn,  near  Crefeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Velvets  and  half  woollen  stripes;  embroidery  canvas;  velvet,  silk,  and  cotton 
damask  furniture  covering. 

35.  Jacobs  it  Bering,  Crefeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Silks,  satins,  and  umbrella  stuffs. 

36.  Scheibler  it  Co.,  Crefeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Velvet  ribbons;  stamped  velvet  scarfs;  velvets,  plushes,  and  watered  silks; 
lutestrings  and  serges. 

37.  Menghius  Brothers,  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Silk  and  terry  velvets,  of  various  colors ;  stamped  moleskins,  ribbons,  itc. 

38.  Diergardt,  Viersen,  near  Crefeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  silks  and  velvets ;  moleskin ;  plush ;  figured  velvet  ribbons, 
scarfs,  <tc. 

39.  Swef  <t  Harrass,  Potsdam,  near  Berlin. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

Silk  cravats;  embroidered  silk  vestings;  woven  picture  of  grotto  of  Neptune,  itc. 

40.  Landwehr,  Heinrich,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  neckcloths  and  vestings. 

41.  Oehme,  C.  W.,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  silk  plushes ;  umbrella  silks,  Ac. 

42.  Koch,  Brothers,  Lansigk,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Velvets  and  plush;  printed  waistcoat  plush. 

43.  lv uppers  A  Kindermann,  Crefeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Plain,  figured,  and  watered  satins. 

44.  Levin,  Heinrich,  A  Sons,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Silks,  vestings,  plush,  and  fancy  goods. 

45.  Bachoven  A  Vollschwitz,  Zerbst,  North  Germany. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  black  silk  plushes. 


46.  Knorr,  Fred.,  ZweybrUcken ,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  plush,  for  hats. 

47.  Brooking  A  Fueling,  Viersen. — Manufacturers. 

Superfine  black  satins. 

48.  Von  Bruck  A  Sons,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  black  and  colored  velvets  and  velvet  ribbons,  of  fancy  and  figured  silk. 

49.  Meyer,  J.  A.,  A  Co.,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  silks,  satins,  and  velvet  plushes. 

50.  Colsman,  Brothers,  Langenberg,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Silks  and  silk  shawls. 

51.  Lehmann,  E.  S.,  Berlin. 

Printed  Velvets. 

52.  IIiebner,  J.  Jun.,  Culmbach,  Bavaria. 

Specimens  of  velvets. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

53.  Ratti  A  Crivelli,  Milan,  Lombardy. — Manufacturers. 

Silk  stuffs  and  damask  silk  dresses. 

54.  Carlo,  Ghiglieri,  A  Co.,  Milan,  Lombardy. — Manufacturers. 
Silk  stuffs,  dresses,  Ac. 

55.  Negretti,  Perego,  Como,  Lombardy. — Manufacturer. 

Plain  and  colored  silk  stuffs. 

56.  Bossi,  Guiseppe,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Printed  foulard  silks. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

57.  Genicoud,  Brothers,  Turin,  Sardinia. 

Samples  of  raw  silks  and  orgauzine,  from  the  Protestant  valleys  of  Piedmont. 

58.  Bravo,  Michael,  Pincrolo,  near  Turin,  Sardinia. — Proprietor. 

Samples  of  white  and  yellow  raw  silk;  white  and  yellow  organzine. 

59.  Guillot,  J.  A  Co.,  Turin  and  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Superfine  velvets — black,  pensee,  green,  ruby,  and  other  colors;  tapestry  velvets; 
velvet  lace. 

60.  Defferari,  Brothers,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Assortment  of  velvets,  of  various  colors. 

61.  Ciiichizola,  G.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  velvets. 

62.  Cattaneo  A  Pettiti,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Variety  of  rich  silks,  of  all  descriptions  and  colors. 

63.  Tasca,  G.  G.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Rich  stuffs  of  silk  and  velvet. 

64.  V aleriani,  E.,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  silk  cravats. 

65.  Sinigaglia,  Brothers,  Busca,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  organzine,  of  three  kinds,  for  different  sorts  of  fabrics. 

G6.  Pescia,  F.,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Velvets  and  damasks. 

- - 

SWITZERLAND. 

67.  Vonder-Mueiill,  Brothers,  Basle,  Canton  Bdsle. — Manufacturers. 

Twelve  pieces  of  silk. 

68.  Baumann  A  Streuli,  Horgen,  Canton  Zurich  — Manufacturers. 

Ten  pieces  of  silk. 

79.  Staubli,  Jules,  Horgen,  Canton  Zurich. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  superfine  Gros  du  Ithin  silk. 

70.  Zuppinger,  II.  de  G.,  A  Co.,  Eichthal,  Canton  Zurich. — Manufacturer! 

Specimens  of  sewing  and  embroidering  silk. 

71.  Wegner,  J.  R.,  Bdsle,  Canton  Basic. — Dyer. 

Specimens  of  richly-dyed  silks. 

- - - 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

72.  Travaglio,  J.  A.,  A  Son,  Haarlem,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

East  India  silk  stuffs,  and  sewing  silks. 


ICO 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  xrv. 


MANUFACTURES  OF  FLAX  AND  HEMP. 


1,  Taylor,  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 

Specimens  of  improved  sail-cloth. 

2.  Thubsby,  John,  A  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  white  or  untarred  rope,  manufactured  from  all  varieties  of  hemp, 
Manilla  and  Sisal ;  tarred  rope  from  domestic  and  foreign  hemps ;  cords  and  lines  of 
various  kinds. 


3.  West  Stafford  Linen  Co.,  Connecticut. 

Specimens  of  shoe-thread. 

4.  Demarest,  Joralemon  A  Co.,  New  York  City. 

Bidport,  seine  and  gilling  twine,  manufactured  from  Belgium  flax. 


5.  J.  N.  Carpenter,  Virginia. 

Fire-proof  cordage. 

C.  Dolphin  Mills,  Patterson,  New  Jersey. 

Hemp  carpeting. _ _ 

7.  Frenche,  James,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Shoe-threads,  all  sizes  and  colors  ;  saddlers’  cord,  all  sizes  and  colors  ;  ball  thread, 
for  machine  sewing ;  flax  seine  twines;  flax  broom  stitching  twines;  flax  ball  twines ; 
flax  druggists’  variegated  twine  ;  flax  brush  stitching  twine ;  flax  sail  and  seaming 
twine;  flax  sewing  twine,  for  canvass  and  gunnies;  flax  seaming  cord;  flax  wool 
twine ;  flax  carpet" warp ;  flax  gilling  twine ;  flax  yarns,  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
seines,  fly  nets,  carpets,  checks,  shoe-threads,  twines,  and  lines. 

8.  The  American  Linen  Thread  Co.,  Mechanicville,  Saratoga  county,  N.  Y. 

Patent  linen  thread;  linen  thread,  for  sailors’  use;  tow  yarns,  in  a  variety  of 
colors;  whip-makers'  and  book-binders’  thread. 

[A  new  and  highly  important  branch  of  American  industry  is  represented  by  this 
establishment.  The  origin  of  the  manufacture  is  very  recent.  In  1847,  Gen.  James 
Tallmadge,  President  of  the  American  Institute,  offered  a  gold  medal  for  the  best  piece 
of  linen,  of  not  less  than  thirty  yards,  wove  by  power-loom.  There  was  no  claimant 
until  1849,  when  it  was  taken  by  Henry  Stevens,  of  Webster,  Mass.  The  first  linen 
thread  for  sewing,  made  by  machinery,  in  the  United  States,  was  manufactured  in 
Lansingburgh,  New  York,  in  1848.  The  enterprise  failed  for  want  of  capital  and 
patronage.  In  1851,  it  was  commenced  at  the  Cohoes,  with  new  machinery  from  Eng¬ 
land,  made  to  order,  and  based  upon  a  capital  of  $80,000.  In  this  place,  the  vast 
importance  of  its  fabric  became  more  fully  developed,  and  having  attracted  the  atten¬ 
tion  of  capitalists,  it  was  removed  to  Mechanicville,  and  supported  on  a  basis  of  $70,000. 
It  now  gives  employment  to  upwards  of  eighty  hands,  throwing  off  daily  an  average 
of  three  hundred  pounds  of  thread.] 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

9.  Barbour,  Wh.,  A  Sons,  Hilden  Flax  Mills,  Lisburn,  Ireland.—  Manufacturers. 

White  and  colored  linen  threads;  shoe-threads. 

10.  Murland,  Henry. 

Fine  bleached  linen ;  brown  holland. 

11.  Fenton,  Son  A  Co.,  Belfast,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Irish  linen  fabrics;  damask  table  cloths;  napkins;  heavy  linens;  linen  cambric 
handkerchiefs;  fine  grass  bleached  and  other  linen  fabrics. 


12.  Corson,  David,  A  Son,  Arbroath,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  superior  flax  sail-cloth. 

13.  Scales  &  Herbert,  Newark-upon-Trent,  and  9  Gresham  street,  London. — Manu¬ 

facturers. 

Linen  goods ;  sheeting,  huckaback,  crash,  diaper,  and  other  linens. 

li.  Normand,  James,  Dysart,  near  Kircaldy,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Table  linen,  sheetings,  Ac. 

15.  Capper,  Son  A  Co.,  99  Gracechurch  street,  London. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Linen  damask  toilet  cover,  containing  the  arms  of  the  Queen  of  England. 

IG.  Adamson,  John,  Dundee,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Russias,  creas,  sheetings,  croquillas,  drillings,  brown  osnaburgs,  paddings,  and 
other  linen  fabrics. 

17.  Fletcher,  Alex.,  &  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  cambric  handkerchiefs ;  linen  thread ;  Flemish  flax  dressed  ;  Scotch  flax. 

18.  Dunbar,  Dicksons,  A  Co.,  Gilford,  Ireland. — Manufactures. 

Family  and  fronting  linens,  and  linen  shirtings. 

19.  D.  Dewar,  Son  A  Sons,  King's  Arms  Buildings,  London. 

Damask  linen  table-cloths. 

20.  Giiion,  William,  A  Sons,  Ballymena,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  linen  fabrics. 

21.  Richardson,  J.  N.,  Sons  A  Owden,  Belfast,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Irish  linens ;  single  and  double  damask  table-cloths,  napkins,  handkerchiefs,  Ac. 

22.  Ferguson,  John  S.,  A  Co.,  Belfast,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Irish  linen  fabrics. 

23.  Holdsworth,  W.  B.,  A  Co.,  Leeds,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  linen  thread  ;  shoe  and  netting  threads ;  unfinished  threads  and 
flax.  _ 

21.  Samson,  Hugh,  A  Co.,  Hill  Banks,  Dundee,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  nettings. 

25.  Edwards,  A.  A  D.,  A  Co.,  Dundee,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  linens ;  shirtings  ;  sail  cloth ;  all  qualities  of  yarn. 

26.  Ullathornes  A  Longstaffs,  12  Gate  street,  London,  and  at  Durham,  England. — 

Manufacturers. 

Shoemakers’  and  saddlers’  threads. 


27.  Gavin,  Peter,  A  Son,  Leith  Ropery,  Leith,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Sail-cloth. _ 

28.  Dunbar,  McMaster  A  Co.,  Gilford,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  sewing  threads  for  tailors’  use,  netting  purposes,  and  lace  manufacture ; 
linen  yarn  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

29.  Thompson,  Malcolm  C.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Thread  and  twine  for  fishing  nets. 

30.  Bennett  A  Adams,  Ballydevitt,  Coleraine,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  Irish  linen  shirting.  ' 

107 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XIV. 


BRITISH  COLONIES — CAN  ADA. 

31.  Bouchard,  Madame,  St.  Vali'ere,  Canada  Ea.it. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  bleached  linen  thread  and  bleached  linen. 


50.  Burbach,  Brothers,  Gotha,  Saxe  Gotha. — Manufacturers. 

Hempen  fire-engine  hose,  woven  without  seam ;  hemp  bandage?,  and  canvas  fire- 
buckets.  _ __ 

51.  Fabian,  C.  B.,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Sail  cloth  of  unusual  breadth,  table  cloths,  and  napkins. 


32.  Paquet,  M.,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  unbleached  linen  thread. 


52.  Heinig,  J.  G.,  &  Sons,  Altenberg,  Prussia. 
Samples  of  twine  and  string. 


33.  Paradis,  Frans.,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
A  piece  of  unbleached  linen. 


53.  Heller,  G.  H.,  Gottingen,  Hanover. — Manufacturer. 
Linen  damask  sheetings,  table-cloths,  Ac. 


34.  Morin,  Jaques,  St.  Henri,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
A  piece  of  gray  linen. 

35.  Tetu,  Joseph,  Berthier,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  bleached  and  unbleached  linen. 

30.  Henderson,  R.,  Bcauport,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  deep  sea  lead-line  and  other  cordage. 


FRANCE. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

54.  Woedl,  Georgias  A  Co.,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  and  damask  table  cloths  and  napkins;  linen  handkerchiefs;  bleached  and 
unbleached  linen  drillings,  Ac. 

55.  Jenny  A  Schindler,  Hard,  Voralburg. — Manufacturers. 

Printed  linens. 


37.  JoYEUX,  JSMILE. 

Specimens  of  spun  flax. 

38.  Lebel,  L.,  Soissons,  Aisne. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  flat  rope  for  use  in  coal  mines,  and  in  stone  quarries. 

39.  Grassot  A  Co.,  Lyons,  Rhone. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  white  damask  thread  table  cloths,  napkins,  and  doyleys. 


40.  Lelievre,  Delame,  A  Son,  Valenciennes,  and  10  Rue  de  Sentier ,  Paris. — Manufac¬ 

turers. 

Linen  fabrics ;  cambric  and  lawn. 

41.  Boniface,  N.,  &  Son,  Cambray,  Nord. — Manufacturers. 

Linen  fabrics ;  cambrics  and  lawns. 

42.  Bertrand,  Brother,  A  Villian,  32  Rue  des  Jeuneur,  Paris. 

Various  specimens  of  cambrics  and  lawns. 

43.  I  jouis,  Blais,  Jr.,  Letellier  A  Co.,  Havre. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  cordage,  for  ships,  shrouds,  footropes,  rigging,  Ac.,  made 
upon  a  new  system. 

44.  Holland  A  Dubois,  Valenciennes. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  linen  cambrics,  clear  lawns,  and  fine  yarns. 

45.  Mbrlie,  Lefevre  it  Co.,  Ingouville,  Seine  Inferieure. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  hemp  rope. 

46.  Scrive,  Brothers,  Lille,  Nord. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  steam-dressed  flax. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

47.  Trendel,  J.  J.,  Jun.,  Culmbach,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer.. 
Linen,  damask,  half  satin,  and  linen  fabrics. 

48.  Meyer,  C.  H.  F.,  Schoppenstedt,  Brunswick. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  colored  linens. 


49.  Beyers,  Widow,  <t  Co.,  Zittau,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  and  plain  linen  drills,  linen  table  cloths,  napkins,  Ac. 

168 


SWITZERLAND. 

5G.  IIeiniger,  Jacob,  Bourgdorf  Canton  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Cotton  and  wool  canvas  for  cross  stitch  embroideries  ;  cotton  Java  canvas ;  speci¬ 
mens  of  crochet  threads. 


BELGIUM. 

57.  Lakre,  Moerman  Van,  Ghent. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  canvas. 

58.  Bongarts,  P.,  Antwerp. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  hemp  bagging  and  carpets. 

59.  Jeue,  J.  B.,  Alost — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  undressed  thread. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

60.  Van  Catz,  J.  P.,  Gonda. — Manufacturer. 

Bridles  and  halters  of  fine  hemp;  game  bags  ;  twines  and  cords  of  various  quali¬ 
ties  ;  specimens  of  dressed  hemp. 

61.  Van  Beeftingh  A  Co.,  Katwyk. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Concentric,  or  equal-drawing  rope. 

62.  Van  den  Hoogen,  J.,  Dordrecht,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

Coil  of  tarred  rope. 

63.  Theunissen,  J.,  Meppel,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

Linen,  bedtick,  and  canvas. 

64.  Van  der  IIeyden,  D.,  A  Son,  Krommenie,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

Sail-cloth  and  canvas. 

65.  Ten  Doessciiate,  A.  J.,  Goor. — Manufacturer. 

Linens,  table  cloths,  and  napkins.. 


r 


SECTION  TIT. 


CLASS  XYI. 


I 


LEATHER 


SKINS,  FUR,  AND  HAIR,  AND  THEIR  MANUFACTURES. 


The  manufacture  of  skins  into  useful  and  ornamental  articles  is  one  of  great  antiquity  and  importance.  Skins  to  be  worn  as  an  ornamental  dress  are  prepared  by  the 
fur-dresser.  They  are  made  soft  and  pliable  by  being  trampled,  and  rubbed  with  grease,  and  the  fur  is  cleaned  and  made  glossy  by  repeated  rubbings  with  mahogany  saw¬ 
dust.  The  furs  most  esteemed  for  their  beauty  and  fineness  come  from  northern  and  Arctic  regions.  The  fur  reaches  its  greatest  perfection  at  the  approach  of  winter,  and 
before  the  animal  has  attained  great  age.  The  rarer  and  costlier  furs  are  often  imitated  by  the  furrier  by  dyeing  inferior  skins,  and  those  of  a  different  species.  Good 
examples  of  the  genuine  furs  and  their  imitations  are  exhibited. 

The  hides  and  skins  best  adapted  for  leather  are  chiefly  supplied  from  the  animals  of  temperate  and  tropical  regions.  Leather  possesses  properties  entirely  different 
from  those  of  the  raw  material,  but  which  vary  with  the  kind  of  skin  and  the  processes  to  which  it  is  subjected.  Chemically  considered,  all  leather  is  a  compound  of  the 
gelatine  of  the  skins  with  the  vegetable  product,  tannin;  and  the  process  of  combining  them  constitutes  the  art  of  tanning.  As  an  empirical  art,  tanning  has  been  practised 
from  the  earliest  times.  The  ancient  methods,  however,  comprehended  little  more  than  cleaning  and  drying  the  skins ;  they  did  not  prevent  the  re-absorption  of  water,  and 
the  consequent  tendency  of  the  skins  to  injury  and  decay.  At  a  later  period  it  was  discovered  that  this  tendency  might  be  resisted  by  immersing  the  skins  in  infusions  of 
bark  or  a  solution  of  alum.  This  manufacture  has  received  less  assistance  from  chemistry  than  might  have  been  anticipated.  Notwithstanding  numerous  investigations,  and 
the  number  of  patents  granted  for  new  processes,  no  decided  improvement  has  been  made,  and  the  results  of  the  new  processes  are  no  better  than  those  of  the  old.  It  is 
far  otherwise,  however,  in  regard  to  the  mechanical  operations  of  tanning ;  all  these  are  greatly  aided,  or  entirely  carried  on,  by  the  aid  ot  water-power  or  the  steam  engine. 
Several  ingenious  machines  have  been  invented  to  perform  special  operations.  The  most  important  is  the  splitting  machine,  by  which  hides  and  skins  are  completely  sepa¬ 
rated,  the  upper  surface  from  the  under,  leaving  each  part  of  the  same  superficial  dimensions  as  the  original  hide.  The  hydraulic  press  is  used  to  express  the  grease  from 

skins  to  be  dyed,  and  more  brilliant  colors  are  in  this  way  produced.  ,  „  ..  ,  ,.  ,, 

The  principal  steps  in  the  manufacture  of  leather  are,  first,  washing  and  soaking,  by  which  the  skins  are  cleaned,  softened,  and  prepared  for  the  second  operat.on-tho 

removal  of  the  hair,  effected  by  the  use  of  lime,  or  similar  substances,  to  destroy  the  roots  of  the  hair ;  third,  the  unhaired  skins  are  tanned  by  immersion  in  an  infusion  of 
tannin,  aided  by  the  extractive  matter  always  present  in  such  an  infusion ;  fourth,  drying,  rolling,  and  other  operations  intended  to  perfect  the  quality  and  appearance  of  the 

leather,  and  fit  it  for  particular  uses,  are  the  last  of  the  series.  f  , 

In  the  United  States  the  tanning  of  leather  did  not  acquire  importance  until  the  first  of  this  century;  it  is  now,  with  its  dependent  manufactures,  one  of  the  most 

prominent  branches  of  national  industry  and  wealth:  according  to  the  last  census  returns,  the  number  of  tanneries  in  the  United  S  ates  is  6,263,  the  capital  employe 
$18,900,557 ;  number  of  workmen,  21,011 ;  value  of  raw  material,  $19,613,237 ;  value  of  product,  $32,861,796.  About  6,000,000  skins  ot  sheep,  goats,  &c.,  me  diessed 

annually,  ]eathers  .  of  mor0ceos,  calf  skins,  buckskins,  and  machine-belting,  are  very  creditable  to  American  skill.  The  harnesses 

combine  lightness  with  strength,  beauty,  and  convenience  of  form.  The  collection  of  articles  in  hair-work  is  quite  extensive,  and  displays  great  skill  and  taste 

England  sends  fine  calf  skins,  moroccos,  dyed  sheep  skins,  and  chamois  leather  ;  saddles  and  whips.  From  Canada  there  is  sent  fine  sole-leather  and  calf  skms  moose- 
hide  dressed  by  the  Indians.  From  the  Hudson’s  Bay  Company,  and  from  Newfoundland,  there  is  a  fine  and  extensive  assortment  of  furs  Germany  sends  varnished  and 
japanned  leather,  morocco  and  chamois,  vellum  and  parchment,  fancy  articles  in  leather,  and  works  in  human  hair  From  ^  ^  tcnt 

maintains  her  supremacy  in  the  preparation  of  calf  skins,  from  using  peculiar  materials  in  tanning,  as  will  e  hereafter  exp  med  Th  and  *«£«««£  £ 
dressed  and  Move  leather,  are  fine.  Switzerland  sends  excellent  calf  skins,  and  polished  and  japanned  leathers.  From  Holland  is  sen  ha  r  cloth,  and 
Austria  exhibits  fine  calf,  japanned  and  varnished  leathers,  embossed  sheep  and  goat  skins.  The  morocco  and  calf  from  Italy  are  of  excellent  quality. 


1.  Chadwick,  John,  &,  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  japanned  and  enamelled  leathers  of  various  colors ;  fancy  colored  calf  skins 
for  harnesses,  and  skivers  for  hat  linings.  An  ox-hide  manufactured  into  enamelled 
leather,  containing  100  square  feet. 


2.  Smith,  James  R.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  variously  colored  and  striped  moroccos  and  skivers. 


3.  Cook  &  Mann,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 

Various  descriptions  of  colored  leather,  morocco,  skivers,  roan,  calf,  sheep,  and 
Russia,  for  book-binders  and  pocket-book  makers. 

[The  most  important  of  the  light  fancy  leathers  is  Morocco  leather  ;  its  manufac¬ 


ture  in  the  United  States  is  rapidly  increasing,  and  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia  alone 
nearly  two  million  skins  are  manufactured  annually;  they  are  imported  in  a  dry  state 
from  Mexico,  the  East  Indies,  Curaroa,  and  Buenos  Ayres.  True  “morocco  ’  is  made 
from  goat-skins,  but  the  imitation  morocco  is  made  from  sheep-skins.  After  the  skins 
have  been  cleansed,  and  the  hair  separated  by  the  usual  process  of  soaking  in  lime 
water,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  lime  has  been  removed  from  the  pores  by  digestion 
in  some  impure  alkaline  solution,  they  are  immersed  in  the  tanning  liquid.  Each  skin 
is  then  sewn  up  in  the  form  of  a  bag,  the  grain  side  outwards,  and  nearly  filled  with  a 
strong  decoction  of  sumach  ;  the  rest  of  the  bag  is  distended  with  air  to  enable  it  to 
float,  and  it  is  then  thrown  into  a  weak  infusion  of  sumach,  in  which  it  is  occasionally 
moved  about  for  three  or  four  hours.  When  the  tanning  is  complete,  the  skins  are 
opened,  washed,  rubbed  as  smooth  as  possible,  and  then  hung  up  to  dry ;  when  dry, 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XVI. 


they  undergo  the  process  of  dyeing,  just  as  in  dyeing  wool,  cotton,  or  silk  ;  sometimes 
the  dyeing  takes  place  before  the  tanning.  The  mordant,  if  any  is  necessary,  is  first  ap¬ 
plied,  being  generally  a  preparation  of  tin  or  alum;  and  then  the  coloring  material,  as 
decoction  of  cochineal  for  crimson  and  scarlet,  decoction  of  logwood  for  puce,  solution 
of  sulphate  of  indigo  or  the  common  blue-vat  for  blue,  cochineal  red  and  afterwards 
light  indigo  blue  for  violet,  solution  of  the  impure  acetate  of  iron  (dyers’  iron-liquor) 
for  black, — these  are  applied  to  the  grain  side  only.  As  morocco  is  generally  dyed 
only  on  one  side,  two  skins  are  commonly  put  in  close  contact,  the  outer  sides  only 
being  dyed.  After  being  rinsed,  they  are  subjected  to  a  kind  of  currying  process 
which  restores  their  original  pliability;  this  is  either  by  being  passed,  while  moist,  in 
different  directions  between  two  nearly  touching  revolving  cylinders,  or  by  being 
rubbed  by  instruments  of  different  hardness,  one  of  which  is  a  wooden  ball  or  roller 
with  five  parallel  grooves  on  its  surface,  which  give  the  peculiai  grain  distinctive  of 
morocco.  The  same  operations  are  followed  with  sheep-skins. 

Skivers,  for  hat-linings,  pocket-books,  <fcc.,  are  prepared  from  sheep-skins  split  by 
machine  when  in  the  state  of  pelt,  and  tanned  by  immersion  in  infusion  of  sumach. 
Roan,  much  used  for  book- binding,  is  generally  prepared  from  sheep-skin  by  means  of 
sumach,  in  the  manner  of  morocco  ;  but  it  has  not  the  grained  appearance  of  the  latter 
caused  by  the  grooved  roller. 

Enamelled  leather  for  ladies’  shoes,  belts,  &c.,  is  also  prepared  by  means  of  sumach 
from  calf  or  seal  skin;  the  gloss  is  given  by  a  peculiar  varnish. 

Sumach,  also  extensively  used  in  dyeing  and  calico  printing,  consists  of  the  powder 
of  the  leaves  of  the  Rhus  cotinus  and  R.  coriaria  of  the  South  of  Europe ;  the  latter 
is  most  used  in  tanning,  the  former  in  dyeing;  almost  all  the  leather  made  in  Turkey 
is  said  to  be  tanned  by  the  R.  coriaria.  European  sumach  contains,  according  to  Sir 
II.  Davy,  16  percent,  of  tannin;  Virginia  and  Carolina  sumach  are  said  to  contain 
only  10  and  5  per  cent.  The  tannin  of  sumach  seems  to  be  identical  with  that  of 
galls ;  gallic  acid  exists  in  it  ready  formed  to  a  considerable  extent.  Mixed  with  water 
it  is  more  apt  to  enter  into  decomposition  from  fermentation  than  any  other  tanning 
material. 

Russia  leather  is  in  great  demand  for  book-binding  on  account  of  its  resisting  decay 
in  damp  situations,  and  being  free  from  the  attacks  of  insects  and  fungi.  It  is  pre¬ 
pared  by  tanning  the  skins  of  calves,  sheep,  and  goats  with  a  warm  decoction  of  willow 
bark;  the  red  dye  is  communicated  by  a  decoction  of  red  senders  wood,  and  after¬ 
wards  applying  by  a  kind  of  currying  process  an  empyreumatie  oil  obtained  by  distil¬ 
lation  from  the  bark  of  the  birch  tree,  which  gives  it  its  agreeable  odor.  The  hair  is 
said  to  be  loosened  by  a  weak  wood-ash  lye,  of  which  the  active  principle  is  carbonate 
of  potash.  The  process  of  manipulation,  as  carried  on  in  Russia,  produces  an  inferior 
article  when  practised  in  other  countries ;  the  difference  is  generally  attributed  to  the 
water  and  the  bark  used.  Willow  bark  is  not  much  used  in  tanning,  as  it  produces 
only  one-third  of  the  effect  of  an  equal  weight  of  oak  bark.  Besides  Russia  leather, 
Danish  leather,  of  an  agreeable  odor,  and  much  used  for  gloves,  is  generally  prepared 
from  kid  and  lamb  skin  by  willow  bark.] 

4.  Kennedy,  D.,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee. 

Samples  of  chemically  tanned  leather  without  the  use  of  bark,  or  with  only  one- 
fourth  the  usual  quantity. 

[The  advantages  he  claims  for  his  process  are :  cheapness,  saving  of  space  and  time, 
and  the  superiority  of  the  article.  To  tan  a  dozen  common  sized  calf  skins  costs  from 
seventy-five  cents  to  a  dollar,  and  in  proportion  for  larger  hides.  It  requires  much  less 
room  to  carry  on  the  business  than  the  old  method ;  and  the  process  is  completed  in 
one-fourth  the  time.  Sheep,  goat,  deer,  calf,  and  similar  skins,  require  from  three  to 
ten  days;  kip,  upper,  harness,  skirting  and  heavy  sole  leather  require  from  twenty  to 
eighty  days.  The  process  may  be  learned  by  any  tanner  in  a  short  time.  It  is  said  to 
give  greater  strength,  durability,  softness  and  pliability,  and  weight;  it  fills  up  better, 
with  a  finer  texture,  finishes  up  better,  and  is  more  impervious  to  water.  Sheep  and 
goat  skins  become  as  strong  as  calf)  and  will  retain  their  shape  in  boots  and  shoes 
equal  to  it.  The  apparatus  and  stages  of  the  process  are  similar  to  those  of  the  old 
method. 

The  old  process  of  tanning  was  extremely  slow,  requiring  often  two  years  for  its 
completion.  This  has  given  rise  to  many  attempts  to  shorten  the  process,  but  it  is 
generally  admitted  that  the  leather  thus  produced  is  in  many  respects  inferior  to  that 
resulting  from  the  old  process,  which  is  still  preferred  for  the  finer  qualities.  The 
deterioration,  however,  has  not  been  exactly  in  proportion  to  the  reduction  of  time,  so 
that  there  is  room  to  hope  that  a  superior  article  may  yet  be  more  quickly  prepared. 
Ihe  conversion  of  skins  into  leather  is  generally  believed  to  be  a  change  of  the  hide 
into  a  gelatinous  material,  and  its  combination  with  tannin ;  and  a  considerable  time 
is  requisite  for  this  change  to  take  place  in  a  uniform  and  perfect  manner.  In  the 
oldest  process  the  hides  were  merely  placed  in  contact  with  successive  layers  of  slightly 
moist  fresh-ground  bark,  renewed  every  two  or  three  months,  till  the  process  was 
nearly  complete,  when  the  pit  was  filled  with  a  strong  infusion  of  bark.  From  the 
small  amount  of  liquid  present  in  the  hides  and  the  tan,  the  process  must  have  been 
extremely  slow ;  by  the  free  use  of  water,  and  an  infusion  of  bark,  the  time  is  consider¬ 
ably  shortened.  In  almost  every  extensive  tannery  the  hides  are  subjected  to  pre¬ 
viously  prepared  infusions  of  tannin,  commencing  weak  and  gradually  becoming- 
stronger;  many  tanners  prepare  these  infusions  with  lukewarm  or  hot  water;  there 
are  two  kinds  according  to  the  strength,  the  “handlers.”  the  weakest,  and  the  “layers” 
or  “  bloomers,”  the  strongest,  the  latter  being  generally  intended  to  produce  the  deposit 
called  the  “  bloom.”  Various  methods  are  used  by  different  tanners  for  preparing  the 
materials,  and  for  placing  the  hides  in  the  phs.  Several  processes  have  been  devised 

no 


for  accelerating  the  impregnation  with  tannin,  by  forcing  the  liquid  through  the  pores 
of  the  skin  by  hydrostatic  pressure,  with  or  without  previous  exhaustion  of  the  air  in 
the  containing  vessel ;  but  the  leather  thus  made  has  been  of  inferior  quality.  By 
removing  by  compression  between  rollers  the  impoverished  liquor  absorbed  in  one  pit 
before  the  hide  is  transferred  to  a  stronger  infusion,  the  tanning  process  takes  place 
with  greater  rapidity:  by  this  method  a  strong  hide  may  be  tanned  in  from  one  to  two 
months,  and  kips  aud  skins  in  three  or  four  weeks ;  and  the  thickest  sole  leather  may 
be  sent  to  market  in  four  months  after  it  has  been  received.  The  best  method  of 
accelerating  the  tanning  process  by  mechanical  means  is  that  practised  in  some  of  the 
English  tanneries  for  upper  leather :  in  this  process  the  skins  are  introduced  into  a 
horizontal  wooden  cylinder,  ten  feet  long,  with  some  of  the  fresh  tanning  material  and 
a  hot  tan-liquor;  the  cylinder,  tightly  closed,  is  rotated  on  its  axis  about  eight  times 
in  a  minute;  the  inside  of  the  cylinder  has  several  short  projecting  ridges  to  increase 
the  agitation  and  prevent  the  skins  from  being  rolled  up  into  balls ;  when  the  liquor 
is  spent,  fresh  material  and  hot  liquor  are  supplied.  This  process  combines  three  advan¬ 
tages  important  in  tanning  not  united  in  any  other  process,  viz. :  constant  agitation,  a 
warm  tan-liquor,  and  absence  of  atmospheric  air;  thick  kips  are  thus  perfectly  tanned 
in  fourteen  days,  and  as  no  air  gains  admission,  the  formation  of  dark  coloring  matter 
is  almost  entirely  prevented.  In  order  to  shorten  the  process,  and  to  increase  the 
capacity  of  the  hide  for  receiving  tannin,  it  has  long  been  the  custom  to  swell  aud 
open  the  pores  by  the  free  use  of  lime,  or  acid  liquors;  the  fibres  of  the  hide  are  by 
this  means  rent  asunder  in  various  directions,  impairing  the  organic  structure  and 
diminishing  its  strength  and  firmness.  In  the  old  slow  process  the  arrangement  of  the 
fibres  is  very  nearly  the  same  in  the  leather  as  in  the  original  skin ;  while  in  the 
modern  quicker  processes  the  leather  is  loose  and  weak  from  the  distortion  of  the  fibres. 
It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  increase  in  weight  and  quality  of  the  leather,  result¬ 
ing  from  leaving  the  hide  in  the  vats  two  years  instead  of  one,  pays  a  fair  interest  on 
the  capital  invested. 

Mr.  A.  II.  Buzzell,  of  Bridgeton,  Maine,  has  patented  a  process,  in  which,  after 
raising  the  hide  by  sulphuric  acid,  and  charging  it  with  tannin,  he  suspends  sacks  con¬ 
taining  wood  ashes  in  the  pits  in  order  to  destroy  the  compound  formed  by  the 
tannin  and  sulphuric  acid,  which  prevents  the  gelatine  of  the  hide  from  uniting  with  the 
tannin. 

As  liming  retards  the  process  by  preventing  the  rapid  union  of  tannin  with  gelatine, 
Turnbull  treats  the  hides  after  liming  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  sugar,  thus  pre¬ 
venting  the  access  of  air  and  the  formation  of  gallic  acid.  In  this  manner,  the  same 
amount  of  leather  is  obtained  in  two  weeks  from  100  lbs.  of  oak-bark,  as  is  usually 
obtained  in  eighteen  months  from  800  lbs.  of  bark. 

The  process  of  preparing  leather  by  alum  and  salt,  technically  called  “  tawing,”  will 
be  described  when  speaking  of  glove  leathers.  A  combination  of  this  process  with  the 
tanning  process  by  means  of  catechu  has  been  proposed  in  the  London  Journal,  vol. 
36,  page  310  (1860);  in  the  same  journal  the  use  of  sulphuret  of  calcium  is  suggested 
instead  of  lime  for  unliairing.  By  a  patented  process  similar  to  tawing,  Mr.  J.  Bordier 
has  lately  prepared  leather  by  using  peroxide  of  iron  instead  of  alumina;  by  this, 
thick  sole-leather  may  be  made  of  great  durability  in  two  or  three  weeks.  The  solu¬ 
tion  of  the  subsulphate  of  the  peroxide  he  has  found  best ;  six  to  eight  days  are  suffi¬ 
cient  for  hides,  three  or  four  days  for  skins.  The  effect  of  this  is  to  render  the  animal 
fibre  imputrescible,  but  the  leather  is  as  permeable  to  water  as  that  tanned  by  the 
usual  methods;  the  proper  impermeability,  strength,  and  tenacity  are  given  to  it  by 

currying.]  _ _ 

5.  Smith,  Edmund  A.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  fancy  colored  morocco  leather. 

C.  Clewer,  James,  Tannersville,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  oak-tanned  leather  for  belting  or  sole  leather. 

[The  astringent  principle  of  the  oak-bark,  called  “  tannin,”  exists,  with  trifling  differ¬ 
ences  of  no  practical  importance  in  this  connection,  in  several  different  vegetables.  Its 
most  characteristic  properties  are  its  astringent  taste,  and  its  power  of  being  preci¬ 
pitated  from  its  watery  solution  of  a  bluish  black  or  dark  green  color  by  a  solution  of 
the  peroxide  of  iron,  and  of  a  dirty  white  or  brown  color  by  a  solution  of  gelatine;  the 
foi  mer  precipitate  being  the  basis  of  writing  ink,  and  the  latter,  ianno-qclatinc,  being 
analogous  to,  but  not  identical  with  leather.  Tannin  is  readily  convertible  into  gallic 
acid,  which  also  exists  ready  formed  in  many  vegetables  ;  gallic  acid  is  of  very  little 
service,  if  of  any,  in  tanning,  as  it  does  not  combine  with  gelatine  and  gelatinous  tissue, 
this  should  suggest  to  the  tanner  the  necessity  of  guarding  against  the  circumstances 
which  favor  the  conversion  of  tannin  into  gallic  acid. 

Oak-bark  has  always  been  more  used  in  tanning  than  any  other  substance ;  its 
tannin  is  colored  in  the  inner  layers  of  the  bark;  according  to  common  estimation  3} 
to 4  lbs.  of  bark  are  required  for  one  pound  of  leather;  the  leather  made  from  it  is  the 
best,  though  the  process  is  the  longest. 

Next  to  oak,  hemlock  bark  is  most  used  in  this  country  ;  it  contains  a  large  quantity 
of  tannin.  In  the  tanneries  of  Prattsville,  New  York,  it  is  extensively  used;  sides  of 
sole  leather  are  there  tanned  from  Buenos  Ayres,  Laguayra,  Rio  Grande,  English  salted, 
and  native  slaughter  hides,  in  from  4  to  6  months,  with  a  gain  in  weight  of  from  67  tc 
1 3  per  cent.  The  bark  is  generally  peeled  in  May  and  June,  and  weighs,  when  dry, 
about  2200  lbs.  per  cord  ;  a  cord  of  the  bark  will  tan  about  200  lbs.  of  leather. 

Dividivi  is  the  pod  of  a  leguminous  plant  ( Cccsalpinia  coriaria),  growing  in  the 
northern  parts  of  South  America;  the  tannin  resides  in  the  rind  of  the  pod,  imme¬ 
diately  under  the  epidermis.  Besides  tannin  it  contains  a  mucilaginous  substance  which 
prevents  its  use  in  dyeing  and  calico  printing.  Like  sumach  it  readily  enters  into  a  state 


LEATHER.  SKINS.  FUR.  HAIR,  AND  THEIR  MANUFACTURES. 


of  fermentation  when  mixed  with  water.  Leather  made  by  it  is  very  porous,  and 
almost  always  of  a  brown  color;  the  buff  colored  deposit,  called  “bloom,”  is  freely 
produced  by  it.  Kampfmeyer,  from  his  experiments,  states  that  sole  leather  made  by 
this  is,  in  dry  weather,  about  as  good  as  oak-tanned;  in  wet  weather  it  is  inferior.  It 
is  considerably  used  in  England,  alone  or  with  oak-bark. 

Valonia  consists  of  the  acorn  cups  of  the  prickly-cupped  oak,  Quercus  crgilops,  grow¬ 
ing  abundantly  in  the  Morea  and  adjacent  countries.  About  2  lbs.  on  an  average  are 
necessary  to  make  one  pound  of  leather,  which  is  said  to  be  harder  and  less  permeable 
to  water  than  that  made  with  oak-bark,  and  so  heavy  as  to  make  this  the  cheapest  of 
all  tauning  materials  with  the  exception  of  catechu.  Its  infusion  readily  gives  the 
“  bloom.” 

Catechu,  cutch ,  terra  japonica,  are  names  given  to  the  inspissated  aqueous  extracts 
from  the  bark,  wood,  and  leaves  of  the  Acacia  catechu  and  Uncaria  gambir  of  the  East 
Indies;  it  contains  about  half  its  weight  of  tannin.  Skins  may  be  tanned  with  great 
rapidity  by  catechu,  but  the  leather  is  permeable  to  water,  light,  and  spongy,  and  its 
color  is  dark,  which  is  an  objection,  as  purchasers  consider  a  coating  of  “  bloom”  an 
indication  of  the  goodness  of  the  leather.  A  given  weight  of  catechu  will  tan  four  times 
as  many  skins  as  the  same  weight  of  oak -bark ;  a  pound  of  catechu  will  produce  a 
pound  of  leather,  so  that  where  oak-bark  is  scarce,  it  is  the  cheapest  of  all  tanning 
materials. 

Eisner  states  that  in  'Wallachia,  Moldavia,  and  Transylvania,  the  root  of  the  tor- 
mentil  or  septfoil  is  extensively  qsed  in  tanning ;  chemical  analysis  shows  the  presence 
in  it  of  from  17  to  34  per  cent,  of  tannin. 

The  best  practical  way  of  ascertaining  the  amount  of  tannin  in  a  substance  is  that 
proposed  by  Pelouze,  which  is  to  hang  a  strip  of  fresh  hide  ready  for  the  tan  vat  in  a 
.tannic  solution,  and  to  keep  it  there  till  it  ceases  to  gain  in  weight;  the  increase  is 
tannic  acid,  the  gallic  acid  being  left  in  the  solution.] 

7.  Classon,  Joseph,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Moroccos  and  colored  bridle  leather. 

8.  Sears,  W.  A,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Oak-tanned  sole  leather ;  American  calf-skins. 

[The  tanner  divides  his  skins  into  three  classes,  technically  known  as  hides,  kips, 
and  skins.  Hides  are  the  skins  of  large  and  full-grown  animals,  as  the  ox,  the  horse,  the 
buffalo,  Ac.  ;  kips  are  the  skins  of  the  same  animals  when  young,  though  many  kips 
belong  to  full-grown  cattle  of  small  breed ;  skins  belong  to  small  animals,  as  sheep, 
goats,  seals,  dogs,  Ac.,— the  first  being  used  for  thick  and  strong  sole  leather,  the  last 
two  for  upper,  glove,  and  fancy  leathers.  To  produce  forty  pounds  of  leather  are 
required,  on  an  average,  thirty  pounds  of  dry  hide,  sixty  pounds  of  salted  hide,  and 
sixty-six  of  market  hide. 

All  hides  require  certain  operations  preparatory  to  tanning,  such  as  removing  super¬ 
fluous  portions  of  flesh  and  fat,  the  hair,  epidermis,  and  dirt.  After  rubbing  in  water, 
the  first  object  is  the  removal  of  the  hair:  the  oldest  way  of  doing  this,  and  the  one  most 
extensively  employed  in  Europe  and  America,  is  an  application  of  a  solution  of  lime, 
hides  require  a  liming  of  from  one  to  three  weeks ;  sheep  skins  from  two  to  five  da^  s  ,  the 
hair  is  then  removed  by  a  two-handled  iron  scraper,  the  hides  being  laid  upon  an  arched 
bench,  called  a  “  beam.”  On  the  Continent  incipient  putrefaction  is  much  resorted  to  for 
the  removal  of  the  hair;  sulphuric  acid,  sour  milk,  fermented  barley  and  rye-water, 
and  other  vegetable  acidulous  matters,  are  often  used  instead  of  lime.  In  America  is 
used  the  process  of  softening  the  epidermis  and  the  roots  of  the  hair  by  the  use  of  cold 
water,  either  as  a  slight  spray  or  as  a  mist  or  vapor,  at  about  the  temperature  of  50  F. , 
in  this  free  circulation  of  damp  air,  hides  require  from  6  to  12  days  for  unhairing;  the 
increase  by  tanning  in  this  method  will  amount  to  from  fifty  to  eighty  per  cent.,  the 
increase  of  absorbed  matters  doubtless  depending  on  the  slight  decomposition,  if  any, 
of  the  gelatinous  tissue.  Kips  and  skins  are  treated  much  in  the  same  way  as  hides, 
particular  care  being  necessary  to  remove  all  the  lime  by  the  process  called  grain¬ 
ing;”  this  consists  in  immersion  in  alkaline  solution  in  which  sal  ammoniac  is  the  most 
active  constituent;  carbonate  of  ammonia,  as  used  in  the  patent  process  of  Mr.  R. 
Warrington,  1841,  does  not  dissolve  out  the  lime,  but  destroys  its  causticity  by  con¬ 
verting  it  into  chalk.  Sheep  skins,  before  being  limed,  should  be  freed  from  as  much 
of  their  oil  as  possible;  what  is  left  will  form  with  the  alkali  an  insoluble  soap 
which  does  not  retard  the  tanning;  the  “grainer”  for  sheep  skins  is  generally  bran- 
water.  The  skin  of  the  hog  is  difficult  to  tan,  from  the  -great  quantity  of  fat ;  saddles 
are  usually  made  of  it.  Human  skin  requires  a  considerable  time  for  thorough  tan¬ 
ning  ;  horse  skin  is  liable  to  crack  unless  perfectly  tanned.  Of  late  years  great  quanti¬ 
ties  of  cheap  and  thin  leather  have  been  made  from  hides  split  in  halves  by  ma¬ 
chinery;  the  grain  or  hair  side,  which  makes  the  best  leather,  being  used  for  shoes,  and 
the  flesh  half  for  inferior  purposes.  Many  sheep  skins  are  thus  split,  the  gram  side 
being  used  for  gloves,  the  flesh  side  for  wash  leather.  Very  ingenious  machines  have 
been  invented  for  splitting  leather.] 

0.  Locker,  II.  C.,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  black  morocco  leather. 

10.  Jacobus  A  Utter,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Bridles  and  skating  leather. 

11.  Crawford,  Henry  M.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.— Manufacturer.  (Cohocksink 

Tannery). 

Finished  and  unfinished  calf  skins. 


[“  Bloom”  is  the  name  given  to  the  yellowish-fawn  colored  deposit  from  the  tanning 
liquors  on  the  surface  of  the  leather,  and  penetrating  to  a*  slight  depth.  Though  this 
is  removed  by  the  currier  and  the  shoemaker,  and  is  a  useless  weight,  it  is  quite  essen 
tial  to  the  sale  of  the  leather ;  it  is,  however,  an  evidence  of  the  goodness  of  the  leatliet 
to  a  certain  extent,  as  it  is  not  easily  obtained  by  the  modern  quick  processes.  This 
bloom  in  common  oak-bark  tanning  is  closely  analogous  to,  if  not  identical  with,  ellagic 
acid,  a  product  of  the  decomposition  of  tannin.  The  modern  processes  afford  more 
coloring  matter  than  the  old,  and  the  new  tanning  materials  more  than  oak-bark ; 
though  it  is  not  by  any  means  established,  that  dark-colored  leather  is  always  of  inferior 
quality. 

Sole  leather  is  fit  for  the  shoemaker  in  the  state  in  which  it  leaves  the  tanner’s  hands ; 
but  that  intended  for  upper  leather,  for  coach  makers,  saddlers,  Ac.,  has  to  go  to  the 
currier,  who  gives  it  the  necessary  impermeability  to  water,  softness,  smoothness,  color, 
lustre,  Ac.  After  moistening.with  water,  and  shaving  off  all  superfluous  thickness,  the 
currier  wets  the  leather  and  rubs  it  on  the  grain  side  with  pumice,  which  removes  the 
superficial  bloom  ;  he  then  rubs  it  on  each  side  with  a  wooden  instrument,  rounded  on 
the  lower  surface,  and  with  a  number  of  transverse  parallel  grooves,  called  the  “pom¬ 
mel,”  which  gives  it  flexibility ;  after  another  scraping,  it  is  “  dubbed  ”  with  oil,  tallow, 
lamp  black  and  oil,  Ac.,  according  to  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  required ;  it  is  finally 
polished  with  hard  wooden  rubbers.  Shoe  leather  is  blackened  on  the  flesh  side,  but 
for  some  purposes  it  is  blackened  on  the  grain  side  ;  in  which  case  it  is  moistened  with 
a  solution  of  copperas  in  water,  which  forms  on  exposure  to  the  air  the  black  tanuate 
of  the  peroxide  of  iron.] 

12.  Franklin,  H.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  leather. 

13.  Adler,  George  S.,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  morocco  kid ;  plain  and  enamelled  patent  japanned  goat-skin 
leather.  _ 

11.  Brodt,  H.,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturer. 

American  caif-skins,  with  French  finish. 


15.  Page,  Edwards,  Lawrence,  Mass. — Manufacturer. 

Machine  belting  of  stretched  leather ;  power-loom  harnesses. 

16.  Hoffman,  Jacob,  East  Waterford,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  oak-tanned  sole  leather. 

17.  Grosiiolt,  L.  and  P.  (Agents  of  Suer,  Paris),  Philadelphia,  Penn. 

Fine  French  calf  skins. 

18.  Ramsberg  A  Ebert,  Georgetown,  D.  C. — Manufacturers. 

Buckskins  of  various  colors,  for  opera  boots  and  shoes,  gloves,  daguerreotype 
polishers,  piano-forte  leathers,  saddle-seating,  Ac.  Specimens  of  gloves  and  gauntlets 
of  buckskin,  plain  and  ornamented  ;  illustrations  of  the  different  processes  and  stages  of 
manufacture  of  the  skin. 

[Leather  which  is  used  for  gloves,  shoe-linings,  and  other  purposes  where  great  soft¬ 
ness  is  required,  is  made  by  a  process  called  “  tawing ;”  the  skins  most  commonly  treated 
in  this  way  are  those  of  the  kid  and  goat,  sheep  and  lamb,  and  deer.  After  being  soaked 
in  water  to  soften  them,  scraped  on  the“beam,”  limed  for  about  a  fortnight,  and  soaked 
in  a  fermenting  mixture  of  bran  and  water,  the  skins  are  soaked  for  a  few  minutes  in  a 
mixture  of  alum  and  salt  dissolved  in  water,  or  in  this  solution  with  flour  and  yolk  of 
eggs  ;  they  are  then  washed  and  dried.  The  aluminous  compound,  by  combining  with 
which  the  skins  become  leather,  is  considered  by  Berzelius  to  be  a  subchloride  of  alumi¬ 
num.  Flour  and  yolk  of  eggs  are  added  only  in  the  preparation  of  the  finest  kid  leather ; 
100  skins  require  from  6  to  8  lbs.  of  alum  and  about  as  much  salt,  and  one  egg  for 
each  skin.  Calf  skins  are  sometimes  “tawed,”  and  in  Spain  they  are  so  adtnirably 
dressed,  that  the  average  weight  does  not  exceed  20  ounces.  Buckskin  gloves  are  made 
of  the  white  tanned  skins  of  the  common  deer,  Cervus  Virginianus.] 

19.  McNeely,  William  T.,  Philadelphia,  Penn—  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  leather  for  piano-forte  manufacturers. 

[The  process  of  manufacture  gives  to  the  leather  a  body,  a  high  degree  of  elasticity, 
and  a  perfect  freedom  from  oil ;  qualities  which  enable  it  to  produce  a  clear  and  volu¬ 
minous  tone,  which  is  not  liable  to  become  harsh  and  wiry,  as  is  apt  to  be  the  ease  with 
leather  from  which  the  oil  lias  not  been  thoroughly  removed.] 

20.  McFarland,  Owen,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Russet  covered  mounting  carriage  harness ;  silver  robed  mounting,  and  fancy  car 
riage  harness ;  fancy  single  harness. 

21.  Condict,  Horton  A  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  saddlery ;  bridles,  spurs,  Ac. 

22.  Stevens,  Benjamin,  Bridgeport,  Conn. — Manufacturer. 

Changeable  saddle,  adapted  for  either  a  civilian  or  a  high  military  officer. 

■i ;; t  W right,  Betts  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Saddles  of  various  styles,  ornamented  with  fancy  stitching. 

21.  Ross,  Theodore,  Nyack.  Rockland  County,  New  York. — Proprietor  A  Manufacturer 
.  Patent  adjustable  saddle. 

171 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XVI. 


25.  Holt  A  Hanesford,  Boston,  Mass. — Manufacturers. 

Set  of  double  harness  made  for  President  Pierce. 

26.  Lacey  A  Puillips,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturers. 

Harnesses  and  saddles,  highly  ornamented  and  finely  made. 

27.  Porter,  William  T.,  New  York  City. — Exhibitor. 

Mexican  saddle.  _ ' _ _ 

28.  Latham,  Henry  B.,  Smithtown,  Long  Island,  New  York. — Patentee  A  Manufacturer. 
Patent  anti-friction,  ventilating,  and  self-adjusting  collars  and  hames. 

29.  Seidenstricker,  J.  B.,  A  Son,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

Taylor’s  patent  hame  fastener. 

30.  Summers,  Stephen  F.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Steel-spring  leather  trunk;  highly  ornamented.  (The  embroidery  done  by  Mrs. 
Summers.) 

31.  Miller,  Mrs.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Sheepskin  inside  soles  for  ladies’  shoes,  dressed  with  the  wool;  an  entire  skin 
prepared  in  the  same  way. 

32.  Lasak,  F.  W.,  A  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  manufactured  furs  and  dressed  skins. 

33.  Carter. — Manufacturer. 

Racoon  skins  and  furs. 

[The  dark  skins  of  the  Racoon,  Procyon  lotor,  are  very  handsome  and  valuable  ; 
the  common  skins  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  hats.  Great  numbers  are  sent  to 
England,  whence  they  are  sent  to  the  great  fair  at  Leipsic ;  they  are  used  throughout 
Germany  and  in  Russia,  for  linings  for  gentlemen’s  wear.] 

34.  Bennett,  Frank,  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  fine  furs. 

35.  Bulpin,  George,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Importer. 

A  variety  <>f  fancy  furs. 

36.  Todd,  Ira,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Variety  of  furs. 

37.  Genin,  John  N.,  New  York. — Importer. 

Rich  furs  of  various  descriptions ;  royal  ermine,  sable,  stone  marten,  mink,  Ac. 
(See  note  to  No.  74.) 

38.  L.  Dub ain,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Military  and  fancy  bonnet  feathers,  of  various  styles  and  colors. 

[The  kinds  of  feathers  most  used  for  dress  and  military  purposes  are  those  of  the 
Ostrich,  Marabou  Stork,  American  or  three-toed  Ostrich,  Emeu,  Herons,  Birds  of  Para¬ 
dise,  Ibis,  and  domestic  fowls. 

Ostrich  feathers,  from  Africa,  are  worn  both  in  their  native  state,  and  varionsiy 
colored.  Marabou  feathers  are  the  under  tail  coverts  of  the  Ciconia  argala,  and  C. 
Marabou;  the  former,  the  adjutant  crane,  of  tropical  India,  furnishes  the  best;  the 
latter  inhabits  Africa  and  Asia ;  both  are  very  large,  being  sometimes  site  feet  high : 
they  are  very  light,  and  are  much  worn  for  head-dresses ;  the  white  kinds  are  quite 
valuable.  The  feathers  of  the  American  Ostrich,  Rhea  Americana,  are  extensively 
worn  on  bonnets,  and  as  military  plumes.  The  feathers  of  the  Emeu  of  New  Holland, 
of  the  white  egret  heron,  and  of  the  osprey  or  fish  hawk,  are  used  in  military  costumes, 
and  for  ladies  ornaments.  Birds  of  Paradise  have  in  all  ages  been  worn  as  the  rarest 
ornaments.  The  tail  feathers  of  the  domestic  cock,  natural  or  dyed,  are  much  used  for 
military  plumes ;  the  feathers  of  the  Ibis  are  much  admired  for  their  metallic  lustre  and 
changing  colors.  The  manufacture  of  feathers  into  ornaments  employs  great  numbers 
of  females,  especially  in  Europe.] 

39.  Medhurst  A  Heard,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Transparent  wig ;  white  gossamer  scalp ;  ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  ornamental  hair 
work. 


13.  Piialon,  Edward,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Wigs  and  toupees. _ 

44.  Duprat,  D.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Wigs,  toupees,  and  invisible  textambes,  made  on  a  new  system  by  the  exhibitor. 

45.  Brown,  Miss  S.  F.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Variety  of  hair  work. 

46.  Cameron,  W.  R.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Improved  natural  skin  wigs. 

47.  Gerker  A  Beehler,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  curled  hair,  cow-hide  whips,  bristles. 

[The  hair  of  animals  consists  of  slender  flexible  tubes,  resembling  the  fibres  of 
horn,  and  possessing  the  properties  of  coagulated  albumen  :  fur  is  very  fine  hair,  thickly 
set  and  commonly  contorted.  Hair  is  very  durable  and  elastic,  and  thus  forms  the  best 
stuffing  for  cushions  and  mattresses.  Horse  hair  is  dyed  of  various  colors.  After  being 
steeped  in  soap-suds  at  130°  for  24  hours,  it  may  be  colored  brown  by  leaving  it  for  12 
hours  in  a  decoction  of  logwood  in  limewater,  at  1 20°.  If  the  brown  hair  be  dipped  in 
water  containing  a  little  tin-salt,  it  assumes  a  violet-blue  shade ;  for  blue,  the  hair  is  first 
mordanted  in  a  hot  solution  of  2  parts  alum  and  1  part  argal,  wrung  out  and  passed 
through  water  containing  a  little  sulphate  of  indigo,  washed  and  dried ;  for  red  it  is 
placed  in  water  containing  tin-salt,  for  half  an  hour,  wrung  out  and  left  for  24  hours 
in  a  batli  prepared  by  boiling  redwood  with  alum,  washed  and  dried  with  a  gentle 
heat. 

Bristles  may  be  bleached  by  remaining  two  or  three  days  in  a  saturated  solution  of 
sulphurous  acid  in  water ;  most  kinds  may  be  bleached  by  merely  moistening  them  and 
exposing  them  to  the  air,  or  by  moistening  them  with  very  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and 
exposing  them  to  the  sun.] 

48.  Wilkens,  William,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  curled  hair,  for  stuffing  sofa-cushions,  Ac. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

49.  Deed,  JonN  G.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Morocco  leathers  of  various  colors,  dyed  sheep  and  lamb  skins  for  rugs  and  mats. 

50.  Clark,  Cyrus  and  James,  Glastonbury,  Somersetshire. — Manufacturers. 

Dyed  angola,  sheep,  and  lamb  skins,  for  rugs  and  mats ;  shoes,  slippers,  goloshes, 
gaiters,  patent  leather,  boas,  muffs,  Ac. 

[When  skins  are  “  tawed  ”  with  the  wool  on,  as  for  mats  and  rugs,  they  are  dou¬ 
bled  with  their  wool  side  inwards,  so  as  to  expose  only  the  flesh  side  to  the  alum  mix¬ 
ture.  Calfskins  and  others  with  the  hair  attached,  are  also  occasionally  converted  into 
leather.  The  Russian,  Astracan,  Hungarian,  and  Spanish  lamb  skins  are  remarkably 
fine.  The  grey  and  black  Russian  lambs  are  mostly  used  for  coat  and  cloak  linings, 
collars,  caps,  Ac.  The  Astracan  lamb  is  a  rich,  glossy,  black  skin,  with  short  fur,  hav¬ 
ing  the  appearance  of  watered  silk.  The  Hungarian  lamb  is  produced  in  that  country 
in  immense  numbers; — of  it  is  made  the  national  coat;  in  summer  the  woolly  part  is 
worn  outside,  in  winter  inside;  they  are  often  highly  decorated.  The  Spanish  lamb 
furnishes  the  well-known  short  jacket  of  the  country.] 

51.  Peeling,  Thomas,  A  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Waxed  calf  skins,  saddler’s  basils. 

[“Basils”  are  inferior  sheep  skins  tanned  by  hemlock  bark ;  “backs”  are  hides 
prepared  by  the  usual  Scotch  method,  which  is  to  “raise”  the  hides  by  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  after  they  have  been  unhaired  by  the  usual  liming  process,  and  then  to  taw  them 
by  a  mixture  of  the  fresh  tanning  material  and  an  infusion.] 

52.  Felling,  John,  A  Son,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Curried  calf  skins. 


[The  great  and  increasing  prevalence  of  premature  baldness  among  us  cannot  fail 
to  strike  the  most  superficial  observer.  One  great  reason  is,  without  doubt,  to  be 
found  in  the  present  absurd  covering  of  the  male  head ;  in  addition  to  its  want  of 
beauty,  the  modern  hat  so  firmly  embraces  the  head  as  to  impede  the  natural  circula¬ 
tion  in  the  scalp,  and  to  entirely  prevent  the  escape  of  the  insensible  perspiration ;  these 
causes  cannot  fail  to  injure  the  natural  growth  of  hair,  and  to  lay  the  foundation  for 
premature  grey  hairs  and  baldness.] 


40.  Bourgard,  Charles,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  wigs;  drawings  of  a  patent  wig-making  machine  in  the 


41.  Phillip,  John,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  wigs. 

42.  Clirehugh,  V.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  ventilated  and  gossamer  hair  work,  wigs  and  toupees. 

172 


53.  Baxley  A  Siiaw,  Lenton,  near  Nottingham,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Chamois  leather,  variously  colored  moroccos,  glue,  Ac. 

54.  Bevington  A  Morris,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Chamois,  morocco,  and  calf  skin  mats  and  rugs  of  sheep  and  lamb  skins,  dyed  in 
various  colors  and  ornamental  figures. 

[The  leather  manufacture  of  Great  Britain  is  the  third  or  fourth  in  point  of  im¬ 
portance,  being  surpassed  only  by  the  cotton,  wool,  and  iron  manufactures;  and  if  the 
connected  trades  be  added  to  it,  as  the  currier,  shoemaker,  saddler,  glover,  it  may,  per¬ 
haps,  rank  equal  to  cotton. 

The  peculiarity  in  the  preparation  of  chamois  leather  is  the  application  of  oil  to 
the  skins  instead  of  tannin  or  alum.  Formerly  only  the  skin  of  the  chamois-goat  was 
thus  prepared,  but  now  the  skins  of  many  other  animals  are  subjected  to  this  process; 
the  coarser  kinds  are  known  as  wash-leather.  After  being  prepared  in  the  usual  way, 
the  skins  are  smeared  and  fulled  with  cod  oil,  or  any  cheap  animal  oil;  two  or  three 
gallons  of  oil  will  be  absorbed  by  100  skins;  the  skins  are  then  allowed  to  undergo  a 
slight  fermentation,  and  are  finally  immersed  in  a  weak  solution  of  potash,  which  re- 


LEATHER.  SKINS,  FUR.  HAIR,  AND  THEIR  MANUFACTURES. 


moves  the  superfluous  oil,  forming  with  it  a  soluble  soap.  A  great  deal  of  chamois 
leather  is  made  from  the  least  regular  portion  of  split  skins.  Oil  produces  no  chemical 
alteration  of  the  fibre  of  the  skin,  and  the  indisposition  to  putrefy  probably  depends 
chiefly  on  the  expulsion  of  fluids  and  putrescible  matters,  soluble  in  water,  in  the  fulling 
stocks.  Chamois  leather  may  be  resolved  into  glue  by  boiling  water.  A  new  kind  of 
leather  has  been  made  by  first  slightly  tanning  the  skins  in  the  usual  way,  by  infusion 
of  willow  bark,  and  then  impregnating  them  with  oil  in  the  fulling  mill.] 

55.  Maiben,  Charles,  Lewisham,  Kent,  England. — Inventor. 

Riding  saddle  on  an  improved  principle. 

[The  flaps  and  panuel  are  fixed  and  relieved  by  hand  ;  it  is  convenient  for  travel¬ 
ling,  or  for  shifting  after  a  heavy  saturation  ;  the  bearings  are  free,  and  the  use  of  nails 
has  been  avoided.  A  favorite-seated  saddle  can  be  supplied  with  additional  flaps  and 
panuel.] 

56.  Blyth,  Robert,  Piccadilly,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Lady’s  saddle;  hunting  and  race  saddles;  harness  pad,  <fce. 

57.  Lennan,  William,  Dublin,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

Hunting  saddles,  very  light. 


[This  dispenses  with  one  of  the  reins  ordinarily  used.  A  single  leather  rein  is  at¬ 
tached  to  the  curb  bit,  with  a  short  elastic  connecting  piece  going  from  the  main  rein 
to  the  ring  of  the  snaffle-bit.  As  long  as  the  horse  is  quiet,  the  driver  bears  only  on 
the  snaffle-bit  through  the  false  rein  ;  but  if  the  animal  is  restive  or  hard-mouthed,  he 
stretches  the  elastic  connecting  rein,  and  throws  the  pressure  on  the  curb-bit  and  the 
main  rein ;  on  the  horse  becoming  quiet  again,  the  elastic  rein  contracts  and  throws 
the  pressure  off  the  animal’s  mouth  on  the  snaffle-bit.  For  women  or  inexperienced 
drivers  this  is  a  valuable  invention,  as  there  is  no  danger  of  getting  hold  of  the  wrong 
rein  in  the  confusion  arising  from  a  frightened  horse.] 

67.  Lomer,  J.,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

“  Master-piece  ”  sleigh  robe,  composed  of  9,317  pieces  of  fur. 

68.  Hudson’s  Bay  Company,  Hudson's  Bay  House,  Lachine,  Canada  East. — Proprietors. 
A  collection  of  furs,  viz. :  two  beavers,  two  black  bears,  one  otter,  one  fisher,  three 

martens,  three  minks,  one  silver  fox,  one  cross  fox,  one  led  fox,  three  lynx,  two  rac¬ 
coons,  two  black  squirrels,  six  muskrats,  and  one  seal ;  one  dressed  reindeer  skin. 

- ♦-»♦ - 


58.  Swain e  &  Adeney,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Riding  and  driving  whips,  plain  and  ornamental ;  walking  canes. 


59.  Blyth,  Son,  &  Cooper,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Feathers  and  hair. 

[Feathers  from  common  birds,  and  the  soft  fine  down  from  aquatic  birds  of  cold 
climates,  are  similar  to  hair  in  chemical  composition.  They  are  purified  by  exposing 
them  to  heat;  the  oil  is  extracted  by  immersion  in  lime  water,  and  afterwards  washing 
in  pure  water.  From  their  elasticity,  softness,  and  non-conducting  powers,  they  are 
eminently  useful  to  man.] 

CO.  Hewlett,  A.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Wax  bust,  with  lady's  head  dress,  wig,  transparent  scalp,  showing  shades  of  hair 

dye. 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS— CANADA. 

61.  Tetu,  C.  H.,  Riviere  Ouelle,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  porpoise  leather,  brown  or  velvet,  light  and  strong  black.  [This  ob¬ 
tained  a  prize-medal  at  the  London  Exhibition,  1851.] 

[The  leather  made  from  the  skin  of  the  Porpoise,  Phoccena  communis,  and  P.  Ame- 
rioana,  is  said  to  be  the  strongest  known,  and  is  used  particularly  for  upper  leather ;  it 
is  said,  however,  not  to  stand  water  well.  This  animal  is  very  common,  and  the  ma¬ 
nufacture  of  leather  from  its  skin  promises  to  be  of  considerable  commercial  import¬ 
ance.]  _ _ 

62.  Local  Exhibition  Committee,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Proprietors. 

Specimens  of  moose  skins,  dressed  and  undressed,  prepared  by  the  Indians  of  Lo- 
rette,  near  Quebec. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

69.  Thomas,  W.  &  II ,  St.  Johns. — Collectors. 

Skins  and  furs  of  white  fox,  wolverine,  and  cross  foxes. 

70.  Bennett,  C.  F.,  it  Co.,  St.  Johns. — Collectors. 

Skins  of  wolves,  martens,  red  foxes,  silver  and  black  pole  cats,  muskrat,  otter,  and 
beaver. 

71.  Committee,  St.  Johns. — Collectors. 

Skins  of  white  fox,  and  martens. 

72.  Committee  and  Mechanics’  Institute,  St.  Johns. — Proprietors. 

Stuffed  skins  of  red  foxes,  beavers,  otter,  ermine,  northern  hares,  polar  bears,  and 
seals.  (See  74.) 

[Different  species  of  seals  are  found  in  North  America,  from  the  coast  of  the  North¬ 
ern  States  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Great  numbers  of  the  skins  are  annually  sent  abroad, 
and  consumed  at  home.  Many  are  made  into  leather,  which  is  enamelled  and  var¬ 
nished  for  ladies’  shoes.  The  blue-back,  the  hair,  and  the  silver  seals  are  dressed  and 
used  in  their  natural  state,  and  are  also  dyed.  The  fur  seal,  the  supply  of  which  is 
always  comparatively  small,  requires  a  long  process  to  fit  it  for  its  intended  uses;  after 
the  long  coarse  hair  is  removed,  there  remains  the  rich,  curly,  silky  down,  of  a  yellow¬ 
ish  color,  which  was  formerly  much  used  for  caps.  It  is  now  generally  dyed  of  a  rich 
Vandyke  brown,  giving  it  the  appearance  of  the  finest  velvet;  this  is  made  up  into  a 
great  variety  of  articles  for  ladies’,  gentlemen's,  and  children’s  wear.  The  species 
found  on  the  coast  of  the  United  States  is  generally  the  Phoca  concolor,  and  occasion¬ 
ally  the  Hooded  Seal,  Stemmatoprs  cristatus.  The  skins  of  the  marine  mammalia,  when 
properly  manufactured,  are  stronger  than  those  of  land  animals;  this  remark  applies 
particularly  to  seal,  porpoise,  and  whale  leather.] 

73.  Winter,  Dr.  John,  St.  Johns. — Exhibitor. 

Small  white-coat  seal,  stuffed. 


[The  Moose,  Cervus  alces,  furnishes  an  excellent  hide  for  moccasins  and  snow-shoes; 
the  best  skin  is  from  the  bull  moose  in  October,  and  usually  sells  for  four  dollars.  The 
6kins  of  the  moose,  the  reindeer,  Rangi/er  tarandus,  and  the  buffalo,  Bison  America- 
nus,  are  tanned  by  the  Indians  of  Canada  and  the  United  States.  The  hide  of  the 
buffalo  is  tanned  and  dressed  by  the  women  and  children  by  a  very  laborious  process : 
the  skin  is  freed  from  its  flesh  by  scraping,  after  which  it  is  stretehed  on  the  ground 
and  fastened  with  pegs  to  dry;  the  hair  is  scraped  off,  and  the  skin  reduced  to  the 
proper  thickness,  when  it  is  covered  for  a  night  with  brains,  liver,  or  grease ;  the  next 
day  it  is  rubbed  in  the  sun  or  by  a  fire  till  the  grease  has  been  worked  into  it ;  then  it  is 
rubbed  till  quite  dry.  The  skin  is  then  suspended  over  a  fire  and  thoroughly  smoked, 
which  completes  the  tanning,  and  renders  the  skin  able  to  bear  wet  without  losing  its 
softness  and  pliability. 

Buffalo  robes  are  dressed  in  the  same  manner,  only  that  the  hair  is  not  removed, 
and  they  are  not  smoked.  The  use  of  these  robes  for  sleighs  and  other  vehicles,  for 
coats,  mats,  <fcc.,  is  well  known.  Moose  and  reindeer  skins  are  prepared  in  a  similar 
manner.]  _ _ _ 

63.  Clark,  W.  A.,  Toronto,  Canada  West.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cochineal  red  and  black  roans,  and  of  white  lamb-skin  linings. 

64.  Macklew,  Oliver  T.,  Chippewa,  Canada  West — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  heavy  Spanish  sole  leather. 

65.  Ferguson,  William,  Montreal,  Canada  East.— Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Flexible  leather  branch  pipe,  composed  of  narrow  strips  of  leather  riveted  to¬ 
gether  in  a  spiral  direction.  _ 

66.  Holwell,  W.  Antrobus,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Inventor. 

The  “  Duplex  Safety  Rein  ”  (patented  in  Canada,  1858),  for  insuring  complete  con¬ 
trol  of  the  horse  in  riding  or  driving,  without  needlessly  curbing  or  fretting  the  ani¬ 
mal,  and  with  only  one  rein. 


71.  Mechanics’  Institute,  St  Johns. — Exhibitor. 

Stuffed  red  foxes,  beaver,  otter,  ermine,  northern  hares,  groups  of  ptarmigan, 
ducks,  owls,  bitterns,  great  northern  diver,  gulls,  seals,  and  polar  bear. 

[The  immense  tract  of  country  in  North  America  to  the  north  of  the  United 
States,  belonging  to  Great  Britain,  may  be  regarded  as  an  immense  hunting  ground 
which  supplies  a  great  part  of  the  furs  used  in  Europe  and  America ;  the  Northern  and 
Western  States  and  Territories  also  furnish  a  considerable  quantity  for  home  consump¬ 
tion.  The  following  table  of  imports  into  England,  and  exports,  is  taken  from  J.  A. 
Nicholay,  Esq.,  of  London  : 


Raccoon  - 
Beaver  - 
Chinchilla 
Bear  -  - 
Fisher 
Fox,  red  - 
“  cross 
“  silver 
“  white 

“  grey 

Lynx 

Marten  - 

Mink 

Musquash 

Otter 

Fur  seal  - 

Wolf 


Marten,  Stone  - 
Squirrel  -  -  - 
Fitch  - 
Kolinski  -  - 
Ermine  -  - 


525,000 

60,000 

85,000 

9.500 
11,000 
50,000 

4.500 

1,000 

1.500 
20,000 
55,000 

120,000 
245,000 
1,000,000 
17,500 
15,000 
15,000 


all  exported 
12,000 
30,000 
8,000 

all  exported 


500 
1 8,000 
50,000 
15,000 
75,000 
150,000 
all  exported 
12,500 
all  exported 


EUROPEAN  FURS. 


120,000 
2,271,258 
65,091 
53,410 
187,104 
173 


5,000 
77,160 
28.276 
200 

none  exported 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XVI. 


[The  common  American  Wild  Cat,  or  Ha y  Lynx,  Lynx  rufus,  and  the  Canadian 
Lynx,  Lynx  canadensis  (Loup-cervier  of  the  Canadians),  both  have  a  light  though 
Warm  fur;  the  natural  color  is  a  light  grey  spotted  with  dark,  and  rufous;  dyed  of 
various  colors,  it  is  considerably  used  for  cloak  linings,  robes,  muffs,  &e.  A  skin  will 
usually  sell  for  three  or  four  dollars.  The  specimens  obtained  of  the  former  species, 
from  the  Columbia  river,  are  generally  carried  direct  to  China  without  passing  through 
the  hands  of  European  furriers.  There  is  a  variety  of  the  first  species,  perhaps  even 
a  distinct  species,  L.  maculatus,  whose  fur,  spotted  with  brown,  is  as  valuable  as  the 
others. 

The  skins  of  many  species  of  Hares  and  Rabbits  are  valuable  for  common  purposes 
of  fur,  on  account  of  the  almost  inexhaustible  supply.  The  most  common  American 
species  are  the  Lepus  amcricanus,  L.  palustris,  L.  sytvoticus,  L.  'lownsendii,  L.  glacialis, 
L.  aquaticus,  and  L.  nigricaudatus.  The  colors  vary  from  light  grey  to  yellowish  and 
reddish  brown  in  summer;  in  winter  white  predominates.  The  fur  of  the  polar  hare, 
L.  glacialis,  is  beautifully  white  and  soft,  and  is  sometimes  substituted  for  ermine 
AVlien  beaver  hats  were  worn,  the  felt  bodies  were  made  of  rabbit  skin  ;  it  is  now  dyed 
and  made  into  a  great  variety  of  common  articles.  The  wool  has  been  recently  made 
in  England  into  a  kind  of  cloth  for  ladies’  wear. 

The  fur  of  the  Squirrel  is  much  used  for  linings,  for  tippets,  and  cuffs,  for  which  its 
softness  and  cheapness  make  it  in  great  demand.  The  varieties  most  in  demand  are 
the  Sciurus  carolinensis ,  Sc .  hudsonius,  Sc.  cinereus,  Sc.  lanuginosus,  be.  niger,  Sc.  migra- 
torius,  and  Sc.  capistratus ;  of  these  the  first  three,  or  the  Carolina,  red,  and  cat  squir¬ 
rels,  and  the  last  three,  or  the  black,  grey,  and  fox  squirrels,  are  the  most  esteemed. 
Immense  numbers  of  squirrels  are  killed  in  Russia ;  as  many  as  23,000,000  are  obtained 
there  annually,  of  which  more  than  2,000,000  are  exported  to  Engand. 

The  fur  of  the  Fox  is  in  high  esteem  in  Russia  and  China.  The  skin  of  the  red  fox, 
Vulpes  fuhus,  is  finer  than  that  of  the  V.  vulgaris  of  Europe;  its  value  is  from  2  to  3 
dollars;  that  of  the  cross  fox,  V.  dccussatus,  with  a  black  cross  on  the  neck  and 
shoulders,  and  black  line  on  the  under  surface,  is  valued  at  12  or  15  dollars;  the  white 
and  black  varieties  are  also  highly  prized  according  to  the  uniformity  or  intensity  of 
the  color.  The  grey  fox,  V.  virginianus,  and  the  Kit  fox,  V.  velox,  have  a  much  coarser 
fur.  Fox  fur  is  much  used  for  sleigh  robes,  caps,  and  trimmings. 

The  fur  of  the  Muskrat,  or  musquash,  Fiber  zibethieux,  is  of  a  reddish-brown  color 
above,  and  cinereous  beneath;  it  is  short  and  downy,  intermixed  with  longer  and 
coarser  hairs ;  it  somewhat  resembles  that  of  the  beaver,  though  it  is  less  soft  and 
lustrous.  When  the  animal  is  killed  in  good  season,  it  is  an  excellent  material  for 
making  (so  called)  “  beaver  ”  hats,  and  great  numbers  of  them  were  formerly  used 
here,  aud  exported  to  Great  Britain,  for  that  purpose ;  since  the  introduction  of  silk 
hats,  the  demand  has  been  much  less;  in  1824  about  5,000  skins  were  exported  to  Great 
Britain.  The  value  of  a  skin  now  varies  from  25  to  6  cents.  The  geographical  range 
of  this  animal  is  quite  extensive,  from  30°  to  09°  N. ;  for  some  unexplained  reason,  but 
very  fortunately  for  the  rice  plantations,  this  animal  is  not  found  in  the  alluvial  lands 
of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia,  though  it  is  met  with  much  farther  south  inland. 

The  Wolverine  or  Glutton,  Gulo  luscus,  ranges  from  75°  to  42°  N. ;  it  has  two  distinct 
kinds  of  hair,  the  inner  fur  being  soft  and  about  an  inch  long,  the  intermixed  hairs 
being  rigid  and  about  4  inches  long.  The  fur  resembles  that  of  the  bear,  and  is  much 
used  for  muffs  and  sleigh  robes. 

The  Mink ,  Putorius  vison,  has  a  very  downy  fur  beneath,  with  hairs  of  a  coarser 
kind  interspersed;  their  skins  were  formerly  much  sought  after  for  making  tippets  aud 
muffs,  being  valued  at  50  cents  each;  as  the  fashions  change,  they  will  doubtless  soon 
be  again  worn,  as  the  fur,  though  short,  is  finer  even  than  that  of  the  marten.  Speci¬ 
mens  are  occasionally  seen  of  a  silver  grey  color,  of  great  fineness;  six  of  these  will 
make  a  muff  worth  a  hundred  dollars.  It  is  found  in  almost  every  part  of  North 
America. 

The  fur  of  the  Fisher,  or  Pennant's  Marten,  Mustela  canadensis,  is  long,  fine,  and 
lustrous,  darker  in  winter  than  in  summer;  it  is  not  so  valuable  as  the  sable,  the 
ordinary  price  being  about  $1 .50  per  skin.  Its  geographical  range  is  between  40°  and 
70°  N.  across  the  continent. 

The  Beater,  Castor  fiber,  whose  skins  were  once  a  very  important  article  of  commerce, 
is  now  very  scarce  in  the  United  States.  In  1624,  400  beaver  skins  were  exported  from 
New  York  State;  in  1635  the  number  had  increased  to  15,000,  the  whole  number  in 
ten  years  being  over  80,000.  In  1815  a  party  of  Indians  ascended  a  river  in  St.  Law¬ 
rence  county,  and  in  a  few  weeks  returned  with  300  beaver  skiii3.  The  Hudson’s  Bay 
Company  in  1743  sent  to  London  150,000  beaver  skins;  in  1827,  from  more  than  four 
times  the  extent  of  country,  the  amount  did  not  exceed  50,000.  Beavers  are  caught  in 
good  order  at  all  seasons  of  the  year  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  as  there  it  is  never  warm 
enough  to  injure  the  fur;  in  the  low  lands,  however,  along  the  Missouri,  the  trappers 
rarely  commence  their  hunting  before  September,  and  relinquish  it  about  the  last  of 
May.  Sixty  or  seventy  skins  make  a  pack  of  100  lbs.,  which  is  worth  from  three  to  four 
hundred  dollars.  Since  the  manufacture  of  beaver  hats  has  been  discontinued,  the 
skins  have  lost  much  of  their  value.  Its  fine  and  silky  wool  has  been  adapted  to  weav- 
ing  purposes  in  England,  with  some  prospect  of  success.  Its  fur  is  prepared  by  a  new 
process  for  ladies’  wear,  and  is  exported  from  England  to  various  parts  of  Europe  and 
the  East;  the  white  fine  wool  of  the  under  parts  is  largely  exported  to  France. 

The  fur  of  the  American  Badger,  Meles  labradoria,  is  considerably  exported  for 
general  wear,  for  which  its  fineness  and  softness,  especially  from  the  back,  peculiarly  fit  it. 
The  European  species  is  chiefly  used  for  the  manufacture  of  shaving  brushes. 

The  fur  of  the  American  Otter,  Lutra  canadensis,  is  fine  and  thick,  and  ranks  next  in 
value  to  that  of  the  Beaver,  a  good  skin  being  worth  8  dollars ;  it  is  used  for  the  finer 
sort  of  hats,  and  for  costly  caps.  The  hunting  season  is  from  September  to  May.  The 

m 


Russians,  Chinese,  and  Greeks  use  a  great  many  of  these  skins,  for  robes,  trimmings,  and 
national  dresses. 

The  Ermine,  Putorius  erminca,  has  in  summer  a  reddish-brown  fur;  in  winter  it  is 
pure  white,  except  the  end  of  the  tail,  which  is  black.  It  so  happens  that  royalty  and 
nobility  have  adopted  this  fur  in  some  countries,  as  one  of  their  emblems,  which  has 
given  to  it  a  value  far  above  its  merit.  It  is  made  into  various  nrticles  for  ladies’  wear, 
with  the  b.aek  tip  of  the  tail  attached  ;  but  it  is  not  much  handsomer,  if  it  were  not 
fashionable,  than  the  imitations  from  cat  and  similar  skins.  The  Fitch,  or  Pole-cat,  of 
Europe,  IJutorius  feetidus,  has  a  fur  of  good  quality,  which  is  considerably  worn  for 
common  purposes. 

The  varieties  of  the  American  Wolf,  Cams  lupus  occidentalis,  have  finer  furs  than  the 
European  species  ;  the  Prairie  Wolf,  C.  latrans,  supplies  one  of  the  furs  of  the  Hudson’s 
Bay  Company.  Wolf  skins  are  used  for  sleigh  robes,  coats,  caps,  linings,  <tc.,  in  cold 
climates,  especially  in  Russia. 

The  fur  of  the  Black  Bear,  Ursus  americanus,  is  highly  prized  ;  a  skin  is  worth  from 
4  to  12  dollars,  according  to  the  quality.  It  is  much  used  for  military  caps  and  equip¬ 
ments,  for  sleigh  robes  and  linings,  rugs,  &c.  The  fur  of  the  polar  bear,  U.  rnaritimus, 
is  of  the  greatest  value  to  the  Arctic  tribes;  they  dress  it  by  pinning  it  down  on  the 
snow  and  leaving  it  to  freeze,  after  which  the  fat  is  scraped  oft';  it  is  then  hung  up  to 
dry  in  the  intense  frost,  and  with  a  little  scraping  it  becomes  perfectly  supple,  both  skin 
and  hair  being  beautifully  white. 

The  American  Sable  or  Pine  Marten,  Mustela  martes,  has  a  fur  varying  in  color 
from  tawny  to  black;  the  ordinary  skins  are  worth  about  $1.25  apiece.  Great  quan¬ 
tities  of  them  are  used  on  the  continent  of  Europe;  a  mantle  lined  with  black  sables, 
with  white  spots,  belonging  to  Henry  I.,  was  valued  at  $500.  It  is  often  colored  to 
imitate  sable. 

The  Russian  Sable,  Martes  zibellina,  is  one  of  the  niost  costly  furs,  both  from  its  fine¬ 
ness,  and  the  difficulties  of  procuring  it  annd  the  wilds  of  Siberia  ;  it  is  rarely  used 
except  by  kings  and  high  functionaries.  Russia  alone  produces  about  25,000  annually7. 

The  Stone  Marten,  Martes  albogularis,  is  widely  spread  over  Europe,  and  derives  its 
name  from  its  favorite  haunts.  The  French  excel  in  dyeing  this  fur,  whence  it  is  fre¬ 
quently  called  French  sable. 

'1  he  Baum  or  Wood  Marten,  M.  abietum,  frequents  the  pine  forests  of  Europe ;  its  fur  is 
in  the  natural  state  coarser  than  that  of  the  American  sable  ;  when  dyed,  it  resembles 
the  true  sable. 

The  Kolinski  or  Tartar  Sable,  Mustela  siberica,  is  procured  from  Russia  ;  its  natural 
color  is  a  bright  yellow,  in  which  state  it  is  much  used  ;  it  is  also  dyed  to  imitate  the 
cheaper  sables. 

The  fur  of  the  Sea  Otter,  Enhydra  marina,  is  exceedingly  fine  and  heavy7.  It  is  the 
royal  fur  of  China,  and  is  much  esteemed  in  Russia,  where  it  is  used  for  collars,  culls, 
and  trimmings  generally. 

The  fur  of  the  Chinchilla,  C.  lanigera,  a  South  American  rodent,  is  remarkably  soft, 
and  is  extensively  used  both  in  America  and  Europe.] 

- *-*♦ - 

FRANCE. 

75.  Gauthier,  J.,  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Varnished  calf-skins,  for  carriages,  and  for  boots  and  shoes. 

76.  Petterau,  Placide,  Jr.,  Chateau  Renault,  Indre  et  Loire. — Manufacturer. 

Various  samples  of  leather;  a  broad  band  for  gearing  machines. 

77.  Dezaux,  Lacour,  Guise  Aistie. — Manufacturer 
Specimens  of  tanned  and  curried  hides. 

[In  this  manufactory  the  spent  bark,  pressed  and  dried  by  the  hydraulic  press,  is  used 
for  fuel  for  the  boiler  cf  a  steam  engine ;  very  strong  infusions  of  bark  are  used,  obtained 
economically  by  directing  the  waste  steam  into  the  infusion-tank.  The  peculiar  soft¬ 
ness  of  French  leather  is  in  part  owing  to  the  use  of  the  bark  of  the  evergreen  oak; 
and  the  strength  and  solidity7  of  English  sole-leather  depends  on  the  superior  quality  of 
the  oak-bark  abounding  in  England.  It  is  probable  that  each  tanning  material  gives 
to  the  leather  some  peculiar  quality  in  respecl  to  color,  scent,  toughness,  and  imper¬ 
meability.]  _ 

78.  Prim,  A.,  Sen.,  Nantes. — Manufacturer. 

Black  and  yellow  calf-skins. 

79.  Didier,  A.  Petit,  St.  Die. — Manufacturer. 

Calfskins.  _ 

80.  Gerard,  Epinal. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  leather  for  carriages  and  harness. 

81.  Suser,  IE,  Nantes,  Loire  Inferieure. — Manufacturer. 

Tanned  calf-skins. 

82.  Bayvet,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  leather,  and  of  fine  moroccos. 

83.  Courtois,  E.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  black  and  colored  calf  skins  for  boots  and  shoes,  and  for  saddlers, 
coach  and  harness  makers;  embossed  and  gilded  leathers. 


LEATHER.  SKINS,  FUR.  HAIR,  AND  THEIR  MANUFACTURES. 


81.  Dietz,  Ed.,  Bar,  Bas-Rhin. — Manufacturer. 

Dressed  calf  skins.* 

-  » 

85.  Texier,  G.  Jun.,  Mart  Deux  L'evres. — Manufacturer. 

Superfine  glove  leathers. 

8G.  Deadde,  L.,  12  Rue  Siquettone,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Varnished  leathers  of  various  kinds  and  colors. 

[The  difficulty  of  making  a  bright  varnish  retain  an  unbroken  surface  on  leather 
which  requires  to  be  bent,  has  been  obviated  in  France  by  several  processes.  A  paste 
made  from  vegetable  black  and  Prussian  blue,  mixed  with  boiled  linseed  oil,  is  rubbed  on 
the  surface  of  the  leather  by  hand,  and  dried  in  a  stove  at  about  170°  F.  The  opera¬ 
tion  is  repeated  from  three  to  seven  times;  the  varnish,  when  dry,  adheres  firmly  and 
bears  considerable  tension  without  breaking.*  Another  varnish  is  made  by  boiling  lin¬ 
seed  oil  with  white  lead  and  litharge,  one  pound  of  each  of  the  latter  to  a  gallon  of  the 
former,  and  adding  a  portion  of  chalk  or  ochre;  three  or  four  coats  are  worked  in  to 
the  skin,  each  one  being  thoroughly  dried  before  the  application  of  the  next;  ivory 
black  is  then  substituted  for  the  chalk  or  ochre,  the  varnish  slightly  thinned  with 
spirits  of  turpentine,  and  five  additional  applications  made,  the  varnish  being  put  on 
thin,  without  being  worked  in ;  the  leather  is  then  rubbed  down  with  powdered 
pumice  stone,  then  varnished  and  placed  in  a  room  at  90°,  out  of  the  way  of  the  dust. 
This  last  varnish  is  prepared  by  boiling  half  a  pound  of  asphalt  with  ten  pounds  of  the 
drying  oil  used  in  the  first  step  of  the  process,  and  then  stirring  in  five  pounds  of  copal 
varnish  and  ten  pounds  of  turpentine  ;  it  must  have  a  month’s  age  before  it  is  fit  for 
use. 

An  elastic  varnish  m ay  be  made  by  fusing  together  two  parts  resin,  or  clammar-resin, 
and  one  part  caoutchouc,  and  stirred  until  cold;  to  add  to  the  elasticity,  linseed  oil  is 
added.  Another  is  made  by  putting  pieces  of  caoutchouc  in  naptha  till  softened  to  a 
jelly,  adding  an  equal  weight  of  heated  linseed  oil,  stirred  for  some  time  over  the  fire.] 

87.  Corbet,  Soucin',  Chaumont,  Haute  Marne. — Munufacturer. 

Calf  skins,  and  dressed  leathers. 

88.  Knoderer,  Cii.,  Rue  dcs  Denteiles,  Strasbourg. — Manufactnrer. 

Patent  tanned  and  dressed  leathers. 

[By  this  process  leather  is  tanned  thirty  or  forty  times  quicker  than  by  the  usual 
mode.  Calf  skin  is  tanned  in  two  days  in  summer,  and  in  three  days  in  winter — horse 
hide  in  three  and  fjur  days — bootlegs  and  upper  leathers  in  two  or  three  days — boot¬ 
legs  in  cow-hides  in  six  and  eight  days — calf  skin  legs  in  six  and' eight  days.  The 
leather  is  said  also  to  have  a  better  color,  to  be  heavier,  more  elastic,  and  more  imper¬ 
meable  to  water.] 

89.  liout’.TTE,  A.  &  Co.,  27  Faubourg  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Varnished  calf  skins;  superfine  grained  skins. 

90.  Moride  &  Raux,  Mantes. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  dressed  russet  and  black  calf  skins. 

91.  Gaudelet,  Febvre,  19  Rue  des  'Tanneries ,  Dijon. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  white  polished  and  varnished  calf  skins. 


92.  Gaubbrt,  C.,  Milhan,  Aveyron. — Manufacturer. 
Dressed  russet  and  black  calf  skins ;  boot  tops. 


93.  Ai.bot,  Delon,  Faubourg  St.  Denis,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  varnished  calf  skins. 

94.  Manson,  Nantes. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  dressed  calf  skins  and  boot  tops. 

95.  Nvs  &  Co  ,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  superfine  japanned  leather. 

96.  Ciiavey  &  Bouciiet,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Dressed  calf  skins. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

97.  Doerr  &  Reinhart,  Worms  on  the  Rhine. — Manufacturers. 

Japanned  patent  leather,  for  shoemakers,  and  for  furniture ;  with  boots  made 
from  it  _ _ _ _ 

98.  IIiRsciiFELD,  Herrmann,  Cothen. — Manufacturer. 

Varnished  leather,  belts,  hat  bands,  Ac. 

99.  Heintze  &  Freudenberg,  Weinheim,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 

Japanned,  black,  and  polished  leather,  for  boots  and  Bhoes. 

100.  Viessing,  Edward,  Coesfeld,  Westphalia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  morocco  and  colored  leather. 


I  101.  Pretorius  A  Co.,  Alzey,  Hesse-Darmstadt. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  dressed  calf  skins ;  boot  fronts. 

102.  Rupp  A  Becustkin,  Frankfort  on  the  Maine. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  varnished  leather,  for  shoes,  belts,  Ac. 

103.  Gever,  William  A  Edward,  Eisenberg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturers. 

Prepared  leather  for  instruments.  • 

104.  Heyl,  Cornelius,  Worms  on  the  Rhine. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  leather  and  calf  skins. 

105.  Ostertag,  Carl,  Nordlingen,  WiXrtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Chamois  leather,  and  white  alum-dressed  leather. 

106.  Bartholme,  F.,  Ansburg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Vellum  and  parchments. 

[Parchment  is  made  from  the  skins  of  sheep  and  goats.  After  being  limed,  stretched, 
scraped,  and  pared,  powdered  chalk  is  rubbed  on  with  pumice  stone,  which  smooths  and 
softens  the  skin,  and  gives  the  desired  color ;  it  is  then  dried.  Vellum  is  a  substance 
similar  to  parchment,  made  from  the  skins  of  very  young  calves.] 

108.  Kugler,  J.  G.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  articles  in  leather. 

109.  Stalm,  Robert,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

A  complete  set  of  Hungarian  harness. 

110.  Boysen,  Bremen,  North  Germany. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  saddlery  and  harness. 

111.  Schadow,  Ferd.,  Breslau,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Leather  travelling  trunks,  pouches,  bags,  Ac. 

112.  Stieb,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  whips. 

113.  Lewzenfelder,  P.  Sen.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Riding  and  carriage  whips  of  various  descriptions ;  curiously  mounted  canes 
and  whips.  _ _ 

111.  G  tze,  Hermann,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

Tresses  and  braids  of  human  hair,  of  various  colors. 

[Hair  chemically  consists  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen,  and  nitrogen,  united  with 
several  earthy  and  metallic  oxyds.  It  is  well  adapted  for  ornamental  work  from  its 
fineness,  elasticity,  strength,  and  resistance  to  decay.  Its  manufacture  into  ornamental 
and  useful  articles  gives  employment  to  great  numbers  of  workmen  on  the  continent  of 
Europe,  especially  Germany,  France,  and  Belgium  :  the  lighter  varieties,  which  are  the 
most  valuable,  are  principally  obtained  in  Germany,  the  darker  varieties  from  France. 
A  head  of  hair,  such  as  is  bought  of  the  peasant  girls  in  these  countries,  usually  weighs 
from  f  to  lbs.,  and  is  usually  exchanged  for  trinkets  and  articles  of  dress.] 

115.  Herdigen,  H.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Sample  card  of  assorted  bristles,  with  price  current. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

116.  Pollack,  J.  J.,  A  Sons,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Black  and  brown  grained  and  pressed  calf-skins;  japanned  and  varnished  lea¬ 
thers;  reindeer  leathers;  various  colored  calf-skins;  cap  beaks;  chamois  skins ;  calf¬ 
skins  dressed  with  the  hair  on. 

[The  manufacture  of  leather  is  a  very  important  branch  of  Austrian  industry, 
especially  tawed  and  chamois  leather.  Much  of  the  raw  material  is  imported  from 
Russia,  the  Danubian  Principalities,  Turkey,  and  Buenos  Ayres;  the  annual  quantity 
consumed  is  nearly  1,000,000  cwt.  The  production  of  leather  of  all  kinds  amounts  to 
about  600,000  cwt.  Prague  and  Vienna  are  famous  for  the  manufacture  of  ladies’  gloves ; 
in  Vienna  alone,' there  are  more  than  250  makers  who  employ  500  workmen  and  3,500 
female  sewers,  making  annually  about  200,000  dozen  pairs  of  gloves ;  in  Prague  there 
are  about  50  glove  makers.  The  manufacture  of  fancy  articles  of  leather  is  also  quite 
extensive  in  Vienna  and  Prague;  large  exports  are  made,  especially  to  Turkey.] 

117.  Wolff,  F.,  Hermanvstadt,  Transylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  different  kinds  of  goat  and  sheep  skins,  stamped  with  variously 
colored  painted  figures. 

[The  art  of  embossing  leather  is  of  great,  antiquity.  The  straps  from  the  Theban 
mummies,  in  the  fineness  and  beauty  of  the  figures,  prove  great  skill  in  the  workmen; 
some  of  these  bear  the  names  of  kings  who  reigned  more  than  3,300  years  ago.  The 
Egyptians  used  for  tanning  the  pods  of  the  Acacia  nilotica.] 

118.  Messner,  F,  Reultc,  Tyrol.— Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  different  kinds  of  leather. 

175 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XVI. 


119,  Locker,  Antonio,  Krainburg,  Illyria. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  horse-hair  sieve  bottoms. 

120,  Globotsching,  A.,  Strasich,  Illyria. — Manufacturer. 
Horse-hair  sieve  bottoms. 

121,  Lang,  F,  Stadt-Steyer,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 
Camel-hair  brushes. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

122.  Arnaudon,  Luigi,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  morocco  leather  of  various  colors. 

123,  Megroz-Blache,  Thonon,  Sardinia — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  calf  skins,  undressed,  dressed,  and  Varnished. 

121.  Lanza,  G.,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  sole,  bridle,  and  harness  leather. 

125.  Sanglf.r,  Francesco,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

Portmanteaus  and  trunks  of  new  form,  with  many  compartments. 


SWITZERLAND. 

126.  Hediger,  Brothers,  Zug,  Canton  Zng. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  dressed  calf  skins  and  japanned  leather. 

127.  Melchior,  Imhoff  A  Son,  Bale,  Canton  Bale. — Manufacturers. 
Polished  calf  skins,  and  specimens  of  boot  fronts,  a  la  Bordeaux. 

128.  Reymond,  Henry,  Marges,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturer. 

Black  and  white  polished  calf  skins. 

129.  Mercier,  Jean  Jacques,  Lausanne. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  dressed  calf  skins;  black  and  russet. 

- - 

BELGIUM. 

130.  Jorez,  L,  Jun.,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  varnished  coach  and  harness  leathers. 

176 


131.  Bouvy,  Alex,  Liege . — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  fine  leather,  boot  fronts ;  carpets  made  of  cows’  hair. 

[A  cloth  is  also  made  from  buffalo  hair  by  the  American  Indians.] 

132.  Duchaussoit,  Edward,  Ghent. — Manufacturer. 

Muffs  and  pelerines;  natural  and  dyed  skins. 

133.  Dewewevene,  Joseph  J.,  Ghent. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  dyed  and  printed  skins. 

131.  Hansens-Hap,  Benoit,  Vilverde,  Brabant. — Manufacturer. 

Horse-hair  and  aloe-fibre  stuffing  for  furniture,  Ac. ;  aloe-fibre  stuff  of  two  sur¬ 
faces  ;  table  cloths ;  prepared  bristles,  Ac. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

135.  Dyksman,  II.,  Rotterdam,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

Ilair  cloth  for  chairs  and  sofas. 

[The  preparation  of  hair  for  the  manufacture  of  damask  hair  cloth  consists 
essentially  in  steeping  it  in  alkaline  liquid,  after  which  it  is  dyed.  It  is  woven  in  an 
ordinary  loom,  and  hot-calendered;  hair  ropes  are  formed  like  other  ropes;  curled  hair 
acquires  its  permanent  tortuous  springy  character  by  boiling.  Formerly  the  warps  for 
hair-seating  were  made  of  linen,  but  now  cotton  is  much  used,  as  it  produces  a  cloth 
of  a  smoother,  more  pliable,  and  more  even  surface.  Hair  seating  is  woven  by  hand( 
every  hair  being  introduced  singly ;  the  weft  being  in  detached  pieces,  it  has  been 
found  that  power  looms  cannot  be  used  with  advantage.  The  weaver  uses  a  sort  of 
hook-shuttle,  which  he  passes  between  the  threads  of  the  warp,  or  “shed,’'  towards 
his  loft  hand ;  the  assistant  places  a  single  hair  over  the  end  of  the  hook,  and  the 
weaver  draws  it  through  the  warp;  making  it  a  tedious  process.  Worsted  warp  is 
sometimes  used. 

Williams  gives  the  following  recipe  for  a  varnish  for  converting  fibrous  materials 
into  “artificial  hair:”  it  is  made  by  dissolving  ten  to  forty  parts  of  hog’s  bristles  in  one 
hundred  parts  of  linseed  oil  varnish ;  the  cloth  is  to  be  immersed  iu  the  liquid,  and 
then  dried  at  a  moderate  heat.] 

136.  Wild,  P.  de,  Jr.,  Laandau,  Netherlands — Manufacturer. 

Hair  sacks  for  oil  manufacturers. 

137.  Catz,  P.  S.  A  Co.,  Amsterdam,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

Swan  and  geese  and  grebe  skins  dressed  after  the  Dutch  method ;  various  fine 
dressed  skins. 

[The  Grebe,  Podiceps  cristatus,  is  an  aquatic  bird,  inhabiting  most  countries  of 
Europe,  Asia,  and  North  America.  The  best  specimens  are  from  Holland  and  Switzerland. 
The  feathers  are  of  a  rich  silver-white  color,  variously  shaded  with  brown,  and  are 
I  much  esteemed  as  ornaments  and  trimmings  of  ladies’  dresses;  they  are  very  durable.] 


SECTION  in. 


CLASS  XVII. 


PAPER,  PRINTING,  AND  BOOKBINDING. 


This  class  includes  paper  of  every  description;  all  articles  of  stationery;  types  and  specimens  of  printing,  not  including  fine  art  printing;  and  bookbinding  in 
leather  cloth,  vellum,  &c.  The  manufactures  arranged  under  this  class,  and  the  improvements  constantly  made  in  them,  are  of  surpassing  interest  to  the  scholar,  on 
account  of  their  connection  with  the  spread  of  knowledge  and  with  the  intellectual  wants  of  man.  The  application  of  recently  improved  machinery  to  the  production 
of  paper  and  of  printed  books,  leaves  scarce  anything  to  be  desired  on  the  score  of  economy  of  materials,  and  the  excellence,  rapidity,  and  cheapness  of  manufacture. 
In  bookbinding  great  advances  have  been  made  in  the  durability  and  beauty  of  the  embossed  cloth  covers,  now  almost  universally  used  by  publishers.  The  appearance 
of  the  cloth  covers  is  much  more  commendable,  and  being  manufactured  by  machinery,  their  cost  is  scarcely  more  than  that  of  the  boards  in  which  books  were  formerly 
issued  In  leather  binding  no  advances  have  been  made  corresponding  to  those  in  paper-making  and  printing.  The  expense  of  good  leather  binding  is  usually  greater 
than  the  original  cost  of  the  volume.  With  one  or  two  laudable  exceptions,  the  specimens  of  bookbinding,  in  leather,  in  the  Exhibition,  do  not  rise  above  mediocrity. 

The  reader  is  referred  to  an  essay  on  this  subject  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  37.  .  T, 

New  York  and  Philadelphia  send  numerous  specimens  of  printed  books,  in  several  of  which  the  printing,  illustration,  and  paper,  are  deserving  of  high  praise  The 
letter  papers  from  South  Hadley  and  Lee,  Massachusetts,  are  of  superior  quality;  and  the  American  paper  for  blank  books  and  ledgers  excels  in  fineness  and  smoothness 
the  heavy  English  paper  a  few  years  ago  regarded  as  indispensable.  In  the  finest  kinds  of  note  paper,  foreign  articles  still  take  the  lead.  Of  about  1  /00  paper  mills  m 

the  and  the  stereotype  plates  from  Boston,  show  great  perfection  in  these  arts;  the  gutta  percha  moulds  and  types 

„  ’  .  .  iUjo  Pio-hlv  useful  article.  The  writing  inks,  and  stationery  articles,  are  of  a  superior  character, 

give  “  b“  TOJ^el  tly  bound  books,  and  fine  specimens  of  typography;  a  great  variety  of  excellent  paper  from  Kent,  and  an  extensive  assortment  of 

*  n  r-v  |  t>  London*  a  great  variety  of  metallic  pens  from  the  manufactory  ot  Mr.  Gillott,  of  Birmingham.  The  books  printed 

fancy  and  ornamental  staonery  though  ’inferior  to  those  used  in  the  United  States,  made  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  S.  G.  Howe,  specimens  of  which, 

mreie  or  e  us  Zollverein  exhibits  a  great  variety  of  books  from  the  prolific  press  of  Leipsic;  fine  printing  inks;  gold,  silver,  and  fancy 

un  brunaey,  were  no  -  •  drawing  materials  from  Nuremberg.  France  sends  specimens  of  fine  printing,  plain  and  in  colors;  types;  stereotype  plates  in 

papers;  paying  cans,  ta  ^  C  ,  j  00061”  inks  and  elegant  fancy  stationery;  paper  made  from  straw;  specimens  of  bookbinding  and  photographic  printing, 
papier  mac  e,  common  an  |  o  ,  .  ’  plates  and  chromotypographic  proofs  from  the  same;  and  an  assortment  of  drawing  papers.  Austria  sends 

-g  been  ZL  f  ^excellent  lead  pencils.  Italy  exhibits  fine  lithographs  and  specimens  of  printing, 

and  excellent  paper  from  Turin  and  Florence. 


1.  Putnam,  G.  P.,  &  Co.,  Park  Place,  New  York.  Publishers. 

An  extensive  collection  of  elegantly  bound  American  books 
bitors,  embracing  works  of  the  principal  American  au  i  s,  exe’mplifica- 

science,  practical  arts,  and  education;  together  with  xU  .strati work-  m  «e  P 
tion  of  the  various  styles  of  engraving  in  the  Un  ted  M  Us.  account  of 

various  styles  of  binding  and  printing,  and  qualities  II  V 
bookbinding,  see  Record,  page  37.) 

i.  Ln.ri.coTT,  *  of  Sohoolcr.fi'. 

.0  Hot  Majesty  Qoc 

Victoria : ,  highly  ornamental. 

3  Walker,  E.,  <fc  Sons,  New  York. — Publishers  and  Bookbinders. 

pictorial  edges.  _ _ _ _ 

4.  Root  &  Anthony,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  fine  blank  books,  in  substantial  and  elegant  bindings. 


5.  Bowne  &  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Bank  ledgers  in  full  Russia  binding,  highly  ornamented;  letter  and  note  paper, 
specimens  of  printing  in  colors. 

C.  Dunigan,  Euward,  ife  Brothers,  New  York. — Publishers. 

A  case  containing  Roman  Catholic  Bibles  and  other  books,  published  by  the  exhi¬ 
bitors,  in  rich  bindings. 

7.  Koch  &  Co.,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  blank  books  in  a  superior  style  of  binding,  ruling,  and  finishing ; 
embossed  covers  and  gilt  edges. 

8.  Norton,  Charles  B.,  New  York. — Publisher. 

A  variety  of  books,  in  various  styles  of  binding. 


0.  Stringer  &  Townsend,  A ew  iork. — Publishers. 
Specimens  of  richly  bound  books. 


10.  Matthews,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  very  fine  bookbinding  in  Russia,  morocco,  and  calf;  specimens  of 


177 


SECTION  III- - CEASS  XVII. 


"I 


edge-  tooling ;  flexible  binding  for  dictionaries  and  books  of  reference.  Elegantly  bound 
copy  of  Owen  Jones’s  Palace  of  the  Alhambra,  in  light  Russia,  illuminated,  with  blue 
and  red  morocco;  exhibited  as  a  specimen  ot  the  artistic  abilities  ot  the  bookbindei  to 
ornament  his  work  without  the  aid  of  the  engraver  and  jeweller,  on  whom  of  late  years 
he  has  principally  depended  for  rich  ornament.  Six  months  labor  was  bestowed  on 
the  ornament  alone ;  the  binding  cost  the  exhibitor  $500.  (For  representation  of  this 
book,  see  Record,  page  23.) 


11.  Baker,  Godwin  &  Co.,  New  York. — Printers. 

Books,  pamphlets,  bills,  cards,  ill  plain  and  ornamental  styles. 


12.  Rose,  William  W.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Bank  and  office  ledgers,  and  account  books  in  ornamental  bindings. 


13.  Francis  <fc  Loutrel,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  account  books,  in  full  Russia  binding;  Francis’s  improved  manifold 
letter  writers;  Croton  writing  and  copying  inks ;  diaries  for  1854 ;  tracing  paper ;  pre¬ 
pared  gum. 

14.  Festner,  Frederick  C.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimen  of  elegant  bookbinding,  with  gilt  and  illuminated  edges. 


15.  Maurice,  William  H.,  Philadelphia,  Penn. — Manufacturer. 
Ledger  and  journal;  highly  ornamented,  with  gilt  edges. 


1C.  Felt  &  Horsford,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Full-bound  account  books,  ledgers,  and  journals,  ornamented  with  silver.  Checks, 
inkstands,  fancy  stationery ;  specimens  of  lithography,  &c. 


17.  Df.jonge,  J.  &  L.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fancy  colored,  glazed,  enamelled,  figured,  and  marbled  papers,  for  the 
use  of  bookbinders,  printers,  and  box  makers. 


18.  Mann,  Franklin,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Marbled  and  fancy  colored  papers. 


19.  Thompson,  William  M.,  New  York. — Engraver. 

Large  collection  of  specimens  of  bookbinders’  pictorial  stamps,  printed  in  gold  on 
fine  leather. 

[The  method  of  engraving  these  stamps  gives  an  effect  of  light  and  shade  which 
is  said  to  be  almost  equal  to  copperplate.  Twenty  thousand  copies  on  dry  cloth  may 
be  taken  without  destroying  the  beauty  of  the  impression.] 

20.  Bruce,  George,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  moulds,  punches,  type,  and  specimens  of  typography. 

A  ring-tailed  mould,  as  engraved  and  described  in  “  Moxon’s  Mechanick  Exorcises,” 
London,  1683,  and  still  in  common  use  in  Europe  ;  by  it  a  workman  casts  on  an  average 
4,000  types  in  ten  hours.  A  lever  hand  mould,  patented  by  Archibald  Binney,  of  Phi¬ 
ladelphia,  in  1814,  and  in  general  use  in  the  United  States  till  superseded  by  power 
machines ;  by  it  about  6,000  types  are  cast  in  ten  hours.  A  modern  mould,  to  be  at¬ 
tached  to  a  type-casting  machine;  a  workman,  with  a  machine,  will  average  18,000 
types  in  ten  hours.  And  the  following  specimens  of  type : 


BODY. 

FACE. 

BODY. 

FACE. 

Twenty  line  Pica. 

Ornaments. 

Double  Pica. 

Shaded,  No.  2. 

Sixteen  “ 

44 

44 

Double  Small  Pica. 

Running-hand. 

Fourteen  “ 

44 

44 

• 

Paragon. 

Ornamented,  No.  3. 

Twelve  “ 

44 

Roman. 

Great  Primer. 

Antique. 

Ten  “ 

44 

Antique. 

Columbian. 

Roman  and  Italic. 

bine  “ 

44 

Roman,  No.  3. 

English. 

Script. 

Eight  “ 

44 

Shaded,  No.  2. 

Pica. 

N  ewspaper  Ornam’ts 

Seven  “ 

44 

Ornamented. 

Small  Pica. 

Rom.  and  Ital.  No.  5 

Six 

44 

Gothic  Open. 

Long  Primer. 

Church  Text. 

Five 

44 

Antique  extra  con’d. 

Bourgeois. 

Title. 

Four  “ 

44 

Gothic. 

Brevier. 

Rom.  and  Ital.  No.  5 

Canon. 

Open. 

Minion. 

Rom.  and  Ital.  No.  3 

Meridian. 

Shaded. 

Nonpareil. 

Gothic,  No.  2. 

Double  Paragon. 

Roman  and  Italic. 

Agate. 

Title  Roman. 

Double  Gt  Primer. 

Gothic  condensed. 

Pearl. 

Roman,  No.  3. 

Double  Columbian. 

Roman  and  Italic. 

Diamond. 

Roman,  No.  2. 

Double  English. 

Antique  extended. 

Some  ten  line  Pica  condensed  matrices. 

“  four  “ 

“ 

shaded  “ 

“  ten  “ 

44 

44  44 

Small  Pica  matrices,  Roman  lower  case,  “  a 

”  to  “ffl.” 

Steel  punches  of  Ornaments. 

44  (( 

of  Double  Small  Pica  Running-hand. 

44  44 

of  Brevier,  No.  3,  caps  and  lower  case. 

21.  Tobitt,  John  H.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  combination  type,  or  logotypes. 

[It  is  lound  that  a  greater  speed  in  type-setting  is  secured  by  having  a  few  of  the 
most  common  syllables  cast  on  united  instead  of  separate  bodies.  By  means  of  elec- 
t rot) ping,  this  improvement  can  be  applied  to  existing  fonts  at  trifling  expense.  By 
this  plan  the  exhibitor  has  composed  2,000  ems  per  hour.] 

22.  Newton  Company,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

Patent  copper-faced  type,  common  and  music. 


23.  Boston  Stereotype  Foundry,  Boston,  Mass.— Manufacturers. 
Case  containing  specimens  of  electrotype  work. 

1.  An  *  electro-felted  cotton  stamp,”  for  marking  cloths. 

178 


[The  felt  filling  is  designed  to  soak  up  and  retain  the  coloring  solution  used  for 
the  purpose,  until  pressed  upon  the  cloth,  when  it  exudes  and  flows  to  the  edges,  and 
gives  a  clear  and  clean  impression.  The  difficulty  of  making  a  water  solution  flow 
evenly  over  a  metal  letter  is  entirely  obviated  in  the  construction  of  this  stamp.] 

2,  3,  4,  5.  Four  pages  of  a  work  entitled  “Arthur’s  Temptation,”  electrotyped  from 
“  English.” 

6.  A  comic  illustration,  electrotyped  from  wood  engraving. 

7.  A  “shell”  of  the  same,  not  “backed.” 

8.  An  impression  from  a  page -of  type  (“  English  ”)  ready  to  receive  the  copper 
deposit. 

9.  A  cut 'electrotyped  from  wood  engraving,  and  blocked  upon  mahogany. 

10.  Newspaper  head,  electrotyped  from  wood  engraving,  and  blocked  on  a  solid 
metal  body. 

11.  12.  Two  pages  of  “Colonial  Records  of  the  Massachusetts  Bay  in  New  Eng¬ 
land,”  from  the  original  manuscript,  electrotyped  from  “Small  Pica.” 

13,  14.  Two  pages  of  Gould  <fc  Lincoln’s  Catalogue  of  Publications,  electrotyped 
from  “Pearl.” 

15.  Page  with  rule,  electrotyped  from  “English.” 

16.  One  line  of  “Pearl”  type,  electrotyped,  and  fitted  to  solid  body  same  size. 

17.  18.  Two  pages  with  running  title,  electrotyped  from  “Small  Pica.” 

19.  The  “Adams  Medal” — silver. 

20,  21.  Electrotyped  moulds  of  the  same. 

22,  23.  Electrotyped  copies  of  the  medal. 

24.  An  engraved  brass  plate. 

25.  An  electrotyped  mould  of  the  same. 

26.  27.  Copies  of  the  brass  plate  taken  from  the  mould,  No.  25,  sixteen  plates  hav¬ 
ing  previously  been  deposited  in  the  same  mould. 


24.  Bill,  Stark  <fc  Go.,  Willimantic,  Conn. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  wood  type,  cut  by  machinery,  principally  from  box  wood  and  maho¬ 
gany  ;  single  letters  of  different  sizes,  and  combinations,  plain  and  ornamented. 


25.  Zevely,  E.  S.,  Pleasant  Grove,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Wood  type;  wood  stamps  for  post  offices;  model  of  cheap  proof  press. 


26.  Kingsley,  John  L.,  New  York. — Inventor,  Patentee,  and  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  gutta  pereha  patent  stereotype  plates  and  moulds;  with  printing 

from  the  same. 

[Gutta  pereha  plates  will  work  a  large  impression  with  letter-press;  when  wood 
cuts  are  expensive,  the  originals  may  thus  be  saved.  They  may  be  quickly  made,  and 
at  a  trifling  cost.  The  gutta  pereha  mould  is  made  by  laying  on  the  substance  warm, 
and  applying  pressure  for  about  fifteen  minutes  in  a  screw  press;  when  the  mould  is 
taken  out,  brush  it  over  with  plumbago,  lay  it  on  the  press  face  up,  and  put  warm 
gutta  pereha  into  it ;  apply  pressure  as  before.  Several  plates  maybe  got  from  the 
same  mould.  Copper  may  be  deposited  in  the  gutta  pereha  mould  by  the  electrotype 
process;  the  advantage  of  electro-stereotype  over  stereotype  is,  that  it  will  last  much 
longer  and  work  much  cleaner.  The  printed  pageR  from  the  gutta  pereha  plate  are 
very  clean  and  distinct,  and  the  letters  have  a  very  sharp  outline.  Stereotype  plates 
have  also  been  made  of  papier  maehe,  which  are  much  used  by  French  printers.] 

27.  Grossman,  E.  N.,  &  Sons,  New  York. — Printers. 

Specimens  of  letter-press  and  wood-cut  printing. 


28.  Ketterlinus,  E.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Printer. 

Specimens  of  fancy  printed  and  embossed  show  cards,  and  envelopes. 


29.  Lohmann,  William,  New  York. — Printer. 
Typography  in  gold  and  silver  colors. 


30.  Murmiy,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  velvet  show-card  printing  and  embossing.  Patent  blotters ;  adhe¬ 
sive  mixture. 


31.  Nesbitt,  George  F.,  &  Co.,  New  York. — Proprietors. 

Specimens  of  letter-press  printing ;  plain,  ornamented,  and  colored  ee-ds,  in  large 
gilt  frame. 

32.  Leavitt  <fc  Allen,  New  York. — Publishers. 

Knapp  &  Rightmeyer’s  works  on  Plain  and  OrnameLtal  Penmanship. 


33.  Williams,  James  B.,  &  Co.,  Glastonbury,  Conn. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  writing  inks. 


34.  Leach,  Edwin,  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  writing  ink. 


35.  Maynard  <fc  Noyes,  Boston. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  writing  inks. 

[lhe  ink  of  the  ancients  consisted  of  some  carbonaceous  substance  united  with  a 
viscid  or  gummy  liquid ;  the  black  liquid  ejected  by  the  Sepia  or  cuttle-lish  was  alee 
used.  Modern  ink  is  made  from  salts  of  iron,  with  various  astringent  vegetable  infu¬ 
sions ;  the  best  materials  are  sulphate  of  iron  and  nutgalls,  suspended  by  mucilage  of 
gum  arabic.  Other  ingredients,  as  logwood,  sulphate  of  copper,  and  sugar,  are  some 
times  added.  Fading  of  ink  depends  commonly  on  the  removal  of  the  gallic  acid  and 
tannin  ;  the  black  color  may  be  revived  by  moistening  the  page  with  an  infusion  of 
galls. 

A  black  ink  may  be  made  by  boiling  125  parts  of  rasped  logwood  with  water 
enough  to  yield  1000  parts  of  the  decoction,  and  when  cold  by  stirring  in  1  part  of 


BOOKS,  STATIONERY,  TYPES,  ETC. 


yellow  chromate  of  potash ;  it  is  a  beautiful  blue-black  color,  without  any  precipitate.  | 
It  is  free  from  acid,  and  does  not  corrode  steel  pens,  but  it  does  not  flow  so  freely  from 
the  pen  as  the  old  solution  of  the  tanno-gallate  of  iron,  which  has  not  as  yet  been 
improved  upon. 

A  blue  and  black  indelible  ink  may  be  made  by  dissolving  in  a  solution  of  iodide 
of  potassium  as  much  more  iodine  as  it  contains,  and  pouring  the  solution  into  one  of 
yellow  prussiate  of  potash  containing  as  much  of  the  solid  prussiate  as  the  whole 
amount  of  iodine.  Soluble  Prussian  blue  is  precipitated,  and  the  iodide  of  potassium 
remains  in  solution.  After  filtering,  the  precipitate  is  dissolved  in  water  and  forms  a 
blue  ink,  containing  no  free  acid,  and  therefore  adapted  for  steel  pens.  If  this  soluble 
blue  be  added  to  common  black  writing  ink  (from  galls),  the  result  is  a  black  ink 
which  cannot  be  removed  without  destroying  the  paper.] 

36.  Green,  T.  II.,  Trenton,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  superior  India-rubber  ink  eraser  and  paper  cleanser;  soap  India- 
rubber  ;  scented  India-rubber  cloth  for  destroying  moths. 

37.  Demarest,  A.,  New  York. — Engraver. 

Embossed  advertising  business  envelopes. 

38.  Davids,  Tiiaddeus,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Sealing  wax  of  every  variety  of  color ;  wafers  and  ink  in  great  variety. 

[Sealing  wax  is  made  from  rosin  and  different  kinds  of  lav — stick  lac,  a  secretion 
from  trees  punctured  by  an  insect  ( coccus  lacca ),  in  the  form  of  a  reddish-brown  sub¬ 
stance,  of  a  crystalline  fracture,  enclosing  the  insect — shell  lac,  produced  from  this — 
lac-dye,  exported  from  the  East  Indies  to  England,  Germany,  Russia,  Ac. 

The  coloring  matter  for  red  sealing  wax  is  vermilion,  or  sulphuret  of  mercury. 
Wafers  are  made  of  flour,  isinglass,  yeast,  and  white  of  eggs,  dried  in  thin  layers 
upon  tin  plates,  and  cut  out  by  a  circular  instrument;  they  are  colored  by  red  lead, 
Ac.  The  oldest  seal,  by  a  red  wafer,  which  Mr.  Spiess,  a  German  antiquarian  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  was  able  to  find,  was  on  a  letter-written  at  Spire,  in  1624,  to  the 
government  at  Bayreuth  ] 

39.  Frere,  Thomas,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Agent. 

A  collection  of  valentines  of.  embossed  lace  paper,  ornamented  with  emblems, 
devices,  and  bijouterie. 

40.  Long,  Frederick  A.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  embossed  cards  and  envelopes. 

41.  Malcolm  &  Hoseord,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Conversation  and  amusement  cards,  in  various  styles. 

42.  Lyon,  Charles  IT.,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fancy  note  papers,  and  envelopes  of  enamelled  laid  and  wove  papers; 
embossed,  silvered,  and  ornamented  in  rich  and  new  designs. 


43.  Eaves,  William,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Embossed  self-sealing  envelopes,  business  cards,  and  adhesive  labels. 

[Since  the  invention  of  machines  for  folding  envelopes,  the  consumption  of  these 
articles  has  enormously  increased  ;  a  machine  invented  by  De  la  Rue,  of  London,  folds 
2700  per  hour,  which  is  only  a  little  less  than  the  number  folded  per  day  by  an  expe¬ 
rienced  workman  with  a  “  folding  stick.” 

Since  the  introduction  of  penny  postage  into  England  the  number  of  letters  has 
quadrupled  ;  in  round  numbers,  in  1850,  the  number  of  letters  dropped  daily  into  the 
post-offices  of  the  United  Kingdom,  was  one  million  per  day,  five-sixths  of  which  were 
enclosed  in  envelopes ;  so  that  annually  three  hundred  millions  of  envelopes  pass 
through  the  post-office,  besides  which  an  equal  number  is  probably  used  in  private 
conveyance. 

When  the  svstem  of  penny  postage  shall  be  introduced  into  this  country7,  there 
will  be  a  much  larger  proportionate  increase  even  than  in  England.] 

44.  Person,  Ira  B ,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  card  writing  in  pencil  and  ink. 

45.  Ward,  S.  S.,  Mrs.,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Log  of  the  “  Savannah,”  the  first  steamship  which  crossed  the  Atlantic  ;  with  a 
silver  tea-kettle  presented  to  Captain  Rogers,  bearing  the  following  inscription :  “  Pre¬ 
sented  to  Captain  Moses  Rogers,  of  the  steamship  Savannah,  being  the  first  steam- 
vessel  that  had  crossed  the  Atlantic,  by7  Sir  Thomas  Graham,  Lord  Lyndoch,  a  passen- 
cer  from  Stockholm  to  St.  Petersburg.  September  15,  1819.” 

46.  WurrwELL,  JonN  C.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Agent. 

Prince’s  spring  fountain  pen. 

47.  Carew  Manufacturing  Co.,  South  Hadley  Falls,  Mass. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  writing  papers ;  pearl  white,  white  and  blue  laid,  congress  let¬ 
ter,  mercantile  post ;  wove  and  ruled,  Ac. 

48.  Platner  A  Smith,  Lee,  Mass. — Manufacturers. 

Various  styles  of  writing  papers ;  cream  and  blue  wove  and  laid ;  ruled  and 
unruled.  . 

[Paper  is  made  from  flexible  fibres  reduced  to  a  pulp  by  minute  division  by  the 


cutters  of  a  revolving  cydinder.  The  pulp  is  bleached  by7  chloride  of  lime,  small 
quantities  of  which  remain  in  the  paper  and  injure  its  quality ;  it  is  entirely  removed 
by  sulphide  of  sodium,  which  is  converted  by  chlorine  and  water  into  muriate  and 
sulphate  of  soda. 

The  various  machines  for  making  paper  in  continuous  lengths  consist  of  contriv 
ances  for  making  the  paper  pulp  flow  on  the  surface  of  a  wire  web,  a  rapid  up  and 
down  motion  being  communicated  in  order  to  shake  out  the  water,  and  produce  a 
close  interweaving  of  the  fibres;  the  sheet  thus  formed  is  turned  on  to  a  second 
covered  with  felt,  condensed  by  a  third,  and  finally7  delivered  to  the  drying  rollers. 
Paper  is  sized  bypassing  it  through  a  solution  of  gelatine  or  glue;  this  strengthens 
it  by  filling  the  interstices,  and  prevents  the  ink  from  spreading ;  in  blotting  paper  the 
sizing  is  omitted.  Swedish  filtering  paper  is  made  with  pure  water,  and  is  purer  than 
any7  other ;  being,  in  fact,  pure  cellulose,  yielding  less  than  one  half  per  cent,  of  ash  on 
incineration. 

The  usual  method  of  glazing  paper  is  by  passing  it  between  rollers  of  polished 
steel ;  when  the  rollers  are  heated  the  paper  is  called  hot-pressed ;  sometimes  the  glaz¬ 
ing  rollers  are  made  of  an  immense  number  of  discs  of  highly  sized  paper  cemented 
firmly  together  by  a  hydraulic  press.  Laid  papers  are  those  with  a  ribbed  surface ; 
wove  papers  are  those  with  a  uniform  surface;  blue  paper,  under  the  microscope,  no 
longer  appears  of  a  uniform  tint,  but  the  particles  of  coloring  matter  appear  widely 
separated. 

A  waterproof  paper  may  be  prepared  by  treating  “  half  stuff”  alternately  with  soap¬ 
suds  and  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  alumina,  which  produces  an  aluminous  soap  in  the 
pulp ;  the  sheets,  after  drying,  are  sized  with  glue. 

Tracing  paper  may  be  made  by  dipping  a  sheet  into  a  thick  solution  of  gum  arabic, 
and  pressing  between  two  dry  sheets,  thus  rendering  all  three  transparent.  When 
dry,  it  is  much  superior  to  the  oiled  paper;  it  can  be  written  and  painted  upon;  it 
impresses  the  traced  lines  upon  linen  or  paper. 

Paper  was  first  made  of  cotton  or  silk,  and  was  called  bombycina ;  linen  was  not 
used  till  the  fourteenth  century.  Paper  making  may  be  considered  as  a  chemical  as  well 
as  a  mechanical  process ;  by  the  combination  of  chemical  and  mechanical  means,  even 
the  most  refuse  articles,  as  straw,  grasses,  refuse  of  sugar  cane,  wood  shavings,  are 
profitably  converted  into  paper.  The  wood  of  the  Pinus  abies  is  used  in  Germany 
for  the  manufacture  of  paper;  it  is  reduced  to  a  pulp,  and  a  small  quantity  of  linen 
added  ;  this  makes  a  fine  paper,  not  requiring  sizing.  It  is  not  so  white  as  that  made 
from  rags,  but  is  excellent  for  printing,  especially  in  colors,  and  for  pasteboard.] 

49.  Victoria  Mills.  Agents:  Cyrus  W.  Field  A  Co.,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  letter  and  note  paper ;  white  and  blue  laid  cap  and  letter, 

ruled  ;  white  and  blue  laid  Bath  post,  Ac. 

50.  Peck,  Sarah  Elizabeth,  Westchester,  New  York — Proprietor. 

A  bible,  of  the  Tyndale  edition,  printed  in  London,  England,  a.d.  1551. 

51.  Clift,  Wills,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

A  bible  brought  over  in  the  ship  Mayflower,  by  the  great-grandfather  of  the 
exhibitor,  S.  Clift,  one  of  the  Pilgrims  who  landed  at  Plymouth,  Mass.,  in  December, 
1620. 

[The  ship  Mayflower  sailed  from  Plymouth,  England,  September  6,  1620,  and 
reached  a  place  on  the  coast  of  Massachusetts,  which  the  Puritans  afterwards  called 
Plymouth.  The  whole  number  on  board,  including  women  and  children,  was  101. 
The  Puritans  left  England  in  1608,  on  account  of  religious  persecution,  and  took  refuge 
in  Holland;  after  a  residence  of  11  years  at  Leyden,  finding  themselves  subject  to 
much  inconvenience  from  ignorance  of  the  language  and  aversion  to  the  habits  of  the 
Dutch,  they  resolved  to  emigrate  to  America.  They  chartered  two  small  vessels,  in 
one  of  which  they  sailed  from  Delfthaven,  July  22,  1620,  and  joined  the  other  at  South¬ 
ampton.  From  a  leaky  condition  of  one  of  the  vessels,  they  finally  sailed  with  only 
one,  the  Mayflower,  and  landed  at  Plymouth,  Mass.,  December  22,  1620.] 

- ♦♦♦ - 

GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

52.  Bohn,  Henry  George,  York  street,  Cement  Garden,  London. — Publisher. 

A  collection  of  elegantly  bound  books :  embracing  Bohn’s  Standard  Library,  81 
vols. ;  the  Illustrated  Library,  21  vols.  ;  the  Classical  Library,  41  vols.  ;  the  Scientific 
Library,  in  25  vols. ;  the  Antiquarian  Library,  19  vols. ;  and  4  extra  volumes. 

Also,  splendid  editions  in  folio,  of  Selby’s  British  Ornithology7,  2  vols. ;  Galerie 
du  Palais  Pitti,  4  vols.  ;  Silvestre's  Universal  Palieography,  2  vols. ;  Costumes  of  the 
Scottish  Clans,  1  vol. ;  Illuminated  Books  of  the  Middle  Ages;  Froissart’s  Chronicles, 
2  vols.  8vo. ;  Catlin's  North  American  Indians,  2  vols.;  London,  3  vols.;  Bryan’s 
Dictionary  of  Painters  and  Engravers. 

53.  Seton,  Robert,  Edinburgh. — Manufacturer. 

An  elegantly  bound,  embossed,  and  gilt  folio  volume,  “  Scotland  Delineated.” 

54.  Lumlev,  Edward,  High  Holborn,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  books  and  plates. 

55.  Lindsay7,  John,  Maryville,  Blackrock,  Cork. — Manufacturer. 

Original  works,  3  vols.,  and  a  pamphlet ;  coins  of  England,  Ireland,  and  Sect 
land. 


179 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XV  IT. 


50.  Marcel,  Claude,  Cork. — Author. 

Original  work  on  languages,  in  2  vols. 


duced  by  means  of  wires  or  brass  plates  sewn  on  the  hand-mould,  or  the  dandy 
rollers  of  the  paper  machine.] 


50  a.  Ward,  Marcus,  &  Co.,  Belfast,  Ireland. — Publishers. 

Notices  of  Chinese  seals  found  in  Ireland,  by  Edmund  Getty.  Illustrations  of  the 
North  of  Ireland,  and  Guide  to  the  Giant’s  Causeway.  Five  chromo-lithographic 
drawings  representing  an  Irish  ecclesiastical  bell,  which  is  supposed  to  have  belonged 
to  St.  Patrick ;  and  the  several  sides  of  the  jewelled  shrine  in  which  it  is  preserved. 


67.  Cowan,  A.,  &  Sons,  Edinburgh  and  London.— Patentees. 

Specimens  of  paper ;  cream  and  blue  laid  post ;  bank  post,  demy,  die. 

68.  Pollard,  George,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Plain  and  ornamental  envelopes  and  wafers ;  visiting  cards. 


I 


57.  Bogue,  D.,  London. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  a  new  work  on  industrial  art,  by  “  Luke  Limner.” 

58.  Figgins,  Vincent  and  James,  Smithfield,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  new  and  fancy  types,  Greek  and  Oriental  characters,  die. ;  in  a 
quarto  book.  _ _ 

59.  Stephenson,  Blake,  di  Co.,  Sheffield,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  impressions  from  their  printing  types. 

60.  Fleming,  A.  B.,  &  Co.,  Leith,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  printing  with  Scottish  printing  ink. 

61.  London  Society  for  teaching  the  blind  to  read,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park, 

London. — Manufacturers. 

Embossed  books,  music,  maps,  geometrical  figures,  with  chess  board  and  games 
for  the  use  of  the  Blind. 

[The  characters  used  for  letters  are  raised  above  the  surface  of  the  paper,  that  the 
sense  of  touch  may  supply  the  want  of  sight ;  they  are  very  simple,  being  a  straight 
line,  a  curved  line,  and  a  dot  placed  in  different  positions,  thus  avoiding  the  complies, 
tion  of  strokes  in  the  letters.  Greater  rapidity  of  reading  is  secured  by  the  use  of 
contractions  similar  to  those  used  in  short-hand.  An  adequate  knowledge  of  the 
system  can  easily  be  acquired  in  six  months.  The  system  was  proposed  by  the  late 
Mr.  Lucas,  of  Bristol,  and  reduced  to  practice  by  the  Rev.  T.  W.  Gowring  in  1842, 
under  the  direction  of  the  Society.  The  greater  part  of  the  Scriptures,  the  liturgy 
of  the  Church  of  England,  and  many  books  for  instruction,  have  been  published  in 
these  characters. 

The  raised  characters  of  the  music  denote  both  the  sound  and  its  length,  thus 
dispensing  with  the  staff.  In  the  maps,  the  land  is  raised  above  the  sea,  and  the  cities, 
mountains,  rivers,  and  boundary  lines,  may  be  easily  felt. 

The  chess  boards  have  the  black  squares  raised,  and  the  pieces  are  fastened  to  them 
by  pegs;  the  black  pieces  are  distinguished  by  a  point  at  the  top. 

The  invention  of  characters  in  relief  was  early  resorted  to  for  teaching  the  blind. 
Mr.  Gall,  of  Edinburgh,  invented  an  alphabet  on  this  principle,  called  the  “  triangu¬ 
lar;”  movable  letters  in  grooves  were  afterwards  used.  Haiiy  invented  the  art  of 
printing  in  relief.  The  advantages  of  Mr.  Lucas’s  system  are:  the  avoidance  of  repe¬ 
tition  of  numerous  letters,  and  the  simplicity  of  the  characters;  particles  are  mostly 
represented  by  initial  letters. 

In  1833,  the  Perkins  Institution  for  the  Blind  was  established  in  Boston,  Mass., 
by  the  munificence  of  the  late  Thomas  II.  Perkins,  Esq.  Dr.  S.  G.  Howe,  who  was 
placed  at  its  head,  contrived  an  alphabetical  system,  taking  Hauy’s  invention  as  the 
basis.  By  removing  all  the  flourishes  and  points  about  the  letters,  and  reducing  them 
to  the  minimum  size  and  elevation,  he  made  a  very  compact  and  cheap  form  ;  so  great 
was  the  reduction  that  the  whole  New  Testament,  which,  in  Hauy’s  type  would  "fill  9 
volumes  and  cost  $100,  could  be  printed  in  2  volumes  at  an  expense  of  less  than  $4 
This  system  is  extensively,  if  not  exclusively,  adopted  in  the  United  States;  seventeen 
States  have  made  provision  for  the  education  of  their  blind,  and  these  books,  from  the 
prevalence  of  education,  are  in  very  great  demand.  Dr.  Howe  uses  the’  common 
Roman  letter  of  tlie  lower  case.] 


G2.  Xewbeury,  James  and  Richard,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Gold,  silver,  and  colored  foils,  and  fancy  papers,  for  bookbinding;  gilt  and  ena¬ 
melled  screen  handles,  &a. 

63.  Rudd,  John  W.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  bookbinding. 


61.  Wilson,  James  Leonard,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Cloth  for  bookbinding,  variously  colored,  plain,  watered,  and  marbled. 


6  >.  IIaughton,  John,  &  Co.,  Chiswell  street,  London. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  bookbinders’  cloths,  bound  in  a  folio  book. 


66.  Saunders,  Thomas  IL,  Queenliithe  and  Dartford,  Kent,  England.— Manufacturer. 
Bank  note,  cheque,  and  water-marked  writing  papers,  in  great  variety.  T1 

'S  1?  rinfnnfixrl  °  J 


method  of  preventing  forgeries  is  patented. 


[Various  methods  have  been  resorted  to  for  the  prevention  of  forgery,  by  print- 
mg  in  chemical  water  colors,  producing  two  colors  at  a  time,  the  lettering  being  in 
black,  and  the  ornamental  back  ground  in  a  neutral  tint.  Any  signature  upon  such 
paper  cannot  be  erased  without  changing  the  color;  the  letter-press  on  the  note  can¬ 
not  be  transferred  or  copied,  and  is  printed  on  a  prepared  paper. 

The  water-mark  on  paper  has,  till  recently,  been  confined  to  the  ribbing  of  laid 
papers,  or  the  pecu.mr  mark  of  the  manufacturer.  Ornamental  designs  are  now  pro- 


69.  De  la  Rue,  Thomas,  &  Co.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  playing  cards  ;  wedding  and  visiting  cards  ;  letter  and  note  papers ; 
envelopes  of  all  descriptions;  drawing  and  fancy  papers;  music,  drawing,  and  sketch 
books,  and  albums;  writing  desks  and  cases;  portfolios,  and  an  extensive  general 
assortment  of  stationery.  Iridescent  films  for  purposes  of  decoration. 

[The  vivid  colors  of  these  films  are  due  simply  to  the  agency  of  light  on  a  thin 
transparent  film  of  varnish.  The  process  adopted  to  render  the  film  and  its  reflected 
colors  permanent,  together  with  its  application,  is  as  follows: 

The  objects  to  be  ornamented,  whether  insects,  shells,  birds,  bronzes,  paper  hang¬ 
ings,  card  cases,  &c.,  are  immersed  in  a  vessel  of  water.  Upon  the  surface  of  the 
latter,  when  perfectly  tranquil,  is  dropped  a  little  oil  or  spirit  varnish,  which,  spread¬ 
ing  in  all  directions,  becomes  exceedingly  attenuated  and  reflects  the  most  vivid  colors. 
The  varnish  being  fixed,  the  object,  which  is  then  raised  slowly  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  film  shall  adhere  to  its  surface,  is  then  placed  in  a  convenient  situation  to  prevent 
the  water  draining  off.  When  completely  dry,  the  film  is  found  to  be  firmly  attached 
and  perfectly  iridescent,  having  lost  nothing  of  its  original  brilliancy  of  coloring. 

This  is  a  beautiful  illustration  of  the  production  of  color  on  a  thin  transparent 
surface  by  the  agency  of  light,  such  as  is  transiently  seen  in  an  ordinary  soap- 
bubble.] 

70.  IIolling worth,  TnoMAS  &  John,  Turkey  Mills,  Maidstone,  Kent. — Manufacturers. 
Drawing,  writing,  and  printing  papers. 

[Considerably  more  paper  is  made  in  England  than  in  Scotland  and  Ireland. 
Kent  is  famous  for  its  fine  writing  and  drawing  papers;  much  is  also  made  in  Lanca¬ 
shire,  Berkshire,  Hereford,  and  Derbyshire.  The  amount  of  paper  manufactured  in 
England  annually,  three  3-ears  ago,  amounted  to  about  132,000,000  lbs.;  in  1834,  it 
was  little  more  than  half  that  quantity;  in  1839,  it  was  estimated  that  the  quantity 
used,  if  equalty  divided  among  the  population,  would  have  been  about  3f  lbs.  for  each 
person.  The  substitution  of  machines  for  hand  labor  has  greatly  reduced  the  price 
of  paper;  a  ream  of  paper  which,  in  1801,  cost  36  shillings,  in  1843  could  be  bought 
for  less  than  half  that  sum.  Coarse  brown  paper  was  first  made  in  England  in  1588  ; 
writing  and  printing  paper  were  not  made  there  till  1690,  previous  to  which  it  was 
imported  from  the  continent.] 

71.  Bainbridge,  R.,  <fc  Co.,  London  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and  Importers. 
An  assortment  of  plain  and  ornamental  note  papers,  envelopes,  inkstands,  and 

other  articles  of  stationer}’. 

72.  Goodall,  Charles,  <fe  Sons,  Camden  Town,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  playing  cards,  in  colors,  with  ornamental  backs. 

73.  Dunn,  Thomas,  Clasgoxe,  Scotland — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Circular  time-table,  or  revolving  calendar  and  calculator. 

74.  English,  Andrew,  Dublin. — Author. 

Specimens  of  ornamental  penmanship. 

75.  Gillott,  Joseph,  Victoria  Works,  Birmingham. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Metallic  pens,  steel,  gilt,  and  gold  ;  and  pen-holders,  in  great  variety  of  patterns. 

A  colossal  pen  three  feet  long,  and  tiny  pens  of  half  an  inch  in  length. 

[The  establishment  of  Mr.  Gillott  has  been  in  operation  more  than  thirty  years; 
it  employs  upwards  of  500  hands,  of  which  four-fifths  are  females.  The  steel  is  ob¬ 
tained  from  Sheffield;  it  is  cut  into  strips,  and  the  scales  are  removed  by  immersion 
in  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  After  it  has  been  reduced  to  the  proper  thickness  by  being 
passed  through  rollers,  the  blank  is  cut  out  with  a  bed  and  punch ;  the  hole  which 
terminates  the  slit  is  then  pierced,  and  any  superfluous  steel  is  removed ;  they  are 
then  annealed  in  a  muffle,  and  the  maker’s  name  is  impressed  on  them.  Up  to  this 
time  they  are  flat ;  they  are  now  made  concave  or  barrel-shaped  by  a  press,  accord¬ 
ing  as  they  are  nib  or  barrel  pens.  They  are  then  heated  to  redness,  plunged  into 
oil,  and  tempered,  and  finally  brightened  by  being  placed  in  a  revolving  cylinder  with 
sand  or  other  polishing  substance.  The  nib  is  then  ground,  and  the  slit  is  made  by  a 
press  having  a  descending  chisel.  The  pen  is  then  complete.  The  coloring  is  given 
by  placing  them  in  a  metal  cylinder  revolving  over  a  charcoal  stove,  and  removing 
them  when  the  exact  color  is  arrived  at ;  the  brilliancy  is  given  by  immersion  in  lac 
dissolved  in  naphtha,  and  subsequent  drying  by  heat.  Gold  pens,  not  being  acted  on 
by  the  ink,  seem  almost  indestructible ;  their  durability  is  maintained  by  attaching 
to  the  point,  by  soldering,  minute  portions  of  iridium  and  osmium,  the  hardest  metals 
known.] 

76.  Brockman  &  Langden,  Londo\i. — Manufacturers. 

Assorted  drawing  pencils. 

77.  Hyde  &  Co.,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  red  sealing  wax 


♦ 


BOOKS,  STATIONERY,  TYPES,  ETC. 


BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

78.  Valade,  Francis,  Lonqueil,  Canada. — Author. 

A  literary,  political  and  religious  manuscript  journal,  from  1789  to  1853. 

- +++ - 

FRANCE. 

79.  Derosiers,  T.  A.,  Monlenis. — Publisher. 

Specimens  of  printing,  in  five  folio  volumes,  “Ancient  Auvergne.” 

80.  Roussel,  Charles,  Besan^on. — Printer. 

Specimens  of  typography. 

81.  Barbat,  Chalons-sur-Marne. — Printer. 

Rich  and  varied  specimens  of  chromo-lithographic  printing ;  specimens  of  fine 

printing  upon  thin  sheets  of  wood. 

82.  Meyer,  Ernest,  Paris. — Printer.  . 

Various  specimens  of  printing  in  colors,  and  in  gold  and  silver 

83.  Dupont,  Paul,  St.  Honore,  Paris — Proprietor. 

A  work,  entitled  “Essai  Pratique  d’  Imprimerie,”  or  Practical  Essay  on  Printing. 

84.  Gauthier,  P.  Fr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

New  and  patent  style  of  typographical  characters,  with  bearing  blocks,  vignettes, 
Ac.  Brass  type  for  bookbinders’  use. 

85.  Curmer,  Alex.,  St.  Germain,  Paris. — Stereotyper. 

Stereotype  made  of  papier  rnachb,  much  used  in  the  French  libraries. 

86.  LocuLLreT,  Bertrand,  Paris. — Engraver. 

An  assortment  of  metallic  punches  for  printing  Javanese  characters  and  German 
script.  Frames  containing  various  specimens  of  typography. 

87.  Blanquart,  Evrard,  Lille. — Manufacturer. 

Frames  containing  fine  specimens  of  photographic  printing;  reproductions  of 
engravings.  *  _ _ 

88.  Dujardin,  Arcueil. — Engraver. 

Specimens  of  wood  engravings. 

-  -  I 

89.  Niedree,  Paris. — Manufacturer.  •' 

Specimens  of  bookbinding. 

90.  Castelle,  Paul,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Various  samples  of  gelatine  or  glace  paper. 

91.  Marion,  A.,  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Ornamental  note  paper  and  envelopes;  papeterie  and  fancy  stationery;  ink- 
stands,  paper  weights,  and  stereoscope  ;  photographic  paper. 

[The  positive  photographic  paper  of  M.  Marion  is  prepared  with  hydrochlorate 
of  ammonia ;  it  is  free  from  stains  and  traces  of  iron,  and  other  substances  injurious 
to  photographic  operations.  It  has  been  objected  to  it  that  it  is  too  thin  and  delicate ; 
but  it  is  strong  enough  to  go  through  the  necessary  baths  without  tearing,  and  it  is 
even  strengthened  by  the  immersion.  The  thinner  the  paper  is,  if  it  be  sufficiently 
strong,  the  smoother  it  is,  and  the  better  adapted  to  reproduce  the  most  delicate  tints 
of  the  plate. 

The  negative  paper  is  ready  for  immediate  use.] 

92.  Vanderdorpel,  Jr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Gilt,  and  silver  lithographed  and  colored  papers ;  fancy  borders,  and  a  variety  of 
paper  ornaments. 

(For  a  treatise  on  lithography,  see  the  Record,  p.  131.) 

93.  De  Serlat,  C.  G.,  Gueurs,  Seine  Inferieure.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  envelope  papers. 

94.  Deust,  F.,  A  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  straw  and  packing  pasteboards. 

95.  Blanchet,  Brothers,  A  Kleber,  Rives,  Isere. — Manufacturers. 

Drawing  papers  of  all  descriptions.  Bristol  boards;  fine  letter  paper  in  great 
variety.  _ _ _ 

96.  Stegmueller,  C.,  Paris — Manufacturer. 

Various  samples  of  portfolios. 

97.  Blauzv,  Poure,  A  Co.,  Boulogne-sur-Mer. — Manufacturers, 

Metallic  pens  of  different  kinds. 

98.  Mangin,  F.  L.,  Bruyeres,  Vosges. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  inks. 


|  99.  Biard,  Jules,  Paris. — Printer. 

Specimens  of  engravings  on  white  zinc-surfaced  paper ;  specimens  of  cards,  and 
printing,  plain  and  colored,  on  surfaces  of  zinc  white. 

[The  base  of  the  zinc-white  paint,  invented  in  1842,  by  M.  Leclaire,  of  Paris,  it 
appears  from  these  specimens,  may  be  advantageously  substituted  for  lead  in  the 
enamelled  surfaces  of  cards;  besides  its  freedom  from  poisonous  qualities,  it  has  the 
advantage  of  not  turning  black,  as  does  the  surface  of  ordinary  cards,  under  the 
influence  of  coal  gas,  or  sulphurous  and  other  exhalations.] 

100.  Carre,  Paris. — Manufacturer  and  Inventor. 

Specimens  of  a  new  kind  of  wafer,  of  various  sizes  and  colors,  called  “  carreo- 
type ;”  the  advantage  of  this  method  of  sealing  is  that  it  takes  admirably  the  im¬ 
pression  of  a  seal.  _ _ 

101.  Coupier  A  Mellier,  Paris. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  paper  made  entirely  from  new  straw. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

102.  Weber,  J.  J.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Producer. 

Two  illustrated  works,  Illustrirle  Zeitung,  in  7  vols.  folio;  and  Naturgeschichte  des 
Tkierreichs,  by  Edward  Poppig. 

103.  Reimer,  Dietrich,  Berlin. — Publisher. 

Various  works  on  architectural  design  and  ornaments  by  Zahn  and  Hessemer. 
Herculaneum,  Pompeii,  and  Stabise. 


104.  Teubner,  B.  G.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Set  of  the  Leipsic  Greek  and  Latin  classics ;  bibles  and  other  books. 


105.  Brockhaus,  T.  A.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Printer. 

Two  hundred  volumes  printed  within  one  year  in  the  office  of  the  exhibitor. 


106.  Badeker,  J.,  Iserlohn,  near  Ebcrfeld,  Prussia. — Publisher. 
Bibles,  geographical  works,  Ac. 


107.  Pierer,  H.  A.,  Altenberg,  Saxe-Altenberg. — Proprietor. 

Universal  Lexicon:  34  vols.  in  17  ;  supplement,  4  vols.  in  2. 


108.  Viewig,  F.,  A  Sons,  Brunswick. — Publishers. 

A  great  variety  of  scientific  and  miscellaneous  books. 


109.  Merz,  J.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Proprietor. 

Dr.  F.  W.  Ghillany’s  History  of  M.  Behaiw,  and  the  part  he  took  in  the,  discovery 
of  America,  with  a  treatise  on  the  oldest  maps  and  designation  of  America,  by 
Alexander  Von  Humboldt.  _ 

110.  Von  Arnelunxn,  Brothers,  XVolbeck,  Westphalia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  printing  ink  ;  news  ink,  machine  or  press ;  book-work  ink ;  superior 
book-work  ink ;  woodcut,  lithographic,  and  noir  leger  inks. 


111.  Wissenbach,  C.,  Frankfort-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  printers’  inks ;  blacks  in  a  dry  state.  Black,  for  copperplate  printing, 
of  different  sorts ;  lamp-black,  calcined,  for  lithography ;  lamp-black,  from  pine  cal¬ 
cined,  for  varnishing ;  varnish-black,  to  be  employed  in  oil ;  real  ivorv-black  (Berlin- 
black),  Paris-black,  vive-black,  and  Frankfort-black,  to  be  employed  in  oil;  paste- 
black,  dissolved  in  liquid,  for  paper  hangings,  Ac. 

[Printers’  ink  is  made  chiefly  of  lamp-black  and  oil  reduced  by  boiling ;  oil  is 
necessary  to  prevent  drying  during  the  operation  of  inking  and  printing.  Rosin  oil 
is  sometimes  used  instead  of  linseed  oil,  with  rosin,  yellow  soap,  Ac.  A  great  many 
formulie  are  given  for  making  lithographic  ink ;  one  of  the  most  common  is  made  of 
equal  parts  of  tallow,  wax,  shell  lac,  and  common  soap,  with  about  one-twentieth  part 
of  lamp-black— the  wax  and  tallow  are  heated  in  an  iron  vessel  till  they  take  fire, 
when  the  other  materials  are  added ;  the  burning  is  allowed  to  continue  till  the  com¬ 
pound  is  reduced  one-third.] 

112.  IIeinriggs,  J.,  Cologne. — Publisher. 

Volume  of  engraved  specimens  of  calligraphy  or  penmanship. 

113.  Fischer,  C.  F.  A.,  Bautzen,  Saxony.— Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  paper  and  paste-board;  plate  paper;  tissue  paper,  of  all 
colors ;  bank  note  and  document  papers ;  mill-boards  for  railway  carriages. 

[This  exhibitor  has  two  factories,  which  contain  three  endless  machines,  twenty- 
four  hollanders,  two  satining  machines,  moved  by  five  turbines  and  six  water  wheels 
of  150  horse  power ;  they  employ  about  200  men,  and  produce  about  1,300,000  lbs.  of 
paper  annually.]  _ _ _ 

114.  Haeule,  Leo,  Munich,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  and  silver  paper  and  borders  ;  samples  of  bronze-colored  printing. 

115.  Karcher,  F.,  Carlsrulie,  Baden. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Pounce  paper,  a  transparent  drawing,  tracing,  and  modelling  paper,  made  by  a 
new  and  peculiar  process. 

[This  paper  is  very  cheap,  transparent,  soft,  and  free  from  any  oily  or  other 


Q 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XVII. 


i 


objectionable  substances.  It  may  be  used  like  any  other  drawing  paper,  may  be 
stretched  on  the  drawing  board  and  frame,  and  will  bear  painting  in  water  colors, 
china  inks,  varnish,  <fcc.] 

116.  Wust,  Brothers,  Darmstadt,  Hesse- Darmstadt. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  colored,  gold,  silvered,  and  fancy  papers. 

117.  Dessaner,  Alois,  Aschaffenburg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Gold,  and  silver,  and  colored  papers ;  velvet,  embossed,  marbled,  and  fancy  papers, 
printed  in  colors. 

118.  Baucu,  Brothers,  Heilbronn,  Wurtemberg. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers 
Specimens  of  paper  which,  by  a  new  process,  is  colored  differently  on  the  two  sides 

of  the  sheet :  note  and  letter  and  folio  papers. 

119.  Dittberner,  A,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy,  gilt,  and  colored  papers. 

120.  Kramer,  H.  Ed.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer 

Labels,  for  merchants  and  manufacturers ;  plain  and  colored. 

121.  Freund,  E.  A.,  Ojfenbach-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturer. 

Varieties  of  enamelled,  colored,  and  glazed  carded  paper. 

122.  Weber,  T.  B.,  Offenbach-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  card  board  and  glazed  paper. 


138.  De  Castro,  Vincenzo,  Milan. — Editor. 
Book  of  prayers. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

139.  Fontana,  Alessandro,  Turin. — Printer. 

Don  Pirlone  a  Roma,  in  3  vols.  4to  ;  Memoirs  of  an  Italian,  by  M.  Pinto ;  the 
same  work  in  3  vols.  8vo.,  illustrated  by  300  copper  plates  and  50  wood  cuts,  of  po¬ 
litical  caricatures. 

110.  Ciiiris  <&  Mina,  Turin. — Printers. 

A  large  volume,  containing  a  historical  description  of  Hautconibe  Abbey,  printed 
bjT  the  exhibitors,  richly  ornamented  with  engravings  on  every  page,  folio. 

111.  Gianini  &  Fiore,  Turin. — Booksellers. 

Fine  lithographic  tableaux,  representing  all  the  works  of  Canova,  the  drawings  by 
M.  Fanoli. 

112.  Societ*a  Cartaria,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  writing  paper  in  great  variety. 


BELGIUM. 


123.  Frommann,  M.,  Darmstadt,  Hesse- Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  playing  cards. 

121.  Schaeffer  &  Scheibe.,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  ornamental  papers ;  fancy  embossed  cards ;  medallion  wafers,  <fcc.  (The 
plates  from  which  these  papers  are  printed,  are  electrotypes  from  papier  mache 
moulds).  Oil  colored  printings. 

125.  Stern,  William.,  Furth,  Hesse,  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  gold  and  silver  papers. 

126.  Renter,  Wolfgang,  Darmstadt,  Hesse  Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  playing  cards,  of  various  colors. 


113.  Gyselynck,  F.  &  E.,  Ghent. — Publishers. 

Illustrated  books;  genealogical  history  of  certain  families  in  Flanders,  folio;  I.e 
Jardin  Fleuriste,  8vo. 

111.  Muquardt,  C.,  Brussels. — Publisher. 

Illustrated  books  ;  architectural  monuments  of  Belgium,  folio,  2  vols ;  Book  of  illus¬ 
trations,  in  8vo. 

115.  Parent,  F.,  Brussels. — Publisher. 

A  variety  of  books,  in  paper  covers. 


116.  Van  IIemelryk,  Brothers,  Hal,  near  Brussels. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  writing  and  printing  papers. 


127.  Bartholme,  Frederick,  Augsbury,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Paper  and  parchment,  of  various  colors. 


•  THE  NETHERLANDS. 


128.  Luneburg,  F.  H.,  Hamburg. — Manufacturer. 

New  style  of  manifold  letter  writer. 

129.  Ebenauer,  Edward,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Prepared  metallic  writing  tablets,  of  slate  sizes. 

130.  Eberbach,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  plain  and  fancy  colored  wafers. 

131.  Wolter,  Carl,  Breslau ,  Prussia.  — —Man ufacturer. 
Newspaper  holders. 

132.  Klett,  Theo.  Cramer,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria,— Manufacturer. 
Cedar  pencils,  arranged  in  the  form  of  the  American  arms. 


138.  Faber,  A.  W.,  Steiv,  near  Nuremberg,  Bavaria.— Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  black  lead  pencils,  with  drawings  made’  by  the  same-  fine 
graduated  drawing,  and  colored  lead  pencils;  colored  chalks :  drawiL  material  ami 


instruments. 


[Black  lead  pencds  are  made  from  plumbago,  graphite,  or  black  lead— different 
names  given  to  a  form  of  carbon,  containing  sometimes  a  portion  of  iron;  this  well 
known  soft  material  consist^  of  from  85  to  98*  per  cent,  of  carbon.  The  wood  is  red 
cedar  obtained  from  North  and  South  America. 


134.  Froescheis,  S.  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  drawing  pencils,  graduated,  and  of  various  shapes  and  qualities. 

A 5.  Stadtler,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Lead  pencils  and  drawing  chalks  of  various  qualities  and  kinds. 

- -*■*+ - - 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

Raffelsperger,  Franz,  Vienna. — Printer. 

Specimens  of  types  and  matrices,  in  various  oriental  languages. 

131.  IIardtmctt,  L.  <t  C.,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  black  lead  pencils. 

182 


147.  Zweesaardt,  A.,  Amsterdam. — Printer  and  Binder. 

Tavo  books  in  4to,  viz :  Antiplionarium  Romauuui,  and  Graduale  Roinanum  :  vo¬ 
lumes  of  printed  music,  being  masses  and  vespers  of  the  Romish  Church  as  used  in  the 
Netherlands. 

148.  Blusse,  Brothers,  Dordrecht. — Priuters. 

Bibles  of  the  Netherlands  Bible  Society,  Avith  music  for  the  hymns. 

149.  Abrahams,  Brothers,  Middleburg,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

Counting-house  hooks,  <!rc. 

150.  Sytiioff,  A.  W.,  Leyden,  Netherlands.— -Printer. 

Specimens  of  printing. 

151.  Binger  &  Sons,  Amsterdam. — Inventors. 

Glyphographic-galvanic  copper  blocks  for  printing,  with  chromotypographic 
proofs  from  the  same  ;  of  various  sizes,  and  illustrating  different  branches  of  know¬ 
ledge. 

[Glyphography,  or  galvanoglyphy  is  the  process  in  which  a  drawing  is  etched  on 
a  zinc  plate  coated  with  varnish  ;  several  coats  of  ink  are  spread  over  the  plate  by  a 
small  composition  roller,  being  deposited  only  on  those  parts  Avhere  the  varnish  has 
not  been  broken  through  by  the  graver;  when  the  hollows  are  deep  enough,  the  plate 
is  placed  in  connection  with  the  galvanic  battery,  and  the  result  is  another  plate  in 
which  the  hollows  of  the  engraving  are  produced  in  relief.  This  process  was  invented 
and  patented  in  England ;  in  many  cases  it  has  been  found  to  be  superior  to  Avood  en¬ 
graving,  but  it  has  not  been  extensively  used.] 

152.  Wilson,  A-  Co.,  Meppel. — Printers. 

Imitation  of  leaves  by  the  printing  press. 

153.  Honig,  Breet,  C.  <fc  J.,  Zaandyk,  Netherlands .■ — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  drawing  papers. 

154.  Blok,  P.  <fe  Son,  Waddingsveen. — Manufacturers. 

Wrapping,  ship-sheathing,  and  cartridge  papers. 

- - 

HAYTI. 

155.  Emperor  of  IIayti. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  paper  made  from  the  Banana  tree. 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XVIII. 


DYED  AND  PRINTED  FABRICS,  SHOWN  AS  SUCH. 


The  fabrics  arranged  under  this  class  are  exhibited  to  show  the  skill  of  the  dyer  and  the  color-printer.  These  arts,  which  were  once  empirical  only,  have 
received  from  the  researches  of  chemists  a  scientific  basis  and  development.  The  experiences  of  practical  men  have  been  revised  by  the  careful  and  systematic 
investigations  of  the  laboratory,  and  in  the  majority  of  instances,  a  great  economy  of  time,  labor,  and  materials  has  resulted.  New  chemical  compounds  and  new 
substances  have  been  discovered,  and  new  methods  of  combining  old  and  well-known  dyes  and  colors.  Great  advances  have  been  made  also  in  the  methods  of 
fixing  colors  and  developing  their  brilliancy.  In  consequence  of  these  important  contributions  of  chemical  science,  it  is  now  almost  the  universal  custom  of  large 
dyers  and  printers  to  attach  to  their  works  a  laboratory,  in  which  special  researches  may  be  conducted,  to  advance  their  resources  and  commercial  prosperity. 

In  the  present  Exhibition  the  display  of  dyed  fabrics  is  unfortunately  very  small.  The  specimens,  however,  show  the  best  results  of  the  art,  both  those  derived 
from  chemistry  and  those  depending  upon  improvements  in  printing  machinery.  The  lawns,  calicoes,  mousseline  de  laines,  &c.,  shown  by  the  print-works  of 
Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  New  York,  will  compare  favorably  with  similar  productions  from  any  country.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  England  and 
France,  which  are  especially  skillful  in  dyeing  and  color-printing,  exhibit  none  of  their  productions.  Scotland  sends  a  few  examples  of  Turkey-red  dyeing  and 
calico-printing.  Switzerland  exhibits  a  variety  of  beautifully  dyed  fabrics  ;  Austria,  excellent  examples  of  dyed  silks  and  yarns ;  and  Italy,  Turkey-red  cotton  and 
yarn  of  brilliant  color. 


1.  Hamilton  Woollen  Company,  Southbridge,  Mass. —  Manufacturer.  Agents: 

Merriam,  Brewer  &  Co.,  Boston  and  JVew  York. 

Cashmeres,  mousseline  de  laines,  and  woollen  furniture  cloths,  printed  by  machine, 
in  numerous  colors,  with  copper  shells ;  manufactured  from  American  staples — cotton 

warp  and  wool  filling. 

[The  ten-color  cashmeres  for  furniture  cloths  are  believed  to  be  the  first  which  have 
ever  been  produced  entirely  by  machine-printing.  The  printing  of  mousseline  de  laines 
differs  in  many  points  from  that  of  calicoes,  as  the  different  nature  of  the  material  renders 
it  possible  to  employ  more  brilliant  colors,  and  to  select  from  a  much  wider  range.  The 
colors  in  mousseline  de  laine  printing  are  also  fully  printed  on  the  cloth,  requiring  no 
after-dyeing  to  complete  them,  being  fixed  and  brightened  solely  by  exposure  to  steam. 
Formerly  the  colors  were  applied  by  a  process  called  block-printing,  closely  resembling 
type-printing.  A  block  of  wood  or  metal,  engraved  with  the  requisite  pattern,  received 
the  color,  which  was  impressed  by  hand  on  the  fabric ;  as  every  color  required  a  different 
block,  a  complicated  pattern  made  this  process  exceedingly  tedious.  It  is  occasionally 
employed  where  great  accuracy  of  coloring  and  sharpness  of  definition  are  required,  in 
the  more  costly  fabrics. 

This  tedious  and  expensive  process  gave  way  to  printing  with  copper  plates  on  a 
printing-press,  and  the  plates  in  their  turn  were  replaced  by  the  present  system  of  copper 
rollers.  The  last  change,  the  greatest  step  of  all,  was  the  invention  of  the  fiist  Sir 
Robert  Peel,  father  of  the  celebrated  statesman.  From  printing  one  color  by  one  roller, 
ten  colors  are  now  printed  at  once  from  ten  rollers,  ranged  successively  in  a  powei  ful 
machine,  and  printing  hundreds  of  yards  a  day. 

When  the  pattern  to  be  printed  is  decided  on,  it  is  given  to  the  “  sketchmaker,  who 
arranges  it  to  fit  the  rollers  on  which  it  is  to  be  engraved,  and  makes  a  separate  drawing 
of  each  color.  These  are  handed  to  the  engraver,  who  either  proceeds  to  cut  them  directly 
on  the  rollers,  or  on  a  small  steel  die,  the  size  of  the  pattern,  and  one  quarter,  one  sixth, 
or  some  other  proportionate  part,  of  the  diameter  of  the  roller.  This  die  after  being  en¬ 
graved  is  hardened  by  tempering,  and  a  reverse  of  it  taken  off  in  a  powerful  press  on  a 
second  steel  roller,  which  is  called  the  “  mill.”  This  is,  in  its  turn,  hardened,  and  im¬ 
pressed  by  a  similar  process  on  the  copper  roller,  until  the  latter  is  covered  with  the 
impressions. 

The  necessary  copper  rollers  to  form  the  pattern  being  prepared,  they  are  adjusted 
in  the  printing  machine,  and  the  color  is  applied  to  the  under  side  of  each  of  them. 
When  they  are  set  in  motion,  they,  of  course,  bring  up  color  on  their  surfaces  as  they 
revolve  in  the  box  which  contains  it.  This  color  is  scraped  off  of  all  the  plain  surface  of 
the  rollers  by  a  sharp  steel  blade,  called  a  “  doctor,”  before  it  reaches  the  top,  where 
the  impression  is  given,  only  leaving  color  in  the  engraved  figures,  into  which  the  cloth 


is  heavily  pressed  by  an  enormous  iron  roller,  covered  with  a  thick  blanket.  Thus  the 
cloth  passing  successively  from  roller  to  roller,  receives  the  full  impression  of  the  figure — 
which,  however,  is  only  given  in  what  is  called  the  “mordant,”  and  which  needs  to  be 
dyed  in  order  to  show  the  proper  color.  This  mordant  is  usually  some  mineral  or  vege¬ 
table  salt,  which,  in  combination  with  madder,  will  produce  certain  colors,  or  fix  the 
coloring  matter  of  the  madder  in  the  cloth,  and  these  various  mordants  being  duly 
printed,  the  various  colors  are  brought  out  with  one  dyeing  operation.] 


2.  Dunnell,  Jacob  &  Co.,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  roller-printing  on  lawns,  calicoes,  bareges,  mousseline  de  laines,  and 
pongee  silk. 

[Calico-printing  was  commenced  in  the  United  States  about  thirty  years  ago,  since 
which  time  the  greatest  improvements  have  been  made.  It  was  introduced  into  England 
from  France  about  1675;  France  obtained  it  from  Central  Germany,  and  the  latter  de¬ 
rived  it  from  Egypt  and  the  East.] 


3.  Rennie,  Robert,  14  Cedar  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  printed  fabrics  of  various  materials,  exhibited  in  an  elegant  cabinet 
made  of  American  woods. 


4.  Merrimack  Manufacturing  Company,  Lowell,  Massacnusetts. 

Madder  prints,  in  various  colors,  dyed  with  American  madder  from  Massachusetts 
and  Georgia. 

[The  works  of  this  company  and  those  of  Mr.  Dunnell  are  the  largest  in  the  United 
States.  The  statistics  of  Lowell  for  1853  give  their  production  of  printed  goods  per  an¬ 
num  as  17,420,000  yards.  They  employ  2,300  operatives,  and  consume  86,000^8.  of 
cotton  per  week.  They  also  consume  annually  1,000,000  lbs.  of  madder,  380,000  lbs.  of 
copperas,  60,000  lbs.  of  alum,  40,000  lbs.  of  soap,  50,000  lbs.  of  sumac,  and  45,000  lbs. 
of  indigo.  The  goods  exhibited  are  dyed  with  American,  madder,  and  the  colors  are  con¬ 
sidered  fully  equal  to  those  from  the  best  French  madder.] 

5.  Burk,  James,  Jr.,  44  Maiden  Lane  and  7  South  Front  Street,  Mew  York  City.— 

Manufacturer. 

Printed  and  extracted  cloths,  cassimeres,  and  satinets;  dyed,  printed,  and  carded 
flannels ;  dyed,  printed,  and  embossed  muslins  and  cotton  fabrics. 

C.  Mason  &  Lawrence,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  fine  printing  on  calicoes. 

183 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XVIII. 


7.  American  Print  Works,  Fall  River,  Massachusetts—  Manufacturers. 

Specimen  of  calico  and  mousseline  de  laine  prints. 

8.  Manchester  Print  Works,  Manchester,  Mew  Hampshire.  —  Manufacturers. 

Agents,  J.  C.  IIowe  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Specimens  of  printed  mousseline  de  laines. 

[These  are  goods  of  a  finer  cloth  than  those  of  No.  1,  but  of  the  same  general  style 
and  design.  The  works  at  which  they  are  produced  are  the  largest  de  laine  works  in  the 
United  States,  and  produce  about  1,200  pieces  per  diem.  The  production  of  these  goods 
in  the  United  States  is  very  large,  and  the  market  for  the  ordinary  qualities  of  the  half 
cotton  goods  is  principally  supplied  from  the  American  mills. 

The  art  of  dyeing  consists  in  impregnating  textile  fabrics  with  coloring  matters 
which  shall  be  permanent  under  ordinary  circumstances.  This  is  effected  by  producing  a 
chemical  union  between  the  fabric  and  the  color.  Different  materials  absorb  coloring 
matters  in  different  proportions ;  wool  seems  to  have  the  greatest  attraction  for  coloring 
substances,  then  silk,  cotton,  hemp,  and  flax. 

Dr.  Bancroft  called  substantive  colors  those  which  communicate  their  color  without  the 
aid  of  a  third  substance ;  adjective  colors  require  the  aid  of  a  mordant,  a  third  sub¬ 
stance,  possessing  an  attraction  for  the  coloring  matter  and  the  fabric,  and  thus  capable 
of  fixing  the  color.  The  principal  mordants  are  salts  of  iron,  alum,  and  tin;  the  acetate 
of  alumina,  the  persulphate  and  acetate  of  iron,  muriate  and  sulphate  of  tin,  nitrates  of 
iron  and  copper,  stannate  of  soda,  basic  acetate  of  lead,  and  Broquette’s  new  mordant  of 
a  solution  of  caseine  in  ammonia.  The  fabrics  are  first  impregnated  with  the  mordant, 
and  then  passed  through  the  dye. 

The  principal  dye-stuffs  can  only  be  enumerated  here,  full  descriptions  being  accessi¬ 
ble  in  any  work  on  dyeing.  The  vegetable  and  animal  dyes  are  indigo,  obtained  from 
the  Indigofera  tinctoria,  for  blues ;  arnatto,  from  the  washings  of  the  fermented  seeds 
of  the  Btia  orellana,  of  the  East  and  West  Indies,  for  yellows;  archil,  a  violet  paste, 
from  various  species  of  lichens — brilliant,  but  not  permanent,  to  give  a  purple  finish  to 
6ilks  and  woollens — rarely  used  for  cottons ;  bar-wood,  cam-wood,  Brazil  wood,  for  reds ; 
catechu,  an  extract  from  the  Mimosa  catechu  of  the  East  Indies,  for  browns ;  cochineal, 
a  red  dye  from  a  female  insect  found  on  a  species  of  cactus;  French  berries,  from  a 
species  of  Rhamnus,  for  a  bright  yellow ;  fustic,  or  Moms  tinctoria,  a  permanent 
yellow,  with  an  aluminous  mordant ;  lac  dye,  giving  to  wool  a  brilliant  scarlet  color,  with 
a  mordant  of  iron  ;  logwood,  naturally  red,  giving  all  colors,  from  light  purple  to  black, 
with  an  alum  mordant,  and  from  lilac  to  black,  with  an  iron  mordant ;  madder,  the  root 
of  different  species  of  Rubia,  extensively  used  in  printing  cotton  goods  of  a  variety  of 
shades,  from  bright  red  and  lilac  to  purple,  chocolate,  and  black,  with  different  mordants ; 
quercitron,  from  the  bark  of  the  black  oak,  for  yellows,  drabs,  orange,  and  olives; 
safflower,  from  the  Carthamus  tinctorius,  for  dyeing  silk  and  cotton  of  a  rose  color ;  tur¬ 
meric,  for  dyeing  silk  yellow ;  weld,  the  Reseda  luteola,  for  permanent  yellows,  with 
alum  or  tin  mordants;  and  woad,  whose  coloring  matter  seems  identical  with  indigo. 

The  principal  mineral  colors  are  :  antimony  orange ;  chrome  yellow,  or  chromate  of 
lead ;  chrome  orange,  or  subchromate  of  lead  ;  manganese  brown,  hydrated  peroxide  of 
manganese;  orpiment  sulpharsenious  acid,  a  bright  but  alterable  yellow ;  iron  buff,  perox¬ 
ide  of  iron ;  prussiate  of  copper,  delicate  cinnamon  color ;  red  prussiate  of  potash,  Prus¬ 
sian  blue;  and  Scheele’s  green,  arsenite  of  copper.  Various  other  compounds  are  used, 
which  space  does  not  permit  to  be  mentioned  here.] 

9.  Wii.mer,  Cannell  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  silk  handkerchiefs,  printed  on  Indian  fabrics. 

[These  goods  are  specimens  of  block-printing.] 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

10.  Stirling,  William,  &  Sons,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  Turkey-red  dyeing  and  printing  upon  cotton  fabrics. 

[Turkey  red  is  obtained  by  a  tedious  process  from  madder.  Turkey  red  is  the 

184 


most  durable  vegetable  color  known,  and  is  supposed  to  have  been  discovered  in  India, 
whence  it  passed  into  other  parts  of  Asia  and  Greece.  About  the  middle  of  the  last  cen¬ 
tury  this  color  was  introduced  into  France  by  some  Greek  dyers ;  towards  the  end  of  the 
century  a  Turkey-red  dye-house  was  established  in  Manchester  by  M.  Borelle,  a  French¬ 
man.  A  better  process  was  introduced  into  Glasgow  by  M.  Papillon,  another  Frenchman. 
The  greater  part  of  the  Turkey-red  dyeing  of  Great  Britain  is  still  executed  in  the  Glas¬ 
gow  district.  It  is  principally  obtained  from  Greece,  and  the  amount  used  is  almost 
incredible.  The  brilliancy  of  the  color  varies ‘considerably  in  different  localities,  depend¬ 
ing  on  some  peculiarities  of  manipulation,  qualities  in  the  water  used,  and  in  the  mate¬ 
rial  itself,  and  other  circumstances  not  well  ascertained.] 

II,  Ewing,  A.  0.,  &  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers.  Agents  :  Sturgis, 

Shaw  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City. 

Turkey-red  cambric  and  furniture  prints. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

12.  Weyermann,  A.,  Elberfeld. — Manufacturer. 

Turkey-red  and  rose-colored  cotton  yarns. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

13.  Salzer,  Carl,  Vienna. — Dyer. 

Specimens  of  dyed  silks,  in  a  great  variety  of  beautiful  colors ;  tableau  of  colored 
silks,  representing  the  arms  of  Austria. 

11,  W alter,  F.,  Vienna. — Dyer. 

A  variety  of  samples  of  dyed  woollen  yarns. 

ITALY. 

15.  Parodi,  Brothers,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Dyers. 

Samples  of  Turkey-red  cotton  and  yarn,  of  brilliant  and  enduring  color. 

SWITZERLAND. 

16.  Ziegler,  T.,  &  Co.,  If  interthur ,  Canton  Zurich. — Manufacturers. 

Colored  and  printed  cotton  cloths,  and  red  velvet. 

17.  Greuter  &  Bieter,  If  interthur ,  Canton  Zurich. — Manufacturers. 

Plain,  twilled,  and  printed  Turkey-red  cotton. 

[The  Swiss  possess  about  250  dyeing  factories  for  thread  and  woollen  stuflk.  The 
Tui  key-red  dyeing  establishments  are  famous.  Canton  Zurich  alone  has  fourteen. 
Cantons  St.  Gall,  Glaris,  and  Thurgovie  also  manufacture  largely,  and  of  fine  quality1, 
and  produce  considerable  quantities  of  goods  for  exportation.] 

18.  Meyer,  C.,  Jr.,  Wippingen,  Canton  Zurich. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  richly  printed  cotton  tissues,  furniture  materials,  damasks. 
Foulard  silks,  shawls,  &c. 


— - — 


----- 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XIX. 


TAPESTRY,  CARPETS,  LACE,  AND  EMBROIDERY,  ETC. 


The  present  class  includes  a  great  variety  of  articles,  widely  different  from  each  other  in  their  appearance  and  the  materials  from  which  they  are  made.  All 
or  nearly  all  of  them,  however,  were  originally  made  by  hand  with  a  needle,  and  it  is  only  of  late  years  that  many  have  been  manufactured  by  machinery.  .Some 
of  the  most  beautiful  and  striking  results  of  mechanical  ingenuity  are  seen  in  this  elnss  in  the  machine-made  lace,  embroidery,  and  carpets.  1  he  machines  them¬ 
selves  seem  almost  to  possess  the  faculties  of  intelligent  creatures,  and  to  be  endowed  with  a  share  of  their  inventors  reason. 

Examples  of  the  beautiful  productions  of  hand,  labor,  wrought  by  patient  and  tasteful  artizans,  or,  rather,  artists,  are  also  represented  in  this  class.  Such  are 
the  famous  tapestries  from  the  royal  manufactories  of  Gobelins  and  Beauvais,  for  the  first  time  exhibited  to  an  American  assemblage.  For  a  satisfactory  sketch  of 
these  establishments,  and  the  processes  of  manufacture,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  136.  An  example  of  each  is  engraved  in  the  same 
work.  The  Irish  sewed  muslin  embroidery  forms  a  part  of  the  Exhibition,  of  unusual  interest  and  beauty. 


1.  Lowell  Manufacturing  Company,  Lowell,  Massachusetts .- — Manufacturers. 

Power-loom  superfine  ingrain  and  three-ply  carpets  and  rugs. 

[The  mills  of  the  Lowell  Carpet  Company  are  the  largest  in  the  country,  and  use 
a  capital  of  $2,000,000.  They  employ  1,300  workpeople,  use  200  power-looms  on  car¬ 
pets,  and  produce  1,800,000  yards  of  three-ply  ingrain  carpets  annually,  and  consume 
3,452,000  lbs.  of  wool  ]  _ 

2.  Bay  State  Mills,  Lawrence ,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Printed  felt  carpets,  of  various  designs. 

3.  New  England  Worsted  Company,  Troy ,  JVew  York.-— Manufacturers. 

Tapestry  and  velvet  carpetings. 

[Carpets  are  composed  wholly  or  partly  of  wool,  and  arc  made  in  several  ways.  The 
simplest  form  is  composed  of  a  striped  woollen  warp  on  a  thick  woof  of  linen  thread,  as 
in  the  so-called  Venetian  carpets.  Kidderminster,  or  ingrain  carpeting,  is  composed 
of  two  webs,  each  consisting  of  a  separate  warped  woof ;  the  two  are  interwoven  at  in¬ 
tervals  to  produce  the  figures,  as  the  two  webs  are  passed  at  intervals  through  each 
other,  each  part  being  at  one  time  above  and  at  the  other  below ;  when  different  colors 
are  used  the  figure  will  be  the  same  on  both  sides,  but  the  colors  \ssll  be  reversed — these 
are  made  entirely  of  wool.  Brussels  carpeting  has  a  basis  composed  of  a  warp  and  woof  of 
strong  linen  thread;  in  the  warp  there  is  added  to  every  two  threads  of  linen  ten  threads 
of  woollen  of  different  colors;  the  use  of  the  linen  is  to  bind  the  worsted  together,  and  it 
is  not  visible  on  the  upper  surface.  The  woollen  threads  are  from  time  to  time  drawn 
up  in  loops  to  form  the  figures ;  each  row  passes  over  a  wire,  which  is  withdrawn  without 
cutting  the  yarn;  in  the  Wilton  carpeting  the  yarn  is  cut;  in  the  Turkey  carpets, 
which  are  made  entirely  of  wool,  the  loops  are  larger  and  always  cut  -the  cutting  of 
the  yarn  gives  the  appearance  of  velvet ;  Wilton  carpets  are  thus  in  fact  only  Brussels 
carpets.  A  three-ply  carpet  has  three  thicknesses  of  cloth;  each  is  perfect  in  itself,  so 
that  if  one  cloth  were  cut  away,  the  other  (if  it  were  a  two-ply)  would  remain  perfect, 
resembling  a  coarse  baize.  Till  recently  hand-looms  were  only  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  carpets ;  the  substitution  of  the  power-loom  has  greatly  facilitated  the  process.] 


4,  Bigelow  Carpet  Company,  Clinton,  Worcester  Co.,  Massachusetts.— Manufac¬ 
turers.  Agent:  Henry  P.  Fairbanks ,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Power-loom  Brussels  and  Wilton  carpetings;  specimens  of  coach  lace  from  the 
Clinton  Company. 

[These  specimens  of  carpeting  are  woven  by  a  steam  power-loom,  invented  and  pa¬ 
tented  by  Mr.  Bigelow.  Many  attempts  had  been  made  in  Englanijg^o  effect  this  object, 
but  without  success.  This  loom  will  weave  of  five-frame  Brussels  carpeting  twenty  yards 
a  day,  requiring  the  attendance  of  only  one  person ;  while  the  hand-loom  will  produce 

Q* 


on  an  average  only  five  yards  a  day,  and  requires,  besides  the  weaver,  a  person  to  attend 
to  the  wires  which  raise  the  pile.  Besides  economy  of  labor,  the  goods  are  woven  with 
more  regularity  and  with  a  smoother  and  more  even  surface ;  a  saving  of  material  is 
effected  by  the  greater  tension  of  the  worsted.  In  1851,  there  were  in  the  United  States 
28  of  these  looms  at  work  on  five-frame  Brussels  carpeting,  60  on  tapestry  carpeting, 
and  450  on  ingrain,  or  Kidderminster  carpeting. 

E.  B.  Bigelow,  Esq.,  formerly  of  Lowell,  Mass.,  has  given  his  name  to  the  establish¬ 
ment  at  which  these  goods  were  produced,  and  of  which  he  is  one  of  the  chief  proprietors, 
besides  being  the  inventor  of  the  machinery  by  which  the  goods  are  produced.  The  first 
loom  which  he  invented  for  the  manufacture  of  carpets  is.  the  one  used  by  the  Lowell 
Company,  of  Lowell,  for  the  manufacture  of  three-ply  and  ingrain  carpets,  and  which 
has  revolutionized  the  carpet  business  in  America.  This  loom  produces  twenty-five 
yards  of  carpets  per  day,  and  is  managed  by  a  girl  with  ease,  while  the  hand-loom 
required  a  man  to  operate  it  and  produced  seven  yards— while  the  quality  of  the  goods 
woven  by  the  power-loom  was  evener  and  better  than  those  produced  by  hand.  Mr.  B. 
then  invented  the  loom  which  he  uses  himself  for  the  manufacture  of  Brussels  carpets, 
and  one  for  that  of  coach  lace  and  trimmings,  which  are  largely  manufactured  at  the 
town  of  Clinton,  in  Worcester  County,  Mass.,  where  the  carpet  manufactory  is  also  situ¬ 
ated.  The  first  great  step  in  the  fabrication  of  all  figured  goods  was  made  by  Jacquard, 
who  substituted  an  ingenious  mechanism  for  the  boy  who  formerly  lifted,  one  by  one,  the 
threads  of  the  warp,  that  the  shuttle  might  pass  through  them  to  form  the  figure  ;  for 
in  all  these  goods  the  warp  of  the  cloth,  instead  of  being  of  a  uniform  color,  is  com¬ 
posed  of  many  different  ones,  or  by  raising  these  in  their  proper  order  to  the  surface 
the  pattern  is  formed  so  far  as  regards  the  warp.  The  weft  was  formerly  regulated  by 
the  hand  of  the  weaver,  who,  from  a  number  of  shuttles  prepared  with  diftorent  colors 
of  yarn,  selected  the  one  which  he  wanted,  and  after  a  few  threads  had  been  woven  re¬ 
placed  it  with  another  color.  All  this  has  been  obviated  by  the  invention  of  Mr.  Bigelow, 
which  consists  of  a  most  ingenious  apparatus  attached  to  the  loom,  and  by  which  the 
shuttles  are  selected  in  their  order,  carried  to  their  place,  and  put  in  operation  without 
the  loss  of  an  instant,  and  by  which  the  production  of  a  loom  daily  has  been  nearly  quad¬ 
rupled,  while  it  is  attended  by  a  young  girl  instead  of  a  man,  whose  strength  was 
required  to  perform  the  labor  by  hand.  This  relates  to  the  loom  for  weaving  the  three- 
ply  carpeting ;  but  a  very  different  apparatus  was  required  for  the  production  of  the 
Brussels  and  the  coach  lace  fabrics.  In  these  the  pattern  is  formed  entirely  by  the  warp 
of  the  goods,  while  the  weft  is  only  a  strong  thread  to  bind  and  secure  the  fabric  together. 
The  pile  of  the  Brussels  is  formed  by  the  insertion  of  wires  in  the  process  of  weaving, 
over  which  the  loop  of  the  thread  is  formed  ;  and  these  wires  were  formerly  inserted  by 
hand  at  every  blow  of  the  loom,  and  withdrawn  after  a  short  piece  had  been  woven,  to  be 
used  again.  In  the  Bigelow  loom  this  is  done  by  the  machine  itself,  for  by  the  side  of 
the  cloth  is  placed  a  pair  of  pincers,  which  with  every  stroke  of  the  loom  advance,  draw 

185 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XIX. 


out  a  wire  from  the  portion  already  completed,  retire  and  insert  it  in  its  place,  in  the 
portion  of  the  warp  when  the  next  loop  is  to  be  formed,  and  repeat  the  operation  with 
astonishing  and  unerring  accuracy.  The  coach  lace  is  formed  in  the  same  manner,  and 
it  is  hard  for  the  spectator  to  convince  himself  that  the  machine  is  not  endowed  with  the 
spirit  of  vitality.  These  looms  are  being  applied  to  various  purposes,  and  the  silk  broc- 
atelles  exhibited  from  Connecticut  are  also  their  production.] 

5.  Smith,  A.  &  J.,  West  Farms,  Mew  York.— Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  patent  tapestry  ingrain  carpeting. 

[This  is  an  ingenious  and  novel  mode  of  producing  a  very  elegant  and  cheap  two-ply, 
or  ingrain  carpet,  by  printing  the  warp  or  weft  before  weaving,  so  as  to  produce  the 
figure  in  the  cloth.  The  name  of  tapestry  carpets  is  generally  given  to  those  in  which 
the  figure  is  produced  in  this  way.  It  offers  very  great  advantages  in  weaving,  as  the 
Jacquard  motion  is  dispensed  with,  although  the  figure  is  not  quite  so  perfect  and  clear 
as  when  it  is  produced  in  the  loom.] 

6.  Higgins,  A.  &  E.  S.,  15  Murray  Street,  Mew  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Power-loom  Brussels  and  velvet  tapestry  carpets  and  rugs 

7.  Carhart  &  Nye,  Auburn,  Mew  York. — Manufacturers. 

Power-loom  carpets. 

[At  the  town  of  Thompsonville,  Conn.,  there  are  manufactories  of  carpets  which 
consume  10,000,000  lbs.  of  wool  and  10,000  lbs.  of  flax  yarn  annually.  The  three-ply 
Brussels  and  Axminster  carpets  of  the  richest  patterns  are  made  here ;  power-looms  have 
recently  been  introduced.] 


11,  Mills  &  Carlock,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  coach  laces,  tassels,  and  carriage  trimmings. 

15,  Plimptons,  Stephenson  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietors. 
Ribbons,  fringes,  bindings,  cords,  and  other  trimmings  of  silk  and  worsted. 

1G.  Fischer,  Henriette,  Columbus,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Worked  lace  handkerchief. 


17.  McCarthy,  Elizabeth,  229  East  Twentieth  Street,  Mew  York  City—  Manufac¬ 
turer. 

Silk  bed-quilt. 


18,  Fitzgerald,  Helen,  Mechanicsville,  JVew  York. — Manufacturer. 
Locomotive  in  raised  worsted  work. 


19.  Dubois,  Mrs.  M.  D., 

Silk  velvet  bed-quilt,  composed  of  5,312  pieces. 


— Manufacturer. 


20.  Hodgkins,  G.  A.,  Lispenard  Street,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Picture  wrought  in  worsted — “  The  Elopement.” 


21.  Major,  Mary  Ann,  1G5  Reade  Street,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

“  Espousal  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  to  the  Princess  Catharine  of  France” — embroid¬ 
ered  on  worsted.  The  maker  is  fourteen  years  old. 

22.  Newstadt,  Amelia,  430  Broadway,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  embroidery — “  Washington  on  horseback.” 


8.  Leon,  Jarosson,  Jersey  City,  Mew  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  painting  on  velvet,  cloth,  felt,  and  other  fabrics,  in  imitation  of  the 
Gobelin  tapestries,  for  table  and  piano  covers  and  upholsterers’  purposes. 


23.  Moody,  Miss  Bessie,  Bridgeport,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  quilt — crochet  work. 


9.  Jewett,  John,  &  Sons,  182  Front  Street,  Mtw  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  floor  cloths,  printed  in  oil  colors,  upon  prepared  hemp  canvas ;  “  velvet- 
finish”  floor  cloths. 

19.  Aldrich,  John  H.,  40  Pine  Street,  Mew  York  City. — Agent. 

Rice’s  machine-printed  oil  cloths,  for  floors,  &c. 

[The  canvas  used  in  the  manufacture  of  oil  cloth  is  made  partly  of  hemp  and  partly 
of  flax,  the  former  being  the  cheapest,  but  the  latter  retaining  best  the  paint  on  the  sur¬ 
face.  In  order  to  avoid  seams,  the  canvas  is  made  of  great  size  on  looms  constructed  for 
the  purpose ;  it  is  frequently  six  or  seven  yards  wide.  A  wash  of  wetted  size  is  applied 
to  each  side,  which  is  then  rubbed  down  by  pumice-stone  to  remove  the  irregularities  of 
the  canvas  and  give  a  proper  surface  for  the  oil  and  paint.  The  paints  are  the  same  as 
those  used  in  house  painting ;  mixed  with  linseed  oil,  but  of  thicker  consistence,  and  with 
very  little  turpentine ;  many  coats  are  applied  on  both  sides.  The  printing  was  till  re¬ 
cently  done  by  blocks  by  hand,  as  in  color-printing  and  paper-hanging  printing;  now  it 
is  executed  in  a  great  measure  by  machinery.] 

11.  Roberts,  Peter,  &  Co.,  375  Broadway,  Mew  York  City. 

Honiton  and  Brussels  laces  in  great  variety ;  Honiton  point  lace  baptismal  robe, 
chemisettes,  coif,  infant’s  cap ;  veils,  collars,  handkerchiefs,  &c. 

[Lace  is  made  of  fine  threads  of  linen,  cotton,  or  silk ;  it  consists  of  a  net-work  of 
small  meshes,  the  general  form  of  which  is  hexagonal.  The  best  laces  are  made  at 
Mechlin,  Brussels,  Valenciennes,  and  Honiton.  There  are  two  kinds,  pillow  lace,  made 
by  hand,  and  bobbin-net,  or  machine-made  lace.  Real,  or  pillow  lace,  which  is  often 
very  costly,  is  mostly  made  from  flax-thread,  on  a  pillow  or  cushion,  by  a  very  slow  pro¬ 
cess,  which  cannot  be  fully  described  here— in  general  terms  it  may  be  said,  a  piece  of 
stiff  parchment,  having  the  pattern  sketched  upon  it,  is  fixed  to  the  cushion  by  pins  deter¬ 
mined  by  the  pattern ;  the  threads,  wound  on  small  bobbins,  are  then  twisted  round  each 
other  in  various  w  ays,  the  bobbins  serving  as  handles  and  stores  of  material,  and  the 
pins  as  centres  round  which  the  threads  are  twisted.  Brussels  point  lace  has  the  net¬ 
work  made  by  the  pillow  and  bobbins,  and  a  pattern  of  sprigs  worked  with  the  needle. 
Brussels  ground  has  a  six-sided  mesh,  formed  by  twisting  four  flaxen  threads  to  a  per¬ 
pendicular  line  of  mesh.  Brussels  wire-ground  is  of  silk ;  the  meshes  are  partly  straight 
and  partly  arched,  and  the  pattern  is  worked  separately  by  the  needle.  Mechlin  lace 
has  a  six-sided  mesh  of  three  flax  threads,  twisted  and  plaited  to  a  perpendicular  line ; 
the  pattern  being  worked  in  the  net.  Valenciennes  lace  lias  a  six-sided  mesh  formed  of 
two  threads,  partly  twisted  and  plaited ;  the  pattern  being  worked  in  the  net.  Lisle 
lace  has  a  diamond-shaped  mesh,  formed  by  two  threads  plaited  to  a  perpendicular  line. 
Alen$on  has  a  six-sided  mesh  of  two  threads;  Alenqon  point  is  formed  of  two  threads  to 
a  perpendicular  line,  with  octagonal  and  square  meshes  alterately.  Honiton  lace  is  re¬ 
markable  for  the  beauty  of  its  figures  worked  by  the  needle.  Buckingham  lace,  of  a 
more  common  description,  resembles  the  Alencon. 

The  hand-made  lace,  which  formerly  gave  employment  to  great  numbers  of  females 
in  their  own  houses,  has  been  superseded  to  a  great  extent  by  the  bobbin-net  lace,  made 
first  by  hand-machines,  as  stockings  are  knit  upon  frames,  but  now  by  water  and  steam- 
power,  applied  to  very  ingenious  and  complicated  machines.  The  products  thus  made 
are  of  a  superior  quality,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  Nottingham  laces  in  the  English 
Department.  6 

12.  Waring,  Susan  G.,  Mew  Paltz  Landing,  Mew  York.— Manufacturer. 

Lace  handkerchief,  embroidered  in  lace  stitch.  (For  figure  see  Record,  page  171.) 

13.  Tiltz  k  Dexter,  91  William  Street,  Mew  York  City.-Manufacturers. 

Ladies’  dress  trimmings,  in  all  varieties. 

186 


21.  Starkins,  Miss  Maria  J.,  284  Fifth  Street,  Mew  York  City.— Manufacturer. 
Silk  quilt,  made  of  6,500  octagonal  pieces. 

25.  Ketcham,  Miss  Mary  C.,  127  Chrystie  Street,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Bed-quilt  ornamented  with  worked  flowers  in  relief. 

2G.  Gamble,  Mrs.  Julia,  Tallahassee,  Florida. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  and  velvet  quilt. 


27.  Coleman,  Mrs.  Mary  Ann,  Frankfort,  Kentucky. — Manufacturer. 
Three  worsted,  silk,  and  velvet  quilts. 


28.  Williamson,  Miss  Frances  II.,  8  Warren  Street,  Mew  York  City. — Manufac¬ 
turer. 


Crochet  work. 


29.  Smith,  Mrs.  Gilbert,  209  Monroe  Street,  Meic  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Silk  bed  quilt. 

30.  Anderson,  Miss  Ellen,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Manufacturer. 

The  “  Henry  Clay  quilt.” 


31.  Warwick,  Mrs.,  Harlem,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Tapestry,  marked  in  gold  and  silver. 

32.  Hammond,  Mrs.,  Albany,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Pictures  worked  in  worsted — “  The  Descent  from  the  Cross,”  and  the  “  Last  Sup¬ 
per,”  from  Leonardo  da  Vinci. 


33.  Marshall,  Mrs.  S.«H.,  Belfast,  Maine. — Manufacturer. 
Embroidered  picture. 

34.  Mezette,  Miss,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidery. 

35.  Pells,  E.  A.,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  picture. 


3G.  Beyer,  Caroline,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidery. 

37.  McBride,  Mary  A.,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Picture  worked  in  worsted  representing  “  Laban,  Rebecca,  and  Jacob.” 


38.  Carter,  Virginia,  J.,  Mete  York. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  quilt ;  crochet  work. 


39.  Brown,  Miss  M.,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Fancy  needle  work. 

10.  Purdy,  Mary  W.,  Rye ,  Mew  York. — Manufacturer. 
AVliite  cambric  quilt,  embroidered. 


11.  Canning,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  W.,  Jersey  City,  Mew  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  bed-quilt,  ornamented  with  designs  of  birds,  fruits,  and  flowers,  in  colored 
cotton  cloth. 


TAPESTRY,  CARPETS,  EMBROIDERY,  ETC 


42.  Morgan,  Misses  Abby  &  Sarah,  427  Hudson  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manu¬ 
facturers. 


Embroidered  bed-quilt. 


GEE  AT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


43.  Slote,  Miss  Orriana,  451  Tenth  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  and  worsted  embroidery — “  The  Last  Supper.”  The  maker  is  only  thirteen 
years  old. 

44.  Combes,  Mrs.  S.  M.,  Hampden,  JVew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Flannel  embroidered  hearth-rug. 


45.  IIogeboom,  Mrs.  Helen,  Castletown,  JVew  York. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Embroidered  broadcloth  table  cover,  from  original  designs,  and  worked  without  a 

pattern. 

46.  Wilcox,  Mrs.  John,  64.]  Sullivan  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Worsted  embroidery — “  Convention  of  great  artists  in  the  Vatican.” 


64.  Templeton,  James,  &  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Axminster  carpets.  For  figure  see  Record,  page  167.) 

[The  Axminster  carpet  seems  to  have  been  commenced  in  imitation  of  the  Turkey 
carpet ;  they  are  noted  for  their  thick  and  soft  pile ;  the  worsted  being  thrown  entirely 
to  the  surface,  instead  of  appearing  on  both  sides,  the  material  is  economized  and  the 
surface  is  smoother.  These  carpets  are  generally  made  in  one  piece,  according  to  the 
dimensions  of  the  room  for  which  they  are  intended.  The  warp  is  of  strong  linen  placed 
perpendicularly  between  two  rollers,  which  turn  round,  and  enable  the  chain  to  be 
changed  from  one  to  the  other  as  the  weaving  proceeds.  Small  tufts  of  differently  colored 
worsted  are  fastened  under  the  warp ;  when  one  row  of  these  tufts  has  been  completed, 
the  shoot  of  linen  is  also  thrown  in  and  firmly  rammed  down ;  another  row  of  tufts  is 
then  arranged,  and  so  on  till  the  pattern  is  finished ;  a  small  paper  drawing  hangs  before 
the  workman  for  a  guide.  Real  Turkey  carpets  are  made  in  a  similar  manner.  The 
rugs  are  made  by  a  slightly  modified  apparatus.] 


47.  Jillson,  Rebecca  S.,  JVew  London,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Embroidered  picture  of  the  Abbotsford  family. 


4$.  Lossin,  Martha,  Talladega,  Alabama. — Manufacturer. 

Broadcloth  centre-table  cover,  embroidered,  in  silk,  worsted,  and  velvet. 


49.  Kaiser,  Mrs.  Maria,  JVew  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Manufacturer. 
Embroidered  picture  in  worsted. 


50.  Wason,  Mrs.  Milton,  Somerville,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 
Two  pieces  of  embroidery. 


51.  Knight,  Abram,  Yonkers,  J\'ew  York. — Proprietor. 
Worsted  embroidery — Interior  of  monastery,  and  figures. 


52.  Herbst,  Mary,  L.  J.,  110  Forsyth  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Embroidery  in  gold  and  silver  thread. 


53.  Hesser,  Madame,  V.  J.  Z.,  421  Sixth  Avenue,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  bed-quilts ;  crochet  work ;  pianoforte  cover. 


51,  Wilson,  Peter,  Versailles,  J\'ew  York. — Proprietor. 

Table  cover,  lamp  mat,  needle  cushion,  satchel,  game  bag — all  specimens  of  Indian 
embroidery  with  variously-colored  glass  beads. 

55.  Marcet,  Julia  J.,  94  Orchard  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Wreath  of  flowers,  embroidered  in  colored  silks,  on  a  white  ground. 

56.  Vogel,  George  F.,  388  Hudson  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  regalia,  lap  decorations,  embroidered  suspenders,  and  other  articles. 

57.  Clark,  Mrs.  J.  P.,  Detroit ,  Michigan. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidery — “King  David  playing  on  a  golden  harp.’ 

58.  Osborn,  James,  Williamsburg,  JVew  York. — Proprietor. 

Embroidery. 

59.  McKenzie,  Margaret,  —Manufacturer. 

Worsted  embroidery — “  The  Finding  of  Moses.” 


65.  Henderson  &  Widnell,  Lasswade,  near  Edinburgh,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 
Tapestry  carpets ;  velvet  portiere. 

[Patent  tapestry  carpeting  has  been  brought  to  great  perfection  within  the  last  five 
years,  and  now  gives  employment  to  nearly  1,000  looms.  The  peculiarity  of  the  manu¬ 
facture  is  the  unlimited  number  of  shades  of  colors  that  can  be  introduced,  so  that  the 
‘most  elaborate  pictures  can  be  executed ;  the  saving  of  worsted  is  also  an  important 
item.  The  appearance  is  that  of  Brussels  carpet,  but  the  manufacture  is  more  simple, 
each  thread  being  colored  separately,  at  spaces,  with  the  requisite  shades.  The  process 
is  simple  and  ingenious,  but  much  care  is  necessary  in  arranging  the  threads  and  putting 
them  on  the  beam.  The  invention  was  patented  about  twenty  years  ago.] 

66.  Henderson  &  Co.,  Durham. — Manufacturer. 

Wilton,  or  pile  carpets;  Brussels  and  Venetian  carpets. 

67.  Grundy,  J.  &  E.,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  druggets  and  floor  cloths. 

68.  Lewis,  William  &  Thomas,  452  Pearl  Street,  JVew  York  City. — Importers. 
Velvet  pile  carpets  and  rugs ;  sheep  and  Angora  goatskin  ruo-s  and  mats. 

69.  Thompson,  David,  Dundee,  Scotland. — Manufacturer. 

Carpeting  and  matting. 

70.  Bevington  &  Morris,  67  King  William  Street,  London. — Manufacturers. 
Cocoa-nut  fibre  matting  and  mats. 

[The  cocoa-palm,  a  native  of  most  tropical  countries,  is  perhaps  the  most  useful  of 
all  trees  to  uncivilized  man ;  and  even  civilized  man  has  been  constrained  to  make  use 
of  it,  and  to  admit  that  it  is  possible  to  build  vessels,  fit  them  for  sea,  and  freight  them 
with  valuable  cargoes  exclusively  from  the  products  of  the  cocoa-palm.  To  speak  only 
of  the  uses  here  suggested — the  natives  of  India  have  long  been  in  the  habit  of  using 
the  rotted  fibres  of  the  outer  husk  of  the  cocoa-nut;  they  are  spun  into  yarn,  called  coir, 
which  is  largely  imported  for  weaving-cloths,  covering  passages  and  rooms,  and  for  mats. 
There  are  three  descriptions  of  fibre,  used  for  different  purposes :  a  light,  elastic  fibre, 
used  for  stuffing  furniture ;  a  coarser  fibre,  for  making  mats ;  and  a  third  fibre,  used  for 
brushes  and  brooms.  After  soaking  in  water,  the  fibres  are  subjected  to  the  pressure  of 
grooved  rollers,  and  then  carded  and  combed  for  the  purposes  above  mentioned.] 

71.  McDonald,  D.  &  J.,  &  Co.,  Glasgow,  Scotland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  embroidered  muslin  and  cambric,  embroidered  trimmings,  insertions, 
&c. ;  collars,  chemisettes,  sleeves,  handkerchiefs,  &c. 


69.  Hunter,  Mrs.  S.  C.,  Gales  County,  J\orth  Carolina. — Manufacturer. 
Crochet  bed-quilt. 

61.  Short,  Miss  Eliza  A.,  Brunswick,  Virginia. — Manufacturer 
Quilt  made  of  a  great  many  pieces  of  differently  colored  silks. 


72.  Saxton,  Alfred,  Hollow  Stone,  A'ottingham,  England. — Manufacturer. 
Cotton  lace,  netting,  and  embroideries ;  shawls,  &c. 


73.  Holden,  John,  &  Co.,  Belfast,  Ireland.— Manufacturers. 
Sewed  book-muslin  collars,  capes,  caps,  frock  bodies,  &c. 


62.  Disbrow,  Harriet,  — Manufacturer. 

Crochet  quilt.  The  maker  is  only  eight  years  old. 

63.  Dey,  Lavinia,  A.,  —Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  worsted  pictures — “  Descent  from  the  Cross,”  “  Last  Supper,”  of  Leo¬ 
nardo  da  Vinci. 

[What  is  called  “  Berlin  work”  has  greatly  increased  both  in  Europe  and  America 
during  the  last  forty  years;  the  kind  of  work  is  very  old,  but  the  beauty  and  perfection 
of  the  patterns  is  a  new  thing.  In  1810,  Madame  Wittich,  of  Berlin,  a  lady  of  great 
taste  and  an  accomplished  needlewoman,  seeing  the  advantages  which  would  result  to 
her  favorite  art  from  the  production  of  superior  patterns,  persuaded  her  husband,  a 
noted  print-seller,  to  publish  a  series  of  designs;  these  were  executed  in  so  superior  a 
manner  that  many  of  the  first  patterns  issued  are  still  in  great  demand.  The  patterns 
are  now  multiplied  to  an  immense  extent,  with  every  variety  of  device  and  shade  of  color. 
To  such  an  extent  does  the  mania  for  this  kind  of  work  prevail,  that  there  is  hardly  an 
article  of  parlor  furniture  which  is  not  ornamented,  and  in  many  cases  disfigured,  by 
the  efforts  of  the  Berljn  wool  workers.  The  passion  seems  to  have  seized  all  ages  and 
both  sexes ;  and  one's  eyes  are  daily  met  with  these  productions  of  the  fingers  of  aged 
and  younger  matrons,  damsels,  infant  phenomena,  and  masculine  embroiderers.] 


74.  Sisters  of  Mercy,  Kinsale,  County  Cork,  Ireland.— Manufacturers. 
Vestments,  embroidery,  flowers  in  lace,  &c. 


75.  Barnet,  L.  C.,  &  Son,  JVottingham,  England.— Manufacturers. 

Patterns  of  machine- wrought  black  silk  and  blonde  laces;  Genevese,  Maltese,  Honi- 
ton,  &c. ;  needle-wrought  laces. 

[The  machine  lace  of  Nottingham  is  famous  for  its  delicacy  and  beauty.  The  bob¬ 
bin-net  machine  was  invented  in  1809,  and  in  1823  its  use  was  quite  general ;  the  powers 
of  production  of  the  lace-machine  are  to  hand-labor  nearly  as  30,000  to  5,  and  the  lace 
produced  by  it  has,  for  common  articles,  entirely  superseded  real  lace.  In  the  bobbin- 
net  machine,  one  set  of  threads  is  stretched  in  parallel  lines  up  and  down  the  machine; 
another  set  is  wound  round  small  bobbins;  the  meshes  of  the  net-work  are  produced 
by  these  bobbins  twisting  in  and  around  and  among  the  vertical  threads— after  being 
woven,  the  net  is  singed  to  remove  the  little  hairy  filaments;  embroidered,  if  of  tlio 
better  kind ;  mended,  if  torn  ;  bleached ;  dyed,  if  a  black  lace ;  dressed  or  stiffened  with 
gum ;  and  finally  rolled  and  pressed.  The  ordinary  material  of  bobbin-net  is  two  cotton 
yarns,  of  from  No.  180  to  No.  250,  twisted  into  one  thread.  The  beauty  of  the  fabric  de¬ 
pends  on  the  quality  of  the  material,  as  well  as  the  regularity  and  smallness  of  the 


SECTION  III.— CLASS  XIX. 


meshes _ the  number  of  warp  threads  in  a  yard  is  from  600  to  900,  or  from  20  to  30  in 

an  inch ;  the  breadth  of  the  product  varies  from  edging  of  a  quarter  of  an  inch  to  webs 
five  yards  wide.  _ _ _ 

7C,  Lyde,  Watch  am,  &  Co.,  121  Wood  Street,  Cheapside,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  lace  and  muslins ;  ladies’  and  infants’  dresses ;  chemisettes,  handkerchiefs,  &c., 
in  rich  and  varied  patterns. 


77.  Manly,  Mrs.,  B/ackrock,  Cork,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  crochet  pearl  tatting  and  guipure  lace;  design — rose,  shamrock,  and 
thistle ;  collars,  berthes,  chemisettes,  sleeves,  and  coiffures  of  same  material. 

[Crochet  lace  is  remarkable  for  durability,  delicacy,  and  elegance  of  design,  qual¬ 
ities  which  have  caused  it  to  take  the  place  to  a  considerable  extent  of  the  Honiton, 
Valenciennes,  and  Brussels  laces.  It  can  also  be  produced  at  a  much  lower  price  than 
the  above  laces,  on  account  of  the  cheapness  of  labor  in  Ireland.  These  articles  display 
great  skill  in  workmanship  and  beauty  of  design.] 


Mrs.  Manly. — Crochet  Work. 


78.  J affray,  J.  R.,  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

Honiton  lace  flounce,  valued  at  $1,000. 

[The  district  in  which  Honiton  lace  is  made  is  about  thirty  miles  along  the  coast  of 
Devonshire,  and  about  twelve  miles  inland ;  about  8,000  persons  are  employed  in  its  manu¬ 
facture.  It  is  made  on  the  pillow  by  hand  labor;  it  was  confined  at  first  simply  to  sprigs 
and  borders,  but  now  the  most  elaborate  and  costly  articles  are  made.  Honiton  lace 
veils  have  frequently  been  sold  for  500  or  600  dollars;  and  a  flounce  is  exhibited  in  the 
English  Department  valued  at  $1,000.  Honiton  differs  from  “  pillow”  or  “  thread”  lace, 
in  having  the  pattern  made  separately,  and  afterwards  sewn  on  to  a  machine-made  net.] 


79.  Rolfh,  Jonas,  Stony  Street,  Nottingham,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Imitation  Brussels  point  lace,  veils,  sleeves,  & c. 

[British  point,  tambour,  and  Limerick  laces  are  similar  in  their  mode  of  manufac¬ 
ture,  being  hand-made ;  they  embrace  the  imitations  of  Honiton  and  Brussels  lace,  and 
are  made  into  a  great  variety  of  elegant  and  useful  articles,  as  the  exhibition  fully 
proves.  “  British  point”  is  made  chiefly  in  the  neighborhood  of  London ;  “  tambour”  is 
made  extensively  in  Nottingham ;  the  Limerick  lace  is  peculiar  to  Ireland.] 


SO.  Higgins,  John,  &  Co.,  Dublin,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Irish  embroidered  muslins  and  lace ;  a  rich  and  extensive  assortment  of  ladies’  and 
infants’  dresses;  chemisettes,  sleeves,  handkerchiefs,  &c.  (For  figures  see  the  Record 
pages  66,  67.)  ’ 


[Since  the  destruction  of  the  linen-yarn  spinning  by  hand,  by  the  introduction  of 
machinery ,  the  attention  of  the  Irish  and  Scotch  peasantry  has  been  turned  to  the  manu¬ 
facture  of  embroidery ;  and,  since  the  multiplication  of  patterns  has  become  so  easy  and 
so  cheap  by  the  substitution  of  lithography  for  block-printing,  about  the  year  1830,  this 
branch  of  female  industry  has  made  very  rapid  progress.  In  the  West  of  Ireland  this 
trade  forms  the  principal  support  of  the  female  population ;  it  has  extended  itself  over 
half  the  counties  of  Ireland,  and  gives  employment  to  at  least  250,000  females— the 
amount  of  wages  will  vary  from  one  to  ten  shillings  a  week,  according  to  the  skill  of  the 
worker.  At  least  £600,000  are  annually  distributed  in  wages  to  workers  mostly  in  their 

Awn  li  nnonc  1  * 


81.  Forrest,  James,  &  Sons,  101  Grafton  Street,  Dublin,  Ireland.— Manufacture! 

Lace  royal  sash  guipure ;  Limerick  lace  dresses,  flounces,  &c. 

[Among  the  various  contributions  from  Ireland  made  to  the  Crystal  Palace,  one  . 
he  most  prominent  is  the  Limerick  lace.  This  manufacture  was  commenced  aboi 
twenty-five  years  ago,  since  which  time  it  has  been  gradually  increasing  in  extent  a, 
celebrity.  Messrs.  Forrest  introduced  the  guipure  style  about  two  years  since;  it  h 
been  so  much  admired  as  to  be  patronized  by  Queen  Victoria,  and  it  is  now  termed  tl 
Royal  Irish  guipure,  having  been  worn  by  her  Majesty  on  many  public  occasions. 

It  »  made  by  cutting  out  the  pattern  from  cambric,  the  flowers  and  heavy  par 
being  made  of  the  cambric,  and  the  open  parte  of  stitches  closely  resembling  the  antiqi 

188 


lace.  In  many  cases  the  eyelet  holes  form  the  groundwork  of  the  lace,  which  renders  it 
tedious  and  difficult  to  make ;  notwithstanding  the  inequalities  of  its  texture,  it  is  very 
durable,  and  equally  beautiful,  without  being  as  expensive,  as  the  antique  lace. 

The  specimens  exhibited  by  them  consist  of  a  beautifully  worked  set  of  flouncing  ; 
a  very  handsome  polka  jacket;  some  exquisite  designs  in  berthes,  sleeves,  collars,  head¬ 
dresses,  and  handkerchiefs ;  also  fine  shawls  of  Limerick  lace,  the  patterns  of  which  are 
worked  upon  a  foundation  of  net ;  and  long  scarfs  of  the  same  description  of  lace,  of 
new  and  various  patterns.  There  is  a  specimen  of  applique  lace,  so  called  from  the  pat¬ 
terns  being  cut  out  and  sewn  on  a  foundation  of  net ;  by  this  means  the  same  patterns 
may  be  transferred  from  a  veil  to  a  scarf  or  lappet,  and  they  will  wear  out  several 
foundations.  A  dress  of  Irish  blonde  should  also  be  mentioned,  which,  though  embroid¬ 
ered  in  gold,  is  of  a  light,  elegant,  and  chaste  appearance ;  this  style  of  work  has  been 
lately  introduced,  but  will  soon  be  extensively  sought  after. 

Some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  extent  of  this  manufacture,  from  the  fact  of  its 
giving  employment  in  Limerick  to  between  2,000  and  3,000  females.  Messrs.  Forrest 
employ  about  800  in  their  Abbey  Court  Factory  alone.] 


John  Higgins  &  Co. — Irish  Embroidery. 


82.  Adams,  Miss  Jane,  Strabane,  Ireland — Manufacturer. 

Lace  scarf  of  fine  unbleached  linen  thread,  containing  nearly  three  and  a  half 
millions  of  stitches,  and  over  twelve  miles  of  thread,  and  weighing  only  five  and  three- 
quarter  ounces ;  collars,  cuffs,  and  handkerchief. 


83.  Industrial  Poor  School  of  Ursuline  Convent,  Blackroek,  near  Cork,  Ire¬ 
land. — Manufacturers. 

Crochet  work ;  embroidery ;  rich  lace  dresses,  collars,  scarft. 


TAPESTRY,  CARPETS,  EMBROIDERY,  ETC. 


81,  Stewart,  A.  T.,  &  Co.,  Broadway,  JVew  York  City. — Importers. 

Rich  specimen  of  Honiton  and  other  lace  goods. 

85.  Lambert  &  Bury,  Limerick,  Ireland. — Manufacturers. 

Limerick  lace ;  flounce,  shawl,  &c. 

80.  Long,  George,  Loudwater,  Bucks,  England. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Pillow  lace ;  ladies’  bonnet  materials  of  horse  hair.  (For  figure,  see  Record,  page 


87.  Austin,  James,  8  &  9  Princes  Street,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  sash,  blind,  lamp,  and  picture  lines. 

88.  Amies,  Broadbent,  &  Co.,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Mohair,  alpacca,  and  other  braids. 

89.  Harding,  William,  &  Co.,  68  Long  Acre,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  coach  lace  and  trimmings. 

90.  Worrell,  Miss  Caroline  A.,  Bath,  England. — Designer. 

Worked  Berlin-wool  reading  cushion. 

91.  Ditl,  Madame,  23  Charlotte  Street,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  embroidered  screen. 

92.  Ward,  Mrs.  Anne,  Coleraine,  Ireland.— Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

East  view  of  Giant’s  Causeway,  in  needlework. 

93.  Clancarthy,  Countess  of,  &  Butler,  Lady  Anne,  Garhalby,  Ballinasloe, 

Ireland — Manufacturers. 

Doileys,  edged,  and  embroidered  with  views  in  Ireland. 


94.  Hayward,  John,  &  Co.,  35  St.  Martin's  Lane,  London — Manufacturers. 
Richly  embroidered  vest  patterns. 


95.  Cleary,  Miss  Margaret,  Clonmel,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

Berlin  wool  work — “Last  Supper;”  “Robert  Burns  at  the  Plough;”  “The  Blind 
Girl  at  the  Well.” 

Oft.  Belshaw,  Maria  Louisa,  Brooklyn,  JVew  York. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  portrait  of  Washington,  in  worsted  and  silk;  embroidered  picture  of 
Queen  Esther  before  Ahasuerus. 

[These  works  were  executed  by  the  exhibitor  in  Dublin.] 

97.  Williams,  Mrs.  James,  4  Homeville,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Berlin  wool  tapestry  picture  of  Queen  Victoria. 


98.  Neville,  M.  Marian,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

“  A  Lecture  on  Housekeeping,”  in  needlework— table  scenes. 


BRITISH  COLONIES. — CANADA. 

99.  McGrath,  James,  Quebec,  Canada. — Proprietor. 

A  large  embroidered  Berlin  wool  carpet  ^worked  by  the  ladies  of  Toronto  for  the 
benefit  of  St.  George’S  Church. 

100.  Geddes,  Rev.  J.  G.,  Hamilton,  Canada  West. — Proprietor. 

A  large  embroidered  Berlin  wool  carpet,  worked  by  the  ladies  of  Hamilton  for  the 
benefit  of  their  church,  valued  at  $800. 


101.  Tetu,  J.,  Berthier,  Canada  East.— Manufacturer. 

Thread  lace  collars  and  ornaments,  and  priest’s  white  knitted  surplice. 


102.  Thompson,  Miss  Kate,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 
A  rose  point  lace  collar. 

103.  Jobin,  Madame  J.  B.,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  table  cover  of  unbleached  linen. 


101.  Bouchard,  Madame  J.  B.,  St.  Valiere,  Canada  East.  Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  counterpane ;  set  of  knitted  bleached  linen  curtains,  and  lace  caps. 


105.  Martel,  Miss  P.,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  table  covers,  and  lace  caps  and  collars. 


106.  Neilson,  Miss,  Quebec. — Manufacturer. 

A  patch-work  silk  cushion. 

107.  Dutton,  Miss  Eliza,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
A  knitted  cradle  quilt. 


108.  Reed,  Mrs.  John,  Brockville,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  quilt. 

109.  Globrusky,  Miss,  Lachine,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  complete  set  of  embroidered  furniture,  consisting  of  seats  and  backs  for  ottoman, 
arm-chair,  French  chair,  footstool,  piano  stool,  and  six  chairs. 


FRANCE. 

HO.  Imperial  Manufactory  of  the  Gobelins,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Five  pieces  of  tapestry. 

[The  pieces  of  Gobelins  tapestry  represent : 

“Autumn,”  after  Lancret;  executed  in  1849,  by  M.  Maloisel;  valued  at  14,000 
francs.  “The  Wolf  and  the  Lamb,”  after  Desporte;  executed  in  1842,  by  M.  Thiers ; 
and  “  The  Hound  and  her  Companion,”  also  after  Desporte ;  executed  in  1842,  by  M. 
Prevotet ;  8,500  francs.  “  Subject  taken  from  the  Chase  and  Still  Life,”  after  Desporte ; 
executed  by  M.  Hypolite  Lucas ;  20,000  francs. 

Two  seats  and  backs  of  chairs  in  carpet  work;  executed  by  M.  M.  Renard  and 
Goutliier,  from  designs  by  M.  Godefroy  ;  2,500  francs. 

This  magnificent  establishment  is  conducted  by  the  French  government.  It  was 
bought  from  the  Gobelin  family  in  1677,  by  Colbert,  who  there  established  a  manufactory 
of  tapestry  similar  to  that  of  Flanders.]  (For  a  historical  and  descriptive  account  of 
this  manufactory  see  the  Record,  page  136.) 

111.  Imperial  Manufactory  of  Beauvais,  Beauvais  (Oise). — Manufacturers. 

Seven  pieces  of  tapestry. 

[The  tapestry  from  the  Manufactory  of  Beauvais  represents : 

“  Combat  of  the  Two  Goats,”  after  Aubrey,  by  Chevalier ;  valued  at  4,000  francs. 
“  The  Skaters,”  after  Lancret,  by  Chevalier ;  6,000  francs.  Landscape,  after  Desgoffes, 
by  Auguste  Melisse ;  8,000  francs.  Three  Leaves  for  a  Screen,  after  Aubrey,  by  Chev¬ 
alier  ;  20,000  francs.  “  The  Reading  Lesson,”  after  Bonchet,  by  Chevalier ;  2,500  francs. 

The  carpet  manufactory  of  Beauvais  was  founded  by  Colbert  in  1664.  Some  of  the 
surplus  carpets  are  sold.  The  manufactory  is  still  carried  on  by  the  French  government.] 

112.  Requillart,  Roussell,  &  Chocquel,  Tourcoing,  JVord,  and  Rue  Vivienne, 

Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Carpets  and  tapestry ;  coarse  and  fine  moquette,  curtain  and  panel. 

113.  Lecun  &  Co.,  JVimes,  Card. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  carpets,  rugs,  foot  mats,  and  table  covers. 

114.  Ringuet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Carpets  and  tapestry. 

115.  Braquenie,  Alex.,  Rue  Vivienne,  Paris— Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Piled  velvet  carpets,  d’Aubusson ;  Aubusson  carpet,  without  reversed  side. 

116.  Milot,  M.j  Rue  St.  Honore,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Delicate  embroideries  in  gold  and  silver. 

117.  Chancerel,  Madame,  Schamberg,  Vosges.— Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  improved  embroideries. 

118.  Gantillov,  C.  E.,  2  Rue  des  Capucins,  Lyons. — Manufacturer. 

Two  portraits  of  Napoleon  I.,  embroidered  in  satin. 

119.  Joyeaux,  Emile,  St.  Lazare,  Paris.  Manufacturer. 

Crochet  tissues. 

120.  Sallandrouze  de  Lamornaix,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  Aubusson  carpets  and  tapestry.  (For  a  figure  see  the  Record,  page  142.) 

[The  Aubusson  carpets  are  made  on  the  same  principle  as  tapestry  and  Turkey 
carpets;  they  are  consequently  very  expensive;  they  are  second  only  to  those  of  the 
Gobelin’s  and  Beauvais.  In  the  department  of  the  Creuze,  in  which  Aubusson  is  situ¬ 
ated,  at  least  5,000  persons  are  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  carpets  and  tapestry.] 

121.  Lefebvre,  Aug.,  Bayeux  Calvados,  and  42  Rue  de  Clery,  Paris.- Manufacturer. 
Thread  lace  counterpane;  lace  shawls,  scarfs,  flounces,  collars,  coiffures,  blonde 

mantels,  &c. 

[The  principal  towns  of  France  noted  for  the  manufacture  of  machine  lace  are  Calais, 
Lille,  St.  Quentin,  Lyons,  and  Cambray.  It  was  introduced  into  Calais  by  Englishmen 
from  Nottingham  about  1817.  Malines  and  Valenciennes  lace  are  extensively  imitated  ; 
at  Lyons  and  Cambray  great  quantities  of  silk  net  and  black  lace  are  made  in  imitation 
of  the  beautiful  hand-made  fabrics  of  Caen  and  Chantilly,  at  75  per  cent,  less  cost.  The 
manufacture  of  hand  lace  in  France  gives  employment  to  more  than  200,000  females. 
At  Caen  and  Bayeux,  in  the  department  of  Calvados,  about  40,000  persons  are  employed 
in  the  manufacture  of  black  lace  piece  goods  of  the  finest  quality  and  most  elegant  de¬ 
signs  The  Chantilly  laces  are  finer  and  richer,  and  can  only  be  obtained  by  the  wealthy. 
The  Lille  lace  is  white  thread  lace,  called  clear  foundation  ;  it  is  the  lightest,  finest,  and 
most  transparent  of  this  kind  of  lace.  In  the  department  of  the  Vosges  is  made  a  lace 
called  “guipure,”  very  much  resembling  the  Honiton;  it  is  very  fine  and  white,  and  of 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XIX. 


moderate  price.  Alenijon  lace  requires  from  fourteen  to  sixteen  workers  for  the  smallest 
size  and  the  simplest  pattern ;  it  is  the  only  lace  made  with  pure  hand-spun  linen  thread, 
whicli  is  worth  500  or  600  dollars  a  pound — this  is  the  richest,  finest,  strongest,  and  most 
expensive  lace.] 

122.  Lalaux,  Brin,  Homblieres,  near  St.  Quentin. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  gauze  tissues  for  robes,  curtains,  &c 

123.  Curtis,  L.  and  B.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Importers. 

A  variety  of  French  laces. 

121.  Stewart,  A.  T.,  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City. — Importers. 

French  lace  fabrics. 

125.  Guillemot,  Brothers,  Meulan,  and  Hue  Neuve  des  Malhurins,  Paris. — Manu¬ 

facturers. 

A  variety  of  coach  and  livery  laces. 

126.  Morgat,  Rue  de  Rivoli,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  tapestry  for  chairs,  footstools,  fauteuils ;  and  rich  embroideries  in  various 
styles. 

127.  Colondre,  M.,  Rue  Bourbon  Villeneuve,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  new  fabrics  for  vests. 

128.  Mourieau,  J.  C.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Materials  for  furniture  covers. 

129.  Griuntgens,  Rue  St.  Denis,  Paris. - Manufacturer. 

A  rich  assortment  of  fancy  articles  made  in  chenille,  and  chenille  trimming  materials. 

-  - 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

130.  Heinig,  J.  G.,  &  Co.,  Meerane,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Sofa  carpet ;  carpet  bags  for  ladies  and  gentlemen. 

131.  Woerlen,  Aug.,  Nordlingen,  Wurtemberg, — Manufacturer. 

Carpets  and  table  covers. 


132.  Forguignon,  J.,  Bremen.— Manufacturer. 
Carpet. 


116.  Siebel,  C.  W.,  &  Brinck,  Elbertfeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  silk  braidings  and  trimmings. 

117.  Helweg,  Hans,  Buchholz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

White,  sewing,  and  ball  fringes,  gimps,  laces,  &c. 

[The  fringe  manufacture  of  Saxony  is  principally  centralized  in  Annaberg  and 
Buchholz  ;  thousands  of  looms  are  used  in  the  processes,  which  employ  great  numbers  of 
persons. 

117a.  Grund,  I.,  Buchholz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  ladies’  bonnets,  &c. 

148.  Schaerff,  Robert,  Brieg,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  and  worsted  borders,  tassels,  and  gimps  for  carriages  and  saddlery  trimmings ; 
bridles,  gun  ribbons,  and  girths. 

119.  Eisenstuck  &  Co.,  Annaberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  trimmings,  laces,  fringes,  and  blonde. 

150.  Arnold,  Frederic,  Offenbach-on-the-Mame. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  and  woollen  carriage  trimmings. 

151.  Caspar,  IIenderkott,  &  Sons,  Barmen,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Carriage  trimmings,  &c. 

152.  Lautner,  Lewis,  Scheibenberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Curtain  fringes. 

153.  Schmidt  &  Mueller,  Plauen,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Embroideries  on  jaconet  and  cambric. 

[The  manufacture  of  cotton,  woollen,  and  silk-miked  damasks  and  embroidered  ar¬ 
ticles,  has  its  seat  in  that  part  of  Saxony  called  the  Voigtland,  the  centre  of  which  is 
Plauen.  The  goods  are  woven  by  hand  on  Jacquard  and  embroidering  looms  in  tlio 
weavers’  houses ;  the  embroidered  goods  are  principally  made  by  girls.  In  Chemnitz 
and  its  neighborhood  there  are  more  than  2,000  Jacquard  looms,  mostly  belonging  to  the 
weavers.  This  branch  of  industry  is  in  a  very  flourishing  condition.] 

154.  Kietel,  F.  Albert,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Embroideries  on  white  satin,  in  imitation  of  engravings  and  water-color  drawings  • 
embroidered  tableau;  pictures  in  raised  work;  embroidered  cloths. 

155.  Kaul,  Matilda,  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Crochet  and  knitted  articles. 


133.  Mueller,  J.  II.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 
Rugs  and  mats. 


134.  Voz,  Emilie  de,  Apenrade,  Schleswig.— Manufacturer. 
Berlin  wool  carpet,  worked  by  hand. 


135.  Quast,  F.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Oil  cloth  ;  oiled  fustians ;  double  oiled  floor  cloths,  &c. 
[This  branch  of  Saxon  industry  has  Leipsic  for  its  centre.] 


136.  Burchardt,  B.,  &  Sons,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Printed  oil  cloths,  table  covers,  and  double  floor  cloths;  transparen 
linings,  and  carriage  oil  cloths.  1 


137.  Grund,  I.,  Buchholz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  bonnets  and  trimmings. 

138.  Eismann,  I.  A.,  Annaberg,  Saxony.— Manufacturer. 
Embroideries  and  trimmings. 

139.  Worlin,  Carl,  Memmingen,  Wurtemberg.— Manufacturer. 
Fur  rug  of  650  pieces. 


156.  Rode,  Louise,  Loewenburg,  Prussia. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Crochet  work  and  embroideries. 

1j7.  Ficher,  Bernhard,  Jr.,  Annaberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Crochet  table  cover,  silk  on  velvet ;  silk  and  cotton  fringes  and  trimmings. 


157a.  Eismann,  I.  A.,  Annaberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 
Embroideries  and  trimmings. 


blinds,  hat 


158.  Boehler,  F.  L.,  &  Son,  Plauen,  Saxony. — Manufacturers.  Agent:  H.  Acker- 
mann,  79  Cedar  Street,  JYew  York  City. 

W  bite  cotton  fabrics  and  embroideries ;  curtain  brocades ;  handkerchiefs,  trimmings, 
dresses,  etc. 


159.  Marquardt,  Louise,  Stargardt,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 
Berlin  wool  and  crochet  shawl.  « 

160.  Schuster,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  and  silver  embroideries. 


161.  Neuburger,  II.,  &  Sons,  Stuttgardt,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  embroideries  and  muslins. 


110.  Pohl,  Hermann,  Schneeberg,  Saxony. —Manufacturer. 

Cotton  and  silk  laces  and  embroidery;  caps,  skirts,  chemisettes,  collars,  &c. 

141.  Stecher,  A.  J.,  Klingenthal,  Baden. — Manufacturer 

Tambour  embroidered^chemisettes  and  collars;  other  specimens  of  embroidery. 

142.  Foerster,  F„  Eibenstock,  Saxony.— Manufacturer 

113.  Neidel,  J.  G.  (Heirs),  Nuremberg,  Bavaria.— Manufacturer, 
imitation  gold  and  silver  lace. 


‘“i  k  lace  and  blondes ;  chemisettes,  collars,  dresses,  trimmings. 


115.  Uhlmann,  C.  F.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

skirts,TcfabriCS;  CapS’  handkerchief3’  collars>  s*wves> chemisettes,  black  lace  mantillas, 

190 


1G2.  Meinhold  &  Neitzsche,  Plauen,  Saxony — Manufacturers. 
Cambric  curtain  embroideries,  &c. 


163.  Brasch,  Miss  C.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 
Fine  embroideries. 


164.  Paulson,  Charlotte,  Hamburg. — Manufacturer. 
Embroidered  cushion,  in  Berlin  wool. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

165.  Maurer,  V.,  Iglau,  Moravia. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  rugs  and  horse-cloths. 


166.  Rulke,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 
Military  trimmings,  galloons,  &c. 


TAPESTRY,  CARPETS,  EMBROIDERY,  ETC. 


167*  Prohaska,  W.,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Two  mosaic  and  embroidered  table  covers. 

168.  Roetz,  J.,  Graslitz,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  scarf,  cambric  handkerchief,  and  chemisettes. 

[Cheap  net  is  made  in  Bohemia  and  in  Vienna,  and  veils  at  Milan ;  it  is  made  by 
machinery  chiefly,  the  introduction  of  which  has  reduced  the  number  of  workers  from 
80,000  to  12,000. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

169.  Rey,  Brothers,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Curtain  tapestry  damasks  of  various  colors,  in  cotton  and  wool. 

170.  Comparato,  Maria,  Savona,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  lace. 

m.  t  essada,  Francesco,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  cambric  handkerchiefs ;  mantillas  and  scarfs  of  various  qualities. 

17 1.  Descalzi,  Giulia  Solari,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Two  napkins  of  pure  linen,  richly  worked  by  hand. 

1/;$.  Tedeschi,  M add alena,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  embroidery. 

174.  Pavesio,  Madame  C.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Plumes  and  feather  ornaments  of  all  colors  and  descriptions. 


SWITZERLAND. 

175.  Bourry  d’Ivernois,  St.  Gall,  Canton  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer,  and  70  Broad¬ 

way,  JVew  York  City. 

Embroidered  lace  curtains  and  fine  muslins. 

176.  Pauly  &  Co.,  St.  Gall,  Canton  St.  Gall.— Manufacturers. 

Linen  cambric  handkerchiefs,  embroidered  in  crochet  and  “  an  passe baptismal 
robe  for  infants,  of  muslin,  embroidered  in  crochet ;  embroidered  tulle. 

177.  Heumann’s,  J.  B.,  Successor,  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer. 

Blinds  embroidered  in  tulle ;  organdie  muslins  embroidered. 

178.  Cuendet,  Adeline,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

Point  lace  and  bridal  veils,  handkerchiefs,  head-dresses,  and  collars. 

179.  Bridgemann  &  Gouzenbach,  St.  Gall.  Manufacturers. 

Embroidered  tulle  and  muslin  christening  robes ;  flounced  dresses  and  sacks,  linen 
cambric  collars,  handkerchiefs,  &c. 

180.  Meyer,  J.  J.,  Jr.,  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  embroidered  muslins  and  jaconets. 

181.  Schlaepfer,  Schlatter,  &  Kuersteiner,  St.  Gall.  Manufacturers. 

A  great  variety  of  embroidered  muslins. 

182.  Staheli-Wild,  Caspar,  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  table  cover;  embroidered  lace  dress;  lace  mantilla;  cambric  hand¬ 
kerchiefs  and  collars. _ _ 

183.  Koelreutter,  Felix,  St.  Gall.— Manufacturer.  Agents :  Bourry  d’Ivernois, 

JVew  York  City. 

Embroidered  cambric  handkerchiefs  and  collars. 

184.  Gerstle,  Henry,  &  Co.,  SI.  Gall. — Manufacturers. 

Sample  of  embroidery. 

185.  Brunner,  Jacob  J.,  St.  Gall- Manufacturer. 

Various  embroideries,  curtains,  handerchiefs,  capes,  &c. 


186.  Sutter,  J.  J.,  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  silk  embroidery;  handkerchief,  richly  embroidered  in  black 
silk  (valued  at  $160). 

[The  embroidery  of  muslin  gives  employment  to  at  least  40,000  persons  ;  the  finest 
goods  are  made  in  Appenzell,  the  cheaper  articles  are  made  chiefly  in  St.  Gall.  At  least 
100,000  pairs  of  curtains  are  annually  exported  to  Great  Britain  alone.] 

187.  Ernenpeutsch,  J.  C.,  St.  Gall — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  embroidery. 


BELGIUM. 

188.  Bergk,  V.,  Tournay. — Manufacturer. 

Tapestry  carpetings. 

[Tournay  is  noted  for  its  fine  carpets.] 

189.  Berenhart,  A.,  &  Co.,  Antwerp. — Manufacturers.  Agents:  Lewis  Putz  &  Co., 

JX'ew  York  City. 

Embroidered  lace  flounce,  scarf,  berthe,  &c. 

199.  Genicot  de  Man,  Antwerp. — Manufacturer. 

Lace  fabrics,  collars,  trimmings,  &c. 

191.  Dufrenne,  Sophie,  Brussels. — Manufacturer.  Agents:  Bourry  d  Ivernois  &  Co., 

JVew  York  City. 

Brussels  lace  fabrics,  handkerchiefs,  collars,  &c. 

[Belgium  gives  employment  to  at  least  100,000  persons  in  the  manufacture  of  its 
peculiar  laces-  The  laces  principally  manufactured  are  the  Brussels,  Mechlin,  Valenci¬ 
ennes,  and  Grammont.  Brussels  lace,  before  the  manufacture  of  machine-made  lace, 
was  of  the  most  beautiful  description,  but  so  costly  as  to  be  w'ithin  the  means  of  but  few ; 
now  the  flowers  are  made  by  hand,  and  sewm  on  to  the  machine-made  net  in  hiottingham, 
England.  Its  resemblance  to  the  true  Brussels  lace  is  so  striking  as  often  to  deceive  those 
who  have  a  good  knowledge  of  lace.  With  the  exception  of  the  Alen^on  lace,  Brussels 
produces  the  most  valuable  lace  known. 

Mechlin  laces  are  made  at  Malines,  Antwerp,  and  in  the  vicinity,  and  arc  very  light 
and  beautiful.  Their  peculiarity  consists  in  a  plait  thread  surrounding  the  flowers,  thus 
designing  the  outline  and  giving  the  appearance  of  embroidery.  This  lace  has  suffered 
much  from  the  caprice  of  fashion. 

Valenciennes  laces  are  chiefly  made  in  Ypres,  Menin,  Bruges,  Ghent,  and  the  sur¬ 
rounding  villages.  Ypres  lace  is  of  the  finest  and  most  expensive  kind;  about  20,000 
workers  are  employed  in  its  vicinity.  Menin  affords  employment  to  about  3,000  workers ; 
Bruges  lace  is  much  sought  after  for  trimmings ;  Ghent  employs  about  12,000  persons. 
Grammont  is  famous  for  its  white  thread  lace  and  its  black  point  trimming  lace ;  and 
for  shawls,  scarfs,  berthes,  &c.,  which,  though  inferior  to  those  of  French  manufacture, 
are  furnished  at  more  moderate  prices.] 

192.  Everlart,  Julie,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 

Lace  fabrics. 

193.  Bongaerts,  F.,  Antwerp. — Manufacturer. 

Carpets  of  cow’s  hair. 

- MO*-. - 


THE  NETHERLANDS., 

194.  Prins,  L.  J.,  (Widow  of),  Arnheim. — Manufacturer 
Carpets  and  rugs,  manufactured  of  cow’s  hair. 

195.  Van  Heynsbergen,  W.  J.,  The  Hague. — Manufacturer. 

Military  ornaments,  epaulettes,  swofd  and  shoulder  knots,  cords,  scarfs,  &c. ;  galloon, 
and  gold  and  silver  thread. 

196.  Willink,  Warner,  Heirs  of ,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

Woollen  velvet,  called  Velours  d’Utrecht,  for  tapestry  and  furniture  coverings. 

- - - f - 

197.  Noordwyns,  N.  J.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Knitted  table  cloth. 

191 


* 


• 

SECTION  in. 


CLASS  XX. 


ARTICLES  OE  CLOTHING  FOR  PERSONAL  OR  DOMESTIC  USE. 


This  class  contains  a  very  great  variety  of  articles,  of  which  the  majority  have  been  made  familiar  by  the  requirements  of  daily  life.  The  curious  reader  and 
observer  will  not  fail  to  notice  the  differences  of  wealth,  taste,  and  civilization,  so  well  represented  by  the  contributions  of  the  various  countries.  These  contrasts 
are  less  striking  in  respect  to  our  own  country  and  the  western  nations  of  Europe  than  among  uncivilized  and  Oriental  people;  but  they  are  sufficiently  marked  to 
render  the  study  of  the  examples  under  this  class  a  highly  entertaining  and  useful  exercise. 

The  present  class  shows  the  last  stage  of  manufacture.  Nearly  all  the  fabrics  and  raw  materials,  as  well  as  machines,  noticed  in  the  preceding  classes,  are 
more  or  less  concerned  in  furnishing  or  completing  the  articles  of  dress. 

Several  subsections  of  this  multifarious  class  suggest  themselves — hats,  caps,  and  bonnets ;  hosiery— cotton,  woollen,  and  silk;  gloves — leather  and  woven  ;  boots, 
shoes,  etc. ;  under  clothing;  upper  clothing.  The  first  and  fourth  of  these  divisions  are  manufactures  of  special  importance  in  the  United  States.  About  11,700,000 
hats  and  caps,  valued  at  $15,020,000,  are  annually  manufactured  in  the  United  States,  employing  24,000  persons.  One  and  one-half  million  straw  hats  are 
also  consumed  each  year,  of  which  one-half  are  imported.  The  manufacture  of  boots  and  shoes  is  principally  carried  on  in  New  England  ;  in  the  absence  of  any 
census  returns  of  manufactures,  no  statistics  can  be  given. 

Great  Britain  and  her  possessions  exhibit  a  variety  of  the  famous  Nottingham  hosiery,  shoes,  and  straw  goods.  The  Zollverein  sends  a  large  assortment  of 
comfortable  felt  shoes,  hosiery,  and  gloves.  From  France  are  exhibited  fine  gloves  and  boots  of  exquisite  finish,  in  the  manufacture  of  which  she  keeps  the  first 
place.  Austria  sends  a  variety  of  wearing  apparel,  including  the  picturesque  Hungarian  national  costume.  From  Florence  there  is  a  small  but  excellent  assort¬ 
ment  of  straw  goods,  for  which  Italy  has  been  long  famous. 


1.  Gf.n-in,  John  N.,  JYew  York  City.— Manufacturer  and  Importer. 

Gentlemen’s  hats  and  caps,  in  various  styles  ;  children  s  hats  and  caps ;  children  s 
clothing;  ladies’  and  children’s  shoes,  silk  dresses,  dress  hats,  turs,  hosiery,  umbrellas, 
parasols,  and  canes. 

2.  Amidon,  Francis  H.,  JVew  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  styles  of  silk  hats. 

3.  Kellogg,  James  W.,  JYew  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  silk  and  felt  hats  and  caps. 

4.  Espenchied,  Nicholas,  JYew  York  City.  Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  gentlemen’s  and  children  s  hats. 

5.  Knox  &  James,  JYew  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Gentlemen’s  black  and  white  silk  and  beaver  hats. 

6t  Freeman,  Alpheus,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Silk,  beaver,  and  felt  hats  for  gentlemen;  children’s  hats  with  feathers;  misses’ 
beaver  hats ;  ladies’  riding  hats. 

7.  Warnock,  R.  &  J.,  JYew  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  military  and  civil  hats  and  caps  of  all  materials,  and  in  the  most  mod- 
I  ern  styles. 

8.  Small,  J.,  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Life-preserving  cap ;  fancy  cloth,  velvet,  and  glazed  caps,  in  great  variety ;  em¬ 
broidered  satin  caps  for  infants. 

9.  Stevens  &  Butt,  JYorfolk,  Virginia. — Manufacturers. 

Cocked  hats. 

10,  Rafferty  &  Lease,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  hats  and  caps,  with  improved  style  of  trimming ;  hats  having  the 
daguerreotype  of  the  owner  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  crown. 


11,  Beaudin,  Dominique,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  hats  and  caps. 

12,  Mealio,  Lewis,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  hats  and  caps ;  canes  and  brushes. 

13,  Todd,  Ira,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Dress  and  undress  hats  and  caps  for  the  army  and  navy ;  hats  and  caps  for  gentle¬ 
men  and  boys. 

11,  Rosenswig,  E.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Civil,  military,  and  naval  caps. 

15,  Leary  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gentlemen’s  silk  and  beaver  hats,  of  high  finish. 

16,  Hayes,  Craig  &  Co.,  Louisville,  Kentucky. — Manufacturers. 

Silk  felt  hats  for  gentlemen ;  children’s  hats  with  feathers. 

17,  Baker,  John  A.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

United  States  regulation  and  other  military  caps,  plumes,  &c. 

18,  Oakford,  Charles,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  hats  and  caps  of  fashionable  styles. 

19,  Degan,  Francis,  Mew  Orleans,  Louisiana— Manufacturer. 

Gentlemen’s  hats. 

[The  materials  used  for  making  modern  hats  are  silk,  the  furs  of  hares  and  rabbits ; 
and  wool ;  and  for  the  finer  kinds,  beaver  and  nutria  fur.  The  body  of  a  beaver  hat  is 
made  of  fine  wool  and  coarse  fur,  mixed  and  felted  together,  and  then  shaped  and  stiff¬ 
ened  ;  the  covering  consists  of  a  coat  of  beaver  fur  felted  upon  the  body.  Cheap  hats 
are  made  of  coarser  materials.  The  materials  to  be  felted  are  mixed  together  by  the 
operation  of  bowing,  which  depends  on  the  smart  vibrations  of  an  elastic  string,  which 
disentangles  the  fibrous  substances,  tosses  them  into  the  air,  and  causes  them  to  arrange 

183 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XX. 


themselves  in  a  pretty  uniform  layer  or  fleece.  By  pressure,  under  a  light  wicker  frame 
and  a  piece  of  oil  cloth  or  leather,  the  filaments  unite  into  a  mass  of  some  firmness  by 
the  serrations  of  the  fibres  which  point  in  only  one  direction.  The  cap  formed  by  the 
union  of  two  of  these  sheets  is  dipped  into  a  liquor  containing  a  little  sulphuric  acid,  and 
is  worked  by  hand  in  all  directions.  After  this  operation,  which  is  called  j  idling,  the 
coating  is  applied  to  the  body  of  the  hat  till  a  uniform  and  well-felted  hood  is  formed. 
The  hat  is  then  shaped ;  the  body  is  rendered  waterproof  and  stiff  by  a  varnish  composed 
of  shellac,  mastic,  and  other  resins,  dissolved  in  alcohol  or  naphtha.  After  drying,  the 
nap  is  raised  by  a  wire  brush  or  card,  and  then  rubbed  with  seal  skin ;  they  are  then 
dyed  in  a  bath,  made  usually  of  logwood,  sulphate  of  iron,  and  acetate  of  copper.  The 
plush  used  for  covering  common  silk  hats  is  a  raised  nap  or  pile  woven  upon  a  cotton 
foundation ;  in  the  better  articles  it  is  made  entirely  of  silk.  The  various  steps  of  the 
processes  cannot  be  given  in  this  place.  The  hat  manufacture  is  one  of  great  import¬ 
ance  to  the  country ;  the  capital  invested  is  about  $8,000,000,  employing  nearly  30,000 
persons.] 

20.  Cripps,  Mary  E.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  bonnets  of  peculiar  style  and  rich  materials. 

|  21.  Isaacs,  Mrs.  L.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  bonnets  and  fine  millinery. 

— 

22.  Openhym,  Mrs.  IV.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer 

Richly  trimmed  ladies’  bonnets. 

_ 

I  23.  Stuart,  Mrs.  M.  H.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  dress  caps. 


41.  Eisemann,  Mayer,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  dress  boots  and  shoes  for  gentlemen’s  wear. 

42.  Stetson,  Charles  B.,  Jistor  House,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  hunting  boots. 

43.  Rogers,  E.  T.,  Summit  Hill,  Carbon  Co.,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 
Seamless  shoes. 


it.  Benkert,  Leonard,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  boots,  shoes,  and  gaiters. 

45.  Cahill,  Sylvester,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Gentlemen’s  and  ladies’  boots  and  shoes;  ladies’  and  children’s  gaiters;  slippers  of 
various  styles. 

40.  Underwood,  Godfrey,  &  Co.,  Milford,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Australia  and  California  mining  waxed  leather  and  pegged  boots ;  fine  sewed  boots 
for  gentlemen’s  wear ;  boys’  and  children's  boots. 

47.  King,  Daniel  R.,  Ph iladelph ia ,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  and  children’s  fine  shoes. 


48.  IIenn,  John  Edward,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 
Ornamented  pair  of  boots  and  shoes. 

49.  Benedict,  J.  W.,  Galveston,  Texas. — Manufacturer. 

Pair  of  boots  made  of  alligator’s  skin. 


24.  King,  Carl,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  dress  hats;  bonnet  made  from  the  June-grass  raised  in  Massachusetts,  con¬ 
taining  about  800  yards  of  braid,  and  of  a  quality  said  to  be  superior  to  Leghorn. 

25.  Cantrell,  Samuel,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  styles  of  boots  and  shoes  for  ladies,  misses,  and  children. 

26.  Tate,  Isaac  E.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  superfine  leather  and  kid  boots  and  shoes. 

27.  Juell,  R.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Three  pairs  of  boots. 

28.  Alles,  Philip,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  embroidered  gaiters  and  shoes  for  ladies. 

29.  Stout,  A.  V.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

Assortment  of  boots  and  shoes ;  ladies’  gaiters  and  slippers. 

30.  Lang,  Peter,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Adjusting  spring  boots.  (Patent  applied  for.) 

[The  invention  consists  in  an  apparatus  placed  in  the  heel  of  the  boot,  regulated  by 
means  of  a  small  key  inserted  from  the  back  part  of  the  heel.  A  few  turns,  either  to 
the  right  or  left,  will  expand  or  contract  the  boot  from  1£  to  2  inches,  thus  suiting  the 
boot  to  the  wants  of  the  wearer  at  his  pleasure.  It  is  simple,  durable,  and  not  liable  to 
get  out  of  order.] 

31.  Miller  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Embroidered  white  and  colored  satin  gaiters;  ladies’,  misses’,  and  children’s  gaiter 
boots  and  shoes. 

32.  Shaw,  Benjamin,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  gaiter  boots,  shoes,  and  slippers,  for  ladies’  wear. 

33.  Kuchen,  George,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fancy  boots  and  shoes ;  calfskin,  cork  Oxford  boots. 


50.  American  Union  Boot,  Shoe,  and  Leather  Manufacturing  Company, 

Woodham,  Long  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Pegged  brogans,  boots  and  shoes,  and  shoemaker’s  patent  bench. 

51.  Rosenbaum,  1.,  St.  Loins,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Gentlemen’s  dress  boots  of  patent  leather. 

52.  Jones,  H.  B.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  gaiter  boots  and  slippers. 

53.  Breeden  and  Brother,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

India-rubber  boots  and  shoes. 


51.  Corlies,  John  W.,  (Goodyear  Metallic  Rubber  Shoe  Company).  New  York 

City. — Agent. 

India-rubber  boots  and  shoes. 

[The  unsightly  India-rubber  shoes,  formerly  made  in  South  America  by  frequently 
dipping  the  lasts  in  the  juice  of  the  tree  and  drying  quickly  in  smoke,  have  been  entirely 
displaced  by  the  substantial,  light,  and  elegant  articles  made  from  sulphuretted  or  vul¬ 
canized  rubber,  by  the  process  of  Mr.  Goodyear.] 


55.  Frisbie,  M.  J.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer  and  Agent. 

Goodyear’s  patent  metallic  rubber  boots  and  shoes. 

56.  Gittens,  John  K.,  Williams  burgh,  New  York. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 
Transferable  waterproof  cork  sole  for  boots  and  shoes  in  wet  weather. 

57.  Munroe,  Alfred,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  ready-made  clothing  for  gentlemen  and  boys. 

58.  Rogers,  P.  L.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  embroidered  clothing  for  children. 

59.  Hollander,  Mrs.  Maria,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  of  children’s  clothing;  wax  figure  arrayed. 


34.  Ready,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Calfskin  and  patent  leather  dress  boots  and  shoes  for  gentlemen. 

35.  Steiger,  Philip,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies  shoes  of  satin,  velvet,  and  morocco ;  silk  slippers ;  socques,  or  overshoes  of 
patent  leather ;  gentlemen’s  dress  shoes  of  patent  leather. 

36.  Brooks,  Edwin  A.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Gaiters  and  shoes  for  gentlemen’s,  ladies’,  and  children’s  wear;  waterproof  boots 
reaching  to  hips,  for  California  wear.  ’ 


37.  Winter,  Archibald,  Rondout,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Pair  of  shoes  without  seam. 


60.  Lacroix,  F.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Manufacturer. 

Coats,  vests,  and  pantaloons. 

61.  Williams,  Thomas  P.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

F ashion  plate. 

62.  Perego,  Ira,  &  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Ready-made  linens,  cravats,  hosiery,  money-belts,  and  other  furnishing  goods  for 
gentlemen. 


63.  Bell,  Thing  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Woollen  under-garments  and  hosiery. 


38.  Magee,  Patrick,  Brooklyn,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 

Gentlemen’s  fine  dress  boots,  of  patent  leather  ;  rotary-heel  boots,  &c. 

39.  Frothingham,  Newell  &  Co.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Assortment  of  ladies’,  gentlemen’s,  misses’,  and  children’s  boots  and  shoes,  of 
styles  and  materials,  and  of  high  finish.  ’ 


64.  Shirt  Sewers  and  Sempstresses  Union,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  and  embroidered  shirts. 

[This  society  was  organized  March  3d,  1851.  Its  object  is  to  relieve  the  oppressed 
needlewomen  of  the  city  by  giving  them  a  just  compensation  for  their  labor.  The  em¬ 
broidered  shirt  was  made  by  a  woman  sixty  years  old.] 


40.  Ball,  Brigham  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers 
Specimens  of  heavy  boots. 

194 


65.  Leighton,  Charles,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  and  embroidered  shirts;  and  dressed  model  to  exhibit  shirt  and 
pantaloons. 


ARTICLES  FOR  PERSONAL  OR  DOMESTIC  USE. 


66.  Green,  G.  T.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  shirts,  collars,  cuffs,  neckcloths ;  vest-shirt,  &c. 

67a  Gardner,  0.  W.,  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  ladies’,  misses’,  and  gentlemen’s  wove  knitted  woollen  hosiery,  in  great 
variety. 

68a  Van  Houten,  Mrs.,  New  York  City. -Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  articles  for  gentlemen’s  wear ;  shirts,  collars. 

69a  Wakefield  Manufacturing  Company  (Thomas  R.  Fisher,  President),  Ger¬ 
mantown,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  hosiery,  scarfs,  tippets,  hoods,  of  woollen  and  zephyr  worsteds ;  silk  shirts  and 
drawers. 

70a  Voorhees,  Mrs.  Betsey  R.,  Amsterdam,  Montgomery,  Co.,  New  York. — Manu¬ 
facturer. 

A  variety  of  useful  and  ornamental  articles  of  wearing  apparel,  made  exclusively 
of  home-made  materials  by  the  exhibitor,  consisting  of : 

A  vest  made  from  the  list  of  a  piece  of  cloth  manufactured  by  the  Northampton 
Woollen  Company,  of  which  a  suit  of  clothes  was  made  and  presented  to  Henry  Clay,  in 
1844 ;  the  vest  was  embroidered  with  thread  spun  from  flax  which  grew  on  his  farm. 

Two  pairs  of  lace  cotton  stockings. 

A  linen  cravat  made  of  homespun  linen  thread. 

A  pain  of  homespun  woollen  stockings. 

A  pair  of  thread  lace  stockings  made  from  flax  which  grew  on  Henry  Clay’s  farm. 
Two  pairs  of  thread  lace  stockings  made  from  flax  which  grew  on  the  exhibitor’s  farm. 
A  pair* of  cotton  lace  stockings  knit  from  yarn  spun  by  the  exhibitor. 

A  table  cloth  and  pair  of  embroidered  pillow  cases  spun  and  wove  in  the  exhibitor’s 

house. 

A  pair  of  embroidered  slippers  wholly  made  by  the  exhibitor. 

A  linen  stock  made  from  homespun  linen  thread. 

A  wrought  handkerchief. 

A  wrought  collar  and  sleeves,  embroidered  with  homespun  thread. 

A  crochet  collar  made  of  homespun  thread. 

A  child's  sack — the  cloth  (scarlet  merino),  was  manufactured  from  wool  grown  upon 
the  farm,  by  the  exhibitor  in  her  own  house  (the  weaving  only  excepted) — the  worsteds 
used  in  the  embroidery  were  made  by  herself. 

A  picture  frame  made  three  years  since,  containing  four  small  drawings,  with  a  pen, 
in  imitation  of  line  engraving. 

A  pair  of  kid  gloves,  cut  and  made  by  the  exhibitor  from  leather  dressed  in  the 
neighborhood. 

An  imitation  ivory  fan  made  from  the  bone  of  a  cow. 

Various  specimens  of  marking  and  ornamenting  with  a  pen,  without  a  pattern,  with 
ink  of  her  own  making. 

[The  above  exhibition  can  hardly  be  too  highly  praised,  for  the  lesson  it  teaches  to 
American  housewives  of  what  may  be  made  from  materials  existing  in  abundance  at 
their  own  doors.  The  skill  and  taste  displayed  in  the  above  articles  are  alike  honorable 
to  the  mind  which  could  conceive  the  idea,  and  the  hand  which  could  execute  a  work 
that  points  to  an  independence  of  foreign  countries  deserving  the  careful  attention  of 
every  true  American  woman.  These  articles,  in  the  eyes  of  all  thinking  persons,  must 
be  of  infinitely  more  value  than  acres  of  Berlin-wool  embroidery,  and  miles  of  orna¬ 
mental  patch-work.] 

71.  Twiss,  John,  Germantown,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Extensive  assortment  of  knit  woollen  scarfs,  hoods,  stockings,  under  garments,  &c. 


72.  Doughty,  Samuel  H.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Varnished  leather  belts  for  ladies,  children,  firemen,  and  military  companies :  cap 

bands,  and  other  leather  goods. 

73.  Lasak,  F.  W„  &  Son,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  rich  silk  dresses. 

7t.  Bartholomew  &  Weed,  New  York  City—  Manufacturers. 

Wax  figure,  arranged  in  full  mourning  walking  costume. 

75.  Simmons,  William,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  straw  goods  and  millinery  articles. 

[A  variety  of  materials  from  the  vegetable  kingdom  have  been  used  in  the  manufac¬ 
ture  of  bonnets  and  summer  hats.  Of  these,  wheat  straw  is  well  adapted,  both  for  the 
fine  and  coarse  plait ;  rye  straw,  palm  leaf,  and  splints  from  the  willow-tree,  are  also 
extensively  used.  Plait  straw  is  from  wheat,  the  best  quality  of  which  grows  on  dry, 
chalky  lands,  as  that  well-known  as  Dunstable  straw ;  the  middle  part  of  the  straw, 
above  the  last  joint,  is  selected ;  it  is  cut  into  lengths  of  about  ten  inches,  which  are 
then  split  by  a  single  machine  into  slips  of  the  requisite  width.  The  Leghorn  or  Tuscan 
plait  is  from  a  variety  of  Dearded  wheat,  grown  expressly  on  poor  soils,  cut  when  green, 
and  then  bleached.  Many  of  the  grasses  are  available  for  this  purpose,  as  the  June- 
grass,  exhibited  in  No.  24.  “Whole  Dunstable”  signifies  that  the  plait  is  formed  of 
seven  entire  straws;  while  “patent  Dunstable”  consists  of  fourteen  split  straws.] 

76.  Nystrom,  Ernest  V.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Lady’s  embroidered  vest. 

77.  Mauny,  Madame  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  corsets,  of  superior  finish. 

78.  Bulpin,  George,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Importer. 

Domestic  and  imported  mantillas,  cloaks,  and  shawls. 

79.  Brodie,  George,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Silk  dresses  and  embroidered  mantillas. 


80.  Sallenbach,  Mrs.  Barbara,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

White  satin  corsets  embroidered  with  gold;  black  satin  shoulder  braces  wrought 
with  silver  thread. 

81.  Cowperthwaite,  Mrs.  C.  J.,  Staten  Island,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Wrought  dress  made  of  straw. 

82.  McCune,  Haskell  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  mantillas. 

83.  Bennett,  Frank,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 

Embroidered  cloak  and  mantilla  ;  ladies’  straw  hats. 

84.  Oliver,  Thomas,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Apparatus  for  measuring  and  drafting  coats. 

85.  Taylor,  S.  T.,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Original  plan  and  patterns  for  cutting  ladies’  dresses. 

86.  Githens,  Mrs.  Rebecca,  New  York  City. — Designer. 

Patent  demonstrative  scale  for  cutting  ladies’  dresses.  \ 

[Arranged  from  actual  measurements.  This  very  simple  plan  avoids  the  old  tedious 
method  of  pinning  on  and  fitting  the  pieces,  and  secures  a  better  fitting  dress.] 


87.  Demorest,  Mrs.  M.  W.,  New  York  City. — InveDtor. 

Dress  chart,  for  cutting  ladies’  dresses,  without  fitting  or  trying  on.  Any  one,  with 
this  chart  and  a  tape  line,  can  cut  and  fit  her  own  dress. 

[Any  plan  which  promises  to  do  away  with  the  old  tedious  and  bungling  method  of 
fitting  ladies’  dresses,  will  certainly  be  hailed  as  an  important  invention.  There  is  no 
good  reason  why  the  same  system  of  measurements  which  have  been  found  so  useful  and 
correct  in  making  men’s  clothes,  should  not  be  applied  with  equal  success  in  cutting  and 
fitting  ladies’  dresses.] 

88.  Ramsburg  &  Ebert,  Georgetown,  D.  C. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  fine  buckskin  gloves  and  gauntlets. 

89.  Flugh,  A.,  &  Co.,  Manufacturers. 

Fine  buckskin  gloves. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

90.  Creak,  James,  Wisbech,  England. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Improved  waterproof  button,  ankle,  and  Blucher  boots ;  screw-bottomed  shoes,  with¬ 
out  stitches  or  welts. 

91.  Jackson,  Brothers,  Liverpool,  England. — Manufacturers. 

A  cherry-satin  dress  waistcoat,  embroidered  with  black  lace. 

92.  McDona,  George,  London. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Life-buoy  vest. 

93.  Kennedy,  Miss  Honora,  Clonmel,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  stays. 

94.  Johnston,  Brother,  &  Townsend,  Manchester,  England. — Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  gloves,  hosiery,  and  under  garments. 

[The  hosiery-knitting  trade  of  England  is  carried  on  most  extensively  in  Notting¬ 
hamshire,  Derbyshire,  and  Leicestershire.  It  has  been  estimated  that  there  are  at  least 
60,000  stocking-frames  in  the  United  Kingdom,  employing  about  100,000  workers  of 
both  sexes.  Steam-power  has  been  successfully  applied  to  rotary  machinery ;  one  of 
these  machines  will  produce  in  a  week  frame-work  sacks  enough  to  be  made  into  100 
dozen  of  women’s  small  hose,  and  at  the  price  of  2s.  2d.  per  dozen.  In  1851,  the  annual 
value  of  cotton  hosiery  was  £800,000;  that  of  worsted,  &c.,  £870,000;  and  of  silk, 
£241,000— in  this  manufacture,  4,584,000  lbs.  of  raw  cotton;  6,318,000  lbs.  of  English 
wool,  and  140,000  lbs.  of  silk  were  used ;  over  a  million  pounds  sterling  capital  is  in¬ 
vested.] 

95.  Hall,  Brothers,  Nottingham,  England  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
An  extensive  assortment  of  hosiery,  under  garments,  and  gloves. 

96.  Sisters  of  Mercy,  Kinsale,  County  Cork,  Ireland.— Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  cotton  and  woollen  hosiery  and  gloves. 

97.  Smyth  &  Co.,  Dublin,  Ireland.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  Balbriggan  hosiery. 

98.  Begg,  Mrs.,  Ayr,  Scotland.— Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  stockings  knitted  by  the  exhibitor  (a  sister  of  the  poet  Burns),  at  the  age 
of  82. 

99.  Fownes,  Brothers,  Cheapside ,  London.  Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  gloves. 


195 


SECTION  III. —  CLASS  XN. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 


FRANCE. 


100.  Martel,,  Madeline,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Straw  bonnets  and  hats. 


122.  Coufin,  Jerome,  Aix,  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fine  felt  hats. 


101.  Couture,  Madame,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Straw  hats,  and  knitted  woollen  stockings. 

102.  Martel,  Judith,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Straw  hats. 


123.  Lejeune,  Rue  St.  Honorl,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Felt  and  silk  hats. 

124.  Demenge  &  Erhard,  Rue  du  Claire,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  straw  hats. 


103.  Descheronb,  Miss  Lorette,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Straw  bonnets  and  hats. 

101.  Picard,  Madame  Louis,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer 
Hay  and  Tuscan  hats. 


125.  Ernoux,  Charles  Henry,  Avoye,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Fancy  beaver  hats  for  children. 


120.  Moretton  (Successor  of  Drez),  Rue  Paradis  au  Mavais,  Paris. — Manufac¬ 
turer. 


Fine  hats  for  gentlemen. 


105.  Keenan,  Miss  Julia,  St.  Sylvestre,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
A  fancy  straw  bonnet. 


127.  Guignet,  Arles,  Bouches  du  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  undressed  hats  and  caps ;  hat-boxes  in  imitation  of  leather. 


106.  Quintalle,  Madame,  Vercheris,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Tuscan  bonnet  and  hats. 

107.  Barbeau,  Jos.,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  cavalier  or  driving  boots,  extending  to  the  hips ;  and  a  pair  of  original 
snow-shoe  fastenings. 

108.  Quebec  Local  Exhibition  Committee. — Proprietors. 

Men’s  and  women’s  snow-shoes,  and  mooseskin  mocassins ;  slippers  and  slipper  pat¬ 
ters,  manufactured  and  ornamented  by  the  Indians  of  Lorette,  near  Quebec. 

[These  shoes  are  very  light,  being  made  of  a  delicate  but  strong  frame  of  wood,  the 
inclosed  space  consisting  of  a  net-work  of  animal  fibre.  They  are  worn  by  all  classes, 
when  travelling  in  the  snow ;  without  them  the  poorer  classes  would  hardly  be  able  to 
leave  their  homes  in  the  winter  season.  They  are  used  in  the  chase  of  the  deer  and  other 
game ;  one  accustomed  to  their  use  can  travel  at  the  rate  of  from  seven  to  ten  miles  an 
hour.  They  are  also  much  used  in  the  amusement  of  racing,  both  by  Canadians  and 
Indians.] 

109.  Gordon,  James,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  lady’s  fancy  boot. 

110.  Hudson’s  Bay  Company,  Lachine,  Canada  East. — Proprietors. 

A  pair  of  snow-shoes. 

111.  Polson,  John,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  brogues,  cut  from  a  single  piece  of  leather,  with  vellum  cut  pattern. 


112.  Geuch,  Madame  Laurent,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  woollen  stockings. 


113.  Joben,  Madame,  J.  B.,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer 
A  pair  of  knitted  woollen  over-socks. 


111.  Bouchard,  Madame,  St.  Valiere,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  woollen  night-caps. 

115.  Aube,  Madame,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  woollen  stockings. 

116.  Tetu,  J.,  Berthier,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Woollen  night-caps. 

117.  Martel,  Miss  P.,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  knitted  woollen  comforter. 


118.  Thompson,  Mrs.,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
An  infant’s  knitted  dress. 


119.  Adams,  W.,  &  H.  F.,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturers. 

TerSible  coa*'>  Canadian  cloth  capot  on  one  side,  and  fine  drab  cloth  overcoat 


128.  Poirier,  P.,  Chateaubriant,  Loire  Infirieure. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  hunting  and  full-dress  boots  and  shoes  for  gentlemen. 

129.  Trinidat,  — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  wooden  shoes. 

130.  Viault-Este,  Rue  de  la  Paix,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  boots,  shoes,  and  slippers  of  every  description. 

131.  Clercx,  A.,  Boulevard  des  Italiens,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  boots  and  shoes. 

132.  Chapelle,  G.,  Boulevard  des  Italiens,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Boots,  shoes,  and  slippers,  of  fine  quality  and  in  various  styles. 

133.  Dufossee,  Rue  de  la  Paix,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  boots  and  shoes  of  improved  styles. 

134.  Forr,  J.,  Rue  St.  Honore,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Gentlemen’s  fine  boots  and  shoes,  of  various  descriptions. 

135.  Contour,  Frederic,  Rue  des  Dichargeurs,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  of  wearing  apparel;  fancy  articles  of  crochet  work. 

136.  Minat,  E.,  Rue  de  VEchiquier,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  robe  of  white  crape,  painted  “  a  l’Australienne.” 

137.  Werly,  Robert,  &  Co.,  Bar  le  Due,  Meuse. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  corsets,  without  seams,  on  a  new  system. 

138.  Suchet,  Damas,  Thiry,  Rhone. — Manufacturer. 

Embroidered  silk  corsets,  without  scams. 

139.  Dutertre,  Alph,  St.  Denis,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Waterproof  coats  and  sur touts,  of  silk  and  cotton. 

140.  Darnet,  Desire,  Rue  Richelieu,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Ready-made  shirts,  with  embroidered  fronts. 

111.  Valtat  &  Rouille,  Rue  Rambuteau,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Ready-made  shirts ;  shirt  fronts  and  collars  made  by  machinery  and  by  hand. 

112.  IIayem,  S.,  Sen.,  Rue  du  Sentier,  Paris. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Cambric  shirts,  cravats,  and  collars. 

113.  Milon,  Sen.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Silk  hosiery,  and  other  apparel  for  theatrical  uses. 

111.  Amos,  Jaques,  Wasselonne,  Bas  Rhin. — Manufacturer. 

Woollen  shirts ;  wooden  shoes  or  sabots. 

115.  Jeanclaude  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  woollen  knit  embroidered  shoes  for  infants. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

120.  Hills,  St.  Johns. — Manufacturer. 

Caps  of  otterskin,  plucked  and  unplucked. 

121.  Morrison,  St.  Johns. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  sealskin  boots,  with  and  without  the  hair  on. 

196 


146.  Nathan,  Beer,  Trefousse,  &  May,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  fine  silk  and  kid  gloves,  of  all  varieties. 

147.  Banquette,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  kid  gloves. 

148.  Terray,  Brothers,  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  Paris  gloves ;  the  skins  and  gloves  in  different  stages  of  manu¬ 
facture. 

119.  Texier,  T.,  Jr .,JViort,  Deux  Sevres. — Manufacturer. 

Gloves  of  deer,  chamois,  castor,  and  sheepskins ;  with  the  skins. 


ARTICLES  FOR  PERSONAL  OR  DOMESTIC  USE. 


150.  Tailbonis,  Rue  des  Bourdonnais,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Silk,  thread,  and  woollen  gloves. 

151.  Brochier  &  Son,  18  Rue  de  St.  Laurent,  Grenoble. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  gloves. 

152.  Jouvin,  V.  H.,  &  Co.,  Rue  Rougemont,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  superfine  gloves,  with  the  leather  from  which  they  are  made ;  un¬ 
finished  gloves ;  tools  and  implements  used. 

[The  French  are  remarkable  for  the  beautiful  and  varied  colors  of  their  gloves ; 
nearly  100  different  colors  may  be  recognized.] 


171.  Stecher,  Johann,  &  Co.,  Carlsruhe,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 
Corsets  without  seams. 


175.  D’Ambly,  Carl,  &  Co.,  Stuttgard,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  corsets  without  seams. 


176.  Corset  Manufactory,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  corsets. 

177.  Hoessler  &  Sons,  Rabenstein,  near  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  hosiery ;  cotton  and  thread  gloves. 


153.  Compere,  E.,  Rue  Croix  des  Petits  Champs,  Paris. — Manufacturer.- 
A  great  variety  of  gloves. 

151.  Courvoisier,  Ph.,  Rue  des  Bons  Enfants,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  kid  gloves. 

155.  Caldesaigues  &  Didiot,  Rue  Thevenot,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Superfine  gloves. 

156.  Chosson  &  Co.,  Rue  Montmartre,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Ladies’  and  gentlemen’s  gloves ;  with  leather  not  made  up. 

157.  Aubry,  G.,  &  Dumorcet,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  gloves. 

158.  Bajou,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  gloves ;  instruments  on  which  they  are  cut  out. 

- ■  i»i  ■ - 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

159.  Kloss,  George,  Brunsvoick.— Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  boots  and  shoes. 

160.  Muehle,  August,  Pima,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Ladies’  woollen  shoes ;  gentlemen’s  boots  and  shoes  of  felt. 

161.  Albertus,  Alexander,  Eisenberg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  shoes. 

162.  Heinze,  Edward,  Eisenberg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturer. 

Slippers  made  of  plush. 

163.  Ziegler  &  Reisse,  Ruhla,  Thuringia. — Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  boots,  shoes,  and  gaiters;  hosiery. 

164.  Albrecht,  T.  H.,  Bremen.— Manufacturer. 

Boots  and  shoes  of  calfskin  and  patent  leather. 

165.  Ebner,  John,  Hanover.— Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  boots  and  shoes. 

466.  Scadd,  Auton,  Lower  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Boots  and  shoes. 

167.  Pfeiffer,  C.,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Boots,  shoes,  and  overshoes. 

168.  Marthaus,  A.,  Oschatz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Boots,  shoes,  and  slippers,  made  of  felt. 

169.  Roempler,  J.  S.,  Erfurt,  Saxony.— Manufacturer. 

Shoes  and  shoe  stuffs  of  mixed  silk  and  India-rubber ;  India-rubber  elastic  braces 

and  watch  guards. 

[The  material  used  in  making  braces  and  similar  articles  is  cut  spirally  from  bottle 
India-rubber,  by  means  of  a  small  rotating  knife,  kept  wet  by  a  water-drip.  \  ery  long 
threads  are  thus  obtained,  which  are  readily  joined  together  by  putting  the  freshly  cut 
surfaces  in  contact.  By  winding  the  threads  on  reels,  and  leaving  them  in  a  state  of  ten¬ 
sion  for  some  weeks,  they  lose  their  elasticity,  and  may  be  easily  woven  into  braid.  On 
exposure  to  steam,  the  elasticity  returns,  and  the  fabric  is  shortened.] 

170.  Cadura,  Heinrich,  Breslau,  Prussian  Silesia.  Manufacturer. 

Waterproof  cloaks,  which  may  be  washed  like  linen. 

171.  Mechanics’  Club,  Lauban,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturers. 

A  gentleman’s  black  coat. 

172.  Clothes  Magazine,  Breslau. — Manufacturers. 

Ready-made  coats. 

173.  Ge»son,  Hermann,  Berlin.  —  Manufacturer. 

Mantillas  of  embroidered  silk  and  velvet. 

E* 


178.  Lenz,  J.  W.,  Berlin,. — Manufacturer. 
Knitted  caps,  hose,  scarfs,  and  socks. 


179.  Zimmermann,  Christian,  &  Son ,  Apolda,  Saxe  Weimar. — Manufacturers.. 
Various  cotton  and  woollen  hosiery,  and  fancy  goods. 


180.  Rust,  F.  A.,  Offenbach-on-the-Maine.— Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  hosiery  and  purses,  in  tricot. 


181.  Fabien,  J.  G.,  Bautzen,  Saxony.— Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  woollen  hosiery. 


182.  Morschel,  Winzenried,  &  Co.,  Herrnhaag,  Hesse  Darmstadt. — Manufacturers. 
An  assortment  of  woollen  hosiery,  gloves,  and  caps. 

183.  Woller,  F.  E.,  Stollberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  gloves,  hosiery,  and  under  garments. 

184.  Bierling,  Julius,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

French  kid  gloves,  for  ladies  and  gentlemen. 

185.  Behr,  G.  F.,  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  silk  gloves. 

186.  Kohler,  Brothers,  Altenburg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  gloves  of  various  kinds. 

187.  Ranniger,  H.  L.,  &  Sons,  Altenburg. — Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  ldd  gloves  for  ladies. 

■ - .  <»>  . - 

THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

188.  Kalkbrunner,  R.,  Bassano,  Lombardy. — Manufacturer. 

Venice  straw  bonnets  and  hats. 

189.  Krach,  Brothers,  Prague,  Bohemia.— Manufacturers. 

Gentleman’s  shooting  dress  complete. 

190.  Nessel,  C.,  Oedenburg,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

A  coat  and  waistcoat. 

191.  Singer,  Jos.,  Pesth,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

An  elastic  dress  coat. 

192.  Malatinzky,  E.,  Mispolz,  Hungary—  Manufacturer. 

Hungarian  national  dress,  called  Szur. 


193.  Geyer,  John,  Pesth,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

A  Hungarian  sheepskin  Bunda. 

194.  Rigo  &  Kraetschmar,  Rima,  Szombath,  Hungary.  Manufacturers. 
Two  Hungarian  shooting  jackets. 

195.  Glovers’  Association,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  gloves  of  various  kinds  and  colors. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

196.  Allegri,  Antonio,  Florence,  Sardinia.  Manufacturer. 

Boots  and  shoes  for  ladies  and  gentlemen. 

197.  Forno,  Giovanni,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

A  full  dress  suit  for  a  gentleman. 

197 


SECTION  III. —  CLASS  XX. 


198.  Nannucci,  Signora  Agnese,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fine  straw  bonnets  and  braid. 

- »  » - 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

201.  Coopman,  W.  A.,  Arnhem,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 
Reversible  coat. 


BELGIUM. 


199,  Berger,  Madame,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 
Nymph  corsets,  of  high  finish. 


200.  Schmidt,  Goldenburg,  &  Co.,  Liege.— Manufacturers. 
Woollen  and  cotton  hose,  and  night-caps, 

198 


202.  Jongmans,  A.,  Leyden,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 
Various  articles  of  wearing  apparel. 


203.  Kaiser,  G.  C.  F.,  Amsterdam,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  chajnois  and  buckskin  gloves. 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXI. 


CUTLERY,  EDGE  AND  HAND  TOOLS. 


In  the  present  class  may  be  found  knives  and  other  sharp  instruments  known  under  the  general  denomination  of  cutlery,  and  edge  and  other  hand  tools  used 
in  manufacturing  processes,  and  not  included  in  Class  VI.  The  tools  are  such  as  require  skill  in  the  operator,  rather  than  mechanical  power.  Two  important 
sections  of  those  articles  usually  called  cutlery  are  not  included  in  this  class ;  they  are  surgical  instruments,  which  form  a  section  of  Class  X.,  and  swords  with 
similar  warlike  weapons,  which  are  arranged  in  Class  VIII. 

In  reading  the  following  catalogue,  or  in  examining  the  articles  themselves,  it  will  not  fail  to  be  noticed  that  the  contributions  indicate,  to  a  considerable  extent, 
the  condition  and  habits,  the  social  and  industrial  wants  of  the  people  from  which  they  are  sent.  As  a  general  rule,  each  country  excels  in  those  manufactures  for 
which  its  physical  condition  furnishes  facilities  and  makes  a  demand.  The  American  axe,  for  example,  is  a  tool  peculiar  to  this  country,  invented  and  brought  to 
perfection  to  satisfy  a  prevailing  want  of  our  population.  Similar  instances  will  occur  to  every  intelligent  reader.  The  United  States  possesses  unusual  advantages 
for  manufacturing  cutlery.  Our  iron  ores  are  abundant  in  every  part  of  the  country  ;  they  are  easily  worked,  and  in  most  cases  convenient  to  the  coal  necessary 
to  reduce  them,  and  they  possess  every  variety  of  excellence  suited  to  the  different  kinds  of  tools.  The  larger  sorts  of  edge-tools  are  already  made  of  the  best 
quality,  and  finer  cutlery  is  made  at  several  flourishing  establishments. 

The  beautiful  cutlery  of  Sheffield  still  maintains  its  ancient  reputation  for  exquisite  finish  and  temper.  A  great  variety  is  exhibited.  \  ery  many  sma  co  - 
lections  are  sent  from  Austria.  All  these  specimens  are  of  the  cheapest  kind  of  table  and  pocket  cutlery.  It  is,  however,  the  manufacture  best  suited  to  the  wants 
of  the  Austrian  people,  and  shows  the  condition  and  extent  of  their  industry. 


1.  Union  Knife  Company,  Naugatuck,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Pocket  knives,  with  horn,  India-rubber,  ivory,  pearl,  silver,  and  steel  handles; 
pruning  and  budding  knives;  camp  knives  for  miners;  scimitar,  dagger,  and  cleaver 
blades ;  silver  fruit-knives ;  toilet-knives ;  many-bladed  knives. 


2.  Collins  Company,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

A  fine  collection  of  adzes,  axes,  cleavers,  hatchets,  chisels,  stone  hammers,  and 
mallets. 

[In  the  manufacture  of  an  axe,  a  piece  of  iron,  after  being  heated,  is  bent  over  a 
piece  of  steel  corresponding  in  form  to  the  intended  eye  of  the  instrument;  a  piece  of 
steel  to  form  the  cutting  edge  is  heated  with  the  iron  back  to  a  welding  heat,  and  is 
passed  under  a  large  tilt-hammer,  driven  by  steam  or  water-power,  which  flattens  it 
out ;  it  is  then  exposed  to  another  heat,  and  the  eye  is  completed  with  the  small  hammer. 
After  the  superfluous  iron  and  steel  have  been  removed  by  scissors,  the  metal  is  tempered ; 
the  process  of  grinding  on  stones  cuts  away  the  iron  and  exposes  the  steel  edge.  The 
glazing  on  emery  wheels  succeeds,  and  the  polish  is  given  by  means  of  oil  and  emery ;  a 
blue  varnish  is  generally  applied,  which,  on  drying  in  a  stove,  improves  the  appearance 
of  the  axe. 

The  value  of  these  and  other  edge  tools  depends  on  the  process  of  tempering.  It  is 
a  property  of  steel  to  become,  by  sudden  quenching  in  water  when  at  a  red  heat,  ex¬ 
tremely  hard,  and  of  being  again  softened  to  any  required  degree  by  the  application  of 
heat.  The  temperature  necessary  to  give  the  temper  required  for  different  instruments 
is  often  estimated  by  the  workman  by  the  color  of  the  heated  surface ;  thus  at  430  Fahr., 
the  color  is  pale,  inclining  to  yellow,  which  is  that  at  which  lancets  are  tempered  at 
450°  a  pale-straw  color  is  seen,  considered  the  best  for  razors  and  surgical  instruments 
at  470°  a  full  yellow  is  produced,  suitable  for  pen-knives  and  pocket  cutlery  at  400  a 
brown  color  is  produced,  proper  for  scissors,  shears,  cold  chisels,  &c.  at  510°  the  brown 
becomes  dappled  with  purple,  which  is  the  best  for  axes,  common  chisels,  &c.— at  530°  a 
purple  color  is  produced,  at  which  table  cutlery  is  tempered— at  550°  a  bright  blue, 
suitable  for  swords  and  watch-springs— at  560°  a  full  blue,  used  for  fine  saws,  augers, 

&C- _ at  600°  a  dark  blue,  attended  with  the  softest  of  all  the  grades  of  temper,  and  used 

only  for  the  larger  saws.  Other  modes  of  tempering  are  by  smearing  the  steel  with  oil 
or  tallow,  and  judging  of  the  heat  by  the  appearance  of  the  smoke  or  flame  arising  from 
these  ingredients.  A  still  more  accurate  way  is  to  immerse  the  steel  in  some  fluid  me¬ 
dium,  the  temperature  of  which  is  kept  regulated  by  the  thermometer— oil  is  used  for 


this  purpose  for  any  temperature  below  600°  Fahr.  Mr.  Parkes,  in  his  chemical  essays, 
recommends  metallic  baths,  composed  of  different  proportions  of  lead  and  tin  and  bis¬ 
muth,  which  fuse  at  definite  temperatures,  and  may  be  used  in  tempering  with  great 
accuracy  from  420°  to  612°  Fahr.,  the  last  being  the  temperature  of  melting  lead.] 

3.  New  York  Knife  Company,  Natteawan,  Dutchess  Co.,  New  York.  Manufac¬ 
turers. 

Specimens  of  fine  pen  and  pocket  cutlery ;  self-protecting  pistol  knives ;  hunting, 
sportsmen,  and  dirk  knives ;  desk  and  pen-machine  knives ;  army  and  navy  knives,  with 
fork  and  spoon;  gardeners’,  pruning,  and  budding  knives;  pencil,  congress,  and  pen¬ 
knives,  of  every  description,  with  richly  carved  handles  of  pearl,  shell,  ivory ,  and  stag¬ 
horn,  with  California  gold  and  fine  silver  mountings. 

[Penknives  are  made  from  cast  steel,  which  is  the  only  kind  susceptible  of  a  high 
polish.  Their  blades  are  forged  from  the  end  of  a  rod,  and  cut  off,  leaving  enough,  to 
form  the  joint ;  the  nail  mark  is  given  by  a  chisel  while  the  steel  is  hot ;  they  are  hard¬ 
ened  in  cold  water,  and  tempered  on  an  iron  plate.  The  quality  of  the  blade  is  the  most 
important ;  the  various  forms  and  materials  of  the  handles  are  secondary,  though  to  the 
latter  is  most  frequently  due  any  increase  above  the  ordinary  price.] 


4.  Ohio  Tool  Company,  Columbus,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

Planes  and  edge  tools  for  carpenters,  joiners,  and  coopers;  improved  screw-arm 
plough  plane.  _ _ _ 

5.  Eagle  Works,  West  Winsted ,  Connecticut.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  table  cutlery,  with  plain  and  ornamented  ivory  and  pearl  handles. 

[Table  knives  are  mostly  made  of  shear  steel, -or  ordinary  blistered  steel  rolled  or 
beaten  down  into  bars.  The  blade  is  first  rudely  formed,  and  welded  to  a  piece  of  iron, 
out  of  which  the  shoulder  and  tang  (or  part  which  enters  the  handle)  are  made;  the 
shape  is  given  to  the  shoulder  (or  bolster)  by  hammering  in  a  die  and  swage ;  it  is  after¬ 
wards  tempered  and  ground.  Forks  are  made  of  small  rods  of  steel,  drawn  out  flat  at 
one  end  to  the  length  of  the  prongs;  the  shape  is  given  to  the  shank  and  tfinS* 
heated,  by  a  die  and  swage;  the  prongs  are  formed  by  a  stamp  weighing  about  100  lbs., 
falling  from  a  height  of  seven  or  eight  feet  upon  the  heated  end  of  the  rod,  the  flat,  thin 
piece  between  the  prongs  being  cut  out  with  a  fly-press— they  are  then  annealed,  filed, 
bent  into  shape,  and  hardened.  The  knives  now  used  for  the  table  are  generally  of  the 
plainest  shape,  and  with  balance  handles  (in  which  the  weight  of  the  handle  is  such  as 


SECTION  Ill. —  CLASS 


to  keep  the  blade  from  touching  the  table  when  left  to  its  natural  balance).  There  is, 
however,  the  greatest  diversity  in  the  form  and  materials  of  the  handles  ;  the  most  com¬ 
mon  materials  are  wood,  horn,  bone,  ivory,  pearl,  and,  recently ,  vulcanized  India-rubber, 
which  are  made  into  a  great  variety  of  forms,  sometimes  the  most  fantastic— since  it 
has  become  unfashionable  to  introduce  the  knife  into  the  mouth,  forks  are  made  with 
three  or  four  tines  or  prongs,  and  the  instrument  is  now  made  to  perform  many  of  the 
duties  formerly  required  of  the  spoon. 

The  dry-grinding  of  cutlery  is  an  occupation  which  has  been  very  ruinous  to  health, 
from  the  inhalation  of  the  fine  metallic  particles  and  dust;  a  pulmonary  complaint, 
called  the  “  grinders’  disease,”  is  the  result,  which  has  long  engaged  the  attention  of 
philanthropists  and  physicians ;  few  who  commenced  work  at  this  at  an  early  age  reached 
the  age  of  forty  years.  An  apparatus  has  been  used  with  success  in  England  to  prevent 
this  accumulation  of  dust  in  the  air ;  it  consists  of  a  powerful  fan,  which  draws  the 
particles  as  they  are  thrown  off  down  a  pipe,  leaving  the  atmosphere  perfectly  clear ;  it 
is  almost  universally  adopted,  and  the  complaint,  formerly  so  common  and  so  incurable, 
has  ceased  to  exist  where  it  is  used.  The  stones  upon  which  the  grinding  is  perfoimed 
revolve  with  very  great  rapidity,  the  surface  in  some  cases  passing  over  six  or  seven 
hundred  feet  in  a  second ;  stones  are  not  unfrequently  burst  by  their  own  centrifugal 
force ;  this  accident  is  now  also  provided  against  by  proper  coverings.] 

6.  New  England  Cutlery  Company,  Wallingford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  pocket  cutlery ;  colossal  and  miniature  knives. 

7.  Smith,  S.  W.,  &  Brothers,  60  Maiden  Lane,  J\Tew  York  City. — Manufacturers 

and  Importers. 

Fine  table  cutlery,  in  various  styles. 

8.  Seymour  Manufacturing  Company,  Seymour,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Augurs  and  augur-bits  of  all  varieties. 

9.  Douglass,  Thomas,  5  Platt  Street,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Specimens  of  chisels  from  the  manufactory  of  John  Sharpe,  New  York  City. 

10.  Simmons,  D.,  &  Co.,  Cohoes,  Albany  Co.,  New  York.— Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  axes,  and  other-edge  tools,  and  the  same  in  miniature. 

11.  Aviset,  Amedee,  590  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Table  cutlery,  dirks,  bowie  knives,  hunting  knives,  pen  and  pocket  knives,  scissors, 
and  other  cutting  instruments. 


12.  Fenner,  Thomas,  &  Co.,  18  Platt  Street,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 
A  variety  of  cutlery. 


13.  Garside,  John,  Washington  Factory,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  table  cutlery,  with  ivory  handles  ornamented  with  medallions  of  dis¬ 
tinguished  persons,  and  in  other  original  styles,  executed  by  machinery. 

14.  Tomes,  Francis,  &  Sons,  6  Maiden  Lane,  New  York  City. — Importers. 

Fine  cutlery  of  various  descriptions ;  fine  razors  and  knives. 


15.  IIeinisch,  Roc h us,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Tailors’  patent  shears ;  bank  shears ;  scissors  of  various  descriptions ;  a  new  style 
of  razor,  patented. 


16.  Ibbotson,  Henry  J.,  &  Co.,  218  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  long,  and  circular,  and  hand  saws. 

[Saws  are  made  from  steel  plates  rolled  for  the  purpose.  They  act  as  wedges  to 
tear  their  way  through  an  obstacle.  They  are  either  reciprocating  or  circular ;  the 
common  hand  saw  and  the  pit  saw  are  examples  of  the  former.  All  saws  are  hardened 
and  tempered  in  oil,  and  their  irregularities  are  removed  by  hammering  and  grinding. 
The  several  forms  of  the  teeth  are  those  best  fitted  for  their  several  purposes ;  the  “  set” 
of  the  saw  is  the  inclining  of  the  teeth  at  an  angle  known  to  be  the  best  for  allowing 
the  escape  of  the  sawdust.  The  toothing,  as  also  the  polishing  and  grinding,  are  per¬ 
formed  by  machinery.  The  tooth  of  a  ripping  saw,  for  cutting  in  the  direction  of  the 
woody  fibres,  is  more  or  less  hooked,  that  of  the  pit  saw  being  shaped  something  like  the 
upper  mandible  of  a  parrot ;  while  the  tooth  of  a  cross-cut  saw  returns  from  its  point 
at  an  equal  angle  on  both  sides  of  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  edge  of  the  blade ;  so 
that  while  the  ripping  saw  cuts  only  in  the  down  stroke,  the  cross-cut  saw  can  cut  both 
ways,  and  it  actually  does  when  worked  at  both  ends,  as  in  the  long  saws  used  in  cutting 
large  logs.  The  saw  blade  is  generally  thicker  at  the  cutting  edge  than  at  the  back, 
that  it  may  not  bind  in  the  cut ;  in  the  cross-cut  saw  the  set  of  the  teeth  prevents  bind¬ 
ing.  Tenon  saws  are  mainly  cross-cut  saws,  for  cutting  in  the  shoulders  to  tenons ;  to 
secure  sufficient  rigidity  to  their  blades,  they  have  usually  a  brass  back.  Narrow- 
bladed  saws,  for  cutting  in  curved  .lines,  are  thickest  at  the  edge,  and  the  teeth  are 
not  set. 

Circular  saws  were  invented  in  Holland  about  1780;  they  are  better  adapted  to 
power,  and  are  very  rapid  and  precise  in  their  action ;  the  machine  which  turns  the  saw 
sometimes  draws  forward  the  piece  of  wood,  and  will  work  with  such  fineness  as  to  make 
twenty  cuts  to  the  inch.  Circular  saws  have  their  teeth  very  accurately  divided  by  a 
division  plate,  thus  securing  uniformity  of  size  and  action,  and  greater  smoothness  in 
the  work.  The  larger  sizes  are  made  in  segments,  and  connected  together  by  means  of 
dovetails.] 

17.  Rowe,  John,  205  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Shears  and  scissors,  of  various  descriptions. 

200 


[Ladies’  scissors  are  made  of  the  best  cast  steel ;  larger  scissors  are  composed  of  shear 
steel  edges  welded  to  a  blade  of  iron.  The  bows  are  developed  from  solid  steel  by  dex¬ 
terous  blows  of  a  hammer  on  an  anvil ;  the  same  very  simple  tools  are  used  in  the  com¬ 
mon  and  in  the  costly  varieties ;  most  of  the  elaborate  designs  are  developed  from  a  solid 
shank  by  means  of  the  file  and  the  chasing-tool,  often  at  the  expense  of  much  time  and 
skill.  The  general  shape  is  also  given  by  hammering ;  the  halves  are  finished  by  filing 
and  grinding.] 

18.  Leverett,  John,  28  Cliff  Street,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

A  variety  of  axes  for  wood-cutters  and  carpenters ;  hatchets  and  other  edge-tools  ; 
California  pickaxes,  one  arm  conical,  the  other  flattened. 


19.  Ives,  Henry,  West  Meriden,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

A  patent  circular  saw. 

20.  Harris,  Joseph,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

A  saw. 

21.  Boyd  &  Keen,  11  Gold  Street,  New  York  City. — Agents. 

Specimens  of  chisels.  ^ 

22.  Pooley,  Samuel  J.,  Warren,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Miniature  sets  of  table  cutlery,  richly  mounted;  miniature  penknives;  razors;  sur¬ 
geons’  bistouries. 

23.  Leonard  &  Wendt,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Tailors’  patent  improved  shears ;  bank  shears. 

24.  Houston,  Daniel,  676  Water  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Cooper’s  crose. 

25.  Berrian,  J.,  &  Co.,  601  Broadway,  New  York  City— Manufacturers  and  Agents. 
Specimens  of  fine  table  and  useful  cutlery. 

26.  IIannum,  Caleb  W.,  Chester  Village,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  axes,  broadaxes,  hatchets,  and  adzes. 

27.  Walcott,  Brothers,  Boston,  Massachusetts.- — Manufacturers. 

Walcott’s  patent  graduating  button-hole  cutters. 

28.  Sheehan,  C.  II.,  Maiden  Lane,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Specimens  of  fine  pocket  cutlery  and  razors. 

29.  Cunningham  &  Daggett,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturers. 

A  case  of  edge-tools. 

30.  Carpenter,  E.  W.,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Carpenters’  and  cabinetmakers’  tools. 

31.  Barnes,  Charles  L.,  9  Cottage  Place,  New  York  City.— Patentee  and  Manufac¬ 

turer. 

Patent  expansion  bits  for  boring  wood ;  160  different  sized  holes  are  exhibited  bored 
by  three  bits. 

32.  Converse,  Charles  A.,  Norwich,  Connecticut — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  screw  augers  and  auger  bits,  of  different  sizes. 

33.  Churchill,  Willis,  Hamden,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  screw  augers,  auger  bits,  and  gimlets,  of  fine  quality,  made  of  Amer¬ 
ican  steel. 

[For  a  long  time  America  imported  all  her  steel  from  England,  who  in  her  turn  ob¬ 
tained  the  iron  to  make  it  from  Sweden.  Within  the  last  few  years  steel  has  been  made 
at  the  Adirondac  Works,  in  Jersey  City,  which  has  been  pronounced  superior  for  many 
purposes  to  the  best  English  cast  steel.  There  are  also  extensive  works  in  Connecticut 
and  other  States  in  successful  operation.  The  ore  for  the  first-named  works  is  obtained 
from  Essex  County,  New  York,  near  the  sources  of  the  Hudson  River,  among  the  Adi¬ 
rondac  Mountains ;  it  is  there  converted  into  bar-iron — anthracite  coal  has  been  success¬ 
fully  used  in  the  furnaces,  and  blacklead  crucibles  which  will  withstand  their  intense 
heat. 

34.  Burr,  Waterman  &  Co.,  114  Water  Street,  New  City— Manufacturers. 

A  patent  circular  saw. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

35.  Rodgers,  Joseph,  &  Sons,  Sheffield,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Sportsman’s  many-bladed  knife,  of  large  size,  embossed  with  views  of  various  cities 

and  other  objects,  the  handle  of  richly  carved  mother-of-pearl,  twelve  inches  long,  rep¬ 
resenting  a  boar  hunt  on  one  side,  and  the  death  of  the  stag  on  the  other. 

[This  curious  instrument,  containing  eighty  blades  and  other  instruments,  is  of  ad¬ 
mirable  workmanship,  and  is  worthy  of  notice  on  account  of  the  ornaments  etched  on  its 
polished  surfaces  by  means  of  aquafortis.] 

36.  Wostenholm,  George,  &  Sons,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  fine  knives  and  razors. 


CUTLERY.  EDGE  AND  HAND  TOOLS. 


37.  Elliot,  Joseph,  4  Holies  Croft,  Sheffield. — Manufacturer. 

Several  varieties  of  fine  razors. 

[Sheffield  has  been  noted  for  its  cutlery  as  far  back  as  the  thirteenth  century ;  its 
celebrity  for  the  manufacture  of  razors  is  world  wide.  The  best  razors  are  of  the  finest 
and  hardest  cast  steel ;  the  tempering  is  performed  by  placing  them  on  the  open  fire,  in 
a  sand  bath,  being  removed  the  moment  they  assume  a  deep  straw  color — or  in  an  oil 
bath,  or  a  bath  of  fusible  metal  of  8  parts  bismuth,  5  parts  lead,  and  3  parts  tin,  heated 
to  500^  Fahr.  A  maker  and  a  striker  work  with  alternate  strokes  and  different-sized 
hammers ;  the  rod  of  steel  of  which  they  are  made  is  about  half  an  inch  broad  and  of 
thickness  sufficient  to  form  the  back;  the  anvil  on  which  they  are  forged  is  a  little 
rounded  at  the  sides,  which  gives  greater  facility  in  thinning  the  edges  and  in  making 
the  blade  a  little  concave.  These  operations,  as  well  as  the  grinding,  require  to  be  skill¬ 
fully  done ;  for  the  want  of  the  requisite  skill  many  high-priced  razors  are  very  defective. 
Razors  are  ground  crosswise  upon  stones  from  four  to  seven  inches  in  diameter,  revolving  in 
water ;  glazing  is  performed  by  a  wooden  disc  ;  polishing  is  performed  by  a  wooden  wheel, 
having  its  circumference  covered  with  buff  leather,  which  is  covered  with  crocus,  an  im¬ 
pure  oxide  of  iron.  The  number  of  men  employed  at  the  anvil  in  razor-making  at  Shef¬ 
field  is  about  200.] 


38.  Hargreaves,  William,  &  Co.,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Table  knives,  with  highly  polished  blades,  and  mounted  in  richly  carved  ivory,  in  a 
beautiful  case  made  of  East  Indian  Coromandel  wood;  dessert  knives,  in  silver,  pearl, 
and  richly  carved  ivory;  a  variety  of  table  cutlery,  carvers,  game  carvers,  and  beef 
slicers ;  fine  scissors,  razors,  and  spring  knives,  edge-tools,  and  saws  of  best  cast  steel ; 
joiners’  tools. 

[Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  Sheffield  manufacture  of  table  cutlery  may  be  ob¬ 
tained  from  the  fact  that  the  amount  of  ivory  cut  up  by  the  “  hafters,”  or  handle 
makers,  is  about  seventy  tons  annually,  being  nearly  one-fourth  of  the  whole  amount 
imported  into  England.  The  number  of  men  employed  in  forging  blades  at  the  anvil  is 
about  700;  of  grinders,  including  boys,  900;  and  of  hafters,  1,300. 

The  value  of  the  materials  of  horn,  pearl,  tortoise  shell,  and  ivory,  used  in  Sheffield 
for  the  handles  of  pocket  cutlery,  is  £100,000  annually. 

It  has  been  said  that  a  pair  of  plain,  well-formed,  and  perfectly  polished  lady’s  scis¬ 
sors  is  the  most  elegant  production  of  the  Sheffield  workshop ;  and  an  article  which  com¬ 
pletely  defies  all  foreign  competition,  both  for  exquisite  finish  and  effective  action.  About 
900  males  and  200  females  are  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  scissors. 

The  number  of  persons  employed  in  Sheffield  in  the  spring -knife  cutlery  department 
is  about  as  follows:  blade,  scale,  and  spring  forgers  about  275;  grinders,  500;  men  and 
boys  at  workboard,  2,500.] 


39.  Marfles,  William,  Sheffield.— Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  joiners’  tools,  augers,  bits,  chisels,  gouges,  &c. 


40.  Turton,  Thomas,  &  Sons,  Sheaf  Works,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  axes,  adzes,  chisels,  and  drawing  knives. 


41.  Sellers,  John,  Sheffield.— Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  pocket  cutlery,  razors,  sportsmen’s  and  gardeners’  knives;  surgical 
instruments. 


42.  Bingham,  Charles  Thomas,  Tally  Ho  Works,  Sheffield. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  razors. 

43.  Turner,  T.,  &  Co.,  Suffolk  Works,  Sheffield.— Manufacturers. 

A  great  variety  of  fine  table  and  pocket  cutlery;  razors;  long,  round,  and  hand 
saws;  files;  engravers’  burins;  colossal  knife  and  fork,  with  handles  of  stag’s  horns  of 
tiie  natural  size  and  appearance ;  pruning  knives  in  sets ;  silver  fish  knife ;  kitchen  cut¬ 
lery  in  great  variety. 

44.  Howarth,  James,  Sheffield—  Manufacturer. 

Edge-tools;  engravers’,  joiners’,  gunsmiths’,  carvers’,  and  other  light  tools;  gar¬ 
deners’  portable  box  of  instruments. 


45.  Jackson,  William,  &  Co.,  Sheaf  Island  Works,  Sheffield.— Manufacturers. 

Steel  saws,  razors,  shears,  daggers,  pocket  knives,  chisels,  bits,  and  other  edge-tools ; 
table  cutlery ;  files ;  specimens  of  cast  steel. 

[About  500  persons  are  constantly  employed  in  Sheffield  in  the  manufacture  of  saws.] 


46.  Butler,  George,  &  Co.,  Trinity  Works,  Sheffield.— Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  fine  pocket  cutlery ;  a  many-bladed  knife. 


47,  Groves,  Richard,  &  Sons,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  saws,  files,  chisels,  bits,  edge-tools,  and  specimens  of  cast  steel  of  fine 
quality. 


48.  Marsh,  Brothers,  Pond  Works,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Table  cutlery,  fine  razors,  carvers,  pocket  cutlery,  chisels,  saws,  adzes,  shears,  scis¬ 
sors,  bits,  daggers,  silver  fish  knives,  and  specimens  of  cast  steel. 


49.  Heiffer,  John,  Sheffield.— Manufacturer. 
Fine  so-called  army  and  navy  razors. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 

59.  Leavitt,  G.,  Dundas,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fine  cast  steel  felling  axes. 


FRANCE. 

51.  Sommelet,  Danton,  &  Co.,  J\rogent,  near  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Scissors  of  various  descriptions  and  qualities. 

52.  Massa  &  Son,  7  Rue  de  la  Monnaie,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  new  styles  of  fine  cutlery. 


53.  Parod,  A.,  95  Faubourg  St.  Martin,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Various  gardening  tools  and  vegetable  knives 


54.  Coulaux  &  Co.,  Molsheim,  Bas  Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

Hatchets,  knives,  scissors,  drawing  knives,  saws,  adzes,  and  chisels. 


TIIE  GERMAN  STATES. 

55.  Levy,  Hermann,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  table  knives  and  shears. 

56.  Dittmar,  Brothers,  Heilbronn,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers 

Patent  razors  and  razor  strops ;  a  variety  of  lancets  and  scarificators,  and  other  ar¬ 
ticles  of  cutlery. 

57.  Lohnmann,  F.  W.  &  F.,  Voerde,  Westphalia.— Manufacturers. 

Swords,  cleavers,  hatchets,  knives,  and  other  cutlery  in  great  variety. 


58.  Henchkels,  J.  A.,  Berlin  and  Solingen,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  cutlery,  manufactured  from  the  refined  steel  of  the  Siegen  Smelting 

Works— table  and  pocket  cutlery,  scissors  and  shears,  swords  and  daggers,  in  great 
variety. 

59.  Bleckmann,  J.  E.,  Ronsdorf,  Hesse  Cassel. — Manufacturer. 

•  A  variety  of  edge-tools  and  cutlery ;  knives,  scissors,  table  and  pocket  cutlery,  saws, 
and  axes. 

60.  Schmidt  &  Mollenhoff,  Hagen. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  cutlery  and  edge-tools. 


61.  Gerresheim  &  Huff,  Solingen,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Scissors  in  great  variety. 

TIIE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

[The  cutlery  from  Austria  is  of  the  cheapest  and  most  ordinary  description ;  tbs 
specimens  exhibited  by  each  manufacturer  are  so  few,  and  each  collection  so  much  re¬ 
sembles  every  other,  that  they  are  here  catalogued  together  according  to  the  particular 
article  exhibited  by  the  manufacturers.] 

62.  Specimens  of  razors  are  exhibited  by  : 

Nagel,  Bernhard,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Schnabel,  Leopold, 

Wachter,  L.,  Stadt  Steyr, 

Bley,  J., 

Rufprecht,  S.,  “  “ 

Bresselmaier,  J.,  “ 

Ruprecht,  Regina,  Waidhofen,  “ 


63.  Specimens  of  scissors  are  exhibited  by  : 

Wendel,  John,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Gampmayer,  Mathias, 

Pletzer,  Martin, 

Aigner,  Joseph, 

64.  Specimens  of  common  pocket  or  table  cutlery  are  exhibited  by : 

Schnabel,  Mathias,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

201 


SECTION  III. - CEASS  XXI. 


Schnabel,  Joseph,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper 
Stierhofer,  A.,  Stadt  Steyr, 

Pfustershmidt,  J.,  JVeuzeng, 

Doppler,  A.,  Sierninghofen,  “ 

Loeschenkohl,  C.,  Stadt  Steyr, 

Osterberger,  L.,  “  “ 

Froelich,  J.,  Steinbach,  “ 

Froelich,  C.,  “ 

Moser,  F.,  “  “ 

Moser,  Anton,  Jr.,  “  “ 

Moser,  Charles,  “  “ 

Loeschenkohl,  J.,  “  “ 

Schwinghammer,  S.  T.,  “  “ 

Ressl,  J.,  “  “ 

Moser,  John,  Sierninghofen,  “ 

Moser,  G.,  “  “ 

Moser,  Anton,  Sen.,  “  “ 

Weichselbaumer,  M.(,  “  “ 

Trenkner,  A.,  “  “ 

Sabzwimmer,  P.,  “  “ 

Helm,  A., 

Hofer,  P., 

Pplss,  C.,  “  “ 

Haindl,  A.,  “  “ 

Kerbler,  J.,  “  “ 

Forster,  L.,  Neuzeng,  “  “ 

PlLSS,  F.,  “  “  “ 

Riedler,  J.,  “  “  “ 

PlLSS,  M.,  “  “  “ 

Dernberger,  F.,  Griinburg,  “  “ 

Dancher,  S.,  Untergrunburg,  “  “ 


PlLSS,  G., 
Riedler,  L., 
Leider,  F., 
Stuckhart,  J., 
Lichtl,  J., 


Stadt  Steyr, 


202 


Alsterberger,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria  Proper. 
Weichselbaumer,  J.,  “  “ 

Mitter,  Joseph,  Sen.,  “  “ 

Mitter,  Joseph,  Jr.,  “  “ 


65.  Specimens  of  awls  are  exhibited  by  : 

Berger,  August,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 
Derfler,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr,  “ 

Kettenhuber,  J.,  “  “ 

Kolm,  John,  “  “ 

Buchberger,  J.,  “  “ 

Molterer,  C.,  “  “ 

Molterer,  V.,  “  << 

Molterer,  G.,  “  “ 


66.  Specimens  of  gimlets  and  augers  are  exhibited  by  : 

Hauser,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria  Proper. 

Metz,  G.,  “ 

Weissenhoffer,  Rudolph,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

67.  Stopinger,  Joseph,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  saws. 

68.  Teuflmayer,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr. — Manufacturer. 

A  horse  lancet. 


SWITZERLAND. 

69.  Lecoutre,  C.  A.,  Brassus,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  fine  razors,  and  gravers  for  watchmakers. 


70.  Lecoutre,  Jacques,  Sentier,  Canton  Vaud. — Manufacturer. 
Various  specimens  of  fine  razors,  and  gravers  for  watchmakers. 


SECTION  III. 


class  xxn. 


IRON,  BRASS,  AND  GENERAL  HARDWARE. 


This  class  embraces  some  of  the  most  important,  as  well  as  some  of  the  most  trifling  objects  in  the  Exhibition ;  in  it  is  comprised  the  manufacture  of 
iron,  brass,  general  hardware,  and  the  common  utensils  of  every-day  life. 

The  specimens  of  American  bar  and  cast  steel,  and  of  cast  and  wrought  iron,  give  promise  of  great  results  as  soon  as  improved  processes  of  smelting  and 
conversion,  suitable  to  our  ores,  shall  be  adopted.  The  safes,  locks,  tools,  table  and  culinary  hardware,  cells,  and  various  articles  in  iron,  brass,  and  zinc,  give 
evidence  of  remarkable  adaptation  to  the  utilitarian  spirit  of  the  age,  without  much  apparent  regard  to  ornament. 

The  specimens  of  iron  and  steel  manufactures,  of  files,  chains,  general  hardware,  pins  and  needles,  sustain  the  high  reputation  England  has  long  enjoyed 
in  these  branches  of  industry. 

From  the  Zollverein  are  sent  fine  specimens  of  iron,  steel,  lead,  and  zinc;  general  hardware,  steel  articles,  bronze  and  zinc  castings  and  ornaments,  wire, 
pins,  and  needles ; — from  Belgium,  sheet  iron  and  zinc,  nails,  and  fancy  articles  in  bronze ; — from  France,  sheet  brass,  zinc,  copper,  and  German  silver ;  iron 
furniture  and  garden  ornaments,  tools,  locks,  blacksmiths’  apparatus,  metallic  gauzes,  culinary  apparatus,  and  zinc  castings ; — from  the  Netherlands,  fine  castings 
in  iron  and  zinc,  for  utility  and  ornament,  and  bells;— from  Austria,  a  great  variety  of  common  hardware  and  steel  articles and  from  Sweden,  specimens 
of  her  unrivaled  iron  and  steel. 


1.  Abbott,  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Boiler-plate  iron ;  locomotive-boiler  iron  ;  boiler-head,  92  inches  in  diameter. 

[The  ores  generally  used  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  are  commonly  the  earthy 
oxyds ;  as  the  fusing  of  these  would  produce  a  kind  of  glass,  it  is  necessary  to  mix 
the  ore  with  some  substance  which  shall  combine  with  the  oxygen  and -earthy  matters, 
and  set  the  metal  free;  for  this  purpose,  charcoal  and  carbonaceous  substances  are 
used ;  some  flux,  as  lime,  is  also  generally  added  to  facilitate  the  fusion.  The  reducing 
of  the  ore  is  performed  in  a  blast  or  smelting  furnace,  after  having  been  previously 
roasted,  to  drive  off  the  water,  sulphur,  and  ai'senic.  An  ordinary  furnace  will  make 
about  four  tons  of  cast-iron  in  twelve  hours,  for  the  production  of  which  quantity 
of  metal  are  required  about  eight  tons  of  the  iron-stone,  seven  tons  of  coke,  and  three 
tons  of  lime,  as  a  flux ;  some  large  furnaces  will  receive  double  this  amount  in  the 
same  time.  In  order  to  secure  a  sufficient  heat,  it  is  necessary  to  force  into  the  furnace 
a  blast  of  air,  which  is  effected  by  machinery;  in  1824,  Mr.  Neilson,  of  Glasgow, 
substituted  the  hot  blast  for  the  cold,  which  has  proved  to  be  the  most  valuable  and 
economical  of  the  modern  improvements  in  the  iron  manufacture. 

The  smelted  iron  is  allowed  to  run  off  into  a  channel  made  in  sand;  from  this 
channel,  called  the  sow,  are  led  numerous  side-branches,  called  pigs,  into  which  it  is 
directed  by  the  workmen ;  hence  the  term,  pig-iron .  From  pig-iron,  it  is  converted 
into  bars  of  malleable  iron,  by  refining  and  puddling.  For  the  first  process,  the  metal 
is  kept  in  a  state  of  fusion  for  two  or  three  hours,  exposed  to  an  intense  heat,  produced 
by  a  strong  blast ;  it  is  then  run  out  into  a  flat  mould,  where  it  speedily  cools  into  a 
bright,  brittle  state.  When  cold,  it  is  broken  into  pieces,  and  placed  in  the  puddling, 
or  reverberatory  furnace,  the  object  of  which  is  to  deprive  the  metal  more  thoroughly 
of  its  carbon,  which  passes  off  as  carbonic  oxyd ;  the  metal  becomes  thicker,  until  it 
assumes  a  sandy  appearance,  when  the  heat  is  raised,  and  it  forms  into  lumps.  The 
puddler  then  forms  the  mass  into  balls,  weighing  about  eighty  pounds,  which  are 
technically  called  blooms;  these  are  subjected  to  blows  from  a  heavy  hammer,  or  to 
great  pressure  in  a  machine,  which  gives  them  a  more  compact  and  convenient  shape. 
After  this,  the  iron  is  passed  through  rollers,  which  form  it  into  an  elastic  bar  of 
malleable  iron. 

The  compactness  of  structure  and  fineness  of  grain  which  characterize  the  Swedish 
iron,  are  evidently  due,  in  a  great  measure,  to  the  employment  of  charcoal  in  its 
manufacture  ;  iron  made  by  coke  or  coal  presents  a  rough  grain  and  a  crystalline 
structure.  The  discovery  is  yet  to  be  made  of  some  mode  of  preventing  the  crystal¬ 
lization  of  iron,  analogous  to  the  mysterious  process,  known  as  polling,  which  changes 


copper  from  a  highly  crystalline  mass,  incapable  of  being  rolled  or  hammered  into 
plates,  into  a  copper  which  may  be  beaten  into  thin  leaves.  Splendid  fibrous  iron  is 
occasionally  made  by  accident,  but  this  accident  depends  on  fixed  laws,  which  it  would 
largely  repay  any  one  to  discover ;  and  the  secret,  when  found,  will  doubtless  be  a 
very  simple  one,  like  all  the  other  operations  of  great  natural  laws. 

The  amount  of  iron  produced  in  the  United  States  is  estimated  at  800,000  tons 
annually,  employing  about  250,000  persons;  in  addition  to  this,  about  300,000  tons 
of  imported  iron  are  annually  consumed ;  one-third  of  all  the  iron  manufactured  in 
the  United  States  is  produced  in  Pennsylvania.] 

1a.  Churchman  &  Roberts,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Boiler-plate  iron. 

2,  Ripley,  Philip,  &  Co.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Cast  spring  and  bar  steel,  in  bars  and  bundles ;  nail-rods ;  shoe-shapes ;  scroll  and 
nut  iron. 

3.  Ibbotson,  S.  F.,  218  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Agent. 

A  variety  of  fine  American  cast-steel  in  bars. 

[Steel  is  a  compound  of  iron  and  carbon;  their  proportions  vary  in  different 
qualities  of  steel ;  in  ordinary  steel,  the  carbon  rarely  exceeds  two  per  cent.,  and  is 
generally  below  it ;  the  purest  iron  makes  the  best  steel.  Three  varieties  of  steel  are 
generally  manufactured  here :  bar  or  blistered  steel,  shear  steel,  and  cast  steel. 

Bar  steel  is  made  by  a  process  called  cementation,  which  consists  in  placing  bars 
of  the  purest  malleable  iron  in  alternate  layers,  with  powdered  charcoal,  in  a  proper 
furnace ;  air  is  carefully  excluded,  and  the  whole  kept  at  a  red  heat  for  several  flays. 
By  this  process,  carbon  combines  with  the  iron,  and  alters  its  texture  from  fibrous  to 
granular  crystalline ;  in  these  furnaces,  twelve  tons  of  bar-iron  may  be  converted  into 
steel  at  each  charge.  This  has  been  called  blistered  steel,  from  the  air-bubbles  which 
cover  its  surface,  derived  apparently  from  the  formation  of  carbonic  oxyd  during  the 
process  of  cementation.  The  action  of  the  carbon  causes  cavities  and  fissures,  which 
render  the  steel  unfit  for  use  until  it  has  undergone  the  operation  of  tilting,  which  is 
performed  by  beating  it  under  tilt-hammers,  weighing  usually  200  cwt.,  until  it 
acquires  a  very  uniform  structure. 

Shear  steel  is  made  by  binding  together  several  bars  of  blistered-steel,  by  means 
of  a  steel  rod,  and  heating  them  to  a  welding  heat,  the  surface  being  covered  with 
sand  or  clay  to  prevent  oxydation ;  it  is  then  drawn  out  into  a  bar,  by  means  of  a 

203 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXII. 


tilt-hammer,  and  rolled.  In  this  state,  it  is  more  tenacious  and  malleable,  and  suscep¬ 
tible  of  a  finer  polish. 

Cast  steel  is  made  by  melting  blistered  steel,  broken  into  small  pieces,  in  fire-clay 
crucibles,  closely  covered,  by  means  of  a  coke  fire ;  it  is  then  cast  into  “  ingots,  and 
rolled  into  bars.  In  this  condition,  it  has  a  much  more  close,  fine-grained,  and  uniform 
texture.  Sheet  steel  is  made  by  being  rolled  between  revolving  cylinders. 

Damascus  steel  is  made  directly  from  the  iron  ore,  principally  a  red  oxyde  of  iron. 

Wuotz  is  the  name  given  to  the  steel,  the  most  ancient  known,  derived  from  India, 
celebrated  for  the  toughness  and  durability  of  the  cutting  edges  made  from  it ;  it  is 
made  from  magnetic  iron  ore,  such  as  is  found  in  abundance  in  New  York,  New  Jersey, 
and  Pennsylvania.  It  is  highly  probable  that  the  genuine  Damascus  blades  were 
made  from  “wootz;”  the  imitation  blades,  of  modern  make,  though  they  have  a 
damasked  appearance,  have  none  of  the  superior  qualities  of  the  true  Damascus 
swords.  It  has  been  said  that  the  peculiarities  of  this  steel  depend  on  the  presence 
of  a  small  quantity  of  aluminum;  but  this  is  by  no  means  settled. 

German  steel  derives  its  name  from  the  manner  in  which  it  is  manufactured ;  it  is 
made  of  pig  or  white-plate  iron,  in  forges  where  charcoal  is  used  for  fuel ;  to  this  last, 
and  to  the  character  of  the  ore  (bog-iron,  or  the  sparry  carbonate),  its  properties  may 
be  attributed. 

The  most  important  element  in  making  steel  is  the  iron  ore ;  bog-ore,  impure 
hematites,  impure  magnetic  and  sparry  ores,  will  make  steel,  but  at  great  expense, 
and  of  an  inferior  quality.  According  to  Mr.  Overman,  the  only  iron  ores  in  this 
country,  which  can  be  profitably  used  for  the  manufacture  of  natural  steel,  are  the 
ore  of  the  Missouri  iron-mountain,  the  recently  discovered  deposits  near  Lake  Superior, 
and  the  specular  ores  of  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey;  either  carbonates  or  peroxyds 
of  iron.  A  low  heat,  an  abundance  of  coal  (well  charred  pine  charcoal  is  the  best), 
and  good  ore,  will  produce  good  steel ;  and  in  no  other  way  can  it  be  produced.  The 
analysis  of  different  kinds  of  steel  shows  that  it  may  contain,  besides  iron  and  carbon, 
sulphur,  phosphorus,  silica,  arsenic,  antimony,  copper,  tin,  manganese,  calcium,  minute 
quantities  of  any  of  which  may  impart  peculiar  properties;  if  iron  ore,  however, 
contain  more  than  the  2000th  part  of  any  of  these,  except  carbon,  it  will  not  make 
first-rate  steel.  Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  make  cast-steel  directly  from  the 
iron,  without  resorting  to  the  converting  process  into  blistered-steel,  but  without 
success.] 

4.  Reading  Iron  Nail,  Tube,  and  Boiler-flue  Works,  Reading,  Pennsylvania. — Manu¬ 
facturer.  Office,  9  Platt  Street,  New  York  City. 

Lap-welded  iron  boiler-flue. 

4a.  Lord,  George  W.,  <fc  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Two  pieces  of  hammered  iron. 


mutation  bank  and  safe  locks  (patent  of  T.  P.  Murphy’s),  the  key  capable  of  millions 
of  changes. 

[Fire-proof  safes  are  made  of  strong  wrought-iron,  lined  with  hard-steel  plates, 
the  interval  between  the  two  being  filled  with  some  non-conductor  of  heat,  60  that 
the  inner  wall  may  not  become  incandescent ;  from  the  conducting  powers  of  iron,  the 
contents  of  the  safe  would  be  soon  charred,  unless  some  non-conducting  substance 
intervened  between  the  outer  and  the  inner  plate.  This  non-conducting  substance 
may  be  plaster-of-paris,  clay,  or  chemical  salts,  which  resist  the  action  of  intense  heat, 
and  which,  in  the  act  of  fusion  or  liquefaction,  absorb  great  quantities  of  heat  These 
safes  have  resisted  the  most  intense  heat  of  burning  stores,  with  perfect  security  to 
most  valuable  contents ;  the  one  exhibited  by  Sherwood  &  Fitzgerald  was  tested  by 
the  jury,  and  found  to  withstand  the  intense  heat  of  a  pine-wood  and  coke  fire  for 
twenty-four  hours,  and  came  out  from  the  fiery  ordeal  with  its  contents  of  books  and 
papers  not  materially  injured;  showing  itself  proof  against  a  heat  far  greater  than  it 
could  be  called  upon  to  bear  in  an  ordinary  conflagration.] 

13.  Mackrell  &  Richardson,  292  Houston  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  locks,  cast-iron  butts,  pulleys,  hinges,  &c. 

11.  Butterwortii,  J.  H.,  Dover,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Burglar  and  powder-proof  combination  bank-lock. 

15.  Yale,  Linus,  Jr.,  Newport,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  magic  locks. 


16.  Barratt,  John  B.,  107  Gold  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Bramah  patent  lever-locks  of  every  description. 

17.  Lewis  Lock  Company,  Terryville,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Cabinet-locks  of  all  descriptions. 

18.  Day  ifc  Newell,  589  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  bank-locks,  and  all  kinds  of  door-fastenings.  The  workmanship  of 
the  parautoptic  lock,  by  John  McLaughlin. 

19.  Fitch,  AY.  &  E.  T.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

A  general  assortment  of  cabinet-locks. 

20.  Nock,  Joseph,  34  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Patentee  and  Manu¬ 

facturer. 

Nock’s  patent  self-acting  locks  and  bolts ;  model  of  double-doors,  with  locks 
attached. 


4b.  Morris,  Tasker  <fe  Morris,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 
AYrought-iron  steam  and  gas  pipes,  boiler-flues,  tools,  and  fittings. 

5.  Werner,  Carl,  Charleston,  South  Carolina. — Manufacturer. 

Model  of  a  palmetto-tree,  cast  in  iron. 

5a.  AYood,  Allen,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Imitation  Russia  sheet-iron. 

6.  Richardson,  Barnum  &  Co.,  Lime  Rock,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Cast-iron  car-wheels  ;  railroad  frogs. 

Ca.  Lovegrove,  T.  J.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Cast-iron  pipes  for  water,  gas  and  Artesian  wells,  and  centrifugal  columns.  These 
pipes  are  cast  by  a  peculiar  process,  without  cores. 


7.  Stearns  <fc  Marvin,  146  Water  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Wilder  s  patent  salamander  safes,  with  Rich’s  improvement  for  preventing  dampness. 


8.  Bates,  Griffin  &  McChesney,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Lillie’s  impenetrable  fire-proof  safe ;  burglar-proof  bank-safe ;  patent  vault  doors 
and  frames  for  banks. 


9.  Sherwood  <fc  Fitzgerald,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
An  “  invulnerable  reservoir”  safe. 


9a.  Evans  &  Watson,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 
Patent  fire  and  thief-proof  safes ;  improved  refrigerators. 

10.  Herring,  Silas  C.,  Water  Street,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

.  Patent  fire-proof  salamander  safes ;  burglar-proof  safes — highly  ornamented  with 
inlaid  work ;  bank  and  safe  locks. 


11.  Patrick,  R.  M.,  192  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Defiance  salamander  safes  (Gayler’s  patent);  original  double-flange  and  fire-pro 
sates  free  from  dampness— provided  with  Geffin’s  “defiance”  lock,  and  cross-bar 
key-hole  protector.  This  lock  is  not  liable  to  get  out  of  order,  and  is  proof  agaii 
burglars;  the  key  weighs  less  than  an  ounce,  and  is  only  required  to  unlock  it*  t 
cross-bar  is  fastened  from  the  inside  of  the  door,  protecting  the  key-hole,  without’ pi 
jectmg  beyond  the  outer  surface  of  the  safe.  1 


12.  Holmes  &  Butler,  122  Water  Street,  NewYork  City.— Proprietors  and  Manufacture 
Improved  phoenix  safes,  lined  with  composition  to  resist  heat.  Powder-proof  p 

204 


21.  Stivers,  Arnold,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

House  and  store-door  locks,  hinges,  and  bolts;  coach-door  and  blind  fastenings; 
silver-plated  bands  and  handles. 

22.  American  Alarm  Lock  Company,  251  Broadway,  New  York  City — Manufacturers. 

Electric  alarm-lock,  invented  by  Charles  Fleisehel. 

[The  principle  on  which  all  locks  depend  is,  the  application  of  a  lever  to  an 
interior  bolt,  by  means  of  a  key  of  some  kind ;  so  that  the  more  impediments  are 
placed  between  the  key  and  the  bolt,  the  more  secure  is  the  lock ;  such  impediments 
were  called  wards,  which  have  been  made  in  great  numbers,  and  of  much  intricacy. 
It  was  soon  found  that  locks  with  fixed  wards  offered  no  protection  against  a  skillful 
burglar,  from  the  facility  with  which  an  impression  could  be  taken  of  them  with  wax, 
for  the  fabrication  of  a  false  key.  Tumblers  were  afterwards  introduced  into  locks ;  a 
tumbler  is  a  kind  of  latch,  which,  by  means  of  a  spring,  detains  the  shot-bolt  in  its 
place  until  a  key  lifts  it,  and  leaves  the  bolt  at  liberty — the  principle  is  the  same, 
whatever  may  be  their  number  or  shape.  The  principle  of  Bramah’s  lock  consists  in  a 
complicated  arrangement  of  slides,  which,  by  falling  into  notches  in  a  shot-bolt,  detain 
it  in  that  position  until  they  are  removed  ;  each  slide  having  a  motion  of  its  own,  and 
each  being  able  to  retain  the  bolt,  the  security  was  thought  to  be  very  great.  Mr. 
Chubb  introduced  what  he  called  a  “  detector ;”  the  improved  Chubb  lock  consists 
of  six  distinct  double-acting  tumblers,  each  of  which  must  be  lifted  to  the  proper 
fixed  position  before  the  slot  of  the  bolt  can  pass.  As  there  is  no  way  of  knowing 
the  precise  lift  of  any  of  these  tumblers,  and  very  little  chance  of  hitting  by  accident 
the  required  lift  of  them  all  combined,  this  lock  was  safer  than  those  with  fewer 
tumblers.  The  “detector”  enables  the  owner  to  detect  any  attempt  to  open  the  lock 
by  a  wrong  key,  for,  if  a  tumbler  is  lifted  out  of  its  proper  place,  the  spring  of  the 
detector  catches  and  holds  it  in  that  position,  which  is  known  by  the  failure  of  action 
of  the  right  key,  a  backward  turn  of  which  is  sufficient  to  release  the  tumbler,  and 
allow  the  passage  of  the  bolt.  The  changes  which  may  be  introduced  in  these 
tumblers  are  very  great,  and  add  still  further  to  the  security  of  the  locks. 

These  English  locks  were  supposed  to  be  secure  against  the  attempts  of  false  keys, 
from  the  impossibility  of  obtaining  any  knowledge  of  the  construction  of  the  lock 
through  the  key-hole ;  in  order  to  secure  them  against  the  maker,  or  any  one  who 
might  have  taken  an  impression  of  the  true  key,  locks  were  constructed  so  that  the 
internal  arrangement  could  be  changed  at  the  pleasure  of  the  owner. 

Locks  were  made  by  Mr.  Andrews,  of  Perth  Amboy,  New  Jersey,  similar  to  those 
of  Mr.  Chubb,  with  a  detector ;  the  tumblers  can  be  arranged  in  any  manner,  and  the 
key  can  be  made  to  suit  them  by  a  series  of  movable  bits  with  which  it  is  made ;  this 
lock  was  in  great  repute,  and  was  supposed  impregnable. 


IRON,  BRASS,  AND  GENERAL  HARD  W  ARK. 


i 


Mr.  Newell  (of  the  firm  of  Newell  &  Day)  improved  upon  this  lock,  by  making 
what  he  called  his  “  permutating”  lock,  which  was  composed  of  a  series  of  first  and 
secondary  tumblers,  the  secondary  being  acted  upon  by  the  first  series — a  clamp-screw 
passed  through  the  secondary  series,  the  head  of  which  rested  in  a  small  round 
key-hole  on  the  back-side  of  the  lock ;  so  that  when  the  large  key  gave  the  form  to 
the  tumblers,  it  was  necessary  to  act  on  the  secondary  series  by  the  small  key, 
retaining  them  at  the  relative  heights  given  to  them  by  the  large  key.  The  objection 
to  this  lock  was,  that  if  the  clamp-screw  was  not  released  every  time  the  lock  was 
unlocked,  the  first  series  of  tumblers  would  be  upheld  by  the  second,  and  permit  an 
exact  impression  of  the  lengths  of  the  several  bits  of  the  key  to  be  obtained  through 
the  key-hole,  while  the  lock  was  unlocked.  He  afterwards  improved  upon  this  lock, 
by  means  of  a  lever  pendent  from  the  bolt,  by  the  tooth  of  which  the  secondary  series 
is  held  in  position,  thus  avoiding  the  necessity  of  a  second  key.  Mr.  Newell  first 
picked  the  lock  of  Mr.  Andrews,  and  then  picked  his  own,  by  a  very  simple 
instrument,  so  that  no  improvement  had  actually  been  made  in  the  safety  of  the  lock 
against  picking ;  an  addition  of  complicated  wards  did  not  remedy  the  difficulty, 
as  what  could  be  reached  by  a  key,  could  be  reached  by  another  instrument.  The 
next  step  was,  to  notch  the  abutting  parts  of  the  first  and  secondary  series  of  tumblers, 
or  of  the  stump-face  and  the  ends  of  the  tumblers ;  this  lock  was  picked,  and  Mr. 
Newell  was  convinced  that  the  only  safe  way  was  to  make  a  lock  so  that  the  obstruc¬ 
tions  to  the  withdrawing  of  the  bolt  could  not  be  ascertained  through  the  key-hole. 
With  this  object  in  view,  he  invented  the  “  parautoptic”  lock,  the  most  novel  feature 
of  which  is,  that  it  changes  itself  to  the  key ;  in  whatever  form  the  movable  bits  are 
arranged,  the  lock  answers  to  it.  If  a  six-tumbler  lock,  it  may  be  changed  7 20  times; 
if  seven  tumblers,  5040;  if  eight,  40,320;  if  nine,  362, 8S0;  if  ten,  8,628,800;  if  twelve, 
479,001,600  times — thus,  by  changing  the  bits  of  the  key,  this  number  of  new  locks 
may  be  obtained.  In  this  lock,  a  third,  or  intermediate  series  of  tumblers  is  introduced, 
throwing  the  whole  security  of  the  lock  into  a  chamber  separated  from  the  key- 
chamber,  by  a  wall  of  metal,  which  is  completely  inaccessible,  being,  in  fact,  another 
lock,  without  a  key-hole.  At  present,  this  lock  defies  all  means  of  opening  by  false 
keys,  or  forcing  by  gunpowder. 

Permutation-locks  have  also  been  made  with  a  series  of  rotating  discs  or  plates, 
unaided  by  springs  or  tumblers,  which  may  be  changed  millions  of  times,  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  owner ;  thus  rendering  useless  any  knowledge  previously  obtained 
of  the  arrangement  of  the  lock,  and  rendering  it  almost  impossible  to  pick  or  force  it.] 

23.  Atlantic  Railway  Works,  Office,  398  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Iron  railing  around  the  equestrian  statue  of  Washington  and  Carew’s  statue  of 

Daniel  Webster.  _ 

24.  Wickersiiam,  J.  B.,  New  York  City— Manufacturer. 

Iron  railing  around  the  galleries  and  staircases  of  the  Crystal  Palace. 

25.  Hooper,  Thacher  &  Co.,  382  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Iron  railing  surrounding  the  statuary  of  Thorwaldsen. 

26.  American  Horse-nail  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Improved  nails  for  horse-shoeing. 

[Nails,  in  this  country,  are  mostly  machine-made;  by  the  nail-cutting  machine, 
they  can  be  made  for  one-third  the  cost  of  wrought  nails,  to  which  they  are  superior, 
unless  it  is  necessary  to  clinch  them,  as  in  horse-shoeing.  After  being  rolled  into 
plates,  the  iron  is  slit  into  rods,  and  flattened  by  a  second  rolling  to  the  thickness 
of  the  future  nail ;  the  machine  cuts  off  at  every  stroke  a  wedge-shaped  piece,  which 
is  instantly  Caught  by  a  pair  of  grips,  while  a  blow  from  a  hammer,  or  strong  pressure, 
spreads  the  metal  so  as  to  form  the  head.  Cut  nails  are  preferred  to  hammered  nails 
by  most  persons,  on  account  of  their  sharp  corners  and  true  taper,  and  the  facility 
with  which  they  may  be  driven  without  the  danger  of  splitting  the  wood,  the  nail 
one  way  being  the  same  breadth  from  head  to  point.] 

27.  Wright,  William,  &  Co.,  Neioark,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturers. 

Railway-car,  carriage,  and  cart  springs. 

28.  Gatebell  &  Gates,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Steel  carriage  and  cart  springs,  of  various  patterns. 

29.  New  England  Butt  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 

Cast-iron  butt-hinges,  gate-hinges,  sad-irons,  foot-scrapers,  and  barn-door  rollers. 

30.  Russell,  Birdsall  &  Ward,  Port  Chester,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Iron  bolts,  of  all  descriptions;  screws  and  rivets;  stove,  range,  and  furnace  rods; 
iron-revolving  Venetian  window-blinds,  fire  and  burglar  proof. 

31.  Evans,  Henry,  102  Warren  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  iron  bolts  and  nuts. 

32.  Union  Butt  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers.  (Agent,  Thomas 

Douglass,  5  Platt  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Samples  of  cast-iron  butt-hinges. 

33.  Soyerel,  Matthias,  Orange,  New  Jersey. — Proprietor. 

Carriage-shaft  safety-bolt,  to  fasten  a  pair  of  shafts  to  a  carriage. 

[This  method  is  safer  than  the  usual  one,  as  there  is  no  nut  to  be  lost,  or  key 

S 


required ;  it  is  more  convenient,  as  no  wrench  is  required  in  changing  from  shaft  to 
pole,  and  vice  versa,  it  being  only  necessary  to  pull  back  the  bolt,  which  is  kept  in 
place  by  a  brass  spiral  spring.] 

- ...  ,  ,  . . - 

33a.  Spratt,  James,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Inventor  and  Patentee. 

Reproducing  points,  for  lightning-rods ;  unoxydating  metallic  alloy-point  for  ditto. 

34.  Cole,  George  H.,  129  Arnos  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  tools  for  cabinet  and  piano-forte  makers,  and  for  sculptors. 

35.  Tollner,  Charles,  521  Bowery,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Case  of  tools  for  piano-forte  makers. 

36.  New  England  Screw  Company,  Providence,  Rhode  Island — Manufacturers. 

Gimlet  and  pattern  screws. 

[Screws  are  made  from  iron  wire;  the  head  is  raised  in  a  die  by  pressure,  flattened 
and  slit  by  a  small  revolving  circular-saw ;  threading  is  effected  by  a  screw  which 
traverses  the  back  of  the  spindle,  and  forces  the  blank  iron  against  small  cutters  which 
groove  out  the  thread;  three  runnings  down  suffice  for  making  an  ordinary-sized 
screw ;  the  shape  of  the  cutters  regulates  the  fineness  of  the  thread.] 

37.  Switzer,  Keyser  &  Co.,  Basil,  Ohio. — Manufacturers  and  Proprietors. 

Patent  self-holding  screw-driver. 

[It  is  easy  of  application,  and  saves  much  time  and  labor ;  it  is  incased  in  a  tube 
in  which  it  revolves,  and  the  screw  requires  no  guidance.] 

38.  Ducreux,  C.,  384  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Screws  for  machinists  and  artisans;  French  and  mechanical  lamps,  of  the  most 
modern  construction  ;  specimens  of  the  works  in  case. 

39.  Hawks,  Loomis  &  Co.,  North  Bennington,  Vermont. — Manufacturers. 

Steel  squares  for  carpenters’  use. 

40.  Loew,  Joseph,  176  Third  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Steel  dies  for  knife  handles  and  breast-pins. 

41.  Reed,  Franklin,  Canton,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  tools  for  shoemakers  and  gardeners. 

42.  Ruggles,  Nourse  &  Mason,  Boston  and  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Proprietors. 

A  variety  of  horticultural  cutting  instruments. 

43.  Bowden,  John,  313  and  315  Stanton  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Ornamental  grate  frames  and  summer  pieces. 

44.  Ross  &  Wilcox,  East  Berlin,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Machines  and  tools  for  tin-workers ;  polished  anvil,  beak  iron,  swage,  planished- 
faced  hammers,  which  are  in  daily  use. 

45.  Boyd  &  Keen,  11  Gold  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

Steel  fire-sets ;  coach  wrenches ;  iron  brace  bit-stocks ;  warranted  grindstones, 
with  iron  caps;  jack-screws  and  other  hardware;  Stebbins’  water-cocks. 

46.  Nelson,  Henry,  107  East  32 d  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Steel  hammers  and  sledges  in  great  variety  and  of  higli  finish ;  horse-shoes. 

47.  Royer  &  Brothers,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Seal  and  stamping  presses. 

48.  Blodgett,  Clark  &  Brown,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

A  variety  of  Bisbee’s  brick,  pointing,  and  plastering  trowels;  Watt’s  levels; 
wrenches.  _ _ _ _ 

49.  Butler,  William,  Little  Falls,  New  York. — Inventor,  Patentee,  and  Manufacturer. 
New  and  improved  vice  for  carpenters  and  machinists. 

50.  Ibbotson,  Henry  J.,  &  Co.,  218  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  great  variety  of  fine  files  and  rasps ;  square,  round,  flat,  triangular,  semicircular, 
rat-tailed,  and  curved. 

[Files  are  of  the  first  importance  to  every  worker  in  metal,  from  the  engine- 
builder  to  the  maker  of  the  most  delicate  watch  movement ;  they  require  great  skill 
in  hardening  to  prevent  their  warping.  Small  files  are  made  of  the  best  cast-steel, 
those  of  larger  size  from  ordinary  steel ;  they  are  cut  by  hand,  no  machine  having  yet 
been  invented  which  can  compare  with  the  human  hand  for  the  delicacy  and  accuracy 
of  the  teeth  it  cuts ;  the  instrument  used  in  making  the  “  cuts”  is  a  straight-edged 
chisel,  acted  upon  by  a  hammer.  Machine-made  files  are  deficient  in  their  “bite.” 
The  different  forms  of  the  file  require  variously  shaped  surfaces  on  which  to  forge 
them.]  _ 

51.  Hotchkiss,  A.  A.,  tk  Sons,  Sharon,  Connecticut.  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  patent  curry-combs,  bow-pins,  hammer-wrenches,  and  snaps. 

52.  Toipson,  C.  B.,  126  Cherry  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Hardware  for  ships  and  steamboats ;  furnishing  tools  and  brass  castings. 

205 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXII. 


S3.  Maydole,  David,  Norwich,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  highly  finished  hammers. 

51.  Wyckoff,  T.  Y.  D.,  152  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

A  miscellaneous  assortment  of  table  and  hardware ;  table  and  pocket  cutlery ; 
table  pressure  bells ;  Prince  Albert  skates ;  bits ;  Chubb’s,  Bramah,  Barron  s  alpha¬ 
betical  and  book  locks. 

55.  Phineas,  Myer,  118  William  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  styles  of  steel  pens,  pen-holders,  and  seals. 

56.  Raymond,  William  M.,  &  Co.,  536  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Fisk’s  Patent  Metallic  Burial  Cases,  covered  with  black  velvet,  with  silver 

mountings. 

[These  eases  being  of  metal  are  imperishable,  impermeable  to  water,  and  air-tight; 
these  advantages  are  sufficient  to  secure  a  general  adoption.] 

57.  Webb,  William,  Allen  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Candle  moulds  in  composition  metal. 

58.  Cragin,  G.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Agent  for  Oneida  Community. 

Steel  rat-traps. 

58a.  Gould,  Jason,  Albany,  New  York. — Inventor  and  Proprietor. 

Gravitating  trap. 

58b.  Connelly,  Edward,  Indianapolis,  Indiana. — Inventor. 

Rat-trap  and  gravitating  bolt  sash-lock. 

59.  Beaman,  William  F.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Hydrostatic  portable  furnace-table  for  glass-workers,  opticians,  and  other  machin¬ 
ists  ;  bellows  of  all  descriptions,  for  artisans,  manufacturing  dentists,  housekeepers,  die. 


CO.  McCready,  H.  R.,  15  John  Street,  Neio  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Steel  piano  wire,  gilded ;  preventing  rust. 


Cl.  Steele  dr  Johnson  Manufacturing  Company,  Waterbury,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  metal,  gilt,  and  fancy  buttons,  in  great  variety. 

[Metal  buttons  are  made  of  flat  circular  discs  cut  out  of  rolled  metal ;  the  eyes, 
made  of  wire  bent  by  machinery,  are  attached  by  soldering ;  the  designs  are  raised  on 
them  by  means  of  a  steel  die,  sunk  in  intaglio,  into  which  the  metal  is  forced  by  a 
reverse  stamp.  Common  four-holed  brace-buttons  are  cut  out  and  pierced  by  means 
of  the  press.  In  the  old  process  of  gilding,  the  gold  is  reduced  to  an  amalgam  by 
means  of  mercury,  which  readily  unites  with  the  gold ;  the  buttons  are  placed  in  a  pan 
with  some  of  the  amalgam,  and  sufficient  nitric  acid  sprinkled  upon  them  to  remove 
any  extra  oxydation ;  the  acid,  and  lastly  the  amalgam,  is  diffused  over  the  metal  to  be 
gilt,  and  the  fumes  of  the  mercury  are  evaporated  by  heat.] 

62.  Cook,  Edward,  127  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City. — Agent  for  American  Pin  Com¬ 
pany,  Waterbury,  Connecticut,  and  Howe  Manufacturing  Company,  Birmingham, 
Connecticut. 

Specimens  of  pins,  hooks,  and  eyes. 

[Pins  are  made  of  brass  wire,  reduced  by  the  usual  process  of  wire-drawing ;  the 
wire  is  straightened  by  being  drawn  through  a  number  of  studs  on  the  straightening 
bench;  it  is  then  cut  into  lengths  sufficient  to  make  two  pins,  thirty  or  forty  of  the 
lengths  being  taken  up  at  once  and  pointed  by  small  revolving  steel  wheels;  the  head¬ 
ing  is  performed,  very  much  as  mentioned  in  nail-making,  by  a  horizontal  hammer  or 
by  machine  pressure ;  whitening  is  performed  by  boiling  in  a  solution  of  cream  of 
tartar  and  tin.  Pins  are  now  made  with  solid  heads. 

The  Howe  Manufacturing  Company,  at  Birmingham,  Connecticut,  was  established 
in  1835,  by  Mr.  John  J.  Howe.  The  pins  are  “solid-headed,”  consisting  of  a  single 
piece  of  metal,  as  distinguished  from  the  “spun-head”  pins,  in  which  the  head  is 
formed  from  a  separate  coil  of  wire,  fastened  on  the  shank  by  pressure  between  dies. 

The  “needle-pointed”  pins  are  of  unexceptionable  quality;  their  sizes  are  dis¬ 
tinguished  by  the  marks,  S.  C. ;  F.  3^;  B.  B.  &  S.  W.  The  more  common  pins  are 
numbered  in  sizes  from  one  to  eight,  number  one  being  the  largest,  the  smallest  being 
used  for  putting  up  ribbons  and  other  small  wares. 

Besides  pins  for  common  purposes,  the  Company  manufacture  pins  with  flattened 
ends  instead  of  heads,  which  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  muslins  aud  similar 
fabrics ;  also  short  stout  pins,  used  in  blocking  and  preparing  straw  bonnets ;  these 
have  become  a  regular  article  of  trade.  They  were  the  first  manufacturers  of  the 
solid-headed  pins  in  this  country,  in  the  year  1838,  prior  to  which  time  they  were 
hardly  known  here,  and  not  in  common  use  in  England. 

In  their  establishment  machinery  has  been  substituted  for  the  manual  operations 
of  the  old  process ;  by  this  the  wire  is  drawn  in,  cut,  formed  into  a  finished  pin,  and 
discharged  into  a  receiver,  without  the  aid  of  the  hand. 

In  the  old  spun-head  pin  there  was  always  a  great  waste  and  inconvenience, 
arising  from  the  slipping  down  of  the  head  on  the  shank,  on  the  pressure  necessary  to 
force  it  into  an  article  of  clothing;  the  “ Bolid-headed”  pin  is  free  from  this  loss  and  in- 
j  convenience,  reduces  the  relative  amount  of  pins  used,  and  also  can  be  furnished, 
weight  for  weight,  twenty-five  or  thirty-three  per  cent,  cheaper  than  the  old  pins, 
prior  to  its  introduction.  There  is  also  an  important  reduction  in  the  quantity  of 


metal  consumed  in  the  manufacture  of  the  “solid-headed”  pin.  When  it  is  considered 
that  from  eight  to  ten  tons  of  copper  and  zinc  are  consumed  weekly  in  the  United 
States  in  the  manufacture  of  pins,  none  of  which  ever  gets  into  the  melting-pot  again, 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  total  waste  of  these  metals  throughout  the  world  is  very  great, 
and  that  any  improvement  by  which  one  quarter  of  this  waste  can  be  saved  in  this 
small  article  is  of  importance.] 

63.  Cabble,  William,  63  Elizabeth  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  composition  wire  for  weaving  wire-cloth,  for  Fourdrinier  Paper- 
Machines,  and  for  the  manufacture  of  musical  instruments. 

[In  making  wire,  iron  rods  are  drawn  through  steel  draw-plates,  with  holes  drilled 
in  them  of  different  degrees  of  fineness;  such  is  the  perfection  of  the  machinery,  that 
two  minutes  suffice  to  convert  the  rod  into  a  fine  wire.  The  art  of  wire-drawing  of  the 
finest  sizes  seems  to  have  been  first  effected  at  Nuremberg  in  1570,  and  very  fine 
specimens  are  exhibited  in  the  German  department  of  the  Exhibition ;  gold  and  silver 
wires  were  first  made  there  in  1592,  by  Hagelsheimer,  who  probably  brought  the  art 
from  Italy.  The  finest  wires  are  still  made  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  often  of  sizes 
nearly  as  small  as  human  hair.] 

61.  New  England  Buckle  Company,  Waterbury,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  buckles  for  vests,  pantaloons,  and  hats. 

65.  Torrey,  James  D.,  82  John  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Wire  frames,  or  figures,  for  displaying  garments,  hats,  caps,  die. ;  wire  bird-cages, 
baskets,  and  tables. 

66.  Schmidt,  C.  &  G.  F.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Ornamental  clock-case  of  metallic  composition,  cast  entire. 

67.  Hunter,  N.  D.,  398  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Patent  self-heating  smoothing  and  tailors’  irons. 

68.  Skinner,  Salmon,  38  Fulton  Street,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Self-heating  flat-iron. 

69.  Brown,  J.  W.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

Self-heating  rotary  smoothing-iron. 

70.  McCuLLouGn  it  Co.,  Wilmington,  Delaware. — Manufacturers. 

American  galvanized  sheet-iron,  for  roofing  and  other  purposes  ;  miniature  model- 
roof  in  galvanized  iron. 

71.  Benedict  it  Burnham,  48  Dey  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Sheet  and  rolled  brass,  and  German-silver;  brass,  copper,  and  German-silver  ware. 

72.  WniTLOCK,  JonN  H.,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cast  and  turned  white  Britannia  metal  ware. 

73.  Gould,  Mitchell,  Platt  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  brass  and  silver  plated  stair-rods. 

71.  Leroy,  Thomas  0.,  &  Co.,  263  Water  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  block-tin  pipes  for  conveying  water. 

[The  great  objection  to  lead  pipes  for  the  conveyance  of  water  is,  that  they 
may,  and  often  do,  impart  a  poisonous  property  to  it,  which  has  produced  serious 
results  in  many  cases.  From  the  cheapness  and  ductility  of  lead,  and  fancied  purity 
in  their  water,  large  cities  continue  to  employ  these  pipes  to  conduct  the  water  from 
the  iron  mains  to  the  interior  of  houses,  notwithstanding  the  objection  to  their  use, 
founded  on  the  highest  scientific  authority  and  on  actual  experience.  These  block-tin 
pipes  are  believed  to  be  the  first  successful  attempts  at  making  them  by  hydraulic 
pressure  in  continuous  lengths,  and  at  a  moderate  cost ;  they  are  stronger,  lighter, 
more  readily  worked,  and  less  liable  to  injury  from  bruises  than  lead  pipes,  besides 
imparting  no  deleterious  quality  to  the  water.] 

75.  Gilbert,  JosErn  G.,  216  Pearl  Street,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Castings  of  busts  and  statuettes  in  bronze  and  zinc. 

76.  New  Jersey  Bronze  and  Plating  Works. — Manufacturer. 

Gilded  metal  cornices  for  windows ;  curtain-bands. 

[These  ornaments  are  made  from  thin  sheets  of  metal,  by  stamping  with  a  “  die” 
and  “  reverse.”  The  die  is  made  of  steel  or  cast-iron,  and  is  fixed  by  screws  to  the 
stamp ;  the  reverse,  having  the  design  in  relief,  is  attached  to  a  descending  hammer> 
which  forces  the  thin  metal  into  the  die ;  when  several  blows  are  necessary,  the  metal 
is  annealed  between  each  blow.] 

'77.  Bartholf,  T.  Waldron,  33  Gold  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  brass  cocks,  faucets,  and  other  articles  used  by  plumbers  and  gas- 
fitters. 

78.  Hiler,  Selah,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Stair-rods  and  copper  rivets. 

79.  Matthews,  John,  Corner  of  1st  Avenue  and  26 th  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Silver-plated  soda-water  drawing  and  bottling  apparatus. 


IRON,  BRASS,  AND  GENERAL  HARDWARE. 


80.  Goldsmith,  Jr.,  H.,  333  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  inodorous  portable  water-closet. 

80a.  Carr,  William  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Self-acting  pan  water-closet 

81.  Dardonville,  H.,  445  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Importer. 
Gas-chandeliers;  brackets,  in  new  and  rich  styles;  candelabra;  ships’ suspension- 

lamps  ;  carcel-lamps ;  mechanical-moderator  lamps. 


82.  Seidhoff,  Dr.  Charles,  Hudson,  New  York. — Inventor. 
Atmospheric-pressure  lamp,  with  adjusting  level. 


83.  Dietz,  Brother  <fc  Co.,  134  William  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Chandeliers  for  gas  and  oil ;  brackets  and  bracket-lamps ;  hall-lanterns ;  mantel 

ornaments,  in  gilt,  bronze,  and  enamel. 

84.  Beers,  Nathan  T.,  45  Fulton  Street,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Wrought-iron  gas-lanterns  for  the  street 

85.  Cornelius,  Baker  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 
Ornamental  gas-chandeliers,  brackets,  pendants,  and  fixtures  of  every  style ;  patent 

lamps ;  mantel  ornaments. 

[Till  the  year  1830,  the  whole  trade  in  chandeliers  was  in  the  hands  of  foreign 
importers ;  now  the  market  is  supplied  with  home  manufactures,  of  which  the  exhibitor 
is  one  of  the  largest  producers.  The  ornamentation  of  these  specimens  of  the  art  are 
in  good  taste,  and  admirably  executed ;  figures  of  some  of  them  are  given  on  pages 
157  and  158  of  the  “Illustrated  Record.”] 


86.  Walker,  Alexander  J.,  417  Washington  Street,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and 

Manufacturer. 

Patent  safety-fluid  lamps,  in  metal  and  glass. 

[These  lamps  are  intended  for  burning  any  of  the  explosive  fluids  used  for  light, 
with  safety.  One  great  cause  of  explosion,  viz.,  filling  the  lamps  while  burning,  is  here 
removed,  as  the  act  of  unscrewing  the  top  extinguishes  the  flame.  The  gas  which 
forms  in  the  lamp  escapes  through  a  vent  provided  for  the  purpose.  They  are  not 
liable  to  leak  at  the  top,  or  to  overflow ;  the  flame  can  be  reduced  to  any  desired  size- 
Each  tube  is  double,  the  inner  one  being  attached  to  a  spring,  by  which  it  moves 
within  the  fixed  outer  tube.] 

87.  Newell,  John,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  safety-lamps  and  cans. 

[Burning-fluid  and  camphene,  as  they  are  commonly  called,  consist  of  distilled 
spirits  of  turpentine,  mixed  with  alcohol  in  various  proportions.  In  preparing 
burning  fluids,  other  hydrocarbons  are  used,  as  wood-tar  spirit,  native  naphtha, 
naphtha  obtained  from  bituminous  substances,  and  coal-tar  naphtha,  purified,  and 
mixed  with  different  proportions  of  alcohol.  As  the  vapor  of  camphene  is  highly 
explosive,  dangerous  and  fatal  accidents  are  frequently  occurring,  from  the  carelessness 
of  those  who  will  continue  to  use  it,  preferring  the  risk  of  accident  to  the  many 
disagreeable  properties  of  oil.  To  such  people  as  have  not  sense  enough  to  refrain 
from  filling  their  lamps  while  burning,  the  invention  of  Mr.  Walker  will  prove  an 
efficacious  remedy  against  explosion  from  this  cause.  The  safety  of  Mr.  Newell’s  lamp 
depends  on  the  principle  adopted  in  the  Davy  safety-lamp,  namely,  the  fact  that  wire 
gauze  will  arrest  the  progress  of  flame,  and  prevent  an  explosion  of  gas  external  to  it, 
by  reducing  the  temperature  of  the  flame ;  both  the  tube  containing  the  wick,  and  the 
tube  into  which  this  slides  in  the  lamp,  are  made  of  fine  silver-plated  wire  gauze,  so 
that  it  is  impossible  for  flame  to  communicate  with  the  fluid  in  the  body  of  the  lamp 
as  long  as  this  gauze  is  unbroken.  There  is  also  a  provision  for  the  escape  of  the 
vapor.  The  cans  are  also  protected  by  a  similar  gauze  in  the  nose  and  at  the  mouth. 
By  combining  the  spring-tube  of  Mr.  Walker  with  the  gauze  protectors  of  Mr.  Newell, 
it  would  seem  that  a  zinc  lamp  for  burning  camphene  and  similar  fluids,  as  made  by 
Mr.  Newell,  would  be  quite  as  safe  as  any  other  lamp.] 

88.  Johnson,  Job,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  patterns  of  fish-hooks;  patent  shank  fish-hooks;  hooks  for 
sharks,  halibut,  salmon,  cod,  <fcc.,  <fec. ;  American  snap-hooks. 

[Fish-hooks  are  made  with  very  simple  tools;  straight  wire  of  the  proper  length 
is  flattened  at  one  end,  and  the  barb  is  formed  by  a  simple  blow  with  a  chisel ;  the 
point  is  then  sharpened,  and  the  proper  curve  and  twist  given  to  the  hook ;  the  soft 
iron  is  then  case-hardened,  to  give  it  the  stiffness  and  elasticity  of  steel,  by  immersion 
in  hot  animal  charcoal;  the  hooks  are  then  brightened  by  friction  and  tempered.] 

89.  Cresson,  William  P.,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.—  Manufacturers. 

Various  tinned,  turned,  and  enameled  culinary  and  household  articles. 

90.  Blanchard,  George  T.,  &  Co.,  Concord,  New  Hampshire.  Manufacturers. 

Patent  clasp-broom,  with  metallic  adjusting-clasp. 

91.  Chevrier,  L.,  Trenton,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturer. 

Galvanized  and  tinned  iron  ware. 

92.  IIodgf.tts,  Tavlor  <fc  Hodgetts,  158  William  Street,  New  York  City.  Manufacturers. 
Planished  tin  ware ;  zinc  ware  and  japanned  iron  ware ;  water-cooler. 


93.  Rockwell,  John  W.,  Ridgefield,  Connecticut. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  save-all  candlesticks  ;  patent  newspaper-files ;  invoice  or  letter  files ;  patent 
bedclothes  clasp,  attached  to  a  small  bedstead  to  show  its  operation. 


94.  Arnold,  Francis,  Middle  Haddam,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Combined  lantern  and  foot-stove.  A  convenient  article  for  the  sick-room,  for 
simple  culinary  purposes,  for  warming  the  feet  in  church,  on  sleigh-rides,  (fee. ;  very 
simple  and  portable,  and  an  excellent  piece  of  furniture  for  a  bachelor. 


95.  Stachlen,  William,  Williamsburgh,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Umbrella  and  parasol  stands. 


96.  Windle  <fc  Co.,  56  Maiden  Lane,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Housekeeping  articles  of  various  kinds;  planished  tin  ware ;  bathing  apparatus; 
tea  and  coffee  urns ;  dish-covers. 


97.  Smith,  S.  W.,  <fe  Brother,  50  Maiden  Lane,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and 

Importers. 

Housekeepers’  articles  of  all  descriptions ;  japanned  ware ;  block-tin  ware,  and 
wooden  ware.  Table  cutlery  and  other  articles;  Britannia  and  plated  ware;  knife- 
cleaner.  Kitchen  furniture ;  upright  mangles,  for  family  use ;  wire  dish-covers ; 
chamber  and  nursery  articles;  roasting-jacks  and  Dutch  ovens;  refrigerators  and 
ice-cream  freezers ;  water-coolers  ;  bathing  apparatus  ;  bronzed  iron  hat-stands,  <fce. 


97a.  Chapman,  Jr.,  Samuel,  New  York  City. — Agent  and  Manufacturer. 

Aumock’s  Patent  Cylindrical  Knife  Polisher. 

[The  rotary  knife-cleaning  apparatus  deserves  a  place  among  the  labor-saving 
machines  of  the  family.  It  consists  of  a  series  of  brushes,  or  leather  pads,  which  are 
made  to  revolve  vertically ;  the  knives  are  arranged  in  slits  on  the  circumference 
of  the  case,  and  are  subjected  on  each  side  to  the  revolving  brushes.  With  the  aid  of 
a  polishing  material,  this  machine  will  perform  in  a  few  minutes  the  labor  of  hours.] 

97b.  Perry,  Moses,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Knife-polisher ;  bread-slicing  machine. 


97c.  Duncan  <fe  West,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Two  mangles. 


98.  Keen  <&  Hagerty,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  japanned  toilet  ware,  and  water-coolers. 


99.  Pattison  <fe  Marshall,  407  and  409  Cherry  Street,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Enameled  iron  hollow  ware;  hoppers,  sinks,  and  basins,  for  water-closets;  stair- 
rods. 


100.  Berrian,  J.  &  C.,  601  Broadway,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
House-furnishing  articles  of  japanned  and  plated  ware. 

101.  Austin,  A.  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Improved  ice-cream  churns. 


102.  Perkins,  G.  H.,  Portland,  Maine. — Manufacturer. 

Upright  refrigerators. 

103.  Cortlan  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  Maryland — Manufacturers. 

Improved  refrigerator  and  water-cooler. 

[In  making  refrigerators,  the  object  is  to  form  an  envelope,  or  series  of  envelopes, 
which  shall  be  such  poor  conductors  of  heat,  that  the  contained  heat  may  not  be 
affected  by  the  temperature  of  the  external  air.  Cases  of  air  form  good  common 
walls  for  refrigerators,  as  air  is  a  very  poor  conductor  of  heat ;  the  forms  are  varied, 
and  many  are  quite  ornamental,  but  in  all  the  principle  is  the  same,  viz.,  to  surround 
the  safe  containing  the  ice  with  a  poor  conductor  of  heat.] 

104.  Jones  <fe  Hitchcock,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

A  chime  of  bells. 


105.  Meneelet,  A.,  <fe  Sons,  West  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

A  peal  of  church-bells ;  specimens  of  hotel,  factory,  school-house,  ship,  and 
steamboat  bells. 

[Bell-metal  is  composed  of  copper  and  tin,  in  the  proportion  of  four  of  the 
former  to  one  of  the  latter;  small  bells  are  cast  in  sand,  large  bells  in  loam.  The 
above  metal  is  very  sonorous,  and  easily  broken ;  the  Indian  gong,  so  famous  for  the 
richness  of  its  tones,  is  made  of  copper  and  tin  in  the  above  proportions.  The 
proportion  of  tin  varies  from  one-third  to  one-fifth  of  the  weight  of  copper,  according 
to  the  size  of  the  bell  and  the  desired  sound ;  small  shrill  bells  generally  contain  a 
little  zinc ;  lead  and  iron  are  sometimes  added  to  large  bells ;  house-bells  are  made 
of  common  bell-metal.  The  large  chureli-bell  was  invented  by  Paulinus,  Bishop  of 
Nola,  about  the  year  400 ;  they  are  first  spoken  of  in  England  by  Bede,  near  the  end 
of  the  7th  century.  Nankin,  in  China,  was  anciently  famous  for  its  large  bells;  but 
these  were  afterwards  far  exceeded  in  size  by  the  bells  of  Moscow — a  bell  in  St.  Ivan’s 
Church  in  Moscow  weighed  over  57  tons ;  a  bell  given  to  the  cathedral  weighed 
over  128  tons ;  and  another,  given  by  the  Empress  Anne,  probably  the  largest  in 
the  world,  weighed  over  192  tons,  the  height  being  nineteen  feet,  the  circumference  at 
the  bottom  sixty-four  feet,  and  the  greatest  thickness  twenty-three  inches.  The  great 

207 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXII. 


bell  of  St.  Paul’s,  London,  weighs  12,000  pounds,  and  is  nine  feet  in  diameter;  the 
largest  bell  in  England  is  “Great  Tom,”  of  Christ  Church,  Oxford,  weighing  17,000 
pounds.]  _ _ 

106.  Clampett  &  Regester,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

A  church-bell.  _ 

107.  Buell  &  Veazy,  Chatham,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Strapped  sleigh-bells. 

10$.  Barton,  Jason,  Middle  Haddam,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

New  sleigh-bells,  round,  and  semicircular. 


lead ;  the  plumbic  zinc  does  not  require  to  be  made  more  than  one-fourth  as  thick  as 
sheet-lead,  and  is  therefore  desirable  in  an  economical  point  of  view.] 

126.  Smith,  "William,  <fc  Co.,  near  Birmingham. — Manufacturers. 

Improved  steel  wire  for  musical  instruments. 

127.  Sellers,  John,  Sheffield. — Manufacturer. 

Fine  machine-ruled  steel  plates  for  engravers,  with  impressions  from  the  same. 

128.  Hopper,  George,  Durham,  Birmingham. — Manufacturer. 

Iron  rods,  axles,  and  pins. 


GEE  AT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

109#  Lowmoor  Iron  Company,  Yorkshire.  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  iron  in  all  the  stages  of  its  manufacture.  Samples  of  the  coal  and 
coke  used  in  the  furnaces  ;  dross-the  black  iron-stone,  containing  28  per  cent,  of  iron ; 
this  lies  immediately  above  the  bed-coal,  in  six  distinct  strata,  forming  a  bed  five  feet 
in  thickness ;  the  whole  imbedded  in  shale.  Specimens  of  pig  and  puddled  iron ;  of 
iron  of  great  thickness,  bent  cold.  Boiler-plate,  19  feet  2  inches  long,  4  feet  3  inches 
wide,  and  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick,  weighing  2700  pounds.  Car-wheel  and 
locomotive-tire ;  car-axle. 


110.  Jessop,  William,  &  Sons,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  cast-steel ;  cast-steel  saw-plates,  one  for  a  circular  saw  6  feet  8 
inches  in  diameter. _ _ 

111.  Russell,  JonN,  &  Co.,  69  Upper  Thames  Street,  London.— Manufacturers. 

Patent  iron  tubes  and  fittings. 

112.  Williams,  Walter,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  wrought-iron. 

113.  Russell,  James,  <fc  Sons,  Wednesbury,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Lap-welded  boiler-tubes ;  elbows  and  fittings. 

114.  Jewttt  <fe  Battie,  Saville  Works,  Sheffield — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  shear  and  cast  steel,  for  engineers  and  machinists ;  cast-steel  files. 


115.  Lloyd,  George  B.,  Jr.,  Birmingham. — Manufacturer. 

Lap-welded  iron  tubes,  for  steam-boilers  and  hydraulic  presses. 

116.  Bolckow  &  Vaugiian,  Middlebro' -on-Tees,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  iron  ores  and  iron ;  varieties  of  iron  rails. 

1 17.  Sterling,  John  D.  M.,  Larches  Camphill,  near  Birmingham. — Patentee. 

Improved  wrought  and  cast  iron,  and  iron  alloys. 

11$.  Brown,  John,  Atlas  Steel  Works,  Sheffield— Patentee  and  Manufacturer.  (Agent, 
John  S.  Webb,  15  Gold  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Springs  for  rail-cars ;  files  and  rasps  for  machinists.  Patent  conical  railway 
buffer-springs,  with  fittings  for  locomotive  engines,  and  for  various  styles  of  railway 
carriages ;  conical  buffer-spring  on  a  block,  with  model  buffers  attached  to  show  the 
principles  of  its  operation. 

119.  Wright,  Peter,  Dudley,  Warwickshire. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  solid  box-vice ;  patent  stamped  anvil. 

120.  Baker,  William,  14  Allen  Street,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Awls,  bodkins,  and  brads,  of  various  descriptions. 

121.  Turton,  Thomas,  &  Sons,  Sheaf  Works,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 

Files  and  rasps  of  all  descriptions ;  bar  iron. 


122.  Hargreaves,  William,  &  Co.,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 
Files  and  rasps  of  all  descriptions. 


123.  Marriott  &  Atkinson,  Fitzalan  Works,  Sheffield — Manufacturers. 

Files  and  rasps,  in  various  stages  of  manufacture  ;  model  for  locomotive-engines ; 
car-springs ;  dray  and  wagon  springs ;  plate  of  burnished  cast-steel,  having  on  it  a 
view  of  the  Fitzalan  Works. 


121.  Chance,  William,  Son,  &.  Co.,  Birmingham. — Proprietors. 

Various  sizes  of  coil  and  stud  ships’  chains;  wrought-iron  stud-chain,  as  adopted 
by  the  Submarine  Committee  at  Liverpool ;  fence-chains. 


125.  Morewood  &  Rogers,  Upper  Thames  Street,  London. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Galvanized  tinned  iron  for  gutters,  pipes,  telegraph-wire,  Ac. ;  model  of  buildings 
covered  with  this  for  roof  and  sides ;  plumbic  zinc  for  roofs. 

[The  plumbic  zinc  consists  of  distinct  layers  of  lead  and  zinc,  united  in  the 
process  of  manufacture,  one  side  being  pure  zinc,  the  other  pure  lead.  The  lead  side, 
being  placed  outward  for  roofing,  protects  the  zinc  from  the  atmospheric  influences 
which  would  otherwise  cause  its  speedy  decay,  while  the  zinc  stiffens  and  supports  the 

208 


129.  Simmox,  Pemberton  &  Sons,  Birmingham. — Manufacturers. 

General  cabinet  brass-foundry,  comprising  cornices,  curtain-bands,  hinges,  fasten¬ 
ings,  escutcheons,  bell-pulls,  door-springs,  knockers,  castors,  Ac.,  ornamented  with 
porcelain. 

130.  Hill,  Brothers  &  Co.,  Walsall. — Manufacturers. 

Plated  belts,  stirrups,  spurs,  and  bits. 


131.  Marlow,  James,  Walsall. — Manufacturer. 
Saddlery  hardware,  bits,  and  stirrups. 


132.  Hardy,  TnoMAS,  Sheffield. — Manufacturer. 

Crochet-needles,  button-hooks,  tweezers,  nail-files,  corkscrews,  boot-hooks,  stilet¬ 
toes,  and  other  small  steel  articles. 


133.  Kirby,  Beard  &  Co.,  Cannon  Street,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Entomological,  toilet,  shawl,  blanket,  mourning,  lace,  and  hairpins;  bodkins; 
harness,  glovers’,  fur,  tambour  and  chenille,  darning,  bookbinders’,  straw,  surgeons’, 
Bail,  packing,  and  netting  needles  ;  crochet-hooks ;  hooks  and  eyes ;  a  variety  of  fish¬ 
hooks  of  different  sizes. 


134.  Shrimpton  &  Hooper,  12  King  Square,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Needles,  in  the  various  stages  of  manufacture ;  needle-eyes,  punched  in  human 

hair. 

135.  Rimmer,  John,  &  Son,  Alcester. — Manufacturers. 

Drilled-eyed  needles  of  all  descriptions  ;  fish-hooks. 


136.  Milward,  Henry,  &  Sons,  Redditch,  England — Manufacturers. 

A  great  variety  of  needles ;  specimens  of  the  “  gold  inlaid  oval-eyed”  needles ; 
ornamental  devices,  made  of  needles  and  fish-hooks  attached  to  scarlet  cloth.  Fish¬ 
hooks,  and  fishing  tackle. 

[Needles  are  made  from  the  best  steel  wire ;  after  being  cut  of  the  proper 
lengths,  by  shears  which  will  cut  400,000  in  ten  hours  (each  length  being  made  into 
two  needles),  they  are  straightened  by  being  passed  under  a  heavy  iron  plate ;  they 
are  then  pointed  by  grinding  on  a  rapidly  revolving  grindstone ;  they  must  be  ground 
dry,  in  order  to  prevent  rusting,  causing  the  air  to  be  filled  with  a  silicious  and  steel 
dust,  which  formerly  was  very  injurious  to  the  lungs  and  eyes  of  the  workmen ;  the 
evil  effects  are  now  prevented  by  a  powerful  fan.  They  are  then  cut  in  two,  the 
heads  flattened,  and  the  eyes  pierced  by  children  or  by  machinery ;  -after  the  eye  has 
been  smoothed,  they  are  tempered  on  steel  plates,  and  are  plunged  suddenly  into  cold 
water,  which  makes  them  very  hard  and  brittle.  The  needles  are  then  polished  by 
long  friction  with  quartzose  sand  and  some  oily  substance,  scoured  by  sawdust,  win¬ 
nowed,  and  sorted. 

The  manufactory  of  Messrs.  Henry  Milward  &  Sons  was  established  in  1730; 
about  forty  years  ago  machinery  was  introduced  into  the  manufacture,  so  that  where 
formerly  only  160  could  be  made  in  an  hour,  now  about  7000  can  be  finished  in  the 
same  time ;  six  millions  of  needles  are  produced  weekly  in  their  establishment.  One 
“pointer”  will  make  the  points  of  needles  at  the  rate  of  12,000  in  an  hour;  in  their 
mills  at  "Washford  they  employ  twelve  pointers.  The  needles  of  English  manufacture 
are  decidedly  superior  to  those  of  any  other  country,  and  are  extensively  used  in 
every  civilized  part  of  the  globe.] 

137.  Clark,  Thomas  and  Charles,  &  Co.,  Wolverhampton,  England — Manufacturers. 

Enameled  cast-iron  hollow  ware ;  cast  butt  hinges. 


138.  Parker  &  Thompson,  Sheffield. — Manufacturers. 
Gutta-percha  topped  skates  ;  joiners’  tools. 


139.  Hill,  Joseph,  Birmingham. — Manufacturer. 

Stamped  ornaments  for  lamps  and  chandeliers;  six-light  chandelier,  body  and 
arms ;  lamps. 


140.  Cox,  JosEPn  and  John,  Wolverhampton  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Bronze  figures,  gas-chandeliers,  candelabra,  &c. 


141.  Hoole,  Roblon,  <1-  IIoole,  Green  Lane  Works,  Sheffield — Manufacturers. 
Drawing-room,  dining-room,  and  other  register  grates ;  fender  and  fire-irons. 

142.  Wakefield,  Francis,  Mansfield,  Nottinghamshire. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Great  Western  prize-medal  cooking  apparatus,  and  a  gas-cooking  stove. 

[The  advantages  of  -cooking  by  gas  are  so  great,  that  the  old  prejudices  against 


IRON,  BRASS,  AND  GENERAL  HARDWARE. 


its  use  are  fast  disappearing.  Common  coal-gas  is  a  carburetted  hydrogen,  or 
hydrogen  saturated  with  carbon  vapor;  if  a  sufficient  supply  of  atmospheric  air  is 
secured,  the  combustion  takes  place  without  any  smoke,  though  it  is  easy  and  always 
proper  to  remove  carbonic  acid  in  the  gas-cooking  stoves.  Heating  by  gas  is  very 
economical,  as  the  heat  is  obtained  at  once,  and  the  gas  turned  off  when  not  wanted. 
Forty-five  gallons  of  water  may  be  heated  to  90°  Fahrenheit  in  six  minutes,  by  thirty 
cubic  feet  of  gas,  for  less  than  twopence  in  England ;  the  cheapness  of  gas,  the  great 
waste  of  fuel  in  any  possible  apparatus  for  burning  coal,  and  the  necessity  of  keeping 
a  coal-fire  when  it  is  not  wanted  for  cooking,  render  gas-cooking,  at  least  for  the 
summer  months,  a  great  improvement  in  an  economical  point  of  view;  for  extempora¬ 
neous  use,  gas  must  always  be  cheaper  than  coal.  A  coil  of  iron  tubing,  disposed  so 
as  to  present  a  great  surface  to  the  heat  of  gas,  may  be  economically  heated,  so  that  a 
stream  of  water  entering  at  one  end  cold  will  flow  out  at  the  other  of  any  required 
temperature,  according  to  the  velocity  of  the  current  and  the  amount  of  gas  consumed : 
this  must  be  of  great  advantage  in  hospitals  and  public  institutions;  the  heating  power 
of  gas  has  been  ascertained  to  be  three  times  that  of  Newcastle  coal,  in  boiling  off  an 
amount  of  water;  and  even  one-third  of  the  gas-heat  passes  off  unabsorbed  by  the 
boiler,  which  might  be  saved  by  improved  apparatus.  The  use  of  gas  in  cooking  is 
cleanly,  as  there  is  no  dust  or  ashes;  safe,  as  there  are  no  sparks  or  soot  to  render 
chimneys  unsafe,  or  set  fire  to  the  clothes  of  careless  persons  and  children.  Gas-cooking 
has  now  been  sufficiently  tried  in  England,  especially  by  M.  Soyer,  in  bis  large  estab¬ 
lishments,  to  prove  not  only  its  economy,  cleanliness,  and  convenience,  but  its  powers 
of  remarkably  retaining  the  juices  and  flavor  of  meats  prepared  by  it.] 

a 

113.  Bradsiiaw  &  Lansom,  Mansfield. — Manufacturers. 

Cooking-stove  and  apparatus  for  emigrants. 


111.  Remington,  Miss  Annie,  Chelsea,  London. — Inventor. 

Patent  roasting  apparatus,  with  self-acting  baster,  and  heat  reflectors ;  the  heat 
is  reflected  downward,  as  well  as  in  other  directions. 


145.  Schoolbred,  Loveridge  &  Schoolbred,  Wolverhampton. — Manufacturers. 

Japanned  tea-trays,  waiters,  baths,  tin  ware,  household  articles,  and  kitchen  ware. 

146.  Roberts,  JonN,  Kent,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Domestic  utensils  ;  enameled  and  tinned  cooking  apparatus. 

147.  Thornton,  James,  &  Son,  Birmingham. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  lamps,  japanned  box,  and  kitchen  utensils. 

BRITISH  COLONIES— CANADA. 

148.  Howard,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  improved  horse-shoes,  for  hunting,  carriage,  and  saddle  horses; 
concave  shoes.  _ _ 

149.  McLean,  Thomas  H.,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  improved  horse-shoes. 

[The  patent  concave  shoes  prevent  balling  in  snow  and  slipping  on  ice  ;  they  are 
well  adapted  for  trotting-matches.  The  inner  part  of  the  shoe  is  slightly  elastic, 
allowing  for  the  play  of  the  frog.] 

150.  Piper,  Hiram,  Toronto,  Canada  West. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

An  improved  hip-bath  ;  shower-bath  ;  easy-chair  and  commode. 

151.  Macklf.ur,  Oliver  T.,  Chippewa,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

A  Victoria  drawing-room  stove ;  a  gothic  air-tight  parlor  stove,  and  a  gothic 
open-front  stove.  _ _ _ _ 

|52,  Rutland,  Sheriff,  Coburg ,  Canada  West. — Inventor. 

A  patent  ventilating  ornamental  stove. 

153.  Griffin,  J.  K.,  Burford,  Canada  West. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

The  “  kitchen-queen”  cooking-stove  (patented  in  Canada). 

[This  is  an  air-tight  double-draft  stove,  with  a  shifting  grate,  for  graduating  at 
will  the  size  of  the  fire-place.  Its  advantages  are  economy,  superior  draft,  durability, 
excellence  of  the  oven  (heated  on  6  sides),  simplicity,  and  adaptiveness  to  all  seasons.] 


BRITISH  COLONIES— NEWFOUNDLAND. 

154.  Neyle,  Richard,  St.  John's. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fish-hooks ;  squid  jiggers. 

155.  Peace,  St.  John's. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Sheet-iron  chimney-top  piece,  securing  a  draft  by  wheels  in  the  sides  rotating  on 
a  horizontal  axist  and  preventing  a  draft  down  the  chimney  by  the  reflection  inwards 
of  the  edges. 

S* 


FRANCE. 

156.  L’Oeschger,  Mesdach  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Sheet  brass,  zinc,  copper,  and  German-silver. 

157.  Tronchon,  Avenue  St.  Cloud,  near  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Iron  furniture  for  apartments,  and  garden  ornaments. 


158.  Ovtde,  Martin  &  Viry,  Sommervoire,  Haute-Marne  and  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Internal  and  external  cast-iron  ornaments  for  houses. 


159.  Fontaine,  Came  &  Co.,  Frith  St.  Leger,  Nord. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  nails  for  boots  and  shoes,  and  shoemakers’  awls. 

160.  Sirot,  P.,  Sen.,  Valenciennes,  Nord — Manufacturer. 

Horse-shoe  nails ;  shoe  nails  and  pegs,  in  iron,  copper,  and  steel ;  copper,  brass, 
and  steel  brads. 


161.  Camion,  A.,  Vrigne-aux-Bois,  Ardennes. — Manufacturer. 

Locks,  hinges,  knobs,  and  fastenings,  for  houses  and  furniture. 

162.  Descreux  &  Son,  St.  Etienne,  Loire. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  tools  for  shoemakers  and  saddlers. 

163.  Chauffiat  &  Son,  St.  Etienne,  Loire. — Manufacturers. 

Furnaces,  anvils,  vices,  bellows,  and  other  implements,  for  forges. 

164.  Durafour,  Nephew,  St.  Etienne,  Loire. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  locks. 

165.  Coulaux  &  Co.,  Motsheim,  Bas-Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

Screws,  butts,  hinges,  vices,  rasps,  and  other  hardware. 


166.  Grangoir,  J.  M.,  Jr.,  Paris. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Various  specimens  of  locks  of  new  style. 

167.  Bellard,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  locks  and  bolts. 


168.  Potteuher,  B.,  Bussang. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  currycombs ;  German-silver  spoons  and  forks. 

169.  Santallier,  Felix,  Boen,  Loire. — Manufacturer. 

Steel  combs  of  various  kinds. 


170.  Roswag,  A.,  &  Son,  Schlestadt,  Haut  Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

Metallic  gauzes  and  cloth,  and  various  manufactured  articles  of  household  conve¬ 
nience. 


171.  Caumes,  M.  F.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Instrument  to  aid  in  threading  needles. 


172.  Vandenbroucke,  K,  16  Rue  du  Strasbourg,  Paris. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Coffee-roasters,  on  a  newly  invented  and  patented  system,  for  preserving  the 
fragrance  of  coffee,  by  taking  off  its  dampness. 

[At  the  end  of  the  roller  there  is  a  little  door,  which  is  left  open  till  the  coffee 
changes  color;  by  shutting  this  the  flavor  is  concentrated,  and  the  roasting  is  produced 
by  the  vapor  of  the  coffee.  In  the  inside  of  the  roller  is  a  piece  of  woven  wire,  which 
prevents  the  coffee  from  touching  the  sheet-iron,  and  keeps  it  from  burning ;  the  stand 
is  of  cast-iron,  to  admit  of  the  burning  of  wood,  coke,  or  charcoal ;  there  is  a  little 
rail  to  draw  the  roller  back,  and  an  iron  support  to  hold  it.] 


173.  Siry  &  Co.,  Paris. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Coffee-pots  upon  a  patent  system. 

174.  Harcher  &  Westermann,  Metz,  Haut  Rhin. — Manufacturers. 
Various  articles  of  household  convenience  in  zinc  and  tin. 


175,  Japy,  Brothers,  &  Lalange,  Beauccmrt,  Haut  Rhin. — Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  tinned  and  enameled  iron  ware,  for  culinary  and 
domestic  purposes. 

176.  Societe  DE  LA  Vieille  Montagne,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Candelabra,  and  various  fancy  groups  and  articles, in  zinc;  zinc  statuettes. 

177,  Guinier,  T.,  25  Rue  Grenelle,  St.  Honors,  Paris.—  Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  inodorous  water-closets  and  faucets;  a  new  system,  patented  in 

Europe. 

178.  Talibou,  V.,  Loches,  near  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Inodorous  water-closets  for  the  sick-chamber. 

809 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXII. 


i 


! 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 


179,  Reinard,  Count,  Mecklenberg-Strelitz. — Proprietor. 

Specimens  of  fine  cast-iron  and  steel. 

180.  MenIs  &  Buderuss,  Eschweiler,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  lead  in  bars. 

181,  Auschuet^  C.  H.  R.,  Zella,  Saxe- Gotha. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  fine  steel. 

182.  Royal  Saxon  Mining  Company,  Freyburg,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  lead,  litharge,  and  shot  of  various  sizes. 


183.  Ruffer  &  Co.,  Breslau,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturers. 

Assortment  of  fine  zinc  plates,  some  of  them  very  thin ;  they  may  be  bent, 
hammered,  and  wrought  in  any  manner  without  breaking;  made  from  the  best 
Silesian  spelter.  _ _ _ 


184.  Zinc  Manufactory  (Emilie  P aulinen-IIuttel),  Gleiwitz,  Saxony. 
Zinc,  sheet  zinc,  and  album  of  zinc  paper. 


185.  Harkort,  P.,  &  Son,  Wetter-on-the-Ruhr,  West  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  sheet-iron. 


186.  Wolf,  Julius  H.,  Burgstadt,  near  Chemnitz,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 
Sample  card  of  iron,  copper,  and  brass  nails,  tacks,  and  rivets. 


187.  Schmidt,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  Sprochoevel,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Locks  and  locksmiths’  ware;  a  variety  of  hardware,  comprising  vices,  bolts, 
hinges,  screws,  chains,  bits,  gimlets,  nippers,  chisels,  saws,  and  files. 


188.  Bungee,  Jacob,  Jr.,  Barmen,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Iron,  steel,  and  brass  tools ;  including  saws,  gimlets,  bits,  gouges,  shears,  skates, 
chisels,  planes,  vices,  cleavers,  trowels,  files,  and  rasps ;  porte-monnaies. 


189.  Christian,  Brothers,  Cronenberg,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  tools  for  carpenters,  tanners,  coopers,  &c. ;  shears ;  rasps. 


190.  Bleckmann,  John  E.,  Rousdorf  Hesse. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  locks,  brace-bits,  skates,  compasses,  vices,  and  files. 


191.  Schmidt,  P.  Ludwig,  Alberfeld,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Jacks,  vices,  cranes,  carriage-springs,  pickaxes,  and  other  hardware. 

192.  Boeker,  R.  &  IL,  Remscheid,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Hardware  and  cutlery  of  many  varieties. 

193.  Hammon,  G.  C.,  (Widow),  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  articles  manufactured  of  fine  steel ;  cutlery  and  surgical  instruments. 

191.  Hoffmann,  Nicholas,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  steel  articles. 


204.  Kissing  &  Moellmann,  Iserlohu ,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  brass  curtain  ornaments. 

205.  Schatt,  J.  G.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Candlesticks  and  other  brass  ware. 


206.  Theirfelden,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Various  samples  of  tin  and  pewter  ware. 

207.  Stohrer,  T.  F.,  Stuttgard,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 
Brass  and  steel  wire  gauzes ;  wire  and  horse-hair  sieves. 


20S.  Brozler  &  Son,  Bornheim,  near  Frankfort. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  imitation  bronzes,  inkstands,  watch-stands,  and  fancy  articles. 

209.  Koenig,  Arthur,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer.  (Agents,  Chas.  Mueller  cSe 

Co.,  30  Platt  Street,  New  York  City.) 

Specimens  of  brass  and  steel  wire. 

210.  Heroldt,  J.  E.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Brass  candlesticks  ;  chandeliers ;  mortars  ;  smoothing-irons. 

211.  Fehrmann,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

A  strong  iron  box-safe. 

212.  Putzenberger,  Adam,  Lower  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

W  arming-bottles. 

213.  Pabst,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Brass  weights. 

214.  Helmreich,  Moll,  &  Co.,  Manheim,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 

Pattern-book  of  wire  rails. 

215.  Giesing,  J.  C.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Tea-urns,  binnacle-lamps,  candlesticks,  and  other  articles  of  hardware. 

216.  Renner,  J.  L.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  of  useful  and  fancy  hardware ,  candlesticks,  table-ware,  inkstands, 
dec.,  of  pressed  metal. 

217.  Baumann,  Goeppingen. — Manufacturer. 

Brass  bird-cages. 

218.  Fischer,  Heinrich,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Pins  of  various  kinds  for  entomologists. 

219.  Wiss,  J.  D.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  needles. 


220.  Schleicher,  Charles,  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Manufacturer. 

Galvanized  cast-steel  wire  ;  needles  in  various  stages  of  manufacture. 


195.  Schmidt  &  Moelleuhoff,  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
An  extensive  assortment^  iron  and  steel  hardware. 

196.  Krausse,  H.,  Mentz,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Bronze  castings  and  ornaments,  in  great  variety. 


221.  Baum,  Frederick,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  crochet  and  netting-needles. 

222.  Distel,  — ,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  needles  and  needle-wire. 


197.  Seebass,  A.  R.,  &  Co.,  Offenbach  on  the  Maine. — Manufacturers. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  bronzed  iron  inkstands,  candelabra,  groups,  and  fancy 
articles. 


198.  Kkutgen,  C.  (Heirs),  Iserlohu,  Westphalia. — Manufacturers. 
Gilt  brass  curtain  ornaments. 


223.  Neuss,  H.  J.,  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  needles  and  pins  ;  shawl  and  hair-pins. 

224.  Beissel,  S.  (Widow)  &  Son,  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  needles  made  from  English  cast-steel,  rolled  and  drawn  into  wire  in 
Germany  ;  model  of  a  machine  for  drilling  the  eyes  of  needles. 


I 


199.  Banner,  A.  V.  &  G.,  Schmalkalden,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  iron  and  steel  ware ;  pistols,  snuffers,  needles,  tuning-forks,  dec. 

[The  tuning-fork  was  invented  by  John  Shore,  an  Englishman,  sergeant-trumpeter 
to  George  I.] 

200.  Reizenstein  &  Moeller,  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Iron  and  steel  goods,  cutlery,  and  bronzes. 

201.  Lucas,  F.  W.,  &■  Co.,  Elberfeld,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Hardware,  bronzed  zinc  castings,  candlesticks,  inkstands,  paper  weights,  lamp- 
stands,  <tc. 


225.  Oertle  &  IIertlein,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  silver-plated  and  black  books  and  eyes. 

226.  Hummel,  E.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Hooks  and  eyes ;  toilet  and  hair  pins. 

227.  Reiohenfuss,  G.  B.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
Silver-plated  hooks  and  eyes. 

228.  Hosterey,  J.  P.,  Barmen,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 
Plated  and  copper  hooks  and  eyes. 


202.  Boeck,  J.  M.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  steel  and  gilt  chains;  hooks  and  eyes. 


203.  Bauss,  Hermann,  Solingen,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 
Steel  clasps  and  porte-monnaie  frames. 

210 


229.  Nuremberg  Manufacturing  Company,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturers. 
Samples  of  books  and  eyes. 

230.  Buderijs  &  Sons,  Loehnbergcr-hutte,  Nassau. — Manufacturers. 
Enameled-iron  kitchen  utensils. 


IRON,  BRASS,  AND  GENERAL  HARDWARE. 


231.  Levy,  Brothers,  Frankfort-on-the-Oder,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Japanned  lamps,  boxes,  trays,  and  metal  ware. 

232.  Denecker,  H.,  Nuremberg ,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  japanned  ware. 

233.  Wolff,  Brothers,  Neheim,  Prussian  Westphalia. — Manufacturers. 

Lamps,  candlesticks,  lanterns,  tinder-boxes,  snuffers,  <Stc. 

234.  Holzchuber,  Brothers,  Sclileiz,  Reuss. — Manufacturers. 

Brass  lamps  and  other  articles ;  candlesticks  ornamented  with  porcelain. 

235.  Assmann,  J.,  Neuwied-on-the-Rhine. — Manufacturer. 

Culinary  utensils,  made  of  rolled  sheet-iron,  and  tinned  with  Banca  tin, 

236.  Rah  &  Co.,  Goeppingen,  Wurtembcrg. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  articles  of  japanned  ware  and  papier  macho ;  bird-cages. 

237.  Wehefritz,  Sigmond,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Brass  tea-kettles,  candlesticks,  lamps,  and  jelly-moulds. 

238.  Normann,  J.  G.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Moulds  and  forms  in  metal  for  confectioners’  use. 


239.  Siebenkas,  F.  P.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 
Hand-bells  of  various  descriptions. 

240.  Satt,  — ,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  hand-bells. 

241.  Petritsch,  C.  E.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Table  and  hand-bells,  of  various  patterns. 

242.  Rosenlacher,  Carl,  Constance,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 
A  peal  of  four  bells,  highly  ornamented. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

243.  Van  Salm,  Prince,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

A  candelabrum  of  cast-iron.  (For  figure  see  Record,  page  176.) 

244.  Dubsky,  Count,  Lissitz,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  iron,  copper,  and  brass-wire  tacks. 

245.  Element,  F.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria  Proper. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  coach-makers’,  furriers’,  and  coopers’  tools. 

246.  Begsteiger,  M.,  Stadt  Steyr. — Manufacturer. 

Varieties  of  carpenters’  rules. 

247.  Grossaner,  Ignaz,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  different  kinds  of  pincers. 

248.  Tenfelmayer,  K.,  Stadt  Steyr. — Manufacturer. 

A  vice,  screw-stock,  dies,  and  taps. 

249.  Sailer,  T.,  Stadt  Steyr.—  Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  coach-makers’,  furriers’,  and  coopers’  tools. 

I  250.  Weidel,  M.,  Stadt  Steyr.— Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  machine-made  nails.  _ _ 

251.  W eisenhofer,  Ignaz,  Waidhofen.  Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  door-hinges. 

252.  Egger,  J.  B.,  Villach,  Carinthia.— Manufacturer. 

Sample  of  a  lead  pipe. 

_ 

|  253,  Mayer,  John,  Waidhofen. — Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  hardware. 

254.  Boeschinger,  Francis,  Waidhofen. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  ship-clamps. 

255.  Kloss,  Charles,  Konitz,  Moravia. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  iron  and  brass-wire  sieves. 

256.  Weiss,  Charles,  Waidhofen. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  fish-hooks. 


257.  A  variety  of  hardware  is  exhibited  by  the  following  makers : 
Schaschl,  V.,  Ferloch,  Carinthia. 

Leitz,  John,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Leitz,  Felix,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Schoelnhammer,  Dominick,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Teufel,  Simon,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

Hofer,  Francis,  Waidhofen,  Austria  Proper. 

258.  Samples  of  locks  and  padlocks  are  exhibited  by: 

Leimer,  Joseph,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Hartmann,  Francis,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Hartmann,  John,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

259.  Files  and  rasps  are  exhibited  by : 

Wiener,  Joseph,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Schneider,  Leopold,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Mayer,  Joseph,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Furtner,  Engelbert,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Lechner,  M.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

SoNNLEiTnNER,  A.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Nussbanmer,  L.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Preitler,  M.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Unzeitig,  F.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Beyer,  A.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Furtner,  Francis,  Waidhofen,  Austria. 

Reichl,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

Vater,  F.,  Neuzeng,  Austria. 

260.  Kurz,  K.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. 

A  snaffle,  curb,  and  horse-buckle. 

261.  Ring,  J.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  steel  for  striking  light. 

262.  Vingert,  A.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  tacks. 

263.  Bachner,  F.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  shoemakers'  tools. 

264.  Grossaner,  F.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria.— Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  shoemakers’  tools. 

265.  Blumaner,  W.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  horse-bells. 

266.  Hirsche,  F.,  Bruenn,  Moravia. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  in  pewter;  trays  and  tea-pot. 

267.  Schrotmueller,  Leopold,  Waidhofen,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 
Various  kitchen  utensils  of  iron. 

268.  Schrambok,  Simon,  Waidhofen,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 
Currycombs,  and  other  articles  of  hardware. 

269.  Roller,  F.,  Steinbach,  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  currycombs. 

270.  Pleisohl,  A.,  &  Son,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Cooking  utensils,  lined  with  non-metallic  enameling. 

- - .  «»>  ■ - 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

271.  Tosi,  V.,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Busts  and  figures,  cast  in  zinc  and  bronze. 


BELGIUM. 

272.  Delloy  &  Co.,  Huy.— Manufacturers. 

Sheet-iron. 

273.  Lamarche,  — ,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 
Sheet-zinc. 

274.  Chandoir,  H.,  &  Son,  L&ge.— Manufacturers. 
Wrought  and  galvanized  iron  spikes  and  nails. 

211 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXII. 


275,  Maquinay,  Brothers  <fc  Co.,  Liege. — Manufacturers. 
Wrought-iron  nails  and  spikes  in  great  variety. 


276.  Petry,  J.  A.,  JAlge. — Manufacturer. 

Snuffers,  bullet-moulds,  cork-screws,  and  other  hardware. 


277.  Metz  &  Co.— Manufacturers.  Agent— (E.  Caylus,  255  William  Street,  New  York 

City.) 

Various  fancy  articles  in  bronze. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

278.  Koster,  A.  S.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Tree  in  cast-lead. 

279.  Nolet,  Cornelius,  Schiedam,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

Cast-iron  figures  of  stags,  on  the  Palace  steps  on  the  Sixth  Avenue ;  cast-iron  bust 
of  the  late  king  of  the  Netherlands. 


280.  Allganeb,  J.  J.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Tools  for  mechanics  and  musical  instrument  makers. 


281.  Dergoten,  J.  L.,  The  Hague,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  grates  and  locks. 


282.  Legeer,  B.,  Deventer,  Netherlands. — Manufacturer. 

An  ornamental  grate. 

283.  Schutz,  L.  W.,  Zeijst,  near  Utrecht,  Netherlands. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Castings  in  zinc,  for  utility  and  ornament,  comprising  figures,  animals,  vases, 

articles  of  furniture,  and  fancy  goods. 

284.  Doeders,  J.,  Jr.,  Haarlem. — Manufacturer. 

A  system  of  bell-pulls  for  offices  and  hotels. 

285.  Petit  &  Fritsen,  Aarlerixtel,  near  Helmond,  Netherlands. — Manufacturers. 

Cast  bells  for  a  chime. 

SWEDEN. 

286.  - ,  —  ,  Soderhamn,  Sweden. — Producer  and  Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  wrought-iron,  for  musket-barrels,  and  iron  wire. 

287.  Ekman,  Gustav,  Philipstadt,  Sweden. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  steel. 

[The  Swedish  iron  and  steel  are  famous  for  their  excellence.  One  of  the  causes 
of  the  superiority  of  the  Swedish  iron  for  conversion  into  steel  seems  to  be,  that  the 
ore  is  the  magnetic  iron  ore ;  another  cause  is  the  use  of  charcoal  or  wood,  or  both, 
instead  of  coal  or  coke,  by  which  carbon  is  supplied  in  a  form  purer,  and  possibly 
capable  of  entering  more  readily  into  combination  with  the  iron,  than  mineral  fuel. 
About  90,000  tons  of  iron  are  made  annually  in  Sweden,  of  which  70,000  tons  are 
exported.] 


212 


SECTION  in. 


CLASS  XXIII. 


WORKS  IN  PRECIOUS  METALS,  BRONZES,  ETC. 


Works  in  all  kinds  of  precious  metals,  bronzes,  and  similar  articles  of  virtu,  occupied  a  large  space  in  the  Exhibition,  and  formed  one  of  its  most  considerable  and 
attractive  features.  The  specious  brilliancy  and  intrinsic  value  of  these  works  drew  the  attention  of  many  visitors,  but  the  beautiful  art  and  workmanship  also 
secured  the  admiration  justly  due  to  their  display.  The  Exhibition  offered  a  better  opportunity  than  was  ever  before  given  to  the  American  public,  to  inspect  this 
branch  of  art  manufacture,  in  an  extensive  series  of  its  best  and  its  worst  examples.  A  very  large  number  of  both  kinds  of  these  examples  have  been  engraved 
in  the  Illustrated  Record  of  the  Exhibition,  and,  as  far  as  the  limited  space  of  that  work  allowed,  the  merits  or  defects  of  the  pieces  were  pointed  out.  It  is  to  be 
expected  that  the  Exhibition  will  extend  more  widely  than  any  other  means  could  do,  a  knowledge  of  a  fundamental  law  which  obtains  in  works  of  this  class,  viz., 
that  art  must  give  value  to  metal,  and  not  the  metal  value  to  art. 

The  display  of  artistic  bronzes  in  the  French  Department  was  extensive  and  wholly  satisfactory.  In  the  manufacture  of  ornamental  works  in  bronze  the 
French  are  unrivalled.  Very  beautiful  specimens  are  shown  in  the  English  Department  of  the  new  art  of  electrotypy  as  applied  to  the  production  of  works  of 
ornament  and  luxury.  The  scientific  principles  of  electrotypy  are  discussed  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  53.  Both  France  and  England  furnish  exquisite 
examples  of  artistic  works  in  oxydised  silver.  The  manufacturers  of  the  United  States  contribute  a  great  variety  of  table  furniture  of  creditable  workmanship. 
The  specimens  are  of  solid  metal  and  also  electroplated.  Switzerland  sends  a  variety  of  jewelry  and  fine  watches.  A  variety  of  cameos,  brooches,  chased  and 
enamelled  articles  are  contributed  from  Italy. 


1.  Jones,  Ball  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

The  Webster  vase  in  silver;  silver  tea  sets;  pitchers,  waiters,  vases,  forks,  spoons, 
and  other  silver  ware.  _ _ 

2.  Keyworth,  R.,  Washington,  D.  C. — Manufacturer. 

A  casket  in  gold  and  silver,  representing  a  golden  melon  on  a  silver  vine  leaf,  with 
a  silver  vine  running  over  the  top,  and  surmounted  by  a  silver  bird. 


3.  Ball,  Black  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Tea-service,  consisting  of  twenty-nine  pieces,  in  California  gold,  richly  embossed, 
on  a  pedestal  and  plateau  of  silver.  The  “  Collins”  service  of  gold  plate,  composed  en¬ 
tirely  of  California  gold,  and  valued  at  $5,000,  displaying  great  taste  and  skill  in  the 
manufacturers.  An  assortment  of  gold  and  silver  ware. 

[The  Collins  gold  plate  commemorates  an  event  of  national  importance,  which  is 
sufficiently  explained  by  the  following  inscription :  “  This  service  of  plate  is  presented 
by  the  citizens  of  New  York  to  Edward  K.  Collins,  in  testimony  of  the  public  sense  of 
the  great  honor  and  advantage  which  has  been  conferred  upon  this  city  and  the  whole 
country,  through  his  energy  and  perseverance  in  the  successful  establishment  of  an 
American  Line  of  Transatlantic  Steamers,  August,  1851.  Some  of  the  pieces  are 
figured  on  page  107  of  the  Record.] 

4.  Bailey  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.— Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  gold  and  silver  ware.  (Many  of  the  pieces  are  figured  on  pages 
64,  65.  and  112  of  the  Record.) 


5.  Tiffany  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  rich  silver  vase,  supported  by  figures ;  tea,  coffee,  dessert,  and  wine  service*  in 
silver  and  crystal.  (The  first  piece  is  figured  on  page  45  of  the  Record.) 


6.  Stevens,  John  C.,  Mew  York  City. — Proprietor. 

The  silver  prize-cup  won  by  the  Yacht  “  America”  in  the  race  at  Cowes,  England, 
in  1851.  _ 

7.  Pope  &  North,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gold-plated  metal. 

S,  Rogers,  Brothers,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Heavy  silver-plated  ware  of  every  description. 

9.  Coles,  Albert,  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Silver  butter,  fish,  dessert,  and  other  knives  and  forks ;  knife,  fork,  and  spoon  in  case. 


10.  Chamberlin,  Joseph,  Mew  York  City. — Agent. 

Electro  silver-plated  tea-sets ;  cake  baskets,  spoons,  forks,  castors,  and  other  table 
furniture. 


11.  Usener,  William,  Mew  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Silver  castings ;  a  silver  basket  with  flowers,  and  silver  fruit-basket. 

12.  Weaver,  F.,  Williamsburgh,  Mew  York.— Manufacturer. 

A  silver  goblet,  spun  up  from  a  single  piece;  a  silver  candlestick,  and  goblet  in 

halves. 

13.  Adams  &  Kidney,  Mew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  service  of  plate. 

11.  Berrian,  J.  &  C.,  Mew  York  City.-Manufacturers  and  Importers. 

Specimens  of  silver-plated  ware;  fine  Britannia  and  planished  ware ;  plated  can¬ 
delabra.  _ _ 

15.  Peckham,  Dennis,  &  Co.,  Mew  York  City.  Proprietor. 

A  set  of  chess  figures  in  gold  and  silver. 

16.  Reed  &  Barton,  Taunton,  Massachusetts.— Manufacturers. 

Britannia  ware ;  electro  silver  plate  in  great  variety. 

213 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XXIII. 


[This  extensive  assortment  is  mostly  from  original  designs,  comprising  specimens  of 
Britannia,  electro-silvered,  and  gilt  ware,  of  flat  and  raised  work.  More  than  a  hun¬ 
dred  persons  are  employed  in  their  manufactory  at  Taunton,  Massachusetts.} 

17.  Atwood,  George  F.,  Taunton,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Silver-plated  and  Britannia  ware. 

18.  Ames,  James  T.,  Chicopee,  Massachusetts.— Manufacturer. 

A  large  assortment  of  rich  gilt  and  plated  ware  for  tea  and  dinner  services,  all 
plated  upon  German  silver,  comprising  14  different  styles  of  castors,  0  different  styles 
of  cake  baskets,  6  do.  of  butter  knives,  6  do.  of  tea-sets,  10  do.  of  waiters ;  vegetable 
dishes,  gilt  and  plated ;  salt  cellars,  gilt ;  wine  coolers,  soup  tureens,  and  sugar  bowls, 
gilt ;  fruit  stands,  tea  keitle  and  heater,  punch  bowls,  ice  bowls,  slop  bowls,  and  knife 
baskets,  in  different  styles. 

[The  discovery  of  the  electrotype  process  was  made  by  Mr.  Thomas  Spencer,  of 
Liverpool,  England,  having  been  suggested  to  him  by  observing  the  exact  copy  in  metal 
of  some  imperfections  left  in  the  cell  of  one  of  his  batteries.  The  process,  in  a  lew  words, 
is  as  follows :  a  medal,  of  which  the  copy  is  desired,  is  placed  in  connection  with  a  zinc 
plate  by  means  of  a  copper  wire;  these  are  placed  in  a  vessel  divided  into  two  cells  by  a 
porous  diaphragm ;  in  one  cell  is  placed  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  in  which  is  immersed  the 
zinc  plate;  in  the  other  the  sulphate  of  copper  solution,  in  which  the  medal  is  placed — 
the  zinc  is  oxidized,  and  for  every  equivalent  of  zinc  which  thus  changes  its  form  an 
equivalent  of  copper  is  deposited  in  the  other  cell. 

The  application  of  this  process  to  covering  articles  with  silver  and  gold  depends  on 
the  same  principle.  If  the  article  is  to  be  covered  with  silver,  the  solution  in  which  it  is 
immersed  is  made  from  cyanide  of  silver  dissolved  in  cyanide  of  potassium ;  a  little  sul- 
phuret  of  carbon  added  to  the  solution  prevents  the  chalky  appearance,  and  gives  the 
deposit  the  appearance  of  metallic  silver.  Electro-gilding  is  performed  by  a  solution  of 
oxide  of  gold  in  the  cyanide,  or  ferro-cyanide  of  potassium.  The  voltaic  battery  has 
been  generally  employed  for  effecting  the  electro-chemical  decomposition ;  but  powerful 
magnets  have  also  been  employed  with  success  as  permanent  sources  of  electricity.  The 
strength  of  the  solution  is  maintained  by  the  suspension  in  it  of  a  plate  of  gold,  or 
silver,  or  other  metal  to  be  deposited.  The  metallic  base  of  electro-plated  articles  is 
generally  German  silver,  a  hard,  white  metal  composed  of  copper,  zinc,  and  nickel ;  the 
figures  being  cast  in  white  metal,  which  would  otherwise  be  required  to  be  cast  in  silver. 
The  beauty  of  the  articles,  which  may  thus  be  reproduced  at  a  trifling  expense,  is  well 
illustrated  in  the  goods  displayed  in  the  English  Department,  at  No.  57.]  (Figures  of 
the  articles,  in  silver  and  gilt  plate,  made  by  Mr.  Ames,  may  be  found  on  pages  157  and 
171  of  the  Record.) 

19.  Bachman,  Joseph,  JYew  York  City. — Proprietor. 

A  model,  in  silver  and  gold,  of  the  Dutch  frigate  Talerad,  built  in  Amsterdam  200 
years  ago.  This  was  made  by  H.  Ries,  and  contains  22,000  pieces  of  silver  and  gold ; 
valued  at  $300.  It  is  supported  by  a  silver  figure. 

20.  Overbaugh,  A.  W.,  Brooklyn,  JYew  York. — Engraver. 

Specimens  of  minute  engraving  on  gold  and  silver  coins;  the  “  Lord’s  Prayer”  upon 
a  gold  dollar  and  on  a  three-cent  piece. 

21.  Hattersly  &  Dickinson,  JYewark,  JYew  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  fine  plated  Britannia  ware. 


22.  Pincet,  J.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  fire-gilded  vase. 

23.  Crane,  William  H.,  JYew  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Gold  leaf  and  gold  foil  for  dentists  and  bookbinders,  gilders  and  sign  painters. 

21.  Kemp,  William  H.,  JYew  York  City,- — Manufacturer. 

Gold  and  silver  leaf,  and  gold  foil  for  dentists  and  bookbinders. 

25.  Hellman,  W.  H.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  metal  leaf  and  bronze  powder. 

26.  Waugh,  James  L.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  leaf  of  two  colors  for  gilders’  use  ;  gold  foil  for  dentists ;  gold  bronze. 

27.  Plant  &  Hooper,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  leaf  and  gold  foil. 

28.  Wallace,  J.  &  A.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  and  silver  foil. 


29.  Abbey,  Charles,  &  Sons,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  gold  foil  for  dentists. 

30.  Ransley,  Robert  H.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  leaf,  gold  foil,  and  gold  bronze,  made  from  California  gold. 

[This  establishment  gives  employment  to  28  workmen.] 

[The  great  ductility  of  gold  enables  it  to  be  brought  to  the  condition  of  very  fine 
leaves.  An  ingot  of  gold  is  first  rolled  to  the  thickness  of  about  1-800  of  an  inch ;  this 
strip  is  then  hammered,  membranes  of  parchment,  vellum,  and  gold-beaters’  skin  being 
interposed  between  the  hammer  and  the  gold.  One  hundred  and  fifty  pieces  of  the  gold 
strip,  an  inch  square,  are  beaten  at  a  time  until  they  have  become  four  inches  square ; 
these  are  cut  again  into  pieces  an  inch  square,  and  again  beaten  till  they  are  four 
inches  square ;  a  third  beating  of  these  pieces  divided  in  the  same  way  reduces  them  to 
the  thinness  of  about  the  1-300,000  of  au  inch,  if  necessary — one  hundred  square  feet 

214 


of  the  gold  weighing  only  an  ounce.  The  hammers  weigh  from  ten  to  sixteen  pounds, 
and  the  beating  is  effected  on  smooth  blocks  of  marble.  Silver  is  also  beaten  into  thin 
leaves  by  hammering  in  the  same  way ;  but  it  can  not  be  reduced  to  the  extreme  thin¬ 
ness  of  gold.  Machinery  is  now  substituted  for  hand  labor  in  many  of  the  processes  of 
this  manufacture.] 

31.  March  and,  Sen.,  Gaime,  Guillemot  &  Co.,  J\rew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
An  assortment  of  fine  jewelry. 


33.  Linher,  C.,  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Ilair  bracelets,  breast  pins,  rings,  and  watch  chains,  richly  set  in  gold. 


37.  Stone,  Weaver  &  Co.,  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  and  jYeiv  York  City. — Manu 

facturers. 

Gold  lockets  and  medallions. 

38.  Link,  Robert,  &  Brothers,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Jewellers’  hair  work,  as  bracelets,  guard  chains,  ear  rings,  crosses,  brooches,  and 
chains;  pictures,  devices,  wreaths,  and  landscapes,  wrought  in  hair,  and  richly  set  in 
gold. 

39.  Bagley,  Josiah,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

Pearl  breast  pin ;  agate  rings ;  cannel  coal  ring ;  fancy  baskets  made  from  nuts  and 
seeds  of  various  kinds. 


40.  Bagley,  A.  G.,  &  Co.,  JYew  York  City. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Extension  pen  and  pencil  cases  in  gold  and  silver ;  gold  pens  of  superior  quality. 


42.  Foley,  John,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Iridium  pointed  gold  pens  of  three  sizes ;  gold  and  silver  tipped  pen  holders  of  ivory 
and  ebony. 

[Iridium  is  a  rare  mineral  found  in  combination  with  platinum  and  osmium,  from 
which  it  is  separated  with  difficulty.  It  is  a  very  hard  substance,  being  represented  by 
7,  the  diamond  being  10.] 


44.  Towers,  W.  II. ,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Double-pointed  gold  pens,  which  may  be  used  on  either  side ;  silver  and  other  pen 
holders. 


49.  I’ittis,  Thomas,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Engraved  silver  marking  plates;  brass  plates,  figures,  and  letters,  stencil  borders, 
and  vignettes. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

50.  Garrard,  R.  and  S.,  &  Co.,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  rich  silver  ware,  comprising  a  large  silver  table  ornament,  or  cande¬ 
labrum,  for  nineteen  lights,  in  the  peculiar  style  of  the  early  Arabs,  with  group  repre¬ 
senting  Saladin  and  Sir  Kenneth  halting  at  the  fountain  after  the  combat : 

“  They  had  now  arrived  at  the  knot  of  palm  trees,  and  the  fountain,  which  welled 
out  from  beneath  their  shade  in  sparkling  profusion.  Some  generous  or  charitable  hand, 
ere  yet  the  evil  days  of  Palestine  began,  had  walled  in  and  arched  over  the  fountain,  to 
prevent  it  from  being  absorbed  in  the  rays  of  the  sun,  or  choked  by  the  flitting  clouds 
of  dust,  with  which  the  least  breath  of  wind  covered  the  desert.” 

Figured  on  page  80  of  the  Record.  A  sideboard  ewer,  with  group  representing 


32.  Tice,  William  R.,  Brooklyn,  J\'ew  York. — Manufacturer. 
A  California  gold  ring. 


34.  Carr,  L.,  &  D.  S.,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  gold  lockets. 

35.  Losskamp,  Rosswog  &  Spies,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Jewelry  in  gold,  pearls,  and  corals. 

36.  Smith,  Deey  &  Eddy,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  lockets,  chains,  and  breast  pins;  Heiss’s  patent  lever  gold  studs. 


41.  Beers,  James  B.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Gold  pens,  and  gold  and  silver  pencil  cases. 


45.  Appleton,  Geo.  S.,  JYew  York  City. — Publisher. 

Medals  of  Webster  and  Clay  in  fine  bronze. 

46.  Shaw,  Joshua,  •A'Vmj  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Mounted  diamonds  for  glaziers’  use. 

47.  Boland,  Louis  T.,  JYew  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Crests,  coats  of  arms,  and  silver  ornaments  for  harnesses. 

48.  Slocum,  Franklin  R.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Gold  and  silver  plated  metallic  daguerreotype  cases. 


43.  Piquette,  C.,  Detroit,  Michigan. — Manufacturer. 
Desk  and  fountain  gold  pens. 


WORKS  IN  PRECIOUS  METALS,  BRONZES,  ETC. 


Indians  hunting  the  bison  in  the  prairies  of  North  America ;  an  embossed  vine  claret 
ewer. 

Hexagon  entree  dish,  cover,  and  warmer. 

Candelabrum  for  seven  lights  (Renaissance  style). 

Entree  dish,  cover,  and  warmer  (new  pattern). 

Claret  ewer,  after  Cellini  (from  a  copy  of  the  celebrated  Jug  in  the  Vatican  at  Rome). 

Group  in  silver,  representing  Arabs  of  the  desert  tracking  travellers  by  their  foot¬ 
marks  in  the  sand.  Modelled  by  E.  Cotterill,  Esq.  (Figured  in  Illustrated  Record, 
page  144.) 

New  pattern  tea-service,  consisting  of  tea-kettle,  tea-pot,  coffee-pot,  sugar-basin, 
cream-ewer,  and  hot-milk-ewer. 

Tea- salver,  rosette  and  shell  pattern. 

Ewer  in  the  style  of  the  sixteenth  century.  Group :  a  knight,  armed  cap-d-pie, 
and  mounted  on  his  armored  charger,  having  thrown  his  gauntlet,  points  at  it  in  defiance 
of  a  rival;  he  is  attended  by  his  page  and  armor-bearer.  (Figured  in  Illustrated  Re¬ 
cord,  page  208.) 

Dessert  dish  (pierced  edge). 

Silver-gilt  mounted  claret  decanter,  with  richly  chased  stand,  representing  the 
Trumpet  of  Neptune. 

A  six-arm  scroll  candelabrum,  with  boys  holding  wreaths  of  flowers. 

Dessert  dish  (Renaissance  style). 

Claret  ewer,  representing  a  nautilus  shell  supported  by  a  mermaid. 

Group  in  silver,  representing  the  introduction  of  the  Duchess,  by  Sancho  Panza,  to 
Don  Quixotte,  as  the  Princess  Micomicona.  Modelled  by  E.  Cotterill,  Esq.  (Figured  on 
page  81  of  the  Record.) 

Tea-service  (striped  and  chased  Abercorn  pattern),  consisting  of  tea-kettle,  tea-pot, 
coffee-pot,  sugar-basin,  and  cream-ewer. 

New  pattern  tea-salver,  richly  chased  vine  and  mask  border,  with  bacchanalian  me¬ 
dallions. 

Inkstand  for  the  drawing-room  or  library,  with  richly  chased  marks  of  Ilolbein, 
Copernicus,  Faust,  and  Erasmus. 

New  pattern  spoons  and  forks  (scroll  panel  and  leaf  pattern). 

New  pattern  spoons  and  forks  (horn  pattern). 

Models  of  the  great  Koh-i-noor  diamond,  in  its  original  shape,  as  worn  by  its  cele¬ 
brated  possessor,  Runjeet  Singh ;  and,  also,  as  re-cut  for  Her  Majesty,  by  the  Messrs. 
Garrard,  A.  D.  1852. 


of  the  diamond  are  India  and  Brazil ;  they  are  obtained  by  washing  the  earth  where 
they  are  found.  The  largest  diamond  known  to  exist  belongs  to  the  Rajah  of  Mattan, 
in  India ;  it  is  of  the  purest  water,  weighing  867  carats,  or  3  troy  ounces ;  it  is  egg- 
shaped  ;  it  was  found  at  Ladakb  over  a  hundred  years  ago.  The  next  in  size  belongs  to 
the  Emperor  of  Russia,  weighing  193  carats,  of  the  size  of  a  pigeon’s  egg.  The  Emperor 
of  Austria  possesses  one  of  139  carats,  which,  though  of  a  yellowish  hue,  has  been  valued 
at  $500,000.  The  Pitt,  or  Regent  diamond,  weighs  136 J  carats ;  and  that  of  the  Grand 
Duke  of  Tuscany  139  carats. 

The  Koh-i-noor,  or  Mountain  of  Light,  was  found,  aocording  to  tradition,  in  the 
south  of  India,  about  3000  years  before  the  Christian  era.  It  was  said  to  be  the 
property  of  the  Rajah  of  Ujayin,  from  whom  it  descended  to  the  Rajahs  of  Malwa,  in 
whose  possession  it  remained  till  1306,  when  it  beoame  the  property  of  the  Sultan  of 
Delhi ;  it  appears  to  have  remained  in  Delhi  till  the  time  of  the  Persian  invasion  in 
1739,  when  Nadir  Shah  compelled  Mohammed  Shah,  the  great-grandson  of  Aurungzebe, 
to  surrender  it  to  him.  Nadir  Shah  gave  it  the  name  of  Koh-i-noor.  After  his  death 
it  became  the  property  of  Ahmed  Shah,  the  founder  of  the  Abdali  dynasty  of  Kabul ; 
it  descended  to  his  successors,  and  to  Shah  Shuja;  when  Shah  Shuja  was  driven  from 
Kabul,  he  became  the  actual  prisoner  of  Runjeet  Singh,  who,  in  1813,  forced  the  fugitive 
monarch  to  give  up  the  precious  gem,  presenting  him  at  the  same  time  with  $60,000. 
From  Runjeet  it  descended  to  his  successors;  after  the  murder  of  Shir  Sing,  it  remained 
in  the  Lahore  treasury  until  the  annexation  of  the  Punjab  by  the  British  Government ; 
all  the  state  property  by  stipulation  was  confiscated  to  the  East  India  Company  in  part 
payment  for  debts  due  by  the  Lahore  Government  and  of  the  expenses  of  the  war ;  it 
was  stipulated  that  the  Koh-i-noor  should  be  surrendered  to  the  Queen  of  England, 
whose  hands  it  finally  reached  July  3d,  1850.  From  this  traditionary  account  little 
seems  probable,  except  that  the  Great  Mogul  diamond  and  the  Koh-i-noor  are  the  same. 
In  its  original  shape  it  weighed  186  carats. 

(For  figures  of  salver  and  centre-piece,  see  Record,  pages  64  and  144.) 


[The  diamond,  in  its  pure  state,  consists  of  pure  carbon,  and  is  transparent  and 
colorless ;  it  is  sometimes  colored  by  foreign  matters,  as  the  oxides  of  the  metals  in  very 
minute  proportions.  Diamonds  are  polished  and  cut  by  means  of  their  own  powder; 
split  in  their  planes  of  cleavage,  several  natural  facets  may  be  produced ;  they  are  cut 
by  means  of  an  extremely  fine  wire  coated  with  diamond  powder.  The  principal  sources 


51.  Angel,  Joseph,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Silver  groups  of  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  and  the  Gipsies,  the  Halt  in  the  Desert,  and 
Horse  Trotting  a  Match.  Tea  and  coffee  sets,  tankards,  vases,  dishes,  cups,  chalices, 
claret  jugs,  spoons,  etc.,  in  gold  and  silver  plate;  flowers  made  of  the  feathers  of  Bra¬ 
zilian  birds.  (See  Illustrated  Record,  pages  18,  22,  28,  50,  113,  and  157.) 


J.  Angel. — Silver  Gilt  and  Enamelled  Ware. 


52.  Skidmore,  Francis,  &  Son,  Coventry,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Sacrament  service,  antique  chalices ;  and  specimen  of  ancient  binding  in  silver. 


53.  Sharp,  Thomas,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Silver  cups  and  table  centre-piece.  (For  figures  of  epergne,  Shakspeare  cup,  and 
rich  clock  case,  see  the  Record,  pages  13,  22,  and  27.) 


51.  Society  oe  Arts,  London. — Proprietors. 

The  Swiney  prize  cup,  in  silver  and  gold,  designed  by  D.  Maclise,  Esq.,  R.  A.,  an 
executed  by  Messrs.  Garrard,  of  London. 

[The  society  periodically  award,  in  accordance  with  the  will  of  the  late  Dr.  Swiney, 
similar  prizes,  with  the  sum  of  £100  sterling.  The  present  cup  is  open  to  the  competi¬ 


tion  of  all  nations,  and  will  be  conferred  in  January,  1854,  on  the  author  of  the  best 
treatise  on  Jurisprudence,  relating  especially  to  Arts  and  Manufactures,  published  pre¬ 
vious  to  that  date  in  the  English  language.]  (For  figure  of  this  cup  see  page  13  of  the 
Record.) 

55.  Smith,  Nicholson  &  Co.,  London— Manufacturers. 

Silver  and  electro-plated  goods,  candelabra,  dessert-service.  The  Finding  of  Moses 
—in  silver ;  Nautilus,  supported  by  Sea-horses— in  silver ;  Death  of  the  Stag— in  silver ; 
Hunting  in  India ;  group  of  deer ;  candelabrum,  electro-plated ;  gold  and  silver  cups,  salt 
dishes,  and  salvers. 

56.  Hunt  &  Roskell,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Rich  gold  and  silver  ware  and  jewelry.  Testimonials  to  Sir  Moses  Montefiore  and 

215 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXIII. 


f 


to  Dr.  Conolly :  silver  centre-piece ;  Elizabethan  vase ;  a  great  variety  of  rich  silver  ware ; 
diamonds  and  precious  stones,  and  rich  jewelry,  of  varied  patterns  and  exquisite  designs. 

The  central  ornament  (figured  on  page  126  of  the  Record)  is  adapted  for  a  flower- 
stand  by  day  and  a  candelabrum  by  night.  On  each  corner  of  the  plateau  are  groups 
representing  the  Seasons :  Flora,  with  her  Nymphs,  and  a  lamb,  personifying  Spring ; 
Zephyrs  bearing  on  their  shoulders  a  female  figure,  crowned  with  wheat  and  carrying 
the  sickle,  representing  Summer;  Autumn  is  typified  by  the  figures  of  Silenus,  Bacchus, 
and  Pomona  ;  Winter,  by  the  aged  SatuYkus,  who,  seated  on  a  leafless  tree,  spreads  his 
mantel  over  shivering  nature— on  his  left  is  a  figure  representing  storms  and  tempests, 
accompanied  by  wolves.  Beneath  the  groups  are  the  signs  of  the  Zodiac.  At  the  foot 
of  the  centre  ornament  are  figures  representing  the  Quarters  of  the  W  orld,  each  repre- 
sented  by  appropriate  animals.  The  alto-relievo  around  the  column  represents  Day  and 
Night,  attended  by  the  Hours ;  and  around  the  stem  which  supports  the  vase  are  four 
figures  representing  the  Elements.  The  whole  is  decorated  with  ornaments  of  the  cinque- 
cento  period.  Designed  and  modelled  by  Alfred  Brown.  , 

A  Testimonial,  in  silver,  to  Sir  Moses  Montefiore.  The  Sphinxes  on  which  it  rests 
indicate  the  Captivity  of  Israel  in  Egypt.  The  figures  are  Moses  and  Ezra,  a  Jew  of 
Damascus,  loaded  with  chains,  and  a  released  Jew;  under  each  is  an  appropriate  text  in 
Hebrew,  the  vine  and  fig-tree  overshadowing.  A  group  on  the  summit  represents  David 
rescuing  the  Lamb  from  the  jaws  of  the  Lion.  The  bassi-relievi  represent  the  Crossing 
of  the  Red  Sea ;  Lawless  Violence  typified  by  Wolves  Destroying  the  Flocks ;  Sir  Moses 
and  Lady  Montefiore  landing  at  Alexandria;  Sir  Moses  obtaining  the  Firman  from  the 
Sultan;  the  Persecuted  Jews  of  Damascus  returning  Thanks  for  their  Deliverance;  and 
Sir  Moses,  after  his  return,  attending  the  Thanksgiving  in  the  Synagogue.  Designed 
by  Sir  G.  Hay  ter. 

(For  figures  of  the  Testimonial  to  Dr.  Conolly,  see  page  79  of  the  Record ;  of  Eliza¬ 
bethan  silver  vase,  page  27 ;  of  wine  cooler,  vine  vase,  coffee-pot,  cake  basket,  etc.,  pages 
127  and  128.) _ 

57,  Elkington,  Mason  &  Co.,  London  and  Birmingham.  - 

facturers. 


-Patentees  and  Manu- 


2d.  The  removal  of  all  restraint  as  to  form;  the  most  elaborate  ornaments,  and  the 
most  complicated  designs  which  can  be  produced  in  silver,  are  equally  obtainable  by  this 
process. 

3d.  Permanency  of  plating,  the  coating  of  silver  becoming,  by  the  agency  of  elec¬ 
tricity,  one  body  with  the  metal  on  which  it  is  deposited,  rather  than  a  mere  covering. 

4th.  Economy  in  first  cost  and  durability ;  in  the  multiplication  of  works  of  art  of 
the  highest  character,  this  invention  is  now  taking  an  important  position ;  and  the  pa¬ 
tentees  have  established  a  branch  manufactory  for  such  objects,  and  are  now  producing, 
with  equal  precision  and  perfection,  copies  from  the  smallest  gem  to  the  colossal  statue, 
possessing  all  the  accuracy  and  beauty  of  the  original  design.] 

(For  figures  see  page  126  of  the  Record.) 

[In  the  process  of  plating  by  fire,  a  plate  of  silver,  perfectly  clear,  is  tied  to  an  in¬ 
got  of  copper  or  German  silver,  having  also  a  smooth  surface ;  borax  then  being  placed 
around  the  edges,  they  are  submitted  to  the  heat  of  an  air  furnace ;  during  the  union 
of  the  two  bodies  the  surfaces  are  seen  to  be  drawn  into  intimate  contact,  and  this  is  the 
signal  for  removal  from  the  furnace.  The  ingot  is  then  rolled  into  sheets  of  the  required 
thickness,  according  to  the  use  to  be  made  of  it.  The  union  of  the  two  metals  is  so  in¬ 
timate  that  the  finest  wire,  plated  in  the  round  ingot  by  fire,  has  been  drawn  out  to  five 
hundred  times  its  original  length  without  detaching  the  silver.  It  has  been  estimated 
that  the  value  of  the  British-made  plate  used  annually  in  Great  Britain  amounts  to 
£1,200,000;  the  exports  of  plate,  jewelry,  &c.,  in  1849,  amounted  to  £233,058.] 

58.  Cox,  John,  &  Co.,  London  and  JVew  York  City.^ Manufacturers. 

Silver-plated  candelabra,  table  ware,  tea-pots,  &c. 


Electro-plated  goods:  a  large  centre-table  ornament,  designed  for  the  Exhibition ; 
rock  base,  with  oak  branches  supporting  lights,  and  silver  shells  for  fruit — the  whole 
supporting  a  glass  bowl  for  flowers ;  sea-tigers  on  the  triangular  base ;  flower  stand — 
sea-horses  and  glass  shell;  tea  services  and  kettles,  rich  Arabesque,  old  silver  style, 
richly  embossed,  and  richly  chased ;  set  of  three  centre  pieces,  Louis  Quatorze. 

Flower  stand— shell,  supported  by  coral  and  sea-weed. 

Rich  dinner  service,  consisting  of  dish  covers,  entree  dishes,  soup  tureens,  wine 
coolers,  etc.,  in  the  Arabesque  style. 

Set  of  three  centre  pieces,  modelled  from  the  Egyptian  lily,  or  calla. 

Tea  tray,  or  salver — richly  chased  aquatic  border,  mythological  border,  Arabesque, 
Elizabethan. 

Large  centre  piece  for  eight  lights,  in  the  style  of  the  fifteenth  century,  with  figures 
supporting  baskets  for  fruit. 

Venison  dish  and  cover,  Arabesque,  with  Gray’s  registered  gravy  well,  for  separat¬ 
ing  the  fat  from  the  gravy  of  roasted  or  boiled  meats. 

Two  entree  dishes,  covers,  and  warmers. 

Pickle  and  cruet  frames.  Arabesque,  richly  pierced. 

Claret  jugs  and  wine  coolers,  of  various  designs. 

Centre  piece  for  dessert  service,  with  figures  of  Winter  and  Summer. 

Centre  piece,  or  candelabrum,  Oak  Tree  and  Stags. 

Compotiers  for  fruit,  of  various  designs. 

Centre-table  ornament,  the  National  Games  of  England. 

Four  smaller  do.  do.  do. 

Inkstands,  Rebecca  at  the  Well. 

Flower  stands,  with  Bohemian  glass,  of  numerous  designs. 

Salt  cellars,  eagle  supporting  shell. 

Spoons,  forks,  etc.,  of  Elkington’s  new  lily  pattern. 

Part  of  a  service  of  plate,  silver  and  gilt,  comprising  a  dessert  service,  designed  and 
adapted  from  the  antique,  by  the  Chevalier  de  Schlick. 

Sideboard  dish,  in  silver  relief,  gilt;  subject  from  the  “Hliad.”  Designed  by  El¬ 
kington,  Mason  &  Co. 

Set  of  three  candelebra,  after  the  antique. 

Race  plate,  designed  by  Gunkel,  modelled  by  Rossi,  at  Rome.  The  bas-reliefs  on 
the  frieze  represent  the  three  characteristic  virtues  of  practical  life,  Strength,  Swiftness, 
and  Prudence.  In  the  centre  appears  a  mask  of  the  fair  Goddess  of  Love,  who  looks  out 
from  a  rich  Arabesque  flower,  as  the  incentive  to  every  noble  strife  and  the  promoter  of 
all  prize  competitorship. 

Sideboard  plate,  representing  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  a  reproduction  by 
electro-deposition. 

Fruit  plate,  in  the  Alhambra  style. 

Celebrated  cup,  an  electrotype  copy  of,  in  pure  silver,  from  the  original  one  of  Ben¬ 
venuto  Cellini,  now  in  the  British  Museum. 

A  dish,  of  fine  workmanship,  obtained  and  copied  for  Messrs.  Elkington,  under  the 
direction  of  Chevalier  de  Schlick ;  the  eight  subjects  in  bas-relief  represent  Minerva, 
Astrology,  Geometry,  Arithmetic,  Music,  and  Rhetoric ;  the  centre  figure  represents 
Temperance,  surrounded  by  the  four  elements — as  made,  mounted  as  a  table,  for  Queen 
Victoria. 

Mirror,  in  oxidized  silver,  electro-gilt ;  purchased  by  Queen  Victoria,  at  the  Dub¬ 
lin  Exhibtion  ;  centre  piece  for  flowers  or  fruit ;  electro-gilt  and  silvered,  design  taken 
from  an  antique  tripod ;  cups  and  vases,  beautifully  copied,  embossed  with  figures  of 
Centaurs,  ivy,  and  vine  wreaths ;  electrotype  copies  of  originals  discovered  at°Pompeii 
and  Herculaneum,  and  now  in  the  Museum  at  Naples  ;  plate,  representing  the  seven  days 
of  the  week,  modelled  by  the  Duke  du  Luynes;  ink  stands,  the  Slaughter  of  “Niobe;” 
and  antique  foot  lamp,  and  one  designed  to  commemorate  the  London  Exhibition  of  1851. 

Electro-plate  bronzes,  representing  Cupid  with  the  Lyre,  after  Thorwaldsen ;  a  dish, 
representing  the  Trojan  Horse  entering  Troy,  copy  of  a  fine  old  silver  chasing;  vase, 
from  original  in  British  Museum;  copy  of  celebrated  Warwick  vase;  sideboard  dish, 
subject  from  the  niad,  designed  by  the  exhibitors;  pair  of  lions,  after  Canova  ;  Duke  of 
Wellington,  bronze  bust  by  Weigall;  busts  of  Homer,  Sophocles,  Aristotle,  Demosthenes, 
,  trom  antique  sculpture;  cup,  the  Apotheosis  of  Homer,  from  Pompeii;  a  pair  of 
busts  by  Albert  Durer.  1 

[This  patent  was  granted  to  Messrs.  Elkington,  in  March,  1840,  since  which  time 
the  manufacture  of  articles  by  this  process  has  become  an  important  branch  of  industry, 
and  is  rapidly  increasing.  The  patentees  employ  about  1,000  work-people,  and,  neces¬ 
sarily  ,  some  of  the  first  designers  of  the  day.  The  process  is  extensively  adopted  in 
foreign  countries,  and  there  are  about  thirty  other  manufacturers  in  England  licensed 
to  use  it. 

The  advantages  possessed  by  plating  by  this  process,  are  : 

1st.  The  application  of  a  white  metal,  approximating  to  silver  in  color  and  hardness, 
as  a  base  instead  of  copper,  upon  which  the  pure  silver  is  deposited. 


59.  Penny,  John,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  metal  chasing  and  embossing. 

60.  Leighton,  .John,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Sliakspearian  shield,  illustrating  the  “  Seven  Ages  of  Man ;”  also  specimens  of  a 
work  of  industrial  art. 

6J.  Wiley,  W.  E.,  &  Co.,  Birmingham. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  gold  pens. 

62.  Aaron,  Brothers,  Torquay,  Devon,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Jewelry  in  malachite  and  silver. 

[Malachite  is  a  compound  of  carbonate  and  hydrate  of  copper.] 

63.  Waterhouse,  G.  &  S.,  Dublin. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  copies  of  ancient  Tara  brooches,  of  Irish  pearls  and  native  gold  of 
Wicklow ;  jewelry  in  malachite ;  the  original  Tara  brooch  found  in  Meath  in  1850. 

61.  Goggiv,  Cornelius,  Dublin. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Ornaments  in  Irish  bog-oak,  Killarney  arbutus  and  yew,  and  Connemara  marble, 
mounted  in  native  gold  and  silver,  with  Irish  gems  and  rock  crystals — comprising  brace¬ 
lets,  brooches,  necklaces,  ear-rings,  studs,  buttons,  &c. 

65.  Hermann,  Augustus,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Hair  bouquets,  ornamented  with  pearls. 


FRANCE. 

66.  Kirstein,  F.,  Strasburg. — Manufacturer. 

Silver  alto-relievos  and  embossed  work. 

67.  Rudolphi,  F.  J.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Various  objects  in  oxidized  silver;  bracelets  and  brooches;  enamelled  toilet  vases ; 
agate  cup,  mounted  in  silver ;  niello  vases  and  fancy  articles. 

[In  works  of  oxidized  silver,  instead  of  the  usual  polished  or  frosted  appearance, 
the  surface  is  left  dull,  having  at  first  sight  an  unfinished  appearance.  The  dark-colored 
silver  is  a  most  advantageous  medium  for  the  artist,  as  none  of  the  spectator’s  admira¬ 
tion  is  wasted  upon  the  brilliancy  of  the  surface,  as  in  ordinary  works  in  silver.  It  is 
much  used  by  the  French  in  the  manufacture  of  bijouterie.  It  is  improperly  called  ox¬ 
idized  silver,  the  proper  term  being  sulphuretted  silver ;  the  dull  and  dark  color  may 
be  obtained  by  washing  the  surface  with  a  solution  of  sulphuret  of  sodium  or  potassium, 
causing  the  formation  of  the  sulphuret  of  silver.  The  art  of  enamelling  is  of  great  an¬ 
tiquity,  and  has  always  been  in  high  esteem  for  the  beauty,  durability,  and  artistic 
finish  of  the  objects  produced  by  it.  Enamel  is  a  species  of  glass,  colored  by  metallic 
oxides ;  the  transparent  kinds  of  enamel  are  used  upon  gold,  as  distinguished  from  the 
opaque  enamel  employed  for  watcli-faces.  JYiello  is  a  kind  of  enamelling  known  as 
early  as  the  seventh  century,  and  probably  the  germ  of  the  art  of  engraving  on  metal 
plates ;  a  niello  is  an  engraved  gold  or  silver  plate,  the  lines  of  which  are  filled  perma¬ 
nently  with  a  black  enamel ;  the  art  of  damascening  resembled  niello,  only  that  the  en¬ 
graved  lines  were  filled  with  gold  or  silver.  In  the  best  period  of  the  Florentine  art,  in 
the  fifteenth  century,  niello  was  much  employed  in  decoration,  and  many  exquisite  spe¬ 
cimens  exist  in  the  museum  at  Florence.  The  enamel  of  niello  was  made  of  silver,  copper, 
lead,  and  sulphur,  with  borax  for  a  flux ;  the  mixture  was  worked  into  all  the  lines  of 
the  engraved  plate,  and  then  subjected  to  a  heat  sufficient  to  fuse  it ;  it  flowed  into  every 
part,  and  traced  the  design  in  black  upon  a  white  or  golden  ground.  A  metallic  deposit 


WOKKS  IN  PRECIOUS  METALS,  BRONZES,  ETC. 


may  be  introduced  into  the  lines  of  the  engraved  design  by  the  electrotype  process ;  the 
raised  metallic  layer  may  then  be  ground  down  to  the  level  of  the  plate,  leaving  the 
lines  filled ;  by  a  selection  of  different  metals  very  pretty  designs  may  thus  be  made  by 
a  simple  and  cheap  process. 

Repousse  work,  so  called,  is  produced  almost  entirely  by  the  hammer,  being  first 
beaten  up  from  the  back,  and  back  again  from  the  face,  until  the  design  of  the  artist  is 
perfected.  The  electrotype  process  now  enables  us  to  copy  repoussS  originals,  of  great 
complexity  of  design,  with  perfect  accuracy  in  the  minutest  detals.]  (For  engravings 
of  these  objects  see  Illustrated  Record,  page  190.) 

68.  Odiot  &  Sons,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Table  and  tea  services  in  various  styles,  with  various  specimens  of  silversmiths’  work. 

69.  Veyrat,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimen  of  fine  silver  ware. 

70.  Desmoutis,  Morin  &  Chapius,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Platinum  still ;  cups,  dishes,  and  crucibles,  in  platinum. 

[Platinum  is  the  heaviest  substance  known ;  it  is  extremely  difficult  of  fusion ;  it 
undergoes  no  change  from  air  or  moisture,  and  is  not  attacked  by  any  of  the  pure  acids, 
though  it  is  dissolved  by  chlorine  and  nitromuriatie  acid,  and  is  oxidized  at  high  temper¬ 
atures  by  pure  potassa  and  lithia.  The  above  qualities  make  it  extremely  useful  to 
the  chemist  for  cups  and  crucibles.  It  is  found  in  the  gold  regions  of  California,  and 
especially  in  the  Ural  Mountains,  in  Russia.] 

71.  Christofle,  C.,  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  electro-gilt  and  electro-silvered  ware. 

72.  Lelong,  Paris.— Importer  and  Manufacturer. 

Imitation  fine  pearls. 

[Pearls  are  formed  by  bivalve  molluscs  living  in  the  waters  of  the  East  and  West 
Indies ;  they  are  sometimes  found  free,  but  are  generally  attached  to  the  inside  of  the 
shell;  the  name  of  the  pearl  oyster  is  Meleagrina  mar  gar  it  if  era,  of  Lamarck.  They 
may  be  produced  by  putting  within  the  shell  of  the  animal  a  foreign  substance  of  the 
desired  model,  which  will  become  encrusted  with  the  pearly  concretion. 

Artificial  pearls  are  made  of  globules  of  their  glass,  perforated  like  beads.  The  white¬ 
ness  and  iridescence  of  pearl  is  given  to  them  by  means  of  a  liquor  called  “  Essence  of 
the  East,”  which  is  prepared  by  throwing  the  brilliant  scales  of  a  species  of  blay,  living 
in  the  Seine  and  the  Rhine,  into  water  of  ammonia ;  the  scales  thus  acquire  a  softness 
and  flexibility  which  allow  of  their  application  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  globules,  into 
which  they  are  introduced  by  suction  of  the  liquor  which  holds  them  in  suspension.  The 
glass  should  be  of  a  bluish,  opalescent  color,  and  contain  but  little  potash  and  oxide  of 
lead.  After  the  inside  is  thus  covered,  a  coating  of  wax  is  added,  which  is  colored  of 
the  required  shade.  Chinese  pearls  are  made  of  a  kind  of  gum,  and  are  covered  with 
the  above  nacreous  liquid ;  Roman  pearls  are  the  same.  Pearls  are  now  made  from  an 
opaline,  or  pearly-colored  glass,  filled  with  gum  instead  of  wax,  which  gives  them  greater 
transparency ;  the  glaring,  glassy  surface  is  removed  by  the  vapor  of  hydro-fluoric  acid.] 


73.  Ghafiseau,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  boxes  of  various  descriptions,  trays,  in  white  unoxidizable  metal. 

74.  Villemsens  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Altar  crucifixes  richly  gilt ;  bronze  candelabra,  groups,  lamps,  and  fancy  articles ; 
Cellini  vases.  (For  figures,  see  the  Record,  pages  161,  174,  and  175.) 


75.  Etex,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Various  figures  in  bronze. 

76.  Lahoche,  P.  J.,  Paris.— Manufacturer. 

Candelabra  and  lamps  in  porcelain  and  gilded  bronze. 

77.  Hottot,  H.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Bronzes,  clocks,  and  statuary. 

78.  Barre,  A.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  bronzes  and  statuettes. 

79.  Duplan  &  Salles,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Statuettes,  groups,  candelabra,  vases,  lamps,  lustres,  inkstands,  seals,  and  other 
articles  in  fine  bronze,  comprising  the  following  works  of  J.  Pradier :  a  “  Woman  Ba¬ 
thing;”  the  “  Dolce  far  niente;”  two  Bacchantes,  with  cupids  and  satyrs  at  their  feet ; 
“  Venus  in  a  Shell.”  A  collection  of  animals :  the  Virginia  deer ;  the  wounded  deer  ;  a 
deer  attacked  by  a  wolf ;  panther  and  stag ;  a  family  of  bears ;  hawking  ;  the  wounded 
heron ;  horse  attacked  by  wolves ;  Guinea  fowl  and  pheasant.  Penelope.  Imitation 
bronzes  from  the  antique ;  fine  clocks ;  lamps  in  porcelain,  bronze,  papier-mache,  copper, 
and  bronzed  tin.  (For  figures,  see  the  Record,  pages  157 ,  160,  and  163.) 

89.  Arbanel,  J.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  bronzes ;  an  ornamental  door  in  cast  iron,  and  heavily  gilt.  (Fig¬ 
ured  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  206.) 

81.  Drumier,  Defevre,  Madame,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Bronze  busts  and  statuettes. 

82.  Ringuet,  Parts. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  bronzes. 


83.  Buhot,  Charles,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Figure  in  fine  bronze — “  Sarah,  the  bather.” 


84.  Weygaud,  Auguste,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Figures,  clocks,  vases,  candelabra,  busts,  &c.,  in  fine  bronze ;  chase  of  the  wild  boar  ; 
group  of  horses;  Arab  in  ambush.  (For  figures,  see  Record,  pages  45,  161,  and  162.) 


85.  Lerolle,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Candelabra,  epergnes,  vases,  lamps,  candlesticks,  lustres,  and  other  articles  in 
bronze,  comprising  the  following  groups :  “  The  Departure  for  the  Chase,”  a  large  and 
beautiful  vase,  which  may  be  used  for  a  fountain ;  the  group  is  composed  of  three  chil¬ 
dren  and  a  hunting  dog ;  one  of  the  children  blows  the  horn,  another  holds  the  darts, 
and  the  third  prepares  the  dog  for  the  chase.  This  piece,  sculptured  by  C.  Lerolle,  may 
be  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  basin  of  a  fountain,  or  on  a  pedestal,  as  an  ornament  for 
the  garden  or  the  saloon. 

Vase  of  the  “  Sciences  and  Arts,”  of  the  style  of  Louis  XVI.,  70  centimetres  in  height ; 
the  bas-reliefs,  one  of  which  represents  the  Sciences  and  the  other  the  Arts,  were  sculp¬ 
tured  by  Clodion. 

Cup,  with  a  group  of  children,  about  40  centimetres  high ;  it  is  supported  by  a  cir¬ 
cular  group  of  seven  children.  Sculptured  by  Francois. 

Candelabra,  ornamented  with  Bacchantes,  in  the  style  of  Louis  XV.,  1.30  metres 
high,  intended  for  marble  or  bronze  columns;  the  Bacchantes,  sculptured  by  Canova, 
lean  on  a  branch  of  foliage  which  supports  fifteen  candles,  and  surround  them  with  their 
light ;  the  two  are  intended  to  be  placed  opposite  each  other,  and  would  ornament  and 
illuminate  the  most  elegant  saloon. 

Lamps  of  the  Muses ;  gas  carcel  lamps,  66  centimetres  high,  supported  by  two  muses, 
from  the  antique.  Sculptured  by  Alphonse  Lerolle,  a  young  pupil  of  Pradier. 

Clock,  representing  the  “  Conversion  of  the  Saracen,”  and  Moorish  candelabra,  of 
the  Moorish  style,  about  two  metres  high,  of  great  purity  of  style  and  artistic  finish  ; 
the  gold,  silver,  and  the  bronze  blend  beautifully  together,  allowing  occasional  glimpses 
of  fine  blue  enamel. 


Lustre,  representing  “  Night,”  supporting  ten  candles,  each  projecting  from  a  poppy 
flower ;  the  figure  which  represents  “  Night,”  spreads  her  mantle  over  the  earth,  which 
is  of  blue  enamel  studded  with  golden  stars ;  intended  for  suspension  in  a  small  saloon, 
boudoir,  or  lady’s  chamber. 

Table  ornaments,  gigantic  clock,  Venus’  toilet,  porcelain  vases,  mounted  on  gilt 
bronze.  (For  figures,  see  Record,  pages  45,  48,  49,  81,  113,  and  160. 


86.  Laureau,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Bronzes  and  ornamental  clocks. 


87.  Cordier,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Bronze  candelabra  and  other  objects;  Chinese  man  and  woman;  negro  and  negress, 
busts  in  iron,  of  natural  and  miniature  sizes. 


88.  Duval  &  Guerafeid,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Bronzes  and  clocks. 


89.  Foyatier,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Bronze  equestrian  statuette,  Joan  of  Arc. 


90.  Bonheur,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
A  collection  of  bronzes. 


91.  Fremiet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Groups  in  bronze  and  plaster ;  fine  plaster  group  of  cat  and  kittens. 


92.  Guebhard,  P.  F.,  Jr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Articles  in  copper,  gilt  by  electro-galvanic  process. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

93.  Volkamers,  H.  P.,  Jr.,  &  Furster,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 
Gold  leaf  and  foil ;  tinsel  and  tinsel  ornaments. 

217 


T 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXIII. 


94.  Schaptag,  J.  C.,  Nuremberg.— Manufacturer. 

Gold,  half  gold,  and  silver  leaf. 

95,  Brandeis,  J.,  Furth,  Bavaria.  Manufactui er. 

Gold  leaf  and  gilding  materials. 

9C.  Bauer,  W.  W.,  Nuremberg.— Manufacturer. 

Gold  and  silver  tinsel  and  tinsel  goods,  and  spangles. 

97.  Aurnhammer,  Brothers,  Frenchfiingen,  Bavaria.  Manufacturers. 

Gold  and  silver  tinsel  goods. 

9S.  Scheiblein-  &  Son,  Weissenberg,  Bavaria— Manufacturers. 

Gold  and  silver  tinsel  goods. 

99.  Henninger  &  Co.,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 

Silver  plated  goods.  _ _ _ 

100.  Birkner  &  Harbmann,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  and  silver  leaf;  silver,  gold,  and  bronze  powder. 

[Bronze  powders  are  prepared  in  various  ways;  some  of  them  mechanical  and  some 
chemical.  Dutch  metal  and  mosaic  gold  are  ground  to  powder ;  copper  is  precipitated  by 
clean  iron  from  a  solution  of  the  nitrate  of  copper ;  it  is  then  dried  and  heated  to  differ¬ 
ent  degrees,  producing  different  colors  according  to  the  degree  of  oxidation.  Plumbago, 
cinnebar,  and  other  metallic  colors,  are  mixed  with  the  bronze  powder  to  produce  variety 
of  tint.]  _ _ _ 

101.  Merkel,  Frederic,  Schwalbach,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  Leonischen  wire,  or  “  threads.” 

102.  Kuhn,  E.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Gilt  and  silvered  wires  of  various  sizes  ;  gold  and  silver  thread  for  spinning. 

103.  Kaufmann,  J.  L.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Brass  and  steel,  and  gilt  wire. 

104.  Friedman,  Joseph,  Frankfort-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  jewelry. 

105.  Sachs,  Edward,  Stuttgard,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer.  S 

Specimens  of  jewelry  in  gold  and  precious  stones. 

106.  Ott,  Nicholas,  &  Co.,  Gmiind,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  jewelry. 

107.  Haulick,  G.,  Frederic,  Hanau,  Hesse-Cassel. — Manufacturer. 

Flower  in  brilliant  and  rubies,  with  leaves  of  emerald  and  green  enamel,  in  a  vase 
of  gold  and  enamel.  The  flower  can  be  detached  in  the  middle  of  the  stem,  and  be  used 
as  a  brooch  or  hair  pin. 

108.  Erhard  &  Co.,  Gmiind,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 

Cheap  jewelry  and  church  ornaments. 

[Some  of  the  compounds  used  in  the  manufacture  of  imitation  jewelry  are  :  Mon- 
heirn’s  gold,  an  alloy  of  3  parts  copper,  1  part  zinc,  and  a  little  tin;  if  the  metals  are 
pure,  the  alloy  bears  a  very  close  resemblance  to  gold.  Pinchbeck,  5  parts  pure  copper, 
1  part  zinc.  Princess  metal,  3  parts  copper,  1  part  common  brass,  and  a  little  zinc. 
Artificial  gold,  16  parts  platinum,  7  parts  copper,  1  part  zinc,  melted  together.  Fahlun 
brilliants  are  made  of  29  parts  tin  and  19  parts  lead ;  a  very  fusible  and  brilliant  alloy. 
Queen’s  metal,  imitating  silver,  has  a  fine  lustre;  it  is  made  of  9  parts  tin,  1  part  lead, 
1  part  antimony,  and  1  part  bismuth.  Ormolu,  or  mosaic  gold,  is  made  of  equal  parts 
of  copper  and  zinc.  A  common  composition  for  trinkets  is  75  parts  gold,  25  parts  cop¬ 
per,  and  a  little  silver.  _ 

109.  Haehn,  A.,  Idar,  Oldenburg. — Manufacturer. 

Articles  of  agate. 

HO.  Hern,  J.,  Oberstein,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Agate  candlesticks. 

Ill,  Sax  &  Co.,  Waldkirch,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 

Bohemian  and  Oriental  garnets,  rubies,  &c. 

- - 


f 

;  'i  „ 

1  i.’iii 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

116.  Capello,  Brothers,  Turin ,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  richly  chased  and  enamelled  articles  in  gold,  silver,  and  precious  stones. 

117.  Bennati,  Guiseppe,  Genoa,  Sardinia. 

Statue  in  silver  filligree-work,  representing  Christopher  Columbus. 

[This  kind  of  work  is  made  from  delicate  threads  of  gold  or  silver  wire ;  the  fila¬ 
ments  are  braided  and  festooned  in  various  ways  according  to  the  design  of  the  artist,  and 
with  a  very  light  and  beautiful  effect.  This  ancient  art  was  brought  into  Europe  from 
the  East.  The  Hindoos,  Malays,  and  Chinese  make  a  great  deal  of  this  work  with  very 
rude  implements;  it  is  now  generally  neglected  in  Europe.] 

118.  Montefiori,  C.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Silver  plate,  encased  in  alto-relievo,  with  the  portrait  of  the  Queen  of  Sardinia. 

119.  Thermignon,  Pietro,  Bessans  (Savoy),  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

A  figure  of  the  Saviour,  Descent  from  the  Cross,  in  chased  silver ;  a  pontifex,  in 
gold  and  silver,  chased  and  enamelled ;  breast  pins  in  gold,  set  with  pearls  and  precious 
stones.  _ _ 

120.  Bonavati,  A.,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

A  vase  for  holy  water. 

121.  Poggi,  Antonio,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  exquisite  articles  of  coral. 

122.  Rafaelli,  P.,  &  Son,  Leghorn,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Coral  ornaments. 

123.  Muzzarelli,  C.,  Bologna. — Manufacturer. 

Rose-colored  coral  ornaments ;  specimens  of  medals. 


124.  Demarini,  G.  B.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 
A  set  of  rose-colored  coral  ornaments. 


125.  Bussi,  G.,  &  Co.,  Turin.— Manufacturer. 

A  parure  of  pearls  and  brilliants  in  silver  mounting ;  a  magnificent  brooch  in  enam¬ 
elled  gold  and  brilliants.  _ _ 

126.  Bosi,  Enrico,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Brooches  and  bracelets  in  Florentine  mosaic. 


127.  Casali,  F.,  Rome  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Cameos  cut  on  shells ;  Theseus  and  the  Centaurs ;  Hercules ;  the  Muses ;  heads  of 
Salvi,  Garibaldi,  Avezzana,  &c. 

[Cameos  are  bas-reliefs  on  a  small  scale.  Stone  cameos  are  cut  from  varieties  of 
the  agate,  cornelian,  onyx,  and  similar  minerals.  Shell  cameos  are  made  from  marine 
shells,  as  conch  shell,  Tritons,  &c. ;  the  material  being  softer,  such  works  are  easily  ex¬ 
ecuted  by  steel  instruments.  Cameos  are  also  cut  from  lava ;  in  fact,  the  name  is  applic¬ 
able  to  any  small  bas-relief,  in  whatever  substance  it  may  be  cut.] 

128.  Papi,  Clemente,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Cast,  in  bronze,  from  a  specimen  of  the  crassula  portulacoides,  in  a  bronze  vase ; 
cast,  in  bronze  relievo,  of  a  wild  boar’s  head  attached  to  the  branch  of  an  oak  ;  Venus 
and  Cupid  in  a  conch  shell ;  a  fountain,  in  bronze — exhibited  as  specimens  of  casting  by 
a  new  method,  and  not  as  works  of  art.  (For  figures  of  first  two,  see  the  Record, 
page  28.) 


SWITZERLAND. 

129.  Dubois,  Adolphe,  Chaux  de  Fonds,  Canton  Neuchatel. — Manufacturer. 
Engraving  on  gold. 

130.  Derriey,  J.,  Geneva.- — Manufacturers. 

Two  enamelled  paintings  on  gold,  and  two  tea  services  of  silver,  richly  chased  and 
ornamented. 

131.  Perrenond,  II.  V.  Grandjean,  Chaux  de  Fonds.— Manufacturer. 

Two  gold  plates,  engraved. 

132.  Kundert,  Fritz,  Chaux  de  Fonds. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Watch  cases,  engraved  with  historical  subjects. 


112.  Bobzani  &  Co.,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  chains,  seals,  keys,  pencils,  and  silver  snuff-boxes. 


133.  Bernard  &  Moulinie,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 
Watch  cases,  richly  engraved;  enamelled  watch  faces. 


113.  Schof.ller,  Alexander,  Berndo/f,  Austria  Proper. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  German  silver  and  silver-plated  table  furniture. 


134.  Leresche,  A.,  Golay,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  rich  jewelry. 


111.  Begman,  Max.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  gilded  jewelry. 

115.  Petrowitz,  Demeter,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 
Cast  medallions. 


135.  Terond,  Ravier  &  Co.,  Geneva. — Manufacturers. 

Various  articles  of  fine  jewelry ;  bracelets. 

136.  Dutertre,  Auguste,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  elegant  jewelry,  bijouterie,  and  watches. 


L 


218 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XXIII. 


137.  Bachelard,  D.,  &  Son,  Geneva  and  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  jewelry. 

138.  Caft,  Henry,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  elegant  jewelry  and  gems. 

139.  Nicolet,  A.,  G eneva. — Manufacturer. 

Engraved  tablet  in  silver. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

110.  Meyey,  P.  de,  Hague. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Silver  cup,  representing  the  Triumph  of  Neptune ;  silver  urn,  and  other  embossed 
silver  ware.  _ 

111.  Grebe,  J.  G.,  Jr.,  .Rotterdam.— Manufacturer. 

Embossed  silver  beaker,  hammered  out  of  one  solid  piece. 

[The  art  of  chiselling  in  the  precious  metals  was  formerly  practised  with  great  suc¬ 
cess  in  the  Netherlands ;  indeed,  this  country  surpassed  all  other  nations  at  that  time  in 
such  works,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  plates  of  a  rare  work,  entitled  “  Artificial  Models 
of  different  Vessels  and  other  Works,  designed  and  made  by  the  celebrated  Adam  van 


Vianen.”  These  articles  were  principally  hammered  by  him  out  of  a  single  lump  of 
silver ;  the  plates  were  engraved  by  Theodore  van  Kissel,  and  published  by  Christian 
van  Vianen  (the  son),  of  Utrecht ;  he  lived  in  Utrecht  in  1630,  and  the  works  still  pre¬ 
served  justify  fully  the  admiration  bestowed  on  them  in  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth 
century.  In  the  collection  of  Mr.  Schinkel,  at  the  Hague,  are  still  to  be  found  some 
bas-reliefs  by  this  master,  or  one  of  his  sons  of  the  same  name,  who  inherited  the  skill  of 
his  father.  This  art  afterwards  fell  into  disuse,  in  which  it  remained  till  the  prize  offered 
by  the  Royal  Institute  in  December,  1836.  Mr.  Grebe,  stimulated  by  seeing  the  works 
of  the  Van  Vianens,  aimed  to  revive  the  art,  and  surmount  the  difficulties  attending  the 
hammering  from  a  single  piece  of  what  is  usually  made  by  soldering  many  cast  and 
wrought  pieces.  The  result  of  his  trial  was  this  fine  goblet.  The  bottom  of  the  plate 
was  taken  out  in  order  that  all  the  parts  might  be  reached  by  the  tools.  The  difficulties 
attending  this  work  must  have  been  very  great,  as  the  chiselling  cf  the  little  feet  of  the 
figure  in  the  lying  posture,  the  obtaining  the  width  of  the  tree  with  that  of  the  standing 
figure,  the  drawing  out  the  head  of  the  climbing  figure  where  the  object  has  a  cavity  or 
hollow,  and  the  hammering  out  on  the  goblet  two  figures  opposite  each  other,  in  which  a 
round  object  tends  to  extend  itself  into  an  oval.  The  style  of  the  goblet  is  one  of  the 
maker’s  creation,  and  not  an  imitation  of  any  country’s  design.] 

112,  Grevink,  G.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Silver-plated  ware. 

143.  Presburg,  M.  J.,  &  Co.,  JVymegen. — Manufacturers. 

Silver  and  copper  polished  snuff  boxes  and  spectacle  cases. 

219 


SECTION  III. 

CLASS 

xxrv. 

MANUFACTURES 

0  F 

GLASS 

The  display  of  glass  manufactures  in  the  New  York  Exhibition  did  not  correspond  with  their  extent  and  importance.  The  principal  contributors  on 
the  American  side  were  the  Brooklyn  Flint  Glass  Company,  and  the  New  England  Glass  Company  of  Boston.  They  are  the  largest  manufacturers  of  this 
kind  of  glass,  and  their  exhibition  of  dioptric  lenses  and  signal  lamps,  and  of  plain,  pressed,  cut,  and  decorated  ware,  was  highly  creditable.  American 
flint-glass  is  distinguished  for  its  pure  color  and  brilliancy.  Pressed  glass  is  an  American  invention,  and  it  was  only  in  1837  that  drinking-glasses  were 
first  made  by  this  process. 

A  few  contributions  in  this  class  were  made  from  England  ;  the  most  noticeable  were  stained  glass  windows.  Optical  glass,  of  the  finest  quality, 
and  very  rich  examples  of  ornamental  glass,  were  exhibited  from  France. 

A  full,  though  condensed  account  of  the  history  and  methods  of  manufacturing  glass,  and  an  essay  on  the  art  of  glass-staining,  may  be  found  in  the 
“  Illustrated  Record,”  pages  29  and  150. 


1<  Brooklyn  Flint  Glass  Company,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  plain,  cut,  and  pressed  glass  ware ;  dioptric  lenses  and  signal- 
lamp  glasses,  for  railways,  ships,  <fcc. 


[The  purity  of  the  sand,  for  glass-making,  exhibited  in  the  American  department, 
is  most  remarkable ;  it  is  as  white  as  snow,  and  perfectly  pure.  Most  sands  have  a 
yellow  color,  indicating  oxyd  of  iron,  which  imparts  the  green  tinge  to  common  glass, 
which  it  is  the  purpose  of  manganese  to  prevent.  It  may  be  worth  while  to  know 
how  to  remove  this  oxyd  of  iron  in  an  economical  and  effectual  manner.  When  sand 
containing  oxyd  of  iron  is  mixed  with  a  little  charcoal,  and  subjected,  at  a  red  heat, 
to  the  action  of  chlorine  gas,  the  whole  of  the  iron  is  volatilized,  as  chloride  of  iron, 
and  the  silica  remains  pure  as  soon  as  the  excess  of  charcoal  has  been  burned  off.  It 
is  not  improbable  that  the  muriatic  acid,  so  incessantly  wasted  in  our  soda-works,  may 
be  used  for  purifying  glass-makers’  sand ;  at  ordinary  temperatures  this  would  probably 
remove  the  oxyd  of  iron,  and  it  certainly  would  by  the  application  of  a  little  heat.] 


2.  New  England  Glass  Company,  Boston,  Massachusetts.— Manufacturers. 

One  set  (four  pieces)  cut  scroll-pattern  decanters. 

One  set  (in  part)  Cambridge  pattern-cut  glass,  sixty-four  pieces. 

One  set  (in  part)  Boston  pattern-cut  glass,  fifty-eight  pieces. 

One  pair  cut  block-diamond  double-lip  wine  bottles. 

This  ware  was  not  made  for  exhibition,  but  taken  from  the  shelves  of  the  ware-roo 
merely  to  show  the  style  and  quality  of  the  cutting  turned  out  by  this  factory  W 
had  no  entire  sets  on  hand.  J 

130  pieces  pressed  sharp  diamond-pattern  glass  ware,  consisting  of  bowls,  tumblei 
goblets,  champagne,  wine,  and  jelly  glasses. 

Two  9-ineh  pressed  bowls. 

Eleven  plat’d  and  cut  double-lip  hock-shape  colognes. 

Five  plated  and  cut  salts. 

One  plated  and  cut  goblet,  cut  in  relief. 

Three  plated  and  cut  water-bottles,  tumblers,  and  stands,  for  the  toilette. 

One  globe  on  foot,  plated  green,  and  cut. 

Three  large  silvered-glass  vases. 

One  silvered-glass  pyramid. 

One  silvered-glass  druggists’  show-bottle. 

One  10-inch  silvered-glass  globe  on  foot 
Two  10-inch  silvered-glass  bowls  on  foot 
Two  silvered-glass  goblets,  engraved. 

One  large  silvered-glass  bowl  on  foot,  very  richly  engraved 
three  plated-glass  goblets,  cut  and  silvered. 

One  glass  pyramid,  plated,  cut,  and  silvered. 

One  glass  globe  on  foot  plated,  cut,  and  silvered. 

Two  hundred  glass  door-knobs,  silvered. 


220 


Two  plain-flint  goblets,  engraved. 

One  square  toilette,  or  cologne  bottle,  engraved. 

Twenty-three  articles  of  glass,  representing  apples  and  pears. 

Twenty  paper-weights  of  same  design. 

Nine  fancy  paper-weights. 

Six  fancy  paper-weights,  fruit-center. 

Twenty-eight  fancy  paper-weights,  cut. 

One  plain  paper-weight,  engraved  stag. 

Six  fancy  paper-weights,  cut  and  gilded. 

One  set  plated,  cut,  and  gilded  toilette  water-bottle,  tumbler,  and  stand. 

One  pair  blue-plated,  cut  and  gilded,  hock-shape,  double-lip  wine-bottles. 

One  pair  opaque,  white-plated,  cut  and  gilded,  donble-lip  wine-bottles. 

One  enameled  glass  smoke  bell,  gilded  leaves. 

Four  enameled  glass  smoke  bells,  richly  ornamented  with  painting  and  gilding. 

One  bottle  protoxyd  of  lead,  or  massicot,  for  glass-makers. 

One  bottle  red  lead  for  glass-makers. 

One  bottle  common  red  lead. 

One  bottle  common  litharge,  manufactured  from  Soft  Upper  Mines ;  Missouri  pig  lead. 
One  bottle  pure  carbonate  of  potash,  prepared  from  pearl-ash. 

[The  foregoing  articles  are  manufactured  by  the  New  England  Glass  Company,  of 
Boston,  established  and  incorporated  in  the  year  1818.  The  factory  is  located  at  East 
Cambridge,  about  one  mile  from  the  city  of  Boston,  and  employs  upwards  of  480 
hands.] 

3.  Stouvenel,  JosEPn,  <fe  Brother,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Cut  crystal  goblets,  bowls,  celery-dishes,  pitchers,  wine-glasses,  and  other  articles. 


4.  Baker  &  Brother,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

Druggists’  glass  ware,  of  all  descriptions ;  preserve  and  pickle  jars,  flasks,  window- 
glass,  ink-bottles,  wine-bottles,  <fec. 


5.  Berger  &  Walter,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

atch-glasses  of  all  styles  ;  clock-glasses  ;  rich  cut  decanters,  goblets,  wine-glasses, 
tumblers. 

[All  that  the  glass-blower  does,  towards  making  watch-crystals,  is,  to  blow  regular 
hollow  spheres,  about  eight  inches  in  diameter,  very  thin,  and  weighing  twelve  ounces. 
These  are  immediately  given  to  the  watch-glass  maker,  without  being  annealed,  or 
gradually  cooled.  The  sphere  is  divided  into  as  many  as  possible  sections  of  the 
requisite  size,  which  is  done  by  tracing,  and  afterwards  wetting  a  line,  in  which  the 
glass  will  crack  very  precisely.  Before  these  pieces  can  be  made  to  assume  the 


MANUFACTURES  OF  GLASS. 


necessary  convexity,  they  must  be  softened  by  heat ;  they  are  then  pressed  easily  into 
the  convex  form,  by  an  appropriate  instrument ;  the  edges  are  then  ground.  Lunette 
glasses  are  not  segments  of  spheres,  but  have  their  edges  abruptly  raised,  and  the 
interior  area  flattened ;  they  are  blown  in  a  pear-shaped  figure,  whose  largest  end  is 
of  the  size  required  for  the  watch-glass,  and  the  requisite  flatness  is  given  by  pressing 
this  end,  while  soft,  on  some  smooth  level  surface.] 


22.  Frewin,  James,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Stained  glass  window — subject,  “  The  Angel  delivering  Saint  Peter  out  of  prison,” 
after  Rubens. 


23.  Holland,  William,  St.  John’s,  Warwick,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Stained  glass  windows,  and  imitation  inlaid  marble  in  glass  plate.  [For  represen 
tations  of  some  of  these,  see  the  Record,  pages  21  and  82.] 


6.  Bodine,  G.  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Lunette  watch-crystals,  of  superior  strength,  temper,  and  finish. 

7.  Bolton,  John,  Pelham,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  stained  mosaic  window,  with  scriptural  studies  and  emblems.  Specimens  of 
illuminated  lettering  on  glass. 

8.  Brandon,  A.  <fc  G.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gold  lettering  on  glass. 

9.  Hale,  Frederick,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Enameling  and  writing  on  glass  in  burnished  gold.  Druggists’  show-jars,  Ac. 
[Enamels,  applied  to  glass,  are  composed  of  a  metallic  base  or  oxyd,  in  connection 
with  a  flux,  or  glass  which  melts  at  a  lower  temperature ;  they  are  ground  upon  a 
glass  slab,  with  a  muller,  in  some  essential  oil,  and  are  applied  with  a  brush.  As  the 
color  is  apt  to  be  lost  if  the  heat  be  too  great,  an  exact  knowledge  of  the  requisite 
amount  of  heat  is  necessary  for  success.] 

10.  Cooper  A  Belcher,  Camptown,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturers. 

New  machine-engraved  and  etched  ornamental  window-glass  (exhibited  in  the 
west  gallery  windows)  of  five  patterns. 

11.  Hannington,  William  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Stained  glass  gothic  windows ;  stained  glass  plates,  panels,  borders,  for  windows 
and  doors.  Stained  glass  portraits  and  fancy  subjects.  [For  an  article  on  glass¬ 
painting,  see  the  Record,  page  29.] 

12.  Smith,  Philip,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Plate  of  ruby  glass,  cut  with  designs  representing  the  arms  of  the  United  States. 

13.  Sharp  A  Steel,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Stained  glass,  in  ancient  and  modern  styles. 

14.  Stephenson,  Matilda  C.,  East  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Stained  and  painted  glass,  representing  various  scriptural  subjects,  of  very  elaborate 
designs. 

15.  Bidwell,  H.  L.,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Exhibitor. 

Skylight  with  stained  glass,  painted  by  W.  J.  Hannington. 

16.  Collins,  E.  K.,  New  York  City. — Exhibitor. 

Stained  glass  picture,  “Naval  Engagement,”  painted  by  Hannington. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


17.  Breffit,  Edgar,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  glass  bottles  of  various  kinds,  with  patent  stoppers  ;  glass  insulators 
for  electric  telegraphs,  Ac. 

[Bottle-glass  is  the  cheapest  kind,  and  made  of  ordinary  materials:  these  are 
generally  sand,  with  lime,  and  sometimes  clay,  and  alkaline  ashes  of  any  kind ;  the 
green  color  is  owing  to  impurities  in  the  ashes,  generally  to  oxyd  of  iron.  This  glass 
is  hard,  strong,  and  less  subject  to  corrosion  by  acids  than  flint-glass.  For  bottles 
containing  the  effervescing  wines,  great  care  is  necessary  in  the  making;  the  materials 
must  be  thoroughly  mixed,  when  the  mass  is  in  a  state  of  fusion,  and  the  thickness 
should  be  uniform  throughout,  in  order  to  resist  the  pressure  of  the  contained  carbonic 
acid.  The  loss  of  bottles  by  bursting,  in  the  champagne  trade,  is  from  twenty  to  thirty 
per  cent. ;  a  machine  has  been  contrived  to  test  their  strength,  which  ought  to  be 
equal  to  bear  the  pressure  of  from  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  atmospheres.  In  bottles 
intended  to  contain  acids,  the  alkali  and  the  lime  should  be  chemically  united,  to 
prevent  their  being  acted  upon  by  the  acid.] 

18.  Apsley,  Pellatt  A  Co.,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Elegant  cut-glass  chandeliers,  of  various  styles. 


19.  Ross,  O’Connor  A  Co.,  Dublin. — Manufacturers. 

Watch-glasses  in  their  various  stages  of  manufacture. 

20.  James,  William  Henry,  Camden  Town. — Inventor  and  Designer. 
Window-glass  ornamented  by  machinery. 

21.  Bland,  Samuel  K.,  London. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

Enamel-painted  windows,  with  original  style  of  chromo-crystal  decorations. 

T* 


FRANCE. 

24.  Van  Leempool  de  Colnet  <fe  Co.,  Quinquengrogue  Class  Works,  near  Chapelle 

Nisne. — Manufacturers. 

Bottles  of  various  sizes  and  qualities,  for  all  purposes. 

25.  Berger-W alter,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Crystal  and  porcelain  door  and  draw  knobs,  mounted  in  various  styles,  and  of  all 
colors,  the  products  of  the  Moselle  Glass  Works. 

26.  Laboche,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  cut  and  engraved  glass  ware  for  the  table. 

[Engraving  on  glass  is  made  by  small  revolving  copper-wheels  upon  a  lathe,  of 
which  the  spindle  revolves  very  rapidly ;  by  touching  the  wheels  with  emery  and  oil, 
the  glass  is  cut  with  great  ease.  Many  ornaments  thus  produced  are  exceedingly 
beautiful  and  costly.  A  very  pure  and  well-annealed  material  is  requisite  for  delicate 
outline  and  deep  cutting.] 

27.  Auzou,  Jr.,  Havre. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  round  glass  demijohns,  in  wicker  cases. 

28.  Vicart,  L.,  A  Co.,  Graville,  Seine  Inferieure. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  demijohns  and  other  glass  bottles,  of  various  shapes,  in  osier  baskets. 

29.  Guebhard,  P.,  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Various  specimens  of  hand-mirrors. 

30.  Cirey  A  Montherme,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

A  large  mirror. 

31.  Maes,  L.  J.,  Paris. — Manufacturer, 

Vases  of  pure  and  fancy-colored  crystal  cologne  and  essence  bottles  ;  fancy  paper¬ 
weights  of  crown-glass;  object-glasses  for  daguerreotype  cameras;  cut-glass  of  various 
kinds ;  glass  door-plates  and  door-knobs ;  vinaigrettes,  and  various  ornaments.  [For 
descriptions  and  figures,  see  the  Record,  page  108.] 

[The  difficulty  in  the  construction  of  large  achromatic  lenses  has  always  been  the 
want  of  homogeneity  in  the  structure  of  the  glass.  The  specimens  exhibited  by  Mr. 
Maes  are  remarkably  brilliant,  pure,  homogeneous,  and  free  from  strias.  In  the 
manufacture  of  his  glass,  he  uses  the  oxyd  of  zinc  instead  of  the  oxyd  of  lead,  with 
boracic  acid,  which  renders  fusion  and  vitrification  much  easier.  The  boracic  acid  is 
comparatively  expensive,  and  this  glass  has  not  stood,  as  yet,  sufficient  time  to  deter¬ 
mine  its  real  value ;  but  the  glass  promises,  thus  far,  to  be  of  very  great  value  for 
optical  purposes,  and  the  low  dispersive  power  of  the  zinc  compounds  will  probably 
cause  it  to  be  substituted  with  advantage  for  crown-glass.  The  borate  of  lime,  or 
hayessine,  found  abundantly  on  the  west  coast  of  America,  will  doubtless  prove  of 
great  value  in  the  manufacture  of  glass.] 

32.  Fialeix,  Marget,  Seine  Inferieure. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  painted  glass. 

33.  Vallet  A  Co.,  Forbach. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  stained  glass,  in  a  variety  of  colors. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

34.  Derudinger,  J.  A.  'Sohler  A  Co.,  Offenburg,  Baden. — Manufacturers. 

Plain  and  fancy  window-glass ;  colored  and  embossed  glass ;  drawings  on  glass,  one 
representing  a  scene  from  the  life  of  Columbus. 

[The  Germans  have  always  excelled  in  the  manufacture  of  colored  glass;  their 
products  are  superior  as  to  color,  artistic  form,  and  ornament.  The  Zollverein  exports 
exceed  the  imports  by  the  amount  of  nearly  700,000  thalers  yearly;  the  exports 
consist  principally  in  plate  and  concave  glass,  as  well  as  in  colored,  ground,  and  fancy- 
gilt  glasses ;  the  glass  for  the  chemical,  physical,  and  pharmaceutical  arts,  is  of  the 
best  quality.] 

35.  Krautz,  J.  H.,  Neumarkt,  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Glass  buttons,  beads,  hair-pins,  Ac. ;  and  colored  ornaments. 

36.  Mittelstadt,  W.,  Zirke,  Posen. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  glass  ware,  chiefly  plain. 

321 


MANUFACTURES  OF  CLASS. 


37.  Sokn’s,  Count,  Glass  Works,  Baruth,  near  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  colored  glass  and  glass  ware ;  opaque  white. 

38.  Benedict,  M.,  Jr.,  Fiirth,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Looking-glasses  in  various  styles  of  manufacture. 

[Plate-glass  for  mirrors  may  be  blown  in  cylinders,  when  they  do  not  exceed  four 
feet  in  length ;  but,  of  a  much  larger  size,  they  may  be  made  by  casting,  which  is  the 
only  way  of  producing  very  large  plates.  The  melted  glass  is  poured  upon  tables  of 
polished  copper,  having  a  rim  as  high  as  the  intended  thickness  of  the  plate ;  to  make 
the  surfaces  parallel,  a  heavy  roller  is  passed  over  the  plate,  resting  on  the  rim,  which 
presses  down  the  glass  which  is  beginning  to  grow  stiff,  and  drives  before  it  any  excess 
of  material.  The  plates,  after  being  annealed,  are  ground  and  polished  by  a  process 
very  similar  to  that  used  in  polishing  marble.  For  economy  of  material,  the  glass  is 
commonly  ground  with  pure  flint,  reduced  to  powder.] 

39.  Vetters,  E.  G.,  Jr.,  Lauschau,  Thuringia. — Manufacturer. 

Imitation-agate  marbles  in  glass ;  glass  eyes  for  birds  and  dolls,  and  various  fancy 
articles  in  glass. 

40.  Heilbronn,  Leovold,  Fiirth,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Glass  plate  for  mirrors,  silvered. 


41.  Seidel,  Frauz,  Grcuzdorf. — Manufacturer. 

Beads,  and  ear-rings  of  glass,  variously  colored. 

42.  Frost,  W.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Vine  paintings  on  glass. 

43.  Wagner,  J.,  Kirschbcrg,  Baden. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
Paintings  on  glass. 

44.  Vogt. — Manufacturer. 

Paintings  on  glass. 


BELGIUM. 

45.  Capellmans,  T.  B.,  St.  Vaast,  Hainault. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  fine  glass  ware ;  wine-glasses,  decanters,  vases,  dishes, 
and  other  table-furniture ;  glass  shades  and  chimneys  for  lamps. 

46.  Daubresse,  Brothers,'  Louviere. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  window-glass,  of  large  size  and  fine  quality. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

47.  Batka,  Wenzel,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Retorts,  tubes,  flasks,  jars,  <fcc.,  for  chemical  uses  ;  models  of  crystals. 

48.  Wetzstein,  Vincent,  Prague. — Manufacturer. 

Exquisite  table-ornament  of  polished  rock-crystal. 

49.  Scheiffle,  G.  S.,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

A  great  variety  of  Bohemian  glass  ware. 

[The  manufacture  of  glass  is  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  extensive  branches  of 
industry  in  Bohemia ;  this  country  supplies  more  than  half  of  what  is  produced  in 
the  Austrian  Empire,  and  has  long  carried  on  an  extensive  trade  with  all  parts  of  the 
world.  In  1847,  there  were  exported  of  hollow  and  table  glass,  102,119  cwt. ;  of  cut 
and  cast  crystal-glass  and  mirrors,  23,075  cwt.  ;  of  beads,  artificial  gems,  Ac.,  5,619 
cwt. ;  of  this  amount,  in  each  class,  Bohemia  contributed  88  per  cent.  The  consump¬ 
tion  of  these  articles  at  home  is  nearly  equal  to  what  is  exported.  The  Venetian 
provinces  make  large  quantities  of  beads,  many  of  which  are  partly  cut  in  Bohemia. 
By  the  adoption  of  the  best  processes,  by  the  richness  of  the  raw  materials,  and  the 
cheapness  and  elegance  of  the  manufactured  articles,  Bohemia  has  secured  the  best 
foreign  markets,  hitherto  without  danger  of  competition.  The  extensive  collections 

222 


displayed  in  the  Exhibition,  sufficiently  attest  the  beauty,  excellence,  and  variety  of 
the  universally  known  “Bohemian  glass  ware.”] 

50.  Stainer,  E.,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

A  variety  of  Bohemian  glass  ware ;  vases,  glasses,  cups,  pitchers,  bottles,  <fcc. 
[For  figures  and  descriptions,  see  Record,  p.  109.] 

51.  Pazelt,  A.,  Turnan,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer.  (Agents,  Knauth,  Nachod  <fc  Kuiine, 

New  York.) 

Assortment  of  artificial  stones  of  cut  glass. 


54.  BLASonKA  &  Sons,  Liebenau,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 

Beads,  glass  buttons,  luster  pendants ;  breastpins,  ear-rings,  in  variously  colored 
glass. 


57.  Kanitz,  C.,  Vienna. — Exhibitor. 

Colored  and  enameled  glass  beads,  bugles,  brooches,  and  other  ornaments.  Colos¬ 
sal  luster-pendant  in  case  ;  other  glass  ware,  fine  and  clear  ;  glass  pens,  soft  and  hard. 

58.  Giacomuzzi,  J.,  A  Brothers,  Venice. — Manufacturers. 

Mosaic  tables — one  an  exact  copy  of  a  piece  of  pavement  in  the  Basilica  of  St 
Marks  at  Venice.  Enameled  work  corals,  glass  imitation-pearls,  and  beads  variously 
colored.  [For  an  article  on  mosaics,  and  figures,  see  the  Record,  page  831] 

[There  is  nothing  peculiar  in  the  composition  or  preparation  of  the  colored  glass 
used  in  making  beads.  When  one  workman  has  blown  the  colored  glass  into  the  usual 
hollow  form,  a  second  takes  it  at  the  other  end,  and  the  two  then  run  in  opposite 
directions,  drawing  the  glass  into  a  pipe,  or  tube,  whose  caliber  bears  the  same 
proportion  to  the  substance  of  the  glass  as  was  first  given  by  the  blower.  The  tubes 
are  sometimes  drawn  150  feet  in  length.  When  the  tube  is  sufficiently  cool,  it  is 
divided  into  equal  lengths,  which  are  afterwards  cut  into  pieces  sufficiently  small  to 
make  beads.  The  pieces  are  then  thrown  into  a  mixture  of  sand  and  ashes,  that  their 
tube,  by  stirring,  may  be  filled,  to  prevent  the  sides  from  coming  together  by  the  heat 
to  which  they  are  afterwards  subjected.  They  are  then  heated,  with  more  ashes  and 
sand,  over  a  charcoal  fire,  and  continually  stirred ;  by  this  simple  means,  they  assume 
the  globular  form.  They  are  then  freed  from  the  sand  and  ashes,  and  transferred  to 
sieves,  which  divide  them  according  to  size.] 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 


60.  Society,  Netherlands,  for  Window  Glass,  Zwyndrecht,  near  Bodricht.  —  Manu¬ 

facturers. 

Glass  cylinders  and  window-glass. 

61.  Nievergeld,  J.  R.  F.,  Hague. — Manufacturer. 

Electro-coppered  glass  stills  and  porcelain  vessels. 

[Vessels  thus  coated  accelerate  solution  and  distillation,  and  require  the  minimum 
heat  to  conduct  these  processes;  while  the  copper,  conducting  the  heat  equally  over 
the  surface  of  the  glass,  preserves  it  from  fracture  by  unequal  expansion,  and  at  the 
same  time  protects  it  from  external  accidents.  This  covering  was  first  exhibited  at  the 
Paris  Exposition  of  1844,  where  it  attracted  great  curiosity.  The  coating  is  smooth, 
perfect,  and  uniform,  and  is  obtained  by  the  electrotype  process.  The  surface  of  the 
glass  or  porcelain  is  first  varnished,  then  brushed  over  with  bronze-powder,  in  order  to 
form  a  conducting  surface  on  which  the  copper  may  be  deposited,  and  the  vessel  is 
then  placed  in  the  decomposition-cell,  in  connection  with  the  battery.  In  a  few  days, 
the  whole  external  surface  is  covered  with  bright  metallic  copper.] 


55.  Keil,  Joseph,  Gablonz. — Manufacturer. 

Glass  buttons  and  beads. 

56.  Helmich,  F.  A.,  Wolfersdorf  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  glass  beads. 


59.  Bylart,  J.,  Utrecht. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  glass  ware. 


52.  FEiLnAMMER,  F.  A.,  Briinn. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  lettering  on  glass. 

53.  Richter  <fc  Franke,  Mariahclf  near  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 
Fancy  articles  made  of  glass. 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXV. 


CERAMIC 


MANUFACTURES. 


The  contributions  of  porcelain,  and  other  ceramic  manufactures,  were  scanty  indeed  in  the  American  quarter  of  the  Exhibition ;  for,  as  yet,  this  beautiful 
branch  of  art-manufacture  has  only  begun  to  be  established  among  us.  But  the  display  from  England  and  France  was  one  of  the  most  remarkable  features 
of  the  place,  and  must  have  been  a  novel  and  instructive  spectacle  to  all  who  had  not  visited  the  national  museums  of  Europe.  To  develop  this  art,  costly 
experiments  have  been  carried  on  for  a  century  and  a  half,  at  the  expense  of  several  of  the  governments  of  Europe ;  and  the  result  has  been  so  successful 
in  France  that  the  refinements  of  modern  art  and  the  triumphs  of  modern  science  are  nowhere  exhibited  more  advantageously  than  in  a  Sevres  vase. 

The  specimens  from  the  great  manufactories  of  England  were  very  numerous,  and  the  majority  possessed  great  beauty.  The  English  contributions  were 
chiefly  admired  for  the  statuettes  in  Parian.  A  short  account  of  the  manufacture  of  porcelain  may  be  found  in  the  “Illustrated  Record,”  page  188,  and 
engravings  of  the  best  examples  have  been  published  in  the  same  work. 


1.  United  States  Pottery  Company,  Bennington,  Vermont. — Manufacturers. 

Fenton’s  patent  flint  enameled  ware.  [For  representations  of  pitchers,  Ac.,  see 
pages  78  and  79  of  the  Record.] 


2.  Haughwout  &  Dailec,  New  York  City. — Decorators. 

Dessert  and  toilet  sets,  vases,  coffee  cups,  and  plates  of  fine  porcelain,  richly 
decorated  with  landscapes,  figures,  flowers,  Ac.  Specimen  plate,  with  blue  band,  Al- 
i  hambra  style,  of  a  dinner  service  manufactured  for  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
[Figured  on  page  129  of  the  Record,  with  vases.] 


3.  Cartlidge,  Charles,  A  Co.,  Green  Point,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Porcelain  tea,  table,  and  fancy  ware ;  door  trimmings  and  sign  letters. 

_ _ 

I 

4,  Hermann,  Louis  E.,  Hoboken,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

China,  porcelain,  and  earthenware,  painted  and  gilded ;  exhibiting  decoration  and 
lettering. 


5«  Stouvenel,  Joseph,  A  Brother,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Decorated  porcelain  ;  dinner,  dessert,  and  other  services. 


6.  Booh,  William,  A  Brother,  Green  Point,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Stair  rods,  and  plates  of  decorated  porcelain ;  plain  and  gilded  porcelain  trim¬ 
mings  for  doors,  shutters,  drawers,  Ac. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

1  7.  Herbert,  Minton  A  Co.,  Stoke-upon-Trent,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Porcelain  dinner,  tea,  and  dessert  service,  similar  to  one  made  for  Queen  Victoria ; 
i  statuettes,  groups,  and  various  articles  in  Parian  clay ;  tiles.  [For  figures  of  vases, 
statuettes  in  Parian,  Ac.,  see  pages  128,  139,  140,  141,  of  the  Record.] 

[The  great  variety  and  beauty  of  the  objects  in  statuary  porcelain  is  one  of  the 
remarkable  features  of  this  class ;  the  great  delicacy  and  sharpness  of  outline  manifest 
great  skill  in  overcoming  the  difficulties  arising  from  the  shrinking  of  the  material 
when  burnt.  These  objects  are  produced  by  “casting  the  clay,  in  a  semifluid  state, 
is  poured  into  the  mould,  which  is  made  of  plaster  of  Paris ;  the  shrinking  caused  by 
this  absorbent  substance  will  reduce  a  figure  of  two  feet  an  inch  and  a  half  in  the 
•  height.  When  dry,  it  is  put  into  the  oven ;  the  pieces  put  together  by  the  figure 


maker  from  the  different  moulds  must  be  dry,  and  during  this  process  another  inch 
and  a  half  is  lost  in  height :  during  the  firing,  which  is  the  severest  trial,  it  loses  three 
inches  more,  being  only  three-fourths  of  the  original  height  If  the  heat  is  too  great 
the  mass  would  be  melted ;  if  too  little,  the  surface  would  be  imperfect,  so  that  the  art 
requires  great  practical  experience.] 


8.  Rose,  John,  A  Co.,  Coalbrook  Bale,  Shropshire. — Manufacturers. 

Porcelain  embossed  dinner  and  dessert  services ;  epergnes,  vases,  Ac. ;  groups  in 
Parian  and  porcelain  articles.  [For  figures  of  vases,  bracket,  tea  service,  and  Queen’s 
vase,  see  pages  94,  95,  and  180  of  the  Record.] 


9.  Ridgeway,  John,  A  Co.,  Cauldon  Place,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — Manufacturers. 

English  porcelain  table,  tea,  and  coffee  services ;  lawn  and  greenhouse  fountains, 
drab  stone  pottery ;  hollow  bricks,  Ac.  [For  elegant  tea  service  and  porcelain  foun¬ 
tain,  see  pages  20  and  22  of  the  Record.] 


10.  Mayer,  T.  J.,  A  J.,  Longport,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Table  ware,  toilet  and  dessert  ware ;  garden  and  rustic  seats ;  slabs  for  fire-places ; 
Parian  vases  and  jugs,  Ac.  [For  Parian  vases  and  jugs,  see  page  52  of  the  Record.] 

[The  greatest  amount  of  porcelain  and  ceramic  articles  in  Great  Britain,  is  made 
in  the  district  known  as  the  “Staffordshire  Potteries;”  there  are  also  extensive  works 
at  Stoke-upon-Trent.  It  is  generally  believed  that  potteries  have  existed  in  Stafford¬ 
shire  ever  since  their  first  establishment  there  by  the  Romans,  though  till  within  150 
years  the  objects  manufactured  were  of  the  commonest  and  coarsest  description.  The 
potteries  commence  at  a  village  called  Golden  Hill,  and  extend  for  a  distance  of  more 
than  seven  miles.  The  “  china-clay”  is  the  decomposed  feldspar  of  the  granite,  and  is  \ 
prepared  in  Cornwall  and  other  places,  before  it  is  sent  to  the  potteries ;  this,  with  j 
silica,  is  the  principal  ingredient ;  both  clay  and  flint  are  among  the  most  widely  dis¬ 
tributed  of  the  materials  of  the  globe.] 


1 1.  Watkins,  William  A  Thomas,  Bradford. — Manufacturers. 
Ironstone  porcelain  articles  for  spinners  and  weavers. 


12.  Copeland,  W.  T.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Works  in  porcelain;  statuary  after  Foley  and  others;  with  a  large  collection  of 
vases,  tazzas,  plateaus,  trays,  tableware,  Ac.  [For  figures  see  pages  14,  15,  16,  17,  19, 
78,  79,  and  98  of  the  Record.] 


13.  Sampson,  Bridgwood,  A  Son,  Longton,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Breakfast  and  tea  sets  in  fine  china,  plain  and  ornamental.  [For  porcelain  tea 
service  see  page  22  of  the  Record.] 

223 


J 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXV 


14.  Lindsley,  Powell  &  Co.,  Hanley  Potteries,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Painted  biscuit  ware;  white  and  painted  granite  ware,  Ac.  [For  pitchers  and 

statuettes  in  Parian,  see  pages  78  and  180  of  the  Record.] 

15.  Finch,  John,  City  Road  Basin,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Porcelain  bath  and  wash  tubs ;  porcelain  tile  bath ;  glazed  bricks  and  slabs. 

16.  Adams,  W.,  A  Sons,  Stoke-upon-Trent,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturs. 

Earthenware  ;  china  ware  ;  Parian  figures. 

IT.  Ferguson,  Miller  A  Co.,  Hatfield,  near  Glasgow. — Manufacturers. 

Terra-cotta  vases,  stoneware  pots,  pipes,  Ac. 

[Terra-cotta  (terre  cuite  of  the  French)  means  literally  clay  hardened  by  heat;  its 
use  has  been  restricted  in  the  arts  to  the  finer  clays,  in  which  many  beautiful 
specimens  of  figures  and  ornaments  have  been  executed ;  many  of  these  are  figured  in 
the  Record.] 


18.  King  A  Co.,  Stourbridge,  Worcestershire. — Manufacturers. 

Bricks ;  patent  gas  ovens ;  glass-house  pot-clay,  made  from  Stourbridge  fire-clay. 

19.  Grankirk  Coal  Company,  (Mark  A  Thomas  Sprot,)  near  Glasgow. — Manufacturers. 
Busts,  vases,  pedestals,  retorts,  fancy  chimney-tops,  Ac.,  made  of  fire-clay. 

20.  Cliff,  Joseph,  Worthy,  near  Leeds,  Yorkshire. — Manufacturer. 

Fire-clay  retort ;  drain  tubes ;  fire  bricks. 

21.  Potter,  Addison,  Wellington  Quay,  near  Newcastle-upon-Tyne. — Manufacturer. 

Gas  retorts,  and  vase  in  fire-clay. 

22.  Hammill,  Peter,  Liverpool. — Manufacturer. 

Vitrified  stone  ware. 


23.  Hammill,  John  Baptiste,  Bridgewater,  near  London. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  water  and  drain  pipes ;  ridge  and  coping  tiles ;  flooring  and  drain  bricks, 
-and  roofing  tiles. 

24.  Doulton  A  Watts,  Lambeth  and  Liverpool  Potteries. — Manufacturers. 

Large  stone  vase ;  patent  water  filters ;  terra-cotta  vases,  Ac.  [For  vase,  vine 
’basket,  and  water-cooler,  see  page  20  of  the  Record.] 


34.  Rees,  Ch.  A.,  Limoges,  Haute  Vienne. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  collection  of  articles  in  fine  porcelain,  highly  ornamented. 

35.  Pettiouyt,  L.  A.  C.,  A  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  articles  in  fine  and  ornamental  porcelain. 

36.  Bapterosses,  Briare,  Loiret. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  plain  and  fancy  ceramic  buttons,  in  various  colors,  and  gilded. 

3T.  Bing,  Brothers,  A  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Two  richly  ornamented  porcelain  vases,  and  an  assortment  of  rich  porcelain  ware. 

38.  Laiioche,  P.  J.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Dinner,  tea,  coffee,  and  dessert  services,  in  decorated  porcelain. 


39.  Hache,  A.,  A  Pepin  Lehalleur,  Vierzar  and  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Very  fine  and  large  collection  of  painted  porcelain. 


40.  Graillon,  Pierre  Adrien,  Dieppe,  Seine  Inferieure. — Manufacturer. 

Exquisite  groups,  in  terra  cotta,  of  French  peasants.  [For  figures,  see  pages  96  and 
97  of  the  Record.] 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

41.  RoTnENBACH,  W.,  A  Co.,  Breslau,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturers. 

Painted  china  ware. 

42.  Breitschneider,  W.,  A  Co.,  Altenburg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturers. 

Various  fine  paintings  on  porcelain,  in  frames;  porcelain  toilet  boxes,  and  painted 
porcelain  buttons. 


43.  IIasak,  F.,  Richenstein,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 
Pipe-bowls  of  porcelain. 


25.  Boote,  T.  A  R.,  Burslem,  Staffordshire. — Manufacturers. 

Vases,  groups  of  flowers,  statuettes,  and  busts  in  Parian  and  porcelain;  Doric 
mosaic  vases,  Ac.  [For  statuettes,  pitchers,  Ac.,  see  pages  52  and  95  of  the  Record.] 

26.  Dimmock,  Thomas,  Jr.,  Shelton,  England. — Manufacturer, 

Porcelain  plates,  dishes,  pitchers,  basins,  bowls,  Ac.,  in  various  styles  of  painting 
and  gilding. 

27.  Williams,  W.  M.,  Surrey,  England. — Manufacturer. 

Busts,  statuettes,  and  tablets  in  biscuit  ware. 

28.  Pratt,  F.  A  R.,  A  Co.,  Fenton,  England. — Manufacturers. 

Fruit  dishes,  plates,  and  other  articles. 


44.  Arnoldi,  C.  E.  A  F.,  Elgersberg,  Saxe- Gotha. — Manufacturers. 

Various  pharmaceutical  utensils  and  apparatus,  and  water-pipes,  made  of  clay 
found  in  Thuringia  Forest. 


45.  Saeltzer,  Edward,  Eisenach,  Saxe-Weimar. — Manufacturer. 

Terra-cotta  vases,  flower  pots,  and  other  ceramic  articles.  [For  hanging  baskets 
brackets,  and  flower  pots,  see  pages  77  and  130  of  the  Record.] 


46.  Breitschneider,  A.,  Altenburg,  Saxe-Altenburg. — Manufacturer. 
Various  paintings  on  porcelain. 


47.  Boiimlander,  C.  P.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Various  pictures  on  porcelain ;  statuettes,  vases,  and  other  articles,  in  decorated 
porcelain. 


48.  Baur,  Brothers,  Biberach ,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 
Fancy  figures  in  earthenware. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 


29.  McLaren,  Yamaska  Pottery,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Green  glazed  vase ;  ornamented  modern  bricks,  and  roofing  tiles. 


30.  Bell,  Messrs.,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  white,  red,  figured,  and  glazed  vases ;  jugs,  flower-pots,  water-bottles 
dishes,  bowls,  tea  services,  and  water-pipes. 


FRANCE. 


31.  Imperial  Manufacturing  Company,  Sevres. 

Collection  of  vases,  dinner  and  tea  services,  cups  and  dishes,  in  ornamenti 
porcelain. 


32.  Haviland,  Brothers,  A  Co.,  Limoges,  Haute  Vienne. — Manufacturers. 

Various  articles  in  painted  and  ornamental  porcelain.  [For  vases,  candelabi 
wine  coolers,  and  covered  dishes,  see  pages  110,  111,  and  129  of  the  Record.] 

33.  Gosse,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  porcelain  articles,  as  dishes,  plates,  retorts,  mortars,  coffee-filterei 
coffee-pots,  casseroles,  capsules  of  all  sizes,  etc.  ’  ’  e 

224 


49.  Fasolb,  Ens,  A  Greiner,  Lauschau,  Thuringia. — Manufacturers. 
Porcelain  paintings  and  various  articles  in  decorated  porcelain. 


50.  Bucker,  H.,  Dresden. — Manufacturer. 
Paintings  on  porcelain. 


51.  Royal  Porcelain  Manufactory,  Berlin . — Manufacturer. 

Gilded  and  richly  decorated  porcelain  vases  and  table  services.  [For  vases  and 
tea  services,  see  page  123  of  the  Record.] 

[The  first  European  manufactory  of  porcelain  was  established  at  Meissen,  under 
the  auspices  of  Augustus  II.,  Elector  of  Saxony  and  King  of  Poland.  Bottcher,  who 
originated  the  establishment,  made  his  first  ware  from  a  red  earth  found  there;  he  did 
not  make  white  porcelain  till  1709,  when  he  used  the  China  clay  of  Arve.  From  that 
time  the  Saxon  porcelain  has  been  highly  esteemed,  and  the  manufactory  has  been 
continually  under  the  direction  and  patronage  of  the  government.  The  Dresden  china 
has  become  famous  throughout  Europe. 

When  Frederick  the  Great  conquered  Saxony,  he  carried  away  by  force  several  of 
the  best  workmen  from  the  Meissen  manufactory,  near  Dresden,  and  conveyed  them  to 
Berlin,  where  since  that  time  the  royal  manufactory  has  been  in  successful  operation. 
Several  hundred  men  are  constantly  employed  in  the  establishment;  but  the  Prussian 
porcelain  has  never  equalled  in  quality  that  of  Dresden.] 


52.  Mullenbach  A  Thewald,  Hohr. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  earthenware ;  pipe  bowls. 


CERAMIC  MANUFACTURES. 


53<  Wimmer,  Henry,  Munich. — Manufacturer. 

Paintings  on  china. 

54a  Meter,  Brothers,  Munich. — Manufacturers. 

Painted  porcelain  pipe-bowls. 

THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

55a  Bahr  A  Maresch,  Aussig-on-the-Elbe ,  Bohemia. — Manufacturers. 

Vases,  urns,  flower  and  fruit  baskets,  candlesticks,  pier-tables,  jugs,  tobacco-boxes, 
and  various  other  articles  of  clay,  called  “  Syderolite  ware.” 

5Ca  Scheiffele,  G.  S.,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

Assortment  of  Bohemian  porcelain-ware. 

57a  Fischer,  M.,  Herend,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

Dinner,  tea,  and  coffee  services ;  candlesticks,  vases,  Ac.,  of  fine  porcelain. 


58a  Kugler,  John  W.,  Guns. — Manufacturer. 

Various  ceramic  articles ;  terra-cottas,  figures,  Ac. 

59.  Boni,  Andrea,  Milan. — Manufacturer. 

Chimney-pieces  and  vases  in  terra-cotta.  [For  female  statue,  terra-cotta  vases,  and 
figures,  and  chimney-piece,  see  pages  50,  52,  91,  95,  of  the  “Record.”] 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

60.  Ginori-Lisce,  Marquis,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Chemical  utensils,  telegraph  insulators,  hooks  for  silk-spinning,  and  other  articles 
of  earthen-ware.  Transparent  pictures  in  porcelain.  Picture  of  Virgin  and  child,  with 
style  of  Luca  della  Robbia. 


SWITZERLAND. 

61.  Ziegler,  Pellis  J.,  Winterthur,  Canton  St.  Gall. — Manufacturer. 

Figures,  groups,  statuettes,  vases,  lamps,  medallions,  and  other  objects  in  terra 
cotta.  (The  medallions  are  exhibited  for  the  delicacy  of  their  impressions.) 


BELGIUM. 

62.  Capellmans,  T.  B.,  Sen.,  Debt  A  Co.,  St.  Vaast,  Hainault. — Manufacturers. 
An  assortment  of  common  table  crockery  and  porcelain. 

225 


1 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXVI. 


ARTICLES  OF  HOUSEHOLD  FURNITURE  AND  DECORATION. 


This  Class  of  manufactures  is  largely  represented;  and  in  all  its  varieties  specimens  are  exhibited  remarkable  alike  for  richness  of  material,  thorough  workman¬ 
ship,  and  elaborate  finish.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  similar  praise  cannot  be  bestowed  upon  the  taste  displayed  in  a  large  majority  of  the  articles,  or  upon  their  fitness 
for  the  purposes  to  which  they  were  designed.  The  whole  history  and  theory  of  household  furniture  and  decoration  is,  however,  set  forth  in  such  detail  in  the  essay 
upon  that  subject  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  182,  as  to  make  further  remark  upon  the  subject  in  this  place  mere  repetition. 

The  contributions  to  this  Department  of  the  Exhibition  are  chiefly  from  the  United  States;  and  in  the  United  States,  New  York  sends  by  far  the  greater  number 
of  the  articles.  Distance  has  doubtless  something  to  do  with  this  preponderance,  but  there  is  as  little  doubt  that  it  is  in  a  great  measure  due  to  that  recklessness  of 
expenditure  in  the  furnishing  of  private  houses  in  New  York,  which  has  almost  passed  into  a  proverb. 

Nearly  all  the  artisans  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  articles  of  decorative  household  furniture  in  the  United  States  are  foreigners,  Germans  and  Frenchmen  being 
in  the  majority. 


1.  Smith,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

The  palace  secretary,  a  piece  of  ornamental  furniture,  made  of  rose-wood  and 
marble.  It  combines  a  bedstead,  writing-desk,  book-case,  wash-stand,  gentleman’s 
wardrobe,  medicine-drawers,  secret  silver  closet,  dressing-bureau,  ladies’  wardrobe,  and 
secret  jewelry  case;  the  whole  surmounted  by  a  musical  and  alarm  clock. 

2.  Dessoir,  Jules,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  library  book-case,  in  rose-wood ;  octagon  and  console-table ;  sofa,  chairs,  and 
library  tables.  [For  figures  see  Record,  pages  173  and  175.] 

3.  Simmons,  Alpheus,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Mosaic  inlaid  round  table. 


4.  Hobe,  Charles  F.,  &  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Hobe’s  patent  extension-table  and  sideboard,  in  carved  oak.  [For  figure  see  Record 
page  125.]  L  °  ’ 

5.  Roux,  Alexander,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Sideboard,  extension-table,  and  arm-chair,  of  richly  carved  black  walnut;  rose-wood 
softynd  arm-chair,  covered  with  brocade.  [For  figure  of  sideboard  see  Record,  page 


11.  Matthews  &  Stact,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Rich  and  ornamental  chamber  furniture,  in  white  and  gold  enamel. 

12.  Hutchings,  E.  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Sideboard,  sofa,  arm-chair,  tete-a-tete  sofa,  etagure  mirror  and  chair,  exhibited  in 
space  decorated  by  Thomas,  Brothers. 

13.  Campbell,  Ira,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Gothic  sideboard,  in  oak;  self-adjusting. 

14.  Ring,  Matthew  W.,  &  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Wheel-chair  for  invalids;  extension  recumbent  chair;  parlor  and  revolving  chairs, 
in  figured  satin.  [For  figure  see  Record,  page  142.] 

15.  Ringuet,  Le  Prince  &  Marcotte,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

a.8?6?*01011  of  richly  carved  and  ornamental  cabinet  work  in  wood.  A  black  walnut 
buffet,  richly  ornamented  with  paintings ;  an  ebony  cabinet,  with  inlaid  panels  and 
brass-gilt  ornaments.  [For  figures  see  pages  47  and  52  of  the  Record.] 

16.  Hughes,  Cornelius,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

O’Neil’s  patent  combined  parlor  arm-chair,  and  invalid  couch. 


6.  Blake,  James  G.,  Boston ,  Massachusetts. — Proprietor. 

Carved  rose-wood  sideboard;  chair  for  library,  the  back  of  which  turns  over  t 
form  a  pair  of  steps;  smoking-chair;  siamese-chair ;  changeable  lounge;  pier-table 
model  of  a  circular  stair-case,  made  by  A.  Ellaers  of  Boston.  [For  figures  of  the  sid< 
board  and  pier-table  see  the  Record,  pages  114  and  164.] 

7.  Hyde,  J.  L.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Dressing-tables,  bronze  and  gilded  work,  finished  in  papier-mache;  Chinnock' 
patent  pantreptic  mirrors  and  clocks. 


8.  Brooks,  T.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  carved  rose-wood  etageres,  designed  by  Herter 
pages  16  and  93.]  J 


[For  figures  see  the  Record, 


9.  Bulkley  &  Herter,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  Gothic  book-case  richly  carved  in  oak,  of  the  natural  color,  containing  eleg; 
bound  and  printed  books,  published  by  George  P.  Putnam  &.  Co.  [Figured  on  pi 
of  the  Record.]  A  richly  carved  oak  buffet  of  the  natural  color ;  a  central^' 
representing  the  death  of  the  stag ;  with  ornaments  of  game  and  fruits,  and  geomfl 
designs.  [For  figures  see  pages  168  and  169  of  the  Record.]  S 


10. 


Buciienberger,  Anthony  N.,  Brooklyn,  New  York.— Manufacturer. 
Ladies’  toilet-table,  in  the  shape  of  a  sixteen-cornered  urn. 

226 


17.  Sudsberg,  Joseph  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  carved  arm-chair. 

18.  Evans  <Se  Millward,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Papier-mach6  book-case,  work-table,  desk,  chairs,  music-stand,  and  other  furniture. 

[There  are  two  modes  of  manufacturing  papier-mache;  one  consists  in  pasting 
together  on  a  mould  different  thicknesses  of  paper,  the  other  is  by  pressing  in  moulds 
the  paper  reduced  to  a  pulp;  the  former  produces  the  best  quality,  the  latter  the 
inferior  kinds.  In  the  first  mode  sheets  of  strong  paper  are  glued  together,  and  pressed 
so  powerfully  as  to  become  one  sheet;  when  damp  it  maybe  readily  curved ;  when 
dry  it  may  be  turned  or  rasped  into  any  desired  figure.  After  being  covered  with  a 
mixture  of  size  and  lamp-black,  a  varnish,  made  of  turpentine,  amber,  and  lamp-black, 
is  applied,  and  the  article  is  placed  in  a  heated  oven.  1’api er-m ache,  properly  so 
called,  is  pressed  into  moulds  in  the  state  of  pulp  ;  this  is  made  of  the  cuttings  of  coarse 
paper,  boiled  in  water,  beaten  to  a  paste,  and  boiled  in  a  solution  of  gum-arabic,  to 
give  it  consistency.  The  moulds  are  made  in  the  usual  way,  with  counter-moulds,  so 
that  the  cast  is  only  a  crust  or  shell.  The  coarser  kinds  of  ornaments  are  sometimes 
made  from  the  pulp  of  the  paper-maker  pressed  in  this  manner  into  moulds.  After 
varnishing,  the  irregularities  of  the  surface  are  removed  by  pumice-stone ;  it  is  then 
again  varnished,  polished  with  rotten-stone,  and  the  final  brilliancy  given  by  rubbing 
with  the  hand.] 


ARTICLES  OF  HOUSEHOLD  FURNITURE  AND  DECORATION. 


19.  Neppert,  J.  P.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Two  piano-forte  stools. 


20.  Simpson,  William,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Tete-a-tete  sofa  and  chairs,  in  rosewood,  covered  with  crimson-satin  brocatelle. 

21.  G  sen  wind,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  set  of  ornamented  and  gilt  chamber  furniture,  with  spring  drawers. 

22.  Rochefort  A  Skarren,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  carved  oaken  buffet,  in  the  “Renaissance”  style,  ornamented  with  figures  of 
game  and  fish,  fruit  and  flowers,  finished  in  the  natural  color.  A  rose-wood  panel, 
carved  with  figures  of  roses.  [For  figures  see  pages  111  and  114  of  the  Record.] 


23.  Pells  A  Lowaski,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Arm-chair  in  ihe  Turkish  style,  with  spring  steel  back,  and  richly  decorated. 

24.  Weston,  Oscar,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

An  oak-wood  etagere. 

25.  Franklin  &  Betrodt,  Poughkeepsie ,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Easy-chair,  with  movable  back  and  concealed  mechanism. 

26.  Michel,  Miss  E.  L.,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. — Manufacturer. 

An  arm-chair,  with  embroidered  back  and  cushion. 

27.  Hart,  Ware  A  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Cottage  enameled  and  richly  ornamented  bedstead. 

28.  Ltjtz,  Ignatius,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Parlor-chairs  in  black  walnut. 

29.  Scarrett,  Russell,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Cottage  sofa-bedstead ;  model  of  a  new  sofa-bed. 

30.  Hills,  Anna  M.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Manufacturer. 

Cushioned  chair,  wrought  by  the  exhibitor. 

31.  Eastman,  John  H.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Bedstead,  with  movable  bottom  and  frame-work  at  top,  and  spring  mattresses. 

32.  Shattuck,  William  G.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Desks  and  chairs  for  school-rooms. 

33.  Leonard  A  Benjamin,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  richly  carved  rosewood  billiard  table,  with  improved  cushions. 

34.  Bassford,  Abraham,  New  York  City.— Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Rosewood  billiard  table,  elaborately  carved  in  the  Elizabethan  style,  with  patent 
cushions. 

35.  Winant,  D.  D.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  rosewood  billiard  table,  and  appliances. 

36.  Ward,  Warren,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

A  set  of  enameled  chamber  furniture,  inlaid  with  pearl  and  gold,  with  marble  tops, 
consisting  of  eleven  pieces. 

[This  kind  of  cabinet-work  is  called  “  marquetry,”  the  surface  of  the  wood  being 
ornamented  with  inlaid  pieces  of  gold,  silver,  pearl,  tortoise-shell,  ivory,  horn,  or 
rare  woods.  These  substances  are  reduced  to  the  proper  thinness,  and  cut  into  the 
desired  patterns  by  punches,  which,  while  they  cut  out  the  pattern,  allow  the  space 
which  inclosed  it  to  be  made  use  of  in  this  kind  of  ornament ;  they  are  retained  in 
the  places  cut  to  receive  them  by  a  proper  cement,  or  are  attached  to  the  plane  surface, 
and  the  whole  brought  up  to  their  level  by  thicknesses  of  varnish,  which  give  an 
inlaid  appearance.]  _ 

37.  Walker,  D.,  A  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturers. 

Spring-rocking  cradle  in  carved  wood. 

38.  Gillies,  T.  S.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Centripetal  spring-chairs,  hat-stands,  piano-stools;  iron  bedsteads. 

39.  Cragin,  George,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Agent. 

Ornamental  rustic  seats  and  stands. 


40.  Earl  &  Reeves,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Counter  show-case,  in  silver  and  plate  glass. 

41.  Campbell,  Andrew  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Oriental  octagonal  show-case,  of  silver,  satin-wood,  and  rosewood. 

42.  Flynn,  Daniel,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Self-gravitating  and  pendulating  portable  berth-bed. 


43.  Demeure,  Mauritz  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  French  elastic  spring  bed-bottom,  resting  on  galvanized  iron  spirals ;  and  an  iron 
bedstead. 

_ 

44.  Willard,  Samuel,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Portable  tent-frame  and  mosquito-bar. 

• - 

45.  Latilla,  Eugenio,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  ornamented  pilaster  panel,  painted  in  encaustic  or  wax. 

46.  Fields,  William  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Panels  painted  in  imitation  of  rosewood,  black  walnut,  and  mahogany. 

47.  Kimball  A  Staples,  South  Bend,  Indiana. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  black  walnut,  maple,  oak,  and  other  American  veneer  woods,  on  I 
panels. 

48.  Du  Bois,  J.  G.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Parlor  door,  with  elliptic  head,  exhibiting  a  variety  of  mouldings. 


49.  Lane,  H.  A  F.  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Ornamental  door ;  richly  gilt  and  painted  signs. 

50.  Payne,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Decorated  panels,  painted  in  imitation  of  woods  and  marbles. 

51.  Garthwaite,  Robert,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Painted  imitations  of  woods  and  marbles,  on  panels. 

51a.  Barnard,  Andrew  B.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  doors  made  of  chestnut-wood. 

[This  wood  is  stronger  and  more  durable  than  pine,  has  a  very  handsome  natural 
color  and  grain,  and  needs  only  varnishing  to  give  it  a  very  bright  appearance.  These  | 
doors  can  be  furnished  at  about  the  cost  of  those  made  from  pine,  and,  in  fact,  for  a 
less  cost,  as  they  do  not  need  painting.  They  are  manufactured  in  Franklin  county,  ; 
Massachusetts,  and  employ  about  fourteen  persons.] 


51b.  Butler,  James  L.,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Specimens  of  scale-boards,  or  thin  veneering  in  white-wood,  of  thicknesses  varying 
from  six  to  thirty-two  to  an  inch. 

52.  De  Zurciie,  J.  B.,  Troy,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  carved  wood-work. 

53.  Thomas,  Brothers,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Wall  decorations  in  cartoons. 

54.  Cohn  A  Dumke,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Gilt  frames  and  mouldings. 

55.  Black  A  Gramm,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  richly  gilt  mouldings  and  patterns  of  mouldings. 


56.  Marcher,  James,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  gilt  and  prepared  mouldings. 

[This  kind  of  gilding  is  performed  by  gold  leaf ;  the  frames  are  previously 
prepared  by  a  size,  made  by  boiling  parchment-clippings  to  a  stiff  jelly,  and  mixed 
with  fine  Paris-plaster  or  yellow-ochre.  In  gilding  on  wood,  the  pattern  to  be  gilt 
is  exactly  washed  with  gold-size  (linseed  oil  and  gum  animi,  thinned  with  oil  of 
turpentine),  and  the  gold  leaves,  cut  by  the  pallet-knife,  are  transferred  by  the  tip¬ 
brush  to  the  sized  surface,  tapped  with  a  silk  bag  filled  with  cotton,  and  left  to  dry. 
Gilding  in  cornices,  Ac.,  is  effected  by  priming  with  boiled  linseed-oil  and  carbonate 
of  lead ;  the  surface  is  then  covered  with  gold-size,  and  the  leaf  applied ;  the  edges 
are  then  brushed  off.] 

57.  McNamee,  Richard,  New  York  City. — Agent  for  Union  Paper  Hanging  Manufac¬ 

turing  Company. 

A  variety  of  paper  hangings. 


58.  Phillips,  Alfred  R.,  New  York  City.  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  style  for  hanging  wall  papers. 

59.  Perkins,  Smith  A  Co.,  New  Bedford,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  wall  and  decorative  papers. 

60.  Eames,  Cook  A  Beaven,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  wall  papers  and  fancy  borders. 

61.  Croton  Manufacturing  Company.— Manufacturers.  (Agent,  Thomas  N.  Partridge, 

New  York  City.) 

Plain  and  richly  decorated  wall  and  curtain  papers ;  fire-board  prints ;  transparent 
window-shades. 


227 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXVI. 


62. 


Graves,  Robert,  Brooklyn, 
Imitation  oak  and  marble 


New  York. — Manufacturer, 
papers  for  decorative  purposes. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


63.  Hart,  Montgomery  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  rick  decorative  papers,  borders,  and  fire-board  prints. 

64.  Bigelow,  J.  R.,  <fc  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  wall  papers  and  borders. 

65.  Golder,  A.,  &  Son,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  ornamental  paper  hangings. 

[Paper  hangings  came  into  use  about  two  hundred  years  ago,  and  seem  to  have 
been  copied  from  the  Chinese.  The  patterns  were  at  first  produced  by  stencil  plates, 
but  they  are  now  produced  by  blocks,  as  in  calico-printing ;  the  patterns  are  sometimes 
printed  in  varnish  or  size,  and  gilt,  or  silver  or  copper  leaf  applied,  or  bisulphuret  of 
tin  is  dusted  over  so  as  to  adhere  to  the  pattern ;  in  what  are  called  flock,  or  velvet 
papers,  dyed  wools,  minced  into  powder,  are  similarly  applied.  Powdered  steatite  is 
used  to  produce  the  peculiar  satin  gloss.  The  ground  color  of  paper  is  done  with 
earthy  colors,  or  colored  lakes  thickened  with  size,  and  applied  with  brushes ;  after 
being  dried,  the  paper  is  polished  either  with  a  brass  polisher  or  a  strong  brush,  if  the 
satiny  luster  is  to  be  produced.  The  colors  are  laid  on  by  block-press  printing  or  by 
the  cylinder  machine;  with  the  latter,  18,000  yards  a  day  may  be  printed;  the  pieces 
are  afterwards  cut  into  rolls  of  twelve  yards  each.] 

66.  Shaw,  R.  T.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  window-shades. 

67.  "Woodford,  Josiah  C.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  window-shades. 

68.  Kelty  &  Ferguson,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Window-shades  and  transparencies. 

69.  Schveder,  E.  J.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Transparent  window-shades  ;  specimens  of  decorative  panels. 

70.  Deuscher,  Louis,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Window-shades,  with  new  style  of  ornament. 

71.  Grosheim,  C.  F.,  New  York  City. — Agent  for  Manufacturer. 

Transparent  window-shades. 

72.  Bray,  Benjamin,  Salem,  Massachusetts. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

“  Patent  balance-spring”  transparent  window-shades. 

73.  Solomon  &  Hart,  New  York  City. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

French  paper  hangings ;  velvet  curtains ;  cornices,  and  rich  upholstery  goods. 


74.  Newland,  E.,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

A  richly  gilt  pier-glass,  surmounted  by  a  figure  of  “  Kiss’s  Amazon  ;”  a  richly  gilt 
mantel-glass. 

75.  Kingsland,  Richard,  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Ornamental  mirrors,  arranged  for  decorative  effect. 


76.  Walter  &  Kreps,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

An  ornamental  mirror. 

[The  old  way  of  silvering  looking-glasses  and  mirrors,  was  by  an  extemporaneous 
amalgamation  of  tin  and  mercury.  Tin-foil  was  placed  on  the  back  of  the  glass,  and 
6ome  mercury  poured  on  it,  and  spread  over  the  surface ;  another  glass  was  then  slid 
over  the  tin,  and  the  superfluous  mercury  expelled  by  weights,  leaving  only  a  thin 
amalgam  on  the  back  of  the  glass. 

A  few  years  ago,  Mr.  Drayton  invented  a  process  for  silvering  glass  as  follows : _ 

One  ounce  of  ammonia,  two  ounces  of  nitrate  of  silver,  three  ounces  of  water,  and 
three  ounces  of  spirit-of-wine,  are  mixed  with  water,  allowed  to  stand  three  or  four 
hours,  and  then  filtered ;  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  grape-sugar,  dissolved  in  a  half 
pint  of  spirit-of-wine  and  half  a  pint  of  water,  is  added  to  each  ounce  of  the  filtered 
liquid ;  and  this  solution  is  used  for  silvering,  the  article  to  be  silvered  being  kept  at 
16°J-  These  materials  have  been  used  in  different  proportions,  mixed  with  oil  of 
cloves ;  the  cost  is  said  to  be  only  one-third  that  of  amalgamated  tin,  as  a  very  thin 
coating  of  silver  is  sufficient ;  the  coating  of  metallic  silver  is  sometimes  deposited  in 
fifteen  minutes.  Silvering  glass  has  been  effected  by  dissolving  gun-cotton  in  caustic 
potash,  adding  a  little  nitrate  of  silver,  and  sufficient  ammonia  to  redissolve  the  oxyd 
of  silver,  while  the  whole  is  kept  warm.  Other  analogous  nitric  compounds  of  sugar 
manna,  and  gums,  produce  a  like  result,  the  whole  of  the  silver  being  precipitated  as 
a  brilliant  coating.] 

77.  Belknap,  J.,  Jr.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Brackets,  of  leather,  in  imitation  of  carved  wood. 


78.  Carey,  Henry  C.,  Burlington,  New  Jersey.— Proprietor 

h.  of  ^  b 

228 


79.  Morant  &  Boyd,  London. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

An  elaborate  specimen  of  interior  decoration,  in  the  style  of  Francois  Ier;  cabinet 
and  console  table,  and  mirror,  in  burnished  and  mat  gold ;  sofa-table,  center-tables, 
screens,  jardinieres,  and  tripod  stand.  [For  figure  of  the  cabinet,  see  the  Record, 
page  166.] 


80.  Rowland,  Alexander  William,  London. — Manufacturer. 
A  lady’s  work-table. 


81.  Arrowsmith,  Henry  &  Arthur,  Westminster. — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

A  decorated  cabinet  of  zebra-wood,  richly  carved,  and  ornamented  with  gold  and 
enameled  panels.  The  paintings  illustrate  woman’s  history,  and  were  executed  by 
Henry  Arrowsmith.  1.  “  The  lesson  ;”  youth  and  experience ;  in  the  upper  compart¬ 
ment,  “  study.”  2.  “  Cupid  asleep  ;”  the  lady  and  her  pets.  3.  “  Cupid  awake  ,  the 
lovers.  4.  “  Hymen’s  torch  burns  brightly ;”  the  lady  with  her  husband  and  children ; 
upper  compartment,  “peace  and  plenty.”  [For  figure,  see  the  Record,  page  172.] 


82.  Fox,  Jeremiah,  Lynn,  Norfolk. — Manufacturer. 

Walnut-wood  fire-screens;  the  stands  and  frames  highly  ornamented,  and  the 
screens  of  Berlin  wool-work.  [For  figures,  see  the  Record,  pages  96  and  97.] 


83.  Jones,  Arthur,  &  Co.,  Lublin. — Designers. 

Iron  bog-yew  Devonport  writing-desk,  in  the  Renaissance  style. 

[Many  of  the  bogs  of  Ireland  were  once  covered  with  forests  of  firs,  oaks,  yews, 
and  other  trees,  the  timber  of  which  is  found  imbedded  in  the  turf,  in  a  good  state  of 
preservation.  The  wood  of  the  fir  is  still  so  impregnated  with  resin  that  its  splinters 
are  used  as  torches.  The  bog-oak  and  yew  are  found  in  sufficient  quantities  and  size 
for  the  manufacture  of  furniture.  The  dark  color  of  bog-oak  is  generally  considered 
to  be  due  to  the  combination  of  the  iron,  contained  in  the  bog,  with  the  gallic  acid  of 
the  wood,  forming  a  natural  stain  like  ink.] 


84.  Fletcher,  John,  Cork. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

The  “shamrock-table,”  comprising  thirteen  varieties  of  rare  Irish  timber,  viz., 
pollard-oak,  _  sweet-chestnut,  brown-elm,  yew,  ash,  walnut,  bog-oak,  white-chestnut, 
root  of  acacia,  locust,  shady  curl-oak,  lime-tree,  and  a  natural  branch  of  oak. 


85.  Shoolbred,  Loveridge  &  Shoolbred,  Wolverhampton. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  papier-mache  and  fine  japanned  ware. 


86.  Jennens  &  Bettridge,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Trays,  tables,  chairs,  screens,  tea-caddies,  ink-stands,  <fce.,  in  papier-mache,  inlaid 
with  pearl.  [For  figures  see  pages  61  and  173  of  the  Record.] 

[The  inlaying  with  mother-of-pearl  does  not  consist,  as  its  name  would  imply,  in 
cutting  out  the  papier-mache  and  inserting  the  pearl ;  the  latter  is  held  only  by  ad¬ 
hesion.  The  pearl  having  been  attached  by  a  layer  of  copal  varnish,  repeated  coats 
of  tar  varnish  are  applied  to  a  level  with  the  pearl,  and  even  to  cover  it ;  a  uniform 
surface  is  produced,  and  the  pearl  exposed  by  rubbing  with  pumice-stone,  and  polishing 
with  rotten-stone  and  with  the  hand. 

The  exhibitors  have  a  patent  process,  which  consists  in  penciling  the  design  upon 
the  pearl  in  a  medium  which  will  resist  acids,  and  then  removing  the  superfluous 
portions  by  acids ;  more  delicate  designs  can  thus  be  obtained  than  with  the  saw,  and 
with  more  facility-.] 

87.  Sutcliffe,  IsnERWooD,  Birmingham. — Manufacturer. 

Ornamental  papier-mache  tables,  trays,  work-boxes,  cabinets,  and  japanned  goods. 


88.  Spiers  &  Son,  Oxford — Designers  and  Manufacturers. 

Decorated  papier-mache  table,  with  a  view  of  Oxford,  views  of  the  buildings,  <fcc. 


89.  Rogers,  W.  G.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Church  reading-desk,  of  richly  carved  wood;  two  panels  of  exquisitely  carved 
flowers;  a  panel  with  the  instruments  and  trophies  of  the  chase;  a  grotesque  mask, 
about  which  three  youthful  fauns  are  wreathing  flowers  and  fruit ;  a  large  mirror  in  a 
richly  carved  wood  frame.  [For  figures  see  page  66  of  the  Record.] 


90.  Carew,  John  E.,  London. — Designer  and  Sculptor. 
An  altar-piece  of  carved  wood. 


91.  Howlett,  William,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Paper-hangings,  and  cut  blocks  for  printing  wall  papers. 


92.  Winterbottom,  Archibald,  Manchester. — Manufacturer. 
Paper-hangings,  in  imitation  of  cloth  and  velvet. 


BKITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 

93.  Irvine,  Colonel,  Quebec. — Proprietor. 

A  fancy  table-top,  of  bird’s-eye  maple,  ornamented  with  natural  leaves,  exhibiting 
the  varied  autumnal  tints. 


ARTICLES  OF  HOUSEHOLD  FURNITURE  AND  DECORATION. 


FRANCE. 

94.  Balny,  Jr.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Articles  of  elegant  drawing-room  furniture;  an  elegant  parlor  chair,  enameled  in 
white  and  gold,  and  upholstered  with  white  and  red  damask,  in  the  style  of  Louis 
XIV. ;  a  parlor-chair  of  French  black  walnut.  [For  figures  see  the  Record,  page  48.] 

95.  Paillard,  J.  M.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  table  of  ebony,  of  the  style  of  Louis  XVI.,  richly  gilded  and  inlaid,  and  con¬ 
taining  materials  for  all  varieties  of  drawing  and  painting. 

96.  Binet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Cellarets  of  rosewood  and  ebony,  with  bottles. 


97.  Guyot,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Furnished  wine-cellarets. 


98.  Feron,  J.  F.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of'  ornamental  stair-balusters  in  wood. 


99.  Zuber  &  Co.,  Rixheim,  Haut  Rhin. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  paper-hangings,  of  various  descriptions. 


100.  Burgh,  Sen.,  Roedel  <fc  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Pattern-cards  of  velvet  papers,  with  specimens  of  paste,  colors,  and  dyed  wools 
used  in  their  manufacture. 

101.  Delicourt  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Panels  of  richly  stained  papers,  and  rolls  of  painted  and  ornamental  paper- 
hangings. 

102.  Desfosse,  Jules,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  grand  tableau  of  decorative  wall-papers. 


103.  Durut,  A,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Four  ornamental  chimney-screens. 


104.  Aubenel,  J.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Ornamental  door  of  gilded  iron  and  plate-glass. 


105.  Morgant,  R,  Guines,  Pas  de  Calais. — Manufacturer. 

Two  transparent  water-proof  window-shades,  painted  with  historical  subjects. 


118.  Boege,  A.,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Gold  headings  for  frames  and  cornices. 


119.  Kircheb,  F.  A.,  Halle,  Prussian  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  gilt  mouldings. 


120.  Lamfried,  G.  A.,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 
A  variety  of  gilt  mouldings. 


121.  Berlin  &  Ehrmann,  Fiirth,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  mirrors. 


122.  Bache,  J.,  Fiirth,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 
A  parlor  mirror. 


123.  Huetter  &  Osterhausen,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturers. 
Gilded  frames. 


124.  Fischer,  J.  Z.,  &  Son,  Fiirth,  Bavaria. — Manufacturers. 
Two  mirrors. 


125.  Fendler,  G.  C.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 
Mirrors. 


126.  Scherber,  I.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 
Mirrors. 


127.  Rau  &  Co.,  Goeppingen,  Wurtemberg. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Various  articles  of  papier-mache  inlaid  with  pearl. 


128.  Meyer  &  Wried,  Brunswick. — Manufacturers. 

Japanned  tea-trays,  with  pictures  after  Nickoll  and  others. 


129.  Burckhardt  <fc  Son,  Berlin. — Manufacturers. 
Painted  window-shades. 


130.  Halls,  Simon,  &  Son,  Cassel,  Hesse  Cassel. — Manufacturers. 
Painted  window-shades. 


131.  Vogelin  &  Co.,  Constance. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  wall  papers. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

106.  Hilger,  Carl,  Dusseldorf  Rhenish  Prussia.— Manufacturer. 

A  ladies’  writing-desk  and  work-table  in  ebony,  inlaid  with  four  water-color 
views  of  the  Rhine,  and  ornamented  with  cornelian  and  agate.  [For  a  note  on  the 
woods  used  in  cabinet-work,  see  page  of  the  Catalogue.] 

107.  Forquinquor,  Joseph,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  of  furniture. 

108.  "Wischmann,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

A  bureau. 

109.  Uhlhorn,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  chairs. 

110.  Rieqhlmann,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Rosewood  book-case. 

111.  Klein,  Julius,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Work-boxes ;  gilt  mouldings,  and  headings  of  various  kinds. 

112.  Buerck,  F.  W.,  Mannheine,  Baden. — Manufacturer. 

Rosewood  work-boxes,  and  articles  in  fancy  woods. 

113.  Langrebe,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

A  signboard  ornamented  in  gold  letters. 

114.  Mess,  L,  <fc  Co.,  Brandenburg,  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  fine  gilt  mouldings. 

115.  Mueller,  S.  G.  H.,  Leipsie,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

An  inlaid  rosewood  table-top. 

116.  Heinz,  Gotthold,  Johami-Georgenstadt,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Toilet-tables  and  work-boxes,  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl. 

117.  Schmidt,  J.  B.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Gilt  mouldings  and  headings. 

U 


132.  Brackebush  &  Herting,  Eimbeck,  Hanover. — Manufacturers. 
Various  patterns  of  paper  hangings  and  borders. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

133.  Thonet,  Brothers,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Various  articles  of  bent  wood  furniture. 

[The  flexibility  of  woods  is  greatly  increased  by  steaming  or  boiling ;  when  thus 
softened,  many  elastic  woods  may  be  made  to  assume  various  fancy  forms,  in  contact 
with  rigid  moulds ;  if  allowed  to  grow  cold,  thus  fixed,  they  will,  for  the  most  part 
retain  the  form  given  to  them.  As  the  fibers  are  parallel  with  the  curve,  much  greater 
strength  is  secured  to  articles  thus  made  than  in  any  other  way  of  producing  curved 
forms.]  _ 

134.  Standinger,  Anton,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Buhl  table  of  rosewood,  and  other  furniture. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

135.  Falcini,  Brothers,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Manufacturers. 

Table  and  chair  of  ebony,  in  antique  style,  inlaid  with  variously  colored  woods. 

136.  Zora,  G.,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

An  arm-chair  in  Greek  style,  richly  gilt  and  ornamented.  [For  figure,  see  page 
96  of  the  Record.] 

137.  Canepa,  G.  B.,  Chiavari,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Cabinet  escritoire  of  mahogany ;  chairs  of  gothic  patterns,  in  white  and  colored 
woods. 

138.  Cuglierero,  Raimondo,  Settimo,  near  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

Two  richly  painted  chairs. 

229 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXVI 


T 


139.  Martinotti,  G.,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 
An  inlaid  toilet-table  of  rosewood. 


140.  Campanino,  Guiseppe  Desoalzi  &  Son,  Genoa. — Manufacturers. 

Table  of  imitation  turtle-shell  work;  center-table  in  the  ray  style;  Chiavari 
chairs  in  various  woods  and  colors. 


141.  Mangini,  A.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Mahogany  bedstead  in  Greek  style,  richly  inlaid  in  gold  and  bronze ;  bureaus, 
consoles,  and  other  chamber  furniture,  in  mahogany  and  variegated  marbles. 


142.  Novaro,  L.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Common  and  gothic  chairs,  richly  gilded  and  ornamented. 


143.  Franoeschini,  Francesco,  Pisa,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 
A  rustic  arm-chair  and  stool,  lined  and  seated  with  moss. 


144.  Da  Fieno,  G.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Two  frames  for  console  and  mantel  mirrors,  richly  carved  in  the  Raffaelesque 
style;  a  console-table.  [For  figure,  see  page  125  of  the  Record.] 


145.  Savio  <fc  Sola,  Alessandria,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 
Iron-like  frame  of  wood,  for  pictures,  Ac. 


146.  Zampini,  Luigi,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Two  round  table-tops,  in  imitation  of  Chinese  work;  and  two  japanned  and 
painted  trunks. 

147.  Ciando,  G.,  Nice,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Center-tables  in  various  ornamental  woods,  in  their  natural  colors,  with  sculp¬ 
tured  stands,  and  inlaid  mosaic  tops,  richly  painted. 

148.  Bosi,  Enrico,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

An  antique  ebony  cabinet,  with  the  arms  of  the  Medici,  ornamented  with  panels 
of  Florentine  mosaics. 


SWITZERLAND. 

149.  Ebersold,  Gabriel,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

A  work-table,  and  convenient  furniture  for  an  invalid. 

230 


150.  'Wirtz,  J.,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Table,  bureau,  Ac.,  of  painted  wood.  The  material  is  of  a  light  color,  excessively 
ornamented  with  carvings.  [For  figure  of  the  table,  see  the  Record,  page  158.] 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

151.  Gamelkoorn,  R.  J.,  Arnhem. — Manufacturer. 

A  richly  carved  ebony  cabinet ;  the  ornaments  representing  hunting-scenes.  HEV- 
ured  on  page  62  of  the  Record.]  An  easy-chair.  6 

152.  Roster,  E.,  Utrecht. — Manufacturer. 

Two  ebony  fancy  chairs. 


153.  Meuring,  J.  L.  A  H.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturers. 

A  table  which  may  be  folded  in  four  forms,  as  a  pier-table,  chess-table,  card-table, 
and  lady  s  writing-table. 


154.  IIorp.ix,  Brothers,  The  Hague. — Manufacturers. 
Circular  sofa,  with  six  divisions. 


155.  Vogelpoel,  P.,  Haarlem. — Manufacturer. 
Two  dressing-cases,  and  two  locket-tables. 


156.  Seim,  D.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturer. 
Pendent-table,  with  marble  top. 


157.  Vandenberg,  J.,  Leyden. — Manufacturer. 
Richly  gilt  and  velveted  papers  for  walls. 


158.  Zeegers,  F.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Folding-screen,  richly  japanned  in  Chinese  style;  wooden  table  in  red  lacquer- 
fancy  lacquered  stands,  and  other  articles.  *  * 

159.  Franze,  "W.  A,  Haarlem. — Manufacturer. 

work^a<^eS  wor^'^a^es’  card-tables,  tea-table,  toilet  and  other  stands,  in  japanned 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXVII. 


r 

MINERAL  MANUFACTURES  USED  FOR  BUILDING  OR  DECORATION. 


The  subjects  defined  by  the  general  term  of  Mineral  Manufactures,  include  a  great  variety  of  articles  manufactured  in  marble,  slate,  porphyries,  cements, 
artificial  stones,  and  clay.  In  studying  them  systematically,  it  will  be  found  convenient  to  arrange  them  into  two  principal  groups.  The  first  group  will 
include  all  carved,  sculptured  and  polished  work  in  a  solid  material ;  and  the  second,  all  moulded  and  modeled  work  in  clay,  cement,  and  artificial  stone. 
There  is  an  essential  difference  between  these  two  divisions  in  the  style  and  methods  of  work,  and  they  are  rarely  undertaken  by  the  same  artist.  Except 
the  massive  building-stones,  which  occur  as  rocks,  and  are  included  among  the  raw  materials  of  Class  I.,  the  whole  number  of  non-metallic  mineral  sub¬ 
stances  employed  for  construction  and  decoration  are  found  in  the  present  class.  It  is  therefore  an  extensive  and  interesting  section  of  the  Exhibition. 
It  may  be  useful  to  direct  attention  to  some  of  the  more  prominent  objects. 

In  the  Department  of  the  United  States,  several  chimney-pieces  are  exhibited.  These  are  creditable  for  the  care  and  skill  shown  in  the  elaborate 
carving,  which,  however,  from  its  high  relief,  undercutting,  and  the  character  of  its  design,  renders  the  mantels  singularly  unfit  for  use.  Specimens  of 
terra  cotta,  of  good  workmanship,  but  without  novelty  of  design,  are  shown  from  a  manufactory  in  Massachusetts.  This  is  a  new  industry  in  this  country. 
A  novel,  and,  in  all  probability,  a  highly  important  invention,  is  shown  in  the  method  of  utilizing  the  slags  of  iron  furnaces.  These  heretofore  waste  and 
troublesome  products  are  made  into  tiles,  and  bottles  resembling  in  quality  ordinary  glass  bottles,  but  much  cheaper.  In  the  English  Department,  Messrs. 
Minton  exhibit  the  beautiful  encaustic  tiles — a  branch  of  artistic  manufacture  which  they  re-invented.  A  colored  plate  of  some  of  the  patterns  may  be 
found  in  the  Illustrated  Record,  page  51. 

Specimens  of  the  beautiful  spar  of  Derbyshire,  and  the  articles  made  from  it,  are  also  shown.  Several  Italian  exhibitors  have  sent  specimens  of  the 
Roman  and  Florentine  mosaics.  Many  of  these  possess  exquisite  beauty,  and  are  monuments  of  the  artist’s  laborious  and  skillful  hand.  The  reader  is 
referred  to  the  Illustrated  Record  for  figures  of  some  of  these  mosaics  and  a  description  of  the  art. 


1.  Levy,  James,  New  York  City— Manufacturer. 

Two  carved  white  marble  mantel-pieces — are  richly  carved  with  fruits  and  flowers ; 
a  female  figure  in  the  center;  -wild  beasts  and  snakes  on  each  side.  The  other  repre¬ 
sents  in  the  center  a  condor  and  two  panthers  fighting  for  a  lamb  which  the  former 
has  seized ;  on  the  sides,  a  male  and  female  Indian  under  the  shade  of  a  palm  tree. 


2.  Ferius  &  Taber,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  carved  mantel-piece,  in  white  marble,  ornamented  with  fruits  and  flowers ;  a 
vase  and  pedestal,  in  marble. 

3.  Gori,  Ottaviano,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  mantel-piece  of  variegated  marble. 


4.  Morrison,  John,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

An  emblematic  marble  mantel-piece,  with  a  figure  representing  Europe  on  the  left, 
America  on  the  right,  and  Asia  over  the  center. 


5.  North  River  Mining  and  Quarrying  Company,  New  York  City.  Manufacturers. 
Elaborately  carved  mantel-piece,  table-tops,  shafts,  columns,  slabs,  etc.,  of  American 
marbles. 


6.  Kennedy,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  white  marble  mantel-piece,  sculptured  in  the  Renaissance  style,  with  friezes  of 
foliage,  birds,  salamanders,  and  snakes  ;  and  central  shield,  with  female  figures  on  the 
sides. 

[Marble  is  cut  with  a  thin  plate  of  soft  iron,  used  as  a  saw,  supplied  constantly 
with  sharp  sand  and  water,  either  by  hand  or  machine-power.  Polishing  is  effected 
by  rubbing  with  sand  of  coarse  and  then  finer  qualities,  with  emery,  tripoli,  and  finally 
tin-putty,  or  a  piece  of  coarse  cotton  cloth.  Marble  may  be  turned  in  the  lathe,  the 
cutting  tool  being  a  well-tempered  bar  of  fine  steel.  The  chisel  is  however  always 
used  by  the  true  artist  to  bring  out  his  ornaments  with  distinctness  and  sharp  outline ; 
the  file  and  pumice-stone  render  the  work  easier,  but  also  tamer  and  more  indistinct. 


These  mantel-pieces  show  considerable  skill  in  execution  and  design,  and  are  highly 
polished ;  but  there  is  a  want  of  adaptiveness  of  the  style  of  ornament  to  the  object.] 

7.  Lyeth,  John  McF.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Italian  marble  slab  coffin. 

8.  Salamander  Marble  Company,  New  York  City. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 
Marbleized  iron  mantels,  columns,  table-tops,  and  other  articles — a  purely  American 

invention.  _ _ 

9.  Silexian  Marble  Company,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Silicious  marble  columns,  mantels,  pedestals,  panels ;  table,  bureau,  and  counter- 
tops  ;  various  articles  of  household  furniture,  and  architectural  embellishments. 

[Artificial  stone  ordinarily  has  silica  for  its  base  and  combining  material.  It  is  a 
collection  of  particles  of  sand,  pebbles,  limestone,  marble,  or  indeed  of  almost  any 
material,  held  together  by  a  solution  of  silicate  of  soda  or  potash,  as  by  a  kind  of  glass. 
Flints  are  dissolved  by  heat,  under  strong  pressure,  in  the  caustic  alkali,  and  the  other 
materials  are  added,  the  paste  being  moulded  into  the  required  form  while  hot ;  after 
being  air-dried,  the  composition  is  burned  in  a  kiln  at  a  bright  red  heat,  during  which 
the  free  alkali  combines  with  the  silica,  forming  a  glass,  in  which  the  materials  are 
cemented.  The  composition  being  impermeable  to  moisture,  is  proof  against  frost  and 
the  action  of  the  weather,  and  is  extremely  hard.  Works  made  from  this  material  do 
not  sensibly  contract  during  the  process  of  baking. 

Sieman’s  patent  (in  Bavaria,  1845)  makes  silicious  stone  as  follows:  100  pounds  of 
caustic  soda,  in  solution,  are  evaporated  to  80  quarts,  and  one  pound  of  silica  added 
for  every  quart ;  the  solution  is  effected  under  a  pressure  of  about  five  atmospheres. 
This  solution,  mixed  with  quartz  sand,  hardens  to  a  stone  which  strikes  fire  with  steel. 
For  building  purposes,  one  part  of  the  solution  is  mixed  with  two  volumes  of  fine 
silica,  to  which  are  added  10  to  20  parts  of  sand  of  different  degrees  of  fineness,  and 
sometimes  gravel ;  after  being  air-dried,  it  is  kept  for  five  or  six  days  in  an  apartment 
at  104°,  when  it  becomes  quite  hard.] 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XKVII. 


10.  Walker,  George,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

Patent  metallic  mirror  mantels,  of  cast  iron  and  plate  glass,  manufactured  by  the 
Mirror  Marble  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

[See  Illustrated  Record,  page  18.] 


11.  New  York  Marbled  Iron  Works,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Enameled,  or  imitation  marble,  iron  mantels,  columns,  table-tops,  slabs,  etc. 

12.  Frednd  &  Miller,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Richly  decorated  arch  and  columns,  mantels,  banister,  urns,  candelabra,  work-boxes, 
table-tops,  and  other  specimens  of  ligneous  marble,  or  imitation  of  marble  in  wood 
and  iron. 

[There  are  various  ways  of  imitating  marble,  besides  scayliola,  mentioned  below. 
In  marbleized  iron,  so  called,  the  marbled  appearance  may  be  produced  either  by 
painting  the  design  on  the  back  side  of  a  glass  panel,  or  the  iron  may  be  painted  and 
a  solution  of  glass  run  over  it.  The  process  invented  by  Mr.  C.  Iles,  of  Birmingham, 
England,  consists  in  mixing  a  cement,  the  basis  of  which  is  carbonate  or  sulphate  of 
lime,  with  the  waste  materials  of  silk  works,  or  the  short  cuttings  from  piled  cloth  and 
velvet ;  the  mass  forms  a  uniform  or  a  variously  colored  mixture,  as  may  be  required, 
and  the  marble-like  veins  are  formed  by  drawing  out  such  silk  threads  as  will  best 
secure  the  effect  desired.  It  is  quite  cheap,  and  durable,  and  admits  of  a  fine  polish, 
and  is  well  adapted  for  interior  work.  Plaster  casts  may  be  rendered  as  hard  as 
marble,  by  immersing  them  in  a  solution  of  alum ;  a  similar  hardness  may  be  given  by 
coating  them  with  a  liquid  made  of  two  parts  of  stearine  and  two  parts  of  Venetian 
soap,  mixed  with  20  to  30  parts  of  a  cold  solution  of  caustic  potash ;  after  boiling  for 
half  an  hour,  one  part  of  pearl-ash  is  added,  and  the  heat  continued  for  a  few  minutes ; 
enough  of  the  cold  ley  is  added  to  produce  perfect  fluidity,  and  the  liquid  is  allowed 
to  stand  under  cover  for  several  days.  An  artificial  marble  may  be  made  by  immersing 
gypsum  or  alabaster,  cut  of  the  required  shape,  thoroughly  dried,  in  a  warm  solution 
of  borax  and  supersulphate  of  potash,  made  by  adding  about  a  pound  of  the  former 
and  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  the  latter  to  each  gallon  of  water;  after  being  dried,  it 
is  again  immersed  in  a  hot  saturated  solution  of  borax,  to  each  gallon  of  which  is 
added  one-fourth  of  an  ounce  of  the  most  concentrated  nitric  acid ;  when  saturated, 
and  dried,  it  will  be  found  to  be  as  hard  as  marble.  Colors  may  be  given  by  using  the 
solution  of  borax  with  a  dye,  and  the  acid,  or  a  nitrate.  For  instance,  to  produce  a 
blue  marble,  a  solution  of  borax,  with  indigo  and  nitrate  of  iron,  may  be  used ;  to 
produce  a  compound-colored  marble,  the  process  of  immersion  in  the  boracic  solution 
is  repeated ;  for  instance,  the  blue  marble  may  be  treated  with  safflaver,  or  any  red 
dye,  causing  streaks,  or  veins,  and  patches  of  the  blended  or  separate  colors.  Three 
or  four  colors  may  be  produced  in  this  way.  This  is  a  patent  process  of  Mr.  S.  R.  St. 
C.  Massiah,  of  London,  in  1850.] 


13.  Farley,  H.  S.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Scagliola,  or  cement  marble  columns,  half  antaes,  and  pedestals. 

[Scagliola  was  invented  in  Lombardy,  more  than  two  centuries  ago.  It  is  made 
from  a  cement  of  the  finest  gypsum,  in  powder,  mixed  with  aluminous  matter,  isinglass 
and  coloring  matters ;  the  surface  which  is  to  receive  the  paste  has  a  rough  coating  of 
lime  and  hair.  As  the  most  beautifully-veined  marbles  are  imitated  in  this,  many 
shades  of  color  are  used,  requiring  great  skill  in  their  employment.  ScagliolL  work 
resembles  fresco  painting,  in  that  the  colors  are  laid  on  and  mixed  in  the  wet  state  of 
the  cement;  the  outlines  of  the  work  are  traced  with  a  sharp  instrument,  and  the 
cavities  are  filled  with  the  same  material,  of  different  colors  according  to  the  veins  to 
be  imitated  After  the  cement  has  hardened,  it  is  rubbed  with  pumice-stone  and 
polished  with  tnpoli  and  oil.  It  takes  a  fine  polish,  is  as  hard  as  marble,  and  very 
durable.  Pieces  of  marble  are  sometimes  inlaid,  in  the  ordinary  irregular  patterns.  The 
colors  are  apt  to  run  together,  from  the  moist  state  of  the  work,  and  the  use  of  alum  ■ 
natUre  of  the  material-  ^  "HI  -t  answer,  unsupported,  where  strength 


14.  Young,  Alexander,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Door  and  window  frames,  arches  and  columns,  in  terra  cotta-  cliimnev  ton- 
brackets,  trusses,  pinnacles,  mouldings,  and  almost  everv  article  fnr i  p 

decoration  that  can  be  made  of  cut  stone,  °> 

are  more  durable  and  cheaper  than  stone.  J  8  These  ornanlent; 

15.  Quinn  &  Hill,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 


almost  indestructible  by  ordinary  exposure  to  weather — and,  though  the  color  is  inferior 
to  that  of  stone,  and  the  parts  are  liable  to  be  warped  in  burning,  it  answers  a  most 
excellent  purpose,  both  for  decoration  and  construction.  It  should  be  made  of  clay, 
of  great  purity,  containing  but  little  iron,  mixed  with  crushed  pottery  and  calcined 
flints,  or  pure  sand,  and  burned  at  a  high  heat.  The  ancient  terra  cotta  was  little 
more  than  a  sun-baked  clay.] 

19.  Forbes,  Josefii  D.,  Perth  Amboy,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fire-brick. 

[Fire-clays  abound  under  the  coal  measures.  They  are  used  for  the  manufacture 
of  fire-bricks  and  gas  retorts,  where  the  material  requires  to  be  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
resist  fusion  at  high  temperatures.  Such  clays  are  termed  refractory,  and  are  nearly 
pure  silicates  of  alumina.  The  proportions  of  silica  and  alumina  vary,  the  former 
ranging  from  50  to  70  per  cent.  They  should  be  free  from  alkaline  earths  and  iron, 
which  render  the  clay  fusible  at  high  temperatures.] 

20.  Smith,  Washington,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Stone  and  earthenware  drain-pipe,  elbows,  etc. 

[Stone  ware,  sucli  as  is  used  for  drain-pipes,  is  a  perfect  kind  of  pottery,  approach¬ 
ing  very  pearly  to  a  true  porcelain.  It  is  composed  of  clay  and  silex,  and  exposed  to 
such  a  degree  of  heat  as  to  produce  a  partial  vitrification.  A  glaze  is  produced  by 
throwing  salt  into  the  furnace,  which  is  diffused  over  the  whole  surface,  the  soda  com¬ 
bining  with  the  silex  to  form  a  coating  of  glass.] 

21.  Connecticut  Marble  Company,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Artificially  variegated  marble  tables  ;  impervious  to  oils,  and  unaffected  by  changes 
of  heat  and  moisture.  J 

22.  Smith,  Dr.  William,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  lava  ware,  manufactured  from  the  slags  of  iron  and  other  reducing 
furnaces ;  a  new  invention,  patented  in  this  country,  and  in  Europe  ;  used  as  a  substi¬ 
tute  for  glass,  stone,  and  clay,  for  ornamental  tiles,  bottles,  etc. 


23.  Winslow,  Thomas  S.,  New  York  City. — Agent. 

A  gothic  baptismal  font,  in  Caen  stone,  on  a  base  of  Aubigny  stone. 

[These  stones  are  imported  from  Normandy,  France.  When  recently  quarried, 
they  are  quite  soft,  becoming  hard  on  exposure  to  the  air.  This  property  makes  them 
valuable  for  decoration  in  architecture.  The  stone  belongs  to  the  oolitic  series  of 
rocks.] 

24#  Iyirby  <fc  Cannan,  Brooklyn ,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Relief,  or  projecting  letters,  for  signs,  tablets,  etc.,  manufactured  from  a  mineral 
composition,  and  finely  enameled  in  gold  and  colors. 


25.  Goodridge,  S.  W.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Soapstone  work— stoves,  furnaces,  wash-tubs,  sinks,  etc.,  remarkable  for  their 
capacity  to  resist  heat. 

[Soapstone  (steatite,  or  saponite)  is  a  hydrous  silicate  of  magnesia  and  alumina ; 
its  color  and  consistence  are  well  known.  It  is  hardly  affected  by  sulphuric  or  muriatic 
acids,  and  is  but  little  altered  by  intense  heat.  It  may  be  obtained  in  large  blocks, 
without  flaw,  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States— in  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire, 
in  jSew  Jersey,  and  in  Maryland.  It  is  so  soft  as  to  be  easily  wrought,  turned,  and 
planed  with  the  ordinary  tools  of  the  carpenter;  and  it  may  be  screwed  together  as 
easily  and  as  tightly  as  wood.  It  is  much  used  for  the  lining  of  stoves  and  fire-places, 
for  sinks,  and  for  the  baths  and  sizing-rollers  used  in  cotton  mills.] 

2fi.  IIydeville  Slate  Company,  Ilydeville,  Vermont. — Manufacturers. 

Slabs  of  manufactured  slate,  for  roofs,  floors,  etc.  Model  of  a  house  roofed  with 
this  slate. 

[The  qualities  of  slate  which  render  it  so  useful  are,  its  strength,  it  being  about 
four  times  ns  strong  as  ordinary  stone ;  and  slabs  of  eight  feet  in  length  may  be  used 
of  not  more  than  half  an  inch  thick.  Its  compactness  and  non-absorbent  properties 
render  it  especially  applicable  as  a  lining  for  walls,  and  for  vessels  and  passages 
exposed  continually  to  water.  Its  smooth  and  perfect  surface  adapts  it  for  ornamental 
and  useful  purposes,  as  chimney-pieces,  table-tops,  monuments,  tablets,  bathing-tubs, 
and  the  beds  of  billiard-tables.] 


27.  Daniel,  Charles  B.,  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 
Model  of  a  house  roofed  with  Blue  Mountain  slate. 


16.  Roche,  Edward,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

architectural*  orna<ments?S>  arCheS'  arChiv°ltS’  Wkets =  nitrified  ^one  drain-; 


!7.  Tolman,  Hathaway  &  Stone,  Worcester,  Massachusetts.- Manufacturers 
21  andtlf  °rnaments  and  vase3’ terra  cotta.  [For  figures,  see  Record, 


18.  Wintter  &  Co.,  Newark,  New  Jersey.— Manufacturers 

[The  «..  of  torn,  oott.  for  .rchlteolur.l  »„d  bonding  '  ■ 

"  .n  p„,n,  o,  T,„.  mu  s,  [/  dl,„bl”7n” 

232 


28.  Tay’lor  A  Porter,  Slateford,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

School  and  counting-house  slates,  for  blackboard  uses  ;  roofing  slates. 

[The  slates  are  procured  from  the  “Pennsylvania  Slate  Quarry,”  on  the  river 
Delaware,  near  the  Delaware  Water  Gap,  in  Northampton  county.  The  quarry  has 
been  worked  about  47  years,  and  the  supply  seems  inexhaustible.  The  roofing  slate  is 
manufactured  of  sizes  varying  from  24  by  12  inches  to  10  by  5  inches ;  sometimes  the 
width  is  increased  to  more  than  half  the  length,  when  the  material  will  allow  it.  The 
amount  manufactured  is  about  2,000  tons  a  year.  About  18,000  school  slates  are  also 
made  annually.] 

29.  McDowell  <fc  Co.,  Slatington,  Pennsylvania. —  Manufacturers 
School  and  counting-room  slates ;  roofing  slates. 

[This  slate  is  obtained  from  tfie  Kittatinny  Quarries,  Slatington,  Pennsylvania ; 


MINERAL  MANUFACTURES  USED  FOR  BUILDING  OR  DECORATION. 


they  have  been  worked  for  eight  years,  and  the  supply  seems  inexhaustible.  Four 
hundred  thousand  superficial  feet  have  been  produced  in  one  year.  The  color  is  of  a 
clear  dark-blue.] 

30.  Felt,  Willard,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  school-slates. 


31.  French,  William  H.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 
Plaster  ornaments  for  exterior  and  interior  of  buildings. 


32.  Gawv,  Andrea  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Architectural  plaster  ornaments  for  the  interior  of  buildings. 


33.  Bail,  Lewis,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Elaborate  capital  for  Grecian  column,  modeled  in  plaster. 


31.  Watson  &  Hodgson,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Center  ceiling-pieces,  flowers,  friezes,  soffits,  and  other  architectural  ornaments  in 
plaster  of  Paris.  _ _ 

35.  Heath,  Thomas,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

A  very  elaborate  new  lyric  center-piece,  in  plaster  of  Paris.  (See  the  Illustrated 
Record,  page  201,  for  figure.) 

[The  basis  of  plaster  of  Paris  (so  called  from  the  vast  quantities  found  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Paris)  is  gypsum,  or  sulphate  of  lime,  which  contains  about  twenty- 
four  per  cent,  of  water.  On  being  burned  at  a  low  temperature  it  parts  with  its  water, 
which  it  absorbs  again  with  great  avidity ;  this  is  the  basis  of  a  great  number  of  im¬ 
portant  uses  to  which  this  substance  is  put.  When  mixed  with  water,  after  being 
calcined,  a  hydrous  sulphate  of  lime  is  formed,  which  rapidly  becomes  hard ;  if  the 
solidification  takes  place  in  a  mould,  the  most  minute  cavities  are  exactly  filled,  form¬ 
ing  a  perfect  cast  from  the  expansion  which  takes  place  during  the  solidification. 
Stucco  is  a  combination  of  gypsum,  which  generally  contains  carbonate  of  lime,  with 
gelatine  or  strong  glue;  this  composition  dries  more  slowly  than  that  made  with 
water,  but  is  harder  and  more  durable,  and  is  much  used  for  interior  decorations.  The 
hardness  may  be  still  further  increased  by  moistening  the  calcined  gypsum  with  a 
solution  of  alum  or  of  borax,  one  pound  to  nine  pounds  of  water,  and  heating 
strongly.] 

- »  <o>  « - - 

GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

36.  Herbert  Minton  <fc  Co.,  Stoke-upon-Trent. — Manufacturer. 

Encaustic  and  Venetian  tiles  for  floors  and  walls,  tablets  for  names  of  streets,  Ac. 
(For  figures  of  the  tiles  see  the  Record,  pages  51  and  156.) 

[The  use  of  hardened  clay  for  pavements  is  of  great  antiquity ;  while  the  forms 
and  patterns  of  ancient  tiles  are  now  used,  the  modern  makers  have  introduced  great 
mechanical  improvements  in  the  manufacture.  The  tiles  of  the  Messrs.  Minton  are 
made  by  pressing  in  moulds.  Ordinary  paving  tiles  are  of  a  red  or  buff  color ;  various 
colors  are  produced  by  the  metallic  oxyds.  The  clay  in  the  state  of  a  fine  powder, 
retaining  a  certain  amount  of  moisture,  is  placed  in  a  mould  of  the  desired  form,  when 
the  ram  of  a  hydraulic  press  is  brought  down  upon  it  with  a  pressure  of  from  200  to 
250  tons ;  the  clay  is  much  compressed,  and,  on  being  removed  from  the  mould  and 
smoothed,  is  baked.  In  making  the  encaustic  or  variegated  tiles,  an  ordinary  buff  tile  is 
first  made,  in  a  mould  which  leaves  impressions  in  the  soft  clay  about  one-fourth  of  an 
inch  deep’;  after  being  partly  dried,  variously  colored  clays  are  poured  over  the  tile 
at  a  thick  slip ;  this  also  being  partially  dried,  the  surface  is  scraped  till  the  common 
buff  tile  is  seen,  and  the  pattern  appears  in  the  proper  colors;  the  tile  is  then  fired, 
which  brings  out  the  colors  more  vividly.  The  Venetian  tiles  and  mosaics  are  called 
fessene ;  they  are  produced  by  pressure  in  metal  dies,  of  any  desired  geometrical  form ; 
each  tile  is  of  the  same  color  throughout.  When  fired  they  are  placed  face  down¬ 
wards  ;  the  back  is  formed  of  Portland  cement,  a  mixture  of  carbonate  of  lime  and 

|  silicate  of  alumina.]  _ _ 

j  37.  Tomlinson,  John,  Ashford,  Derbyshire. — Manufacturer. 

Black  marble  inlaid-table,  vases,  cups,  and  fancy  articles. 


ing  is  gradually  completed  by  the  steel  point.  The  blue  variety  is  by  far  the  most 
valuable,  and  is  locally  called  “Blue  John  ;”  from  its  comparative  variety,  many  means 
are  resorted  to  for  the  production  of  the  amethystine  and  blue  colors.  When  skillfully 
worked  the  colors  are  exceedingly  beautiful.] 

39.  Love,  Thomas,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Tables  and  boxes  in  imitation  marble ;  a  set  of  chess-men. 


40.  Dawbarn,  William,  &  Co.,  Liverpool. — Manufacturers. 

Framed  writing-slates  from  the  Bangor  slate  quarries,  North  Wales ;  roofing  slates, 
slate  pencils,  Welsh  hones. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 

41.  Morgan,  James,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 
A  baptismal  font  of  Pictou  stone,  in  early  Gothic  style. 

- ■  iw  i - 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

42.  Bennett,  C.  F.,  St.  John's. — Manufacturer. 

Manufactured  slate. 

43.  Knight,  St.  John's. — Manufacturer. 

Manufactured  slate. 


FRANCE. 

44.  Heiligenthal  &  Co.,  Strasburg. — Manufacturers. 

Ornaments  in  stone  mastic  for  decorations. 

[These  ornaments  and  mouldings  are  made  by  means  of  metal  moulds ;  the  paste 
or  mastic,  in  a  soft  state,  is  pressed  into  them  by  very  heavy  weights,  which  gives  them 
a  hardness  and  polish  which  allows  of  their  being  gilt.  They  are  used  principally  for 
interior  decoration,  but  by  being  covered  with  a  coat  of  copal  varnish  they  may  be 
used  as  external  ornaments.  They  have  been  known  to  withstand  all  kinds  of  weather 
for  twenty-five  years.] 

45.  Baudouin,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Slabs  of  painted  asphaltum. 

[Asphaltum  is  a  black  bituminous  substance,  very  brittle  and  inflammable;  it  is 
found  of  great  purity  and  in  immense  quantities  in  New  Brunswick;  in  France  it  is 
associated  with  limestone,  the  rock  containing  about  eighty  per  cent,  of  carbonate  of 
lime,  and  twenty  per  cent,  of  bitumen.  The  use  of  asphaltum  in  paving  originated  in 
France,  where  it  has  been  used  more  extensively  and  successfully  than  in  England  or 
in  this  country.  This  rock  may  be  converted  into  a  plastic  mass  very  readily  and 
cheaply,  merely  by  the  addition  of  six  or  eight  per  cent,  of  mineral  or  coal-tar,  and  a 
few  pebbles  and  sand ;  the  union  is  effected  by  a  moderate  heat  in  an  iron  vessel,  and 
the  mass  is  spread  on  a  flat  surface  previously  prepared  for  it,  or  run  in  moulds  into 
blocks  weighing  about  100  lbs.  The  advantages  of  this  pavement  are  its  toughness  and 
power  of  resisting  wear ;  its  impermeability  to  water ;  its  freedom  from  dust  and  mud ; 
and  the  ease  with  which  it  may  be  repaired,  it  being  only  necessary  to  warm  the  worn 
part,  cut  it  out  with  a  knife,’  and  fill  up  the  opening  with  freshly  melted  material. 
Various  ornamental  designs  are  made  by  pressing  differently  colored  stones  into  it,  and 
by  coloring  it  m  figures  previous  to  dryness. 

The  material  has  also  been  used  for  roofs,  as  coverings  for  bridges,  roads,  Ac.  As- 
phaltum  foot-pavements  have  not  met  with  much  success  in  this  country,  probably 
from  some  defect  in  their  composition ;  in  Philadelphia  they  were  worn  through  in  a 
few  years,  or  rendered  unsightly  by  softening  in  the  summer’s  sun  and  running  over 
the  curb-stone.  From  an  experiment  made  in  Philadelphia  some  years  since,  it  would 
appear  that  a  very  durable  pavement  may  be  made  by  bailing  coal-tar  down  to  pitch, 
and  thickening  it  with  sand.]  _ 


I 


I 


! 


38.  Vallance,  John,  Matlock,  Derbyshire.— Manufacturer. 

Tables,  tazzas,  vases,  Ac.,  composed  of  or  inlaid  with  marbles  and  fluor-spar  from 
Derbyshire. 

[The  Derbvshire  marbles  are  obtained  from  the  carboniferous  limestone,  and  are 
colored  by  carbon  and  metallic  oxyds;  they  are  sometimes  fossiliferous,  containing 
corals  encrinital  stems,  and  shells;  they  are  also  oolitic,  crystalline,  and  veined. 
Marble  mosaic  is  made  in  Derbyshire  by  chiseling  out  the  marble,  and  inlaying  it 
with  marbles  of  a  different  color,  with  fluor-spar,  and  glass.  _  Fluor-spar  is  a  fluoride 
of  calcium  (generally  called  fluate  of  lime),  occurring  in  veins  in  the  carboniferous 
limestone,  associated  with  calc-spar;  it  is  found  in  a  crystalline  form  and  in  groups 
of  cubic  crystals.  The  natural  colors  are  pale  and  dark-violet,  blue,  and  yellow  ;  other 
colors  are  given  artificially  by  means  of  heat  and  sulphuric  acid.  From  the  ease  with 
which  the  lamime  are  split  it  is  very  difficult  to  turn ;  this  is  accomplished  by  heating 
it  and  applying  yellow  resin  over  the  surface,  which  penetrates  about  one-eighth  of  an 
inch,  and  holds  the  crystals  together ;  by  a  repetition  of  the  resining  process  the  turn- 


•16#  Liezching  <fc  Torasse,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Tables  with  mosaic  tops. 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 


47.  Barrata,  Carlo.— Manufacturer. 
White  marble  center-table. 


48.  nuTSCHENREUTER,  II.  A.,  Wallendorf. — Manufacturer. 
Slates  and  metallic  tablets. 


49. 


Schwartz,  F.  A.,  Solenhofen,  Bavaria.  Manufactui  er. 
Lithographic  stones. 

233 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXVII. 


[Lithographic  stones  are  fine-grained  limestones;  the  best  are  procured  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Munich,  Bavaria,  at  Solenhofen,  where  lithography  originated.  The 
good  qualities  of  a  lithographic  stone  are:  a  uniform  yellowish  gray  hue;  freedom 
from  veins  and  spots ;  a  steel  point  should  cut  it  with  difficulty ;  and  splinters  from  it 
should  have  a  conchoidal  fracture.  Lithographic  stone  has  been  found  in  Canada  by 
Mr.  Logan  in  a  palaeozoic  formation  ;  at  Marmora  this  stone  occurs  in  beds  from  one  to 
two  feet  thick,  and  apparently  over  an  extent  of  seventy  miles.  Slabs  of  all  ordinary 
sizes  might  be  obtained  from  this  place.] 

THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

50.  Ramsaner,  J.  G.,  Hallstadt,  Upper  Austria. — Manufacturer. 

Candelabra,  vases,  table-slabs,  mirror-frames,  and  various  other  objects  in  varie¬ 
gated  marble. 

51.  Chmstofoli,  Antonio,  Padua,  Lombardy. — Manufacturer. 

Marble  and  mosaic  table ;  pavement  slabs. 

52.  Motelli,  Gaetano,  Milan,  Lombardy. — Manufacturer. 

A  white  marble  mantle  in  Anacreontic  style. 

53.  Fbanzi,  Giuseppe,  Milan. — Manufacturer. 

Table  and  chairs,  and  monumental  tablet  of  carved  piggin  stone. 

54.  Rohlik,  L.,  Prague,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  work  in  artificial  marble ;  a  small  lion,  and  a  bas-relief. 

55.  Hardtmuth,  L.  ik  C.,  Vienna. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  artificial  pumice-stone. 

56.  Scharas,  John,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  pumice-stone. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

57.  Bosi,  Enrico,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Table-tops  of  different  shapes,  with  radii  of  variegated  marbles,  and  centers  and 
borders  of  flowers. 

58.  Fontana,  Pietro,  Carrara,  Modena. — Manufacturer. 

Pair  of  vases  of  white  statuary  marble. 

59.  Livi,  Vincenzo,  Carrara,  Modena. — Manufacturer. 

Mantel-piece. of  statuary  marble. 

60.  Pacchiani,  F.,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Mantel-piece  of  statuary  marble,  with  bas-relief  of  Guido’s  Aurora. 

61.  Nanni,  Leonardo,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

A  slab  of  green  Prato  marble ;  a  round  table-top. 

[This  is  a  name  given  to  serpentine,  a  silicate  of  magnesia,  found  near  the  town  of 
Prato,  in  Tuscany.  The  quarries  yield  blocks  of  very  large  size,  of  good  quality,  and 
seemingly  in  inexhaustible  quantity ;  they  are  in  active  operation.  Serpentine  is  found 
in  abundance  in  this  country,  in  New  Jersey  and  Vermont.] 

62.  Zolezzi,  Stefano,  &  Son,  Lavagna,  Sardinia. — Manufacturers. 

Slate  table,  polished ;  roofing  slates  and  slates  for  pavements. 

63.  Andreoli,  C. — Manufacturer. 

Various  fruits  imitated  in  marble. 

• 

64.  Trebbi,  Odoardo,  Rome. — Manufacturer. 

Mosaic  table  and  vases  in  fine  marble  and  alabaster ;  two  columns  in  Oriental 
granite,  with  marble  capitals;  a  pavement  of  Roman  mosaic  in  “pietra  dura.” 

234 


65.  Solari,  Ottavio,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

A  pair  of  alabaster  candelabra. 

[Alabaster  is  a  sulphate  of  lime,  a  compact  gypsum.  The  finest  varieties  are  found 
abundantly  in  the  north  of  Italy,  near  Leghorn,  which  is  the  chief  seat  of  the  manu¬ 
facture  of  alabaster  ornaments.  It  is  much  softer  than  marble,  and  when  first  raised 
is  quite  soft  and  easily  wrought  by  the  most  simple  tools.  Oriental  alabaster  is  a 
stalactitic  carbonate  of  lime,  of  all  colors  from  white  to  brown,  and  sometimes  veined; 
it  is  as  hard  as  marble,  and  is  used  for  similar  purposes;  it  was  much  used  by  the 
ancient  Egyptians  for  sarcophagi.] 


66.  Spanna,  Giuseppe,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  artificial  marble  of  various  forms  and  colors. 

67.  Collonello,  F.,  Genoa,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Mosaic  marble  slabs. 


68.  Bianchini,  Gaetano,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 
Fine  tables  in  Florentine  mosaic. 


69.  Betti,  Francesco,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

An  oblong  table  slab  in  Florentine  mosaic,  with  center  and  border  of  flowers. 
[For  figure  see  page  98  of  the  Record.] 

- ■  in  i - 


BELGIUM. 

70.  Requile,  Brothers,  Brussels. — Manufacturers. 

An  engraved  slab  of  black  marble. 

[Black  marble  is  etched  with  various  figures,  generally  after  it  is  polished.  The 
parts  to  be  preserved  are  penciled  over  with  a  colored  varnish ;  the  uncovered 
surface  of  the  marble  is  then  dissolved  with  dilute  muriatic  acid;  after  the  acid  is 
washed  off  with  water,  and  the  varnish  removed  by  turpentine,  the  engraving  appears 
of  a  dull  gray  color  on  a  black  ground.  The  graver  is  also  employed  conjointly  with 
this  etching  process.] 

71.  Smal,  Werpin,  Huy. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fire-brick  ornaments  and  drain-pipes. 

THE  NETHERLANDS. 

72.  Swann,  E.,  Arnhem. — Manufacturer. 

White  marble  vase. 

73.  Vermel,  T.  S.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 

A  carved  slab  for  a  mantel-piece;  representing  the  American  eagle  in  white 
marble,  on  a  light  slate-colored  marble  ground,  surrounded  by  thirteen  golden  stars. 

74.  Van  Hulst,  J.,  Harlingen. — Manufacturer. 

Square  tiles  for  walls  and  floors. 


75.  ScnoLER  &  Son,  Utrecht. — Manufacturers. 

Bricks  and  cement. 

[There  are  several  kinds  of  mosaic,  but  all  of  them  consist  in  imbedding  fragments 
of  different  colored  stones,  gems,  marbles,  and  even  glass,  in  a  cement,  so  as  to  pro¬ 
duce  the  effect  of  a  picture.  It  is  a  very  ancient  art ;  the  finest  specimens  of  it  are 
new,  and  have  long  been  made  in  Florence.  For  an  essay  on  this  beautiful  art,  see  the 
Record,  page  88.] 

76.  Van  den  Brocke,  P.,  Utrecht. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  bricks. 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXVIII. 


MANUFACTURES  FROM  ANIMAL  AND  VEGETABLE 

WOVEN  OR  FELTED. 


SUBSTANCES,  NOT 


The  constitution  of  the  present  Class  is  somewhat  peculiar.  It  contains  those  articles  of  animal  and  vegetable  origin  which,  not  being  woven  or  felted,  could  not  be 
included  among  the  results  of  such  processes.  The  applications  of  caoutchouc  and  gutta  percha ;  the  manufactures  of  ivory,  horn,  and  whalebone  ;  and  of  cofoa-nut 
fibers,  cork,  &c.,  are  sufficiently  numerous  to  form  no  inconsiderable  part  of  civilized  industry,  and  of  its  representation  in  the  New  York  Exhibition.  Especially  is 
this  true  of  the  articles  made  from  caoutchouc.  All  those  properties  which  limit  its  use  in  the  natural  state  are  no  longer  present  in  the  combination  of  sulphur  and 
caoutchouc  called  vulcanized  India-rubber.  This  transformation  of  caoutchouc  was  invented  and  first  applied  to  practical  purposes  in  America  in  the  year  1836,  by 
Mr.  Charles  Goodyear.  The  same  inventor  has  lately  combined  caoutchouc  with  sulphur  and  magnesia,  which  impart  the  hardness  and  other  qualities  of  wood.  Being 
plastic,  it  may  be  moulded  into  a  multitude  of  forms,  and  it  receives  any  color  or  combination  of  tints.  To  the  former  almost  endless  variety  of  objects  manufactured 
from  this  Protean  substance,  a  new  series  of  combs,  canes,  buttons,  &c.,  is  thus  added.  A  most  interesting  collection  of  these  objects  is  shown  by  the  various  American 
and  foreign  exhibitors. 

A  great  number  of  the  small  manufactures  of  Switzerland  may  be  found  in  this  Class.  The  articles  exhibit  great  ingenuity  and  skill  in  wood-turning  and 
carving.  They  are  already  familiar  from  the  numerous  specimens  brought  here  by  travelers  as  souvenirs  of  their  visits.  The  manufactures  of  ivory,  tortoise-shell, 
straw,  &c.,  exhibit  their  usual  characteristics. 


1.  Shardlow,  Samuel,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Ivory,  billiard,  and  pool  balls ;  martingale,  napkin,  and  teething  rings ;  sand,  pounce, 
and  fancy  boxes;  wafer-stamps,  pen-holders,  chess-men,  counters,  checks,  cane-heads, 
and  other  articles  in  ivory ;  curious  box  of  many  kinds  of  wood,  containing  relics. 


2.  Pratt,  Webb  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Pyramid  of  ivory  combs  and  other  articles  in  ivory;  tablets,  paper-cutters,  and 
rings. 


3.  Fenn,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  fine  ivory  combs ;  combs  in  tortoise-shell  and  Turkey  box ;  tablets  in 
ivory,  pearl,  and  tortoise-shell ;  fancy  articles  in  ivory,  rosewood,  dec. 

[Ivory,  the  tusk  of  the  elephant,  is  intermediate  between  horn  and  bone,  both  in  its 
chemical  and  mechanical  properties  ;  it  has  less  gelatine  than  bone,  and  is  less  brittle. 
The  tusk  of  the  elephant  is  generally  solid  for  half  its  length,  and  is  free  from  the  pores 
met  with  in  bone ;  though  it  contains  sixty-four  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime,  it  may 
be  worked  with  perfect  smoothness;  it  is  therefore  far  superior  to  bone,  and  altogether 
the  best  material  for  ornamental  turning.  The  general  supply  of  ivory  is  from  the 
Asiatic  and  African  elephants  ;  though  in  Russia  almost  all  the  ivory  is  obtained  from 
the  Siberian  mammoth,  or  fossil  elephant,  whose  tusks  are  found  abundantly  in  eastern 
Siberia  and  the  arctic  marshes ;  the  latter  is  not  inferior  to,  and  is  cheaper  than  the 
recent  ivory.  The  tusks  of  the  hippopotamus,  of  the  walrus,  and  of  the  norwal,  and 
the  teeth  of  the  sperm  whale,  are  also  used  as  ivory ;  the  first-mentioned  is  much 
harder  than  elephant  ivory,  and  of  double  the  value.  The  best  ivory  is  brought  from 
the  eastern  coast  of  Africa.  The  slaughter  of  elephants  to  supply  the  world  with  ivory 
must  be  immense ;  as  long  ago  as  1830,  according  to  McCulloch,  Great  Britain  alone 
consumed  over  416,000  lbs. ;  allowing  20  lbs.  to  be  the  average  weight  of  a  tusk  as 
imported,  this  would  require  the  sacrifice  of  more  than  10,000  of  these  noble  animals; 
what  then  must  be  the  destruction  to  supply  the  world  in  1854?  Some  tusks  will 
weigh  160  lbs.,  and  from  that  down  to  10  lbs.,  and  even  less,  varying  in  length  from 
eight  and  ten  feet  to  as  many  inches.  A  section  of  true  ivory  may  always  be  known 
by  the  decussating  curved  lines,  resembling  engine-turn  markings. 

On  account  of  the  curved  form  of  the  tusk  in  the  direction  of  its  length,  its  hollow¬ 
ness  for  about  half  its  length,  its  gradual  taper,  and  its  elliptical  or  irregular  section, 
it  requires  considerable  skill  to  cut  it  economically.  The  only  waste  should  be  from 
the  passage  of  the  saw;  the  refuse  tips  are  of  use  in  making  ivory-black.  Ivory 


requires  a  drying  similar  to  wood ;  and  articles  turned  from  it  should  not  be  exposed 
to  much  heat,  else  they  will  warp.  Ivory  changes  in  length  as  well  as  in  width,  so 
that  drawing-scales  made  from  it  cannot  be  depended  on  for  exact  measurements  ;  the 
effect  of  shrinking  is  often  seen  in  billiard-balls,  which  soon  show  a  difference  in  the 
two  diameters,  if  they  are  subject  to  changes  of  temperature,  or  are  made  of  imper¬ 
fectly  seasoned  materials. 

Ivory  is  apt  to  get  discolored,  and  many  methods  are  advised  to  restore  the  color ; 
most  of  these  are  useless,  or,  if  effectual,  injure  the  material,  and  destroy  delicate 
articles.  The  best  way  to  preserve  the  color  is  by  exposure  to  the  light,  and  close 
covering  with  a  glass  shade.  Ivory  cannot  be  softened,  like  horn  or  shell,  and 
moulded  into  any  desired  shape  —  alkalies,  if  sufficiently  strong,  will  completely 
decompose  it ;  in  hydrochloric  acid  solutions,  ivory  becomes  flexible  and  elastic,  the 
earthy  matters  being  removed,  and  in  this  state  is  available  for  many  of  the  purposes 
of  the  surgeon.  Ivory  may  be  dyed  of  various  colors,  by  the  processes  applied  to 
other  materials  ;  these  should  be  applied  before  polishing.  Ivory  may  be  very 
economically  and  beautifully  employed  in  the  form  of  thin  veneers,  attached  to  wood 
by  means  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  isinglass.  Artificial  ivory  is  made  by  a  French 
patent  process,  which  consists  in  steeping  the  waste  pieces  and  turnings  in  acid  solu¬ 
tions  ;  but  it  looks  more  like  an  opaque  cement  than  like  ivory.  Ivory  which  has 
become  friable  from  age  is  said  to  recover  its  original  hardness  by  being  boiled  in  a 
solution  of  gelatin. 

What  is  called  vegetable  ivory,  is  obtained  from  the  nuts  of  a  dwarf  palm  tree, 
allied  to  the  screw-pines,  which  has  been  named  Phytelephas  macrocarpa;  it  grows 
abundantly  in  the  valleys  of  the  Andes,  and  was  first  brought  into  notice  by  Humboldt. 
It  produces  its  fruit  in  large  round  heads ;  the  nuts  are  of  irregular  shape,  one  to  two 
inches  in  diameter,  and,  when  inclosed  in  their  husks,  looking  like  small  potatoes, 
covered  with  a  light-brown  earth.  The  internal  substance  (analogous  to  the  flesh  of 
the  cocoa-nut),  which  has  been  called  an  osseous  albumen,  is  of  a  white-wax  appearance, 
but  quite  hard  ;  it  is  used  for  many  ornamental  purposes  in  turning ;  the  small  size  of 
the  nut,  its  irregular  shape,  and  central  cavity,  limit  the  use  of  it  to  small  objects, 
such  as  the  heads  of  canes,  and  fancy  articles,  more  valued  as  curiosities  than  as  really 
useful.] 

1,  Meter  &  Poppenhusen,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  manufactures  in  whalebone  and  artificial  whalebone;  canes  and  patent 
veneers. 


235 


J 


SECTION  III.  — CLASS  XXVIII. 


[Whalebone  has  nothing  in  it  of  the  nature  of  bone,  but  is  an  albuminous  tissue, 
resembling  horn  and  hair,  and,  as  it  were,  forming  the  transition  between  these  two 
substances.  This  substance  answers  the  purpose  of  retaining  the  small  mollusks  and 
crustations  contained  in  the  water  which  enters  the  mouth  of  the  whale,  by  the  fringe¬ 
like  bristles  which  project  from  the  central  part  of  the  plates.  The  principal  supply 
is  obtained  from  the  Greenland  and  Southern  whales,  Balcena  mysticetus  and  australis. 
From  the  roof  of  the  mouth  hang  down  on  each  side  of  the  tongue  about  300  plates 
of  whalebone,  or  baleen,  as  it  is  properly  called ;  these  are  at  right  angles  to  the  jaw¬ 
bone,  and  the  largest  of  them  parallel  to  each  other;  the  average  length  of  the  middle 
blades  is  about  nine  feet,  but  they  have  been  found  as  long  as  fifteen  feet ;  the  largest 
plates  being  the  most  external,  the  form  of  the  baleen-covered  roof  of  the  whale’s 
mouth  is  a  transverse  arch,  in  which  rests  the  convex  upper  surface  of  the  tongue 
when  the  mouth  is  closed.  Each  plate,  on  its  inner  and  oblique  margin,  sends  off  a 
fringe  of  rather  stiff,  but  flexible  hairs,  which  project  into  the  mouth  ;  this  will  explain 
the  passage  in  Aristotle’s  “  Historia  Animalium,”  in  which  he  says,  “  the  whale  has  in 
j  its  mouth,  instead  of  teeth,  hairs  resembling  hog’s  bristles.” 

Its  preparation  for  use  consists  in  boiling  it  in  water  for  several  hours,  which 
renders  it  soft  when  hot ;  this  process  also  renders  it  harder  when  it  is  cold,  and  of  a 
darker  color  ;  the  jet-black  color  is  the  result  of  a  dyeing  process.  Whalebone  is  used 
principally  for  the  stretchers  for  umbrellas,  for  canes,  whips,  and  as  a  substitute  for 
bristles  in  common  brushes ;  in  the  form  of  shavings,  it  is  sometimes  braided  into  hats 
and  bonnets.  It  cannot  be  used  with  advantage  on  very  extensive  surfaces,  as  it  cannot 
be  soldered  or  joined  together  like  tortoise-shell.  When  softened  by  heat,  it  can  be 
bent  and  moulded,  like  horn,  into  various  shapes,  which  it  retains,  if  cooled  under  the 
pressure.  The  surface  is  polished  with  ground  pumice-stone,  felt,  and  water,  and 
finished  with  dry-sifted  quicklime.] 

5.  Lobdell,  H.  C.,  Brookfield,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Imitation  tortoise-shell  combs  of  every  style;  carved  horn  and  buffalo  combs; 
ladies’  dress  combs. 

[The  appearance  of  tortoise-shell  may  be  given  to  horn,  by  brushing  it  over  with  a 
paste,  made  of  two  parts  of  lime,  one  part  litharge,  and  a  little  soda-lye,  which  is 
allowed  to  dry.  This  is  the  same  as  the  Indian  hair-dye,  and  acts  by  forming  sulphuret 
of  lead  with  the  sulphur  contained  in  the  albumen  of  the  horn,  producing  dark  spots 
which  contrast  with  the  lighter  color  of  the  horn.] 

6.  Houghton  A  Daniels,  Holliston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  horn  combs. 

7.  Claflen,  Orren,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  turtle-shell  combs,  of  new  patterns  and  designs. 

[Tortoise-shell  is  obtained  from  the  sea-turtles,  in  which  it  forms  the  plates  covering 
the  back,  overlapping  each  other  in  an  imbricated  manner,  The  most  valuable  is 
obtained  from  the  Chelone  imbricate  and  C.  caretta,  living  in  the  seas  of  tropical  America. 
Five  large  plates  are  obtained  from  the  middle  of  the  carapace,  and  four  large  ones 
from  the  sides,  called  “  blades ;”  and  twenty-five  smaller  plates  from  the  edges,  called 
“feet”  or  “noses.”  In  an  animal  of  the  ordinary  size,  about  three  feet  long  and  2-J 
wide,  the  largest  plates  will  weigh  about  nine  ounces,  and  measure  about  thirteen  by 
eight  inches,  and  one-fourth  of  an  inch  thick  in  the  middle ;  the  belly-shells  are  of  a 
yellow  color,  and  are  used  for  the  purposes  of  horn.  East  Indian  tortoise-shell  rarely 
comes  to  this  market.  On  the  application  of  heat,  generally  by  boiling  water,  the 
shell  becomes  soft,  and  may  be  compressed  into  any  form.  Works  in  this  material  are 
made,  either  by  cutting  them  out  of  the  shell,  or  by  soldering  when  softened  by  heat. 
The  teeth  of  large  combs  are  cut,  one  out  of  the  other,  with  a  thin  frame-saw,  so  that 
two  combs  of  equal  size  are  made  from  a  portion  of  shell  of  given  length.  Tortoise¬ 
shell  is  often  veneered  upon  a  body  of  wood,  scraped  to  a  uniform  thickness,  and 
attached  by  fine  glue  ;  the  colors  are  rendered  darker  or  brighter,  by  various  coatings 
of  colored  varnish,  or  of  metallic  leaf,  placed  under  the  veneer.] 

8.  Colburn,  Alvin,  Leominster,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Spoons  and  scoops  made  of  horn. 


9.  Paubt,  William,  Strattonport,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  fine  shell  and  buffalo-horn  combs. 

[Under  the  term  “horn”  are  included  two  very  distinct  substances.  The  horns  of 
the  deer,  more  properly  called  “  antlers,”  are  solid  processes  from  the  frontal  bone,  and 
possess  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  true  bone.  After  being  sawn  and 
filed  to  the  required  shape,  the  exterior  is  left  in  its  rough  natural  state,  which,  besides 
being  ornamental,  is  well  adapted  for  the  handles  of  knives  and  instruments  requiring 
a  firm  grasp ;  in  the  German  States,  very  pretty  and  delicate  objects  are  carved  from 
this  material.  This  kind  of  horn  is  periodically  shed,  by  the  absorption  of  the  bony 
base,  after  which  a  new  pair  grows  with  great  rapidity;  the  red  deer  will  develop  a 
pair  of  horns,  weighing  twenty-four  pounds,  in  about  ten  weeks. 

The  horns  of  the  ox,  buffalo,  Ac.,  arc  hollow,  and  are  never  shed ;  they  are  deposited 
in  layers,  or  bony  cores,  so  that  the  general  form  is  conical.  These  differ  from  antlers 
in  being  composed  principally  of  albumen,  with  a  little  gelatin,  and  a  small  proportion 
of  phosphate  of  lime ;  they  are  thus  not  brittle  like  bone,  and  possess  sufficient  gelatin 
to  allow  of  their  being  softened,  and  of  being  joined  by  heat,  moisture,  and  pressure, 
the  gelatin  serving  as  a  natural  solder,  and  securing  a  permanent  union.  The  separa¬ 
tion  of  the  bony  core  is  effected  by  maceration  in  water ;  the  tip  of  the  horn  is  sawn 

236 


off,  and  the  remainder  softened  in  boiling  water  and  by  fire,  when  it  becomes  very  soft, 
and  is  easily  opened  by  the  knife,  and  pressed  into  a  flat  shape.  It  is  readily  pressed 
in  moulds,  when  softened  by  heat] 

10.  Hart,  Samuel,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Mother-of-pearl  card-cases,  work-boxes,  tablets,  and  other  fancy  articles. 


11.  Stenton,  RobertS.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  articles  in  pearl ;  knife-handles,  tablets,  carved  candlesticks,  and  the 
rough  material. 

[Pearls  are  the  results  of  an  excretion  in  concentric  layers  in  the  pearl-oyster 
( Meleagrina  margaritifera),  of  the  Indian  seas ;  what  is  called  “  mother-of-pearl”  is  the 
internal  layer  of  such  shells,  and  also  of  the  Haliutis  and  some  Unios.  The  iridescent 
appearance  of  pearl  is  attributed  to  the  laminated  structure,  which  decomposes  and 
reflects  the  light  from  the  surfaces  of  its  minute  furrows.  After  being  cut  from  the 
shell,  the  pieces  are  ground  flat  on  a  wet  grindstone  with  a  grooved  edge.  Polishing 
is  effected  by  means  of  pumice-stone,  putty-powder,  and  buff  leather,  covered  with 
rotten-stone.] 

12.  Hyde,  H.  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  in  turned  ivory  and  hard-wood. 


13.  Fountain,  J.  P.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 
Ivory  crucifix  and  Chinese  articles. 


11.  Armitage,  James,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  articles  in  ivory  and  wood,  as  silk  and  cotton  stands,  emery  cushions, 
thimble-cases,  wax  and  silk  spools,  drawer-knobs,  Ac. 


15.  Tiercelin,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  brushes,  for  artists  and  painters. 


16.  Steer,  James  T.,  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  common  and  iron-bound  paint  and  varnish  brushes. 


17.  Drais,  William  P.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 
Wheel-brushes  for  polishing  enameled  teeth,  jewelry,  Ac. 


18.  Chapin,  William,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  brushes  and  fancy  bead-work,  made  at  the  Institution  for  the  Blind, 
Philadelphia. 

- - 

19.  Relay,  Robert  II.,  Lansingburg,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Shaving  and  sash  brushes. 

20.  Parker,  J.  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  wheel-brushes  for  jewelers  and  brass-founders. 


21.  Murrow,  Freeman,  Williamsburg,  New  York. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  adjustable  brush,  with  handles  adapted  to  white-washing,  painting, 
varnishing,  dusting,  and  washing  walls,  cornices,  and  windows.  By  means  of  adjusta¬ 
ble  joints  the  brush  can  be  fixed  at  any  desired  angle. 


22.  Goodyear,  Charles,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Proprietor. 

A  great  variety  of  India-rubber  fabrics,  consisting  of  garments,  shoes,  canes,  combs, 
toys,  knife-handles,  brush-tops,  brooches,  gloves,  bottles,  life-preservers,  Ac. 


23.  New  York  Rubber  Company,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  India-rubber  goods  in  great  variety;  balls,  dolls,  toys,  and  other  fancy 
articles. 


24.  Goodyear  India-Rubber  Gum  Company,  Naugatuck,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  India-rubber. 


25.  Rogers  A  Wyckoff,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  India-rubber  shirred  webbing,  and  various  articles  made  of  India- 
rubber  cloth. 


26.  North  American  Gutta  Percha  Company,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  articles  manufactured  of  gutta  percha;  coats,  aprons,  hats,  bags, 
table-cloths,  bolsters,  bottles,  cups,  and  such  articles  as  are  usually  made  from  India- 
rubber. 


27.  Goodyear  Packing-Rubber  Company,  Newtown,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
India-rubber  packing  valves  for  steam-engines;  water  and  air-pumps. 


28.  Allen,  n.,  Allcnsgrove,  Wisconsin. — Manufacturer. 
Waterproof  mail-bags. 


29.  Armstrong,  S.  T.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  sub-marine  telegraph-wire,  with  gutta  percha  coating.  Serial  tubing 
of  gutta  percha  for  carrying  water  under  rivers.  Specimens  of  sub-marine  wire,  now 
in  use  under  the  Straits  of  Dover  and  the  Irish  Channel. 


30.  Lockwood,  C.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Children’s  carriages,  propellers,  rocking-horses;  slieepskin-mats,  baskets,  brooms, 
and  woodenware. 


MANUFACTURES’  FROM  ANIMAL  AND  VEGETABLE  SUBSTANCES,  ETC. 


31.  Hall,  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Turned  wooden  boxes  for  druggists. 


32.  Edmonds,  Alexander,  Mount  Pulaski,  Illinois. — Manufacturer. 
Horological  cradle,  or  “  Mothers’  Help.” 


33.  Storms,  A.  J.  &  H.  E.,  Nyack,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Wash-tubs,  buckets,  churns,  and  various  other  articles  of  cedar  wood-ware. 


31.  Kimball  &  Sawyer,  Bedford,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  pegs  for  boots  and  shoes. 


35.  Burdick,  James  M.,  Fort  Ann,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Variously  mounted  walking-canes,  snuff-boxes,  and  other  articles  made  from  the 
wood  of  the  famous  Jane  McCrea  tree. 


36.  Woodburn,  Jacob,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. — Agent. 
Spokes  from  the  St.  Louis  Spoke  Factory. 


37.  Boies,  Leland  &  Co.,  Norwich,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 
Tool-handles,  of  irregular  forms. 

38.  Williams,  William  E.,  Jr.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
A  fancy  basket,  carved  out  of  a  cocoa-nut  shell. 


39.  Parker,  Henry  L.,  Fast  Lyme,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 
Caulker’s  mallet  and  set  of  chisel-handles,  made  of  live  oak. 


40.  Wood,  George,  Hackensack,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 
Dovetailed  block  to  exhibit  workmanship. 


41,  Chaplain,  Charles  L.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. — Manufacturer. 

Hatchet,  ax,  and  tool  handles  of  wood ;  wlieel-spokes  and  whiffle-trees,  turned  by 
machinery. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

42.  Hallamby,  Henry,  Tunbridge  Wells,  Kent. — Manufacturer. 

Tunbridge  ware :  an  inlaid  chess-table,  containing  200,000  pieces  of  naturally 
colored  woods  ;  writing-desk,  with  80,000  pieces  ;  work-box,  with  100,000  pieces ;  tea- 
caddy  ;  knitting-box,  die. 

43.  Wise,  George,  &  Co.,  Tunbridge  Town,  Kent. — Manufacturers. 

Many  varieties  of  inlaid  and  mosaic  Tunbridge  ware ;  table,  stands,  boxes,  desks, 
and  fancy  articles. 

44.  Wright,  Miss  Gertrude,  Moneymore,  Ireland. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  wood  carvings. 

45.  Petts,  James,  Essex,  England. — Designer  and  Manufacturer. 

A  carved  cane  in  wood. 

46.  Woodman,  Joseph,  Birmingham. — Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  brushes. 


47.  Wildey  &  Co.,  London. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  the  fiber  of  the  cocoa-nut  husk,  in  various  stages  of  preparation ; 
mats  and  netting ;  brushes. 

48.  Treloar,  Thomas,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Various  samples  of  floor  and  door-mats,  made  of  cocoa-nut  fiber.  (See  note  on 
cocoa-nut  fiber  in  Class  XIX.,  page  7  .) 

49.  Kolle,  Henry,  &  Son,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Cocoa-nut  fiber  and  horse-hair  fabrics :  coir  yarn,  mats,  and  stuffing  for  upholsterers ; 
Spanish  grass  yarn  ;  hair-cloth  for  petticoats  and  coat  paddings ;  for  seating,  brushes, 
weaving,  upholstery ;  ropes  for  laundry  purposes. 

50.  Chittenden,  Richard,  Buxhill,  Sussex. — Manufacturer. 

A  truck-basket. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 

51,  McKinsty,  M.,  Baie  de  St.  Paul ,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

A  bunch  of  straw  plait 

Ki.  Martel,  Madeline,  St.  Ambroise,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  straw  plait. 

53.  Lecomte,  Saleur,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Two  straw  boxes. 


54.  Parker,  William,  &  Co.,  Huntersville,  Canada  East. — Manufacturers. 
A  bundle  of  shingles. 

55.  Moore,  Thomas,  Thornhill,  Canada  West. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  ax-handles. 


56.  Dubean,  Joseph,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
A  pair  of  hooped  wooden  bottles. 


57.  Schiller,  Miss  Caroline,  Montreal. — Manufacturer. 

A  large  box  of  bark,  elaborately  worked  with  moose-hair. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— GUIANA. 

58.  McClintock,  W.  C.,  Pomeroon. — Proprietor. 

A  variety  of  Indian  manufactures,  including — 

A  woodskin,  or  canoe,  made  of  the  bark  of  the  purple-heart  tree ;  the  Indians 
take  off  the  bark  when  it  is  freshly  cut,  and  easily  convert  it  into  canoes,  some  of 
which  will  carry  thirty  persons  with  safety  in  smooth  water.  Baskets,  made  by  the 
Warrow  and  Arawaak  Indian  women.  Buck-pots;  the  name  “buck”  is  an  epithet 
applied  by  the  aborigines  to  any  article  made  by  them.  Red-dye,  in  joints  of 
bamboo,  used  by  the  Indians  to  paint  themselves.  Fans,  made  from  the  spire  of  the 
Acuyuri  palm.  Flutes,  made  of  bamboo.  Water-bottles;  earthenware  gongs;  and 
hammock,  made  of  the  spire  of  the  Ita  palm,  used  by  the  women  for  carrying  their 
children.  A  shield,  or  haha,  used  by  the  Warrow  Indians  in  their  festive  games.  A 
maraka,  or  magical  gourd,  made  and  used  by  the  Arawaak  Indians,  who  imagine  that 
a  sorcerer,  by  shaking  this  over  a  sick  person,  and  at  the  same  time  chanting  an 
address  to  the  evil  spirit,  “  Yahalias,”  can  surely  restore  him  to  health.  A  macquari 
whip,  made  of  threads  of  the  spire  of  the  Ita  palm,  and  used  by  the  Arawaak  Indians 
at  their  great  macquari,  or  funereal  dance.  This  is  a  trial  to  test  the  power  of 
enduring  pain.  One  of  the  combatants,  standing  firmly  on  one  leg,  puts  forward  the 
other,  which  his  opponent  lashes  with  the  whip,  with  all  his  force,  till  the  pain  can 
be  no  longer  endured,  which  is  generally  only  when  the  limb  is  severely  cut ;  the 
whipper  then  becomes  the  one  to  be  whipped.  A  cassava-squeezer.  Mats  for  the 
table,  made  from  the  Itareti  rush.  A  bead-necklace.  A  packall,  or  pagala,  made 
from  the  Koquerite  palm;  packall,  a  nest  of  six.  Smoking-pipes,  made  of  bamboo. 
Shaak-shaaks  ;  children’s  toys,  and  used  by  the  Indians  in  their  dances.  Sticks,  made 
of  letter-wood.  Net-work,  or  spathe  of  Troolie  palm,  used  by  the  Warrow  Indians 
for  caps.  Broom,  made  from  the  fruit-stalk  of  the  manicole  palm. 

59.  Cullen,  John,  Pomeroon. — Proprietor. 

Small  and  medium-sized  buck-pots ;  this  is  a  specimen  of  the  pottery  of  the 
Indians,  resisting  well  the  action  of  fire,  and  is  the  vessel  in  which  their  favorite  dish, 
“pepper-pot,”  is  prepared.  Accaway  beads.  Warrow  baskets.  Models  of  canoes. 
Spun  cotton.  Fans  made  from  the  spire  of  the  Acuyuri  palm.  Fishing-line,  made  of 
silk-grass  ( Bromclia  ?).  Bamboo  flutes.  Goglets  ;  porous  vessels,  used  throughout  the 
colony  for  containing  and  cooling  water.  Cotton  hammock ;  hammock-ropes,  made 
of  siik-grass  and  Ita  palm.  Haha,  or  shield.  Macquari  whips.  Small  cassava- 
squeezers.  Natta,  or  harpoon,  for  spearing  fish,  made  of  the  mid-rib  of  the  leaf  of 
the  Ita  palm,  and  used  by  the  Warrow  Indians  for  spearing  the  Morocote  fish,  or 
Ossibu ;  in  order  to  attract  the  fish  to  the  shore,  a  few  seeds  of  the  carapa,  or  crab-nut, 
are  pounded  and  inclosed  in  a  net,  and  put  into  the  water  ;  the  fish  are  soon  attracted 
to  the  spot,  and  are  easily  speared.  Paddles  used  by  the  Maiougkong  tribe.  A  square- 
sail,  made  of  the  mid-rib  of  the  Ita  palm  ;  it  is  sliced  into  laths,  and  secured  by 
threads,  and  is  used  by  the  Warrow  Indians  only.  A  sliaak-shaak.  Sticks  for 
obtaining  fire  by  friction.  Warrambi-sifters,  made  of  Ita  palm,  and  used  for  sifting 
cassava-meal. 


61.  Holmes,  W.  H.,  Dcmarara. — Proprietor. 

A  model  of  buck-house,  with  furniture  and  utensils. 


62.  Taggart,  Jonx,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 
Bows  and  arrows ;  war-clubs. 


63.  Donald,  James,  Dcmarara. — Proprietor. 

Bows  and  arrows  ;  Indian  hat  and  feathers ;  queu ;  war-club. 

64.  Fuge,  F.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Bows  and  arrows,  fans,  whips,  cassava-squeezer,  and  shaak-shaaks. 

65.  Cartwright,  H.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Buck-pots;  goglets. 


60.  Brotherson,  E.  S.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

A  bamboo,  with  pen  and  paint  for  the  face.  A  cassava-squeezer.  An  Indian  club. 
A  necklace  of  peccary  teeth.  Necklace  of  Job’s  tears,  the  seeds  of  Coix  lacryma. 
Saraqua,  or  flute,  of  bone  of  Puma.  Shaak-shaaks.  Torches  made  of  Mannaballi,  or 
torch-wood.  Cassava-sifter.  Indian  fans.  Accaway  pots.  Yarracoom,  or  cap,  made 
of  wicker-work  and  feathers. 


66.  Wilday,  Charles,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Blow-pipe  and  quiver. 

[The  inner  tube  of  the  blow-pipe  is  a  single  internode  of  the  Arundinaria  Scliom- 
burgkii,  Benth.  These  internodes  are  sometimes  sixteen  feet  long.  The  arrow  i3 
inserted  into  the  tube,  having  a  dossil  of  cotton  around  its  lower  end ;  aim  is  taken 
and  the  arrow  is  projected  by  a  sudden  expiration.  Accompanying  the  quiver,  there 

237 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXVIII. 


is  the  maxilla  of  a  fish,  which  is  used  for  partially  cutting  the  poisoned  end  of  the 
arrow,  so  that  this  portion  may  break  off,  and  remain  in  the  wound ;  the  cutting  is 
effected  by  rapidly  turning  the  arrow  between  the  teeth  of  the  maxilla.  The  poison 
used  is  the  wourali  poison,  obtained  from  a  gourd-bearing  vine,  the  juice  of  which  is 
mixed  with  roots  and  bulbous  stalks,  over  a  fire ;  many  other  ingredients,  as  black 
ants  and  snakes’ fangs,  are  added,  from  superstitious  motives;  the  juice  of  the  wourali 
is  probably  the  only  active  agent,  and,  in  a  concentrated  form,  it  is  perhaps  the  most 
powerful  poison  known.] 

82.  Berger,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Combs  of  various  descriptions. 

83.  Beur,  G.  J.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Combs,  and  various  fancy  articles,  in  ivory,  tortoise-shell,  and  wood. 

84.  Weiss,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  made  of  mother-of-pearl. 

67.  Ling,  W.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Painted  calabashes ;  the  fruit  of  the  Crescentia  cujeta. 

85.  Kleiving,  J.  A.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  needle-cases,  and  other  articles,  turned  in  bone,  plain  and  colored. 

68.  Dalton,  H.  G.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Cotton  spun  by  the  Indians ;  walking-stick  of  letter-wood. 

86.  Herbst,  K.  H.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Salad  and  other  spoons,  of  buffalo-horn. 

69.  Haylet,  W.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Fans  and  war-clubs. 

87#  Kern,  John  G.,  Geringswalde ,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  articles  manufactured  in  horn. 

70.  Greene,  H.  M.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

A  hammock. 

88.  Lang,  G.  (Heirs),  Oberamergau,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  carved  in  wood. 

71.  Gemmell,  M.  C.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Queu. 

89.  Hanke,  Emil,  Brieg,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Articles  carved  in  ivory. 

72.  Ries,  B.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Walking-sticks,  made  of  the  Tooroo  and  Acuyuri  palm. 

90.  Friedrich,  J.  n.,  Darmstadt,  Hesse  Darmstadt. — Manufacturer. 

Ivory  drinking-cups,  and  other  articles. 

- - - 

90a.  Ziener,  C.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  ivory  carvings. 

FRANCE. 

90b.  Bosshadt,  H.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Various  articles  carved  in  ivory  and  stag-horn. 

73.  Theodon,  Jr.,  &  Requidat,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Canes;  riding  and  driving  whips,  in  whalebone,  ivory,  and  wood,  mounted  in 
silver  and  gold ;  tortoise-shell  baskets. 

90c.  Hackman,  E.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  fancy  articles  carved  in  wood. 

74.  Alexandre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Richly  ornamented  fans  in  mother-of-pearl. 

91*  Karcher  Haas,  Carlsruhey  Baden. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  crucifixes  in  wood. 

[The  manufacture  of  fans,  in  Paris,  is  a  very  extensive  branch  of  industry,  sup¬ 
plying  all  civilized  nations  with  these  useful  and  ornamental  articles.  Fans  were 
known  in  the  East  from  remote  ages,  and  were  introduced  into  Western  Europe  about 
the  time  of  the  Crusaders ;  in  the  sixteenth  century,  they  came  into  general  use,  being 
generally  made  from  peacock  or  ostrich  feathers,  fixed  in  a  solid  handle.  In  the  time 
of  Louis  XIV.,  the  folding-fan  came  into  use,  having  been  introduced  from  China  by 
the  Jesuits. 

Paris  fans  are  made  of  all  prices,  from  one  cent  to  five  thousand  dollars,  one  having 
been  made  of  the  latter  value  for  the  Emperor  of  Morocco.  The  chief  parts  of  a  fan 
are  the  handle,  the  brins,  the  panaches,  the  ends,  and  the  leaf.  The  handle  is  the  part 
where  the  fan  is  hinged  together,  and  is  made  of  ivory,  wood,  or  any  hard  material. 
The  brins  are  the  radiating  sticks,  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  in  number,  and  about  four 
inches  long ;  the  ends  are  the  elastic  pieces  which  connect  the  brins  with  the  handle ; 
the  panaches  are  the  two  outermost  brins,  wider  and  stronger,  for  the  protection  of  the 
rest.  The  leaf  is  the  surface  of  the  fan,  cut  in  the  shape  of  the  segment  of  a  circle ; 
it  is  made  of  paper,  vellum,  parchment,  satin,  gauze,  or  crape ;  it  is  the  decoration  of 
the  leaf  which  makes  the  costliness  of  fans.] 

92.  Sauer,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Brushes  of  various  descriptions. 

93.  Rogler,  Erlangen,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  brushes. 

94.  Meuschke,  J.  C.,  Son,  Attenburg,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  paint,  foot,  clothes,  and  hair  brushes. 

95.  Hausmer,  Carl,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  tooth-brushes. 

96.  Heeren,  O.  G.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  bristles  for  brushes. 

97.  Dietz,  T.  P.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  brushes  of  various  descriptions. 

75.  Viel,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  canes. 

98.  Gonnermann,  Brothers,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturers. 

Artists’  pencils  and  painting-brushes,  of  various  descriptions. 

76.  George,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fine  brushes. 

99.  Muller,  J.  H.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Shoe  and  hand  brushes,  and  mats. 

77.  Le  Blond,  J.  D.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  mannikin,  of  India-rubber,  and  all  its  accessories,  for  the  use  of  artists  and 
sculptors. 

100.  Lehmann,  B.,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

Carvings  in  ivory. 

T8.  Gerard,  Tours ,  Indre  et  Loire. — Manufacturer. 

Wicker-baskets  and  other  articles. 

101.  Ebert,  Frederic,  Ansbach,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Articles  in  mosaic  straw. 

— » i — 

102.  Reichel,  H.  II.,  Dippoldiswalde,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Straw  braid  for  hats  and  bonnets. 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

103.  Steinich,  C.,  Maxen,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Straw  goods  ;  bats,  mats,  and  baskets. 

79.  Probst,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  combs,  in  ivory,  tortoise-shell,  and  horn ;  hair-brushes. 

104.  Weppler,  C.  L.,  Heilbronn,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  articles  in  straw  mosaic  work. 

80#  Heckmann,  13.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Ivory  brooches,  paper-cutters,  and  fancy  articles. 

105.  Lincke,  Frederic,  &  Co.,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Straw  bonnets  and  artificial  flowers. 

81.  Deckel,  William,  Memmingen,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  bone  buttons,  rings,  and  dominoes. 

238 

- 

106.  Weiinert,  C.,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

Straw  bonnets  for  dolls. 

MANUFACTURES  FROM  ANIMAL  AND  VEGETABLE  SUBSTANCES,  ETC. 


107.  Robritz,  R.,  Gotha,  Saxe-Gotha. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  boxes  and  other  articles,  in  'wood  and  mosaic  work. 

108.  Kohler,  F.  B.,  Leipsic. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  basket-ware. 

109.  Simon,  W.,  Hilburghausen,  Saxe-Gotha. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  baskets. 

110.  Fellgiebel  <k  Co.,  Shoenburg,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  boxes  of  various  descriptions. 

111.  Zinn,  Baruch,  Redwitz,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  willow  baskets. 

112.  Liusk,  Adolph,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

Wood  and  leather  walking-sticks. 

113.  Meyer,  J.  Z.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Basket-ware,  cane-chairs,  cradles,  flower-stands. 

114.  Fabian,  C.  G.,  near  Breslau,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

«  pine-needle  wool,”  for  upholstery,  intended  as  a  protection  from  moths,  and  for 
wadding ;  wadded  blankets,  made  of  “  pine-wood  wool.” 

[Obtained  by  treating  the  pine  leaves  with  a  strong  boiling  solution  of  carbonate 

of  soda.] 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

115.  Schaffler,  Joseph,  Schwatz,  Tyrol. — Manufacturer. 

Horn  combs  of  various  descriptions. 

116.  Raffel9Perger,  F.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  horn  buttons. 

117.  Bene,  John,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Various  figures  and  objects  in  carved  wood. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

118.  Antonio,  Father  Carlo,  Genoa ,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Beautiful  specimens  of  ivory  carving ;  crucifixes ;  the  Virgin  and  child. 

119.  Garassino,  V.,  Savona,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

Two  ivory  crucifixes.  [Figured  on  page  166  of  Record.] 

120.  Ramella,  G.,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

Two  ivory  crucifixes. 

121.  Valle,  S.,  Genoa.— Manufacturer. 

Specimen  of  ivory  carving— “  Italy  weeping  over  the  tomb  of  the  martyrs  of 
1848.”  “  _ 

122.  Pepino,  Borgs  S.,  Dalmazzo,  near  Turin. 

Three  vases  of  flowers  carved  in  wood. 


123.  Galliena,  G.,  Turin. — Manufacturer.  _  r_,  . 

A  bracket  sculptured  in  wood,  representing  the  chase  of  the  wolf,  [r  or  Hgure, 
see  the  Record,  page  144.] _ 

121.  Torsegno,  G.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Two  vases  in  richly  carved  wood,  gilded  externally,  and  lined  with  copper. 

125.  Bosl  Enrioo,  Florence,  Tuscany. — Manufacturer. 

Two  caskets  for  jewels,  made  of  iron-wood,  and  ornamented  in  Florentine  mosaic. 

126.  Brilla,  A,  Savona,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

An  ivory  crucifix.  _ _ 

127.  Garrassino,  T.,  Savona,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

A  picture  in  wood-mosaic.  [For  figure,  see  the  Record,  page  166.] 


128.  Ciauto,  Giuseppe,  Nice,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 

A  picture  in  wood-mosaic ;  twisted  canes  of  orange-wood. 

129.  Benelli,  G.,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Miniature  frame  of  carved  box-wood. 

130.  Dupre  (Widow)  &  Son,  Turin.—  Manufacturers.  ...  . 

Jewel-cases  and  fancy  boxes,  in  shell,  morocco,  and  various  kinds  of  wood. 


131.  Fino,  Giovanni,  Turin. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  pencils  and  brushes  of  all  descriptions. 

132.  Schmidt,  F.  G.,  Genoa. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  braids  of  chips  for  hats. 

1 33.  Tamassia  &  Bazzoli,  Mirandola,  Modena. — Manufacturers. 

Braids  of  fine  willow  chips  for  hats. 

SWITZERLAND. 

134.  Hurter  &  Buholzer,  Lucerne. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  horse-hair,  double  and  single  tress. 

135.  Kehrli,  Brothers,  &  Dauler,  Giessbach,  Canton  Berne. — Manufacturers. 

Groups  of  figures,  cottages,  cups,  bowls,  and  other  objects,  carved  in  white  and 
red  wood;  various  objects  in  painted  wood.  [For  figures,  see  the  Record,  page  125.] 

136.  Baumann,  A,  Brientz,  Canton  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Glove-boxes;  vases  of  flowers,  and  fancy  boxes,  richly  carved  in  white  wood. 
For  figures,  see  the  Record,  page  125.] 

137.  Wegelin,  D.,  Thun,  Canton  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  boxes,  and  other  articles,  in  carved  and  painted  wood. 

138.  Wirtz,  J.,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  boxes,  fans,  <Sjc.,  in  carved  and  painted  wood. 

139.  Kehrli,  Brothers,  Brientz,  Berne. — Manufacturers. 

Tables,  Swiss  cottage,  group  of  chamois,  and  various  other  objects,  in  carved 
wood. 

140.  Fluck,  Joseph,  Brientz,  Berne. — Manufacturer. 

A  richly  carved  cup,  in  wood. 

141.  Rey-Gaillard,  Brientz  ? — Manufacturer. 

A  play-box,  in  painted  wood. 

142.  Geissmann  &  Co.,  W olden,  Canton  Argovie. — Manufacturers. 

Various  kinds  of  straw  trimmings ;  mixed  hair  and  straw  trimmings,  braids, 
laces,  and  fancy  articles ;  straw  flowers ;  embroideries  in  straw,  upon  blondes. 

143.  Sulzberger,  Akermann  &  Co.,  Meisterschwanden,  Argovie. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  cabas,  cigar-cases,  tassels,  and  straw  ornaments;  straw  ropes; 

bleached  straw.  _ 

144.  Isler  &  Otto,  Willdeg,  near  Aarau,  Argovie. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  rich  straw  and  hair  braids,  tresses,  trimmings,  and  embroideries^ 
upon  blondes,  lace,  <fcc. 

145.  Meyer,  J.  L.,  &  Brothers,  Wohlen,  Argovie. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  twisted  or  braided  straws,  cigar-cases,  tassels,  &o. 

146.  Claras,  A,  Fribourg.— Manufacturer. 

Straw  trimmings  and  bonnets. 


BELGIUM. 

147.  Somze-Malry,  H.,  Lilge. — Manufacturer. 

Brushes  for  military,  railway,  and  other  purposes. 

148.  Malaise,  B.,  Jr.,  Lihge.—  Manufacturer. 

Brushes  and  broom  heads  of  various  kinds. 

149.  Dejonghe,  Brussels. — Manufacturer. 

Canes  of  carved  wood. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

150.  Hatt,  J.  E.,  Leyst. — Manufacturer.  _  . 

A  chandelier  of  twenty-four  lights,  and  various  smaller  articles  carved  in  buck 
horn  and  ivory. _ 

151.  Dirks,  H.  J.,  Dordrecht.— Manufacturer. 

Brushes  of  various  descriptions. 

152.  Post  &  Wendt,  Waddingsveen. — Manufacturers. 

Whalebone,  whips,  and  walking-canes. 

239 


SECTION  III. — 

CLASS  XXVIII. 

153.  Bresser,  Brothers,  Tilburg. — Manufacturers. 

Handbows  and  arrows  for  target  practice. 

SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

154.  Clerck,  EL  de,  Haarlem. — Manufacturer. 

Vulcanized  India-rubber  tubes,  rings,  carriage-bearing  springs,  door-springs,  acous¬ 
tic  tubes,  bands,  &c. 

156.  Theses,  J.  P.,  Christiana,  Norway. — Proprietor. 

Various  objects  carved  in  wood,  by  the  Norwegian  peasantry;  comprising 
bucket,  coal-tub  and  cover,  tobacco  and  other  boxes,  and  jugs. 

155.  Beueeb,  Gr.  A.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Pheasant-house  of  East  India  bamboo. 

157.  Thanlow,  Dr.  PL  A.,  Modum,  Norway. — Proprietor. 

Reindeer  antlers  and  snow-shoes. 

240 


> 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXIX. 


MISCELLANEOUS  MANUFACTURES,  PERFUMERY,  CONFECTIONERY, 

TOYS,  TAXIDERMY,  ETC. 


The  present  class  contains  all  those  miscellaneous  manufactures  which  could  not  be  arranged  under  any  other  class.  Perfumery  and  toilet  soaps  were 
largely  exhibited,  and  are  perhaps  the  most  important  articles  mentioned  here.  French  manufacturers  exhibited  artificial  flowers,  whose  beauty  was  inferior 
only  to  the  originals  of  the  fields  and  gardens.  In  the  American  department  were  specimens  of  stuffed  birds,  &c.,  highly  creditable  to  the  accomplished 
taxidermist.  The  German  manufacturers  sent  an  infinite  variety  of  toys  and  other  small  wares.  The  specimens  of  native  manufactures  from  the  Indians  of 
Guiana  are  numerous  and  interesting. 


1.  Johnson,  Jonathan  T.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  soaps,  in  plain  and  fancy  styles ;  fine  perfumery,  and  extracts ;  orris 
tooth  soap. 

2.  Thompson,  John,  William sburgh,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Toilet  and  fancy  soaps ;  transparent  soaps  for  the  toilet  and  washing  purposes. 


3.  Colgate,  William,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  fancy  soaps  and  fine  starch. 


4.  Michael,  Louis,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  soaps,  pommades,  extracts,  toilet  vinegars,  and  other  articles  of  perfumery. 

5.  Johnson,  William,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  transparent  soaps,  shaving  soap,  and  starch-polish. 

6.  Jones,  Stephen  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  pyramid  of  fancy  soap. 

7.  Williams,  C.  F.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Varieties  of  soap. 

8.  Payson,  Ira  F.,  Stapleton ,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  a  new  and  patent  variety  of  soap. 

9.  Schelliiaas,  JusriN,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Various  specimens  of  fancy  soaps  and  perfumery. 

10.  Bazin,  Xavter,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  toilet  soaps,  and  various  choice  articles  of  perfumery. 

11.  Taylor,  H.  P.  &  W.  C.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  transparent  and  fancy  soaps ;  soap  window. 

12.  Williams,  James  B.,  ifc  Co.,  Glastonbury,  Connecticut. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  soaps ;  toilet  and  shaving  cream ;  liquid  blueing  for  the  laundry ;  paste  and 
liquid  blacking. 

13.  Beck  &  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 

Babbitt’s  superior  toilet  soaps,  shaving-creams,  verbena  water,  and  other  per¬ 
fumery. 

[The  distinguished  chemist,  Liebig,  has  remarked,  that  “  the  quantity  of  soap 

X 


consumed  by  a  nation  would  be  no  inaccurate  measure  whereby  to  estimate  its  wealth 
and  civilization.”  Soap  is  not  older  than  the  Christian  era,  the  soap  mentioned  in  the 
Old  Testament  having  been  merely  an  alkali.  Pliny  is  the  first  writer  who  gives  an 
authentic  account  of  soap,  saying  that  it  is  made  of  tallow  and  ashes ;  stating,  at  the 
same  time,  that  it  was  particularly  well  prepared  in  Germany,  and  that  its  chief  use 
was  to  dye  the  hair  yellow. 

The  materials  used  in  making  soaps  are  alkalies,  on  the  one  hand;  and,  on  the 
other,  animal  and  vegetable  fats  and  oils,  and  rosin.  Fats  may  be  resolved  into 
two  proximate  fatty  substances,  olein,  fluid  at  common  temperatures,  and  stearin,  a 
solid ;  what  is  usually  called  stearin,  is  a  mixture  of  the  stearin  of  the  chemist  and 
margarin,  differing  in  their  relative  proportions  according  to  the  kind  of  fat ;  thus 
tallow  contains  chiefly  stearin,  while  lard  and  olive  oil  consist  chiefly  of  margarin. 
Stearin,  margarin,  and  olein,  are  compounds  of  stearic,  margaric,  and  oleic  acids,  with 
oxyd  of  glyceryl.  If  olein  is  boiled  with  a  solution  of  potash  or  soda,  oleates  of 
potash  or  soda  are  formed,  which  are  what  we  call  soaps.  Similar  soaps  are  formed 
by  the  other  fatty  acids. 

Fine  white  soaps  are  generally  made  from  olive  oil  and  soda-ley,  boiled  together ; 
perfumes  are  added,  and  coloring  matters  are  stirred  in,  before  hardening,  to  give  a 
mottled  appearance.  Spanish  soap  is  marbled  by  stirring  in  a  solution  of  sulphate  of 
iron,  which  is  decomposed  by  the  soap  into  the  black  oxyd,  in  streaks  and  patches ; 
the  oxygen  of  the  air  converts  this  into  the  red  oxyd.  Common  domestic  soaps  are 
made  chiefly  from  tallow  and  soda ;  soft  soaps  are  made  with  potash,  instead  of  soda, 
and  with  fish  or  vegetable  oils ;  yellow  soap  is  made  by  adding  about  one-third  or  one- 
fourth  of  rosin  to  the  tallow  and  alkali,  toward  the  end  of  the  process,  a  little  palm 
oil  being  often  added,  to  correct  the  odor  of  the  resin,  and  to  brighten  the  color. 
Soap  is  soluble  in  pure  water,  and  in  alcohol ;  in  the  latter  is  formed,  on  evaporation, 
a  translucent  or  “transparent”  soap.  Soap  made  from  cocoa-nut  oil  differs  from 
ordinary  soap,  in  being  soluble  in  salt  water,  which  renders  it  valuable  as  a  marine 
soap.  Floating  soap,  so  called,  is  made  by  melting  common  soap  with  water,  and 
beating  it  into  a  thick  froth,  which  occupies  twice  the  original  bulk.  Silicated  soap  is 
made  by  combining  silicate  of  soda  (obtained  by  boiling  powdered  flint  in  a  close 
vessel,  under  strong  pressure,  with  caustic  soda)  with  hard  soap,  in  the  melted  state ; 
this  has  great  detergent  properties,  but  feels  gritty  to  the  hand — sand,  mixed  with 
soap,  possesses  the  same  properties. 

The  cleansing  property  of  soap  is  usually  considered  to  depend  on  the  amount  of 
alkali  which  it  contains ;  pure  alkali  would  injure  the  hands  and  the  fabric,  but  by 
combination  with  the  fatty  acids  its  action  is  rendered  milder,  without  destroying  its 
property  of  combining  jvith  impurities,  and  especially  with  fatty  matters.  Soap  also 
acts  by  dissolving  substances  insoluble  in  water;  it  also  has  a  mechanical  effect,  by 
increasing  the  cohesion  of  water,  so  as  to  form  a  lather,  and  by  carrying  off  insoluble 
particles  of  dirt,  by  the  frictional  action  of  the  frothy  water. 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXIX. 


It  is  to  the  researches  of  Chevreul  that  the  true  theory  of  the  formation  and 
nature  of  soaps  is  due.] 

14.  Cleveland,  W.  L.,  Charleston,  South  Carolina. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  superior  cologne  water. 

15.  Barnes,  D.  S.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  Lyon’s  extracts,  colognes,  Kathairon,  bandoline,  and  other  articles  of 
perfumery. _ 

16.  Whitely,  N.,  New  York  City. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  perfumed  oriental  crystal,  or  “  spirit  of  the  flowers.” 

IT.  Lindmark,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  cologne  water  and  shaving-cream. 

18.  Rice  &  Smith,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  perfumery  and  fancy  articles. 

19.  Ashard,  Brothers,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  model  of  the  Crystal  Palace,  with  specimens  of  perfumery. 

20.  Phalon,  Edward,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Cologne  fountain ;  choice  extracts,  essences,  and  chemical  preparations ;  toilet- 
soaps  of  various  kinds. 

[A  good  perfume  should  leave  no  resinous  residue  on  evaporation,  and  the 
ingredients  should  be  combined  so  harmoniously  that  no  particular  one  should  be 
perceptible ;  and  the  more  the  materials  resemble  each  other,  the  easier  is  it  to 
effect  this  end.  For  this  reason,  well  prepared  eau  de  cologne  may  be  considered  the 
perfection  of  perfumery ;  the  essential  oils  of  lemon,  orange,  and  citron,  of  which  it 
is  chiefly  composed,  approximating  so  nearly  in  their  character  as  to  produce  a  single 
impression  on  the  organ  of  smell.  Some  of  the  most  esteemed  modern  scents  are 
made  by  chemical  means,  from  materials  which  are  generally  considered  any  thing 
but  pleasant.  The  perfume  of  flowers  often  consists  of  oils  and  ethers,  which  the 
chemist  can  make  in  his  laboratory  from  the  most  unpromising  articles. 

The  oil  of  wintergreen,  much  used  in  perfumery,  and  originally  obtained  from  the 
Gualtheria  procumbens,  is  now  made  from  salicylic  acid,  obtained  from  the  willow,  and 
piroxylic  spirit  procured  in  the  distillation  of  wood.  In  the  rectification  of  brandy, 
whisky,  and  crude  spirit,  there  comes  over  with  the  last  portions  an  oil,  of  a  burning 
taste  and  pungent  odor,  called  fusel  oil,  or  amylicalcohol ;  this  oil,  distilled  with  sul¬ 
phuric  acid  and  acetate  of  potash,  forms  a  spirituous  solution  of  acetate  of  oxyd  of 
amyl,  which,  when  sufficiently  diluted  with  spirit,  forms  the  artificial  oil  of  pears, 
used  in  perfumery,  and  in  the  so-called  jargonelle-pear  drops.  The  oil  of  apples  is 
obtained  by  distilling  the  same  fusel  oil  with  sulphuric  acid  and  bichromate  of  potash. 
The  oil  of  pine-apples  is  obtained  by  boiling  butyric  acid  (the  product  of  the  fermenta¬ 
tion  of  sugar  with  putrid  cheese,  or  the  making  of  soap  with  fresh  butter  and  potash) 
with  strong  spirit,  and  a  small  quantity  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  Oil  of  cognac, 
used  to  impart  the  flavor  of  cognac  to  common  brandy,  is  only  fusel  oil  diluted  with 
alcohol ;  thus  a  substance  carefully  removed  from  brandy,  on  account  of  its  offensive 
flavor,  is  reintroduced,  in  another  form,  to  produce  an  agreeable  flavor.  The  oil 
of  bitter  almonds  is  made  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  the  fetid  oil  of  gas-tar. 

Deville  (Comptes  Rendus.  1849),  from  the  action  of  hydrochloric  acid,  or  oil  of 
turpentine,  produces  a  species  of  camphor,  which,  treated  with  potassium,  yields  an 
essential  oil,  identical  in  odor,  boiling  point,  density,  and  composition,  with  oil  of 
lemons. 

According  to  Wagner,  oil  of  rue  is  evolved  by  cod-liver  oil,  when  acted  on  by 
sulphuric  acid,  and  the  resulting  purplish  mass  saturated  with  an  alkali  or  alkaline 
earth. 

According  to  Wohler,  the  odor  of  castor  is  due  to  carbolic  acid,  which  may  also  be 
obtained  among  the  products  of  coal-tar.] 

21.  Cristiani,  Richard  S.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fine  perfumery. 

22.  Nesdert,  Thomas  B.,  Natchez,  Mississippi. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  perfumery. 

23.  Clirehugh,  V.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Tricopherous,  or  patent  medicated  compound  for  the  hair. 

21.  Van  Deusen,  George,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  wahpene,  an  Indian  specific  for  the  improvement  of  the  growth  of 
the  hair.  ° 

25.  Brown,  Mrs.  George  N.  H.,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

^  on  par  oil  hair-lustral,  an  odoriferous  creamy  liquid,  for  cleansing  and  improving 

26.  Ballard,  O.  M.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

•  ^air-dye,  imparting  a  permanent  color  of  any  shade,  from  a  light-brown  to 

a  jet-black  ;  it  is  free  from  caustic  properties. 

27.  Jones,  John  A.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Ilair-dyes,  with  specimens  of  hair  dyed;  hair-restorative,  and  hair  oils’  tooth- 
powders.  ’ 


28.  Cummings,  John  A.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Premium  dental  toilet  sets,  dentifrice,  and  tooth-wash. 

29.  Payson  &  Thurston,  Stapleton,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Payson’s  tooth-powder. 

30.  Da  Costa,  R.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  West  Indian  tincture  for  the  gums. 

— 

31.  Zerman,  Francis,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  an  improved  tooth-wash. 

[Many  of  the  popular  dentifrices  are  absolutely  injurious,  and  most  of  them  not 
at  all  better  than  common  soap.  Good  brown  Windsor  or  Castile  soap  is  the  best 
dentifrice ;  it  will  not  injure  the  enamel  or  other  structures  of  the  teeth,  and  will 
prevent  or  destroy  the  animal  and  vegetable  parasites,  which  many  people  carry 
about  with  them  unconsciously,  lodged  between  the  interstices  of  the  teeth.  In  case 
of  spongy  or  unhealthy  gums,  some  vegetable  astringent  may  be  used  with  advantage, 
as  powdered  bark ;  charcoal,  and  mineral  substances,  should  not  be  used.] 

32.  Lynch,  Edwin,  Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island — Manufacturers. 

Liquid  blacking. 

33.  Mason,  James  S.,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  blacking,  which,  while  it  communicates  a  fine  polish,  preserves  the 

leather,  by  the  great  amount  of  oil  it  contains.  It  is  made  with  the  finest  ivory-black 
and  fine  lamp-black ;  the  oils  used  are  cod-liver,  sperm,  and  neat’s-foot.  This  manu¬ 
factory  was  established  in  1832  ;  it  now  employs  over  one  hundred  persons. 

34.  Deventer,  JonN  Van,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Oil-paste  blacking,  and  water-proof  composition  for  leather. 

35.  Herring,  Charles  F.,  Williamsburgh,  Neio  York. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  blacking ;  moulding  is  prevented  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity 
of  asphaltum. 

36.  Rushton  &  Myers,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers 
Specimens  of  “  magic  blacking,”  tin  blacking-boxes,  <fee. 

[Blacking  consists  of  a  black  coloring  matter,  generally  bone-black,  and  substances 
which  acquire  a  gloss  by  friction,  such  as  sugar  and  oil.  The  usual  way  is  to  mix  the 
bone-black  with  sperm  oil ;  sugar  or  molasses,  with  a  little  vinegar,  is  then  well  stirred 
in  ;  and  then  strong  sulphuric  acid  is  gradually  added.  The  acid,  acting  on  the  salts 
of  lime  in  the  bone-black,  produces  sulphate  of  lime  and  a  soluble  acid  phosphate ; 
the  sulphate  forms  a  tenacious  paste  with  the  other  ingredients,  which  can  be  spread 
very  smoothly ;  the  oil  serves  to  render  the  leather  pliable.  This  forms  a  liquid 
blacking ;  paste  blacking  contains  less  vinegar.  According  to  Liebig,  in  Germany, 
blacking  is  made  as  follows :  the  bone-black  is  mixed  with  half  its  weight  of  molasses, 
f.nd  one-eighth  of  its  weight  of  olive  oil ;  to  which  are  afterwards  added  one-eighth 
of  its  weight  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  one-fourth  of  its  weight  of  strong  sulphuric 
acid  ;  mixed  up,  with  water,  to  an  unctuous  paste.] 

37.  Austin,  Amelia  Ann,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  flowers  in  wax. 

38.  Guilleaume  &  Korn,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  artificial  leaves  and  flowers. 


39.  Vanskilline,  Mrs.  Theodore,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  paper  flowers,  exhibited  in  a  frame  of  pressed  leather. 

40.  Civatte,  Madame,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  artificial  flowers. 

41.  Sloat,  Miss  Jane  S.  B.,  Piermont,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  basket  of  wax-flowers. 


42.  Crocker,  Elnora  T.,  Syracuse,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  wax  flowers  and  fruits. 


43.  Harris,  Mrs.  S.  J.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
A  basket  of  wax-fruit. 

44.  Brunswick,  Hyman,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Figures  and  other  objects  in  wax  composition. 


45.  Hickox,  Mrs.  Wesley,  Syracuse,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 
A  tableau  of  fine  flowers,  fruit,  and  vegetables,  in  wax. 

46.  Rogers,  Henry  S.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

A  great  variety  of  wax  and  rag  dolls. 


47.  Lane,  John  S.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Chains  and  other  fancy  carvings  in  wood,  done  with  a  penknife. 


242 


r 


MISCELLANEOUS  MANUFACTURES,  PERFUMERY,  CONFECTIONERY,  ETC. 


48.  Boss,  Mrs.  Catharine,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Manufacturer. 

A  shell  monument  to  the  memory  of  Washington. 

49.  Richmond,  Cyrus,  Halifax,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 

Chain  carved  out  of  a  single  piece  of  wood. 

50.  Wilson,  Peter,  Versailles,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Fancy  articles  manufactured  by  the  Cayuga  Indians. 

51.  Judson,  Mary  A.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

A  fancy  card-case  in  worked  paper. 

52.  Reed,  Mrs.  Sarah  Ann,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Various  ornamental  objects,  wrought  in  hair,  chenille,  shells,  wax,  beads,  and  moss. 

53.  CociniAN,  Miss  M.  A.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Crystallized  grasses. 

[The  grasses  are  dipped  in  solutions,  variously  colored,  of  alum,  and  other  salts, 
which  are  allowed  to  crystallize  upon  them.] 

54.  Walton,  Mrs.  Ezekiel  P.,  Montpelier,  Vermont. — Manufacturer. 

A  head  of  Washington  in  shell-work. 

55.  Wilt,  Benjamin,  New  York  City— Manufacturer. 

Ornamental  fruit-cakes. 

56.  Maillard,  H.,  &  Co.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  ornamental  confectionery. 

57.  Strueleus,  Nazaire,  <fc  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  French  confectionery,  and  fancy  chocolates;  birds,  butterflies, 
and  other  sugar  ornaments. 

58.  Kilian,  K.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

The  “  Last  shot  of  the  Prairie-hunter,”  in  sugar  paste. 

59.  Mendes  &  Martin,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Steam-made  confectionery  and  fancy  chocolates. 

60.  Fistie,  H.  N.,  New  York  City.—  Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  ornamental  confectionery. 

61.  Urian,  John,  &  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  confectionery. 

62.  Chandler,  George,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  jujube  paste  ;  powder-boxes  and  puffs. 

63.  Smith,  John  T.  L.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Pocket,  and  larger  cases  of  homoeopathic  medicine ;  specimens  of  sugar  of  milk, 
and  other  articles  used  in  this  practice. 

64*  Tuttle,  George  W.,  New  York  City . — Manufacturer. 

Swing  and  baby-jumper,  dressed  dolls,  portfolios,  necessaries,  newspaper-files,  <fcc. 


65.  Rogers,  W.  S.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Velocipedes,  baby-houses,  dressed  dolls,  and  fancy  articles. 

66.  Holberton,  John  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Japanned  and  painted  tin  toys. 

67.  Pia,  Brothers,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  pewter  toys. 

68.  Wheeler,  E.  S.,  &  Co,  New  York  City.- Manufacturers  and  Agents. 

A  variety  of  buttons.  _ _ 

69.  Bate,  T.  &  T.  H,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

Needles,  fish-hooks,  and  all  kinds  of  fishing-tackle. 

70.  Conroy,  J.  &  J.  C,  New  York  City.—  Manufacturers. 

An  assortment  of  fishing-tackle.  _ _ 

71.  Meeks  &  Milan,  Frankfort,  Kentucky. — Manufacturers. 

A  new  fishing-reel. _ _ 

72.  Crook,  J.  B,  &  Co,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

A  general  assortment  of  fishing-tackle  and  artificial  flies. 

73.  Rose,  William  E,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Canes  in  various  styles,  mounted  in  gold  and  silver. 

74.  Smith,  Isaac,  Sons,  &  Co,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  variety  of  umbrellas  and  parasols. 


75.  Wacker,  F.  &  C,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Various  styles  of  fancy  walking-canes. 

76.  Woods,  James,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Silk  umbrellas  and  parasols. 


77.  Smith,  John  J,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Umbrellas,  parasols,  and  walking-sticks,  of  all  descriptions. 

78.  Schneider,  Peter,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  walking-canes. 

79.  Lee,  E,  Tampa  Bay,  Florida. — Manufacturer. 

Canes  made  of  the  wood  of  the  orange-tree. 

[There  is  scarcely  a  wood  which  has  not  been  made  into  canes ;  the  woods 
usually  employed,  however,  are  the  hickory,  the  crab,  the  maple,  the  oak,  beech, 
orange,  cherry,  and  the  thorn;  the  supple-jacks,  and  similar  West  Indian  sticks;  the 
ratans  and  bamboos,  of  the  East  Indies.  Various  animal  substances,  as  whalebone, 
horns,  ivory,  and  bone,  are  made  into  canes. 

The  umbrella  and  parasol  were  first  used  as  protections  against  the  sun.  The 
parasol  was  introduced  into  Europe,  from  China,  about  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth 
century ;  its  use  has  now  become  indispensable  to  the  ladies,  even  on  the  shady  side 
of  the  street ;  by  arranging  the  top  at  right  angles  to  the  stick,  it  protects  not  only 
from  the  sun,  but  also  from  the  gaze  of  staring  impudence,  to  say  nothing  of  its  efficacy 
as  a  weapon  for  putting  out  people’s  eyes. 

The  first  umbrellas  were  exceedingly  cumbersome,  being  made  from  oiled  silk  and 
cloth,  and  when  wet  were  very  difficult  to  open  ;  silk,  gingham,  and  alpaca,  are  now 
substituted,  rendering  the  heavy  sticks  no  longer  necessary.  The  sticks  are  usually 
made  of  ratan  (dyed  black  by  logwood  and  sulphate  of  iron),  of  whalebone,  and  more 
recently  of  steel.]  _ 

80.  Pearson  <fe  Sallada,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  riding  and  driving  whips. 

81.  Saunders,  George,  &  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  razor-strops. 

82.  Zuern  &  Rauftle,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Fine  morocco  jewel-cases,  pocket-books,  portable  writing-desks,  work-baskets, 
reticules,  and  articles  in  fancy  leather. 

83.  Dunham,  Edgar  A.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

A  work-box. 

84.  Deng,  Adolph,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  lady’s  work-box. 

85.  Matthews  &  Hunt,  New  York  City.— Manufacturers. 

A  new  style  of  carpet-bags. 

86.  Schorrn,  Joseph,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Porte-monnaies,  reticules,  work-boxes,  in  leather,  steel,  pearl,  and  ivory. 

87.  Saunders,  William,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Traveling  dressing-cases,  razor-strops,  die. 

88.  Seele,  John  P.,  New  York  City.— Manufacturer. 

Morocco  and  velvet  cases  for  jewelry. 

89.  Webster,  Nelson,  Plainfield,  New  Jersey . — Manufacturer. 

White  and  fancy-colored  feather  fans. 

90.  Beer  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Porte-monnaies  and  cigar-cases,  of  leather  and  mother-of-pearl. 

91.  Menkel,  Anthony,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Porte-monnaies,  portfolios,  and  cigar-cases. 

92.  Rand,  Jasper  R.,  'Westfield,  Massachusetts.  Manufacturer. 

Whips  and  whip-thongs ;  harness-cords,  for  lines  and  traces. 

93.  Blair,  George  A.,  Smyrna,  Tennessee. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  fans  and  fly-brushes,  of  peacock  feathers. 

94.  White,  Daniel,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Glazed  and  twisted  tobacco-pipes ;  pipe-heads,  of  various  descriptions. 

95.  Scheiffele,  G.  S.,  New  York  City.  Importer. 

An  assortment  of  meerschaum  pipes,  amber  mouth-pieces,  and  mechanical  toys. 

[ Meerschaum  (foam-of-th e-sea),  or  magnesite,  is  a  hydrated  silicate  of  magnesia; 
silicates  of  iron  and  alumina  are  sometimes  contained  in  it,  which  affect  its  color, 
which  ought  to  be  white.  It  is  tolerably  soft,  easily  indented  by  the  finger-nail,  and 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXIX 


when  wet,  easily  cut  with  the  knife ;  its  fracture  is  earthy,  rarely  conchoidal ;  some 
kinds  will  sink  in  water,  others  will  float.  It  is  met  with  in  various  localities,  as 
Spain,  Greece,  and  Moravia,  but  most  of  it  is  brought  from  Asia  Minor.  It  is  generally 
pressed  into  moulds  on  the  spot  (into  blocks),  dried  by  heat,  boiled  in  milk,  and  after¬ 
wards  rudely  polished  with  soft  leather ;  whence  they  are  carried  to  Constantinople. 
They  are  bought  by  German  merchants,  who,  for  the  most  part,  send  them  to  Vienna, 
where  they  are  soaked  in  water,  and  turned  in  lathes  in  various  forms.  Previous, 
however,  to  being  made  into  pipe-bowls,  it  is  soaked  in  liquefied  unguent  of  wax,  oil, 
and  fats ;  the  absorption  of  these  substances  causes  the  colors  assumed  by  the  meers¬ 
chaum  after  being  smoked,  by  combining  with  the  products  from  the  burning  tobacco  ; 
the  colors  thus  produced  are  highly  prized  by  the  connoisseur  in  these  articles.  It  is 
polished  by  its  own  shavings,  and  by  being  rubbed  with  white  wax.  The  parings  are 
reduced  to  powder,  boiled  in  water,  and  moulded  into  blocks,  from  which  the  “  massa” 
pipe-bowls  are  made  ;  it  is  often  very  difficult  to  detect  these  from  the  genuine  pipes 
before  using  them. 

Amber ,  from  which  the  mouth-pieces  of  these  pipes  are  usually  made,  is  a  resinous 
exudation  from  an  extinct  species  of  coniferous  tree,  called  by  Goppert  Pinites  suc- 
cinifer.  Most  of  it  is  obtained  from  the  shores  of  the  Baltic,  from  Konigsberg  to 
Dantzic ;  it  is  also  found  on  the  coasts  of  Denmark  and  Sweden,  in  Poland,  Russia, 
Switzerland,  Prance,  and  England;  in  Asia;  in  this  country,  in  the  green  sand 
formation  of  New  Jersey,  and  in  Martha’s  Vineyard.  With  it,  are  found  fragments 
of  lignite,  and  it  frequently  contains  insects  of  extinct  species  imbedded  in  its 
substance;  it  is  also  marked  with  the  impressions  of  branches  and  bark.  It  is 
sometimes  thrown  up  in  great  quantities  after  storms.  It  contains  a  volatile  oil, 
two  resins  (soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether),  succinic  acid,  and  an  insoluble  bituminous 
,  substance.]  _ _ 

96.  Bell,  John  G.,  New  York  City. — Taxidermist. 

Specimens  of  preserved  quadrupeds  and  birds. 

97.  Bode,  John  L.,  New  York  City. — Taxidermist. 

Stuffed  bear,  stuffed  birds,  and  other  animals. 

98.  Haring,  James  L.,  Piermont,  New  York. — Taxidermist. 

A  case  of  stuffed  birds. 


99.  Morris,  William,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Proprietor. 

Two  stuffed  dogs  of  the  pure  terrier  species. 

100.  Hurst,  James  A.,  Albany,  New  York. — Taxidermist. 

Preserved  ourang-outang  and  green  monkey ;  panthers,  male  and  female  ;  albino 
and  mottled  deer ;  owls,  game-birds  of  various  countries ;  fish,  and  other  animals. 

[The  art  of  taxidermy  is  of  great  importance  to  the  student  of  Natural  History ; 
the  great  collections  of  the  British  Museum,  and  the  Jardin  des  Plantes — and,  in  this 
country,  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  at  Philadelphia,  and  smaller  ones  at 
Boston,  Albany,  and  other  cities — show,  at  once,  the  perfection  of  the  art  and  its 
importance. 

By  means  of  antiseptic  applications,  especially  a  soap  containing  arsenic  and 
camphor,  preparations  of  skins  of  quadrupeds,  birds,  Ac.,  are  preserved  free  from 
the  attacks  of  insects,  if  properly  cared  for,  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time.  The 
habits  of  the  animals  represented  are  carefully  studied  by  the  taxidermist,  in  order  to 
present,  besides  the  form,  the  attitude,  and  the  life-like  attributes  of  the  particular 
specimen.  The  worst  enemies  of  the  naturalist  and  taxidermist,  are  two  species  of 
beetles,  the  Dermestes  and  the  Anthrcenus,  which,  in  their  larva  state,  in  the  form  of 
worms,  covered  with  hairs,  commit  great  ravages  wherever  there  is  any  animal 
substance  ;  the  skins  of  birds  and  animals  are  quite  destroyed  before  their  attacks  are 
suspected ;  the  ligaments  of  small  skeletons,  hoofs,  and  horns,  soon  show  the  presence 
of  these  animals,  by  the  dust  which  falls  from  their  gnawings ;  whole  collections  of 
insects  are  reduced  to  dust-heaps,  in  spite  of  camphor,  tobacco,  and  similar  substances. 
The  only  way  to  kill  them  is  by  baking  the  specimens  which  contain  their  eggs 
above  160°  Fahrenheit,  which  will  coagulate  the  albumen,  and  destroy  them;  to 
prevent  their  attacks,  skins  and  ligaments  should  be  thoroughly  poisoned  with  arsenic, 
and  insects  should  be  hermetically  sealed.] 


101.  Somerville,  J.  McAlpine,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Producer. 

Marine  algre,  or  preparations  of  seaweed. 

102.  Wayne,  Bailey  A  Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Zinc  washboards. 

103.  Cleveland  A  Co.,  New  York  City. — Proprietors. 

Bales  of  merchandize,  exhibited  to  show  the  manner  of  packing  goods  for  the 
California  and  South  America  markets. 


101.  Thomas,  T.  Frederick,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 
Self-adjusting  door-alarm. 

105.  Hyde,  S.  B.,  New  York  City. — Publisher. 

Person’s  pocket-medal  calendar  for  1854. 

106.  Taylor,  Edward  G.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  daguerreotype  cases  and  frames. 

244 


107.  Morton,  Thomas,  A  Brother,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Steel  clasps,  locks,  and  frames,  for  porte-monnaies,  portfolios,  souvenirs,  and 
pocket-books. 

108.  Bulkley,  R.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Patent  metallic  life-preservers. 

109.  Maxheimer,  J.,  A  Brothers,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Fancy  wire  bird-cages. 

110.  Moran,  Marcius,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Checker  and  backgammon  board,  highly  finished ;  the  work  of  a  boy. 

111.  Waterman,  Charles,  1  Vest  Meriden,  Connecticut. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  the  mechanical  “  sewing-bird ;”  new  patent-spring  tape-measure. 

- - -  t 

112.  Smith  <k  Butler,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Patent  letter  and  invoice  file. 


113.  Brush,  Anna  M.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Lemon-tray,  card-basket,  Ac. 

111.  Walter  &  Winterbottom,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  white  crayons. 

11  5.  Campbell,  Robert  M.,  East  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 
Pure  crystal  cement  for  repairing  broken  glass,  china,  Ac. 

116.  Widdows,  F.,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  the  “  Metropolitan”  crystal  cement,  for  mending  glass,  china,  Ac. 
It  is  durable,  and  transparent,  and  resists  the  action  of  hot  water. 

117.  Whitmore,  George  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  sand-paper  of  various  qualities. 

118.  Parsons,  William  B.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  sand  and  emery  papers.  . 

119.  Smith,  D.  M.,  Springfield,  Vermont. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  clothes-pins. 

120.  Bissell,  E.  M.,  Orford,  New  Hampshire. — Producer. 

Specimens  of  packages  of  flower-seeds. 

121.  Wood,  C.  B.,  New  York  City. — Proprietor. 

Fish  and  craw-fisli,  without  eyes,  from  the  Mammoth  Cave,  Kentucky. 

[The  Mammoth  Cave,  of  Kentucky,  has  been  formed  by  the  action  of  running 
water  on  a  soluble  limestone  rock.  The  animals  of  this  cave  are  destitute  of  eyes,  or, 
at  any  rate,  of  eyes  which  see.  There  are  two  species  of  fish — one,  colorless  and  eye¬ 
less  ;  from  the  fact  of  its  being  viviparous,  from  the  character  of  the  scales,  and  the 
form  and  structure  of  the  head,  Professor  Agassiz  is  inclined  to  consider  it  an  aberrant 
type  of  the  family  of  Cyprinodonts — a  second  species  is  not  colorless,  like  the  first,  and 
lias  external  eyes,  which,  however,  have  no  powers  of  vision.  There  is  also  a  rat,  of  a 
bluish  color,  with  white  feet,  belly,  and  throat,  and  a  very  soft  fur ;  it  has  large  black 
eyes,  without  iris,  which  are  entirely  blind.  The  craw-fish  are  also  colorless  and 
blind ;  the  peduncles  of  eyes  exist,  but  there  are  no  visible  facets  at  the  extremities  as 
in  common  species.  Colorless  crickets,  two  small  eyeless  white  species  of  spiders,  a 
minute  shrimp,  and  two  blind  beetles,  are  also  found. 

The  primitive  condition  of  these  eyeless  animals,  is  a  most  interesting  and 
important,  though  extremely  difficult  subject  of  investigation;  by  settling  this  ques¬ 
tion,  would  be  determined  the  primitive  conditions  and  localities  of  the  present  living 
races  of  animals.  If  it  could  be  ascertained  that  these  animals  had  organs  of  vision 
during  the  embryonic  state,  and  gradually  became  blind,  though  exposed  to  circum¬ 
stances  which  should  favor  the  growth  of  their  eyes,  it  would  prove  that  they  were 
created  under  circumstances  in  which  they  now  live,  within  their  present  geographical 
limits,  and  with  the  structural  peculiarities  which  they  now  present  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  they  should  gradually  recover  their  vision,  it  would  prove  that  they  were 
created  like  others  of  their  genera,  and  had  been  changed  in  this  remarkable  manner 
by  surrounding  physical  circumstances.  This  question  is  of  the  utmost  importance, 
for  the  solution  of  the  great  problem  of  the  unity  or  diversity  of  origin  of  men  and 
animals.] 

122.  Richard,  Albert  C.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Safety  money-drawer,  into  which  the  purchaser  sees  the  money  dropped,  and 
which  is  inaccessible  to  any  one  but  the  proprietor. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

123.  Cleaver,  Frederick  S.,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Honey,  toilet,  and  other  fancy  soaps. 


MISCELLANEOUS  MANUFACTURES,  PERFUMERY,  CONFECTIONERY,  ETC. 


124.  Gibbs,  David  <fc  William,  London. — Inventors  and  Manufacturers. 

Hard,  soft,  and  toilet  soaps  ;  Naples  shaving-tablets,  and  medical  soaps. 


125.  Taylor  <fc  Son,  Chelsea,  London. — Manufacturers. 

A  collection  of  soaps  and  perfumery. 

126.  Rimmel,  Eugene,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Fountain  of  perfumed  toilet-vinegar ;  scented  winter  boquets,  perfumery,  and 
soaps. 

127.  Rowland,  A.,  &  Sons,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  perfumery. 


128.  Low,  Robert,  Son,  <fc  Benbow,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Embossed  Windsor  and  fancy  soaps ;  perfumery;  hair-brushes,  in  ivory,  rosewood, 
and  satin-wood. 

[The  production  of  soap  in  Great  Britain,  in  1850,  amounted  to  more  than 
200  million  pounds;  of  this  quantity,  over  12  millions  were  exported,  and  about 
23  millions  used  by  manufacturers,  leaving  nearly  170  million  pounds,  or  75,500  tons, 
to  be  consumed  in  domestic  use,  or  about  eight  pounds  to  each  person.  The  so-called 
“  Windsor”  soap  is  known  in  all  countries,  for  its  excellence,  both  as  a  washing  and 
shaving  soap.] 

|  129.  Stevens,  William,  London. — Designer  and  Proprietor. 

Three  cases  of  preserved  flowers — two  arranged  botanically,  and  one  ornamentally. 

130.  Harrison,  Miss  Margaret,  London. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  wax  flowers. 


144.  Cullen,  John,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Nest  of  the  maribunta,  an  insect  of  the  genus  Polistes ;  snout  of  the  saw-fish 
( Pristis  antiquorum). 

145.  Morison,  Knox,  &  A.  Livingston,  Demarara. — Proprietors. 

Isinglass,  the  dried  swimming-bladder  of  the  geelbrick,  or  gilbacker  ( Silurus 
Purkerii),  a  fish  very  abundant  in  the  estuaries  of  the  rivers  of  this  colony. 

[Isinglass  is  a  very  pure  kind  of  animal  glue  or  gelatin,  obtained  from  the  dense 
membrane  which  forms  the  air-bladder  of  the  sturgeon,  and  other  fishes  of  the 
family ;  the  best  is  made  in  Russia.  The  membranes  are  washed,  the  upper  layer 
is  removed  by  scraping,  and  the  rest  is  dried ;  it  is  made  either  into  leaves  or  sheets, 
or  is  folded  into  square  packages.  Besides  making  a  very  fine  glue,  and  being  an 
excellent  material  for  the  sticking-plasters  of  the  surgeon,  it  is  used  extensively  in  the 
clarification  of  white  wines  and  malt  liquors ;  this  last  property  it  owes  to  its  separa¬ 
tion  into  very  delicate  fibers,  which  operate  mechanically  in  removing  the  impurities 
to  the  bottom.] 

146.  McClintock,  W.  C.,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 

Birds’  nests. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— NEWFOUNDLAND. 

147.  Knight,  William,  St.  John's. — Manufacturer. 

A  model  of  seal-fishery,  illustrating  the  manner  of  capturing  seals,  and  the  local¬ 
ities  which  they  frequent. 


131.  Sangster,  William  &  J.,  London. — Patentees  and  Manufacturers. 

Silk  and  alpacca  umbrellas  and  parasols,  of  improved  style. 

132.  Ainge  &  Aldred,  London. — Manufacturers. 

Fishing-rods  and  tackle;  bows  and  arrows,  and  archery  implements,  richly  carved. 

133.  Worrell,  James,  Bath,  England.  —I n vento r  and  Manufacturer 
Ladies’  fancy-work  and  bridal  baskets. 

!  134.  Glennon,  Miss  Elizabeth,  Dublin. — Proprietor. 

A  case  of  preserved  Irish  game-birds. 

135.  Day,  Miss  Anna,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Grotto  and  fancy  baskets,  made  of  Irish  seaweeds  and  sheila 

136.  Brown,  Charles,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Irish  clay  pipes. 

137.  Graham,  Lemon  &  Co.,  Dublin. — Manufacturers. 

Comfits  and  lozenges  made  by  steam. 


FRANCE. 

148.  Aravon,  Honore,  Marseilles. — Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  soaps. 

[Since  the  substitution  of  common  salt  for  barilla,  in  the  manufacture  of  carbonate 
of  soda,  Marseilles  has  lost  a  great  part  of  its  monopoly  of  soap-making ;  though,  as  it 
is  situated  in  the  midst  of  the  oil-producing  countries,  it  is  still  the  chief  seat  of  this 
manufacture  in  France.  Olive  oil  is  principally  used,  hence  the  name  of  Marseilles 
soap  to  that  made  from  this  oil.] 

149.  Leistner,  G.  L.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Eau  de  Paris,  and  other  perfumery,  with  fountain. 


150.  Bully,  Jean  Vincent,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  aromatic  vinegar. 

151.  Lamar  &  Pauris,  Paris.— Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  fine  perfumery. 

152.  Hugues,  J.  J.,  Jr-,  Grasse,  Par,  and  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Flacons  of  various  kinds  of  essences. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 


138.  Cochrane,  Miss,  Quebec,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  wax  fruit. 


139,  Duncan,  Thomas,  Montreal,  Canada  East. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  salmon  and  trout  flies,  and  fishing-tackle. 

140.  Quebec  Industrial  Committee,  Quebec.  Propiietor. 

A  monev-purse,  table-mats,  knife-sheath,  mink  and  muskrat  skin  bags;  orna¬ 
mented  moose  and  cariboo  hoofs;  bark-work  and  card-trays,  baskets  cigar-cases,  fan, 
watch-holders,  and  card-cases ;  prepared,  manufactured,  and  ornamented  with  beads, 
by  the  Lorette  Indians. 


153.  Violet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  choice  perfumes. 


154.  Fruchet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  aromatic  vinegar ;  balsamic  elixir ;  toilet  cream  and  essences. 

[Eau  de  Paris  is  a  substitute  for  eau  de  cologne,  and  other  similar  cosmetics; 
it  is  also  used  internally,  as  a  cordial  and  stimulant,  in  the  dose  of  ten  or  fifteen  drops 
in  a  little  sweetened  water ;  a  quarter  of  a  bottle,  added  to  a  cold  or  hot  bath,  makes 
a  pleasant  perfume ;  it  will  also  take  out  spots,  and  preserve  woolens  from  moths. 
Aromatic  vinegar  may  be  made  by  adding  this  to  pure  vinegar;  this  is  used  mixed 
in  water,  in  small  proportion,  for  washing,  instead  of  soap,  which  last,  many  French 
people  never  use  to  their  faces ;  a  few  drops  sprinkled  in  an  apartment  are  highly 
refreshing.  In  Paris,  there  were,  in  1847,  110  perfumers,  employing  720  work-people 
in  the  manufacture  of  toilet-soaps,  cosmetics,  essential  oils,  and  perfumery,  the  value 
of  which  was  about  $2,000,000.  One  establishment  uses  annually  80,000  pounds 
of  orange-flower  petals,  54,000  pounds  of  rose-leaves,  32,000  pounds  of  jessamine, 
32,000  pounds  of  violet,  20,000  pounds  of  tuberose,  16,000  pounds  of  mignonette, 
and  16,000  pounds  of  lilac.] 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— GUIANA. 


141,  Goodman,  Stephen,  Demarara. — Proprietor. 
Skin  of  the  American  jaguar  ( Felis  onca). 


142.  Greene,  H.  M.,  Demarara.— Proprietor. 

Skin  of  the  great  ant-eater  ( Myrmecophaga  jubata),  and  quills  of  the  porcupine. 

143.  Brotherson,  E.  S.,  Demarara.  Proprietor.  ,  ,,  q 

A  case  of  stuffed  birds,  toncans,  tanagers,  orioles,  parrots,  and  other  South 
American  birds  of  brilliant  plumage. 


155.  Botott,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Eau  de  Bottot,  a  balsamic  wash  for  the  mouth. 


156.  Kipp  &  Standinger,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Tea  and  cigar  boxes,  and  odor-boxes  of  various  styles;  cellarets  of  rosewood  and 
ebonv  stvle  of  Louis  XV. ;  various  rich  paper-boxes  in  same  style ;  glove,  handker¬ 
chief; ’and  jewel  cases,  of  various  styles,  richly  inlaid. 

157.  Blank,  Joseph  D.,  Paris. — Manufacturer.  ... 

Souvenirs  and  porte-monnaies,  richly  ornamented  with  inlaid  and  mosaic  work; 
ebony  looking-glass  frame. 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XXIX. 


i 


158.  Kubitschek,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  dressing-cases,  necessaries,  cigar-cases,  snuff-boxes,  <fec. 


176.  Douglass,  J.  S.,  &  Son,  Hamburg. — Manufacturers. 
A  variety  of  fancy  soaps. 


159.  IIannoton,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Porte-monnaies. 

160.  IIennequin,  P.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 
Ornamental  jewel-caskets. 

161.  Mace  &  Boulanger,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 
Dressing-cases  of  various  kinds. 


177.  The  following  exhibitors,  of  the  same  name,  inhabitants  of  Cologne,  send  speci¬ 
mens  of  eau  de  cologne,  of  which  they  are  the  manufacturers : — 

Farina,  J.  Maria,  2 . Julick's  Platz, ....  Cologne,  Prussia. 

t(  it  4  U  ((  u  u 


Opposite  “  “ 

“  George  Platz, 

“  New  Market, 

“  Martin's, 

“  Old  Market, 

Joseph’s  Platz, 


162.  David  &  Chafpnis,  St.  Claude,  Jura. — Manufacturers. 
Snuff-boxes  of  various  kinds. 


163.  Glor,  Pierre,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  inkstands,  watch-stands,  necessaries,  and  other  articles  in  fancy 
goods. 


178.  Farina,  J.  C.,  Cologne. — Manufacturer. 

Eau  de  cologne. 

179.  Martin,  M.  C.  (Abbess),  Cologne. — Manufacturer. 
Eau  de  cologne,  and  Carmelite  spirit  of  melissa. 


164.  Salleron,  Benjamin,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  fancy-paper  boxes,  envelops,  and  bon-bon  cases,  for  confectioners. 


180.  Zanoli,  Carl  A.,  Cologne. — Manufacturer. 
Various  samples  of  eau  de  cologne. 


165.  Ganivet-Roy,  St.  Claude,  Jura. — Manufacturer. 
Snuff  boxes  of  various  descriptions. 


181.  Grass,  Margareta,  Cologne. — Manufacturer. 
Samples  of  eau  de  cologne. 


V 


166.  Beguin,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  and  ornamental  boxes,  in  pasteboard,  leather,  and  other  materials,  for 
gloves,  handkerchiefs,  perfumeries,  bon-bons,  and  bijouterie. 

1C7.  Dufresne,  Gaudet,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  flowers  and  foliage. 

168.  Royer,  P.  E.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  artificial  branches  and  leaves. 

[In  making  flowers  and  fruits  of  wax,  there  is  little  to  be  done  but  to  copy 
nature  exactly  as  to  form  and  colors;  in  making  proper  “artificial  flowers”  of  cambric, 
or  other  similar  material,  besides  accuracy  of  form  and  color,  more  skill  is  required  in 
imitating  nature,  and  in  selecting  the  most  durable  and  least  costly  materials.  The 
manufacture  of  cambric  flowers  as  much  belongs  to  Paris,  as  does  that  of  cutlery  to 
Sheffield,  or  that  of  silks  to  Lyons.  The  value  of  this  manufacture,  in  1847,  was  more 
than  $2,000,000,  of  which  $90,000  was  exported  to  the  United  States.  This  branch  of 
industry  presents  a  remarkable  instance  of  the  division  of  labor ;  the  materials,  as 
colored  papers,  buds,  leaves,  stamens,  pistils,  fruits,  seeds,  dyes,  and  colors,  are  made  in 
shops  devoted  exclusively  to  this  manufacture,  and  often  to  that  of  a  single  seemingly 
insignificant  article.  After  the  flowers  are  made,  great  skill  is  required  in  grouping 
the  stems,  leaves,  buds,  and  flowers,  for  wreaths,  dress  and  bonnet  trimmings,  and 
boquets;  this  is  done  in  the  warehouses  of  the  sellers,  by  workmen  called  “monteurs,” 
whose  skill  is  so  various  that  flowers  arranged  by  one  will  often  have  double  the  value 
of  the  same  flowers  arranged  by  another.] 

169.  Estublie,  Gazagnaire  <k  Co.,  Marseilles. — Manufacturers. 

Fishing-nets  of  linen  thread. 

170.  Mombro,  S.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  curiosities  and  bronzes. 

171.  Saillard,  Sen.,  Besan$on. — Manufacturer. 

Metallic  pipe-covers  and  tobacco-boxes. 

172.  Cochet-Verdy  (Widow),  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Various  descriptions  of  satin,  silk,  and  paper  masks. 

173.  Dumeril,  S.,  Sons,  &  Co.,  St.  Omer,  Pas  de  Calais. — Manufacturers. 

Various  kinds  of  clay  pipes,  and  statuettes. 

174.  Nicod  (Widow)  &  Son,  Annonay ,  Ardeche. — Manufacturers. 

Twisted  and  plaited  wicks  for  stearine  candles. 

[It  was  soon  found  that  candles  of  stearic  acid  (which  are  what  is  generally 
understood  as  stearine  candles)  would  not  burn  with  the  ordinary  wick ;  a  long  series 
of  experiments  was  made,  in  order  to  construct  a  wick  which  would  not  sputter  the 
fat  during  combustion.  This  was  finally  effected  by  the  plaited  or  twisted  wick,  which 
renders  snuffers  unnecessary;  the  tension  of  the  separate  threads  causes  them  to  project 
beyond  the  flame,  and  to  be  rapidly  consumed  by  the  air  circulating  around  them.  The 
clogging  of  these  wicks  is  prevented  by  treating  them  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  or, 
still  better,  by  the  borate,  phosphate,  or  sulphate  of  ammonia.] 


THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

175.  Daeemel,  Heinrich,  Quaritz,  Lower  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 
"  Toilet-soaps  in  fancy  designs. 


182.  Trittan,  F.  W.,  Hamburg. — Manufacturer. 
Herb  and  flower  essences. 


183.  Rinders  (Heirs),  Weimar. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  blacking. 

184.  Feciiner,  F.,  Guben,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  flowers  and  leaves ;  gilt  and  fancy  ornaments  and  borders. 

185.  Biersy,  Marie,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  flowers. 

186.  Ludwig,  Albertine,  Cassel. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  flowers  in  baskets. 


187.  Lambell,  G.  L.  de,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial  flowers. 

188.  Van  den  Hoof,  J.  P.,  Bremen. — Manufacturer. 

Artificial-flower  boquets,  in  frames,  by  Eberlain. 

189.  IIermannsdorfer,  J.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Boxes  of  colors  and  drawing  materials. 

190.  Gerhard,  E.,  Shaalfeld,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  water  colors. 

191.  Wissmath,  J.  A.,  Schweivan,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Snuff,  tobacco,  and  cigar  boxes. 

192.  Hahn,  J.  P.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  large  assortment  of  painted  snuff,  cigar,  and  cigarette  boxes. 

193.  Bunger,  Jacob,  Jr.,  Barmen. — Manufacturer. 

Porte-monnaies. 

194.  Fleisch,  N.,  Eusheim. — Manufacturer. 

Snuff-boxes  of  papier-mache. 

195.  Adt,  Brothers,  Eusheim. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  snuff-boxes  and  other  articles,  in  papier-machd. 

196.  Schwenold,  P.,  Nuremberg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Snuff-boxes  in  various  styles  of  painted  wood. 

197.  Krebs,  William,  Berlin,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Portfolios,  porte-monnaies,  cigar-holders,  fuzee-boxes,  spectacle-cases,  and  many 
fancy  articles. 

198.  Hartgan  &  IIube,  Hamburg. — Manufacturers. 

Walking-sticks  in  great  variety. 


199.  Flelschmann,  C.  W.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Papier-mache  figures  of  the  twelve  apostles  on  the  German  hardware  show-case. 

200.  Menzel,  F.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Work-boxes. 

201.  Fleisciimann,  A.,  Somneberg,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Model,  in  papier-machd,  of  Gulliver  among  the  Lilliputians ;  toys  and  fancy 
articles. 


346 


MISCELLANEOUS  MANUFACTURES,  PERFUMERY,  CONFECTIONERY,  ETC 


202.  Golick  <fc  Graff,  Elberfeld,  Rhenish  Prussia. — Manufacturers. 
Various  kinds  of  buttons. 


203.  Hostery,  Gottfried,  Barmen. — Manufacturer. 

Samples  of  plated  metal  and  silk  buttons. 

201.  Bechtner,  A  J.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Chess  apparatus. 

205.  Herzle,  Franz  J.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  night  tapers. 

206.  Moiir,  Friedrich,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Night  tapers. 

207.  Kummer,  Gottlieb,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Taper  for  night  lamps  in  great  variety. 

208.  Schmidt,  Franz,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Assortment  of  compasses  and  compass-dials  for  land  and  sea. 

209.  Blessing,  J.  M.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  children’s  go-carts. 

210.  Knapp,  F.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Various  sets  of  chess  figures. 

211.  Jahn,  H.  M.,  Dresden,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Metal  chess-men. 

212.  'Wiedenger,  P.,  Leipsic,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Umbrellas  and  parasols. 

213.  Auernheimer,  F.  A.,  Reigensburg,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Composition  for  hones. 

211.  Vetter,  L.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Metallic  capsules  for  closing  bottles. 

215.  Fleischmann,  Frederick,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Chessboard  with  chess-men. 

216.  Simon,  "William,  Hildburghausen,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Figures  and  toys. 

217.  Junker,  J.  G.,  Breslau. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  tin  toys. 

218.  Issmayer,  J.  M.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  magnetic  toys. 

219.  Ammon,  Christoph,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  painted  pewter  toys. 

220.  Pabst,  G.  T.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Toy  buildings,  models  of  architecture,  games,  and  other  toys. 

221.  Gerlacii,  C.  F.,  Nuremberg,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

Fancy  articles  and  painted  toys,  of  tin,  iron,  and  wood. 

222.  Distler,  G.  R,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Colored  panoramic  views  and  perspective  toys  of  various  kinds. 

223.  Kalb,  P.  C.,  Jr.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  optical  toys,  panoramas,  and  perspective  boxes. 

224.  Boehmlander,  J.  C.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Magic  lanterns  and  various  toys. 

225.  Dippold,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Mechanical  toys. _ _ 

226.  Birkel,  K.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Magnetic  toys  of  various  descriptions. 

227.  Hess,  Matthias,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Pewter  toys  in  great  variety. 

228.  Sohlke,  G.,  Berlin. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  pewter  toys. 

229.  Baudenbacher,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Jugglers’  boxes,  and  various  games  and  toys. 

230.  Kock  &  Graner,  Biberach,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturers. 

A  various  assortment  of  toys,  in  tin,  iron,  brass,  pewter,  and  papier-macliA 


231.  Hartmann,  W.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Chessboards,  dominoes,  and  games. 

232.  Schmidt,  J.  A,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  figures  and  toys  in  pewter. 

233.  Leischner,  C.  F.,  Seiffen,  Saxony. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Various  toys. 

234.  Krauss,  S.,  Rodach,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

Toys  in  papier-mache,  with  moving  heads. 

235.  Heyder,  J.  F.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  toy  trumpets  in  tin  and  brass. 

236.  Klinger,  Abel,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  collection  of  toys. 

237.  Paulson,  Charlotte,  Hamburg. — Manufacturer. 

Toys  for  instructing  children. 

[The  town  of  Nuremberg  is  famous  for  its  toys,  the  trade  of  which  is  of  great 
extent ;  there  is  probably  not  a  boy  or  girl  in  Christendom  who  has  not  been  indebted 
to  this  town  for  much  of  their  childish  amusements.  The  progress  of  the  age  has 
extended  even  to  these  trifles  ;  the  superiority  of  the  crying  dolls,  the  nodding  figures, 
the  tail-wagging  dogs,  the  leg-moving  horses,  the  ear-raising  rabbits,  &c.,  of  1854,  to 
the  stupid  and  motionless  toys  of  1830,  must  be  noticed  by  everyone  who  can  recollect 
the  toys  of  his  youth.  This  desire  for  improvement  is  humorously  shown  by  Dickens, 
in  the  “Cricket  on  the  Hearth,”  where  Caleb  says,  “You  couldn’t  have  the  goodness 
to  let  me  pinch  Boxer’s  tail,  mum,  for  half  a  moment,  could  you  ?”  He  explains  his 
meaning  by  adding,  “  Oh,  never  mind,  mum  ;  he  mightn’t  like  it,  perhaps.  There’s  a 
small  order  just  come  in  for  barking-dogs ;  and  I  should  wish  to  go  as  close  to  natur’  as 
I  could,  for  sixpence.  That’s  all.  Never  mind,  mum.”] 

238.  Renter,  C.  H.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  counters  for  whist. 

239.  Rupprecht,  C.  A,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  gutta-percha  heads  and  figures. 

239a.  Behl,  F.  G.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Meerschaum  cigar-tubes  and  pipe-bowls. 

240.  Kehren,  C.,  Erbach. — Manufacturer. 

Paintings  on  wood  and  canvas. 

241.  Dittberner,  A.,  Breslau. — Manufacturer. 

Pictures  made  of  moss  and  paper. 

242.  Heinrichsen,  E.,  Nuremberg. — Manufacturer. 

Pewter  toys. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

243.  Ettel,  Brothers,  Innsbruck,  Tyrol. — Manufacturers. 

Colored  wax  images. 

244.  Krischonig,  A.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Boquets  and  baskets  of  artificial  flowers,  leaves,  and  fruits. 

245.  Kanitz,  Charles,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Wax  figures,  boquets,  fans,  jewsharps,  match-ooxes,  and  horn  buttons. 

246.  Manschoen,  M.  F.,  Pesth,  Hungary. — Manufacturer. 

A  Hungarian  whip. 

247.  Purger,  J.  B.,  Goeder,  Tyrol.— Manufacturer. 

Various  kinds  of  dolls  and  toys. 

248.  Jewsharps  are  exhibited  by  the  following  makers : — 

Schwarz,  F.,  Jr.,  Stadt  Steyr,  Austria  Proper. 

Schwarz,  Ignaz, 

Schwarz,  Karl, 

Grabner,  F.,  ^ _ “  _ 

248a.  Zeitler,  J.,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

Tobacco  pipe-bowls  and  cigar-holders,  of  ivory,  meerschaum,  and  amber. 

THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

249.  Fabre-Repetto,  Pietro,  Porto  Maurizio,  Sardinia. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  toilet-soaps. 

247 


SECTION  III. —  CLASS  XXIX. 


250.  Schielotto,  M.,  Porto  Maurizio. — Manufacturer. 
Specimens  of  superfine  white  soap. 

251.  Aquarone,  J.  B.,  &  Co.,  Porto  Maurizio.— Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  shaving  soap. 

252.  Conti,  E.,  &  Son,  Leghorn,  Tuscany. — Manufacturers. 
Specimens  of  fine  soap. 

253.  Giani,  Florence. — Manufacturer. 

Wax  flowers. 

- ■  <»>  « - 


SWITZERLAND. 

251.  Wald,  A.  H.  J.,  Neuchatel.— Manufacturer. 

Flacons  of  superior  eau-de-Bottot ;  syrup  of  punch ;  hair-oil,  of  Swiss  herbs ; 
Curasao  ;  extract  of  absinthe,  and  cream  of  mint. 

255.  Finaz,  F.,  Geneva. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  aromatic  cachon,  for  sweetening  the  breath. 


THE  NETHERLANDS. 

256.  Perselaert,  N.,  &  Son,  Maastricht,  Limburg. — Manufacturers. 

Marseilles,  Limburg,  and  other  odoriferous  soaps ;  candles,  and  altar  candles. 

257.  Brandon,  N.  D.,  Amsterdam. — Manufacturer. 

Stearine  candles  and  tapers ;  lime  soap  ;  stearic  acid. 

[The  disagreeable  smell  of  the  common  tallow  candle  is  in  a  great  measure 
removed,  by  purifying  it  from  the  decomposing  cellular  tissue  which  it  always  contains. 
The  next  improvement  in  candles  was  to  reduce  their  melting-point,  by  employing 
stearin,  which  is  one  of  its  components,  obtained  by  pressure,  and  which  does  not  melt 
till  144°  Fahrenheit;;  tallow  melting  at  99°  to  104°  Fahrenheit. 

Stearine  candles,  or  those  from  pressed  tallow,  contain  stearic  acid,  combined 
with  the  oxyd  of  glyceryl.  Stearic  candles  (usually  called  stearine  candles,  the  true 
stearine  candles  being  now  rarely  used)  are  made  by  two  processes,  known  as  the 
lime  process  and  the  sulphwic  acid  process,  both  depending  on  the  saponification  of 
fats,  and  the  separation  of  the  fatty  acids  from  the  soaps ;  processes  resulting  from  the 
beautiful  researches  of  Chevreul  and  Gay-Lussac. 

In  the  lime  process,  the  tallow  is  melted  by  means  of  steam,  and  ten  to  fifteen 
parts  of  quicklime  are  added  to  100  parts  of  tallow  ;  a  lime-soap  is  thus  formed,  with 
the  stearic,  margaric,  and  oleic  acids,  setting  free  the  oxyd  of  glyceryl,  which,  combined 
with  water,  forms  glycerin  ;  the  latter,  formerly  thrown  away,  is  now  extensively  used 
as  a  soothing  application  in  diseases  of  the  skin.  The  lime-soap,  at  the  temperature 
of  boiling  water,  is  mixed  with  one-fourth  of  its  weight  of  sulphuric  acid ;  this  forms 
an  insoluble  sulphate  of  lime,  when  the  oily  acids  are  set  free,  floating  on  the  top,  and 
are  run  off  into  flat  moulds  to  cool  and  crystallize — the  sulphate  of  lime  is  used  as 
manure.  The  cakes  of  fatty  acids  are  then  placed  in  a  hydraulic  press,  and  the  greater 
portion  of  the  oleic  acid  is  thus  removed.  The  remaining  mixture  of  stearic  and 
margaric  acids  is  still  further  purified  from  oleic  acid  and  other  matters,  by  heat, 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  pressure ;  it  is  then  melted  and  moulded,  with  the  plaited 
wick  dipped  in  borate  of  ammonia  solution. 


The  sulphuric  acid  process  is  valuable,  as  it  permits  the  most  impure  oils  to  be 
used  for  making  the  finest  candles.  The  fat  is  fused  by  steam ;  it  is  then  exposed  to 
the  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  at  a  heat  of  350°  Fahrenheit ;  about  l-18th 
part  of  acid  is  used.  The  blackened  fats  are  then  distilled  at  a  high  temperature,  with 
steam  passed  through  the  mass ;  the  fatty  acids,  as  they  run  from  the  still,  are  made 
into  what  are  called  “  composite”  candles,  which  are  more  fusible,  and  softer  than  the 
pressed  stearic  candles ;  most  of  the  fat,  however,  is  subjected  to  great  hydraulic 
pressure,  for  the  removal  of  the  oleic  acid.  In  this  process  are  formed  sulpho-stearic, 
sulpho-margaric,  and  sulpholeic  acids,  and  sulpho-glyceric  acid;  the  first  three  are 
decomposed  by  water  into  the  slightly  modified  respective  fatty  acids,  the  sulphuric 
and  the  sulpho-glyceric  acids  being  dissolved  in  the  water.  Palm  and  cocoa-nut  oil 
are  principally  used  in  this  process. 

The  oleic  acid,  expressed  in  the  above  processes,  is  used  for  the  manufacture  of 
soaps.] 

258.  Keyzer,  M.,  &  Co.,  Voorburg,  near  the  Hague. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  eau-de-Voorburg. 

259.  Van  der  Wandt,  P.  J.,  Gouda.—  Manufacturer. 

Tobacco-pipes. 

260.  Spaarnaay,  F.  S.,  &  Son,  Gouda.— Manufacturers. 

Dutch  tobacco-pipes. 

261 .  Levysohn,  Chevalier  J.  H.  (Old  Chief  of  the  Holland  Station),  Japan. — Proprietor. 
A  collection  of  Japanese  articles,  including  coins,  idols,  minerals,  and  miscellaneous 

manufactures,  in  great  variety. 

- ■  <»>  ■ - 

SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

262.  Hjirta,  L.  J.,  A  Michaelson,  Stockholm,  Sweden. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  oleine  potash  soap,  and  stearine  candles. 

263.  TnESEN,  J.  P.,  Christiania,  Norway. — Proprietor. 

Various  specimens  of  skins  of  Norwegian  animals. 


SPAIN 

261.  Bert,  J.,  &  Co.,  Madrid. — Manufacturers. 

Specimens  of  candles  and  soap. 

MEXICO. 

265.  Levy,  Jonas  P.,  New  York  City.— Proprietor.  ... 

Mexican  vegetable  dealers,  water-jar  carriers,  tortilla  bakers,  &c.,  in  wax;  speci¬ 
mens  of  Mexican  fruits  in  wax.  Poisonous  spiders  ( tarantula ).  Specimens  of  silver  ore ; 
ore  of  copper,  gold,  and  silver.  A  collection  of  men  and  animals  carved  from  a  lime¬ 
stone  rock  by  a  deaf  and  dumb  Indian,  at  Quaretio,  in  1850 ;  a  human  skeleton,  one 
inch  in  length,  made  by  the  same.  Specimens  of  native  colored  marbles.  A  marble 
figure  sculptured,  and  earthen  figures  made  by  the  Aztecs,  and  dug  out  of  graves  near 
the  city  of  Mexico. 


SECTION  III. 


CLASS  XXX. 


MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 


Musical  instruments  were  largely  represented  in  the  Exhibition;  showing  at  once  the  variety  and  excellence,  and  the  commercial  importance  of  their 
manufacture.  The  number  of  piano-fortes  was  very  large,  and  gave  gratifying  evidence  of  the  perfection  attained  in  the  construction  of  this,  the  most  indis¬ 
pensable  of  musical  instruments.  American-made  pianos  were  found  to  be  well  adapted  to  the  changeable  nature  of  our  climate,  and  to  remain  in  tune  for  a 
long  period.  The  pianos  of  foreign  makers  maintained  their  celebrity  for  vocal  quality  of  tone.  The  commercial  value  of  the  pianos  made  in  the  United  States, 
alone,  is  estimated  at  one-fourth  the  value  of  the  cotton  crop.  This  is  a  fact  which  deserves  more  attention  than  has  yet  been  bestowed  upon  it. 

A  great  variety  of  brass  and  wood  wind  instruments  was  displayed.  The  majority  of  these  were  exhibited  in  London,  in  1851,  and  were  thence  transferred 
to  New  York. 

The  class  has  several  obvious  subdivisions  : — Wind  instruments ;  stringed  instruments ;  keyed  instruments,  with  fixed  tones ;  instruments  of  percussion ; 
automatic  instruments ;  detached  parts  of  musical  instruments,  and  miscellaneous  articles  connected  with  them. 


1.  Gemuender,  Albert,  Springfield,  Massachusetts. — Inventor,  Patentee,  and  Manufac¬ 
turer. 

A  church  organ  on  a  new  principle. 

The  improvement  consists  in  the  air-chambers  running  the  entire  length  of  the 
scale  and  of  the  sounding-board,  each  chamber  supplying  all  the  pipes  of  a  single  stop 
with  wind;  there  are,  consequently,  as  many  air-chambers  as  stops,  and  each  pipe  has 
its  own  wind  connected  with  the  air-chambers,  dispensing  entirely  with  sliders.  It  is 
not  easy  to  adjust  sliders  so  that  they  shall  move  easily,  and  yet  fit  closely  enough  to 
prevent  the  escape  of  wind,  as  they  are  affected  by  the  atmosphere.  In  this  organ, 
the  stops  will  move  easily,  without  the  escape  of  wind,  in  all  states  of  the  weather ; 
this  secures  more  power,  promptness,  and  evenness  of  tone. 

[The  tones  of  an  organ  are  produced  by  the  action  of  wind  in  metal  or  wood 
pipes,  of  different  forms  and  sizes ;  the  wind  is  supplied  by  bellows,  and  admitted  to 
the  pipes  through  valves,  which  are  opened  by  pressing  down  the  keys.  The  pipes 
are  either  fiute-pipes  (corrupted  into  flue-pipes)  or  reeds. 

Flute-pipes  produce  their  tone  on  the  same  principle  as  a  flute  or  a  common  whistle, 
viz.,  by  causing  a  thin  stream  of  air,  issuing  from  a  narrow  opening,  to  strike  upon  a 
sharp-edged  solid  blade,  whereby  a  column  of  air  contained  in  a  tube  is  set  in  vibration, 
producing  a  musical  sound ;  they  are  made  of  metal  or  of  wood.  The  foot  of  such  a 
pipe  is  conical,  receiving  the  wind  from  beneath,  and  conveying  it  to  a  horizontal 
division  just  under  the  mouth,  leaving  a  narrow  slit  open  in  front  just  as  in  the 
whistle ;  through  this  slit  the  air  enters  the  tube  above,  causing  the  vibrations  in  it 
which  produce  the  tone.  The  pitch  of  the  note  depends  on  the  length  of  the  pipe 
above  the  mouth ;  following  the  simple  geometrical  law  that  doubling  the  length  of  a 
pipe  makes  it  speak  an  octave  lower,  by  doubling  the  length  of  the  vibrating  column 
of  air,  halving  the  length  will  make  it  speak  an  octave  higher.  An  open  pipe,  8  feet 
long,  will  speak  the  C,  the  lowest  note  of  the  violoncello,  produced  by  about  128 
single  vibrations  in  a  second ;  a  pipe  stopped  at  the  top  will  speak  a  note  an  octave 
lower  than  the  same  pipe  open ;  the  forced  return  of  the  column  of  air  to  the  mouth 
of  the  pipe  in  reality  doubles  the  length  of  the  vibrating  column.  The  quality  of  the 
tone  depends  on  the  scale  and  voicing  of  a  pipe.  The  former  means  the  proportion 
which  the  diameter  bears  to  its  length ;  the  larger  the  diameter,  or  scale,  the  fuller 
and  more  powerful  is  the  tone.  The  latter,  the  most  important,  is  the  proper  formation 
of  the  mouth,  and  the  regulation  of  the  quantity  of  wind  received  through  the  opening 
in  the  foot.  These  pipes  are  best  made  of  pure  tin ;  though,  from  the  expense  of  this, 
a  mixture  of  tin  and  lead  is  used. 

In  reed-pipes ,  the  sound  is  produced  as  in  the  clarionet,  by  the  vibrations  of  a  thin 
tongue,  of  elastic  material,  set  in  motion  by  the  wind.  The  reed  apparatus  is  a  small 
brass  tube,  having  one  flat  side,  in  which  there  is  an  oblong  slit,  covered  by  a  tongue 
of  thin  hard  brass,  slightly  curved,  so  as  to  stand  naturally  a  little  from  the  face  of  the 
tube,  fixed  at  one  end,  and  left  free  to  vibrate  at  the  other;  the  wind,  rushing  through 
the  opening  left  by  the  valve,  presses  it  down,  when  its  elasticity  instantly  raises  it 


again ;  the  rapid  repetition  of  this  action  causes  a  series  of  vibrations,  communicating 
with  the  small  pipe  of  the  reed ;  to  these  the  sound  is  ascribed,  the  tongue  being  only 
the  instrument  which  produces  them.  The  pitch  is  determined  by  the  length,  thickness, 
and  elasticity  of  the  tongue,  and  not  by  the  length  of  the  tube.  The  quality  of  the 
tone  depends  much  on  the  tube,  which  should  be  of  such  a  size  that  the  vibrations  of 
the  column  of  air  contained  in  it  should  correspond  exactly  with  those  given  by  the 
reed ;  by  varying  the  diameter  and  form  of  the  tube,  a  variety  of  reed-stops  may  be 
obtained.  The  tone  of  reed-stops  is  sharp,  brilliant,  and  powerful ;  the  pipes  are  made 
of  tin,  or  of  tin  and  lead,  or,  in  the  largest,  of  wood. 

A  stop  is  a  range  of  pipes,  of  the  same  character  of  tone,  extending  through  the 
compass  of  the  instrument,  generally  one  to  each  note,  impressing  its  peculiar  character 
on  all  the  keys.  The  tone  of  every  key  in  a  large  organ  consists  of  notes  of  different 
pitches,  combined  so  as  to  give  the  effect  of  one  sound.  The  first  organs  consisted  of 
the  fundamental  note  only,  the  8-feet  or  unison  stop ;  then  a  4-feet  stop,  sounding  the 
octave  above,  and  a  2-feet  stop,  sounding  the  fifteenth,  were  added,  with  great  addition 
of  power.  Harmonic  intervals  were  then  added;  a  2f-feet  stop,  speaking  the  twelfth 
of  the  fundamental  note,  was  the  first ;  these  four  stops  make  a  very  tolerable  organ. 
The  third  and  fifth  of  the  major  common  chord  were  added,  in  octaves  above  the 
fifteenth,  with  a  very  brilliant  effect ;  to  obviate  the  shrillness  of  the  higher  notes  of 
the  scale,  and  the  want  of  weight  in  the  lower,  the  octave  below,  or  the  16-feet  stop, 
was  added,  without  which  a  very  large  organ  could  hardly  be  constructed.  A  32-feet 
stop  will  speak  two  octaves  below  the  fundamental  note.  Thus  any  key  sounds,  not 
only  the  note  proper  to  it,  but  also  two  octaves  above,  two  below,  and  repetitions  of  the 
harmonic  intervals  of  its  common  chord,  according  to  the  size  of  the  organ.  There 
are  also  several  “  fancy”  or  “  solo”  stops,  generally  8-feet  in  pitch  (and  4-feet),  both 
flute  and  reed.  A  favorite  flute-stop  is  made,  by  so  voicing  an  open  wood  pipe  as  to 
give  a  reedy  quality  to  the  tone.  The  silvery  tone  of  the  dulceana  is  produced  by  an 
open  metal  pipe,  of  a  very  small  scale.  Among  the  reeds,  the  form  of  the  tube  varies 
the  quality  of  tone.  The  oboe  stop  has  a  bell  mouth  ;  a  parallel  tube  gives  a  clarionet 
tone.  The  vox  Humana  is  usually  a  variety  of  reed-stop ;  the  English,  a  reed  with  a 
double  cone  at  the  top  of  the  pipe;  the  French,  a  cylindrical  tube,  partly  closed  at  the 
top.  In  large  organs,  the  cornopean  is  a  reed-stop  ;  the  prum-horn,  of  thinner  and 
softer  tone,  a  solo  reed-stop,  with  a  cylindrical  pipe ;  the  wood-fiute,  an  open  wood  stop ; 
the  claribel,  an  open  wood  stop,  much  used  in  solo  playing;  the  hohl-fiute,  an  open 
metal  pipe,  with  a  clear  reedy  tone ;  the  tuba  mirabilis,  a  very  powerful  reed-stop ;  the 
viol  di  gamba,  an  open  metal  pipe  of  a  small  scale;  tapering  upwards,  and  terminating 
in  an  inverted  cone,  the  tone  being  thin  in  quality ;  the  viola,  of  the  same  quality, 
speaks  an  octave  higher ;  the  corno  di  bassetto,  a  reed-stop,  with  clarionet  tone ;  the 
cremona,  similar,  but  speaking  an  octave  higher ;  the  trumpets,  clarions,  trombone,  and 
tromba,  are  reed  stops. 

The  number  of  the  stops  in  a  large  organ  renders  it  convenient  for  the  performei 

249 


SECTION  III. - CLASS  XXX. 


T 


to  have  more  than  one  key-board ;  there  are  accordingly  three  organs,  each  having  its 
key -board,  perfectly  distinct  from  each  other ;  and,  in  addition,  there  is  a  fourth  organ 
for  the  feet,  called  the  “pedal  organ.”  The  most  important  is  the  “great  organ,” 
containing  the  stops  of  the  greatest  power,  its  key-board  being  generally  the  lowest 
but  one ;  its  compass  is  octaves,  beginning  with  C  (8  feet)  as  the  lowest  note.  The 
lowest  key-board  belongs  to  the  “  choir  organ,”  of  smaller  size,  containing  the  lighter 
stops ;  it  is  of  the  same  compass.  The  upper  key-board  belongs  to  the  “  swell,”  an 
organ  shut  up  in  a  box  closed  on  three  sides,  the  fourth  closed  by  shutters,  arranged 
like  Venetian  blinds,  which  may  be  opened  and  closed  by  a  pedal ;  by  gradually 
opening  and  shutting  these,  the  power  of  crescendo  and  diminuendo  is  given,  with  fine 
effect ;  the  compass  in  large  organs  is  the  same,  but  stopped  pipes  are  often  used  for 
the  lower  notes.  The  “pedal  organ”  is  played  by  the  feet,  the  compass  is  from  2£  to 

octaves,  beginning  with  C,  as  the  lowest  note;  the  stops  are  32-feet,  16-feet,  8-feet, 
and  4-feet,  both  flute  and  reed.  In  many  organs  this  is  not  separate,  the  pedals  only 
pulling  down  the  keys  of  the  great  organ,  with  the  addition  of  pedal  pipes. 

Many  ingenious  mechanical  contrivances  are  introduced  into  modern  organs,  of 
which  only  two  can  be  mentioned  here.  The  most  important,  perhaps,  is  what  are 
called  couplers,  by  which  the  keys  act  on  each  other,  for  the  purpose  of  giving  power 
and  variety;  for  instance,  the  “great  organ”  may  be  made  to  play  all  the  others;  or 
any  two  key-boards  may  be  united  together ;  or  any  key  may  be  made  to  pull  down 
its  octave  above  or  below ;  they  are  managed  by  draw-stops  or  by  pedals.  The  other 
is  the  opening  or  shutting  the  stops  by  means  of  pedals,  a  very  great  convenience  to 
I  the  performer.] 

2.  Hall,  William,  &,  Son,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

French  grand  action  piano-forte,  of  7f  octaves,  in  double-serpentine  case  of  crotch 
and  mottled  oak,  with  carved  plinths. 


3.  Hazelton  &  Brother,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
A  piano-forte  of  carved  rosewood. 


4.  Bennett  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
A  rosewood  piano-forte. 


5.  Grovesteen  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Two  piano-fortes,  of  rosewood ;  and  one  of  papier  maclifj,  with  pearl  keys,  highly 
ornamented. 


6.  Lighte  <fc  Newton,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
A  piano-forte  of  7i  octaves. 


7.  Holden,  Charles  J.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  piano-forte  of  7£  octaves,  with  serpentine  front,  and  highly  finished. 


8.  Waters,  Horace,  New  York  City. — Proprietor  and  Agent. 
An  zEolian  piano-forte,  made  by  Gilbert,  of  Boston. 


9.  McDonald  <Se  Brother,  New  York  City. 

A  rosewood  piano-forte,  with  patent  Euterpean  attachment. 


10.  Lankota,  Jean,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Rosewood  grand  piano-forte,  of  seven  octaves. 


11«  Bassford,  A.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 
Grand  piano-forte,  in  rosewood  case. 


12.  Firth,  Pond  <fe  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 
Semi-grand  piano-forte,  of  seven  octaves. 


13.  Hallett,  Davies  tfe  Co.,  Boston ,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturers. 
Grand  and  square  piano-fortes. 


14.  Hews,  George,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Manufacturer. 
Square  piano-forte,  richly  carved. 


15.  Schomacker,  S.  H.,  <fc  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturers. 
Piano-forte,  in  rosewood,  of  seven  octaves. 


16.  Knabe,  Gaehle  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturers. 

Two  square  pianos,  in  richly  carved  rosewood  cases. 

[The  piano-forte  is  the  most  valuable  of  our  musical  instruments ;  it  is  portable, 
easy  to  play  upon,  and  tolerably  correct  in  its  intonation,  and  for  these  reasons 
admirably  adapted  to  the  wants  of  a  music-loving  people  at  their  own  firesides. 

Stringed  instruments  are  of  great  antiquity,  but  the  piano  is  an  invention  of  the 
last  century.  The  instrument  which  immediately  preceded  it  was  the  harpsichord,  in 
which  the  wires  were  struck  by  quills,  moved  by  keys,  instead  of  hammers.  The 
piano  has  been  claimed  by  various  nations,  Germans,  Italians,  and  English ;  the  most 
generally  received  opinion  is,  that  it  was  invented  in  Germany,  by  Sehroter,  about  the 
beginning  of  the  last  century.  Pianos  are  made  generally  in  three  forms,  the  grand, 
square,  and  upright.  The  grand  piano,  of  an  irregular  shape,  according  to  the  grada¬ 
tion  of  the  lengths  of  the  strings,  is  perhaps  the  most  advantageous  form,  admitting 
the  best  mechanism,  and  being  the  most  durable;  it  has  three  strings  to  each  note,  and 


is  generally  an  expensive  and  first-class  instrument.  The  bichord  and  semi-grand  are 
cheaper  modifications,  having  only  two  strings  to  each  note ;  the  boudoir  and  cottage 
grands  have  shorter  strings,  and  take  up  less  room.  The  square,  or  common  oblong  piano, 
was  the  original  form  ;  with  the  improved  action  of  the  grand  piano,  these  are  excellent 
instruments;  though,  from  the  greater  difficulty  of  strengthening  the  framing,  and 
the  oblique  position  of  the  action,  it  is  a  less  perfect  instrument.  The  upright  piano, 
in  which  the  strings  are  arranged  vertically  or  obliquely,  has  the  great  advantage, 
that  the  strings  are  struck  against  their  rests ;  they  are  very  convenient  instruments, 
from  their  small  size,  and  are  generally  of  sufficient  power.  The  piccolo  is  a  small 
upright  piano,  not  more  than  3-J  feet  high. 

The  compass  of  the  piano  was,  originally,  from  the  F  below  the  lowest  note  of  the 
violoncello,  to  the  fifth  F  above;  another  octave  was  added  above,  and  half  an  octave 
in  the  base,  down  to  C ;  another  note  was  then  added  in  the  treble,  making  the 
compass  extend  from  CCC  (on  the  organ  16-feet  C,  of  64  vibrations  in  a  second)  to  G, 
6|  octaves  above;  they  are  now  made  of  7,  1$,  7-J,  and  even  8  octaves  (the  latte*-  by 
Pape,  of  Paris). 

On  the  strength  of  the  frame  depends  the  durability  of  the  instrument,  and  its 
power  of  keeping  in  tune ;  it  is  made  of  the  best  seasoned  oak,  or  other  hard  wood, 
strengthened  and  braced  by  bars,  and  string-plate  of  wrought  iron  or  steel ;  in  the 
pianos  made  by  Chickering,  of  Boston,  Massachusetts,  the  whole  framing  is  made  of 
cast  iron,  in  one  piece,  combining  strength,  unity  of  action,  and  cheapness.  The 
surface  of  wood  lying  immediately  under  the  strings  is  called  the  sound-board,  on 
which  depends  the  tone  of  the  instrument ;  it  is  analogous  to  the  belly  of  the  violin, 
and  is  made  of  a  thin  board  of  the  best  pine,  free  from  knots  and  flaws,  cut  in  a 
particular  direction  of  the  grain,  and  thoroughly  seasoned ;  it  is  strengthened  by  ribs 
on  the  under  side,  and  put  together  with  great  care.  The  strings  are  made  entirely 
of  steel  wire,  brass  being  too  weak ;  the  lowest  octave  of  the  base  is  of  lapped  wire, 
or  of  steel  wire  wrapped  with  iron,  soft  steel,  and  sometimes  by  copper  wire,  closely 
wound  ;  one  wire,  of  double  length,  is  made  to  form  two  strings ;  the  two  ends  are 
wrapped  round  two  adjoining  wrest-pins,  the  middle  of  the  wire  being  bent  over  a 
stud  in  the  string-plate,  the  pressure  on  which  is  sufficient  to  keep  the  strings  distinct, 
as  far  as  tuning  is  concerned.  The  strings  are  put  in  vibration  by  means  of  small 
hammers,  connected  by  levers  with  the  key-board ;  the  hammers  quit  the  string  the 
moment  it  is  struck,  a  damper  falling  down  upon  it  the  moment  the  finger  quits  the 
key.  The  covering  of  the  face  of  the  hammer,  which  was  formerly  of  buff  leather,  is 
now  made  of  a  fine  kind  of  felt,  made  expressly  for  the  purpose,  which  gives  a  much 
finer  quality  of  tone.  By  removing  the  action  of  the  dampers,  by  a  pedal,  the  sound 
is  prolonged  ad  libitum  ;  the  old  way  of  producing  the  soft  tone  was  to  shift  the  action 
so  that  the  hammers  would  strike  two  strings  instead  of  three,  or  one  instead  of  two ; 
the  French  method  is  now  generally  adopted  of  interposing  a  piece  of  soft  cloth 
between  the  hammer  and  the  string,  which  deadens  the  blow,  and  produces  a  very 
pleasing  effect,  without  the  risk  of  putting  the  instrument  out  of  tune  by  striking  upon 
only  one  string. 

One  of  the  recent  American  improvements  is  the  “  dolce  campano”  pedal,  by  which 
the  sound  is  prolonged,  and  the  quality  changed  to  that  of  sweet  bells  or  harps.  The 
mechanism  is  simple,  being  merely  a  number  of  weights  arranged  by  a  lever  pedal  to 
fall  when  required  upon  an  equal  number  of  screws  fixed  in  the  sounding-board ;  this, 
of  course,  alters  the  vibrations,  and,  in  connection  with  the  other  pedals,  produces 
great  brilliancy  and  delicacy  of  tone,  like  the  chimes  of  distant  bells,  whence  its  name. 

The  “zEolian  attachment”  consists  in  the  addition  of  a  seraphine,  a  free-reed  instru¬ 
ment,  filled  by  a  bellows,  which  can  be  played  upon  with  the  piano,  by  the  same  keys.] 

17.  Ruck,  John,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Patent  universal,  repeating,  grand-action,  for  piano-forte. 

[In  the  old  action  of  the  piano-forte,  after  the  hammer  has  fallen,  the  key  must 
rise  to  its  position  of  rest,  before  the  hopper  will  again  engage  in  the  notch  of  the 
hammer,  and  be  ready  for  another  stroke ;  so  that  the  repetition  of  a  note  required 
the  removal  of  the  finger  from  the  key,  and  a  sufficient  time  for  the  key  to  rise  to  its 
natural  position.  The  different  ways  of  overcoming  this  inconvenience  act  on  the 
principle  of  holding  up  the  hammer  to  a  certain  height  while  the  key  returns,  by 
which  the  hopper  can  sooner  engage  itself  under  the  hammer,  and  reproduce  the  note 
with  any  desired  rapidity,  with  ease  to  the  finger.] 

18.  Bowden,  W.  H.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

A  miniature  piano-forte,  18  inches  in  length,  one-16th  of  the  ordinary  6-octave 
instrument,  exact  in  its  proportions  and  details,  composed  of  nearly  3,000  separate 
pieces. 

19.  Prince,  George  A.,  &  Co.,  Buffalo,  New  York. — Manufacturers. 

Melodeon,  with  two  sets  of  reeds,  in  carved  rosewood  case. 

20.  Gardner,  William  P.,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. — Patentee  and  Manufacturer. 

Rosewood  melodeons,  with  new  patent  bellows,  and  other  valuable  improvements. 

[The  class  of  instruments  to  which  the  melodeon  belongs,  combines  volume  of 

tone,  compass,  sustaining  power,  and  expression,  with  simplicity  of  construction  and 
smallness  of  size.  The  tones  are  produced  by  a  free-reed  apparatus,  in  which  the  brass 
tongue,  instead  of  beating  against  the  pipe  as  in  the  organ,  oscillates  freely  within  the 
opening ;  as  it  closes  this  as  nearly  ns  possible,  it  checks  the  current  of  air  at  each 
vibration,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  beating-reed,  the  effect  being  a  series  of  pulsations, 
producing  a  musical  tone.  The  advantages  of  the  free-reed  are,  a  more  agreeable, 
smooth,  and  mellow  quality  of  tone ;  it  requires  no  pipe  (very  important  on  the  score  of 


r 


MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 


simplicity,  compactness,  and  cheapness) ;  less  liability  to  derangement,  as  it  encounters 
no  obstacle  in  its  vibrations ;  and  the  power  of  varying  the  expression  and  power  of 
the  tone,  by  modifying  the  pressure  of  the  wind. 

This  principle  was  first  applied  to  small  instruments,  still  used  as  toys,  called 
harmonicas,  blown  by  the  mouth  ;  it  gradually  became  more  extended  in  its  application, 
and  a  hand-bellows  and  a  set  of  keys  were  attached,  forming  the  accordion  ;  the  con¬ 
certina  is  on  the  same  principle,  with  a  different  arrangement  of  details.  By  enlarging 
the  scale  of  the  accordion,  it  became  so  unwieldy  that  a  regular  key-board  was  added, 
and  the  wind  supplied  by  bellows  as  in  the  organ  ;  the  instrument  thus  became  in  fact 
an  organ,  having  a  free-reed  stop,  without  pipes,  and  was  called  a  seraphine ;  in  order 
to  secure  rapidity  and  precision  of  action,  and  brilliancy  of  tone,  a  small  hammer, 
connected  with  the  key,  gave  a  gentle  blow  to  the  reed  at  the  moment  of  the  opening 
of  the  valve.  Seraphine,  liarmoneon,  melodeon,  physharmonica,  reed-organ,  die.,  are 
names  for  essentially  the  same  instrument.  The  best  instruments  have  a  compass  of  five 
oct.j.ves,  the  lowest  note  being  8-feet  C,  the  lowest  note  of  the  violoncello  (128  vibrations 
in  a  second) ;  the  keys  open  valves,  by  which  the  wind  from  the  bellows,  worked  by  the 
feet  of  the  performer,  is  allowed  to  act  on  the  reeds;  the  reeds  are  in  duplicate,  so  that 
whether  the  bellows  be  expanded  or  compressed,  the  same  note  is  always  sounded  by 
the  same  key.  Four  stops  are  often  added  to  these  instruments,  by  which  many  of  the 
effects  of  a  small  organ  are  obtained.] 


21.  Brown,  John  F.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Grand  gothic  double-action  harp,  of  6|  octaves,  and  music-stand. 

[The  simplest  form  of  the  harp  was  a  triangular  frame,  furnished  with  a  set  of 
strings,  one  end  of  which  was  fixed,  and  the  other  wrapped  round  a  pin,  which  could 
be  turned  to  give  any  required  tension  ;  the  only  practicable  sound-board  was  made 
by  extending  and  flattening  the  side  of  the  frame  to  which  the  strings  are  attached 
below.  In  this  form,  the  seven  notes  of  the  diatonic  scale  were  repeated  in  different 
octaves,  and  of  course  only  the  key  to  which  it  was  tuned  could  be  played  in  ;  there 
was  no  provision  for  chromatic  semitones,  or  accidental  flats  and  sharps.  To  remedy 
this,  some  of  the  most-used  chromatic  notes  were  added,  but  this  increased  greatly  the 
difficulty  of  playing.  The  next  method  was,  by  having  three  rows  of  strings,  arranged  in 
three  parallel  planes,  a  little  distance  apart ;  the  two  external  were  tuned  in  unison 
diatonically,  while  the  middle  row  furnished  the  chromatic  semitones ;  this  was  found 
quite  unmanageable.  The  difficulty  was  at  last  obviated  by  pedals,  the  mechanism  of 
which  did  not  arrive  at  any  great  perfection  till  1794,  when  Sebastian  Erard  took 
out  his  patent ;  from  this  time,  the  harp  became  one  of  the  most  complete  of  modern 
instruments. 

Erard’s  pedal  harp  had  a  single  row  of  strings,  of  about  five  octaves  in  compass, 
arranged  diatonically  ;  from  the  foot  projected  seven  pedals,  connected  by  machinery 
concealed  in  the  upright  pillar,  with  small  studs,  which  stopped  the  strings  near  their 
upper  end  when  the  pedals  were  depressed,  and  sharpened  them  one  semitone  ;  the  seven 
pedals  corresponded  to  the  seven  notes  of  the  scale,  and  each  sharpened  its  proper  note 
through  the  whole  compass  of  the  instrument;  by  a  notch  in  the  frame,  the  pedal  could 
be  permanently  depressed.  The  instrument  was  tuned  in  its  natural  state,  in  the  dia¬ 
tonic  scale  of  E  flat ;  so  that,  by  using  all  the  pedals,  there  was  a  range  of  eight  keys, 
between  E  flat  and  E  natural.  As  music  became  more  complicated,  it  became  necessary 
to  go  beyond  this ;  Erard  then  introduced  the  “  double-action”  harp,  in  1808.  The  seven 
pedals,  by  means  of  two  notches,  had  each  a  double  movement,  by  which  each  string 
could  be  sharpened  one  or  two  semitones  at  pleasure  ;  the  open  strings  are  tuned  in  C 
flat ;  by  means  of  the  pedals,  the  instrument  can  be  put  into  any  key  between  this  and 
C  sharp ;  every  major  key,  and  all  minor  keys,  except  A,  D,  and  G  sharp,  can  be  pro¬ 
duced  on  it.  In  the  latest  improved  harps,  enharmonic  passages  can  be  produced, 
which  no  instruments  but  those  of  the  violin  class  can  do.  To  explain  this,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  state  that  there  are  three  musical  scales:  the  diatonic,  proceeding  by  tones 
and  semitones  ;  the  chromatic,  proceeding  by  semitones  only ;  and  the  enharmonic,  in 
which  there  is  a  succession  of  every  possible  note,  according  to  its  number  of  vibra¬ 
tions  ;  on  an  enharmonic  instrument,  C  sharp  and  D  flat,  which  are  distinct  sounds, 
become  distinct  notes,  while  both  are  struck  on  the  same  key  of  the  piano  and  common 
organ ;  there  is  an  organ,  invented  by  Mr.  Poole,  of  Boston,  which  is  a  perfect  enhar¬ 
monic  instrument. 

The  harp  has  now  about  the  same  compass  as  the  piano,  ranging  from  6  to  6} 
octaves.  In  order  to  distinguish  the  notes,  it  is  common  to  have  every  C  string  colored 
red,  and  every  F  string  blue  ;  the  strings  are  made  of  the  finest  catgut ;  some  of  the 
lower  notes  are  of  silk,  lapped  with  fine  silver  wire.] 


22.  O’Neil,  P.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer  and  Proprietor. 

An  American  portable  harp,  capable  of  transposition  into  various  keys. 


23.  Mount,  William  S.,  Sioneybrook,  Long  Island. — Inventor,  Patentee,  and  Proprietor. 
Violins  of  a  new  model,  with  hollow  back,  of  great  simplicity  of  construction,  and 

of  increased  power  and  sweetness  of  tone.  These  are  composed  of  from  28  to  30  pieces, 
while  ordinary  instruments  require  about  58 ;  the  strain  of  the  strings  comes  upon  the 
back  and  sides ;  the  sound-post  is  shorter  than  in  other  instruments. 

24.  Gemuender,  George,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Violins,  tenor,  violoncello,  and  double  bass,  in  imitation  of  Straduarius,  Guarnerius, 
and  Amati.  These  violins  are  made  of  American  materials,  except  the  strings ;  they 
produce  the  same  quality  of  tone  with  the  old  Italian  instruments,  but  the  French 
method  of  preparing  the  wood,  by  a  chemical  process,  is  obviated  by  a  new  method. 


25.  Robertson,  AVilliam,  New  York  City. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Keyed-stop  violins,  a  new  invention. 

26.  Baack,  Edward,  New  York  City. — Importer. 

A  fine  violin,  made  by  Aug.  Glass,  of  Germany. 

27.  Mirment,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Violins,  altos,  bass  and  counter-bass,  in  imitation  of  the  violins  of  the  15th  century. 

28.  Strode,  John,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  violins. 

29.  Neff,  Joseph,  Philadelphia ,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

A  quartette  of  stringed  instruments,  viz.,  two  violins,  a  tenor,  and  violoncello. 
[The  modern  violin,  the  noblest  of  musical  instruments,  has  four  gut-strings,  the 
last,  or  lowest,  covered  with  silver  wire ;  they  are  tuned  in  fifths,  E,  A,  D,  G ;  the  back, 
neck,  sides,  and  circles,  are  generally  made  of  sycamore ;  the  belly,  bass-bar,  sound-post, 
and  six  blocks,  of  deal ;  the  finger-board  and  tail-piece,  of  ebony.  The  finest  violins 
were  made  at  Cremona,  by  the  Amati,  by  Guarnerius,  and  Straduarius ;  there  were  three 
violin-makers,  of  the  name  of  Guarnerius,  who  lived  about  1700,  the  best  of  whom  was 
Joseph  ;  Straduarius  was  a  pupil  of  Andreas  Guarnerius  ;  their  instruments  are  valued 
at  from  500  to  2,000  dollars,  and  even  more.  The  viola,  or  tenor,  is  a  larger  kind  of 
violin ;  it  has  four  gut-strings,  the  two  lowest  covered  with  silver  wire,  which  are 
tuned  A,  D,  G,  C,  an  octave  above  the  violoncello.  The  violoncello  has  four  gut- 
strings,  the  two  lowest  covered  with  silver  wire,  tuned  in  fifths,  A,  D,  G,  and  C.  The 
double  bass,  or  contrabasso,  is  the  largest  instrument  of  the  orchestra ;  it  is  tuned  in 
fifths,  E,  A,  D,  G,  two  octaves  below  the  violin.  The  German  instrument  has  four 
gut-strings,  the  two  lower  covered  with  silver  wire,  and  considerably  thicker  than 
those  of  the  violoncello ;  the  Italian  instrument  has  but  three  strings.] 

30.  Marten,  C.  F.,  Nazareth,  Pennsylvania. — Manufacturer. 

Two  guitars. 

[The  modern  Spanish  guitar  has  six  strings,  three  being  of  silk,  covered  with 
silver  wire,  and  three  of  catgut ;  its  compass  is  from  E  below  the  bass-staff,  to  A  above 
the  treble-staff,  including  all  the  intermediate  semitones.] 


31.  Gould,  Napoleon  W.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

An  improved  transposing  guitar,  and  improved  banjo. 

32.  Cargill  &  Co.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers  and  Importers. 

Guitar,  accordion,  flute,  brass  musical  instruments,  and  fine  strings. 

33.  Jacobs,  J.,  New  York  City. — Alanufacturer. 

Accordions,  with  improved  reeds;  banjo,  with  new  arrangements  for  tuning;  tam¬ 
bourine,  with  flush  screws. 

34.  Resch,  John,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Manufacturer. 

Pearl-keyed  accordions,  and  a  banjo. 

[The  usual  form  of  the  accordion  is  a  pair  of  rectangular  single  bellows,  one  board 
being  held  in  each  hand ;  the  air  is  drawn  in  by  separating  the  hands,  and  vice  versA 
The  board  held  in  the  right  hand  contains  the  reeds,  finger-keys,  and  valves ;  each  key 
covers  two  reeds,  corresponding  to  two  notes,  one  being  sounded  during  expansion,  the 
other  during  compression,  of  the  bellows ;  the  object  being  to  increase  the  compass, 
without  having  too  many  keys.  There  are  also  a  few  chord-keys;  and  a  wind-valve, 
managed  by  the  left  hand,  by  which  the  bellows  may  be  opened  or  shut  without  pro¬ 
ducing  sound.  It  is  a  very  imperfect  instrument,  and  its  effects  are  monotonous.] 

35.  Zoebitch,  C.  A.,  &  Sons,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Musical  instruments,  of  German-silver  and  brass,  witii  rotary  valves  ;  guitars. 

36.  Lauter,  F.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Clarionets,  bassoons,  flutes,  oboes,  and  other  instruments. 

37.  Christman,  E.  P.,  New  York  City. — Manufacturer. 

Clarionets,  flutes,  trumpets,  sax-horns,  tuba,  and  bugles. 

[In  musical  instruments,  three  things  are  to  be  distinguished ;  the  body  which 
produces  the  sound,  the  regulating  medium,  and  the  resonant  mass.  In  the  piano, 
these  are  respectively  the  hammer,  the  string,  and  the  sounding-board ;  in  wind  instru¬ 
ments,  the  air-blast  from  the  mouth,  the  air  in  the  tube,  and  the  friction  on  the  body 
of  the  instrument,  are  the  three  characteristics.  The  air-blast  being  perfect  as  a 
sounding  bod)’,  the  makers  of  wind  instruments  have  turned  their  attention  to  the 
improvement  of  the  regulating  medium,  by  avoiding  angles,  die. ;  the  improvement  of 
the  sounding  mass,  or  the  form  and  quality  of  the  instrument,  has  also  been  very  great. 
Brass  is  the  metal  almost  universally  employed  as  the  resonant  mass ;  the  use  of  valves 
and  the  substitution  of  bulbs  for  angles,  has  very  much  softened  the  tones,  and  increased 
facility  of  execution.  M.  Adolphe  Sax,  of  Paris,  has  made  the  greatest  improvements 
in  orchestral  brass  instruments,  and  his  name  has  been  prefixed  to  a  most  important 
class  of  military  horns  and  trumpets.  His  sax-horns,  double  bass  in  E  flat,  and  B  flat, 
have  far  surpassed  the  ophicleide ;  the  sax-horn  bourdon  is  a  monster  ophicleide.  10 
feet  high,  with  48  feet  development  of  tube;  the  small  treble  sax-horn,  in  B  flat,  is  the 
only  brass  instrument  which  can  certainly  and  purely  strike  the  notes  of  the  upper 

851 


SECTION  III.  —  CLASS  XXX. 


octave  of  the  flute ;  the  saxophone  is  a  brass  instrument,  soprano,  alto,  and  bass,  with 
a  mouth-reed  like  the  clarionet.  He  has  added  a  semitone  to  the  lower  register  of  the 
clarionet,  and  a  new  key,  by  which  the  performer  can  take  the  upper  notes  at  once, 
with  the  greatest  ease ;  he  has  also  filled  up  the  gap  which  existed  between  the  lower 
E  and  the  lowest  B  flat  of  the  tenor  trombone.] 

38.  Eisenbeandt,  E.  H.,  Baltimore,  Maryland. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  gold  and  silver  keyed  clarionets,  and  flutes. 

39.  Ernst,  P.,  &  Sons,  New  York  City. — Manufacturers. 

Elutes  of  glass  and  silver. 

[The  three  kinds  of  clarionets  generally  used,  are  the  C,  B  flat,  and  A,  the  compass 
being  from  E  in  the  bass  to  G  in  altissimo ;  it  was  invented  about  a  century  and  a  half 
ago.  Small  shrill  clarionets,  of  E  flat  and  F,  are  used  in  military  music.  Flutes  are 
made  of  hard  woods,  ivory,  glass,  metal,  and  even  vulcanized  India-rubber ;  the  middle 
tones  are  always  the  finest.  The  oboe,  or  hautboy,  is  a  reed  instrument,  of  a  compass 
from  C  below  the  treble  clef  to  G,  the  fourth  added  line  above  it;  its  tones  are  sweet 
and  plaintive.  The  bassoon,  or  fagotto,  is  a  bass  oboe,  made  of  several  tubes  of  wood 
bound  together,  whence  its  name  ;  its  compass  is  from  B  flat  below  the  bass  staff,  to  B 
flat  in  the  treble  staff.] 

40.  Dodworth,  H.  B.,  New  York  City.— Proprietor. 

Brass-keyed  instruments  for  bands. 

41.  Blunt,  H.  S.,  New  York  City. — Inventor. 

Improved  system  for  transposing  the  musical  scale,  by  wheel  and  sliding  scale. 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

42.  Stodart,  William,  &  Son,  London. — Manufacturers. 

A  patent  horizontal  grand  piano-forte,  in  black-walnut  case,  with  rosewood  carvings 
in  the  Elizabethan  style ;  a  patent  square  piano,  in  the  Louis  XIV.  style ;  a  cottage 
piano,  in  walnut  wood. 

43.  Bray,  John,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Patent  double-action  harp,  in  birds’-eye  maple  and  gold,  of  superior  workmanship. 


44.  Scates,  Joseph,  Dublin. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  concertinas. 

[The  concertina  is  a  free-reed  instrument ;  the  bellows  are  usually  of  an  octagonal 
shape,  and  the  reeds  and  keys  are  contained  in  both  boards,  so  as  to  be  played  on 
with  both  hands.  The  keys  are  small  cylindrical  studs,  projecting  from  the  middle  of 
the  boards;  the  boards  are  held  by  straps,  passing  round  the  back  of  the  hands, 
the  fingers  being  thus  at  liberty.  The  reeds  are  in  duplicate,  and  each  note  has 
a  separate  key ;  its  compass  is  from  3  to  3^  octaves,  with  a  complete  chromatic  scale, 
so  that  it  can  be  played  on  in  any  key ;  the  usual  kind  corresponds  in  compass  with  the 
violin ;  some  correspond  to  the  viola  and  violoncello.  It  has  great  facility  for  expres¬ 
sion,  by  using  more  or  less  wind.] 


47.  Sholtus,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

An  upright  seven-octave  piano-forte,  in  rosewood. 

48.  Debain,  A.,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Mechanical  piano  and  appliances. 

[This  has  been  applied  with  success  as  a  substitute  for  organs  and  harmoniums ;  it 
is  said  to  be  superior  to  the  barrels  used  in  church  organs,  and  less  costly. 

The  flat  surface  of  the  upper  portion  is  covered  with  a  metal  plate,  pierced  across 
its  width  with  a  series  of  openings,  which  admit  through  them  a  corresponding  number 
of  metal  points,  projecting  about  the  eighth  of  an  inch  above  the  plate.  These  points 
are  the  ends  of  small  levers,  which  communicate  with  the  action ;  thus  the  upper  level 
surface  of  the  machine  forms  a  complete  key-board;  the  projections  are  pressed  down 
to  perform  the  music  by  a  small  piece  of  hard  wood,  studded  with  pins,  which  is  forced 
over  the  level  surface.  This  piece  is  held  down  by  a  bar,  and  the  pressure  regulated  by 
springs ;  it  is  passed  over  the  key-frame  by  turning  a  handle,  and,  as  the  pins  corrfc  in 
contact  with  the  keys,  the  notes  are  struck,  loud  or  soft,  as  may  be  required.  The 
pieces  studded  with  pins  may  be  from  4  to  24  inches  long ;  8  inches  will  contain  as 
much  as  a  page  of  music  paper,  and  any  number  of  pieces  may  be  used  for  long  com 
positions ;  while  one  piece  is  playing,  another  should  be  held  in  readiness  to  succeed  it, 
till  the  piece  is  finished.  The  mode  of  studding  the  wood  with  pins  is  simple  and 
easily  executed.  The  mechanical  apparatus  ean  be  placed  on  the  piano  as  a  cover, 
and,  by  a  simple  contrivance,  on  opening  the  instrument,  the  mechanical  action  is 
removed,  and  the  tone  of  the  instrument  is  the  same  by  the  ordinary  method  of 
playing ;  on  closing  the  piano,  the  attachment  resumes  its  place,  and  is  ready  for  use. 

When  applied  to  the  organ,  as  pressure  on  the  keys  is  only  necessary,  the  attach¬ 
ment  is  placed  over  the  key-board,  and  appears  like  fingers  pressing  down  the  keys. 

It  has  been  veiy  frequently  played  during  the  Exhibition,  producing  music  of  the 
most  brilliant  character.] 

49.  Musard,  Brothers,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Upright  piano-forte  of  rosewood,  with  bronze  ornaments. 

50.  Pleyel,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Piano-fortes. 

51.  Erard,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

An  upright  piano. 

52.  Glor,  Paris. — Manufacturer. 

Claviphones. 

THE  GERMAN  STATES. 

53.  Hechinger,  F.,  Ulm,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 

A  large  organ,  with  improved  method  of  blowing,  securing  a  steady  and  uniform 
amount  of  wind.  A  small  organ. 

54.  Gehde,  M.,  Rattibor,  Prussia. — Manufacturer. 

A  zebra-wood  grand  piano-forte. 

55.  Trayser,  P.  J.,  Stuttgard — Manufacturer. 

A  seraphine  in  black-walnut  case. 


56.  Nickel,  Christian,  Heilbronn,  Wurtemberg. — Manufacturer. 
A  physharmonica,  a  kind  of  seraphine. 


BRITISH  COLONIES.— CANADA. 

45.  Ziegler,  J.  B.,  66 th  Regiment,  Quebec. — Inventor. 

An  improved  registered  cornopean,  with  valve-perfecting  slide. 

[This  improvement  enables  the  performer  on  cornets,  and  other  valve-instruments, 
to  sharp  or  flat  any  note,  or  a  given  number  of  notes,  with  facility.  With  the  excep¬ 
tion  of  the  change  in  form  which  this  improvement  involves,  the  instrument  is  similar 
to  the  ordinary  ones  of  its  class.  It  is  well  known  that  the  pitch  of  this  class  of 
instruments  is  regulated  by  elongating  or  shortening  the  passage  for  the  wind ;  if  this 
can  be  momentarily  produced,  any  note  in  a  piece  of  music  may  be  made  sharp  or  flat. 
By  means  of  a  sliding  barrel,  regulated  by  a  thumb-piece,  the  passage  may  be  short¬ 
ened  and  the  note  sharpened  ;  thus  considerably  diminishing  the  exertion  required  to 
play  intricate  pieces  in  perfect  tune.  The  superiority  of  this  instrument  consists  in 
perfecting  the  third  and  fifth  of  the  key  (the  former  being  too  flat  and  the  latter  too 
sharp),  and  any  note  in  the  scale  not  in  tune ;  a  fault  in  many  cornets  and  other  valve- 
instruments — in  the  double  scale,  facilitating  the  performance  of  passages  difficult  in  the 
ordinary  scale — in  the  glide,  either  ascending  or  descending,  practicable  only  with  the 
voice,  violin,  or  slide-instruments.  The  invention  is  applicable  to  all  valve-instruments.] 


57.  Neuner  &  Hornsteiner,  Mittenwald,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturers. 

A  quartette  of  stringed  instruments,  violins,  tenor,  and  violoncello  ;  guitars. 

58.  Herold,  C.  G.,  Klingenthal,  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

A  violin. 

' 

59.  Klemm,  Geo.  &  Aug.,  Neukirchen,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Bass  and  stringed  instruments ;  Bresciano  counter-bass  and  violoncello,  bass-viol, 
violins,  and  guitar.  Wind  instruments ;  cornet  and  alt-horn  trombones,  brass  instru¬ 
ments  for  bands,  flageolets,  clarionets,  <fcc. 

[Bresciano  was  a  noted  maker  of  bass  instruments.  The  trombone  is  a  trumpet 
composed  of  sliding  tubes,  by  which  every  sound  in  the  diatonic  and  chromatic  scales 
within  its  compass  can  be  perfectly  obtained.  The  alto  trombone  is  from  C,  the  second 
space  in  the  bass,  to  G,  an  octave  above  the  treble  clef ;  the  tenor,  from  B,  second  line 
in  the  bass,  to  A,  second  space  in  the  treble ;  the  bass,  from  C,  an  octave  below  the 
second  space  in  the  bass,  to  G,  second  line  in  the  treble.] 


FRANCE. 

46.  Detir,  N.,  &  Co.,  Paris. — Manufacturers. 

Upright  seven-octave  piano-forte,  with  semi-oblique  strings ;  upright  rosewood 
piano,  with  vertical  strings. 


60.  Kloss,  Ernst,  Bcrnstadt,  Prussian  Silesia. — Manufacturer. 

A  violin. 

61.  Schuster,  M.,  Neukirchen-on-tlie-Rhinc. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  musical  instruments,  violins,  and  guitar. 

62.  Glier,  Ferdinand,  &  Son,  Klingenthal,  Saxony. — Manufacturers. 

Various  musical  instruments,  in  brass  and  German-silver;  violins  and  guitars. 


252 


MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 


63.  Pfaff,  F.,  Kaserslauter. — Manufacturer. 

A  variety  of  brass  instruments. 

61.  Ruhlman'n  Caul,  Rudolstadt,  Thuringia. — Manufacturer. 
Various  wind  instruments. 


65.  Ivuhlewein  &  Tetzner,  Hamburg. — Manufacturers. 

Various  musical  instruments. 

66.  Klein,  C.,  Mentz-on-the-Rldne. — Manufacturer. 

Musical  instruments  for  brass  bands. 

67.  Pfaff,  G.  M.,  R 'aserslauter-on-the-Rhine. — Manufacturer. 

4  Ophicleide  and  trumpets. 

68.  Zenker,  C.  G.,  Jr.,  Adorf  Saxony. — Manufacturer. 

A  clarionet  and  flute. 

69.  Lesciiorn,  Christian,  Cassel,  Hesse  Cassel. — Manufacturer. 

Bass  tuba,  trumpet,  and  piccolo  in  C. 

70.  Pirazzi,  G.,  &  Sons,  Offenbach-on-the-Maine. — Manufacturers. 

Samples  of  German  and  Italian  strings  for  musical  instruments. 

71.  Weiss,  Carl  W.,  Gunzenliausen,  Bavaria. — Manufacturer. 

Specimens  of  strings  for  musical  instruments. 

\_Catgut  is  the  name  applied  to  strings  made  from  the  peritoneal  covering  of  the 
intestines  of  the  sheep.  The  greatest  care  is  necessary  to  prepare  these  strings  for  the 
violin,  the  harp,  and  similar  instruments,  to  secure  the  strength  necessary  for  the  great 
tension  required  for  the  high  notes.  The  best  strings  are  made  at  Naples,  because  the 
sheep,  from  their  leanness,  afford  the  best  raw  material ;  it  is  a  well-ascertained  fact 
that  the  membranes  of  lean  animals  are  much  tougher  than  those  of  animals  in  high 
condition.] 

- ■  «— >  ■ - 

THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

72.  Czerwent,  W.  F.,  Koeniggratz,  Bohemia. — Manufacturer. 

A  great  variety  of  fine  wind  instruments,  in  brass  and  German-silver ;  a  newly 
invented  phonikon  horn,  called  zwukorch. 

73.  Pelleti,  Guiseppe,  Milan,  Lombardy. — Inventor  and  Manufacturer. 

Wind  instruments,  in  brass  and  German-silver,  viz.,  a  pellitone,  a  brass  instrument 
in  C-  C  duplex,  an  instrument  producing  tho  tones  of  the  trumpet;  B  duplex,  the 
trombone ;  bombardons ;  trumpet,  in  G,  with  mechanism  for  transposing  into  all  keys. 

74.  Bittner,  D,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

A  guitar.  _ _ 

75.  Steinkellner,  Christian,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

An  extensive  assortment  of  accordions,  of  all  sizes  and  styles. 

76.  Kanitz,  Charles,  Vienna. — Manufacturer. 

An  assortment  of  accordions 

Y 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

77.  Rocca,  Giuseppe,  Turin,  Sardinia. — Importer  and  Manufacturer. 
A  guitar  with  twelve  strings,  of  new  invention  ;  two  violins. 


SWITZERLAND. 

78.  Huni  &  Hubert,  Zurich, — Manufacturers. 

Grand  and  square  piano-fortes. 

79.  Spreoher  &  Co.,  Zurich. — Manufacturers. 

An  upright  piano-forte,  of  a  novel  and  superior  construction. 

- 1  <»>  ■ - 

BELGIUM. 

80.  Lacroix,  Mathieu,  Verviers. — Manufacturer. 

An  upright  cabinet  piano-forte,  of  superior  construction,  with  iron  frame,  and  key¬ 
board  which  may  be  transposed  to  accompany  the  voice.  A  mechanical  table  piano¬ 
forte — an  elegant  piece  of  furniture,  and  ingenious  piece  of  mechanism ;  to  appearance, 
a  marble-topped  center  table,  but  on  raising  the  top  is  seen  the  interior  of  a  piano.  A 
revolving  cylinder,  turned  by  a  spring,  by  the  projections  on  its  surface  acts  upon  the 
hammers  which  strike  the  strings;  it  will  play  several  tunes,  with  great  sweetness  and 
precision,  and  may  be  easily  arranged  to  play  any  desired  air ;  when  wound  up,  simple 
pressure  of  the  knee  against  a  spring,  under  the  table,  sets  the  mechanism  in  motion, 
and  arrests  it  at  pleasure.  It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  music,  of  a  complicated 
character  often,  proceeds  from  a  piece  of  furniture  so  unlike  a  musical  instrument, 

[The  object  of  transposing  pianos  is  to  suit  voices  whose  compass  would  not  allow 
of  their  executing  music  in  the  original  key ;  by  playing,  for  instance,  in  the  key  of  C, 
a  song  may  be  made  to  sound  in  the  key  of  C  sharp  ;  D,  E  flat ;  B,  B  flat,  or  A ;  that 
is,  in  any  key  within  three  semitones  above  or  below  the  original  one.  The  usual  way 
is,  to  move  the  key-board  laterally,  or  the  strings  and  framing,  to  make  one  hammer 
strike  different  strings ;  in  some  methods,  neither  the  action  nor  the  strings  are  movable, 
but  the  keys  are  divided  in  a  complicated  manner  posteriorly.  It  is  a  contrivance 
which  may  be  of  service  to  inferior  singers,  but  no  true  musician  will  ever  look  upon 
such  unscientific  aids  to  the  voice  with  approbation.] 


NETHERLANDS. 

81.  Paling,  J.  H.,  Rotterdam. — Manufacturer. 

An  upright  piano-forte. 


NORWAY. 

82.  Thanlew,  Dr.  H.  A.,  Modum,  Norway. — Proprietor. 
A  psalmodicon,  a  Norwegian  musical  instrument. 

253 


SECTION  IV. 


CLASS  XSSI. 


FINE  ARTS. 


In  no  department  has  the  Exhibition  been  more  fortunate  than  in  that  of  sculpture — not  for  the  number  and  variety  of  excellent  works,  but  for  the 
adequate  representation  of  the  two  great  schools,  the  ideal  and  the  natural,  into  which  this  art  has  been  divided  ever  since  the  third  period  of  its  history  in 
Greece.  In  the  number  of  contributions,  Italy  naturally  takes  the  lead.  The  United  States  are  well  represented;  France,  England,  and  Germany,  have  sent 
specimens  of  their  best  workmanship ;  and  Denmark,  eighteen  statues  and  twenty-six  bas-reliefs  of  Thorwaldsen. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  Italian  works  consists  of  copies  from  the  antique,  and  from  celebrated  pieces  of  modern  masters,  having  no  other  claim  to 
especial  commendation  than  as  specimens  of  that  facility  of  mechanical  execution  which  must  naturally  result  from  long  and  constant  practice.  Among 
these,  the  copies  of  the  “Flora  of  the  Capitol”  deserve  attention,  for  they  give  a  fair  specimen  of  the  admirable  management  of  drapery  which  distinguished 
the  great  school  they  belong  to.  Bartolini’s  Faith  is  copied  accurately,  and  finished  with  great  delicacy  of  touch,  and  some  of  the  heads  and  reduced  copies 

are  well  done.  Of  the  original  works,  many,  like  the  Columbus,  belong  to  the  conventional  school  of  good  taste  and  tame  imitation.  Santarelli’s  two  figures, 

“  Harpocrates,”  and  “  Cupid  in  a  mischievous  mood,”  though  not  remarkable  for  originality,  are  beautiful  works,  occupying,  like  the  Psyche  and  Guardian  Angel 
of  Bienaime,  the  same  place  that  would  be  given  to  a  poem  of  Rogers,  or,  with  the  exception  of  his  odes,  to  Campbell,  in  the  sister-art. 

Canova’s  Hebe  was  one  of  those  graceful  figures  which  will  always  secure  the  author  a  place  among  the  eminent  artists  of  the  age,  though  not  the  place 
which  his  admirers  claim  for  him. 

The  great  artistic  attraction  of  the  Exhibition  was  the  division  set  apart  for  the  statuary  of  Thorwaldsen.  For  a  fuller  account  of  these  great  works, 

we  must  refer  to  the  “  Illustrated  Record.”  We  would  refer  to  them  here  as  specimens  of  the  purest  form  of  ideal  art,  founded  upon  a  careful  study  of 

nature  and  the  ancients. 

The  natural  school  was  well  represented  by  its  greatest  living  master,  Powers.  The  merits  of  the  three  beautiful  figures  which  bore  his  name  are  of 
that  kind  which  every  man  will  readily  appreciate — a  faithful  copy  of  nature,  communicating  a  perfectly  flesh-like  surface  to  the  marble.  Nothing  can 
exceed  the  perfection  of  the  workmanship,  but  the  eye  is  soon  satisfied  with  a  style  of  art  which  aims  at  nothing  higher  than  a  careful  elaboration  of 
details. 

The  brass-foundry  of  Geiss,  of  Berlin,  furnished  several  specimens  of  statuary  in  bronze,  a  branch  of  the  art  particularly  adapted  to  monuments  and 
statues  designed  for  the  open  air.  All  of  these  works  were  of  a  high  order.  The  most  perfect  was  the  Amazon,  by  Kiss,  of  which  an  engraving  and  full 
description  will  be  found  in  the  “  Illustrated  Record,”  p.  44. 


1.  Powers,  Hiram,  Cincinnati. — Sculptor. 

Eve,  full  figure  in  marble  (property  of  Colonel  J.  S.  Preston,  Columbus,  South 
Carolina). 

The  Greek  Slave,  full  figure  in  marble. 

The  Fisher-boy,  full  figure  in  marble. 

Proserpine,  a  head  in  marble  (property  of  Sidney  Brooks,  Esq.,  New  York  City). 
[For  engravings,  see  “Illustrated  Record,”  pages  196,  197.] 

2.  Galt,  A.,  Norfolk,  Virginia. — Sculptor. 

A  Bacchante,  a  head  in  marble. 

Psyche,  a  head  in  marble. 


7.  Muller,  Charles,  New  York. — Sculptor. 

The  Minstrel’s  Curse,  group  in  marble.  [“  Record,”  page  124.] 


8.  Criswell,  William  C.  D.,  Brooklyn,  New  York. — Sculptor. 
Christ  in  the  sepulchre,  in  marble. 


9.  Kinney,  B.  D.,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Dr.  John  Green  (of  Columbia,  South  Carolina),  in  marble. 

Bust  of  the  Hon.  Charles  Allen,  (of  Worcester,  Massachusetts,)  marble. 


3.  Piatti,  Antonio,  New  York  City. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Daniel  Webster,  in  marble. 

The  Husbandmans  Orphan,  in  marble,  a  nude  figure  of  a  boy  leaning  on  a  spade. 
Sleeping  child,  in  marble.  [See  “  Illustrated  Record,”  pages  13,  176.] 

4>  Hoppin,  T.  F.,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. — Sculptor. 

The  Sentinel,  a  mastiff  in  bronze.  [Illustration  in  “Record,”  page  61.] 


5.  Brown,  D.  K.,  New  York  City. — Sculptor. 

A  female  draped  figure,  in  bronze,  with  one  hand  raised  and  the  other  pointing 
downward.  [“Record, *  p.  113.]  r  & 


6.  Ball,  T.,  Boston,  Massachusetts.—  Designer.  Nichols,  George  W.,  Boston,  Massach 

setts. — Sculptor. 

Statuette  of  Daniel  Webster,  in  plaster.  [This  is  a  full-length  figure  in  the  usui 
dress  of  the  day,  but  modelled  with  remarkable  life  and  accuracy.]  S 

264 


10.  Kinney,  B.  H.,  Worcester,  Massachusetts. — Sculptor. 
A  collection  of  portraits  in  shell  cameo. 

11.  Ives,  C.  B.,  Connecticut. — Sculptor. 

Head  of  a  female,  in  marble. 


12.  Jones,  Thomas  D.,  New  York  City. 

Bust  of  General  Taylor,  in  bronzed  plaster. 

Bust  of  General  Cass. 

Bust  of  General  Scott. 

Medallion  portrait  of  Clay,  in  plaster. 

Medallion  portrait  of  Webster,  in  plaster. 

Medallion  portrait  of  Archbishop  Hughes,  in  plaster. 
Medallion  portrait  of  T.  A.  Richards. 


13.  King,  Boston,  Massachusetts. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Daniel  Webster,  in  marble,  property  of  Moses  H.  Grinnell,  New  York  City 


FINE  ARTS. 


14.  Moon,  TV.  C.,  New  York  City. — Exhibitor. 

A  veiled  Cupid,  miniature  in  marble. 

15.  Boruss,  G.,  New  York  City. 

An  allegorical  bas-relief  of  the  American  Constitution,  three  figures  with  em¬ 
blems,  <fec. 

16.  Ferris  &  Taber. — Sculptors. 

Head  of  Jupiter,  from  the  antique. 

Statuettes,  in  marble,  from  the  antique. 

IT.  Renier,  Peter,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Bust  of  Wilson  McCandless,  in  plaster. 

Bust  of  Professor  Mutter,  in  plaster. 


18.  Ellis,  S.,  New  York  City. 

Collection  of  medallions  from  life,  in  plaster. 


19.  Crawford,  Thomas,  New  York  City. 
Bust  of  Mr.  Crawford,  in  marble. 


20.  Gilbert,  J.  G.,  New  York  City. 

Bust  of  Daniel  Webster,  bronze. 

21.  Kneeland,  H.,  Yorkshire,  New  York. 

Bust  of  Captain  Erickson,  plaster. 

22.  Duggan,  Professor,  New  York  City. 
Bas-reliefs,  in  plaster. 

23.  Rvan,  George,  New  York  City. 
Ornamental  work,  in  marble. 

- - ■  !•> 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 

24.  Marochetti,  London. — Sculptor. 

Colossal  equestrian  statue  of  Washington,  in  plaster,  colored  to  look  like  bronze. 
[This  work,  which  was  designed  for  a  public  square,  has  been  found  singularly 
deficient  in  all  the  requisites  of  high  art.  The  horse  is  awkward  and  ungainly,  with 
a  gross  contradiction  between  the  movement  of  the  fore  and  hind  legs,  a  stiff  neck,  an 
equivocal  tail,  and  not  a  quality  about  him  but  what  would  condemn  a  living  horse  at 
any  market  in  Christendom.  The  figure  is  that  of  a  raw  recruit,  at  his  third  lesson, 
mightily  pleased  at  getting  on  with  it  so  cleverly.  It  is  neither  a  work  of  ideal  art, 
nor  an  accurate  imitation  of  nature,  though  it  might  not  be  without  its  use  to  young 
students,  as  an  illustration  of  what  an,-  equestrian  statue  ought  not  to  be.] 

[See  “  Illustrated  Record,”  page  25.] 

25.  Bandel,  Ernest,  London. — Sculptor. 

Cupid,  marble.  _ 

26.  Nannetti,  Gianomo,  Dublin. 

Venus,  a  cast  in  plaster,  full  size  of  life. 

Virgin  and  Child,  full-length  figure  in  plaster,  size  of  life. 

Diana  Robing,  full-length  figure  in  plaster,  size  of  life. 


27.  Marshall,  TV.  C.,  London. 

Sabrina,  size  of  life,  in  plaster.  , 

[The  subject  of  this  graceful  figure  is  from  Milton’s  Comus.  The  nymph  is  seated, 
with  her  right  hand  and  head  raised,  in  the  act  of  listening,  as  if  the  first  words  of 
the  invocation  had  just  struck  her  ear.] 

A  “Tamburina,”  a  full-length  figure  in  plaster,  size  of  life. 

28.  Lawlor,  John,  London. 

The  Emigrant,  a  female  figure,  in  plaster,  size  of  life.  [“Record,  page  48. J 

29.  Farrell,  James  T.,  Dublin.  ..... 

The  Hunter  Reposing,  full-length  figure  seated,  in  plaster,  size  ot  life. 

30.  Carew,  London.  .  _  ..... 

Statue  of  Webster,  in  Caen-stone.  [Probably  tne  worst  thing  in  the  Exhibition.] 


31.  Bandel,  E.,  London. — Sculptor.  _ 

Charity,  a  female  figure  seated  with  an  infant  in  her  arms,  marble,  size  of  life. 

32.  Munroe,  Alexander,  London. 

Francesca  de  Itomini  and  her  lover,  a  plastic  group  from  Dante’s  Divina  Comedia. 

j  - - 

33.  Jones,  W.  L.,  London. 

Ptolemy  Lagus  fed  by  an  Eagle,  plaster. 


34.  Jones,  J.  E.,  London. 

Seven  busts,  in  plaster. 

35.  Kirk,  Joseph  R.,  Dublin. 

Olivia  raising  the  Veil.  (Twelfth  Night.  Act  L,  Scene  V.) 

36.  Shenton,  Miss  Ellen,  London. 

The  Light  of  the  Harem,  model  in  plaster. 

37.  Hogan,  John,  Dublin. 

Bust  of  Daniel  O’Connell,  marble. 

Bust  of  Rev.  Theobald  Mathew,  marble. 

38.  Durham,  J.,  F.  S.  A.,  London. 

Bust  of  Jenny  Lind,  marble. 

39.  Marshall,  W.  C.,  London. 

The  First  Whisper  of  Love,  two  figures,  Cupid  whispering  into  the  ear  of  a  young 
girl.  [“  Record,”  page  27.] 


40.  Sharp,  Thomas,  London. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Palmerston,  marble. 

Portrait-bust  of  a  boy. 

David  returning  Thanks  for  his  Victory  over  Goliah. 

Statue  in  marble. 

Wellington’s  Entry  into  Madrid,  model  in  soap. 

Eve  seeing  her  Shadow  in  the  Water,  plaster. 

Time  watching  the  Revolutions  of  Day  and  Night,  design  for  a  clock-case. 
[See  “  Record,”  page  27.] 

41.  Jones,  E.  J.,  London. 

Statuette  of  William  Dargan. 

42.  Moore,  Christopher,  London. 

Three  busts  in  marble,  and  one  in  plaster. 

43.  Donnel,  F.  E.  (a  deaf-mute),  Dublin. 

The  First-born. 


44.  Kirk,  Joseph  R.,  Dublin. 

Ruth  and  Naomi,  in  marble. 

45.  Ryan,  E.  H.,  Dublin. 

Lion,  in  plaster. 

The  Triumph  of  Alexander,  plaster. 

- ■  <»>  ■ - 

FRANCE. 

46.  A.  Otten,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Combat  with  a  Serpent,  a  group  in  bronze. 

47.  Lechesne,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Child  attacked  by  a  Vulture,  and  clinging  to  the  Body  of  its  Shipwrecked  Mother, 
group  in  plaster. 

48.  Fkemiet,  E.,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Bear  and  Hunter  in  the  Death-struggle,  group  in  plaster. 


49.  Deumier,  Madame,  Paris. — Sculptor. 
Bust  of  Louis  Napoleon,  marble. 

50.  - ,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Cerito,  marble. 

51.  IIuguenin,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Virgin  and  Child. 

52.  Aubenel,  J.,  Paris. — Sculptor. 
Eagles,  a  group  in  bronze 


53.  D’Angiers,  David,  Paris. — Sculptor. 
Statue  of  Racine,  in  marble. 


54.  L’Eveque,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Lesbia,  full-length  figure  in  marble.  [See  “  Record,”  page  104.] 

55.  Olten,  Paris.— Sculptor. 

A  bas-relief. 

56.  F.tex,  Paris. — Sculptor. 

Damalis,  statue  in  marble. 

255 


SECTION  IV 


CLASS  XXXI 


BELGIUM. 

57.  De  Bockeleer,  Antwerp. — Sculptor. 

Veiled  head. 

A  Sleeping  Cupid. 

Psyche  Reposing. 

Bust  of  Prayer. 

58.  Fraikin,  C.  A.,  Brussels. — Sculptor. 

Statue  of  Venus  and  Cupid. 

59.  Geess,  Brussels. — Sculptor. 

Two  Children  Sleeping,  group  iu  marble. 

60.  Weiner,  Brussels. — Sculptor. 

Bas-relief  and  medallions  in  bronze. 


THE  ZOLLVEREIN  AND  GERMANY. 

61.  Kiss,  Berlin. — Sculptor. 

The  Amazon,  in  bronzed  metal.  [“  Record,”  page  14.] 

62.  Geiss,  Berlin. — Brass-founder. 

Hebe,  from  Canova. 

Niobe,  from  the  antique 
Adoration,  copy. 

Eve,  by  Bailey. 

Hope,  by  Thorwaldsen. 

The  Basket-carrier. 

Group  of  Goy  and  Girl  with  Dogs. 

The  above  are  all  from  the  celebrated  foundry  of  Geiss. 

63.  Franz,  Julius,  Berlin. — Sculptor. 

Shepherd  attacked  by  a  Leopardess,  in  bronze,  from  the  foundry  of  Geiss. 
[“Record,”  page  112.] 

64.  Vollgold,  Theodore,  Breslau. — Sculptor. 

The  Pet  Parrot,  in  bronze. 

65.  Lazzerini,  C.,  residing  at  Rome. — Sculptor. 

Hebe,  from  Canova. 


66.  Bariata,  Carlo,  residing  at  Rome. — Sculptor. 
A  Danaide,  marble. 

Head  of  an  Amazon,  from  the  antique. 

Bust  of  Queen  Victoria. 

67.  Steinhauser,  Carl. — Sculptor. 

Colossal  head  of  Christ,  in  gray  stone. 

The  Fisherman’s  Daughter. 


THE  ITALIAN  STATES. 

68.  Cartei,  Luigi,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

Marble  bust  of  Iris. 

69.  Caselli,  Luigi,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

Hagar  and  Ishmael  in  the  Desert,  group  in  marble.  [“  Record,”  page  92.] 

70.  Fabrucci,  Luigi,  Florence. — Sculptor 
Bust  of  Lord  Palmerston,  marble. 

71.  Santarelli,  Emilio,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

Ilarpocrates  [the  god  of  silence),  full-length  figure  in  marble. 

Cupid  in  a  Mischievous  Mood,  marble.  [“  Record,”  page  144.  ] 

72.  Cambi,  Ulisse,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

Statue  of  “Truth.” 

A  tipsy  Bacchus. 

Virgin  of  the  Eucharist,  a  bas-relief. 

73.  Romanelli,  Pasquale,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

The  Betrothed,  a  bust.  [“  Record,”  page  196.1 
The  Son  of  William  Tell.  ^ 


71.  Consani,  Vincenzo,  Florence.— Sculptor. 
The  Genius  of  Sacred  Music. 

Bust  of  “Laura.” 


75.  DurRE,  Giovanni,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

The  Sleep  of  Innocence,  in  marble. 

76.  Magi,  Luigi,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

John  the  Baptist  Sleeping,  in  marble.  [“Record,”  page  77.] 

77.  Giamtaoli,  Domenico,  Lucca, 

The  Death  of  Ferruccio,  statuette  in  marble. 

78.  Vincenti,  F.,  Lucca. — Sculptor. 

Genius  of  Death,  a  cast  in  plaster. 

79.  Vasse,  Enrico,  Florence. — Sculptor. 

“  Rebecca.” 

Faithful  Love. 

The  Child’s  First  Grief. 

Bust  of  Cleopatra. 

Bust  of  Heloise. 


80.  Strazza,  Giovanni,  Rome. — Sculptor. 

The  Mendicant,  in  marble. 

81.  Bienaime,  Angelo,  Rome. — Sculptor. 

Shepherdess  and  Bird,  statue  in  marble. 

82.  Laboureur,  Chevalier,  Rome. — Sculptor. 

Virgin  and  Child,  a  bas-relief  in  marble. 

83.  Bienaime,  Luigi,  Rome. — Sculptor. 

The  Guardian  Angel,  in  marble.  [“Record,”  page  110.] 
Psyche  Sorrowing,  in  marble. 

84.  Stocchi,  Achille,  Rome. — Sculptor. 

Cupid  leaning  on  a  Wine-skin,  statuette  m  marble. 


85.  Imhof,  Enrico  M.,  Rome. — Sculptor. 
Virgin  and  Child,  marble  bas-relief. 


86.  Jericiiau,  A.  (of  Copenhagen),  Rome. — Sculptor. 
Cupid  with  the  Arms  of  Mars. 

The  Sacrifice  of  a  Goat,  a  bas-relief. 

Three  Female  Dancers,  a  bas-relief. 


87.  Staffetti,  Df.l  Medico,  Brothers,  Carrara. — Sculptors. 

Marble  statue  of  Columbus,  from  an  original  model,  by  Signor  Costa,  of  Florence. 


88.  Pelliccia,  Ferdinando,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

A  Bacchante. 

A  Nymph  wreathing  Herself  with  Flowers. 

The  Genius  of  Summer. 

The  Genius  of  Spring. 

Herminia  writing  the  Name  of  Tancred. 

Poetry. 

89.  Fabbricotti,  Giuseppe  Antonio,  Carrara, — Sculptor. 

Cupid  and  Psj’che,  copy  from  the  antique,  in  the  capitol  at  Rome. 
Venus,  of  the  Louvre,  in  marble. 


90.  Zaccagna,  F.,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Two  bas-reliefs  of  flowers,  in  marble ;  and  two  statuettes  of  a  dog  and  lamb. 

91.  Baratta,  Eugenio,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

The  Flora  of  the  Capitol. 

Bartolini’s  Faith. 

The  Dying  Gladiator,  reduced  from  the  antique. 

Bust  of  the  Saviour. 

St.  John  the  Baptist. 

Bust  of  Rousseau. — Copies  of  all  in  marble. 

92.  Tenerani,  Francesco,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Pope  Pius  IX.,  marble  bust ;  copy  from  Pietro  Tenerani. 

93.  Bienaime,  Pietro,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Ganymede  and  the  Eagle  ;  a  copy  from  Thorwaldsen.  [“  Record,”  page  18.] 
A  Bacchante.  Both  in  marble. 


94.  Lazzerini,  Tommaso,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Salver  with  reliefs,  copied  from  Benvenuto  Cellini. 

Two  Lovers  going  to  the  Fountain,  after  a  model  by  Henschel.  ["Record,” 
page  165.] 

Hebe,  copy  from  Canova. 

Mercury,  copy  from  Thorwaldsen.  All  in  marble. 

95.  Bogazzi,  Ercole,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  Washington,  marble. 


256 


FINE  ARTS. 


96.  MARcnKm,  Nicola,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

Copy  of  the  Warwick  Vase,  on  sculptured  pedestal.  [“  Record,”  page  91.] 
Copy  of  the  Flora  of  the  Cap.tol. 

The  Pet  Bird. 

Bust  of  the  Apollo  Belvidere. 

Bust  of  Copernicus. 

Copy  of-  the  Diana  of  the  Louvre. 

Bust  of  Dante. 

Bust  of  Jupiter,  from  the  antique. 

Bust  of  Shakspeare. 

Statue  of  a  Madonna. 

Faith,  after  Bartoliui. 

97.  Fontana,  Pietro,  Carrara. — Sculptor, 
i  Statue  of  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero. 

Bust  of  Paris.  Both  in  marble. 


98.  Orlandi,  Gerolamo,  Carrara. — Sculptor. 

The  Shepherdess  and  Lamb. 

The^pitruggle  for  the  Heart,  from  the  designs  of  Fiammingo. 

99.  Bruneri,  Angelo,  Turin. — Sculptor. 

Ceres,  after  the  antique. 

Venus,  after  Cnnova. 

Child  with  a  Bird,  after  the  antique. 

Psyche. 

Poetry. 

Bust  of  Vincenzo  Gioberto. — All  in  marble. 


100.  Augero,  Amedeo,  Turin. — Sculptor. 

The  Virgin  mourning  over  the  Dead  Body  of  Christ. 

101.  Frumento,  Giovanna  Battista,  Genoa. — Sculptor. 
Statuette  (in  plaster)  of  Ceres. 

Statuette  of  Flora. 


102.  Galeazzi,  Gaspare,  Turin. — Sculptor. 

Bust  of  the  Virgin. 

The  Angel  of  the  Annunciation. — Both  in  marble. 

103.  Cauda,  Luigi. — Sculptor. 

Busts  of  a  boy  and  girl,  marble. 

101.  Bonaniti,  Edoardo,  Turin. — Sculptor. 

John  the  Baptist,  a  bas-relief  in  marble. 


111.  Galli,  Antonio,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
The  Infant  Saviour. 

Child  on  the  Waves. 

Statue  of  Prayer. 


112.  Micotti,  Ignazio,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
Lady  of  Chiozza,  bust  in  marble. 


1 1 3.  Galli,  Attilio,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
Basket  of  flowers. 

Bas-relief  of  flowers. 


111.  Magni,  Pietro,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
The  Child’s  First  Steps. 

The  Industrious  Little  Girl. 


115.  Motelli,  Gartano,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
The  Deserted. 

The  Veiled  Head. 

Cupid  found  among  the  Roses. 

Nest  of  Cupids. 

Cage  of  Cupids. 

Basket  of  Cupids. 

The  Little  Fisher-boy. 


116.  Puttinati,  Alessandro,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
Virgin  and  Child,  bas-relief  in  marble. 


117.  Rados,  Giuseppe,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
A  sleeping  Venus. 

A  veiled  head. 


118.  Rossi,  Alessandro,  Milan. — Sculptor. 

“  Religious  Meditation,”  bust  in  marble. 


119.  Sangiorgio,  Cav.  Abbondio,  Milan. — Sculptor. 

Head  of  the  Saviour. 

Colossal  bust  of  Vincenzo  Monti. — Both  in  marble. 


120.  Tantardini,  Antonio,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
“  Resignation,”  in  marble. 


105.  Bollo,  Giovanni  Battista  C.,  Genoa. — Sculptor. 
Military  trophy,  in  statuary  marble. 


121.  Jorini,  Luigi,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
The  Soldier’s  Son,  in  marble. 


THE  AUSTRIAN  EMPIRE. 

106.  Pagani,  Pietro,  Milan. — Sculptor. 

Eve  after  the  Fall,  statue  in  marble.  [“  Record,”  page  82.] 


107.  Kachszmann,  Professor,  Vienna. — Sculptor. 

Hebe  offering  Nectar  to  the  Eagle,  copy  from  Thorwaldsen. 
Girl  wreathing  herself  with  Flowers. 

Shepherd. 


108.  Croff,  Giuseppe,  Milan. — Sculptor 
Boy  riding  on  a  Crawfish. 

Boy  riding  on  a  Tortoise. 

Leda  witli  the  Swan. 

Statue  of  Innocence. 

A  veiled  head. 

109.  Negeo,  Pieteo  del,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
Virgin  Grieving,  marble  bust. 


122.  Cocciii,  Luigi,  Milan. — Sculptor. 
The  Fisher  Boy,  in  marble. 


123.  Gasser,  Hans,  Vienna. — Sculptor. 

Venus  stepping  into  the  Bath,  bronze  statue. 


- ■  i«i  ■ - 

HOLLAND. 


121.  Leverman,  J.  B.,  Doesburgh. — Sculptor. 

The  Serpent  in  the  Lion’s  Den,  group  in  stone. 


125.  Sciiultz,  L.,  Zey.it. — Sculptor. 

Stag  and  two  Wolves,  in  bronzed  zinc. 


126.  Eindhoven,  J.  J.,  The  Hague. — Sculptor. 

William  II.  (late  King  of  the  Netherlands),  bronze  bust. 


110.  Fraccaroli,  Innocenzo,  Milan. — Sculptor. 

Atala  and  Chactas. 

Colossal  bust  of  ihe  Redeemer. 


127.  Stracke,  F.,  Arnhem. — .Sculptor. 

Statue  of  St.  Josephus,  carved  in  wood. 

257 


Y* 


i 


* 


PAINTINGS. 

/  _ 


The  whole  number  of  paintings  in  the  Exhibition,  including  those  contributed 
by  the  Water  Color  Society  of  New  York,  was  six  hundred  and  seventy-five.  By 
far  the  greater  proportion  of  these  were  contributed  by  Europeans  or  their  agents, 
American  art  being  very  scantily  and  imperfectly  represented.  Unfortunately,  too, 
they  were  not  of  a  kind  to  add  much  to  our  knowledge  of  art,  many  of  them  scarcely 
rising  even  to  mediocrity.  The  landscapes  were  the  most  numerous,  and,  with  three 
or  four  exceptions,  the  best.  It  would  be  difficult,  however,  to  select  even  from  this 
large  class  a  single  work  of  unquestionable  superiority,  although  it  may  be  said,  with 
equal  truth,  that  there  were  no  instances  in  it  of  such  grievous  deficiencies  as  were 
abundantly  displayed  in  the  attempts  at  historical  painting. 

From  this  somewhat  sweeping  condemnation,  we  must  except  the  contributions 
of  the  school  of  Diisseldorff,  most  of  which  were  easily  distinguished  by  their  accurate 
drawing  and  faithful  delineation  of  nature.  The  “  Deputation  to  the  City  Council” 
would  command  attention  in  any  place,  both  as  a  work  of  art  and  as  an  historical 
record.  Eighteen  hundred  and  forty-eight  saw  many  of  these  scenes,  in  which  the 
ruler  was  brought,  for  the  first  time,  face  to  face  with  the  people.  In  the  picture,  the 
members  of  the  Council  are  seated,  with  a  happy  variety  of  attitude  and  expression, 
around  the  table  of  the  council-hall.  Through  the  open  window,  you  look  out  upon  a 
public  square,  where  a  popular  orator  is  seen  haranguing  the  promiscuous  and  excited 
ciowd.  At  the  door  of  the  hall  stands  the  deputation,  the  leader  somewhat  in 
advance,  with  an  air  and  attitude  of  earnest  conviction,  while  the  different  character¬ 
istics  of  such  a  rising  of  the  masses  are  finely  portrayed  in  the  features  and  bearing  of 
his  colleague.  Indeed,  no  part  of  the  piece  displays  more  strikingly  the  skillful 
discrimination  of  the  artist,  lhe  leader  is  bold,  self-possessed,  and  sincere.  Just 
behind,  is  a  man  with  a  reckless  swaggering  air,  twisting  his  beard  with  his  fingers. 
The  rum-bottle  that  peers  from  his  pocket  tells  what  kind  of  freedom  it  is  that  he  asks 


for.  The  intermediate  gradations  of  character  and  feeling  are  expressed  with  grea 
felicity,  and  behind  them  all  stands  the  wire-puller,  with  demagogue  written  all  ovei 
‘him  in  unmistakable  characteristics,  whispering  suggestions  of  excitement  and  impa 
tience  from  his  covert  in  the  shadow  of  the  door. 

It  can  hardly  be  necessary  to  add,  that  the  artistic  management  of  the  compo 
sition  displays  the  profound  study  and  happy  appreciation  of  the  laws  of  art  whicl 
distinguish  this  eminent  school— accurate  drawing,  judicious  distribution  of  light  anc 
shade,  and  a  minute  elaboration  of  details,  giving  the  highest  finish  to  every  part 
The  heads  have  the  truthfulness  of  portraits,  and  some  are  painted  so  literally  to  th< 
life  that  they  stand  out  from  the  canvas,  with  an  expression  that  almost  startles  you. 

Hasendcver,  the  celebrated  author  of  this  piece,  had  three  other  works  in  th, 
Exhibition,  nil  of  equal  merit  in  their  kind.  Two  of  them  were  scenes  from  th, 
JobmaJ,  a  German  comic  poem,  the  hero  of  which,  Jeronimus  Jobs,  after  failing  ai 
a  student  of  theology,  passes  through  various  experiments  upon  life  from  a  pedagogu, 

to  a  night-watchman.  Hasenclever  gives  two  scenes  from  his  experience,  the  school 
room  and  the  night-watch. 

The  third  piece  is  a  scene  in  a  German  inn,  representing  a  party  of  peasant, 
sharing  their  lottery  prizes,  and  preparing  for  a  great  carousal. 

Another  piece  of  great  merit  as  a  composition,  and  though  inferior  in  painting 
to  The  Deputation,  fully  equal  to  it  in  grouping,  was  “Luther  before  the  Diet  o 
Worms,”  by  A.  Yan  Pelt. 

No  act  of  Luther’s  life  was  more  characteristic  of  his  bold  spirit  and  firm 

SS8 


convictions  than  his  appearance  before  the  Diet  of  Worms,  on  the  17th  and  18th 
of  April,  1521.  To  his  friends,  who,  mindful  of  the  conduct  of  the  Council  of 
Constance,  had  advised  him  not  to  go,  he  replied,  “that  he  would  go,  even  if  there 
were  as  many  devils  in  Worms  as  there  were  tiles  on  the  housetops.”  On  his 
approach  to  the  city,  the  inhabitants  hurried  out  to  meet  him  in  greater  numbers 
than  had  come  together  for  the  solemn  entrance  of  the  Emperor.  The  hall  of  the 
Diet  was  filled,  friends  and  enemies  mixed  up  together.  Charles  was  present,  in 
the  pomp  of  imperial  majesty.  Girolamo  Aleandro  represented  the  church  as  Papal 
Nuncio.  Bishops,  electors,  and  nobles,  were  ranged  in  the  order  of  their  dignity. 
The  Chancellor  of  the  Archbishop  of  Treves,  John  ab  Eyk,  acted  as  interrogator. 
Luther  was  introduced  by  Marshal  Count  Pappenheim,  and  told  that  he  must  simply 
answer  the  questions  asked  him,  without  entering  into  any  discussion.  From  the 
thronged  galleries,  he  could  hear  the  voices  of  his  friends,  exhorting  him  not  to  fear 
those  who  can  kill  the  body  onfy,  and  mingled  with  these  came  the  hisses  and 
reproaches  of  his  enemies.  On  the  first  day,  he  merely  asked  for  time  to  answer 
the  questions ;  on  the  second,  the  subject  of  this  painting,  he  replied  at  length, 
closing  with  a  firm  and  dignified  admonition  to  the  young  Emperor  not  to  act 
incautiously  and  hastily  in  this  beginning  of  his  reign.  The  orator  of  the  Assembly 
told  him,  in  severe  terms,  that  he  had  not  answTered  to  the  purpose,  but  must  say, 
categorically,  whether  he  would  retract  his  opinions  or  not.  In  a  few  dignified 
words,  he  refused  to  retract  anything,  unless  his  conscience  were  subdued  to  the  Word 
of  God;  and  then  added,  in  German,  for  thus  far  he  had  spoken  in  Latin,  “Here  I 
take  my  stand  :  I  can  do  no  other :  God  be  my  help.  Amen.” 

One  thing  that  deserves  particular  attention  in  his  piece,  is  the  manner  in  which 
the  artist  has  spread  out  his  crowd  of  actors  and  spectators  upon  the  canvas,  preserving 
at  the  same  time  the  unity  of  the  composition,  and  concentrating  your  attention  upon 
the  hero. 

Among  the  contributions  from  Italy,  the  work  most  deserving  of  attention  was 
“  The  Return  of  Regulus  to  Carthage.” 

The  story  which  forms  the  subject  of  this  piece  is  too  well  known  to  require 
repetition,  but  the  painting  calls  for  a  few  remarks,  as  one  of  the  best  specimens 
of  the  modern  classic  school  in  Italy.  Cammuccini  died  about  twelve  years  ago 
at  an  advanced  age,  and  sharing  with  Benvenuti,  of  Florence,  the  reputation  of  the 
greatest  Italian  painter  of  his  time.  His  works  are  very  numerous,  almost  all  of  them 
historical,  and  many  of  them  upon  subjects  which,  however  unsuggestive  they  may 
seem  to  us,  are  still  perfectly  natural  for  a  Roman.  Most  of  his  paintings  from 
Roman  history  are  widely  known  by  engravings  made  under  his  own  eye.  His 
style  is  pure  and  correct,  with  a  strong  tendency  to  mannerism,  particularly  in  the 
grouping  of  his  figures  and  in  the  management  of  drapery.  His  drawing  is  accurate 
and  fine,  though  not  bold  or  free.  In  his  earlier  paintings  the  coloring  was  good,  but 
in  his  later  pieces  he  fell  into  an  artificial  style  of  contrasts,  which  is  very  disagreeable. 
In  invention  he  displayed  a  fertility  which  would  have  given  him  a  high  rank,  if  there 
were  more  inspiration  or  spontaneity  about  it  But  his  groups  recall  other  works 
somewhat  too  often,  and  his  figures  are  evident  elaborations  of  suggested  ideas ;  yet, 
though  not  an  original  genius,  Cammuccini  was  an  artist  of  a  high  order,  and  his 
works  will  always  hold  an  eminent  place  among  the  Italian  paintings  of  the  nine¬ 
teenth  century. 


- 


'  ■  ■ ' 


■iww»  IrP 

sK  iw.  \tM-  Mr  m 

